Sie sind auf Seite 1von 905

De

Nyew Testament

The New Testament


in Gullah
Sea Island Creole
with marginal text of the
King James Version

AMERICAN BIBLE SOCIETY


NEW YORK
The Sea Island Translation Team
in cooperation with
Wycliffe Bible Translators

©American Bible Society 2005


CONTENTS

Matthew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Luke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Acts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Romans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
1 Corinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
2 Corinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Galatians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Ephesians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Philippians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Colossians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
1 Thessalonians . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
2 thessalonians . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
1 Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
2 Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Titus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
Philemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
Hebrews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
James. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
1 Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
2 Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
1 John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
2 John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
2 John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
Jude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
Revelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
iii

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
iv

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Preface

Gullah, also known as Geechee or as Sea Island Creole, is a


language traditionally spoken along the coastal area of South
Carolina and Georgia. While in the past Gullah was mistakenly
characterized as poor English, today it is recognized as a distinct
language. It is an English creole, born several hundred years ago
out of a contact language situation where Africans were taken
from various nations and language groups to grow rice in the
marshy lowcountry area along the Southeastern coast of the
American colony.
This translation of the New Testament into Gullah was more
than twenty-five years in the making. While the whole Gullah
New Testament was being translated, the Gospel of Luke was
published by the American Bible Society in 1994, entitled De
Good Nyews Bout Jedus Christ Wa Luke Write. Then in 2003, the
Gospel of John was published by Wycliffe Bible Translators,
entitled De Good Nyews Bout Jedus Christ Wa John Write.
The spelling used in the Gullah New Testament is a practical
orthography. It is not ideal in all respects, but this spelling of
Gullah words is designed for Gullah speakers who are already
literate in English. It is not a phonemic writing system, and it
would not be optimal for someone who does not already know
how to read English, nor for someone who does not know how
to speak Gullah. The spelling of Gullah is based on English, but
that should not be taken to mean that Gullah is a dialect of
English, despite obvious similarities. English has had its
influence on Gullah, both in its origin as an English creole and
in its development over the years. But Gullah, too, has had more
of an influence on English than many people realize.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Words in Gullah that are pronounced more or less the same as
in English are written with the English spelling. Gullah words
that are derived from English but are pronounced differently are
written in such a way as to represent the distinctive
pronunciation. Words of origin other than English are written
according to spelling rules that are familiar to those already
literate in English. The vast majority of those who will read the
Gullah New Testament are already literate in English. The
writing system used here makes it relatively easy for such
people to adapt to reading Gullah, and it follows the expressed
preference of the Gullah community.
This presentation of the Gullah New Testament translation
has the King James (Authorized) Version in the margin for
reference, alongside the Gullah text. This too was the preference
of the Gullah community. That is not to say that the Gullah text
is a translation of the King James. This translation should not be
seen as a Gullah version of any specific English translation, but
rather is based on the original Greek manuscripts. Several
English Bible translations were used for reference in the
translation process, but the foundation of this translation is the
Greek text, according to our best understanding today as to its
original form. The goal has been to make a translation from the
original language into Gullah that is clear in meaning, accurate,
and natural in its expression.
The Sea Island Translation Team

vi

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Good Nyews Bout
Jedus Christ
Wa Matthew Write Matthew

Jedus Christ Kin People


Luke 3:23-38

1 Dis yah de people wa dey write


1 Chapter 1
down say been kin ta Jedus Christ, 1 The book of the gen-
fom way back ta Abraham time. Jedus eration of Jesus Christ,
the son of David, the son
come out fom King David fambly, an King of Abraham.
David come out fom Abraham fambly.
2 Abraham begat Isaac;
2 Abraham been de fada ob Isaac. and Isaac begat Jacob;
Isaac been de fada ob Jacob. and Jacob begat Judas
and his brethren;
Jacob been de fada ob Judah
an e broda dem. 3 And Judas begat
3 Judah been de fada ob Perez an Phares and Zara of
Zerah, an dey modda been Tamar. Thamar; and Phares
begat Esrom; and Esrom
Perez been de fada ob Hezron. begat Aram;
Hezron been de fada ob Ram.
4 Ram been de fada ob Amminadab. 4 And Aram begat Ami-
nadab; and Aminadab begat
Amminadab been de fada ob Naasson; and Naasson begat
Nahshon. Salmon;
Nahshon been de fada ob Salmon.
5 Salmon been de fada ob Boaz, 5 And Salmon begat
an e modda been Rahab. Booz of Rachab; and
Booz begat Obed of Ruth;
Boaz been de fada ob Obed, and Obed begat Jesse;
an e modda been Ruth.
Obed been de fada ob Jesse. 6 And Jesse begat Da-
6 Jesse been de fada ob King David. vid the king; and David
David been de fada ob Solomon, the king begat Solomon
of her that had been the
an e modda been Uriah wife. wife of Urias;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Matthew 1

7 And Solomon begat Solomon been de fada ob


7
Roboam; and Roboam
begat Abia; and Abia Rehoboam.
begat Asa; Rehoboam been de fada ob Abijah.
8 And Asa begat
Abijah been de fada ob Asa.
Josaphat; and Josaphat 8 Asa been de fada ob Jehoshaphat.
begat Joram; and Joram Jehoshaphat been de fada ob Joram.
begat Ozias;
Joram been de fada ob Uzziah.
9 And Ozias begat 9 Uzziah been de fada ob Jotham.
Joatham; and Joatham
begat Achaz; and Achaz Jotham been de fada ob Ahaz.
begat Ezekias; Ahaz been de fada ob Hezekiah.
10 And Ezekias begat 10 Hezekiah been de fada ob
Manasses; and Manasses Manasseh.
begat Amon; and Amon
begat Josias; Manasseh been de fada ob Amon.
11 And Josias begat
Amon been de fada ob Josiah.
Jechonias and his breth- 11 Josiah been de fada ob Jechoniah
ren, about the time they an e broda dem. Dey been bon
were carried away to
Babylon: wen de people fom Babylon
come een pon de Israel people an
12 And after they were
brought to Babylon, cyaa um off wid um ta Babylon
Jechonias begat Sala- an pit um een slabery.
thiel; and Salathiel begat 12 Atta dey enemy dem pit um een
Zorobabel;
slabery an cyaa um off ta Babylon,
13 And Zorobabel be-
Shealtiel been bon. Jechoniah
gat Abiud; and Abiud
begat Eliakim; and been de fada ob Shealtiel.
Eliakim begat Azor; Shealtiel been de fada ob
14 And Azor begat Zerubbabel.
Sadoc; and Sadoc begat 13 Zerubbabel been de fada ob Abiud.
Achim; and Achim begat
Eliud; Abiud been de fada ob Eliakim.
Eliakim been de fada ob Azor.
15 And Eliud begat 14 Azor been de fada ob Zadok.
Eleazar; and Eleazar
begat Matthan; and Zadok been de fada ob Achim.
Matthan begat Jacob; Achim been de fada ob Eliud.
16 And Jacob begat Jo- 15 Eliud been de fada ob Eleazar.
seph the husband of Eleazar been de fada ob Matthan.
Mary, of whom was born
Jesus, who is called Mattah been de fada ob Jacob.
Christ. 16 Jacob been de fada ob Joseph.
17 So all the genera- Joseph been Mary husban,
tions from Abraham to
David are fourteen gener- an Jedus, wa dey call Christ,
ations; and from David been Mary son.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 1 3

17 So den, dey been foteen generation until the carrying away


into Babylon are fourteen
(fom granfada ta granchile) fom Abraham generations; and from
time ta King David time. An dey been the carrying away into
foteen generation fom King David time ta Babylon unto Christ are
fourteen generations.
de time wen de people fom Babylon pit um 18 Now the birth of Je-
een slabery an cyaa um off ta Babylon. An sus Christ was on this
dey been foteen generation fom den ta de wise: When as his mother
Mary was espoused to Jo-
time wen Jedus Christ bon. seph, before they came
together, she was found
Jedus Christ Bon with child of the Holy
Luke 2:17 Ghost.
18 Now dis yah wa happen wen Jedus 19 Then Joseph her
Christ bon. Jedus modda Mary been gage husband, being a just
man, and not willing to
fa marry Joseph. Bot, fo dey git marry an make her a publick exam-
Joseph cyaa um fa lib wid um, dey find out ple, was minded to put
her away privily.
dat Mary been speckin. An dat been de 20 But while he
powa ob de Holy Sperit wa mek dat thought on these things,
happen. 19 Now Joseph wa been gage fa behold, the angel of the
Lord appeared unto him
marry Mary, e been a man wa waak in a dream, saying, Jo-
scraight wid God, an e ain been wahn fa seph, thou son of David,
fear not to take unto thee
see Mary come ta no open shame. So Mary thy wife: for that
Joseph mek op e mind fa paat wid Mary an which is conceived in her
is of the Holy Ghost.
keep um hush op. 20 E beena study haad
21 And she shall bring
bout wa e gwine do, wen de Lawd sen a forth a son, and thou
angel ta um een a dream. De angel tell um shalt call his name
say, “Joseph, ya wa come out fom King JESUS: for he shall save
his people from their
David fambly, mus dohn be scaid fa marry sins.
Mary. Cause de chile wa e speckin, dat wa 22 Now all this was
de Holy Sperit mek happen. 21 E gwine done, that it might be ful-
filled which was spoken
hab son, an ya mus gim de name Jedus, of the Lord by the
cause e gwine sabe e people fom dey sin.” prophet, saying,
22 Now all dis happen so dat wa de 23 Behold, a virgin
shall be with child, and
Lawd done tell de prophet say gwine shall bring forth a son,
happen, e happen fa true. E say, 23 “One and they shall call his
nyoung ooman dat ain neba know no man, name Emmanuel, which
being interpreted is, God
e gwine be wid chile. E gwine hab son, an with us.
dey gwine call de chile Emmanuel.” (Dat 24 Then Joseph being
mean fa say, God right yah wid we.) raised from sleep did as
the angel of the Lord had
24 So wen Joseph wake op, e done wa bidden him, and took
de Lawd angel chaage um fa do. E gone an unto him his wife:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
4 Matthew 1, 2

25 And knew her not marry Mary. 25 Bot Joseph neba tetch
till she had brought forth
her firstborn son: and he
Mary til e done hab e son. An Joseph name
called his name JESUS. de chile Jedus.

2
,1
De Man Dem Fom de East
Come fa Woshup Jedus

2 Now Jedus been bon een Betlem


Chapter 2 1
1 Now when Jesus was town, een Judea, jurin de same time
born in Bethlehem of
Judaea in the days of
wen Herod been king. Atta Jedus been
Herod the king, behold, bon, some wise man dem dat study bout
there came wise men de staa dem come ta Jerusalem fom weh
from the east to
Jerusalem, dey been een de east. 2 An dey aks say,
“Weh de chile da, wa bon fa be de Jew
2 Saying, Where is he
that is born King of the people king? We beena see de staa wa tell
Jews? for we have seen bout um een de east, an we come fa
his star in the east, and
are come to worship him. woshup um op.”
3 Wen King Herod yeh dat, e been opsot
3 When Herod the king
had heard these things, he
fa true. An ebrybody een Jerusalem been
was troubled, and all Je- opsot too. 4 E call togeda all de leada dem
rusalem with him. ob de Jew priest dem an de Jew Law
4 And when he had teacha dem. E aks um say. “Weh de
gathered all the chief Messiah gwine be bon at?”
priests and scribes of the
people together, he de- 5 Dey tell King Herod say, “E gwine be
manded of them where bon een Betlem town een Judea. Cause de
Christ should be born.
prophet write say,
5 And they said unto 6 ‘Betlem een Judah lan,
him, In Bethlehem of ya sompin fa sho
Judaea: for thus it is writ-
ten by the prophet, mongst dem oda town
dey een Judah.
6 And thou Bethlehem, Cause one ob ya people
in the land of Juda, art gwine be a big rula.
not the least among the
princes of Juda: for out of E gwine rule oba me
thee shall come a Gover- Israel people,
nor, that shall rule my
people Israel. same like a shephud
da lead e sheep.’ ”
7 Then Herod, when he
7 So King Herod sen fa de man dem dat
had privily called the done come fom de east fa meet wid um,
wise men, enquired of
them diligently what
bot e ain tell nobody bout de meetin. Den
time the star appeared. Herod aks dem man fa tell um de zact time

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 2 5

wen dey fus see dat staa. 8 E tell um say, 8 And he sent them to
Bethlehem, and said, Go
“Oona mus go ta Betlem an look roun good and search diligently for
fa de chile. Wen oona find um, mus come the young child; and
when ye have found him,
back an leh me know, so dat A kin go bring me word again,
mesef fa woshup um op too.” that I may come and wor-
9 Atta dem man yeh wa de king say, dey ship him also.

gone on, an dey see de same staa dat dey 9 When they had heard
beena see wen dey been back een de east. the king, they departed;
and, lo, the star, which
Dey folla dat staa til dey git ta de place they saw in the east, went
weh de chile been, an den dat staa ain before them, till it came
and stood over where the
gone no foda. 10 Wen de man dem fom de young child was.
east see dat staa dey, dey been too glad.
10 When they saw the
Dey been glad til dey ain know wa fa do. star, they rejoiced with
11 Dey gone eenta de house, an dey see de exceeding great joy.
chile dey wid e modda, Mary. Den dey 11 And when they
kneel down fo de chile an woshup um op. were come into the
An dey open op dey bag an tek out de rich house, they saw the
young child with Mary
ting dey beena cyaa long wid um fa gii de his mother, and fell
chile. Dey gim gole, frankincense, an down, and worshipped
him: and when they had
myrrh. opened their treasures,
12 Now den, de Lawd come ta dem man they presented unto him
gifts; gold, and frankin-
een a dream an waan um, tell um say, cense, and myrrh.
“Mus dohn go back fa tell King Herod 12 And being warned
nottin.” So dey gone noda way back ta of God in a dream that
weh dey come fom. they should not return to
Herod, they departed
into their own country
Joseph Cyaa Jedus an Mary ta Egypt another way.
13 Atta de man dem fom de east done 13 And when they
were departed, behold,
gone, de Lawd sen one angel een a dream the angel of the Lord
fa waan Joseph. De angel tell um say, appeareth to Joseph in a
“King Herod gwine come look fa de chile, dream, saying, Arise, and
take the young child and
fa kill um. Ya mus git op, tek de chile an e his mother, and flee into
modda an ron way right now ta Egypt lan. Egypt, and be thou there
until I bring thee word:
Stay dey til A tell oona fa come back fom for Herod will seek the
dey.” young child to destroy
14 So Joseph git op, e tek de chile an e him.

modda an gone een de night time ta Egypt 14 When he arose, he


took the young child and
lan. 15 E stay dey til King Herod been his mother by night, and
dead. Wa de Lawd been tell de prophet fa departed into Egypt:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
6 Matthew 2

15 And was there until say gwine happen, e happen fa true.


the death of Herod: that
it might be fulfilled E been say, “A call me Son fa come out fom
which was spoken of the Egypt lan.”
Lord by the prophet, say-
ing, Out of Egypt have I
called my son. Dey Kill All de Boy Chullun een Betlem
16 Then Herod, when Wen King Herod find out dat de man
16
he saw that he was
mocked of the wise men, dem fom de east done fool um good, e
was exceeding wroth, been mad down. E gii orda ta e sodja dem
and sent forth, and slew
all the children that were
say, “Mus kill all de boy chullun een
in Bethlehem, and in all Betlem an een de whole arie roun bout.
the coasts thereof, from Mus kill all dem two yeah ole an
two years old and under,
according to the time nyounga.” De king done dat cause ob wa
which he had diligently dem man fom de east done tell um bout de
enquired of the wise
men. time wen dey fus beena see de staa.
17 Then was fulfilled 17 Dis mek wa de prophet Jeremiah
that which was spoken by
Jeremy the prophet, done say come true. E say,
saying, 18 “Dey yeh a nise
18 In Rama was there a
voice heard, lamentation,
da come outta Ramah,
and weeping, and great dey yeh somebody da weep
mourning, Rachel weep- an wail.
ing for her children, and
would not be comforted, Dat been Rachel da cry fa e chullun.
because they are not. Ain nobody kin mek um stop
19 But when Herod
was dead, behold, an an- fa cry,
gel of the Lord appeareth cause e chullun done git kill op.”
in a dream to Joseph in
Egypt,
20 Saying, Arise, and
Joseph, Mary an Jedus
take the young child and Come Outta Egypt
his mother, and go into
the land of Israel: for they 19 Atta Herod done dead, de Lawd sen e
are dead which sought angel een a dream ta Joseph dey een Egypt
the young child's life.
lan. E tell um say, 20 “Mus git op an tek de
21 And he arose, and
took the young child and chile an e modda an gone back ta Israel
his mother, and came lan, cause dem dat beena try fa kill de
into the land of Israel.
chile done dead.” 21 So den Joseph git op
22 But when he heard
that Archelaus did reign an tek de chile an e modda an gone back ta
in Judaea in the room of Israel.
his father Herod, he
2 2 Bot wen J os eph yeh say dat
was afraid to go thither:
notwithstanding, being Archelaus been tek e fada Herod place fa
warned of God in a
dream, he turned aside
rule een Judea, e been scaid fa go dey fa
into the parts of Galilee: lib. De Lawd sen e angel fa waan Joseph,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 2, 3 7

tell um een a dream wa fa do. So Joseph 23 And he came and


dwelt in a city called
gone ta de arie call Galilee. 23 E gone fa lib Nazareth: that it might be
een one town dey name Nazareth. So wa fulfilled which was spo-
ken by the prophets, He
de prophet dem done say bout Jedus, e shall be called a Naza-
come true. Dey been say, “Dey gwine say e rene.
de man fom Nazareth.”

John wa Bactize Staat fa


Preach ta de People
Mark 1:1-8; Luke 3:1-18; John 1:19-28

3 Een dat time, John wa Bactize come


1 Chapter 3
ta de wildaness een Judea, an e staat 1 In those days came
fa preach dey. 2 E tell um say, “Oona mus John the Baptist, preach-
ing in the wilderness of
change oona sinful way an dohn do um no Judaea,
mo. Cause de time mos yah wen God 2 And saying, Repent
gwine rule oba we!” 3 John been de man ye: for the kingdom of
wa de prophet Isaiah beena taak bout wen heaven is at hand.

e say, 3 For this is he that was


spoken of by the prophet
“Somebody da holla Esaias, saying, The voice
een de wildaness say, of one crying in the wil-
derness, Prepare ye the
‘Oona mus cleah de road weh way of the Lord, make his
de Lawd gwine come shru. paths straight.
Mek de pat scraight 4 And the same John
fa um fa waak!’ ” had his raiment of
camel's hair, and a leath-
4 John cloes been mek wid camel hair,
ern girdle about his loins;
an de belt roun e wais been mek wid and his meat was locusts
and wild honey.
animal hide. E beena nyam locust an wile
honey. 5 A whole heapa people come fa 5 Then went out to him
Jerusalem, and all
yeh um, fom Jerusalem, fom all ob Judea, Judaea, and all the re-
an fom all de whole arie close ta de Jerden gion round about Jordan,
Riba. 6 Dey beena tell all de sinful ting dat 6 And were baptized of
dey done done, an dey aks God fa fagib him in Jordan, confessing
um. Den John beena bactize um een de their sins.

Jerden Riba. 7 But when he saw


7 Heapa de Pharisee an de Sadducee many of the Pharisees
and Sadducees come to
dem beena come fa hab John bactize um. his baptism, he said unto
Wen John shim, e tell um say, “Oona ebil, them, O generation of vi-
pers, who hath warned
jes like snake! Who tell oona dat ef oona you to flee from the
git bactize, oona kin git way fom de wrath to come?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
8 Matthew 3

8 Bring forth therefore jedgiment wa God gwine sen fa punish


fruits meet for repent-
ance: oona? 8 Oona mus do dem ting wa show
9 And think not to say oona done change oona way fa true. 9 An
within yourselves, We oona mus dohn tink say, ‘We de chullun ob
have Abraham to our fa-
ther: for I say unto you, Abraham.’ Dat ain gwine sabe oona. A da
that God is able of these tell oona, God able fa tek dem stone yah an
stones to raise up chil-
dren unto Abraham.
ton um eenta Abraham chullun! 10 Now
10 And now also the de ax ta de foot ob de tree, ready fa cut um.
axe is laid unto the root Ebry tree wa ain beah good fruit, God
of the trees: therefore ev-
ery tree which bringeth
gwine cut um down an chunk um een de
not forth good fruit is fire. 11 A da bactize oona wid wata fa
hewn down, and cast into show dat oona done change oona sinful
the fire.
11 I indeed baptize you way. Bot one man wa hab heap mo tority
with water unto repen- den me gwine come. A ain fit fa eben tote e
tance: but he that cometh shoe. E gwine bactize oona wid de Holy
after me is mightier than
I, whose shoes I am not Sperit an wid fire. 12 E gwine jedge de
worthy to bear: he shall people an separate um op like a faama wa
baptize you with the
Holy Ghost, and with fire: hab e pitfork een e han fa separate de chaff
12 Whose fan is in his fom de wheat. E gwine geda de good
hand, and he will
throughly purge his floor, wheat an pit um een e baan. Bot de chaff, e
and gather his wheat into gwine bun um een de ebalastin fire.”
the garner; but he will
burn up the chaff with
unquenchable fire. John Bactize Jedus
13 Then cometh Jesus Mark 1:9-11; Luke 3:21-22
from Galilee to Jordan
unto John, to be baptized 13 Den Jedus come fom Galilee an gone
of him.
14 But John forbad
ta de Jerden Riba. E gone fa hab John
him, saying, I have need bactize um. 14 Bot John ain wahn fa gree
to be baptized of thee, fa bactize Jedus. E tell Jedus say, “A
and comest thou to me?
15 And Jesus answer- oughta hab ya bactize me. Ya ain oughta
ing said unto him, Suffer come fa me fa bactize ya, ainty?”
it to be so now: for thus it 15 Jedus tell John say, “Leh we do um
becometh us to fulfil all
righteousness. Then he de way A say fa now. E fittin fa we fa do all
suffered him. wa God tell we fa do.” So den John gree fa
16 And Jesus, when he
was baptized, went up do wa Jedus say.
straightway out of the 16 Atta John done bactize Jedus, Jedus
water: and, lo, the heav-
ens were opened unto come op outta de wata. Jes den God open
him, and he saw the op de eliment. An Jedus see God Sperit da
Spirit of God descending
like a dove, and lighting
come down like a dob an light pon Jedus.
upon him: 17 Den dey yeh a boice fom heaben say,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 3, 4 9

“Dis yah me own Son wa A da lob. E pledja 17 And lo a voice from


heaven, saying, This is
me tommuch.” my beloved Son, in
whom I am well pleased.
De Debil Try fa Mek Jedus Do Ebil
Mark 1:12-13; Luke 4:1-13

4 Atta dat, de Holy Sperit lead Jedus


1 Chapter 4
eenta de wildaness, weh de Debil try 1 Then was Jesus led
fa mek um do sompin e ain oughta do. up of the Spirit into the
wilderness to be tempted
2 Wen Jedus ain nyam nottin fa foty day of the devil.
an foty night, e been hongry down. 3 De 2 And when he had
Debil, wa try fa mek people do ebil ting, fasted forty days and
come ta Jedus dey an tell um say, “Since forty nights, he was after-
ward an hungred.
ya God Son, chaage dese rock yah fa ton
3 And when the
eenta bread.” tempter came to him, he
4 Jedus ansa um say, “Dey done write said, If thou be the Son of
down een God Book say, ‘E tek mo den God, command that these
stones be made bread.
sompin fa nyam fa mek people lib fa true.
4 But he answered and
E tek ebry wod dat come outta God said, It is written, Man
mout.’ ” shall not live by bread
5 Den de Debil cyaa Jedus ta de holy alone, but by every word
that proceedeth out of
city Jerusalem. E pit um way op pontop de the mouth of God.
mos high paat ob God House. 6 E tell Jedus 5 Then the devil taketh
say, “Since ya God Son, shrow yasef down him up into the holy city,
and setteth him on a pin-
fom yah. Cause dey done write down een nacle of the temple,
God Book say, 6 And saith unto him,
‘God gwine gii orda If thou be the Son of God,
ta e angel dem, cast thyself down: for it is
written, He shall give his
tell um fa tek cyah ob ya. angels charge concerning
De angel dem gwine tote ya thee: and in their hands
they shall bear thee up,
een dey han, lest at any time thou dash
so dat ya ain gwine hut eben thy foot against a stone.
ya foot pon a rock.’ ” 7 Jesus said unto him,
7 Jedus tell de Debil say, “Dey done It is written again, Thou
shalt not tempt the Lord
write down noda ting een God Book, say, thy God.
‘Mus dohn try fa test de Lawd ya God.’ ” 8 Again, the devil tak-
8 Atta dat, de Debil tek Jedus op ta a eth him up into an ex-
high place an show um all de country dem ceeding high mountain,
and sheweth him all the
een de whole wol wid all dey powa an all kingdoms of the world,
dey purty ting wa dey got. 9 De Debil tell and the glory of them;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
10 Matthew 4

9 And saith unto him, Jedus say, “A gwine gii ya all dem ting ef
All these things will I give
thee, if thou wilt fall ya bow down an woshup me op.”
down and worship me. 10 Jedus tell um say, “Git way fom yah,
Satan! Cause dey done write down een
10 Then saith Jesus
unto him, Get thee hence, God Book say, ‘Mus woshup de Lawd ya
Satan: for it is written, God an mus dohn saab nobody cep um.’ ”
Thou shalt worship the 11 Den de Debil lef Jedus, an de angel
Lord thy God, and him
only shalt thou serve. dem come fa tek cyah ob um.
11 Then the devil
leaveth him, and, behold,
Jedus Staat E Wok een Galilee
angels came and minis- Mark 1:14-15; Luke 4:14-15
tered unto him.
Wen Jedus yeh dat dey done pit John
12
12 Now when Jesus eenta de jailhouse, e gone back ta Galilee.
had heard that John was 13 Bot e ain gone ta Nazareth. E gone fa lib
cast into prison, he de-
parted into Galilee;
een Capernaum, one willage close ta Lake
Galilee, een de arie ob Zebulun an
13 And leaving Naza- Naphtali. 14 Dis happen fa mek come true
reth, he came and dwelt
in Capernaum, which is
wa de prophet Isaiah done been say,
upon the sea coast, in the 15 “Een Zebulun an Naphtali lan,
borders of Zabulon and pon de oda side ob de
Nephthalim:
Jerden Riba,
14 That it might be ful- an pon de way ta de great sea,
filled which was spoken
by Esaias the prophet, een Galilee,
saying, weh dey plenty people
wa ain Jew,
15 The land of 16 dem people beena lib
Zabulon, and the land of
Nephthalim, by the way een de daak.
of the sea, beyond Jor- Dey ain know God,
dan, Galilee of the
Gentiles; bot now dey see
a great light.
16 The people which Dey beena lib een de
sat in darkness saw great daak lan full ob det,
light; and to them which
sat in the region and bot now de light
shadow of death light is da shine pon um.”
sprung up.
17 Fom dat time dey, Jedus staat fa tell
17 From that time Je- all de people say, “Oona mus change oona
sus began to preach, and sinful way an dohn do um no mo. Cause de
to say, Repent: for the
kingdom of heaven is at time mos yah wen God gwine rule oba
hand. oona!”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 4 11

Fo Fishaman Jine Op wid Jedus 18 And Jesus, walking


by the sea of Galilee, saw
fa Be E Ciple two brethren, Simon
Mark 1:16-20; Luke 5:1-11 called Peter, and Andrew
his brother, casting a net
18 Jedus beena waak long de sho ta into the sea: for they
Lake Galilee wen e see two broda dey wa were fishers.
been fishaman. Dey name been Simon, wa 19 And he saith unto
dey call Peter, an e broda Andrew. Dey them, Follow me, and I
will make you fishers of
beena cyas dey net eenta de wata fa ketch men.
fish. 19 Jedus tell um say, “Oona mus
20 And they straight-
come folla me! Oona beena ketch fish, bot way left their nets, and
tareckly, A gwine laan oona fa ketch followed him.
people fa me.” 20 Soon as e say dat, dey lef
21 And going on from
dey fishin net an gone long wid Jedus fa thence, he saw other two
folla um. brethren, James the son
21 Jedus gone on fom dey, an e see two of Zebedee, and John his
brother, in a ship with
oda broda name James an John. Dey Zebedee their father,
Zebedee son dem. Dey been dey een dey mending their nets; and
he called them.
boat wid dey fada Zebedee, da mend dey 22 And they immedi-
fishin net. Jedus call um fa come folla um. ately left the ship and
22 Scraight way, James an John lef de boat their father, and followed
him.
an dey fada, an dey gone wid Jedus. 23 And Jesus went
about all Galilee, teach-
Jedus Laan de People an ing in their synagogues,
Heal A Whole Heap ob Um and preaching the gospel
of the kingdom, and heal-
Luke 6:17-19 ing all manner of sickness
and all manner of disease
23 Jedus gone all shru Galilee. E beena among the people.
laan de people een de Jew meetin house
dem, an e tell um de Good Nyews bout 24 And his fame went
throughout all Syria: and
how God da come fa rule. An e heal all they brought unto him all
kind ob ailment dat de people hab. 24 De sick people that were
taken with divers dis-
nyews bout Jedus spread all oba Syria eases and torments, and
country, an de people come ta um. Dey those which were pos-
come da tote all de sick people dat hab all sessed with devils, and
those which were
diffunt kind ob ailment. Some dem beena lunatick, and those that
suffa plenty pain an some hab ebil sperit had the palsy; and he
healed them.
eenside um. Some hab fits an some ob dem
ain able fa eben moob. Dey all come ta 25 And there followed
him great multitudes of
Jedus, an e heal dem op. 25 A great big people from Galilee, and
crowd ob people gone long wid Jedus. Dey from Decapolis, and from

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
12 Matthew 4, 5

Jerusalem, and from come fom Galilee, fom de Ten Town, an


Judaea, and from beyond
Jordan. fom Jerusalem, an Judea an de arie pon de
oda side ob de Jerden Riba, an dey all folla
Jedus.

5
,4
Jedus Teach Bout Dem wa Bless fa True
Luke 6:20-23

5 Wen Jedus see all de crowd dem, e


Chapter 5 1
1 And seeing the multi- gone pontop one high hill. E seddown
tudes, he went up into a
mountain: and when he
dey, an e ciple dem come geda roun um.
was set, his disciples 2 Den Jedus staat fa laan um. E say,
came unto him: 3 “Dey bless fa true, dem people wa
2 And he opened his ain hab no hope een deysef,
mouth, and taught them, cause God da rule oba um.
saying,
4 Dey bless fa true,
3 Blessed are the poor dem wa saaful now,
in spirit: for theirs is the
kingdom of heaven.
cause God gwine courage um.
5 Dey bless fa true, dem wa ain tink
4 Blessed are they that dey mo den wa dey da,
mourn: for they shall be
comforted. cause all de whole wol gwine
5 Blessed are the meek: blongst ta um.
for they shall inherit the 6 Dey bless fa true, dem wa hongry
earth.
an tosty fa wa right,
6 Blessed are they cause dey gwine git sattify.
which do hunger and 7 Dey bless fa true, dem wa hab
thirst after righteousness:
for they shall be filled. mussy pon oda people,
7 Blessed are the mer- cause God gwine hab mussy
ciful: for they shall obtain pon dem.
mercy. 8 Dey bless fa true, dem dat only
8 Blessed are the pure wahn fa jes saab de Lawd,
in heart: for they shall see
God.
cause dey gwine see God.
9 Dey bless fa true, dem wa da wok
9 Blessed are the
peacemakers: for they
haad fa hep people lib
shall be called the chil- peaceable wid one noda,
dren of God. cause God gwine call um
10 Blessed are they e chullun.
which are persecuted for 10 Dey bless fa true, dem wa oda
righteousness' sake: for
theirs is the kingdom of
people mek suffa cause dey
heaven. da waak scraight wid God,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 5 13

cause God da rule oba um. 11 Blessed are ye,


when men shall revile
11 “Ya bless fa true wen people hole ya you, and persecute you,
cheap an mek ya suffa an wen dey say all and shall say all manner
of evil against you
kind ob bad ting bout ya wa ain true, cause falsely, for my sake.
ya da folla me. 12 Mus be glad fa true,
12 Rejoice, and be ex-
cause ya gwine git a whole heapa good ceeding glad: for great is
ting dat God da keep fa ya een heaben. Ya your reward in heaven:
mus memba dat de people wa mek ya suffa for so persecuted they the
prophets which were be-
dem ting yah, dey ole people done de same fore you.
ting ta de prophet dem wa lib way back 13 Ye are the salt of the
dey. earth: but if the salt have
Salt an Light lost his savour, where-
Mark 9:50; Luke 14:34-35 with shall it be salted? it
is thenceforth good for
13 “Oona jes like salt fa all people. Bot nothing, but to be cast
out, and to be trodden
ef de salt done loss e taste, ain no way ya under foot of men.
kin mek um git e good taste back, ainty?
Dat salt dey ain good fa nottin, cep chunk 14 Ye are the light of
um out. the world. A city that is
set on an hill cannot be
14 “Oona jes like light fa de whole wol. hid.
Ain no way ya kin hide a city wa people
build pontop a hill. 15 An ain nobody light 15 Neither do men
light a candle, and put it
a lamp an den pit um ondaneet a bushel under a bushel, but on a
basket. Steada dat, dey pit de lamp op candlestick; and it giveth
light unto all that are in
pontop de table, weh e da shine so all de the house.
people een de house kin see. 16 Same way
so, ya mus leh ya light shine een front ob 16 Let your light so
shine before men, that
people, so dey kin see de good ting ya da they may see your good
do. Den dey gwine praise ya Fada God een works, and glorify your
heaben! Father which is in
heaven.

Jedus Laan de People Bout de Law 17 Think not that I am


wa God Gii Moses come to destroy the law,
or the prophets: I am not
17 “Ya mus dohn tink say dat A come fa come to destroy, but to
git rid ob de Law wa God gii Moses, needa fulfil.

wa de prophet dem beena laan de people. 18 For verily I say unto


A ain come fa git rid ob dem. A come fa you, Till heaven and
mek ebryting happen wa dey say been earth pass, one jot or one
tittle shall in no wise pass
gwine happen. 18 A da tell oona fa true, from the law, till all be
long as de heaben an de whole wol las, ain fulfilled.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
14 Matthew 5

19 Whosoever there- nottin een God Law gwine be git rid ob,
fore shall break one of
these least command- not eben de leeleetles pen maak needa de
ments, and shall teach leeleetles pint, til all dat de law taak bout
men so, he shall be called
the least in the kingdom done happen fa true. 19 Ef somebody ain
of heaven: but whosoever do wa eben de leeleetles one ob dem Law
shall do and teach them,
the same shall be called
dat God gii we say, an ef e laan oda people,
great in the kingdom of say dey ain got fa do um needa, God gwine
heaven. mek dat poson hab de mos low place weh
20 For I say unto you, God da rule. Bot dem wa da do wa de Law
That except your righ-
teousness shall exceed dat God gii we say, an da laan oda people
the righteousness of the fa do um too, God gwine gii dem a place
scribes and Pharisees, ye
shall in no case enter into
high op weh God da rule. 20 So den, A tell
the kingdom of heaven. oona say, ya ain gwine go ta heaben weh
21 Ye have heard that God da rule ef ya ain scraight wid God mo
it was said by them of old
time, Thou shalt not kill;
den de Jew Law teacha dem an de
and whosoever shall kill Pharisee dem.
shall be in danger of the
judgment:
Wa fa Do Wen People Git Bex
22 But I say unto you,
That whosoever is angry “Oona done yeh dat dey beena laan
21
with his brother without de Jew people way back dey, say, ‘Ya mus
a cause shall be in danger
of the judgment: and dohn kill nobody. Dey gwine cyaa de
whosoever shall say to poson ta court wa kill somebody.’ 22 Bot A
his brother, Raca, shall
be in danger of the coun-
tell oona say, whosoneba git mad op wid e
cil: but whosoever shall neighba, dey gwine cyaa um ta court.
say, Thou fool, shall be in Whosoneba shrow slam pon e neighba say,
danger of hell fire.
‘Ya ain good fa nottin,’ dey gwine cyaa um
23 Therefore if thou ta de Jew High Court fa jedge um. An
bring thy gift to the altar,
and there rememberest whosoneba tell e neighba say, ‘Ya fool!’
that thy brother hath dat bad nuff fa mek um go suffa een de fire
ought against thee;
ob hell. 23 So den, ef ya staat fa gii ya gif ta
24 Leave there thy gift God dey fo de alta een God House, an ya
before the altar, and go
thy way; first be recon-
memba dat ya neighba got sompin ginst
ciled to thy brother, and ya, 24 ya mus lef ya gif dey een front de
then come and offer thy alta an go scraight ta ya neighba. Fus ya
gift.
mus mek peace wid um. Den ya kin come
25 Agree with thine ad- back ta God House an gii ya gif ta God.
versary quickly, whiles 25 “Ef anybody aagy wid one ob oona
thou art in the way with
him; lest at any time the an e da cyaa ya ta courthouse, den ya mus
adversary deliver thee to try fa settle wid um fo ya git dey. Cause ef

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 5 15

ya git ta de courthouse, e gwine han ya the judge, and the judge


deliver thee to the offi-
oba ta de jedge. An de jedge, e gwine han cer, and thou be cast into
ya oba ta de police, an dey gwine chunk ya prison.
eenta de jailhouse. 26 A da tell oona fa 26 Verily I say unto
thee, Thou shalt by no
true, ya gwine stay een de jailhouse til ya means come out thence,
pay de las cent ob de fine wa ya owe. till thou hast paid the ut-
termost farthing.
27 Ye have heard that
Mus Dohn Sleep Wid Noda Man Wife it was said by them of old
27 “Oona yeh dat dey beena laan de time, Thou shalt not com-
mit adultery:
people say, ‘A man mus dohn sleep wid 28 But I say unto you,
noda man wife.’ 28 Bot A da tell oona say, That whosoever looketh
de man wa look pon a ooman wa ain e wife on a woman to lust after
her hath committed adul-
an wahn fa sleep wid um, dat man done tery with her already in
sleep wid dat ooman een e haat. 29 So ef his heart.
ya right eye da mek ya sin, dig um out an 29 And if thy right eye
offend thee, pluck it out,
chunk um way! Fa sho, e mo betta fa loss and cast it from thee: for
jes one paat ob ya body, den fa leh ya it is profitable for thee
that one of thy members
whole body git chunk eenta hell. 30 Ef ya should perish, and not
right han da mek ya sin, cut um off an that thy whole body
should be cast into hell.
chunk um way! Fa sho, e mo betta fa loss
jes one paat ob ya body, den fa leh ya 30 And if thy right
hand offend thee, cut it
whole body git chunk eenta hell. off, and cast it from thee:
for it is profitable for thee
that one of thy members
Jedus Laan de People Bout Worce should perish, and not
Matthew 19:9; Mark 10:11-12; Luke 16:18 that thy whole body
should be cast into hell.
31 “Oona yeh too wa dey beena say, ‘Ef
a man worce e wife, e haffa write paper an 31 It hath been said,
Whosoever shall put
gim ta de ooman fa show e done worce away his wife, let him
fom um.’ 32 Bot A da tell oona say, ef any give her a writing of
divorcement:
man worce e wife wen dat ooman ain sleep
32 But I say unto you,
wid noda man, dat husban sponsible wen e That whosoever shall put
wife git marry gin, fa mek de ooman lib away his wife, saving for
the cause of fornication,
een sin, cause e da sleep wid noda man. An causeth her to commit
de oda man dat marry de ooman wa done adultery: and whosoever
shall marry her that is
been worce dat way, dat man da lib een sin dvorced committeth
too. E da sleep wid noda man wife. adultery.
33 Again, ye have
Mus Dohn Mek No Wow heard that it hath been
said by them of old time,
33 “Oona yeh too dat dey beena laan de Thou shalt not forswear

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
16 Matthew 5

thyself, but shalt perform people way back, say, ‘Wen ya gii ya wod
unto the Lord thine
oaths: an sweah ya gwine do sompin fa true, ya
mus do wa ya promise fo de Lawd fa do.’
34 But I say unto you,
34 Bot A da tell oona say, Mus dohn sweah
Swear not at all; neither
by heaven; for it is God's tall, say ‘A sweah ta heaben,’ cause een
throne: heaben God da seddown an rule. 35 Mus
35 Nor by the earth; for dohn say, ‘A sweah ta de wol,’ cause God da
it is his footstool: neither res e foot pon de wol. Mus dohn say needa,
by Jerusalem; for it is the
city of the great King. ‘A sweah ta Jerusalem,’ cause Jerusalem de
city ob God de great King. 36 An ya mus
36 Neither shalt thou
swear by thy head, be- dohn say, ‘A sweah ta me head,’ cause ya
cause thou canst not ain able fa mek eben one dem hair een ya
make one hair white or
black.
head ton white or ton black. 37 Mus jes say
‘yeah’ or ‘no’, cause any oda wod come
37 But let your com-
munication be, Yea, yea;
scraight fom de Debil.
Nay, nay: for whatsoever
is more than these com- Jedus Say We Mus Dohn
eth of evil.
Git Back at People
38 Ye have heard that Luke 6:29-30
it hath been said, An eye
for an eye, and a tooth for
38“Oona yeh too dat dey beena laan de
a tooth: people say, ‘Ef somebody buss ya eye out,
39 But I say unto you, ya kin buss out dat poson eye,’ an ‘Ef
That ye resist not evil: somebody knock ya teet out, ya kin knock
but whosoever shall out dat poson teet.’ 39 Bot A da tell oona
smite thee on thy right
cheek, turn to him the say, Ya mus dohn git back at de poson wa
other also. da do ya bad. Ef somebody knock de right
40 And if any man will side ob ya face, ya mus ton an leh um knock
sue thee at the law, and de lef side too. 40 An ef somebody tek ya ta
take away thy coat, let
him have thy cloke also. court fa mek ya gim ya shat, ya mus leh um
hab ya coat too. 41 Ef somebody mek ya
41 And whosoever
shall compel thee to go a
tote e load one mile, ya mus tote e load two
mile, go with him twain. mile. 42 Ef somebody beg ya fa sompin, ya
42 Give to him that
mus gim. An ef somebody wahn fa borry
asketh thee, and from sompin fom ya, ya mus lend um ta um.
him that would borrow of
thee turn not thou away.
Ya Mus Lob Ya Enemy
43 Ye have heard that Luke 6:27-28, 32-36
it hath been said, Thou 43 “Oona yeh dat dey beena laan de
shalt love thy neighbour,
and hate thine enemy. people say, ‘Ya mus lob ya neighba dem an

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 5, 6 17

hate dem wa do ya wrong.’ 44 Bot A da tell 44 But I say unto you,


Love your enemies, bless
oona say, Ya mus lob dem wa do ya wrong, them that curse you, do
an ya mus pray ta God fa dem people wa good to them that hate
you, and pray for them
da mek ya suffa. 45 Dat way oona gwine be which despitefully use
chullun fa true ob oona Fada een heaben. you, and persecute you;
45 That ye may be the
Oona Fada God da mek de sun shine pon
children of your Father
de ebil people an pon de good people dem which is in heaven: for he
all two. E da mek rain come down pon maketh his sun to rise on
the evil and on the good,
dem wa da do wa e wahn an pon dem wa and sendeth rain on the
ain do wa e wahn. 46 Ef oona lob jes dem just and on the unjust.
46 For if ye love them
wa lob oona, oona ain got no right fa look which love you, what re-
fa no payback fom God fa dat, ainty? ward have ye? do not
even the publicans the
Cause eben dem wa da geda tax, dey da do same?
de same ting! 47 An ef oona speak jes ta 47 And if ye salute
oona broda dem, oona ain do no mo den your brethren only, what
do ye more than others?
oda people da do, ainty? Cause eben do not even the publicans
people wa ain bleebe pon God, dey da do so?
48 Be ye therefore per-
de same ting! 48 Ya mus be pafeck, same fect, even as your Father
like ya Fada God een heaben pafeck. which is in heaven is
perfect.

How fa Hep Dem wa Ain Got Nottin

6 “Tek cyah! Wen ya da do dem good


1 Chapter 6
ting wa God wahn ya fa do fa hep 1 Take heed that ye do
people, ya mus dohn do um een front ob not your alms before
men, to be seen of them:
oda people so dat dey gwine shim. Ef ya da otherwise ye have no re-
do dat, ya ain gwine git de payback wa ya ward of your Father
which is in heaven.
Fada een heaben got fa.
2 Therefore when thou
2 “So wen ya da gii sompin ta dem wa
doest thine alms, do not
ain got nottin, ya mus dohn tell all de sound a trumpet before
people bout wa ya da do, same like de thee, as the hypocrites do
in the synagogues and in
hypicrit dem do een de Jew meetin house the streets, that they may
an een de screet. Dey do um fa mek people have glory of men. Verily
I say unto you, They have
praise um. A da tell oona fa true, dat praise their reward.
wa dey git fom people, dat all de payback 3 But when thou doest
dey gwine git. 3 Bot wen ya da gii ta dem alms, let not thy left hand
wa ain got nottin, ya mus do um so dat know what thy right
hand doeth:
eben ya bes fren ain gwine know bout dat.
4 That thine alms may
4 Mus dohn leh nobody know bout de
be in secret: and thy Fa-
good ting dem ya done. An ya Fada God ther which seeth in secret

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
18 Matthew 6

himself shall reward thee wa see wa ya do een secret, e gwine pay ya


openly.
back.
5 And when thou
prayest, thou shalt not be Jedus Laan People How fa Pray
as the hypocrites are: for Luke 11:2-4
they love to pray stand-
5 “Wen ya da pray ta God, ya mus dohn
ing in the synagogues
and in the corners of the do like de hypicrit dem da do. Dey lob fa
streets, that they may be
seen of men. Verily I say
pray wiles dey da stanop een de meetin
unto you, They have house an pon de cona ob de screet, so dat
their reward. all de people kin see dem wiles dey da
6 But thou, when thou pray. A da tell oona fa true, dey done git
prayest, enter into thy
closet, and when thou all de payback wa dey gwine git. 6 Bot wen
hast shut thy door, pray ya da pray, ya mus go eenta ya room. Ya
to thy Father which is in
secret; and thy Father
mus shet de door an pray ta ya Fada God
which seeth in secret wa dey een heaben weh ya cyahn shim. Ya
shall reward thee openly. Fada da see all wa ya da do, eben wen
7 But when ye pray, nobody else ain shim. An e gwine pay ya
use not vain repetitions,
as the heathen do: for back.
they think that they shall 7 “Wen ya da pray, ya mus dohn go on
be heard for their much
speaking.
an on wid sommuch taak wa ain mean
nottin, same like dem wa ain bleebe pon
8 Be not ye therefore
like unto them: for your God da do. Dey tink dat wen dey da pray,
Father knoweth what God gwine yeh um cause dey da pray so
things ye have need of,
before ye ask him. long. 8 Ya mus dohn be like dem, cause ya
9 After this manner
Fada God done know wa ya need fo ya aks
therefore pray ye: Our um. 9 Pray like dis yah, say,
Father which art in ‘We Fada wa dey een heaben,
heaven, Hallowed be thy
name. leh ebrybody hona ya name.
10 We pray dat soon ya gwine
10 Thy kingdom come.
Thy will be done in earth, rule oba de wol.
as it is in heaven. Wasoneba ting ya wahn,
11 Give us this day our
daily bread.
leh um be so een dis wol
same like dey een heaben.
12 And forgive us our 11 Gii we de food wa we need
debts, as we forgive our
debtors. dis day yah an ebry day.
12 Fagib we fa we sin,
13 And lead us not into
temptation, but deliver same like we da fagib
us from evil: For thine is dem people wa do bad ta we.
the kingdom, and the 13 Leh we dohn hab haad test
power, and the glory, for
ever. Amen. wen Satan try we.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 6 19

Keep we fom ebil.’ 14 For if ye forgive


men their trespasses,
14 “Ef oona fagib oda people fa de bad your heavenly Father
wa dey do oona, oona Fada een heaben will also forgive you:
esef gwine fagib oona. 15 Bot ef oona ain 15 But if ye forgive not
fagib oda people fa de bad wa dey do, men their trespasses, nei-
oona Fada een heaben esef ain gwine fagib ther will your Father for-
give your trespasses.
oona fa de bad oona do.
16 Moreover when ye
Jedus Laan People How fa Fast fast, be not, as the hypo-
crites, of a sad counte-
16 “Wen ya fast an ain nyam nottin so nance: for they disfigure
dat ya kin woshup God, mus dohn pit on their faces, that they may
appear unto men to fast.
no long face same like de hypicrit dem do. Verily I say unto you,
Cause dey da go roun wid dey face all mess They have their reward.
op so dat ebrybody see dat dey da fast. A
17 But thou, when
da tell oona fa true, dey done git all de thou fastest, anoint thine
payback wa dey gwine git. 17 Bot wen ya head, and wash thy face;
fast, ya mus pit oll pon ya head an wash ya
18 That thou appear
face so ya kin look good ta people. 18 Ya not unto men to fast, but
mus do dat so dat people ain gwine see ya unto thy Father which is
in secret: and thy Father,
da fast. Jes ya Fada God wa ain nobody kin which seeth in secret,
see, e da see wa ya da do, eben wen people shall reward thee openly.
ain shim. E gwine gii ya ya payback.
19 Lay not up for your-
selves treasures upon
Tredja een Heaben earth, where moth and
Luke 12:33-34 rust doth corrupt, and
where thieves break
19 “Ya mus dohn pile op a whole heapa through and steal:
spensiz ting fa yasef een dis wol. Cause de
20 But lay up for your-
mot kin nyam um, an de rust kin rust um selves treasures in
out, an tief broke een an tief um. 20 Stead heaven, where neither
ob dat, ya mus pile op ya tredja een moth nor rust doth cor-
rupt, and where thieves
heaben. Ain no mot kin nyam um, needa do not break through nor
no rust kin rust um out dey, an ain no tief steal:
kin broke een an tief um. 21 Cause weh ya 21 For where your
tredja da, dat weh ya haat gwine be. treasure is, there will
your heart be also.
De Light an de Daak 22 The light of the
Luke 11:34-36 body is the eye: if there-
22 “Ya eye like a lamp fa ya body. Ef ya fore thine eye be single,
thy whole body shall be
eye good, all ya body full op wid light. full of light.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
20 Matthew 6

23 But if thine eye be 23 Bot ef ya eye ain no good, all ya body


evil, thy whole body shall
be full of darkness. If gwine be een de daak. So den, ef de light
therefore the light that is wa spose fa be dey eenside ya ain dey, den
in thee be darkness, how
great is that darkness! de daak wa dey eenside ya gwine be daak
24 No man can serve fa sho, mo den all oda daak!
two masters: for either he
will hate the one, and
love the other; or else he Ya Ain Able fa Wok fa God
will hold to the one, and an Money All Two
despise the other. Ye can- Luke 16:13; 12:22-31
not serve God and
mammon. 24 “Ain nobody able fa saab two massa.
25 Therefore I say unto Ef ya try fa do dat, ya gwine hate one an
you, Take no thought for
your life, what ye shall
lob de oda one. Ya gwine be true ta one an
eat, or what ye shall hole de oda one cheap. Ya ain able fa saab
drink; nor yet for your God an be a slabe ta money same time.
body, what ye shall put
on. Is not the life more 25 “So den, A da tell oona say, mus dohn
than meat, and the body warry bout how ya gwine lib, wa ya gwine
than raiment?
26 Behold the fowls of nyam, or wa ya gwine drink, needa wa
the air: for they sow not, cloes ya gwine weah pon ya body. Cause
neither do they reap, nor
gather into barns; yet ya life walyable way mo den sompin fa
your heavenly Father nyam, ainty? An ya body walyable way
feedeth them. Are ye not
much better than they?
mo den cloes, ainty? 26 Now den, leh we
study bout de bod dem wa fly roun. Dey
27 Which of you by ain plant no seed, needa geda crop. Dey
taking thought can add
one cubit unto his
ain pit op no crop een de conehouse.
stature? Stillyet, oona Fada een heaben da feed um.
28 And why take ye Oona way mo walyable den dem bod,
thought for raiment? ainty? 27 An fa true, ain nary one ob oona
Consider the lilies of the
field, how they grow; kin lib a bit longa cause e da warry, ainty?
they toil not, neither do 28 “An hoccome ya da warry bout cloes
they spin:
fa weah? Leh we study bout de lily wa da
29 And yet I say unto grow wile. Dey ain wok, needa mek cloes
you, That even Solomon fa deysef. 29 Now, A da tell oona, King
in all his glory was not ar-
rayed like one of these. Solomon been too rich an hab fine cloes.
Stillyet, eben Solomon ain neba hab cloes
30 Wherefore, if God fa dress purty an fine like dem lily. 30 God
so clothe the grass of the
field, which to day is, and de one dat gii cloes ta de wile grass. An dat
to morrow is cast into the grass dey taday an e gone demarra. People
oven, shall he not much
more clothe you, O ye of
cut um down an bun um op. Ef God dress
little faith? op de wile grass like dat, fa true e gwine do

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 6, 7 21

way mo den dat fa mek sho ya hab cloes fa 31 Therefore take no


thought, saying, What
weah. Sho nuff, oona ain bleebe God wid shall we eat? or, What
all oona haat! shall we drink? or,
Wherewithal shall we be
31 “So den, ya mus dohn warry none tall
clothed?
say, ‘Weh A gwine git sompin fa nyam?’ or 32 (For after all these
things do the Gentiles
‘Weh A gwine git sompin fa drink?’ needa seek:) for your heavenly
say, ‘Weh A gwine git cloes fa weah?’ Father knoweth that ye
32 De people dat ain bleebe een God, dey have need of all these
things.
da warry all de time bout dem ting. Oona 33 But seek ye first the
Fada een heaben know ya haffa hab kingdom of God, and his
righteousness; and all
sompin fa nyam an drink an cloes fa weah. these things shall be
33 Bot fus ob all, leh God rule een ya life, added unto you.
34 Take therefore no
an study bout how e wahn ya fa waak thought for the morrow:
scraight wid um, an den God gwine gii ya for the morrow shall take
thought for the things of
all dem oda ting yah too. 34 So den, mus itself. Sufficient unto the
dohn warry bout wa gwine happen day is the evil thereof.
demarra. Demarra gwine hab e own
warry. Ebry day hab nuff trouble ob e
own. Chapter 7
1 Judge not, that ye be
Mus Dohn Jedge Oda People not judged.
Luke 6:37-38, 41-42 2 For with what judg-
ment ye judge, ye shall

7 “Mus dohn jedge oda people. Den


1 be judged: and with what
God esef ain gwine jedge ya. 2 De measure ye mete, it shall
be measured to you
same way ya jedge oda people, dat how again.
God gwine jedge ya. Ef ya easy on oda 3 And why beholdest
thou the mote that is in
people or ef ya mek um suffa, dat de same thy brother's eye, but
way God gwine do ya. 3 Wa mek ya see de considerest not the beam
that is in thine own eye?
leetle splinta ob wood een ya broda eye, 4 Or how wilt thou say
bot ya ain pay no mind ta de big log een ya to thy brother, Let me
own eye? 4 How ya gwine tell ya broda pull out the mote out of
thine eye; and, behold, a
say, ‘Broda, leh me tek dat leetle splinta beam is in thine own eye?
out ya eye,’ wen ya ain eben pay no mind 5 Thou hypocrite, first
cast out the beam out of
ta de big log een ya own eye? 5 Ya thine own eye; and then
hypicrit! Fus ya mus tek de big log out ya shalt thou see clearly to
cast out the mote out of
own eye. Den ya kin see plain how fa tek thy brother's eye.
dat leetle splinta out ya broda eye. 6 Give not that which
6 “Mus dohn gii dog dem ting wa is holy unto the dogs, nei-
ther cast ye your pearls
blongst ta God. Ef ya do dat, de dog gwine before swine, lest they

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
22 Matthew 7

trample them under their ton an teah ya op. Mus dohn shrow ya fine
feet, and turn again and
rend you. bead dem ta de hog dem. Ef ya do dat, dey
gwine mash um onda dey foot, an den ton
7 Ask, and it shall be
given you; seek, and ye
roun an teah ya op.
shall find; knock, and it
shall be opened unto you: God Gii Good Ting ta Dem wa Aks
Luke 11:9-13
8 For every one that
asketh receiveth; and he 7 “Aks God, an e gwine gii ya wa ya aks
that seeketh findeth; and
to him that knocketh it
fa. Look ta God, an ya gwine find
shall be opened. wasoneba ya da look fa. Knock ta God
door, an e gwine open um op ta ya.
9 Or what man is there
8 Cause de one wa da aks, God gwine gim.
of you, whom if his son
ask bread, will he give De one wa da look ta God, e gwine find
him a stone? wasoneba e da look fa. An de one wa da
10 Or if he ask a fish,
knock ta God door, God gwine open op de
will he give him a door ta um. 9 Ef ya hab a son, an ef e aks
serpent? ya fa a piece ob bread, ya ain gwine gim no
11 If ye then, being
rock, ainty? 10 An ef ya son aks ya fa a
evil, know how to give piece ob fish, ya ain gwine gim no snake,
good gifts unto your chil- ainty? 11 Ef oona wa ebil know how fa gii
dren, how much more
shall your Father which oona chullun good ting, oona Fada een
is in heaven give good heaben know how fa gii a heap mo good
things to them that ask
him ting ta dem wa aks um!
12 “Een all wa ya do, ya mus do ta
12 Therefore all things ebrybody jes like ya wahn dem fa do ta
whatsoever ye would
that men should do to oona. Dat wa de Law God gii Moses an wa
you, do ye even so to de prophet dem laan we.
them: for this is the law
and the prophets.
De Way ta True Life
Luke 13:24
13 Enter ye in at the
strait gate: for wide is the 13“Ya mus go een shru de leeleetle
gate, and broad is the
way, that leadeth to de-
door. Cause de door weh people da go een
struction, and many weh dey gwine be stroy een hell, dat door
there be which go in big fa true, an dat way easy fa folla. Plenty
thereat:
people da waak een dat way dey. 14 Bot de
14 Because strait is the door weh people da go een fa git ebalastin
gate, and narrow is the life, dat a leeleetle door, an dat way haad
way, which leadeth unto
life, and few there be that fa folla. Ain a whole heapa people wa find
find it. dat way.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 7 23

De Tree an E Fruit 15 Beware of false


Luke 6:43-44 prophets, which come to
you in sheep's clothing,
15 “Oona mus tek cyah! Look out fa dem but inwardly they are
ravening wolves.
prophet wa ain taak true. Wen ya shim,
16 Ye shall know them
dey look jes like sheep. Bot eenside dey by their fruits. Do men
haat, dey jes like a wile wolf. 16 Ya gwine gather grapes of thorns,
or figs of thistles?
know dem by de fruit dey da beah. Ya ain
17 Even so every good
gwine pick grape fom a bramble bush, tree bringeth forth good
ainty? Ya ain gwine geda fig fom de briah fruit; but a corrupt tree
bringeth forth evil fruit.
patch, ainty? 17 Same way so, ebry tree wa
18 A good tree cannot
da grow good, e da beah good fruit, bot a bring forth evil fruit, nei-
tree wa ain grow good, e da beah bad fruit. ther can a corrupt tree
18 A tree wa da grow good, e cyahn beah bring forth good fruit.
19 Every tree that
no bad fruit. An a tree wa ain grow good bringeth not forth good
cyahn beah no good fruit. 19 Dey gwine fruit is hewn down, and
cast into the fire.
cut down all dem tree wa ain beah no good
20 Wherefore by their
fruit. Dey gwine chunk um een de fire. fruits ye shall know
20 So den, ya gwine know dem by de fruit them.
dey da beah. 21 Not every one that
saith unto me, Lord,
Lord, shall enter into the
Jes Dem wa da Do wa God Wahn, kingdom of heaven; but
Dey Gwine Go ta Heaben he that doeth the will of
my Father which is in
Luke 13:25-27 heaven.
21 “Ain ebrybody wa da call me say,
22 Many will say to me
‘Lawd, Lawd’ ain gwine go een weh God in that day, Lord, Lord,
da rule een heaben. Jes dem wa do wa me have we not prophesied
Fada God een heaben wahn. 22 Wen dat in thy name? and in thy
name have cast out dev-
day come, plenty people gwine tell me say, ils? and in thy name done
‘Lawd, Lawd! Een ya name we done beena many wonderful works?
tell people wa God say, ainty? Een ya 23 And then will I pro-
name, we done beena dribe out ebil sperit fess unto them, I never
an do plenty miracle, ainty!’ 23 Den A knew you: depart from
me, ye that work
gwine tell um say, ‘A ain neba know oona. iniquity.
All oona wickity people, git way fom me!’
24 Therefore whoso-
ever heareth these say-
De Man wa Got Sense an de Fool ings of mine, and doeth
Luke 6:47-49 them, I will liken him
24 “So den, ebrybody wa da yeh me wod unto a wise man, which
built his house upon a
an do wa A tell um, dey stan same like a rock:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
24 Matthew 7, 8

25 And the rain de- poson wa got sense. Wen e build e house, e
scended, and the floods
came, and the winds lay de foundation pon de rock. 25 De rain
blew, and beat upon that come, an de riba flood oba. De haad wind
house; and it fell not: for
it was founded upon a
blow an beat ginst dat house. Stillyet, de
rock. house ain faddown, cause de man done lay
26 And every one that
de foundation pon de rock. 26 Bot de
heareth these sayings of poson wa yeh me wod an ain do wa A tell
mine, and doeth them um, dat poson dey same like a fool man wa
not, shall be likened unto
a foolish man, which build e house pontop de sand. 27 De rain
built his house upon the come, an de riba flood all oba. De haad
sand:
wind blow an beat ginst dat fool man
27 And the rain de- house. An de house faddown, bam! E
scended, and the floods
came, and the winds
smash op!”
blew, and beat upon that
house; and it fell: and Jedus Got Tority
great was the fall of it.
fa Laan People
28 And it came to pass,
28 Atta Jedus done tell de people all dis,
when Jesus had ended
these sayings, the people dey been stonish how Jedus da laan um.
were astonished at his 29 Cause e ain laan um like de Jew Law
doctrine:
teacha dem. E laan um like e hab tority fa
29 For he taught them laan people dem ting yah.
as one having authority,
and not as the scribes.
Jedus Heal a Man wa
8
,7

Hab Leposy
Mark 1:40-45; Luke 5:12-16
Chapter 8

8 Wen Jedus come down fom de high


1
1 When he was come
down from the mountain, hill, a whole heapa people beena folla
great multitudes fol- um. 2 An one man been dey wa been sick
lowed him.
2 And, behold, there wid leposy. E come an kneel down pon de
came a leper and wor- groun fo Jedus. E beg um say, “Sah, ef ya
shipped him, saying,
Lord, if thou wilt, thou
gree fa do um, ya able fa mek me clean!”
canst make me clean. 3 Jedus scretch out e han an tetch um
3 And Jesus put forth
say, “A wahn fa do um. A mek ya clean!”
his hand, and touched
him, saying, I will; be Same time, de leposy gone, an de man
thou clean. And immedi- been well. 4 Den Jedus chaage um say,
ately his leprosy was
cleansed. “See yah, mus dohn tell nobody bout dis.
4 And Jesus saith unto Mus go ta de Jew priest an leh um see dat
him, See thou tell no
man; but go thy way,
ya all well now, an offa de sacrifice wa
shew thyself to the priest, Moses done chaage de people fa mek. Dat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 8 25

gwine mek ebrybody know ya all well now and offer the gift that Mo-
ses commanded, for a tes-
fa sho.” timony unto them.
De Roman Offisa wa Bleebe 5 And when Jesus was
Luke 7:1-10 entered into Capernaum,
there came unto him a
5 Wen Jedus git ta Capernaum, one centurion, beseeching
Roman offisa gone meet um. E beg Jedus him,
6 And saying, Lord, my
fa hep um. 6 E beg um say, “Lawd, me servant lieth at home sick
saabant bad off sick. E da leddown een de of the palsy, grievously
tormented.
house, an e cyahn moob. E da suffa too 7 And Jesus saith unto
bad.” him, I will come and heal
7 Jedus tell de offisa say, “A gwine ta ya him.
8 The centurion an-
house an mek um well.” swered and said, Lord, I
8 Bot de offisa say, “No, Lawd! A ain fit am not worthy that thou
shouldest come under my
fa hab ya come eenta me house. Bot jes say roof: but speak the word
de wod, an me saabant gwine git heal. 9 A only, and my servant
shall be healed.
mesef a man onda tority ob offisa wa oba 9 For I am a man under
me, an A hab tority oba oda sodja dem wa authority, having sol-
diers under me: and I say
onda me. A tell one say, ‘Mus go!’ an e to this man, Go, and he
gone. An A tell noda one say, ‘Mus come!’ goeth; and to another,
Come, and he cometh;
an e come. An A tell me saabant say, ‘Mus and to my servant, Do
do dis wok!’ an e do um.” this, and he doeth it.
10 When Jesus heard
10 Wen Jedus yeh wa de offisa say, e
it, he marvelled, and said
been scruck. E tell de people wa beena to them that followed,
folla um, say, “A da tell oona fa true. A ain Verily I say unto you, I
have not found so great
neba see nobody yah een all ob Israel wa faith, no, not in Israel.
hab fait like dis man yah. 11 A da tell oona, 11 And I say unto you,
plenty people gwine come fom all oba de That many shall come
from the east and west,
wol, fom de east an fom de west. Dey and shall sit down with
gwine seddown wid Abraham, Isaac an Abraham, and Isaac, and
Jacob, in the kingdom of
Jacob een dey place ta de feas weh God da heaven.
rule een heaben. 12 Bot God gwine sen 12 But the children of
way dem wa ain onda e rule, out eenta de the kingdom shall be cast
out into outer darkness:
daak place weh dey gwine cry an grine dey there shall be weeping
teet.” 13 Den Jedus tell de Roman offisa and gnashing of teeth.
13 And Jesus said unto
say, “Ya mus go ta ya house. Jes wa ya
the centurion, Go thy
bleebe, dat wa gwine happen.” way; and as thou hast be-
An de offisa saabant, e done git well dat lieved, so be it done unto
thee. And his servant was
same time wiles Jedus beena taak ta de healed in the selfsame
offisa. hour.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
26 Matthew 8

14 And when Jesus was Jedus Heal Peter Wife Modda,


come into Peter's house,
he saw his wife's mother an Plenty Oda People
laid, and sick of a fever. Mark 1:29-34;
Luke 4:38-41
15 And he touched her
hand, and the fever left 14 Jedus gone ta Peter house, an e see
her: and she arose, and de modda ob Peter wife sick een de bed
ministered unto them.
wid de feba. 15 Jedus tetch de ooman han,
16 When the even was an de feba lef um. An e git op an staat fa fix
come, they brought unto
him many that were pos- sompin fa Jedus fa nyam.
sessed with devils: and he 16 Dat ebenin, people come ta Jedus da
cast out the spirits with
his word, and healed all
bring plenty people wa got ebil sperit
that were sick: eenside um. Jedus dribe out dem ebil
sperit wid de wod wa e say, an e mek all de
17 That it might be ful-
filled which was spoken
sick people well. 17 All dem ting yah dat
by Esaias the prophet, Jedus do, dey happen fa mek come true wa
saying, Himself took our de prophet Isaiah been say. E say, “E tek
infirmities, and bare our
sicknesses. way all we ailment. E cyaa off all we
sickness.”
18 Now when Jesus
saw great multitudes Dem dat Folla Jedus
about him, he gave com-
mandment to depart unto Mus Dohn Look Back
the other side. Luke 9:57-62

Jedus see all de crowd roun um, an e


18
19 And a certain scribe
came, and said unto him, gii orda ta e ciple dem, say mus git ready
Master, I will follow fa cross oba ta de oda side ob de lake.
thee whithersoever thou
19 Den one Jew Law teacha come ta um an
goest.
say, “Teacha, A gwine folla ya wehsoneba
20 And Jesus saith
ya gwine go.”
unto him, The foxes have 20 Jedus tell um say, “De fox got hole
holes, and the birds of the een de groun, an de bod wa fly roun op een
air have nests; but the Son
of man hath not where to de air, dey got nes. Bot de Man wa Come
lay his head. fom God ain got noweh fa lay e head fa
res.”
21 And another of his
21 One oda man wa beena gone long
disciples said unto him,
Lord, suffer me first to go wid Jedus, e tell Jedus say, “Sah, A gwine
and bury my father. folla ya, bot fus leh me go an bury me
fada.”
22 But Jesus said unto
22 Jedus ansa um say, “Ya mus folla me.
him, Follow me; and let
the dead bury their dead. Leh dem wa dead bury dey own dead.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 8 27

Jedus Chaage de Wind an de Wata 23 And when he was


entered into a ship, his
fa Stan Still disciples followed him.
Mark 4:35-41; Luke 8:22-25 24 And, behold, there
arose a great tempest in
23 Jedus git eenta de boat, an e ciple the sea, insomuch that
dem folla um. 24 An jes dat fast, a big wind the ship was covered
come an blow oba de lake. E mek de with the waves: but he
was asleep.
swellin wata come eenta de boat til e mos 25 And his disciples
sink. Bot Jedus beena sleep. 25 De ciple came to him, and awoke
him, saying, Lord, save
dem gone an wake Jedus op. Dey say, us: we perish.
“Lawd, sabe we! We gwine git drown!” 26 And he saith unto
them, Why are ye fearful,
26 Jedus ansa say, “Hoccome oona so
O ye of little faith? Then
scaid? Oona ain got bot jes a leeleetle fait he arose, and rebuked the
winds and the sea; and
een me!” Den Jedus git op an e chaage de there was a great calm.
big wind an de swellin wata. Jes den 27 But the men mar-
ebryting calm right down. velled, saying, What
27 De man dem been stonish. Dey aks manner of man is this,
that even the winds and
one noda say, “Who dis man yah? E da the sea obey him!
chaage eben de wind an de wata, tell um 28 And when he was
come to the other side
wa fa do, an dey do um!” into the country of the
Gergesenes, there met
Jedus Mek de Ebil Sperit Dem him two possessed with
devils, coming out of the
Come Outta Two Gadarene Man tombs, exceeding fierce,
Mark 5:1-20; Luke 8:26-39 so that no man might
pass by that way.
28 Jedus cross ta de oda side ob de lake 29 And, behold, they
ta de arie weh de Gadarene people lib. cried out, saying, What
Wen e git dey, two man wid ebil sperit da have we to do with thee,
Jesus, thou Son of God?
lib eenside um come outta de grabeyaad fa art thou come hither to
meet um. Dem man been so wile dat torment us before the
time?
nobody ain been able fa pass by dat way. 30 And there was a
29 Dey holla loud say, “Ya de Son ob God! good way off from them
Wa bidness ya got wid we? Ya come yah fa an herd of many swine
feeding.
mek we suffa fo de time wen God gwine 31 So the devils be-
toment we?” sought him, saying, If
30 Now den, a heapa hog beena nyam thou cast us out, suffer us
to go away into the herd
pon a hill dey. 31 Dem ebil sperit da beg of swine.
Jedus say, “Ef ya gwine dribe we outta de 32 And he said unto
man dem, leh we go eenside dem hog.” them, Go. And when
they were come out,
32 Jedus tell um say, “Oona git way fom
they went into the herd
yah!” So de ebil sperit dem come outta de of swine: and, behold,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
28 Matthew 8, 9

the whole herd of swine two man an gone eenside de hog dem. Den
ran violently down a
steep place into the sea,
all de hog ron down de side ob de steep hill
and perished in the like sompin wile. Dey ron eenta de lake an
waters. git drown.
33 And they that kept
them fled, and went their 33 De people wa beena mind de hog
ways into the city, and dem ron off an gone ta de town. Dey tell de
told every thing, and
what was befallen to the people all de nyews an wa done happen ta
possessed of the devils. de man dem wa been hab ebil sperit
34 And, behold, the
whole city came out to eenside um. 34 Den all de people een de
meet Jesus: and when town gone fa meet Jedus. Wen dey shim,
they saw him, they be-
sought him that he would
dey beg Jedus fa go way fom dey.
depart out of their coasts.
Jedus Heal a Man wa Paralyze
9
,8

Chapter 9
1 And he entered into a Mark 2:1-12; Luke 5:17-26

9
ship, and passed over, Jedus git eenta a boat an cross ta de
1
and came into his own
city. oda side de lake, an e come ta e own
2 And, behold, they
town. 2 Some man dem come long da tote
brought to him a man
sick of the palsy, lying on one man wa paralyze, pon e bed. Wen
a bed: and Jesus seeing Jedus see dat dey bleebe fa true dat e
their faith said unto the
sick of the palsy; Son, be gwine heal de man, e tell de sick man say,
of good cheer; thy sins be “Me son, ya mus dohn warry. Ya sin done
forgiven thee.
3 And, behold, certain been fagib.”
of the scribes said within 3 Wen dey yeh dat, some de Law teacha
themselves, This man dem say ta deysef, “Dis man Jedus da hole
blasphemeth.
4 And Jesus knowing God cheap!”
their thoughts said, 4 Jedus know wa de Law teacha dem
Wherefore think ye evil
in your hearts? beena tink bout, so e tell um say, “Wa mek
5 For whether is eas- oona tink bad ting een oona haat? 5 Fa
ier, to say, Thy sins be
forgiven thee; or to say, sho, e mo easy fa tell dis man say, ‘Ya sin
Arise, and walk? done been fagib’ den fa chaage um say,
6 But that ye may
know that the Son of man
‘Git op an waak’ ainty? 6 A gwine show
hath power on earth to oona dat de Man wa Come fom God hab
forgive sins, (then saith tority een dis wol fa fagib people sin.” Den
he to the sick of the
palsy,) Arise, take up thy Jedus tell de paralyze man say, “Git op,
bed, and go unto thine tek ya bed an go home!”
house.
7 And he arose, and de- 7 De man git op an gone home. 8 Wen
parted to his house. de crowd see wa happen, dey been cyaa
8 But when the multi-
tudes saw it, they mar-
way. An dey praise God cause e gii a man
velled, and glorified God, dis kinda tority.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 9 29

Jedus Call Matthew fa Folla Um which had given such


Mark 2:13-17; Luke 5:27-32 power unto men.
9 And as Jesus passed
9 Jedus lef de place weh e been. Wiles e forth from thence, he saw
beena gwine, e see one man name a man, named Matthew,
sitting at the receipt of
Matthew, wa da geda tax, da seddown ta e custom: and he saith unto
office. Jedus tell um say, “Come folla me.” him, Follow me. And he
arose, and followed him.
An e git op an gone folla Jedus.
10 Jedus beena seddown fa nyam een 10 And it came to pass,
Matthew house. Plenty people wa da geda as Jesus sat at meat in the
house, behold, many
tax come, long wid oda people wa de Jew publicans and sinners
leada dem say ain fit fa mix wid de Jew came and sat down with
people. An dey all seddown, da nyam wid him and his disciples.

Jedus an e ciple dem. 11 Wen some 11 And when the Phar-


Pharisee see dat, dey aks e ciple dem say, isees saw it, they said
“Oona teacha ain oughta nyam wid dem unto his disciples, Why
eateth your Master with
kinda people, ainty?” publicans and sinners?
12 Jedus yeh wa dey say, so e tell um
12 But when Jesus
say, “Dem wa well ain need no docta. Jes
heard that, he said unto
dem wa sick need um. 13 Oona mus go an them, They that be whole
find out wa dey mean wen dey write say, need not a physician, but
they that are sick.
‘God wahn people fa hab mussy pon oda
people. E ain wahn jes dem animal 13 But go ye and learn
sacrifice wa oona da mek.’ A ain come fa what that meaneth, I will
have mercy, and not sac-
call dem wa tink dey da waak scraight wid rifice: for I am not come
God. A come fa call de sinna dem.” to call the righteous, but
sinners to repentance.
Jedus Laan de People How fa Fast
fa Woshup God 14 Then came to him
Mark 2:18-22; Luke 5:33-39 the disciples of John, say-
ing, Why do we and the
14 John ciple dem come ta Jedus an aks Pharisees fast oft, but thy
disciples fast not?
um say, “Hoccome we an de Pharisee dem
da fast, bot ya own ciple dem, dey ain
15 And Jesus said unto
fast?”
them, Can the children
15 Jedus ansa um say, “Wen people of the bridechamber
come ta a weddin, dey ain gwine be saaful mourn, as long as the
bridegroom is with
long as de groom dey wid um. Bot de time them? but the days will
gwine come wen de groom gwine be tek come, when the bride-
groom shall be taken
way fom mongst um. Dat de time wen dey from them, and then
gwine fast. shall they fast.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
30 Matthew 9

16 No man putteth a 16 “Ain nobody gwine cut piece fom


piece of new cloth unto
an old garment, for that nyew closs wa ain neba been wash fa
which is put in to fill it up shrink, an nyuse um fa patch e ole cloes,
taketh from the garment,
and the rent is made cause wen de patch shrink e gwine pull, an
worse. den de teah gwine be eben wossa. 17 Ain
17 Neither do men put nobody gwine tek ole bottle an pit nyew
new wine into old bot- wine een um wiles de wine still da draw.
tles: else the bottles
break, and the wine Cause ef e do dat, dat wine gwine buss
runneth out, and the bot- open de ole bottle. De wine gwine waste
tles perish: but they put
new wine into new bot- an de ole bottle gwine git ruint too. Stead
tles, and both are ob dat, dey mus pit nyew wine een nyew
preserved.
bottle wa ain gwine broke op, an de wine
18 While he spake
ain gwine waste needa.”
these things unto them,
behold, there came a cer-
tain ruler, and wor-
shipped him, saying, My
daughter is even now Jedus Heal de Dead Gyal
dead: but come and lay an de Ooman wa Tetch E Cloes
thy hand upon her, and Mark 5:21-43; Luke 8:40-56
she shall live.
19 And Jesus arose,
18 Jedus still beena taak ta dem wen
and followed him, and so one leada een de Jew meetin house come
did his disciples.
an kneel down ta Jedus foot. E beg Jedus
20 And, behold, a say, “Me daughta mos dead. Bot do please,
woman, which was dis-
eased with an issue of come an pit ya han pon um an pray fa um.
blood twelve years, came Den e gwine lib.”
behind him, and touched
19 So Jedus git op an folla dat leada, an
the hem of his garment:
e ciple dem gone long wid um too.
21 For she said within
20 Jes den, one sick ooman wa beena
herself, If I may but touch
his garment, I shall be bleed fa tweb yeah, e come op hine Jedus
whole.
an tetch de edge ob Jedus cloes. 21 De
22 But Jesus turned ooman beena say een e haat, “Ef A jes
him about, and when he tetch e cloes, A gwine git heal.”
saw her, he said, Daugh-
ter, be of good comfort; 22 Jedus ton roun. E see de ooman an
thy faith hath made thee tell um say, “Me daughta, ya mus dohn
whole. And the woman
was made whole from warry! Cause ya bleebe, ya done been
that hour. heal.” Dat same time e been heal.
23 And when Jesus 23 Wen Jedus git ta de leada house an
came into the ruler's gone een, e see de people dem wa beena
house, and saw the min-
strels and the people gwine fa play flute fa de buryin an
making a noise, ebrybody wa beena weep an wail loud fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 9 31

de chile. 24 Jedus tell um say, “Oona git 24 He said unto them,


Give place: for the maid
out de house! De chile ain dead. E da is not dead, but sleepeth.
sleep!” De people jes laugh at um. 25 Wen And they laughed him to
scorn.
dey done mek all de crowd go out de 25 But when the peo-
house, Jedus gone eenta de chile room. E ple were put forth, he
tek de chile han, an de gyal git op. 26 Den went in, and took her by
the hand, and the maid
de nyews spread all oba dat lan dey bout arose.
wa Jedus done. 26 And the fame hereof
went abroad into all that
Jedus Heal Two Man wa Bline land.
27 And when Jesus de-
27 Wen Jedus come outta dat place, two parted thence, two blind
man wa been bline beena folla um. Dey men followed him, cry-
ing, and saying, Thou Son
holla say, “David Son, hab mussy pon we!” of David, have mercy on
28 Den Jedus gone eenta de house an de us.
man dem wa been bline come ta um. Jedus 28 And when he was
come into the house, the
aks um say, “Oona bleebe A able fa heal blind men came to him:
oona?” and Jesus saith unto
them, Believe ye that I
Dey tell um say, “Yeah, we bleebe, am able to do this? They
Lawd!” said unto him, Yea, Lord.
29 Jedus tetch dey eye an say, “Leh um 29 Then touched he
their eyes, saying, Ac-
happen den, jes like oona bleebe!” 30 Den cording to your faith be it
dey been able fa see gin. Dey been heal. unto you.
Jedus taak scrong ta um say, “Oona mus 30 And their eyes were
opened; and Jesus
dohn tell nobody wa happen.” straitly charged them,
31 Bot de man dem gone an spread de saying, See that no man
know it.
nyews bout Jedus all oba dat lan dey.
31 But they, when they
were departed, spread
Jedus Heal One Man abroad his fame in all
wa Got Ebil Sperit Eenside Um that country.
32 Wiles de two man wa been bline 32 As they went out,
behold, they brought to
beena gwine out fom weh Jedus been, him a dumb man pos-
some people come ta Jedus, da bring one sessed with a devil.
man wa ain able fa taak an wa got ebil 33 And when the devil
sperit eenside um. 33 Jedus dribe de ebil was cast out, the dumb
spake: and the multitudes
sperit outta dat man, an soon as e done marvelled, saying, It was
dat, de man staat fa taak. All de people never so seen in Israel.
been stonish. Dey say, “Nobody ain neba 34 But the Pharisees
said, He casteth out dev-
see nottin like dis fo een Israel!” ils through the prince of
34 Bot de Pharisee dem say, “De leada the devils.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
32 Matthew 9, 10

35 And Jesus went ob de ebil sperit dem, e de one wa gii


about all the cities and
villages, teaching in their Jedus powa fa dribe ebil sperit outta
synagogues, and preach- people.”
ing the gospel of the
kingdom, and healing ev-
ery sickness and every Oona Mus Pray ta de Lawd ob de Crop
disease among the wa Ready fa Geda
people.
36 But when he saw Jedus gone roun ta all de town an
35
the multitudes, he was willage dem. E beena laan de people een
moved with compassion
on them, because they dey meetin house an tell um de Good
fainted, and were scat- Nyews bout God rule. An e heal de sick
tered abroad, as sheep
having no shepherd. people wa got all kind ob ailment. 36 Wen
37 Then saith he unto Jedus see all de crowd dem, e been too
his disciples, The harvest saary fa um fa true, cause dey been mixop
truly is plenteous, but the
labourers are few; an ain able fa hep deysef, jes like sheep wa
38 Pray ye therefore ain got no shephud fa mind um. 37 Den
the Lord of the harvest,
that he will send forth la- Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “De crop done
bourers into his harvest. ready fa geda, bot dey ain nuff han fa geda
um. 38 Mus pray ta de Lawd ob de crop fa
10
,9 sen out mo han fa geda de crop.”

Chapter 10 De Tweb Man wa Jedus Pick fa be Postle


1 And when he had Mark 3:13-19; Luke 6:12-16

10
called unto him his Jedus call e tweb ciple togeda,
1
twelve disciples, he gave
them power against un- an e gim powa fa dribe out ebil
clean spirits, to cast them sperit an fa heal dem wa hab all kind ob
out, and to heal all man-
ner of sickness and all ailment. 2 Now dis yah de name ob de
manner of disease. tweb man Jedus name postle: fus, Simon
2 Now the names of the
twelve apostles are these;
wa dey da call Peter, an e broda Andrew,
The first, Simon, who is James an e broda John, wa been Zebedee
called Peter, and Andrew boy dem, 3 Philip an Bartholomew,
his brother; James the son
of Zebedee, and John his Thomas an Matthew wa beena geda tax,
brother; J ames w a b een Alphaeus boy, an
3 Philip, and Bartho-
lomew; Thomas, and Thaddaeus, 4 Simon wa been call de
Matthew the publican; Patrot, an Judas Iscariot wa ton Jedus een
James the son of Al-
phaeus, and Lebbaeus
fa money.
whose surname was
Thaddaeus; Jedus Tell de Tweb Postle wa fa Do
4 Simon the Canaan-
Mark 6:7-13; Luke 9:1-6
ite, and Judas Iscariot,
who also betrayed him. 5 Jedus sen dem tweb postle fa go out fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 10 33

tell de Good Nyews. Bot e chaage um say, 5 These twelve Jesus


sent forth, and com-
“Oona mus dohn go noweh weh de people manded them, saying, Go
lib wa ain Jew, needa ta no town een not into the way of the
Samaria. 6 Steada dat, oona mus go ta de Gentiles, and into any
city of the Samaritans en-
Israel people, wa same like sheep wa done ter ye not:
loss. 7 Wiles oona da gwine, oona fa tell all 6 But go rather to the
de people say, ‘De time wen God gwine lost sheep of the house of
Israel.
rule done come!’ 8 Oona mus heal de sick 7 And as ye go, preach,
people. Mus mek de people dem wa done saying, The kingdom of
dead git life back. Mek de people wa got heaven is at hand.
8 Heal the sick, cleanse
leposy clean gin, an dribe de ebil sperit the lepers, raise the dead,
dem fom outta people. Oona ain pay cast out devils: freely ye
nottin fa wa oona git fom God. Same have received, freely
give.
fashion, oona mus dohn mek people pay 9 Provide neither gold,
nottin fa wa oona da gim. 9 Mus dohn tote nor silver, nor brass in
nottin long wid ya. Mus dohn tek no your purses,
10 Nor scrip for your
money, no gole, no silba, not eben a penny journey, neither two
een ya money bag. 10 Mus dohn cyaa no coats, neither shoes, nor
grip long wid oona fa de trip, needa no yet staves: for the work-
man is worthy of his
cloes fa change, needa no spare pair ob meat.
sandal, not eben no stick fa waak. Cause 11 And into whatso-
de people dem wa oona gwine wok fa, dey ever city or town ye shall
enter, enquire who in it is
haffa gii oona wa oona need. worthy; and there abide
11 “Wen ya come ta a town or a willage, till ye go thence.
ya mus find somebody dey wa glad fa gii 12 And when ye come
into an house, salute it.
ya haaty welcome. Ya fa stay wid um til ya
ready fa lef dat place dey. 12 Wen ya da go 13 And if the house be
worthy, let your peace
eenta de house dey, ya fa say, ‘Leh God come upon it: but if it be
peace be pon oona.’ 13 Ef de people dem not worthy, let your
peace return to you.
een de house gii ya haaty welcome, leh de
14 And whosoever
blessin ya gim stay dey pon um. Bot ef dey
shall not receive you, nor
ain gii ya no welcome, ya fa tek back de hear your words, when
blessin wa ya gim. 14 Ef ya come ta a ye depart out of that
house or city, shake off
house or a town an de people dey ain glad the dust of your feet.
fa hab ya stay dey, wen ya da come outta 15 Verily I say unto
dey, shake de dort fom off ya foot. 15 A da you, It shall be more tol-
tell oona fa true, wen de Jedgiment Day erable for the land of
Sodom and Gomorrha in
come, dem een dat town gwine suffa mo the day of judgment,
den de people een Sodom an Gomorrah! than for that city.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
34 Matthew 10

16 Behold, I send you Jedus Tell de Tweb Postle


forth as sheep in the Say Dey Gwine Suffa
midst of wolves: be ye
therefore wise as ser- Mark 13:9-13; Luke 21:12-17
pents, and harmless as
doves.
“Listen! A da sen oona fa go, an oona
16

17 But beware of men:


jes like sheep wa da gwine mongst wolf.
for they will deliver you Oona mus be wise, same like a saapent.
up to the councils, and Oona mus dohn do no bad ta nobody,
they will scourge you in
their synagogues; same like a dob. 17 Ya mus look out fa
18 And ye shall be
people wa gwine do ya bad. Dey gwine
brought before governors grab hole ta ya an bring ya fa be jedge
and kings for my sake, for front ob de leada dem een dey court. Dey
a testimony against them
and the Gentiles. gwine beat ya een dey meetin house.
18 Dey gwine grab hole ta ya, cyaa ya ta de
19 But when they de-
liver you up, take no gobna an de king fa dem fa jedge ya. Dat
thought how or what ye wen ya gwine tell dem an all people de
shall speak: for it shall be
given you in that same Good Nyews. 19 Wen dey grab hole ta ya
hour what ye shall speak. an tek ya fa jedge ya, mus dohn warry bout
20 For it is not ye that wa ya gwine say. Wen dat time come, God
speak, but the Spirit of gwine tell ya wa fa say. 20 De wod ya say
your Father which speak-
eth in you. den, dey ain gwine be ya own wod, cause
de Holy Sperit wa ya Fada God sen, e
21 And the brother
shall deliver up the
gwine pit de wod dem een ya mout.
brother to death, and the 21 “Dey broda wa gwine han oba dey
father the child: and the own broda ta people wa gwine kill um.
children shall rise up
against their parents, and Same fashion, some fada gwine han oba
cause them to be put to dey own chullun. An some chullun gwine
death.
ton ginst dey own fada an modda an han
22 And ye shall be um oba ta de tority fa jedge um an kill um.
hated of all men for my
22 All de people gwine be ginst oona cause
name's sake: but he that
endureth to the end shall oona bleebe pon me. Bot God gwine sabe
be saved.
all ob oona wa stanop fa me til de wol
23 But when they per- done end. 23 Wen dey mek ya suffa een
secute you in this city, one town, ya mus ron go ta noda town. A
flee ye into another: for
verily I say unto you, Ye da tell oona fa true say, ya ain gwine do
shall not have gone over wok een all de town dem een Israel fo de
the cities of Israel, till the
Son of man be come. Man wa Come fom God gwine come back
gin.
24 The disciple is not
24 “Poson wa da laan ain mo betta den
above his master, nor the
servant above his lord. de one wa da laan um. An saabant ain mo

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 10 35

betta den e massa. 25 E good nuff fa de one 25 It is enough for the


disciple that he be as his
wa laan fa be same like de one wa laan um, master, and the servant
an fa de saabant fa be same like e massa. Ef as his lord. If they have
called the master of the
people beena call de head man ob de house Beelzebub, how
house, say e Beelzebub, fa sho dey gwine much more shall they call
them of his household?
say ting eben mo wossa bout dat man
fambly. 26 Fear them not there-
fore: for there is nothing
Mus Dohn Be Scaid ob People covered, that shall not be
revealed; and hid, that
Luke 12:2-7 shall not be known.
26 “So den, mus dohn be scaid ob
27 What I tell you in
people. Wasoneba kiba op gwine be darkness, that speak ye in
onkiba. Wasoneba people da do een light: and what ye hear in
secret, ebrybody gwine know bout um. the ear, that preach ye
upon the housetops.
27 Wa A da tell oona een de daak ob de
night, ya mus tell um gin ta people een de 28 And fear not them
broad daylight. An wa A da taak bout wid which kill the body, but
are not able to kill the
oona ondaneet me bret eenside de house, soul: but rather fear him
ya mus holla um pontop de house. 28 Ya which is able to destroy
both soul and body in
mus dohn be scaid ob dem wa able fa stroy hell.
ya body, cause dey ain able fa stroy ya
29 Are not two spar-
soul. Steada dat, ya mus feah God, cause e rows sold for a farthing?
able fa stroy ya body an ya soul all two een and one of them shall not
fall on the ground with-
hell. 29 De sparra ain wot nottin. Two ob out your Father.
dem wot one cent, ainty? Stillyet, ain eben
30 But the very hairs of
one ob dem gwine faddown pon de groun your head are all num-
ef oona Fada God ain gree fa leh um. bered.
30 God esef done count ebry scran ob hair
31 Fear ye not there-
pon ya head. 31 So den mus dohn be scaid. fore, ye are of more value
Oona way mo walyable den a whole heapa than many sparrows.
sparra!" 32 Whosoever there-
Oona fa Tell People fore shall confess me
Dat Oona Blongst ta Jedus before men, him will I
Luke 12:8-9 confess also before my
Father which is in
32 Jedus tell um say, “De poson wa da heaven.
tell people dat e blongst ta me, A mesef 33 But whosoever shall
gwine tell me Fada God een heaben say, deny me before men, him
will I also deny before
dat poson dey blongst ta me! 33 Bot de my Father which is in
poson wa da tell people, say e ain blongst heaven.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
36 Matthew 10

34 Think not that I am ta me, A gwine tell me Fada God een


come to send peace on
earth: I came not to send heaben, say dat one dey ain blongst ta me!
peace, but a sword.
Ef Oona Loss Oona Life Cause Oona Folla
35 For I am come to set
Christ, Oona Gwine Git True Life
a man at variance against
his father, and the daugh- Luke 12:51-53; 14:26-27
ter against her mother, 34 “Oona mus dohn tink say dat A come
and the daughter in law
against her mother in fa bring peace ta de wol. No, A ain come fa
law. bring peace. A come fa bring a sode. 35 A
36 And a man's foes come fa ton de son ginst e fada, de daughta
shall be they of his own
household.
ginst e modda. A come fa ton de
37 He that loveth fa-
daughta-een-law ginst e moda-een-law.
ther or mother more than 36 Some mongst oona own fambly gwine
me is not worthy of me: be oona enemy wa hate oona mo den all.
and he that loveth son or
daughter more than me is
37 “Whosoneba lob e fada or e modda
not worthy of me. mo den me, e ain fit fa be me ciple.
38 And he that taketh Whosoneba lob e son or e daughta mo den
not his cross, and
followeth after me, is not me, e ain fit fa be me ciple. 38 An
worthy of me. whosoneba dohn tote e own cross an come
39 He that findeth his folla me, dat poson ain fit fa be me ciple.
life shall lose it: and he 39 De poson wa da try fa sabe e life, e
that loseth his life for my
sake shall find it. gwine loss e true life. Bot de poson wa loss
40 He that receiveth
e life cause ob me, e gwine git true life.
you receiveth me, and he
that receiveth me Dem wa Gwine Git Dey Payback fa True
receiveth him that sent Mark 9:41
me.
41 He that receiveth a
40 “Whosoneba gii oona haaty wel-
prophet in the name of a come, dat poson da gii me haaty welcome.
prophet shall receive a An whosoneba gii me haaty welcome, e da
prophet's reward; and he
that receiveth a righteous gii de one wa sen me haaty welcome.
man in the name of a 41 Whosoneba gii God prophet a haaty
righteous man shall re-
ceive a righteous man's welcome, God gwine gim de same payback
reward. wa e gii de prophet. An whosoneba gii
42 And whosoever haaty welcome ta de poson wa waak
shall give to drink unto scraight wid God, God gwine gim de same
one of these little ones a
cup of cold water only in p ayb ack dat e gii de oda poson.
the name of a disciple, 42 Whosoneba gii cole wata fa drink ta de
verily I say unto you, he
shall in no wise lose his
poson wa leas ob all me ciple dem, fa true
reward. dat poson gwine git e payback.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 11 37
11
,10

John wa Bactize Chapter 11


Sen fa Aks Bout Jedus
1 And it came to pass,
Luke 7:18-35
when Jesus had made an

11
1 Wen Jedus done tell e ciple dem end of commanding his
twelve disciples, he de-
wa dey spose fa do, e lef dey an parted thence to teach
gone ta dey town fa teach an tell de people and to preach in their
cities.
de Good Nyews.
2 Now den, wen John, wa been een de 2 Now when John had
heard in the prison the
jailhouse, yeh bout dem ting dat Jedus works of Christ, he sent
Christ beena do, e sen e ciple dem ta two of his disciples,
Jedus. 3 Dey aks Jedus say, “Ya de 3 And said unto him,
Messiah wa been gwine come, or we spose Art thou he that should
fa look fa noda poson?” come, or do we look for
another?
4 Jedus tell um say, “Oona mus go back
an tell John wa oona da yeh an wa oona da 4 Jesus answered and
said unto them, Go and
see. 5 De people wa been bline, dey kin shew John again those
see. De cripple op people da waak. Dem things which ye do hear
and see:
wa hab leposy, dey clean now. De deef
5 The blind receive
people able fa yeh, an dem wa done dead their sight, and the lame
git op an lib gin. An de po people da yeh de walk, the lepers are
Good Nyews. 6 De one wa ain loss e fait cleansed, and the deaf
hear, the dead are raised
een me, e bless fa true.” up, and the poor have the
7 Now wen dem ciple ob John beena gospel preached to them.
gwine back, Jedus tell de great crowd 6 And blessed is he,
bout John. E say, “Wen oona gone ta John whosoever shall not be
offended in me.
een de wildaness, wa ya been spect fa see?
Ya spect fa see a piece ob grass wa da 7 And as they de-
parted, Jesus began to
bend down wen de breeze da blow? No, say unto the multitudes
ya ain gone fa see dat. 8 Den wa ya gone fa concerning John, What
went ye out into the wil-
see? Ya gone fa see a man dress op een derness to see? A reed
fine cloes? No, ya ain gone fa see dat. shaken with the wind?
Cause dem wa dress op een fine cloes, dey
8 But what went ye out
lib een house wa blongst ta king dem. for to see? A man clothed
9 Bot fa true, wa ya gone fa see? Ya gone in soft raiment? behold,
they that wear soft cloth-
fa see a prophet, ainty? An A da tell oona ing are in kings' houses.
de trute, oona done see de man wa mo
greata den all de oda prophet dem. 9 But what went ye out
10 John de one dey write bout een God for to see? A prophet?
yea, I say unto you, and
wod say, more than a prophet.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
38 Matthew 11

10 For this is he, of ‘A gwine sen me messenja fa go


whom it is written, Be-
hold, I send my messen- head ob ya
ger before thy face, fa cleah de road an mek um
which shall prepare thy
way before thee.
ready fa ya.’
11 A da tell oona fa true, John wa
11 Verily I say unto
you, Among them that Bactize, e mo greata den all de people wa
are born of women there eba lib. Stillyet, de poson wa leas ob all
hath not risen a greater
than John the Baptist: dem people wa God da rule, dat poson mo
notwithstanding he that greata den John. 12 Fom de time wen John
is least in the kingdom of
heaven is greater than he.
wa Bactize tell people bout God rule, op til
12 And from the days
now, dey been plenty people da fight ginst
of John the Baptist until God rule fa tek um way. 13 All de prophet
now the kingdom of dem an de Law wa God gii Moses, op til
heaven suffereth vio-
lence, and the violent John come, dey all taak bout God rule.
take it by force. 14 An ef oona wahn fa bleebe wa dey tell
13 For all the prophets oona, John de man wa dey beena taak
and the law prophesied bout wen dey say Elijah gwine come back.
until John.
15 Oona wa got yea fa yeh, oona mus yeh
14 And if ye will re-
ceive it, this is Elias, wa A say!”
which was for to come. 16 Jedus say, “De people dat lib een dis
15 He that hath ears to
hear, let him hear.
day yah, wa kin A say dey like? Dem
people stan like chullun wa da seddown ta
16 But whereunto shall
I liken this generation? It de maakut. Dey da holla ta oda chullun
is like unto children sit- say,
ting in the markets, and 17 ‘We done play music fa oona,
calling unto their fellows,
bot oona ain dance!
17 And saying, We
have piped unto you, and We done sing sompin saaful,
ye have not danced; we bot oona ain cry!’
have mourned unto you, 18 Wen John come, e fast fa woshup
and ye have not
lamented. God an e ain drink no wine, an dey say,
18 For John came nei- ‘Dat man got ebil sperit eenside um!’
ther eating nor drinking,
and they say, He hath a
19 Now wen de Man wa Come fom God
devil. come, e da nyam an drink, an dey say,
19 The Son of man ‘Look yah, dat man da stuff e gut an e a
came eating and drink- dronka! Dem people wa da geda tax an
ing, and they say, Behold
a man gluttonous, and a dem oda people wa ain fit fa mix wid Jew
winebibber, a friend of people, dem e fren!’ Stillyet, dem wa da
publicans and sinners.
But wisdom is justified of waak scraight wid God, dey gwine show
her children. dat God wise fa true.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 11 39

Town weh de People Ain Change Dey Way 20 Then began he to


Luke 10:13-15 upbraid the cities where-
in most of his mighty
20 Den Jedus staat fa buke de people wa works were done, be-
cause they repented not:
lib dey een dem town weh e beena do mos
all ob e great miracle, cause dey ain 21 Woe unto thee,
change dey sinful way. 21 E say, “E gwine Chorazin! woe unto thee,
be a haad time fa oona wa lib een Chorazin Bethsaida! for if the
mighty works, which
an een Bethsaida! Cause ef de people wa were done in you, had
lib een Tyre an Sidon been see dem been done in Tyre and
Sidon, they would have
miracle wa A beena do fa oona, dey been repented long ago in
gwine change dey sinful way. Dey been sackcloth and ashes.
gwine weah croka sack an rub ashesh pon
dey head an seddown fa leh ebrybody 22 But I say unto you,
It shall be more tolerable
know dey done change dey way! 22 A da for Tyre and Sidon at the
tell oona, wen de Jedgiment Day come an day of judgment, than for
you.
God da jedge all de people, oona gwine
suffa mo den dem people een Tyre an 23 And thou, Caper-
Sidon! 2 3 An oona wa lib dey een naum, which art exalted
Capernaum, oona tink say, oona gwine git unto heaven, shalt be
brought down to hell: for
lif op ta heaben, ainty? No! Oona gwine git if the mighty works,
shrow down ta hell! Ef de people wa beena which have been done in
thee, had been done in
lib een Sodom been see dem miracle wa A Sodom, it would have re-
beena do fa oona, Sodom been gwine still mained until this day.
been dey eben op til now. 24 A da tell oona
fa true, wen de Jedgiment Day come, an 24 But I say unto you,
God da jedge all de people, oona gwine That it shall be more tol-
erable for the land of
suffa mo den dem people een Sodom!” Sodom in the day of judg-
ment, than for thee.
Oona fa Come ta Jedus
an Git Res fa Oona Soul 25 At that time Jesus
answered and said, I
Luke 10:21-22
thank thee, O Father,
25 Dat same time dey, Jedus say, “Fada, Lord of heaven and earth,
because thou hast hid
ya de Lawd. Ya da rule heaben an ya da these things from the
rule dis wol. A tank ya cause ya done hide wise and prudent, and
hast revealed them unto
dese ting fom dem wa tink say, dey wise an babes.
hab plenty laanin, an ya done show dese
ting ta dem wa ain hab no laanin. 26 Yeah,
26 Even so, Father: for
Fada, e been ya good pledja fa do um like so it seemed good in thy
dis.” sight.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
40 Matthew 11, 12

27 All things are deliv- 27 Jedus tell de people say, “Me Fada
ered unto me of my Fa-
ther: and no man done gii me powa oba ebryting. Ain
knoweth the Son, but the nobody know de Son cep fa de Fada. An
Father; neither knoweth
any man the Father, save
ain nobody know de Fada cep fa de Son an
the Son, and he to whom- dem wa de Son pick fa mek um know de
soever the Son will reveal Fada.
him.
28 Come unto me, all 28 “Come ta me, all oona wa weary an
ye that labour and are da tote hebby load. Come, an A gwine gii
heavy laden, and I will
give you rest. oona res. 29 Jes like de ox tek dey wood
29 Take my yoke upon yoke pon dey shoulda, tek me yoke pon ya.
you, and learn of me; for I
am meek and lowly in Leh me laan ya, cause A da beah wid ya an
heart: and ye shall find A hab a humble haat. Ef ya come ta me like
rest unto your souls.
30 For my yoke is easy,
dat, ya gwine git res fa ya soul. 30 De yoke
and my burden is light. wa A gii ya ain haad fa beah. An de load A
gii ya ain hebby tall.”
12
,11

Jedus Laan Um Bout de Woshup Day


Chapter 12
Mark 2:23-28; Luke 6:1-5
1 At that time Jesus

12 Jurin dat time, Jedus dem beena


went on the sabbath day 1
through the corn; and his
disciples were an waak shru de wheat fiel pon one
hungred, and began to Jew Woshup Day. E ciple dem been
pluck the ears of corn,
and to eat.
hongry so dey pick some wheat an nyam
2 But when the Phari- um. 2 Wen some Pharisee see dat, dey tell
sees saw it, they said unto Jedus say, “Look yah! Oona ciple dem da
him, Behold, thy disci-
ples do that which is not do wa de Jew Law say we ain spose fa do
lawful to do upon the pon de Woshup Day!”
sabbath day.
3 But he said unto 3 Jedus tell um say, “A mos sho oona
them, Have ye not read done read wa King David done, wen e an
what David did, when he
was an hungred, and they de man dem wid um been hongry, ainty?
that were with him; 4 David gone eenside God House, an e an
4 How he entered into
the house of God, and did
dem wid um been nyam de bread dat de
eat the shewbread, which Jew priest dem done been gii ta God.
was not lawful for him to Stillyet, we law say nobody spose fa nyam
eat, neither for them
which were with him, but dat bread cep de priest dem. 5 An A mos
only for the priests? sho dat oona done read de Law wa God gii
5 Or have ye not read
in the law, how that on Moses, wa taak bout how de priest dem
the sabbath days the een God House kin do wa de law say we
priests in the temple pro-
fane the sabbath, and are ain spose fa do pon de Woshup Day?
blameless? Stillyet, dey ain done nottin bad, ainty?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 12 41

6 A da tell oona fa true. Dey sompin yah 6 But I say unto you,
That in this place is one
wa mo greata den God House. 7 Dey write greater than the temple.
een God Book say, ‘A wahn oona fa hab 7 But if ye had known
mussy pon oda people. A ain wahn dem what this meaneth, I will
have mercy, and not sac-
animal sacrifice dat oona da mek!’ Ef oona rifice, ye would not have
been know wa dem wod yah mean, oona condemned the guiltless.
ain been gwine condemn people wa ain 8 For the Son of man is
Lord even of the sabbath
done nottin bad. 8 Cause de Man wa Come day.
fom God, e de Lawd ob de Woshup Day.” 9 And when he was de-
parted thence, he went
into their synagogue:
Jedus Heal de Man
10 And, behold, there
wa Hab Flicted Han was a man which had his
Mark 2:23-28; Luke 6:1-5 hand withered. And they
9 Jedus lef dey an gone ta dey Jew asked him, saying, Is it
lawful to heal on the sab-
meetin house. 10 One man been dey an e bath days? that they
might accuse him.
han been flicted. Dey been wahn fa cuse
11 And he said unto
Jedus, say e da do wrong, so dey aks Jedus them, What man shall
say, “Ain e ginst we law fa heal somebody there be among you, that
shall have one sheep, and
pon de Woshup Day?” if it fall into a pit on the
11 Jedus ansa um say, “Sposin one ob sabbath day, will he not
oona got a sheep wa fall eenta a big hole lay hold on it, and lift it
out?
pon de Woshup Day. Ya gwine grab hole ta 12 How much then is a
dat sheep an pull um outta dat hole, ainty? man better than a sheep?
12 A man way mo walyable den a sheep! Wherefore it is lawful to
do well on the sabbath
So den we law leh we do good pon de days.
Woshup Day.” 13 Den Jedus tell de man 13 Then saith he to the
wa han been flicted say, “Scretch out ya man, Stretch forth thine
hand. And he stretched it
han!” forth; and it was restored
De man do wa Jedus tell um, an e han whole, like as the other.
git well gin, same like de oda one. 14 Bot 14 Then the Pharisees
went out, and held a
de Pharisee dem lef dey an meet fa study council against him, how
how dey gwine kill Jedus. they might destroy him.
15 But when Jesus
De Saabant wa de Lawd Done Pick knew it, he withdrew
himself from thence: and
Jedus know dey da plan fa kill um, so
15 great multitudes fol-
e gone way fom dey. An a whole heapa lowed him, and he healed
them all;
people beena folla um, an e heal all dem
16 And charged them
wa been sick. 16 E waan de people, chaage that they should not
um say, “Mus dohn tell nobody bout me.” make him known:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
42 Matthew 12

17 That it might be ful- 17 Wen Jedus do dis, e mek come true wa


filled which was spoken
by Esaias the prophet, de prophet Isaiah done say,
saying, 18 “Dis yah me saabant

18 Behold my servant,
wa A done pick
whom I have chosen; fa do me wok.
my beloved, in whom my A lob um an A sho please
soul is well pleased: I will
put my spirit upon him, wid um.
and he shall shew judg- A gwine pit me Sperit eenside um,
ment to the Gentiles.
an e gwine tell all people
19 He shall not strive, God gwine sabe um.
nor cry; neither shall any 19 E ain gwine aagy.
man hear his voice in the
streets. E ain gwine holla.
E ain gwine taak loud
20 A bruised reed shall
he not break, and smok- een de screet.
ing flax shall he not 20 E ain gwine broke off a reed
quench, till he send forth
judgment unto victory.
wa done bend oba,
an e ain gwine pit out a lamp
21 And in his name wa da flicka.
shall the Gentiles trust.
E gwine keep on til wa God say
22 Then was brought
gwine win out oba all.
21 An all people
unto him one possessed
with a devil, blind, and gwine pit dey hope een um.”
dumb: and he healed
him, insomuch that the
blind and dumb both Dey Say Dat Beelzebub
spake and saw. Gii Jedus Powa
23 And all the people
Mark 3:20-30; Luke 11:14-23
were amazed, and said, Is 22 Some people bring one man ta Jedus
not this the son of David?
wa been bline an ain able fa taak cause a
24 But when the Phari- ebil sperit been dey eenside um. Jedus
sees heard it, they said,
This fellow doth not cast mek de man well so dat e able fa taak an
out devils, but by Beelze- see. 23 All de people dey been stonish, an
bub the prince of the
devils.
dey aks one noda say, “Dis man yah, ya
s

tink e de Son ob David?”


25 And Jesus knew
their thoughts, and said 24 Wen de Pharisee dem yeh bout dat,
unto them, Every king- dey say, “Dat jes de debil Beelzebub, de
dom divided against it-
self is brought to leada ob de ebil sperit dem, wa da gii dis
desolation; and every man Jedus de powa fa dribe out ebil
city or house divided
against itself shall not
sperit.”
stand: 25 Jedus know wa dem beena tink, an e

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 12 43

tell um say, “Ef de people een a country da 26 And if Satan cast out
Satan, he is divided
fight ginst one noda, dat country ain against himself; how
gwine las. Same way, ef de people ob a shall then his kingdom
stand?
town or a house da fight ginst one noda, 27 And if I by Beelze-
dey gwine soon paat. 26 An ef dem wa wok bub cast out devils, by
fa Satan da fight mongst deysef, Satan rule whom do your children
cast them out? therefore
ain gwine las, ainty? 27 An ef Beelzebub they shall be your judges.
da gii me de powa fa dribe out dem ebil 28 But if I cast out dev-
sperit, whodat gii oona people de powa fa ils by the Spirit of God,
then the kingdom of God
dribe um out? No! Dem ting wa oona is come unto you.
people deysef da do, dey show dat oona 29 Or else how can one
ain right. 28 God Sperit esef da gii me de enter into a strong man's
house, and spoil his
powa fa dribe out ebil sperit, an dat show goods, except he first
dat God done staat fa rule mongst oona. bind the strong man? and
then he will spoil his
29 “Ain nobody able fa broke een a house.
scrong man house an tief wa e got, cep ef e 30 He that is not with
fus tie um op. Den e kin cyaa off all dat de me is against me; and he
that gathereth not with
scrong man got een e house. me scattereth abroad.
30 “Now de poson wa ain fa me, e ginst 31 Wherefore I say
me. An e wa ain hep me fa geda people, e unto you, All manner of
sin and blasphemy shall
da scatta um. 31 So den, A da tell oona fa be forgiven unto men:
true say, God gwine fagib ebry bad ting wa but the blasphemy
against the Holy Ghost
people do an ebry bad taak wa dey da shall not be forgiven unto
taak, bot God ain gwine fagib nobody wa men.
32 And whosoever
taak bad ginst de Holy Sperit. 32 God speaketh a word against
gwine fagib people wa taak ginst de Man the Son of man, it shall be
wa Come fom God, bot God ain gwine forgiven him: but whoso-
ever speaketh against the
fagib nobody wa taak ginst de Holy Sperit. Holy Ghost, it shall not
God ain gwine fagib um now een dis wol, be forgiven him, neither
in this world, neither in
an e ain gwine fagib um een de nex wol the world to come.
needa. 33 Either make the tree
De Tree an E Fruit good, and his fruit good;
Luke 6:43-45 or else make the tree cor-
rupt, and his fruit cor-
33 “Ef ya got a tree wa good, ya gwine rupt: for the tree is
known by his fruit.
git good fruit fom dat tree. Bot ef a tree ain
34 O generation of vi-
no good, ya ain gwine git no good fruit. Ya pers, how can ye, being
know de tree by de fruit e beah. 34 Oona evil, speak good things?
for out of the abundance
snake! How oona gwine taak good wen of the heart the mouth
oona bad people? Wa de haat full op wid, speaketh.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
44 Matthew 12

35 A good man out of


dat wa de mout da taak. 35 De poson wa
the good treasure of the
heart bringeth forth good good, e da pile op good ting een e haat, an
things: and an evil man dat mek um do good ting. Bot de bad
out of the evil treasure
bringeth forth evil things. poson, e da pile op ebil ting een e haat, an
dat da mek um do bad ting.
36 But I say unto you,
36 “A da tell oona say, wen de day come
That every idle word that
men shall speak, they wen God gwine jedge de wol, all people
shall give account gwine haffa ansa ta God fa ebry wod wa
thereof in the day of
judgment. dey done been say jes dry long so.
37 Cause God gwine tek de wod dem wa
37 For by thy words
thou shalt be justified, ebry one ob oona say, an e gwine nyuse
and by thy words thou dem wod fa sho ef oona guilty or ef oona
shalt be condemned.
ain guilty.”
38 Then certain of the
scribes and of the Phari- De People Aks Jedus
sees answered, saying,
Master, we would see a fa Do Miracle
sign from thee. Mark 8:11-12; Luke 11:29-32

39 But he answered 38 Den some Jew Law teacha an some


and said unto them, An Pharisee dem say, “Teacha, show we a
evil and adulterous gen-
eration seeketh after a sign.”
sign; and there shall no 39 Bot Jedus tell um say, “De people wa
sign be given to it, but
the sign of the prophet
lib now, dey wickity an dey ain bleebe pon
Jonas: God. Dey da aks me fa show um a sign, bot
40 For as Jonas was
A ain gwine do um. Dey ain gwine see
three days and three nottin cep de sign ob de prophet Jonah.
nights in the whale's 40 Jes like de prophet Jonah been shree
belly; so shall the Son of
man be three days and day an shree night een de big fish belly,
three nights in the heart same way so de Man wa Come fom God
of the earth.
gwine be dey shree day an shree night een
41 The men of Nineveh de groun. 41 Wen Jedgiment Day come, de
shall rise in judgment
with this generation, and
people ob Ninevah gwine condemn dese
shall condemn it: because people wa da lib now. Cause wen de
they repented at the people ob Ninevah yeh wa Jonah say, dey
preaching of Jonas; and,
behold, a greater than change dey sinful way an ain do um no
Jonas is here. mo. An look a yah, somebody way mo
42 The queen of the greata den Jonah dey yah now! 42 Wen
south shall rise up in the Jedgiment Day come, de queen wa nyuse
judgment with this gen-
eration, and shall con-
fa rule een de sout, e gwine stanop an taak
demn it: for she came ginst de people wa da lib now. Cause e

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 12 45

trabel haf way roun de wol fom e country, from the uttermost parts
of the earth to hear the
clean ta weh Solomon been. E gone dey fa wisdom of Solomon; and,
yeh de wise wod wa Solomon da say. An behold, a greater than
look yah, somebody way mo greata den Solomon is here.
43 When the unclean
Solomon dey yah now! spirit is gone out of a
man, he walketh through
De Ebil Sperit dat Come Back dry places, seeking rest,
and findeth none.
Wid Seben Mo
44 Then he saith, I will
Luke 11:24-26
return into my house
43 “Wen ebil sperit done come outta a from whence I came out;
and when he is come, he
man, e da trabel shru place wa dry fa find a findeth it empty, swept,
place fa res, bot e ain able fa find no place. and garnished.
44 So den e say ta esef, ‘A da gwine back 45 Then goeth he, and
taketh with himself seven
eenside de house weh A been.’ Wen e other spirits more wicked
come back eenside de man, e ain find than himself, and they
enter in and dwell there:
nottin dey. E find um jes like a house wa and the last state of that
clean an scraighten op. 45 Den de ebil man is worse than the
first. Even so shall it be
sperit gone an git seben oda sperit way mo also unto this wicked
ebil den esef. Dey all come fa lib eenside generation.
dat man. Now dat man een a wossa shape 46 While he yet talked
den e been. Dat how e gwine stan fa dese to the people, behold, his
mother and his brethren
wickity people wa da lib now.” stood without, desiring
to speak with him.
Jedus True Fambly 47 Then one said unto
Mark 3:31-35; Luke 8:19-21 him, Behold, thy mother
and thy brethren stand
46 Jedus still beena taak ta de people without, desiring to
wen e modda an e broda dem come ta um. speak with thee.

Dey beena stan outside de house da wahn 48 But he answered


fa taak wid Jedus. [47 Somebody tell and said unto him that
told him, Who is my
Jedus say, “Ya modda an ya broda dem da mother? and who are my
stan outside de house. Dey wahn fa taak ta brethren?
ya.”] 49 And he stretched
48 Jedus aks um say, “Oona know who forth his hand toward his
disciples, and said, Be-
me modda an me broda dem fa true?” 49 E hold my mother and my
pint ta e ciple dem an say, “Look! Dese yah brethren!
me modda an me broda dem fa true. 50 For whosoever shall
50 Cause de poson wa da do wa me Fada do the will of my Father
which is in heaven, the
wa dey een heaben wahn, dat poson me same is my brother, and
broda, me sista an me modda.” sister, and mother.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
46 Matthew 13

Chapter 13 Paable Bout de Seed een Fo Kind ob Groun


1 The same day went Mark 4:1-9; Luke 8:4-8

13
Jesus out of the house, Dat same day dey, Jedus come
1
and sat by the sea side.
2 And great multitudes
outta de house weh e been an e
were gathered together gone seddown close ta Lake Galilee. 2 An
unto him, so that he went de crowd wa geda roun um been so big dat
into a ship, and sat; and
the whole multitude e git eenta a boat, an e seddown een de
stood on the shore. boat wiles de people dem beena stanop
3 And he spake many
pon de sho. 3 Den e tell de people paable fa
things unto them in para-
bles, saying, Behold, a laan um plenty ting. E say,
sower went forth to sow; “One faama gone ta e fiel fa plant seed.
4 And when he sowed, 4 Wiles e beena scatta de seed, some fall
some seeds fell by the
way side, and the fowls long de pat, an de bod dem come an nyam
came and devoured them um op. 5 Some seed fall pontop ob groun
up:
5 Some fell upon stony
weh dey been heapa stone, an dey ain
places, where they had been bot a leetle bit ob dort. De seed
not much earth: and sprout an staat fa grow quick cause de dort
forthwith they sprung up,
because they had no ain been deep dey. 6 Bot wen de sun git
deepness of earth: hot, e bun de leaf ob de plant dem. Dey
6 And when the sun root ain grow nuff een de groun an dey
was up, they were
scorched; and because wilta. 7 Some seed fall eenta de briah. De
they had no root, they briah grow op an choke de plant dem til
withered away.
dey ain been able fa grow. 8 An some seed
7 And some fell among
thorns; and the thorns fall pontop good groun, an de plant dem
sprung up, and choked beah. Some plant beah a hundud, some
them:
beah sixty, an some beah tirty time mo den
8 But other fell into
good ground, and wa e staat wid.”
brought forth fruit, some 9 An den Jedus say, “Oona got yea fa
an hundredfold, some
sixtyfold, some thirty-
yeh, ainty? Den oona mus yeh wa A da
fold. say!”
9 Who hath ears to Wa Mek Jedus Tell Paable
hear, let him hear. Mark 4:10-12; Luke 8:9-10
10 And the disciples
came, and said unto him, Jedus ciple dem come ta Jedus an aks
10
Why speakest thou unto um say, “Wa mek ya tell paable fa laan de
them in parables?
people?”
11 He answered and
said unto them, Because
11 Jedus tell um say, “God gii oona de
it is given unto you to chance fa know bout dem secret bout how
know the mysteries of the
kingdom of heaven, but
e gwine rule all people, bot oda people ain
to them it is not given. got dat chance. 12 De poson wa hab

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 13 47

sompin, God gwine gim mo. Bot de poson 12 For whosoever


hath, to him shall be
wa ain hab nottin, God gwine tek way given, and he shall have
eben dat leeleetle bit wa e hab. 13 Dis more abundance: but
whosoever hath not,
hoccome A tell um paable. A tell um so dat from him shall be taken
dey kin look, bot eben dough dey look, dey away even that he hath.
13 Therefore speak I to
ain gwine see. Dey kin yeh, bot dey ain them in parables: be-
gwine yeh fa true, needa ondastan. 14 So cause they seeing see not;
dey da mek wa de prophet Isaiah done and hearing they hear
not, neither do they
been say come true, understand.
‘Oona gwine yeh an yeh, bot oona 14 And in them is ful-
filled the prophecy of
ain neba gwine ondastan. Esaias, which saith, By
Oona gwine look an look, bot oona hearing ye shall hear,
and shall not understand;
ain neba gwine see. and seeing ye shall see,
15 Cause dem people git haad haat. and shall not perceive:
15 For this people's
Dey done stop op dey yea heart is waxed gross, and
an cyahn yeh nottin, their ears are dull of hear-
an dey done shet dey eye. ing, and their eyes they
have closed; lest at any
Cause ob dat, dey ain able fa see time they should see with
wid dey eye, their eyes, and hear with
their ears, and should un-
dey ain able fa yeh wid dey yea, derstand with their heart,
dey ain able fa ondastan and should be converted,
and I should heal them.
wid dey haat, 16 But blessed are your
an dey ain able fa ton ta me eyes, for they see: and
your ears, for they hear.
fa heal um.’ 17 For verily I say unto
16 “Bot oona bless fa true, cause oona you, That many prophets
eye da see an oona yea da yeh. 17 A da tell and righteous men have
desired to see those things
oona fa true say, plenty prophet an plenty which ye see, and have
people wa waak scraight wid God been not seen them; and to
hear those things which ye
wahn fa see dem ting wa oona da see, bot hear, and have not heard
dey ain shim. Dey been wahn fa yeh wa them.
oona da yeh, bot dey ain yeh um. 18 Hear ye therefore
the parable of the sower.

Wa de Paable Bout de Seed Mean 19 When any one


Mark 4:13-20; Luke 8:11-15 heareth the word of the
kingdom, and under-
18 “Now den, oona mus listen yah ta wa standeth it not, then
cometh the wicked one,
de paable bout de seed mean. 19 De people and catcheth away that
dem wa yeh, bot ain ondastan de wod wa which was sown in his
heart. This is he which re-
tell bout God rule, dey stan like de seed wa ceived seed by the way
fall long de pat. De ebil one come long an side.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
48 Matthew 13

20 But he that received tek way de wod wa been dey een dey haat.
the seed into stony
places, the same is he
20 De seed wa faddown pontop de groun
that heareth the word, wa full op wid rock, dat like people wa yeh
and anon with joy
receiveth it;
de wod an dey glad fa bleebe um soon as
21 Yet hath he not root dey yeh um. 21 Bot dey ain got no root. De
in himself, but dureth for wod ain down deep een dey haat fa true,
a while: for when tribula-
tion or persecution so dem people bleebe jes a leetle wile.
ariseth because of the Cause dey beena bleebe de wod, dey git
word, by and by he is
offended. trouble an people mek um suffa. So den
22 He also that re- dey lef tareckly. 22 Dem seed wa fall eenta
ceived seed among the
thorns is he that heareth de briah, dat like de people wa yeh de
the word; and the care of wod, bot dey fret bout de ting dem dey
this world, and the de-
ceitfulness of riches,
got. Dey lob plenty ting an pledja een dis
choke the word, and he wol. Dem ting choke out de wod een dey
becometh unfruitful. haat. Dem people ain do nottin fa God.
23 But he that received
seed into the good Dey crop dohn mount ta nottin. 23 Bot de
ground is he that heareth seed wa fall pon de good groun, dat like de
the word, and under-
standeth it; which also people wa yeh de wod an ondastan um een
beareth fruit, and bring- dey haat. Dey mek good crop. Some beah a
eth forth, some an hun-
dredfold, some sixty, hundud, some beah sixty, an some beah
some thirty. tirty.”
24 Another parable put
he forth unto them, say-
ing, The kingdom of De Paable Bout de Grass
heaven is likened unto a 24 Jedus tell um noda paable say, “Wen
man which sowed good
seed in his field: God da rule, e stan like wen one man plant
25 But while men slept, good seed een e fiel. 25 Bot one night wiles
his enemy came and
sowed tares among the
all de people beena sleep, dat man enemy
wheat, and went his way. come an plant grass mongst de good wheat
26 But when the blade seed wa de man done plant. Den e enemy
was sprung up, and
brought forth fruit, then
gone. 26 Wen de plant dem grow an staat
appeared the tares also. fa beah, people see de grass mix op wid de
27 So the servants of wheat plant. 27 Dat man wa own de fiel, e
the householder came
and said unto him, Sir,
saabant dem aks say, ‘Sah, ya done plant
didst not thou sow good good seed een ya fiel, ainty? Weh de grass
seed in thy field? from come fom wa da grow dey?’ 28 De man tell
whence then hath it
tares? um say, ‘Dat been me enemy wa done dat.’
28 He said unto them, De saabant dem aks um say, ‘Ya wahn we
An enemy hath done this.
The servants said unto
fa go pull de grass op?’ 29 E tell um say,
him, Wilt thou then that ‘No, cause wen oona da pull de grass op,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 13 49

oona gwine pull some de wheat plant op we go and gather them


up?
long wid de grass. 30 Oona leh de wheat
an de grass grow togeda til haabis time 29 But he said, Nay;
lest while ye gather up
come. Den A gwine tell de haabis wokman the tares, ye root up also
dem say, Oona pull de grass op fus an bun the wheat with them.
um. Den oona geda de wheat an pit um 30 Let both grow to-
eenta me baan.’ ” gether until the harvest:
and in the time of harvest
I will say to the reapers,
De Paable Bout de Mustard Seed Gather ye together first
Mark 4:30-32; Luke 13:18-19 the tares, and bind them
in bundles to burn them:
31 Jedus tell um noda paable, say, “Wen but gather the wheat into
God da rule, e stan like one mustard seed my barn.
dat a man tek an plant een e fiel. 32 Now 31 Another parable put
de mustard seed de leeleetles seed ob all, he forth unto them, say-
ing, The kingdom of
stillyet wen e grow, e git big mo den all de heaven is like to a grain
oda plant dem een de gyaaden. E da ton ta of mustard seed, which a
a tree, so dat de bod dem come an mek nes man took, and sowed in
his field:
pon e limb.”
32 Which indeed is the
least of all seeds: but
De Paable Bout Yeast when it is grown, it is the
Luke 13:20-21 greatest among herbs,
and becometh a tree, so
33 Jedus tell um noda paable say, “Wen that the birds of the air
God da rule, e jes like yeast. A ooman tek come and lodge in the
branches thereof.
yeast an mix um wid a big sack ob flour til
33 Another parable
de whole dough rise op.” spake he unto them; The
kingdom of heaven is like
Jedus Tell All Ting Yah unto leaven, which a
woman took, and hid in
een Paable three measures of meal,
Mark 4:33-34 till the whole was
leavened.
34 Jedus tell de crowd ob people all dem
34 All these things
ting yah een paable. E ain tell um nottin spake Jesus unto the mul-
cep een paable. 35 E tell um paable so dat titude in parables; and
without a parable spake
wa de prophet done say, dat gwine he not unto them:
happen, wen e say, 35 That it might be ful-
“A gwine tell paable filled which was spoken
by the prophet, saying, I
wen A da taak ta de people. will open my mouth in
A gwine tell um bout de ting dem parables; I will utter
things which have been
wa dey ain been know fom de kept secret from the
time wen de wol fus staat.” foundation of the world.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
50 Matthew 13

36 Then Jesus sent the Wa de Paable Bout de Grass Mean


multitude away, and
went into the house: and Den Jedus lef de crowd an gone eenta
36
his disciples came unto de house. E ciple dem come an aks um fa
him, saying, Declare unto
us the parable of the tares tell um wa de paable bout de grass een de
of the field. fiel mean.
37 He answered and
37 Jedus tell um say, “De Man wa Come
said unto them, He that
soweth the good seed is fom God, e de man wa plant de good seed.
the Son of man; 38 De fiel, dat de wol, an de good seed stan
38 The field is the
world; the good seed are like de people dem wa God da rule oba. An
the children of the king- de grass, dat dem wa blongst ta de ebil
dom; but the tares are the
children of the wicked one. 39 De enemy wa plant de grass, e de
one; Debil. De haabis time, dat de time wen de
39 The enemy that
sowed them is the devil; wol gwine end, an de haabis wokman, dat
the harvest is the end of de angel dem. 40 Jes like dey pull de grass
the world; and the reap-
ers are the angels. op an bun um een de fire, dat de same ting
40 As therefore the wa gwine happen wen de end time come.
tares are gathered and 41 De Man wa Come fom God gwine sen e
burned in the fire; so
shall it be in the end of angel dem an dey gwine pull out all dem
this world. wa mek people sin, an dem wa do ebil,
41 The Son of man mongst dem wa God da rule oba. 42 De
shall send forth his an-
gels, and they shall angel dem gwine shrow dem bad people
gather out of his kingdom eenta de hell fire, an dey gwine cry bitta
all things that offend, and
them which do iniquity;
teah an grine dey teet. 43 Den de people
42 And shall cast them dem wa waak scraight wid God, dey gwine
into a furnace of fire: shine same like de sun, dey weh God da
there shall be wailing
and gnashing of teeth.
rule. Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den oona
43 Then shall the righ- fa yeh wa A say!
teous shine forth as the
sun in the kingdom of De Paable Bout wa Dey Hide een de Fiel
their Father. Who hath
ears to hear, let him hear. “Wen God da rule, e stan like one
44
44 Again, the kingdom walyable ting wa dey done bury een a fiel
of heaven is like unto
treasure hid in a field; the fa hide um. A man come find um, an den e
which when a man hath bury um gin fa hide um. E so full op wid
found, he hideth, and for
joy thereof goeth and
joy dat e gone an sell all e got. Den e gone
selleth all that he hath, back an buy dat fiel.
and buyeth that field.
45 Again, the kingdom De Paable Bout de Fine Bead
of heaven is like unto a
merchant man, seeking
45 “Same way so, wen God da rule, e
goodly pearls: stan like one poson wa da look fa walyable

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 13 51

bead fa buy. 46 Wen e find one wa 46 Who, when he had


found one pearl of great
walyable mo den mos ob um, e gone an price, went and sold all
sell all e got an e buy dat walyable bead. that he had, and bought
it.
47 Again, the kingdom
De Paable Bout de Fishin Net of heaven is like unto a
47 “Same way so, wen God da rule, e net, that was cast into the
sea, and gathered of ev-
stan like a fishin net wa people cyas eenta ery kind:
de wata an ketch all kind ob fish. 48 Wen 48 Which, when it was
de net full, de fishaman dem drag um ta de full, they drew to shore,
and sat down, and gath-
sho. Den dey seddown fa pick de good fish ered the good into ves-
dem an pit um eenta dey bucket, an dey sels, but cast the bad
away.
shrow way de fish wa ain no good. 49 Dat
49 So shall it be at the
how e gwine be een de time wen de end end of the world: the an-
come. De angel dem gwine come an geda gels shall come forth, and
sever the wicked from
op de ebil people, pick um out fom mongst among the just,
dem wa waak scraight wid God. 50 An de 50 And shall cast them
angel dem gwine shrow dem ebil people into the furnace of fire:
there shall be wailing
eenta de hell fire. Dey dey gwine cry bitta and gnashing of teeth.
teah an grine dey teet.” 51 Jesus saith unto
them, Have ye under-
De Nyew an de Ole Trute stood all these things?
They say unto him, Yea,
51 Jedus aks um say, “Oona ondastan Lord.
all dis wa A done tell oona?” 52 Then said he unto
them, Therefore every
Dey tell um, “Yeah!” scribe which is instructed
52 E tell um say, “So den, dis mean dat unto the kingdom of
ebry Law teacha wa done laan de true ting heaven is like unto a man
that is an householder,
bout God rule, e stan jes like a poson wa which bringeth forth out
own a house an e bring ting wa walyable of his treasure things new
and old.
outta e room weh e sto um, ole ting an
nyew ting too.” 53 And it came to pass,
that when Jesus had fin-
ished these parables, he
De People Ain Wahn Jedus Dey Wid Um departed thence.
Mark 6:1-6; Luke 4:16-30
54 And when he was
53 Wen Jedus been shru da tell dem come into his own coun-
paable, e lef dey. 54 E gone back ta e home try, he taught them in
their synagogue, inso-
town. E staat fa laan de people een dey much that they were as-
meetin house. An de people dem wa yeh tonished, and said,
Whence hath this man
um dey been stonish. Dey say, “Weh dis this wisdom, and these
man git dis sense an de powa fa do dem mighty works?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
52 Matthew 13, 14

55 Is not this the car- miracle yah? 55 Ain dis de capenta boy?
penter's son? is not his
mother called Mary? and
Ain Mary e modda an ain James, Joseph,
his brethren, James, and Simon an Judas dem e broda? 56 Ain e
Joses, and Simon, and sista dem all dey yah wid we? Weh dis
Judas?
56 And his sisters, are man git all dis sense an powa fa do miracle
they not all with us? yah?” 57 So dey ain wahn fa hab nottin fa
Whence then hath this
man all these things? do wid um.
57 And they were of- Jedus tell um say, “De people gii hona
fended in him. But Jesus
said unto them, A ta a prophet ebryweh cep weh e raise op
prophet is not without at. Een e own town an een e own fambly
honour, save in his own
country, and in his own
dey ain gim no hona.” 58 An cause de
house. people ain bleebe een um, Jedus do jes a
58 And he did not
many mighty works there
few miracle een dat place dey.
because of their unbelief.
14
,13
Herod an Jedus
Mark 6:14-29; Luke 9:7-9

14 Dat same time dey, Herod wa


Chapter 14 1
1 At that time Herod beena rule een Galilee, e yeh bout
the tetrarch heard of the all wa Jedus beena do. 2 King Herod tell e
fame of Jesus,
saabant dem, say, “Dat man, e John wa
2 And said unto his ser-
vants, This is John the Bactize! E done dead, bot now e da lib gin!
Baptist; he is risen from Dat wa mek um git powa fa do dem
the dead; and therefore
mighty works do shew
miracle yah.”
forth themselves in him. 3 Now den, fo dat time, King Herod
3 For Herod had laid done been mek dem grab hole ta John an
hold on John, and bound tie um op an pit um een de jailhouse. King
him, and put him in
prison for Herodias' sake, Herod done dat cause ob Herodias, wa e
his brother Philip's wife. been marry ta, eben dough Herodias been
4 For John said unto
King Herod broda Philip wife. 4 Cause
him, It is not lawful for John beena tell King Herod say, “Ain fittin
thee to have her. fa ya fa marry ya broda Philip wife!”
5 And when he would 5 King Herod been wahn fa kill John, bot e
have put him to death, he been scaid ob de people, cause dey been
feared the multitude, be-
cause they counted him tek John fa a prophet.
as a prophet. 6 Bot de day wen dey beena mek paaty
6 But when Herod's fa King Herod birsday, Herodias daughta
birthday was kept, the come an dance fa Herod an de people ta de
daughter of Herodias
danced before them, and
paaty. An King Herod been too heppy fa e
pleased Herod. dance. 7 So e promise dat gyal an sweah ta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 14 53

um say, “Ya mus aks me fa wasoneba ya 7 Whereupon he prom-


ised with an oath to give
wahn. A da tell ya de trute, A gwine gim ta her whatsoever she
ya!” would ask.
8 And she, being be-
8 Herodias done been tell e daughta wa
fore instructed of her
fa say, so de daughta tell King Herod say, mother, said, Give me
“Ya know John wa Bactize. A wahn ya fa here John Baptist's head
in a charger.
gii me e head pon a big plate right yah!” 9 And the king was
9 De king been too saary. Bot cause e sorry: nevertheless for
the oath's sake, and them
done been promise de gyal fa true an which sat with him at
sweah ta um, an de people ta e paaty done meat, he commanded it
to be given her.
been yeh wa e say, e gii orda fa dem fa gii 10 And he sent, and be-
de gyal John head. 10 So e sen e sodja fa go headed John in the
prison.
cut John head off een de jailhouse. 11 Dey 11 And his head was
pit John head pon a big plate an bring um, brought in a charger, and
gim ta de gyal. De gyal tek um, gim ta e given to the damsel: and
she brought it to her
modda Herodias. 12 An John ciple dem mother.
12 And his disciples
come an tek way John body, pit um een a
came, and took up the
tomb. Den dey gone an tell Jedus. body, and buried it, and
went and told Jesus.
Jedus Feed de Fibe Tousan 13 When Jesus heard
Mark 6:30-44; Luke 9:10-17; John 6:1-14 of it, he departed thence
by ship into a desert
13 Wen Jedus yeh bout dat, e lef dat place apart: and when
the people had heard
place weh e been an e tek a boat ta a place thereof, they followed
weh nobody ain lib at. Bot wen de crowd him on foot out of the
cities.
ob people yeh bout weh Jedus gone, dey 14 And Jesus went
come out de town dem, an dey folla um, da forth, and saw a great
waak by lan fa go ta um. 14 Wen Jedus multitude, and was
moved with compassion
come out de boat pon de sho, e see de big toward them, and he
crowd. E feel saaful fa um an e heal dey healed their sick.
15 And when it was
sick people. evening, his disciples
15 Dat ebenin, e ciple dem come ta came to him, saying, This
is a desert place, and the
Jedus say, “Sundown done come an time is now past; send the
nobody ain lib ta dis place yah. Ya mus sen multitude away, that
way de crowd. Mek um go ta de willage they may go into the vil-
lages, and buy them-
dem fa buy deysef sompin fa nyam.” selves victuals.
16 Jedus tell um say, “Dey ain haffa go 16 But Jesus said unto
way fom yah. Oona mus gim sompin fa them, They need not de-
part; give ye them to eat.
nyam.” 17 And they say unto
17 De ciple dem tell um say, “We ain got him, We have here but

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
54 Matthew 14

five loaves, and two nottin yah cep fibe loaf ob bread an two
fishes.
18 He said, Bring them fish.”
hither to me. 18 Jedus say, “Oona mus bring um ta
19 And he commanded
the multitude to sit down
me.” 19 E chaage de people fa seddown
on the grass, and took the pon de grass. Den e tek de fibe loaf ob
five loaves, and the two bread an de two fish. E look op ta heaben
fishes, and looking up to
heaven, he blessed, and an e tank God fa de bread an de fish. Den e
brake, and gave the broke op de bread an e gim ta e ciple dem
loaves to his disciples,
and the disciples to the an de ciple dem gim ta de people. 20 All
multitude. dem done nyam til dey been sattify. An de
20 And they did all eat,
and were filled: and they ciple dem geda tweb basket ob lef oba
took up of the fragments bread an fish. 21 Bout fibe tousan man
that remained twelve
baskets full.
been dey, an dat ain count de ooman an de
21 And they that had chullun dem.
eaten were about five
thousand men, beside
women and children. Jedus Waak Pontop Wata
22 And straightway Je- Mark 6:45-52; John 6:15-21
sus constrained his disci-
ples to get into a ship, 22 Jes atta dat, Jedus chaage de ciple
and to go before him dem fa git eenta de boat an go head ob um
unto the other side, while
he sent the multitudes ta de oda side. Dey fa cross oba de lake.
away. Wiles dey beena gwine, Jedus tell de
23 And when he had
sent the multitudes away,
crowd dat e time fa go back home now.
he went up into a moun- 23 Atta e done sen de people home, e gone
tain apart to pray: and op one high hill by esef fa pray ta God. An
when the evening was
come, he was there wen ebenin come, e been dey. Ain nobody
alone. been dey cep um. 24 Now dat time dey, de
24 But the ship was
now in the midst of the boat wid e ciple dem been out faaway fom
sea, tossed with waves: lan. De wata been so rough dat de boat ain
for the wind was
contrary. been steady cause de wind beena blow
25 And in the fourth ginst um.
watch of the night Jesus 25 So late een de night, sometime atta
went unto them, walking
on the sea. shree o’clock, Jedus gone out ta e ciple
26 And when the dis-
ciples saw him walking
dem. E beena waak pontop de wata.
on the sea, they were 26 Wen de ciple dem see Jedus da waak
troubled, saying, It is a pontop de wata, dey been scaid ta det. Dey
spirit; and they cried out
for fear. say, “Dat a haant!” An dey holla loud
27 But straightway Je- cause dey been so scaid.
sus spake unto them, say- 27 Jedus speak op fast. E tell um say,
ing, Be of good cheer; it is
I; be not afraid. “Study yasef! Dis me! Mus dohn be scaid!”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 14, 15 55

28 Den Peter tell um say, “Lawd, ef dat 28 And Peter answered


him and said, Lord, if it
ya fa true, mus chaage me fa come out be thou, bid me come
pontop de wata fa meet ya.” unto thee on the water.
29 And he said, Come.
29 Jedus say, “Come!” So den Peter git
And when Peter was
out de boat an waak pontop de wata ta come down out of the
Jedus. 30 Bot wen Peter feel de scrong ship, he walked on the
water, to go to Jesus.
wind, e been scaid. An e staat fa sink down 30 But when he saw
eenta de wata. E holla say, “Lawd, sabe the wind boisterous, he
was afraid; and begin-
me!” ning to sink, he cried,
31 Jes den Jedus scretch out e han an saying, Lord, save me.
31 And immediately
grab hole ta Peter. E tell Peter say, “Ya ain Jesus stretched forth his
bleebe pon me no mo den jes a leetle bit! hand, and caught him,
and said unto him, O
Wa mek ya doubt?” thou of little faith,
32 Den de two ob dem git eenta de boat wherefore didst thou
an de wind stop. 33 De ciple dem een de doubt?
32 And when they
boat woshup Jedus an say, “Fa true, ya were come into the ship,
God Son!” the wind ceased.
33 Then they that were
in the ship came and wor-
Jedus Mek People shipped him, saying, Of a
een Gennesaret Well truth thou art the Son of
God.
Mark 6:53-56 34 And when they
34 Wen dey been cross oba de lake, dey were gone over, they
came into the land of
lan ta Gennesaret. 35 De people dey been Gennesaret.
35 And when the men
know Jedus wen dey shim. So dey sen wod
of that place had knowl-
all oba de lan dey. An people come ta edge of him, they sent
Jedus, fa tote all dey sick ta um. 36 De out into all that country
round about, and
people beg Jedus fa jes leh dey sick tetch brought unto him all that
de hem ob e cloes. An all dem wa tetch e were diseased;
cloes, same time dey tetch um, dey git 36 And besought him
that they might only
heal. touch the hem of his gar-
ment: and as many as
Wa de Ole People Teach touched were made per-
fectly whole.,
Mark 7:1-13

15
Chapter 15
1 Some Pharisee an Jew Law
1 Then came to Jesus
teacha dem fom Jerusalem come
scribes and Pharisees,
ta Jedus an aks um say, 2 “Hoccome ya which were of Jerusalem,
ciple dem ain do wa we ole people been saying,
2 Why do thy disciples
laan we? Dey ain wash dey han fo dey transgress the tradition
nyam!” of the elders? for they

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
56 Matthew 15

wash not their hands 3 Jedus aks um back say, “An hoccome
when they eat bread.
3 But he answered and oona ain do wa God Law tell oona fa do fa
said unto them, Why do sake ob wa oona ole people tell oona fa
ye also transgress the
commandment of God by
do? 4 Cause God chaage we say, ‘Ya mus
your tradition? show hona an be manisable ta ya fada an
4 For God commanded,
saying, Honour thy fa-
modda,’ an ‘De poson wa taak bad ginst e
ther and mother: and, He fada or e modda, oona mus kill um.’ 5 Bot
that curseth father or oona say, ef a poson got sompin e able fa
mother, let him die the
death. gii e fada or e modda wa gwine hep um,
5 But ye say, Whoso- bot e say, ‘A done promise fa gii God dis
ever shall say to his father
or his mother, It is a gift, ting yah,’ 6 oona say dat poson dey ain
by whatsoever thou haffa show hona ta e fada an gim dat ting
mightest be profited by
me;
fa hep um. Dat show how oona ain do wa
6 And honour not his God Law say. Oona jes da do dem ting wa
father or his mother, he oona ole people laan oona fa do. 7 Oona
shall be free. Thus have ye
made the commandment hypicrit! De prophet Isaiah done tell de
of God of none effect by trute bout oona wen e say,
your tradition. 8 ‘Dese people yah da hona me
7 Ye hypocrites, well
did Esaias prophesy of wid dey mout,
you, saying,
8 This people draweth bot dey haat ain dey wid me.
nigh unto me with their 9 Wen dey woshup me op,
mouth, and honoureth
me with their lips; but
dat dohn mean nottin,
their heart is far from me. cause dey da laan people fa do
9 But in vain they do
worship me, teaching for
law wa people jes mek op.
doctrines the command- Dey say dat God Law, bot e ain so.’ ”
ments of men.
10 And he called the
multitude, and said unto De Ting wa Mek Poson Sinna een God Eye
them, Hear, and under- Mark 7:14-23
stand:
11 Not that which 10 Jedus call de crowd fa come ta um. E
goeth into the mouth tell um say, “Oona mus yeh wa A say an
defileth a man; but that
which cometh out of the
ondastan! 11 E ain wa gone eenta poson
mouth, this defileth a mout wa mek um sinna een God eye. Wa
man. come outta de poson mout, dat wa mek um
12 Then came his disci-
ples, and said unto him, sinna een God eye.”
Knowest thou that the 12 Den de ciple dem come ta um, aks
Pharisees were offended,
after they heard this um say, “Ya know dat de Pharisee dem
saying? been opsot wen dey yeh wa ya say?”
13 But he answered
13 Jedus ansa say, “Me Fada een heaben
and said, Every plant,
which my heavenly gwine root op ebry plant wa e esef ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 15 57

plant. 14 Oona fa lef um be! Dey bline Father hath not planted,
shall be rooted up.
people wa da try fa lead oda bline people, 14 Let them alone: they
an ef bline poson lead bline poson, dey all be blind leaders of the
blind. And if the blind
two gwine faddown eenta de ditch.” lead the blind, both shall
15 Peter aks Jedus fa splain ta um wa fall into the ditch.
15 Then answered Pe-
dat paable mean. ter and said unto him,
16 So Jedus tell um say, “Oona stillyet Declare unto us this
ain ondastan wa A tell oona, ainty? 17 Ain parable.
16 And Jesus said, Are
oona see dat wasoneba gone eenta ye also yet without
somebody mout, e lef dey an gwine go understanding?
17 Do not ye yet under-
eenta e belly an den come outta e body? stand, that whatsoever
18 Bot de wod dat come outta somebody entereth in at the mouth
goeth into the belly, and
mout, dey come fom eenside e haat. Dat is cast out into the
wa mek e sinna een God eye. 19 Cause draught?
18 But those things
eenside, een e haat, a poson da study fa do which proceed out of the
ebil ting, fa kill, fa ramify roun an do mouth come forth from
wickity ting, fa tief, fa lie, fa taak bad bout the heart; and they defile
the man.
oda people. 20 All dem ebil ting come fom 19 For out of the heart
eenside a poson haat an da mek um sinna proceed evil thoughts,
murders, adulteries, for-
een God eye. Bot ef a poson ain wash e nications, thefts, false
han, dat ain mek um sinna een God eye.” witness, blasphemies:
20 These are the things
which defile a man: but
De Fait ob de Ooman fom Canaan to eat with unwashen
Mark 7:24-30 hands defileth not a man.
21 Then Jesus went
21 Jedus lef dey an gone way ta de arie thence, and departed into
close ta Tyre an Sidon. 22 One ooman wa the coasts of Tyre and
Sidon.
beena lib dey wa ain Jew gone ta Jedus. E 22 And, behold, a
been fom Canaan. Dat ooman beg Jedus woman of Canaan came
out of the same coasts,
say, “Sah, David Son, do please, hab mussy and cried unto him, say-
pon me! Me daughta da suffa tommuch ing, Have mercy on me,
O Lord, thou Son of Da-
cause ebil sperit dey eenside um.” vid; my daughter is griev-
23 Bot Jedus ain gap e teet. De ciple ously vexed with a devil.
23 But he answered her
dem come ta Jedus an beg um say, “Sen not a word. And his disci-
dat ooman way. E da folla we an da holla ples came and besought
him, saying, Send her
loud.” away; for she crieth after
24 Jedus ansa say, “God sen me jes ta de us.
24 But he answered
people ob Israel wa stan like loss sheep.” and said, I am not sent
25 Den de ooman come kneel down fo but unto the lost sheep of
the house of Israel.
Jedus an say, “Sah, do please hep me!” 25 Then came she and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
58 Matthew 15

worshipped him, saying, 26 Jedus ansa de ooman say, “E ain


Lord, help me.
26 But he answered fittin fa tek de food way fom de chullun an
and said, It is not meet to chunk um ta de dog.”
take the children's bread,
27 De ooman say, “Dat true, sah, bot
and to cast it to dogs.
27 And she said, Truth, eben de dog dem kin nyam de food lef oba
Lord: yet the dogs eat of
the crumbs which fall
wa da faddown fom dey massa table!”
from their masters' table. 28 So den, Jedus tell um say, “Ya a
28 Then Jesus an-
swered and said unto her,
ooman wa bleebe fa true! Wa ya wahn, leh
O woman, great is thy dat happen.” De ooman daughta git well
faith: be it unto thee even dat same time.
as thou wilt. And her
daughter was made
whole from that very Jedus Mek Plenty People Well
hour.
29 And Jesus departed 29 Jedus lef dey an waak long de sho ob
from thence, and came Lake Galilee. Den e climb op one high hill
nigh unto the sea of Gali-
lee; and went up into a an seddown dey. 30 A whole heapa people
mountain, and sat down gone ta um. Dey bring um people wa ain
there.
able fa waak, dem wa bline, dem wa
30 And great multi-
tudes came unto him, cripple op, dem wa ain able fa taak, an
having with them those plenty oda sick people. Dey pit um fo
that were lame, blind,
dumb, maimed, and
Jedus an Jedus mek um well. 31 De people
many others, and cast been stonish wen dey yeh dem wa ain
them down at Jesus' feet; been able fa taak, now dey da taak. Dem
and he healed them:
31 Insomuch that the wa been cripple op, dey well, an dem wa
multitude wondered, ain been able fa waak, now dey da waak.
when they saw the dumb
to speak, the maimed to Dem wa been bline, now dey da see. An
be whole, the lame to dey praise de God ob Israel.
walk, and the blind to
see: and they glorified
the God of Israel.
Jedus Feed Fo Tousan People
32 Then Jesus called
Mark 8:1-10
his disciples unto him,
and said, I have compas- Jedus call e ciple dem fa come ta um
32
sion on the multitude, be-
cause they continue with an tell um say, “A saary fa de people yah.
me now three days, and Dey been wid me shree day, an now dey
have nothing to eat: and I
will not send them away ain hab nottin fa nyam. A ain wahn fa tell
fasting, lest they faint in um fa go ta dey house wid nottin fa nyam.
the way.
33 And his disciples
Dey gwine pass out long de road.”
say unto him, Whence 33 E ciple dem aks Jedus say, “Weh we
should we have so much kin find nuff food fa gii ta all de big crowd
bread in the wilderness,
as to fill so great a multi- yah fa nyam? We ain able fa git no bread
tude? out een dis place weh ain nobody da lib.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 15, 16 59

34 Jedus aks um say, “Hommuch bread 34 And Jesus saith


unto them, How many
oona got?” loaves have ye? And they
Dey ansa say, “We got seben loaf an few said, Seven, and a few lit-
tle fishes.
leetle fish.” 35 And he commanded
35 Jedus chaage de people fa seddown the multitude to sit down
on the ground.
pon de groun. 36 Den e tek de seben loaf 36 And he took the
an de fish an e tank God fa um. E broke de seven loaves and the
fishes, and gave thanks,
bread an de fish op an gim ta e ciple dem, and brake them, and gave
an de ciple dem gim ta de people. 37 All de to his disciples, and the
disciples to the multi-
people nyam til dey belly full. An wen de tude.
37 And they did all eat,
ciple dem gone fa git de food wa been lef and were filled: and they
oba, dey geda seben basket full. 38 Bout fo took up of the broken
tousan man been dey, an dat ain count de meat that was left seven
baskets full.
ooman dem an de chullun dem. 38 And they that did
39 Den Jedus tell de people dat e time fa eat were four thousand
men, beside women and
go ta dey house. Den e git eenta de boat an children.
go ta de Magadan sho. 39 And he sent away
the multitude, and took
Dey Aks fa a Miracle ship, and came into the
fa Show God Sen Jedus coasts of Magdala.
Mark 8:11-13; Luke 12:54-56
Chapter 16

16 So m e Ph aris ee an s ome
1
1 The Pharisees also
Sadducee dem come ta Jedus. Dey with the Sadducees
wahn fa test Jedus so dey tell um say, came, and tempting de-
sired him that he would
show dem a sign fa show dat God sen um shew them a sign from
fa true. heaven.
2 Jedus ansa um say, “Wen ebenin 2 He answered and
said unto them, When it
come, oona kin say, ‘Demarra gwine be is evening, ye say, It will
fine, cause de sky red.’ 3 An wen e day be fair weather: for the
sky is red.
clean, oona kin say, ‘E gwine be bad weda 3 And in the morning,
cause de sky red an daak.’ Oona know how It will be foul weather to
day: for the sky is red and
fa look ta de eliment an tapetate bout de lowring. O ye hypocrites,
weda, bot oona ain able fa tapetate de sign ye can discern the face of
dem wa ya da see een dis day yah. 4 De the sky; but can ye not
discern the signs of the
people wa da lib now, dey wickity an dey times?
ain bleebe pon God! Oona da aks fa a sign 4 A wicked and adul-
terous generation seek-
fa show dat God sen me. A da tell oona fa eth after a sign; and there
true, A ain gwine show no sign cep fa de shall no sign be given
unto it, but the sign of the
sign ob de prophet Jonah.” prophet Jonas. And he
So den Jedus lef um, e gone. left them, and departed.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
60 Matthew 16

5 And when his disci- Jedus Waan E Ciple Dem


ples were come to the Mark 8:14-21
other side, they had for-
gotten to take bread. Dey done cross oba ta oda side ob de
5
6 Then Jesus said unto
lake, bot de ciple dem been fagit fa cyaa
them, Take heed and be-
ware of the leaven of the bread wid um. 6 Den Jedus waan um say,
Pharisees and of the “Oona mus tek cyah. Mus look out fa de
Sadducees.
7 And they reasoned
Pharisee an de Sadducee kinda yeast.”
among themselves, say- 7 De ciple dem staat fa taak ta one noda
ing, It is because we have bout dat say, “E say dat cause we ain cyaa
taken no bread.
8 Which when Jesus
no bread wid we.”
perceived, he said unto 8 Jedus know wa dey da say, so e aks
them, O ye of little faith, um say, “Hoccome oona da taak ta one
why reason ye among
yourselves, because ye noda, da warry cause oona ain got no
have brought no bread? bread? Oona ain bleebe pon me haadly
9 Do ye not yet under- tall! 9 Oona stillyet ain ondastan, ainty?
stand, neither remember
the five loaves of the five Oona ain memba wen A broke op dem fibe
thousand, and how many loaf ob bread fa gim ta fibe tousan man fa
baskets ye took up?
nyam? Memba hommuch basket full ob
10 Neither the seven
loaves of the four thou- lefoba bread oona done pick op? 10 An
sand, and how many bas- wen A broke op seben loaf ob bread fa gim
kets ye took up?
ta fo tousan man fa nyam? How many
11 How is it that ye do
not understand that I basket full ob lefoba bread oona done pick
spake it not to you con- op? 11 Hoccome oona ain ondastan dat A
cerning bread, that ye
should beware of the
ain da taak ta oona bout bread? A beena
leaven of the Pharisees tell oona fa look out ginst de Pharisee an
and of the Sadducees? Sadducee kinda yeast.”
12 Then understood
12 Den de ciple dem ondastan dat Jedus
they how that he bade
them not beware of the ain beena waan um fa look out fa de yeast
leaven of bread, but of wa dey pit een bread. Jedus beena say fa
the doctrine of the Phari-
sees and of the Sad- dem fa look out ginst wa de Pharisee an de
ducees. Sadducee dem da laan de people.
13 When Jesus came
into the coasts of
Caesarea Philippi, he Peter Say Jedus de Messiah
asked his disciples, say- Mark 8:27-30; Luke 9:18-21
ing, Whom do men say
that I the Son of man am? Jedus an e ciple dem gone ta de arie
13
14 And they said, Some name Caesarea Philippi. An e aks e ciple
say that thou art John the dem say, “Who people say de Man wa
Baptist: some, Elias; and
others, Jeremias, or one Come fom God da?”
of the prophets. 14 Dey ansa um say, “Some people say

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 16 61

ya John wa Bactize. Oda people say ya 15 He saith unto them,


But whom say ye that I
Elijah. An some say ya Jeremiah or one am?
dem oda prophet fom way back.” 16 And Simon Peter
15 Den Jedus aks e ciple dem say, “Well answered and said, Thou
art the Christ, the Son of
den, who oona say A da?” the living God.
16 Simon Peter ansa um say, “Ya de 17 And Jesus answered
and said unto him,
Messiah, de Son ob God wa da lib faeba.” Blessed art thou, Simon
17 Jedus ansa, “Ya bless fa true, Simon, Barjona: for flesh and
Jonah son! Cause no poson laan ya dis. Me blood hath not revealed it
unto thee, but my Father
Fada een heaben, e show ya. 18 An A da which is in heaven.
tell ya say, ya Peter, an pon dis rock yah A 18 And I say also unto
gwine build me choch. An eben all de thee, That thou art Peter,
and upon this rock I will
powa ob hell ain neba gwine be able fa build my church; and the
win out oba um. 19 A gwine gii ya de key gates of hell shall not pre-
vail against it.
dem fa weh God da rule. Wasoneba ya say 19 And I will give unto
ain oughta be een dis wol, God gwine gree, thee the keys of the king-
say dat dey ain fa be een heaben. An dom of heaven: and
whatsoever thou shalt
wasoneba ya say kin be een dis wol, God bind on earth shall be
gwine gree, say dat dey fa be een heaben.” bound in heaven: and
whatsoever thou shalt
20 Den Jedus waan e ciple dem say, mus loose on earth shall be
dohn tell nobody dat e de Messiah. loosed in heaven.
20 Then charged he his
disciples that they
Jedus Tell E Ciple E Gwine Dead should tell no man that
an Den Lib Gin he was Jesus the Christ.
Mark 8:31-9:1; Luke 9:22-27 21 From that time forth
21 Fom dat time dey, Jedus staat fa began Jesus to shew unto
his disciples, how that he
splain ta e ciple dem say, “A haffa go ta must go unto Jerusalem,
Jerusalem. Dey de Jew leada dem an de and suffer many things of
the elders and chief
leada dem ob de priest dem an de Law priests and scribes, and
teacha dem, dey gwine mek me suffa a be killed, and be raised
again the third day.
whole heap. Dey gwine kill me, bot een 22 Then Peter took
shree day A gwine git op fom mongst de him, and began to rebuke
dead an lib gin.” him, saying, Be it far
from thee, Lord: this shall
22 Peter call Jedus way fom de oda ciple not be unto thee.
dem an e staat fa buke Jedus say, “Lawd, 23 But he turned, and
said unto Peter, Get thee
mus dohn leh dat happen! Dat ain neba behind me, Satan: thou
gwine happen ta ya!” art an offence unto me:
23 Jedus ton roun an tell Peter say, “Git for thou savourest not the
things that be of God, but
way fom me Satan! Ya da git een me way, those that be of men.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
62 Matthew 16, 17

24 Then said Jesus cause ya da tink like people da tink. Ya ain


unto his disciples, If any
man will come after me, tink like how God da tink!”
let him deny himself, and 24 Den Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Ef a
take up his cross, and fol-
low me. poson wahn fa come wid me, e mus dohn
25 For whosoever will do jes wa e wahn fa do no mo. E haffa tote
save his life shall lose it:
and whosoever will lose
e cross an folla me. 25 De poson wa da try
his life for my sake shall fa sabe e life, e gwine loss e true life. Bot de
find it. poson wa loss e life cause ob me, e gwine
26 For what is a man
profited, if he shall gain git de true life. 26 Wa good e do a poson ef
the whole world, and lose e git ebryting een de whole wol an stillyet
his own soul? or what
shall a man give in ex- e gone ta hell wen e dead? E done loss e
change for his soul? true life, ainty? 27 Cause de Man wa Come
27 For the Son of man
shall come in the glory of fom God gwine come wid e Fada God glory
his Father with his an- an de angel dem. An den e gwine gii all
gels; and then he shall re-
ward every man
people de pay fa wa dey done. 28 A da tell
according to his works. oona fa true, some ob dem wa dey yah,
28 Verily I say unto
dey ain gwine dead til dey done see de
you, There be some
standing here, which Man wa Come fom God come fa rule oba
shall not taste of death, de wol.”
till they see the Son of
man coming in his
kingdom. Jedus an Moses an Elijah
Chapter 17 Mark 9:2-13; Luke 9:28-36

17 Atta six day, Jedus call Peter,


1 And after six days Je- 1
sus taketh Peter, James, James an e broda John fa go long
and John his brother, and
bringeth them up into an wid um. Dey gone pontop a mountain, an
high mountain apart, jes dem been dey. 2 An wiles de ciple dem
2 And was transfigured
before them: and his face beena look pon um, dey see Jedus change
did shine as the sun, and right fo dey eye. E face beena shine like de
his raiment was white as
the light. sun, an e cloes ton white jes like a bright
3 And, behold, there light. 3 All ob a sudden, dem shree ciple
appeared unto them Mo-
ses and Elias talking with
see Moses an Elijah appeah, da taak wid
him. Jedus. 4 Peter tell Jedus say, “Lawd, e a
4 Then answered Pe-
good ting we dey yah! Ef ya wahn, A
ter, and said unto Jesus,
Lord, it is good for us to gwine mek shree bush aaba oba yah, one
be here: if thou wilt, let fa ya, one fa Moses an one fa Elijah.”
us make here three taber-
nacles; one for thee, and 5 Wiles Peter da taak, a cloud wa beena
one for Moses, and one shine bright, cyas a shada oba um an kiba
for Elias.
5 While he yet spake, um op. An dey yeh one boice come outta
behold, a bright cloud de cloud say, “Dis yah me Son, wa A lob a

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 17 63

whole heap. A sho please wid um. Mus overshadowed them: and
behold a voice out of the
listen ta wa e tell oona!” cloud, which said, This is
6 Wen de ciple dem yeh dat boice, dey my beloved Son, in
whom I am well pleased;
been so scaid dey faddown wid dey face ta hear ye him.
de groun. 7 Jedus come tetch um, an say, 6 And when the disci-
ples heard it, they fell on
“Git op! Mus dohn be scaid!” 8 So dey look their face, and were sore
op, bot dey ain see nobody dey cep Jedus. afraid.
9 Wen dey come down de hill, Jedus 7 And Jesus came and
touched them, and said,
chaage um say, “Oona mus dohn tell Arise, and be not afraid.
nobody wa oona been see op dey, til de 8 And when they had
lifted up their eyes, they
Man wa Come fom God done git op fom de saw no man, save Jesus
dead an lib gin.” only.
9 And as they came
10 De ciple dem aks Jedus say, “Den down from the mountain,
hoccome de Jew Law teacha dem say Jesus charged them, say-
ing, Tell the vision to no
Elijah haffa come fus?” man, until the Son of man
be risen again from the
11 Jedus ansa um say, “Fa sho, Elijah dead.
come fus, an e gwine git all ting ready. 10 And his disciples
asked him, saying, Why
12 Bot A da tell oona, Elijah done come,
then say the scribes that
bot people ain know um. An dey beena do Elias must first come?
11 And Jesus answered
um jes how dey wahn fa do. Same way so and said unto them, Elias
dey gwine mek de Man wa Come fom God truly shall first come, and
suffa.” restore all things.
12 But I say unto you,
13 So den, de ciple dem ondastan dat That Elias is come al-
ready, and they knew
Jedus beena taak ta um bout John wa him not, but have done
Bactize. unto him whatsoever
they listed. Likewise shall
also the Son of man suffer
Jedus Dribe Ebil Sperit Outta One Boy of them.
13 Then the disciples
an Mek Um Well understood that he spake
Mark 9:14-29; Luke 9:37-43 unto them of John the
Baptist.
14 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem git ta de 14 And when they
crowd ob people, one man come an kneel were come to the multi-
tude, there came to him a
down fo Jedus. 15 E say, “Lawd, A da beg certain man, kneeling
down to him, and saying,
ya, hab mussy pon me son! E ketch fits an 15 Lord, have mercy on
da suffa tommuch. E so bad dat heapa time my son: for he is lunatick,
e faddown eenta de fire an eenta de wata. and sore vexed: for oft-
times he falleth into the
16 A done bring um ta ya ciple dem, bot fire, and oft into the
dey ain been able fa mek um well.” water.
16 And I brought him
17 Jedus mek ansa say, “Oona people
to thy disciples, and they
yah wa lib een dis time ain got no fait! could not cure him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
64 Matthew 17

17 Then Jesus an- Oona ain ondastan nottin. Hommuch mo


swered and said, O faith-
less and perverse genera- longa A gwine haffa pit op wid oona?” Den
tion, how long shall I be e tell de man say, “Bring ya son yah.”
with you? how long shall
18 Jedus gii orda ta de ebil sperit wa hab
I suffer you? bring him
hither to me. de boy. Dat ebil sperit come outta de boy,
18 And Jesus rebuked an jes den dat boy git well.
the devil; and he de-
19 Den de ciple dem come ta Jedus, way
parted out of him: and
the child was cured from fom de oda people. Dey aks um say,
that very hour.
“Hoccome we ain been able fa dribe de
19 Then came the dis-
ciples to Jesus apart, and ebil sperit outta de boy?”
said, Why could not we 20 Jedus ansa say, “Oona ain got nuff
cast him out?
fait. A da tell oona fa true say, ef oona
20 And Jesus said unto
them, Because of your bleebe, eben ef oona fait ain no mo big den
unbelief: for verily I say a leetle mustard seed, oona kin gii orda ta
unto you, If ye have faith
as a grain of mustard
dis high hill say, ‘Come outta dey an go
seed, ye shall say unto oba yonda!’ An dat hill gwine moob. Ain
this mountain, Remove nottin wa oona ain gwine be able fa do!”
hence to yonder place;
and it shall remove; and [21 “Bot oona ain gwine be able fa dribe
nothing shall be impossi- out dat kind ob ebil sperit, cep oona pray
ble unto you.
21 Howbeit this kind
an fast.”]
goeth not out but by
prayer and fasting. Jedus Tell Um Gin E Gwine Dead
22 And while they an Den Lib Gin
abode in Galilee, Jesus Mark 9:30-32; Luke 9:43-45
said unto them, The Son
of man shall be betrayed Wen de ciple dem all meet op een
22
into the hands of men: Galilee, Jedus tell um say, “Dey gwine han
23 And they shall kill oba de Man wa Come fom God ta dem wa
him, and the third day he
shall be raised again. And
een chaage yah. 23 Dey gwine kill um. Bot
they were exceeding atta shree day e gwine git op fom mongst
sorry. de dead. E gwine lib gin.”
24 And when they Den de ciple dem been saaful tommuch.
were come to Caper-
naum, they that received
tribute money came to Pe- Bout de Tax fa God House
ter, and said, Doth not
24 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem git ta
your master pay tribute?
Capernaum, de people wa geda tax come
25 He saith, Yes. And
when he was come into ta Peter. Dey aks Peter say, “Oona teacha
the house, Jesus pre- da pay de tax fa God House, ainty?”
vented him, saying, What
25 Peter ansa um say, “Yeah, e da pay de
thinkest thou, Simon? of
whom do the kings of the tax.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 17, 18 65

Wen Peter gone eenta de house, Jedus earth take custom or trib-
ute? of their own chil-
taak ta um fus, say, “Simon, wa ya tink dren, or of strangers?
bout dis? Who pay all de diffunt kind ob 26 Peter saith unto
him, Of strangers. Jesus
tax dem ta de rula dem een dis wol. De saith unto him, Then are
been-yah people, or de come-yah people?” the children free.
26 Peter ansa say, “De come-yah people, 27 Notwithstanding,
lest we should offend
ainty?” them, go thou to the sea,
Jedus tell Peter say, “So den, de people and cast an hook, and
take up the fish that first
wa blongst ta de country ain haffa pay. cometh up; and when
27 Bot we ain wahn fa mek dem people thou hast opened his
bex wid we, so go ta de lake an cyas ya mouth, thou shalt find a
piece of money: that
hook out eenta de wata. De fus fish wa ya take, and give unto them
ketch, open e mout an ya gwine find one for me and thee.
silba coin dey. Tek dat coin an pay um fa 18
,17

we tax.”
Chapter 18
Whodat Greata? 1 At the same time
Mark 9:33-37; Luke 9:46-48 came the disciples unto
Jesus, saying, Who is the

18 Jes den, de ciple dem come aks


1 greatest in the kingdom
of heaven?
Jedus say, “Whodat de big leada 2 And Jesus called a lit-
mongst dem wa God da rule?” tle child unto him, and
2 Jedus call one leetle chile an hab um set him in the midst of
them,
stanop mongst um. 3 Jedus say, “A da tell 3 And said, Verily I say
oona fa true, cep oona change oona way unto you, Except ye be
converted, and become
an come fa be like leetle chullun, oona ain as little children, ye shall
neba gwine be wid God wen e da rule. not enter into the king-
dom of heaven.
4 Weh God da rule, de poson wa humble 4 Whosoever therefore
esef like a leetle chile, God hona um de shall humble himself as
this little child, the same
mos. 5 An de poson wa heppy fa tek een a is greatest in the king-
leetle chile like dis one yah een me name, dom of heaven.
5 And whoso shall re-
dat poson da tek me een too. ceive one such little child
in my name receiveth
Oona Mus Dohn Mek Oda Poson Do Bad me.
6 But whoso shall of-
Mark 9:42-48; Luke 17:1-2
fend one of these little
6 “De poson wa mek one ob de leetle ones which believe in
me, it were better for him
chullun like dis wa bleebe pon me do bad, that a millstone were
e mo betta fa dat poson ef dey been tie a hanged about his neck,
and that he were
big grine stone roun e neck an chunk um drowned in the depth of
eenta de deep sea. 7 E gwine be a haad the sea.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
66 Matthew 18

7 Woe unto the world time fa de people een de wol cause ob dem
because of offences! for it
must needs be that of- ting dey wa da mek um sin! Fa true, ting
fences come; but woe to gwine happen wa mek people wahn fa do
that man by whom the of-
fence cometh! bad. Bot de poson wa mek dem ting
8 Wherefore if thy happen, e gwine hab plenty trouble!
hand or thy foot offend 8 “Ef oona han or oona foot da mek
thee, cut them off, and
cast them from thee: it is oona do bad ting, cut um off an shrow um
better for thee to enter way. E mo betta fa oona fa be cripple op an
into life halt or maimed,
rather than having two
hab jes one han or one foot an git life wa
hands or two feet to be neba end, den fa oona fa keep two han an
cast into everlasting fire. two foot an den dey chunk oona eenta de
9 And if thine eye of-
fend thee, pluck it out,
fire wa gwine keep on da bun faeba. 9 An
and cast it from thee: it is ef oona eye da mek oona do bad ting, oona
better for thee to enter fa pull um out an chunk um way! E mo
into life with one eye,
rather than having two betta fa oona fa hab jes one eye an git life
eyes to be cast into hell wa neba end, den fa oona fa keep two eye
fire.
10 Take heed that ye
an den dey chunk oona eenta de hell fire.
despise not one of these
little ones; for I say unto De Loss Sheep
you, That in heaven their Luke 15:3-7
angels do always behold
the face of my Father 10 “Oona mus mek sho dat oona ain
which is in heaven.
look down pon none ob dese leetle one
11 For the Son of man
is come to save that yah, tink say e ain mount ta nottin. Cause
which was lost. A da tell oona dat dese leetle one yah, dey
12 How think ye? if a own angel dem een heaben da look pon
man have an hundred
sheep, and one of them me Fada face all de time! [11 De Man wa
be gone astray, doth he Come fom God, e come fa sabe dem people
not leave the ninety and
nine, and goeth into the wa done loss dey way.]
mountains, and seeketh 12 “Sposin a hundud sheep blongst ta
that which is gone
astray?
one man. Ef one ob dem sheep git loss, wa
dat man fa do? E gwine lef de ninety-nine
13 And if so be that he
find it, verily I say unto sheep wa safe dey pon de hillside, an e
you, he rejoiceth more of gwine saach fa de one wa loss, ainty?
that sheep, than of the 13 An A da tell oona fa true, ef e find um, e
ninety and nine which
went not astray. gwine rejaice fa dat one sheep mo den fa
14 Even so it is not the de ninety-nine oda res wa ain neba loss
will of your Father which dey way. 14 Same way so, oona Fada God
is in heaven, that one of
these little ones should een heaben ain wahn none ob dese leetle
perish. one fa loss e way.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 18 67

Wen Ya Christian Broda da Do Ya Bad 15 Moreover if thy


brother shall trespass
15 “Ef ya broda da do ya bad, go ta um against thee, go and tell
him his fault between
an show um wa e do bad ginst ya. Bot ya thee and him alone: if he
mus tek um off ta de side. Ef e gree, say e shall hear thee, thou hast
gained thy brother.
done bad, ya done win ya broda back.
16 Bot ef e ain gree wid ya, ya mus tek one 16 But if he will not
or two oda broda long wid ya an go ta um, hear thee, then take with
thee one or two more,
so dat two or shree poson gwine be dey fa that in the mouth of two
know wa e been say. 17 Ef dat broda ain or three witnesses every
word may be established.
gree wid wa de oda broda dem tell um,
den ya mus tell de choch wa e done bad 17 And if he shall ne-
ginst ya. An ef dat poson ain gree eben wid glect to hear them, tell it
unto the church: but if he
wa de choch people tell um, den ya mus neglect to hear the
treat um like poson wa ain bleebe pon church, let him be unto
God, an like poson wa geda tax. thee as an heathen man
and a publican.
De Powa wa Jedus Gii E People
18 Verily I say unto
18 “A da tell oona fa true say, wasoneba you, Whatsoever ye shall
bind on earth shall be
oona say ain oughta be done een dis wol, bound in heaven: and
God gwine say dat ain oughta be done een whatsoever ye shall loose
heaben. An wasoneba oona say kin be on earth shall be loosed
in heaven.
done een dis wol, God gwine say dat kin be
done een heaben. 19 Again I say unto
19 “A da tell oona gin say, wen two ob you, That if two of you
shall agree on earth as
oona een dis wol gree bout wasoneba ting touching any thing that
oona da aks God fa, me Fada een heaben they shall ask, it shall be
done for them of my Fa-
gwine do dat ting fa oona. 20 Cause weh ther which is in heaven.
two or shree geda togeda fa pray een me
20 For where two or
name, A dey wid um.” three are gathered to-
gether in my name, there
am I in the midst of them.
Jedus Say We fa Fagib People 21 Then came Peter to
All de Time him, and said, Lord, how
oft shall my brother sin
21 Den Peter come ta Jedus an aks um against me, and I forgive
say, “Lawd, how many time A mus fagib him? till seven times?
me broda wen e da do me bad? A fa fagib 22 Jesus saith unto
um til e reach seben time?” him, I say not unto thee,
22 Jedus ansa um say, “No, not jes seben Until seven times: but,
Until seventy times
time. Ya mus fagib um sebenty-seben time. seven.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
68 Matthew 18

23 Therefore is the
kingdom of heaven lik-
23 Cause wen God da rule, e stan like one
ened unto a certain king, king dat cide fa look at e book weh e been
which would take ac-
count of his servants. write down hommuch e saabant dem owe
24 And when he had um. 24 Wen de king staat fa look at de
begun to reckon, one was
brought unto him, which book, dey come da bring een one saabant
owed him ten thousand
talents. wa owe um a whole heapa money. 25 De
25 But forasmuch as he saabant ain got no money, so de king
had not to pay, his lord
commanded him to be chaage e man dem fa sell dat saabant, long
sold, and his wife, and wid e wife an e chullun fa be slabe, an fa
children, and all that he
had, and payment to be sell all dat saabant propaty, fa pay wa e
made.
26 The servant there- owe. 26 Den dat saabant faddown fo de
fore fell down, and wor- king an beg um say, ‘Lawd, do please, beah
shipped him, saying,
Lord, have patience with wid me, an A gwine pay ya ebryting A owe
me, and I will pay thee
all. ya!’ 27 De king feel saary fa dat saabant an
27 Then the lord of e tell um e ain haffa pay back de money e
that servant was moved
with compassion, and owe um, an e leh um go free.
loosed him, and forgave 28 “Bot wen dat saabant done gone, e
him the debt.
28 But the same ser- meet one ob de oda saabant dem wa been
vant went out, and found
one of his fellowservants, owe um a leetle bit ob money. E grab hole
which owed him an hun- ta um by e troat an staat fa choke um, an
dred pence: and he laid
hands on him, and took chaage um say, ‘Ya mus pay me all wa ya
him by the throat, saying,
Pay me that thou owest. owe me!’ 29 Dat oda saabant faddown fo
29 And his fellowser- um an beg um say, ‘Please sah, beah wid
vant fell down at his feet,
and besought him, say- me, an A gwine pay ya back wa A owe ya!’
ing, Have patience with 30 Bot dat saabant ain gree ta dat. Steada
me, and I will pay thee
all. dat, e mek dem shrow dat oda saabant
30 ,And he would not:
but went and cast him eenta de jailhouse til e pay wa e owe.
into prison, till he should 31 Wen de oda res ob de saabant dem see
pay the debt.
31 So when his fellow- wa happen, dey been opsot fa true. So dey
servants saw what was
done, they were very gone an tell de king all wa done happen.
sorry, and came and told 32 Den de king hab um call een dat
unto their lord all that
was done. saabant wa e been fagib. E tell um say, ‘Ya
32 Then his lord, after
that he had called him,
wickity saabant! A been say ya ain haffa
said unto him, O thou pay back de money wa ya owe me, cause
wicked servant, I forgave
thee all that debt, be- ya beg me. 33 Yasef oughta been hab
cause thou desiredst me: mussy pon de oda saabant, jes like A been
33 Shouldest not thou
also have had compas- hab mussy pon ya, ainty?’ 34 De king been
sion on thy fellowser- too bex so e gim ta dem wa gyaad de
vant, even as I had pity
on thee? jailhouse an mek um pit dat saabant eenta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 18, 19 69

de jailhouse til e pay back all wa e owe.” 34 And his lord was
wroth, and delivered him
35 An Jedus say, “So den, dat how me to the tormentors, till he
Fada een heaben gwine do ta ebry one ob should pay all that was
due unto him.
oona, ef wid all ya haat ya ain fagib ya 35 So likewise shall my
broda wa do ya bad.” heavenly Father do also
unto you, if ye from your
hearts forgive not every
Jedus Laan People Bout Worce one his brother their
Mark 10:1-12 19
,18 trespasses.
Chapter 19

19 Wen Jedus done say dem ting


1 1 And it came to pass,
dey, e come outta Galilee an gone that when Jesus had fin-
ished these sayings, he
ta de lan ob Judea ta de oda side ob de departed from Galilee,
Jerden Riba. 2 Great crowd ob people dem and came into the coasts
of Judaea beyond
folla um dey, an e heal de sick people. Jordan;
3 Some Pharisee dem been wahn fa 2 And great multitudes
ketch um da taak ginst God Law, so dey followed him; and he
healed them there.
aks um say, “Coddin ta we law, e right fa 3 The Pharisees also
man fa worce e wife, wasoneba mek um came unto him, tempting
him, and saying unto
wahn fa do um?” him, Is it lawful for a man
4 Jedus ansa de Pharisee dem say, “Ain to put away his wife for
every cause?
oona neba read wa God Book say? Fom 4 And he answered and
wen e fus mek de wol, ‘God mek two kind said unto them, Have ye
not read, that he which
ob people, man an ooman.’ 5 An God say, made them at the begin-
‘Cause ob dat, de man gwine lef e fada an e ning made them male
modda an jine wid e wife, an dem two and female,
5 And said, For this
gwine come fa be one poson.’ 6 So dey ain cause shall a man leave
two poson no mo. Dem two done come fa father and mother, and
shall cleave to his wife:
be one poson. So den, wen God done jine and they twain shall be
dem togeda, mus dohn nobody tek um one flesh?
6 Wherefore they are
paat fom one noda.” no more twain, but one
7 De Pharisee dem aks Jedus say, “Den flesh. What therefore
God hath joined together,
hoccome Moses been gii we law wa say let not man put asunder.
man kin gii e wife worce paper an sen um 7 They say unto him,
Why did Moses then com-
way?” mand to give a writing of
8 Jedus ansa um say, “Cause oona haat divorcement, and to put
her away?
haad, Moses gii oona dat law dey wa say 8 He saith unto them,
man kin worce e wife. Bot dat ain de way Moses because of the
hardness of your hearts
dat been wen God fus mek man an ooman. suffered you to put away
9 A da tell oona say, ef a man worce e wife your wives: but from the
beginning it was not so.
fa oda reason cep ef e sleep wid oda man, 9 And I say unto you,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
70 Matthew 19

Whosoever shall put an den dat man marry noda ooman, dat
away his wife, except it
be for fornication, and man done guilty ob sleep wid ooman wa
shall marry another, ain e own wife.”
committeth adultery: and
whoso marrieth her
10 Jedus ciple dem tell Jedus say, “Well
which is put away doth den, ef dat so e stan wid man an e wife, e
commit adultery.
10 His disciples say betta ef a man ain git marry.”
unto him, If the case of 11 Jedus ansa um say, “Ain all man kin
the man be so with his cept dis, bot jes dem wa God mek um able
wife, it is not good to
marry. fa do dat. 12 Dey diffunt reason wa mek
11 But he said unto
some people able fa lib dout dey marry.
them, All men cannot re-
ceive this saying, save Some dem dat way fom de time dey bon,
they to whom it is given. an some dat way cause people mek um like
12 For there are some
eunuchs, which were so dat. An some oda ain marry cause dey
born from their mother's wahn fa gii God all dey life fa bring people
womb: and there are
some eunuchs, which
fa lib onda God rule. So den, de poson wa
were made eunuchs of able fa cept dis, leh um cept um.”
men: and there be eu-
nuchs, which have made
themselves eunuchs for Jedus Bless Leetle Chullun
the kingdom of heaven's Mark 10:13-16; Luke 18:15-17
sake. He that is able to re-
ceive it, let him receive it. Some people bring leetle chullun ta
13
13 Then were there Jedus fa hab um pit e han pon dey head an
brought unto him little
children, that he should pray fa um. Bot de ciple dem buke dem
put his hands on them, people wa beena bring um. 14 Jedus say,
and pray: and the disci-
ples rebuked them.
“Oona mus leh de chullun come ta me.
14 But Jesus said, Suf- Mus dohn stop um, cause de people wa
fer little children, and like dem chullun yah gwine be wid God
forbid them not, to come
unto me: for of such is the wen e da rule.”
kingdom of heaven. 15 An Jedus pit e han pon dey head an
15 And he laid his
hands on them, and de-
bless um. Den e gone way fom dey.
parted thence.
16 And, behold, one De Rich Nyoung Rula
came and said unto him, Mark 10:17-31; Luke 18:18-30
Good Master, what good
thing shall I do, that I 16 One man come ta Jedus an aks um
may have eternal life? say, “Teacha, wa good ting A mus do fa git
17 And he said unto
ebalastin life?”
him, Why callest thou me
good? there is none good 17 Jedus ansa um say, “Hoccome ya aks
but one, that is, God: but me bout wa good? Ain nobody good cep fa
if thou wilt enter into life,
keep the command- God. Ef ya wahn fa git ebalastin life, ya
ments. mus do wa God Law tell ya fa do.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 19 71

18 De man aks Jedus say, “Wish ob de 18 He saith unto him,


Which? Jesus said, Thou
law dem A haffa keep?” shalt do no murder, Thou
Jedus ansa, “Mus dohn kill nobody. Mus shalt not commit adul-
tery, Thou shalt not steal,
dohn sleep wid oda man wife. Mus dohn Thou shalt not bear false
tief. Mus dohn lie bout wa oda people witness,
19 Honour thy father
done. 19 Ya mus pay mind ta ya fada an ya
and thy mother: and,
modda, an lob oda people same like ya da Thou shalt love thy
lob yasef.” neighbour as thyself.
20 The young man
20 De nyoung man tell Jedus say, “A saith unto him, All these
done keep all dem law yah. Wa lef dat A things have I kept from
my youth up: what lack I
haffa do?” yet?
21 Jedus ansa, “Ef ya wahn fa be fit een 21 Jesus said unto him,
If thou wilt be perfect, go
God eye fa git ebalastin life, ya mus go sell and sell that thou hast,
all dem ting ya got an gii way de money ta and give to the poor, and
thou shalt have treasure
de people wa ain got nottin. Ef ya do dat, in heaven: and come and
follow me.
ya gwine be rich fa true een heaben. Atta 22 But when the young
ya done done dat, ya mus come folla me.” man heard that saying,
22 Wen dat nyoung man yeh wa Jedus he went away sorrowful:
for he had great posses-
say, e been too saaful an e lef Jedus, cause sions.
23 Then said Jesus
e hab a whole heapa ting.
unto his disciples, Verily
23 Den Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “A da I say unto you, That a
tell oona fa true, e ain easy eben a leetle rich man shall hardly en-
ter into the kingdom of
bit fa rich people fa come onda God rule. heaven.
24 A da tell oona sompin mo, e mo easy fa 24 And again I say unto
you, It is easier for a
mek de camel go shru a needle eye den fa a camel to go through the
eye of a needle, than for a
rich man fa come onda God rule.” rich man to enter into the
25 Wen de ciple dem yeh wa Jedus say, kingdom of God.
25 When his disciples
dey been stonish an dey aks um say, “Ef heard it, they were ex-
dat so e stan, ain nobody gwine be sabe, ceedingly amazed, say-
ing, Who then can be
ainty?” saved?
26 Jedus look scraight at um an ansa 26 But Jesus beheld
say, “God able fa do wa people ain able fa them, and said unto them,
With men this is impossi-
do. God able fa do all ting.” ble; but with God all
27 Den Peter ansa say, “Look yah! We things are possible.
27 Then answered Pe-
done lef ebryting fa folla ya! Wa God ter and said unto him, Be-
hold, we have forsaken
gwine gii we?” all, and followed thee;
28 Jedus tell um say, “A da tell oona fa what shall we have
therefore?
true say, een de wol wa gwine come, wen 28 And Jesus said unto
de Man wa Come fom God gwine seddown them, Verily I say unto

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
72 Matthew 19, 20

you, That ye which have pon e shrone fa rule de wol wid great
followed me, in the re-
generation when the Son glory, oona wa beena folla me gwine
of man shall sit in the seddown too, pon tweb shrone fa jedge de
throne of his glory, ye
also shall sit upon twelve tweb tribe ob Israel. 29 An ebrybody wa
thrones, judging the done lef e house, or e broda dem, or e sista
twelve tribes of Israel.
29 And every one that dem, or e fada, or e modda, or e chullun,
hath forsaken houses, or or e propaty so dat e kin do wa A tell um fa
brethren, or sisters, or fa- do, God gwine gim a hundud time mo den
ther, or mother, or wife,
or children, or lands, for wa e done lef fa folla me, an e gwine gim
my name's sake, shall re- ebalastin life. 30 Bot plenty wa fus now,
ceive an hundredfold,
and shall inherit everlast- dey gwine be las, an plenty dem wa las
ing life.
30 But many that are
now, dey gwine be fus.
first shall be last; and the
last shall be first. De Fus Gwine Be Las

20
Chapter 20
1 For the kingdom of
“Wen God rule, e stan like wen
1
heaven is like unto a man one man wa got a faam go out aaly
that is an householder, een de maanin fa find wokman dem fa go
which went out early in
the morning to hire la- wok een e grape fiel. 2 De man gree fa gii
bourers into his vineyard.
2 And when he had dem wokman dey pay fa de day, wa been
agreed with the labourers one silba coin fa ebry man. Den e sen um
for a penny a day, he sent
them into his vineyard. out fa wok een e fiel. 3 Bout nine o’clock,
3 And he went out
about the third hour, and de man gone out gin ta weh all de man
saw others standing idle dem da geda, an e see some oda man dem
in the marketplace,
4 And said unto them; da stanop dey an dey ain da do nottin. 4 So
Go ye also into the vine- e tell um say, ‘Oona fa go wok een me fiel
yard, and whatsoever is
right I will give you. And too, an A gwine pay oona wa right fa oona
they went their way.
5 Again he went out fa git.’ So de man dem gone fa wok. 5 Den
about the sixth and ninth bout tweb o’clock an bout shree o’clock e
hour, and did likewise.
6 And about the elev- gone back gin an done de same ting.
enth hour he went out, 6 Bout fibe o’clock e gone out gin ta weh
and found others stand-
ing idle, and saith unto de man dem beena geda, an e see oda man
them, Why stand ye here
all the day idle? dem still da stanop dey. E aks um say,
7 They say unto him,
‘Hoccome oona da stan yah all day an ya
Because no man hath
hired us. He saith unto ain do nottin?’ 7 Dey ansa um say, ‘Ain
them, Go ye also into the nobody aks we fa wok fa um.’ De man say,
vineyard; and whatso-
ever is right, that shall ye ‘Well den, oona gwine come an wok een
receive. me grape fiel too.’
8 So when even was
8 “Wen ebenin come, de man wa got de
come, the lord of the
vineyard saith unto his faam tell e head man ob de wokman dem

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 20 73

say, ‘Call de wokman dem an gim dey pay. steward, Call the labour-
ers, and give them their
Staat wid dem wokman fus wa A sen las ta hire, beginning from the
de fiel an keep on da pay dem dat way til last unto the first.
9 And when they came
ya end op wid dem wa A sen fus ta de fiel.’ that were hired about the
9 E gii ebry one ob de wokman dem wa e eleventh hour, they re-
ceived every man a
sen ta de fiel bout fibe o’clock, one silba penny.
coin. 10 So den, wen de wokman dem wa e 10 But when the first
sen fus ta de fiel see dat, dey tink say e came, they supposed that
they should have re-
gwine pay um mo den e pay de oda ceived more; and they
wokman dem. Bot e gii ebry one ob um likewise received every
man a penny.
one silba coin. 11 Wen dey git dey money, 11 And when they had
dey staat fa grumble ginst de man wa got received it, they mur-
mured against the good-
de faam. 12 Dey say, ‘Dem wokman wa ya man of the house,
12 Saying, These last
sen fa wok las, dey wok jes one hour. Bot have wrought but one
we beena wok de whole day een de hot hour, and thou hast made
them equal unto us,
sun. Stillyet, ya gii we de same pay same which have borne the
burden and heat of the
like dey got.’ 13 Bot de man wa got de day.
faam, e ansa one ob um say, ‘Me fren, 13 But he answered
one of them, and said,
listen ta me! A ain do ya bad. Ya been gree Friend, I do thee no
fa wok fa one silba coin, ainty? 14 Tek ya wrong: didst not thou
pay an go ta ya house. A wahn fa gii dem agree with me for a
penny?
wokman wa A sen las ta de fiel de same 14 Take that thine is,
pay wa A gii ya. 15 Ain A got de right fa do and go thy way: I will
give unto this last, even
wa A wahn wid me own money? Ya ain git as unto thee.
de long eye cause A good ta dem, ainty?’ ” 15 Is it not lawful for
16 An Jedus tell um say, “So den, dem me to do what I will with
mine own? Is thine eye
wa las gwine be fus, an dem wa fus gwine evil, because I am good?
16 So the last shall be
be las.” first, and the first last: for
many be called, but few
Jedus Tell Um Gin E Gwine Dead chosen.
17 And Jesus going up
Mark 10:32-34; Luke 18:31-34
to Jerusalem took the
17 Wen Jedus beena gwine op ta twelve disciples apart in
the way, and said unto
Jerusalem, e tek de tweb ciple ta one side them,
an e tell um say, 18 “We da gwine op ta 18 Behold, we go up to
Jerusalem; and the Son of
Jerusalem. An de people dey gwine han de man shall be betrayed
unto the chief priests and
Man wa Come fom God oba ta de leada unto the scribes, and they
dem ob de Jew priest dem an de Jew Law shall condemn him to
death,
teacha dem. Dey gwine jedge um an say e 19 And shall deliver
mus dead. 19 Atta dat, dey gwine ton um him to the Gentiles to

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
74 Matthew 20

mock, and to scourge, oba ta de people wa ain bleebe pon God.


and to crucify him: and
the third day he shall rise Dem people gwine tek um fa mek fun. Dey
again. gwine whip um an den dey gwine nail um
20 Then came to him
pon a cross til e dead. Bot atta shree day,
the mother of Zebedee's
children with her sons, de Man wa Come fom God gwine git op
worshipping him, and de- fom mongst de dead an lib gin.”
siring a certain thing of
him.
21 And he said unto Wa We fa Do fa Be Big Leada
her, What wilt thou? She Wen Jedus Rule
saith unto him, Grant Mark 10:35-45
that these my two sons
may sit, the one on thy 20 Atta dat, Zebedee wife wid e son dem
right hand, and the other come ta Jedus. De ooman kneel down fo
on the left, in thy
kingdom. Jedus an beg um fa do sompin fa um.
22 But Jesus answered 21 Jedus aks um say, “Wa ya wahn me
and said, Ye know not fa do fa ya?”
what ye ask. Are ye able
to drink of the cup that I E ansa say, “A wahn ya fa promise me
shall drink of, and to be say dat wen ya gwine rule, ya gwine leh
baptized with the bap-
tism that I am baptized me two son seddown close ta ya, one ob
with? They say unto him, um pon ya right han side an de oda one
We are able.
23 And he saith unto
pon ya lef han side.”
them, Ye shall drink in- 22 Bot Jedus tell de son dem say, “Oona
deed of my cup, and be ain ondastan wa oona da aks me fa do.
baptized with the bap-
tism that I am baptized Oona gwine be able fa suffa wid me, fa
with: but to sit on my drink fom de cup wa A gwine drink fom?”
right hand, and on my
left, is not mine to give,
Dey ansa say, “We gwine be able fa do
but it shall be given to them um.”
for whom it is prepared 23 Jedus say, “Fa true oona gwine drink
of my Father.
24 And when the ten
fom dat cup wa A gwine drink fom. Bot A
heard it, they were ain got de tority fa say dat oona gwine
moved with indignation seddown pon me right han side an pon me
against the two brethren.
25 But Jesus called lef han side. Me Fada da keep dem place
them unto him, and said, dey fa de people wa e done pick.”
Ye know that the princes 24 Wen de oda ten ciple dem yeh bout
of the Gentiles exercise
dominion over them, and dat, dey been too bex wid de two broda.
they that are great exer- 25 Jedus call um all togeda an tell um say,
cise authority upon them.
26 But it shall not be so “Oona know bout de leada dem wa da rule
among you: but whoso- oba de people dey een de wol. Dey tell de
ever will be great among
you, let him be your
people wa fa do all de time, an dey big
minister; leada dem got tority oba um. 26 Bot e ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 20, 21 75

gwine be dat way mongst oona. Steada 27 And whosoever will


be chief among you, let
dat, ef one ob oona wahn fa be oona leada, him be your servant:
e mus be oona saabant. 27 An ef one ob 28 Even as the Son of
man came not to be min-
oona wahn fa be fus, e mus be oona slabe, istered unto, but to min-
28 jes like de Man wa Come fom God. E ain ister, and to give his life a
ransom for many.
come fa mek people e saabant. E come fa 29 And as they de-
be de people saabant, an fa gii e life fa pay parted from Jericho, a
de price fa sabe a whole heapa people.” great multitude followed
him.
30 And, behold, two
Jedus Mek Two Bline Man See blind men sitting by the
Mark 10:46-52; Luke 18:35-43 way side, when they
heard that Jesus passed
29 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem beena by, cried out, saying,
Have mercy on us, O
come outta Jericho, a big crowd ob people Lord, thou Son of David.
beena folla um. 30 Two bline man been 31 And the multitude
rebuked them, because
seddown close by de road. Wen dey yeh they should hold their
say dat Jedus da pass by, dey holla say, peace: but they cried the
“Lawd, Son ob David, hab mussy pon we!” more, saying, Have
mercy on us, O Lord, thou
31 De people een de crowd buke de man Son of David.
dem, tell um fa hush op dey mout. Bot de 32 And Jesus stood
still, and called them,
man dem holla mo louda, “Lawd, Son ob and said, What will ye
David hab mussy pon we!” that I shall do unto you?
32 Jedus stop dey an call ta um. E aks 33 They say unto him,
Lord, that our eyes may
um say, “Wa oona wahn me fa do fa be opened.
oona?” 34 So Jesus had com-
passion on them, and
33 Dey ansa say, “Lawd, we wahn ya fa
touched their eyes: and
mek we see.” immediately their eyes
34 Jedus been saary fa um een e haat. E received sight, and they
followed him.
tetch dey eye. Dat same time dem man 21
,20

been able fa see, an dey folla Jedus.


Chapter 21
1 And when they drew
De People Show Hona ta Jedus Like a King nigh unto Jerusalem, and
Mark 11:1-11; Luke 19:28-40; John 12:12-19 were come to Bethphage,

21 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem git


1 unto the mount of Olives,
then sent Jesus two
close ta Jerusalem, dey git ta disciples,
Bethphage, dey ta de big hill dey call de 2 Saying unto them, Go
into the village over
Mount Olib. Jedus sen two e ciple dem on against you, and straight-
head ob um. 2 E tell um say, “Go ta de way ye shall find an ass
tied, and a colt with her:
willage wa dey fo oona. Same time oona loose them, and bring
git ta de willage, oona gwine see one them unto me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
76 Matthew 21

3 And if any man say donkey dat dey done tie op dey. E got e
ought unto you, ye shall
say, The Lord hath need leetle one dey close ta um. Oona mus ontie
of them; and straightway um an fetch um ta me yah. 3 Ef anybody
he will send them.
aks oona wa ya da do, oona fa tell um say,
4 All this was done, ‘De Lawd need um.’ Den dey gwine sen um
that it might be fulfilled right way.”
which was spoken by the 4 Dis happen fa mek come true wa de
prophet, saying,
prophet been say gwine happen, wen e
5 Tell ye the daughter say,
of Sion, Behold, thy King 5 “Tell de people een Jerusalem,
cometh unto thee, meek,
and sitting upon an ass, de city ob Zion, say,
and a colt the foal of an Look yah,
ass.
oona king da come ta oona!
6 And the disciples E ain hut nottin,
went, and did as Jesus an e da ride pon a donkey,
commanded them,
an pon de modda donkey
7 And brought the ass, leetle donkey.”
and the colt, and put on 6 So de two ciple dem gone long ta de
them their clothes, and
they set him thereon. willage, an dey done wa Jedus tell um fa
do. 7 Dey tek de donkey an e leetle one ta
8 And a very great mul-
Jedus. Den dey pit dey cloes pontop um,
titude spread their gar-
ments in the way; others an Jedus git op pon um, da seddown pon
cut down branches from dey cloes. 8 A great big crowd ob people
the trees, and strawed
them in the way. wa been dey spread some ob dey cloes pon
de road front ob Jedus. Oda people broke
9 And the multitudes off some leetle branch fom some tree,
that went before, and spread um pon de road weh Jedus been
that followed, cried, say-
ing, Hosanna to the Son gwine pass. 9 De great crowd ob people
of David: Blessed is he dem wa beena waak long front ob Jedus,
that cometh in the name
of the Lord; Hosanna in an dem wa come hine um, dey beena
the highest. holla, say, “Leh we praise de Son ob
David! God bless de one wa come een de
10 And when he was
Lawd name! Praise God een heaben!”
come into Jerusalem, all
the city was moved, say- 10 Wen Jedus gone eenta Jerusalem, de
ing, Who is this? town ton opside down. De people been stir
op an dey say, “Who dis man yah?”
11 And the multitude 11 De crowd ob people ansa say, “Dis
said, This is Jesus the
prophet of Nazareth of yah Jedus, de prophet. E come fom
Galilee. Nazareth een Galilee.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 21 77

Jedus Een God House 12 And Jesus went into


the temple of God, and
Mark 11:15-19; Luke 19:45-48;
cast out all them that sold
John 2:13-22
and bought in the temple,
and overthrew the tables
12 Den Jedus gone eenside God House, of the moneychangers,
an e dribe out all dem people wa beena and the seats of them that
buy an sell ting dey. E ton oba de table sold doves,

dem weh people beena mek change fa de 13 And said unto them,
money ob people fom oda lan. An e ton It is written, My house
shall be called the house
oba de chair dem weh dey beena sell of prayer; but ye have
pigeon. 13 E tell de people say, “God Book made it a den of thieves.
say, ‘People gwine call me House de place 14 And the blind and
weh people come fa pray ta God,’ bot oona the lame came to him in
da ton um eenta place weh de tief dem da the temple; and he
healed them.
hide!”
14 De bline people an dem wa cripple 15 And when the chief
priests and scribes saw
op, dey come ta Jedus dey een God House, the wonderful things that
an e mek um well. 15 Bot de leada dem ob he did, and the children
crying in the temple, and
de Jew priest dem an de Jew Law teacha saying, Hosanna to the
dem been too bex cause dey see de great Son of David; they were
wok dem wa Jedus beena do, an dey yeh sore displeased,

de chullun dey een God House da holla 16 And said unto him,
say, “Leh we praise David Son!” 16 So de Hearest thou what these
leada dem ob de Jew priest dem an de Law say? And Jesus saith unto
them, Yea; have ye never
teacha dem aks Jedus say, “Ya ain yeh wa read, Out of the mouth of
dey da say?” babes and sucklings thou
hast perfected praise?
Jedus ansa um say, “Yeah, A da yeh um.
Ain oona neba read wa dey write een God 17 And he left them,
and went out of the city
Book say, ‘God done laan nyoung chullun into Bethany; and he
an baby dem fa gim praise?’ ” lodged there.
17 Jedus lef um an gone outta de city fa
18 Now in the morning
sleep een Bethany. as he returned into the
city, he hungered.
De Fig Tree wa Ain Beah No Fig
19 And when he saw a
Mark 11:12-14, 20-24
fig tree in the way, he
18 De nex maanin wen Jedus beena go came to it, and found
nothing thereon, but
back ta Jerusalem, e been hongry. 19 E see leaves only, and said
one fig tree close ta de road, so e gone ta unto it, Let no fruit grow
on thee henceforward for
de tree. Bot e ain find nottin pon um cep ever. And presently the
leaf. Den e tell de tree say, “Ya ain fa beah fig tree withered away.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
78 Matthew 21

20 And when the no fig no mo!” Right way, de fig tree done
disciples saw it, they
marvelled, saying, How dry op.
soon is the fig tree 20 Wen de ciple dem see wa happen,
withered away!
dey stonish, an dey aks say, “Wa mek dis
21 Jesus answered and tree yah dry op right way?”
said unto them, Verily I 21 Jedus ansa um say, “A da tell oona fa
say unto you, If ye have
faith, and doubt not, ye true, ef oona bleebe God fa true an oona
shall not only do this ain doubt, oona gwine be able fa do wa A
which is done to the fig
tree, but also if ye shall done ta de fig tree yah. An ain jes dat dat
say unto this mountain, oona gwine be able fa do. Oona gwine be
Be thou removed, and be
thou cast into the sea; it able fa tell dis mountain yah say, ‘Ya fa git
shall be done. op an go shrow yasef eenta de sea,’ an dat
22 And all things,
wa gwine happen. 22 Wen oona da pray ta
whatsoever ye shall ask God fa sompin, ef oona bleebe God gwine
in prayer, believing, ye do um fa oona, den fa true dat wa gwine
shall receive.
happen.”
23 And when he was
come into the temple, the Dey Aks Jedus Weh E Git E Tority
chief priests and the el-
Mark 11:27-33; Luke 20:1-8
ders of the people came
unto him as he was teach- Jedus gone eenta God House. An
23
ing, and said, By what au-
thority doest thou these wiles e beena laan de people dey, de leada
things? and who gave dem ob de Jew priest dem an oda Jew
thee this authority?
leada dem come aks Jedus say, “Tell we,
24 And Jesus answered hoccome ya got de right fa do dem ting
and said unto them, I also yah? Whodat gii ya dat right?”
will ask you one thing,
24 Jedus ansa um say, “Leh me aks oona
which if ye tell me, I in
like wise will tell you by one queshon too. Ef oona ansa me, A
what authority I do these
things.
gwine tell oona whodat gii me de tority fa
do dem ting. 25 Wen John wa Bactize
25 The baptism of people come yah, whodat gim de right fa
John, whence was it?
from heaven, or of men?
bactize. Tell me, God gim de tority, or de
And they reasoned with people gim dat tority?”
themselves, saying, If we Dey staat fa bicka mongst deysef say,
shall say, From heaven;
he will say unto us, Why “Ef we say God gii John dat tority, Jedus
did ye not then believe gwine aks we say, ‘Well den, hoccome
him?
oona ain bleebe John?’ 26 Bot ef we say
26 But if we shall say, people gii John dat tority, we haffa be
Of men; we fear the peo-
ple; for all hold John as a
scaid ob de people, cause dey all bleebe
prophet. dat John been a prophet.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 21 79

27 So dey ansa Jedus say, “We ain 27 And they answered


Jesus, and said, We can-
know.” not tell. And he said unto
Den Jedus say, “Well den, A ain needa them, Neither tell I you
by what authority I do
gwine tell oona whodat gii me de tority fa these things.
do dem ting yah.” 28 But what think ye?
A certain man had two
De Paable Bout de Two Son sons; and he came to the
first, and said, Son, go
28 Jedus say, “Now den, wa oona tink work to day in my
bout dis? One man got two son. E gone ta vineyard.
de fus son an tell um say, ‘Me son, dis day 29 He answered and
said, I will not: but after-
yah go wok fa me een de gyaaden.’ 29 De ward he repented, and
son ansa e fada say, ‘A ain gwine do um.’ went.
Bot atta dat, e saary fa wa e say. E change e 30 And he came to the
mind an e gone fa do de wok. 30 Den de second, and said like-
fada gone ta e oda son an tell um de same wise. And he answered
and said, I go, sir: and
ting. Dat son ansa um say, ‘A gwine go do went not.
um, sah,’ bot e ain go do um. 31 Now den,
31 Whether of them
tell me wish one ob dem two son yah done twain did the will of his
wa e fada tell um fa do?” father? They say unto
him, The first. Jesus saith
Dey ansa Jedus say, “De fus son done unto them, Verily I say
um.” unto you, That the publi-
Jedus say, “A da tell oona fa true, dem cans and the harlots go
into the kingdom of God
people wa da geda tax an dem ooman wa before you.
da lib loose life, dey gwine come onda
32 For John came unto
God rule fo oona. 32 Cause John wa you in the way of righ-
Bactize been come fa show oona how fa teousness, and ye be-
waak scraight wid God, an oona ain lieved him not: but the
publicans and the harlots
bleebe um. Bot dem wa da geda tax an believed him: and ye,
dem ooman wa da lib loose life, dey when ye had seen it, re-
pented not afterward,
bleebe um. Eben wen oona see dat dey that ye might believe
bleebe um, oona still ain change oona him.
sinful way an bleebe um.”
33 Hear another para-
ble: There was a certain
De Paable Bout de Wickity householder, which
Faama Dem planted a vineyard, and
Mark 12:1-12; Luke 20:9-19 hedged it round about,
and digged a winepress
33 Jedus tell um say, “Listen yah ta dis in it, and built a tower,
and let it out to husband-
oda paable. One man wa got a faam, e men, and went into a far
plant a heapa grapewine. E mek a wall country:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
80 Matthew 21

34 And when the time roun de grapewine fiel, an e mek a place fa


of the fruit drew near, he
sent his servants to the mash op de grape dem fa mek wine. An e
husbandmen, that they build a place pontop de stone wall fa
might receive the fruits
of it. people fa keep gyaad oba de gyaaden. Den
35 And the husband-
e rent de faam wid de grapewine ta some
men took his servants, faama dem fa tek cyah ob de gyaaden. Den
and beat one, and killed dat man gone way ta noda country.
another, and stoned
another. 34 Wen haabis time come, de man wa own
36 Again, he sent other
de grapewine faam sen e wokman dem fa
servants more than the git de owna paat ob de haabis. 35 Bot dem
first: and they did unto faama wa tek cyah ob de grapewine, dey
them likewise.
grab hole ta de owna wokman dem. Dey
37 But last of all he beat op on one, an dey kill noda one. An
sent unto them his son,
saying, They will rever- dey chunk stone at noda one. 36 Den de
ence my son. man wa own de grapewine faam sen oda
38 But when the hus- wokman dem, mo den de fus time. Bot dey
bandmen saw the son, beat um op same way. 37 So den las ob all,
they said among them-
selves, This is the heir;
de owna sen e son ta de faama dem. E say,
come, let us kill him, and ‘Dey gwine show hona ta me son.’ 38 Bot
let us seize on his wen de faama dem see de owna son, dey
inheritance.
tell one noda say, ‘Dat de son wa dis
39 And they caught
propaty yah gwine be lef ta. Leh we kill
him, and cast him out of
the vineyard, and slew um, so dat de propaty gwine come ta we.’
him. 39 So dey grab hole ta um an shrow um
40 When the lord outta de faam an kill um.”
therefore of the vineyard 40 Den Jedus aks um say, “Now den,
cometh, what will he do
unto those husbandmen? wen de man wa own de grapewine faam
41 They say unto him, come, wa e gwine do ta dem faama?”
He will miserably destroy 41 Dey ansa say, “Fa true, e gwine kill
those wicked men, and
will let out his vineyard dem wickity people, an e gwine find oda
unto other husbandmen, faama dem fa tek cyah ob de grapewine,
which shall render him
the fruits in their seasons.
an fa gim e paat ob de haabis wen haabis
42 Jesus saith unto
time come.”
them, Did ye never read 42 Jedus tell um say, “Ain oona neba
in the scriptures, The read wa dey write een God Book? Dey say,
stone which the builders
rejected, the same is be- ‘De stone dat de builda chunk out,
come the head of the cor- dat de stone wa portant
ner: this is the Lord's
doing, and it is marvel- mo den all de oda res.
lous in our eyes? De Lawd mek um dat way,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 21, 22 81

an we tink dis a great ting 43 Therefore say I unto


you, The kingdom of God
wa done happen!’ shall be taken from you,
43 “So den, A da tell oona say, de right and given to a nation
bringing forth the fruits
wa oona got fa lib onda God rule ain gwine thereof.
blongst ta oona no mo. Oda nation wa 44 And whosoever
shall fall on this stone
gwine do wa God tell um, dey gwine git de shall be broken: but on
right fa hab God rule oba um. [44 De whomsoever it shall fall,
poson wa faddown pon dis stone yah it will grind him to
powder.
gwine broke op all e bone. An wen de 45 And when the chief
stone faddown pon somebody, e gwine priests and Pharisees had
heard his parables, they
grine um op.”] perceived that he spake
45 Wen de leada dem ob de Jew priest of them.
46 But when they
dem de Pharisee dem yeh dem paable wa sought to lay hands on
Jedus tell, dey ondastan dat e beena taak him, they feared the mul-
titude, because they took
bout dem. 46 So dey beena look fa way fa him for a prophet.
grab hole ta um. Bot dey been scaid ob de 22
,21

crowd ob people, cause de people bleebe


dat Jedus a prophet. Chapter 22
1 And Jesus answered
De Paable Bout Dem and spake unto them
again by parables, and
wa God Eenbite ta E Big Feas said,
Luke 14:15-24 2 The kingdom of
heaven is like unto a cer-

22 Jedus da taak ta de people een


1 tain king, which made a
paable gin. 2 E say, “God rule stan marriage for his son,
3 And sent forth his
like wen one king beena mek a marry feas servants to call them that
fa e son. 3 E sen e saabant dem fa go call de were bidden to the wed-
ding: and they would not
people wa e done eenbite fa come ta de come.
marry feas, bot dey ain wahn fa come. 4 So 4 Again, he sent forth
other servants, saying,
den, e sen oda saabant an e tell um say, Tell them which are bid-
‘Tell dem wa A been eenbite say, A done den, Behold, I have pre-
mek ready all ting fa de feas. A hab um pared my dinner: my
oxen and my fatlings are
butcha me ox dem an me fat calf dem, an killed, and all things are
ebryting done ready. Oona mus come ta de ready: come unto the
marriage.
marry feas!’ 5 Bot de people wa de saabant 5 But they made light
dem call fa come, dey ain pay um no mind, of it, and went their
ways, one to his farm, an-
an dey gone off. One gone ta e faam. Noda other to his merchandise:
one gone ta e sto. 6 De oda res grab hole 6 And the remnant
took his servants, and en-
ta de saabant dem wa de king sen. Dey treated them spitefully,
beat um op an kill um. 7 De king been too and slew them.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
82 Matthew 22

7 But when the king bex. E sen e sodja dem fa go kill de people
heard thereof, he was
wroth: and he sent forth wa done kill e saabant dem, an fa bun dey
his armies, and destroyed town. 8 Den de king tell e oda saabant dem
those murderers, and
burned up their city.
say, ‘De marry feas done ready, bot de
8 Then saith he to his people wa A done been eenbite ain been fit
servants, The wedding is fa come dey. 9 Mus go out ta de main
ready, but they which
were bidden were not screet dem an eenbite all de people wa
worthy. oona able fa find.’ 10 So de saabant dem
9 Go ye therefore into
the highways, and as gone out ta de screet an geda all de people
many as ye shall find, bid dey able fa find. Dey eenbite good people
to the marriage.
10 So those servants an bad people. An de place weh de king
went out into the high- mek e marry feas been full op wid dem
ways, and gathered to-
gether all as many as they
people wa e eenbite.
found, both bad and 11 “Bot wen de king gone een ta dat
good: and the wedding place fa see dem wa e eenbite, e see one
was furnished with
guests. man dey wa ain weah de cloes dat e
11 And when the king oughta weah ta de marry feas. 12 De king
came in to see the guests,
he saw there a man aks um say, ‘Me fren, how ya happen fa
which had not on a wed- come eenside yah wen ya ain weah de
ding garment:
12 And he saith unto cloes dat ya oughta weah ta de marry
him, Friend, how camest feas?’ De man ain got nottin fa say. 13 Den
thou in hither not having
a wedding garment? And
de king tell e saabant dem say, ‘Tie op dis
he was speechless. man han an foot, an chunk um out een de
13 Then said the king
daak. Dey, people gwine cry bitta teah an
to the servants, Bind him
hand and foot, and take bite dey tongue.’ ”
him away, and cast him 14 An Jedus say, “God eenbite plenty
into outer darkness; there
shall be weeping and people, bot plenty people ain been pick fa
gnashing of teeth. come lib onda e rule.”
14 For many are called,
but few are chosen.
15 Then went the Phar- De Queshon Bout Tax
isees, and took counsel Mark 12:13-17; Luke 20:20-26
how they might entangle
him in his talk. Den de Pharisee dem gone way an
15
16 And they sent out mek plan togeda fa aks Jedus schemy
unto him their disciples
with the Herodians, say- queshon fa trip um op. 16 Dey sen dey own
ing, Master, we know ciple dem ta Jedus, togeda wid some ob de
that thou art true, and
teachest the way of God Jew people wa been jine Herod group. Dey
in truth, neither carest sen um fa go tell Jedus say, “Teacha, we
thou for any man: for
thou regardest not the
know ya da taak true, an ya da laan we de
person of men. true way fa folla God. Ya ain warry bout

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 22 83

wa people da tink, cause ya da look pon all 17 Tell us therefore,


What thinkest thou? Is it
people de same.” 17 Den dey aks Jedus lawful to give tribute
say, “Well den, tell we wa ya tink. E right, unto Caesar, or not?
coddin ta we Law, fa pay tax ta de Roman 18 But Jesus perceived
rula Caesar?” their wickedness, and
18 Bot Jedus see shru dey trick, so e tell said, Why tempt ye me,
ye hypocrites?
um say, “Oona hypicrit! Hoccome oona da
try fa tek wa A say fa ketch me? 19 Show 19 Shew me the tribute
money. And they brought
me de Roman coin wa oona tek fa pay de unto him a penny.
tax!”
Dey gone bring um de coin. 20 Den 20 And he saith unto
them, Whose is this im-
Jedus aks um say, “Whodat hab e face an e age and superscription?
name dey pon dis coin?”
21 They say unto him,
21 Dey say, “Dat Caesar face an name Caesar's. Then saith he
dey.” unto them, Render there-
fore unto Caesar the
Jedus say, “Well den, oona mus gii things which are
Caesar dat wa blongst ta Caesar, an gii Caesar's; and unto God
God wa blongst ta God.” the things that are God's.
22 Wen dey yeh wa Jedus tell um, dey 22 When they had
been stonish down. So dey lef um an gone heard these words, they
marvelled, and left him,
way. and went their way.

23 The same day came


Den wa Lib Gin Cyahn Dead No Mo to him the Sadducees,
Mark 12:18-27; Luke 20:27-40 which say that there is no
23 Dat same day dey, some Sadducee resurrection, and asked
him,
come ta Jedus. De Sadducee dem say dat
24 Saying, Master, Mo-
dead people ain gwine git op fom mongst ses said, If a man die,
de dead an lib gin. Dey come aks Jedus having no children, his
one queshon. 24 Dey say, “Teacha, Moses brother shall marry his
wife, and raise up seed
been say, ‘Ef a man dead an lef e wife an unto his brother.
ain hab no chullun, de man broda mus
marry de wida ooman an hab chullun een 25 Now there were
with us seven brethren:
de name ob de man wa done pass oba. and the first, when he
25 Now den, dey been seben broda wa had married a wife, de-
ceased, and, having no is-
nyuse fa lib yah mongst we. De fus one sue, left his wife unto his
marry an e dead. Bot cause e ain hab no brother:
chullun, e lef e wife ta e nex broda. 26 De
26 Likewise the second
same ting happen ta de nex broda, an de also, and the third, unto
nex atta dat. De same ting happen ta all de the seventh.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
84 Matthew 22

27 And last of all the seben broda dem. 27 Las ob all, de wida
woman died also.
28 Therefore in the res- ooman esef dead. 28 So den, wen de time
urrection whose wife come wen de dead people gwine git op an
shall she be of the seven?
for they all had her. lib gin, whodat mongst de seben gwine
29 Jesus answered and hab dat ooman fa e wife? All dem been
said unto them, Ye do err,
not knowing the scrip- marry um.’ ”
tures, nor the power of 29 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona ain tink
God.
30 For in the resurrec- right, cause oona ain ondastan wa dey
tion they neither marry, write een God Book, needa God powa.
nor are given in mar-
riage, but are as the an- 30 Wen de dead lib gin, dey gwine be like
gels of God in heaven. de angel dem een heaben an dey ain gwine
31 But as touching the
resurrection of the dead, be marry. 31 Now den, oona ain neba read
have ye not read that wa God tell oona een e Book bout people
which was spoken unto
you by God, saying, wa gwine git op fom mongst de dead an lib
32 I am the God of gin? 32 God say, ‘A de God ob Abraham,
Abraham, and the God of
Isaac, and the God of Ja- de God ob Isaac, an de God ob Jacob.’ Dat
cob? God is not the God tell we dat e de God ob people wa da lib. E
of the dead, but of the
living. ain no God ob dead people.”
33 And when the mul- 33 Dat dey wa Jedus beena laan de
titude heard this, they
were astonished at his
people mek um stonish.
doctrine.
34 But when the Phari- De Two Law wa Great
sees had heard that he
had put the Sadducees to Mo Den All de Res
silence, they were gath- Mark 12:28-34; Luke 10:25-28
ered together.
35 Then one of them, Wen de Pharisee dem yeh say dat
34
which was a lawyer, asked Jedus ansa de Sadducee dem so good dat
him a question, tempting
him, and saying, dey ain got nottin mo fa say, den dey git
36 Master, which is the togeda. 35 One ob dem Pharisee wa been a
great commandment in Jew Law teacha come ta Jedus an aks um
the law?
queshon fa try trap um. 36 E aks um say,
37 Jesus said unto him, “Teacha, wish law great mo den all de oda
Thou shalt love the Lord
thy God with all thy law dem?”
heart, and with all thy 37 Jedus say, “ ‘Ya mus lob de Lawd ya
soul, and with all thy
mind. God wid all ya haat, an wid all ya soul, an
38 This is the first and wid all ya mind.’ 38 Dat de law wa great
great commandment. mo den all de oda law dem. Dat fus ob all
39 And the second is de law dem. 39 De secon law, wa great mo
like unto it, Thou shalt
love thy neighbour as den de oda res, e like dat fus law. Dat law
thyself. say, ‘Ya mus lob ya neighba de same way

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 22, 23 85

ya lob yasef.’ 40 All de Law dem wa God 40 On these two com-


mandments hang all the
gii Moses, an all wa God hab de prophet law and the prophets.
dem laan people, dey eenside dem two law 41 While the Pharisees
yah.” were gathered together,
Jesus asked them,
42 Saying, What think
De Queshon Bout de Messiah
ye of Christ? whose son is
Mark 12:35-37; Luke 20:41-44 he? They say unto him,
The Son of David.
41 Wen de Pharisee dem geda togeda,
Jedus aks um one queshon. 42 E say, “Wa 43 He saith unto them,
How then doth David in
oona tink bout de Messiah? Whodat spirit call him Lord,
saying,
fambly e come out fom?”
Dey ansa um say, “De Messiah come out 44 The LORD said unto
my Lord, Sit thou on my
fom de fambly ob King David.” right hand, till I make
43 Jedus say, “Den hoccome God Sperit thine enemies thy foot-
stool?
mek David call um ‘Lawd’? Cause David
45 If David then call
say, him Lord, how is he his
44 ‘De Lawd say ta me Lawd, son?
Seddown yah 46 And no man was
able to answer him a
ta me right han side, word, neither durst any
til A pit ya enemy dem man from that day forth
ask him any more
ondaneet ya foot.’ questions.
45 David call Christ ‘Lawd.’ So den
hoccome Christ kin come fom David
fambly?”
46 Wen Jedus say dat, ain been nobody
able fa ansa um. Fom dat time dey, nobody
ain got no mind fa aks Jedus queshon no
mo.

Jedus Waan Ginst de Law Teacha Chapter 23


an De Pharisee Dem 1 Then spake Jesus to
Mark 12:38-39; the multitude, and to his
Luke 11:43, 46; 20:45-46 disciples,
2 Saying, The scribes

23 Den Jedus taak ta de crowd ob


1 and the Pharisees sit in
people an e ciple dem. 2 E say, “De Moses' seat:
3 All therefore whatso-
Law teacha dem an de Pharisee dem got de ever they bid you ob-
tority fa tapetate fa oona de Law wa God serve, that observe and
do; but do not ye after
been gii Moses. 3 So den, oona mus do all their works: for they say,
wa dey chaage oona fa do. Bot oona mus and do not.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
86 Matthew 23

4 For they bind heavy dohn do wa dey da do, cause dey ain do wa
burdens and grievous to
be borne, and lay them on dey tell oda people fa do. 4 Dey way dey
men's shoulders; but they da tapetate de law, dey gii people hebby
themselves will not move
them with one of their load fa tote. Bot deysef ain pit eben one
fingers. finga fa hep um tote dat load. 5 Wasoneba
5 But all their works
dey da do, dey do um jes fa leh all de
they do for to be seen of people shim. Dey da tie lezza case pon dey
men: they make broad han an de front ob dey head wid diffunt
their phylacteries, and
enlarge the borders of wod fom God Book eenside um. Bot dem
their garments, Pharisee an Law teacha mek dey case big
6 And love the upper- so dat all de people kin shim. Same way so,
most rooms at feasts, and dey got long tassle pon de bottom paat ob
the chief seats in the
synagogues, dey cloes. 6 Wen dey a feas, dey lob fa
seddown ta de bes place fa nyam. Ta de
7 And greetings in the
markets, and to be called
meetin house, dey lob fa seddown weh all
of men, Rabbi, Rabbi. de people kin shim. 7 Pon de road, dey lob
fa people fa hail um, call um ‘Teacha.’
8 But be not ye called
8 Bot oona me ciple dem, oona mus dohn
Rabbi: for one is your
Master, even Christ; and git people fa call oona ‘Teacha,’ cause
all ye are brethren. oona all broda ob one noda, an oona got
jes one Teacha. 9 Oona mus dohn call
9 And call no man your nobody yah een dis wol ‘Fada,’ cause oona
father upon the earth: for
one is your Father, which got jes one Fada, an e dey een heaben.
is in heaven. 10 An oona mus dohn git people fa call
oona ‘Massa,’ cause oona got jes one
10 Neither be ye called
Massa, wa de Messiah. 11 De one wa de
masters: for one is your
Master, even Christ. mos high op mongst oona, e mus be oona
saabant. 12 De poson wa pit esef op, God
11 But he that is great- gwine pit um down, an de poson wa ain
est among you shall be try fa be sompin special mongst oona, God
your servant.
gwine raise um op.
12 And whosoever
shall exalt himself shall Jedus Waan Dem Law Teacha
be abased; and he that an Dem Pharisee
shall humble himself
Mark 12:40;
shall be exalted.
Luke 11:39-42, 44, 52; 20:47

13 But woe unto you, 13 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona,


scribes and Pharisees, oona Law teacha an Pharisee! Oona
hypocrites! for ye shut up
the kingdom of heaven hypicrit! Oona da shet de door een people

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 23 87

face ta weh God da rule. Oonasef ain wahn against men: for ye nei-
ther go in yourselves, nei-
fa go eenta weh e da rule, an oona da stop ther suffer ye them that
de oda people wa da try fa go een fa lib are entering to go in.
weh e da rule! [14 E gwine be a haad time 14 Woe unto you,
fa oona, oona Law teacha an Pharisee! scribes and Pharisees,
Oona hypicrit! Oona tek oba wida ooman hypocrites! for ye devour
widows' houses, and for a
propaty an tief all dey got. An den oona pretence make long
stanop da pray long time so dat people kin prayer: therefore ye shall
receive the greater dam-
say oona good people fa true! Cause ob nation.
dat, God gwine punish oona mo den e
gwine punish oda people!] 15 Woe unto you,
15 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona, scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites! for ye com-
oona Law teacha an Pharisee! Oona pass sea and land to make
hypicrit! Oona da trabel all oba de lan an one proselyte, and when
he is made, ye make him
de sea fa taak ta jes one poson an win um twofold more the child of
oba fa bleebe wa oona bleebe. An wen e hell than yourselves.
bleebe, oona da mek dat poson go ta hell
16 Woe unto you, ye
jes like oonasef, an e two time mo wossa blind guides, which say,
den oonasef! Whosoever shall swear
16 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona! by the temple, it is noth-
ing; but whosoever shall
Oona jes like bline people wa da show oda swear by the gold of the
bline people de road! Oona da laan people temple, he is a debtor!
say, ‘Ef poson mek a wow an sweah ta God
17 Ye fools and blind:
House, e ain haffa do wa e say e gwine do. for whether is greater,
Bot ef e mek a wow an sweah ta de gole wa the gold, or the temple
dey een God House, dat poson haffa do wa that sanctifieth the gold?

e say e gwine do.’ 17 Oona bline eye fool!


18 And, Whosoever
Fa true God House mo greata den de gole, shall swear by the altar, it
cause God House wa mek de gole God is nothing; but whoso-
ever sweareth by the gift
own, ainty? 18 An oona da laan people say that is upon it, he is
too, ‘Ef poson mek a wow an sweah ta de guilty.
alta een God House, e ain haffa do wa e say
e gwine do. Bot ef e mek a wow an sweah 19 Ye fools and blind:
for whether is greater,
ta de gif dey pon de alta, dat poson haffa the gift, or the altar that
do wa e say e gwine do.’ 19 Oona bline eye sanctifieth the gift?
fool! Fa true de alta mo greata den de gif,
cause de alta wa mek de gif God own, 20 Whoso therefore
shall swear by the altar,
ainty? 20 So den, wen a poson mek a wow sweareth by it, and by all
an sweah ta de alta, e da sweah ta de alta things thereon.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
88 Matthew 23

21 And whoso shall an all de gif dem pon de alta. 21 An wen a


swear by the temple,
sweareth by it, and by poson mek a wow an sweah ta God House,
him that dwelleth e da sweah ta God House an ta God wa da
therein.
lib dey een God House. 22 An a poson wa
22 And he that shall mek a wow an sweah ta heaben, e da
swear by heaven,
sweareth by the throne of
sweah ta de place weh God seddown fa
God, and by him that rule, an ta God wa da seddown dey.
sitteth thereon. 23 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona,
23 Woe unto you, oona Law teacha an Pharisee! Oona
scribes and Pharisees, hypicrit! Oona gii God a tent ob all de crop
hypocrites! for ye pay
tithe of mint and anise an ting oona git, eben de leetle mint an dill
and cummin, and have an cummin an oda herb wa oona grow een
omitted the weightier
matters of the law, judg- ya gyaaden. Stillyet, oona ain got no mind
ment, mercy, and faith: fa do de mo bigga ting dem wa God Law
these ought ye to have
done, and not to leave
say oona mus do. Oona ain da do right ta
the other undone. people an hab mussy pon um. Oona ain
24 Ye blind guides,
scraight wid God. Fa true, all dem ting yah
which strain at a gnat, ya spose fa do, bot ya mus dohn lef off dem
and swallow a camel. oda ting. 24 Oona jes like bline people wa
25 Woe unto you, da show oda bline people de road! Oona
scribes and Pharisees, da tek cyah fa pull de leeleetle fly outta ya
hypocrites! for ye make
clean the outside of the drink bot swalla de big camel.
cup and of the platter, 25 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona,
but within they are full of
extortion and excess.
oona Law teacha an Pharisee! Oona
hypicrit! Oona da wash de outside ob oona
26 Thou blind Pharisee, cup an plate, bot dey full op wid all dem
cleanse first that which is
within the cup and plat-
ting wa ya git wen ya da tief an lib jes fa
ter, that the outside of yasef. 26 Oona bline Pharisee! Oona mus
them may be clean also. clean eenside de cup an de plate fus, an
27 Woe unto you,
den de outside gwine be clean too.
scribes and Pharisees, 27 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona,
hypocrites! for ye are like oona Law teacha an Pharisee! Oona
unto whited sepulchres,
which indeed appear hypicrit! Oona jes like tomb wa dey kiba
beautiful outward, but op wid white paint. De outside ob de tomb
are within full of dead
men's bones, and of all look too fine, bot eenside de tomb full op
uncleanness. wid dead people bone an all kind ob dorty
ting. 28 Same way so, wen people see
28 Even so ye also out-
wardly appear righteous oona, e look like oona da waak scraight
unto men, but within ye wid God, bot eenside oona haat full op wid

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 23 89

bad ting oona da do cause oona hypicrit an are full of hypocrisy and
iniquity.
wickity. 29 Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
God Gwine Ponish de Law Teacha hypocrites! because ye
an Dem Pharisee build the tombs of the
prophets, and garnish the
Luke 11:47-51 sepulchres of the right-
29 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona, eous,

oona Law teacha an Pharisee! Oona 30 And say, If we had


hypicrit! Oona build tomb fa memba de been in the days of our
fathers, we would not
prophet dem. An de tombstone ob dem wa have been partakers
beena waak scraight wid God, oona mek with them in the blood of
the prophets.
look too fine. 30 Oona da say, ef oona been
dey een dat time wen we ole people been 31 Wherefore ye be
witnesses unto your-
dey, oona ain been fa do wa dey done wen selves, that ye are the
dey kill de prophet dem. 31 So oona da children of them which
gree, say dat oona de chullun chullun ob killed the prophets.

dem wa been kill de prophet dem. 32 So 32 Fill ye up then the


den, oona mus go finish op de guilty wok measure of your fathers.
wa oona ole people been staat fa do. 33 Ye serpents, ye gen-
33 Oona snake an de son ob de snake! eration of vipers, how
can ye escape the damna-
Oona mus dohn tink oona gwine be able fa tion of hell?
do sompin fa mek God dohn condemn
34 Wherefore, behold,
oona fa go ta hell. 34 So den, A da sen oona I send unto you prophets,
prophet dem, man dem wa got sense an and wise men, and
Law teacha dem. Oona gwine kill some ob scribes: and some of them
ye shall kill and crucify;
dem. Oona gwine nail some ob dem pon a and some of them shall ye
cross. An oona gwine beat some ob dem scourge in your syna-
gogues, and persecute
een de meetin house an dribe um fom one them from city to city:
town ta noda. 35 An so God gwine hole
35 That upon you may
oona sponsible fa all dem people wa done
come all the righteous
been kill yah pon dis eart, wa ain done blood shed upon the
nottin bad. Oona gwine suffa fa all dem wa earth, from the blood of
righteous Abel unto the
been kill fom Abel, wa been scraight een blood of Zacharias son of
God eye, all de way ta Zechariah, wa been Barachias, whom ye slew
between the temple and
Barachiah son, wa oona done kill dey the altar.
tween God House an de alta weh dey mek
sacrifice ta God. 36 A da tell oona fa true 36 Verily I say unto
you, All these things shall
say, God gwine hole oona people yah wa come upon this genera-
da lib now sponsible fa all dat! tion.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
90 Matthew 23, 24

37 O Jerusalem, Jeru- Jedus Haat Gone Out ta Jerusalem


salem, thou that killest Luke 13:34-35
the prophets, and stonest
them which are sent unto “O Jerusalem, Jerusalem! Oona kill
37
thee, how often would I
have gathered thy chil- de prophet dem wa taak fa God, an chunk
dren together, even as a rock til oona kill dem wa God sen ta oona!
hen gathereth her chick-
ens under her wings, and
Hommuch time A been wahn fa geda oona
ye would not! people togeda roun me, jes like a hen geda
38 Behold, your house e biddy dem ondaneet e wing! Bot oona
is
1 left unto you desolate. people ain wahn me fa do dat! 38 Look
39 For I say unto you,
Ye shall not see me yah! God gwine lef oona place, an ain
henceforth, till ye shall nobody gwine go dey. 39 A da tell oona,
say, Blessed is he that
cometh in the name of oona ain gwine see me gin til de time
the Lord.
come wen oona gwine say, ‘God bless de
one dat e done sen, dat come een de Lawd
name.’ ”

Jedus Say God House Gwine Be Stroy


Mark 13:1-2; Luke 21:5-6

24 Jedus come outta God House an


Chapter 24 1
1 And Jesus went out, e beena waak way, wen e ciple
and departed from the
temple: and his disciples
dem come ta um fa git um fa look good at
came to him for to shew de buildin dem ob God House. 2 Jedus aks
him the buildings of the um say, “Oona see all dis? A da tell oona fa
temple.
2 And Jesus said unto true, none dese stone yah gwine be lef een
them, See ye not all these dey place, one pontop de oda. Ebry stone
things? verily I say unto yah gwine be chunk down outta e place.”
you, There shall not be
left here one stone upon
another, that shall not be Wa Gwine Happen fa Show
thrown down.
de End Time Done Come
3 And as he sat upon
Mark 13:3-13; Luke 21:7-19
the mount of Olives, the
disciples came unto him 3 Wen Jedus seddown pon de Mount
privately, saying, Tell us,
when shall these things Olib, e ciple dem come ta um. Wen dey ain
be? and what shall be the been none oda people dey, de ciple dem aks
sign of thy coming, and
of the end of the world? Jedus say, “Wen dat gwine happen? Wa
4 And Jesus answered gwine happen fa show we wen ya gwine
and said unto them, Take come back an de end time done come?”
heed that no man deceive
4 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona mus be on
you.
5 For many shall come de watch. Mus dohn leh nobody fool oona.
in my name, saying, I am 5 Cause plenty people gwine come een me

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 24 91

name. Dey gwine say, ‘A de Messiah!’ An Christ; and shall deceive


many.
dey gwine mek plenty people fool. 6 Oona
6 And ye shall hear of
gwine yeh bout waa dem wa dey close by wars and rumours of
oona, an people gwine tell oona bout dem wars: see that ye be not
troubled: for all these
wa faa way. Bot oona mus dohn be scaid. things must come to pass,
Dese ting yah haffa happen fus, bot dat ain but the end is not yet.
mean dat de end time done come. 7 Nation 7 For nation shall rise
against nation, and king-
gwine fight ginst oda nation, an one dom against kingdom:
country gwine be ginst noda county. All and there shall be fam-
ines, and pestilences, and
oba de wol dry drought dem gwine come earthquakes, in divers
shru an plenty people ain gwine hab nottin places.
fa nyam, an de groun gwine rumble all 8 All these are the be-
ginning of sorrows.
roun. 8 All dem ting dey, dey same like de
9 Then shall they de-
fus pain wa come fa de modda wen e da liver you up to be af-
bon e chile. flicted, and shall kill you:
9 “Den de people wa hab tority gwine and ye shall be hated of
all nations for my name's
grab hole ta oona an do oona plenty bad sake.
ting. An den dey gwine kill oona. People 10 And then shall
many be offended, and
een all de country dem ob de wol gwine shall betray one another,
hate oona cause ob me. 10 Een dat same and shall hate one
time dey, plenty people gwine fall eenta another.
11 And many false
sin an ain gwine folla me no mo. Dey prophets shall rise, and
gwine hate one noda an han one noda oba shall deceive many.
ta de tority dem. 11 Heapa prophet wa ain 12 And because iniq-
taak true, dey gwine appeah an fool plenty uity shall abound, the
people. 12 An cause ebil gwine spread all love of many shall wax
cold.
oba de wol mo an mo, heapa people gwine
hab less an less lob een dey haat. 13 Bot 13 But he that shall en-
dure unto the end, the
God gwine sabe ebrybody wa stanop fa me same shall be saved.
til de wol done end. 14 Dey gwine tell de 14 And this gospel of
Good Nyews bout God rule all oba de wol, the kingdom shall be
preached in all the world
so dat all people gwine git de chance fa for a witness unto all na-
yeh. An den de end gwine come. tions; and then shall the
end come.

De Horrible Bad Ting 15 When ye therefore


Mark 13:14-23; Luke 21:20-24 shall see the abomination
of desolation, spoken of
15 “Oona gwine see ‘De Horrible Bad by Daniel the prophet,
stand in the holy place,
Ting wa mek God place empty’ wa de (whoso readeth, let him
prophet Daniel been taak bout, da stanop understand:)

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
92 Matthew 24

16 Then let them


een de place wa blongst ta God.” (Oona wa
which be in Judaea flee
into the mountains: da read, oona fa ondastan wa dis mean!)
17 Let him which is on 16 “Wen dat time come, de people een
the housetop not come Judea mus ron way quick ta de hill
down to take any thing
out of his house: country. 17 Dem wa dey pontop de roof ob
18 Neither let him dey house mus dohn tek de time fa go
which is in the field re- down eenside dey house gin fa tek dey
turn back to take his ting. 18 An dem wa da wok een de fiel mus
clothes.
dohn go back fa tek dey cloes. 19 Dat time
19 And woe unto them
that are with child, and gwine be mighty haad fa ooman dem wa
to them that give suck in wid chile, an dem wa hab leetle baby!
those days! 20 Oona mus pray ta God dat dat time wen
20 But pray ye that
oona haffa ron way ain come een de winta
your flight be not in the
winter, neither on the time, needa pon de Woshup Day! 21 De
sabbath day: bad trouble wa gwine come ta people een
21 For then shall be dat time gwine be wossa den all de trouble
great tribulation, such as dem wa done come fom de time wen God
was not since the begin-
ning of the world to this mek de wol op til now, an atta dat, ting
time, no, nor ever shall like dat ain gwine happen gin. 22 Bot God
be.
done been say dat e gwine cut shot dat
22 And except those
days should be short-
time dey wen people gwine suffa too bad.
ened, there should no Ef God ain done dat, ain nobody gwine be
flesh be saved: but for the lef een de wol. Bot fa de sake ob dem
elect's sake those days
shall be shortened. people wa God done pick, e gwine cut shot
23 Then if any man dat time dey.
shall say unto you, Lo, 23 “Wen dat time come, oona mus dohn
here is Christ, or there;
believe it not.
bleebe nobody ef e tell oona say, ‘Look de
24 For there shall arise
Messiah dey yah!’ or ‘Look, e oba yonda!’
false Christs, and false 24 Cause some people gwine come wa
prophets, and shall shew gwine lie, say dey de Messiah. Some gwine
great signs and wonders;
insomuch that, if it were come wa gwine lie, say dey a prophet. Dey
possible, they shall de- gwine do miracle an show plenty sign wa
ceive the very elect.
stonish de people. Dey gwine try fa mek
25 Behold, I have told
fool ob de people dem wa God done pick,
you before.
ef dey been able fa do dat. 25 So den oona
26 Wherefore if they
shall say unto you, Be- mus listen op! A done waan oona bout
hold, he is in the desert; dem ting yah.
go not forth: behold, he is 26 “Ef people tell ya say, ‘Look, de
in the secret chambers;
believe it not. Messiah dey een de wildaness!’ ya mus

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 24 93

27 For as the lightning


dohn go dey. Needa ef dey tell ya say,
cometh out of the east,
‘Look, e da hide yah eenside de house!’ ya and shineth even unto
mus dohn bleebe um. 27 Cause wen de the west; so shall also the
coming of the Son of man
Man wa Come fom God gwine come gin, be.
ebrybody gwine be able fa shim, jes like
lightnin dat flash cross all de sky an light 28 For wheresoever the
carcase is, there will the
um op fom de east side ta de west side. eagles be gathered to-
28 “Wehsoneba dey a dead body, de gether.
buzzat dem gwine geda togeda dey too.
29 Immediately after
the tribulation of those
De Man wa Come fom God days shall the sun be
Gwine Come Gin darkened, and the moon
shall not give her light,
Mark 13:24-27; Luke 21:25-28
and the stars shall fall
29 “Wen all dat bad trouble dey done, from heaven, and the
powers of the heavens
de sun gwine daak an de moon ain gwine shall be shaken:
shine no mo. De staa dem gwine faddown
30 And then shall ap-
outta de sky, an de powa dem wa dey een
pear the sign of the Son
de eliment gwine shake an moob outta dey of man in heaven: and
place. 30 Dat de time wen de people gwine then shall all the tribes of
the earth mourn, and
see de sign een de cloud wa show dat de they shall see the Son of
Man wa Come fom God da come. Den man coming in the clouds
of heaven with power
ebrybody fom ebry nation gwine cry bitta and great glory.
teah. Dey gwine see de Man wa Come fom
God da come down pon a cloud wid powa
31 And he shall send
an great glory. 31 De trumpet gwine blow his angels with a great
loud. Den e gwine sen e angel dem all oba sound of a trumpet, and
de wol fom one end ta de oda, fa geda they shall gather together
his elect from the four
togeda dem people wa e done pick fa be e winds, from one end of
own an bring um ta um. heaven to the other.

Wa We Laan fom de Fig Tree 32 Now learn a parable


Mark 13:28-31; Luke 21:29-33 of the fig tree; When his
branch is yet tender, and
32 “Now den, mus look ta de fig tree fa putteth forth leaves, ye
laan fom um. Wen de branch ob dat tree know that summer is
nigh:
hab nyew life an staat fa leaf out, oona
know summa mos yah. 33 Same way, wen
oona see all dem ting wa A beena taak 33 So likewise ye,
when ye shall see all
bout, oona gwine know dat de end time these things, know that it
mos yah. 34 A da tell oona fa true, all dem is near, even at the doors.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
94 Matthew 24

34 Verily I say unto


ting yah gwine happen fo de people dead
you, This generation
shall not pass, till all wa da lib now. 35 De eliment an de wol
these things be fulfilled. esef ain gwine las faeba, bot me wod
35 Heaven and earth
gwine las faeba an eba.
shall pass away, but my
words shall not pass Ain Nobody Know de Day,
away. Ain Nobody Know de Hour
36 But of that day and Mark 13:32-37; Luke 17:26-30, 34-36
hour knoweth no man,
no, not the angels of 36 “Ain nobody know de day, ain
heaven, but my Father nobody know de hour wen dem ting yah
only.
gwine happen. De angel dem wa een
37 But as the days of
Noe were, so shall also
heaben deysef, needa God Son esef ain
the coming of the Son of know dat day or dat hour. Jes me Fada
man be. God, e de onliest one wa know de time
38 For as in the days wen dem ting gwine happen. 37 Jes like
that were before the
flood they were eating how e been een Noah time, dat de way e
and drinking, marrying gwine be wen de Man wa Come fom God
and giving in marriage,
until the day that Noe en-
come back. 38 Een Noah time fo de wata
tered into the ark, been kiba de wol, de people beena nyam
39 And knew not until an drink an git marry. Dey beena lib dat
the flood came, and took same way til dat day wen Noah gone
them all away; so shall
also the coming of the eenside de ark. 39 Stillyet dey ain been
Son of man be. know wa beena happen til de big rain
40 Then shall two be in come an dey all git kiba op een de wata.
the field; the one shall be Dat so e gwine be dat day wen de Man wa
taken, and the other left. Come fom God gwine come back ta de
41 Two women shall be wol. 40 Two man gwine be een de fiel, da
grinding at the mill; the
one shall be taken, and wok. Angel gwine come tek one an lef de
the other left. oda one. 41 Two ooman gwine be dey da
42 Watch therefore: for grine meal. Angel gwine come tek one an
ye know not what hour lef de oda one. 42 So den, oona mus be on
your Lord doth come.
de watch, cause oona ain know wa day
43 But know this, that oona Lawd gwine come back. 43 Oona
if the goodman of the
house had known in what mus ondastan dat ef de man wa own a
watch the thief would house know wen de tief gwine come ta um
come, he would have
watched, and would not
een de night, dat man ain gwine sleep. E
have suffered his house gwine stay wide wake an e ain gwine leh
to be broken up. de tief broke eenta e house an tief e
44 Therefore be ye also propaty. 44 Same fashion, oonasef mus
ready: for in such an hour stay ready all de time, cause de Man

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 24, 25 95

wa Come fom God gwine come back ta dis as ye think not the Son of
man cometh.
wol wen oona da tink say, ‘E ain da come
45 Who then is a faith-
now!’ ful and wise servant,
whom his lord hath made
De Wokman wa da Do wa E Spose fa Do ruler over his household,
to give them meat in due
Luke 12:41-48
season?
45 “Who dat wokman wa got plenty 46 Blessed is that ser-
sense an wa true ta de man e wok fa? E de vant, whom his lord
when he cometh shall
one dat de bossman gii chaage oba all dem find so doing.
een de house wen de bossman gone off, fa
47 Verily I say unto
gii de oda wokman dem dey food wen de you, That he shall make
time come fa nyam. 46 Dat wokman gwine him ruler over all his
goods.
be bless fa true, wen de bossman come
48 But and if that evil
home, ef e find um da do dem ting wa e
servant shall say in his
done tell um fa do. 47 A da tell oona fa heart, My lord delayeth
true, de bossman gwine gim chaage oba all his coming;
e propaty an ting. 48 Bot sposin dat 49 And shall begin to
smite his fellowservants,
wokman een chaage, e wickity an tink say, and to eat and drink with
‘Me bossman ain gwine come right back.’ the drunken;
49 Den e gwine staat fa beat op pon de oda 50 The lord of that ser-
wokman dem, an e gwine nyam an drink vant shall come in a day
when he looketh not for
wid dem wa git dronk. 50 Den one day de him, and in an hour that
bossman gwine come back home wen dat he is not aware of,
wokman ain spect um fa come. 51 De 51 And shall cut him
bossman gwine whip um too bad. E gwine asunder, and appoint him
his portion with the hyp-
mek um suffa dey weh de hypicrit dem da ocrites: there shall be
suffa. Dey een dat place e gwine cry bitta weeping and gnashing of
teeth.
teah an bite e tongue.

De Paable Bout
Chapter 25
de Ten Nyoung Gyal Dem
1 Then shall the king-

25 “Wen dat day come, God rule


1 dom of heaven be likened
gwine stan like wen ten nyoung unto ten virgins, which
took their lamps, and
gyal dey tek dey oll lamp an gone fa meet went forth to meet the
de groom. 2 Fibe ob dem nyoung gyal ain bridegroom.
2 And five of them
got no sense, bot de oda fibe dem got were wise, and five were
sense. 3 Wen de fibe wa ain got no sense foolish.
3 They that were fool-
tek dey lamp an gone, dey ain tote no extry ish took their lamps, and
oll long wid um fa dey lamp. 4 Bot took no oil with them:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
96 Matthew 25

4 But the wise took oil dem wa got sense, dey tote extry oll long
in their vessels with their
lamps.
wid um fa dey lamp. 5 De groom been late,
5 While the bride- so de nyoung gyal dem all git tired an fall
groom tarried, they all fa sleep.
slumbered and slept.
6 And at midnight
6 “Somebody holla out een de middle
there was a cry made, Be- ob de night say, ‘Look, de groom da come!
hold, the bridegroom Oona mus go meet um!’ 7 Den all dem gyal
cometh; go ye out to
meet him. git op an trim dey lamp dem, git um all
7 Then all those virgins ready. 8 Dem wa ain got no sense tell dem
arose, and trimmed their wa got sense say, ‘Oona mus gii we some
lamps.
ob oona oll, cause we lamp da gwine out.’
8 And the foolish said
unto the wise, Give us of
9 Bot dem wa got sense, dey tell um say,
your oil; for our lamps ‘No, cause we jes got nuff oll fa wesef.
are gone out.
Steada dat, oona mus go ta dem wa sell oll
9 But the wise an-
an buy oona own.’ 10 So dem fibe gyal wa
swered, saying, Not so;
lest there be not enough ain got no sense, dey gone fa buy dey oll.
for us and you: but go ye Bot wiles dey beena gwine, de groom git
rather to them that sell,
and buy for yourselves. dey ta de fibe gyal wa got sense. Dey done
10 And while they
been ready fa meet um an dey gone wid de
went to buy, the bride- groom eenta de place weh de marry feas
groom came; and they been. Den de door ta dat place been lock
that were ready went in
with him to the marriage: shet.
and the door was shut. 11 “Atta dat, de oda fibe gyal wa ain got
11 Afterward came no sense, dey come back an say, ‘Please
also the other virgins, sah, open de door fa we!’ 12 Bot de groom
saying, Lord, Lord, open
to us. say, ‘A da tell oona fa true, A ain know
12 But he answered who ya da!’ ”
and said, Verily I say 13 An Jedus tell de people say, “Oona
unto you, I know you not.
mus keep on da watch, cause oona ain
13 Watch therefore, for
know de day or de hour wen A gwine come
ye know neither the day
nor the hour wherein the back.
Son of man cometh.
14 For the kingdom of De Paable Bout de Shree Wokman
heaven is as a man travel- Luke 19:11-27
ling into a far country,
who called his own ser- “God rule gwine be jes like wen one
14
vants, and delivered unto man ready fa lef e house an go faa way. E
them his goods.
call e wokman dem an gim chaage oba e
15 And unto one he
gave five talents, to an-
propaty. 15 De man gii all de wokman dem
other two, and to another walyable gole coin, coddin ta how ebry

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 25 97

one ob um able fa do e wok. E gii one one; to every man ac-


cording to his several
wokman fibe gole coin, an e gii de secon ability; and straightway
wokman two gole coin. E gii de oda took his journey.
16 Then he that had re-
wokman one gole coin. Den e gone pon e ceived the five talents
journey. 16 Tareckly de wokman wa got went and traded with the
de fibe coin gone fa trade wid e gole coin same, and made them
other five talents.
an e mek fibe mo gole coin. 17 Same way 17 And likewise he that
so, de wokman wa got two gole coin, e had received two, he also
gained other two.
mek two mo gole coin. 18 Bot de wokman 18 But he that had re-
wa got one gole coin, e gone an dig a hole ceived one went and
digged in the earth, and
een de groun an hide de gole coin wa e hid his lord's money.
bossman gim. 19 After a long time
19 “Long time e gone, de bossman ob the lord of those servants
cometh, and reckoneth
dem wokman come back. E aks de with them.
20 And so he that had
wokman dem fa tell um wa dey done wid
received five talents
de gole coin dem wa e gim. 20 De wokman came and brought other
wa e been gii fibe gole coin, e come bring five talents, saying, Lord,
thou deliveredst unto me
um fibe coin mo. E say, ‘Sah, ya gii me five talents: behold, I
chaage oba fibe gole coin. Look! A done have gained beside them
five talents more.
mek fibe mo gole coin.’ 21 E bossman ansa 21 His lord said unto
say, ‘Ya done good. Ya a good wokman wa him, Well done, thou
good and faithful ser-
true ta e bossman! Cause A able fa trus ya vant: thou hast been
fa do a leetle job, now A gwine gii ya faithful over a few things,
chaage oba plenty big ting. Come hab a I will make thee ruler
over many things: enter
good time long wid ya bossman!’ 22 Den thou into the joy of thy
de wokman wa de bossman been gii two lord.
22 He also that had re-
gole coin, e come say, ‘Sah, ya gii me ceived two talents came
chaage oba two gole coin. Look! A done and said, Lord, thou
deliveredst unto me two
mek two mo gole coin.’ 23 E bossman ansa talents: behold, I have
say, ‘Ya done good. Ya a good wokman wa gained two other talents
beside them.
true ta e bossman! Cause A able fa trus ya 23 His lord said unto
fa do a leetle job, now A gwine gii ya him, Well done, good and
chaage oba plenty big ting. Come hab a faithful servant; thou
hast been faithful over a
good time long wid ya bossman!’ 24 Den few things, I will make
de wokman wa de bossman been gii one thee ruler over many
things: enter thou into
gole coin, e come say, ‘Sah, A been know the joy of thy lord.
dat ya a haad man. Ya da haabis weh ya 24 Then he which had
received the one talent
ain plant an ya da geda weh ya ain scatta came and said, Lord, I
no seed. 25 So A scaid ob ya an A gone out knew thee that thou art

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
98 Matthew 25

an hard man, reaping an hide de gole coin wa ya been gii me,


where thou hast not
sown, and gathering een de groun. Look! Yah de gole coin wa
where thou hast not blongst ta ya.’ 26 De bossman ansa say, ‘Ya
strawed:
25 And I was afraid, a wickity wokman wa ain do nottin! So ya
and went and hid thy tal- been know dat A da haabis weh A ain
ent in the earth: lo, there
thou hast that is thine. plant an A da geda weh A ain scatta seed,
26 His lord answered
and said unto him, Thou
ainty? 27 Well den, ya oughta hab pit me
wicked and slothful ser- money een de bank. Den wen A come
vant, thou knewest that I
reap where I sowed not, back, leas A gwine hab de money an de
and gather where I have interest e done git too.’ 28 E say, ‘Oona
not strawed:
27 Thou oughtest mus tek de gole coin fom dis man. Gim ta
therefore to have put my
money to the exchangers, de wokman wa hab de ten gole coin.
and then at my coming I 29 Ebry poson wa got sompin, God gwine
should have received
mine own with usury. gim mo, an e gwine hab mo den nuff. Bot
28 Take therefore the
talent from him, and give
de one wa ain got nottin, God gwine tek
it unto him which hath way dat leeleetle bit wa e got. 30 An dis
ten talents.
29 For unto every one wokman yah wa ain wot nottin, chunk um
that hath shall be given, way outside, eenta de daak place. Dey,
and he shall have abun-
dance: but from him that people gwine cry bitta teah an bite dey
hath not shall be taken
away even that which he tongue.’
hath.
30 And cast ye the un-
De Man wa Come fom God
profitable servant into
outer darkness: there Gwine Jedge All People
shall be weeping and
31 “Wen de Man wa Come fom God
gnashing of teeth.
31 When the Son of gwine come gin wid all e glory an all God
man shall come in his
glory, and all the holy an- angel dem, e gwine seddown pon de
gels with him, then shall shrone fa rule. 32 All de people een de wol
he sit upon the throne of
his glory: gwine be geda dey fo um. Den e gwine
32 And before him
shall be gathered all na- wide de people op eenta two side, jes like
tions: and he shall sepa- de shephud wa da wide op de sheep dem
rate them one from
another, as a shepherd pon one side an de goat dem pon de oda
divideth his sheep from
the goats: side. 33 E gwine pit de sheep dem pon e
33 And he shall set the right han side, an e gwine pit de goat dem
sheep on his right hand,
but the goats on the left. pon e lef han side. 34 Den de King gwine
34 Then shall the King tell dem people pon e right han side, say,
say unto them on his
right hand, Come, ye ‘Oona come, oona wa me Fada bless! Oona
blessed of my Father, in- come tek ya place wa God gwine gii ya
herit the kingdom pre-
pared for you from the onda e rule. E done git dat place dey ready
foundation of the world: fa oona fom de time wen e fus mek de wol.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 25 99

35 Cause wen A been hongry, oona gii me 35 For I was an


hungred, and ye gave me
sompin fa nyam, an wen A been tosty, meat: I was thirsty, and
oona gii me sompin fa drink. Wen A been a ye gave me drink: I was a
stranger, and ye took me
scranja, oona gii me haaty welcome eenta in:
oona house. 36 Wen A ain hab nottin fa 36 Naked, and ye
weah, oona gii me cloes, an wen A been clothed me: I was sick,
and ye visited me: I was
sick, oona come hep me. Wen A been een in prison, and ye came
de jailhouse, oona come an wisit me.’ unto me.
37 De people wa waak scraight wid God, 37 Then shall the righ-
teous answer him, say-
dey gwine ansa say, ‘Lawd, wen ya been ing, Lord, when saw we
hongry an we gii ya sompin fa nyam? Wen thee an hungred, and fed
thee? or thirsty, and gave
ya been tosty an we gii ya sompin fa thee drink?
drink? 38 Wen ya been a scranja an we gii 38 When saw we thee a
ya haaty welcome eenta we house? Wen stranger, and took thee
in? or naked, and clothed
ya ain hab nottin fa weah an we gii ya thee?
cloes? 39 Wen ya been sick or ya been een 39 Or when saw we
de jailhouse an we gone fa wisit ya?’ 40 De thee sick, or in prison,
and came unto thee?
King gwine ansa say, ‘A da tell oona fa
40 And the King shall
true, wensoneba oona done dem ting yah answer and say unto
fa one ob me broda dem yah wa oda them, Verily I say unto
you, Inasmuch as ye have
people say ain wot nottin, dat been fa me done it unto one of the
dat oona done dem ting.’ least of these my breth-
41 “Den de King gwine tell de people ren, ye have done it unto
me.
dem wa pon e lef han side, say, ‘Oona git 41 Then shall he say
way fom me! God done condemn oona fa also unto them on the left
hand, Depart from me, ye
suffa een de fire wa gwine bun faeba an cursed, into everlasting
eba, wa God done git ready fa de Debil an fire, prepared for the
devil and his angels:
e angel dem. 42 Cause wen A been hongry, 42 For I was an
oona ain gii me nottin fa nyam. Wen A hungred, and ye gave me
no meat: I was thirsty,
been tosty, oona ain gii me nottin fa drink. and ye gave me no drink:
43 Wen A been a scranja, oona ain gii me 43 I was a stranger,
no welcome eenta oona house. Wen A ain and ye took me not in:
naked, and ye clothed me
been hab no cloes, oona ain gii me nottin not: sick, and in prison,
fa weah. Wen A been sick an een de and ye visited me not.
jailhouse, oona ain come fa wisit me.’ 44 Then shall they also
answer him, saying,
44 Den dey gwine ansa say, ‘Lawd, wen we Lord, when saw we thee
eba see ya hongry or tosty or ya a scranja? an hungred, or athirst, or
a stranger, or naked, or
Wen we eba see ya wid nottin fa weah or sick, or in prison, and did
sick or een de jailhouse, an we ain hep not minister unto thee?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
100 Matthew 25, 26

45 Then shall he an-


oona?’ 45 De King gwine ansa say, ‘A da
swer them, saying, Verily
I say unto you, Inasmuch tell oona fa true, wensoneba oona ain hep
as ye did it not to one of one ob dem people yah wa oda people say
the least of these, ye did it
not to me. ain wot nottin, dat been me dat oona ain
46 And these shall go hep.’ 46 So den, dey gwine go way weh
away into everlasting dey gwine be punish faeba an eba. Bot de
punishment: but the righ-
teous into life eternal. people dem wa waak scraight wid God,
dey gwine git ebalastin life.”

Jedus Enemy Try fa Figga Out


26
,25
How fa Kill Um
Mark 14:1-2; Luke 22:1-2; John 11:45-53

26 Wen Jedus done taak all dem


Chapter 26 1
1 And it came to pass, wod yah, e taak ta e ciple dem. 2 E
when Jesus had finished
all these sayings, he said
say, “Oona know dat een two day de
unto his disciples, Passoba holiday da come, an dey gwine
2 Ye know that after han oba de Man wa Come fom God ta
two days is the feast of the
passover, and the Son of
people wa gwine nail um pon a cross.”
man is betrayed to be 3 Den de leada dem ob de Jew priest
crucified. dem an de oda Jew leada dem, dey meet
3 Then assembled to- togeda een Caiaphas bighouse. Caiaphas
gether the chief priests,
and the scribes, and the been head man ob de Jew priest leada
elders of the people, unto dem. 4 Dey beena study dey head fa figga
the palace of the high
priest, who was called
out how fa grab hole ta Jedus an kill um
Caiaphas, dout nobody find out bout um. 5 Bot dey
4 And consulted that
say, “We mus dohn do dat jurin de Passoba
they might take Jesus by holiday, cause ef we do, de people gwine
subtilty, and kill him. fight fa um.”
5 But they said, Not on
the feast day, lest there One Ooman Pit Oll pon de Head
be an uproar among the ob Jedus een Bethany
people.
Mark 14:3-9; John 12:1-8
6 Now when Jesus was 6 Jedus been ta Bethany een Simon
in Bethany, in the house
of Simon the leper, house. Simon de man wa been hab leposy.
7 Wen Jedus gone ta de table an dey beena
7 There came unto him
a woman having an ala- nyam, one ooman come ta Jedus, da tote
baster box of very pre- spensiz pafume een a jar wa dey mek fom
cious ointment, and
poured it on his head, as alabasta stone. De ooman pour dat pafume
he sat at meat. pon Jedus head. 8 Jedus ciple dem shim an

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26 101

dey git bex. Dey aks one noda say, 8 But when his disci-
ples saw it, they had in-
“Hoccome dis ooman done waste spensiz dignation, saying, To
pafume like dat? 9 Dey kin sell dat pafume what purpose is this
waste?
an git a whole heapa money fa um, an gii 9 For this ointment
dat money ta de people wa ain got nottin!” might have been sold for
10 Jedus been know wa dey beena say, much, and given to the
poor.
so e aks um say, “Hoccome oona da bodda 10 When Jesus under-
dat ooman? Dat one fine ting wa e done fa stood it, he said unto
them, Why trouble ye the
me. 11 People wa ain got nottin gwine be woman? for she hath
dey wid oona all de time, bot A ain gwine wrought a good work
be dey wid oona all de time. 12 Wen de upon me.
11 For ye have the poor
ooman pit dis pafume pon me body, e always with you; but me
done um fa git me ready fa de time wen ye have not always.
dey gwine bury me. 13 A da tell oona fa 12 For in that she hath
poured this ointment on
true, all oba de wol, wehsoneba dey gwine my body, she did it for
go fa tell de Good Nyews, dey gwine my burial.
13 Verily I say unto
memba dis ooman an taak bout dis ting wa you, Wheresoever this
e done.” gospel shall be preached
in the whole world, there
shall also this, that this
Judas Gree fa Sell Jedus ta E Enemy woman hath done, be
Mark 14:10-11; Luke 22:3-6 told for a memorial of
her.
14 One ob Jedus tweb ciple wa name 14 Then one of the
Judas Iscariot, e gone ta de leada dem ob twelve, called Judas Is-
cariot, went unto the
de Jew priest dem. 15 E aks um say, “Wa chief priests,
oona gwine pay me ef A han Jedus oba ta 15 And said unto them,
oona?” Dey gim tirty silba coin. 16 Fom What will ye give me,
and I will deliver him
dat time dey, Judas staat fa look fa a unto you? And they cove-
chance fa han Jedus oba ta dem. nanted with him for
thirty pieces of silver.
16 And from that time
Jedus Dem Nyam de Passoba Suppa
he sought opportunity to
Mark 14:12-21; Luke 22:7-13, 21-23;
betray him.
John 13:21-30
17 Now the first day of
17 De fus day ob de Feas ob Unleaven the feast of unleavened
Bread, de ciple dem come ta Jedus an aks bread the disciples came
to Jesus, saying unto
um say, “Weh ya wahn we fa go git de him, Where wilt thou
Passoba ration ready fa nyam?” that we prepare for thee
to eat the passover?
18 Jedus ansa um say, “One man dey
18 And he said, Go into
een de city. Oona go ta um an tell um say, the city to such a man,
‘De Teacha say, me time ain faa way. Me and say unto him, The

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
102 Matthew 26

Master saith, My time is an me ciple dem gwine nyam de Passoba


at hand; I will keep the
passover at thy house Suppa ta ya house.’ ”
with my disciples. 19 De ciple dem gone fa do wa Jedus tell
19 And the disciples um, an dey git de ration ready fa de
did as Jesus had ap- Passoba Suppa.
pointed them; and they
made ready the passover. 20 Wen ebenin time come, Jedus an de
20 Now when the even tweb ciple dem come seddown ta de table
was come, he sat down fa nyam. 21 Wiles dey beena nyam, Jedus
with the twelve.
say, “A da tell oona fa true, one ob oona
21 And as they did eat, gwine han me oba ta dem people wa wahn
he said, Verily I say unto
you, that one of you shall fa kill me.”
betray me. 22 De ciple dem been too saaful, an dey
22 And they were ex- staat fa aks Jedus one by one say, “Fa sho,
ceeding sorrowful, and Lawd• ya ain mean me, ainty?”
began every one of them
to say unto him, Lord, is 23 Jedus ansa say, “De one wa dip e
it I? bread een de same dish wid me, e de one
23 And he answered wa gwine han me oba. 24 De Man wa
and said, He that dippeth
his hand with me in the
Come fom God gwine dead jes like dey
dish, the same shall be- write bout um een God Book. Bot e gwine
tray me. be too bad fa dat man wa da han oba de
24 The Son of man Man wa Come fom God ta dem wa gwine
goeth as it is written of
him: but woe unto that kill um! E been gwine be faa betta fa dat
man by whom the Son of man dey ef e ain neba been bon!”
man is betrayed! it had 25 Den Judas, de one wa gwine han
been good for that man if
he had not been born. Jedus oba, say, “Fa sho, Teacha, ya ain
25 Then Judas, which mean me ainty?”
betrayed him, answered Jedus ansa say, “Yeah, ya de one.”
and said, Master, is it I?
He said unto him, Thou
hast said. De Las Suppa
26 And as they were
Mark 14:22-26; Luke 22:14-20; 1 Cor. 11:23-25
eating, Jesus took bread, Wiles dey beena nyam, Jedus tek de
26
and blessed it, and brake
it, and gave it to the disci- bread an tank God fa um. Den e broke de
ples, and said, Take, eat; bread op an gim ta e ciple dem an say,
this is my body.
“Oona fa tek dis bread yah an nyam um.
27 And he took the Dis yah me body.”
cup, and gave thanks,
and gave it to them, say-
27 Den e tek de cup ob wine an tank God
ing, Drink ye all of it; fa um. An e gim ta um an say, “All ob oona,
28 For this is my blood drink fom dis cup. 28 Dis me blood wa
of the new testament, bine op de nyew cobnant tween God an e

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26 103

people. Wen me blood done pour out, God which is shed for many
for the remission of sins.
gwine fagib plenty people dey sin. 29 A da 29 But I say unto you, I
tell oona, A ain gwine drink wine no mo til will not drink henceforth
dat day wen A gwine drink de nyew wine of this fruit of the vine,
until that day when I
wid oona weh me Fada da rule.” drink it new with you in
30 Den dey sing one hymn an gone out my Father's kingdom.
ta de Mount Olib. 30 And when they had
sung an hymn, they went
out into the mount of
Jedus say Peter Gwine Say Olives.
E Ain Know Um 31 Then saith Jesus
Mark 14:27-31; Luke 22:31-34; unto them, All ye shall be
John 13:36-38 offended because of me
this night: for it is writ-
31 Den Jedus tell um say, “Dis night, ten, I will smite the shep-
herd, and the sheep of
oona all gwine ron way an bandon me. the flock shall be scat-
Cause dey write een God Book say, ‘God tered abroad.
gwine kill de shephud, an de sheep gwine 32 But after I am risen
again, I will go before
scatta.’ 32 Bot atta A git op fom mongst de you into Galilee.
dead an lib gin, A gwine go ta Galilee head 33 Peter answered and
ob oona.” said unto him, Though all
33 Peter tell Jedus say, “Eben ef all de men shall be offended be-
cause of thee, yet will I
oda ciple dem bandon ya, A ain neba never be offended.
gwine bandon ya!” 34 Jesus said unto him,
34 Jedus tell um say, “A da tell oona fa Verily I say unto thee,
That this night, before
true, dis night, fo de roosta crow, ya gwine the cock crow, thou shalt
say shree time dat ya ain know me.” deny me thrice.
35 Peter said unto him,
35 Bot Peter ansa say, “Eben ef A haffa
Though I should die with
dead wid ya, A ain neba gwine say dat A thee, yet will I not deny
ain know ya!” thee. Likewise also said
all the disciples.
An all de oda ciple dem say de same 36 Then cometh Jesus
ting. with them unto a place
called Gethsemane, and
Jedus Pray Een Gethsemane saith unto the disciples,
Mark 14:32-42; Luke 22:39-46 Sit ye here, while I go and
pray yonder.
36 Den Jedus gone wid e ciple dem ta a
37 And he took with
place wa dey call Gethsemane. E tell um him Peter and the two
say, “Oona seddown yah wiles A pray oba sons of Zebedee, and be-
yonda.” 37 Wen e gone, e tek Peter an gan to be sorrowful and
very heavy.
Zebedee two son long wid um. An Jedus
38 Then saith he unto
git too saaful an e haat been too hebby. them, My soul is exceed-
38 E tell um say, “Me haat hebby ing sorrowful, even unto

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
104 Matthew 26

death: tarry ye here, and sommuch, A feel like A gwine dead. Oona
watch with me.
39 And he went a little wait yah an stay wake wid me.”
further, and fell on his 39 E lef um an gone on a leetle bit mo.
face, and prayed, saying,
O my Father, if it be pos-
Den e git down wid e face pon de groun an
sible, let this cup pass e pray ta God say, “Me Fada, ef e kin be,
from me: nevertheless tek way dis cup fom me. Stillyet, ya mus
not as I will, but as thou
wilt. dohn do wa A wahn. Mus do wa ya wahn.”
40 And he cometh unto 40 Den Jedus gone back ta de ciple dem
the disciples, and findeth
them asleep, and saith an e see dat dey beena sleep. E aks Peter
unto Peter, What, could say, “Ain oona able fa stay wake wid me fa
ye not watch with me one
hour? jes one hour? 41 Oona mus stay wake, an
41 Watch and pray, pray ta God so dat Satan ain gwine be able
that ye enter not into
temptation: the spirit in-
fa mek oona do ebil. Oona hab mind fa do
deed is willing, but the de right ting, bot oona body ain hab scrent
flesh is weak. fa do um.”
42 He went away
again the second time, 42 Jedus gone way de secon time an
and prayed, saying, O my pray say, “Me Fada, ef ya cyahn tek way
Father, if this cup may
not pass away from me, dis cup lessin A drink fom um, ya mus do
except I drink it, thy will wa ya wahn.” 43 Den e come back gin ta de
be done.
43 And he came and ciple dem, see dat dey beena sleep. Dey ain
found them asleep again: been able fa keep dey eye open.
for their eyes were 44 So Jedus lef um an gone way gin, an
heavy.
44 And he left them, fa de tird time e pray de same pray wa e
and went away again, beena pray. 45 Den e gone back ta de ciple
and prayed the third
time, saying the same dem an say, “Oona stillyet da sleep an res?
words. Look yah! De time done come wen dey
45 Then cometh he to
his disciples, and saith gwine han oba de Man wa Come fom God
unto them, Sleep on now, ta dem wickity people. 46 Oona mus git
and take your rest: be-
hold, the hour is at hand, op! Leh we go. Look yah, de man wa da
and the Son of man is be- han me oba, e da come now!”
trayed into the hands of
sinners.
46 Rise, let us be going: Jedus Enemy Tek Um
behold, he is at hand that Mark 14:43-50; Luke 22:47-53; John 18:3-12
doth betray me.
47 And while he yet 47 Wiles Jedus beena taak, Judas, wa
spake, lo, Judas, one of been one ob de tweb ciple dem, e git dey. E
the twelve, came, and
with him a great multi- come wid a whole heapa people da tote
tude with swords and sode an big stick fa fight wid. De leada
staves, from the chief
priests and elders of the dem ob de priest dem an de oda Jew leada
people. dem done sen dem people yah wid Judas.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26 105

48 Judas done been tell dem people how 48 Now he that be-
trayed him gave them a
dey gwine know Jedus. E been say, “De sign, saying, Whomso-
man wa A gwine kiss, dat de man oona fa ever I shall kiss, that
grab hole ta.” same is he: hold him fast.
49 And forthwith he
49 So wen Judas git dey, e gone scraight came to Jesus, and said,
op ta Jedus, an e say, “Good ebenin, Hail, master; and kissed
him.
Teacha.” Den e kiss um. 50 And Jesus said unto
50 Jedus ansa say, “Fren, do wa ya come him, Friend, wherefore
art thou come? Then
fa do.” came they, and laid
hands on Jesus, and took
So dey come op an grab hole ta Jedus. him.
51 Jes den one ob dem wa been dey wid 51 And, behold, one of
them which were with
Jedus pull out e sode. E scrike de saabant Jesus stretched out his
ob de head man ob de Jew priest leada hand, and drew his
sword, and struck a ser-
dem, an e cut off e yea. 52 Jedus tell de one vant of the high priest's,
wid de sode, say, “Pit ya sode back een e and smote off his ear.
52 Then said Jesus
place, cause all dem wa fight wid sode, de unto him, Put up again
sode gwine kill um. 53 Ain ya know dat ef thy sword into his place:
A aks me Fada fa hep me, jes den e gwine for all they that take the
sword shall perish with
sen tweb aamy ob angel fa come hep me? the sword.
54 Bot ef A do dat, how dat gwine happen 53 Thinkest thou that I
cannot now pray to my
wa dey write een God Book? Cause God Father, and he shall pres-
Book say e haffa happen dis way.” ently give me more than
55 Den Jedus tell de crowd say, “Oona twelve legions of angels?
54 But how then shall
haffa come da tote sode an big stick fa the scriptures be fulfilled,
fight wid, fa grab hole ta me? A ain no tief. that thus it must be?
55 In that same hour
Ebry day A beena seddown da teach een said Jesus to the multi-
God House, an oona ain neba grab hole ta tudes, Are ye come out as
against a thief with
me. 56 Bot all dis happen so dat wa de swords and staves for to
prophet dem been write een God Book take me? I sat daily with
gwine come true.” you teaching in the tem-
ple, and ye laid no hold
Den all de ciple dem lef um an ron way. on me.
56 But all this was
done, that the scriptures
Dey Tek Jedus ta de Jew Council of the prophets might be
Mark 14:53-65; Luke 22:54-55, 63-71; fulfilled. Then all the dis-
John 18:13-14, 19-24 ciples forsook him, and
fled.
57 And they that had
De people dem wa grab hole ta Jedus
57 laid hold on Jesus led him
tek um ta Caiaphas, de head man ob de away to Caiaphas the
high priest, where the
priest leada dem. De Law teacha dem an scribes and the elders
de oda Jew leada dem been geda togeda were assembled.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
106 Matthew 26

58 But Peter followed dey. 58 Now Peter beena folla long hine
him afar off unto the high
priest's palace, and went Jedus bot e ain git close ta um. E folla long
in, and sat with the ser- right ta de head man yaad. Den e gone
vants, to see the end.
59 Now the chief
eenta de yaad an seddown wid de gyaad
priests, and elders, and dem fa see wa gwine happen. 59 De leada
all the council, sought dem ob de priest dem an all de oda leada
false witness against Je-
sus, to put him to death; dem wa jedge een de Jew Council, dey try
60 But found none:
fa find some chaage ginst Jedus eben ef e
yea, though many false
witnesses came, yet ain been true, so dey kin kill um. 60 Bot
found they none. At the dey ain been able fa find none, eben wen
last came two false
witnesses, plenty people come tell lie ginst Jedus.
61 And said, This fellow Den two people come op. 61 Dey say, “Dis
said, I am able to destroy
the temple of God, and to
man say, ‘A kin stroy God House an den
build it in three days. tek shree day fa build um back op gin.’ ”
62 And the high priest 62 De head man ob de priest leada dem
arose, and said unto him,
Answerest thou nothing?
stanop an aks Jedus say, “Wa mek dem
what is it which these wit- people say ya done dem ting? Ain ya got
ness against thee? nottin fa say bout dat?” 63 Bot Jedus ain
63 But Jesus held his
peace. And the high
neba say a mumblin wod. De head man
priest answered and said taak ta um gin say, “A da chaage ya een de
unto him, I adjure thee name ob God wa da lib faeba, ya mus
by the living God, that
thou tell us whether thou sweah fa tell we ef ya de Messiah, de Son
be the Christ, the Son of ob God.”
God.
64 Jedus ansa say, “Ya right wen ya say
64 Jesus saith unto
him, Thou hast said: nev- dat. Fudamo A da tell oona say, de time
ertheless I say unto you, gwine come wen oona gwine see de Man
Hereafter shall ye see the
Son of man sitting on the wa Come fom God da seddown pon de
right hand of power, and right han side ob God, wa got all powa.
coming in the clouds of
heaven. Oona gwine shim da come down ta dis wol
65 Then the high priest pon heaben cloud!”
rent his clothes, saying, 65 Wen de head man yeh wa Jedus say,
He hath spoken blas-
phemy; what further e bex til e teah e cloes an e say, “Dis man
need have we of wit- done say ebil ting ginst God! We ain need
nesses? behold, now ye
have heard his
no mo people wod ginst um, ainty? Right
blasphemy. yah, oonasef done yeh de ebil ting e say
66 What think ye? ginst God! 66 Wa oona say?”
They answered and said,
He is guilty of death.
An dey say, “E oughta dead.”
67 Then did they spit
67 Den dey spit een e face an knock um.
in his face, and buffeted An some ob dem slap um. 68 Dey say, “Ya

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 26, 27 107

a prophet, de Messiah. So den tell we who him; and others smote


him with the palms of
dat wa knock ya!” their hands,
68 Saying, Prophesy
Peter Say E Ain Know Jedus unto us, thou Christ, Who
is he that smote thee?
Mark 14:66-72; Luke 22:56-62; John 18:15-18, 25-27 69 Now Peter sat with-
69 Now den, Peter beena seddown out in the palace: and a
damsel came unto him,
outside een de head man yaad. An one de saying, Thou also wast
gyal dem wa wok fa de head man come ta with Jesus of Galilee.
70 But he denied be-
Peter an say, “Ya been dey too, wid dat fore them all, saying, I
Jedus wa come fom Galilee.” know not what thou
sayest.
70 Bot Peter tell um all e ain know 71 And when he was
Jedus. E say, “A ain know wa ya da taak gone out into the porch,
another maid saw him,
bout.” 71 Den Peter gone out close ta de and said unto them that
gate. Noda saabant gyal see Peter an e tell were there, This fellow
de people wa beena stan roun dey say, was also with Jesus of
Nazareth.
“Dis man been dey wid Jedus wa come 72 And again he de-
fom Nazareth.” nied with an oath, I do
not know the man.
72 Bot Peter gin say dat ain so. E say, “A 73 And after a while
sweah, A ain know dat man!” came unto him they that
stood by, and said to Pe-
73 Atta a leetle bit, de man dem wa da ter, Surely thou also art
stan roun dey come op ta Peter an tell um, one of them; for thy
speech bewrayeth thee.
say, “Fa sho, ya one ob dem wa been dey 74 Then began he to
wid Jedus. De way ya da taak show dat fa curse and to swear, say-
true ya come fom dey!” ing, I know not the man.
And immediately the
74 Den Peter mek a wow an sweah ta cock crew.
75 And Peter remem-
um say, “Leh God mek me suffa ef A ain da
bered the word of Jesus,
taak true! A ain know dat man!” which said unto him, Be-
Jes den a roosta crow. 75 An Peter fore the cock crow, thou
shalt deny me thrice. And
memba dat Jedus done tell um say, “Fo de he went out, and wept
roosta crow, ya gwine say shree time dat bitterly.
ya ain know me.” Peter gone outta de yaad
27
,26

an e cry bitta teah. Chapter 27


1 When the morning
Dey Tek Jedus ta Gobna Pilate was come, all the chief
Mark 15:1; Luke 23:1-2; John 1:28-32 priests and elders of the
people took counsel

27 Wen day clean, all de leada dem


1 against Jesus to put him
ob de priest dem an de oda Jew to death:
2 And when they had
leada dem geda togeda fa mek plan ginst bound him, they led him
Jedus fa kill um. 2 Dey tie op Jedus han, an away, and delivered him

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
108 Matthew 27

to Pontius Pilate the den dey tek um way an han um oba ta


governor.
3 Then Judas, which
Pontius Pilate, wa been de Roman gobna.
had betrayed him, when
he saw that he was con- Judas Hang Esef
demned, repented him- De Postle Dem 1:18-19
self, and brought again
the thirty pieces of silver 3 Wen Judas wa sell Jedus an han um
to the chief priests and
elders, oba ta e enemy dem know dat dey done
4 Saying, I have sinned condemn Jedus, e been too saary fa wa e
in that I have betrayed done done. So e tek de tirty silba coin
the innocent blood. And
they said, What is that to back, gim ta de leada dem ob de priest
us? see thou to that. dem an de oda Jew leada dem. 4 E tell um
5 And he cast down the say, “A done sin, cause A sell a man wa ain
pieces of silver in the
temple, and departed, done nottin bad.”
and went and hanged Dey ansa say, “Dat ain none ob we
himself.
bidness, ainty? Ya sponsible fa dat!”
6 And the chief priests
5 Judas fling dem silba coin eenta God
took the silver pieces,
and said, It is not lawful House an lef dey. Den e gone off an hang
for to put them into the
treasury, because it is the
esef.
price of blood. 6 De leada dem ob de priest dem pick op
7 And they took coun- dem coin an say, “Dis blood money. We
sel, and bought with
them the potter's field, to
law ain leh we fa pit um een de place weh
bury strangers in. we da keep de money fa God House.” 7 So
8 Wherefore that field dey cide fa go buy one fiel wa name Potter
was called, The field of Fiel wid dat money. Dey do dat fa mek a
blood, unto this day.
grabeyaad fa people wa ain Jew. 8 Cause
9 Then was fulfilled
that which was spoken by
ob dat, eben op ta now, dey call dat fiel, de
Jeremy the prophet, say- Blood Fiel.
ing, And they took the 9 So den, wa de prophet Jeremiah been
thirty pieces of silver, the
price of him that was val- say, dat so e happen. E been say, “Dey tek
ued, whom they of the de tirty silba coin wa some de Israel people
children of Israel did
value; gree fa pay fa um, 10 an wid dat money
10 And gave them for
dey buy de fiel wa blongst ta a man wa
the potter's field, as the beena mek clay pot, jes like de Lawd tell
Lord appointed me. me fa do.”
11 And Jesus stood be- Pilate Quizzit Jedus
fore the governor: and Mark 15:2-5; Luke 23:3-5; John 18:33-38
the governor asked him,
saying, Art thou the King 11 Dey mek Jedus stanop fo Gobna
of the Jews? And Jesus
said unto him, Thou
Pilate. De gobna aks Jedus say, “Ya de
sayest. king ob de Jew people?”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 27 109

Jedus ansa um say, “Wa ya say, dat so e 12 And when he was


accused of the chief
stan.” 12 Bot wen de leada dem ob de priests and elders, he an-
priest dem an de oda Jew leada dem cuse swered nothing.
Jedus, say e do bad, Jedus ain ansa nottin. 13 Then said Pilate
unto him, Hearest thou
13 Pilate aks um say, “Ain ya yeh all not how many things
dem bad ting dey da cuse ya ob?” they witness against
14 Bot Jedus ain crack e teet. So de thee?
14 And he answered
gobna been stonish. him to never a word; in-
somuch that the gover-
nor marvelled greatly.
Dey Say Jedus Mus Dead Pon de Cross
Mark 15:6-15; Luke 23:13-25; John 18:39-19:16 15 Now at that feast the
governor was wont to re-
15 Ebry yeah wen dey hab de Passoba lease unto the people a
Feas, de gobna nyuse fa free one poson wa prisoner, whom they
would.
de crowd ob people been wahn, fom outta
16 And they had then a
de jailhouse. 16 Dat time dey, one man wa notable prisoner, called
all de people know bout, e been dey een de Barabbas.
jailhouse. De man been name Barabbas. 17 Therefore when
17 So wen de crowd ob people geda they were gathered to-
gether, Pilate said unto
togeda, Pilate aks um say, “Wish one ob them, Whom will ye that
dem two man yah oona wahn me fa free fa I release unto you?
Barabbas, or Jesus which
oona? Oona wahn me fa free Barabbas or is called Christ?
Jedus, wa dey call de Messiah?” 18 Pilate
18 For he knew that for
been know dat de Jew leada dem done han envy they had delivered
Jedus oba ta um cause dey been jealous ob him.
um. 19 When he was set
19 Wiles Pilate beena seddown een de down on the judgment
seat, his wife sent unto
chair weh dey seddown fa jedge people, him, saying, Have thou
Pilate wife sen tell um say, “Mus dohn hab nothing to do with that
just man: for I have suf-
nottin fa do wid dis man wa ain done fered many things this
nottin bad. Cause las night de dream wa A day in a dream because
of him.
dream bout um been warry me tommuch.”
20 Bot de leada dem ob de priest dem an 20 But the chief priests
and elders persuaded the
de oda Jew leada dem coax de crowd til de multitude that they
people ready fa tell Pilate dey wahn um fa should ask Barabbas, and
destroy Jesus.
free Barabbas an kill Jedus. 21 Gobna
21 The governor an-
Pilate aks de people gin say, “Wish one ob swered and said unto
dem two man yah oona wahn me fa free fa them, Whether of the
twain will ye that I re-
oona?” lease unto you? They
De people say, “Barabbas!” said, Barabbas.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
110 Matthew 27

22 Pilate saith unto 22 Den Pilate aks de people say, “Well


them, What shall I do
then with Jesus which is den, wa A gwine do wid Jedus wa dey call
called Christ? They all say de Messiah?”
unto him, Let him be
crucified. Dey all ansa um say, “Nail um ta de
23 And the governor cross!”
said, Why, what evil hath 23 Pilate aks de people say, “Hoccome?
he done? But they cried
out the more, saying, Let Wa ebil ting e done?”
him be crucified. Bot dey holla mo louda say, “Nail um ta
24 When Pilate saw
that he could prevail de cross!”
nothing, but that rather a 24 Pilate see dat e ain gwine be able fa
tumult was made, he
took water, and washed git de people fa say nottin diffunt. Steada
his hands before the mul- dat, dey staat fa riot. So e tek some wata
titude, saying, I am inno-
cent of the blood of this een a basin an e wash e han fo de crowd. E
just person: see ye to it. tell um say, “A ain sponsible fa dis. Ef e
25 Then answered all
the people, and said, His
dead, oona sponsible fa um!”
blood be on us, and on 25 All de people ansa say, “Leh we an
our children. we chullun be sponsible fa e det.”
26 Then released he
Barabbas unto them: and 26 Den Pilate free Barabbas fa um. An e
when he had scourged han oba Jedus ta e sodja dem fa beat um
Jesus, he delivered him to
be crucified. an nail um pon de cross.
27 Then the soldiers of
the governor took Jesus
into the common hall,
De Sodja Dem Hole Jedus Cheap
and gathered unto him Mark 15:16-20; John 19:2-3
the whole band of
soldiers.
Pilate sodja dem tek Jedus eenta
27
28 And they stripped Gobna Pilate bighouse, an all de sodja dem
him, and put on him a wa lib dey geda roun Jedus. 28 Dey pull all
scarlet robe.
29 And when they had e cloes off um. Den dey dress Jedus een a
platted a crown of thorns, daak red robe, like a king weah. 29 Den
they put it upon his head,
and a reed in his right dey mek a crown fom bramble branch an
hand: and they bowed pit um pon e head. An dey pit a stick een e
the knee before him, and
mocked him, saying, right han fa hole. Den dey kneel down fo
Hail, King of the Jews! um. Dey hole um cheap, hail um say, “Leh
30 And they spit upon
de Jew people King hab long life!” 30 Den
him, and took the reed,
and smote him on the dey spit pon um an tek de stick wa been
head. dey een e han an knock um een e head oba
31 And after that they
had mocked him, they an oba gin. 31 Wen dey done hole um
took the robe off from cheap, dey pull de robe off um an dress um
him, and put his own rai-
ment on him, and led him
een e own cloes gin. Den dey tek um way
away to crucify him. fa go nail um pon de cross.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 27 111

Dey Nail Jedus ta de Cross 32 And as they came


Mark 15:21-32; Luke 23:26-43; John 19:17-27 out, they found a man of
Cyrene, Simon by name:
32 Wiles dey beena gwine, dey meet one him they compelled to
bear his cross.
man wa name Simon, wa been bon een 33 And when they
Cyrene. De sodja dem grab hole ta um an were come unto a place
called Golgotha, that is to
mek um tote Jedus cross. 33 Dey git ta de say, a place of a skull,
place dey call Golgotha. Dat mean “De 34 They gave him vine-
place wa look like a man skull.” 34 Den de gar to drink mingled with
gall: and when he had
sodja dem gii Jedus wine wa dey been mix tasted thereof, he would
wid gall. Bot wen Jedus taste um, e ain not drink.
35 And they crucified
drink um. him, and parted his gar-
35 Dey nail Jedus pon de cross, an den ments, casting lots: that it
might be fulfilled which
dey shrow dice fa wide op e cloes mongst was spoken by the
prophet, They parted my
um. 36 An den dey seddown da watch um garments among them,
dey. 37 Dey write down de chaage dey and upon my vesture did
they cast lots.
been hab ginst Jedus fa de people fa read, 36 And sitting down
den dey nail um oba Jedus head. De they watched him there;
37 And set up over his
chaage say, DIS YAH JEDUS, DE KING OB DE JEW head his accusation writ-
PEOPLE. 38 Dey nail two tief too pon dey ten, THIS IS JESUS THE
KING OF THE JEWS.
own cross. Dey pit one man pon Jedus 38 Then were there
right han side an de oda man pon e lef han two thieves crucified
with him, one on the
side. right hand, and another
39 De people wa beena pass by shrow on the left.
39 And they that
slam pon Jedus. Dey shake dey head fa passed by reviled him,
show dey hole Jedus cheap. 40 Dey tell um wagging their heads,
40 And saying, Thou
say, “So dey! Ya beena say ya gwine stroy that destroyest the tem-
God House an jes tek shree day fa build um ple, and buildest it in
three days, save thyself.
back op. Well den, sabe yasef now! Ef ya If thou be the Son of God,
God Son, come down fom de cross!” come down from the
cross.
41 Same way so, de leada dem ob de 41 Likewise also the
priest dem, de Law teacha dem an de oda chief priests mocking
him, with the scribes and
Jew leada dem hole um cheap. 42 Dey say, elders, said,
“E sabe oda people, bot e ain able fa sabe 42 He saved others;
himself he cannot save. If
esef! E de King ob Israel, ainty? Leh um he be the King of Israel,
come down fom de cross now, so dat we let him now come down
from the cross, and we
gwine bleebe pon um! 43 E bleebe pon will believe him.
God an e say e God Son. Leh God sabe um 43 He trusted in God;
let him deliver him now,
now ef God wahn um fa e own!” if he will have him: for he
44 Same way, de tief dem wa been nail said, I am the Son of God.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
112 Matthew 27

44 The thieves also, pon dey own cross, dey too shrow slam
which were crucified
with him, cast the same
pon Jedus.
in his teeth. Jedus Dead
45 Now from the sixth Mark 15:33-41; Luke 23:44-49; John 19:28-30
hour there was darkness
over all the land unto the 45 E been bout tweb o’clock noon wen
ninth hour. de sun stop fa shine. All dat lan been pitch
46 And about the ninth
hour Jesus cried with a daak fa shree hour. 46 Bout shree o’clock,
loud voice, saying, Eli, Jedus holla loud say, “Eloi, Eloi, lama
Eli, lama sabachthani?
that is to say, My God, sabachthani?” Dat mean, “Me God, me
my God, why hast thou God, hoccome ya done lef me?”
forsaken me? 47 Wen some people wa beena stanop
47 Some of them that
stood there, when they dey yeh wa Jedus say, dey say, “Dis man
heard that, said, This man da call ta Elijah.” 48 One dem ron fa git a
calleth for Elias.
48 And straightway sponge. E soak um wid cheap wine an tie
one of them ran, and took de sponge pon de end ob a long stick. Den
a spunge, and filled it
with vinegar, and put it e hice de stick op ta Jedus lip fa leh Jedus
on a reed, and gave him suck de wine een de sponge.
to drink.
49 The rest said, Let 49 Bot de oda people dey, dey say,
be, let us see whether “Wait, leh we see ef Elijah gwine come fa
Elias will come to save
him.
sabe um!”
50 Jesus, when he had 50 Jedus holla loud gin, an den e dead.
cried again with a loud 51 Jes den, de big tick curtain wa beena
voice, yielded up the
ghost. hang een God House split down de middle,
51 And, behold, the
veil of the temple was
fom de top down ta de bottom. De groun
rent in twain from the top shake an de big stone dem broke een two.
to the bottom; and the
earth did quake, and the 52 De tomb dem deysef broke open, an de
rocks rent; body dem ob a whole heapa God people
52 And the graves were
opened; and many bodies wa done been dead, dey git op fom mongst
of the saints which slept de dead people an lib gin. 53 Dey come
arose,
53 And came out of the outta dey tomb, an atta Jedus git op fom
graves after his resurrec- mongst de dead an lib gin, dey gone eenta
tion, and went into the
holy city, and appeared de holy city Jerusalem an appeah ta plenty
unto many.
54 Now when the cen-
people.
turion, and they that 54 De Roman offisa an de sodja dem wa
were with him, watching been wid um da gyaad Jedus dey, wen de
Jesus, saw the earth-
quake, and those things groun shake an dey see wa happen, dey
that were done, they been scaid ta det an dey say, “Fa true, dis
feared greatly, saying,
Truly this was the Son of
man yah been God Son!”
God. 55 Plenty ooman dem wa been come

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 27 113

outta Galilee beena folla Jedus fa hep um. 55 And many women
were there beholding
Dey beena stanop way off, da look at wa afar off, which followed
happen. Jesus from Galilee, min-
istering unto him:
5 6 So m e d e m ooman b een M ary 56 Among which was
Magdalene, Mary wa been James an Mary Magdalene, and
Mary the mother of
Joseph dem modda, an Zebedee son dem James and Joses, and the
modda. mother of Zebedee's
children.
57 When the even was
Joseph Bury Jedus Body come, there came a rich
Mark 15:42-47; Luke 23:50-56; John 19:38-42 man of Arimathaea,
named Joseph, who also
57 Wen ebenin time come, one man wa himself was Jesus'
been rich come dey. E been come fom disciple:
58 He went to Pilate,
Arimathea town an e name been Joseph, and begged the body of
an e beena bleebe pon Jedus an folla um. Jesus. Then Pilate com-
58 Now Joseph gone ta Pilate an aks um fa manded the body to be
delivered.
leh um hab Jedus body. Pilate gii e sodja 59 And when Joseph
dem orda fa gii Joseph de body ob Jedus. had taken the body, he
wrapped it in a clean
59 So den, Joseph tek Jedus body an wrop linen cloth,
um op een a clean linen closs. 60 Den e 60 And laid it in his
own new tomb, which he
gone pit Jedus body eenside e own tomb had hewn out in the rock:
wa dey jes been cut outta de rock dey. E and he rolled a great
stone to the door of the
roll one big stone fo de tomb doormout, fa sepulchre, and departed.
kiba um. Den e gone. 6 1 An Mary 61 And there was Mary
Magdalene an de oda Mary beena Magdalene, and the other
Mary, sitting over against
seddown dey, cross fom de tomb. the sepulchre.
62 Now the next day,
Sodja Dem Gyaad Jedus Tomb that followed the day
of the preparation, the
62 De nex day, pon de Woshup Day, de chief priests and Phari-
leada dem ob de priest dem an de Pharisee sees came together unto
Pilate,
dem gone ta Pilate. 63 Dey tell um say,
63 Saying, Sir, we re-
“Sah, we memba wen dat man wa ain taak member that that de-
true been dey wid we, e been say, ‘Atta ceiver said, while he was
yet alive, After three days
shree day, A gwine git op fom mongst de I will rise again.
dead an lib gin.’ 64 So den, please sah, gii 64 Command therefore
orda fa mek sho de tomb shet op good an that the sepulchre be
made sure until the third
tight til de shree day pass, so dat e ciple day, lest his disciples
dem ain gwine be able fa tief de body an come by night, and steal
him away, and say unto
den tell de people say, ‘E done git op fom the people, He is risen
mongst de dead an e da lib gin.’ Ef dat from the dead: so the last

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
114 Matthew 27, 28

error shall be worse than happen, dis las lie gwine be mo wossa den
the first.
65 Pilate said unto de fus lie.”
them, Ye have a watch: 65 Pilate ansa um say, “Oona kin tek de
go your way, make it as
sure as ye can. sodja dem an hab um gyaad de tomb good
66 So they went, and as oona kin.”
made the sepulchre sure, 66 So dey gone an mek sho de tomb
sealing the stone, and set-
ting a watch. been shet op good an tight an pit a seal pon
um, an dey lef de sodja dem fa gyaad um.

Chapter 28 Jedus da Lib Gin


1 In the end of the sab-
Mark 16:1-10; Luke 24:1-12;
John 20:1-10
bath, as it began to dawn
toward the first day of the

28 Atta de Woshup Day, day clean


week, came Mary Magda- 1
lene and the other Mary pon de fus day ob de week, Mary
to see the sepulchre.
2 And, behold, there Magdalene an de oda Mary gone fa look at
was a great earthquake: de tomb. 2 All ob a sudden, de groun shake
for the angel of the Lord
descended from heaven,
too bad. De Lawd angel come down fom
and came and rolled back heaben an roll back de big stone wa beena
the stone from the door, kiba de tomb doormout. Den de angel
and sat upon it.
3 His countenance seddown pon de stone. 3 Dat angel beena
was like lightning, and shine like lightnin, an e cloes been white
his raiment white as
snow: like snow. 4 An de sodja dem wa beena
4 And for fear of him gyaad de tomb, dey tremble cause dey
the keepers did shake,
and became as dead men. scaid, an dey faddown jes like dey dead
5 And the angel an- man dem.
swered and said unto the 5 De angel tell de ooman dem say,
women, Fear not ye: for I
know that ye seek Jesus, “Oona mus dohn be scaid! A know oona da
which was crucified. look fa Jedus wa dey nail pon de cross.
6 He is not here: for he
is risen, as he said. Come, 6 Jedus ain yah. E done git op fom mongst
see the place where the de dead an e da lib gin, jes like e beena say.
Lord lay.
7 And go quickly, and Look, dis yah de place weh dey been lay
tell his disciples that he is um down. 7 Go quick an tell e ciple dem
risen from the dead; and,
behold, he goeth before say, e done git op fom mongst de dead an
you into Galilee; there da lib gin, an e da gwine fo oona ta Galilee.
shall ye see him: lo, I
have told you.
Oona gwine shim dey! Dis wa A got fa tell
8 And they departed oona.”
quickly from the sepul- 8 So de ooman dem lef de tomb quick.
chre with fear and great
joy; and did run to bring Dey been scaid, bot full op wid joy. An dey
his disciples word. ron fa go tell e ciple dem.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Matthew 28 115

9 Wiles dey beena gwine, all ob a 9 And as they went to


tell his disciples, behold,
sudden Jedus meet um, tell um say, “Good Jesus met them, saying,
maanin.” De ooman dem gone an git down All hail. And they came
and held him by the feet,
pon de groun fo um an tek hole ta e foot fa and worshipped him.
woshup um. 10 Jedus say, “Mus dohn be
scaid! Go tell me broda dem fa go ta 10 Then said Jesus
unto them, Be not afraid:
Galilee. Dey gwine see me dey.” go tell my brethren that
they go into Galilee, and
De Sodja Dem Tek Money there shall they see me.
fa Lie Bout wa Happen 11 Now when they
11 Wiles de ooman dem beena gwine fa were going, behold, some
of the watch came into
tell de ciple dem, some ob de sodja dem the city, and shewed unto
wa beena gyaad de tomb, dey gone back ta the chief priests all the
things that were done.
de city an dey tell de leada dem ob de
priest dem all wa happen. 12 De head man 12 And when they
dem gone meet wid de oda Jew leada dem were assembled with the
elders, and had taken
an figga wa fa do. Dey gii de sodja dem counsel, they gave large
plenty money. 13 Dey chaage de sodja money unto the soldiers,
dem say, “Oona mus tell ebrybody say,
‘Jedus ciple dem come jurin de night an 13 Saying, Say ye, His
disciples came by night,
dey done tief de body wiles we beena and stole him away while
sleep.’ 14 An ef de gobna yeh bout dat, we we slept.
gwine sattify um so dat oona ain gwine git
een no trouble.” 14 And if this come to
the governor's ears, we
15 De sodja dem tek de money an done will persuade him, and
wa de leada dem tell um fa do. Dey story secure you.
spread all oba ebryweh mongst de Jew
15 So they took the
people. Eben ta dis day, dey yeh say dat
money, and did as they
wa been happen. were taught: and this say-
ing is commonly reported
among the Jews until this
Jedus Appeah ta E Ciple Dem day.
Mark 16:14-18; Luke 24:36-49;
John 20:19-23; De Postle Dem 1:6-8
16 Then the eleven dis-
16 Now de leben ciple dem gone ta de ciples went away into
Galilee, into a mountain
high hill een Galilee weh Jedus been tell where Jesus had ap-
um fa go. 17 Wen dey see Jedus, dey kneel pointed them.
down fa woshup um. Still yet some ob dem
17 And when they saw
beena doubt ef dat been Jedus fa him, they worshipped
true.18 Den Jedus come op ta um an say, him: but some doubted.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
116 Matthew 28

18 And Jesus came and “God done gii me all de tority an powa fa
spake unto them, saying,
All power is given unto rule een heaben an een dis wol. 19 So den,
me in heaven and in oona mus go ta all de people all oba de wol
earth.
19 Go ye therefore, an laan um fa be me ciple dem. Oona mus
and teach all nations, bactize um een de name ob de Fada God,
baptizing them in the
name of the Father, and
an de name ob de Son, an de name ob de
of the Son, and of the Holy Sperit. 20 Oona mus laan um fa do all
Holy Ghost: wa A done chaage oona fa do. An fa sho, A
20 Teaching them to
observe all things what- gwine be dey wid oona all de time til de
soever I have com- time end.”
manded you: and, lo, I
am with you alway, even
unto the end of the
world. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Good Nyews
Bout Jedus Christ
Wa Mark Write Mark

John wa Bactize People Mek de Way


Matthew 3:1-12; Luke 3:1-18; John 1:19-28

1 Dis yah de Good Nyews bout Jedus


1 Chapter 1
Christ, God Son. 2 De Good Nyews 1,The beginning of the
gospel of Jesus Christ,
staat like how God prophet Isaiah done the Son of God;
write, weh e say, 2,As it is written in the
“God say, ‘A gwine sen prophets, Behold, I send
me messenja head ob ya my messenger before thy
face, which shall prepare
fa open op de way fa ya.’ thy way before thee.
3 Somebody da holla
3,The voice of one cry-
een de wildaness say, ing in the wilderness,
‘Oona mus cleah de road weh de Prepare ye the way of the
Lord, make his paths
Lawd gwine come shru. straight.
Mek de pat scraight 4,John did baptize in
fa um fa waak!’ ” the wilderness, and
4 John beena bactize people een de preach the baptism of re-
pentance for the remis-
wildaness. E beena preach say, “Ef oona sion of sins.
change oona sinful way an dohn do um no 5,And there went out
mo, A gwine bactize oona an God gwine unto him all the land of
Judaea, and they of Jeru-
paadon oona fa de ebil oona done.” 5 A salem, and were all bap-
heapa people fom dey een Judea lan an tized of him in the river
fom Jerusalem city gone fa yeh John. Dem of Jordan, confessing
their sins.
people fess op bout ebil ting dem dey
6,And John was cloth-
beena do fo ebrybody wa been dey. Den ed with camel's hair, and
John bactize um een de Jerden Riba. with a girdle of a skin
6 John cloes been mek wid camel hair, about his loins; and he
did eat locusts and wild
an de belt roun e wais been mek wid honey;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
118 Mark 1

7,And preached, say-


animal hide. E beena nyam locust an wild
ing, There cometh one
mightier than I after me, honey. 7 E taak ta de people say, “Atta A
the latchet of whose done me wok, one man wa hab heap mo
shoes I am not worthy to
stoop down and unloose. tority den me gwine come. A ain fit eben fa
8,I indeed have bap- stoop down an loose e shoe. 8 A da bactize
tized you with water: but oona wid wata, bot e gwine bactize oona
he shall baptize you with
the Holy Ghost. wid de Holy Sperit.”
9,And it came to pass
in those days, that Jesus John Bactize Jedus an Satan Tempt Um
came from Nazareth of Matthew 3:13-4:11; Luke 3:21, 22; 4:1-13
Galilee, and was baptized
of John in Jordan. Jurin dat time Jedus come fom
9
10,And straightway Nazareth town wa dey een Galilee. An
coming up out of the wa- John bactize um een de Jerden Riba.
ter, he saw the heavens
10 Wen John done bactize um, Jedus come
opened, and the Spirit
like a dove descending op outta de wata. Jedus see de eliment
upon him:
open op an e see God Sperit da come down
11,And there came a
voice from heaven, say-
like a dob til e light pon um. 11 Den one
ing, Thou art my beloved boice taak fom outta heaben say, “Ya me
Son, in whom I am well own Son. A da lob ya an ya da pledja me
pleased.
12,And immediately
tommuch!”
the Spirit driveth him 12 Dat same time God Sperit mek Jedus
into the wilderness. go eenta de wildaness. 13 Jedus been dey
13,And he was there in
een de wildaness foty day an foty night. An
the wilderness forty days,
tempted of Satan; and Satan beena try fa mek um do ebil. Jedus
was with the wild beasts; been dey wid dem wild animal. Bot de
and the angels ministered
unto him. angel dem come ta Jedus an hep um.
14,Now after that John
was put in prison, Jesus Jedus Staat fa Call E Ciple Dem
came into Galilee, Matthew 4:12-22; Luke 4:14-15; 5:1-11
preaching the gospel of
the kingdom of God, 14 Atta John wa Bactize done been pit

15,And saying, The


eenta de jailhouse, Jedus gone ta Galilee,
time is fulfilled, and the da tell de people all roun dey de Good
kingdom of God is at Nyews wa God sen. 15 Jedus say, “De time
hand: repent ye, and be-
lieve the gospel. done come. Soon people gwine see God da
rule oba de people an de wol! Oona mus
16,Now as he walked
by the sea of Galilee, he change oona sinful way an dohn do um no
saw Simon and Andrew mo. An oona mus bleebe de Good Nyews.”
his brother casting a net 16 Wen Jedus beena waak long de sho
into the sea: for they
were fishers. ob Lake Galilee, e see two fishaman,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 1 119

Simon an e broda Andrew. Dey beena cyas 17,And Jesus said unto
them, Come ye after me,
dey fishin net eenta de wata. 17 Jedus tell and I will make you to
dem say, “Come trabel longside me. Oona become fishers of men.
18,And straightway
beena wok da ketch fish. A gwine laan they forsook their nets,
oona how fa wok fa ketch people fa me.” and followed him.
19,And when he had
18 Simon an Andrew lef dey fishin net an gone a little further
dey gone da trabel longside Jedus. thence, he saw James the
son of Zebedee, and John
19 Wen dey gone long de lake sho leetle his brother, who also
were in the ship mending
bit mo, Jedus see two oda broda, James an their nets.
John. Dey been Zebedee son dem. Dey 20,And straightway he
called them: and they left
been eenside dey boat, da mend dey fishin their father Zebedee in
net. 20 Wen Jedus shim, e call um. Dey lef the ship with the hired
dey fada Zebedee an de wokman dem een servants, and went after
him.
de boat, an dey folla longside Jedus. 21,And they went into
Capernaum; and straight-
way on the sabbath day
Jedus Dribe Out de Ebil Sperit he entered into the syna-
Luke 4:31-37 gogue, and taught.
22,And they were as-
21 Jedus an e ciple dem gone ta de town
tonished at his doctrine:
name Capernaum. Wen de nex Jew for he taught them as one
that had authority, and
Woshup Day come, Jedus gone eenside de not as the scribes.
Jew meetin house an laan de people God 23,And there was in
wod. 22 De people beena stonish bout de their synagogue a man
with an unclean spirit;
way Jedus laan um, cause e beena laan um and he cried out,
wid tority. E ain teach like how Jew Law 24,Saying, Let us alone;
what have we to do with
teacha dem beena do. 23 Jes den, one man thee, thou Jesus of Naza-
wa hab ebil sperit een um come eenta de reth? art thou come to
destroy us? I know thee
Jew meetin house. E holla loud, 24 e tell who thou art, the Holy
Jedus say, “Jedus fom Nazareth, wa One of God.
25,And Jesus rebuked
bidness ya hab wid we? Ya come yah fa git him, saying, Hold thy
rid ob we, ainty? A know who ya da. Ya de peace, and come out of
one wa blongst ta God fa true!” him.
26,And when the un-
25 Jedus buke dat ebil sperit say, “Mus clean spirit had torn him,
dohn say no mo. Mus come outta de man.” and cried with a loud
voice, he came out of
26 De ebil sperit shake de man haad. E him.
holla loud an den e come outta de man. 27,And they were all
amazed, insomuch that
27 All de people beena stonish tommuch.
they questioned among
Dey beena taak ta one noda say, “Wa dis? themselves, saying, What
thing is this? what new
Dis a nyew ting e da laan we! Dis Man hab doctrine is this? for with
tority fa tell eben de ebil sperit dem wa fa authority commandeth

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
120 Mark 1

he even the unclean spir- do an dey do um!” 28 Dat same time dey,
its, and they do obey
him. people staat fa taak all oba Galilee lan
28,And immediately bout de ting dem wa Jedus done.
his fame spread abroad
throughout all the region
round about Galilee. Jedus Heal Plenty People
29,And forthwith, Matthew 8:14-17; Luke 4:38-41
when they were come out
of the synagogue, they Jedus wid James an John an e oda
29
entered into the house of ciple dem come outta de Jew meetin house
Simon and Andrew, with
James and John. an gone scraight ta Simon an Andrew dem
30,But Simon's wife's house. 30 Simon moda-een-law been sick
mother lay sick of a fever,
and anon they tell him of een bed. A feba hab um. No soona den
her. Jedus git dey, dey tell um bout um.
31,And he came and 31 Jedus gone ta de ooman an tek e han,
took her by the hand, and
lifted her up; and imme- hep um fa git op. Same time, de feba gone.
diately the fever left her, An de ooman fix sompin fa dem fa nyam
and she ministered unto
them. an gim.
32,And at even, when 32 Dat same day atta de sun done set fa
the sun did set, they red, people come bring ta Jedus all de sick
brought unto him all that
were diseased, and them people an all dem wa hab ebil sperit
that were possessed with eenside um. 33 All de people een dat town
devils.
33,And all the city was
come geda togeda een de yaad, fo de door
gathered together at the ob Simon an Andrew dem house. 34 Jedus
door. heal a heapa people wa been hab all kind
34,And he healed
many that were sick of ob ailment. An e dribe a heapa ebil sperit
divers diseases, and cast outta people. E ain leh dem ebil sperit say
out many devils; and suf-
fered not the devils to eben one wod, cause dey been know who
speak, because they
knew him. Jedus da.
35,And in the morning, Jedus Tell People
rising up a great while God Wod All Oba Galilee
before day, he went out, Luke 4:42-44
and departed into a soli-
tary place, and there 35 Aaly maanin, fo day clean, Jedus git
prayed.
36,And Simon and they
op an lef de house. E gone ta a place weh
that were with him fol- dey ain been no people, weh e pray ta God.
lowed after him. 36 Simon dem gone saach fa Jedus.
37,And when they had
37 Wen dey find um, dey tell um say, “All
found him, they said unto
him, All men seek for de people da look fa ya.”
thee. 38 Jedus ansa um say, “We haffa go ta
38,And he said unto
them, Let us go into the dem oda willage roun yah, so dat A kin tell
next towns, that I may dem people God wod dey too. Cause dat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 1, 2 121

wa A come ta dis wol fa do.” preach there also: for


therefore came I forth.
39 Jedus gone all oba Galilee lan. E 39,And he preached
gone ta de Jew meetin house dem, da tell in their synagogues
throughout all Galilee,
de people God wod. An e beena shrow de and cast out devils.
ebil sperit dem outta de people. 40,And there came a
leper to him, beseeching
him, and kneeling down
Jedus Heal de Man wid Leposy to him, and saying unto
Matthew 8:1-4; Luke 5:12-16 him, If thou wilt, thou
canst make me clean.
40 One man wa been tek bad sick een e 41,And Jesus, moved
skin wid leposy come ta Jedus. E kneel with compassion, put
forth his hand, and
down fo Jedus an beg um say, “Ef ya wahn touched him, and saith
fa do um, A know ya able fa mek me unto him, I will; be thou
clean.
clean.” 42,And as soon as he
41 Jedus been too saary fa de man. E had spoken, immediately
the leprosy departed
reach out e han an tetch um, an e say, “A from him, and he was
wahn fa do um! A mek ya clean.” 42 Dat cleansed.
43,And he straitly
same time de man been clean an e ain hab
charged him, and forth-
leposy no mo. 43 Jedus sen de man pon e with sent him away;
way. Fo e gone, Jedus waan um an chaage 44,And saith unto him,
See thou say nothing to
um. 44 E tell um say, “See yah, mus dohn any man: but go thy way,
tell nobody nottin bout wa happen. Mus go shew thyself to the priest,
and offer for thy cleans-
ta de priest an leh um look pon ya so e ing those things which
gwine know ya ain sick no mo. Ya mus gim Moses commanded, for a
testimony unto them.
de sacrifice fa bun fo God, same like Moses 45,But he went out,
done chaage de people fa do. Dat gwine and began to publish it
mek all de people know ya ain sick no mo.” much, and to blaze
abroad the matter, inso-
45 Bot de man lef Jedus an e taak ta much that Jesus could no
plenty people. E tell de nyews ebryweh. E more openly enter into
the city, but was without
taak sommuch dat Jedus ain able fa come in desert places: and they
eenta no town no mo, cause all de people came to him from every
quarter.
dey beena crowd roun um. E stay outta
town weh nobody lib. Stillyet, de people
2
,1

Chapter 2
1,And again he entered
beena come fom all oba fa shim dey.
into Capernaum after
some days; and it was
Jedus Mek Well One Man Wa Paralyze noised that he was in the
Matthew 9:1-8; Luke 5:17-26 house.
2,And straightway

2 Two, shree day pass an Jedus gone


1 many were gathered to-
gether, insomuch that
back ta Capernaum, an de people yeh there was no room to re-
say Jedus done come back. 2 A heapa dem ceive them, no, not so

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
122 Mark 2

much as about the door: come ta de house. Dey been dey all bout dat
and he preached the
word unto them. house so dat dey ain been no place fa pit
3,And they come unto foot, not eben een front de door. An Jedus
him, bringing one sick of
the palsy, which was beena tell dem God wod. 3 Wiles e beena
borne of four. taak, fo man come bring one man wa
4,And when they could
not come nigh unto him
paralyze, da tote um ta Jedus. 4 Bot cause
for the press, they uncov- ob de crowd, de man dem ain been able fa
ered the roof where he pass fa git dat man wa paralyze ta de place
was: and when they had
broken it up, they let weh Jedus been. Dey climb pontop de
down the bed wherein house, pull op one paat ob de roof right oba
the sick of the palsy lay.
5,When Jesus saw their de place weh Jedus been. Den dey pass de
faith, he said unto the man wa paralyze down ta de place weh
sick of the palsy, Son, thy
sins be forgiven thee. Jedus been. De man been leddown pon a
6,But there were cer- bed. 5 Wen Jedus see how dey bleebe pon
tain of the scribes sitting
there, and reasoning in
um, e tell de man wa paralyze say, “Me son,
their hearts, A done paadon ya sin.”
7,Why doth this man
6 Some Jew Law teacha wa beena
thus speak blasphemies?
who can forgive sins but seddown dey een de house tink een dey
God only?
8,And immediately haat ginst Jedus. Dey tink say, 7 “Who dis
when Jesus perceived in man yah wa da hole God cheap? Dey ain
his spirit that they so rea-
soned within themselves, nobody wa able fa paadon people sin cep
he said unto them, Why God!”
reason ye these things in 8 Dat same time, Jedus know wa dem
your hearts?
9,Whether is it easier Jew Law teacha beena tink een dey haat. E
to say to the sick of the
palsy, Thy sins be for- aks um say, “Wa mek ya tink susha ting
given thee; or to say,
Arise, and take up thy
een ya haat? 9 Wish one e mo easy fa say?
bed, and walk? Fa say, ‘A done paadon ya sin,’ or fa tell
10,But that ye may
know that the Son of man
um, ‘Stanop, tote ya bed an go waak ta ya
hath power on earth to house’? 10 Bot A gwine show oona dat de
forgive sins, (he saith to Man wa Come fom God hab de tority een
the sick of the palsy,)
11,I say unto thee,
dis wol fa paadon people sin.” So den,
Arise, and take up thy Jedus taak ta de man wa paralyze, e say,
bed, and go thy way into 11 “Stanop, tek ya bed an go waak ta ya
thine house.
12,And immediately he house.”
arose, took up the bed, 12 Same time, wiles dey all beena
and went forth before
them all; insomuch that watch, de man stanop. E tek e bed an gone
they were all amazed, way. All de people been stonish an dey
and glorified God, say-
ing, We never saw it on praise God, say, “We ain neba see susha
this fashion. ting like dis yah.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 2 123

Jedus Call Levi fa Be E Ciple 13,And he went forth


Matthew 9:9-13; Luke 5:27-32 again by the sea side; and
all the multitude resorted
13 Jedus gone back ta de sho ob Lake unto him, and he taught
them.
Galilee. Plenty people geda roun um, an e
staat fa laan um God wod. 14 Wiles e 14,And as he passed
beena waak long, e see one man wa da by, he saw Levi the son of
Alphaeus sitting at the re-
geda tax. Dat man name Levi, an e been ceipt of custom, and said
Alphaeus son. Levi been seddown eenside unto him, Follow me.
And he arose and fol-
e office. Jedus tell um say, “Come folla lowed him.
longside me.” Levi git op. E lef e wok dey
15,And it came to pass,
an e gone fa folla longside Jedus. that, as Jesus sat at meat
15 Atta wile, Jedus an e ciple dem beena in his house, many publi-
cans and sinners sat also
nyam ta Levi house. A heapa people beena together with Jesus and
nyam wid um. Dey been dem wa geda tax his disciples: for there
an oda Jew people wa de leada dem hole were many, and they fol-
lowed him.
cheap cause dey ain keep all de Jew Law.
A heapa dem beena waak long wid Jedus. 16,And when the
scribes and Pharisees saw
16 Some Jew Law teacha wa been Pharisee him eat with publicans
see Jedus da nyam wid dem people yah, and sinners, they said
unto his disciples, How is
dem wa geda tax an dem oda dat de leada it that he eateth and
dem hole cheap. So den, dey gone aks drinketh with publicans
and sinners?
Jedus ciple dem say, “Jedus ain oughta
nyam wid dem kinda people, ainty?” 17,When Jesus heard
17 Jedus yeh wa dey say an e ansa um it, he saith unto them,
say, “Dem wa well ain need no docta. Jes They that are whole have
no need of the physician,
dem wa sick need um. A ain come fa call but they that are sick: I
dem wa tink dey da waak scraight wid came not to call the righ-
teous, but sinners to
God. A come fa call de sinna dem.” repentance.

18,And the disciples of


Jedus Laan People Bout How fa Fast
John and of the Pharisees
Matthew 9:14-17; Luke 5:33-39
used to fast: and they
18 One day John ciple dem an de come and say unto him,
Why do the disciples of
Pharisee dem beena keep dey fast, an John and of the Pharisees
some people come aks Jedus say, fast, but thy disciples fast
not?
“Hoccome John ciple dem an de Pharisee
ciple dem da keep de fast, bot ya ciple dem 19,And Jesus said unto
ain keep de fast?” them, Can the children of
the bridechamber fast,
19 Jedus ansa um say, “Ya tink wen de
while the bridegroom is
groom an e paaty dey dey ta de weddin, with them? as long as

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
124 Mark 2

they have the bride- dey ain gwine nyam, wiles de groom dey
groom with them, they
cannot fast.
wid um, e ain fittin fa e paaty fa keep de
20,But the days will
fast. 20 Bot de time da come wen people
come, when the bride- gwine snatch de groom way fom e paaty.
groom shall be taken Wen dat time come, dat wen dey gwine
away from them, and
then shall they fast in keep de fast.
those days. 21 “Ain nobody gwine cut piece fom
21,No man also seweth nyew closs wa ain neba been shrink, an
a piece of new cloth on nyuse um fa patch e ole cloes, cause wen
an old garment: else the de patch e gwine pull, an den de teah
new piece that filled it up
taketh away from the old, gwine be eben wossa. 22 Same way, wen
and the rent is made people mek wine, dey ain gwine pit um
worse.
eenta ole bottle, ainty? Cause wen de wine
22,And no man putteth
new wine into old bot-
staat fa wok een dem ole bottle, dey gwine
tles: else the new wine buss. Den de wine an de bottle all two
doth burst the bottles, gwine waste. Stead ob dat, dey pit nyew
and the wine is spilled,
and the bottles will be wine eenta nyew bottle.”
marred: but new wine
must be put into new
bottles. Jedus Lawd Ob De Woshup Day
Matthew 12:1-8; Luke 6:1-5
23,And it came to pass,
that he went through the 23 One day, Jedus an e ciple dem beena
corn fields on the sabbath
day; and his disciples be-
pass shru de wheat fiel pon de Jew Woshup
gan, as they went, to Day. Wiles Jedus ciple dem beena waak
pluck the ears of corn. long, dey pick some wheat fa nyam. 24 De
24,And the Pharisees Pharisee dem see dat, an so dey come ta
said unto him, Behold, Jedus say, “Look, hoccome ya ciple dem da
why do they on the sab-
bath day that which is do dat? We law say we ain oughta geda
not lawful? grain pon de Woshup Day, ainty?”
25,And he said unto 25 Jedus aks um say, “Oona ain neba
them, Have ye never read read bout wa King David done wen e an de
what David did, when he
had need, and was an people wid um ain hab nottin fa nyam?
hungred, he, and they Dey been hongry down. 26 Way back dey
that were with him?
26,How he went into
wen Abiathar been leada ob de priest dem,
the house of God in the David gone eenside God House an tek de
days of Abiathar the high bread wa been pit dey special fa God.
priest, and did eat the
shewbread, which is not David nyam some bread an e gim ta de
lawful to eat but for the people wid um too. Now den, de Jew Law
priests, and gave also to
them which were with
say nobody oughta nyam dat bread dey,
him? cepin de Jew priest dem.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 2, 3 125

27 Den Jedus tell um say, “God mek de 27,And he said unto


them, The sabbath was
Woshup Day fa de good ob people. E ain made for man, and not
mek people fa de good ob de Woshup Day. man for the sabbath:
28 So den, de Man wa Come fom God, e de 28,Therefore the Son of
Lawd eben ob de Woshup Day.” man is Lord also of the
sabbath.

Jedus Heal One Man Wid a 3


,2

Cripple Op Han Chapter 3


Matthew 12:9-14; Luke 6:6-11
1,And he entered again

3 One oda day, Jedus gone ta de Jew


1 into the synagogue; and
there was a man there
meetin house, an one man been dey which had a withered
wa hab e han cripple op. 2 Some people hand.
2,And they watched
dey been wahn fa cuse Jedus, so dey watch him, whether he would
um all de time fa see ef e gwine heal dat heal him on the sabbath
day; that they might ac-
man wa hab e han cripple op pon de cuse him.
Woshup Day. 3 Jedus tell de man wa hab e 3,And he saith unto the
han cripple op say, “Come stanop yah ta man which had the with-
ered hand, Stand forth.
de front ob we.” 4 Den Jedus aks de people 4,And he saith unto
say, “Tell me, coddin ta we Law, wa oona them, Is it lawful to do
good on the sabbath
say we kin do pon de Woshup Day? E right days, or to do evil? to
fa do good, or fa do bad? Fa sabe man life, save life, or to kill? But
they held their peace.
or fa stroy um?” 5,And when he had
Bot de people ain ansa um. Dey ain looked round about on
them with anger, being
crack e teet. 5 Wiles Jedus look pon um e grieved for the hardness
bex een e haat. Bot same time, e pity um of their hearts, he saith
cause dey head been so haad an wrong. E unto the man, Stretch
forth thine hand. And he
say ta de man, “Scretch out ya han.” De stretched it out: and his
man scretch e han out an dat han git well hand was restored whole
as the other.
like nyew. 6 De Pharisee dem gone outta 6,And the Pharisees
de Jew meetin house. Dey gone meet right went forth, and straight-
way took counsel with
way wid some ob King Herod people fa see the Herodians against
how dey gwine kill Jedus. him, how they might de-
stroy him.
7,But Jesus withdrew
Heapa People Come Folla Jedus himself with his disciples
7 Jedus an e ciple dem wa alltime trabel to the sea: and a great
multitude from Galilee
longside um, dey gone way ta Lake followed him, and from
Galilee. An a heapa people come fom Judaea,
8,And from Jerusalem,
Galilee an folla longside Jedus. 8 Wen dey and from Idumaea, and
yeh bout all wa Jedus beena do, a heapa from beyond Jordan; and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
126 Mark 3

they about Tyre and people come fom Judea lan, fom
Sidon, a great multitude,
when they had heard
Jerusalem city an Idumea lan. Dey come
what great things he did, fom oba ta de side de Jerden Riba an dem
came unto him. town roun Tyre an Sidon. 9 De people
9,And he spake to his
disciples, that a small been so many dat Jedus tell e ciple dem fa
ship should wait on him draw op a boat, bring um close ta de sho
because of the multitude,
lest they should throng ready fa um fa go eenta, ef de people
him. crowd um tommuch. 10 Cause Jedus done
10,For he had healed
many; insomuch that beena heal plenty sick people, so all de
they pressed upon him people wa sick beena crowd um fa try fa
for to touch him, as many
as had plagues.
tetch um. 11 Wensoneba people wa hab
11,And unclean spirits, ebil sperit een um see Jedus, dey faddown
when they saw him, fell pon de groun een front ob um. Dem ebil
down before him, and
cried, saying, Thou art sperit holla say, “Ya God Son!”
the Son of God. 12 Bot wensoneba dey say dat, Jedus
12,And he straitly
charged them that they waan dem, chaage um say, “Mus dohn tell
should not make him
known. nobody who A da.”
13,And he goeth up
into a mountain, and Jedus Pick Tweb Postle
calleth unto him whom he
would: and they came Matthew 10:1-4; Luke 6:12-16
unto him. 13 Jedus gone op one high hill an e call
14,And he ordained
twelve, that they should out de man dem wa e wahn fa come, an
be with him, and that he dey gone fa meet um. 14 Jedus pick tweb
might send them forth to
preach, man fa e be e postle. E pick um fa trabel
15,And to have power
to heal sicknesses, and to
long wid um an fa go tell people God wod.
cast out devils: 15 An e gim powa fa dribe de ebil sperit
16,And Simon he sur-
named Peter; dem outta people.
17,And James the son 16 Dese been de tweb man wa Jedus
of Zebedee, and John the
brother of James; and he
done pick. One been Simon wa Jedus gii
surnamed them Boaner- de name Peter. 17 Dey been James an e
ges, which is, The sons of broda John, dem wa been Zebedee son.
thunder:
18,And Andrew, and Jedus call dem Boanerges, dat mean “Man
Philip, and Bartholo- wa git bex tommuch an mek nise like
mew, and Matthew, and
Thomas, and James the tunda.” 18 An e pick Andrew, Philip,
son of Alphaeus, and Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James
Thaddaeus, and Simon
the Canaanite,
wa been Alphaeus son, Thaddaeus, an
19,And Judas Iscariot, Simon wa been call de Patrot. 19 An e pick
which also betrayed him:
and they went into an
Judas Iscariot, wa been gwine han Jedus
house. oba ta e enemy dem.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 3 127

De Jew Law Teacha dem Say Beelzebub 20,And the multitude


Hab Powa Oba Jedus cometh together again,
so that they could not so
Matthew 12:22-32; much as eat bread.
Luke 11:14-23; 12:10
21,And when his
20 Den Jedus an e ciple dem gone ta a friends heard of it, they
went out to lay hold on
house fa stay. A crowd come geda roun him: for they said, He is
um gin, so dey ain hab chance fa nyam. beside himself.
21 Wen Jedus fambly yeh bout dat, 22,And the scribes
which came down from
dey gone fa tek um outta dey, cause Jerusalem said, He hath
people beena say, “E da mek like e outta e Beelzebub, and by the
prince of the devils
head.” casteth he out devils.
22 Some Jew Law teacha wa come outta 23,And he called them
Jerusalem say, “Beelzebub, de leada ob de unto him, and said unto
them in parables, How
ebil sperit dem, dey eenside Jedus, tell um can Satan cast out Satan?
wa fa do! E gim de powa fa dribe out ebil 24,And if a kingdom be
sperit fom people.” divided against itself,
that kingdom cannot
23 So Jedus call de people an laan um. E
stand.
tell um one paable say, “Fa sho, dat poson 25,And if a house be di-
wa Satan hab powa oba ain gwine dribe vided against itself, that
house cannot stand.
out Satan, ainty? 24 Same like ef people 26,And if Satan rise up
een de same country da fight mongst against himself, and be
deysef, dat country ain gwine las. 25 An ef divided, he cannot stand,
but hath an end.
people een de same house da fight mongst
27,No man can enter
deysef, dey gwine scatta. 26 Same way so, into a strong man's
ef Satan da fight ginst e own wokman dem, house, and spoil his
dey gwine wide op e powa. Satan ain goods, except he will first
bind the strong man; and
gwine rule oba um no mo. then he will spoil his
27 “Fa true, ain nobody gwine go house.
eenside scrong man house an tief e 28,Verily I say unto
you, All sins shall be for-
propaty, lessin e fus tie dat scrong man op. given unto the sons of
Den e kin tek all de scrong man propaty. men, and blasphemies
wherewith soever they
28 A da tell oona fa true, God gwine
shall blaspheme:
paadon all kinda ebil ting people do, an all
29,But he that shall
de ebil ting dem dey da taak bout me. blaspheme against the
29 Bot God ain neba gwine paadon nobody Holy Ghost hath never
forgiveness, but is in dan-
wa say ebil ting ginst de Holy Sperit. Dat ger of eternal damnation:
sin gwine stay dey pon dat poson faeba.”
30,Because they said,
30 Jedus say dat cause some people beena
He hath an unclean
say, “Ebil sperit dey eenside Jedus.” spirit.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
128 Mark 3, 4

31,There came then his Jedus Fambly


brethren and his mother, Matthew 12:46-50; Luke 8:19-21
and, standing without,
sent unto him, calling 31 Jedus modda an e broda dem come
him.
32,And the multitude find um. Dey beena stan outside de door,
sat about him, and they an dey sen somebody fa call um. 32 De
said unto him, Behold,
thy mother and thy
crowd wa beena geda, da seddown roun
brethren without seek for Jedus, tell um say, “Look, ya modda an ya
thee. broda dem right outside de door. Dey
33,And he answered
them, saying, Who is my wahn fa see ya.”
mother, or my brethren? 33 Jedus ansa um say, “Who dat me
34,And he looked
round about on them modda, an me broda dem?” 34 E ton look
which sat about him, and
said, Behold my mother roun pon de people wa beena seddown
and my brethren! roun um an say, “Oona wa dey yah, oona
35,For whosoever shall
do the will of God, the me modda an me broda dem! 35 De poson
same is my brother, and wa da do wa God wahn, dat poson me
my sister, and mother.
broda, me sista an me modda.”
Chapter 4
1,And he began again De Faama an E Seed
to teach by the sea side: Matthew 13:1-9; Luke 8:4-8

4
and there was gathered
unto him a great multi- One oda time Jedus staat fa laan de
1
tude, so that he entered people wa been wid um close by Lake
into a ship, and sat in the
sea; and the whole multi-
Galilee. An a heapa people geda roun um
tude was by the sea on til de crowd been too big. So e gone
the land. seddown eenside a boat, dey een de wata
2,And he taught them
many things by parables, close ta de sho. An de crowd beena stan
and said unto them in his pon de sho. 2 Jedus tell um paable fa laan
doctrine,
3,Hearken; Behold, um plenty ting. Wen e beena laan um, e
there went out a sower to
sow:
tell um say, 3 “Listen! One faama gone ta e
4,And it came to pass, fiel fa plant seed. 4 Wen e scatta de seed
as he sowed, some fell by dem, some faddown pon de pat an some
the way side, and the
fowls of the air came and bod come out, nyam op all dem seed.
devoured it up. 5 Some seed faddown pon groun weh dey
5,And some fell on
stony ground, where it
been heapa stone an dey ain been much
had not much earth; and dort. Cause ob dat, de seed dem buss
immediately it sprang up, quick, cause de dort ain been deep dey.
because it had no depth
of earth: 6 Bot wen de sun git hot, de nyoung plant
6,But when the sun dem widda an dead, cause dem root ain
was up, it was scorched;
and because it had no been gone down deep een de groun. 7 De
root, it withered away. faama scatta oda seed wa faddown mongst

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 4 129

bramble bush. De bramble bush grow an 7,And some fell among


thorns, and the thorns
kiba op de good plant so dey ain been able grew up, and choked it,
fa beah. 8 Bot oda seed faddown pon good and it yielded no fruit.
8,And other fell on
groun. De seed buss an grow fine an beah good ground, and did
plenty. Some seed beah tirty, some sixty, yield fruit that sprang
up and increased; and
an some a hundud.” brought forth, some
9 Jedus say, “Oona wa got yea fa yeh, thirty, and some sixty,
oona mus yeh wa A da say.” and some an hundred.
9,And he said unto
them, He that hath ears
Wa Fa Jedus Tell Paable to hear, let him hear.
10,And when he was
Matthew 13:10-17; Luke 8:9-10
alone, they that were
10 Wen de crowd done gone way, some about him with the
twelve asked of him the
ob de people wa been wid Jedus an de parable.
tweb ciple dem come aks um say wa dem 11,And he said unto
them, Unto you it is given
paable mean. 11 Jedus ansa dem say, “Fa to know the mystery of
oona, God gii oona de chance fa know the kingdom of God: but
bout how e gwine rule all people. Bot de unto them that are with-
out, all these things are
oda people wa ain wid we. A da laan dem done in parables:
wid jes paable. 12 A da tell um so dat, 12,That seeing they
may see, and not per-
‘Dey gwine look an look ceive; and hearing they
bot dey ain gwine see. may hear, and not under-
stand; lest at any time
Dey gwine yeh an yeh bot dey they should be con-
ain neba gwine ondastan. verted, and their sins
should be forgiven them.
Cause ob dat, dey ain ton ta me 13,And he said unto
fa paadon um!’ ” them, Know ye not this
parable? and how then
will ye know all
Jedus Splain de Paable parables?
Bout de Faama an E Seed 14,The sower soweth
Matthew 13:18-23; Luke 8:11-15 the word.
13 Jedus tell de people wa come aks um 15,And these are they
by the way side, where
say, “Ef oona ain ondastan dis paable, the word is sown; but
oona ain gwine ondastan dem oda paable, when they have heard,
Satan cometh immedi-
ainty? 14 De faama da scatta God wod. ately, and taketh away
15 Some ob de people, wen dey yeh de the word that was sown
in their hearts.
wod, Satan come snatch way de wod outta
16,And these are they
dey haat. 16 Now de seed wa faddown pon likewise which are sown
groun weh dey been heapa stone, dat same on stony ground; who,
when they have heard
like de people wa yeh de wod an same the word, immediately
time bleebe um, an dey glad. 17 Bot de receive it with gladness;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
130 Mark 4

17,And have no root in wod ain gone down deep een dey haat, so
themselves, and so en-
dure but for a time: after-
dey ain keep um. Dey stan like plant wa
ward, when affliction or ain hab root. Wen trouble meet um or
persecution ariseth for people fight ginst um cause dey bleebe de
the word's sake, immedi-
ately they are offended. wod, same time dey lef dey right way.
18 De seed wa faddown mongst bramble
18,And these are they
which are sown among bush, dem same like de people wa yeh de
thorns; such as hear the wod, 19 bot dey study tommuch pon de
word,
ting een dis wol wa dey wahn fa do. Dey
19,And the cares of this wahn fa git rich, dey wahn fa hab all kind
world, and the deceitful-
ness of riches, and the
ob ting. So God wod ain git place fa spread
lusts of other things en- dey een dey haat, same like plant wa been
tering in, choke the kiba op an ain beah fruit. 20 Bot de seed
word, and it becometh
unfruitful. wa faddown pon good groun, dey same
20,And these are they
like de people wa yeh de wod an dey
which are sown on good bleebe um good. Dat wod stay een dey
ground; such as hear the haat. Dey stan like plant wa beah plenty.
word, and receive it, and
bring forth fruit, some Some beah tirty, some sixty an some a
thirtyfold, some sixty, hundud.”
and some an hundred.

21,And he said unto De Lamp Pontop de Table


them, Is a candle brought Luke 8:16-18
to be put under a bushel,
or under a bed? and not Jedus tell um noda ting say, “Ef ya git
21
to be set on a candle- lamp an light um, ya ain gwine kiba um op
stick?
wid a bowl or pit um onda a bed, ainty?
22,For there is nothing
hid, which shall not be
No, ya gwine pit um pontop de table so
manifested; neither was people able fa see e light. 22 Cause all ting
any thing kept secret, but wa people do now wa dey hide, dem ting
that it should come
abroad. haffa come out sometime. An people
23,If any man have gwine ondastan dem ting wa secret now.
ears to hear, let him hear. 23 De poson wa hab yea fa yeh, mus yeh
24,And he said unto wa A da say.”
them, Take heed what ye 24 Jedus say, “Oona pay mind now ta
hear: with what measure
ye mete, it shall be mea- wa oona yeh. De way oona da jedge oda
sured to you: and unto people, dat de same way God gwine jedge
you that hear shall more
be given.
oona. An God gwine jedge oona mo
scronga den how oona da jedge oda
25,For he that hath, to
him shall be given: and
people. 25 Anybody wa hab sompin, God
he that hath not, from gwine gim mo, bot anybody wa ain hab

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 4 131

nottin, de leetle bit wa e hab, God gwine him shall be taken even
that which he hath.
tek um way.” 26,And he said, So is
the kingdom of God, as if
De Paable Bout Seed Wa da Grow a man should cast seed
into the ground;
Den Jedus laan um wid noda paable.
\\

26 27,And should sleep,


E say, “God rule stan jes like how seed da and rise night and day,
and the seed should
grow wen a man scatta um pon de groun. spring and grow up, he
27 Jurin de day an de night, wen de man knoweth not how.
wake an wen e da sleep, de seed dem da 28,For the earth
bringeth forth fruit of
buss out an da grow. Bot de man esef ain herself; first the blade,
know how dey da grow. 28 Jes de groun then the ear, after that
esef da mek de seed grow. Wen seed da the full corn in the ear.

grow, de paat wa buss out fom de root fus, 29,But when the fruit is
dat wa ya see fus. Den ya see de leetle brought forth, immedi-
ately he putteth in the
sprout dem, an las ob all, ya see de food wa sickle, because the har-
e beah. 29 Den wen de plant done big an vest is come.
de food ready fa nyam, de man tek e hook 30,And he said, Where-
knife fa cut um, cause de time done reach unto shall we liken the
kingdom of God? or with
fa de haabis.” what comparison shall
we compare it?
De Paable bout De Mustard Seed
31,It is like a grain of
Matthew 13:31-32, 34;
mustard seed, which,
Luke 13:18-19
when it is sown in the
30 Jedus tell um gin say, “A gwine show earth, is less than all the
seeds that be in the earth:
oona mo now bout how God da rule
people like king. A gwine laan oona noda 32,But when it is sown,
it groweth up, and
paable fa splain how God da rule. 31 God becometh greater than
rule stan like mustard seed, wa de leeleetle all herbs, and shooteth
out great branches; so
seed ob all de seed ya da plant een de that the fowls of the air
groun. 32 Bot wen e grow, e kin grow big may lodge under the
mo den all de oda gyaaden plant dem. An e shadow of it.

git plenty big branch weh bod kin come lib 33,And with many
pon um.” 33 Jedus taak plenty ob dis kinda such parables spake he
the word unto them, as
paable, wen e beena laan de people God they were able to hear it.
wod. E tell um all dat dey been able fa
34,But without a para-
laan. 34 E taak jes paable ta de people. Bot ble spake he not unto
wen e an e ciple dem done lef de people, them: and when they
were alone, he ex-
den e splain ta e own ciple dem wa de pounded all things to his
paable dem mean. disciples.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
132 Mark 4, 5

35,And the same day,


Jedus Mek de Big Wind
when the even was come,
he saith unto them, Let us an de Swellin Wata Steady
pass over unto the other Matthew 8:23-27; Luke 8:22-25
side.
Dat same ebenin time dey wen de sun
35
36,And when they had
sent away the multitude,
beena lean fa down, Jedus tell e ciple dem
they took him even as he say, “Leh we cross oba de wata ta de oda
was in the ship. And
there were also with him side ob de lake.” 36 So dey lef de crowd.
other little ships. De ciple dem git een de boat wid Jedus an
37,And there arose a dey gone. An dey been mo boat dey too.
great storm of wind, and 37 Wen dey beena gwine, a big wind steal
the waves beat into the
ship, so that it was now op pon um, an de big swellin wata staat fa
full.
come eenta de boat til de boat staat fa full
38,And he was in the op wid wata. 38 Jedus been een de back
hinder part of the ship,
asleep on a pillow: and paat ob de boat. E beena sleep wid e head
they awake him, and say pon a pilla. De ciple dem wake um op an
unto him, Master, carest
thou not that we perish? aks um say, “Teacha, ya ain mind we
39,And he arose, and gwine dead?”
rebuked the wind, and 39 Jedus stanop, taak scrong ta de big
said unto the sea, Peace,
be still. And the wind breeze say, “Hush, stop blow.” An e say ta
ceased, and there was a
great calm. de swellin wata, “Go down.” De big breeze
done hush an stop fa blow, an de swellin
40,And he said unto
them, Why are ye so fear- wata gone down an been peaceable an
ful? how is it that ye have steady. 40 Den Jedus ton roun ta e ciple
no faith?
dem an e say, “Hoccome oona so scaid?
41,And they feared ex- Stillyet oona ain bleebe pon God, ainty?”
ceedingly, and said one 41 Bot dey beena stonish til dey ain
to another, What manner
of man is this, that even know wa fa tink. Dey aks one noda say,
the wind and the sea
obey him? “Who dis yah man yah? E tell eben de
breeze an de wata wa fa do, an dey do jes
wa e tell um!”

Jedus Heal One Man Wa Hab


Chapter 5
Ebil Sperit Eenside Um
1,And they came over
Matthew 8:28-34; Luke 8:26-39
unto the other side of the

5 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem done


sea, into the country of 1
the Gadarenes.
2,And when he was cross oba de lake, dey gone ta de
come out of the ship, im- Gadarene people country. 2 Same time
mediately there met him
out of the tombs a man Jedus git outta de boat, one man wa come
with an unclean spirit, out fom de buryin cabe fa meet um. Dat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 5 133

man hab ebil sperit eenside um. 3 E beena 3,Who had his dwelling
among the tombs; and no
lib mongst de tomb dem, an e been scrong man could bind him, no,
not with chains:
til nobody ain been able fa keep um tie op, 4,Because that he had
eben wid chain. 4 Plenty time de people been often bound with
done tie op e han an e foot, bot ebrytime e fetters and chains, and
the chains had been
done broke de chain an e smash op de iron plucked asunder by him,
chain pon e foot. Nobody ain been able fa and the fetters broken in
pieces: neither could any
trol um. 5 An jurin de day an de night de man tame him.
man been dey mongst de tomb dem an pon 5,And always, night
and day, he was in the
de hill. E beena holla loud an tek stone fa mountains, and in the
cut esef. tombs, crying, and cut-
6 E been a good way fom Jedus wen e ting himself with stones.
6,But when he saw Je-
shim, so e ron go meet um. E kneel down sus afar off, he ran and
fo Jedus. 7 E holla loud, say, “Jedus, ya de worshipped him,
7,And cried with a loud
Son ob God, de God wa great mo den all voice, and said, What
oda god. Wa dat ya wahn fa do ta me? A have I to do with thee, Je-
sus, thou Son of the most
beg ya een God name, mus dohn mek me high God? I adjure thee
suffa!” 8 De man taak dat way cause Jedus by God, that thou tor-
ment me not.
beena tell um, say, “Ebil sperit, come out 8,For he said unto him,
fom eenside dis man.” Come out of the man,
9 Jedus aks de man say, “Wa ya name?” thou unclean spirit.
9,And he asked him,
De ebil sperit eenside de man ansa What is thy name? And
he answered, saying, My
Jedus say, “A name ‘Plenty Plenty,’ cause name is Legion: for we
dey a heapa we.” 10 An e beg Jedus oba an are many.
10,And he besought
oba fa dohn dribe de ebil sperit dem outta him much that he would
not send them away out
dat countryside. of the country.
11 Same time a heapa hog beena nyam 11,Now there was
there nigh unto the
dey pon de hillside close by weh Jedus mountains a great herd of
been. 12 All de ebil sperit dem beg Jedus swine feeding.
12,And all the devils
say, “Sen we ta dem hog. Leh we gone fa besought him, saying,
lib eenside um.” 13 Jedus gree fa leh um Send us into the swine,
that we may enter into
gone eenta de hog dem. So de ebil sperit them.
13,And forthwith Jesus
dem come out fom eenside de man an
gave them leave. And the
gone eenside de hog dem. All de hog dem unclean spirits went out,
rush down de steep hill eenta de lake. An and entered into the
swine: and the herd ran
dey been bout two tousan dem. Dey all violently down a steep
faddown eenta de wata an been drown. place into the sea, (they
14 De people wa beena mind de hog were about two thou-
sand;) and were choked
dem ron gone tell de nyews een de town an in the sea.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
134 Mark 5

14,And they that fed oba de countryside, so de people come


the swine fled, and told it
in the city, and in the look. 15 Dey meet Jedus, an close by um
country. And they went
out to see what it was dey see de man wa been hab plenty ebil
that was done. sperit eenside um. E beena seddown, da
15,And they come to
Jesus, and see him that listen ta Jedus. Dat man been soba an e
was possessed with the beena weah cloes. Wen de people see dat,
devil, and had the legion,
sitting, and clothed, and dey stonish. 16 Den de people wa done see
in his right mind: and
they were afraid. wa happen, dey tell de oda people wa
16,And they that saw it come fa look, all wa been done ta de man
told them how it befell to
him that was possessed wa been hab ebil sperit, an bout de hog
with the devil, and also dem too. 17 So den, dat mek de people
concerning the swine.
17,And they began to staat fa beg Jedus fa git outta dey country.
pray him to depart out of 18 Wen Jedus beena git eenta de boat,
their coasts.
18,And when he was de man wa been hab de ebil sperit dem
come into the ship, he eenside um beg Jedus say, “Leh me go wid
that had been possessed
with the devil prayed ya.”
him that he might be 19 Bot Jedus ain leh um. E tell um say,
with him.
19,Howbeit Jesus suf- “Go back ta ya house ta ya people. Tell um
fered him not, but saith
unto him, Go home to thy all wa de Lawd done done fa ya, an how e
friends, and tell them
how great things the Lord done hab mussy pon ya.”
hath done for thee, and 20 So dat man lef an gone all shru de
hath had compassion on
thee. arie wa dey call de Ten Town, da tell wa
20,And he departed,
and began to publish in
Jedus done done fa um. An all de people
Decapolis how great been stonish.
things Jesus had done for
him: and all men did
marvel. Jedus Show E Powa Oba Det
21,And when Jesus
was passed over again by Matthew 9:18-26; Luke 8:40-56
ship unto the other side,
much people gathered Jedus tek de boat, gone back cross de
21
unto him: and he was oda side ob de lake. Dey ta de lake sho a
nigh unto the sea.
22,And, behold, there bunch ob people come op roun um. 22 An
cometh one of the rulers one man name Jairus come dey. E been a
of the synagogue, Jairus
by name; and when he leada een de Jew meetin house. Wen e see
saw him, he fell at his
feet, Jedus, e come kneel down fo um. 23 E beg
23,And besought him um say, “Me leetle gyal sick ta de pint ob
greatly, saying, My little
daughter lieth at the ob det. Please come pit ya han pon e head
point of death: I pray thee, an pray fa um, mek e git well so e ain
come and lay thy hands
on her, that she may be gwine dead.”
healed; and she shall live. 24 So den, Jedus gone wid Jairus. Now
24,And Jesus went with
him; and much people sommuch people beena gwine long wid

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 5 135

Jedus dat dey beena crowd um fom ebry followed him, and
thronged him.
way. 25,And a certain wo-
25 One ooman been dey wa beena suffa man, which had an issue
of blood twelve years,
too bad. E beena bleed fa tweb yeah. 26,And had suffered
26 Plenty docta done treat um, da try fa many things of many
physicians, and had spent
heal um, an e done spen all e money, bot e all that she had, and was
nothing bettered, but
ain git no betta. Stead, e beena git wos mo rather grew worse,
27,When she had heard
an mo. 27 De ooman done been yeh bout of Jesus, came in the
Jedus, so e come op eenta de bunch ob press behind, and touch-
ed his garment.
people fa reach um, an e tetch Jedus cloes. 28,For she said, If I
28 Cause dis ooman done beena say ta may touch but his
clothes, I shall be whole.
esef, “Ef A kin jes tetch Jedus cloes, A 29,And straightway the
fountain of her blood was
gwine git well.” dried up; and she felt in
29 So e tetch Jedus cloes an same time her body that she was
healed of that plague.
de bleed done stop, bam! An e feel een e 30,And Jesus, immedi-
body e done git well ob e misery. 30 Dat ately knowing in himself
that virtue had gone out
same time, Jedus know powa done gone of him, turned him about
in the press, and said,
outta um fa heal somebody, so e ton roun Who touched my
ta de bunch ob people, aks um say, clothes?
31,And his disciples
“Whodat tetch me cloes?” said unto him, Thou seest
31 E ciple dem ansa um say, “Ya see all the multitude thronging
thee, and sayest thou,
dis bunch ob people da crowd ya? Who touched me?
32,And he looked
Hoccome ya aks who dat tetch ya cloes?” round about to see her
32 Bot Jedus look roun fa see who been that had done this thing.
33,But the woman fear-
tetch e cloes. 33 Now de ooman ondastan e ing and trembling, know-
ing what was done in her,
done git well, so e come ta Jedus. E so came and fell down be-
scaid e beena shiba. E come kneel down fo fore him, and told him all
the truth.
um an tell all wa done happen ta um. 34,And he said unto
34 Jedus tell um say, “Me daughta, cause her, Daughter, thy faith
hath made thee whole;
ya bleebe, ya done git well. Go een peace go in peace, and be whole
of thy plague.
wid quiet haat. Dat kind ob misery ain 35,While he yet spake,
gwine come pon ya no mo.” there came from the ruler
35 Same time Jedus beena say dis ta de of the synagogue's house
certain which said, Thy
ooman, some people come bring nyews daughter is dead: why
troublest thou the Master
fom Jairus house. Dey tell Jairus say, “Ya any further?
daughta done dead, so ya ain oughta 36,As soon as Jesus
heard the word that was
warry de teacha no mo, ainty?” spoken, he saith unto the
36 Wen Jedus yeh wa dey say, e tell ruler of the synagogue,
Be not afraid, only
Jairus, “Mus dohn be scaid. Jes bleebe.” believe.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
136 Mark 5, 6

37,And he suffered no 37 Den Jedus gone ta Jairus house, bot e


man to follow him, save
Peter, and James, and ain leh nobody go wid um, cepin Peter,
John the brother of
James. James an James broda, John. 38 Wen dey
38,And he cometh to reach Jairus house, Jedus see de people da
the house of the ruler of
the synagogue, and seeth mix op. Dey beena mek loud nise, da cry
the tumult, and them that an wail. 39 Jedus gone eenside an tell de
wept and wailed greatly.
39,And when he was people say, “Wa fa all dis mix op? Wa mek
come in, he saith unto
them, Why make ye this oona cry so? De chile ain dead. E da
ado, and weep? the dam- sleep.”
sel is not dead, but
sleepeth. 40 De people mek fun ob Jedus. Bot e pit
40,And they laughed
him to scorn. But when um all outta de house, cepin de chile fada
he had put them all out, an modda, an de shree ciple dem. Dey all
he taketh the father and
the mother of the damsel, gone eenta de room weh de chile beena
and them that were with lay. 41 Jedus hole de chile han an tell um
him, and entereth in
where the damsel was say, “Talitha koum!” Een dey way ob taak,
lying.
41,And he took the dat mean “Me chile, A tell ya, git op.”
damsel by the hand, and 42 Same time de chile open e eye an git
said unto her, Talitha
cumi; which is, being in- op. E waak roun een de room. (E been tweb
terpreted, Damsel, I say
unto thee, arise. yeah ole.) Dem wa been dey wid Jedus
42,And straightway the been stonish. 43 Jedus waan um say mus
damsel arose, and walk-
ed; for she was of the age dohn tell nobody wa done happen. Den e
of twelve years. And they tell um fa gii de chile sompin fa nyam.
were astonished with a
great astonishment.
43,And he charged
them straitly that no man Dey Ain Wahn Jedus een Nazareth
should know it; and com- Matthew 13:53-58; Luke 4:16-30
manded that something

6 Jedus lef dat place an gone back ta e


should be given her to 1
6
,5 eat. town, an e ciple dem gone long wid
Chapter 6
1,And he went out um. 2 Wen de Jew Woshup Day come,
from thence, and came
into his own country; and Jedus gone ta de Jew meetin house an
his disciples follow him. staat fa laan de people bout God. Heapa
2,And when the sab-
bath day was come, he dem wa yeh um beena stonish, say, “Weh
began to teach in the syn- dis man git dis sense? Who dat gim dis
agogue: and many hear-
ing him were astonished, sense yah? E eben do miracle! 3 Dis man
saying, From whence
hath this man these jes de capenta, ainty? Ain e Mary son? An
things? and what wisdom James, Joseph, an Judas an Simon dem e
is this which is given unto
him, that even such broda, ainty? An e sista dem yah wid we,
mighty works are ainty?” So dat how de people beena taak
wrought by his hands?
3,Is not this the carpen- ginst Jedus.
ter, the son of Mary, the
brother of James, and 4 Jedus tell um say, “People da gii hona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 6 137

ta a prophet ebryweh cep weh e raise op Joses, and of Juda, and


Simon? and are not his
at. Een e own town an mongst e own sisters here with us? And
kinfolk dey ain gim no hona.” they were offended at
5 Dey een e own town, Jedus ain been him.
4,But Jesus said unto
able fa do miracle, cepin e lay e han pon them, A prophet is not
shree, fo people head an heal um. 6 Jedus without honour, but in
his own country, and
beena stonish cause de people dey ain among his own kin, and
bleebe pon um. in his own house.
5,And he could there
do no mighty work, save
Jedus Sen Out E Tweb Ciple that he laid his hands
fa Tell de Good Nyews upon a few sick folk, and
healed them.
Matthew 10:5-15; 6,And he marvelled be-
Luke 9:1-6 cause of their unbelief.
And he went round about
Jedus gone fom one willage ta noda da the villages, teaching.
laan de people God wod. 7 E call e tweb 7,And he called unto
ciple dem togeda an tell um fa go out ta de him the twelve, and be-
gan to send them forth by
willage dem roun bout dey. E sen um out two and two; and gave
two by two an e gim powa fa dribe out ebil them power over unclean
spirits;
sperit. 8 An dis yah how e tell um fa go. E 8,And commanded
chaage um say, “Mus dohn tote nottin wid them that they should
oona cepin jes a waakin stick. Mus dohn take nothing for their
journey, save a staff only;
tote food or a grip an no money een oona no scrip, no bread, no
pocket.” 9 E tell um fa weah sandal, bot money in their purse:
dey ain fa tote extry cloes. 10 An Jedus tell 9,But be shod with san-
dals; and not put on two
um say, “Wen oona da gwine eenta a town, coats.
de fus house weh dey gree fa leh ya stay, 10,And he said unto
oona mus stay oba wid um til oona lef dat them, In what place so-
ever ye enter into an
town. 11 Ef oona go eenta any town weh house, there abide till ye
de people ain welcome oona, an dey ain depart from that place.
gwine yeh wa oona say, oona mus lef dat 11,And whosoever
shall not receive you, nor
town. An wen oona come out, mus shake hear you, when ye depart
de duss off ya foot fa show de people dat thence, shake off the dust
under your feet for a tes-
dey done ebil.” timony against them.
12 So de ciple dem gone all oba, da tell Verily I say unto you, It
shall be more tolerable
people dey mus change dey sinful way an for Sodom and Gomorrha
dohn do um no mo. 13 De ciple dem dribe in the day of judgment,
out a heapa ebil sperit, an dey pit oll pon than for that city.
12,And they went out,
de head a heapa sick people an mek um and preached that men
well. should repent.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
138 Mark 6

13,And they cast out Dey Kill John wa


many devils, and Bactize People
anointed with oil many
that were sick, and Matthew 14:1-12; Luke 9:7-9
healed them. 14De nyews bout Jedus spread all oba
14,And king Herod
heard of him; (for his til King Herod, wa beena rule een Galilee,
name was spread yeh bout um. Some people say, “Dis yah
abroad:) and he said,
That John the Baptist John wa Bactize. E done dead bot now e da
was risen from the dead, lib gin, come outta e grabe. Dat wa gim
and therefore mighty
works do shew forth powa fa do miracle.”
themselves in him. 15 Oda people say, “No, dat dey Elijah.”
15,Others said, That it
is Elias. And others said,
An some oda beena say, “No, e one a
That it is a prophet, or as dem prophet same like way back dey.”
one of the prophets. 16 Bot wen King Herod yeh bout all wa
16,But when Herod
heard thereof, he said, It Jedus beena do, e say, “Dat dey John wa
is John, whom I be- Bactize! A done mek dem cut e head off,
headed: he is risen from
the dead. bot now e da lib gin!” 17 King Herod say
17,For Herod himself dat cause fo dat time e done been mek dem
had sent forth and laid
hold upon John, and ketch John an pit um een de jailhouse. E
bound him in prison for done dat fa sake ob Herodias, wa e done
Herodias' sake, his
brother Philip's wife: for
marry eben dough Herodias been e broda
he had married her. Philip wife. 18 John done beena tell Herod
18,For John had said
unto Herod, It is not law-
say, “Ain fittin fa ya fa marry ya broda
ful for thee to have thy Philip wife!”
brother's wife. 19 Herodias been hab bad taste een e
19,Therefore Herodias
had a quarrel against mout fa John, an e been wahn fa kill um,
him, and would have
killed him; but she could bot e ain been able. 20 King Herod beena
not: scaid ob John cause e know John waak
20,For Herod feared
John, knowing that he scraight an e been God own man. So Herod
was a just man and an done all e able fa do fa keep John safe.
holy, and observed him;
and when he heard him,
Wensoneba e yeh John tell bout God,
he did many things, and Herod warry, warry, bot spite a dat, e glad
heard him gladly. fa yeh um.
21,And when a conve-
nient day was come, that
21 Now de time reach wen Herodias git
Herod on his birthday de chance fa do wa e wahn ta John. One
made a supper to his
lords, high captains, and
day, King Herod been mek paaty fa e
chief estates of Galilee; birsday. De king call all de big leada dem
22,And when the wa wok fa e gobment, de aamy offisa an
daughter of the said
Herodias came in, and dem oda leada een Galilee fa come ta e
danced, and pleased feas. 22 Den Herodias daughta come an

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 6 139

dance fa de paaty. E dance so fine dat King Herod and them that sat
with him, the king said
Herod an de people wa ta de paaty been unto the damsel, Ask of
too heppy fa um. So de king tell dat gyal me whatsoever thou wilt,
and I will give it thee.
say, “Mus aks me fa anyting ya wahn. A 23,And he sware unto
gwine gii ya um.” 23 De king promise de her, Whatsoever thou
gyal say, “A tell ya da trute. A gwine gii ya shalt ask of me, I will give
it thee, unto the half of
anyting ya aks fa. Ef ya wahn, A gwine my kingdom.
eben wide op dis country A da rule eenta 24,And she went forth,
and said unto her
two paat an gii ya one paat.” mother, What shall I ask?
24 So den, dat gyal gone fa aks e modda And she said, The head of
John the Baptist.
say, “Wa A oughta aks um fa gii me?” 25,And she came in
E modda ansa say, “Tell um fa gii ya de straightway with haste
unto the king, and asked,
head ob dat John wa Bactize.” saying, I will that thou
25 So de gyal mek hace, gone back fa give me by and by in a
tell de king say, “A wahn ya fa gii me de charger the head of John
the Baptist.
head ob dat John wa Bactize pon a big 26,And the king was
plate right now.” exceeding sorry; yet for
his oath's sake, and for
26 Den King Herod been too saary, bot e their sakes which sat
ain been wahn fa broke de promise e done with him, he would not
reject her.
been mek. Cause e done promise de gyal, 27,And immediately
an de people een de paaty done been yeh the king sent an execu-
tioner, and commanded
wa e say. 27 De king sen sodja fa go bring his head to be brought:
um John head. So de sodja gone ta de and he went and be-
jailhouse an e cut off John head. 28 E pit headed him in the prison,
28,And brought his
de head pon a big plate an bring um, gim head in a charger, and
ta de gyal. De gyal tek um, gii e modda gave it to the damsel: and
the damsel gave it to her
Herodias. 29 Wen John ciple dem yeh bout mother.
dat, dey gone an tek way John body, pit 29,And when his disci-
ples heard of it, they
um een a tomb. came and took up his
corpse, and laid it in a
Jedus Feed A Heapa People tomb.
30,And the apostles
Matthew 14:13-21; Luke 9:10-17; John 6:1-14 gathered themselves to-
30 De postle dem come back, meet wid gether unto Jesus, and
told him all things, both
Jedus. Dey tell um all dey done an wa dey what they had done, and
been laan people. 31 Now, so many people what they had taught.
31,And he said unto
beena gwine een an out dey, dat Jedus an them, Come ye your-
e ciple dem ain been git chance eben fa selves apart into a desert
place, and rest a while:
nyam. So Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Leh for there were many
we gone way ta some quiet place an oona coming and going, and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
140 Mark 6

they had no leisure so kin res a bit.” 32 So dey gone out een a
much as to eat.
32,And they departed boat by deysef fa cross oba ta a place weh
into a desert place by nobody lib.
ship privately.
33,And the people saw 33 Bot plenty people done shim wen dey
them departing, and
many knew him, and ran da gwine, an dey know right way who dey
afoot thither out of all da. So dem people gone out fom all de
cities, and outwent them,
and came together unto town. Dey ron ta de place weh Jedus an e
him. ciple dem beena gwine fo Jedus dem reach
34,And Jesus, when he
came out, saw much dey. 34 Wen Jedus git outta de boat, e see
people, and was moved
with compassion toward dis big crowd ob people da wait fa um dey.
them, because they were Jedus been too saary fa dem, cause dey
as sheep not having a
shepherd: and he began been like sheep wa ain got no shephud fa
to teach them many
things. mind um. So den Jedus staat fa laan dem
35,And when the day people plenty ting. 35 Wen de sun staat
was now far spent, his
disciples came unto him, lean fa down, Jedus ciple dem come ta um
and said, This is a desert say, “Lawd, ain nobody lib een dis place
place, and now the time
is far passed: yah, an de sun da lean fa down. 36 Ya
36,Send them away,
that they may go into the
oughta sen de people ta dem willage an
country round about, and faam close by fa buy sompin fa nyam.”
into the villages, and buy 37 Bot Jedus ansa um say, “Oonasef mus
themselves bread: for
they have nothing to eat. gim sompin fa nyam.”
37,He answered and
said unto them, Give ye
Dey tell Jedus say, “Dat gwine tek all de
them to eat. And they say money one man kin mek een eight mont
unto him, Shall we go
and buy two hundred time, ainty? Ya wahn we fa buy nuff bread
pennyworth of bread, fa feed dat crowd?”
and give them to eat?
38,He saith unto them, 38 Jedus aks um say, “Hommuch loaf ob
How many loaves have
ye? go and see. And when bread oona hab? Go look.”
they knew, they say, Wen dey find out, dey tell Jedus say,
Five, and two fishes.
39,And he commanded “We hab fibe loaf ob bread, an two fish
them to make all sit down too.”
by companies upon the
green grass. 39 Jedus tell e ciple dem, “Chaage all de
40,And they sat down
in ranks, by hundreds, people fa seddown by group pon de green
and by fifties. grass. 40 Some group ob bout a hundud
41,And when he had
taken the five loaves and head an oda group ob fifty head.” 41 Jedus
the two fishes, he looked tek de fibe loaf ob bread an de two fish. E
up to heaven, and
blessed, and brake the look op ta heaben an tell God say, “Tankya
loaves, and gave them to
his disciples to set before fa de ration.” Den e broke op de bread loaf
them; and the two fishes eenta heapa piece an gim ta e ciple dem fa
divided he among them
all. saab de crowd ob people. E broke op de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 6 141

fish too an gim ta all dem. 42 All de crowd 42,And they did all eat,
and were filled.
nyam til dey been sattify. 43 Wen de ciple 43,And they took up
dem done geda op wa been lef oba, dey twelve baskets full of the
fragments, and of the
hab tweb basket full ob bread an fish. fishes.
44 Dey been a whole heapa people wa 44,And they that did
done nyam de bread an de fish. Jes de man eat of the loaves were
about five thousand men.
dem been fibe tousan. 45,And straightway he
constrained his disciples
to get into the ship, and
Jedus Waak Pontop Wata to go to the other side be-
Matthew 14:22-33; John 6:15-21 fore unto Bethsaida,
while he sent away the
45 Jes atta dat, Jedus chaage ciple dem people.
fa git eenta de boat an cross oba de lake, 46,And when he had
sent them away, he de-
go head ob um ta Bethsaida town. Wiles de parted into a mountain to
ciple dem beena gwine, Jedus tell de pray.
47,And when even was
crowd fa go back home. 46 Atta e done lef come, the ship was in the
de people, Jedus gone op one hill fa pray midst of the sea, and he
ta God. 47 Wen night time come, de ciple alone on the land.
48,And he saw them
dem been een de boat out een de middle toiling in rowing; for the
ob de lake. Same time, Jedus been by esef wind was contrary unto
them: and about the
pon de lan. 48 De ciple dem beena row fourth watch of the night
ginst de wind. An Jedus see dat dey beena he cometh unto them,
walking upon the sea,
hab haad time fa mek de boat go long cross and would have passed
de wata ginst de wind. So late een de by them.
night, sometime atta shree o’clock, Jedus 49,But when they saw
him walking upon the
gone out ta dem. E beena waak pontop de sea, they supposed it had
wata, an e mek like e plan fa pass de ciple been a spirit, and cried
dem by. 49 Wen dey shim da waak pontop out:
50,For they all saw
de wata, dey tink one haant da come by. him, and were troubled.
So dey holla loud, 50 cause dey all been And immediately he
too scaid wen dey shim. talked with them, and
saith unto them, Be of
Jedus speak op fast. E tell um say, “Mus good cheer: it is I; be not
dohn be scaid! Dis me! Study yasef.” afraid.
51,And he went up
51 Den Jedus git eenta de boat wid um, an
unto them into the ship;
de wind stop. De ciple dem been too and the wind ceased: and
stonish. 52 Cause dey still ain been they were sore amazed
in themselves beyond
ondastan fa true bout Jedus powa, eben measure, and wondered.
wen dey shim tek de bread an feed a big 52,For they considered
not the miracle of the
crowd ob people. De ciple dem haat been loaves: for their heart
haad like rock. was hardened.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
142 Mark 6, 7

53,And when they had Jedus Mek de Sick People Well


passed over, they came
into the land of Gen-
een Gennesaret
nesaret, and drew to the Matthew 14:34-36
shore.
54,And when they Jedus an e ciple dem done cross oba
53
were come out of the de wata ta Gennesaret town, weh dey tie
ship, straightway they
knew him, op de boat. 54 Wen dey git outta de boat,
55,And ran through
de people know Jedus soon as dey shim.
that whole region round
about, and began to carry 55 So dem people gone quick all oba de
about in beds those that countryside. Wehsoneba dey yeh say dat
were sick, where they
heard he was. Jedus dey, de people come ta um, da tote
56,And whithersoever sick people pon dey bed. 56 Een ebry town
he entered, into villages,
or cities, or country, they an willage an settlement weh Jedus gone,
laid the sick in the de people come da tote dey sick ta um. Dey
streets, and besought him
that they might touch if it bring um ta dey maakut place, an dey beg
were but the border of his
garment: and as many as Jedus fa jes leh dey sick tetch de hem ob e
touched him were made
whole.
cloes. An all dem wa tetch e cloes, same
7
,6
time dey ain been sick no mo.
Chapter 7
1,Then came together
unto him the Pharisees, Wa De Ole People Teach
and certain of the scribes, Matthew 15:1-9
which came from Jeru-

7 Some Pharisee dem an some Jew


salem. 1
2,And when they saw
some of his disciples eat
Law teacha dem fom Jerusalem come
bread with defiled, that is geda roun Jedus. 2 Dey see Jedus ciple
to say, with unwashen, dem da nyam dout wash dey han de way
hands, they found fault.
3,For the Pharisees, dey ole people say dey haffa do fa mek um
and all the Jews, except clean een God eye. 3 (Cause de Pharisee
they wash their hands oft,
eat not, holding the tradi- dem an all de oda Jew people ain nyam
tion of the elders. nottin cepin dey wash dey han de way wa
4,And when they come
from the market, except
dey ole people been laan um fa do. 4 An
they wash, they eat not. wen dey buy ting een de maakut, dey neba
And many other things nyam um cepin dey wash dey han dat way.
there be, which they
have received to hold, as An dey beena do plenty oda ting wa dey
the washing of cups, and ole people been laan de Jew people fa do,
pots, brasen vessels, and
of tables. like fa wash cup an pot an coppa bowl dat
5,Then the Pharisees way.)
and scribes asked him,
5 De Pharisee dem an de Jew Law
Why walk not thy disci-
ples according to the tra- teacha dem aks Jedus say, “Hoccome ya
dition of the elders, but
eat bread with unwashen
ciple dem ain wash dey han fo dey nyam?
hands? Hoccome dey ain do like how we ole

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 7 143

people been laan we?” 6,He answered and


said unto them, Well
6 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona hypicrit! De hath Esaias prophesied of
prophet Isaiah done tell de trute bout oona you hypocrites, as it is
written, This people
wen e write say, honoureth me with their
‘Dese people yah da hona me lips, but their heart is far
wid dey mout, from me.
7,Howbeit in vain do
bot dey haat ain dey wid me. they worship me, teach-
7 Wen dey woshup me op, ing for doctrines the com-
mandments of men.
dat dohn mean nottin, 8,For laying aside the
cause dey da laan people fa do commandment of God,
law wa people jes mek op. ye hold the tradition of
men, as the washing of
Dey say dat God Law, bot e ain so.’ ” pots and cups: and many
8 Jedus say, “Oona done stop do wa God other such like things ye
do.
tell people fa do, an oona da do jes wa 9,And he said unto
people tell oona fa do.” them, Full well ye reject
the commandment of
9 E tell um say, “Oona tink oona hab God, that ye may keep
good sense wen oona ain do wa God Law your own tradition.
tell oona fa do. Oona do like dat jes fa do 10,For Moses said,
wa oona ole people tell oona fa do! Honour thy father and
10 Moses done write, ‘Ya mus show hona thy mother; and, Whoso
curseth father or mother,
an be manisable ta ya fada an modda.’ An let him die the death:
Moses say, ‘De poson wa taak bad ginst e 11,But ye say, If a man
fada or e modda, oona mus kill um.’ 11 Bot shall say to his father or
oona say ef anybody hab sompin e able fa mother, It is Corban, that
is to say, a gift, by what-
gii e fada or e modda wa gwine hep um, e soever thou mightest be
ain haffa gim. E kin say, ‘Dis ting Corban’ profited by me; he shall be
free.
(dat mean, A done promise fa gii God dis
ting yah), 12 an oona say dat poson ain 12,And ye suffer him
no more to do ought for
haffa gii e fada or e modda de ting wa been his father or his mother;
gwine fa hep um. 13 Dat show how oona
13,Making the word of
ain do wa God say. Oona jes da do dem God of none effect
ting wa oona ole people laan oona fa do. through your tradition,
An oona da laan oona chullun same ting. which ye have delivered:
and many such like
Oona da do plenty oda bad ting like dem things do ye.
yah.”
14,And when he had
Ting wa Mek Poson Sinna een God Eye called all the people unto
Matthew 15:10-20 him, he said unto them,
14 Jedus call de crowd back an tell um Hearken unto me every
one of you, and under-
say, “Mus listen ta me good fashion, so dat stand:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
144 Mark 7

15,There is nothing oona ondastan. 15 Ain nottin wa gwine


from without a man, that
entering into him can de- eenta poson wa mek um sinna een God
file him: but the things eye. Wa da come outta de poson, dat wa
which come out of him,
those are they that defile
mek um sinna een God eye. [16 De poson
the man. wa hab yea fa yeh, e mus yeh wa A da
16,If any man have
ears to hear, let him hear.
say.]”
17,And when he was 17 Wen Jedus lef de crowd an gone
entered into the house eenside de house, e ciple dem aks um wa
from the people, his dis-
ciples asked him con- mean dat wa e done say. 18 So Jedus tell
cerning the parable. um say, “Oona too ain ondastan wa A done
18,And he saith unto
them, Are ye so without tell oona, ainty? Dat wa a poson nyam an
understanding also? Do drink ain able fa mek e haat bad, mek um
ye not perceive, that
whatsoever thing from
sinna een God eye. 19 Cause dat ration ain
without entereth into the gone eenta e haat. Dat gone eenta e belly
man, it cannot defile him; an den come outta e body.” (Wen Jedus
19,Because it entereth
not into his heart, but say dat, e laan we dat we kin nyam all
into the belly, and goeth kinda food.)
out into the draught,
purging all meats? 20 An e say, “Wa come out fom eenside
20,And he said, That e haat, dat wa mek de poson sinna een God
which cometh out of the
man, that defileth the eye. 21 Cause eenside, een e haat, a poson
man. da study fa do ebil ting, fa ramify roun an
21,For from within, out
of the heart of men, pro-
do wickity ting, fa tief, fa kill. 22 Een e
ceed evil thoughts, adul- haat, e da study fa sleep wid oda poson
teries, fornications, mur- wife or husban, fa cyas e eye pon oda
ders,
22,Thefts, covetous- poson propaty, fa do all kinda wickity
ness, wickedness, deceit, ting, fa tell lie. E da study fa tell lie bout
lasciviousness, an evil
eye, blasphemy, pride,
people, fa mek proud, an fa do foolish ting.
foolishness: 23 All dem ebil ting come fom eenside
23,All these evil things poson haat, an dey mek de um sinna een
come from within, and
defile the man.
God eye.”
24,And from thence he
arose, and went into the De Ooman Wa Bleebe Een Jedus
borders of Tyre and Matthew 15:21-28
Sidon, and entered into
an house, and would 24 Wen Jedus lef dey, e gone way ta de
have no man know it: but countryside close ta de city dem name
he could not be hid.
25,For a certain wo- Tyre an Sidon, an e gone eenta a house
man, whose young dey. E ain wahn nobody fa know e dey, bot
daughter had an unclean
spirit, heard of him, and de people find out. 25 One ooman beena
came and fell at his feet lib dey wa hab daughta wid ebil sperit

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 7 145

eenside um. Wen dat ooman yeh bout 26,The woman was a
Greek, a Syrophenician
Jedus, e mek hace an gone an kneel down by nation; and she be-
fo Jedus. 26 De ooman ain been a Jew. E sought him that he would
been bon een Phoenicia een Syria country. cast forth the devil out of
her daughter.
E beg Jedus fa dribe de ebil sperit outta e 27,But Jesus said unto
daughta. 27 Jedus ansa de ooman, say, her, Let the children first
“We haffa feed de chullun fus. E ain fittin be filled: for it is not meet
to take the children's
fa tek de wittle way fom de chullun an bread, and to cast it unto
chunk um ta de dog.” the dogs.
28,And she answered
28 De ooman ansa Jedus say, “Dat true,
and said unto him, Yes,
sah, bot eben de dog dem onda de table Lord: yet the dogs under
kin nyam de wittle lefoba wa da faddown the table eat of the chil-
dren's crumbs.
wen de chullun nyam!” 29,And he said unto
29 So den, Jedus tell dat ooman say, her, For this saying go
“Cause ya ansa so good, ya kin go back thy way; the devil is gone
out of thy daughter.
home now. De ebil sperit done come out 30,And when she was
fom eenside ya daughta.” come to her house, she
30 So de ooman gone home. An e find de found the devil gone out,
and her daughter laid
chile da lay peaceable pon de bed. Sho upon the bed.
nuff de ebil sperit done come out fom 31,And again, depart-
eenside um! ing from the coasts of
Tyre and Sidon, he came
unto the sea of Galilee,
Jedus Heal One Deef Man through the midst of the
Wa Hab Hebby Tongue coasts of Decapolis.
32,And they bring unto
31 Den Jedus lef de countryside close by him one that was deaf,
Tyre. E gone shru Sidon an de arie wa dey and had an impediment
call de Ten Town ta Lake Galilee. 32 Some in his speech; and they
beseech him to put his
people come ta um dey, bring um one deef hand upon him.
man wa hab hebby tongue. De people beg 33,And he took him
Jedus fa pit e han pon dat man head fa aside from the multitude,
and put his fingers into
heal um. 33 Jedus gone wid de man off by his ears, and he spit, and
deysef, way fom de crowd. Jedus pit e touched his tongue;
finga eenside de man yea. E spit an tetch 34,And looking up to
de man tongue wid e spit. 34 Den Jedus heaven, he sighed, and
saith unto him, Ephpha-
look op ta heaben an leh out a big sigh. E tha, that is, Be opened.
say ta dat man, “Ephphatha,” wa mean, 35,And straightway his
“Ya yea gwine open op!” ears were opened, and
the string of his tongue
35 Dat same time de man been able fa was loosed, and he spake
yeh. E tongue ain been hebby an e staat fa plain.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
146 Mark 7, 8

36,And he charged taak clean wid no trouble tall. 36 Den


them that they should tell
no man: but the more he Jedus chaage de people say, “Mus dohn
charged them, so much tell nobody wa A done.” Bot ebry time e
the more a great deal
they published it; tell um, mo an mo dey beena tell people
37,And were beyond
measure astonished, say- wa Jedus done done. 37 All de people been
ing, He hath done all stonish. Dey say, “E da do ebryting too
things well: he maketh
both the deaf to hear, and good! E eben da mek deef people yeh an e
the dumb to speak.
8
,7

heal people wa hab hebby tongue so dey


kin taak.”
Chapter 8
1,In those days the
multitude being very
Jedus Feed Fo Tousan People
great, and having noth- Matthew 15:32-39

8
ing to eat, Jesus called Jurin dat time, noda big crowd ob
1
his disciples unto him,
and saith unto them, people come geda roun Jedus. Wen
2,I have compassion on
de people ain hab nottin lef fa nyam, Jedus
the multitude, because
they have now been with call e ciple dem. 2 E tell um say, “A saary
me three days, and have fa de people yah. Dey been wid me shree
nothing to eat:
3,And if I send them day an now dey ain hab nottin fa nyam.
away fasting to their own 3 Ef A tell um fa go ta dey house wid nottin
houses, they will faint by
the way: for divers of
fa nyam, dey gwine pass out long de road.
them came from far. Cause some ob dem done come a good
4,And his disciples an-
swered him, From way.”
whence can a man satisfy 4 E ciple dem aks Jedus say, “Weh
these men with bread
here in the wilderness? anybody kin find nuff ration fa gii all dese
5,And he asked them,
yah people fa nyam? We ain able fa git
How many loaves have
ye? And they said, Seven. bread out een dis wildaness.”
6,And he commanded 5 Jedus aks um say, “Hommuch bread
the people to sit down on
the ground: and he took
oona hab?”
the seven loaves, and Dey ansa say, “We hab seben loaf.”
gave thanks, and brake, 6 Jedus chaage all de people fa seddown
and gave to his disciples
to set before them; and pon de groun. Den e tek de seben loaf an e
they did set them before tank God fa um. E broke de bread an gim
the people.
7,And they had a few ta e ciple dem fa han out ta de people. An
small fishes: and he de ciple dem gii de people de bread. 7 Dey
blessed, and commanded
to set them also before hab few leetle fish too. Jedus tell God
them.
8,So they did eat, and tankya fa dem an tell e ciple dem fa han
were filled: and they took um out. 8 Ebrybody nyam til dey sattify.
up of the broken meat
that was left seven
An wen de ciple dem done geda de food
baskets. wa been lef oba, dey git seben full basket.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 8 147

9 Bout fo tousan people been dey. 10 Den 9,And they that had
eaten were about four
Jedus sen de people ta dey house, an e git thousand: and he sent
eenta de boat wid e ciple dem an gone ta them away.
10,And straightway he
de place dey call Dalmanutha. entered into a ship with
his disciples, and came
De Pharisee dem Aks Jedus fa do Miracle into the parts of Dal-
manutha.
Matthew 16:1-4 11,And the Pharisees
11Some Pharisee come ta Jedus an came forth, and began to
question with him, seek-
staat fa aagy wid um. Dey wahn fa trick ing of him a sign from
um, so dey aks um fa do a sign fa sho dat heaven, tempting him.
12,And he sighed
God sen um fa true. 12 Jedus leh out a big deeply in his spirit, and
sigh an e say, “Hoccome people dese wahn saith, Why doth this gen-
eration seek after a sign?
me fa show a sign? A da tell oona fa true, A verily I say unto you,
ain gwine show oona no sign.” 13 Den There shall no sign be
Jedus an e ciple dem lef dem people an git given unto this
generation.
back eenta de boat, cross oba ta de oda 13,And he left them,
side ob de lake. and entering into the ship
again departed to the
other side.
De Yeast wa de Pharisee dem 14,Now the disciples
an Herod da Nyuse had forgotten to take
bread, neither had they
Matthew 16:5-12 in the ship with them
14 De ciple dem been fagit fa bring more than one loaf.
15,And he charged
plenty bread. Dey been jes one loaf wid them, saying, Take heed,
um een de boat. 15 Wen dey gwine, Jedus beware of the leaven of
the Pharisees, and of the
waan um say, “Oona mus tek cyah. Mus leaven of Herod.
look out fa de yeast wa de Pharisee dem an 16,And they reasoned
Herod da nyuse.” among themselves, say-
ing, It is because we have
16 De ciple dem taak ta one noda say, “E no bread.
taak so cause we ain hab no bread.” 17,And when Jesus
17 Jedus know wa dey beena taak bout, knew it, he saith unto
them, Why reason ye, be-
so e aks um say, “Hoccome oona da taak cause ye have no bread?
say oona ain hab no bread? Oona stillyet perceive ye not yet, nei-
ther understand? have ye
ain know, oona ain ondastan, ainty? your heart yet hardened?
18 Oona hab eye. Hoccome oona ain see? 18,Having eyes, see ye
Oona hab yea. Hoccome oona ain yeh? not? and having ears,
hear ye not? and do ye
Oona ain memba nottin, ainty? 19 Wen A not remember?
broke op dem fibe loaf ob bread fa gim ta 19,When I brake the
five loaves among five
fibe tousan man dem, how many basket thousand, how many bas-
full ob lefoba bread oona pick op?” kets full of fragments

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
148 Mark 8

took ye up? They say Dey ansa say, “Dey been tweb basket.”
unto him, Twelve.
20 Den Jedus aks um say, “An wen A
20,And when the seven
among four thousand,
broke op seben loaf ob bread fa gim ta fo
how many baskets full of tousan people, how many basket full ob
fragments took ye up? lefoba bread oona pick op?”
And they said, Seven.
Dey ansa say, “Dey been seben basket.”
21,And he said unto 21 Jedus say ta dem, “Oona done see all
them, How is it that ye do
not understand? dat, stillyet oona ain ondastan, ainty?”
22,And he cometh to
Jedus Mek One Bline Man Well
Bethsaida; and they bring
a blind man unto him, Een Bethsaida
and besought him to
touch him.
22 Wen Jedus an e ciple dem come ta
Bethsaida, some people bring one bline
23,And he took the
blind man by the hand,
eye man ta Jedus. De people beg um fa
and led him out of the tetch de man an mek um well. 23 Jedus tek
town; and when he had de bline eye man by e han an lead um
spit on his eyes, and put
his hands upon him, he outta de willage. Den Jedus spit pon de
asked him if he saw man two eye an pit e han pon um. Jedus
ought.
aks um say, “Wa ya da see?”
24,And he looked up, 24 De man look op an say, “Yeah, A see
and said, I see men as
trees, walking. some people, bot dey look like tree wa da
waak roun.”
25,After that he put his
25 Jedus tetch de man eye gin. De man
hands again upon his
eyes, and made him look look roun an pay close tention ta wa e see.
up: and he was restored, E ain been bline eye no mo. E able fa see
and saw every man
clearly. good an e see ebryting plain. 26 Jedus
26,And he sent him chaage um say, “Mus dohn eben go eenta
away to his house, say- de willage.” Den e sen um home.
ing, Neither go into the
town, nor tell it to any in
the town. Wa Peter Say bout Jedus
Matthew 16:13-20; Luke 9:18-21
27,And Jesus went out,
and his disciples, into the 27 Jedus an e ciple dem gone ta dem
towns of Caesarea willage close by Caesarea Philippi. Wiles
Philippi: and by the way
he asked his disciples, dey beena gwine, Jedus aks e ciple dem
saying unto them, Whom say, “Wen de people da taak bout me, who
do men say that I am?
dey say A da?”
28,And they answered, 28 Dey ansa Jedus say, “Some people
John the Baptist: but
some say, Elias; and oth- say ya John wa Bactize. Some say ya
ers, One of the prophets. Elijah, an some oda say ya one ob dem

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 8 149

prophet wa come fom de ole people.” 29,And he saith unto


them, But whom say ye
29 Jedus aks um say, “Bot who oona say A that I am? And Peter
da?” answereth and saith unto
him, Thou art the Christ.
Peter ansa um say, “Ya de Messiah.”
30 Den Jedus waan dem say, “Mus dohn 30,And he charged
tell nobody bout who A da.” them that they should tell
no man of him.

Jedus Taak bout How E Haffa Suffa 31,And he began to


teach them, that the Son
an Dead of man must suffer many
Matthew 16:21-28; Luke 9:22-27 things, and be rejected of
the elders, and of the
31 Den Jedus staat fa laan e ciple dem chief priests, and scribes,
say, de Man wa Come fom God haffa suffa and be killed, and after
three days rise again.
plenty. De Jew leada dem an de Jew priest
leada dem an de Law teacha dem gwine 32,And he spake that
say dey ain wahn um roun. People gwine saying openly. And Peter
took him, and began to
kill um an pit um een de tomb. Bot atta rebuke him.
shree day pass, e gwine come outta de 33,But when he had
tomb an lib gin. 32 Jedus tell um dat turned about and looked
scraight ta de pint. Den Peter call Jedus on his disciples, he re-
buked Peter, saying, Get
way fom de oda ciple dem an e buke um thee behind me, Satan:
say, “Massa, mus dohn taak like dat!” for thou savourest not the
33 Jedus ton roun an look pon e ciple dem. things that be of God, but
the things that be of men.
An e buke Peter say, “Peter, mus git way
34,And when he had
fom me, cause Satan wok same like ya da called the people unto
do yah! Ya da tink like how people da tink. him with his disciples
also, he said unto them,
Ya ain tink like how God da tink.” Whosoever will come af-
34 Jedus call de crowd an e ciple dem. E ter me, let him deny him-
self, and take up his
tell um say, “Ef anybody wahn fa come cross, and follow me.
longside me, e mus dohn tink jes bout wa e 35,For whosoever will
wahn fa do fa esef. E haffa be ready fa tote save his life shall lose it;
e cross an come longside me. 35 De poson but whosoever shall lose
his life for my sake and
wa jes da try fa sabe e own life, e gwine the gospel's, the same
loss um. Bot de poson wa loss e life fa do shall save it.
wa A tell um an fa tell de Good Nyews, e 36,For what shall it
gwine git true life. 36 De poson wa git profit a man, if he shall
gain the whole world,
ebryting een de whole wol an den dead an and lose his own soul?
gone ta hell, e done loss de true life, ainty?
37,Or what shall a man
E ain git nottin! 37 Ain nottin a poson kin give in exchange for his
pay fa git true life. 38 Ef anybody shame soul?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
150 Mark 8, 9

38,Whosoever there- ob me, ef e shame fa taak bout wa A done


fore shall be ashamed of
me and of my words in laan um yah mongst de wickity people wa
this adulterous and sinful
generation; of him also ain bleebe pon God een dis time, de Man
shall the Son of man be wa Come fom God gwine be shame ob dat
ashamed, when he com-
eth in the glory of his Fa- poson, wen e come wid de angel dem ob
ther with the holy angels. God, een de glory ob e Fada.”

9
1 Jedus tell um say, “A da tell oona fa
9
,8

Chapter 9
1,And he said unto
them, Verily I say unto true. Some ob oona wa dey yah now
you, That there be some ain gwine dead til ya done see God come fa
of them that stand here,
which shall not taste of rule wid powa.”
death, till they have seen
the kingdom of God come
with power. Jedus Change fo de Ciple dem Eye
2,And after six days Je- Matthew 17:1-13; Luke 9:28-36
sus taketh with him Peter,
and James, and John, 2
Atta six day pass, Jedus tek Peter,
and leadeth them up into
an high mountain apart James an John an gone way. E lead um
by themselves: and he
was transfigured before way op pontop a high mountain, weh ain
them. nobody lib. Wiles de shree ciple dem
3,And his raiment be-
came shining, exceeding beena, look, Jedus body change fo dey
white as snow; so as no eye. 3 E cloes change ta shinin white,
fuller on earth can white
them. white an too bright. Ain nobody een dis
4,And there appeared
unto them Elias with Mo-
wol able fa mek cloes white like dat. 4 Den
ses: and they were talk- de shree ciple dem see Elijah an Moses, da
ing with Jesus. taak wid Jedus. 5 Peter tell Jedus say,
5,And Peter answered
and said to Jesus, Master, “Teacha, e good we dey yah! Leh we mek
it is good for us to be
here: and let us make shree bush aaba, one fa ya, one fa Moses,
three tabernacles; one for an one fa Elijah.” 6 Peter ain been know
thee, and one for Moses,
and one for Elias. wa fa say, e an de oda two ciple dem scaid
6,For he wist not what
neah ta det.
to say; for they were sore
afraid. 7 Den a cloud come kiba um. Dey yeh
7,And there was a
cloud that overshadowed
one boice da taak fom eenside de cloud
them: and a voice came say, “Dis yah me Son, wa A lob a whole
out of the cloud, saying,
This is my beloved Son: heap. Oona mus listen ta wa e tell oona!”
hear him. 8 Jes den de ciple dem look roun quick,
8,And suddenly, when
they had looked round bot dey ain see nobody dey cep Jedus.
about, they saw no man 9 Wiles dey beena come down de
any more, save Jesus
only with themselves. mountain, Jedus waan um say, “Mus dohn
9,And as they came tell nobody wa oona done see, til de Man
down from the mountain,
he charged them that
wa Come fom God done dead an lib gin.”
they should tell no man 10 Dey ain tell nobody bout dat, bot dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 9 151

beena aks one noda wa Jedus mean wen e what things they had
seen, till the Son of man
say dat de Man wa Come fom God gwine were risen from the dead.
dead an lib gin. 11 Dey aks Jedus say, 10,And they kept that
saying with themselves,
“Hoccome de Jew Law teacha dem say questioning one with an-
Elijah haffa come back fo dem ting yah other what the rising
gwine be?” from the dead should
mean.
12 Jedus ansa um say, “Fa true, Elijah 11,And they asked
come fus fa git all ting ready. Stillyet, him, saying, Why say the
scribes that Elias must
hoccome dey write een God Book dat de first come?
Man wa Come fom God gwine suffa plenty 12,And he answered
and told them, Elias ver-
an people ain gwine hab nottin fa do wid ily cometh first, and
um? 13 A da tell oona say, Elijah done restoreth all things; and
how it is written of the
come, an de people done do um bad. Dey Son of man, that he
done all wasoneba dey wahn ta um. An dat must suffer many things,
jes wa God Book say been gwine happen ta and be set at nought.
13,But I say unto you,
Elijah.’ ” That Elias is indeed
come, and they have
done unto him whatso-
Jedus Dribe Ebil Sperit Outta One Boy ever they listed, as it is
Matthew 17:14-21; Luke 9:37-43 written of him.
14,And when he came
14 Wen dey meet de oda ciple dem, dey to his disciples, he saw a
see plenty people geda roun um. An some great multitude about
them, and the scribes
Jew Law teacha dem beena aagy wid de questioning with them.
ciple dem. 15 Wen de people see Jedus, 15,And straightway all
dey been stonish plenty. Dey ron an tell the people, when they
beheld him, were greatly
um say e good fa see ya. 16 Jedus aks e amazed, and running to
ciple dem say, “Wa oona beena aagy bout him saluted him.
16,And he asked the
wid dem Law teacha?” scribes, What question ye
17 One man een de crowd ansa say, with them?
17,And one of the mul-
“Teacha, A bring me son ta ya, cause a ebil titude answered and said,
sperit hab um an e ain able fa taak. Master, I have brought
18 Ebrytime wen de sperit come pon um, unto thee my son, which
hath a dumb spirit;
dat sperit chunk um down pon de groun. 18,And wheresoever he
Foam da come outta e mout. E da grit e taketh him, he teareth
him: and he foameth, and
teet an all e body git stiff. A done beg ya gnasheth with his teeth,
ciple dem fa dribe out dat ebil sperit, bot and pineth away: and I
spake to thy disciples
dey ain been able fa do um.” that they should cast him
19 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona people wa out; and they could not.
19,He answereth him,
lib een dis time ain got no fait! How long A and saith, O faithless gen-
haffa be dey wid oona? How long A gwine eration, how long shall I

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
152 Mark 9

be with you? how long haffa pit op wid oona? Bring de boy ta
shall I suffer you? bring
him unto me. me!” 20 So dey bring um ta Jedus.
20,And they brought Soon as de ebil sperit see Jedus, e chunk
him unto him: and when
he saw him, straightway
de boy down wid fits. De boy faddown ta
the spirit tare him; and de groun an staat fa walla, an foam come
he fell on the ground, and outta e mout. 21 Jedus aks de boy fada say,
wallowed foaming.
21,And he asked his fa- “How long de ebil sperit been hab ya
ther, How long is it ago boy?”
since this came untohim?
And he said, Of a child. De man say, “Fom wen e leetle.
22,And ofttimes it hath 22 Plenty time de sperit mek um faddown
cast him into the fire, and
into the waters, to de- eenta de fire an eenta de wata, da try fa
stroy him: but if thou stroy um. Please tek pity pon we an hep
canst do any thing, have
compassion on us, and
we, ef ya able fa heal um!”
help us. 23 Jedus say, “Ya aks me ef A able fa
23,Jesus said unto him,
If thou canst believe, all
heal ya son? God kin do all ting fa de
things are possible to him poson wa bleebe een um.”
that believeth. 24 De boy fada right way holla say, “A
24,And straightway the
father of the child cried da bleebe. Hep me bleebe mo an mo.”
out, and said with tears, 25 Wen Jedus see dat mo an mo people
Lord, I believe; help thou
mine unbelief. da ron come geda roun um, e buke de ebil
25,When Jesus saw sperit say, “Ya ebil sperit wa da mek poson
that the people came run-
ning together, he re-
deef an so e ain able fa taak. A chaage ya,
buked the foul spirit, mus come outta de boy. Ya ain neba fa go
saying unto him, Thou eenside um gin!”
dumb and deaf spirit, I
charge thee, come out of 26 De ebil sperit mek de boy holla loud.
him, and enter no more E chunk de boy down wid bad fits an den e
into him.
26,And the spirit cried, come outta de boy. De boy leddown pon
and rent him sore, and de groun like e a dead man. An plenty
came out of him: and he
was as one dead; inso- people taak say e done dead. 27 Bot Jedus
much that many said, He hole de boy han, hep um fa git op, an de
is dead.
27,But Jesus took him boy stanop.
by the hand, and lifted 28 Wen Jedus reach de house wid de
him up; and he arose. ciple dem, way fom dem oda people, dey
28,And when he was
come into the house, his aks um say, “Teacha, hoccome we ain
disciples asked him pri- been able fa dribe de ebil sperit outta de
vately, Why could not we
cast him out? boy?”
29,And he said unto 29 Jedus ansa say, “Oona ain gwine be
them, This kind can come
forth by nothing, but by
able fa dribe out dat kind ob ebil sperit,
prayer and fasting. cepin oona pray.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 9 153

Jedus Taak Gin Bout E Det 30,And they departed


Matthew 17:22-23; Luke 9:43-45 thence, and passed
through Galilee; and he
30 Jedus an e ciple dem come outta dey would not that any man
should know it.
an pass shru Galilee. Jedus ain wahn 31,For he taught his
nobody fa know e dey, 31 cause e beena disciples, and said unto
laan e ciple dem. E tell um say, “Dey gwine them, The Son of man is
delivered into the hands
han oba de Man wa Come fom God ta of men, and they shall
people wa gwine kill um. Bot atta e dead, e kill him; and after that he
is killed, he shall rise the
gwine lib gin. E gwine come outta de tomb third day.
atta shree day.” 32,But they understood
32 Now de ciple dem ain know wa Jedus not that saying, and were
mean, bot dey been scaid fa aks um. afraid to ask him.
33,And he came to
Capernaum: and being in
Jedus Tell How fa Be Big Leada the house he asked them,
Matthew 18:1-5; Luke 9:46-48 What was it that ye dis-
puted among yourselves
33 Wen dey reach Capernaum, Jedus an by the way?
e ciple dem gone eenside de house. Den 34,But they held their
Jedus aks um say, “Wa oona beena bicka peace: for by the way
they had disputed among
bout wen we beena waak long de way?” themselves, who should
34 Dey ain say nottin, cause wen dey be the greatest.
beena waak, dey beena bicka bout who 35,And he sat down,
dat mongst dem been de big leada. and called the twelve,
and saith unto them, If
35 Jedus seddown, an e call de tweb ciple any man desire to be
dem. E tell um say, “Ef one ob oona wahn first, the same shall be last
of all, and servant of all.
fa be oona big leada, e haffa pit esef las, an
36,And he took a child,
e haffa saab all ob oona.” 36 Den Jedus tek and set him in the midst
a chile an hab um stan een de middle ob of them: and when he
um. E hole de chile een e aam an taak ta de had taken him in his
arms, he said unto them,
ciple dem. 37 E say, “De poson wa heppy
37,Whosoever shall re-
fa tek een a leetle chile like dis one yah een ceive one of such chil-
me name, dat poson da tek me een too. An dren in my name,
receiveth me: and whoso-
e ain jes me de poson da tek een, cause ever shall receive me,
same time e da tek een de one wa sen me.” receiveth not me, but
him that sent me.
Whosoneba Ain Ginst We, E Fa We 38,And John answered
Luke 9:49-50 him, saying, Master, we
saw one casting out dev-
38 John say, “Teacha, we done see one ils in thy name, and he
followeth not us: and we
man da dribe out ebil sperit by de powa ob forbad him, because he
ya name. We tell um fa stop dat, cause e followeth not us.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
154 Mark 9

39,But Jesus said, For- ain been one ob we.” 39 Jedus ansa say,
bid him not: for there is
no man which shall do a “Oona mus dohn tell um fa stop, cause
miracle in my name, that nobody dat tek me name fa do a miracle
can lightly speak evil of
me.
kin say nottin bad bout me atta dat.
40,For he that is not 40 Whosoneba ain ginst we, e fa we. 41 A
against us is on our part. da tell oona fa true, ef anybody gii oona a
41,For whosoever shall
give you a cup of water to cup ob wata fa drink een me name, cause
drink in my name, be- oona blongst ta de Messiah, fa sho dat
cause ye belong to Christ,
verily I say unto you, he poson gwine git de good ting wa God gii ta
shall not lose his reward. dem wa saab um.”
42,And whosoever
shall offend one of these
little ones that believe in Mus Dohn Mek Oda Poson Sin
me, it is better for him Matthew 18:6-9; Luke 17:1-2
that a millstone were
hanged about his neck, 42 “De poson wa mek one ob dese leetle
and he were cast into the chullun wa bleebe pon me do ebil, e mo
sea.
43,And if thy hand of- betta fa dat poson ef dey been tie a big grine
fend thee, cut it off: it is stone roun e neck an chunk um eenta deep
better for thee to enter
into life maimed, than sea. 43 Ef oona han da mek oona sin, mus
having two hands to go cut um off! E mo betta fa oona fa hab jes one
into hell, into the fire that
never shall be quenched: han an git life wa neba end den fa oona fa
44,Where their worm keep two han an go ta hell, weh de fire ain
dieth not, and the fire is
not quenched.
neba gwine out. [44 Oba deyso, de woom
45,And if thy foot of- ain neba gwine dead an de fire ain neba
fend thee, cut it off: it is gwine out!] 45 Ef oona foot da mek oona sin,
better for thee to enter
halt into life, than having mus cut um off! E mo betta fa oona fa be
two feet to be cast into cripple op an git life wa neba end, den fa
hell, into the fire that
never shall be quenched: oona fa keep two foot an den dey chunk
46,Where their worm oona eenta hell. [46 Oba deyso, dem woom
dieth not, and the fire is wa neba dead gwine keep on da nyam de
not quenched.
47,And if thine eye of- people. An de fire neba gwine out.] 47 Ef
fend thee, pluck it out: it oona eye da mek oona sin, mus pull um out!
is better for thee to enter
into the kingdom of God E mo betta fa oona fa hab jes one eye an go
with one eye, than hav- eenta de place weh God da rule, den fa oona
ing two eyes to be cast
into hell fire: fa keep two eye an den dey chunk oona
48,Where their worm eenta hell. 48 Oba deyso, de woom neba
dieth not, and the fire is
not quenched. gwine dead an de fire neba gwine out!”
49,For every one shall 49 Fire gwine mek all people clean,
be salted with fire, and
every sacrifice shall be same like salt kin mek dem ting wa dey da
salted with salt. sacrifice clean.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 9, 10 155

50 “Salt a good ting, bot ef de salt done 50,Salt is good: but if


the salt have lost his
loss e taste, dey ain nottin we kin do ta um saltness, wherewith will
fa mek um git back e taste, ainty? ye season it? Have salt in
yourselves, and have
Oona mus be like salt mongst oonasef. peace one with another.
Oona mus lib peaceable wid one noda.”
10
,9

Chapter 10
Jedus Laan People Bout Worce 1,And he arose from
Matthew 19:1-12; Luke 16:18 thence, and cometh into
the coasts of Judaea by

10 Jedus lef dey an gone ta Judea


1 the farther side of Jor-
lan. Den e cross oba de Jerden dan: and the people re-
sort unto him again; and,
Riba. Plenty plenty people geda roun um as he was wont, he taught
gin dey. An e laan um bout God, same like them again.
2,And the Pharisees
how e done beena do. came to him, and asked
2 Some Pharisee dem come quizzit um. him, Is it lawful for a man
Dey beena try fa ketch um da taak ginst to put away his wife?
tempting him.
God Law. Dey aks Jedus say, “Coddin ta 3,And he answered and
we Jew Law, e right fa man fa worce e said unto them, What did
Moses command you?
wife?” 4,And they said, Moses
3 Jedus aks um say, “Wa de Law wa suffered to write a bill of
divorcement, and to put
Moses gii oona chaage oona fa do?” 4 De her away.
Pharisee dem ansa Jedus say, “Moses say a 5,And Jesus answered
and said unto them, For
man kin write paper fa gii ta e wife fa the hardness of your
worce um. Den de man kin sen um way.” heart he wrote you this
5 Jedus tell um say, “Moses write dat precept.
6,But from the begin-
law fa oona cause oona haat haad. 6 Bot ning of the creation God
fom wen e fus mek de wol, ‘God mek two made them male and
female.
kind ob people, man an ooman.’ 7 Cause 7,For this cause shall a
ob dat, de man gwine lef e fada an e man leave his father and
mother, and cleave to his
modda an jine wid e wife, 8 an dem two wife;
gwine come fa be one poson. So dey ain 8,And they twain shall
be one flesh: so then they
two poson no mo. Dem two done come fa are no more twain, but
be one poson. 9 So den, wen God done jine one flesh.
9,What therefore God
dem togeda, mus dohn nobody tek dem hath joined together, let
paat fom one noda.” not man put asunder.
10 Now wen Jedus an e ciple dem gone 10,And in the house his
disciples asked him again
back eenta de house, e ciple dem aks um of the same matter.
bout wa e been say bout worce. 11 E ansa 11,And he saith unto
them, Whosoever shall
um say, “Ef a man worce e wife an den e go put away his wife, and
marry oda ooman, dat man sin ginst e fus marry another, commit-

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
156 Mark 10

teth adultery against her. wife, cause e da sleep wid oda ooman.
12,And if a woman
12 Same way so, ef a ooman worce e
shall put away her hus-
band, and be married to husban an den e go marry oda man, dat
another, she committeth
adultery.
ooman sin ginst e fus husban, cause e da
sleep wid oda man.”
13,And they brought
young children to him,
that he should touch Jedus Bless De Chullun
them: and his disciples re- Matthew 19:13-15; Luke 18:15-17
buked those that brought
them.
13 Some people come bring chullun ta
Jedus fa hab um pit e han pon dey head fa
14,But when Jesus saw
it, he was much dis- bless um. Bot e ciple dem buke de people,
pleased, and said unto tell um dey ain oughta bodda Jedus so.
them, Suffer the little 14 Wen Jedus see wa e ciple dem beena
children to come unto
me, and forbid them not: do, e been mad down. E tell e ciple dem
for of such is the king- say, “Oona mus leh de chullun come ta
dom of God.
me. Mus dohn stop um, cause people like
15,Verily I say unto dem chullun yah gwine be wid God wen e
you, Whosoever shall not
receive the kingdom of da rule. 15 A da tell oona de trute,
God as a little child, he anybody wa ain wahn fa hab God rule oba
shall not enter therein.
um same like dem chullun, dat poson dey
16,And he took them ain gwine be wid God wen e da rule.”
up in his arms, put his 16 Den Jedus pick op de chullun, an e pit e
hands upon them, and
blessed them. han pon dey head an aks God fa bless um.
17,And when he was
gone forth into the way, De Rich Man
there came one running,
and kneeled to him, and Matthew 19:16-30; Luke 18:18-30
asked him, Good Master, Wiles Jedus beena gwine way, one
17
what shall I do that I may
inherit eternal life? man ron meet um an kneel down fo um. E
18,And Jesus said unto tell Jedus say, “Teacha, ya wa good, tell
him, Why callest thou me me wa A haffa do fa git life wa neba end?”
good? there is none good
but one, that is, God. 18 Jedus ansa um say, “Hoccome ya say
19,Thou knowest the A good? Ain nobody good cep fa God.
commandments, Do not 19 Ya know de law wa Moses gii. ‘Ya mus
commit adultery, Do not
kill, Do not steal, Do not dohn kill nobody. Ya mus dohn sleep wid
bear false witness, De- oda man wife. Mus dohn tief. Mus dohn lie
fraud not, Honour thy fa-
ther and mother. bout wa oda people done. Mus dohn cheat.
20,And he answered Mus pay mind ta ya fada an ya modda.’ ”
and said unto him, Mas- 20 De man ansa say, “Teacha, A done
ter, all these have I ob-
served from my youth. keep all dem law eba since A been a chile.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 10 157

21 Jedus look pon de man an e like um. 21,Then Jesus behold-


ing him loved him, and
An e tell um say, “Jes one ting lef wa ya ain said unto him, One thing
thou lackest: go thy way,
done yet. Mus go sell all ya hab an gii de sell whatsoever thou
money ta de people wa ain hab nottin. Ef hast, and give to the
poor, and thou shalt have
ya do dat, ya gwine be rich fa true een treasure in heaven: and
heaben. An atta dat, ya mus come be me come, take up the cross,
and follow me.
ciple.” 22 Wen de man yeh wa Jedus say, e 22,And he was sad at
that saying, and went
look sad. E been too saary, cause e been away grieved: for he had
hab a whole heapa money. E lef Jedus an great possessions.
23,And Jesus looked
gone way. round about, and saith
23 Jedus look roun pon e ciple dem, tell unto his disciples, How
hardly shall they that
um say, “E sho nuff haad fa a rich poson fa have riches enter into the
kingdom of God!
come onda God rule!” 24,And the disciples
24 De ciple dem been stonish wen Jedus were astonished at his
words. But Jesus answer-
say dat. Bot Jedus tell um gin say, “Me eth again, and saith unto
them, Children, how
chullun, e sho nuff haad fa a rich poson fa hard is it for them that
come onda God rule. 25 E mo easy fa mek trust in riches to enter
into the kingdom of God!
de camel go shru a needle eye den fa a rich 25,It is easier for a
camel to go through the
poson fa come onda God rule.” eye of a needle, than for a
26 Den de ciple dem been eben mo rich man to enter into the
kingdom of God.
stonish. Dey aks one noda say, “Ef dat so e 26,And they were as-
stan, ain nobody gwine be sabe, ainty?” tonished out of measure,
saying among them-
27 Jedus look pon um an say, “God able selves, Who then can be
saved?
fa do wa people ain able fa do. God able fa 27,And Jesus looking
do all ting.” upon them saith, With
men it is impossible, but
28 Peter tell Jedus say, “Look yah, we not with God: for with
done lef ebryting an folla longside ya!” God all things are
possible.
29 Jedus ansa say, “A da tell oona fa 28,Then Peter began to
true, de poson wa done lef e house or say unto him, Lo, we
have left all, and have
broda or sista or modda or fada or chullun followed thee.
29,And Jesus answered
or propaty fa sake a me an de Good Nyews, and said, Verily I say
30 God gwine gim hundud time mo den wa unto you, There is no
man that hath left house,
e done lef. E gwine gim house, broda, sista, or brethren, or sisters, or
modda, chullun an propaty. God gwine father, or mother, or
wife, or children, or
gim now wiles e da lib yah een dis wol. An lands, for my sake, and
the gospel's,
people gwine mek um suffa bad yah, bot 30,But he shall receive
God gwine gim life wa neba end, een de an hundredfold now in
wol wa gwine come. 31 Bot plenty wa fus this time, houses, and
brethren, and sisters, and
now, dey gwine be las, an plenty people mothers, and children,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
158 Mark 10

and lands, with persecu- wa las now, dey gwine be fus.”


tions; and in the world to
come eternal life.
31,But many that are Jedus Say Gin E Gwine Dead
first shall be last; and the Matthew 20:17-19; Luke 18:31-34
last first.
32,And they were in
32 Wiles dey beena trabel long de road
the way going up to Jeru- ta Jerusalem, Jedus waak een front ob e
salem; and Jesus went ciple dem. Dey been stonish tommuch. An
before them: and they
were amazed; and as they de people wa beena come long wid um
followed, they were been scaid. Jedus call e ciple dem ta one
afraid. And he took again
the twelve, and began to side an tell um gin bout wa gwine happen
tell them what things ta um. 33 E say, “Oona listen ta me. We da
should happen unto him,
33,Saying, Behold, we
gwine ta Jerusalem, weh some people
go up to Jerusalem; and gwine grab hole ta de Man wa Come fom
the Son of man shall be God. Dey gwine han um oba, gim ta de
delivered unto the chief
priests, and unto the Jew priest leada dem an de Jew Law
scribes; and they shall teacha dem. Den dey gwine han um oba ta
condemn him to death,
and shall deliver him to
people wa ain Jew fa kill um. 34 Dem
the Gentiles: people gwine hole um cheap. Dey gwine
34,And they shall mock spit pon um, whip um an kill um. Bot atta
him, and shall scourge
him, and shall spit upon
shree day, e gwine come out fom mongst
him, and shall kill him: de dead people an lib gin.”
and the third day he shall
rise again.
35,And
Wa We Mus Do Fa Be Big Leada
James and
John, the sons of Wen Jedus Rule
Zebedee, come unto him, Matthew 20:20-28
saying, Master, we would
that thou shouldest do 35 James an John, wa been Zebedee
for us whatsoever we chullun, come ta Jedus say, “Teacha, we
shall desire.
36,And he said unto wahn ya fa do sompin dat we gwine aks ya
them, What would ye fa.”
that I should do for you? 36 Jedus aks um say, “Wa dat oona
37,They said unto him,
Grant unto us that we
wahn me fa do fa oona?”
may sit, one on thy right 37 Dey ansa um say, “Wen ya gwine rule
hand, and the other on all de wol een glory, leh we seddown nex
thy left hand, in thy
glory. ta ya, one ob we pon ya right han side an
38,But Jesus said unto
de oda one pon ya lef han side.”
them, Ye know not what
ye ask: can ye drink of 38 Jedus say, “Oona ain ondastan wa
the cup that I drink of? oona da aks me fa do. Oona gwine be able
and be baptized with the
baptism that I am bap- fa suffa wid me, fa drink fom de cup wa A
tized with? gwine drink fom? Oona gwine be able fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 10 159

dead wid me, fa be bactize like A gwine be 39,And they said unto
him, We can. And Jesus
bactize?” said unto them, Ye shall
39 Dey ansa say, “We gwine be able fa indeed drink of the cup
that I drink of; and with
do um.” the baptism that I am
Jedus tell um say, “Fa true, oona gwine baptized withal shall ye
drink fom dat cup wa A gwine drink fom, be baptized:
40,But to sit on my
an oona gwine be bactize same like how A right hand and on my left
gwine be bactize. 40 Bot A ain hab de hand is not mine to give;
tority fa leh oona seddown pon me right but it shall be given to them
for whom it is prepared.
han side an pon me lef han side, wen A 41,And when the ten
gwine rule. God done keep dem place fa de heard it, they began to be
people wa e done pick fa seddown dey.” much displeased with
James and John.
41 Wen de oda ten ciple yeh bout dat, 42,But Jesus called
dey been too bex at James an John cause them to him, and saith
ob wa dey been aks Jedus fa do fa um. unto them, Ye know that
they which are ac-
42 Jedus call um all togeda an tell um say, counted to rule over the
“Oona know bout de leada dem wa spose Gentiles exercise lord-
ship over them; and their
fa rule oba de people dey een de wol. Dem great ones exercise au-
leada hab powa oba de people an da tell thority upon them.
dem wa fa do. 43 Bot e ain gwine be dat 43,But so shall it not be
among you: but whoso-
way mongst oona. Ef one ob oona wahn fa ever will be great among
be de head poson, e mus be oona saabant. you, shall be your
minister:
44 Ef one ob oona wahn fa be fus, dat
44,And whosoever of
poson mus be ebrybody slabe. 45 Cause you will be the chiefest,
eben de Man wa Come fom God ain come shall be servant of all.
fa mek people e saabant. E come fa be de 45,For even the Son of
man came not to be min-
people saabant, an fa gii e life fa pay de istered unto, but to min-
price, fa sabe a whole heapa people.” ister, and to give his life a
ransom for many.
46,And they came to
Jedus Mek Bline Eye Bartimaeus See
Jericho: and as he went
Matthew 20:29-34; Luke 18:35-43
out of Jericho with his
46 Jedus an e ciple dem come ta disciples and a great
number of people, blind
Jericho. Wen dey been lef Jericho long Bartimaeus, the son of
wid a whole bunch ob oda people, one Timaeus, sat by the high-
way side begging.
bline eye man name Bartimaeus beena
47,And when he heard
seddown close by de road, da beg. E been that it was Jesus of Naza-
Timaeus chile. 47 Wen Bartimaeus yeh say reth, he began to cry out,
and say, Jesus, thou Son
dat Jedus wa come fom Nazareth beena of David, have mercy on
pass by dey, e staat fa holla say, “Jedus, me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
160 Mark 10, 11

48,And many charged Son ob David, hab mussy pon me!”


him that he should hold
his peace: but he cried
48 Plenty ob de people buke Barti-
the more a great deal, maeus, tell um mus dohn crack e teet. Bot
Thou Son of David, have
mercy on me.
e da holla mo louda say, “Son ob David,
49,And Jesus stood hab mussy pon me!”
still, and commanded 49 Jedus stop, tell de people say, “Call
him to be called. And
they call the blind man, um fa come yah.”
saying unto him, Be of So de people call ta Bartimaeus de bline
good comfort, rise; he
calleth thee. eye man, say, “Study yasef! Git op! Jedus
50,And he, casting say come yah.”
away his garment, rose,
and came to Jesus.
50 Bartimaeus shrow off e coat off. E
51,And Jesus answered hop op an gone ta Jedus.
and said unto him, What 51 Jedus aks um say, “Wa ya wahn me
wilt thou that I should do
unto thee? The blind man fa do fa ya?”
said unto him, Lord, that De bline eye man say, “Teacha, A wahn
I might receive my sight.
52,And Jesus said unto ya fa mek me so dat A kin see.”
him, Go thy way; thy 52 Jedus say, “Ya kin go pon ya way
faith hath made thee
whole. And immediately now. Cause ya da bleebe, ya done git
he received his sight, and well.”
followed Jesus in the
way. Nex ting e know, Bartimaeus able fa see.
An e waak wid Jedus down de road.
Chapter 11
1,And when they came Jedus Go Eenta Jerusalem
nigh to Jerusalem, unto Matthew 21:1-11; Luke 19:28-40; John 12:12-19

11
Bethphage and Bethany,
at the mount of Olives, he J edus dem come close ta
1
sendeth forth two of his Jerusalem. Dey been dey by
disciples,
Bethphage een Bethany willage. Wen dey
2,And saith unto them,
Go your way into the vil- reach ta de Mount Olib, Jedus tell two e
lage over against you: ciple fa go on fo de oda res. 2 E chaage um
and as soon as ye be en-
tered into it, ye shall find
say, “Oona mus go ta dat willage oba dey.
a colt tied, whereon Wen oona reach dey, oona gwine see one
never man sat; loose him, nyoung donkey wa tie op dey. Nobody ain
and bring him.
3,And if any man say neba ride pon dat donkey. Mus ontie um
unto you, Why do ye an bring um ta me. 3 Ef somebody aks
this? say ye that the Lord
hath need of him; and
oona hoccome oona da ontie de donkey,
straightway he will send mus tell um say, ‘De Lawd need um, bot e
him hither. gwine hab we bring um back wen e done
4,And they went their
way, and found the colt wid um.’ ”
tied by the door without 4 So de two ciple gone an dey see de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 11 161

nyoung donkey tie op ta one house door in a place where two


ways met; and they loose
dey een de screet. Dey staat fa ontie dat him.
donkey. 5 Some people wa beena stanop 5,And certain of them
that stood there said unto
dey aks de ciple dem say, “Hoccome oona them, What do ye,
da ontie dat donkey?” loosing the colt?
6,And they said unto
6 De ciple dem ansa um say jes wa Jedus
them even as Jesus had
been tell um fa say. So de people leh um commanded: and they let
tek de donkey an go. 7 De ciple dem tek de them go.
7,And they brought the
donkey, come ta Jedus. Wen dey git dey, colt to Jesus, and cast
dey spread dey coat pontop de donkey their garments on him;
and he sat upon him.
back. Jedus seddown pontop um an staat 8,And many spread
fa ride eenta Jerusalem. 8 A heapa people their garments in the
spread dey coat pon de road weh Jedus way: and others cut down
branches off the trees,
pass. Some oda people broke off branch and strawed them in the
fom de tree dem close by een de fiel an way.
spread um pon de road. 9 De people wa 9,And they that went
before, and they that fol-
beena waak fo Jedus an dem wa come hine lowed, cried, saying, Ho-
um beena holla say, “Praise God! God sanna; Blessed is he that
cometh in the name of
bless de one wa come een de Lawd name! the Lord:
10 God bless de gobment wa da come. E 10,Blessed be the king-
gwine be same like de gobment wa we ole dom of our father David,
that cometh in the name
time leada David done rule oba. Praise of the Lord: Hosanna in
God een heaben!” the highest.
11 Jedus gone eenta Jerusalem an eenta 11,And Jesus entered
into Jerusalem, and into
God House. E look roun at ebryting dey. the temple: and when he
Bot de sun beena set fa red so e an e tweb had looked round about
ciple dem gone out ta Bethany willage. upon all things, and now
the eventide was come,
he went out unto Beth-
De Fig Tree Wa Ain Beah Fruit any with the twelve.
Matthew 21:18-19 12,And on the morrow,
when they were come
12 De nex day wen dey come back fom from Bethany, he was
Bethany, Jedus been hongry. 13 E look hungry:
13,And seeing a fig tree
cross de way an e see one fig tree wa been afar off having leaves, he
git plenty leaf. So Jedus gone look fa see ef came, if haply he might
de tree da beah fig. Wen e come close by find any thing thereon:
and when he came to it,
um, e see dey ain been no fig pon um, jes he found nothing but
de leaf da kiba um, cause e ain been de leaves; for the time of figs
was not yet.
time yet fa beah fig. 14 Jedus taak ta de 14,And Jesus answered
tree say, “Ya mus dohn beah fig no mo fa and said unto it, No man

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
162 Mark 11

eat fruit of thee hereafter nobody fa nyam.”


for ever. And his disciples
heard it. An e ciple dem yeh Jedus say dat ta dat
tree.
15,And they come to
Jerusalem: and Jesus
went into the temple, and
Jedus Gone Eenta God House
began to cast out them Matthew 21:12-17; Luke 19:45-48; John 2:13-22
that sold and bought in
the temple, and over-
Wen Jedus dem git ta Jerusalem,
15
threw the tables of the Jedus gone eenta God House. E staat fa
moneychangers, and the dribe out de people dey wa beena buy an
seats of them that sold
doves; sell ting. E ton oba de table dem weh
people beena mek change fa de money ob
16,And would not suf-
fer that any man should
people fom oda lan. An e ton oba de bench
carry any vessel through dem weh people come fa seddown wen
the temple. dey sell pigeon. 16 E ain leh nobody tote
17,And he taught, say-
nottin fa sell wen dey pass shru de yaad ob
ing unto them, Is it not God House. 17 Den e laan de people say,
written, My house shall “Fa true, dey done write een God Book
be called of all nations
the house of prayer? but say, ‘Dey gwine call me House de place
ye have made it a den of weh people wa come fom all oba de wol
thieves.
come fa pray ta God.’ Bot oona done ton
18,And the scribes and
um eenta place weh de tief dem da hide!”
chief priests heard it, and 18 Wen de Jew priest leada dem an de
sought how they might Jew Law teacha dem yeh wa Jedus beena
destroy him: for they
feared him, because all say, dey staat fa look fa way fa kill um. Dey
the people was aston- been scaid ob um, cause all de crowd ob
ished at his doctrine.
people been stonish wen dey yeh wa Jedus
teach.
19,And when even was
19 Wen de sun set fa red, Jedus an e
come, he went out of the
city. ciple dem come outta de city.

20,And in the morning, Mus Bleebe God fa True


as they passed by, they Matthew 21:20-22
saw the fig tree dried up
from the roots.
20 De nex maanin wen Jedus dem beena
gwine long de road, dey see de fig tree. All
21,And Peter calling to
dat tree done dry op an dead, fom de
remembrance saith unto bottom root op ta de top de tree. 21 Peter
him, Master, behold, the memba wa been happen, an e tell Jedus
fig tree which thou
cursedst is withered say, “Teacha, look dey! Dat fig tree wa ya
away. been cuss, e dead.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 11 163

22 Jedus ansa um say, “Mus hab fait een 22,And Jesus answer-
ing saith unto them,
God. 23 A da tell oona, ef somebody tell Have faith in God.
dis mountain yah say, ‘Mus git op an go 23,For verily I say unto
you, That whosoever
shrow yasef eenta de sea,’ dat wa gwine shall say unto this moun-
happen, ef dat poson ain doubt een e haat, tain, Be thou removed,
and be thou cast into the
ef e bleebe fa true dat wa e say gwine sea; and shall not doubt
in his heart, but shall be-
happen. 24 So den, A da tell oona say, wen lieve that those things
ya aks God fa sompin, mus bleebe fa true which he saith shall come
to pass; he shall have
dat ya gwine git um, an God gwine gim ta whatsoever he saith.
24,Therefore I say unto
ya. 25 Wensoneba ya da stan an pray ta you, What things soever
God, mus paadon de poson wa done ya ye desire, when ye pray,
bad. Den oona Fada God wa dey een believe that ye receive
them, and ye shall have
heaben gwine paadon oona fa de ebil ting them.
wa oona done. [26 Ef oona ain paadon oda 25,And when ye stand
praying, forgive, if ye
people, den oona Fada wa dey een heaben have ought against any:
that your Father also
ain gwine paadon oona fa de ebil ting wa which is in heaven may
oona done.]” forgive you your tres-
passes.
26,But if ye do not for-
Dey Quizzit Jedus Bout E Tority give, neither will your
Matthew 21:23-27; Luke 20:1-8 Father which is in heaven
forgive your trespasses.
27 Jedus an e ciple dem come back ta 27,And they come
again to Jerusalem: and
Jerusalem, an Jedus beena waak een God as he was walking in the
House. De Jew priest leada dem an Jew temple, there come to
him the chief priests, and
Law teacha dem an oda Jew leada come ta the scribes, and the
elders,
Jedus. 28 Dey aks um say, “Wa right ya 28,And say unto him,
hab fa do dem ting yah? Who dat gii ya de By what authority doest
thou these things? and
tority fa do um?” who gave thee this au-
29 Jedus ansa say, “A gwine aks oona thority to do these
things?
one queshon. Ef oona ansa me, A gwine 29,And Jesus answered
tell oona who dat gii me de tority fa do and said unto them, I will
also ask of you one ques-
dem ting yah. 30 Mus tell me say, ‘Who dat tion, and answer me, and
gii John de tority fa come bactize people? I will tell you by what au-
thority I do these things.
God gii John tority, or some poson gim de 30,The baptism of
tority?’ ” John, was it from heaven,
31 De leada dem bicka mongst deysef or of men? answer me.
31,And they reasoned
say, “Ef we ansa say God gii John tority, with themselves, saying,
Jedus gwine aks we say, ‘Hoccome oona If we shall say, From
heaven; he will say, Why
ain bleebe John?’ 32 Bot we mus dohn say, then did ye not believe
‘Some poson gii John de tority.’ ” Dey been him?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
164 Mark 11, 12

32,But if we shall say,


Of men; they feared the
scaid fa say dat cause all de people bleebe
people: for all men say John been a true prophet. 33 So dey
counted John, that he
was a prophet indeed. ansa Jedus say, “We ain know who dat gii
33,And they answered John tority.”
and said unto Jesus, We
cannot tell. And Jesus an-
Jedus tell um say, “Den A ain gwine tell
swering saith unto them, oona who dat gii me de tority fa do dem
Neither do I tell you by ting yah.”
what authority I do these
things.
De Paable Ob De Grapewine
Chapter 12 Matthew 21:33-46; Luke 20:9-19

12
1,And he began to
speak unto them by para- Jedus staat fa tell dem paable. E
1
bles. A certain man say, “One man plant plenty
planted a vineyard, and
set an hedge about it, and
grapewine een e gyaaden. E mek stone
digged a place for the wall roun de gyaaden. E mek a hole fa
winefat, and built a mash op de grape fa git de grape juice. An
tower, and let it out to
husbandmen, and went e build a place pontop de stone wall fa
into a far country. people fa keep gyaad oba de gyaaden. Den
2,And at the season he
sent to the husbandmen a e hire some faama dem fa tek cyah ob de
servant, that he might re- gyaaden. An e gone way, trabel ta oda
ceive from the husband-
men of the fruit of the country. 2 Wen haabis time come, de man
vineyard. wa own de grapewine sen e wokman fa aks
3,And they caught him,
and beat him, and sent
de faama dem fa gim de owna paat ob de
him away empty. haabis. 3 Bot dem faama grab hole ta de
4,And again he sent
unto them another ser-
wokman an beat op pon um, an dribe um
vant; and at him they cast outta de gyaaden. Dey ain gim nottin. 4 De
stones, and wounded him man wa own de gyaaden sen oda wokman,
in the head, and sent him
away shamefully handl- bot de faama dem beat um een de head an
ed. shame um. 5 De owna sen noda wokman.
5,And again he sent an-
other; and him they Dey kill dat one. De owna sen plenty oda.
killed, and many others; Dey beat op pon some ob dem an dey kill
beating some, and killing
some.
some ob dem. 6 So den, de owna hab one
6,Having yet therefore poson lef fa sen. Dat e own son, an e lob
one son, his wellbeloved, um a whole heap. E sen um ta de gyaaden,
he sent him also last unto
them, saying, They will tink say, ‘Wen dem faama see me son, dey
reverence my son. gwine hona um fa true.’ 7 Bot wen de
7,But those husband-
men said among them- faama dem see de owna son, dey tell one
selves, This is the heir; noda say, ‘Dat de son dis propaty gwine be
come, let us kill him, and
the inheritance shall be
lef ta. Leh we kill um so dat de propaty
ours. gwine come ta we.’ 8 Dey grab hole ta um

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 12 165

an kill um, an dey chunk e body outta de 8,And they took him,
and killed him, and cast
gyaaden.” him out of the vineyard.
9 Den Jedus tell um say, “Oona know
9,What shall therefore
wa dat man wa own de gyaaden gwine do? the lord of the vineyard
E gwine come kill dem faama, an e gwine do? he will come and de-
hire oda faama fa tek cyah ob de gyaaden. stroy the husbandmen,
and will give the vine-
10 Fa sho, oona done read wa dey write yard unto others.
een God Book say, 10,And have ye not
‘De stone dat de builda chunk out, read this scripture; The
dat de stone wa portant stone which the builders
rejected is become the
mo den all de oda res. head of the corner:
11 De Lawd mek um dat way,
an we tink dis a great ting 11,This was the Lord's
doing, and it is marvel-
wa done happen!’ ” lous in our eyes?
12 De Jew leada dem try fa grab hole ta
Jedus an res um, cause dey know dat 12,And they sought to
lay hold on him, but
paable wa e done tell been ginst dem. Bot feared the people: for
dey been scaid ob de crowd ob people, so they knew that he had
spoken the parable
dey lef Jedus an gone way. against them: and they
left him, and went their
Wa We Oughta Gii ta de Gobment way.
an ta God
13,And they send unto
Matthew 22:15-22; Luke 20:20-26
him certain of the Phari-
13 Dey sen some Pharisee an some ob sees and of the Herod-
ians, to catch him in his
King Herod people ta Jedus fa ketch um, words.
mek um say sompin so dey able fa cuse
um. 14 Dey come ta Jedus say, “Teacha, 14,And when they
were come, they say unto
we know ya da taak true an ya ain warry him, Master, we know
bout wa people tink. Cause ya da look pon that thou art true, and
carest for no man: for
all people de same. Ya da laan we de true thou regardest not the
way a folla God. Bot leh we aks ya one person of men, but
teachest the way of God
queshon. E right, coddin ta we Law, fa pay in truth: Is it lawful to
tax ta de Roman rula Caesar? 15 Tell we ef give tribute to Caesar, or
we oughta pay um or ef we ain oughta.” not?

Bot Jedus know dem hypicrit people


15,Shall we give, or
done say dat fa set trap fa ketch um. So e shall we not give? But he,
ansa um say, “Hoccome oona da try fa tek knowing their hypocrisy,
said unto them, Why
wa A say fa trap me? Bring me a coin so we tempt ye me? bring me a
kin look pon um.” penny, that I may see it.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
166 Mark 12

16,And they brought it. 16 Dey bring um de Roman coin. Jedus


And he saith unto them,
Whose is this image and aks dem say, “Whodat hab e face an e
superscription? And they name dey pon dis coin?”
said unto him, Caesar's.
Dey ansa um say, “Dat Caesar own
17,And Jesus answer- pitcha an name dey dey.”
ing said unto them, Ren- 17 Jedus say, “Well den, oona mus gii
der to Caesar the things
that are Caesar's, and to Caesar dat wa blongst ta Caesar, an gii
God the things that are God wa blongst ta God.”
God's. And they mar-
velled at him. Wen dey yeh wa Jedus say, dey um been
stonish.
18,Then come unto
him the Sadducees,
which say there is no res- Jedus Teach Bout People
urrection; and they asked Wa Gwine Lib Gin
him, saying,
Matthew 22:23-33; Luke 20:27-40
19,Master, Moses
wrote unto us, If a man's
Some Sadducee people come ta
18
brother die, and leave his Jedus. De Sadducee dem been bleebe say
wife behind him, and people wa done dead ain gwine git op fom
leave no children, that
his brother should take de grabe an lib gin. 19 Dey aks Jedus say,
his wife, and raise up “Teacha, Moses done write we law say, ‘Ef
seed unto his brother.
a man broda dead an lef a wife bot ain hab
20,Now there were no chullun, de broda wa lef haffa marry de
seven brethren: and the
first took a wife, and dy-
wida ooman fa hab chullun fa e broda wa
ing left no seed. done dead.’ 20 Now den, dey been seben
21,And the second took
broda. De fus broda marry. Den e dead an
her, and died, neither left e ain hab no chullun. 21 So den, de nex
he any seed: and the third broda marry de wida ooman. E done dead
likewise.
too an ain hab no chullun. Same fashion,
22,And the seven had de nex broda. 22 All de seben broda dem
her, and left no seed: last
of all the woman died marry de one ooman, bot dey done dead
also. an dey ain hab no chullun. Den las de
23,In the resurrection ooman dead. 23 Now den, all seben broda
therefore, when they dem done marry dat one ooman. Tell we,
shall rise, whose wife de day wen God gwine mek all de people
shall she be of them? for
the seven had her to wife. wa done dead rise op fom de grabe an lib
gin, wish one dem seben broda gwine hab
24,And Jesus answer-
ing said unto them, Do ye dat ooman fa e wife?”
not therefore err, because 24 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona wrong fa
ye know not the scrip-
tures, neither the power
true, ainty? Cause oona ain know God
of God? Book an oona ain ondastan bout God

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 12 167

powa. 25 Cause wen de people wa done 25,For when they shall


rise from the dead, they
dead rise op fom de grabe an lib gin, dey neither marry, nor are
ain gwine be marry no mo. Dey gwine be given in marriage; but
are as the angels which
like de angel dem een heaben. 26 Now are in heaven.
den, leh we taak bout how God da mek de 26,And as touching the
people wa done dead lib gin. Ain oona dead, that they rise: have
ye not read in the book of
read wa Moses write wen e tell bout de Moses, how in the bush
bush wa beena bun bot ain neba bun op? God spake unto him, say-
ing, I am the God of Abra-
God tell Moses say, ‘A de God ob Abraham, ham, and the God of
de God ob Isaac an de God ob Jacob.’ Isaac, and the God of
Jacob?
27 Oona Sadducee wrong fa true! Cause 27,He is not the God of
dat tell we e de God ob people wa da lib. E the dead, but the God of
the living: ye therefore
ain no God ob dead people.” do greatly err.
28,And one of the
scribes came, and having
De Law Wa Great Mo Den All de Res heard them reason
Matthew 22:34-40; Luke 10:25-28 ing together, and per-
ceiving that he had an-
28 One Jew Law teacha been dey an e swered them well, asked
yeh dem da aagy. E know Jedus done ansa him, Which is the first
commandment of all?
dem Sadducee good. So e come ta Jedus 29,And Jesus answered
aks um say, “Wish law great mo den all de him, The first of all the
oda law dem?” commandments is, Hear,
O Israel; The Lord our
29 Jedus ansa um say, “De law wa great God is one Lord:
mo den all de oda law dem say, ‘Pay 30,And thou shalt love
the Lord thy God with all
tention oona, Israel people! De Lawd we thy heart, and with all
God, e de onliest Lawd. 30 Ya mus lob de thy soul, and with all thy
mind, and with all thy
Lawd ya God wid all ya haat, an wid all ya strength: this is the first
soul, an wid all ya mind, an wid all ya commandment.
scrent.’ 31 De nex law wa great mo den all 31,And the second is
like, namely this, Thou
de oda res say, ‘Ya mus lob ya neighba de shalt love thy neighbour
same way ya lob yasef!’ Dey ain no oda as thyself. There is none
other commandment
law mo greata den dem two yah.” greater than these.
32 De Jew Law teacha tell Jedus, 32,And the scribe said
“Teacha, ya done ansa scraight! Ya done unto him, Well, Master,
thou hast said the truth:
tell de trute wen ya say de Lawd de onliest for there is one God; and
God. Dey ain no oda God. 33 Ya done tell there is none other but
he:
de trute wen ya say we mus lob God wid 33,And to love him
all we haat, all we mind, an all we scrent. with all the heart, and
with all the understand-
An we mus lob oda people roun we same ing, and with all the soul,
like we lob wesef. E mo betta fa do wa dem and with all the strength,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
168 Mark 12

and to love his neighbour two law yah tell we fa do den fa gii God all
as himself, is more than
all whole burnt offerings we offrin, an de sacrifice dem wa we da
and sacrifices. mek, an all de animal dem wa we da bun
fo God.”
34,And when Jesus 34 Jedus know de Jew Law teacha ansa
saw that he answered dis- um sensible, so e tell um say, “Ya done
creetly, he said unto him,
Thou art not far from the come close ta leh God rule oba ya.”
kingdom of God. And no Atta dat, ebrybody scaid fa aks Jedus
man after that durst ask
him any question. queshon.

35,And Jesus answered Who Christ de Messiah?


and said, while he taught Matthew 22:41-46; Luke 20:41-44
in the temple, How say 35 Wen Jedus been een God House da
the scribes that Christ is
the Son of David? laan de people, e aks um say, “Hoccome de
Jew Law teacha dem say dat Christ, de
36,For David himself Messiah, e David son? 36 Cause de Holy
said by the Holy Ghost, Sperit done mek David esef say,
The LORD said to my
Lord, Sit thou on my ‘De Lawd tell me Lawd say,
right hand, till I make Seddown yah ta me right han side
thine enemies thy foot-
stool. til A pit ya enemy dem ondaneet ya
foot.’
37,David
37 David esef call de Messiah ‘Lawd,’ so
therefore
himself calleth him Lord; how de Messiah kin be David son?”
and whence is he then his
son? And the common
people heard him gladly. Jedus Waan Bout de Law Teacha Dem
Matthew 23:1-36; Luke 20:45-47

38,And he said unto Dey been a big crowd ob people dey wa


them in his doctrine, Be- glad fa yeh wa Jedus say. 38 Wen e beena
ware of the scribes,
which love to go in long laan de people mo, e tell um say, “Mus
clothing, and love saluta- watch out fa de Jew Law teacha dem. Dey
tions in the market-
places,
like fa waak roun een day long robe een de
maakut place so dat de people wa geda
39,And the chief seats
dey show um hona. 39 Dem teacha like fa
in the synagogues, and seddown een de mos portant seat een de
the uppermost rooms at Jew meetin house. An wen people call um
feasts:
fa come fa feas, dey wahn de bes place
weh de big leada dem sit. 40 Dem Law
40,Which devour wid-
ows' houses, and for a
teacha like fa git hole ta de wida ooman
pretence make long dem propaty. An dey da pray long pray fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 12, 13 169

mek people say dey good fa true. God prayers: these shall re-
ceive greater damnation.
gwine punish um mo den e gwine punish
oda people!” 41,And Jesus sat over
against the treasury, and
beheld how the people
De Wida Offrin cast money into the trea-
Luke 21:1-4 sury: and many that were
rich cast in much.
41 Jedus been ta God House, an e
seddown weh e been able fa see de box 42,And there came a
certain poor widow, and
weh de people da pit offrin money. E she threw in two mites,
beena look pon de people wiles dey beena which make a farthing.
come pit dey money eenta de box. Plenty 43,And he called unto
rich people pit heapa money een dey. him his disciples, and
saith unto them, Verily I
42 Den one po wida ooman come pit een say unto you, That this
two leetle coppa coin wa wot bout a poor widow hath cast
more in, than all they
penny. 43 Jedus call e ciple dem togeda an which have cast into the
tell um say, “A da tell oona de trute. Dis po treasury:
wida ooman done pit mo eenta de offrin 44,For all they did cast
box den all de oda people. 44 Dey all hab in of their abundance;
plenty ting an da gii jes a paat ob de but she of her want did
cast in all that she had,
money wa dey hab. Bot dis ooman done even all her living.
pit een all e money. E gii all wa e been hab
fa lib.” 13
,12

Jedus Taak bout God House Chapter 13


Gwine Faddown 1,And as he went out of
Matthew 24:1-2; Luke 21:5-6 the temple, one of his dis-
ciples saith unto him,

13 Wen Jedus beena come out fom


1 Master, see what manner
God House, one ob e ciple dem tell of stones and what build-
ings are here!
um say, “Teacha, look at dem fine big
stone an all a dem fine buildin yah!” 2,And Jesus answering
2 Jedus ansa say, “Oona see dem big said unto him, Seest thou
these great buildings?
buildin yah? Time da come wen dem all there shall not be left one
stone upon another, that
gwine faddown. Ain one stone gwine be shall not be thrown
lef pontop noda.” down.

3,And as he sat upon


Bad Time Gwine Come the mount of Olives over
Matthew 24:3-14; Luke 21:7-19 against the temple, Peter
and James and John and
3 Jedus gone ta de Mount Olib, an e Andrew asked him pri-
beena seddown dey, weh e been able fa see vately,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
170 Mark 13

4,Tell us, when shall God House. Peter, James, John an Andrew
these things be? and
what shall be the sign come fa taak ta Jedus, paat fom de oda
when all these things people. 4 Dey aks um say, “Tell we wa
shall be fulfilled?
time dem ting gwine happen? Wa sign
5,And Jesus answering
them began to say, Take
gwine show we dat all dem ting gwine
heed lest any man de- staat?”
ceive you: 5 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona mus tek
6,For many shall come cyah. Mus dohn leh nobody mek oona
in my name, saying, I am
Christ; and shall deceive
fool. 6 Plenty people gwine tek me name
many. an come ta oona. Dey gwine say ‘A de
7,And when ye shall
Messiah,’ an dey gwine mek plenty people
hear of wars and rumours fool. 7 Oona mus dohn warry wen oona
of wars, be ye not trou- yeh de nise ob waa close by oona, an oona
bled: for such things must
needs be; but the end yeh nyews bout waa wa da faaway. Dem
shall not be yet. ting dey haffa be, bot de wol ain gwine end
8,For nation shall rise yet! 8 One country gwine fight oda
against nation, and king- country, an one nation gwine fight oda
dom against kingdom:
and there shall be earth-
nation all oba de wol. De groun gwine
quakes in divers places, rumble een plenty place. People ain gwine
and there shall be fam- hab nottin fa nyam. All dem bad ting dey
ines and troubles: these
are the beginnings of jes de fus ting wa gwine come, same like
sorrows. wen de fus pain come fa de modda wen e
9,But take heed to chile da bon. Wos ting dem gwine folla
yourselves: for they shall atta.”
deliver you up to coun-
cils; and in the syna-
9 “Oona mus tek cyah. Cause oona
gogues ye shall be bleebe pon me, people gwine grab hole ob
beaten: and ye shall be
brought before rulers and
oona an tek oona ta de jedge dem een
kings for my sake, for a court. Dey gwine beat oona op een de Jew
testimony against them. meetin house. Dey gwine tek oona fo de
10,And the gospel must gobna dem an king dem wa da rule fa dem
first be published among fa jedge oona. So den, oona gwine dey fa
all nations.
tell dem de Good Nyews wa oona know
11,But when they shall
bout me. 10 People een all de country ob
lead you, and deliver you
up, take no thought be- de wol gwine yeh de Good Nyews fus.
forehand what ye shall 11 Ebry time dey grab hole ta oona, tek
speak, neither do ye pre-
meditate: but whatsoever oona ta court fa trial, mus dohn warry
shall be given you in that bout wa oona gwine say. Mus dohn study
hour, that speak ye: for it
is not ye that speak, but
bout dat fo de time come. Cause wen de
the Holy Ghost. time come, wasoneba wod wa de Holy

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 13 171

Sperit pit een oona mout, dat wa oona mus 12,Now the brother
shall betray the brother
say. E ain gwine be oona own wod. De to death, and the father
Holy Sperit gwine tell oona wa fa say. the son; and children
12 Some man gwine han oba dey own shall rise up against their
parents, and shall cause
broda ta people wa gwine kill um. Same them to be put to death.
fashion, some fada gwine han oba dey 13,And ye shall be
hated of all men for my
chullun ta people wa gwine kill um. name's sake: but he that
Chullun gwine fight dey own fada an shall endure unto the
modda, han um oba ta people fa leh dem end, the same shall be
saved.
kill um. 13 All de people gwine be ginst 14,But when ye shall
oona cause oona bleebe pon me. Bot God see the abomination of
gwine sabe ebrybody wa stanop fa me til desolation, spoken of by
Daniel the prophet,
de wol done end.” standing where it ought
not, (let him that readeth
understand,) then let
De Horrible Ting them that be in Judaea
Matthew 24:15-28; Luke 21:20-24 flee to the mountains:
14 “Oona gwine see ‘De Horrible Bad 15,And let him that is
on the housetop not go
Ting wa mek God place empty’ da stanop down into the house, nei-
een de place weh e ain oughta dey.” (Leh ther enter therein, to take
any thing out of his
oona wa da read ondastan wa dis mean.) house:
“Wen dat time come, de people een Judea 16,And let him that is
mus ron way quick ta de hill country. in the field not turn back
again for to take up his
15 Ebrybody wa dey pontop e house mus garment.
dohn tek time fa go down eenside de house 17,But woe to them
gin fa tek ting wid um. 16 Ebrybody wa da that are with child, and
to them that give suck in
wok een e fiel mus dohn go back ta e house those days!
fa tek e coat wid um. 17 Een dat time dey, 18,And pray ye that
e gwine be bad fa ooman dem dat wid your flight be not in the
winter.
chile an ooman wa hab leetle chullun! 19,For in those days
18 Oona mus pray ta God dat dem ting yah shall be affliction, such as
mus dohn happen een de winta time, wen was not from the begin-
ning of the creation
de rain come. 19 Cause de people een dat which God created unto
time gwine suffa mo den people done suffa this time, neither shall
be.
fom de time wen God fus mek de wol eben
til now. An atta dat, ting like dat ain gwine 20,And except that the
Lord had shortened those
happen gin. 20 Bot de Lawd done say fo days, no flesh should be
han dat e ain gwine leh dem suffa too saved: but for the elect's
sake, whom he hath cho-
many day. E mek de time wen dey gwine sen, he hath shortened
suffa be cut shot. Ef e ain done dat, ain the days.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
172 Mark 13

21,And then if any man nobody been gwine lef een de wol wen dat
shall say to you, Lo, here
is Christ; or, lo, he is time come, wen dey suffa so. Bot fa sake
there; believe him not: ob dem people wa de Lawd done pick, e
done mek dat time be cut shot.
22,For false Christs and 21 So den, wen dat time come, oona
false prophets shall rise, mus dohn bleebe nobody ef e tell oona say,
and shall shew signs and
wonders, to seduce, if it ‘Look, de Messiah dey yah!’ or ‘Look, e oba
were possible, even the yonda!’ 22 Cause some people gwine come
elect.
da lie, say dey de Messiah. An some gwine
come wa gwine lie, say dey a prophet. Dey
23,But take ye heed:
behold, I have foretold gwine do miracle an show plenty sign wa
you all things. stonish de people. Cause dey wahn fa mek
fool ob dem people wa God done pick, ef
24,But in those days, dey able fa do dat. 23 So oona mus tek
after that tribulation, the cyah. A done tell oona all ting fo dey
sun shall be darkened,
and the moon shall not
happen.”
give her light,
De Man Wa Come Fom God
Gwine Come Gin
25,And the stars of
Matthew 24:29-31; Luke 21:25-28
heaven shall fall, and the
powers that are in “Atta people done suffa all dem ting,
24
heaven shall be shaken.
de sun gwine daak an de moon ain gwine
shine no mo. 25 De staa dem gwine
26,And then shall they
faddown outta de sky. An de powa dem wa
see the Son of man com-
ing in the clouds with dey een de sky gwine shake, come outta
great power and glory. dey place weh dey been. 26 Den ebrybody
gwine see de Man wa Come fom God da
come down een de cloud dem. E gwine
27,And then shall he
send his angels, and shall
hab greata powa, an bright glory light
gather together his elect gwine shine roun um. 27 E gwine sen de
from the four winds, angel dem all oba de wol fom one end ta
from the uttermost part
of the earth to the utter- de oda fa geda togeda de people wa e done
most part of heaven. pick fa be e own.”

De Ting Wa de Fig Tree


28,Now learn a parable
Laan We
of the fig tree; When her
Matthew 24:32-35; Luke 21:29-33
branch is yet tender, and
putteth forth leaves, ye 28 “Now den, oona mus look ta de fig
know that summer is
near: tree fa laan fom um. Wen de branch ob dat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 13 173

tree hab nyew life een de spring time an 29,So ye in like man-
ner, when ye shall see
staat fa leaf out, oona know summa da these things come to
come soon. 29 Same way so, wen oona see pass, know that it is nigh,
even at the doors.
dem ting wa A tell oona bout, oona gwine
know de time mos yah. 30 A da tell oona fa
30,Verily I say unto
true, all dem ting mus happen fo de people you, that this generation
dead wa da lib now. 31 De sky an all de shall not pass, till all
eart gwine pass way, bot me wod ain neba these things be done.
gwine pass way.
31,Heaven and earth
shall pass away: but my
Ain Nobody Know words shall not pass
de Day or de Hour away.
Matthew 24:36-44
32 “Ain nobody know de day, ain 32,But of that day and
that hour knoweth no
nobody know de hour wen dem ting yah man, no, not the angels
gwine happen. Eben de angel deysef an which are in heaven, nei-
ther the Son, but the
God Son esef ain know. Jes de Fada God, e Father.
de onliest one wa know de time wen dem
ting gwine happen 33 Oona mus pay 33,Take ye heed, watch
tention. Mus tek cyah an pray ta God, and pray: for ye know not
cause oona ain know wa time dem ting when the time is.
yah gwine happen. 34 E gwine stan like
34,For the Son of man is
wen one man da gwine fa trabel faa way as a man taking a far
fom home. Fo e gone, e lef e house ta e journey, who left his
wokman dem. E chaage um all, tell um wa house, and gave author-
ity to his servants, and to
dey fa do, one by one. An e tell de every man his work, and
watchman fa tek cyah fa pay tention all de commanded the porter to
watch.
time. 35 So den same fashion, oona mus
tek cyah, mus pay tention all de time. 35,Watch ye therefore:
Cause oona ain know de time wen de for ye know not when the
master of the house com-
massa ob de house gwine come. Oona ain eth, at even, or at mid-
know ef e gwine come aaly een de night night, or at the
time, een de middle night, fus fowl crow or cockcrowing, or in the
morning:
day clean. 36 Oona mus tek cyah, mus pay
tention. Cause ef oona ain pay tention, e 36,Lest coming sud-
gwine come all ob a sudden an find oona denly he find you
sleeping.
da sleep. 37 So dis wa A da tell oona ain jes
fa oona, bot e fa all people. Oona all mus 37,And what I say unto
tek cyah. Mus pay tention.” you I say unto all, Watch.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
174 Mark 14
14
,13

Chapter 14 Dey Mek Plan fa Kill Jedus


Matthew 26:1-5; Luke 22:1-2; John 11:45-53
1,After two days was

14 E been two day fo de Jew


the feast of the passover, 1
and of unleavened bread:
and the chief priests and holiday wa dey call Passoba an de
the scribes sought how Feas ob Unleaven Bread, wen dey nyam
they might take him by
craft, and put him to
bread wa ain hab no yeast. De leada dem
death. ob de Jew priest dem an de Jew Law
teacha dem beena try fa find way fa grab
2,But they said, Not on hole ta Jedus fa kill um. Bot dey ain wahn
the feast day, lest there de people fa know wa dey da do. 2 Dey say
be an uproar of the ta one noda, “We ain oughta grab hole ta
people.
Jedus now jurin dis holiday wen plenty
people dey yah. Cause ef we do, de people
3,And being in Bethany
in the house of Simon the
gwine fight fa Jedus.”
leper, as he sat at meat,
there came a woman hav- One Ooman Naint Jedus Head
ing an alabaster box of
ointment of spikenard
een Bethany
very precious; and she Matthew 26:6-13; John 12:1-8
brake the box, and
poured it on his head.
Jedus been een Bethany een Simon
3
house. Simon de man wa been hab leposy.
Wiles Jedus beena nyam, one ooman come
4,And there were some
that had indignation
een wid sweet ointment oll eenside a jar
within themselves, and wa dey mek fom alabasta stone. Dat been a
said, Why was this waste spensiz ointment wa dey mek fom de nard
of the ointment made?
plant. De ooman broke de jar mout an
pour de dat ointment pon Jedus head.
5,For it might have 4 Some ob de people dey git bex. Dey say
been sold for more than
three hundred pence, and ta one noda, “Hoccome dis ooman done
have been given to the waste de spensiz ointment like dat? 5 Ef
poor. And they mur-
mured against her. dey been sell dat ointment, dey been able
fa git heapa money fa um, mo den wa a
man kin mek een a whole yeah, an den dey
6,And Jesus said, Let kin gii de money ta de people wa ain hab
her alone; why trouble ye nottin.” An dem people buke de ooman
her? she hath wrought a
good work on me. bad.
6 Bot Jedus tell um say, “Oona mus
dohn buke dis ooman no mo. Mus dohn
7,For ye have the poor
with you always, and
bodda um. Dat one fine ting wa e done fa
whensoever ye will ye me! 7 People wa ain hab nottin dey dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 175

wid oona all de time, an oona kin hep um may do them good: but
me ye have not always.
wensoneba oona wahn fa hep um. Bot A
ain gwine dey dey wid oona all time. 8 De 8,She hath done what
ooman done done all wa e able fa do fa me. she could: she is come
E done naint me wid sweet ointment fa aforehand to anoint my
body to the burying.
mek me body ready head ob time fa wen
dey bury me. 9 A da tell oona fa true, all
9,Verily I say unto you,
oba de wol, wehsoneba dey da tell people Wheresoever this gospel
de Good Nyews, dey gwine memba dis shall be preached
throughout the whole
ooman an taak bout dis ting wa e done world, this also that she
yah.” hath done shall be spo-
ken of for a memorial of
her.
Judas Gree Fa Han Jedus
Oba ta E Enemy Dem
10,And Judas Iscariot,
Matthew 26:14-16; Luke 22:3-6
one of the twelve, went
10 Den Judas Iscariot, one ob de tweb unto the chief priests, to
betray him unto them.
ciple dem, gone off ta de leada dem ob de
Jew priest dem. Judas gone fa tell um say e
11,And when they
gwine han Jedus oba ta dem. 11 Dey been heard it, they were glad,
too glad fa yeh wa e say, an dey gree fa and promised to give him
money. And he sought
gim money. So den Judas staat da look fa how he might conve-
niently betray him.
chance fa han Jedus oba ta dem.
12,And the first day of
Jedus Nyam de Passoba Meal
unleavened bread, when
wid E Ciple Dem they killed the passover,
Matthew 26:17-25; Luke 22:7-14, 21-23; John 13:21-30 his disciples said unto
him, Where wilt thou
12 E been de fus day ob de Jew holiday that we go and prepare
ob Unleaven Bread, wen de Jew dem da that thou mayest eat the
passover?
nyam bread wa ain hab no yeast. Dey
alltime kill lamb dat day fa memba de
13,And he sendeth
Passoba, how dey ole people done come forth two of his disciples,
outta Egypt. Jedus ciple dem aks Jedus and saith unto them, Go
ye into the city, and there
say, “Weh ya wahn we fa go fa git de shall meet you a man
bearing a pitcher of wa-
Passoba meal ready fa ya?” 13 Jedus sen ter: follow him.
two ob um, tell um say, “Mus go eenta de
city, weh oona gwine meet op wid a man 14,And wheresoever he
wa da tote a wata jug. Oona mus go wid shall go in, say ye to the
goodman of the house,
um. 14 Wen oona reach de house weh e The Master saith, Where
gone een, oona mus tell de poson wa own is the guest chamber,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
176 Mark 14

where I shall eat the pass- de house say, ‘De Teacha wahn fa know
over with my disciples?
weh de room weh e gwine nyam de
15,And he will shew
Passoba meal wid e ciple dem?’ 15 Den de
you a large upper room man gwine show oona one big opstair
furnished and prepared: room. E done ready de room fa we, an
there make ready for us.
ebryting wa we need dey eenside dey. An
16,And his disciples dey een dat room, oona gwine git ebryting
went forth, and came ready fa we fa nyam de meal fa memba de
into the city, and found
as he had said unto them: Passoba.”
and they made ready the 16 De ciple dem gone ta de city. Dey
passover.
find all ting jes like Jedus done tell um. So
17,And in the evening dey git ebryting ready fa nyam de meal fa
he cometh with the memba de Passoba.
twelve.
17 Wen sun done set fa red, Jedus an de
18,And as they sat and tweb ciple dem come ta dat house.
did eat, Jesus said, Verily 18 Wiles dey beena nyam, Jedus say, “A da
I say unto you, One of tell oona, one ob oona gwine han me oba
you which eateth with
me shall betray me. ta me enemy dem. One ob oona wa da
nyam yah wid me now gwine do um.”
19,And they began to 19 De ciple dem been too saaful. One by
be sorrowful, and to say
unto him one by one, Is
one dey aks Jedus say, “Fa sho, ya ain
it I? and another said, Is mean me, ainty?”
it I? 20 Jedus ansa say, “One ob oona tweb
gwine do um, one ob oona wa da dip e
20,And he answered
and said unto them, It is bread een de same dish yah, da nyam wid
one of the twelve, that me. 21 De Man wa Come fom God gwine
dippeth with me in the
dish.
dead, jes like dey done write bout um een
God Book. Bot e gwine be too bad fa dat
21,The Son of man in- man wa gwine sell de Man wa Come fom
deed goeth, as it is writ-
ten of him: but woe to
God! E been faa betta fa dat man dey ef e
that man by whom the ain neba been bon!”
Son of man is betrayed!
good were it for that man
if he had never been De Meal wa We Nyam
born. fa Memba de Lawd
Matthew 26:26-30; Luke 22:14-20; 1 Cor. 11:23-25
22,And as they did eat,
Jesus took bread, and Wiles dey beena nyam, Jedus tek
22
blessed, and brake it, and bread, e pray, tell God say, “Tankya fa de
gave to them, and said,
Take, eat: this is my
bread.” E broke de bread an gim ta e ciple
body. dem. E tell um say, “Oona tek dis bread

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 177

yah, nyam um. Dis yah me body.” 23,And he took the


cup, and when he had
23 Den e tek one cup wid wine een um. given thanks, he gave it
E pray, tell God tankya fa de wine. Den e to them: and they all
drank of it.
gii de cup ta e ciple dem, an dey all drink
fom de cup. 24 Jedus tell um say, “Dis yah 24,And he said unto
me blood. A gwine dead, da sacrifice me them, This is my blood of
the new testament,
blood fa sabe a whole heapa people. Me which is shed for many.
blood gwine show ebrybody dat God
gwine do same like e done say e fa do, wen 25,Verily I say unto
you, I will drink no more
e mek de nyew greement wid e people. of the fruit of the vine,
25 A da tell oona fa true, A ain gwine drink until that day that I drink
wine gin, til de time wen A drink de nyew it new in the kingdom of
God.
wine een de place weh God da rule.”
26 Den dey sing one hymn an gone out 26,And when they had
ta de Mount Olib. sung an hymn, they went
out into the mount of
Olives.
Jedus Taak Bout Peter
Matthew 26:31-35; Luke 22:31-34; 27,And Jesus saith
John 13:36-38 unto them, All ye shall be
offended because of me
27 Jedus tell e ciple say, “Oona all this night: for it is writ-
ten, I will smite the shep-
gwine bandon me, lef me lone. Cause dey herd, and the sheep shall
done write een God Book say, ‘God gwine be scattered.
shrike de shephud an de sheep gwine
28,But after that I am
scatta.’ 28 Bot wen A git op fom mongst de risen, I will go before you
dead people an lib gin, A gwine go ta into Galilee.
Galilee head ob oona. Oona gwine go meet
me dey.” 29,But Peter said unto
29 Peter ansa um scrong mout say, him, Although all shall be
offended, yet will not I.
“Eben ef all de oda ciple dem bandon ya, A
ain gwine bandon ya neba!” 30,And Jesus saith
30 Jedus tell Peter say, “A da tell ya fa unto him, Verily I say
unto thee, That this day,
true, dis same night, fo de cock crow two even in this night, before
time, ya gwine say shree time dat ya ain the cock crow twice, thou
shalt deny me thrice.
know me.”
31 Peter ansa mo scrong mout say,
31,But he spake the
“Eben ef A haffa dead wid ya, A ain gwine more vehemently, If I
neba say A ain know ya!” should die with thee, I
will not deny thee in any
An all de oda ciple dem say de same wise. Likewise also said
ting. they all.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
178 Mark 14

32,And they came to a Jedus Pray Een Gethsemane


place which was named Matthew 26:36-46; Luke 22:39-46
Gethsemane: and he saith
to his disciples, Sit ye Jedus an e ciple reach one place wa
32
here, while I shall pray.
33,And he taketh with name Gethsemane. Jedus tell um say,
him Peter and James and “Oona seddown yah. A gwine go fa pray.”
John, and began to be 33 Jedus tek Peter, James an John wid um.
sore amazed, and to be
very heavy; An Jedus git too saaful an hebby hebby
34,And saith unto
them, My soul is exceed-
haat. 34 E tell um say, “Me haat so hebby
ing sorrowful unto death: dat A feel like A gwine dead. Oona stay
tarry ye here, and watch. yah an pray. Mus dohn sleep.” E git down
35,And he went for-
ward a little, and fell on
flat pon de groun da pray ta God. E aks um
the ground, and prayed say, “Fada, ef ya say e kin be, A aks ya fa
that, if it were possible, sabe me. Tek way dis time wa da come
the hour might pass from
him. wen A haffa suffa an dead so.”
36,And he said, Abba, 35 Jedus lef um, gone a leetle way foda.
Father, all things are pos- E git down flat pon de groun fa pray ta
sible unto thee; take
away this cup from me: God. 36 An e say, “Fada, me Fada, ya able
nevertheless not what I fa do all ting. Please sah, tek way dis cup
will, but what thou wilt.
37,And he cometh, and
wa A fa suffa. Stillyet, mus dohn do wa A
findeth them sleeping, wahn. Mus do wa ya wahn.”
and saith unto Peter, Si- 37 Den Jedus come back ta de shree
mon, sleepest thou?
couldest not thou watch ciple dem. E find um sleep. E tell Peter say,
one hour? “Simon, ya da sleep, ainty? Ya ain able fa
38,Watch ye and pray,
stay wake eben a leetle wiles?” 38 Jedus
lest ye enter into tempta-
tion. The spirit truly tell um say, “Oona mus dohn sleep. Mus
is ready, but the flesh is pray so dat oona ain gwine do ebil wen
weak. Satan try fa mek oona do um. Oona wahn
39,And again he went
away, and prayed, and
fa do de right ting, bot oona ain hab scrent
spake the same words. fa do um.”
40,And when he re- 39 Jedus lef um gin, e gone on a leetle
turned, he found them
asleep again, (for their way. E pray wid de same wod e beena pray
eyes were heavy,) neither de fus time. 40 Den e come back gin an
wist they what to answer
him.
find Peter, James an John sleep. Dey ain
41,And he cometh the been able fa keep dey eye open, an dey ain
third time, and saith unto know wa fa say ta Jedus.
them, Sleep on now, and
take your rest: it is 41 Jedus gone way gin an pray. Wen e
enough, the hour is come back fa de shree time, e tell um say,
come; behold, the Son of
man is betrayed into the “Oona stillyet da sleep an res? Dat nuff fa
hands of sinners. now. De time done come. Look yah! Sinna

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 179

man gwine han de Man wa Come fom God 42,Rise up, let us go; lo,
he that betrayeth me is at
oba ta de enemy. 42 Git op. Leh we go hand.
meet um. Oona look yah. See de man wa 43,And immediately,
da han me oba ta me enemy. E da come while he yet spake, com-
eth Judas, one of the
yah now!” twelve, and with him a
great multitude with
Dey Grab Hole ta Jedus swords and staves, from
the chief priests and the
Matthew 26:47-56; Luke 22:47-53; John 18:3-12 scribes and the elders.
43 Wiles Jedus beena say dat, Judas, 44,And he that be-
one ob de tweb ciple dem, git dey. A bunch trayed him had given
them a token, saying,
ob people been wid um, da tote knife an Whomsoever I shall kiss,
big stick fa fight wid. De Jew priest leada that same is he; take him,
and lead him away safely.
dem, de Jew Law teacha dem an de oda
45,And as soon as he
Jew big leada dem done sen dem people
was come, he goeth
wid Judas. 44 Judas done been tell dem straightway to him, and
people heada time how dey gwine know saith, Master, master;
and kissed him.
Jedus. E been say, “De Man wa A gwine
46,And they laid their
kiss, dat de Man oona wahn. Mus grab hands on him, and took
hole ta um, tek um way wid gyaad roun him.
um.” 47,And one of them
45 Wen Judas git dey, e gone op ta that stood by drew a
sword, and smote a ser-
Jedus, say, “Teacha!” Den e kiss um. 46 De vant of the high priest,
people grab hole ta Jedus an hole um and cut off his ear.
tight. 47 One ob dem wa beena stanop dey
48,And Jesus answered
dey by Jedus pull out e knife. E scrike de and said unto them, Are
slabe ob de head man ob de Jew priest ye come out, as against a
leada dem. Dat man cut off de slabe yea. thief, with swords and
with staves to take me?
48 Jedus tell de crowd say, “Oona haffa
come wid knife an big stick fa grab hole ta 49,I was daily with you
me, ainty? A ain no tief. 49 Ebry day A in the temple teaching,
and ye took me not: but
been dey wid oona een God House, da the scriptures must be
teach bout God. Bot oona ain neba grab fulfilled.
hole ta me. Bot all wa dey done write een 50,And they all forsook
God Book haffa come true.” him, and fled.
50 Den all de ciple dem lef Jedus an ron
51,And there followed
way. him a certain young man,
51 One nyoung man beena folla long having a linen cloth cast
about his naked body; and
hine Jedus. Dat man ain hab no cloes on the young men laid hold
cepin a piece ob linen closs. An de people on him:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
180 Mark 14

52,And he left the linen try fa grab hole ta um. 52 Bot de man lef de
cloth, and fled from them
naked. closs een dey han an ron way nekid.
53,And they led Jesus
away to the high priest: Dey Tek Jedus ta de Jew High Court
and with him were as- Matthew 26:57-68; Luke 22:54-55, 63-71;
sembled all the chief John 18:13-14, 19-24
priests and the elders and
the scribes. Dey tek Jedus ta de head man ob de
53

54,And Peter followed


Jew priest leada dem, eenta e house. All de
him afar off, even into leada dem ob de Jew priest, de oda Jew
the palace of the high leada dem an de Jew Law teacha dem
priest: and he sat with the
servants, and warmed beena geda dey. 54 Peter beena folla long
himself at the fire. hine Jedus fom a way off. E folla long
55,And the chief eenta de head man yaad. Wen e reach dey,
priests and all the council Peter gone seddown close ta de gyaad
sought for witness
against Jesus to put him
dem, da waam esef by de fire. 55 De leada
to death; and found none. dem ob de Jew priest dem an all de oda
56,For many bare false Jew leada dem wa jedge een de Jew High
witness against him, but Court beena look fa find some poson fa
their witness agreed not taak ginst Jedus, say e done ebil ting, so
together.
dat dem leada kin kill um. Bot dey ain
57,And there arose cer-
tain, and bare false wit-
been able fa find nobody. 56 A heapa
ness against him, saying, people tell lie ginst Jedus, bot dey ain mek
58,We heard him say, I
dey story gree.
will destroy this temple 57 Den some people stanop an tell dis lie
that is made with hands, ginst Jedus. 58 Dey say, “We done yeh
and within three days I
will build another made Jedus say, ‘A gwine stroy God House yah
without hands. wa people done mek. An A gwine tek shree
59,But neither so did day fa mek oda God House, wa no poson
their witness agree to- gwine hep mek.’ ” 59 Bot dem people yah
gether.
60,And the high priest
wa say dat ginst Jedus ain neba mek dey
stood up in the midst, story gree needa.
and asked Jesus, saying, 60 De head man ob de Jew priest leada
Answerest thou nothing?
what is it which these wit- dem stanop een front ob dem all. E aks
ness against thee? Jedus say, “Wa mek dem people yah say
61,But he held his ya done dem ebil ting? Wa ya say bout
peace, and answered
nothing. Again the high dat?”
priest asked him, and 61 Bot Jedus neba say a mumblin wod.
said unto him, Art thou
the Christ, the Son of the
De head man ob de priest dem keep on da
Blessed? quizzit um. E aks um say, “Ya de Messiah,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 14 181

de Son ob de God we praise? Tell we.” 62,And Jesus said, I


am: and ye shall see the
62 Jedus ansa um say, “Yeah, A de Son of man sitting on the
Messiah. Oona gwine see de Man wa Come right hand of power, and
coming in the clouds of
fom God, da seddown ta de right han side heaven.
ob God wa hab all powa. An oona gwine
see me da come ta dis wol da ride pon 63,Then the high priest
heaben cloud!” rent his clothes, and
saith, What need we any
63 De head man ob de priest dem bex fa further witnesses?
true til e teah e cloes an say, “We ain need
no mo people fa taak ginst um, ainty? 64,Ye have heard the
blasphemy: what think
64 Oonasef done yeh de ebil ting e say ye? And they all con-
ginst God. Wa oona say?” demned him to be guilty
of death.
All dem leada wa beena jedge dey een
de Jew High Court condemn Jedus, say e 65,And some began to
oughta dead. spit on him, and to cover
65 Some dem staat fa spit pon Jedus. his face, and to buffet
him, and to say unto him,
Dey tie a closs oba e eye. Den dey slap um Prophesy: and the ser-
an say, “Guess who dat slap ya? Tell we!” vants did strike him with
the palms of their hands.
De gyaad deysef tek um an beat um op.
66,And as Peter was
Peter Say E Ain Know Jedus beneath in the palace,
there cometh one of the
Matthew 26:69-75; Luke 22:56-62;
maids of the high priest:
John 18:15-18, 25-27

66 Peter been dey, down een de yaad, 67,And when she saw
Peter warming himself,
wen one de gyal dem wa wok fa de head she looked upon him, and
man ob de priest dem come by. 67 Wen e said, And thou also wast
with Jesus of Nazareth.
see Peter da waam esef by de fire dey dey,
dat gyal look um dead een de face an say, 68,But he denied, say-
“Yasef beena gone longside Jedus wa ing, I know not, neither
come fom Nazareth.” understand I what thou
sayest. And he went out
68 Bot Peter say e ain know Jedus. E into the porch; and the
ansa de gyal say, “A ain know wa ya da cock crew.
taak bout.” An Peter gone out close ta de
gate. Same time a cock crow. 69,And a maid saw him
again, and began to say
69 Wen de gyal see Peter dey, e tell de to them that stood by,
people wa da stan roun, say gin, “Dis man This is one of them.
yah one ob dem wa beena gone longside
70,And he denied it
Jedus!” 70 Bot Peter say gin, “A ain know again. And a little after,
um.” they that stood by said

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
182 Mark 14, 15

again to Peter, Surely Atta a leetle bit, de people wa beena


thou art one of them: for
thou art a Galilaean, and stan roun dey tell Peter say, “Fa true, ya
thy speech agreeth cyahn say ya ain one ob dem wa been wid
thereto.
Jedus, cause yasef come fom Galilee.”
71,But he began to 71 Peter say, “A da tell oona fa true! Leh
curse and to swear, say-
ing, I know not this man God mek me suffa ef A ain taak scraight. A
of whom ye speak. ain know dat man oona da taak bout!”
72,And the second time
72 Same time e say dat, a cock crow
the cock crew. And Peter noda time. Peter memba wa Jedus done
called to mind the word been tell um. Jedus done been say, “Fo de
that Jesus said unto him,
Before the cock crow cock crow two time, ya gwine say shree
twice, thou shalt deny me time dat ya ain know me.” Peter buss out
thrice. And when he
thought thereon, he da cry.
wept.
15
,14
Dey Tek Jedus ta Pilate
Matthew 27:1-2, 11-14; Luke 23:1-5; John 18:28-38

15 Wen day clean broad, de leada


Chapter 15 1
1,And straightway in dem ob de Jew priest dem, de oda
the morning the chief
priests held a consulta-
Jew leada dem, de Jew Law teacha dem,
tion with the elders and an all de oda memba dem ob de Jew
scribes and the whole Council geda togeda fa mek plan ginst
council, and bound Je-
sus, and carried him Jedus. Dey mek de gyaad dem tie op Jedus
away, and delivered him han an tek um way fa go ta Gobna Pilate.
to Pilate.
2 Pilate aks Jedus say, “Ya de king ob de
2,And Pilate asked
him, Art thou the King of Jew people?”
the Jews? And he an- Jedus ansa um say, “Dat so, jes like ya
swering said unto him,
Thou sayest it. say.”
3,And the chief priests 3 De leada dem ob de Jew priest dem
accused him of many beena cuse Jedus, say e done do plenty
things: but he answered
nothing. ebil ting. 4 Pilate aks Jedus noda time say,
4,And Pilate asked him “Ya ain got nottin fa say fa ansa um? Ya
again, saying, Answerest yeh all dem ebil ting wa dey say ya done?”
thou nothing? behold
how many things they
5 Stillyet Jedus ain ansa nottin, an
witness against thee. Pilate been stonish.
5,But Jesus yet an-
swered nothing; so that
Pilate marvelled. Dey Say Jedus Haffa Dead
6,Now at that feast he Matthew 27:15-26; Luke 23:13-25; John 18:39-19:16
released unto them one 6 Ebry yeah wen de Passoba holiday
prisoner, whomsoever
they desired. come, Pilate nyuse fa free one poson wa de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 15 183

7,And there was one


Jew people wahn fom outta de jailhouse. named Barabbas, which
7 An jurin dis time yah, some people done lay bound with them that
been riot een dat country, an dem wa done had made insurrection
with him, who had com-
kill a poson been pit eenta de jailhouse. mitted murder in the
One dem een de jailhouse been a man insurrection.
8,And the multitude
name Barabbas. 8 De crowd come geda
crying aloud began to de-
togeda dey ta Pilate yaad. Dey aks Pilate fa sire him to do as he had
leh one poson outta de jailhouse fa de ever done unto them.
9,But Pilate answered
people, same like e beena do ebry yeah.
them, saying, Will ye that
9 Pilate aks de people say, “Oona wahn me I release unto you the
fa leh de Jew people king go free?” 10 E King of the Jews?
10,For he knew that
been know dat de leada dem ob de Jew
the chief priests had de-
priest dem been han Jedus oba ta um livered him for envy.
cause dey been jealous ob um. 11,But the chief priests
11 Bot de leada dem ob de Jew priest moved the people, that
he should rather release
dem chaage de crowd fa tell Pilate dey Barabbas unto them.
wahn um fa free Barabbas fom outta de 12,And Pilate an-
jailhouse, stead ob Jedus. 12 Pilate aks de swered and said again
unto them, What will ye
people say, “Well den, wa A gwine do wid then that I shall do unto
de man oona call de Jew people king?” him whom ye call the
King of the Jews?
13 Dey holla back ta Pilate say, “Kill
13,And they cried out
Jedus. Nail um pon de cross!” again, Crucify him.
14 Pilate aks um say, “Wa fa? Wa ebil 14,Then Pilate said
ting e done?” unto them, Why, what
evil hath he done? And
De people holla mo louda say, “Kill um. they cried out the more
Nail um pon de cross!” exceedingly, Crucify him.
15 So fa mek de crowd heppy, Pilate leh 15,And so Pilate, will-
ing to content the people,
Barabbas outta de jailhouse. E chaage de released Barabbas unto
sodja dem fa beat Jedus. Den e hab dem them, and delivered Je-
tek Jedus fa kill um, nail um pon de cross. sus, when he had
scourged him, to be cru-
ciied.
De Sodja dem Hole Jedus Cheap
16,And the soldiers led
Matthew 27:27-31; John 19:2-3
him away into the hall,
16 De sodja dem tek Jedus eenta one yaad called Praetorium; and
they call together the
eenside ob Gobna Pilate bighouse. Dey geda whole band.
togeda all de oda sodja dem dey. 17 Cause
17,And they clothed
de people call Jedus King, de sodja dem
him with purple, and
dress Jedus een a purple robe fa hole platted a crown of thorns,
um cheap. Dey mek a crown fom bramble and put it about his head,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
184 Mark 15

18,And began to salute branch an pit um pon e head. 18 Den dey


him, Hail, King of the
Jews! hole um cheap, hail um say, “Leh de Jew
19,And they smote him people King hab long life!” 19 Dey beat
on the head with a reed,
and did spit upon him,
Jedus wid a stick pon e head, an dey spit
and bowing their knees pon um. An dey kneel down fo um fa laugh
worshipped him. at um, mek like dey da woshup um.
20,And when they had
20 Atta dey been shru hole um cheap, dey
mocked him, they took
off the purple from him, pull de purple robe off um an pit e own
and put his own clothes cloes back pon um. Den dey tek um fa kill
on him, and led him out
to crucify him. um, nail um pon de cross.
21,And they compel
one Simon a Cyrenian, Dey Nail Jedus pon de Cross
who passed by, coming
Matthew 27:32-44; Luke 23:26-43; John 19:17-27
out of the country, the fa-
ther of Alexander and 21 Wiles dey da gwine, dey meet one
Rufus, to bear his cross.
22,And they bring him
man name Simon, wa been bon een
unto the place Golgotha, Cyrene. E been Alexander an Rufus dem
which is, being inter- f ada. S imon b eena come fom de
preted, The place of a
skull. countryside, da gwine ta Jerusalem. De
23,And they gave him sodja dem mek Simon tote de cross fa
to drink wine mingled Jedus. 22 Dey tek Jedus ta a place dey call
with myrrh: but he re-
ceived it not. Golgotha. Dat mean “De Place wa Stan
24,And when they had Like Man Skull.” 23 Dey mix wine wid a
crucified him, they medicine wa dey call myrrh. Dey gim ta
parted his garments, cast-
ing lots upon them, what Jedus fa drink, bot e neba drink um.
every man should take. 24 Den de sodja dem nail Jedus pon de
25,And it was the third
cross. Dey shrow dice fa share Jedus cloes
hour, and they crucified
him. mongst um, see who gwine git wa piece.
26,And the superscrip- 25 E been nine o’clock een de maanin wen
tion of his accusation was
written over, THE KING
dey nail Jedus pon de cross. 26 Dey write
OF THE JEWS. down de chaage dey been hab ginst Jedus.
27,And with him they De chaage say, “DE KING OB DE JEW
crucify two thieves; the
one on his right hand,
PEOPLE.” 27 Dat same time, dey nail op
and the other on his left. two tief, each pon e own cross. Dey pit one
28,And the scripture cross pon Jedus right han side an de oda
was fulfilled, which
saith, And he was num-
pon Jedus lef han side. [28 So de ting wa
bered with the trans- dey done write een God Book come true,
gressors. wa dey say, “People tink say dat e mongst
29,And they that
passed by railed on him,
dem wickity man.”]
wagging their heads, and 29 De people wa beena pass by shrow

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 15 185

slam at Jedus. Dey shake dey head an tell saying, Ah, thou that
destroyest the temple,
um say, “So dey! Ya beena say ya gwine and buildest it in three
stroy God House an tek shree day fa build days,
um back op! 30 Well den, sabe yasef now. 30,Save thyself, and
Come down fom de cross!” come down from the
cross.
31 Same way so, de leada dem ob de
31,Likewise also the
Jew priest dem an de Jew Law teacha dem chief priests mocking
beena hole Jedus cheap, shrow slam at said among themselves
with the scribes, He
um. Dey say ta one noda, “E been sabe oda saved others; himself he
people, bot e ain able fa sabe esef! 32 Leh cannot save.
we see de Messiah, de king ob Israel, come 32,Let Christ the King
down fom de cross now, so dat we kin of Israel descend now
from the cross, that we
bleebe een um!” may see and believe. And
De two oda man wa done been nail pon they that were crucified
with him reviled him.
dey cross close by Jedus, deysef shrow
33,And when the sixth
slam at um. hour was come, there
was darkness over the
De Det Ob Jedus whole land until the
ninth hour.
Matthew 27:45-56; Luke 23:44-49; John 19:28-30
34,And at the ninth
33 E been high noon an all dat lan git hour Jesus cried with a
daak, daak. E been daak fa shree hour. loud voice, saying, Eloi,
34 At shree o’clock Jedus holla loud, say, Eloi, lama sabachthani?
which is, being inter-
“Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?” Dat mean, preted, My God, my God,
“Me God, me God, hoccome ya da bandon why hast thou forsaken
me?
me?”
35,And some of them
35 Some ob de people wa beena stanop that stood by, when they
close by de cross, dey yeh wa Jedus say. heard it, said, Behold, he
calleth Elias.
Dey say, “Listen, e da call Elijah fa come
hep um!” 36 One ob dem ron go soak a 36,And one ran and
filled a spunge full of vin-
sponge wid wine winega an tie de sponge egar, and put it on a reed,
pon de end ob a long stick. Den e hice de and gave him to drink,
saying, Let alone; let us
stick op ta Jedus lip, try fa git Jedus fa see whether Elias will
suck de sponge. E say, “Hole on! Leh we come to take him down.
see ef Elijah gwine come fa tek um down 37,And Jesus cried
fom de cross!” with a loud voice, and
gave up the ghost.
37 Jedus holla loud an den e dead.
38 Jes den, de big tick curtain wa beena 38,And the veil of the
temple was rent in twain
hang eenside God House split down de from the top to the
middle, fom de top down ta de bottom. bottom.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
186 Mark 15

39,And when the cen- 39 De sodja dem leada, wa beena stanop fo


turion, which stood over
against him, saw that he de cross see how Jedus done holla out ta
so cried out, and gave up God an dead. E say, “Fa true, dis man yah
the ghost, he said, Truly
this man was the Son of
God Son!”
God. 40 Some ooman been stanop faaway, da
40,There were also look. Some ob dem been Mary Magdalene,
women looking on afar
off: among whom was an Mary wa been de modda ob de nyoung
Mary Magdalene, and James an e broda Joseph, an Salome.
Mary the mother of 41 Wen Jedus been dey een Galilee, dem
James the less and of
Joses, and Salome; ooman beena trabel long wid um an hep
41,(Who also, when he um. An plenty oda ooman wa done come
was in Galilee, followed
him, and ministered unto
ta Jerusalem wid Jedus been stanop dey
him;) and many other da look.
women which came up
with him unto Jerusalem.
42,And now when the Joseph Pit Jedus Body een a Tomb
even was come, because Matthew 27:57-61; Luke 23:50-56;
it was the preparation, John 19:38-42
that is, the day before the
sabbath, 42 E been de Preparation Day. Dat de
43,Joseph of Arima- day wen de Jew people git ready fa dey
thaea, an honourable Woshup Day. An e been jes a leetle bit fo
counsellor, which also
waited for the kingdom de sun set. 43 Joseph wa come fom
of God, came, and went Arimathea town been dey. E been a big
in boldly unto Pilate, and
craved the body of Jesus. man een de Jew Council. Joseph beena
44,And Pilate mar- look fa de time wen God gwine come fa
velled if he were already rule dis wol, an e ain been scaid fa go ta
dead: and calling unto Pilate an aks um fa Jedus body. 44 Pilate
him the centurion, he
asked him whether he been stonish wen e yeh dat Jedus done
had been any while dead. dead. E sen call fa de sodja dem leada an
45,And when he knew aks um ef fa true Jedus done dead. 45 Wen
it of the centurion, he de sodja dem leada tell Pilate dat Jedus
gave the body to Joseph. done dead fa true, Pilate tell Joseph dat e
46,And he bought fine kin go git Jedus body. 46 Joseph gone buy
linen, and took him some fine linen closs. E tek Jedus body
down, and wrapped him
in the linen, and laid him down fom de cross an wrop um op een
in a sepulchre which was de closs. Den Joseph pit um eenside a
hewn out of a rock, and
rolled a stone unto the tomb wa done been dig outta de rock.
door of the sepulchre. An Joseph tek a big stone an roll um
47,And Mary Magda- cross de tomb doormout fa kiba um op.
lene and Mary the mother 47 Mary Magdalene an Mary wa been de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 15, 16 187

modda ob Joseph beena watch an dey see of Joses beheld where he


was laid.
weh Joseph fom Arimathea pit Jedus
body.

Jedus Git op fom Mongst Chapter 16


de Dead People an Lib Gin 1,And when the sab-
Matthew 28:1-8; Luke 24:1-12; John 20:1-10 bath was past, Mary Mag-
dalene, and Mary the

16 Wen de Jew Woshup Day done


1 mother of James, and
pass, Mary Magdalene an Mary wa Salome, had bought
sweet spices, that they
been James modda, an Salome gone buy might come and anoint
spice ointment wa hab fine smell fa go rub him.
2,And very early in the
um pon Jedus body. 2 Aaly een de maanin morning the first day of
de fus day ob de week, jes atta day clean the week, they came unto
the sepulchre at the ris-
broad, dey gone ta de tomb. 3 Wiles dey ing of the sun.
beena gwine, dey beena aks one noda say, 3,And they said among
“Who dat gwine roll way de stone fa we, themselves, Who shall
roll us away the stone
dat stone wa kiba de tomb doormout?” from the door of the
4 Bot wen dey look op at de tomb, dey see sepulchre?
4,And when they
dat de big stone wa beena kiba de looked, they saw that the
doormout done been roll way. An dat been stone was rolled away:
for it was very great.
a big big stone. 5 Wen de ooman dem gone 5,And entering into the
eenside de tomb, dey see one nyoung man sepulchre, they saw a
young man sitting on the
dress op een a long white robe. E beena right side, clothed in a
seddown pon de right han side. An dem long white garment; and
ooman been stonish down. they were affrighted.
6,And he saith unto
6 De nyoung man tell um say, “Oona them, Be not affrighted:
mus dohn be stonish. A know dat oona da Ye seek Jesus of Naza-
reth, which was cruci-
look fa Jedus fom Nazareth, wa done been fied: he is risen; he is not
nail pon de cross an dead. E ain yah. E here: behold the place
where they laid him.
done rise op fom mongst de dead people 7,But go your way, tell
an e da lib gin! Look, dis yah de place weh his disciples and Peter
dey done lay um down. 7 Oona go tell that he goeth before you
into Galilee: there shall
Peter an e oda ciple dem say, ‘E da gwine ye see him, as he said
fo oona ta Galilee. Oona gwine meet um unto you.
dey, same like e done tell oona.’ ” 8,And they went out
quickly, and fled from
8 De ooman dem been all shake op an the sepulchre; for they
scaid. Dey come outta de tomb an ron way trembled and were
amazed: neither said they
fom dey. Dey ain say nottin ta nobody any thing to any man; for
cause dey been scaid down. they were afraid.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
188 Mark 16

9,Now when Jesus was Jedus Appeah ta E Ciple Dem


risen early the first day of Matthew 28:9-10, 16-20; Luke 24:13-53;
the week, he appeared John 20:11-23; De Postle Dem 1:6-11
first to Mary Magdalene,
out of whom he had cast
seven devils.
[9 Now den, aaly een de maanin pon de
fus day ob de week, Jedus done rise op
10,And she went and fom mongst de dead people, da lib gin. E
told them that had been
with him, as they
come fus ta Mary Magdalene. Mary been
mourned and wept. de ooman wa been hab seben ebil sperit
eenside um wa Jedus done dribe outta um.
11,And they, when
10 Atta Mary see Jedus, e gone ta dem
they had heard that he
was alive, and had been people wa beena folla longside um. Dey
seen of her, believed not. still beena cry out an moan cause Jedus
12,After that he ap- done dead. Mary tell um all wa done
peared in another form happen. 11 Stillyet wen dey yeh dat Jedus
unto two of them, as they da lib gin an dat Mary esef done shim, dey
walked, and went into
the country. ain bleebe wa e say.
12 Noda time atta dat, two man wa
13,And they went and
told it unto the residue:
beena waak wid Jedus beena gwine ta one
neither believed they willage. Wiles dey da waak, Jedus come ta
them. um, bot e look diffunt. 13 De two man
14,Afterward he ap-
gone back ta Jerusalem an tell de oda res
peared unto the eleven as wa done happen. Bot dey ain bleebe dem
they sat at meat, and up- man needa.
braided them with their
unbelief and hardness of 14 Atta dat, Jedus come ta de leben
heart, because they be- ciple wen dey beena nyam. E buke um
lieved not them which
had seen him after he cause dey ain been bleebe dat e da lib, an
was risen. cause dey been too haad head fa bleebe
15,And he said unto
dem people wa done been shim atta e done
them, Go ye into all the git op fom mongst de dead people an lib
world, and preach the gin. 15 Jedus tell um say, “Oona mus go all
gospel to every creature.
oba de wol an tell all de people de Good
16,He that believeth Nyews bout me. 16 De poson wa bleebe de
and is baptized shall be Good Nyews an git bactize, God gwine
saved; but he that believ-
eth not shall be damned. sabe dat poson. Bot de one wa ain bleebe
de Good Nyews, God gwine jedge um.
17,And these signs
shall follow them that be-
17 Dem people wa bleebe de Good Nyews,
lieve; In my name shall God gwine gim powa fa do dem miracle
they cast out devils; they
shall speak with new
yah. Een me name dey gwine dribe ebil
tongues; sperit outta people, dey gwine taak een

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Mark 16 189

nyew tongue. 18 Ef dey pick op snake or ef 18,They shall take up


serpents; and if they
dey drink pison, nottin ain gwine hut um. drink any deadly thing, it
Dey gwine pit dey han pon sick people an shall not hurt them; they
shall lay hands on the
pray fa dem fa be well, an dem people sick, and they shall
gwine git well.” recover.
19 Wen de Lawd Jedus done taak ta e 19,So then after the
Lord had spoken unto
ciple dem, God tek Jedus op eenta heaben. them, he was received up
Jedus gone seddown ta God right han fa into heaven, and sat on
rule wid um. 20 De ciple dem gone all oba, the right hand of God.
20,And they went
da tell people de Good Nyews. An de Lawd forth, and preached ev-
Jedus hep um, gim powa fa do miracle so ery where, the Lord
working with them, and
dat de people know dat wa de ciple dem confirming the word with
say, e true fa sho.] signs following. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke

De Good Nyews
Bout Jedus Christ
Luke Wa Luke Write
Luke Tell Theophilus
Wa Dis Book Taak Bout

1 Deah Theophilus, plenty people


Chapter 1 1
1 Forasmuch as many beena try fa write down all de ting
have taken in hand to set dem wa we bleebe fa true, wa done
forth in order a declara-
tion of those things happen mongst we. 2 An all wa dey done
which are most surely be- write down, dis de same ting wa de people
lieved among us,
dem dat been wid Jedus wen e fus staat,
2 Even as they deliv-
ered them unto us, which dey done tell we. An dey beena preach
from the beginning were God wod. 3 So, Honorable Theophilus, A
eyewitnesses, and minis-
ters of the word; figga since A done beena study bout dem
3 It seemed good to me ting good fashion fom de time dey fus
also, having had perfect staat, A oughta write um down fa ya step
understanding of all
things from the very first, by step fom staat ta finish. 4 A da write fa
to write unto thee in or- mek ya know all de trute consaanin dem
der, most excellent
Theophilus,
ting wa dey done laan ya, fa leh ya know
4 That thou mightest dat all dis wa dey laan ya bout done
know the certainty of happen fa true.
those things, wherein
thou hast been De Angel Tell Zechariah
instructed.
5 There was in the
E Gwine Hab Son
days of Herod, the king of Same time wen Herod been king ob
5
Judaea, a certain priest
named Zacharias, of the
Judea, one Jew priest name Zechariah
course of Abia: and his been dey. E been one ob de priest dem ob
wife was of the daughters Abijah group. An e wife name been
of Aaron, and her name
was Elisabeth. Lizzybet. Lizzybet blongst ta de fambly ob
6 And they were both de head Priest Aaron too. 6 Zechariah an
righteous before God, Lizzybet beena waak scraight wid God.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1 191

Dey beena keep all de Law ob de Lawd an walking in all the com-
mandments and ordi-
do ebryting e tell um fa do. 7 Bot dey ain nances of the Lord blame-
hab no chullun cause Lizzybet ain been less.
7 And they had no
able. An now dey bof been ole. child, because that Elisa-
8 One time wen Abijah group beena beth was barren, and
wok een God House, Zechariah beena do e they both were now well
stricken in years.
wok dey, da cyaa out de priest judy. 9 Now 8 And it came to pass,
den, wen de priest dem wahn fa pick one that while he executed
the priest's office before
ob um fa go eenside God House fa bun God in the order of his
incense, dey write all de priest dem name course,
9 According to the cus-
down, fole de paper an pick one. Dis time tom of the priest's office,
yah Zechariah name come out fa bun de his lot was to burn in-
cense when he went into
incense. So e gone eenside de Lawd house the temple of the Lord.
fa do e wok. 10 Same time de incense 10 And the whole mul-
beena bun eenside God House, de whole titude of the people were
praying without at the
crowd wa been dey beena pray outside een time of incense.
de yaad. 11 Den een God House, Zechariah 11 And there appeared
unto him an angel of the
see a angel dat de Lawd sen. Dat angel stan Lord standing on the
fo um pon de right han side ob de alta, weh right side of the altar of
incense.
Zechariah da bun de incense. 12 Wen 12 And when Zacha-
Zechariah see de angel, e been opsot. E rias saw him, he was trou-
bled, and fear fell upon
mos scaid ta det. 13 De angel tell um say, him.
“Mus dohn feah, Zechariah! De Lawd done 13 But the angel said
unto him, Fear not, Zach-
yeh ya pray, an e ansa um. Ya wife arias: for thy prayer is
Lizzybet gwine hab son. Mus name um heard; and thy wife Elisa-
beth shall bear thee a
John. 14 Ya gwine be glad fa true wen e son, and thou shalt call
his name John.
bon, an a heapa oda people gwine be glad 14 And thou shalt have
cause e bon! 15 Dat chile gwine be a great joy and gladness; and
many shall rejoice at his
man een de Lawd eye. E mus dohn neba birth.
drink no wine or nottin wa mek a poson 15 For he shall be great
in the sight of the Lord,
dronk. An e gwine be full op wid de Holy and shall drink neither
Sperit eben fo e bon. 16 E gwine mek a wine nor strong drink;
and he shall be filled with
heapa Israel people come ta de Lawd dey the Holy Ghost, even
from his mother’s womb.
God. 17 E gwine go head ob de Lawd an 16 And many of the
hab scrong sperit an powa, jes like de children of Israel shall he
turn to the Lord their
prophet Elijah, wa done tell God wod. E God.
gwine mek de fada dem haat ton ta dey 17 And he shall go be-
fore him in the spirit and
chullun. An e gwine mek de people dat ain power of Elias, to turn
do wa God wahn, memba God an ondastan the hearts of the fathers

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
192 Luke 1

to the children, and the wa right fa do. E gwine mek de Lawd


disobedient to the wis-
dom of the just; to make people ready fa de time wen de Lawd
ready a people prepared gwine come.”
for the Lord. 18 Zechariah aks de angel say, “How A
18 And Zacharias said
unto the angel, Whereby spose fa know wa ya say gwine happen? A
shall I know this? for I am done ole, an me wife, e ole too.”
an old man, and my wife
well stricken in years. 19 De angel ansa um, “A Gabriel. A da
19 And the angel an-
swering said unto him, I
stanop fo God, da saab um. E sen me fa
am Gabriel, that stand in come tell ya dis good nyews. 20 Bot listen
the presence of God; and
am sent to speak unto yah! Dis ting wa A done tell ya, dat how e
thee, and to shew thee gwine be wen de right time come. Bot
these glad tidings.
20 And, behold, thou cause ya ain bleebe me, ya ain gwine be
shalt be dumb, and not
able to speak, until the able fa taak. Ya ain gwine crack ya teet til
day that these things all wa A tell ya done happen.”
shall be performed, be-
cause thou believest not 21 All dat time dey, de people outside
my words, which shall be beena wait fa Zechariah. Dey wonda
fulfilled in their season.
21 And the people hoccome e stay so long eenside God
waited for Zacharias, and House. 22 Wen e come out, e ain been able
marvelled that he tarried
so long in the temple. fa taak ta de people, so dey figga fa true e
22 And when he came
out, he could not speak
been hab wision eenside God House. E jes
unto them: and they per- beena mek sign wid e han, an e ain able fa
ceived that he had seen a
vision in the temple: for say nottin.
he beckoned unto them, 23 Wen e time been op fa wok een God
and remained speechless.
23 And it came to pass, House, Zechariah gone home. 24 Atta
that, as soon as the days
of his ministration were wile, e wife Lizzybet been speckin. An
accomplished, he de- Lizzybet hide eenside e house fibe mont.
parted to his own house.
24 And after those 25 E say, “De Lawd been good ta me fa true
days his wife Elisabeth an bless me fa be wid chile. Now e done
conceived, and hid her-
self five months, saying, tek way me shame so dat people ain gwine
25 Thus hath the Lord
dealt with me in the days look down pon me no mo!”
wherein he looked on me,
to take away my re-
proach among men. De Angel Tell Mary E Gwine Hab Son
26 And in the sixth
26 Wen Lizzybet been speckin, een e six
month the angel Gabriel
was sent from God unto a mont God sen e angel Gabriel ta Nazareth,
city of Galilee, named a town een Galilee. 27 God sen um ta one
Nazareth,
27 To a virgin es- nyoung ooman name Mary. E ain know
poused to a man whose nottin bout no man yet, bot e been gage fa
name was Joseph, of the
house of David; and the marry a man name Joseph, wa been one
virgin’s name was Mary. ob King David kin people. 28 Dat angel

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1 193

come ta Mary say, “How ya da do, Mary. 28 And the angel came
in unto her, and said,
De Lawd done bless ya fa true! E da trabel Hail, thou that art highly
longside ya!” favoured, the Lord is with
thee: blessed art thou
29 Wen Mary yeh wa de angel say, e among women.
29 And when she saw
beena trouble tommuch, an e study e head him, she was troubled at
fa try fa figga wa dat mean. 30 De angel his saying, and cast in her
mind what manner of sal-
tell um say, “Mus dohn be scaid, Mary, utation this should be.
30 And the angel said
cause God heppy wid ya. 31 Ya gwine be unto her, Fear not, Mary:
wid chile. Ya gwine hab son. Mus gim for thou hast found fa-
vour with God.
name Jedus. 32 E gwine be great. Dey 31 And, behold, thou
gwine call um de Son ob de Mos High God. shalt conceive in thy
womb, and bring forth a
An de Lawd God gwine mek um king fa son, and shalt call his
name JESUS.
rule jes like e ole people leada King David. 32 He shall be great,
33 Jedus gwine hab tority faeba oba de and shall be called the
Son of the Highest: and
fambly ob Jacob. E gwine rule oba um the Lord God shall give
faeba an eba!” unto him the throne of
his father David:
34 Mary aks de angel say, “A ain neba 33 And he shall reign
over the house of Jacob
been wid no man. So hoccome a gwine hab for ever; and of his king-
chile?” dom there shall be no
end.
35 De angel ansa um, “De Holy Sperit 34 Then said Mary
unto the angel, How shall
gwine come ta ya. De High God dat great this be, seeing I know not
mo den all, e gwine sen e powa pon ya fa a man?
35 And the angel an-
do dis. Cause ob dat, people gwine call dis swered and said unto her,
chile fom God wa ya gwine hab, de God The Holy Ghost shall
come upon thee, and the
Chile, God own Son. 36 Fodamo, Lizzybet, power of the Highest
shall overshadow thee:
wa kin ta ya, e wid chile. Eben dough e therefore also that holy
way too ole fa hab chullun, e een e six thing which shall be born
of thee shall be called the
mont. Now ebrybody tink say, Lizzybet ain Son of God.
36 And, behold, thy
able fa hab chile. Stillyet, e gwine hab son. cousin Elisabeth, she
37 Cause dey ain nottin dat God ain able fa hath also conceived a son
in her old age: and this is
do.” the sixth month with her,
38 Mary tell um say, “A ready fa saab de who was called barren.
37 For with God noth-
Lawd. A ready fa saab um jes like ya done ing shall be impossible.
38 And Mary said, Be-
say.” Den de angel gone lef um. hold the handmaid of the
Lord; be it unto me ac-
cording to thy word. And
Mary Go fa See Lizzybet the angel departed from
her.
39 Soon atta dat, Mary git ready. E mek 39 And Mary arose in
hace an gone ta a town een Judea een de those days, and went into
the hill country with
hill country. 40 E gone ta Zechariah house, haste, into a city of Juda;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
194 Luke 1

40 And entered into


the house of Zacharias,
an e hail Lizzybet. 41 Wen Lizzybet yeh
and saluted Elisabeth. Mary boice, e baby eenside um jomp roun.
41 And it came to pass,
that, when Elisabeth An Lizzybet been full op wid de Holy
heard the salutation of Sperit. 42 E raise e boice loud, tell Mary
Mary, the babe leaped in
her womb; and Elisabeth say, “God da bless ya mo den all oda
was filled with the Holy ooman, an same time e bless de chile wa
Ghost:
42 And she spake out ya da cyaa! 43 A ain feel wody fa hab dis
with a loud voice, and
said, Blessed art thou great ting happen ta me, dat de modda ob
among women, and me Lawd come wisit me. 44 Cause same
blessed is the fruit of thy
womb. time A yeh ya boice, dis chile wa A da
43 And whence is this
to me, that the mother of
cyaa, e jomp roun fa joy. 45 Ya bless fa
my Lord should come to true, Mary, cause ya bleebe de Lawd
me? gwine do all dat e done tell ya!”
44 For, lo, as soon as
the voice of thy saluta-
tion sounded in mine Mary Praise de Lawd
ears, the babe leaped in
my womb for joy. 46 Mary say,
45 And blessed is she
that believed: for there “Een me haat A da praise de Lawd.
shall be a performance of 47 God wa sabe me done mek
those things which were
told her from the Lord. me haat glad fa true.
46 And Mary said, My 48 E done memba me,
soul doth magnify the
Lord, e humble saabant!
47 And my spirit hath
rejoiced in God my
Fom now on, all people gwine say
Saviour. A been bless fa true.
48 For he hath re-
49 Cause God wa got powa oba all ting,
garded the low estate of
his handmaiden: for, be- e done do great ting fa me.
hold, from henceforth all
generations shall call me E name holy fa sho.
blessed. 50
49 For he that is E da show mussy ta all dem
mighty hath done to me wa feah um,
great things; and holy is
his name. fom one generation ta de nex.
50 And his mercy is on 51 E done show de great scrent
them that fear him from
generation to generation. een e aam.
51 He hath shewed
strength with his arm; he E done scatta dem wa proud
hath scattered the proud an mek um ron way.
in the imagination of
their hearts. 52 E done pull down de mighty king
52 He hath put down
the mighty from their dem fom off dey shrone,
seats, and exalted them an gii tority ta de humble.
of low degree. 53
53 He hath filled the E done gii plenty good ting
hungry with good things; ta dem wa hongry.
and the rich he hath sent
empty away. Bot e done sen way de rich.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1 195

E ain gim nottin. 54 He hath holpen his


54 servant Israel, in remem-
E done hep de Israel people, brance of his mercy;
wa da saab um. 55 As he spake to our
fathers, to Abraham, and
E ain fagit e promise. to his seed for ever.
55 E keep e wod wa e gii 56 And Mary abode
with her about three
ta we ole people. months, and returned to
E show mussy ta Abraham her own house.
57 Now Elisabeth's full
an all e chullun faeba!” time came that she
56 Mary stay dey wid Lizzybet bout should be delivered; and
she brought forth a son.
shree mont. Den e gone home. 58 And her neighbours
and her cousins heard
how the Lord had shewed
Lizzybet Hab Son John great mercy upon her;
57 De time come fa Lizzybet fa go een, and they rejoiced with
her.
an e hab son. 58 E neighba dem an e kin 59 And it came to pass,
yeh say de Lawd done hab mussy pon that on the eighth day
they came to circumcise
Lizzybet. E gim chile. An all dem rejaice the child; and they called
wid um. him Zacharias, after the
59 Eight day atta de chile been bon, dey name of his father.
60 And his mother an-
come togeda fa circumcise de chile. Dey swered and said, Not so;
but he shall be called
been gwine gim name Zechariah, like e John.
fada. 60 Cep e modda Lizzybet tell um say, 61 And they said unto
her, There is none of thy
“No! E name spose fa be John.” kindred that is called by
61 Wen Lizzybet say dat, de people tell this name.
62 And they made
um say, “Bot ya ain got no kin people signs to his father, how
he would have him
name John!” 62 So dey mek sign ta e fada called.
63 And he asked for a
Zechariah fa aks um wa e wahn de chile writing table, and wrote,
name fa be. saying, His name is John.
63 Zechariah mek sign ta dem, aks fa And they marvelled all.
64 And his mouth was
sompin fa write pon. Den e write down opened immediately, and
his tongue loosed, and he
say, “E name John.” All de people been spake, and praised God.
stonish. 64 Same time Zechariah boice 65 And fear came on
all that dwelt round
come back, an e staat fa taak. E da praise about them: and all these
God. 65 All de neighba wa yeh Zechariah sayings were noised
abroad throughout all
been scruck. Dey taak bout dis ting, an de the hill country of
Judaea.
nyews git roun all oba Judea een de hill 66 And all they that
country. 66 An all dem wa yeh dis ting, heard them laid them up
in their hearts, saying,
study bout um say, “Wa dis chile yah What manner of child
gwine be?” Cause fa true de Lawd powa shall this be! And the
hand of the Lord was
been dey pon um. with him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
196 Luke 1

67 And his father Zach- Zechariah Praise de Lawd


arias was filled with the
Holy Ghost, and prophe- Zechariah, John fada, been full op
67
sied, saying, wid de Holy Sperit, an e tell God wod. E
68 Blessed be the Lord say,
God of Israel; for he hath 68 “Leh we praise de Lawd,
visited and redeemed his
people,
de God ob de Israel people!
Cause e done come fa hep e
69 And hath raised up
an horn of salvation for
people. E done set um free.
us in the house of his ser-
69 E done sen we scrong poson
vant David; wa gwine sabe we.
70 As he spake by the
An dis Poson blongst ta de fambly
mouth of his holy proph- ob David, de ole people leada
ets, which have been wa saab God.
since the world began: 70 God own prophet dem,
71 That we should be dey promise fom way back.
saved from our enemies, 71 Dey say, ‘Dis poson gwine sabe we
and from the hand of all
that hate us; fom we enemy.
E gwine sabe we fom de powa ob
72 To perform the
mercy promised to our fa-
all dem people wa hate we.’
thers, and to remember
72 God hab mussy pon we, jes like
his holy covenant; e been tell we ole people.
E stillyet memba de greement
73 The oath which he wa e esef done mek wid um.
sware to our father 73 E promise we ole people leada
Abraham,
Abraham an mek a wow.
74 E say e gwine sabe we
74 That he would
grant unto us, that we be- fom we enemy dem
ing delivered out of the so we ain gwine be scaid
hand of our enemies
might serve him without fa saab um.
fear, 75 We gwine be God own people,
da waak scraight fo um
75 In holiness and all de time we lib.
righteousness before him 76 Me chile, dey gwine call ya
all the days of our life.
de prophet wa taak
76 And thou, child,
fa de Mos High God.
shalt be called the Cause ya gwine git de people
prophet of the Highest: dem ready
for thou shalt go before
the face of the Lord to fa de time wen
prepare his ways; de Lawd gwine come.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 1, 2 197

77 Ya gwine tell e people say God 77 To give knowledge


of salvation unto his peo-
gwine paadon dey sin, ple by the remission of
an dat how e gwine sabe um. their sins,
78 Cause we God feel wa we feel, 78 Through the tender
mercy of our God;
an e mussyful an do we good. whereby the dayspring
E gwine mek de light ob sabation from on high hath visited
us,
fa shine pon we 79 To give light to
like de sun ob day clean broad. them that sit in darkness
79 Dat light gwine shine pon and in the shadow of
death, to guide our feet
all de people wa lib into the way of peace.
80 And the child grew,
een de daak shada ob det. and waxed strong in
E gwine hep we waak spirit, and was in the
deserts till the day of his
a peaceable way.” shewing unto Israel.
80 An wiles de chile John da grow big, e
da come close ta God mo an mo. E beena
lib een de wildaness til de time come fa
wok mongst de Israel people.

Jedus Bon Chapter 2


Matthew 1:18-25
1 And it came to pass

2 Een dat time, Caesar Augustus been


1 in those days, that there
went out a decree from
de rula ob de Roman people. E mek a Caesar Augustus, that all
law een all de town een de wol weh e hab the world should be
tority, say, “Ebrybody haffa go ta town fa taxed.
2 (And this taxing was
count by de head an write down e name.” first made when Cyrenius
2 Dis been de fus time dey count by de was governor of Syria.)
3 And all went to be
head, jurin de time Quirinius de gobna ob taxed, every one into his
Syria country. 3 So den, ebrybody gone fa own city.
4 And Joseph also
count by de head, ta e own town weh e ole went up from Galilee, out
people been bon. of the city of Nazareth,
4 Now Joseph same fashion gone fom into Judaea, unto the city
of David, which is called
Nazareth town een Galilee. E trabel ta de Bethlehem; (because he
town name Betlem een Judea, weh de ole was of the house and lin-
eage of David:)
people leada, King David, been bon. 5 To be taxed with
Joseph gone dey cause e blongst ta David Mary his espoused wife,
being great with child.
fambly. 5 E gone fa count by de head, an 6 And so it was, that,
Mary gone long wid um. E gage fa marry while they were there,
the days were accom-
um. An Mary been speckin. 6 Same time plished that she should
wen dey been dey, time come fa Mary be delivered.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
198 Luke 2

7 And she brought gone een. 7 E hab boy chile, e fusbon. E


forth her firstborn son,
and wrapped him in wrop um op een closs wa been teah eenta
swaddling clothes, and scrip an lay um een a trough weh dey feed
laid him in a manger; be-
cause there was no room
de cow an oda animal dem. Cause Mary an
for them in the inn. Joseph beena stay weh de animal sleep.
8 And there were in Dey ain been no room fa dem eenside de
the same country shep-
herds abiding in the field,
bodin house.
keeping watch over their
flock by night. De Shephud Dem Go
9 And, lo, the angel of
fa See de Chile Jedus
the Lord came upon
them, and the glory of Now some shephud been dey een de
8
the Lord shone round fiel dat night. Dey beena stay dey, da mind
about them: and they
were sore afraid. dey sheep. 9 Den one angel ob de Lawd
10 And the angel said appeah ta um. De night time done lightnin
unto them, Fear not: for, op jes like day clean broad. Cause ob dat,
behold, I bring you good
tidings of great joy, de shephud mos scaid ta det. 10 Bot de
which shall be to all angel tell um say, “Mus dohn feah! A hab
people.
11 For unto you is born
good nyews wa gwine mek ebrybody
this day in the city of Da- rejaice. 11 Cause A come fa tell oona,
vid a Saviour, which is ‘Right now, dis day, a Sabior done bon fa
Christ the Lord.
12 And this shall be a
oona. E Christ de Lawd. An e bon een
sign unto you; Ye shall David town!’ 12 A gwine tell oona wa oona
find the babe wrapped in gwine see dey. Cause ob dat, oona gwine
swaddling clothes, lying
in a manger. know A done tell oona de trute. Oona
13 And suddenly there gwine find de chile wrop op een closs wa
was with the angel a mul- been teah eenta scrip, an e been leddown
titude of the heavenly
host praising God, and een a trough.”
saying, 13 All ob a sudden, a heapa oda angel
14 Glory to God in the
fom heaben been longside dat angel. Dey
highest, and on earth
peace, good will toward all da praise God, say,
men. 14 “Leh we gii glory ta God
15 And it came to pass, een de mos high heaben.
as the angels were gone Leh dey be peace ta dem een de
away from them into
heaven, the shepherds wol wa hab God fabor!”
said one to another, Let 15 Den de angel lef um an gone back ta
us now go even unto
Bethlehem, and see this heaben. An de shephud dem say ta one
thing which is come to noda, “Leh we go ta Betlem fa see dis ting
pass, which the Lord
hath made known unto
wa happen oba dey. De Lawd esef done
us. sen e angel fa tell we.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 2 199

16 So de shephud dem mek hace an 16 And they came with


haste, and found Mary,
gone ta Betlem fa look. Wen dey git dey, and Joseph, and the babe
dey find Mary an Joseph an de chile. An lying in a manger.
17 And when they had
dat chile been leddown een a trough. seen it, they made known
17 Atta de shephud shim, dey done tell abroad the saying which
was told them concern-
ebrybody bout de chile. Dey tell um all wa ing this child.
de angel done say consaanin um. 18 An all 18 And all they that
de people wa de shephud dem tell been heard it wondered at
those things which were
stonish. 19 Mary memba all dis ting an told them by the
study bout um. 20 De shephud dem gone shepherds.
19 But Mary kept all
back ta dey fiel. Dey da praise God. Dey da these things, and pon-
rejaice tommuch fa all dey done see an dered them in her heart.
20 And the shepherds
yeh. All wa de angel done tell um, e stan returned, glorifying and
jes like e say. praising God for all the
things that they had
heard and seen, as it was
Dey Name de Chile Jedus told unto them.
21 And when eight
21 Eight day atta de chile bon, e been
days were accomplished
time fa circumcise um. Dey name um for the circumcising of
Jedus, jes like de angel done been gim fo e the child, his name was
called JESUS, which was
modda Mary been speckin. so named of the angel be-
fore he was conceived in
Dey Offa Jedus Op ta de Lawd the womb.
22 And when the days
22 De time come fa Joseph an Mary fa of her purification ac-
go ta God House fa do dem ting wa gwine cording to the law of Mo-
ses were accomplished,
mek um clean een God eye, like de Law wa they brought him to Jeru-
God gii Moses say dey mus do. Den dey salem, to present him to
the Lord;
cyaa de chile ta Jerusalem ta God House fa 23 (As it is written in
offa um ta de Lawd. 23 Cause de Law ob de the law of the Lord, Every
male that openeth the
Lawd say, “Ebry fusbon son gwine blongst womb shall be called
ta de Lawd fa do God wok.” 24 An Joseph holy to the Lord;)
24 And to offer a sacri-
an Mary gone too fa gii God two tottledob fice according to that
or two nyoung pigeon. Dey gim ta de Jew which is said in the law of
priest fa mek sacrifice ta God cause de Law the Lord, A pair of
turtledoves, or two
ob de Lawd say fa do dat. young pigeons.
25 Dat time dey, one man name Simeon 25 And, behold, there
was a man in Jerusalem,
lib een Jerusalem. Dis man beena waak whose name was Simeon;
and the same man was
scraight fa do all wa God wahn, an e lob just and devout, waiting
God. E beena wait fa de time wen God for the consolation of Is-
rael: and the Holy Ghost
gwine sabe de Israel people. An de Holy was upon him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
200 Luke 2

26 And it was revealed


Sperit beena lib een um. 26 Dat Holy
unto him by the Holy
Ghost, that he should not Sperit done tell um say, “Fa sho, ya gwine
see death, before he had see de Messiah. God gwine sen um fo ya
seen the Lord's Christ.
27 And he came by the
pass oba.” 27 An God Sperit tell Simeon fa
Spirit into the temple: go eenta God House. Wiles e been dey,
and when the parents Joseph an Mary cyaa een de chile Jedus fa
brought in the child Je-
sus, to do for him after offa um op ta de Lawd an do dem ting wa
the custom of the law, God Law say. 28 Simeon tek de chile een e
28 Then took he him aam, an e praise God say,
up in his arms, and 29 “Lawd, A ya saabant. Ya done
blessed God, and said,
29 Lord, now lettest do wa ya promise me.
thou thy servant depart So now leh me pass oba
in peace, according to thy
word: een peace.
30 Cause wid me own eye A done see
30 For mine eyes have
seen thy salvation, de one wa gwine sabe all
31 Which thou hast people een de wol.
prepared before the face 31 Ya done mek um ready een de open
of all people;
weh all people kin shim.
32 A light to lighten 32 E de light wa gwine mek dem dat
the Gentiles, and the
glory of thy people Israel. ain Jew know ya trute,
33 And Joseph and his an bring glory ta ya Israel
mother marvelled at people.”
those things which were
spoken of him. 33 Ebryting dat Simeon say bout de
34 And Simeon blessed chile Jedus stonish e fada an modda.
them, and said unto Mary 34 Simeon aks God fa bless um, an e tell
his mother, Behold, this Mary, e modda, say, “Fa true, God done
child is set for the fall and
rising again of many in pick dis chile fa come. Wen dey shim,
Israel; and for a sign plenty Israel people gwine be stroy cause
which shall be spoken
against; dey ain bleebe um. An plenty oda Israel
35 (Yea, a sword shall people gwine bleebe um, an God gwine
pierce through thy own sabe dem. God sen Jedus fa sho we wa God
soul also,) that the wahn we fa do. Bot a heapa people gwine
thoughts of many hearts
may be revealed. taak ginst um. 35 Dat how dey gwine show
36 And there was one ebrybody wa dey beena tink, wa nobody
Anna, a prophetess, the ain been know. An wen all dis happen,
daughter of Phanuel, of
the tribe of Aser: she was Mary, ya own haat gwine hut tommuch,
of a great age, and had gwine hut like a sode been jook een um.”
lived with an husband 36 One prophet ooman been dey. E
seven years from her
virginity; name Anna, an e fada been Phanuel wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 2 201

blongst ta Asher kin people. Now Anna 37 And she was a


widow of about fourscore
been a ole ooman. E husban done been and four years, which de-
dead long time. Fom de time wen Anna parted not from the tem-
marry, e been jes seben yeah fo e husban ple, but served God with
fastings and prayers
pass oba. 37 An now Anna been a wida night and day.
ooman eighty-fo yeah ole. All de time e 38 And she coming in
beena come ta God House. Day an night e that instant gave thanks
been dey dey, da woshup God an fast an likewise unto the Lord,
and spake of him to all
pray. 38 Now den, Anna come ta God them that looked for re-
House de same time Joseph an Mary come demption in Jerusalem.
da bring Jedus een dey. An Anna tank God 39 And when they had
fa de chile Jedus. E taak bout um ta all performed all things ac-
dem wa beena wait fa see God set de cording to the law of the
Lord, they returned into
people een Jerusalem free. Galilee, to their own city
Nazareth.
Joseph an Mary Go Back ta Nazareth 40 And the child grew,
39 Wen Joseph an Mary done do all de and waxed strong in
spirit, filled with wis-
ting wa de Law ob de Lawd say, dey gone dom: and the grace of
back ta dey own town, Nazareth, een God was upon him.
Galilee. 40 An de chile Jedus da grow big 41 Now his parents
an scrong. An e been git plenty sense. An went to Jerusalem every
God been heppy wid um. year at the feast of the
passover.

De Boy Jedus een God House 42 And when he was


twelve years old, they
41 Ebry yeah Joseph an Mary, Jedus went up to Jerusalem af-
fada an modda, gone ta Jerusalem fa de ter the custom of the
feast.
Jew holiday feas dey call de Passoba. 43 And when they
42 Wen Jedus been een e tweb yeah, e hadfulfilled the days, as
gone long wid um ta de Passoba feas, like they returned, the child
Jesus tarried behind in
all de Israel people beena do. 43 Atta de Jerusalem; and Joseph
feas done oba, dey staat fa home, cep de and his mother knew not
of it.
boy Jedus ain gone long wid um. E stay 44 But they, supposing
dey een Jerusalem. An Mary an Joseph ain him to have been in the
know. 44 Dey beena tink Jedus gone long company, went a day's
journey; and they sought
een de crowd. Dey done trabel all day, an him among their kinsfolk
den dey find out dat e ain been dey. Dey and acquaintance.
saach fa um mongst dey fambly an dey 45 And when they
found him not, they
fren. 45 Bot dey ain find um. So dey gone turned back again to Je-
back ta Jerusalem fa saach fa um. 46 Atta rusalem, seeking him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
202 Luke 2, 3

46 And it came to pass, shree day done gone, dey find Jedus een
that after three days they
found him in the temple, God House, da seddown mongst de Jew
sitting in the midst of the teacha dem. An e beena listen ta wa dem
doctors, both hearing
them, and asking them
teacha say, an e beena aks um plenty ting
questions. too. 47 All de people wa yeh Jedus been
47 And all that heard
him were astonished at
stonish cause de chile hab sommuch sense
his understanding and an mek ansa ta de queshon. 48 Wen e
answers. modda an e fada shim, dey been stonish
48 And when they saw
him, they were amazed: down. An e modda aks um say, “Me son,
and his mother said unto
him, Son, why hast thou wa mek ya do we like dis? Ya fada an me
thus dealt with us? be- beena saach ebryweh fa ya. An wen we ain
hold, thy father and I
have sought thee sorrow- see ya, we beena fret tommuch.”
ing. 49 Jedus ansa um say, “Hoccome oona
49 And he said unto
them, How is it that ye beena saach fa me? Ain oona know dat A
sought me? wist ye not
that I must be about my been spose fa be yah een me Fada house fa
Father’s business? tek cyah ob e bidness?” 50 Bot dey ain hab
50 And they under-
stood not the saying de ondastandin fa know wa e da taak bout.
which he spake unto 51 Den Jedus gone back wid um ta
them.
51 And he went down Nazareth, an e pay um mind. E modda
with them, and came to
Nazareth, and was sub- memba all dem ting een e haat, an e study
ject unto them: but his bout um. 52 Jedus beena grow een e mind
mother kept all these say-
ings in her heart. an een e body. An God an de people been
52 And Jesus increased
in wisdom and stature, heppy wid um.
and in favour with God
and man.
John Preach ta de People
Chapter 3
1 Now in the fifteenth Matthew 3:1-12; Mark 1:1-8; John 1:19-28

3
year of the reign of Now den, Caesar Tiberius been de
1
Tiberius Caesar, Pontius
Pilate being governor of rula ob de Roman people. Wen e been
Judaea, and Herod being
tetrarch of Galilee, and rule fifteen yeah, Pontius Pilate been
his brother Philip tet- gobna ob Judea. Herod beena rule een
rarch of Ituraea and of
the region of Trachonitis, Galilee, an e broda, Philip, beena rule een
and Lysanias the tetrarch Iturea an Trachonitis. An Lysanias beena
of Abilene,
2 Annas and Caiaphas rule een Abilene. 2 Annas an Caiaphas
being the high priests,
the word of God came been head ob de Jew priest dem. Same
unto John the son of time, God gii John, Zechariah son, e wod
Zacharias in the wilder-
ness. fa tell people. An John been dey een de
3 And he came into all
the country about Jor- wildaness. 3 So John gone waak bout all
dan, preaching the bap- de arie close ta de Jerden Riba. E beena
tism of repentance for the
remission of sins; preach say, “Ef oona change oona sinful

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 3 203

way an dohn do um no mo, A gwine 4 As it is written in the


book of the words of
bactize oona an God gwine paadon oona fa Esaias the prophet, say-
de ebil oona done.” 4 John beena do jes ing, The voice of one cry-
ing in the wilderness,
like de prophet Isaiah done write down Prepare ye the way of the
een e book say, Lord, make his paths
straight.
“Somebody da holla
5 Every valley shall be
een de wildaness say, filled, and every moun-
‘Oona mus cleah de road weh tain and hill shall be
brought low; and the
de Lawd gwine come. crooked shall be made
Mek de pat scraight fa um straight, and the rough
fa waak! ways shall be made
smooth;
5 All de walley mus be full op,
6 And all flesh shall see
an ebry mountain an hill the salvation of God.
mus ton ta flat groun. 7 Then said he to the
multitude that came
De crooked road mus scraighten, forth to be baptized of
an de bad road mus be smood. him, O generation of vi-
6 An ebrybody een de wol gwine see pers, who hath warned
you to flee from the
how God da sabe e people!’ ” wrath to come?
7 A whole heapa people come fa hab 8 Bring forth therefore
John bactize um. John tell um say, “Oona fruits worthy of repen-
tance, and begin not to
wickity, jes like snake! Who tell oona dat say within yourselves,
ef oona git bactize, oona kin git way fom We have Abraham to our
father: for I say unto you,
de jedgiment wa God gwine sen fa punish That God is able of these
oona? 8 Oona mus do dem ting wa show stones to raise up chil-
dren unto Abraham.
oona done change oona way. Mus dohn
9 And now also the axe
tink say, ‘We de chullun ob Abraham.’ Dat is laid unto the root of the
ain gwine sabe oona. A da tell oona, God trees: every tree there-
able fa tek dem stone yah an ton um eenta fore which bringeth not
forth good fruit is hewn
Abraham chullun! 9 Now de ax ta de foot down, and cast into the
ob de tree. Ebry tree wa ain beah good fire.
fruit, God gwine cut um down an chunk 10 And the people
um een de fire.” asked him, saying, What
shall we do then?
10 De crowd aks John say, “Wa we haffa
11 He answereth and
do now fa git way fom God jedgiment?” saith unto them, He that
11 E ansa um say, “Anybody wa got two hath two coats, let him
impart to him that hath
coat mus gii one ta de poson wa ain got none; and he that hath
none. Same fashion, ebrybody mus share meat, let him do likewise.
wa e got fa nyam.” 12 Then came also
12 Some tax man too come fa hab John publicans to be baptized,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
204 Luke 3

and said unto him, Mas- bactize um. An dey aks um say, “Teacha,
ter, what shall we do?
13 And he said unto
wa we mus do fa sho we done change we
them, Exact no more than way?”
that which is appointed 13 John ansa um say, “Mus dohn tek no
you.
14 And the soldiers
mo money fom de people den de Roman
likewise demanded of gobment tell oona fa tek.”
him, saying, And what 14 Some sodja dem aks um too, say, “An
shall we do? And he said
unto them, Do violence we, wa we haffa do?”
to no man, neither accuse E tell um say, “Mus dohn fight fa tek
any falsely; and be con-
tent with your wages.
people money. Needa, mus dohn lie on
15 And as the people people fa git money. Mus be sattify wid de
were in expectation, and pay oona git.”
all men mused in their 15 All de people beena hab high hope,
hearts of John, whether
he were the Christ, or da look fa sompin fa happen. An dey beena
not; study dey head, da wonda ef John been de
16 John answered,
saying unto them all, I in-
Messiah. 16 John ansa um all say, “A da
deed baptize you with bactize oona wid wata. Bot de one wa hab
water; but one mightier heap mo tority den me gwine come. A ain
than I cometh, the latchet
of whose shoes I am not fit eben fa loose e shoe. E gwine bactize
worthy to unloose: he oona wid de Holy Sperit an wid fire. 17 E
shall baptize you with
the Holy Ghost and with gwine jedge all de people an separate um
fire: op like a faama wa hab e pitfork een e han
17 Whose fan is in his
fa separate out de chaff fom de wheat. E
hand, and he will
throughly purge his floor, gwine geda de good wheat an pit um een e
and will gather the wheat baan. Bot de chaff, e gwine bun um een de
into his garner; but the
chaff he will burn with ebalastin fire.”
fire unquenchable. 18 John preach ta de people, laan um
18 And many other plenty ting bout de Good Nyews an coax
things in his exhortation
preached he unto the um fa change dey way. 19 Bot John beena
people. buke Gobna Herod cause e done marry
19 But Herod the tet- Herodias, e broda wife, an cause Herod
rarch, being reproved by
him for Herodias his done plenty oda ebil ting. 20 Den pontop
brother Philip's wife, and ob all dem oda ebil ting Herod beena do, e
for all the evils which
Herod had done,
sen e man dem fa git John, lock um op een
20 Added yet this de jailhouse.
above all, that he shut up John Bactize Jedus
John in prison. Matthew 3:13-17; Mark 1:9-11
21 Now when all the
21 Wen John beena bactize all de
people were baptized, it
came to pass, that Jesus people, dat same time e bactize Jedus. An

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 3 205

wiles Jedus da pray dey, de sky open op. also being baptized, and
22 An de Holy Sperit tek shape like a dob praying, the heaven was
opened,
an come light pon Jedus. Den a boice fom 22 And the Holy Ghost
heaben say, “Ya me Son wa A lob. A sho descended in a bodily
shape like a dove upon
please wid ya.” him, and a voice came
from heaven, which said,
Thou art my beloved Son;
Jedus Kin People in thee I am well pleased.
Matthew 1:1-17 23 And Jesus himself
began to be about thirty
23 Jedus been bout tirty yeah ole wen e years of age, being (as
was supposed) the son of
staat fa do e wok wa God sen um fa do Joseph, which was the
mongst de people. An de people beena tink son of Heli,
24 Which was the son
say, Joseph been Jedus fada. Joseph fada of Matthat, which was the
been name Heli. 24 Heli fada been name son of Levi, which was the
son of Melchi, which was
Matthat. Matthat fada been name Levi. the son of Janna, which
Levi fada been name Melchi. Melchi fada was the son of Joseph,
25 Which was the son
been name Jannai. Jannai fada been name of Mattathias, which was
Joseph. 2 5 Joseph fada been name the son of Amos, which
Mattathias. Mattathias fada been name was the son of Naum,
which was the son of Esli,
Amos. Amos fada been name Nahum. which was the son of
Nahum fada been name Esli. Esli fada been Nagge,
26 Which was the son
name Naggai. 26 Naggai fada been name of Maath, which was the
Maath. Maath fada been name Mattathias. son of Mattathias, which
was the son of Semei,
Mattathias fada been name Semein. which was the son of Jo-
Semein fada been name Josech. Josech seph, which was the son
of Juda,
fada been name Joda. 27 Joda fada been 27 Which was the son
name Joanan. Joanan fada been name of Joanna, which was the
son of Rhesa, which was
Rhesa. Rhesa fada been name Zerubbabel. the son of Zorobabel,
Zerubbabel fada been name Shealtiel. which was the son of
Salathiel, which was the
Shealtiel fada been name Neri. 28 Neri son of Neri,
fada been name Melchi. Melchi fada been 28 Which was the son
of Melchi, which was the
name Addi. Addi fada been name Cosam. son of Addi, which was
C osam f a da b e en name Elmadam. the son of Cosam, which
was the son of Elmodam,
Elmadam fada been name Er. 29 Er fada which was the son of Er,
been name Joshua. Joshua fada been 29 Which was the son
name Eliezer. Eliezer fada been name of Jose, which was the son
of Eliezer, which was the
Jorim. Jorim fada been name Matthat. son of Jorim, which was
Matthat fada been name Levi. 30 Levi fada the son of Matthat, which
was the son of Levi,
been name Simeon. Simeon fada been 30 Which was the son
name Judah. Judah fada been name of Simeon, which was the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
206 Luke 3, 4

son of Juda, which was Joseph. Joseph fada been name Jonam.
the son of Joseph, which
was the son of Jonan, Jonam fada been name Eliakim.
which was the son of 31 Eliakim fada been name Melea. Melea
Eliakim,
31 Which was the son fada been name Menna. Menna fada been
of Melea, which was the name Mattatha. Mattatha fada been name
son of Menan, which was
the son of Mattatha, Nathan. Nathan fada been name David.
which was the son of Na- 32 David fada been name Jesse. Jesse fada
than, which was the son
of David, been name Obed. Obed fada been name
32 Which was the son
of Jesse, which was the Boaz. Boaz fada been name Salmon.
son of Obed, which was Salmon fada been name Nahshon.
the son of Booz, which
was the son of Salmon, 33 Naasson fada been name Amminadab.
which was the son of
Naasson, Amminadab fada been name Aram. Aram
33 Which was the son fada been name Hezron. Hezron fada been
of Aminadab, which was
the son of Aram, which name Perez. Perez fada been name Judah.
was the son of Esrom, 34 Judah fada been name Jacob. Jacob
which was the son of
Phares, which was the son fada been name Isaac. Isaac fada been
of Juda,
34 Which was the son name Abraham. Abraham fada been name
of Jacob, which was the Terah. Terah fada been name Nahor.
son of Isaac, which was
the son of Abraham, 35 Nahor fada been name Serug. Serug
which was the son of
Thara, which was the son fada been name Reu. Reu fada been name
of Nachor,
35 Which was the son
Peleg. Peleg fada been name Eber. Eber
of Saruch, which was the fada been name Shelah. 36 Shelah fada
son of Ragau, which was been name Cainan. Cainan fada been
the son of Phalec, which
was the son of Heber, name Arphaxad. Arphaxad fada been
which was the son of Sala,
36 Which was the son name Shem. Shem fada been name Noah.
of Cainan, which was the Noah fada been name Lamech. 37 Lamech
son of Arphaxad, which
was the son of Sem, which fada been name Methuselah. Methuselah
was the son of Noe, which
was the son of Lamech, fada been name Enoch. Enoch fada been
37 Which was the son name Jared. Jared fada been name
of Mathusala, which was
the son of Enoch, which Mahalaleel. Mahalaleel fada been name
was the son of Jared, Cainan. 38 Cainan fada been name Enos.
which was the son of
Maleleel, which was the Enos fada been name Seth. Seth fada been
son of Cainan,
38 Which was the son name Adam. Adam fada been God.
of Enos, which was the
son of Seth, which was
the son of Adam, which De Debil Tempt Jedus
was the son of God. Matthew 4:1-11; Mark 1:12-13

4
Chapter 4
Jedus come back fom de Jerden
1
1 And Jesus being full
of the Holy Ghost re-
Riba, an e been full op wid de Holy
turned from Jordan, and Sperit. De Sperit lead um eenta de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 4 207

wildaness. 2 Jedus been dey foty day. An was led by the Spirit into
the wilderness,
all dat time de Debil beena try fa mek um 2 Being forty days
do some ebil ting. Jedus ain nyam nottin tempted of the devil. And
in those days he did eat
jurin dat time. So wen dem foty day done nothing: and when they
were ended, he afterward
pass, e been hongry down. hungered.
3 De Debil tell um say, “Since ya God 3 And the devil said
unto him, If thou be the
Son, mek dis rock yah ton ta bread.” Son of God, command
4 Jedus ansa um say, “Dey write down this stone that it be made
bread.
een God Book say, ‘People ain able fa lib fa 4 And Jesus answered
true lessin dey got mo den sompin fa him, saying, It is written,
That man shall not live
nyam. Dey lib by ebry wod wa God gim.’ ” by bread alone, but by
5 De Debil tek Jedus op a high place an every word of God.
5 And the devil, taking
show um all de country een de wol at one him up into an high
time. 6 E tell Jedus say, “A gwine gii ya mountain, shewed unto
him all the kingdoms of
powa fa rule oba all dem country yah an the world in a moment of
all de good ting dem dey, wa mek people time.
6 And the devil said
too heppy. Cause all dem ting yah blongst unto him, All this power
ta me now, an A able fa gim ta anybody A will I give thee, and the
wahn. 7 A gwine gii ya all dem ting ef ya glory of them: for that is
delivered unto me; and to
bow down an woshup me op.” whomsoever I will I give
8 Jedus ansa um say, “Dey write down it.
7 If thou therefore wilt
een God Book, say, ‘Mus woshup de Lawd worship me, all shall be
ya God an mus dohn saab nobody cep thine.
8 And Jesus answered
um.’ ” and said unto him, Get
9 De Debil tek Jedus ta Jerusalem an set thee behind me, Satan:
for it is written, Thou
um op pon de mos high paat ob God shalt worship the Lord
thy God, and him only
House. E tell Jedus say, “Since ya God Son, shalt thou serve.
shrow yasef down fom yah. 10 Cause dey 9 And he brought him
to Jerusalem, and set him
write down een God Book say, on a pinnacle of the tem-
ple, and said unto him, If
‘God gwine gii orda ta e angel dem, thou be the Son of God,
tell um fa tek cyah ob ya so dat cast thyself down from
hence:
nottin ain gwine haam ya.’ 10 For it is written, He
11 An e say too, ‘De angel dem gwine shall give his angels
charge over thee, to keep
tote ya een dey han, thee:
11 And in their hands
so dat ya ain gwine hut eben they shall bear thee up,
ya foot pon a rock.’ ” lest at any time thou dash
thy foot against a stone.
12 Jedus ansa um, “Dey write down een 12 And Jesus answer-
God Book, say, ‘Mus dohn tempt de Lawd ing said unto him, It is
said, Thou shalt not
ya God fa jes do wa ya wahn.’ ” tempt the Lord thy God.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
208 Luke 4

13 And when the devil 13 Wen de Debil done try fa mek Jedus
had ended all the tempta-
tion, he departed from do ebil een all kind ob way an e ain able fa
him for a season. tempt um, e gone an lef Jedus fa leetle
14 And Jesus returned wile.
in the power of the Spirit
into Galilee: and there Jedus Staat E Wok een Galilee
went out a fame of him
Matthew 4:12-17; Mark 1:14-15
through all the region
round about. Jedus gone back ta Galilee wid de
14
15 And he taught in powa ob God Sperit, an de nyews bout
their synagogues, being Jedus git roun ebryweh een de whole arie.
glorified of all.
15 Jedus beena laan de people een all dey
16 And he came to meetin house, an ebrybody praise um.
Nazareth, where he had
been brought up: and, as
his custom was, he went Jedus een Nazareth
into the synagogue on the Matthew 13:53-58; Mark 6:1-6
sabbath day, and stood
up for to read. Jedus gone ta Nazareth, weh e lib
16

17 And there was de-


fom de time e been a leetle chile til e git
livered unto him the big. Wen de Jew Woshup Day come, e
book of the prophet gone ta de meetin house like e done all de
Esaias. And when he had
opened the book, he time, an e stanop fa read God Book ta de
found the place where it people. 17 Dey gim de book wa de prophet
was written,
Isaiah been write. So den, Jedus open de
18 The Spirit of the book ta de place weh Isaiah write, say,
Lord is upon me, because 18 “De Sperit ob de Lawd pon me.
he hath anointed me to
preach the gospel to the E done pick me fa tell de
poor; he hath sent me to Good Nyews ta de po people.
heal the brokenhearted,
to preach deliverance to E done sen me fa tell dem
the captives, and recov- wa ain free,
ering of sight to the
blind, to set at liberty
say, ‘Oona gwine be free.’
them that are bruised, E sen me fa tell de bline people,
say, ‘Oona gwine see gin.’
19 To preach the ac- E sen me fa free dem wa da suffa.
ceptable year of the Lord. 19 An e sen me fa tell de people say,
‘De time done come wen de
20 And he closed the Lawd gwine sabe e people.’ ”
book, and he gave it
again to the minister, and
20 Den Jedus shet de book an gim ta de
sat down. And the eyes of man wa tek cyah ob de book an e
all them that were in the
synagogue were fastened
seddown. Ebrybody een de meetin house
on him. fasten e eye pon um. 21 An Jedus tell um

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 4 209

say, “Taday dis paat ob God Book done 21 And he began to say
unto them, This day is
come true, same time oona yeh um.” this scripture fulfilled in
22 De people dem all taak good bout your ears.
22 And all bare him
Jedus. Dey stonish cause e know how fa witness, and wondered at
pit e wod jes so. An dey say, “Ain dis the gracious words which
Joseph boy?” proceeded out of his
mouth. And they said, Is
23 An Jedus tell um say, “Fa sho, oona not this Joseph's son?
gwine tell me dat ole wise wod, say, 23 And he said unto
them, Ye will surely say
‘Docta, mek yasef well!’ Oona gwine say, unto me this proverb,
‘All dem miracle wa we yeh say ya done Physician, heal thyself:
whatsoever we have
een Capernaum, ya mus do de same ting heard done in Caper-
yah weh ya raise op.’ ” 24 An Jedus say, “A naum, do also here in thy
country.
da tell oona fa true, ain no prophet wa eba 24 And he said, Verily I
git hona weh e raise op. 25 Fa true, de time say unto you, No prophet
wen Elijah been een Israel, e ain rain fa is accepted in his own
country.
shree yeah an six mont. Dey been a dry 25 But I tell you of a
truth, many widows were
drought, an de people beena staab een de in Israel in the days of
whole country. An fa sho, plenty wida Elias, when the heaven
was shut up three years
ooman been dey een Israel. 26 Stillyet, and six months, when
God ain sen Elijah ta none dem wida great famine was
throughout all the land;
ooman een Israel. Steada dat, e jes sen um 26 But unto none of
ta one wida wa lib een Zarephath town them was Elias sent, save
unto Sarepta, a city of
een de arie call Sidon. 27 An de time wen Sidon, unto a woman that
was a widow.
Elisha de prophet beena tell God wod een 27 And many lepers
Israel, plenty people wid leposy been dey, were in Israel in the time
of Eliseus the prophet;
bot Elisha ain mek none dem clean cep fa and none of them was
cleansed, saving Naaman
Naaman, wa come fom Syria.” the Syrian.
28 Wen de people een de meetin house 28 And all they in the
synagogue, when they
yeh dat, dey all been mad down. 29 Dey heard these things, were
jomp op an chunk Jedus outta de town. filled with wrath,
29 And rose up, and
Dey tek um ta de top ob de hill weh dey thrust him out of the city,
town been build, fa shrow um oba de edge and led him unto the
brow of the hill whereon
ob de hill. 30 Bot Jedus waak shru de their city was built, that
middle ob de people an gone pon e way. they might cast him
down headlong.
30 But he passing
through the midst of
Jedus Mek Ebil Sperit Come Outta a Man them went his way,
Mark 1:21-28 31 And came down to
Capernaum, a city of Gal-
31 Jedus gone down ta Capernaum, a ilee, and taught them on
town een Galilee. E beena laan de people the sabbath days.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
210 Luke 4

32 And they were as-


tonished at his doctrine:
dey ebry Jew Woshup Day. 32 An dey been
for his word was with stonish wen dey yeh um, cause e laan um
power.
33 And in the syna- wid tority fa true. 33 One ebil sperit been
gogue there was a man, een a man dey een de Jew meetin house,
which had a spirit of an
unclean devil, and cried an e holla loud say, 34 “Leh we be! Jedus
out with a loud voice, fom Nazareth, wa bidness ya got wid we?
34 Saying, Let us
alone; what have we to Ya come fa stroy we? A know who ya da.
do with thee, thou Jesus
of Nazareth? art thou Ya blongst ta God fa true!”
come to destroy us? I 35 Jedus chaage dat ebil sperit say,
know thee who thou art;
the Holy One of God. “Dohn crack ya teet! Come out fom
35 And Jesus rebuked
him, saying, Hold thy eenside dis man!” De ebil sperit shrow de
peace, and come out of man ta de groun fo all de people, an e lef
him. And when the devil
had thrown him in the um. An e ain done de man no haam.
midst, he came out of 36 All de people been stonish, an dey
him, and hurt him not.
36 And they were all tell one noda say, “Wa kind ob wod dis
amazed, and spake
among themselves, say- man nyuse? E da taak scrong, wid tority,
ing, What a word is this! an e da gii orda ta de ebil sperit an dey
for with authority and
power he commandeth come out!” 37 An de nyews git roun all de
the unclean spirits, and
they come out. town an settlement close by bout wa Jedus
37 And the fame of da do.
him went out into every
place of the country Jedus Heal Plenty People
round about. Matthew 8:14-17; Mark 1:29-34
38 And he arose out of
the synagogue, and en- Jedus git op an lef de meetin house
38
tered into Simon's house.
And Simon's wife's an gone ta Simon house. Simon wife
mother was taken with a modda been bad off sick wid a high feba,
great fever; and they be-
sought him for her. so dey aks Jedus fa hep de sick ooman.
39 And he stood over
her, and rebuked the fe-
39 Jedus gone stanop close ta e bed, an e
ver; and it left her: and buke de feba, an de feba lef um. Same time
immediately she arose
and ministered unto de ooman git op an staat fa fix sompin fa
them. dem fa nyam.
40 Now when the sun
was setting, all they that 40 Bout fus daak, all de people bring all
had any sick with divers
diseases brought them kind ob sick people ta Jedus. E pit e two
unto him; and he laid his han pon um, an all dem been heal.
hands on every one of
them, and healed them. 41 Fodamo, ebil sperit dem come outta a
41 And devils also
came out of many, crying
heapa people. Dem sperit holla say, “Ya
out, and saying, Thou art God Son!”
Christ the Son of God.
And he rebuking them Jedus chaage um say, “Mus dohn open
suffered them not to oona mout!” Cause de ebil sperit been
speak: for they knew that
he was Christ. know Jedus de Messiah.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 4, 5 211

Jedus Preach de Good Nyews ta de People 42 And when it was


day, he departed and
Mark 1:35-39 went into a desert place:
and the people sought
42 Wen day clean, Jedus lef de town an him, and came unto him,
gone ta a place weh dey ain been no and stayed him, that he
should not depart from
people, an de crowd saach fa um. Wen dey them.
43 And he said unto
find um, dey try fa keep um dey wid um. them, I must preach the
43 Bot Jedus tell um say, “A haffa go ta all kingdom of God to other
cities also: for therefore
de oda town dem too, fa tell de people de am I sent.
Good Nyews bout how God da rule, cause the
44 And he preached in
synagogues of
dat wa God sen me fa do.” Galilee.
44 An Jedus gone an preach een de Jew Chapter 5
meetin house dem een Judea. 1 And it came to pass,
that, as the people
pressed upon him to hear
De Fus Ciple Dem Folla Jedus the word of God, he stood
by the lake of
Matthew 4:18-22; Mark 1:16-20 Gennesaret,

5
2 And saw two ships
One day, Jedus beena stanop pon de
1 standing by the lake: but
sho ta Lake Gennesaret. All de people the fishermen were gone
out of them, and were
crowd bout um fa yeh God wod. 2 E see washing their nets.
two boat dey, pull op pon de sho. De 3 And he entered into
one of the ships, which
fishaman dem done lef um an beena wash was Simon’s, and prayed
dey net. 3 Jedus git een a boat wa blongst him that he would thrust
out a little from the land.
ta Simon an e tell um say, “Shob off a And he sat down, and
leetle piece fom de sho.” Den Jedus taught the people out of
the ship.
seddown een de boat an e laan de people 4 Now when he had
wa beena stanop pon de sho. left speaking, he said
unto Simon, Launch out
4 Wen e git shru de taak, e tell Simon into the deep, and let
say, “Mus go out ta de deep wata. Ya an ya down your nets for a
draught.
paatna dem mus cyas oona net fa ketch 5 And Simon answer-
ing said unto him, Mas-
fish.” ter, we have toiled all the
5 Simon ansa um say, “Massa, we done night, and have taken
nothing: nevertheless at
try all night an we ain ketch nottin. Bot thy word I will let down
the net.
cause ya say fa do um, A gwine cyas de net 6 And when they had
gin.” 6 Wen Simon dem been shru cyas dey this done, they inclosed a
great multitude of fishes:
net, dey ketch sommuch fish til dey net and their net brake.
7 And they beckoned
staat fa teah. 7 Dey mek sign ta dey paatna unto their partners,
dem een de oda boat fa come an hep um. which were in the other
ship, that they should
Dey come an full op all two de boat dem til come and help them. And
dey boat staat fa sink. 8 Wen Simon Peter they came, and filled
both the ships, so that
see dat, e git down pon e knee fo Jedus, they began to sink.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
212 Luke 5

8 When Simon Peter tell um say, “Lawd, mus go way fom me,
saw it, he fell down at Je-
sus’ knees, saying, Depart cause A a sinna man!” 9 cause Simon dem
from me; for I am a sinful been stonish wen dey ketch sommuch fish.
man, O Lord. 10 Same fashion, e paatna dem, James an
9 For he was aston-
ished, and all that were John, Zebedee son, dey been stonish.
with him, at the draught Jedus tell Simon say, “Mus dohn feah. Ya
of the fishes which they
had taken: beena ketch fish, bot tareckly, A gwine
10 And so was also
laan ya fa ketch people fa me.”
James, and John, the
sons of Zebedee, which 11 Den dey lan dey boat. Dey lef
were partners with Si- ebryting an gone long wid Jedus fa folla
mon. And Jesus said unto
Simon, Fear not; from um, fa be e ciple.
henceforth thou shalt
catch men. Jedus Heal a Man wa Hab Leposy
11 And when they had
brought their ships to Matthew 8:1-4; Mark 1:40-45
land, they forsook all, One time wen Jedus been ta one
12
and followed him.
12 And it came to town, a man been dey wa been kiba wid
pass, when he was in a leposy. Wen e see Jedus, e git down pon de
certain city, behold a
man full of leprosy: who groun fo um. E beg um say, “Sah, ef ya
seeing Jesus fell on his gree fa do um, ya able fa heal me!”
face, and besought him,
saying, Lord, if thou wilt,
13 Jedus scretch out e han an tetch um
thou canst make me say, “A wahn fa do um. A mek ya well an
clean.
13 And he put forth his clean!” Same time de leposy lef, an de man
hand, and touched him, been well. 14 Jedus chaage um say, “Mus
saying, I will: be thou dohn tell nobody bout dis. Mus go sho
clean. And immediately
the leprosy departed yasef ta de Jew priest an offa de sacrifice
from him. wa Moses done chaage de people fa mek.
14 And he charged him
to tell no man: but go, Dat gwine mek ebrybody know ya all well
and shew thyself to the now fa sho.”
priest, and offer for thy
cleansing, according as
15 Bot mo an mo, de people cyaa de
Moses commanded, for a nyews roun consaanin Jedus. An plenty
testimony unto them.
15 But so much the crowd come geda roun fa yeh um, an fa
more went there a fame hab um heal um. 16 Bot Jedus lef um an
abroad of him: and great
multitudes came together gone off by esef weh dey ain no people, fa
to hear, and to be healed pray ta God.
by him of their in-
firmities.
16 And he withdrew
himself into the wilder-
Jedus Heal a Man wa Cyahn Moob
ness, and prayed. Matthew 9:1-8; Mark 2:1-12
17 And it came to pass
on a certain day, as he
17 One day wen Jedus beena laan de
was teaching, that there people, some Pharisee an Jew Law teacha

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 5 213

dem beena seddown dey. Dey been come were Pharisees and doc-
tors of the law sitting by,
fom ebry town een Galilee an Judea an which were come out of
fom Jerusalem. An de powa ob de Lawd every town of Galilee,
and Judaea, and Jerusa-
God been wid Jedus fa heal de sick. lem: and the power of the
18 Some man dem come long da tote Lord was present to heal
one man wa cripple op an ain able fa them.
18 And, behold, men
moob. Dey beena tote um pon a sleep mat, brought in a bed a man
which was taken with a
an dey done try fa gone een de house fa lay palsy: and they sought
de man pon de flo fo Jedus. 19 Bot means to bring him in,
and to lay him before
sommuch people been dey, de man dem him.
19 And when they
ain able fa git shru de crowd. Dey climb could not find by what
pontop de house wid de sick man, pull off way they might bring him
in because of the multi-
some de roof tile an open op a hole een de tude, they went upon the
house top. Den dey leddown dat sick man housetop, and let him
down through the tiling
pon e sleep mat eenta de middle ob de with his couch into the
midst before Jesus.
people dey fo Jedus. 20 And when he saw
20 Wen Jedus see dat dey bleebe fa true their faith, he said unto
him, Man, thy sins are
dat e gwine heal de man, e tell de sick man forgiven thee.
say, “Me fren, ya sin done been paadon.” 21 And the scribes and
the Pharisees began to
21 De Law teacha an de Pharisee dem reason, saying, Who is
staat fa study bout dat, tink say, “Who dis this which speaketh blas-
phemies? Who can for-
yah, wa da hole God cheap? Ain nobody give sins, but God alone?
22 But when Jesus per-
able fa paadon sin. Jes God kin do dat!” ceived their thoughts, he
22 Jedus know wa dey beena tink, so e answering said unto
them, What reason ye in
say, “Wa mek oona da tink dat wa A do ain your hearts?
23 Whether is easier,
right? 23 Fa sho, e mo easy fa tell dis to say, Thy sins be for-
cripple op man say, ‘Ya sin done been given thee; or to say, Rise
up and walk?
paadon,’ den fa chaage um say, ‘Git op an 24 But that ye may
waak,’ ainty dough? 24 A gwine show know that the Son of man
hath power upon earth to
oona dat de Man wa Come fom God hab forgive sins, (he said unto
the sick of the palsy,) I
tority een dis wol fa paadon people sin.” say unto thee, Arise, and
So Jedus tell de man wa cripple op say, take up thy couch, and go
into thine house.
“Git op, tek ya sleep mat an go on home!” 25 And immediately
25 All ob a sudden de man git op right he rose up before them,
and took up that
een front ob ebrybody. E tek e mat wa e whereon he lay, and de-
parted to his own house,
beena leddown pon an e gone home. E glorifying God.
beena praise God cause e done been heal. 26 And they were all
26 All de people been stonish, an dey amazed, and they glori-
fied God, and were filled
praise God. Dey been cyaa way, an dey with fear, saying,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
214 Luke 5

We have seen strange say, “We done see sompin yah taday dat
things to day.
we ain neba been see!”
27 And after these
things he went forth, and Jedus Call Levi fa Folla Um
saw a publican, named
Levi, sitting at the receipt Matthew 9:9-13; Mark 2:13-17
of custom: and he said 27 Atta Jedus done heal de man, e gone
unto him, Follow me.
outta dey. An e see one man name Levi, wa
28 And he left all, rose
da geda tax, seddown een e office. Jedus
up, and followed him.
tell um say, “Come folla me fa be me
29 And Levi made him ciple.” 28 Levi git op. E lef ebryting dey, an
a great feast in his own
house: and there was a e gone folla Jedus.
great company of publi- 29 Levi mek a big feas een e house fa
cans and of others that
sat down with them.
Jedus. Plenty people wa da geda tax been
dey an some oda people been dey een de
30 But their scribes
and Pharisees murmured
house too, an all dem beena seddown da
against his disciples, say- nyam. 30 Some Pharisee, long wid some
ing, Why do ye eat and dem own Law teacha, been dey, an dey
drink with publicans and
sinners? beena grumble ta Jedus ciple dem say,
“Wa mek oona nyam an drink longside
31 And Jesus answer-
ing said unto them, They dem people wa da geda tax, an dem oda
that are whole need not a people wa ain fit fa mix wid Jew people?”
physician; but they that 31 Jedus ansa um say, “Dem wa well ain
are sick.
need no docta. Dem wa sick need um. 32 A
32 I came not to call
the righteous, but sinners
ain come fa call dem wa tink dey da waak
to repentance. scraight wid God. A come fa call de sinna
33 And they said unto
dem.”
him, Why do the disci-
ples of John fast often, Jedus Laan de People How
and make prayers, and fa Fast fa Woshup God
likewise the disciples of
the Pharisees; but thine Matthew 9:14-17; Mark 2:18-22
eat and drink? 33 Some people come ta Jedus say,
34 And he said unto “John ciple dem da fast plenty time, fa
them, Can ye make the woshup God an pray. De Pharisee ciple
children of the bride-
chamber fast, while the dem do dat too. Bot ya own ciple dem jes
bridegroom is with da nyam an drink an ain fast.”
them?
34 Jedus ansa um say, “Wen oona call
35 But the days will people fa come ta marry feas, oona cyahn
come, when the bride-
groom shall be taken
keep um fom nyam, ainty? 35 Bot de time
away from them, and gwine come wen de groom gwine be tek

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 5, 6 215

way fom mongst um. Dat de time wen dey then shall they fast in
those days.
gwine fast.” 36 And he spake also a
36 Jedus tell um a paable, e say, parable unto them; No
man putteth a piece of a
“Nobody gwine teah piece fom nyew cloes new garment upon an
fa patch e ole cloes. Ef e do dat, e gwine old; if otherwise, then
mek e nyew cloes look bad cause ob de both the new maketh a
rent, and the piece that
teah. Pontop ob dat, e ole cloes gwine look was taken out of the new
bad cause de piece wa e teah fom de nyew agreeth not with the old.
37 And no man putteth
cloes ain gwine match de ole cloes. 37 An new wine into old bot-
nobody gwine tek ole bottle an pit een tles; else the new wine
will burst the bottles, and
nyew wine wa still da wok. Cause ef e do be spilled, and the bottles
dat wiles de nyew wine da wok, dat wine shall perish.
38 But new wine must
gwine buss open de ole bottle. De wine be put into new bottles;
gwine waste an de bottle gwine ruint too. and both are preserved.
38 Steada dat, dey mus pit nyew wine een 39 No man also having
nyew bottle wa ain gwine broke op. 39 An drunk old wine straight-
way desireth new: for he
wen people done drink ole wine, dey ain saith, The old is better.
gwine wahn fa drink nyew wine, cause dey
gwine say, ‘De ole wine a heap mo betta!’ ” Chapter 6
1 And it came to pass
Jedus Teach Bout de Jew Woshup Day on the second sabbath af-
Matthew 12:1-8; Mark 2:23-28 ter the first, that he went
through the corn fields;

6 One Jew Woshup Day, Jedus dem


1 and his disciples plucked
the ears of corn, and did
beena waak shru de wheat fiel, an e eat, rubbing them in their
ciple dem pick some de yea ob de wheat. hands.
2 And certain of the
Dey shook um een dey han an nyam um.
Pharisees said unto them,
2 Some Pharisee dem aks um say, Why do ye that which is
“Hoccome oona da do dat? Fa sho, dat not lawful to do on the
sabbath days?
ginst wa we Jew Law say fa do pon de 3 And Jesus answering
Woshup Day, ainty?” them said, Have ye not
3 Jedus ansa um say, “A mos sho oona read so much as this,
what David did, when
done read wa King David done wen e an e himself was an hungred,
and they which were
man dem been hongry, ainty? 4 David with him;
gone eenside God House, an e tek de bread 4 How he went into
dat de Jew priest dem done gii ta God. the house of God, and did
take and eat the
David nyam some ob dat bread an gim ta shewbread, and gave also
dem wa been wid um fa nyam. Stillyet, we to them that were with
him; which it is not law-
Law say nobody mus nyam dat bread cep ful to eat but for the
de priest dem.” priests alone?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
216 Luke 6

5 And he said unto 5 Jedus tell um say, “De Man wa Come


them, That the Son of
man is Lord also of the fom God hab chaage oba de Woshup Day.”
sabbath.
6 And it came to pass
also on another sabbath, Jedus Heal de Man wa Hab Flicted Han
that he entered into the Matthew 12:9-14; Mark 3:1-6
synagogue and taught:
and there was a man 6 Noda Jew Woshup Day, Jedus gone
whose right hand was
withered. eenside de Jew meetin house an laan de
7 And the scribes and people. One man been dey wa hab right
Pharisees watched him,
whether he would heal
han dat been flicted. 7 Some Jew Law
on the sabbath day; that teacha an Pharisee dem been wahn fa cuse
they might find an accu- Jedus, say e da do wrong. So dey fasten
sation against him.
8 But he knew their dey eye pon um fa see ef e gwine heal de
thoughts, and said to the man han pon de Woshup Day. 8 Bot Jedus
man which had the with-
ered hand, Rise up, and know wa dey beena tink, so e tell de man
stand forth in the midst. wa han been flicted say, “Git op an come
And he arose and stood
forth. stan yah fo all de people.” De man git op
9 Then said Jesus an gone stan dey. 9 Jedus say ta dem wa
unto them, I will ask you
one thing; Is it lawful on
watch um, “Leh me aks oona sompin. Wa
the sabbath days to do we Law leh we do pon we Woshup Day?
good, or to do evil? to We spose fa do good, or we spose fa do
save life, or to destroy it?
10 And looking round ebil? We spose fa sabe life or we spose fa
about upon them all, he stroy um?” 10 Jedus look roun pon all
said unto the man,
Stretch forth thy hand. dem. E tell de man wa han been flicted
And he did so: and his say, “Scretch out ya han!” De man do wa
hand was restored whole
as the other. Jedus tell um, an e han git well gin.
11 And they were 11 De Law teacha an de Pharisee dem
filled with madness; and
communed one with an-
been mad down. Dey aks one noda say,
other what they might do “Wa we kin do ta Jedus?”
to Jesus.
12 And it came to pass
in those days, that he Jedus Pick de Tweb Postle
went out into a mountain Matthew 10:1-4; Mark 3:13-19
to pray, and continued all
night in prayer to God. Jurin dat time Jedus gone op a hill fa
12
13 And when it was
day, he called unto him
pray. E beena pray ta God all shru de
his disciples: and of them night. 13 Wen day clean, e call e ciple dem
he chose twelve, whom fa come ta um, an e pick tweb dem. E gim
also he named apostles;
14 Simon, (whom he name postle, dat mean e gwine sen um out
also named Peter,) and fa do e wok. 14 E pick Simon, wa e gii
Andrew his brother,
James and John, Philip
name Peter, an e broda Andrew, James an
and Bartholomew, John, Philip an Bartholomew, 15 Matthew

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 6 217

an Thomas, James wa been Alphaeus boy, 15 Matthew and Tho-


mas, James the son of
an Simon wa been call de Patrot, 16 an Alphaeus, and Simon
Judas wa been James boy, an Judas called Zelotes,
Iscariot, wa ton Jedus een fa money.
16 And Judas the bro-
Jedus Heal Plenty People ther of James, and Judas
Iscariot, which also was
Matthew 4:23-25
the traitor.
17 An Jedus come down de hill wid e
postle dem. E gone an stan weh de groun 17 And he came down
been lebel, an plenty oda e ciple dem been with them, and stood in
the plain, and the com-
wid um. An a whole heapa people geda pany of his disciples, and
dey. Dey come fom all oba Judea an fom a great multitude of peo-
ple out of all Judaea and
Jerusalem, an some come fom dem town Jerusalem, and from the
close ta de sho een Tyre an Sidon. Dey sea coast of Tyre and
come fa yeh Jedus an fa hab um heal um. Sidon, which came to
hear him, and to be
18 Fodamo, dem wa hab ebil sperit come healed of their diseases;
an git heal. 19 Ebrybody beena try fa tetch
Jedus, cause powa beena come out fom 18 And they that were
um. An dat powa heal all ob um. vexed with unclean spir-
its: and they were healed.

Jedus Teach Bout Dem


19 And the whole mul-
wa Gwine Be Bless fa True
titude sought to touch
Matthew 5:1-12
him: for there went vir-
20 Jedus look at e ciple dem an tell um tue out of him, and
healed them all.
say,
“Oona bless fa true, oona po people,
20 And he lifted up his
cause God da rule oba oona. eyes on his disciples, and
21 Oona bless fa true, said, Blessed be ye poor:
for yours is the kingdom
oona wa hongry now, of God.
cause God gwine gii oona
all oona wahn fa nyam. 21 Blessed are ye that
Oona bless fa true, hunger now: for ye shall
oona wa da cry now, be filled. Blessed are ye
that weep now: for ye
cause oona gwine laugh later on. shall laugh.
22 Oona bless fa true,
wen people hate oona, 22 Blessed are ye,
wen dey ain wahn hab nottin when men shall hate you,
and when they shall sep-
fa do wid oona arate you from their com-
an hole oona cheap, pany, and shall

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
218 Luke 6

reproach you, and cast wen dey say oona ebil.


out your name as evil, for
the Son of man's sake. Oona bless fa true,
wen dey do all dat cause oona
da folla de Man wa
Come fom God.
23 Rejoice ye in that
23 “Mus be heppy wen de time come
day, and leap for joy: for,
behold, your reward is wen de people do oona dat way. Jomp op
great in heaven: for in the wid joy den, cause oona gwine git a whole
like manner did their fa-
thers unto the prophets. heapa good ting dat God da keep fa oona
een heaben. Mus memba dat de people wa
gwine mek oona suffa dem ting yah, dey
ole people done done de same ting ta dem
24 But woe unto you
that are rich! for ye have
wa God been sen fa gii e wod.
received your consola- 24 “Bot e gwine be a haad time fa oona
tion. wa got plenty now,
cause oona done hab ebryting
easy een dis life yah.
25 Woe unto you that
25 E gwine be a haad time fa oona
are full! for ye shall hun- wa da nyam all wa oona
ger. Woe unto you that
laugh now! for ye shall wahn now,
mourn and weep. cause de time gwine come wen
oona gwine be hongry.
E gwine be a haad time fa oona
26 Woe unto you,
wa da laugh now,
when all men shall speak cause oona gwine be too saary
well of you! for so did an cry.
their fathers to the false 26 E gwine be a haad time fa oona
prophets.
wen ebrybody da praise oona.
Dat de same ting oona ole people
done done ta dem
27 But I say unto you wa say dey God prophet
which hear, Love your bot dey ain been fa true.
enemies, do good to them
which hate you,
Mus Lob Oona Enemy
Matthew 5:38-48; 7:12

“Bot A da tell oona wa yeh wa A say,


27
28 Bless them that mus lob ya enemy dem. Mus do good ta
curse you, and pray for
them which despitefully dem wa hate ya. 28 Mus aks God fa bless
use you. dem wa cuss ya, an mus pray fa dem wa do

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 6 219

ya bad. 29 Ef anybody knock one side ob 29 And unto him that


smiteth thee on the one
ya face, mus ton de oda side an leh um cheek offer also the
knock dat side too. Ef somebody tek ya other; and him that tak-
eth away thy cloke forbid
coat, mus gim ya shat too. 30 Ef somebody not to take thy coat also.
aks ya fa sompin, mus gim. An ef 30 Give to every man
somebody tief sompin wa blongst ta ya, that asketh of thee; and
of him that taketh away
mus dohn aks um fa gim back. 31 Oona thy goods ask them not
mus do ta ebrybody jes like oona wahn again.
dem fa do ta oona. 31 And as ye would
32 “Ef ya jes lob dem wa lob ya, ya ain that men should do to
you, do ye also to them
done nottin fa git praise fa, ainty? Cause likewise.
eben dem people wa ain try fa do wa God
32 For if ye love them
say, dey lob people wa lob dem! 33 An ef which love you, what
ya do good jes ta dem wa do good ta ya, ya thank have ye? for sin-
ain done nottin fa git praise fa, ainty? ners also love those that
love them.
Cause same fashion, eben dem wa ain try
fa do wa God say, dey da do dat too! 34 Ef 33 And if ye do good to
them which do good to
ya lend ting jes ta dem wa ya spect gwine you, what thank have ye?
pay ya back, ya ain done nottin fa git for sinners also do even
the same.
praise fa, ainty? Cause same fashion, eben
dem wa ain try fa do wa God say, dey lend 34 And if ye lend to
them of whom ye hope to
ting an spect fa git um back! 35 Bot ya mus receive, what thank have
lob ya enemy dem. Mus do um good. Wen ye? for sinners also lend
ya da lend ya enemy sompin, mus dohn to sinners, to receive as
much again.
spect fa git payback. Wen ya ain look fa
payback, ya gwine git payback wid big 35 But love ye your en-
emies, and do good, and
blessin, an ya gwine be chullun ob de Mos lend, hoping for nothing
High God. Cause God good ta eben dem again; and your reward
shall be great, and ye
wa ain preciate nottin, an dem wa lib shall be the children of
wickity. 36 Mus hab mussy pon all people the Highest: for he is kind
unto the unthankful and
jes like God, oona Fada, e hab mussy pon to the evil.
ebrybody.
36 Be ye therefore
merciful, as your Father
Mus Dohn Jedge Oda People also is merciful.
Matthew 7:1-5
37 Judge not, and ye
37“Oona mus dohn jedge oda people. shall not be judged: con-
Den God esef ain gwine jedge oona. Mus demn not, and ye shall
not be condemned: for-
dohn condemn. Den God esef ain gwine give, and ye shall be
condemn oona. Mus fagib oda people. Den forgiven:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
220 Luke 6

38 Give, and it shall be God esef gwine fagib oona. 38 Mus gii ta
given unto you; good
measure, pressed down, oda people. Den God esef gwine gii ta
and shaken together, and oona. E gwine gii ya plenty, jes like wen
running over, shall men
give into your bosom. For
people full op a basket wid sompin an dey
with the same measure mash um down. Dey shake um bout an pile
that ye mete withal it um op til e ron oba de top ob de basket. So
shall be measured to you
again. ef ya gii plenty, God gwine gii ya plenty. Ef
39 And he spake a par- ya ain gii plenty, God ain gwine gii ya
able unto them, Can the plenty.”
blind lead the blind? 39 Jedus tell um a paable say, “A bline
shall they not both fall
into the ditch? poson ain able fa sho oda bline poson de
40 The disciple is not road, ainty? Cause den, dey all two gwine
above his master: but ev- faddown eenta de ditch. 40 Anybody wa
ery one that is perfect
shall be as his master. da laan ain mo betta den de one wa da laan
41 And why beholdest
um. Bot anybody wa laan good ebryting
thou the mote that is in wa e fa laan, e gwine know all, jes like de
thy brother's eye, but one wa laan um.
perceivest not the beam
that is in thine own eye? 41 “Wa mek ya see de leetle splinta ob
42 Either how canst wood een ya broda eye, bot ya ain pay no
thou say to thy brother, mind ta de big log een ya own eye. 42 How
Brother, let me pull out ya gwine tell ya broda say, ‘Broda, leh me
the mote that is in thine
eye, when thou thyself tek dat leetle splinta outta ya eye,’ wen ya
beholdest not the beam ain eben pay no mind ta de big log een ya
that is in thine own eye?
Thou hypocrite, cast out own eye? Oona hypicrit! Fus mus tek de
first the beam out of big log outta ya own eye. Den ya kin see
thine own eye, and then
shalt thou see clearly to plain fa tek dat leetle splinta outta ya
pull out the mote that is broda eye.
in thy brother's eye.
43 For a good tree De Tree an E Fruit
bringeth not forth cor- Matthew 7:16-20; 12:33-35
rupt fruit; neither doth a
corrupt tree bring forth “A tree wa da grow good ain beah no
43
good fruit.
44 For every tree is
bad fruit, an a tree wa ain da grow good
known by his own fruit. ain beah no good fruit. 44 Oona gwine
For of thorns men do not know ef de tree good or bad by de fruit wa
gather figs, nor of a
bramble bush gather they e da beah. Oona ain gwine geda fig fom de
grapes. briah patch, an oona ain gwine pick grape
45 A good man out of fom a bramble bush. 45 De same way so, a
the good treasure of his
heart bringeth forth that
good poson da do good cause e hab plenty
which is good; and an good ting een e haat, an a bad poson da do

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 6, 7 221

bad cause e hab plenty bad ting een e haat. evil man out of the evil
treasure of his heart
De wod wa come out oona mout come fom bringeth forth that which
all dem ting wa pile op een oona haat, wa is evil: for of the abun-
dance of the heart his
oona da study bout all de time. mouth speaketh.
46 And why call ye me,
Lord, Lord, and do not
De Wise Man an de Fool Man the things which I say?
Matthew 7:24-27 47 Whosoever cometh
to me, and heareth my
46 “Oona ain do wa A tell oona fa do, so sayings, and doeth them,
hoccome oona da call me, ‘Lawd, Lawd’? I will shew you to whom
47 Anybody wa come ta me an yeh me he is like:
48 He is like a man
wod an do wa A tell um, A gwine show which built an house,
and digged deep, and laid
oona how e stan. 48 E stan jes like a man the foundation on a rock:
wa da build a house. E dig way down een and when the flood
arose, the stream beat ve-
de groun til e find de rock an lay de hemently upon that
house, and could not
foundation pontop ob dat rock. Wen de shake it: for it was
flood come, a whole heapa wata hit dat founded upon a rock.
49 But he that heareth,
house, bot de house ain moob. Nottin and doeth not, is like a
happen ta um, cause de man done build man that without a foun-
dation built an house
um pon de rock. 49 Bot anybody wa yeh upon the earth; against
me wod an ain do wa A tell um fa do, stan which the stream did
beat vehemently, and im-
jes like a man wa build e house pontop ob mediately it fell; and the
de groun. E ain dig down fa lay de ruin of that house was
foundation. Soon as de flood hit dat house, great.

e faddown. Bam! E smash op!”


Chapter 7
De Roman Offisa wa Bleebe 1 Now when he had
ended all his sayings in
Matthew 8:5-13
the audience of the peo-

7 Atta Jedus done tell de people all


1 ple, he entered into
Capernaum.
d is, e g o ne ta de town name 2 And a certain centu-
Capernaum. 2 One sodja high op een de rion's servant, who was
dear unto him, was sick,
Roman aamy been dey. E hab saabant wa e and ready to die.
like a whole heap, bot dat saabant been 3 And when he heard
sick til e mos dead. 3 Wen dat offisa yeh of Jesus, he sent unto him
the elders of the Jews, be-
bout Jedus, e sen some ob de Jew leada seeching him that he
dem ta Jedus fa beg um fa come heal e would come and heal his
servant.
saabant. 4 De leada dem gone ta Jedus an 4 And when they came
beg um wid all dey haat fa come heal de to Jesus, they besought
him instantly, saying,
saabant ob de sodja. Dey tell um say, “Dis That he was worthy for
sodja a good man an e good fa hep um. whom he should do this:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
222 Luke 7

5 For he loveth our na- 5 Cause e lob de Jew people, an e de one


tion, and he hath built us
a synagogue. wa done build de Jew meetin house fa we
6 Then Jesus went yah.”
with them. And when he 6 So Jedus gone long wid um. Wen e git
was now not far from the
house, the centurion sent close ta de house, de sodja sen e fren dem
friends to him, saying wid a message fa Jedus. E tell um say,
unto him, Lord, trouble
not thyself: for I am not “Sah, mus dohn bodda yasef fa come yah,
worthy that thou cause A ain fit fa hab ya come eenta me
shouldest enter under my
roof: house. 7 Cause ob dat, A ain tink A fit fa
7 Wherefore neither come ta ya needa. Bot do please, say de
thought I myself worthy
to come unto thee: but wod an me saabant gwine git well. 8 A
say in a word, and my mesef a man onda tority ob offisa oba me,
servant shall be healed.
8 For I also am a man an A hab tority oba oda sodja dem wa
set under authority, hav- onda me. A tell one say, ‘Mus go!’ an e
ing under me soldiers, gone. An A tell noda one say, ‘Mus come!’
and I say unto one, Go,
and he goeth; and to an- an e come. An A tell me saabant say, ‘Mus
other, Come, and he com- do dis wok!’ an e do um.”
eth; and to my servant,
Do this, and he doeth it. 9 Wen Jedus yeh wa de offisa done say,
9 When Jesus heard e been stonish. E ton roun ta de crowd wa
these things, he mar-
velled at him, and turned beena gone long wid um, an e say, “A da
him about, and said unto tell oona, A ain neba see nobody eben yah
the people that followed
him, I say unto you, I
een Israel wa bleebe een God sommuch
have not found so great like dis Roman sodja bleebe!”
faith, no, not in Israel. 10 Wen dem wa bring de message git
10 And they that were
sent, returning to the back ta de sodja house, dey find dat de
house, found the servant saabant done git well.
whole that had been sick.
11 And it came to pass
the day after, that he Jedus Mek de Wida Son Lib Gin
went into a city called
Nain; and many of his
11 De day atta dat, Jedus gone ta one
disciples went with him, town wa dey call Nain, an e ciple dem an a
and much people.
12 Now when he came heapa oda people gone long wid um.
nigh to the gate of the 12 Wen dey git ta de gate ob de wall wa go
city, behold, there was a roun de town, dey meet plenty people
dead man carried out, the
only son of his mother, gwine fa bury a man. Dat man wa dead
and she was a widow: been e modda onliest son. E been a wida
and much people of the
city was with her. ooman, an a whole crowd ob people fom
13 And when the Lord de town been long wid um. 13 Wen de
saw her, he had compas-
sion on her, and said unto
Lawd see de ooman, e haat been hebby fa
her, Weep not. um, an e tell um say, “Mus dohn cry!” 14 E

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 7 223

gone oba an tetch de coffin, an de man 14 And he came and


touched the bier: and
dem wa beena tote de coffin, dey stop. they that bare him stood
Jedus tell de dead man say, “Nyoung man, still. And he said, Young
man, I say unto thee,
A da tell ya say, mus git op.” 15 De nyoung Arise.
man wa been dead, e set op an staat fa 15 And he that was
taak. An Jedus gim ta e modda. dead sat up, and began to
speak. And he delivered
16 All de people been scruck an stonish, him to his mother.
an dey praise God, say, “We done see one 16 And there came a
fear on all: and they glo-
prophet mongst we!” An dey say, “God rified God, saying, That a
done come fa hep e people!” great prophet is risen up
among us; and, That God
17 Dis nyews bout Jedus git roun shru hath visited his people.
Judea an all de arie close by. 17 And this rumour of
him went forth through-
out all Judaea, and
John wa Bactize Sen Fa throughout all the region
Aks Bout Jedus round about.
18 And the disciples of
Matthew 11:2-19
John shewed him of all
18 John ciple dem gone tell um bout all these things.
19 And John calling
dem ting. 19 John call two ob e ciple dem, unto him two of his disci-
sen um ta de Lawd Jedus fa aks um say, ples sent them to Jesus,
saying, Art thou he that
“Ya de one wa been gwine fa come, or we should come? or look we
spose fa look fa somebody else?” for another?
20 When the men were
20 Wen de man dem git ta Jedus, dey
come unto him, they
tell um say, “John wa Bactize sen we fa aks said, John Baptist hath
ya ef ya de one wa been gwine fa come, or sent us unto thee, saying,
Art thou he that should
we spose fa look fa somebody else.” come? or look we for
21 Dat same time, Jedus beena heal another?
21 And in that same
plenty people. E heal dem wa sick, an e hour he cured many of
dribe out ebil sperit wa been een some ob their infirmities and
plagues, and of evil spir-
de people, an e mek a heapa bline people its; and unto many that
see. 22 So Jedus ansa dem wa John sen, were blind he gave sight.
22 Then Jesus answer-
say, “Mus go back, tell John wa oona done ing said unto them, Go
see an wa oona done yeh. De people wa your way, and tell John
been bline, dey kin see. De cripple op what things ye have seen
and heard; how that the
people da waak. Dem wa hab leposy, dey blind see, the lame walk,
git clean. De deef people able fa yeh, an the lepers are cleansed,
the deaf hear, the dead
dem wa done dead git op an lib gin. An de are raised, to the poor the
po people da yeh de Good Nyews. 23 De gospel is preached.
23 And blessed is he,
one wa ain got no doubt bout me, e bless fa whosoever shall not be
true!” offended in me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
224 Luke 7

24 And when the mes- 24 Now wen dem wa John sen done
sengers of John were de-
parted, he began to speak gone back, Jedus tell de great crowd bout
unto the people concern- John. E say, “Wen oona gone ta John een
ing John, What went ye
out into the wilderness
de wildaness, wa oona been spect fa see?
for to see? A reed shaken Oona spect fa see a piece ob grass wa da
with the wind? bend down wen de breeze da blow? No,
25 But what went ye
out for to see? A man oona ain gone fa see dat. 25 Den wa oona
clothed in soft raiment? gone fa see? Oona gone fa see a man dress
Behold, they which are
gorgeously apparelled, op een fine cloes? No, oona ain gone fa see
and live delicately, are in dat. Cause dem wa rich an dress op een
kings' courts.
26 But what went ye fine cloes, dey lib een house wa blongst ta
out for to see? A prophet? king dem. 26 Bot fa true, wa oona gone fa
Yea, I say unto you, and
much more than a see? Oona gone fa see a prophet, ainty? An
prophet.
27 This is he, of whom A da tell oona de trute, oona done see de
it is written, Behold, I man wa a heap mo greata den de oda
send my messenger be- prophet dem. 27 John de one dey been
fore thy face, which shall
prepare thy way before write bout een God wod, say,
thee. ‘A gwine sen me messenja
28 For I say unto you,
Among those that are fa go head ob ya
born of women there is fa cleah de road an
not a greater prophet
than John the Baptist: mek um ready fa ya.’
but he that is least in the 28 A da tell oona say, John mo greata
kingdom of God is
greater than he.
den all de people wa eba lib. Stillyet,
29 And all the people de poson wa leas ob all dem people wa
that heard him, and the God da rule, dat poson mo greata den
publicans, justified God,
being baptized with the John!”
baptism of John. 29 Wen all de people, eben dem wa da
30 But the Pharisees
and lawyers rejected the geda tax, yeh Jedus, dey gree wid um, say
counsel of God against dat God way, e right. Cause dey done hab
themselves, being not
baptized of him. John bactize um. 30 Bot de Pharisee dem
31 And the Lord said,
Whereunto then shall I
an de Jew Law teacha dem, dey ain gree fa
liken the men of this gen- do wa God wahn um fa do, cause dey ain
eration? and to what are
they like? hab John bactize um.
32 They are like unto 31 Jedus say, “De people dat lib een dis
children sitting in the
marketplace, and calling day yah, wa kin A say dey like? How dey
one to another, and say- stan? 32 Dem people stan like chullun wa
ing, We have piped unto
you, and ye have not da seddown ta de maakut. An dey da holla
danced; we have mourn- ta oda chullun, say,
ed to you, and ye have
not wept. ‘We done play music fa oona,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 7 225

bot oona ain dance! 33 For John the Baptist


came neither eating
We done sing sompin saaful, bread nor drinking wine;
bot oona ain cry!’ and ye say, He hath a
33 Wen John wa Bactize come, e fast fa devil.
34 The Son of man is
woshup God an e ain drink no wine. Bot come eating and drink-
oona say, ‘A ebil sperit een John.’ 34 Now ing; and ye say, Behold a
gluttonous man, and a
wen de Man wa Come fom God come, e da winebibber, a friend of
nyam an drink. An oona say, ‘Look, dis publicans and sinners!
35 But wisdom is justi-
man yah da pack e gut an e a dronka! Dem fied of all her children.
people wa da geda tax an dem oda people 36 And one of the
wa ain fit fa mix wid Jew people, dem e Pharisees desired him
fren!’ 35 Stillyet, dem wa da do wa God tell that he would eat with
him. And he went into
um fa do, dey gwine show dat God wise fa the Pharisee's house, and
true.” sat down to meat.
37 And, behold, a
woman in the city, which
Jedus Nyam Wid Simon was a sinner, when she
de Pharisee knew that Jesus sat at
meat in the Pharisee's
36 One Pharisee come aks Jedus fa house, brought an alabas-
nyam wid um. Jedus gree an gone wid de ter box of ointment,
Pharisee ta e house an seddown fa nyam. 38 And stood at his
feet behind him weeping,
37 A ooman been dey een dat town wa and began to wash his
beena lib loose life. Wen de ooman yeh say feet with tears, and did
wipe them with the hairs
Jedus beena nyam ta de Pharisee house, e of her head, and kissed
cyaa a white stone bottle dat been full op his feet, and anointed
them with the ointment.
wid spensiz pafume, an e gone ta de house.
39 Now when the
38 De ooman stanop hine Jedus, close ta e Pharisee which had bid-
foot. E staat fa cry, an e cry sommuch til de den him saw it, he spake
within himself, saying,
wata outta e eye wet op Jedus foot. So den, This man, if he were a
e dry Jedus foot wid e hair. E kiss e foot an prophet, would have
e tek de pafume an rub um pon Jedus foot. known who and what
manner of woman this is
39 Wen de Pharisee wa aks Jedus fa come that toucheth him: for
fa nyam wid um see dat, e tink say, “Ef dis she is a sinner.
40 And Jesus answer-
yah man been a prophet fa true, e been ing said unto him, Simon,
gwine know wa kinda ooman dis yah, wa I have somewhat to say
da tetch um an rub um wid pafume. Cause unto thee. And he saith,
Master, say on.
dis ooman da lib a loose life.” 41 There was a certain
40 Jedus ansa de Pharisee say, “Simon, creditor which had two
debtors: the one owed
A got sompin fa tell ya.” five hundred pence, and
De Pharisee say, “Wa dat, Teacha?” the other fifty.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
226 Luke 7

42 And when they had 41 Jedus say, “Dey been two man wa
nothing to pay, he
frankly forgave them beena owe a man wa lend people money.
both. Tell me therefore, One man owe um fibe hundud silba coin,
which of them will love
him most?
an de oda owe um fifty silba coin. 42 Bot
43 Simon answered all two ob dem ain been able fa pay um
and said, I suppose that back. So de man wa lend de money tell
he, to whom he forgave
most. And he said unto
dem bof say, ‘Ya ain haffa pay me back de
him, Thou hast rightly money.’ Now den, wish one ob dem two
judged. gwine lob dat man mo?”
44 And he turned to
43 Simon ansa Jedus say, “A spose de
the woman, and said
unto Simon, Seest thou man wa owe um mo money.”
this woman? I entered Jedus tell um, “Ya done jedge right.”
into thine house, thou
gavest me no water for 44 Den Jedus ton ta da ooman an e still
my feet: but she hath beena taak ta Simon. E say, “Ya see dis
washed my feet with
tears, and wiped them ooman, yah? Wen A come eenta ya house,
with the hairs of her ya ain gii me no wata fa wash me foot. Bot
head.
45 Thou gavest me no
dis ooman yah done cry pon me foot, til
kiss: but this woman me foot wet an e done dry um wid e hair.
since the time I came in 45 Wen A come eenta ya house, ya ain
hath not ceased to kiss
my feet. welcome me wid one kiss, bot eba since A
46 My head with oil been yah, dis ooman beena kiss me foot.
thou didst not anoint: but 46 Ya ain rub no olib oll pontop me head fa
this woman hath
anointed my feet with mek me feel betta, bot dis ooman done rub
ointment. spensiz pafume pon me foot. 47 Cause ob
47 Wherefore I say dat, A da tell ya say, de ting wa dis ooman
unto thee, Her sins, done show e lob me a whole heap. Dat
which are many, are for-
given; for she loved show God done paadon e sin, an dey been
much: but to whom little a whole heap. Bot wen God paadon a
is forgiven, the same
loveth little. poson wa ain sin a whole heap, dat poson
gwine lob me jes a leetle bit.”
48 And he said unto
48 Jedus tell de ooman say, “Ya sin done
her, Thy sins are for-
given. been paadon.”
49 De oda people dat beena nyam wid
49 And they that sat at
meat with him began to Jedus staat fa say ta one noda, “Who dis
say within themselves, man yah? E eben paadon people fa dey
Who is this that forgiveth
sins also? sin!”
50 Jedus tell de ooman, “Cause ya
50 And he said to the
woman, Thy faith hath bleebe een me, God done sabe ya. Ya kin
saved thee; go in peace. go now an hab peace een ya haat.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8 227

Some Ooman Gone Long Chapter 8


Fa Hep Jedus Dem 1 And it came to pass

8 Soon atta dat, Jedus an de tweb


1 afterward, that he went
throughout every city
ciple dem gone fom one town an and village, preaching
settlement ta noda, da tell all de people de and shewing the glad tid-
ings of the kingdom of
Good Nyews bout how God rule oba God: and the twelve were
people. 2 Some ooman wa Jedus done heal with him,
gone long wid Jedus dem too. Some dem 2 And certain women,
done been sick, an some done been hab which had been healed of
ebil sperit. Mary, wa dey call Magdalene, evil spirits and infirmi-
ties, Mary called Magda-
been dey. Jedus done dribe out seben ebil lene, out of whom went
sperit outta um. 3 An Joanna, Chuza wife, seven devils,
been dey. Dat de Chuza wa tek cyah ob 3 And Joanna the wife
King Herod place. An Susanna an plenty of Chuza Herod's stew-
ard, and Susanna, and
oda ooman all gone long wid Jedus dem many others, which min-
an gim dey own money an ting fa hep um. istered unto him of their
substance.

Paable Bout de Seed 4 And when much peo-


een Fo Kind ob Groun ple were gathered to-
Matthew 13:1-9; Mark 4:1-9 gether, and were come to
him out of every city, he
4 De people beena come out fom all de spake by a parable:

town dem fa yeh Jedus. An wen a big 5 A sower went out to


sow his seed: and as he
crowd done geda, Jedus tell um one sowed, some fell by the
paable. way side; and it was trod-
5 E say, “One faama gone ta e fiel fa den down, and the fowls
of the air devoured it.
plant seed. Wiles e beena scatta de seed,
6 And some fell upon a
some fall long de pat. People waak pontop rock; and as soon as it
ob um, an de bod dem nyam um op. was sprung up, it with-
6 Some seed fall pontop ob groun full op ered away, because it
lacked moisture.
wid rock. De seed sprout an staat fa grow,
bot dey wilta cause dey ain git no wata dey 7 And some fell among
pon de rock. 7 Some seed fall eenta de thorns; and the thorns
sprang up with it, and
briah. De briah choke um til de seed cyahn choked it.
grow. 8 An some seed fall pon good groun.
Dey grow good crop, a hundud time mo 8 And other fell on
good ground, and sprang
den wa e staat wid.” up, and bare fruit an hun-
Wen Jedus done tell de paable, e say, dredfold. And when he
had said these things, he
“Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den oona cried, He that hath ears
mus yeh wa A da say!” to hear, let him hear.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
228 Luke 8

9 And his disciples Wa Mek Jedus Tell Paable


asked him, saying, What Matthew 13:10-17; Mark 4:10-12
might this parable be?
Jedus ciple dem aks um wa dat paable
9
10 And he said, Unto mean. 10 Jedus ansa um say, “God gii
you it is given to know
the mysteries of the king-
oona de chance fa ondastan dem secret
dom of God: but to others bout how e da rule. Bot fa de oda people, A
in parables; that seeing da tell paable so dat dey kin look, bot eben
they might not see, and
hearing they might not dough dey look, dey ain gwine see. Dey
understand. kin yeh, bot dey ain gwine ondastan.
11 Now the parable is
this: The seed is the word Wa de Paable Bout de Seed Mean
of God. Matthew 13:18-23; Mark 4:13-20
11 “Dis yah wa de paable bout de seed
12 Those by the way
side are they that hear; mean: De seed, dat God wod. 12 De seed
then cometh the devil, wa fall long de pat, dat like people wa yeh
and taketh away the
word out of their hearts,
God wod, bot den de Debil come long an
lest they should believe tek way de wod fom dey haat. So dey ain
and be saved. bleebe um, an dey ain git sabe needa.
13 De seed wa faddown pontop de groun
13 They on the rock
are they, which, when wa full ob wid rock, dat like de people wa
they hear, receive the yeh God wod, an dey heppy fa yeh um. Bot
word with joy; and these
have no root, which for a dey ain bleebe um een dey haat fa true.
while believe, and in Dey like de seed pontop de rock dat staat
time of temptation fall
away. fa grow, bot e ain hab no root. Dem people
bleebe jes a leetle wile. Wen de Debil test
um, dey ain bleebe God wod no mo. 14 An
14 And that which fell dem seed wa fall eenta de briah, dat like
among thorns are they, de people wa yeh God wod, bot leetle by
which, when they have leetle dey staat fa fret bout de ting dem
heard, go forth, and are
choked with cares and dey got. Dey fret all de time bout dey
riches and pleasures of plenty money an ting an dey pledja een dis
this life, and bring no
fruit to perfection. wol. Dem ting choke out God wod een dey
haat, an dey crop ain mount ta nottin.
15 Bot de seed wa fall pon de good groun,
15 But that on the dat like de people wa yeh God wod an hole
good ground are they,
which in an honest and um een dey haat. Dey da do wa God wod
good heart, having heard say. Dey ain stop fa bleebe, an dey hep
the word, keep it, and
bring forth fruit with
plenty oda people bleebe. Dey mek good
patience. crop.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8 229

Lamp Pontop de Table 16 No man, when he


Mark 4:21-25 hath lighted a candle,
covereth it with a vessel,
16 “Ain nobody gwine light a lamp an or putteth it under a bed;
but setteth it on a candle-
den kiba um op wid a bowl, needa pit um stick, that they which en-
ondaneet de bed. E da pit um pontop de ter in may see the light.
17 For nothing is se-
table, so dat dem wa come een de house cret, that shall not be
kin see. 17 Dey ain nottin wa been hide wa made manifest; neither
ain gwine come out een de open. An ain any thing hid, that shall
not be known and come
nottin wa been done een de daak wa ain abroad.
gwine come out ta de light fa people fa yeh 18 Take heed therefore
how ye hear: for whoso-
bout um. ever hath, to him shall be
18 “So den, oona mus watch out how given; and whosoever
hath not, from him shall
oona listen. Cause fa dem wa got sompin, be taken even that which
God gwine gim mo. An dem wa ain got he seemeth to have.
19 Then came to him
nottin, God gwine tek way eben dat leetle his mother and his breth-
bit wa dey tink dey got.” ren, and could not come
at him for the press.
20 And it was told him
Jedus True Fambly by certain which said, Thy
Matthew 12:46-50; Mark 3:31-35 mother and thy brethren
stand without, desiring
19 Jedus modda an e broda dem come ta to see thee.
um. Bot dey ain been able fa git weh e 21 And he answered
and said unto them, My
been, cause sommuch people been dey. mother and my brethren
20 Somebody tell Jedus say, “Ya modda an are these which hear the
ya broda dem da stan outside de house. word of God, and do it.
22 Now it came to pass
Dey wahn fa see ya.” on a certain day, that he
21 Jedus ansa um say, “Dem wa yeh went into a ship with his
disciples: and he said
God wod an do wa e say, dem me modda unto them, Let us go over
an me broda dem.” unto the other side of the
lake. And they launched
forth.
Jedus Chaage de Wind an de Wata 23 But as they sailed
fa Stan Still he fell asleep: and there
came down a storm of
Matthew 8:23-27; Mark 4:35-41
wind on the lake; and
22 One day, Jedus tell e ciple dem say, they were filled with wa-
ter, and were in jeopardy.
“Leh we go cross ta de oda side de lake.” 24 And they came to
So dey git eenta a boat an cyas off. him, and awoke him, say-
ing, Master, master, we
23 Wiles dey beena sail, Jedus drop da perish. Then he arose,
sleep een de boat. Jes den, a big wind and rebuked the wind
and the raging of the wa-
come an blow oba de lake. E mek de wata ter: and they ceased, and
come een de boat til e mos sink. Dey been there was a calm.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
230 Luke 8

25 And he said unto een a fix. 24 De ciple dem gone an wake


them, Where is your
faith? And they being Jedus op. Dey holla say, “Massa, Massa,
afraid wondered, saying we all gwine git drown!”
one to another, What
manner of man is this! for
Jedus wake op. E buke de big wind an
he commandeth even the de swellin wata. E tell um fa stan still. Dat
winds and water, and big wind stop blow jes den, an de swellin
they obey him.
wata gone down. Ebryting calm right
26 And they arrived at
down. 25 Jedus tell e ciple dem say,
the country of the “Hoccome oona ain got no fait een me?”
Gadarenes, which is over Dey been stonish an scaid. Dey aks one
against Galilee.
noda say, “Who dis man yah? E da chaage
eben de wind an de wata, tell um wa fa do,
27 And when he went
forth to land, there met
an dey do um!”
him out of the city a cer-
tain man, which had dev- Jedus Mek Plenty Ebil Sperit
ils long time, and ware no
clothes, neither abode in Come Outta de Gadarene Man
any house, but in the Matthew 8:28-34; Mark 5:1-20
tombs.
26 Jedus an e ciple dem sail een de boat,
cross oba ta de arie weh de Gadarene
28 When he saw Jesus,
he cried out, and fell
people lib. Dis been ta de oda side ob de
down before him, and lake fom Galilee. 27 Wen dey git dey,
with a loud voice said, Jedus git outta de boat. An same time, a
What have I to do with
thee, Jesus, thou Son of man fom de town come meet um. Dis man
God most high? I beseech hab some ebil sperit dat beena lib eenside
thee, torment me not.
um fa a long time. E been nekid, an e ain
stay een no house. E beena stay een de
29 (For he had com- grabeyaad. 28 Wen de man see Jedus, e
manded the unclean holla loud an git down pon de groun fo
spirit to come out of the
man. For oftentimes it
Jedus foot. E holla say, “Jedus, ya de Son
had caught him: and he ob de Mos High God! Wa bidness ya got
was kept bound with wid me? A da beg ya, do please, dohn
chains and in fetters; and
he brake the bands, and toment me!” 29 De man taak so, cause
was driven of the devil Jedus done chaage de ebil sperit wa been
into the wilderness.)
eenside de man fa lef um. Plenty time de
sperit beena tek hole ta de man an mek um
30 And Jesus asked ron way ta de desat. Eben dough people tie
him, saying, What is thy e han an e foot wid iron chain an gyaad
name? And he said, Le-
gion: because many dev-
um, ebry time e buss de chain an de ebil
ils were entered into him. sperit mek um ron way.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8 231

30 Jedus aks um say, “Wa ya name?” 31 And they besought


him that he would not
E ansa um, “A name ‘Plenty.’ ” E say dat command them to go out
cause plenty ebil sperit been dey eenside into the deep.
32 And there was there
um. 31 Dem ebil sperit beena beg Jedus an herd of many swine
oba an oba say, “Do, dohn sen we ta dat feeding on the mountain:
and they besought him
deep hole wa ain got no bottom.” that he would suffer
32 Same time, a heapa hog beena nyam them to enter into them.
pon a hill dey. So de ebil sperit beg Jedus And he suffered them.
33 Then went the dev-
say, “Leh we go eenside de hog dem.” An ils out of the man, and
Jedus leh um. 33 Wen de ebil sperit dem entered into the swine:
and the herd ran vio-
come outta de man an gone eenta de hog lently down a steep place
dem, all de hog dem ron down de side ob into the lake, and were
choked.
de steep hill like sompin wile. Dey ron 34 When they that fed
eenta de lake an git drown. them saw what was done,
34 Wen de people wa beena mind de they fled, and went and
told it in the city and in
hog dem see wa happen, dey mek hace an the country.
35 Then they went out
gone ta de town an ta de whole arie an tell to see what was done;
people de nyews. 35 Den de people gone fa and came to Jesus, and
see wa been happen. Dey come ta Jedus, found the man, out of
whom the devils were de-
an dey see de man wa de ebil sperit dem parted, sitting at the feet
been come outta, da seddown ta Jedus of Jesus, clothed, and in
his right mind: and they
foot, da listen ta um. E hab on cloes an e were afraid.
been een e right mind. Wen de people see 36 They also which
saw it told them by what
dat, dey been scaid. 36 Dem people wa means he that was pos-
been dey wen Jedus dribe out de ebil sessed of the devils was
sperit dem fom eenside dat man, dey tell healed.
37 Then the whole
de oda people how Jedus been heal de multitude of the country
man. 37 Den all dem fom dat arie weh da of the Gadarenes round
about besought him to
Gadarene people lib been scaid down. Dey depart from them; for
aks Jedus fa go way fom dey. So den, they were taken with
great fear: and he went
Jedus git eenta de boat an gone back ta de up into the ship, and re-
place weh e come fom. 38 Bot wiles Jedus turned back again.
38 Now the man out of
still dey, de man wa been hab de ebil sperit whom the devils were de-
dem, e beg Jedus say, “Leh me go long wid parted besought him that
ya.” Bot Jedus ain leh um go wid um. he might be with him:
but Jesus sent him away,
39 Jedus tell de man say, “Mus go back saying,
home an tell de people bout de great ting 39 Return to thine own
house, and shew how
God done fa ya.” great things God hath
So de man gone all oba town, da tell done unto thee. And he

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
232 Luke 8

went his way, and pub- ebrybody bout de great ting wa Jedus
lished throughout the
whole city how great done fa um.
things Jesus had done
unto him. Jairus Daughta an de Ooman
40 And it came to pass,
that, when Jesus was re- wa Tetch Jedus Cloes
turned, the people gladly Matthew 9:18-26; Mark 5:21-43
received him: for they
were all waiting for him. 40 Wen Jedus git ta de oda side ob de
41 And, behold, there lake gin, de people glad fa shim, an dey
came a man named
Jairus, and he was a ruler come meet um. Dey all beena wait fa um.
of the synagogue: and he 41 Den one man wa been leada een de Jew
fell down at Jesus' feet,
and besought him that he
meetin house, e come. E name Jairus, an e
would come into his come git down ta Jedus foot. E beg um say,
house: “Do please, come ta me house wid me.”
42 For he had one only
daughter, about twelve 42 Cause Jairus onliest daughta been mos
years of age, and she lay dead. De gyal been bout tweb yeah ole.
a dying. But as he went
the people thronged him. Jedus gone wid Jairus. Same time Jedus
43 And a woman hav- beena gwine, sommuch people gone wid
ing an issue of blood
twelve years, which had um, dey beena push ginst um pon ebry
spent all her living upon side. 43 One ooman been dey wa been sick
physicians, neither could
be healed of any,
tweb yeah. All dat time e beena bleed. E
44 Came behind him, done pay docta all e money an ting, bot ain
and touched the border
of his garment: and im- nobody been able fa hep um. 44 Dat
mediately her issue of ooman ketch op wid Jedus, come hine um,
blood stanched.
45 And Jesus said, an e tetch de edge ob Jedus cloes. De same
Who touched me? When time e tetch um, e git heal. De bleedin
all denied, Peter and they
that were with him said, stop, Bam! 45 Jedus aks de people say,
Master, the multitude “Who dat done tetch me?”
throng thee and press
thee, and sayest thou, Ebrybody tell um say, “A ain tetch ya.”
Who touched me? Den Peter an dem wa been long wid um
46 And Jesus said,
Somebody hath touched
say, “Massa, all de crowd yah roun ya da
me: for I perceive that push ginst ya. Wa mek ya aks who dat
virtue is gone out of me. tetch ya?”
47 And when the 46 Bot Jedus say, “Somebody done tetch
woman saw that she was
not hid, she came me. A know, cause powa done gone outta
trembling, and falling me.” 47 De ooman wa tetch Jedus cloes
down before him, she
declared unto him before find out dat e ain able fa hide. E staat fa
all the people for what tremble, an e come git down pon de groun
cause she had touched
him, and how she was ta Jedus foot. Fo all de people, dat ooman
healed immediately. tell Jedus hoccome e been tetch um, an

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 8, 9 233

how dat same time wen e tetch um, e done 48 And he said unto
her, Daughter, be of good
git heal. 48 Jedus tell de ooman say, “Me comfort: thy faith hath
daughta, cause ya bleebe, ya done git heal. made thee whole; go in
peace.
Ya kin go wid peace een ya haat.” 49 While he yet spake,
there cometh one from
Jedus Mek Jairus Chile Lib Gin the ruler of the syna-
gogue's house, saying to
49 Wiles Jedus beena taak, a man come him, Thy daughter is
dead; trouble not the
fom Jairus house, tell Jairus say, “Ya Master.
daughta done dead. Ya ain need fa bodda 50 But when Jesus
de Teacha no mo.” heard it, he answered
him, saying, Fear not: be-
50 Jedus yeh um say de chile done dead, lieve only, and she shall
an e tell Jairus say, “Mus dohn feah. Jes be made whole.
51 And when he came
bleebe an ya chile gwine lib gin. E gwine into the house, he suf-
be heal.” An dey gone long ta Jairus house. fered no man to go in,
save Peter, and James,
51 Wen dey git ta de house, Jedus ain
and John, and the father
leh nobody go een wid um cep Peter, John, and the mother of the
maiden.
James, an de chile fada an e modda. 52 And all wept, and
52 Ebrybody beena weep an wail fa de bewailed her: but he said,
chile. Jedus tell um say, “Mus dohn weep, Weep not; she is not
dead, but sleepeth.
cause e ain dead. E da sleep!” 53 And they laughed
53 De people dem laugh at um, cause him to scorn, knowing
that she was dead.
dey know de chile dead fa true. 54 Bot 54 And he put them all
out, and took her by the
Jedus tek de chile han an call um say, hand, and called, saying,
“Chile, git op!” 55 Life come back eenta de Maid, arise.
55 And her spirit came
chile, an jes den e git op. Den Jedus tell um again, and she arose
fa gii de chile sompin fa nyam. 56 De chile straightway: and he com-
manded to give her meat.
modda an e fada been stonish. Bot Jedus 56 And her parents
chaage um mus dohn tell nobody wa been were astonished: but he
charged them that they
happen. should tell no man what
was done.

Jedus Sen de Tweb Ciple dem fa Preach


Chapter 9
an Heal de Sick
Matthew 10:5-15; Mark 6:7-13 1 Then he called his
twelve disciples together,

9 Jedus call e tweb ciple dem, an e


1 and gave them power
gim powa an tority fa dribe out all de and authority over all
devils, and to cure
ebil sperit dem an fa heal dem wa sick. diseases.
2 Den e sen um fa go all roun fa tell bout 2 And he sent them to
preach the kingdom of
how God da rule, an fa mek de sick people God, and to heal the sick.
well. 3 Fo dey gone, Jedus tell um say, 3 And he said unto

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
234 Luke 9

them, Take nothing for “Wen oona da trabel so, mus dohn tote
your journey, neither
staves, nor scrip, neither nottin long wid ya. Mus dohn cyaa no stick
bread, neither money; fa waak, needa no bag fa cyaa ting een,
neither have two coats
apiece.
needa no bread an no money. Dohn eben
cyaa no extry shat. 4 Wen ya go een
4 And whatsoever
house ye enter into, there
somebody house an dey gree fa leh ya stay
abide, and thence depart. dey, ya mus stay wid dem til ya ready fa lef
5 And whosoever will
dat town. 5 Ef ya go ta a town an de people
not receive you, when ye ain heppy fa hab ya stay dey, mus lef dat
go out of that city, shake town. Wiles ya da gwine, mus shake de
off the very dust from
your feet for a testimony dort fom off ya foot fa leh um know God
against them. ain please wid de way dey done an e gwine
6 And they departed, hole dat ginst um.”
and went through the 6 Den de ciple dem lef Jedus, an dey
towns, preaching the gos- gone fom settlement ta settlement, da tell
pel, and healing every
where. ebrybody de Good Nyews an heal people
ebryweh.
7 Now Herod the tet-
rarch heard of all that Herod an Jedus
was done by him: and he
Matthew 14:1-12; Mark 6:14-29
was perplexed, because
that it was said of some, 7 Herod wa beena rule een Galilee yeh
that John was risen from
the dead; bout all wa happen. E been all mix op een
e head, cause some ob de people beena
8 And of some, that taak say dat John wa Bactize wa done
Elias had appeared; and come back fom de dead. 8 An some people
of others, that one of the beena say dat de prophet Elijah come
old prophets was risen
again. back. Oda people say dat one ob dem
prophet fom way back done come back
9 And Herod said, fom de dead. 9 Herod say, “A done hab
John have I beheaded: John head cut off. Bot who dis yah A da
but who is this, of whom I
hear such things? And he
yeh susha ting bout?” So e beena try fa see
desired to see him. Jedus.

10 And the apostles, Jedus Feed de Fibe Tousan


when they were re- Matthew 14:13-21; Mark 6:30-44; John 6:1-14
turned, told him all that
they had done. And he Wen de postle dem come back, dey
10
took them, and went tell Jedus all wa dey done done. Jedus tek
aside privately into a
desert place belonging to
um an gone way fom de oda people. Dey
the city called Bethsaida. gone ta a town name Bethsaida. 11 Wen de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 9 235

crowd yeh say Jedus gone ta Bethsaida, 11 And the people,


when they knew it, fol-
dey gone folla um dey. Jedus glad fa shim. lowed him: and he re-
E tell um bout how God da rule, an e heal ceived them, and spake
unto them of the king-
dem wa been need fa be heal. dom of God, and healed
12 Wen e been mos fus daak, de tweb them that had need of
healing.
ciple dem come ta Jedus say, “Nobody ain 12 And when the day
lib ta dis place yah. Mus sen way de crowd. began to wear away, then
Mek um go ta some ob de settlement an came the twelve, and
said unto him, Send the
faam dem roun bout yah an find sompin fa multitude away, that
nyam an a place fa stay.” they may go into the
towns and country round
13 Jedus tell um say, “Oona mus gim about, and lodge, and get
sompin fa nyam.” victuals: for we are here
in a desert place.
Dey ansa um, “We ain got nottin bot 13 But he said unto
fibe loaf ob bread an two fish. We ain able them, Give ye them to
eat. And they said, We
fa go buy sompin fa all dem people yah, have no more but five
ainty?” 14 Bout fibe tousan man been dey. loaves and two fishes; ex-
Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Mek de cept we should go and
buy meat for all this
people all seddown, an wide um op, bout people.
fifty head een ebry bunch.” 14 For they were about
five thousand men. And
15 De ciple dem mek de people all he said to his disciples,
seddown like how Jedus tell um fa do. Make them sit down by
fifties in a company.
16 Jedus tek de fibe loaf ob bread an de 15 And they did so,
two fish. E look op ta heaben an e tell God, and made them all sit
down.
“Tankya fa de bread an de fish.” Den e 16 Then he took the
broke de bread an de fish an gim ta e ciple five loaves and the two
dem fa saab de crowd. 17 Ebrybody nyam fishes, and looking up to
heaven, he blessed them,
til dey been sattify. An de ciple dem geda and brake, and gave to
tweb basket ob lef oba bread an fish. the disciples to set before
the multitude.
17 And they did eat,
Peter Say Jedus de Messiah and were all filled: and
there was taken up of
wa God Sen fragments that remained
Matthew 16:13-19; Mark 8:27-29 to them twelve baskets.
18 And it came to pass,
18 One day Jedus been ta esef an e as he was alone praying,
his disciples were with
beena pray. Wen e ciple dem come jine him: and he asked them,
um, e aks um say, “Who de people say A saying, Whom say the
people that I am?
da?” 19 They answering
said, John the Baptist;
19 Dey ansa um say, “Some people say but some say, Elias; and
ya John wa Bactize. Oda people say ya others say, that one of the
old prophets is risen
Elijah. An some say ya one dem prophet again.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
236 Luke 9

20 He said unto them,


fom way back wa done come back fom de
But whom say ye that I
am? Peter answering dead.”
said, The Christ of God. 20 Den Jedus aks e ciple dem say, “Well

21 And
den, who oona say A da?”
he straitly
charged them, and com- Peter tell um say, “Ya de Messiah.”
manded them to tell no
man that thing;
Jedus Tell E Ciple dem E Gwine Dead
22 Saying, The Son of an Den Lib Gin
man must suffer many Matthew 16:20-28; Mark 8:30-9:1
things, and be rejected of 21 Jedus gii e ciple dem scrick orda say,
the elders and chief
priests and scribes, and “Mus dohn tell nobody who A da.” 22 E tell
be slain, and be raised um, “De Man wa Come fom God haffa
the third day.
suffa a whole heap. Dem Jew head leada
23 And he said to them an de leada dem ob de priest dem an de
all, If any man will come Law teacha dem ain gwine hab nottin fa do
after me, let him deny
himself, and take up his wid um. De people gwine kill um, bot atta
cross daily, and follow shree day e gwine git op fom mongst de
me.
dead an lib gin.”
23 Jedus tell um all say, “Ef a poson
24 For whosoever will
save his life shall lose it: wahn fa come wid me, e mus dohn do jes
but whosoever will lose wa e wahn fa do no mo. E haffa tote e cross
his life for my sake, the
same shall save it.
an folla me ebry day. 24 De poson wa da
try fa sabe e life, e gwine loss e true life.
25 For what is a man
Bot de poson wa loss e life cause ob me, e
advantaged, if he gain gwine git de true life. 25 Wa good e do a
the whole world, and lose man ef e git ebryting een de whole wol an
himself, or be cast away?
e gone ta hell wen e dead? E done loss e
true life, ainty? 26 Ef anybody da shame
26 For whosoever shall
be ashamed of me and of ob me an wa A done laan um, de Man wa
my words, of him shall Come fom God gwine be shame ob dat
the Son of man be
ashamed, when he shall
poson wen e come like a king. E gwine
come in his own glory, come wid great powa an light wa come out
and in his Father's, and of fom heaben an shine pon um. Dat de same
the holy angels.
light wa da shine pon me Fada God an pon
God angel dem wa gwine come wid um.
27 But I tell you of a
27 A da tell oona fa true, some ob dem wa
truth, there be some
standing here, which da stanop yah now, dey ain gwine dead til
shall not taste of death,
till they see the kingdom
dey done see God da rule oba de wol, a
of God. king fa true.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 9 237

Jedus an Moses an Elijah 28 And it came to pass


Matthew 17:1-8; Mark 9:2-8 about an eight days after
these sayings, he took Pe-
28 Wen bout eight day done pass atta e ter and John and James,
and went up into a moun-
say dat, Jedus call Peter, John, an James fa tain to pray.
go long wid um. Dey gone pontop a high 29 And as he prayed,
the fashion of his counte-
hill fa pray. 29 Wiles Jedus beena pray, e nance was altered, and
face change. E cloes change too. Dey ton his raiment was white
pure white an beena shine like shaap and glistering.
30 And, behold, there
lightnin. 30 All ob a sudden two man talked with him two men,
appeah, da taak wid Jedus. Dem man been which were Moses and
Elias:
Moses an Elijah, 31 an a bright light beena 31 Who appeared in
shine all roun um. Dey beena taak wid glory, and spake of his
decease which he should
Jedus bout wen e gwine haffa dead een accomplish at Jerusalem.
Jerusalem fa finish wa God done plan. 32 But Peter and they
32 Peter dem been een a haad sleep. Bot that were with him were
heavy with sleep: and
dey wake op an see dat bright light roun when they were awake,
Jedus an de two man dem wa beena stan they saw his glory, and
the two men that stood
wid um. 33 Wen Moses an Elijah staat fa with him.
33 And it came to pass,
lef Jedus, Peter tell Jedus say, “Massa, e a as they departed from
good ting we yah! Leh we mek shree bush him, Peter said unto Je-
sus, Master, it is good for
aaba, one fa ya, one fa Moses, an one fa us to be here: and let us
Elijah.” Bot Peter ain beena ondastan wa e make three tabernacles;
one for thee, and one for
beena taak bout. Moses, and one for Elias:
34 Wiles Peter beena taak, a cloud come not knowing what he
said.
an cyas a shada oba um. Wen de cloud 34 While he thus
spake, there came a
kiba um, de ciple dem been scaid. 35 Dey cloud, and overshadowed
yeh a boice wa come outta de cloud. An e them: and they feared as
they entered into the
tell um say, “Dis me Son, wa A lob a whole cloud.
35 And there came a
heap. Mus listen ta wa e tell oona!” voice out of the cloud,
36 Wen de boice git shru, ain nobody saying, This is my be-
loved Son: hear him.
been dey cep Jedus. Atta dat, de ciple dem 36 And when the voice
ain crack dey teet bout wa dey been see was past, Jesus was
found alone. And they
dat day. Dey ain tell nobody jurin dat kept it close, and told no
time. man in those days any of
those things which they
had seen.
Jedus Heal a Chile wa Hab a Ebil Sperit 37 And it came to pass,
Matthew 17:14-18; Mark 9:14-27 that on the next day,
when they were come
37 De day atta dat, wen Jedus dem
down from the hill, much
come down fom de hill, a whole crowd ob people met him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
238 Luke 9

38 And, behold, a man people come fa meet Jedus. 38 One man


of the company cried out,
saying, Master, I beseech een de crowd holla, “Teacha, A da beg ya!
thee, look upon my son: Do please, come look at me son, cause e de
for he is mine only child.
onliest chile A got. 39 A ebil sperit tek hole
39 And, lo, a spirit tak- ta um. Dat sperit mek um holla all ob a
eth him, and he suddenly sudden. E ketch fits, an e da foam out de
crieth out; and it teareth
him that he foameth mout. De sperit keep on da bruise um op.
again, and bruising him Ain haadly eba lef um off. 40 A beena beg
hardly departeth from
him. ya ciple dem fa dribe dat sperit out, bot
dey ain been able fa do um.”
40 And I besought thy 41 Jedus mek ansa say, “Oona people
disciples to cast him out;
and they could not. yah wa lib een dis time ain got no fait!
Oona ain ondastan nottin. Hommuch
41 And Jesus answer- mo longa A gwine haffa pit op wid
ing said, O faithless and
perverse generation, how oona?” Den e tell de man say, “Bring ya
long shall I be with you, son yah.”
and suffer you? Bring thy 42 Wiles de boy beena come ta Jedus, de
son hither.
ebil sperit shrow um down ta de groun wid
42 And as he was yet a fits. Bot Jedus gii orda ta dat ebil sperit fa
coming, the devil threw
him down, and tare him. come outta de boy, an de boy been heal.
And Jesus rebuked the Den Jedus gim back ta e fada. 43 All de
unclean spirit, and
healed the child, and de-
people been stonish fa see de great powa
livered him again to his ob God.
father.

43 And they were all


Jedus Tell Um Gin
amazed at the mighty E Gwine Dead
power of God. But while Matthew 17:22-23; Mark 9:30-32
they wondered every one
at all things which Jesus Ebrybody beena wonda at all de ting
did, he said unto his dem wa Jedus beena do. An e taak ta e
disciples,
ciple dem. 44 E tell um say, “A wahn oona
44 Let these sayings fa listen good ta wa A gwine tell oona.
sink down into your ears: Dey gwine han um oba. Dey gwine ton
for the Son of man shall
be delivered into the de Man wa Come fom God een ta dem
hands of men. wa een chaage yah.” 45 De ciple dem
ain ondastan wa Jedus mean. Cause God
45 But they under-
stood not this saying, and done hide de meanin fom um, so dey ain
it was hid from them, know yet wa been gwine happen. Dey
that they perceived it
not: and they feared to been scaid fa aks Jedus wa e mean wen e
ask him of that saying. say dat.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 9 239

Who dat Great de Mos? 46 Then there arose a


Matthew 18:1-5; Mark 9:33-37 reasoning among them,
which of them should be
46 De ciple dem staat fa aagy bout wish greatest.
one dem been gwine be great de mos. 47 And Jesus, perceiv-
47 Jedus know wa dey beena tink, so e tek ing the thought of their
heart, took a child, and
a leetle chile an stan um op by e side. 48 E set him by him,
tell e ciple dem say, “Anybody wa tek een 48 And said unto them,
a leetle chile like dis one yah een me Whosoever shall receive
this child in my name
name, dat poson done tek me een. An receiveth me: and whoso-
anybody wa tek me een, e done tek een de ever shall receive me
one wa sen me. De poson wa tink e ain receiveth him that sent
me: for he that is least
nottin mongst oona, e de one wa sompin fa among you all, the same
sho.” shall be great.
49 And John answered
Ef Anybody Ain Ginst Oona, E fa Oona and said, Master, we saw
one casting out devils in
Mark 9:38-40 thy name; and we forbad
49 John tell Jedus say, “Massa, we done him, because he follow-
eth not with us.
see one man da dribe out ebil sperit by de
powa ob ya name. We tell um fa stop dat, 50 And Jesus said unto
him, Forbid him not: for
cause dat man ain one ob we.” he that is not against us is
50 Jedus say, “Mus dohn tell de man fa for us.
stop, cause ef anybody ain ginst oona, e fa 51 And it came to pass,
oona.” when the time was come
Jedus Staat fa Jerusalem that he should be re-
ceived up, he stedfastly
51 Wen de time mos come wa God done set his face to go to
Jerusalem,
set fa tek Jedus op ta heaben, Jedus set e 52 And sent messen-
mind fa go ta Jerusalem. 52 E sen messenja gers before his face: and
dem fa go head ob um fo e staat off. De they went, and entered
into a village of the Sa-
messenja dem gone een a Samaria maritans, to make ready
settlement fa git ebryting ready fa Jedus. for him.
53 Bot de people een dat settlement ain 53 And they did not re-
wahn Jedus fa stop dey, cause dey been ceive him, because his
face was as though he
know e done set e mind fa go on ta would go to Jerusalem.
Jerusalem. 54 Wen James an John, e ciple
54 And when his disci-
dem, see dat de people een dat settlement ples James and John saw
ain wahn Jedus fa stop dey, dey aks Jedus this, they said, Lord, wilt
say, “Lawd, ya wahn we fa aks God fa sen thou that we command
fire to come down from
fire down fom heaben fa bun op dem heaven, and consume
people?” them, even as Elias did?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
240 Luke 9, 10

55 But he turned, and 55 Jedus ton roun ta James an John an e


rebuked them, and said,
Ye know not what man- buke um. 56 [E say, “Oona ain know wa
ner of spirit ye are of. kind ob sperit dey een oona haat. Cause de
56 For the Son of man
is not come to destroy
Man wa Come fom God ain come fa tek
men's lives, but to save way people life. E come fa sabe um.”] Den
them. And they went to Jedus an e ciple dem gone long ta noda
another village.
57 And it came to pass, settlement.
that, as they went in the
way, a certain man said
unto him, Lord, I will fol- Dem Dat Folla Jedus Mus Dohn Look Back
low thee whithersoever Matthew 8:19-22
thou goest.
58 And Jesus said unto Wiles Jedus an e ciple dem gone long
57
him, Foxes have holes, de road, one man tell Jedus say, “A gwine
and birds of the air have
nests; but the Son of man
folla ya wehsoneba ya go.”
hath not where to lay his 58 Jedus ansa um say, “De fox got hole
head. een de groun, an de bod wa fly roun op een
59 And he said unto
another, Follow me. But de air dey got nes. Bot de Man wa Come
he said, Lord, suffer me fom God ain got noweh fa lay e head.”
first to go and bury my
father. 59 Jedus tell noda man say, “Come folla
60 Jesus said unto him, me!” Bot de man ansa um say, “Sah, fus
Let the dead bury their
dead: but go thou and leh me go an bury me fada.”
preach the kingdom of 60 Jedus ansa, “Leh dem wa dead bury
God.
61 And another also dey own dead. Bot ya yasef go, tell oda
said, Lord, I will follow people bout God rule.”
thee; but let me first go 61 An noda man tell Jedus say, “Sah, A
bid them farewell, which
are at home at my house. gwine folla ya, bot fus leh me go tell me
62 And Jesus said unto
him, No man, having put
fambly A da gwine.”
his hand to the plough, 62 Jedus ansa um say, “De poson wa
and looking back, is fit
for the kingdom of God. staat fa plow groun an e keep on da look
back hine um, e ain fit fa lib onda God
Chapter 10 rule.”
1 After these things the
Lord appointed other Jedus Sen Out de Sebenty
seventy also, and sent

10 Atta dis, de Lawd pick sebenty


them two and two before 1
his face into every city
and place, whither he oda man. E sen um out two by two
himself would come. fa go eenta ebry town an settlement weh
2 Therefore said he
unto them, The harvest Jedus esef been bout fa go. 2 Fo de man
truly is great, but the la- dem gone, Jedus tell um say, “De crop
bourers are few: pray ye
therefore the Lord of the
done ready fa haabis, bot dey ain nuff han
harvest, that he would fa geda um. Mus pray ta de Lawd ob de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 10 241

crop fa sen out mo han fa geda de crop. send forth labourers into
his harvest.
3 Now go! A da sen oona out jes like lamb 3 Go your ways: be-
mongst wolf. 4 Wiles oona gwine long so, hold, I send you forth as
lambs among wolves.
mus dohn cyaa no money. Mus dohn cyaa 4 Carry neither purse,
no bag or no shoe. Mus dohn waste time nor scrip, nor shoes: and
da taak wid people long de road. salute no man by the
way.
5 Wasoneba house ya go een, mus fus say,
5 And into whatsoever
‘God bless all oona een dis house.’ 6 Ef dey house ye enter, first say,
a peaceable poson dey, e gwine hab de Peace be to this house.
6 And if the son of
blessin dat ya done pray fa um fa git. Bot ef peace be there, your
dey ain no peaceable poson dey, dat peace shall rest upon it: if
blessin wa ya done gim gwine come back not, it shall turn to you
again.
ta ya. 7 De fus house weh ya gone een, weh 7 And in the same
dey gree fa leh ya stay, mus stay een dat house remain, eating and
house all de time ya dey een dat place. drinking such things as
they give: for the la-
Mus nyam an drink wasoneba dey gii ya, bourer is worthy of his
cause ebrybody wa wok oughta git pay. hire. Go not from house
to house.
Mus dohn moob fom one house ta noda. 8 And into whatsoever
8 Wensoneba ya go een a town an de city ye enter, and they re-
people glad ya come, ya mus nyam ceive you, eat such things
as are set before you:
wasoneba dey gii ya. 9 Mus heal de sick 9 And heal the sick
een dat town, an mus tell de people dey, that are therein, and say
say, ‘Time fa God fa rule oba oona da unto them, The kingdom
of God is come nigh unto
come.’ 10 Wensoneba ya go een a town an you.
de people ain glad ya come, mus go out 10 But into whatsoever
een de screet an taak ta um. 11 Tell um city ye enter, and they re-
ceive you not, go your
say, ‘We da shake off eben de dort ob oona ways out into the streets
town fom off we foot fa waan ya dat ya of the same, and say,
done bad. De time da come wen God 11 Even the very dust
of your city, which
gwine rule oba oona.’ ” 12 Jedus say, “A da cleaveth on us, we do
tell oona fa true, wen de Jedgiment Day wipe off against you: not-
withstanding be ye sure
come, dem een dat town gwine suffa mo of this, that the kingdom
den de people ob Sodom!” of God is come nigh unto
you.
12 But I say unto you,
Town Weh de People Ain Bleebe God that it shall be more tol-
Matthew 11:20-24 erable in that day for
13 Jedus say, “E gwine be a haad time fa Sodom, than for that city.
13 Woe unto thee,
oona wa lib een Chorazin an een Chorazin! woe unto thee,
Bethsaida. Cause ef de people wa lib een Bethsaida! for if the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
242 Luke 10

mighty works had been Tyre an Sidon been see dem miracle wa A
done in Tyre and Sidon,
which have been done in beena do fa oona, dey been gwine change
you, they had a great dey sinful way. Dey been gwine weah
while ago repented, sit-
ting in sackcloth and
croka sack an rub ashesh pon dey head an
ashes. seddown fa leh ebrybody know dey done
14 But it shall be more
change dey way! 14 Wen de Jedgiment
tolerable for Tyre and Day come an God da jedge all de people
Sidon at the judgment, een de wol, oona gwine suffa mo den dem
than for you.
people een Tyre an Sidon! 15 Oona wa lib
15 And thou, Caper- dey een Capernaum, oona tink say, oona
naum, which art exalted
to heaven, shalt be thrust gwine git lif op ta heaben, ainty? No! Oona
down to hell. gwine git chunk down ta hell!”
16 He that heareth you
16 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Anybody
heareth me; and he that wa pay oona mind, dat poson da pay me
despiseth you despiseth mind. Anybody wa ton way fom oona, e
me; and he that despiseth
me despiseth him that done ton way fom me. An anybody wa ton
sent me. way fom me, e done ton way fom de one
17 And the seventy re- wa sen me.”
turned again with joy,
saying, Lord, even the
devils are subject unto us
De Sebenty Come Back
through thy name. 17 Den de sebenty man dem come back

18 And he said unto


ta Jedus. Dey been full op wid joy, an dey
them, I beheld Satan as tell um say, “Lawd, eben de ebil sperit dem
lightning fall from pay we mind wen we nyuse ya name!”
heaven.
18 Jedus ansa um say, “A done see Satan
19 Behold, I give unto faddown, come outta heaben like lightnin.
you power to tread on 19 Fa true, A done gii oona powa oba de
serpents and scorpions,
and over all the power of enemy an all de powa e got. Ef oona waak
the enemy: and nothing pon snake an scorpion, dey ain gwine hut
shall by any means hurt
you. oona. Nottin ain gwine hut oona.
20 Stillyet, mus dohn be so glad cause de
20 Notwithstanding in ebil sperit dem pay oona mind. Mus be
this rejoice not, that the
spirits are subject unto glad cause oona name done been write
you; but rather rejoice, down een heaben.”
because your names are
written in heaven.
Jedus Praise E Fada God
21 In that hour Jesus Matthew 11:25-27; 13:16-17
rejoiced in spirit, and
said, I thank thee, O Fa-
Dat same time, de Holy Sperit full
21
ther, Lord of heaven and Jedus op wid joy. Jedus say, “Fada, ya de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 10 243

Lawd. Ya da rule heaben an ya da rule dis earth, that thou hast hid
these things from the
wol! A tank ya cause ya done show dese wise and prudent, and
ting ta dem wa ain hab no laanin. An ya hast revealed them unto
babes: even so, Father;
done hide dese ting fom dem wa tink say, for so it seemed good in
dey wise an hab plenty laanin. Yeah, Fada, thy sight.
22 All things are deliv-
e been ya good pledja fa do um like dis.” ered to me of my Father:
22 Jedus tell de people say, “Me Fada and no man knoweth
done gii me powa oba ebryting. Nobody who the Son is, but the
Father; and who the Fa-
ain know who de Son da, cep fa de Fada. ther is, but the Son, and
An ain nobody know who de Fada da, cep he to whom the Son will
reveal him.
fa de Son an dem wa de Son pick fa mek 23 And he turned him
um know de Fada.” unto his disciples, and
23 Jedus ton ta e ciple dem. E tell jes said privately, Blessed
are the eyes which see the
dem say, “Fa true, oona been bless cause things that ye see:
ob wa oona da see! 24 A da tell oona, 24 For I tell you, that
plenty prophet an king done been wahn fa many prophets and kings
have desired to see those
see dem ting wa oona da see, bot dey ain things which ye see, and
shim. Dey wahn fa yeh wa oona da yeh, have not seen them; and
to hear those things
bot dey ain yeh um.” which ye hear, and have
not heard them.
Who dat Me Neighba? 25 And, behold, a cer-
tain lawyer stood up, and
25 One Jew Law teacha come op fa test tempted him, saying,
Jedus. E aks Jedus say, “Teacha, wa A Master, what shall I do to
inherit eternal life?
haffa do fa git life wa las faeba?”
26 He said unto him,
26 Jedus aks um say, “Wa ting dey write What is written in the
down een de Jew Law Book? How ya law? how readest thou?
tapetate wa e say?” 27 And he answering
27 De Law teacha ansa Jedus say, “De said, Thou shalt love the
Law say, ‘Mus lob de Lawd ya God wid all Lord thy God with all thy
heart, and with all thy
ya haat an wid all ya soul. Mus lob um wid soul, and with all thy
all ya scrent an wid all ya mind. An mus lob strength, and with all thy
mind; and thy neighbour
ya neighba de same way ya lob yasef.’ ” as thyself.
28 Jedus say, “Ya ansa right, fa true. Ef
28 And he said unto
ya do dem ting, ya gwine lib faeba.” him, Thou hast answered
29 De Law teacha been wahn fa sho right: this do, and thou
shalt live.
Jedus e right fa taak wa e taak, so e aks
Jedus say, “Who dat me neighba?” 29 But he, willing to
30 Jedus ansa um say, “One time a man justify himself, said unto
Jesus, And who is my
beena gwine down fom Jerusalem ta neighbour?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
244 Luke 10

30 And Jesus answer- Jericho. Wiles e beena gwine, some robba


ing said, A certain man
went down from Jerusa- layway um. Dey gang um an scrip off e
lem to Jericho, and fell cloes. Den dey beat um op til e been mos
among thieves, which
stripped him of his rai-
dead. An dey gone an lef um dey een de
ment, and wounded him, road. 31 A Jew priest come down de road.
and departed, leaving Wen e see de man pon de groun dey, e
him half dead.
31 And by chance
cross oba ta de oda side ob de road an
there came down a cer- gone. 32 Same fashion, a Levite, a Law
tain priest that way: and teacha, come ta de place weh de man been
when he saw him, he
passed by on the other een de road. Wen de Levite git dey an
side. shim, e cross oba ta de oda side ob de road
32 And likewise a Le-
vite, when he was at the
an gone too. 33 Bot one scranja wa come
place, came and looked fom Samaria beena trabel long dat road.
on him, and passed by on Wen e git dey an e see de man wa de robba
the other side.
33 But a certain Sa-
beat op, e feel too saary fa um. 34 E gone
maritan, as he journeyed, oba ta de man. E pour medicine, oll an
came where he was: and wine, een de cut weh de robba done beat
when he saw him, he had
compassion on him, um op. E wrop op de cut. Den e pit de man
34 And went to him, pon e own mule, cyaa um ta a bodin
and bound up his house. An e stay dey wid um an nuss um.
wounds, pouring in oil
and wine, and set him on 35 Nex day wen de man fom Samaria git
his own beast, and ready fa go, e call de man wa ron de bodin
brought him to an inn,
and took care of him. house. E gim money, two silba coin, an e
35 And on the morrow tell um say, ‘Mus tek cyah ob dis man fa
when he departed, he me. Wasoneba mo e cost, A gwine pay ya
took out two pence, and
gave them to the host, wen A git back.’ ”
and said unto him, Take 36 “Now den,” Jedus aks de Law teacha,
care of him; and whatso-
ever thou spendest more,
say, “Wa ya tink? Wish one dem shree man
when I come again, I will show e been a neighba ta de man wa git
repay thee. rob?”
36 Which now of these
37 De Law teacha ansa Jedus say, “De
three, thinkest thou, was
neighbour unto him that scranja fom Samaria, de one wa hab mussy
fell among the thieves? pon de man wa been rob.”
37 And he said, He that
Jedus tell um say, “Mus go an do de
shewed mercy on him.
Then said Jesus unto same.”
him, Go, and do thou
likewise.
Mary Pick de Good Ting
38 Now it came to
pass, as they went, that
Jedus an e ciple dem trabel long. Dey
38
he entered into a certain gone ta a settlement weh a ooman name

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 10, 11 245

Martha beena lib. E welcome Jedus an village: and a certain


woman named Martha
eenbite um fa come een de house. received him into her
39 Martha hab sista name Mary, an Mary house.
39 And she had a sister
gone seddown close by Jedus foot fa yeh called Mary, which also
wa ting Jedus gwine laan um. 40 Bot sat at Jesus' feet, and
Martha beena ton roun, da fix sompin fa heard his word.
40 But Martha was
nyam an da git de house ready fa saab de cumbered about much
compny. E gone ta Jedus an tell um say, serving, and came to him,
and said, Lord, dost thou
“Lawd, ya ain saary fa me? Me sista lef me not care that my sister
by mesef. E ain hep me git nottin ready. hath left me to serve
alone? bid her therefore
Tell um fa come hep me!” that she help me.
41 Jedus ansa um, “Martha, Martha, ya 41 And Jesus an-
swered and said unto her,
opsot an bodda bout tommuch ting. 42 Ya Martha, Martha, thou art
ain need bot one ting. Ya see Mary da careful and troubled
seddown yah an A da laan um. Mary done about many things:
42 But one thing is
pick de good ting, an ain nobody gwine tek needful: and Mary hath
um fom um.” chosen that good part,
which shall not be taken
away from her.
Jedus Laan E Ciple
How fa Pray
Matthew 6:9-13; 7:7-11

11 One day Jedus beena pray dey


1 Chapter 11
een one place. Wen e git shru da 1 And it came to pass,
pray, one e ciple dem tell um say, “Lawd, that, as he was praying in
a certain place, when he
laan we how fa pray, jes like John laan e ceased, one of his disci-
ciple dem.” ples said unto him, Lord,
teach us to pray, as John
2 Jedus tell um say, “Wen oona pray, also taught his disciples.
mus say,
‘We Fada [wa dey een heaben,] 2 And he said unto
them, When ye pray, say,
leh ebrybody hona ya name. Our Father which art in
We pray dat soon heaven, Hallowed be thy
name. Thy kingdom
ya gwine rule oba de wol. come. Thy will be done,
[Wasoneba ting ya wahn, as in heaven, so in earth.
leh um be so een dis wol,
3 Give us day by day
same like dey een heaben.]
3 Gii we de food wa we need our daily bread.

dis day yah an ebry day. 4 And forgive us our


4 Fagib we fa we sin, sins; for we also forgive
every one that is in-
cause we da fagib dem people debted to us. And lead us

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
246 Luke 11

not into temptation; but wa do bad ta we.


deliver us from evil.
5 And he said unto
Leh we dohn hab haad test
them, Which of you shall wen Satan try we.
have a friend, and shall [Keep we fom ebil.]’ ”
go unto him at midnight,
and say unto him, Friend,
5 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Sposin one
lend me three loaves; ob oona hab a good fren, an ya gone ta e
6 For a friend of mine house een de middle ob de night. Ya call
in his journey is come to
me, and I have nothing to um say, ‘Fren, do lend me shree loaf ob
set before him? bread. 6 A got a fren wa beena trabel an e
7 And he from within done come by fa wisit me. A ain got nottin
shall answer and say,
Trouble me not: the door fa gim fa nyam.’ 7 Den e gwine ansa ya
is now shut, and my chil- fom een de house an say, ‘Mus dohn bodda
dren are with me in bed; I
cannot rise and give thee.
me. A done lock de door, an me an me
8 I say unto you, chullun done lay down een de bed fa de
Though he will not rise night. A ain able fa git op an gii ya nottin.’
and give him, because he
is his friend, yet because
Sposin dat how e stan? 8 A da tell ya, eben
of his importunity he will ef ya fren ain git op an gii ya nottin cause e
rise and give him as ya fren, ef ya ain shame fa keep on da aks
many as he needeth.
9 And I say unto you, um, e gwine git op an e gwine gii ya wa ya
Ask, and it shall be given need, cause ya ain shame fa keep on da
you; seek, and ye shall aks um. 9 A da tell oona say, aks God an
find; knock, and it shall
be opened unto you. e gwine gii ya wa ya aks fa. Look ta God,
10 For every one that an ya gwine find wasoneba ya da look
asketh receiveth; and he fa. Knock ta God door, an e gwine open um
that seeketh findeth; and
to him that knocketh it ta ya. 10 Cause de poson wa aks, God
shall be opened. gwine gim wa e aks fa. De poson wa look
11 If a son shall ask ta God, e gwine find wasoneba e da look
bread of any of you that fa. An de poson wa knock ta God door,
is a father, will he give
him a stone? or if he ask a God gwine open de door ta um. 11 Oona
fish, will he for a fish give wa fada, ef ya son aks ya say, ‘Fada, gii me
him a serpent?
a piece ob bread,’ ya ain gwine gim no
12 Or if he shall ask an rock, ainty? An ef ya son aks ya fa a piece
egg, will he offer him a
scorpion?
ob fish, ya ain gwine gim no snake, ainty?
12 An ef ya son aks ya fa a egg, fa sho ya
13 If ye then, being
ain gwine gim no scorpion! 13 Ef oona wa
evil, know how to give
good gifts unto your chil- ebil know how fa gii oona chullun good
dren: how much more ting, oona Fada een heaben know mo den
shall your heavenly Fa-
ther give the Holy Spirit dat how fa gii de Holy Sperit ta dem wa
to them that ask him? aks um!”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 11 247

Jedus an Beelzebub 14 And he was casting


Matthew 12:22-30; Mark 3:20-27 out a devil, and it was
dumb. And it came to
14 Jedus beena dribe out a ebil sperit pass, when the devil was
gone out, the dumb
fom a man. Cause ob dat sperit, de man ain spake; and the people
been able fa taak. Wen Jedus mek de ebil wondered.
sperit come outta dat man, de man staat fa 15 But some of them
taak. All de people been stonish. 15 Bot said, He casteth out dev-
some dem people say, “Dat de debil ils through Beelzebub the
chief of the devils.
Beelzebub, de leada ob de ebil sperit dem,
wa da gii Jedus de powa fa dribe um out.” 16 And others, tempt-
ing him, sought of him a
16 Oda people try fa test Jedus. Dey tell sign from heaven.
um say, “Mus do one dem miracle fa sho
17 But he, knowing
we dat ya hab God powa fa true.” 17 Jedus their thoughts, said unto
know wa dem people beena tink, so e tell them, Every kingdom di-
um say, “Ef de people een a country da vided against itself is
brought to desolation;
fight ginst one noda, dat country ain and a house divided
gwine las. Same way so, ef a fambly da against a house falleth.
fight mongst deysef, dat fambly gwine 18 If Satan also be di-
paat. 18 An ef dem wa wok fa Satan fight vided against himself,
how shall his kingdom
mongst deysef, Satan rule ain gwine las, stand? because ye say
ainty? A da say dat cause oona say, that I cast out devils
through Beelzebub.
‘Beelzebub, de head leada ob de ebil sperit
dem, e da gii me de powa fa dribe out de 19 And if I by Beelze-
ebil sperit.’ 19 Ef Beelzebub da gii me de bub cast out devils, by
whom do your sons cast
powa fa dribe out ebil sperit, who dat gii them out? therefore shall
oona people de powa fa dribe um out? No! they be your judges.
Dem ting wa oona people deysef da do, 20 But if I with the fin-
dey show oona ain right. 20 God esef da gii ger of God cast out devils,
me de powa fa dribe out ebil sperit, an dat no doubt the kingdom of
God is come upon you.
show fa true dat God done staat fa rule
mongst oona. 21 When a strong man
21 “Wen a scrong man hab all e weapon armed keepeth his pal-
ace, his goods are in
ready an e da gyaad e house, den ain peace:
nobody gwine tief e ting dem. 22 Bot wen
a man wa mo scronga come ginst dat man 22 But when a stronger
than he shall come upon
an beat um op, de one wa beat um op him, and overcome him,
gwine tek all e weapon. E gwine tek way he taketh from him all his
armour wherein he
all de ting dem wa dat man hab fa hep um trusted, and divideth his
fight, cyaa um way, an wide um op wid spoils.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
248 Luke 11

23 He that is not with dem wa trabel long wid um.


me is against me: and he
that gathereth not with
23 “Now anybody wa ain fa me, e ginst
me scattereth. me. An anybody wa ain hep me fa geda
24 When the unclean people, bring dem ta me, e da scatta um.
spirit is gone out of a
man, he walketh through De Ebil Sperit dat Come Back
dry places, seeking rest;
and finding none, he wid Seben Mo
saith, I will return unto Matthew 12:43-45
my house whence I came
out. “Wen ebil sperit done come outta a
24
man, e da trabel shru dry place fa find a
25 And when he com- place fa res. Ef e ain able fa find no place, e
eth, he findeth it swept
and garnished. say ta esef, ‘A gwine back eenside de house
weh A been.’ 25 Wen dat ebil sperit come
26 Then goeth he, and back eenside de man, e find um jes like a
taketh to him seven other
spirits more wicked than house wa clean an scraighten op. 26 Den
himself; and they enter de ebil sperit gone an git seben oda sperit
in, and dwell there: and
the last state of that man
way mo ebil den esef. Dey all come fa lib
is worse than the first. eenside dat man. Now dat man een a
wossa shape den e been.”
27 And it came to pass,
as he spake these things,
a certain woman of the Who dat Bless fa True?
company lifted up her 27 Wen Jedus say dis, a ooman een de
voice, and said unto him,
Blessed is the womb that crowd tell um say, “Dat sho a bless ooman
bare thee, and the paps wa bon ya an nuss ya!”
which thou hast sucked.
28 Jedus ansa um say, “Yeh, dat true,
28 But he said, Yea bot de one wa bless fa true, e de one wa
rather, blessed are they yeh God wod an do wa God tell um fa do!”
that hear the word of
God, and keep it.
De People Aks Jedus fa Do Miracle
29 And when the peo- Matthew 12:38-42
ple were gathered thick
together, he began to say, Mo an mo people beena crowd op
29
This is an evil generation: roun Jedus, an e taak ta um. E say, “De
they seek a sign; and
there shall no sign be people wa lib now, dey wickity. Dey da
given it, but the sign of aks me fa sho um a sign, bot A ain gwine
Jonas the prophet.
do um. Dey ain gwine see no sign cep de
30 For as Jonas was a sign ob de prophet Jonah. 30 Jes like
sign unto the Ninevites, Jonah been a sign ta de people een
so shall also the Son of
man be to this genera-
Ninevah, same way so, de Man wa Come
tion. fom God gwine be a sign fa dem people wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 11 249

da lib now. 31 Wen Jedgiment Day come, 31 The queen of the


south shall rise up in the
de queen wa nyuse fa rule een de sout, e judgment with the men
gwine stanop an taak ginst de people wa of this generation, and
condemn them: for she
da lib now. Cause e been trabel haf way came from the utmost
roun de wol fom e country clean ta weh parts of the earth to hear
the wisdom of Solomon;
Solomon been. E gone dey fa yeh de wise and, behold, a greater
wod wa Solomon say. Bot look yah, than Solomon is here.
somebody way mo den Solomon dey yah
now. 32 Wen Jedgiment Day come, de 32 The men of Nineve
shall rise up in the judg-
people wa nyuse fa lib een Ninevah, dey ment with this genera-
gwine taak ginst dem people wa da lib tion, and shall condemn
it: for they repented at
now. Cause wen de people ob Ninevah the preaching of Jonas;
done yeh wa de ole people prophet Jonah and, behold, a greater
than Jonas is here.
say, dey change dey sinful way an ain do
um no mo. An look yah, somebody way 33 No man, when he
mo den Jonah dey yah now!” hath lighted a candle,
putteth it in a secret
place, neither under a
De Light an de Daak bushel, but on a candle-
Matthew 5:15; 6:22-23 stick, that they which
come in may see the
33 Jedus say, “Ain nobody gwine light a light.
lamp an den hide um someweh weh dey
cyahn shim. Needa e ain gwine pit de lamp 34 The light of the
body is the eye: therefore
ondaneet a bushel basket. E gwine pit de when thine eye is single,
lamp pontop ob a table so dem wa come thy whole body also is
full of light; but when
een de house kin see de light. 34 Ya eye thine eye is evil, thy body
like a lamp fa ya body. Ef ya got good eye, also is full of darkness.
35 Take heed therefore
all ya body full op wid light. Bot ef ya eye that the light which is in
ain no good, all ya body gwine be een de thee be not darkness.
daak. 35 Mus mek sho ya hab light steada
36 If thy whole body
daak een ya. 36 Ef all ya body full op wid therefore be full of light,
light an e ain hab no daak paat een um, dat having no part dark, the
light wa dey een ya gwine shine all oba, jes whole shall be full of
light, as when the bright
like a bright lamp wa da shine pon ya.” shining of a candle doth
give thee light.
Jedus Waan de Pharisee
an de Law Teacha Dem 37 And as he spake, a
Matthew 23:1-36; Mark 12:38-40 certain Pharisee be-
37 Wen Jedus git shru da taak, one de sought him to dine with
him: and he went in, and
Pharisee dem eenbite um fa come nyam ta sat down to meat.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
250 Luke 11

38 And when the Phar- e house. So Jedus gone an seddown fa


isee saw it, he marvelled
that he had not first nyam. 38 De Pharisee been stonish wen e
washed before dinner. see dat Jedus done seddown fa nyam an e
ain wash e han same way de Pharisee dem
39 And the Lord said
unto him, Now do ye
beena wash dey han. 39 De Lawd tell um
Pharisees make clean the say, “Oona Pharisee da wash de outside ob
outside of the cup and the oona cup an plate, bot eenside oona haat,
platter; but your inward
part is full of ravening oona full op wid wickity an ebil ting.
and wickedness. 40 Oona ain got a bit ob sense! God mek de

40,Ye fools, did not he


outside an de eenside all two, ainty?
that made that which is 41 Mus gii de food wa eenside oona cup an
without make that which oona plate ta dem wa ain got nottin, an
is within also?
ebryting oona hab gwine be clean fa
41 But rather give alms oona.”
of such things as ye have; 42 Jedus tell um say, “E gwine be a haad
and, behold, all things
are clean unto you.
time fa oona Pharisee! Oona gii God a tent
ob all de crop an ting oona git, eben de
42 But woe unto you, leetle mint an rue an oda herb wa oona
Pharisees! for ye tithe raise fa season oona food. Stillyet, oona
mint and rue and all
manner of herbs, and ain do right ta people, an oona ain lob
pass over judgment and God. Fa true, dese ting oona mus do. An
the love of God: these
ought ye to have done, oona mus dohn lef off dem oda ting wa
and not to leave the other oona spose fa do.
undone.
43 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona
43 Woe unto you, Pharisee! Cause oona lob fa seddown een
Pharisees! for ye love de bes seat een de Jew meetin house so
the uppermost seats in
the synagogues, and
people kin see oona. An wen oona een de
greetings in the markets. maakut, oona lob fa dem fa hail oona fa
sho ebrybody dat oona sompin special.
44 Woe unto you, 44 E gwine be a haad time fa oona
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites! for ye are as Pharisee! Cause oona jes like grabe wa ain
graves which appear not, got no stone fa maak um. People ain see
and the men that walk
over them are not aware dem grabe, so dey waak pontop ob um. An
of them. wen dey do dat, dey ain eben know wa dey
da do.”
45 Then answered one 45 One ob de Jew Law teacha dem ansa
of the lawyers, and said Jedus say, “Teacha, wen ya da taak like
unto him, Master, thus
saying thou reproachest
dat, ya hole we cheap too.”
us also. 46 Jedus ansa um say, “E gwine be a

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 11 251

haad time fa oona wa teach de Jew Law! 46 And he said, Woe


unto you also, ye law-
Cause oona da tapetate de Law so scrick an yers! for ye lade men
add sommuch ting ta um, oona mek um with burdens grievous to
be borne, and ye your-
hebby load fa tote. Bot oonasef ain pit selves touch not the bur-
eben one finga fa hep dem tote dat load. dens with one of your
Oona say dey mus lib coddin ta dem whole fingers.
47 Woe unto you! for
heapa law, bot oona ain do nottin fa hep ye build the sepulchres of
mek um easy. 47 E gwine be a haad time fa the prophets, and your
oona! Oona build fine tomb fa memba de fathers killed them.
48 Truly ye bear wit-
prophet dem. Dem de same prophet dat ness that ye allow the
oona ole people done kill. 48 So den, oona deeds of your fathers: for
da show oona bleebe oona ole people done they indeed killed them,
and ye build their
do right. Cause dey kill de prophet dem an sepulchres.
oona build fine tomb fa memba dem
49 Therefore also said
prophet. 49 Cause ob dat, God wise wod the wisdom of God, I will
tell we say, ‘A gwine sen me prophet dem send them prophets and
apostles, and some of
an me messenja dem ta um. Bot dey gwine them they shall slay and
kill some ob dem, an dey gwine mek some persecute:
de oda res suffa.’ 50 So God gwine hole
50 That the blood of all
oona people yah wa lib now sponsable fa the prophets, which was
ebry one ob dem prophet wa oona ole shed from the foundation
people done kill eba since God mek de of the world, may be re-
quired of this generation;
wol. 51 God gwine hole oona sponsable fa
de prophet dem wa de ole people done 51 From the blood of
kill, fom Abel all de way ta Zechariah, wa Abel unto the blood of
Zacharias, which per-
dey done kill dey tween God House an de ished between the altar
alta weh dey mek sacrifice ta God. Fa true, and the temple: verily I
say unto you, It shall be
A da tell oona, God gwine hole oona required of this genera-
people sponsable wa lib now fa all dem wa tion.
oona ole people kill! 52 Woe unto you, law-
52 “E gwine be a haad time fa oona Law yers! for ye have taken
teacha! Cause oona done lock op de wod away the key of knowl-
edge: ye entered not in
ob God, de onliest place weh people kin go yourselves, and them
fa laan fa true. An oona done tek de key so that were entering in ye
hindered.
dey cyahn go een. Oona ain gone eenside
an try fa laan, an oona da stop de oda 53 And as he said these
people dem wa da try fa gone een fa laan!” things unto them, the
53 Jedus staat fa go way fom dey, an de scribes and the Pharisees
began to urge him vehe-
Law teacha an de Pharisee dem staat fa mently, and to provoke

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
252 Luke 11, 12

him to speak of many cuse um tommuch an aks um queshon


things:
bout a whole heapa ting. 54 Dey beena try
54 Laying wait for fa mek Jedus taak ginst Moses Law, eeda
him, and seeking to catch
something out of his
ginst God name, so dey kin bring chaage
mouth, that they might ginst um, say e done wrong.
accuse him.
Mus Dohn Be Hypicrit
Matthew 10:26-27

12 Same time, a whole heapa


Chapter 12 1
1 In the mean time, people come fa yeh Jedus. Dey
when there were gath- beena crowd op togeda so, til dey beena
ered together an innu-
merable multitude of step pontop one noda. Fus Jedus laan e
people, insomuch that ciple dem. E tell um say, “Mus dohn be no
they trode one upon an-
other, he began to say hypicrit like dem Pharisee. Mus dohn fool
unto his disciples first of op wid dem hypicrit, wa stan like yeast
all, Beware ye of the
leaven of the Pharisees, mix op een flour. E all kiba op an e da
which is hypocrisy. s p read all ob a eensi de de flour.
2 Wasoneba kiba op gwine be onkiba.
2 For there is nothing Wasoneba people do een secret, ebrybody
covered, that shall not be gwine know bout um. 3 Wasoneba oona
revealed; neither hid,
that shall not be known. beena taak bout een de daak ob de night,
people gwine yeh ebryting oona done say.
3 Therefore whatso-
Dey gwine yeh um een de broad day light.
ever ye have spoken in Wasoneba oona beena taak bout ondaneet
darkness shall be heard oona bret eenside a room een de house,
in the light; and that
which ye have spoken in oona gwine yeh ebrybody da holla um, da
the ear in closets shall tote de nyews outside een de screet.
be proclaimed upon the
housetops.
Mus Feah God
Matthew 10:28-31
4 And I say unto you
my friends, Be not afraid
4 “Me fren, A tell oona, mus dohn be
of them that kill the scaid ob people wa able fa stroy oona
body, and after that have
no more that they can do. body, cause dey ain able fa do no mo den
dat. Dey cyahn do nottin tall bout oona
soul. So mus dohn be scaid ob dem people.
5 But I will forewarn
you whom ye shall fear:
5 A gwine leh oona know head ob time
Fear him, which after he who dat oona mus be scaid ob. Mus feah
hath killed hath power to
cast into hell; yea, I say God. Cause wen e done mek somebody
unto you, Fear him. dead, e hab powa fa punish um atta dat, fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12 253

chunk dat poson soul eenta hell. Yeah, fa 6 Are not five sparrows
sold for two farthings,
true, oona mus feah God! and not one of them is
6 “De sparra wot leetle or nottin. Fibe forgotten before God?
ob dem cost bout two cent, ainty? Eben so,
7 But even the very
God dohn neba fagit bout none ob dem hairs of your head are all
sparra, none tall. 7 Oona way mo walyable numbered. Fear not
therefore: ye are of more
den a whole heapa sparra. De Lawd God value than many
done count ebry scran ob hair pon oona sparrows.
head, an e know eben hommuch hair oona
8 Also I say unto you,
got. So den, mus dohn be scaid ob people. Whosoever shall confess
God da tek cyah ob oona!” me before men, him shall
the Son of man also con-
fess before the angels of
Mus Tell People Ya Blongst ta Jedus God:
Matthew 10:32-33; 12:32; 10:19-20
9 But he that denieth
8 Jedus tell um say, “Fa true, anybody me before men shall be
wa tell people dat e blongst ta me, de Man denied before the angels
wa Come fom God gwine tell God angel of God.
dem say, ‘Dat poson dey blongst ta me.’ 10 And whosoever
9 Bot anybody wa tell people say, e ain shall speak a word
blongst ta me, A gwine tell God angel dem against the Son of man, it
shall be forgiven him: but
say, ‘Dat one dey ain blongst ta me!’ unto him that blasphe-
10 “De poson wa taak ginst de Man wa meth against the Holy
Ghost it shall not be
Come fom God, God kin fagib um, bot de forgiven.
poson wa say ebil ting ginst de Holy
Sperit, God ain neba gwine fagib um. 11 And when they
11 “Wen dey ketch oona fa jedge oona bring you unto the syna-
een de Jew meetin house, an dey cyaa gogues, and unto magis-
trates, and powers, take
oona een front ob de leada dem an tority ye no thought how or
dem, mus dohn fret bout how oona gwine what thing ye shall an-
swer, or what ye shall
ansa dem, or wa ting oona gwine say. say:
12 Cause dat same time, de Holy Sperit
gwine tell oona wa ting oona spose fa say.” 12 For the Holy Ghost
shall teach you in the
We True Life Ain Medja by de Ting same hour what ye ought
to say.
dem We Hab
13 One man dey een de crowd tell Jedus 13 And one of the com-
say, “Teacha, me fada done dead. A wahn pany said unto him, Mas-
ter, speak to my brother,
ya fa tell me broda fa wide wid me de that he divide the inheri-
propaty we fada lef fa we.” tance with me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
254 Luke 12

14 And he said unto 14 Jedus ansa de man say, “Look yah,


him, Man, who made me
a judge or a divider over man, ain nobody sen me fa be no jedge,
you? needa fa be de one fa wide op propaty
15 And he said unto tween oona.” 15 Den Jedus tell all de
them, Take heed, and be-
ware of covetousness: for people say, “A da tell oona head ob time,
a man's life consisteth mus dohn hab de big eye bout nottin.
not in the abundance of
the things which he
Cause we true life ain medja by de ting
possesseth. dem we got, eben ef we got a whole heapa
16 And he spake a par- ting.”
able unto them, saying, 16 Den Jedus tell um a paable, say, “One
The ground of a certain
rich man brought forth time, one man hab a heapa ting. E hab
plentifully: faam wa mek good crop. 17 E study e
17 And he thought
within himself, saying,
head, e tink say, ‘Wa A gwine do? A hab
What shall I do, because I sommuch crop, A ain hab no place fa pit
have no room where to all ob um.’ 18 E tink say, ‘A know wa fa do.
bestow my fruits?
18 And he said, This A gwine teah down me ole baan an build
will I do: I will pull down um mo bigga. A gwine pit all me grain an
my barns, and build ting een dey. 19 Wen A done do dat, A
greater; and there will I
bestow all my fruits and gwine tell mesef say, ya got plenty ting pit
my goods. back, all de good ting dem ya gwine need
19 And I will say to my fa plenty yeah fa come. Now den, ya ain
soul, Soul, thou hast need fa warry bout nottin. Mus jes nyam
much goods laid up for
many years; take thine an drink an pledja yasef!’ 20 God tell de
ease, eat, drink, and be man say, ‘Ya fool! Dis night yah, A gwine
merry.
tek ya life. Den who gwine git all dem ting
20 But God said unto yah dat ya beena pit back, fa keep fa
him, Thou fool, this night yasef?’
thy soul shall be required
of thee: then whose shall 21 “Dat how e stan fa de people wa jes
those things be, which da pile op plenty ting fa deysef. Dey sho
thou hast provided?
ain rich een de ting dem dat count fa true
21 So is he that layeth wid God.”
up treasure for himself,
and is not rich toward
God. Mus Dohn Fret bout How Oona Gwine Lib
Matthew 6:25-34
22 And he said unto his Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “So den, A
22
disciples, Therefore I say
unto you, Take no da tell oona say, mus dohn warry bout
thought for your life, how ya gwine lib, wa ya gwine nyam,
what ye shall eat; neither
for the body, what ye
needa wa cloes ya gwine weah pon ya
shall put on. body. 23 Cause ya life walyable way mo

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12 255

den sompin fa nyam, an ya body walyable 23 The life is more


than meat, and the body
way mo den cloes. 24 Now den, leh we is more than raiment.
study bout dem crow. Dey ain plant no 24 Consider the ra-
seed, needa geda crop. Dey ain hab no vens: for they neither
sow nor reap; which nei-
conehouse, needa no baan fa keep wa dey ther have storehouse nor
geda. Stillyet, God da feed um! Oona way barn; and God feedeth
them: how much more
mo walyable den de bod! 25 An fa true, ain are ye better than the
nary one ob oona kin grow a bit talla cause fowls?
e da warry bout um, ainty? 26 Ef ya ain 25 And which of you
with taking thought can
able fa do leetle ting like dat, hoccome ya add to his stature one
da warry bout de oda res? 27 An leh we cubit?
study bout de lily wa da grow wile. Dey 26 If ye then be not
able to do that thing
ain wok, needa mek cloes fa deysef. Now, which is least, why take
A da tell oona, King Solomon been too ye thought for the rest?
rich, an e hab fine cloes. Stillyet, eben 27 Consider the lilies
how they grow: they toil
Solomon ain neba hab cloes fa dress purty not, they spin not; and
an fine like dem lily wa da grow wile. yet I say unto you, that
28 God de one dat gii cloes ta de wile Solomon in all his glory
was not arrayed like one
grass, mek um purty an fine. An dat grass of these.
dey taday, an e gone demarra. People cut 28 If then God so
um down an nyuse um fa mek fire een dey clothe the grass, which is
to day in the field, and to
oben. Ef God dress op de wile grass like morrow is cast into the
dat, fa true e gwine do way mo den dat fa oven; how much more
will he clothe you, O ye of
mek sho oona hab cloes fa weah. Sho nuff little faith?
oona ain bleebe God wid all oona haat! 29 And seek not ye
29 Mus dohn fret yasef bout wa ya gwine what ye shall eat, or what
ye shall drink, neither be
nyam an wa ya gwine drink. Mus dohn ye of doubtful mind.
warry bout um tall. 30 De people dat ain
30 For all these things
bleebe pon God, dey da warry all de time do the nations of the
bout dem ting. Bot God oona Fada, an e world seek after: and
your Father knoweth that
know oona haffa hab sompin fa nyam an ye have need of these
drink an cloes fa weah. 31 Steada dat, ya things.
mus study bout how fa leh God rule een ya 31 But rather seek ye
life. Den God gwine gii ya all dem oda ting the kingdom of God; and
too.” all these things shall be
added unto you.
Tredja een Heaben
Matthew 6:19-21 32 Fear not, little
flock; for it is your Fa-
32 “A de shephud, an oona me leetle ther's good pleasure to
flock. Oona ain a whole heap, bot mus give you the kingdom.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
256 Luke 12

33 Sell that ye have, dohn fret. Cause God oona Fada, e glad fa
and give alms; provide
yourselves bags which mek oona rule wid esef. 33 Oona mus sell
wax not old, a treasure in ebryting wa oona hab an gii ta de people
the heavens that faileth
not, where no thief
wa ain got nottin. Dat how ya gwine git
approacheth, neither God good ting fa oonasef. Like money wa
moth corrupteth. dohn neba ron out, ya gwine hab ya tredja
34 For where your een heaben, weh e gwine stan faeba. Cause
treasure is, there will tief ain able fa tief um dey, an no mot kin
your heart be also.
stroy um. 34 Cause wehsoneba ya tredja
35 Let your loins be da, dat weh ya haat gwine be too.
girded about, and your
lights burning;
Be Ready All de Time
36 And ye yourselves
like unto men that wait
35 “Ya mus fix ya cloes so ya ready fa
for their lord, when he wok. Mus light ya lamp, an mus dohn leh
will return from the wed-
ding; that when he com-
um go out. 36 Oona mus stan like a
eth and knocketh, they wokman wa da wait fa de man e da wok fa
may open unto him fa come back fom a marry feas. E da wait
immediately.
so dat wensoneba e massa come home an
37 Blessed are those knock, e ready an kin open de door fa um.
servants, whom the lord
when he cometh shall
37 Dem wokman gwine be bless fa true dat
find watching: verily I ready an ain sleep wen de man dey wok fa
say unto you, that he
shall gird himself, and
come home! A da tell oona fa true, de man
make them to sit down to dey wok fa gwine fix e cloes so e ready fa
meat, and will come forth wok, an e gwine call e wokman dem, mek
and serve them.
um come seddown ta de table. E gwine
38 And if he shall come saab um, gim sompin fa nyam. 38 Dem
in the second watch, or wokman gwine be bless fa true. Dey gwine
come in the third watch,
and find them so, blessed be bless eben ef de man dey wok fa come
are those servants. een de middle ob de night, or ef e come jes
39 And this know, that
fo de roosta crow. Dey gwine be bless ef e
if the goodman of the find um ready! 39 Oona mus know dat ef
house had known what de man wa own a house been know wen de
hour the thief would
come, he would have tief gwine come ta um, dat man ain gwine
watched, and not have sleep. E ain gwine lef e house. E gwine stay
suffered his house to be
broken through. dey, an de tief ain gwine broke een an go
eenside. 40 Same fashion, oona too mus be
40 Be ye therefore ready all de time. Cause de Man wa Come
ready also: for the Son of
man cometh at an hour fom God gwine come back ta dis wol wen
when ye think not. oona da tink say, ‘E ain da come now.’ ”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12 257

De Wokman Wa Do wa E Spose fa Do 41 Then Peter said


Matthew 24:45-51 unto him, Lord, speakest
thou this parable unto us,
41 Peter aks Jedus say, “Lawd, dis or even to all?
paable dat ya jes tell, ya tell dat fa we or fa
42 And the Lord said,
all de people?” Who then is that faithful
42 De Lawd ansa say, “Who dat wokman and wise steward, whom
his lord shall make ruler
wa got plenty sense an wa true ta de man e over his household, to
da wok fa? E de one dat de bossman gwine give them their portion of
gii chaage oba all dem een e house wen de meat in due season?

bossman gwine off. De bossman chaage 43 Blessed is that ser-


dat wokman fa sho de oda wokman dem vant, whom his lord
all de ting dem dey fa do. An dat wokman when he cometh shall
find so doing.
een chaage gwine wide op de food fa dem
fa nyam wen e spose. 43 Dat wokman 44 Of a truth I say unto
gwine be bless fa true, wen de bossman you, that he will make
him ruler over all that he
come home, ef e find um da do dem ting hath.
wa e done tell um fa do. 44 A da tell oona
45 But and if that ser-
fa true, de bossman gwine gim chaage oba vant say in his heart, My
all e propaty an ting. 45 Bot wa gwine lord delayeth his coming;
happen ef dat wokman een chaage tink and shall begin to beat
the menservants and
say, ‘Fa long time now, me bossman ain maidens, and to eat and
come back.’ Den e staat fa beat op pon all drink, and to be drunken;
dem man an ooman. An de wokman een 46 The lord of that ser-
chaage jes da nyam an drink an git dronk. vant will come in a day
46 Ef dat wokman een chaage ain do wa e when he looketh not for
him, and at an hour when
spose fa do an e treat de oda wokman dem he is not aware, and will
bad, one day e bossman gwine come back cut him in sunder, and
will appoint him his por-
home wen dat wokman ain spect um. De tion with the unbelievers.
bossman gwine whip dat wokman too bad.
E gwine mek um suffa jes like de people 47 And that servant,
which knew his lord's
dat ain bleebe God. will, and prepared not
47 “De wokman dat know wa e bossman himself, neither did ac-
wahn um fa do, bot e ain git esef ready an cording to his will, shall
be beaten with many
e ain do um, e gwine git whip good stripes.
fashion. 48 Bot de wokman dat ain know
48 But he that knew
wa e bossman wahn um fa do an stillyet e not, and did commit
do ting wa mek de bossman whip um, e things worthy of stripes,
shall be beaten with few
bossman ain gwine whip um bad. God stripes. For unto whomso-
spect plenty fom de poson wa e done gii ever much is given, of

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
258 Luke 12

him shall be much re- plenty ta. E spect mo fom de poson wa e


quired: and to whom men
have committed much, of been gii mo ta.”
him they will ask the
more. Cause ob Jedus People Ain Gwine Gree
49 I am come to send Matthew 10:34-36
fire on the earth; and 49 Jedus say, “A come fa bring fire dat
what will I, if it be al-
ready kindled? gwine bun pon de eart, an A wish wid
50 But I have a bap-
ebryting een me dat e done staat fa bun
tism to be baptized with; now. 50 A haffa go shru a whole heapa
and how am I straitened suffrin. A got a burden fa dis ting til A
till it be accomplished!
done oba dat. 51 Oona tink say, A come fa
51 Suppose ye that I bring peace ta de people een de wol,
am come to give peace on
earth? I tell you, Nay; but
ainty? No, A da tell oona, dat ain hoccome
rather division: A come yah. Cause A come, people ain
52 For from henceforth
gwine gree wid one noda. Dey gwine tek
there shall be five in one side ginst one noda an wide op. 52 Fom
house divided, three now on, a fambly wa got fibe people een
against two, and two
against three. um gwine fight ginst one noda an wide op.
Shree people wid me gwine fight ginst de
53 The father shall be
divided against the son, oda two een de fambly. An two people wid
and the son against the me gwine fight ginst de oda shree. 53 Dey
father; the mother
against the daughter, and
gwine wide op. De fada gwine fight ginst e
the daughter against the son, an de son gwine fight ginst e fada. De
mother; the mother in modda gwine fight ginst e daughta, an de
law against her daughter
in law, and the daughter daughta gwine fight ginst e modda. De
in law against her mother moda-een-law gwine fight ginst e
in law.
daughta-een-law, an de daughta-een-law
54 And he said also to gwine fight ginst e moda-een-law.”
the people, When ye see a
cloud rise out of the west,
straightway ye say, There Oona Oughta Know wa Dese Time Mean
cometh a shower; and so Matthew 16:2-3
it is.
Jedus tell de crowd say, “Wen oona
54
55 And when ye see the
south wind blow, ye say,
see de cloud dem da rise op oba yonda een
There will be heat; and it de west, tareckly oona know say, ‘E gwine
cometh to pass. be bad weda,’ an e bad weda fa true. 55 An
56,Ye hypocrites, ye wen oona feel de sout wind da blow, oona
can discern the face of know say, ‘E gwine git hot,’ an e git hot fa
the sky and of the earth;
but how is it that ye do true. 56 Oona hypicrit! Oona know how fa
not discern this time? look ta de eart an ta de eliment an tapetate

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 12, 13 259

bout de weda. Den hoccome oona ain 57 Yea, and why even
of yourselves judge ye
know wa dem ting mean bout me wa dey not what is right?
yah een dis wol now? Fa true, oona ain
wahn fa know, ainty?” 58 When thou goest
with thine adversary to
the magistrate, as thou art
Settle Quick wid de One Wa Ginst Ya in the way, give diligence
Matthew 5:25-26 that thou mayest be de-
livered from him; lest he
57 “Hoccome oona ain jedge fa oonasef hale thee to the judge,
wa right fa do? 58 Ef anybody aagy wid and the judge deliver
thee to the officer, and
one ob oona an e da tek ya ta court, ya mus the officer cast thee into
try fa settle wid um fo ya git dey. Cause ef prison.
ya ain able fa settle wid um, e gwine drag
59 I tell thee, thou
ya ta de jedge. An de jedge gwine gii ya ta shalt not depart thence,
de police, an e gwine tek ya ta de till thou hast paid the
very last mite.
jailhouse. 59 Ef dat so e stan, A da tell ya,
ya gwine stay een de jailhouse til ya done
pay de las cent ob de fine wa ya owe.”

Wa Gwine Happen Ef Oona Chapter 13


Dohn Change Oona Way 1 There were present

13
1 Dat same time, some people wa at that season some that
told him of the
been dey tell Jedus bout dem Galilaeans, whose blood
people fom Galilee wa Pilate, de Roman Pilate had mingled with
their sacrifices.
gobna, gii orda fa kill wiles dey beena offa
2 And Jesus answering
op sacrifice fa woshup God. 2 Jedus ansa said unto them, Suppose
um say, “Oona tink dat dem Galilee people ye that these Galilaeans
were sinners above all
wa Pilate kill, dey dead like dat cause dey the Galilaeans, because
done ebil mo den all de oda res ob de they suffered such
things?
people een Galilee, ainty? 3 No, A tell
oona, e ain so! An ef oona dohn change 3 I tell you, Nay: but,
except ye repent, ye shall
oona sinful way, oona gwine git kill op jes all likewise perish.
like dem. 4 An oona memba bout dem 4 Or those eighteen,
eighteen people ta Siloam, wa git kill op upon whom the tower in
wen de towa fall pontop um? Wa oona tink Siloam fell, and slew
them, think ye that they
bout dat? Oona tink dat dey dead like dat were sinners above all
cause dey done ebil mo den de oda res wa men that dwelt in
Jerusalem?
lib een Jerusalem, ainty? 5 No, A da tell
5 I tell you, Nay: but,
oona, ef oona dohn change oona sinful except ye repent, ye shall
way, oona gwine git kill op jes like dem.” all likewise perish.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
260 Luke 13

6 He spake also this De Paable Bout de Tree


parable; A certain man wa Ain Beah Nottin
had a fig tree planted in
his vineyard; and he Jedus tell um a paable. E say, “One
6
came and sought fruit
thereon, and found none.
man hab fig tree wa beena grow een e
7 Then said he unto gyaaden. Ebry now an den e beena come
the dresser of his vine- look op een um fa find fig, cep no fig ain
yard, Behold, these three
years I come seeking fruit neba been dey een dat tree. 7 So e tell e
on this fig tree, and find wokman say, ‘Dis yeah mek shree yeah dat
none: cut it down; why
cumbereth it the ground? A beena come look op een dis tree fa find
8 And he answering fig, bot A ain neba find none dey. E ain wot
said unto him, Lord, let it
alone this year also, till I nottin. Mus chop um down! Ain mek no
shall dig about it, and sense fa waste de groun.’ 8 Bot de wokman
dung it:
9 And if it bear fruit, beg um say, ‘Sah, do please, lef de tree dey
well: and if not, then after jes til nex yeah. A gwine dig roun um an
that thou shalt cut it pit fertiliza ta um. 9 Ef de tree beah fig nex
down.
10 And he was teach- yeah, well an good. Bot ef e ain beah no
ing in one of the syna- fig, ya kin tell me fa chop um down.’ ”
gogues on the sabbath.
11 And, behold, there
was a woman which had Jedus Heal a Cripple Op Ooman
a spirit of infirmity eigh- pon de Woshup Day
teen years, and was
bowed together, and
10 One Jew Woshup Day, Jedus beena
could in no wise lift up laan de people een one Jew meetin house.
herself. 11 One ooman been dey wa hab a ebil
12 And when Jesus
saw her, he called her to sperit dat done mek um sick fa eighteen
him, and said unto her, yeah. Cause ob dat, de ooman been bend
Woman, thou art loosed
from thine infirmity.
oba an e ain able fa stanop scraight.
13 And he laid his 12 Wen Jedus shim, e call um fa come ta
hands on her: and imme- um. E tell um say, “Sista, fom now on, ya
diately she was made
straight, and glorified
ain gwine be sick wid dis no mo!” 13 Jedus
God. pit e two han pon dat ooman, an tareckly e
14 And the ruler of the
stanop. E back scraighten op, an de ooman
synagogue answered praise God.
with indignation, be- 14 De leada ob de meetin house been
cause that Jesus had
healed on the sabbath mad down cause Jedus mek de sick ooman
day, and said unto the well pon de Woshup Day. E tell de people
people, There are six
days in which men ought say, “Six day we spose fa wok, so oona
to work: in them there- oughta come pon one dem day fa hab
fore come and be healed,
and not on the sabbath
Jedus heal oona. Mus dohn come pon de
day. Woshup Day!”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 13 261

15 De Lawd ansa um say, “Oona 15 The Lord then an-


swered him, and said,
hypicrit! Pon da Woshup Day oona ontie Thou hypocrite, doth not
oona ox or mule fom de stable, tek um fa each one of you on the
sabbath loose his ox or
drink wata, ainty? 16 Dis ooman, e one ob his ass from the stall, and
Abraham chullun. Satan done bine um lead him away to
down sick dese las eighteen yeah. Ain A watering?
16 And ought not this
oughta heal dis ooman pon de Woshup woman, being a daughter
Day too?” 17 Wen Jedus tell um dis, wa e of Abraham, whom Satan
say mek all dem wa been ginst um shame. hath bound, lo, these
eighteen years, be loosed
An all de oda res de people rejaice cause from this bond on the
ob all de great ting dem Jedus beena do. sabbath day?
17 And when he had
De Paable Bout de Mustard Seed said these things, all his
adversaries were
Matthew 13:31-32; Mark 4:30-32 ashamed: and all the peo-
18 Jedus say, “Wa e like wen God da ple rejoiced for all the
glorious things that were
rule? Wa ting A gwine tek fa sho how e done by him.
stan? 19 Wen God da rule, e stan like one 18 Then said he, Unto
leeleetle mustard seed dat a man tek an what is the kingdom of
God like? and whereunto
plant een e gyaaden. De seed grow til e ton shall I resemble it?
ta a tree, an de bod dem come an mek nes 19 It is like a grain of
pon e limb.” mustard seed, which a
man took, and cast into
his garden; and it grew,
De Paable Bout Yeast and waxed a great tree;
Matthew 13:33 and the fowls of the air
20 Jedus tell um gin say, “Wa ting A lodged in the branches of
it.
gwine tek fa sho how e stan wen God da 20 And again he said,
rule? 21 E stan like yeast wa a ooman tek Whereunto shall I liken
the kingdom of God?
an mix um wid a big sack ob flour til de
21 It is like leaven,
whole dough rise op.” which a woman took and
hid in three measures of
De Leetle Door wa Lead ta God meal, till the whole was
leavened.
Matthew 7:13-14, 21-23
22 And he went
22 W il e s Je dus b eena h ead f a through the cities and vil-
Jerusalem, e beena laan de people een lages, teaching, and jour-
dem town an settlement weh e pass shru. neying toward Jerusa-
lem.
23 Somebody aks Jedus say, “Lawd, e jes a
few people wa God gwine sabe?” 23 Then said one unto
him, Lord, are there few
Den Jedus laan um an de oda people. that be saved? And he
24 E say, “De door ta de place weh God da said unto them,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
262 Luke 13

24 Strive to enter in at rule, e leeleetle fa true. Oona mus do de


the strait gate: for many,
I say unto you, will seek bes ya kin fa go shru um an go eenside.
to enter in, and shall not Cause A da tell oona say, plenty people
be able.
25 When once the mas- gwine try fa go eenside weh God da rule an
ter of the house is risen dey ain gwine be able fa go shru de door.
up, and hath shut to the 25 De time gwine come wen de one wa de
door, and ye begin to
stand without, and to house blongst ta gwine git op an lock de
knock at the door, say- door. Den oona gwine stanop outside de
ing, Lord, Lord, open
unto us; and he shall an- door an knock, say, ‘Lawd, Lawd, do
swer and say unto you, I please, open de door fa we!’ De Lawd
know you not whence ye
are: gwine ansa say, ‘A ain know oona. An A
26 Then shall ye begin ain know weh oona come fom!’ 26 Den
to say, We have eaten
and drunk in thy pres-
oona gwine say, ‘We done nyam an drink
ence, and thou hast longside ya. Ya done laan de people een de
taught in our streets. screet weh we lib at!’ 27 De Lawd gwine
27 But he shall say, I
tell you, I know you not ansa gin say, ‘A ain know oona. A ain
whence ye are; depart know weh oona come fom. All oona
from me, all ye workers
of iniquity. wickity people, git way fom me!’ 28 Oona
28 There shall be gwine see Abraham, Isaac, Jacob an all de
weeping and gnashing of
teeth, when ye shall see prophet dem eenside de place weh God da
Abraham, and Isaac, and rule. Bot oona gwine cry an gnash ya teet,
Jacob, and all the proph-
ets, in the kingdom of
cause dey gwine chunk oona out.
God, and you yourselves 29 People gwine come fom all oba de wol,
thrust out. fom de east an de west, fom de nort an de
29 And they shall
come from the east, and sout. Dey gwine come ta de table fa feas
from the west, and from een de place weh God da rule. 30 Den fa
the north, and from the
south, and shall sit down true some dem wa las now, dey gwine be
in the kingdom of God. fus, an some dem wa fus now, dey gwine
30 And, behold, there
be las.”
are last which shall be
first, and there are first
which shall be last. Jedus Haat Go Out ta Jerusalem
31 The same day there Matthew 23:37-39
came certain of the Phar-
isees, saying unto him, 31 Same time, some Pharisee come ta
Get thee out, and depart Jedus an tell um say, “Ya mus go way fom
hence: for Herod will kill
thee. yah, cause Herod da scheme fa kill ya.”
32 And he said unto 32 Jedus ansa um say, “Dat man Herod
them, Go ye, and tell that like a fox. Oona go tell um A say, ‘A da
fox, Behold, I cast out
devils, and I do cures to
dribe out ebil sperit an heal sick people
day and to morrow, and taday an demarra. Wen dat time done

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 13, 14 263

pass, atta shree day, A gwine be shru wid the third day I shall be
perfected.
me wok yah.’ 33 Stillyet, A haffa be pon 33 Nevertheless I must
me way ta Jerusalem taday an demarra an walk to day, and to mor-
row, and the day follow-
de nex day. Jerusalem weh dey da kill de ing: for it cannot be that a
prophet dem, ainty? prophet perish out of
34 “O Jerusalem, Jerusalem! Oona kill Jerusalem.
34 O Jerusalem, Jeru-
de prophet dem an chunk rock til oona kill salem, which killest the
dem wa God sen ta oona! Hommuch time prophets, and stonest
them that are sent unto
A been wahn fa geda oona people togeda thee; how often would I
roun me, jes like a hen geda e biddy dem have gathered thy chil-
dren together, as a hen
ondaneet e wing! Bot oona people ain doth gather her brood un-
wahn me fa do dat! 35 So God gwine lef de der her wings, and ye
would not!
place weh oona dey. A da tell oona, oona 35 Behold, your house
ain gwine see me gin til de time come wen is left unto you desolate:
oona gwine say, ‘God bless de one dat e and verily I say unto you,
Ye shall not see me, until
done sen, dat come een de Lawd name.’ ” the time come when ye
shall say, Blessed is he
that cometh in the name
Jedus Heal a Man of the Lord.
pon de Woshup Day

14 One Jew Woshup Day Jedus


1 Chapter 14
gone fa nyam dinna ta one de 1 And it came to pass,
as he went into the house
Pharisee leada dem house. An de people of one of the chief Phari-
wa been dey beena watch Jedus fa see wa sees to eat bread on the
sabbath day, that they
e gwine do. 2 One sick man come ta Jedus watched him.
2 And, behold, there
wa hab de dropsy. E han an e foot been was a certain man before
swell op. 3 Jedus aks de Jew Law teacha him which had the
dropsy.
dem an de Pharisee dem say, “De Law say 3 And Jesus answering
weza or no ya kin heal poson pon de spake unto the lawyers
and Pharisees, saying, Is
Woshup Day?” it lawful to heal on the
4 Bot de Law teacha dem an de Pharisee sabbath day?
4 And they held their
dem ain crack e teet. Jedus heal de sick peace. And he took him,
and healed him, and let
man, an sen um pon e way. 5 Den Jedus him go;
aks de leada dem say, “Sposin one ob oona 5 And answered them,
hab a mule eeda a ox wa fall een de well saying, Which of you
shall have an ass or an ox
pon de Woshup Day. Wa ya gwine do? Ya fallen into a pit, and will
gwine mek hace an pull um outta de well, not straightway pull him
out on the sabbath day?
ainty?”
6 And they could not
6 Dem leada ain been able fa say nottin answer him again to
ginst wa Jedus tell um. these things.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
264 Luke 14

7 And he put forth a God Gwine Hona Dem wa Humble


parable to those which
were bidden, when he Jedus see dat some de compny wa
7
marked how they chose been aks fa come ta dinna been go ta de
out the chief rooms; say-
ing unto them, bes place ta de table fa nyam. Cause ob
8 When thou art bid-
dat, e tell um one paable. 8 E say, “Wen
den of any man to a wed- dey eenbite one ob oona ta a marry feas,
ding, sit not down in the ya mus dohn go ta de front ob de room fa
highest room; lest a more
honourable man than nyam. Cause ef dat place been sabe fa
thou be bidden of him; somebody else een some mo high op
9 And he that bade position den ya, 9 wen dat poson come, de
thee and him come and poson wa been eenbite ya, e gwine haffa
say to thee, Give this man
place; and thou begin come tell ya say, ‘Mus git op, leh dis man
with shame to take the yah hab dat place!’ Den ya gwine be too
lowest room.
shame, an ya gwine haffa go tek a place
10 But when thou art
bidden, go and sit down
een de back ob de room. 10 Steada dat,
in the lowest room; that wen dey eenbite ya ta de marry feas, go
when he that bade thee seddown een de back. Den wen de poson
cometh, he may say unto
thee, Friend, go up wa eenbite ya come ta ya, e gwine tell ya
higher: then shalt thou say, ‘Me fren, moob on op ta de front weh
have worship in the pres-
ence of them that sit at e mo betta.’ All dem oda people dey een de
meat with thee. marry feas gwine see dat ya git hona.
11 For whosoever
11 Cause dem wa pit deysef op high, God
exalteth himself shall be gwine bring um down low fa mek um
abased; and he that
humbleth himself shall
humble, an dem wa humble, God gwine
be exalted. hona dem mo den all.”
12 Den Jedus tell de man wa eenbite um
12 Then said he also to
him that bade him, When say, “Wen ya hab dinna eeda a big feas,
thou makest a dinner or a mus dohn eenbite ya fren dem, ya broda
supper, call not thy
friends, nor thy brethren, dem, ya kin, needa ya rich neighba dem.
neither thy kinsmen, nor Cause den dey gwine eenbite ya back ta
thy rich neighbours; lest
they also bid thee again, dey house fa nyam, an wen dey eenbite ya
and a recompence be back, ya done git ya payback. 13 Bot wen
made thee.
ya hab feas, mus eenbite dem wa ain got
13 But when thou much, dem wa cripple op, an dem wa ain
makest a feast, call the able fa waak good, an dem wa bline.
poor, the maimed, the
lame, the blind: 14 Dem people ain able fa gii ya de
payback fa de good ya done fa um. Bot
14 And thou shalt be
blessed; for they cannot God gwine bless ya fa dat good ya done. E
recompense thee: for gwine gii ya de payback pon de day wen

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 14 265

dem dat done wa God say gwine git op fom thou shalt be recom-
pensed at the resurrec-
mongst de dead an lib gin.” tion of the just.
15 And when one of
De Paable Bout Dem wa God them that sat at meat
with him heard these
Eenbite ta E Big Feas things, he said unto him,
Matthew 22:1-10 Blessed is he that shall eat
bread in the kingdom of
15 One dem wa beena nyam ta de table God.
wid Jedus yeh wa e say. Dat man tell Jedus 16 Then said he unto
him, A certain man made
say, “Dem dat gwine be ta de big feas wen a great supper, and bade
God da rule, dey sho gwine be bless!” many:
17 And sent his servant
16 Jedus ansa um say, “One time one
at supper time to say to
man beena mek a big feas, an e eenbite them that were bidden,
plenty compny fa come. 17 Wen de time Come; for all things are
now ready.
come dat de food been ready fa nyam, e 18 And they all with
sen e wokman fa go ta dem people dat e one consent began to
make excuse. The first
been eenbite, tell um say, ‘Come ta de feas. said unto him, I have
Ebryting done ready now!’ 18 Bot all dem bought a piece of ground,
and I must needs go and
staat fa mek scuse, say dey ain able fa go see it: I pray thee have
nyam now. De fus one say, ‘A jes buy a me excused.
19 And another said, I
piece ob lan, an A haffa go fa look um oba. have bought five yoke of
Do please, tell ya bossman A saary A ain oxen, and I go to prove
able fa come nyam wid um.’ 19 Noda one them: I pray thee have
me excused.
say, ‘A jes buy ten oxen, an A da gwine fa 20 And another said, I
try um fa see how dey da wok. Do please, have married a wife, and
therefore I cannot come.
tell ya bossman A saary A ain able fa come 21 So that servant
nyam wid um.’ 20 Noda say, ‘A jes git came, and shewed his
lord these things. Then
marry. Cause ob dat, A ain able fa come the master of the house
nyam wid um.’ 21 De wokman gone back being angry said to his
servant, Go out quickly
an tell e bossman all wa dey say. De into the streets and lanes
bossman been too bex, an e tell e wokman of the city, and bring in
say, ‘Ron quick! Go ta de main screet an de hither the poor, and the
maimed, and the halt,
back screet een de town. Bring yah de and the blind.
people wa ain got nottin, de cripple op, an 22 And the servant
said, Lord, it is done as
dem wa ain able fa waak good, an dem wa thou hast commanded,
bline.’ 22 Wen de wokman come back, e and yet there is room.
23 And the lord said
tell e bossman say, ‘Sah, A done do all wa unto the servant, Go out
ya tell me fa do. Stillyet, plenty room lef into the highways and
hedges, and compel them
dey fa mo people.’ 23 De bossman tell um to come in, that my house
say, ‘Go ta de main highway an de back may be filled.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
266 Luke 14

24 For I say unto you, road wa go ta dem settlement an mek de


That none of those men
which were bidden shall people dey come yah fa full op me house!
taste of my supper. 24 A da tell oona fa true, ain none dem
25 And there went people dat A been eenbite fus fa come
great multitudes with nyam wid me gwine taste one leetle bit ob
him: and he turned, and de food wa A fix fa de feas!’ ”
said unto them,

26 If any man come to Wa E Cost fa Folla Jedus


me, and hate not his fa- Matthew 10:37-38
ther, and mother, and
wife, and children, and 25 Plenty people beena trabel long wid
brethren, and sisters, yea,
and his own life also, he Jedus. E ton roun an taak ta dem. 26 E tell
cannot be my disciple. um say, “Whosoneba wahn fa be me ciple
27 And whosoever
mus lob me mo den e lob e fada an e
doth not bear his cross, modda. E mus lob me mo den e wife an e
and come after me, can- chullun, e broda an e sista dem. E mus lob
not be my disciple.
me mo den e lob e own sef. Ef e ain lob me
28 For which of you,
like dat, e ain able fa be me ciple.
intending to build a
tower, sitteth not down 27 Whosoneba dohn tote e own cross an
first, and counteth the come folla hine me, dat poson cyahn be
cost, whether he have
sufficient to finish it? me ciple.
28 “Ef one ob oona wahn fa mek a towa
29 Lest haply, after he
hath laid the foundation,
fa nyuse fa watch oba ya fiel, fus ya gwine
and is not able to finish it, seddown an figga hommuch e gwine cost.
all that behold it begin to Ya gwine see ef ya got nuff money fa build
mock him,
all de towa. 29 Ef ya ain do dat, an ya lay
30 Saying, This man de foundation an den ya ain able fa git
began to build, and was shru build de towa, den ebrybody gwine
not able to finish.
mek fun ob ya. 30 Dey gwine say, ‘Dis man
31 Or what king, going staat fa mek e towa, bot e ain able fa finish
to make war against an- um!’
other king, sitteth not
down first, and consult- 31 “An sposin one king hab ten tousan
eth whether he be able sodja an e gwine out fa fight noda king wa
with ten thousand to
meet him that cometh come ginst um wid twenty tousan. Dat
against him with twenty king haffa fus seddown an figga ef e an e
thousand?
sodja dem scrong nuff fa fight dem twenty
32 Or else, while the tousan. 32 Ef e ain scrong nuff fa fight um,
other is yet a great way fo de oda king an e sodja dem git close ta e
off, he sendeth an
ambassage, and desireth
country, e gwine sen e messenja dem ta de
conditions of peace. oda king, meet um an tell um say, ‘We ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 14, 15 267

wahn fa fight ginst oona. Leh we see how 33 So likewise, whoso-


ever he be of you that
we kin settle dis ting.’ ” 33 Den Jedus say, forsaketh not all that he
“Same fashion, ain none ob oona kin be hath, he cannot be my
disciple.
me ciple ef e ain hab de mind fa lef
ebryting wa e got.
34 Salt is good: but if
the salt have lost his sa-
Mus Dohn Be Like Salt wa Ain No Good vour, wherewith shall it
Matthew 5:13; Mark 9:50 be seasoned?
34 “Salt taste good een oona mout, bot
ef de salt done loss e taste, ain no way 35 It is neither fit for
the land, nor yet for the
oona kin mek um git e good taste back. dunghill; but men cast it
35 Dat salt ain no good fa de groun, needa out. He that hath ears to
hear, let him hear.
fa mek fertiliza. E ain good fa nottin bot fa
chunk out. Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty?
Den oona mus yeh wa A da say!”

De Loss Sheep
Matthew 18:12-14
Chapter 15

15 A heapa people come geda roun


1
1 Then drew near unto
Jedus fa yeh wa e say. Dem wa him all the publicans and
geda tax come an dem oda Jew people dat sinners for to hear him.
2 And the Pharisees
de Jew dem ain neba mix op wid cause dey and scribes murmured,
ain keep all de Jew Law. 2 Dat mek de saying, This man
Pharisee dem an de Law teacha dem staat receiveth sinners, and
eateth with them.
fa mek chaage say, “Dis man Jedus da mix 3 And he spake this
op wid bad people, an e eben da nyam wid parable unto them,
saying,
um!” 3 So Jedus tell um one paable. 4 E 4 What man of you,
say, “Sposin a hundud sheep blongst ta having an hundred
sheep, if he lose one of
one ob oona. Ef one ob dem sheep git loss, them, doth not leave the
wa ya fa do? Sho nuff, ya gwine lef de ninety and nine in the
wilderness, and go after
ninety-nine wa safe een de fiel, an ya that which is lost, until
gwine saach fa de one wa loss til ya find he find it?
5 And when he hath
um, ainty? 5 Wen ya done find um, ya
found it, he layeth it on
gwine be too glad, so ya gwine pit um his shoulders, rejoicing.
cross ya shoulda. 6 Wen ya git home, ya 6 And when he cometh
home, he calleth together
gwine hail ya fren dem an ya neighba dem, his friends and neigh-
geda um roun an say, ‘A been loss one ob bours, saying unto them,
Rejoice with me; for I
me sheep, an A saach fa um til now A done have found my sheep
find um. Come, we gwine rejaice an mek which was lost.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
268 Luke 15

7 I say unto you, that merry!’ 7 A da tell oona, same fashion,


likewise joy shall be in
heaven over one sinner dem wa een heaben rejaice wensoneba
that repenteth, more eben jes one sinna change e way an do wa
than over ninety and nine
just persons, which need
God wahn um fa do. Fa true, dey gwine
no repentance. rejaice fa dat one mo den fa ninety-nine
8 Either what woman
oda res wa tink say dey ain haffa change
having ten pieces of sil- dey way.
ver, if she lose one piece,
doth not light a candle,
and sweep the house, and De Loss Money
seek diligently till she “Same way, sposin a ooman hab ten
8
find it?
piece ob silba money. Ef one ob dem git
9 And when she hath loss, wa e gwine do? Sho nuff e gwine light
found it, she calleth her
friends and her neigh- de lamp an sweep de house good fashion.
bours together, saying, E gwine saach ebryweh til e find um,
Rejoice with me; for I
have found the piece
ainty? 9 Den, wen e done find um, e gwine
which I had lost. hail e fren an neighba dem. E gwine tell
10 Likewise, I say unto
um say, ‘A been hab ten piece ob silba
you, there is joy in the money an A loss one. A saach fa um til now
presence of the angels of A done find um. Come, we gwine rejaice
God over one sinner that
repenteth. an mek merry!’ 10 A da tell oona fa true,
11 And he said, A cer- jes like dey all rejaice wen dat ooman find
tain man had two sons: e money, same fashion, God angel dem da
12 And the younger of rejaice tommuch wen eben jes one sinna
them said to his father,
Father, give me the por-
change e sinful way an do wa God wahn
tion of goods that falleth um fa do.”
to me. And he divided
unto them his living. De Loss Son
13 And not many days
after the younger son Den Jedus tell um say, “One man
11
gathered all together, been hab two son. 12 De nyounga son say,
and took his journey into
a far country, and there ‘Fada, mus gii me me share ob de propaty
wasted his substance wa A spose fa hab.’ So de man wide op e
with riotous living.
14 And when he had
propaty tween e two son dem. 13 Ain long
spent all, there arose a atta dat, de nyounga son sell all e hab. E
mighty famine in that tek e money an e gone ta a place way off. E
land; and he began to be
in want. ron roun dey da lib loose life, an e shrow
15 And he went and way all e money. 14 Atta e done spen all e
joined himself to a citizen hab, a dry drought come shru oba all dat
of that country; and he
sent him into his fields to
place an de people ain hab nottin fa nyam.
feed swine. Hongry come ta dat son doorstep. E ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 15 269

hab nottin. 15 So e gone fa wok fa a man 16 And he would fain


have filled his belly with
een dat country, an de man sen um ta e fiel the husks that the swine
did eat: and no man gave
fa mind de pig dem. 16 E been so hongry unto him.
dat e been wahn fa nyam de pig slop. Bot 17 And when he came
to himself, he said, How
nobody ain gim nottin fa nyam. 17 Wen e many hired servants of
come ta e sense, e say ta esef, ‘All dem wa my father’s have bread
enough and to spare, and
wok fa me fada hab mo den nuff food fa I perish with hunger!
18 I will arise and go to
nyam, an A yah da staab! 18 A gwine git op my father, and will say
an go ta me fada an tell um say, “Fada, A unto him, Father, I have
sinned against heaven,
done sin ginst God an ginst ya. 19 Cause ob and before thee,
19 And am no more
wa A done, A ain fit fa ya fa call me ya son worthy to be called thy
no mo. Ya mus treat me same like ya da son: make me as one of
thy hired servants.
treat ya wokman dem.” ’ 20 So de son git 20 And he arose, and
op, an e gone back ta e fada. came to his father. But
when he was yet a great
“E still been a long way off fom de house way off, his father saw
him, and had compas-
wen e fada shim. E fada been too saary fa sion, and ran, and fell on
um, an e ron quick, gone an hug an kiss his neck, and kissed him.
21 And the son said
um. 21 E son tell um, ‘Fada, A done sin unto him, Father, I have
sinned against heaven,
ginst God an ginst ya. A ain fit fa ya fa call and in thy sight, and am
me ya son no mo.’ 22 Bot e fada tell e no more worthy to be
called thy son.
wokman dem say, ‘Mek hace an git de bes 22 But the father said
cloes fa me son fa weah. Pit a ring pon e to his servants, Bring
forth the best robe, and
finga, an pit shoe pon e foot. 23 Den, oona put it on him; and put a
ring on his hand, and
gwine go git de bes calf an kill um so we shoes on his feet:
kin hab a feas an mek merry. 24 Cause dis 23 And bring hither
the fatted calf, and kill it;
son yah ob mine been dead, bot now e da and let us eat, and be
merry:
lib gin. E been loss, bot we done find um.’ 24 For this my son was
So dey staat fa hab a feas an mek merry. dead, and is alive again;
he was lost, and is found.
25 “Same time, de man fusbon son been And they began to be
een de fiel. Wen e git close ta de house, e merry.
25 Now his elder son
yeh music an de people da dance. 26 So e was in the field: and as he
came and drew nigh to
call one de wokman an aks um say, ‘Wa the house, he heard
gwine on yah?’ 27 De wokman tell um say, musick and dancing.
26 And he called one
‘Ya broda done come home, an ya fada kill of the servants, and asked
what these things meant.
e bes calf an hab feas, cause e been git e 27 And he said unto
son back. Ya broda been loss, bot now e him, Thy brother is come;
and thy father hath killed
home safe an soun.’ 28 De big broda been the fatted calf, because
so mad til e ain wahn eben fa go eenside de he hath received him safe
and sound.
house. So e fada gone out an beg um fa 28 And he was angry,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
270 Luke 15, 16

and would not go in: come een. 29 Bot e ansa e fada say, ‘See
therefore came his father
out, and intreated him. yah, all dese yeah A beena wok haad like a
29 And he answering slabe fa ya, an A all de time pay ya mind.
said to his father, Lo,
these many years do I Stillyet, ya ain neba gii me eben a leetle
serve thee, neither trans- goat fa hab feas wid me fren dem. 30 Bot
gressed I at any time thy
commandment: and yet dis yah son, ya son wa waste all ya money
thou never gavest me a
kid, that I might make an ron roun wid loose ooman, wen e come
merry with my friends: home, ya kill de bes calf fa um!’ 31 E fada
30 But as soon as this
thy son was come, which tell um say, ‘Me son, ya dey yah wid me all
hath devoured thy living
with harlots, thou hast de time, an all wa A got blongst ta ya.
killed for him the fatted 32 Bot we right fa feas an mek merry,
calf.
31 And he said unto cause ya broda done been dead, an now e
him, Son, thou art ever da lib gin. E been loss, bot we done find
with me, and all that I
have is thine. um.’ ”
32 It was meet that we
should make merry, and
be glad: for this thy
brother was dead, and is De Ceitful Wokman wa Hab
alive again; and was lost, Good Sense fa Plan
and is found.
Chapter 16

16 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “One


1 And he said also unto 1
his disciples, There was a time a rich man hab one wokman
certain rich man, which
had a steward; and the een chaage ob e propaty. Dat rich man yeh
same was accused unto say dat de wokman ain been scraight, dat e
him that he had wasted
his goods. beena loss e bossman money. 2 De rich
2 And he called him,
and said unto him, How man call de wokman an aks um say, ‘Wa
is it that I hear this of dis A yeh bout ya? Gii me de book weh ya
thee? give an account of
thy stewardship; for thou da write all dat ya done tek een an all wa
mayest be no longer
steward. ya done spen. Cause ya ain gwine hab
3 Then the steward chaage oba me propaty no mo.’ 3 De
said within himself, What
shall I do? for my lord wokman een chaage say ta esef, ‘Wa A
taketh away from me the gwine do now? Me bossman ain gwine leh
stewardship: I cannot
dig; to beg I am ashamed. me wok fa um no mo. A ain scrong nuff fa
4 I am resolved what
to do, that, when I am put dig ditch, an A too shame fa beg. 4 Now
out of the stewardship, den, A know wa A gwine do so dat people
they may receive me into
their houses. gwine eenbite me ta dey house atta A done
5 So he called every
one of his lord's debtors loss me job.’ 5 So de wokman sen an call fa
unto him, and said unto all de people wa owe e bossman, one atta
the first, How much
owest thou unto my lord? de oda. Wen dey come, e aks de fus one
6 And he said, An hun-
dred measures of oil. And
say, ‘Hommuch ya owe me bossman?’ 6 E
he said unto him, Take ansa say, ‘A hundud barrel ob olib oll.’ De

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 16 271

one een chaage tell um say, ‘Yah ya bill. thy bill, and sit down
quickly, and write fifty.
Seddown quick an change de one hundud
wa done been write down dey ta fifty.’ 7 Then said he to an-
7 Den de wokman een chaage aks noda other, And how much
owest thou? And he said,
one say, ‘Hommuch ya owe me bossman?’ An hundred measures of
Dat one ansa, ‘A owe um one tousan wheat. And he said unto
him, Take thy bill, and
bushel ob wheat.’ De one een chaage tell write fourscore.
um say, ‘Yah ya bill. Change de one tousan
wa write down dey ta eight hundud.’ 8 And the lord com-
8 “Now den, de bossman say de ceitful mended the unjust stew-
ard, because he had done
wokman een chaage hab heapa sense. Fa wisely: for the children of
true, de people wa tink all de time bout this world are in their
generation wiser than the
ting een dis wol, dey da tink good how fa children of light.
deal wid people like deysef. Dey tink bout
9 And I say unto you,
dat mo betta den de people wa da waak Make to yourselves
een God light.” friends of the mammon
9 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “A da tell of unrighteousness; that,
when ye fail, they may
oona, oona oughta spen money an ting een receive you into everlast-
dis wol fa mek fren fa oonasef. Den wen de ing habitations.
money an ting done gone, God gwine 10 He that is faithful in
welcome oona eenta ya ebalastin home that which is least is
een heaben. 10 De poson dat ya kin trus fa faithful also in much: and
he that is unjust in the
tek chaage oba leetle bit an do good, dat least is unjust also in
de poson ya kin trus fa tek chaage an do much.
good oba big ting. An de poson dat ain
11 If therefore ye have
scraight bout leetle ting ain gwine do right not been faithful in the
wid big ting. 11 So den, ef dey ain able fa unrighteous mammon,
who will commit to your
trus oona wid money an ting een dis wol, trust the true riches?
ain nobody gwine trus oona wid ting dat
walyable fa true, ainty? 12 Ef dey ain able 12 And if ye have not
been faithful in that
fa trus oona wid oda poson propaty, ain which is another man's,
nobody gwine gii ya propaty fa ya own, who shall give you that
which is your own?
ainty dough?
13 “One wokman ain able fa saab two 13 No servant can
massa. Ef e da try fa do dat, e gwine hate serve two masters: for ei-
ther he will hate the one,
one an lob de oda one. E gwine be true ta and love the other; or
one an hole de oda one cheap. Ya ain able else he will hold to the
one, and despise the
fa saab God an be a slabe ta money same other. Ye cannot serve
time.” God and mammon.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
272 Luke 16

14 And the Pharisees Jedus Teach Bout Oda Ting


also, who were covetous, Matthew 11:12-13; 5:31-32; Mark 10:11-12
heard all these things:
and they derided him. Wen de Pharisee dem yeh wa Jedus
14
15 And he said unto say, dey suck dey teet an shrow slam pon
them, Ye are they which um, cause dey lob money a whole heap.
justify yourselves before 15 Bot Jedus tell um say, “Oona mek
men; but God knoweth
your hearts: for that people tink dat oona ain da do bad. Bot
which is highly esteemed God know wa dey een oona haat. Dem ting
among men is abomina-
tion in the sight of God. wa people say walyable fa true, dey ain
wot nottin een God eye.
16 The law and the
prophets were until John:
16 “De Law wa God gii Moses an de
since that time the king- prophet dem, dem wod hab heapa tority til
dom of God is preached,
and every man presseth
John wa Bactize come long. Fom dat time,
into it. dey da preach de Good Nyews bout how
17 And it is easier for
God da come fa rule, an all de people da do
heaven and earth to pass, dey bes fa hab God fa rule oba um. 17 Bot e
than one tittle of the law mo easy fa mek heaben an de whole wol
to fail.
disappeah den fa mek one leetle paat ob
18 Whosoever putteth God Law loss wa e mean.
away his wife, and
marrieth another,
18 “A man wa worce e wife an gone
committeth adultery: and marry noda ooman da lib een sin. Same
whosoever marrieth her
that is put away from her
fashion, a man wa gone marry ooman wa
husband committeth done been worce da lib een sin.”
adultery.

19 There was a certain Lazarus an de Rich Man


rich man, which was “One time dey been a rich man wa
19
clothed in purple and
fine linen, and fared dress fa beat de ban, an e hab feas an joy
sumptuously every day: esef tommuch ebry day. 20 An one po man
20 And there was a name Lazarus lib dey too. E been kiba wid
certain beggar named sore. E ain able eben fa waak roun. An
Lazarus, which was laid
at his gate, full of sores, ebry day, dey come bring Lazarus,
leddown ta dat rich man door. 21 Lazarus
21 And desiring to be
fed with the crumbs
beena wahn fa nyam de scrap ob food wa
which fell from the rich lef oba, wa fall fom de table wen de rich
man's table: moreover man beena nyam. Pontop ob dat, de dog
the dogs came and licked
his sores. dem beena come long dey an lick dat po
man sore.
22 And it came to pass,
that the beggar died, and
22 “Den dat po man pass oba. God angel
was carried by the angels cyaa um fa seddown longside de ole

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 16 273

people leada, Abraham, een heaben. De into Abraham's bosom:


the rich man also died,
rich man pass oba too, an e git bury. 23 E and was buried;
gone ta hell, an e beena suffa tommuch
23 And in hell he lift
oba dey. E raise e eye an see Abraham way up his eyes, being in tor-
off, an Lazarus been longside um. 24 So de ments, and seeth Abra-
rich man hail Abraham say, ‘Fada ham afar off, and Lazarus
in his bosom.
Abraham! Hab mussy pon me! Sen Lazarus
fa me. Mek um pit e leetle finga een wata 24 And he cried and
said, Father Abraham,
an come yah fa tetch me tongue an cool have mercy on me, and
um off, cause A da suffa tommuch eenside send Lazarus, that he
may dip the tip of his fin-
dis yah fire!’ ger in water, and cool my
25 “Bot Abraham tell um say, ‘Me son, tongue; for I am tor-
mented in this flame.
memba wen ya beena lib oba dey een de
wol, ya beena joy yasef. Ya done git ya 25 But Abraham said,
paat. Ya git all ya good ting fo ya pass oba. Son, remember that thou
in thy lifetime receivedst
Same time Lazarus done git all de bad ting thy good things, and like-
dem. Bot now e da joy esef yah an ya da wise Lazarus evil things:
but now he is comforted,
suffa. 26 Fodamo, dey a deep deep ditch and thou art tormented.
tween we an oona. Cause ob dat, dem wa
26 And beside all this,
wahn fa cross oba fom yah ta oona side ain between us and you there
able fa go, an dem ta oona side ain able fa is a great gulf fixed: so
that they which would
cross ta yah weh we at.’ pass from hence to you
27 “De rich man say, ‘Well den, Fada cannot; neither can they
Abraham, A beg ya, sen Lazarus ta me fada pass to us, that would
come from thence.
house. 28 A hab me fibe broda oba dey.
Leh Lazarus go fa waan um. Leh Lazarus 27 Then he said, I pray
thee therefore, father,
tell um say dat dey mus dohn lib de way A that thou wouldest send
done lib een de wol. Den wen dey pass him to my father's house:
oba, dey ain haffa come yah ta dis place
28 For I have five
weh A da suffa tommuch.’ brethren; that he may
29 “Bot Abraham tell um say, ‘Ya broda testify unto them, lest
dem hab de Book wa Moses an de prophet they also come into this
place of torment.
dem been write. Dem wod dey fa waan
um. Leh um yeh an pay mind.’ 29 Abraham saith unto
30 “De rich man ansa say, ‘No, dat ain him, They have Moses
and the prophets; let
nuff, Fada Abraham. Me broda dem ain them hear them.
gwine listen ta wa Moses an de prophet
30 And he said, Nay,
dem done say een dem Book. Bot ef father Abraham: but if
somebody wa done dead go fa waan um, one went unto them from

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
274 Luke 16, 17

the dead, they will dey gwine change dey sinful way an do wa
repent.
God wahn um fa do.’
31 And he said unto 31 “Bot Abraham tell um say, ‘Ef ya
him, If they hear not Mo-
ses and the prophets, nei-
broda dem ain listen ta wa Moses an de
ther will they be prophet dem done say een de Book, dey
persuaded, though one ain gwine pay mind ta somebody wa done
rose from the dead.
dead, wa gone back een de wol fa waan
um. Dey ain gwine change dey way.’ ”

Tek Cyah wa Oona da Do


Matthew 18:6-7, 21-22; Mark 9:42

17 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Fa


Chapter 17 1
1 Then said he unto true, ting gwine happen wa mek
the disciples, It is impos- people do bad. Bot de poson wa mek dem
sible but that offences
will come: but woe unto ting happen gwine hab plenty trouble! 2 E
him, through whom they mo betta fa dat poson ef dey tie a big grine
come!
stone roun e neck an chunk um eenta de
2 It were better for him
that a millstone were
sea. E mo betta ef e drown een de wata like
hanged about his neck, dat den ef e mek one ob dem leetle one do
and he cast into the sea, bad. 3 So den, tek cyah wa ya do!
than that he should of-
fend one of these little “Ef one ob oona hab a broda wa da sin,
ones. ya mus buke um. Ef e change e sinful way,
3 Take heed to your- mus paadon um. 4 Eben ef e do ya bad
selves: If thy brother tres-
pass against thee, rebuke
seben time een one day, ef e ton back ebry
him; and if he repent, for- time, come tell ya say, ‘A saary an A ain
give him. gwine do ya bad no mo,’ mus paadon um.”
4 And if he trespass
against thee seven times
in a day, and seven times
Oona Fait Kin Mek Big Ting Happen
in a day turn again to 5 Jedus postle dem tell um say, “Lawd,
thee, saying, I repent;
thou shalt forgive him. hep we bleebe God mo den we bleebe
5 And the apostles said
now.”
unto the Lord, Increase 6 De Lawd ansa um say, “Ef oona bleebe
our faith. een God, eben ef ya fait jes leetle like one
6 And the Lord said, If leeleetle mustard seed, ya kin tell dis tree,
ye had faith as a grain of ‘Tek yasef outta de groun an go stanop an
mustard seed, ye might
say unto this sycamine grow een de sea!’ Eben dough ya fait ain
tree, Be thou plucked up no bigga den de mustard seed, dat
by the root, and be thou
planted in the sea; and it mulberry tree gwine pay ya mind. E gwine
should obey you. do wa ya say.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 17 275

Wa de Wokman Oughta Do 7 But which of you,


having a servant plowing
7 “Sposin one ob oona hab wokman wa or feeding cattle, will say
unto him by and by,
da plow een de fiel or e da mind ya sheep. when he is come from the
Wen de wokman come fom e wok, wa ya field, Go and sit down to
meat?
gwine tell um? Fa true, ya ain gwine tell 8 And will not rather
say unto him, Make
um say, ‘Mus hurry op. Come seddown an ready wherewith I may
nyam.’ 8 No! Fa sho ya gwine tell de sup, and gird thyself, and
serve me, till I have eaten
wokman say, ‘Go cook me suppa. Git yasef and drunken; and after-
ready an pit de food pon de table. Atta A ward thou shalt eat and
drink?
done shru nyam an drink, den ya kin hab 9 Doth he thank that
servant because he did
sompin fa nyam an drink.’ 9 De massa ain the things that were com-
gwine praise de wokman jes cause dat manded him? I trow not.
10 So likewise ye,
wokman done wa e tell um fa do, ainty? when ye shall have done
10 Oona stan jes so. Wen oona done do all all those things which are
commanded you, say, We
wa de massa tell oona fa do, oona mus say, are unprofitable ser-
vants: we have done that
‘We jes wokman. We ain desaab no praise, which was our duty to
cause we jes done wa we spose fa do.’ ” do.
11 And it came to pass,
as he went to Jerusalem,
that he passed through
Jedus Heal Ten Man wid Leposy the midst of Samaria and
11 Pon e way ta Jerusalem, Jedus gone Galilee.
12 And as he entered
long shru de arie tween Samaria an into a certain village,
Galilee. 12 Wen Jedus git close ta one there met him ten men
that were lepers, which
settlement, e meet ten man wa been sick stood afar off:
een dey skin wid leposy. Dem man beena 13 And they lifted up
their voices, and said, Je-
stan faa way. 13 Dey holla say, “Jedus! sus, Master, have mercy
on us.
Massa! Hab mussy pon we!” 14 And when he saw
14 Jedus shim an tell um say, “Oona go them, he said unto them,
Go shew yourselves unto
ta de Jew priest dem. Leh dem xamine the priests. And it came
oona.” to pass, that, as they
went, they were
Wiles dem man beena gwine fa see de cleansed.
15 And one of them,
priest, dey all been heal. Dey all clean an when he saw that he was
dey ain been sick no mo. 15 Wen one ob healed, turned back, and
dem see dat e done been heal, e come back with a loud voice glori-
fied God,
ta Jedus. E holla, da praise God. 16 E git 16 And fell down on his
down pon de groun een front ob Jedus foot face at his feet, giving
him thanks: and he was a
an e tank um. An dat man been fom Samaritan.
Samaria. 17 Jedus say, “A done mek ten 17 And Jesus answer-
ing said, Were there not
man clean, ainty? Weh de oda nine dem? ten cleansed? but where
18 Hoccome ain nobody ton back fa tank are the nine?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
276 Luke 17

18 There are not found God cep dis one man wa ain one ob we
that returned to give
glory to God, save this Jew people? Hoccome de oda Jew man
stranger. dem ain come back?” 19 Jedus tell de man
19 And he said unto
him, Arise, go thy way:
say, “Git op an go home. Cause ya bleebe
thy faith hath made thee een me, ya done git heal.”
whole.
20 And when he was
demanded of the Phari- Wen God Rule Oba de Wol
sees, when the kingdom Matthew 24:23-28, 37-41
of God should come, he
answered them and said, 20 Some Pharisee aks Jedus wen God
The kingdom of God gwine come fa rule. Jedus ansa um say,
cometh not with obser-
vation: “Wen God come fa rule, oona ain gwine
21 Neither shall they see no sign fa sho dat. 21 Ain nobody
say, Lo here! or, lo there!
for, behold, the kingdom
gwine say, ‘Look yah, dey e dey dey!’
of God is within you. Needa, ‘Look yonda!’ Cause God da rule
22 And he said unto
the disciples, The days
mongst oona.”
will come, when ye shall 22 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “De time
desire to see one of the gwine come wen oona gwine wahn bad fa
days of the Son of man,
and ye shall not see it. see de Man wa Come fom God come back,
23 And they shall say eben ef e jes fa one day. Bot oona ain
to you, See here; or, see gwine shim. 23 People gwine tell oona say,
there: go not after them,
nor follow them. ‘Look yonda, oba dey de Man wa Come
24 For as the lightning, fom God!’ Oda gwine say, ‘Look yah, e dey
that lighteneth out of the dey!’ Mus dohn go long wid um. Mus dohn
one part under heaven,
shineth unto the other folla um. 24 Wen de Man wa Come fom
part under heaven; so God come back ta de wol, ebrybody gwine
shall also the Son of man
be in his day. be able fa shim, jes like lightnin dat flash
25 But first must he cross de sky an light um op fom one side ta
suffer many things, and de oda. 25 Bot fo dis happen, e haffa suffa
be rejected of this
generation. plenty ting, an de people wa lib taday ain
26 And as it was in the gwine hab nottin fa do wid um. 26 Jes like
days of Noe, so shall it be how e been een Noah time, dat de way e
also in the days of the
Son of man. gwine be wen de Man wa Come fom God
27 They did eat, they gwine come back. 27 Een Noah time, de
drank, they married people beena nyam an drink an git marry
wives, they were given in
marriage, until the day op. Dey beena lib dat same way til dat day
that Noe entered into the wen Noah gone eenside de ark. Den de big
ark, and the flood came,
and destroyed them all.
rain come, an all dem outside de ark git
28 Likewise also as it kill op een dat wata wa kiba um all op.
was in the days of Lot; 28 Same way, een Lot time, de people

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 17, 18 277

beena nyam an drink. Dey beena buy an they did eat, they drank,
they bought, they sold,
sell. Dey beena plant crop an build house. they planted, they
29 Bot de day wen Lot lef out fom Sodom, builded;
29 But the same day
fire an sulphur stone come down fom that Lot went out of
heaben like rain an stroy all de people dey. Sodom it rained fire and
30 Dat so e gwine be dat day wen de Man brimstone from heaven,
and destroyed them all.
wa Come fom God gwine come back ta de 30 Even thus shall it be
wol. in the day when the Son
of man is revealed.
31 “Dat day dey, de poson wa dey 31 In that day, he
pontop e house mus dohn tek time fa go which shall be upon the
housetop, and his stuff in
down eenside e house fa geda e ting. Same the house, let him not
way, de poson wa dey een e fiel, e mus come down to take it
away: and he that is in
dohn ton back ta e house. 32 Oona memba the field, let him likewise
wa happen ta Lot wife! 33 Whosoneba da not return back.
32 Remember Lot's
try fa sabe e life, e gwine loss e true life.
wife.
Bot de poson wa loss e life cause ob me, e 33 Whosoever shall
gwine hab de true life. 34 A da tell oona, seek to save his life shall
lose it; and whosoever
dat night dey gwine be two people da shall lose his life shall
sleep een de same bed. Angel gwine come preserve it.
34 I tell you, in that
tek one an lef de oda one. 35 Two ooman night there shall be two
gwine be togeda, da grine meal. Angel men in one bed; the one
shall be taken, and the
gwine come tek one an lef de oda one. other shall be left.
[36 Two man gwine be een de fiel, da wok. 35 Two women shall be
Angel gwine come tek one an lef de oda grinding together; the
one shall be taken, and
one.]” the other left.
37 Jedus ciple dem aks um say, “Lawd, 36 Two men shall be in
the field; the one shall be
weh dem ting gwine happen?” taken, and the other left.
37 And they answered
Jedus ansa um say, “Wehsoneba dey a and said unto him,
dead body, de buzzat dem gwine geda dey Where, Lord? And he said
unto them, Wheresoever
too.” the body is, thither will
the eagles be gathered
together.
Mus Bleebe dat God Gwine Ansa
Oona Pray Chapter 18

18 Jedus tell e ciple dem one paable


1 1 And he spake a para-
fa laan um dat dey mus pray all de ble unto them to this end,
that men ought always to
time ta God an mus bleebe dat God gwine pray, and not to faint;
ansa um. 2 Jedus say, “Dey been a jedge 2 Saying, There was in
a city a judge, which
een one town. Dat jedge ain been scaid ob feared not God, neither
God, an e ain pay people no mind. 3 One regarded man:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
278 Luke 18

3 And there was a wida ooman been dey een dat same town.
widow in that city; and
she came unto him, say- Dis ooman beena go ta de jedge all de time
ing, Avenge me of mine an tell um say, ‘Mus please gii me wa right.
adversary.
4 And he would not for Mus hep me ginst de one wa done me
a while: but afterward he wrong.’ 4 Fa a long time, de ooman come
said within himself, ta de jedge, bot de jedge ain done nottin.
Though I fear not God,
nor regard man; Bot atta wile e say ta esef, ‘Fa true, A ain
5 Yet because this scaid ob God, an A ain pay people no
widow troubleth me, I mind. 5 Bot cause dis ooman da bodda me
will avenge her, lest by
her continual coming she all de time, A gwine gim wa right. Ef A ain
weary me. do dat, e gwine keep on da come ta me til e
6 And the Lord said,
Hear what the unjust
weah me out!’ ”
judge saith. 6 An de Lawd say, “Oona yeh wa de
7 And shall not God jedge wa ain scraight say. 7 Now den, fa
avenge his own elect, true, God gwine do wa right fa e people,
which cry day and night
unto him, though he bear dem dat e done pick an wa da aks um een
long with them? de day time an een de night time fa hep
8 I tell you that he will um, ainty? De Lawd ain gwine be slow fa
avenge them speedily. ansa um, ainty? 8 A da tell oona, God
Nevertheless when the
Son of man cometh, shall gwine mek hace fa do wa right fa um!
he find faith on the Stillyet, wen de Man wa Come fom God
earth?
come back gin, A wonda ef e gwine meet
9 And he spake this anybody een de wol wa bleebe een um!”
parable unto certain
which trusted in them-
selves that they were Who dat Stan Right wid God?
righteous, and despised Jedus tell one paable ta de people dem
9
others:
wa tink dat dey beena do right an hole all
10 Two men went up
de oda people cheap. 10 E say, “One time
into the temple to pray;
the one a Pharisee, and two man gone op ta God House fa pray.
the other a publican. One dem been a Pharisee. De oda been a
11 The Pharisee stood man wa geda tax.
and prayed thus with 11 “De Pharisee stanop an pray bout
himself, God, I thank
thee, that I am not as
esef say, ‘A tank ya, God, cause A ain like
other men are, extor- all dem oda people. A ain tief fom nobody.
tioners, unjust, adulter- A beena waak scraight an do wa de Law
ers, or even as this
publican. say. An A ain sleep wid oda man wife. An
A tank ya dat A ain eben like dat man oba
12 I fast twice in the
week, I give tithes of all yonda wa da geda tax. 12 Two day ebry
that I possess. week A da fast so A kin woshup ya betta. A

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 18 279

tek a tent ob all wa A git an gim ta ya.’ 13 And the publican,


standing afar off, would
13 Bot de man wa da geda tax stan way off. not lift up so much as his
E ain eben lif e eye ta heaben, cause e eyes unto heaven, but
smote upon his breast,
know e done sin. E beena beat e chest saying, God be merciful
cause e too saary fa e sin. An e pray ta God to me a sinner.
say, ‘God, hab mussy pon me, cause A a
14 I tell you, this man
sinna!’ ” went down to his house
14 Jedus tell de people say, “Wen dat justified rather than the
man gone back home, God done fagib um other: for every one that
exalteth himself shall be
fa de ebil e done, an e stan right wid God. abased; and he that
Bot God ain paadon de Pharisee. Cause humbleth himself shall
be exalted.
dem wa pit deysef op, God gwine bring um
down. Bot dem wa tek low, God gwine 15 And they brought
raise um op mo den all.” unto him also infants,
that he would touch
them: but when his disci-
Jedus Bless Leetle Chullun ples saw it, they rebuked
Matthew 19:13-15; Mark 10:13-16 them.

15 Some people beena bring dey baby ta 16 But Jesus called


Jedus fa hab um pit e han pon dey head an them unto him, and said,
Suffer little children to
bless um. Wen Jedus ciple dem shim, dey come unto me, and forbid
buke dem people fa do dat. 16 Bot Jedus them not: for of such is
the kingdom of God.
call de chullun. E tell e ciple dem say,
“Oona mus dohn stop de chullun. Leh um 17 Verily I say unto
come ta me. Cause de people wa like dese you, Whosoever shall not
receive the kingdom of
chullun yah gwine hab God rule oba um. God as a little child shall
17 A da tell oona fa true, de poson wa ain in no wise enter therein.
gree like a leeleetle chile fa leh God rule
18 And a certain ruler
oba um, dat poson ain neba gwine hab asked him, saying, Good
God fa e King.” Master, what shall I do to
inherit eternal life?
De Rich Leada 19 And Jesus said unto
Matthew 19:16-30; Mark 10:17-31 him, Why callest thou me
18 One Jew leada come aks Jedus say, good? none is good, save
one, that is, God.
“Good Teacha, wa A mus do fa git
ebalastin life?” 20 Thou knowest the
commandments, Do not
19 Jedus ansa um say, “Hoccome ya da commit adultery, Do not
say A good? Ain nobody good cep fa God. kill, Do not steal, Do not
20 Ya know wa God Law chaage we fa do. bear false witness, Hon-
our thy father and thy
‘Mus dohn sleep wid oda man wife. Mus mother.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
280 Luke 18

21 And he said, All dohn kill nobody. Mus dohn tief. Mus
these have I kept from
my youth up. dohn tell lie pon nobody. Mus pay mind ta
22 Now when Jesus ya fada an ya modda.’ ”
heard these things, he 21 De leada tell Jedus say, “A done keep
said unto him, Yet lackest
thou one thing: sell all all dem law fom wen A been a boy.”
that thou hast, and dis- 22 Wen Jedus yeh wa de leada say, e tell
tribute unto the poor,
and thou shalt have trea-
um, “Stillyet ya mus do one mo ting. Mus
sure in heaven: and go sell ebryting ya got an gii de money ta
come, follow me. de people wa ain got nottin. Ef ya do dat,
23 And when he heard
this, he was very sorrow-
ya gwine hab tredja een heaben. Atta ya
ful: for he was very rich. done gii way ya money, come folla me.”
24 And when Jesus 23 Wen dat leada yeh wa Jedus say, e been
saw that he was very sor-
rowful, he said, How
sad, cause e been too rich.
hardly shall they that 24 Jedus see de man been too sad an e
have riches enter into the say, “Fa true e ain easy eben a leetle bit fa
kingdom of God!
25 For it is easier for a rich people fa leh God rule oba um. 25 E mo
camel to go through a easy fa mek de camel go shru a needle eye
needle's eye, than for a den fa a rich man fa come onda God rule.”
rich man to enter into the
kingdom of God. 26 De people wa yeh wa Jedus say, aks
26 And they that heard um, “Den who dat kin git sabe?”
it said, Who then can be 27 Jedus ansa say, “God able fa do wa
saved?
27 And he said, The people ain able fa do.”
things which are impossi- 28 Den Peter say, “Look yah! We done
ble with men are possible lef ebryting fa folla ya.”
with God.
28 Then Peter said, Lo,
29 Jedus say, “A da tell oona fa true,
we have left all, and fol- ebrybody wa lef e house, or e wife, or e
lowed thee. broda dem, or e modda or e fada, or e
29 And he said unto
them, Verily I say unto
chullun so dat e kin leh God rule oba um,
you, There is no man that dat one gwine git plenty mo fom God.
hath left house, or par- 30 Een dis time yah, God gwine gim plenty
ents, or brethren, or wife,
or children, for the king- mo den wa e done lef fa folla God. An God
dom of God's sake, gwine gim ebalastin life een de wol dat
30 Who shall not re-
gwine come.”
ceive manifold more in
this present time, and in
the world to come life Jedus Tell Um Gin E Gwine Dead
everlasting. an Den Lib Gin
31 Then he took unto Matthew 20:17-19; Mark 10:32-34
him the twelve, and said 31 Jedus tek de tweb ciple dem ta one
unto them, Behold, we go
up to Jerusalem, and all side an tell um say, “Listen, we da gwine

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 18 281

op ta Jerusalem. All de ting dem de things that are written by


the prophets concerning
prophet dem done write bout de Man wa the Son of man shall be
Come fom God gwine happen fa true. accomplished.
32 For he shall be de-
32 Dey gwine han um oba ta de people wa
livered unto the Gentiles,
ain bleebe pon God. Dem people gwine and shall be mocked, and
shrow slam at um. Dey gwine hole um spitefully entreated, and
spitted on:
cheap an spit pon um. 33 Dey gwine whip 33 And they shall
um an den dey gwine kill um. Bot atta scourge him, and put him
to death: and the third
shree day, de Man wa Come fom God day he shall rise again.
gwine git op fom mongst de dead an lib 34 And they under-
stood none of these
gin.” things: and this saying
34 Bot de ciple dem ain ondastan none was hid from them, nei-
ther knew they the things
ob dese ting. Dey ain know wa e mean. which were spoken.
Dey ain know wa e beena taak bout. 35 And it came to pass,
that as he was come nigh
unto Jericho, a certain
Jedus Mek de Bline Man See blind man sat by the way
Matthew 20:29-34; Mark 10:46-52 side begging:
36 And hearing the
35 Wen Jedus git close ta Jericho, a multitude pass by, he
bline eye man been dey, da seddown side asked what it meant.
de road, an e beena beg. 36 Wen de bline 37 And they told him,
man yeh de crowd da pass, e aks de people that Jesus of Nazareth
passeth by.
say, “Wa gwine on?” 38 And he cried, say-
37 Dey tell um, “Jedus fom Nazareth da ing, Jesus, thou Son of
David, have mercy on
pass long dis way.” me.
38 Wen de bline man yeh dat, e holla say, 39 And they which
“Jedus, Son ob David, hab mussy pon me!” went before rebuked
him, that he should hold
39 De people wa beena lead de crowd his peace: but he cried so
buke de man, tell um e mus hush op e much the more, Thou Son
of David, have mercy on
mout. Bot de man holla mo louda say, me.
“Son ob David, hab mussy pon me!” 40 And Jesus stood,
40 Jedus stop dey, an e chaage de and commanded him to
be brought unto him: and
people fa bring de bline man ta um. Wen e when he was come near,
git close ta Jedus, Jedus aks um say, he asked him,
41 “Wa ya wahn me fa do fa ya?” 41 Saying, What wilt
thou that I shall do unto
De bline man ansa say, “Lawd, A wahn thee? And he said, Lord,
fa see gin.” that I may receive my
42 Jedus tell de man say, “A da mek ya sight.
42 And Jesus said unto
see. Cause ya bleebe een me, ya done git him, Receive thy sight
well!” thy faith hath saved thee.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
282 Luke 18, 19

43 And immediately 43 Dat same time de man been able fa


he received his sight, and
followed him, glorifying see. E folla longside Jedus, da praise God.
God: and all the people, Wen de crowd shim, dey all praise God
when they saw it, gave
praise unto God.
too.

Chapter 19 Jedus an Zacchaeus,


1 And Jesus entered de Man wa da Geda Tax

19 Jedus done gone eenta Jericho


and passed through 1
Jericho.
2 And, behold, there an beena pass shru dey. 2 One
was a man named
Zacchaeus, which was man been dey name Zacchaeus. E been a
the chief among the pub- head man ob dem wa da geda tax, an e hab
licans, and he was rich.
3 And he sought to see a heapa money. 3 Zacchaeus beena try fa
Jesus who he was; and see Jedus, bot e ain been able fa shim
could not for the press,
because he was little of cause e been a shot man an e ain been
stature.
4 And he ran before, able fa see oba de crowd wa been roun
and climbed up into a Jedus. 4 So Zacchaeus ron head ob de
sycomore tree to see him:
for he was to pass that crowd an climb op a sycamo tree fa
way.
5 And when Jesus hab chance fa see Jedus, wa been gwine
came to the place, he come long dat way. 5 Wen Jedus git ta de
looked up, and saw him,
and said unto him, tree weh Zacchaeus been, e look op an tell
Zacchaeus, make haste, um say, “Hurry op an come down,
and come down; for to
day I must abide at thy Zacchaeus, cause A haffa stay ta ya house
house.
6 And he made haste, taday.”
and came down, and re- 6 Zacchaeus come down quick. E tek
ceived him joyfully.
7 And when they saw Jedus ta e house an gim haaty welcome.
it, they all murmured, 7 All de people wa shim een Zacchaeus
saying, That he was gone
to be guest with a man house staat fa grumble say, “Jedus gone fa
that is a sinner.
8 And Zacchaeus
stay ta de house ob a man wa ain keep de
stood, and said unto the Jew Law.”
Lord; Behold, Lord, the 8 Zacchaeus stanop an tell de Lawd say,
half of my goods I give to
the poor; and if I have “Look, Lawd! A gwine gii haf ob ebryting
taken any thing from any A got ta de po people. An ef A done tief
man by false accusation, I
restore him fourfold. fom anybody, A gwine gim back fo time
9 And Jesus said unto wa A done tief fom um.”
him, This day is salvation 9 Jedus tell um, “Taday God done sabe
come to this house,
forsomuch as he also is a dis man an e fambly. Dis man one ob
son of Abraham. Abraham chullun too. 10 Cause de Man wa
10 For the Son of man
is come to seek and to Come fom God, e come fa saach fa people
save that which was lost. wa loss, an sabe um.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 19 283

De Paable Bout de Ten Wokman 11 And as they heard


these things, he added
an de Money and spake a parable, be-
Matthew 25:14-30 cause he was nigh to Je-
rusalem, and because
11 De people beena listen ta wa Jedus they thought that the
kingdom of God should
say. E been mos ta Jerusalem now, an dey immediately appear.
beena tink say dat dey gwine see God 12 He said therefore, A
certain nobleman went
come down an rule tareckly. So den, Jedus into a far country to re-
tell um one paable. 12 E say, “One time ceive for himself a king-
dom, and to return.
one man wa fom a king fambly beena 13 And he called his
gwine ta a country faa way fa leh dem mek ten servants, and deliv-
ered them ten pounds,
um king an den e gwine come back home and said unto them, Oc-
gin. 13 Fo de man lef, e call ten ob e cupy till I come.
14 But his citizens
wokman dem an gim each a gole coin. E hated him, and sent a
message after him, say-
tell um say, ‘See hommuch ya kin mek wid ing, We will not have this
dis money fo A come back.’ man to reign over us.
15 And it came to pass,
14 “Now den, de people wa lib een dat that when he was re-
turned, having received
country been hate um. Dey sen messenja the kingdom, then he
dem atta um fa say, ‘We ain wahn dis man commanded these ser-
vants to be called unto
fa rule oba we.’ him, to whom he had
15 “Bot de man git mek king ob dey given the money, that he
might know how much
country, an e come back ta e house. every man had gained by
trading.
Tareckly e sen fa e ten wokman dem fa 16 Then came the first,
come tell um hommuch money dey been saying, Lord, thy pound
hath gained ten pounds.
mek wid e gole coin. 16 De fus wokman 17 And he said unto
come an say, ‘Sah, A done mek ten mo gole him, Well, thou good ser-
vant: because thou hast
coin wid de one wa ya gii me.’ 17 De king been faithful in a very lit-
tle, have thou authority
tell um say, ‘Ya done good. Ya a good over ten cities.
wokman. Cause A able fa trus ya fa do a 18 And the second
came, saying, Lord, thy
leetle job, A gwine mek ya rula oba ten pound hath gained five
pounds.
city.’ 18 De secon wokman come ta de king 19 And he said like-
an say, ‘Sah, A done mek fibe mo gole coin wise to him, Be thou also
over five cities.
wid de one wa ya gii me.’ 19 De king tell 20 And another came,
um say, ‘Ya gwine rule oba fibe city.’ saying, Lord, behold, here
is thy pound, which I
20 Oda wokman come ta de king say, ‘Sah, have kept laid up in a
yah de one gole coin wa ya been gii me. A napkin:
21 For I feared thee,
been tie um op een a hankachief fa keep because thou art an
um safe. 21 A been scaid ob ya cause ya a austere man: thou takest
haad man. Ya da tek dat wa ain ya own an up that thou layedst not
down, and reapest that
ya da haabis wa ya ain plant!’ 22 De king thou didst not sow.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
284 Luke 19

22 And he saith unto tell um say, ‘Ya a good fa nottin wokman.


him, Out of thine own
mouth will I judge thee, De wod wa ya own mout done taak A
thou wicked servant. gwine nyuse fa condemn ya! Ya know A a
Thou knewest that I was
an austere man, taking haad man, ainty? A da tek dat wa ain me
up that I laid not down,
and reaping that I did not own an A da haabis wa A ain plant. 23 Ya
sow: oughta hab pit me money een de bank, an
23 Wherefore then
gavest not thou my den wen A come back, leas A been gwine
money into the bank,
that at my coming I hab de money an de interest e done git
might have required too.’ 24 Den de king tell de wokman dem
mine own with usury?
24 And he said unto wa beena stan dey, say, ‘Oona tek de one
them that stood by, Take gole coin way fom dis man an gim ta de
from him the pound, and
give it to him that hath wokman wa hab ten.’ 25 Dem wokman
ten pounds. say, ‘Sah, dat man done hab ten coin!’
25 (And they said unto
26 An de king ansa say, ‘A da tell oona say,
him, Lord, he hath ten
pounds.) dat ebry poson wa got sompin, God gwine
26 For I say unto you,
That unto every one gim mo. Bot de one wa ain got nottin, God
which hath shall be gwine tek way dat leeleetle bit wa e got.
given; and from him that
hath not, even that he 27 Now den, me enemy dem wa ain wahn
hath shall be taken away me fa rule oba dem, fetch um yah an kill
from him.
27 But those mine ene- um een front ob me!’ ”
mies, which would not
that I should reign over
them, bring hither, and De People Hona Jedus Like a King
slay them before me.
28 And when he had Matthew 21:1-11; Mark 11:1-11; John 12:12-19
thus spoken, he went be-
fore, ascending up to Atta Jedus say dat, e gone long head
28
Jerusalem.
29 And it came to pass,
ob de people, da waak ta Jerusalem.
when he was come nigh 29 Wen e git close ta Bethphage an
to Bethphage and Bethany, dey ta de Mount Olib, e call two
Bethany, at the mount
called the mount of Ol- ob e ciple dem an e sen um on head ob um.
ives, he sent two of his
disciples, 30 E tell um say, “Oona go ta de
30 Saying, Go ye into settlement wa dey head ob oona. Wen
the village over against
you; in the which at your oona go eenta de settlement, oona gwine
entering ye shall find a see one nyoung donkey dat dey done tie
colt tied, whereon yet
never man sat: loose him,
op dey. Nobody ain neba yet ride pon dat
and bring him hither. donkey. Mus ontie um an fetch um yah.
31 And if any man ask 31 Ef anybody aks oona hoccome ya da
you, Why do ye loose
him? thus shall ye say
ontie um, ansa um say, ‘De Lawd need
unto him, Because the um.’ ”
Lord hath need of him. 32 De two ciple dem gone long ta de
32 And they that were
sent went their way, and settlement an dey find ebryting jes like

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 19 285

Jedus tell um. 33 Wen dey beena ontie de found even as he had said
unto them.
nyoung donkey, dem wa e blongst ta aks 33 And as they were
um say, “Hoccome oona da ontie um?” loosing the colt, the own-
34 Dey ansa say, “De Lawd need um.” ers thereof said unto
them, Why loose ye the
35 Den dey tek de donkey ta Jedus. Dey pit colt?
dey cloes pontop de animal an hep Jedus 34 And they said, The
Lord hath need of him.
git pon um. 36 Wiles Jedus beena ride long 35 And they brought
pon e way ta Jerusalem, de people spread him to Jesus: and they
cast their garments upon
some dey cloes pon de road fo um fa sho the colt, and they set Je-
um hona. sus thereon.
36 And as he went,
37 Wen Jedus come fom de Mount Olib,
they spread their clothes
da gwine down de hill, e come close ta in the way.
37 And when he was
Jerusalem. An all de big crowd ob people come nigh, even now at
wa beena trabel long wid um staat fa the descent of the mount
rejaice an tank God. Dey beena holla ta de of Olives, the whole mul-
titude of the disciples be-
top ob dey boice, da praise God fa all de gan to rejoice and praise
miracle dem wa dey beena see Jedus do. God with a loud voice for
all the mighty works that
38 Dey say, they had seen;
“God bless de King wa e done 38 Saying, Blessed be
the King that cometh in
sen fa come een de name the name of the Lord:
ob de Lawd! peace in heaven, and
Leh dey be peace een heaben. glory in the highest.
39 And some of the
We da gii glory ta God!” Pharisees from among
39 Some de Pharisee dem dey een de the multitude said unto
him, Master, rebuke thy
crowd tell Jedus say, “Teacha, buke dem disciples.
people wa da folla ya. Chaage um fa hush 40 And he answered
and said unto them, I tell
op dey mout!” you that, if these should
40 Jedus ansa um say, “A da tell oona, ef hold their peace, the
stones would immedi-
dem people hush op dey mout, dem rock ately cry out.
yah gwine staat fa holla!” 41 And when he was
come near, he beheld the
Jedus Cry fa Jerusalem city, and wept over it,
42 Saying, If thou
41 Wen Jedus git close ta de city, e shim hadst known, even thou,
an e staat fa cry. 42 E say, “A wish oona at least in this thy day,
the things which belong
dey een Jerusalem been know taday wa unto thy peace! but now
ting oona need fa hab peace! Bot oona ain they are hid from thine
eyes.
able fa shim now! 43 De time da come wen
43 For the days shall
oona enemy dem gwine build wall roun de come upon thee, that
city. Dey gwine hab oona pen op an fence thine enemies shall cast a

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
286 Luke 19, 20

trench about thee, and op ta ebry side so dat oona ain gwine be
compass thee round, and
keep thee in on every able fa git outta dey. 44 Dey gwine stroy de
side, city an all ob oona an eben all oona
44 And shall lay thee
even with the ground,
chullun. Dey gwine knock all de city stone
and thy children within dem ta de groun. Dey ain gwine lef eben
thee; and they shall not one stone weh e stan. Dey gwine do all dat
leave in thee one stone
upon another; because cause oona ain recognize de time wen God
thou knewest not the beena come fa sabe oona!”
time of thy visitation.
45 And he went into
the temple, and began to Jedus een God House
cast out them that sold Matthew 21:12-17; Mark 11:15-19; John 2:13-22
therein, and them that
bought; Den Jedus gone eenside God House.
45
46 Saying unto them,
It is written, My house is
E staat fa dribe out dem people wa beena
the house of prayer: but sell ting eenside dey. 46 E tell um say,
ye have made it a den of “God say een e wod, ‘Me house gwine be
thieves.
47 And he taught daily place weh people pray ta me!’ Bot oona
in the temple. But the done ton um ta place weh tief dem da
chief priests and the
scribes and the chief of hide!”
the people sought to de- 47 Jedus beena laan de people een God
stroy him,
48 And could not find House ebry day. De leada dem ob de Jew
what they might do: for priest dem, de Jew Law teacha dem, an de
all the people were very
attentive to hear him.
oda Jew leada dem beena try fa find way
fa kill Jedus. 48 Bot dey ain been able fa
figga how fa do um, cause all de people
been dey, beena geda roun Jedus fa yeh
Chapter 20 um. Dey ain been wahn fa miss eben one
1 And it came to pass, wod e say.
that on one of those days,
as he taught the people in
the temple, and preached Dey Aks Jedus Weh E Git E Tority
the gospel, the chief Matthew 21:23-27; Mark 11:27-33

20
priests and the scribes
came upon him with the
One day wiles Jedus beena laan
1
elders, de people an da preach de Good
2 And spake unto him,
Nyews, de leada dem ob de Jew priest
saying, Tell us, by what
authority doest thou dem, de Jew Law teacha dem an de oda
these things? or who is he Jew leada dem come ta Jedus. 2 Dey aks
that gave thee this
authority? um say, “Tell we, wa gii ya de right fa do
3 And he answered dem ting yah? Who dat gii ya de tority?”
and said unto them, I will 3 Jedus ansa um say, “Leh me aks oona
also ask you one thing;
and answer me: one queshon too. Oona tell me, 4 wen

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 20 287

John wa Bactize people been come yah, 4 The baptism of John,


was it from heaven, or of
who dat gim de right fa bactize. Tell me, men?
God gim de tority, or de people gim de 5 And they reasoned
with themselves, saying,
tority?” If we shall say, From
5 Dey staat fa aagy mongst deysef say, heaven; he will say, Why
“Wa we gwine ansa um? Ef we say ‘God gii then believed ye him
not?
John de tority fa bactize people,’ e gwine 6 But and if we say, Of
say, ‘Well den, hoccome oona ain bleebe men; all the people will
stone us: for they be per-
um?’ 6 Bot ef we say ‘People gii John dat suaded that John was a
tority,’ all dem people yah gwine chunk prophet.
7 And they answered,
stone pon we, cause dey bleebe fa true dat that they could not tell
John been a prophet.” 7 So dey ansa whence it was.
8 And Jesus said unto
Jedus, say dey ain know who dat gii John them, Neither tell I you
de tority fa bactize people. by what authority I do
8 Jedus tell um say, “Well den, A ain these things.
9 Then began he to
needa gwine tell oona who dat gii me de speak to the people this
tority fa do dem ting yah.” parable; A certain man
planted a vineyard, and
let it forth to husband-
De Paable Bout de Wickity Wokman dem men, and went into a far
Matthew 21:33-46; Mark 12:1-12 country for a long time.
9 Jedus tell de people one paable say, 10 And at the season
“One time one man plant some grapewine he sent a servant to the
husbandmen, that they
pon e faam. E hire some wokman fa tek should give him of the
cyah ob de faam an den e gone way ta fruit of the vineyard: but
the husbandmen beat
noda country, an e stay dey a long time. him, and sent him away
10 Wen de time come fa de grape haabis, empty.
de owna sen a saabant ta e faam fa fetch e 11 And again he sent
share ob de haabis. Bot de wokman dem another servant: and they
beat him also, and en-
wa cyah fa e faam beat dat man wa de treated him shamefully,
owna sen. Dey sen um back dout nottin. and sent him away
11 De owna sen noda saabant fa fetch e empty.

share. Dey beat dat man too an shame um. 12 And again he sent a
Den dey sen um back wid nottin. 12 De third: and they wounded
him also, and cast him
owna sen still noda man. Dem wa cyah fa out.
de faam beat dat one til dey hut um fa true,
13 Then said the lord
an dey chunk um off de faam. 13 De faam of the vineyard, What
owna say, ‘Wa A gwine do now? A gwine shall I do? I will send my
beloved son: it may be
sen me own deah son wa A lob. Dey gwine they will reverence him
show hona ta me son.’ 14 Bot wen dem wa when they see him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
288 Luke 20

14 But when the hus- cyah fa de faam see de owna son come,
bandmen saw him, they
reasoned among them- dey all taak togeda say, ‘Dis de owna son.
selves, saying, This is the Dis propaty yah gwine be lef ta um. Leh we
heir: come, let us kill
him, that the inheritance
kill um so dat de propaty gwine come ta
may be ours. we.’ 15 Den dey chunk de owna son off de
15 So they cast him out
faam, an dey kill um.
of the vineyard, and “Now den,” Jedus aks de people say,
killed him. What there- “Wa dat faam owna gwine do ta dem
fore shall the lord of the
vineyard do unto them? wokman? 16 E gwine come an kill dem, an
16 He shall come and e gwine gii e faam ta oda wokman dem.”
destroy these husband-
men, and shall give the Wen de people yeh wa Jedus say, dey
vineyard to others. And say, “Fa sho, dat mus dohn happen!”
when they heard it, they 17 Jedus look scraight at um an aks um
said, God forbid.
say, “Well den, oona tell me wa dey mean
17 And he beheld
wen dey write een God Book say,
them, and said, What is ‘De same stone dat de builda
this then that is written, dem chunk out,
The stone which the
builders rejected, the dat de stone wa come fa be
same is become the head portant mo den all de oda res.’
of the corner?
18 “De poson wa faddown pon dis stone
yah gwine broke op all e bone dem. An
18 Whosoever shall
fall upon that stone shall
wen dis stone faddown pon a poson, e
be broken; but on whom- gwine mash um all op.”
soever it shall fall, it will
grind him to powder.
De Queshon Bout Tax
Matthew 22:15-22; Mark 12:13-17
19 And the chief
priests and the scribes the Now, dem Law teacha an dem priest
19
same hour sought to lay leada ondastan dat Jedus been tell dat
hands on him; and they
feared the people: for paable ginst dem. So dat same time, dey
they perceived that he try fa ketch Jedus an hole um. Bot dey ain
had spoken this parable
against them.
ketch um cause dey been scaid ob de
people dey. 20 So dey beena watch Jedus
20 And they watched
fa try fa ketch um. Dey pay some man
him, and sent forth spies, dem, sen um ta Jedus. De tell dem man fa
which should feign them- mek like dey mean wa dey say fa true, an
selves just men, that they
might take hold of his chaage um fa aks Jedus schemy queshon.
words, that so they might Dey plan fa tek de wod wa Jedus ansa fa
deliver him unto the
power and authority of ketch um, say e taak bad ting. Den dey kin
the governor. go cuse Jedus an tek um ta de Roman

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 20 289

gobna, wa hab tority an powa fa jedge um. 21 And they asked


him, saying, Master, we
21 De man dem wa dey beena pay fa ketch know that thou sayest
Jedus come ta um fa aks um schemy and teachest rightly, nei-
ther acceptest thou the
queshon. Dey tell Jedus say, “Teacha, we person of any, but
know wa ya da say an laan we, e right fa teachest the way of God
true. We know ya da look pon all people truly:

de same. Fa true ya da teach God way.” 22 Is it lawful for us to


22 Den dey aks um say, “E right fa we fa give tribute unto Caesar,
or no?
pay tax ta de Roman rula Caesar? Wa de
Jew Law say bout dat?” 23 But he perceived
their craftiness, and said
23 Bot Jedus obareach um. E been know unto them, Why tempt ye
dey beena try fa ketch um een e wod. So e me?
chaage um say, 24 “Show me a coin.” Wen 24 Shew me a penny.
dey show um dat money, e aks um say, Whose image and super-
“Who dat hab e face an e name pon dis scription hath it? They
answered and said,
coin yah?” Caesar's.
Dey ansa Jedus say, “Dat Caesar face an 25 And he said unto
name dey.” them, Render therefore
25 Jedus say, “Well den, mus gii Caesar unto Caesar the things
which be Caesar's, and
dat wa blongst ta Caesar an gii God wa unto God the things
blongst ta God.” which be God's.
26 So den wid all de people dey, dem 26 And they could not
man ain been able fa ketch Jedus een none take hold of his words be-
ob de wod wa e say. Wen Jedus ansa um fore the people: and they
marvelled at his answer,
so, dey been stonish down an dey hush op and held their peace.
dey mout. 27 Then came to him
certain of the Sadducees,
Dem wa Lib Gin Cyahn Dead No Mo which deny that there is
Matthew 22:23-33; Mark 12:18-27 any resurrection; and
they asked him,
27 Some Sadducee come ta Jedus. De
28 Saying, Master, Mo-
Sadducee dem bleebe dat dead people ain ses wrote unto us, If any
gwine git op fom mongst de dead an lib man's brother die, having
gin. 28 Dey aks Jedus say, “Teacha, Moses a wife, and he die with-
out children, that his
write law fa we say, ‘Ef a man dead an lef e brother should take his
wife an ain hab no chullun, de man broda wife, and raise up seed
unto his brother.
mus marry de wida ooman fa hab chullun
een de name ob de man wa done pass oba.’ 29 There were there-
29 One time dey been seben broda. De fus fore seven brethren: and
the first took a wife, and
one marry an e pass oba. E ain lef no died without children.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
290 Luke 20

30 And the second chullun. 30 De nex broda marry e broda


took her to wife, and he
died childless. wida ooman. An dat broda pass oba an ain
31 And the third took lef no chullun fa e dead broda. 31 Den de
her; and in like manner nex broda marry de wida ooman an e pass
the seven also: and they
left no children, and oba. De same ting happen ta all de seben
died. broda dem. Dey all marry dat ooman, one
32 Last of all the atta de oda, an dey all pass oba an ain hab
woman died also.
33 Therefore in the
no chullun. 32 Las ob all, de wida ooman
resurrection whose wife esef pass oba. 33 All seben broda done
of them is she? for seven marry dat ooman. So den, tell we, wen de
had her to wife.
34 And Jesus answer-
time come wen de dead people gwine git
ing said unto them, The op fom mongst de dead an lib gin, who dat
children of this world gwine hab dat ooman fa e wife?”
marry, and are given in
marriage:
34 Jedus ansa de Sadducee dem say,
35 But they which “Yah een dis wol de people da git marry
shall be accounted wor- op. 35 Bot atta dey pass oba, de people
thy to obtain that world,
and the resurrection from dem wa God see fit fa mek um git op fom
the dead, neither marry, mongst de dead an lib gin, dey ain fa be
nor are given in
marriage:
marry. 36 Dey gwine be like de angel dem,
36 Neither can they die an dey cyahn dead no mo. Dey God
any more: for they are chullun, cause dey done been dead bot
equal unto the angels;
and are the children of
now dey done git op fom mongst de dead
God, being the children an lib gin. 37 Moses eben show dat dem wa
of the resurrection. done dead git op fom de grabe an lib gin. E
37 Now that the dead
are raised, even Moses
show dat dey een God Book, weh e write
shewed at the bush, down bout de bush dat beena bun. Dey
when he calleth the Lord dey e call de Lawd ‘de God ob Abraham, de
the God of Abraham, and
the God of Isaac, and the God ob Isaac, an de God ob Jacob.’ 38 E de
God of Jacob. God ob dem wa da lib. E ain no God ob
38 For he is not a God
of the dead, but of the liv-
dead people. Cause ta God all people da
ing: for all live unto him. lib.”
39 Then certain of the 39 Some de Law teacha dem tell Jedus
scribes answering said, say, “Teacha, dat a good ansa!” 40 Atta
Master, thou hast well
said. dat, de people been scaid fa aks Jedus oda
40 And after that they queshon.
durst not ask him any
question at all.
Who de Messiah Da?
41 And he said unto Matthew 22:41-46; Mark 12:35-37
them, How say they that
Christ is David's son? 41 Jedus aks um say, “Hoccome people

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 20, 21 291

say dat de Messiah gwine be de chile ob 42 And David himself


saith in the book of
David chullun chullun? 42 Cause David Psalms, The LORD said
done write down een de book ob Psalms unto my Lord, Sit thou on
my right hand,
say,
‘De Lawd tell me Lawd say,
43 Till I make thine en-
seddown yah ta me right han side emies thy footstool.
43 til A pit ya enemy dem ondaneet
ya foot.’ 44 David therefore
44 David call de Messiah ‘Lawd.’ So den calleth him Lord, how is
how de Messiah kin be David son?” he then his son?

Jedus Waan Ginst de Law Teacha Dem 45 Then in the audi-


Matthew 23:1-36; Mark 12:38-40 ence of all the people he
said unto his disciples,
45 Wiles all de people beena listen,
Jedus taak ta e ciple dem. 46 E say, “Oona 46 Beware of the
mus be on de watch fa de Law teacha dem. scribes, which desire to
Dey like fa waak roun een dey long robe fa walk in long robes, and
love greetings in the mar-
mek people say dey a big leada. An dey lob kets, and the highest
fa go ta de maakut place weh plenty seats in the synagogues,
and the chief rooms at
people geda, so dat de people kin gim feasts;
hona. Wen dey go ta de Jew meetin house,
dey lob fa seddown een de bes seat. An 47 Which devour wid-
wen dey go ta de feas, dey lob fa seddown ows' houses, and for a
shew make long prayers:
een de place weh de big leada dem the same shall receive
seddown. 47 Dem Law teacha yah tek oba greater damnation.
wida ooman propaty an tief all dey got. An
den dey stanop da pray long time so dat
people kin say dey good people fa true!
God gwine punish dem mo den e gwine
punish oda people.”

De Wida Ooman Wa Gii All E Money


ta God
Mark 12:41-44 Chapter 21

21
1 Jedus been ta God House. E 1 And he looked up,
and saw the rich men
beena look roun, an e see de rich casting their gifts into the
people come an drop dey money wa dey treasury.
2 And he saw also a
da gii ta God eenta de money box dey. certain poor widow cast-
2 Same time e see one po wida ooman ing in thither two mites.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
292 Luke 21

3 And he said, Of a come too. E drop two leetle coppa coin


truth I say unto you, that
this poor widow hath eenta de box. 3 Jedus say, “A da tell oona
cast in more than they fa true, dis po wida ooman yah done gii
all:
mo den all de oda people. 4 Cause de oda
4 For all these have of res come an gii jes a leetle bit fom all de
their abundance cast in whole heapa money dey got. Bot dis
unto the offerings of God:
but she of her penury ooman wa too po done gii all de money e
hath cast in all the living got fa lib off.”
that she had.

5 And as some spake of Jedus Say God House Gwine Be Stroy


the temple, how it was Matthew 24:1-2; Mark 13:1-2
adorned with goodly
stones and gifts, he said, Some de ciple dem beena taak bout
5
6 As for these things God House, how e stan so purty, wid e fine
which ye behold, the stone an all de ting dey wa people done gii
days will come, in the fa God. Jedus say, 6 “Oona see all dis? De
which there shall not be
left one stone upon an- time gwine come wen none dese stone yah
other, that shall not be wa oona da see ain gwine be lef een dey
thrown down.
place, one pontop de oda. Ebry stone yah
7 And they asked him, gwine be chunk down outta e place.”
saying, Master, but when
shall these things be? and
what sign will there be Wa Gwine Happen fa Show de End Time
when these things shall Done Come
come to pass?
Matthew 24:3-14; Mark 13:3-13
8 And he said, Take
Dey aks Jedus say, “Teacha, wen dat
7
heed that ye be not de-
ceived: for many shall gwine happen? Wa sign gwine show we
come in my name, say- dat time done come?”
ing, I am Christ; and the
time draweth near: go ye
8 Jedus tell um say, “Oona mus be on de
not therefore after them. watch. Mus dohn leh nobody fool oona.
Cause plenty man dem gwine come een
9 But when ye shall
hear of wars and commo- me name. Dey gwine say, ‘A de Messiah!’
tions, be not terrified: for An dey gwine say, ‘De time done come!’
these things must first
come to pass; but the end
Oona mus dohn go long wid dem. 9 Mus
is not by and by. dohn be scaid wen oona yeh bout waa an
rebolution. Dem ting haffa happen fus, bot
10 Then said he unto
them, Nation shall rise
dat ain mean dat de end time done come.”
against nation, and king- 10 Den Jedus tell um say, “De country
dom against kingdom: dem ob de wol gwine fight ginst one noda.
11 And great earth- Nation gwine scrike out ginst oda nation.
quakes shall be in divers 11 De groun gwine shake too bad. A dry

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 21 293

drought gwine come shru an people ain places, and famines, and
pestilences; and fearful
gwine hab nottin fa nyam. A whole heapa sights and great signs
people gwine git sick an dat sick gwine shall there be from
heaven.
spread all roun. All dat gwine happen een
plenty place all oba de wol. Plenty ting 12 But before all these,
gwine happen fa mek people scaid ta det, they shall lay their hands
on you, and persecute
an dey gwine be great ting een de sky fa you, delivering you up to
sho people wa gwine come. 12 Bot fo all the synagogues, and into
dem ting happen, de people wa hab tority prisons, being brought
before kings and rulers
gwine grab hole ta oona an do oona plenty for my name's sake.
bad ting. Dey gwine drag oona fa be jedge
13 And it shall turn to
fo de leada dem een de Jew meetin house, you for a testimony.
an dey gwine pit oona een de jailhouse.
Dey gwine bring oona fo king dem an 14 Settle it therefore in
gobna dem cause ooa me ciple dem. 13 Dat your hearts, not to medi-
tate before what ye shall
de time dey wen oona gwine hab good answer:
chance fa tell de people de true ting wa
15 For I will give you a
oona know bout me. 14 Bot fo dey grab mouth and wisdom,
hole ta oona an tek oona fa be jedge, mus which all your adversar-
mek op ya mind dat ya ain gwine fret bout ies shall not be able to
gainsay nor resist.
wa ya gwine ansa um. 15 Cause A gwine
gii ya nuff wise wod an sense fa ansa dem. 16 And ye shall be be-
Eben oona enemy dem gwine haffa gree trayed both by parents,
and brethren, and
wid wa ya tell um. 16 Bot eben ya modda kinsfolks, and friends;
an fada, ya broda dem, ya fambly, an ya and some of you shall
they cause to be put to
fren dem gwine han ya oba ta de tority fa death.
tek ya fo de jedge. An dem tority gwine kill
some ob oona. 17 All de people gwine hate 17 And ye shall be
hated of all men for my
oona cause oona bleebe een me. name's sake.
18 Stillyet, ain eben one hair een oona
head gwine be loss. 19 Mus stan firm, an 18 But there shall not
an hair of your head
oona gwine git true life. perish.

Jedus Say Jerusalem Gwine Be Stroy 19 In your patience


Matthew 24:15-21; Mark 13:14-19 possess ye your souls.

20 “Bot wen oona see de aamy dem da 20 And when ye shall


geda all roun Jerusalem, oona gwine know see Jerusalem compassed
with armies, then know
dat de time done come wen dat city gwine that the desolation
be stroy. 21 Dat de time wen de people een thereof is nigh.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
294 Luke 21

21 Then let them Judea mus ron way quick ta de hill


which are in Judaea flee
to the mountains; and let country. Dem een de city ob Jerusalem
them which are in the mus lef dey, an dem wa out een de country
midst of it depart out;
and let not them that are
mus dohn go eenta dat city. 22 Cause dat
in the countries enter de time dey wen God gwine punish de
thereinto. people an do all dat de prophet dem done
22 For these be the write down een God Book. 23 Dat time
days of vengeance, that gwine be mighty haad fa ooman dem wa
all things which are writ- een de fambly way an dem wa hab leetle
ten may be fulfilled.
baby! De people een dis lan gwine suffa
23 But woe unto them too bad. God gwine show dat e bex fa true
that are with child, and an punish dis people. 24 Some dem gwine
to them that give suck, in
those days! for there shall git kill wid de sode. Oda dem gwine git
be great distress in the ketch an be prisona, an oda people gwine
land, and wrath upon this
people. cyaa um way ta all de diffunt country dem.
De people fom dem oda lan gwine tek
24 And they shall fall chaage oba Jerusalem, trample um down
by the edge of the sword, all oba til de time come fa dem people wa
and shall be led away
captive into all nations: ain Jew fa loss dey powa.
and Jerusalem shall be
trodden down of the
Gentiles, until the times De Man wa Come fom God
of the Gentiles be Gwine Come Gin
fulfilled. Matthew 24:29-31; Mark 13:24-27

“Scrange ting gwine happen ta de


25
25 And there shall be sun an de moon an de staa fa sho people
signs in the sun, and in
the moon, and in the
wa da come. A whole heapa people een
stars; and upon the earth plenty place een dis wol ain gwine know
distress of nations, with wa fa do. Dey gwine be scaid fa true wen
perplexity; the sea and
the waves roaring; dey see de salt wata git rough an de
swellin ob dat tide wata roll like tunda.
26 People gwine pass out. Dey gwine be
26 Men's hearts failing
them for fear, and for scaid ta det, wiles dey da wait fa see wa
looking after those things gwine happen ta all de wol. De powa wa
which are coming on the
earth: for the powers of dey een de eliment gwine shake an moob
heaven shall be shaken. outta dey place weh dey spose fa be.
27 Dat de time wen de people gwine see de
27 And then shall they Man wa Come fom God da come down een
see the Son of man com-
ing in a cloud with power
a cloud eenta de wol. E gwine hab great
and great glory. powa, an a too bright light gwine shine

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 21 295

roun um. 28 Wen oona see dem ting staat 28 And when these
things begin to come to
fa happen, oona oughta stanop. Look op ta pass, then look up, and
God, cause e gwine sabe oona soon.” lift up your heads; for
your redemption draw-
eth nigh.
Wa We Laan fom de Fig Tree 29 And he spake to
Matthew 24:32-35; Mark 13:28-31 them a parable; Behold
the fig tree, and all the
29 Jedus tell um a paable, say, “Look at trees;
de fig tree an all de oda tree dem. 30 Wen 30 When they now
oona see dem leaf da buss open, oona shoot forth, ye see and
know of your own selves
know dat summa gwine come soon, ainty? that summer is now nigh
31 Same way, wen oona see dem ting wa A at hand.
done taak bout staat fa happen, oona 31 So likewise ye,
when ye see these things
gwine know dat de time wen God gwine come to pass, know ye
rule ain way off. that the kingdom of God
32 “A da tell oona fa true, all dem ting is nigh at hand.
32 Verily I say unto
yah gwine happen fo de people wa da lib you, This generation
now pass oba. 33 De eliment an de wol esef shall not pass away, till
ain gwine las faeba, bot me wod gwine las all be fulfilled.
33 Heaven and earth
faeba an eba. shall pass away: but my
words shall not pass
Oona Mus Tek Cyah Wa Oona da Do away.
34 And take heed to
34 “Oona mus tek cyah wa oona da do. yourselves, lest at any
Mus dohn leh oona mind ron on all de time time your hearts be over-
charged with surfeiting,
bout tommuch nyam an drink. Mus dohn and drunkenness, and
fret tommuch bout oona trouble een dis cares of this life, and so
wol. Cause ef oona do, dat day gwine come that day come upon you
unawares.
all ob a sudden, wen oona ain ready. 35 For as a snare shall
35 Dat day gwine come pon all de people it come on all them that
all oba de wol, like a trap close quick pon a dwell on the face of the
whole earth.
bod. 36 Oona mus be on de watch an pray 36 Watch ye therefore,
all de time so dat oona gwine hab scrent fa and pray always, that ye
beah all dem ting wa gwine happen een dis may be accounted wor-
thy to escape all these
wol an be able fa stan fo de Man wa Come things that shall come to
fom God.” pass, and to stand before
the Son of man.
37 Jurin dat time, Jedus beena spen de
37 And in the day time
day da laan de people een God House, an he was teaching in the
wen fus daak come, e gone an spen de temple; and at night he
went out, and abode in
night ta de Mount Olib. 38 Ebry maanin the mount that is called
wen day clean, all de people wa e beena the mount of Olives.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
296 Luke 21, 22

38 And all the people laan, dey gone fa meet um een God House
came early in the morn-
ing to him in the temple, fa yeh wa e gwine laan um dat day.
for to hear him.
Jedus Enemy Try fa Figga Out
How fa Kill Um
Matthew 26:1-5; Mark 14:1-2; John 11:45-53

22
Chapter 22 De time mos come fa de Feas ob
1
1 Now the feast of un- Unleaven Bread, de Jew holiday
leavened bread drew
nigh, which is called the wen dey nyam bread wa ain hab no yeast
Passover. een um. Dey call dat de Passoba holiday.
2 De leada dem ob de Jew priest dem an de
2 And the chief priests
and scribes sought how Law teacha dem beena study dey head fa
they might kill him; for figga how fa kill Jedus dout nobody find
they feared the people.
out bout um. Cause dey been scaid ob de
3 Then entered Satan
people.
into Judas surnamed Is-
cariot, being of the num- Judas Gree fa Sell Jedus ta E Enemy
ber of the twelve. Matthew 26:14-16; Mark 14:10-11
Den Satan tek hole ta Judas wa dey
3
4 And he went his way,
and communed with the call Iscariot. E been one ob de tweb ciple
chief priests and cap- dem. 4 So Judas gone off an taak ta de
tains, how he might be-
tray him unto them.
priest leada dem an dem offisa ob dem wa
gyaad God House. Judas taak ta um bout
5 And they were glad,
how e kin hep um ketch Jedus. 5 De leada
and covenanted to give dem been glad fa yeh dat, an dey offa fa
him money. pay Judas money fa do um. 6 Judas gree ta
dat, an e staat fa saach fa way fa han Jedus
6 And he promised, oba ta um. Dey been wahn fa do dat wen
and sought opportunity
to betray him unto them dey ain gwine be no crowd ob people roun
in the absence of the fa know bout um. So Judas look fa dat.
multitude.

Jedus Dem Git Ready fa de Passoba Suppa


7 Then came the day of Matthew 26:17-25; Mark 14:12-21; John 13:21-30
unleavened bread, when
the passover must be 7 Jurin de Feas ob Unleaven Bread, de
killed. day come wen dey haffa kill de lamb fa
mek sacrifice ta God, so dey kin nyam um
8 And he sent Peter an memba de Passoba wen God done bring
and John, saying, Go and
prepare us the passover, e people outta Egypt lan. 8 So Jedus call
that we may eat. Peter an John an tell um say, “Oona go git

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22 297

de Passoba food ready fa we fa nyam.” 9 And they said unto


him, Where wilt thou
9 Dey aks um, “Weh ya wahn we fa git that we prepare?
um ready?” 10 And he said unto
10 Jedus ansa um, “Wen oona go eenta them, Behold, when ye
are entered into the city,
de city, oona gwine meet a man wa da tote there shall a man meet
a big jug ob wata. Oona mus folla dat man you, bearing a pitcher of
water; follow him into
an go eenta de house weh e go. 11 Tell de the house where he en-
man wa own dat house say, ‘De Teacha da tereth in.
11 And ye shall say
aks ya weh de room weh e an e ciple dem unto the goodman of the
gwine nyam de Passoba suppa.’ 12 De man house, The Master saith
unto thee, Where is the
gwine show oona a big room opstair, wid guestchamber, where I
all wa we need dey. Mus git de food ready shall eat the passover
with my disciples?
dey.” 13 Peter an John gone ta de city, an 12 And he shall shew
dey find ebryting jes like Jedus tell um. So you a large upper room
dey git de food ready fa nyam de Passoba furnished: there make
ready.
suppa. 13 And they went, and
found as he had said unto
them: and they made
Jedus Dem Nyam de Passoba Suppa ready the passover.
Matthew 26:26-30; Mark 14:22-26; 14 And when the hour
1 Cor. 11:23-25 was come, he sat down,
and the twelve apostles
14 Wen de time come fa de Passoba with him.
suppa, Jedus come ta de table wid e tweb 15 And he said unto
them, With desire I have
postle dem. 15 Jedus tell um say, “A been desired to eat this pass-
over with you before I
wahn fa nyam dis Passoba suppa wid oona suffer:
too bad fo A suffa. 16 Cause A da tell oona, 16 For I say unto you, I
will not any more eat
A ain gwine nyam um gin til all wa de thereof, until it be ful-
Passoba stan fa come true, wen God gwine filled in the kingdom of
rule oba all ting een dis wol.” God.
17 And he took the
17 Jedus tek de cup ob wine an e tank cup, and gave thanks,
God. Den e say, “Oona pass dis cup roun and said, Take this, and
divide it among your-
an leh all oona drink. 18 Cause A da tell selves:
oona dat atta dis suppa, A ain gwine drink 18 For I say unto you, I
will not drink of the fruit
wine no mo til God rule oba dis wol.” of the vine, until the
19 Jedus tek some bread an e tank God. kingdom of God shall
come.
Den e broke op de bread, gim ta e postle 19 And he took bread,
dem. E say, “Dis bread me body wa A da and gave thanks, and
brake it, and gave unto
gii ta God fa oona sake. Oona mus nyam them, saying, This is my
um fa memba me.” 20 Same way, atta de body which is given for
you: this do in remem-
Passoba suppa, Jedus tek de cup ob wine brance of me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
298 Luke 22

20 Likewise also the an gim ta e postle dem. E say, “De wine


cup after supper, saying,
This cup is the new testa- een dis cup, e de nyew cobnant tween God
ment in my blood, which an e people. A da seal dat cobnant wid me
is shed for you.
21 But, behold, the blood, wen A gree fa leh people kill me fa
hand of him that oona sake.
betrayeth me is with me 21 “Bot look yah! De poson wa gwine
on the table.
22 And truly the Son of han me oba ta dem people wa wahn fa kill
man goeth, as it was de- me, e da nyam wid me! E han right yah
termined: but woe unto
that man by whom he is pon de table wid me! 22 De Man wa Come
betrayed! fom God gwine dead like God done cide
23 And they began to
enquire among them- um. Bot e gwine be too bad fa dat man wa
selves, which of them it da han um oba ta dem wa gwine kill um!”
was that should do this 23 Den de postle dem staat fa aks one
thing.
24 And there was also noda say, “Wish one ob we gwine do dis
a strife among them, ting wa Jedus taak bout?”
which of them should be
accounted the greatest.
25 And he said unto Who dat Great Mo den All?
them, The kings of the
Gentiles exercise lord-
De ciple dem staat fa aagy wid one
24
ship over them; and they noda bout wish one ob dem dey oughta
that exercise authority tink e great mo den all. 25 Jedus tell um
upon them are called
benefactors. say, “Dey een de wol, de king dem hab
26 But ye shall not be chaage oba dey people. An dem people
so: but he that is greatest call dey rula ‘De People Fren.’ 26 Bot oona
among you, let him be as
the younger; and he that mus dohn neba be like dat. Steada dat, de
is chief, as he that doth poson wa greata mongst oona mus be like
serve.
27 For whether is
de nyounga. An oona leada mus be like de
greater, he that sitteth at one wa da saab. 27 Ef oona hab two
meat, or he that serveth? people, one wa seddown ta de table fa
is not he that sitteth at
meat? but I am among nyam an de oda poson wa da saab um,
you as he that serveth. wish one de greata? Dat de poson wa da
28 Ye are they which
seddown ta de table, ainty? Bot A da stan
have continued with me
in my temptations. mongst oona like a poson wa da saab.
29 And I appoint unto 28 “Oona beena stay wid me jurin all me
you a kingdom, as my Fa- haad time. 29 Me Fada done gii me tority
ther hath appointed unto
me; fa rule oba people. Same fashion, A gwine
30 That ye may eat and gii oona tority fa rule. 30 Oona gwine
drink at my table in my nyam an drink ta me table wen A da rule.
kingdom, and sit on
thrones judging the An oona gwine seddown pon shrone fa
twelve tribes of Israel. jedge de tweb tribe ob Israel.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22 299

Jedus Say Peter Gwine Say 31 And the Lord said,


E Ain Know Um Simon, Simon, behold,
Satan hath desired to
Matthew 26:31-35; Mark 14:27-31; John 13:36-38 have you, that he may sift
31 “Simon, Simon, listen! Satan done you as wheat:

aks fa test all ob oona fa wide op de good 32 But I have prayed


fom de bad, like a faama da wide op e for thee, that thy faith
grain fom de chaff. 32 Bot A done pray ta fail not: and when thou
art converted, strengthen
God fa ya, Simon, dat ya ain gwine loss ya thy brethren.
fait een me. An wen ya done ton back ta
me, ya mus hep ya broda dem git mo 33 And he said unto
him, Lord, I am ready to
scronga.” go with thee, both into
33 Peter ansa Jedus say, “Lawd, A ready prison, and to death.
fa go wid ya ta de jailhouse, an fa dead wid
ya too!” 34 And he said, I tell
thee, Peter, the cock shall
34 Jedus tell um say, “A da tell ya, not crow this day, before
Peter, fo de roosta crow taday, ya gwine that thou shalt thrice
deny that thou knowest
say shree time dat ya ain know me.” me.

Now Oona Mus Tek Oona Money 35 And he said unto


an Bag an Sode Wid Oona them, When I sent you
without purse, and scrip,
35 Den Jedus aks e ciple dem say, “Dat and shoes, lacked ye any
time wen A been sen oona fa go an tell de thing? And they said,
Nothing.
Good Nyews, A been chaage oona dat
oona mus dohn tek no money, no bag 36 Then said he unto
needa no shoe. Oona ain hab need ob them, But now, he that
nottin jurin dat time, ainty?” hath a purse, let him take
it, and likewise his scrip:
Dey ansa um, “No, we ain been need and he that hath no
nottin den.” sword, let him sell his
garment, and buy one.
36 Den Jedus tell um say. “Bot now, ef
oona hab money or a bag, mus tek um wid 37 For I say unto you,
oona. An ef oona ain got no sode, mus sell that this that is written
oona coat an buy um. 37 Cause A da tell must yet be accom-
plished in me, And he
oona, wen de prophet write een God Book was reckoned among the
say, ‘People tink dat e one ob dem wickity transgressors: for the
things concerning me
people,’ e beena write bout me. All wa God have an end.
wod say bout me da happen, fa true.”
38 De ciple dem say, “Look yah, Lawd! 38 And they said, Lord,
behold, here are two
We hab two sode.” swords. And he said unto
Jedus ansa um say, “Dat nuff!” them, It is enough.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
300 Luke 22

39 And he came out, Jedus Pray at de Mount Olib


and went, as he was Matthew 26:36-46; Mark 14:32-42
wont, to the mount of Ol-
ives; and his disciples Jedus lef de city an gone ta de Mount
39
also followed him.
40 And when he was at Olib, jes like e nyuse fa do, an de ciple dem
the place, he said unto gone long wid um. 40 Wen e git ta de
them, Pray that ye enter place, e tell um, “Oona mus pray ta God so
not into temptation.
41 And he was with- dat wen Satan tempt oona, oona ain gwine
drawn from them about a fall eenta sin.”
stone's cast, and kneeled
down, and prayed, 41 Den Jedus lef um an gone a leetle bit
42 Saying, Father, if mo, bout one hundud foot way. An e kneel
thou be willing, remove
this cup from me: never- down an pray ta God. 42 E say, “Fada, ef
theless not my will, but ya gree, do please, tek way dis cup wa A fa
thine, be done.
43 And there appeared suffa. Stillyet, ya mus dohn do wa A wahn.
an angel unto him from Mus do wa ya wahn fa do.” 43 Den one
heaven, strengthening angel come outta heaben ta Jedus an gim
him.
44 And being in an ag- scrent. 44 Jedus beena suffa tommuch, an
ony he prayed more ear- e pray eben mo haada. E sweat been like
nestly: and his sweat was
as it were great drops of blood wa da drop down ta de groun.
blood falling down to the 45 Wen Jedus git op fom e pray, e gone
ground.
45 And when he rose back ta de ciple dem. Bot e see dat dey
up from prayer, and was beena sleep, cause dey haat been too
come to his disciples, he
found them sleeping for
hebby. 46 Jedus tell um say, “Oona ain
sorrow, oughta sleep, ainty? Git op an pray ta God
46 And said unto them,
Why sleep ye? rise and so dat wen Satan tempt oona, oona ain
pray, lest ye enter into gwine fall eenta sin.”
temptation.
47 And while he yet Jedus Enemy Dem Tek Um
spake, behold a multi- Matthew 26:47-56; Mark 14:43-50; John 18:3-11
tude, and he that was
called Judas, one of the Wiles Jedus beena taak, a crowd
47
twelve, went before come op. Judas, one ob de tweb ciple dem,
them, and drew near
unto Jesus to kiss him.
beena lead de people. An e come op ta
48 But Jesus said unto Jedus fa kiss um. 48 Bot Jedus aks um say,
him, Judas, betrayest
thou the Son of man with “Judas, wid a kiss ya da han de Man wa
a kiss? Come fom God oba ta e enemy dem?”
49 When they which
were about him saw what 49 Wen de ciple dem wa been wid Jedus
would follow, they said see wa bout fa happen, dey aks Jedus say,
unto him, Lord, shall we
smite with the sword? “Lawd, kin we fight dem wid we sode?”
50 And one of them 50 An one dem ciple tek e sode an scrike de
smote the servant of the
high priest, and cut off
saabant ob de head man ob de Jew priest
his right ear. dem an cut off e right yea.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22 301

51 Bot Jedus chaage e ciple dem say, 51 And Jesus answered


and said, Suffer ye thus
“Dat nuff. Oona stop dat!” E tetch de far. And he touched his
saabant head an heal e yea. ear, and healed him.
52 Jedus aks de leada dem ob de priest 52 Then Jesus said
unto the chief priests,
dem an de leada dem wa beena gyaad God and captains of the tem-
House an de oda Jew leada dem wa been ple, and the elders, which
were come to him, Be ye
come dey fa git um, e say, “Oona haffa come out, as against a
come yah fa git me wid sode an stick like A thief, with swords and
been a robba? 53 A been wid oona ebry staves?
53 When I was daily
day een God House, an oona ain try fa grab with you in the temple,
hole ta me. Bot dis de time wen God gree ye stretched forth no
fa leh oona tek me, now wen Satan wa da hands against me: but
this is your hour, and the
rule oba de daakness dey een chaage.” power of darkness.
54 Then took they him,
and led him, and brought
Peter Say E Ain Know Jedus him into the high priest's
Matthew 26:57-58, 69-75; Mark 14:53-54, 66-72; house. And Peter fol-
John 18:12-18, 25-27 lowed afar off.
55 And when they had
54 Dey grab hole ta Jedus an tek um ta kindled a fire in the midst
de head man ob de Jew priest dem, eenta e of the hall, and were set
house. Peter folla long hine um bot e ain down together, Peter sat
down among them.
git close ta um. 55 Now a fire been light 56 But a certain maid
dey een de middle ob de head man yaad, beheld him as he sat by
an people beena seddown roun dat fire. So the fire, and earnestly
looked upon him, and
Peter gone an jine um. 56 One saabant said, This man was also
gyal see Peter da seddown dey, wid de fire with him.
light da shine pon um. Dat gyal study 57 And he denied him,
saying, Woman, I know
Peter good fashion an e tell de people dey, him not.
say, “Dis man too been wid Jedus!” 58 And after a little
57 Bot Peter say dat ain so. E tell um while another saw him,
and said, Thou art also of
say, “Ooman, A ain eben know dat man!” them. And Peter said,
58 Atta wile, a man beena watch Peter. Man, I am not.
Dat man say, “Ya one ob dem wa been wid 59 And about the space
of one hour after another
Jedus dem too!” confidently affirmed,
Bot Peter ansa say, “Man, A ain!” saying, Of a truth this fel-
low also was with him:
59 Atta bout one hour, noda man tell de for he is a Galilaean.
people say, “Fa true, dis man yah been wid 60 And Peter said,
Jedus, cause e come fom Galilee too.” Man, I know not what
thou sayest. And immedi-
60 Peter ansa um say, “Man, A ain know ately, while he yet spake,
wa ya da taak bout!” the cock crew.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
302 Luke 22

61 And the Lord Dat same time wen e beena say dat, a
turned, and looked upon
Peter. And Peter remem- roosta crow. 61 De Lawd ton roun an look
bered the word of the scraight at Peter. An Peter memba dat de
Lord, how he had said
unto him, Before the cock
Lawd done tell um say, “Fo de roosta crow
crow, thou shalt deny me taday, ya gwine say shree time dat ya ain
thrice. know me.” 62 Peter gone outta de yaad an
62 And Peter went out, e cry bitta teah.
and wept bitterly.
Dey Beat Jedus an Hole Um Cheap
63 And the men that
Matthew 26:67-68; Mark 14:65
held Jesus mocked him,
and smote him. De sodja dem wa beena gyaad Jedus
63
da mek fun ob um an beat um. 64 Dey tie a
64 And when they had
blindfolded him, they rag oba e eye, den dey knock um an say,
struck him on the face, “Ef ya a prophet, tell we who dat knock
and asked him, saying,
Prophesy, who is it that
ya!” 65 An dey tell Jedus plenty oda ting fa
smote thee? hole um cheap.
65 And many other
Dey Tek Jedus ta de Jew Council
things blasphemously
spake they against him. Matthew 26:59-66; Mark 14:55-64; John 18:19-24
Wen day clean, dey hab meetin ob de
66
66 And as soon as it
was day, the elders of the
Jew Council. De people leada dem, de
people and the chief leada dem ob de priest dem, an de Law
priests and the scribes teacha dem geda togeda, an de sodja dem
came together, and led
him into their council, tek Jedus fo dat Council. 67 De people ob
saying, de Council chaage Jedus say, “Ef ya de
67 Art thou the Christ?
Messiah, ya mus tell we.”
tell us. And he said unto Jedus ansa um say, “Ef A tell oona, oona
them, If I tell you, ye will ain gwine bleebe me. 68 An ef A aks oona a
not believe:
queshon, oona ain gwine ansa me. 69 Bot
68 And if I also ask fom now on, de Man wa Come fom God
you, ye will not answer gwine seddown ta de right han ob God, wa
me, nor let me go.
hab all powa.”
69 Hereafter shall the 70 All de people wa da jedge um een de
Son of man sit on the Council aks um say, “Well den, ya God
right hand of the power
of God. Son?”
Jedus ansa um say, “Oona right wen
70 Then said they all, oona say dat.”
Art thou then the Son of 71 Den de people wa beena jedge um
God? And he said unto
them, Ye say that I am. say, “We ain need no mo people wod ginst

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 22, 23 303

um. Wid we own yea we done yeh wa e 71 And they said, What
need we any further wit-
say!” ness? for we ourselves
have heard of his own
Dey Tek Jedus ta Gobna Pilate mouth.
Matthew 27:1-2, 11-14; Mark 15:1-5; John 18:8-38

23 All de crowd ob people wa beena


1 Chapter 23
jedge een de Jew Council grab 1 And the whole multi-
hole ta Jedus an tek um way ta Gobna tude of them arose, and
led him unto Pilate.
Pilate. 2 Den dey staat fa cuse Jedus, tell 2 And they began to
Pilate say, “We done find dis man da pit accuse him, saying, We
wod een we people yea fa mek um riot found this fellow pervert-
ing the nation, and for-
ginst de tority. E tell um say we ain spose bidding to give tribute to
fa pay tax ta Caesar. An e say e de Messiah. Caesar, saying that he
himself is Christ a King.
Dat mean e a king.” 3 And Pilate asked
3 Pilate aks Jedus say, “Ya de king ob de him, saying, Art thou the
Jew people?” Jedus ansa um say, “Dat wa King of the Jews? And he
answered him and said,
ya say. Dat so e stan.” Thou sayest it.
4 Pilate tell de leada dem ob de priest 4 Then said Pilate to
dem an de heapa people wa done geda dey the chief priests and to
the people, I find no fault
say, “A ain see nottin bad wa dis man in this man.
done.” 5 And they were the
5 Bot de people dem ob de Council keep more fierce, saying, He
stirreth up the people,
on da cuse um mo an mo. Dey tell Pilate teaching throughout all
say, “Jedus beena stir op de people wid de Jewry, beginning from
Galilee to this place.
ting wa e da laan um all oba Judea. E staat
6 When Pilate heard of
een Galilee, an now e done come all de Galilee, he asked
way yah ta Jerusalem.” whether the man were a
Galilaean.

Dey Tek Jedus ta Herod 7 And as soon as he


knew that he belonged
6 Wen Pilate yeh wa dem people say, e unto Herod's jurisdiction,
aks um ef Jedus been fom Galilee. 7 Soon he sent him to Herod,
who himself also was at
as Pilate find out dat Jedus been fom Jerusalem at that time.
Galilee, de arie weh Herod da rule, e sen 8 And when Herod saw
Jedus ta Herod fa jedge um. An dat same Jesus, he was exceeding
time Herod been dey een Jerusalem too. glad: for he was desirous
to see him of a long sea-
8 Herod been too glad wen e see Jedus, son, because he had
cause e done yeh bout um an been wahn heard many things of
him; and he hoped to
fa shim fa a long time. E been wahn fa have seen some miracle
shim do some miracle. 9 Herod quizzit done by him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
304 Luke 23

9 Then he questioned Jedus tommuch, bot Jedus neba ansa um


with him in many
words; but he answered eben a wod. 10 De leada dem ob de priest
him nothing. dem an de Law teacha dem come stan fo
10 And the chief
priests and scribes stood
Herod, da cuse Jedus still mo an mo. 11 An
and vehemently accused Herod an e sodja dem hole Jedus cheap.
him. Dey laugh an suck dey teet, shrow eensult
11 And Herod with his
men of war set him at pon um. An dey mek um weah a fine robe,
nought, and mocked him, like a king weah. Den Herod sen Jedus
and arrayed him in a gor-
geous robe, and sent him back ta Pilate.
again to Pilate. 12 Now Pilate an Herod dem done
12 And the same day
Pilate and Herod were beena fight each oda, bot dat same day,
made friends together: dey come fa be fren.
for before they were at
enmity between them-
selves. Dey Say Jedus Mus Dead pon de Cross
13 And Pilate, when he Matthew 27:15-26; Mark 15:6-15; John 18:39-19:16
had called together the
chief priests and the rul- Pilate sen fa de leada dem ob de Jew
13
ers and the people, priest dem, an e call fa de tority dem wa da
14 Said unto them, Ye
have brought this man rule, an fa de people. E call um all fa come
unto me, as one that togeda. 14 E tell um say, “Oona done bring
perverteth the people:
and, behold, I, having ex- dis man yah ta me, tell me dat e da stir op
amined him before you, de people, pit wod een dey yea. Bot wen A
have found no fault in
this man touching those
quizzit um fo oona, A see dat e ain done
things whereof ye accuse none ob dem ting wa oona say e done.
him: 15 An Herod ain see nottin bad wa Jedus
15 No, nor yet Herod:
for I sent you to him; and, done needa, so e sen um back ta we yah.
lo, nothing worthy of Oona kin see dat Jedus ain done nottin fa
death is done unto him.
16 I will therefore mek me hab dem kill um. 16 Cause ob dat,
chastise him, and release A gwine jes hab dem whip um an den leh
him.
17 (For of necessity he um go.” [17 Cause ebry yeah wen dey hab
must release one unto de Passoba feas, Pilate haffa free one man
them at the feast.) wa de Jew people wahn.] 18 Bot wen
18 And they cried out
all at once, saying, Away
Pilate say e wahn fa free Jedus fa um, all
with this man, and re- de people holla say, “No. Kill dis man an
lease unto us Barabbas: free Barabbas fa we!” 19 (Barabbas de man
19 (Who for a certain
sedition made in the city,
wa dey been pit een de jailhouse cause e
and for murder, was cast been a leada wen de people been riot een
into prison.) de city an one poson been git kill.)
20 Pilate therefore, 20 Pilate been wahn fa free Jedus, so e
willing to release Jesus,
spake again to them. taak ta de people gin.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 23 305

21 Bot de people holla, tell Pilate say, 21 But they cried, say-
ing, Crucify him, crucify
“Nail um ta de cross! Nail um ta de cross!” him.
22 Pilate tell de people gin. Dat mek 22 And he said unto
shree time. E aks um say, “Wa fa? A ain see them the third time,
Why, what evil hath he
nottin dat e done fa mek me hab dem kill done? I have found no
um! Cause ob dat, A gwine hab dem whip cause of death in him: I
will therefore chastise
um an den leh um go.” him, and let him go.
23 Bot de people beena holla mo an mo, 23 And they were in-
say Pilate oughta hab e sodja dem kill stant with loud voices,
requiring that he might
Jedus pon de cross. An cause de people be crucified. And the
holla sommuch an cause ob de leada dem voices of them and of the
ob de priest dem, e change e mind. 24 So chief priests prevailed.
24 And Pilate gave sen-
Pilate done wa de people been wahn um fa tence that it should be as
do. 25 E free Barabbas, de man dey aks fa, they required.
wa been een de jailhouse fa de riot an fa 25 And he released
unto them him that for
kill somebody. Den Pilate tell e sodja dem sedition and murder was
fa tek Jedus an do wa de people been cast into prison, whom
wahn um fa do. they had desired; but he
delivered Jesus to their
will.
Dey Nail Jedus ta de Cross 26 And as they led him
Matthew 27:32-44; Mark 15:21-32; John 19:17-27 away, they laid hold
upon one Simon, a
26 De Roman sodja dem tek Jedus an Cyrenian, coming out of
gone. Wiles dey beena gwine, dey meet the country, and on him
they laid the cross, that
one man name Simon, wa been bon een he might bear it after
Cyrene. E beena come fom out een de Jesus.
country, da gwine ta Jerusalem. De sodja 27 And there followed
him a great company of
dem grab hole ta um an pit Jedus cross people, and of women,
pon um. Dey mek um folla Jedus, da tote which also bewailed and
lamented him.
de cross.
27 A whole heapa people beena folla 28 But Jesus turning
unto them said, Daugh-
Jedus. Some dem ooman wa beena folla ters of Jerusalem, weep
um beena weep an wail fa um. 28 Jedus not for me, but weep for
ton roun ta dem an say, “Oona daughta ob yourselves, and for your
children.
Jerusalem, mus dohn cry fa me! Mus cry fa
oonasef an fa oona chullun. 29 Cause de 29 For, behold, the
days are coming, in the
time gwine come wen people gwine say, which they shall say,
‘Bless fa true dem ooman wa ain neba hab Blessed are the barren,
and the wombs that
no chullun, dem wa ain neba bon no baby never bare, and the paps
an wa ain neba nuss none!’ 30 Een dat which never gave suck.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
306 Luke 23

30 Then shall they be- time, people gwine tell de mountain say,
gin to say to the moun-
tains, Fall on us; and to ‘Faddown pon we!’ An dey gwine tell de
the hills, Cover us. hill say, ‘Kiba we op!’ 31 Cause ef dey da
31 For if they do these
things in a green tree,
do dis ting ta de green wood, fa sho dey
what shall be done in the gwine do wossa ting ta de dry wood,
dry? ainty?”
32 And there were also
two other, malefactors, 32 Wen de sodja dem tek Jedus an go fa
led with him to be put to kill um, dey tek two oda bad man fa kill
death.
33 And when they wid Jedus too. 33 Wen dey git ta de place
were come to the place, dey call “De place wa look like a man
which is called Calvary,
there they crucified him, head,” de sodja dem nail Jedus ta e cross.
and the malefactors, one An dey nail de two bad man too, each pon
on the right hand, and
the other on the left.
e own cross. Dey pit one man pon de right
34 Then said Jesus, Fa- han side ob Jedus an de oda man pon e lef
ther, forgive them; for han side. 34 Jedus say, “Fada, paadon
they know not what they
do. And they parted his
dem, cause dey ain ondastan wa dey da
raiment, and cast lots. do.”
35 And the people An de sodja dem shrow dice fa wide op
stood beholding. And the
rulers also with them de-
Jedus cloes mongst um. 35 De people
rided him, saying, He beena stanop dey da look, an de Jew leada
saved others; let him save dem been dey, da hole Jedus cheap. Dey
himself, if he be Christ,
the chosen of God. say, “E sabe oda people. So den, leh um
36 And the soldiers sabe esef, ef e de Messiah wa God done
also mocked him, coming pick fa true!”
to him, and offering him
vinegar, 36 De sodja dem hole Jedus cheap too.
37 And saying, If thou Dey come op ta um an try fa gim wine
be the king of the Jews, winega fa drink. 37 Dey tell um say, “Ef ya
save thyself.
38 And a superscrip-
de king ob de Jew people, sabe yasef!”
tion also was written 38 Dey write de chaage ginst Jedus fa de
over him in letters of people fa read, an dey nail um oba Jedus
Greek, and Latin, and He-
brew, THIS IS THE KING head. De chaage say, DIS MAN YAH DE KING
OF THE JEWS. OB DE JEW PEOPLE.
39 And one of the
malefactors which were
39 One dem two bad man wa beena
hanged railed on him, hang dey pon e cross, e shrow slam at
saying, If thou be Christ,
save thyself and us. Jedus. E say, “Ya de Messiah, ainty? Well
40 But the other an- den, sabe yasef an sabe we too!”
swering rebuked him, 40 Bot de oda bad man wa beena hang
saying, Dost not thou fear
God, seeing thou art in dey, e buke dat man say, “Ya ain scaid ob
the same condemnation? God? Dey done condemn ya fa dead jes

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 23 307

like dis man yah. 41 Dey condemn we fa 41 And we indeed


justly; for we receive the
wa we done, an we da git we pay fa all de due reward of our deeds:
bad ting dem we done. Bot dis man yah ain but this man hath done
nothing amiss.
done nottin bad.” 42 Den e beg Jedus say, 42 And he said unto
“Jedus, please do, memba me wen ya Jesus, Lord, remember
come fa be King!” me when thou comest
into thy kingdom.
43 Jedus ansa um say, “A da tell ya fa 43 And Jesus said unto
true, taday ya gwine be wid me een him, Verily I say unto
thee, To day shalt thou be
heaben.” with me in paradise.
44 And it was about
the sixth hour, and there
Jedus Dead was a darkness over all
Matthew 27:45-56; Mark 15:33-41; John 19:28-30 the earth until the ninth
44 E been bout tweb o’clock wen all dat hour.
45 And the sun was
lan ton pitch daak til shree o’clock. 45 De darkened, and the veil of
sun stop fa shine, an de big tick curtain wa the temple was rent in
the midst.
beena hang eenside God House split down 46 And when Jesus
de middle. 46 Jedus holla say, “Fada, A gii had cried with a loud
oba me sperit ta ya fa tek cyah ob me!” voice, he said, Father,
into thy hands I com-
Wen e done say dat, e dead. mend my spirit: and hav-
47 Wen de offisa fa de sodja dem see wa ing said thus, he gave up
the ghost.
happen, e praise God. E say, “Fa true, dis 47 Now when the cen-
man yah ain done nottin bad.” turion saw what was
48 All de people wa beena geda dey fa done, he glorified God,
saying, Certainly this was
look, wen dey see wa happen, dey lef an a righteous man.
gone home. Wiles dey beena gwine, dey 48 And all the people
beat pon dey chest. 49 An all de people wa that came together to
that sight, beholding the
been know Jedus, an de ooman dem wa things which were done,
come wid um outta Galilee, beena stanop smote their breasts, and
returned.
way off fom de cross, da look pon all wa
49 And all his acquain-
happen. tance, and the women
that followed him from
Joseph Bury Jedus Body Galilee, stood afar off, be-
holding these things.
Matthew 27:57-61; Mark 15:42-47; John 19:38-42
50 And, behold, there
50 One man been dey name Joseph, a was a man named Jo-
seph, a counsellor; and he
memba ob de Jew Council. E been a good was a good man, and a
man an e beena waak scraight. 51 E ain just:
been gree wid de Council wen dey cide fa 51 (The same had not
consented to the counsel
condemn Jedus an han um oba ta de and deed of them;) he was
Roman tority dem. Joseph come fom de of Arimathaea, a city of

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
308 Luke 23, 24

the Jews: who also him- town name Arimathea een Judea. E beena
self waited for the king-
dom of God. wait fa de time wen God gwine rule oba
52 This man went unto dis wol. 52 Joseph gone ta Pilate an aks um
Pilate, and begged the
body of Jesus.
fa leh um hab Jedus body, an Pilate leh um
53 And he took it hab um. 53 So den, Joseph tek Jedus body
down, and wrapped it in down fom de cross an wrop um op een a
linen, and laid it in a sep-
ulchre that was hewn in linen closs. E pit um eenside a tomb wa
stone, wherein never done been cut outta a big rock. Nobody ain
man before was laid.
54 And that day was neba been pit een dat tomb fo dat. 54 An
the preparation, and the dat day been de Preparation Day, wen dey
sabbath drew on.
55 And the women git ready fa de Jew Woshup Day. An de
also, which came with Woshup Day been jes bout fa staat.
him from Galilee, fol- 55 De ooman dem dat been come outta
lowed after, and beheld
the sepulchre, and how Galilee wid Jedus, dey folla Joseph an see
his body was laid. de tomb an how Joseph pit Jedus body een
56 And they returned,
and prepared spices and um. 56 Den dey lef an gone home an git
ointments; and rested the spice an pafume ready fa rub pon Jedus
sabbath day according to
the commandment. body.
Wen de Woshup Day come, dey ain do
Chapter 24 no wok, jes like de Jew Law say.
1 Now upon the first
day of the week, very Jedus da Lib Gin
early in the morning,
Matthew 28:1-10; Mark 16:1-8; John 20:1-10
they came unto the sepul-

24 Aaly een de maanin de fus day


chre, bringing the spices 1
which they had prepared,
and certain others with ob de week, fo day clean, de
them. ooman dem tek de spice wa dey done been
2 And they found the
stone rolled away from
mix op an gone ta Jedus tomb. 2 Wen dey
the sepulchre. git ta de tomb, dey see dat de stone wa
3 And they entered in, beena kiba de door ta de tomb done been
and found not the body
of the Lord Jesus. roll back. 3 So dey gone eenside, bot dey
4 And it came to pass, ain find de Lawd Jedus body. 4 Dey beena
as they were much per- wonda bout wa done happen, wen all ob a
plexed thereabout, be-
hold, two men stood by sudden dey see two man da stanop dey wa
them in shining gar- hab on bright cloes wa da shine. 5 De
ments:
ooman dem been too scaid, an dey bow
5 And as they were
afraid, and bowed down dey head down ta de groun. Bot de man
their faces to the earth, dem tell um say, “Oona ain oughta look
they said unto them, Why
seek ye the living among yah mongst de dead people fa a man wa da
the dead? lib, ainty? 6 Jedus ain yah. E done git op

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 24 309

fom mongst de dead, an e da lib gin! Oona 6 He is not here, but is


risen: remember how he
memba wa e been tell oona wen e been spake unto you when he
dey wid oona een Galilee. 7 E say, ‘Dey was yet in Galilee,
7 Saying, The Son of
gwine grab hole ta de Man wa Come fom man must be delivered
God an han um oba ta wickity people wa into the hands of sinful
gwine kill um pon a cross. Atta shree day e men, and be crucified,
and the third day rise
gwine git op fom mongst de dead an lib again.
gin.’ ” 8 And they remem-
bered his words,
8 Den de ooman dem memba all dat wa 9 And returned from
Jedus been tell um. 9 Dey lef de tomb an the sepulchre, and told
all these things unto the
gone back ta town an tell de leben postle eleven, and to all the rest.
dem an all de oda people wa beena waak 10 It was Mary Magda-
lene, and Joanna, and
wid Jedus, bout all wa done happen. Mary the mother of
10 Dem ooman been Mary Magdalene, James, and other women
Joanna, an Mary, James modda. Dem an that were with them,
which told these things
de oda ooman dem wa been dey wid um unto the apostles.
tell de postle dem wa done happen. 11 Bot 11 And their words
de postle dem ain bleebe dem ooman, seemed to them as idle
tales, and they believed
cause wa dey say ain mek no sense ta um. them not.
12 Bot Peter git op an ron ta de tomb. Wen 12 Then arose Peter,
e git dey, e bend down an e look eenside. E and ran unto the sepul-
chre; and stooping down,
jes see de linen grabe cloes wa dey been he beheld the linen
nyuse fa wrop op Jedus body dey, nottin clothes laid by them-
selves, and departed,
mo. Den Peter gone back home, da wonda wondering in himself at
wa been happen. that which was come to
pass.
13 And, behold, two of
Jedus Waak ta Emmaus wid Two them went that same day
ob Dem wa Beena Folla Um to a village called
Mark 16:12-13 Emmaus, which was
from Jerusalem about
13 Dat same day, two man wa beena threescore furlongs.
folla Jedus, dey beena gwine ta a 14 And they talked to-
gether of all these things
settlement name Emmaus. Fom Jerusalem which had happened.
ta dat settlement been bout seben mile. 15 And it came to pass,
14 De two man beena taak bout all dem that, while they com-
muned together and rea-
ting wa jes happen een Jerusalem. soned, Jesus himself
15 Wiles dey beena taak, Jedus esef come drew near, and went with
nigh ta um an waak longside um. 16 Dey them.
16 But their eyes were
shim, bot dey ain recognize who e been. holden that they should
17 Jedus aks dem say, “Wa oona da taak not know him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
310 Luke 24

17 And he said unto bout togeda wiles oona da waak long?”


them, What manner of
communications are De two man stop an stan still, an dey
these that ye have one to
another, as ye walk, and look too sad.
are sad? 18 One dem wa name Cleopas ansa
18 And the one of
them, whose name was Jedus say, “Ya mus be de onliest man wa
Cleopas, answering said da lib een Jerusalem an ain know wa been
unto him, Art thou only a
stranger in Jerusalem, happen dey een dem day wa jes gone,
and hast not known the
things which are come to ainty?”
pass there in these days? 19 Jedus aks dem say, “Wa ting?”
19 And he said unto
them, What things? And Dey say, “Dem ting wa happen ta Jedus
they said unto him, Con-
cerning Jesus of Naza- fom Nazareth. E been a great prophet. E
reth, which was a hab powa fa do miracle an fa taak great
prophet mighty in deed
and word before God and ting. E hab fabor wid God an wid all de
all the people: people too. 20 De leada dem ob de Jew
20 And how the chief
priests and our rulers de- priest dem an we rula dem done tek Jedus
livered him to be con-
demned to death, and an han um oba ta de Roman Gobna Pilate
have crucified him.
21 But we trusted that
fa condemn um fa dead. An de sodja dem
it had been he which nail um ta de cross an kill um. 21 We been
should have redeemed Is-
rael: and beside all this, tink dat Jedus been gwine free de Israel
to day is the third day people! Pontop ob dat, taday mek shree
since these things were
done. day since all dat happen. 22 An pontop ob
22 Yea, and certain
women also of our com-
all dat, some we ooman dem stonish we
pany made us astonished, tommuch. Dey gone ta de tomb aaly dis
which were early at the
sepulchre; maanin, 23 bot dey ain find Jedus body
23 And when they dey een de tomb. Wen dey come back, de
found not his body, they
came, saying, that they ooman dem tell we dat dey been see a
had also seen a vision of
angels, which said that wision ob angel fom God dey. De angel
he was alive. dem tell um dat Jedus da lib. 24 Den some
24 And certain of them
which were with us went we people dat been wid we gone ta de
to the sepulchre, and tomb, an dey find um jes like de ooman
found it even so as the
women had said: but him dem beena tell we. Bot dey ain see Jedus.”
they saw not. 25 Jedus tell um say, “Oona ain got no
25 Then he said unto
them, O fools, and slow sense. Een oona haat oona ain wahn fa
of heart to believe all that
the prophets have bleebe all dat de prophet dem done say!
spoken: 26 De Messiah haffa suffa dem ting an den
26 Ought not Christ to
have suffered these go ta heaben an hab e paat een God glory,
things, and to enter into ainty?” 27 An Jedus splain ta de two man
his glory?
27 And beginning at dem. E staat wid Moses an all de prophet
Moses and all the pro- dem, da laan um wa dey been write bout

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 24 311

um. Jedus laan um fom all God Book bout phets, he expounded
unto them in all the scrip-
esef. tures the things concern-
28 Wen de two man done git close ta de ing himself.
settlement weh dey beena gwine, Jedus 28 And they drew nigh
mek like e been gwine on. 29 So de man unto the village, whither
they went: and he made
dem beg um fa stay wid um. Dey tell um as though he would have
say, “Stay yah wid we, cause de day mos gone further.
gone an de night da come soon.” So Jedus 29 But they con-
gone fa stay wid um. 30 Wen e git ta de strained him, saying,
Abide with us: for it is to-
table fa nyam wid um, Jedus tek de loaf ob ward evening, and the
bread an tank God fa um. Den e broke op day is far spent. And he
went in to tarry with
de bread an gim dey piece. 31 Same time them.
Jedus do dat, e been like de man dem eye 30 And it came to pass,
been open op, an dey recognize dat Jedus as he sat at meat with
esef dey wid um. Bot den Jedus jes them, he took bread, and
blessed it, and brake, and
disappeah an dey ain shim. 32 De two man gave to them.
dem say ta one noda, “Wiles e beena taak 31 And their eyes were
ta we, wen we beena waak long de road, opened, and they knew
him; and he vanished out
dat been like a fire wa da bun een we haat, of
ainty? We been too glad wen e beena their sight.

32 And they said one


splain God Book ta we.” to another, Did not our
33 Same time, dey git op an gone back heart burn within us,
ta Jerusalem. Dey find de leben ciple dem while he talked with us
by the way, and while he
an some de oda people geda togeda. opened to us the
34 Dem people tell de two man dem say, scriptures?
“De Lawd done git op fom mongst de dead 33 And they rose up
the same hour, and re-
an e da lib gin fa true! E done appeah ta turned to Jerusalem, and
Simon!” found the eleven gath-
35 Den de two man dem tell de people ered together, and them
that were with them,
wa happen ta dem wiles dey beena waak
34 Saying, The Lord is
long de road ta Emmaus. Dey tell um how risen indeed, and hath
dey been recognize dat e been de Lawd appeared to Simon.
Jedus dey wid um wen e broke op de bread 35 And they told what
fa um. things were done in the
way, and how he was
Jedus Appeah ta E Ciple Dem known of them in break-
Matthew 28:16-20; Mark 16:14-18; John 20:19-23; ing of bread.
De Postle Dem 1:6-8
36 And as they thus
36 Dat same time dey, wen dey beena spake, Jesus himself
taak bout dat, Jedus esef stanop mongst stood in the midst of

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
312 Luke 24

them, and saith unto um dey. E tell um say, “Hab peace een
them, Peace be unto you.
37 But they were terri- oona haat!”
fied and affrighted, and 37 Dey been scaid mos ta det. Dey tink
supposed that they had
seen a spirit.
dey beena see a haant. 38 Jedus tell um
38 And he said unto say, “Oona ain oughta be scaid. Oona ain
them, Why are ye trou- oughta wonda wa oona da see. 39 Look
bled? and why do
thoughts arise in your pon me han an me foot. See, A mesef fa
hearts? true! Oona mus tetch me an look pon me
39 Behold my hands
and my feet, that it is I good fashion. Den oona gwine know dat A
myself: handle me, and ain no haant. A haant ain hab no body
see; for a spirit hath not
flesh and bones, as ye see needa no bone like oona see dat A hab.”
me have. 40 Wen Jedus done say dat, e show um e
40 And when he had
thus spoken, he shewed
han an e foot. 41 Dey beena wonda an dey
them his hands and his still ain know wa fa tink, cause wa dey see
feet. mek um so full op wid joy. Jedus aks um
41 And while they yet
believed not for joy, and say, “Oona hab sompin fa nyam yah?”
wondered, he said unto 42 Dey gim some roas fish an some
them, Have ye here any
meat? honeycomb. 43 E tek de fish an honey an
42 And they gave him nyam um dey fo dey eye.
a piece of a broiled fish,
and of an honeycomb.
44 Jedus tell um say, “Wen A been dey
43 And he took it, and wid oona, A done tell oona bout dis. A tell
did eat before them.
44 And he said unto oona dat all ting wa Moses been write
them, These are the down een de Law bout me, an wa dem
words which I spake unto
you, while I was yet with prophet write down, an all dey write down
you, that all things must een de Psalms bout me, dey all haffa
be fulfilled, which were
written in the law of Mo- happen fa true.”
ses, and in the prophets,
and in the psalms, con- 45 Jedus mek um able fa ondastan wa
cerning me. been write dey een God Book. 46 E tell um
45 Then opened he
their understanding, that say, “Een God Book dey write dis down:
they might understand
the scriptures, Dey tell we dat de Messiah haffa suffa an
46 And said unto them, dead. An atta shree day, e gwine git op
Thus it is written, and
thus it behoved Christ to fom mongst de dead an lib gin. 47 God
suffer, and to rise from Book tell we too dat een Christ name, e
the dead the third day:
47 And that repen- ciple dem mus tell all people say, ‘Mus
tance and remission of change oona way an do wa God wahn
sins should be preached
in his name among all na- oona fa do. Den God gwine paadon oona.’
tions, beginning at Jeru- Oona mus tell um dat een Jerusalem an
salem.
48 And ye are wit- den all oba de wol. 48 Oona done see all
nesses of these things. dem ting yah, an oona mus tell people

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Luke 24 313

bout dem. 49 An A gwine sen oona wa me 49 And, behold, I send


the promise of my Father
Fada done promise. Bot fo oona go, oona upon you: but tarry ye in
mus wait een de city til oona git dat Holy the city of Jerusalem, un-
til ye be endued with
Sperit powa wa gwine come outta heaben power from on high.
an come down pon oona.” 50 And he led them out
as far as to Bethany, and
Jedus Go Op eenta Heaben he lifted up his hands,
and blessed them.
Mark 16:19-20; De Postle Dem 1:9-11
51 And it came to pass,
50 An Jedus waak wid um outta while he blessed them, he
was parted from them,
Jerusalem ta Bethany. Wen dey git dey, e and carried up into
raise e han op an e bless um. 51 Wiles e heaven.
beena bless um, Jedus lef um. God tek um 52 And they wor-
shipped him, and re-
op eenta heaben. 52 De people wa bleebe turned to Jerusalem with
een Jedus woshup um op, an den dey gone great joy:
back ta Jerusalem. Dey been full op wid 53 And were continu-
ally in the temple, prais-
joy. 53 An dey been een God House all de ing and blessing God.
time, da praise God. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John

John De Good Nyews


Bout Jedus Christ
,24
1

Chapter 1
1 In the beginning was
Wa John Write
the Word, and the Word
was with God, and the De Wod wa da Gii Life

1
Word was God.
2 The same was in the Fo God mek de wol, de Wod been
1
beginning with God. dey. De Wod been dey wid God, an de
3 All things were made
by him; and without him
Wod been God. 2 Fo God mek de wol, de
was not any thing made Wod been dey wid God. 3 Shru dat Wod,
that was made. God mek ebryting. Ain nottin een de
4 In him was life; and
the life was the light of whole wol wa God mek dat been done
men. dout de Wod. 4 De Wod, e de one wa all
5 And the light shineth
in darkness; and the life come fom. An dis life yah de life wa da
darkness comprehended mek all people see de light. 5 De light da
it not.
6 There was a man sent shine een de daak, an de daak ain neba
from God, whose name been able fa pit out dat light.
was John. 6 God sen one man fa come eenta de
7 The same came for a
witness, to bear witness wol, an dat man name been John. 7 E
of the Light, that all men come fa tell people bout de light, so dat
through him might
believe. ebrybody kin bleebe wen dey yeh wa e
8 He was not that say. 8 John esef ain been de light. E jes
Light, but was sent to bear
witness of that Light. come fa tell people bout de light. 9 De
9,That was the true light wa e taak bout, dat de true light wa
Light, which lighteth ev-
ery man that cometh into come eenta de wol an da shine pon
the world. ebrybody.
10 He was in the
10 So den de Wod been dey een de wol,
world, and the world was
made by him, and the an shru um God mek all ting een de wol.
world knew him not. Stillyet, de people een de wol ain been
11 He came unto his
own, and his own re- know who e been. 11 E come ta e own
ceived him not. place, bot e own people ain wahn hab
12 But as many as re-
ceived him, to them gave nottin fa do wid um. 12 Stillyet, some
he power to become the bleebe pon um. Ta all dem, e gim de right

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 1 315

fa be chullun ob God. 13 Dey ain git fa be sons of God, even to them


that believe on his name:
chullun ob God same way like people een
13 Which were born,
de wol hab chullun. Dey ain chullun ob
not of blood, nor of the
God cause dat wa somebody wahn, needa will of the flesh, nor of
cause some man wahn dat fa be. Bot God the will of man, but of
God.
esef mek um come fa be e chullun.
14 De Wod come fa be a man, an e lib 14 And the Word was
made flesh, and dwelt
mongst we fa a wile. We see de glory God among us, (and we be-
gim, cause e de onliest Son ob de Fada held his glory, the glory
as of the only begotten of
God. An e gii we all de blessin ob God an the Father,) full of grace
mek we know wa true bout God. and truth.
15 John beena tell people bout um. E
15 John bare witness
holla say, “Dis de poson A beena tell oona of him, and cried, saying,
bout wen A say, e gwine come wen A done This was he of whom I
spake, He that cometh af-
done de wok wa God sen me fa do. Bot e ter me is preferred before
great fa true, way mo den me, cause e me: for he was before me.
done been dey fo A bon.” 16 And of his fulness
16 Cause e full op wid blessin fa we, e da have all we received, and
grace for grace.
bless we mo an mo. 17 Moses bring we de
Law, bot Jedus Christ de one wa bring we 17 For the law was
God blessin an mek we know wa true. given by Moses, but grace
and truth came by Jesus
18 Nobody ain neba see God. Bot God Christ.
onliest Son, e one wid e Fada, an de Son
18 No man hath seen
mek people know who God da. God at any time; the only
begotten Son, which is in
the bosom of the Father,
John wa Bactize Tell We he hath declared him.
bout E Wok
Matthew 3:1-12; Mark 1:1-8; Luke 3:1-18 19 And this is the re-
cord of John, when the
19 De Jew leada dem een Jerusalem sen Jews sent priests and Le-
Jew priest an Levite ta John fa aks um say, vites from Jerusalem to
ask him, Who art thou?
“Who ya da?”
20 John ain back op one bit wid wa e 20 And he confessed,
and denied not; but con-
say. E tell um plain an out een de open, fessed, I am not the
say, “A ain de Messiah.” Christ.
21 Wen John ansa um so, dey aks um
21 And they asked
say, “Den who ya da? Ya Elijah?” him, What then? Art thou
John ansa say, “No, A ain Elijah.” Elias? And he saith, I am
not. Art thou that
So dey aks um say, “Ya de Prophet wa prophet? And he an-
we beena look fa?” swered, No.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
316 John 1

22 Then said they unto John say, “No.”


him, Who art thou? that 22 So den dey say, “Well, tell we who ya
we may give an answer to
them that sent us. What da. De people wa sen we gwine aks we fa
sayest thou of thyself?
23 He said, I am the
gim ansa. Wa ya kin tell we bout yasef?”
voice of one crying in the 23 Wen John ansa um, e tell um wa de
wilderness, Make prophet Isaiah been say. John say,
straight the way of the
Lord, as said the prophet “A de one wa da holla
Esaias. een de wildaness say,
24 And they which
were sent were of the ‘Mus mek de road scraight
Pharisees. fa de Lawd pass by.’ ”
25 And they asked
24 Den dem wa de Pharisee dem sen,
him, and said unto him,
Why baptizest thou then, dey come ta John. 25 Dey aks um say, “Ef
if thou be not that Christ,
nor Elias, neither that
ya ain de Messiah, an ya ain Elijah, an ya
prophet? ain de Prophet, den hoccome ya da bactize
26 John answered people?”
them, saying, I baptize
with water: but there 26 John ansa say, “A da bactize people
standeth one among you, wid wata, bot dey one mongst oona dat
whom ye know not;
27 He it is, who com- oona ain know. 27 E gwine come wen A
ing after me is preferred done done de wok wa God sen me fa do.
before me, whose shoe's
latchet I am not worthy A mesef ain fit eben fa loose e shoe.”
to unloose. 28 All dis happen een Bethany, pon de
28 These things were
done in Bethabara be-
east side ob de Jerden Riba. Dat weh John
yond Jordan, where John beena bactize people.
was baptizing.
29 The next day John
seeth Jesus coming unto Jedus de One wa Tek Way
him, and saith, Behold People Sin
the Lamb of God, which
taketh away the sin of the De nex day John see Jedus da come
29
world. ta um. An e say “Look yonda, de Lamb ob
30 This is he of whom I
God da come fa tek way de sin ob people
said, After me cometh a
man which is preferred all oba de wol! 30 E de one A beena taak
before me: for he was be- bout wen A say, ‘One man gwine come
fore me.
31 And I knew him
atta A done done de wok wa God sen me fa
not: but that he should be do. Dat man great fa true, way mo den me,
made manifest to Israel, cause e done been dey fo A bon!’ 31 A ain
therefore am I come bap-
tizing with water. been know who dat poson gwine be, bot A
32 And John bare re- come fa bactize people wid wata so dat de
cord, saying, I saw the Israel people kin know who e da.”
Spirit descending from
heaven like a dove, and it
32 Den John tell bout wa e been see. E
abode upon him. say, “A see God Sperit come fom heaben

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 1 317

like a dob an stay dey pon um. 33 A ain 33 And I knew him
not: but he that sent me
been know dat e de poson A beena wait fa, to baptize with water, the
cep dat God wa sen me fa bactize people same said unto me, Upon
whom thou shalt see the
wid wata done tell me bout um. God say, Spirit descending, and re-
“Ya gwine see de Sperit come down pon maining on him, the
one poson an stay dey pon um. Dat de one same is he which baptiz-
eth with the Holy Ghost.
wa gwine bactize people wid de Holy 34 And I saw, and bare
Sperit.” 34 John tell um say, “A done see record that this is the Son
of God.
dis happen, an A da tell oona say, ‘Dis 35 Again the next day
man, e de Son ob God.’ ” after John stood, and two
of his disciples;
36 And looking upon
De Fus Ciple Dem ob Jedus Jesus as he walked, he
35 De nex day John been dey gin wid e saith, Behold the Lamb of
God!
ciple dem een de same place weh e beena 37 And the two disci-
bactize people. 36 Wen John see Jedus ples heard him speak,
and they followed Jesus.
waak by, e say, “Look yah! Dat de Lamb ob
38 Then Jesus turned,
God!” and saw them following,
37 Wen John ciple dem yeh wa John and saith unto them,
What seek ye? They said
say, dey gone folla Jedus. 38 Den Jedus unto him, Rabbi, (which
ton roun an shim da folla um, an e aks um is to say, being inter-
say, “Wa oona da look fa?” preted, Master,) where
dwellest thou?
Dey aks um say, “Rabbi, weh ya da 39 He saith unto them,
stay?” (Rabbi mean “Teacha.”) Come and see. They came
39 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona come and saw where he dwelt,
and abode with him that
look!” So dey gone wid um an see weh day: for it was about the
e beena stay. Dat been bout fo o’clock een tenth hour.
40 One of the two
de ebenin, an dey stay wid um til night which heard John speak,
time. and followed him, was
40 One ob dem two people wa yeh wa Andrew, Simon Peter's
brother.
John say an gone wid Jedus been name 41 He first findeth his
Andrew, de broda ob Simon Peter. 41 Fus own brother Simon, and
ting, Andrew gone an find e broda Simon, saith unto him, We have
found the Messias, which
tell um say, “We done find de Messiah.” is, being interpreted, the
(Messiah mean “de Christ.”) 42 Andrew Christ.
bring Simon ta Jedus. 42 And he brought him
to Jesus. And when Jesus
An Jedus look pon Simon say, “Ya name beheld him, he said,
Simon, John chile, bot people gwine call Thou art Simon the son of
Jona: thou shalt be called
ya Cephas.” (Cephas an Peter mean de Cephas, which is by in-
same ting. Dey mean “Rock.”) terpretation, A stone.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
318 John 1, 2

43 The day following Philip an Nathanael Go Wid Jedus


Jesus would go forth into
Galilee, and findeth fa Be E Ciple dem
Philip, and saith unto 43 De nex day Jedus mek op e mind fa
him, Follow me.
44 Now Philip was of go ta Galilee. E find Philip an tell um say,
Bethsaida, the city of An- “Come wid me fa be me ciple!” 44 Philip
drew and Peter.
45 Philip findeth Na- been fom Bethsaida, de same town weh
thanael, and saith unto Andrew an Peter come fom. 45 Philip gone
him, We have found him,
of whom Moses in the
an look fa Nathanael, tell um say, “We
law, and the prophets, done find de man Moses been write bout
did write, Jesus of Naza- een de Law Book. E de one de prophet
reth, the son of Joseph.
46 And Nathanael said deysef done write bout too. E Jedus wa
unto him, Can there any come fom Nazareth, Joseph chile.”
good thing come out of
Nazareth? Philip saith 46 Nathanael aks Philip say, “Nazareth!
unto him, Come and see. Ain nottin good kin come fom Nazareth,
47 Jesus saw Natha-
nael coming to him, and ainty?”
saith of him, Behold an Philip ansa um say, “Come look yah!”
Israelite indeed, in whom 47 Wen Jedus see Nathanael da come, e
is no guile!
48 Nathanael saith say, “Look! Dis yah a Israel man fa true.
unto him, Whence know-
est thou me? Jesus an- Ain no lie bout um.
swered and said unto 48 Nathanael aks Jedus say, “How ya
him, Before that Philip
called thee, when thou know me?”
wast under the fig tree, I
saw thee. Jedus ansa um say, “A done see ya wen
49 Nathanael answer- ya been dey onda de fig tree, fo Philip call
ed and saith unto him,
Rabbi, thou art the Son of ya.”
God; thou art the King of 49 Nathanael ansa say, “Teacha, ya de
Israel.
50 Jesus answered and Son ob God. Ya de King ob Israel.”
said unto him, Because I 50 Jedus say, “Ya bleebe pon me jes
said unto thee, I saw thee
under the fig tree, cause A been tell ya dat A see ya wen ya
believest thou? thou
shalt see greater things been dey onda de fig tree, jes dat? Ya
than these. gwine see ting wa great mo den dat!”
51 And he saith unto
him, Verily, verily, I say 51 Den e tell um say, “A da tell oona fa
unto you, Hereafter ye true, ya gwine see heaben open op. Ya
shall see heaven open,
and the angels of God as- gwine see God angel dem da come down
cending and descending pon de Man wa Come fom God an da go
upon the Son of man.
2
,1

Chapter 2
back op.”
1 And the third day De Weddin een Cana

2 Atta two day, dey been a weddin


there was a marriage in 1
Cana of Galilee; and the
mother of Jesus was een Cana, wa dey een Galilee. Jedus
there: modda been dey ta de weddin. 2 An dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 2 319

been eenbite Jedus an e ciple dem too fa 2 And both Jesus was
called, and his disciples,
go. 3 Wen all de wine done, Jedus modda to the marriage.
tell Jedus say, “Dey ain got no mo wine.” 3 And when they
4 Jedus tell e modda say, “Ya ain fa tell wanted wine, the mother
of Jesus saith unto him,
me dem ting yah now. De time wen A fa do They have no wine.
4 Jesus saith unto her,
dem ting ain come yet.” Woman, what have I to
5 Jedus modda tell de saabant dem say, do with thee? mine hour
“Oona mus do wasoneba e tell oona fa do.” is not yet come.
5 His mother saith
6 De Jew dem got plenty law wa say unto the servants, What-
how dey fa wash dey body een a special soever he saith unto you,
do it.
way an all ting wa dey da nyuse, ef dey 6 And there were set
wahn fa be clean een God eye. Fa sake ob there six waterpots of
stone, after the manner of
dat, six big stone wata jug been close by the purifying of the Jews,
dey een dat place. De jug dem been so big containing two or three
firkins apiece.
dat jes one jug kin hole twenty ta tirty 7 Jesus saith unto
gallon ob wata. 7 Jedus tell de saabant them, Fill the waterpots
with water. And they
dem say, “Oona mus full op dem wata jug filled them up to the
wid wata.” An dey full de pot dem op ta de brim.
8 And he saith unto
brim. 8 Den Jedus tell um say, “Now mus them, Draw out now, and
tek some ob dat outta de jug an go cyaa um bear unto the governor of
the feast. And they bare
ta de man een chaage ob de marry feas.” it.
So de saabant dem done wa Jedus tell um 9 When the ruler of the
feast had tasted the water
fa do. 9 Den dat man een chaage taste de that was made wine, and
wata wa Jedus done been ton ta wine. Dat knew not whence it was:
(but the servants which
man een chaage ain been know weh de drew the water knew;)
wine come fom, bot de saabant dem wa the governor of the feast
been tek de wata outta de jug, dey been called the bridegroom,
10 And saith unto him,
know. So dat man een chaage call de Every man at the begin-
groom oba. 10 E tell um say, “Ebrybody ning doth set forth good
wine; and when men
kin saab de wine wa mo betta fus, an atta have well drunk, then
de people done drink plenty wine, dat de that which is worse: but
thou hast kept the good
time dey wen dey kin saab de cheap wine. wine until now.
Bot ya beena keep de wine wa mo betta til 11 This beginning of
now.” miracles did Jesus in
11 Jedus done dis fus miracle een Cana, Cana of Galilee, and man-
ifested forth his glory;
wa dey een Galilee. Dat de way e show de and his disciples believed
people e powa, an e ciple dem bleebe pon on him.
12 After this he went
um. down to Capernaum, he,
12 Atta dat, Jedus an e modda, e broda and his mother, and his

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
320 John 2

brethren, and his disci- dem, an e ciple dem gone ta Capernaum.


ples: and they continued
there not many days. Dey stay dey two, shree day.
13 And the Jews' pass-
over was at hand, and Je- Jedus Go ta God House
sus went up to Jerusalem, Matthew 21:12-13; Mark 11:15-17; Luke 19:45-46
14 And found in the 13 De time been close fa de Jew holiday
temple those that sold
oxen and sheep and
dey call Passoba, so Jedus gone ta
doves, and the changers Jerusalem. 14 Wen Jedus gone eenta God
of money sitting: House dey, e meet op wid people da sell
15 And when he had cow an goat, sheep an pigeon. An oda
made a scourge of small
cords, he drove them all people wa beena mek change fa de people
out of the temple, and the money beena seddown dey ta dey table.
sheep, and the oxen; and 15 So Jedus tek some rope an mek a whip,
poured out the changers'
money, and overthrew an e dribe um all outta God House, long
the tables; wid de sheep an de cow dem. Den e ton
16 And said unto them oba de table dem weh people beena
that sold doves, Take
these things hence; make change money an e scatta dey coin. 16 An
not my Father's house an e chaage de people wa beena sell pigeon,
house of merchandise.
say, “Mus git dem pigeon outta yah! Mus
17 And his disciples re-
dohn ton de House ob me Fada eenta a
membered that it was
written, The zeal of thine maakut place!” 17 Den e ciple dem memba
house hath eaten me up. weh dey write een God Book say, “O God,
18 Then answered the A wahn people fa hona ya House. A wahn
Jews and said unto him, um sommuch til e bun een me haat jes like
What sign shewest thou
unto us, seeing that thou a fire wa gwine bun me op.”
doest these things? 18 Den de Jew leada dem come aks
19 Jesus answered and Jedus say, “Wa miracle ya kin do fa show
said unto them, Destroy we dat ya got tority fa do dis wa ya done
this temple, and in three
days I will raise it up.
yah?”
19 Jedus tell um say, “Ef oona stroy dis
20 Then said the Jews,
Forty and six years was
House ob God, een shree day A gwine
this temple in building, build um back gin.”
and wilt thou rear it up in 20 Den de Jew leada dem tell Jedus say,
three days?
“E been tek foty-six yeah fa build dis
21 But he spake of the House. Ya mean fa say dat ya gwine tek jes
temple of his body.
shree day fa build um back gin?”
22 When therefore he 21 Bot wen Jedus taak bout God House,
was risen from the dead,
his disciples remembered
dat e body e beena taak bout. 22 So wen
that he had said this unto God mek Jedus git op fom mongst de dead

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 2, 3 321

people an lib gin, e ciple dem memba wa them; and they believed
the scripture, and the
Jedus been taak bout. Den dey bleebe wa word which Jesus had
been write dey een God Book an de wod said.
23 Now when he was
Jedus done been taak bout. in Jerusalem at the pass-
over, in the feast day,
Jedus Know wa Dey een People Haat many believed in his
name, when they saw the
23 De time come fa de Passoba Feas miracles which he did.
wiles Jedus been dey een Jerusalem. An 24 But Jesus did not
commit himself unto
plenty people bleebe pon um, wen dey see them, because he knew
de miracle dem wa e beena do. 24 Bot all men,
25 And needed not
Jedus ain lef esef een dey han cause e been that any should testify of
know all people too good. 25 E ain been no man: for he knew what
was in man.
need fa people fa tell Jedus wa been dey
een dey haat.
3
,2

Chapter 3
1 There was a man of
the Pharisees, named
Jedus Laan Nicodemus Nicodemus, a ruler of the
Jews:

3 Dey been one ob de Pharisee dem


1 2 The same came to Je-
name Nicodemus, wa been a leada wa sus by night, and said
unto him, Rabbi, we
blongst ta de Jew Council. 2 One night, know that thou art a
teacher come from God:
Nicodemus come ta Jedus an say, “Teacha, for no man can do these
we know ya a teacha wa God sen. Cause miracles that thou doest,
except God be with him.
ain nobody able fa do dem miracle wa ya 3 Jesus answered and
said unto him, Verily,
da do, ef God ain dey wid um.” verily, I say unto thee,
3 Jedus tell um say, “A da tell ya fa true, Except a man be born
again, he cannot see the
ain nobody kin come onda God rule ef e kingdom of God.
ain bon gin.” 4 Nicodemus saith
unto him, How can a man
4 Nicodemus aks Jedus say, “How kin a be born when he is old?
poson wa done grown git bon gin? Fa sho, can he enter the second
time into his mother's
a poson ain gwine git leetle an go back womb, and be born?
eenside de belly ob e modda an git bon a 5 Jesus answered, Ver-
ily, verily, I say unto
secon time like a leetle baby!” thee, Except a man be
5 Jedus say, “A da tell ya fa true, ain born of water and of the
nobody kin come onda God rule ef dat Spirit, he cannot enter
into the kingdom of God.
poson ain bon wid wata an wid de Holy 6 That which is born of
Sperit. 6 We fada an modda gii we we the flesh is flesh; and that
which is born of the
body, bot God Sperit gii we we sperit. 7 Ya Spirit is spirit.
mus dohn wonda wen A tell ya say, ‘Ya 7 Marvel not that I said
unto thee, Ye must be
mus be bon gin.’ 8 De breeze da blow born again.
wehsoneba e wahn fa blow. Ya da yeh de 8 The wind bloweth

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
322 John 3

where it listeth, and thou soun wa e mek, bot ya ain know wa side e
hearest the sound there-
of, but canst not tell da come fom an ya ain know wa side e da
whence it cometh, and gwine. Dat de same way e happen wen de
whither it goeth: so is ev-
ery one that is born of the
Holy Sperit gii people nyew life, an dey
Spirit. bon gin.”
9 Nicodemus answer-
9 Nicodemus aks Jedus say, “How dat
ed and said unto him,
How can these things be? kin be?”
10 Jesus answered and
10 Jedus aks um say, “Ya a big teacha
said unto him, Art thou a
master of Israel, and een Israel an ya ain ondastan wa A da taak
knowest not these
things? bout? 11 A da tell ya fa true, wa we know
11 Verily, verily, I say
unto thee, We speak that
an wa we done see, we da tell oona bout.
we do know, and testify Stillyet, oona ain wahn fa bleebe wa we da
that we have seen; and ye
receive not our witness. tell oona. 12 Oona ain bleebe me wen A
12 If I have told you tell oona bout dem ting wa dey een dis
earthly things, and ye be-
lieve not, how shall ye wol. So den, how ya gwine bleebe me wen
believe, if I tell you of A tell ya bout dem ting wa dey een
heavenly things?
13 And no man hath heaben? 13 Dey ain nobody neba gone op
ascended up to heaven,
but he that came down ta heaben cep de Man wa Come fom God,
from heaven, even the wa come down outta heaben.
Son of man which is in
heaven. 14 “Jes like Moses done hice de bronze
14 And as Moses lifted
up the serpent in the wil- snake op pon a pole dey een de wildaness,
derness, even so must the same way so, dey gwine haffa hice op de
Son of man be lifted up:
15 That whosoever be- Man wa Come fom God, 1 5 so dat
lieveth in him should not ebrybody wa bleebe pon um gwine git true
perish, but have eternal
life. life wa ain gwine neba end. 16 Cause God
16 For God so loved lob all de people een de wol sommuch dat
the world, that he gave
his only begotten Son, e gii we e onliest Son. God sen we um so
that whosoever believeth dat ebrybody wa bleebe pon um ain gwine
in him should not perish,
but have everlasting life. dead. Dey gwine lib faebamo. 17 God ain
17 For God sent not his
Son into the world to sen e Son eenta de wol fa condemn um.
condemn the world; but God sen e Son fa come sabe de people shru
that the world through
him might be saved. e Son.
18 He that believeth
on him is not con-
18 “Ef a poson bleebe pon God Son, God
demned: but he that be- ain gwine condemn dat poson dey. Bot ef a
lieveth not is condemned
already, because he hath poson ain bleebe pon God Son, God done
not believed in the name condemn um, cause e ain bleebe pon de
of the only begotten Son
of God. name ob de onliest Son ob God. 19 God
19 And this is the con-
demnation, that light is
been mek de light ob trute come eenta de
come into the world, and wol, bot people like de daak steada de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 3 323

light cause dey keep on da do ebil ting. Dat men loved darkness
rather than light, because
so de jedgiment stan. 20 Ebrybody wa da their deeds were evil.
do ebil ting, dey ain like de light tall an ain 20 For every one that
doeth evil hateth the
gwine come eenta de light, cause dey ain light, neither cometh to
wahn de light fa show de ebil ting dem wa the light, lest his deeds
dey da do. 21 Bot ebrybody wa da lib should be reproved.
21 But he that doeth
coddin ta de trute ob God gwine come truth cometh to the light,
eenta de light, so dat de light kin show dat that his deeds may be
made manifest, that they
fa sho dey beena do wa God tell um fa do.” are wrought in God.
22 After these things
Jedus an John came Jesus and his disci-
ples into the land of
22 Atta dat, Jedus an e ciple dem gone Judaea; and there he tar-
ried with them, and
ta Judea lan. E stay some time wid um dey baptized.
an e beena bactize people. 23 John wa 23 And John also was
baptizing in Aenon near
Bactize beena bactize people een Aenon to Salim, because there
too, wa been dey close ta Salim, cause was much water there:
plenty wata been dey. People beena go ta and they came, and were
baptized.
John dey, an e beena bactize um. 24 (De 24 For John was not
time wen all dis beena happen, John ain yet cast into prison.
25 Then there arose a
been pit een de jailhouse yet.) question between some of
25 Some ob John ciple dem an one Jew John's disciples and the
Jews about purifying.
man staat fa aagy bout de Jew Law wa say 26 And they came unto
a poson mus wash een a special way ef e John, and said unto him,
Rabbi, he that was with
wahn fa be clean een God eye. 26 So dey thee beyond Jordan, to
gone ta John an tell um say, “Teacha, ya whom thou barest wit-
memba dat man wa been wid ya wen ya ness, behold, the same
baptizeth, and all men
been dey pon de oda side ob de Jerden come to him.
Riba, de one ya beena tell bout? Well, now 27 John answered and
said, A man can receive
e da bactize people een de Jerden Riba, an nothing, except it be
ebrybody da gwine ta um!” given him from heaven.
28 Ye yourselves bear
27 John tell um say, “Ain nottin like dis
me witness, that I said, I
kin happen ta a poson cep God mek um am not the Christ, but
that I am sent before him.
happen. 28 Oonasef yeh me wen A say, ‘A 29 He that hath the
ain de Messiah, bot God sen me heada de bride is the bridegroom:
Messiah, fa come mek a way fa um.’ 29 De but the friend of the
bridegroom, which
bride blongst ta de groom, bot de fren ob standeth and heareth
de groom da stan by da listen fa de groom, him, rejoiceth greatly be-
cause of the bridegroom's
an wen e yeh de groom boice e full op wid voice: this my joy there-
joy. Dat so e stan fa me. A full op wid joy. fore is fulfilled.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
324 John 3, 4

30 He must increase, 30 E mus come fa be mo an mo great, an A


but I must decrease.
31 He that cometh mus come fa be less an less.”
from above is above all:
he that is of the earth is
earthly, and speaketh of De One wa Come fom Heaben, E Oba All
the earth: he that cometh
from heaven is above all. 31 De one wa come fom heaben, e oba
32 And what he hath
all. De one wa dey een dis wol blongst ta
seen and heard, that he
testifieth; and no man dis wol, an e da taak bout dis wol own
receiveth his testimony. bidness. Bot de one wa come fom heaben,
33 He that hath re-
ceived his testimony hath e oba all. 32 De one wa come fom heaben
set to his seal that God is da taak bout wa e done see an yeh. Stillyet,
true.
34 For he whom God ain nobody bleebe wa e say. 33 De poson
hath sent speaketh the wa bleebe wa e say, e show dat e been
words of God: for God bleebe dat wa God say, e true. 34 De one
giveth not the Spirit by
measure unto him. wa God sen, e da tell people de message
35 The Father loveth
wa God gim, cause God da gim e Sperit, til
the Son, and hath given
all things into his hand. e full op wid um. 35 God we Fada da lob e
36 He that believeth Son an e gim chaage oba all ting.
on the Son hath everlast-
36 Ebrybody wa bleebe pon God Son, dey
ing life: and he that be-
lieveth not the Son shall got de true life wa ain neba gwine end. Bot
not see life; but the wrath
of God abideth on him.
ebrybody wa ain do wa God Son say, dey
4
,3
ain neba gwine git de true life, an God
Chapter 4
1 When therefore the gwine be too bex wid um faeba.
Lord knew how the Phar-
isees had heard that Je- Jedus an One Ooman fom Samaria
sus made and baptized

4 De Pharisee dem yeh say dat Jedus


more disciples than John, 1
2 (Though Jesus him-
beena git mo ciple an bactize mo ciple
self baptized not, but his
disciples,) den John. 2 (Bot fa true, Jedus ain beena
3 He left Judaea, and bactize people. E ciple dem beena bactize
departed again into Gali-
lee. um.) 3 Wen Jedus yeh wa dey beena say, e
4 And he must needs lef Judea an gone back gin ta Galilee.
go through Samaria. 4 Wen e beena gwine, e haffa go shru
5 Then cometh he to a
city of Samaria, which is Samaria fa git dey.
called Sychar, near to the 5 Een Samaria, e come ta a town name
parcel of ground that Ja-
cob gave to his son Sychar, wa stan close ta de fiel wa Jacob
Joseph.
6 Now Jacob's well
gii ta e son Joseph. 6 De well wa nyuse fa
was there. Jesus there- blongst ta Jacob been dey dey. Wen Jedus
fore, being wearied with been weary fom de journey, e seddown
his journey, sat thus on
the well: and it was about close ta de well. E been bout noontime.
the sixth hour. 7 One ooman fom Samaria come fa git

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 4 325

wata fom de well, an Jedus aks um say, 7 There cometh a


woman of Samaria to
“Please gii me some wata fa drink.” 8 (E draw water: Jesus saith
unto her, Give me to
ciple dem done been gone ta town fa buy drink.
ting fa nyam.) 8 (For his disciples
9 De Samaria ooman aks Jedus say, “Ya were gone away unto the
city to buy meat.)
a Jew an A a ooman fom Samaria. 9 Then saith the
woman of Samaria unto
Hoccome ya da aks me fa wata fa drink?” him, How is it that thou,
(De ooman say dat cause de Jew dem ain being a Jew, askest drink
of me, which am a
neba nyam needa drink fom de same dish woman of Samaria? for
the Jews have no deal-
dat de people fom Samaria nyuse, an dey ings with the Samaritans.
ain neba sociate wid one noda.) 10 Jesus answered and
said unto her, If thou
10 Jedus say, “Ef ya been know wa God knewest the gift of God,
kin gii, an who dis yah wa da aks fa wata, and who it is that saith to
thee, Give me to drink;
ya been gwine aks um an e been gwine gii thou wouldest have
asked of him, and he
ya dat wata wa da mek people lib fa true.” would have given thee
11 De ooman tell um, “Sah, ya ain got living water.
11 The woman saith
no bucket, an de well too deep. Weh ya git unto him, Sir, thou hast
nothing to draw with,
dat wata wa da mek people lib fa true? and the well is deep: from
12 We fada Jacob gii we dis well. Jacob an whence then hast thou
that living water?
e son dem an e flock beena come yah ta dis 12 Art thou greater
well fa drink wata. Ya da tell me dat ya mo than our father Jacob,
which gave us the well,
greata den Jacob?” and drank thereof him-
self, and his children, and
13 Jedus say, “Ebrybody wa da drink de his cattle?
wata wa dey een dis well gwine tosty gin. 13 Jesus answered and
said unto her, Whosoever
14 Bot ebrybody wa da drink de wata A drinketh of this water
shall thirst again:
gwine gim ain neba gwine git tosty no mo. 14 But whosoever
Fa true, de wata A gwine gim gwine be een drinketh of the water that
I shall give him shall
um like a spring ob wata wa keep on da never thirst; but the wa-
gim true life wa ain neba gwine end.” ter that I shall give him
shall be in him a well of
15 De ooman say, “Please sah, gii me dat water springing up into
everlasting life.
wata! Den A ain gwine neba git tosty no 15 The woman saith
mo, an A ain gwine haffa come yah ta dis unto him, Sir, give me
this water, that I thirst
well gin fa git wata.” not, neither come hither
16 Jedus tell de ooman say, “Go git ya to draw.
16 Jesus saith unto
husban an come back yah.” her, Go, call thy husband,
and come hither.
17 De ooman say, “A ain got no 17 The woman an-
husban.” swered and said, I have
no husband. Jesus said
Jedus say, “Ya da tell me de trute wen unto her, Thou hast well
ya say ya ain got no husban. 18 Fibe said, I have no husband:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
326 John 4

18 For thou hast had diffunt man dem done marry ya. An de
five husbands; and he
whom thou now hast is man ya da lib wid now ain ya husban. Ya
not thy husband: in that da tell me de trute.”
saidst thou truly. 19 De ooman say, “Sah, A see ya a
19 The woman saith
unto him, Sir, I perceive prophet wa God sen. 20 We fada beena
that thou art a prophet. woshup God ta dis mountain, bot oona
20 Our fathers wor-
shipped in this mountain; Jew people say we mus go ta Jerusalem fa
and ye say, that in Jeru- woshup God.”
salem is the place where
men ought to worship. 21 Jedus tell de ooman say, “Ya mus
21 Jesus saith unto bleebe wa A da tell ya. De time gwine
her, Woman, believe me,
the hour cometh, when come wen oona ain gwine woshup we
ye shall neither in this Fada God pon dis mountain, needa een
mountain, nor yet at Je-
rusalem, worship the
Jerusalem. 22 Oona Samaria people ain
Father. know de God wa oona da woshup. Bot we
22 Ye worship ye know
not what: we know what
Jew people know de God we da woshup,
we worship: for salvation cause shru de Jew people, God da sabe oda
is of the Jews. people. 23 Stillyet, de time da come, an e
23 But the hour com-
eth, and now is, when the done come now, wen people wa da
true worshippers shall woshup fa true gwine woshup we Fada
worship the Father in
spirit and in truth: for the God een dey haat. An dey gwine woshup
Father seeketh such to um een de right way, jes like e stan fa true.
worship him.
24 God is a Spirit: and Cause we Fada God da look fa people like
they that worship him dat fa woshup um. 24 God a Sperit, an dem
must worship him in wa woshup um mus woshup um een dey
spirit and in truth.
25 The woman saith haat an een de right way, jes like e stan fa
unto him, I know that true.”
Messias cometh, which is
called Christ: when he is
25 De ooman tell Jedus say, “A know
come, he will tell us all dat de Messiah, wa dey call Christ, gwine
things.
26 Jesus saith unto come. Wen e come, e gwine splain all ting
her, I that speak unto ta we.”
thee am he. 26 Jedus tell um say, “A de one ya da
27 And upon this came
his disciples, and mar- taak bout.”
velled that he talked with 27 Same time Jedus ciple dem come
the woman: yet no man
said, What seekest thou? back, an dey been stonish fa see Jedus da
or, Why talkest thou with taak ta a ooman. Bot ain none ob dem aks
her?
28 The woman then de ooman say, “Wa ya wahn?” Needa none
left her waterpot, and ob um aks Jedus say, “Hoccome ya da taak
went her way into the
city, and saith to the
ta de ooman?”
men, 28 Den de ooman lef e wata jug an gone

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 4 327

back ta town, an e tell all de people dey fa 29 Come, see a man,


which told me all things
come. 29 E tell um say, “Oona mus come that ever I did: is not this
see a man wa tell me ebryting A done the Christ?
30 Then they went out
done. Oona tink e de Messiah?” 30 So de of the city, and came
people lef town an come ta Jedus. unto him.
31 Same time, Jedus ciple dem beena 31 In the mean while
his disciples prayed him,
try fa git Jedus fa nyam sompin. Dey say, saying, Master, eat.
“Teacha, please, tek sompin fa nyam.” 32 But he said unto
them, I have meat to eat
32 Bot Jedus say, “A got food fa nyam that ye know not of.
wa oona ain know nottin bout.” 33 Therefore said the
disciples one to another,
33 So de ciple dem aks one noda say,
Hath any man brought
“Ya tink somebody done fetch um some him ought to eat?
34 Jesus saith unto
food?” them, My meat is to do
34 Jedus tell um say, “Wen A do wa de the will of him that sent
one wa sen me yah wahn me fa do, an me, and to finish his
work.
finish op all de wok e gii me fa do, den dat 35 Say not ye, There
are yet four months, and
me food. 35 Oona kin taak say, ‘Fo mo then cometh harvest? be-
mont fo haabis, ainty?’ Bot A da tell oona hold, I say unto you, Lift
up your eyes, and look on
say, look pon de fiel good. De crop done the fields; for they are
ready fa haabis. 36 Eben now de poson wa white already to harvest.
36 And he that reapeth
da cut de crop da git e pay. Eben now e da receiveth wages, and
gathereth fruit unto life
geda op de crop fa ebalastin life so dat de eternal: that both he that
poson wa da plant de crop an de poson wa soweth and he that
reapeth may rejoice to-
da geda um op, all two dem heppy fa true gether.
37 And herein is that
togeda. 37 Cause like people say, ‘One saying true, One soweth,
poson da plant, an oda poson da geda op and another reapeth.
38 I sent you to reap
de crop.’ E stan so! 38 A been sen oona fa that whereon ye be-
haabis de crop een a fiel weh oona ain stowed no labour: other
men laboured, and ye are
wok. Oda people done wok um, an oona entered into their
labours.
done gain fom de wok dey done.” 39 And many of the Sa-
39 Plenty people ob Samaria dey een dat maritans of that city be-
lieved on him for the
town bleebe pon Jedus cause de ooman saying of the woman,
which testified, He told
say, “E tell me ebryting A done done.” me all that ever I did.
40 So wen de people ob Samaria come ta 40 So when the Samar-
itans were come unto
Jedus, dey beg um fa stay wid um. An e him, they besought him
stay dey two day. that he would tarry with
them: and he abode there
41 Cause e taak ta de people dey, a heap two days.
41 And many more be-
mo ob um come fa bleebe pon Jedus. lieved because of his own
42 Den dey tell de ooman say, “We bleebe word;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
328 John 4

42 And said unto the now. Dis time yah, e ain jes cause ob wa ya
woman, Now we believe,
not because of thy say- been tell we. We bleebe now cause wesef
ing: for we have heard
him ourselves, and know
done yeh um. An we know dat e de Sabior
that this is indeed the ob de wol, fa true.”
Christ, the Saviour of the
world.
43 Now after two days Jedus Mek One Offisa Son Well
he departed thence, and
went into Galilee. Wen Jedus done spen de two day dey
43
44 For Jesus himself een Samaria, e gone ta Galilee. 44 Jedus
testified, that a prophet
hath no honour in his esef been say, “A prophet ain got no hona
own country. dey een e own country.” 45 De people een
45 Then when he was
come into Galilee, the Galilee done been ta Jerusalem ta de
Galilaeans received him,
having seen all the things Passoba Feas, an dey been see ebryting e
that he did at Jerusalem beena do jurin dat time dey. So wen Jedus
at the feast: for they also
went unto the feast. git ta Galilee, de people dey gim haaty
46 So Jesus came again
into Cana of Galilee, welcome.
where he made the water 46 Jedus gone back gin ta Cana een
wine. And there was a
certain nobleman, whose Galilee, de same place weh e ton de wata
son was sick at Caper- eenta wine. One gobment offisa been dey
naum.
47 When he heard that een Cana, an e hab a son wa been sick een
Jesus was come out of
Judaea into Galilee, he Capernaum. 47 Wen de offisa yeh say dat
went unto him, and be- Jedus been come fom Judea ta Galilee, e
sought him that he would
come down, and heal his gone ta Jedus an e beg um fa come ta
son: for he was at the
point of death. Capernaum fa heal e sick son, wa mos
48 Then said Jesus dead. 48 Jedus say, “Ain none ob oona
unto him, Except ye see
signs and wonders, ye neba gwine bleebe dout oona see me da do
will not believe. miracle an oda great ting.”
49 The nobleman saith
unto him, Sir, come down 49 De offisa say, “Please sah, come long
ere my child die.
50 Jesus saith unto wid me now, fo me son dead.”
him, Go thy way; thy son 50 Jedus tell um say, “Ya kin go. Ya son
liveth. And the man be-
lieved the word that Je- gwine lib!”
sus had spoken unto him,
and he went his way. De man bleebe wa Jedus tell um, an e
51 And as he was now gone pon e way. 51 Wiles e beena gwine ta
going down, his servants
met him, and told him, e house, e saabant dem meet um an tell um
saying, Thy son liveth. de nyews say, “Ya boy gwine lib!”
52 Then enquired he of
them the hour when he 52 De offisa aks e saabant dem wa time
began to amend. And
they said unto him, Yes- e been wen e son staat fa git betta. Dey tell
terday at the seventh um say, “E been one o’clock yestiddy atta
hour the fever left him.
53 So the father knew noon wen de feba broke an lef um.” 53 Den
that it was at the same de fada memba, dat been de same time

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 4, 5 329

wen Jedus been tell um say, “Ya son gwine hour, in the which Jesus
said unto him, Thy son
lib!” So de offisa an all de people een e liveth: and himself be-
house, dey bleebe pon Jedus. lieved, and his whole
54 Dat been de secon time dat Jedus house.
54 This is again the
done a miracle een Galilee atta e come fom second miracle that Jesus
did, when he was come
Judea. out of Judaea into
5
,4 Galilee.
Chapter 5
Jedus Mek a Sick Man Well 1 After this there was a

5
feast of the Jews; and Je-
1 Atta dat, Jedus gone ta Jerusalem fa sus went up to Jerusalem.
a Jew holiday feas. 2 Een Jerusalem, 2 Now there is at Jeru-
salem by the sheep mar-
a pool ob wata been dey by de place dey ket a pool, which is called
call “Sheep Gyate.” De Jew people call dat in the Hebrew tongue
Bethesda, having five
pool Bethesda, an dey been fibe poch close porches.
3 In these lay a great
by dat wata. 3 A whole heapa sick people multitude of impotent
been gone leddown pon dem fibe poch. folk, of blind, halt, with-
ered, waiting for the
Some dem been bline, some been cripple moving of the water.
4 For an angel went
op, an some been paralyze. [All dem beena down at a certain season
wait fa de waata fa moob. 4 Fom time ta into the pool, and trou-
bled the water: whoso-
time one angel ob de Lawd come down fa ever then first after the
stir op de wata. Wen de wata moob, de fus troubling of the water
stepped in was made
one wa git een de wata gwine be heal ob whole of whatsoever dis-
ease he had.
wasoneba ailment e hab.] 5 One man been 5 And a certain man
dey wa been sick tirty-eight yeah. 6 Wen was there, which had an
infirmity thirty and eight
Jedus come, e see de man leddown dey. E years.
6 When Jesus saw him
know dat man been sick a long time, so e lie, and knew that he had
aks um say, “Ya wahn fa git well?” been now a long time in
that case, he saith unto
7 De sick man ansa say, “Sah, A ain got him, Wilt thou be made
nobody fa pit me een de wata wen e moob. whole?
7 The impotent man
Ebry time A da try fa git een, somebody answered him, Sir, I have
no man, when the water
beat me ta de wata.” is troubled, to put me
8 Den Jedus tell de man say, “Git op fom into the pool: but while I
am coming, another step-
dey. Pick op ya mat an waak!” 9 All ob a peth down before me.
8 Jesus saith unto him,
sudden de man been well. E pick op e mat Rise, take up thy bed, and
an waak. walk.
9 And immediately the
Now den, dis ting happen pon de Jew man was made whole,
Woshup Day. 10 So de Jew leada dem see and took up his bed, and
walked: and on the same
de man wa been sick an done git well, da day was the sabbath.
10 The Jews therefore
tote e mat. Dey tell um say, “Dis yah we said unto him that was
Woshup Day, an e ginst we Law fa ya fa cured, It is the sabbath

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
330 John 5

day: it is not lawful for tote ya mat pon we Woshup Day.”


thee to carry thy bed. 11 Dat man ansa say, “De man wa mek
11 He answered them,
He that made me whole, me well tell me fa pick op me mat an
the same said unto me,
Take up thy bed, and waak.”
walk. 12 Den de Jew leada dem aks um say,
12 Then asked they
him, What man is that “Wa man tell ya fa do dat?”
which said unto thee,
Take up thy bed, and 13 De man wa Jedus been mek well ain
walk? know who dat been, cause dey been a
13 And he that was
healed wist not who it heapa people dey, an Jedus done slip way.
was: for Jesus had con- 14 Jedus find dat man eenside God
veyed himself away, a
multitude being in that House. E tell um say, “Look yah, ya well
place.
14 Afterward Jesus now. Mus dohn sin no mo, or sompin mo
findeth him in the tem- wossa gwine happen ta ya.”
ple, and said unto him,
Behold, thou art made 15 Den de man lef Jedus an gone fa tell
whole: sin no more, lest a
worse thing come unto de Jew leada dem say, dat man wa mek
thee. um well, e name Jedus. 16 So den de Jew
15 The man departed,
and told the Jews that it leada dem staat fa do Jedus bad cause e
was Jesus, which had
made him whole. mek de man well pon de Woshup Day.
16 And therefore did 17 Jedus tell um say, “Me Fada da wok all
the Jews persecute Jesus,
and sought to slay him, de time eben ta now, an A da wok too.”
because he had done 18 Wen Jedus say dat, de Jew leada dem
these things on the sab-
bath day. cide fa kill um fa sho, cause e broke de Jew
17 But Jesus answered
them, My Father worketh Law pon de Woshup Day. An den too, e
hitherto, and I work. eben say dat God e own Fada, so e mek
18 Therefore the Jews
sought the more to kill esef same like God.
him, because he not only
had broken the sabbath,
but said also that God God Gii e Son Tority
was his Father, making
himself equal with God. 19 Jedus ton ta de Jew leada dem an e
19 Then answered Je-
sus and said unto them, say, “A da tell oona fa true, de Son cyahn
Verily, verily, I say unto do nottin by esef. E do jes wa e see e Fada
you, The Son can do
nothing of himself, but da do. De Son cyahn do nottin mo den dat.
what he seeth the Father Wasoneba de Fada do, dat wa de Son do
do: for what things so-
ever he doeth, these also too. 20 Cause de Fada lob e Son an e da
doeth the Son likewise.
20 For the Father show um all wa e da do. E gwine show de
loveth the Son, and shew- Son mo ting wa e fa do wa a whole heap
eth him all things that
himself doeth: and he mo betta den dis ting yah. Dem gwine mek
will shew him greater
works than these, that ye oona stonish bout um fa true. 21 Jes like
may marvel.
21 For as the Father
how de Fada da mek people wa done dead
raiseth up the dead, and git op, come out fom dey grabe an mek um

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 5 331

lib gin, same fashion de Son da gii life ta quickeneth them; even
so the Son quickeneth
dem dat e wahn fa gim. 22 Fodamo, de whom he will.
Fada esef ain jedge nobody. E done gii e 22 For the Father
judgeth no man, but hath
son all tority fa jedge people. 23 E do dat committed all judgment
so dat all people gwine gii hona ta de Son unto the Son:
23 That all men should
same like how dey gii hona ta de Fada. honour the Son, even as
Dem wa ain gii hona ta de Son, dey ain gii they honour the Father.
He that honoureth not
hona ta de Fada wa sen de Son eenta de the Son honoureth not
wol. the Father which hath
24 “A da tell oona fa true, de poson wa sent him.
24 Verily, verily, I say
da yeh me wod an bleebe pon de one wa unto you, He that heareth
sen me eenta de wol, dat poson done got my word, and believeth
on him that sent me, hath
de true life wa ain neba gwine end, an God everlasting life, and shall
ain gwine jedge um. E been dead, bot now not come into condemna-
tion; but is passed from
e done cross oba ta de true life. 25 Fa true, death unto life.
de time da come an e done come now, wen 25 Verily, verily, I say
unto you, The hour is
de people wa done dead gwine yeh wa coming, and now is,
God Son da say, an ebrybody wa yeh de when the dead shall hear
the voice of the Son of
Son gwine lib. 26 Cause de Fada, e de one God: and they that hear
weh life come fom, an e got powa fa gii shall live.
26 For as the Father
life. Same fashion, e mek life come fom de hath life in himself; so
Son esef an e got powa fa gii life. 27 An de hath he given to the Son
Fada been gii de Son de tority fa jedge all to have life in himself;
27 And hath given him
people, cause de Son, e de Man wa Come authority to execute
fom God. 28 Oona mus dohn be stonish judgment also, because
bout dat. De time da come wen all de he is the Son of man.
28 Marvel not at this:
people wa done dead an een dey grabe for the hour is coming, in
gwine yeh wa de Son say. 29 Dey gwine git the which all that are in
the graves shall hear his
op outta dey grabe. Dem wa beena do voice,
good gwine git op outta dey grabe an git 29 And shall come
forth; they that have
life wa las faeba. Bot dem wa beena do done good, unto the res-
bad, dey gwine git op outta dey grabe an urrection of life; and they
git jedge. that have done evil, unto
the resurrection of dam-
nation.
Dem wa Tell bout Jedus 30 I can of mine own
self do nothing: as I hear,
30 “A ain got de tority fa do nottin by I judge: and my judgment
mesef. A da jedge people same like how A is just; because I seek not
mine own will, but the
yeh God tell me fa jedge um. So den A will of the Father which
jedge people de right way cause A ain da hath sent me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
332 John 5

31 If I bear witness of try fa do wa A wahn. A da do wa me Fada


myself, my witness is not
true. wa sen me wahn, an no mo.
32 There is another 31 “Ef A say great ting bout mesef, e ain
that beareth witness of
me; and I know that the
gwine mount ta much cause nobody ain
witness which he gwine bleebe wa A say. 32 Bot dey a noda
witnesseth of me is true. poson wa tell bout me, an A know dat wa e
33 Ye sent unto John,
and he bare witness unto say bout me, dat de trute. 33 Oona done
the truth. sen messenja fa aks John bout me, an wa
34 But I receive not
testimony from man: but John tell um, dat de trute. 34 Dat ain fa say
these things I say, that ye dat A pend pon wa people say bout me. A
might be saved.
35 He was a burning da tell oona dat wa John say bout me de
and a shining light: and trute, so dat God kin sabe oona. 35 John
ye were willing for a sea-
son to rejoice in his light.
been same like a lamp wa beena bun an de
36 But I have greater light shine bright fa mek all people see.
witness than that of John: Oona done gree fa leh de light shine pon
for the works which the
Father hath given me to oona fa a leetle wile an mek oona haat
finish, the same works glad. 36 Bot wa A da do show wa A da fa
that I do, bear witness of
me, that the Father hath true, mo den wa John say bout me. A da do
sent me. all wa me Fada tell me fa do, jes dat. Dem
37 And the Father him-
self, which hath sent me, wok yah wa A da do da mek people know
hath borne witness of me. who A da. Dey show dat me Fada sen me fa
Ye have neither heard his
voice at any time, nor
come eenta de wol. 37 An de Fada wa sen
seen his shape. me, e too been say who A da. Oona ain
38 And ye have not his
neba yeh e boice. Oona ain neba see wa e
word abiding in you: for
whom he hath sent, him look like. 38 An oona ain keep e wod een
ye believe not. oona haat cause oona ain bleebe pon de
39 Search the scrip-
tures; for in them ye one wa e sen fa come eenta de wol.
think ye have eternal life: 39 Oona da study God wod haad cause
and they are they which
testify of me.
oona tink dey gwine gii oona life wa las
40 And ye will not faeba. An dem wod da tell bout me!
come to me, that ye 40 Stillyet oona ain wahn fa come ta me so
might have life.
41 I receive not honour dat oona kin hab true life.
from men. 41 “A ain da look fa people fa praise me.
42 But I know you,
that ye have not the love 42 Bot A know oona. A know oona ain lob
of God in you. God een oona haat. 43 A done come een
43 I am come in my Fa-
ther's name, and ye re- me Fada name. E sen me wid e tority, bot
ceive me not: if another oona ain pay me no mind. Ef noda poson
shall come in his own
name, him ye will
come een e own name an ain nobody sen
receive. um, oona gwine pay mind ta um. 44 Oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 5, 6 333

lob fa git praise fom one noda. Bot oona 44 How can ye believe,
which receive honour
ain try fa git praise fom de onliest God. So one of another, and seek
den how oona gwine bleebe wa A say? not the honour that com-
45 Bot oona mus dohn tink dat A gwine eth from God only?
45 Do not think that I
cuse oona ta de Fada. No, Moses de one wa will accuse you to the Fa-
ther: there is one that
gwine cuse oona ta de Fada. Dat de same accuseth you, even Mo-
Moses wa oona beena look fa sabe oona. ses, in whom ye trust.
46 For had ye believed
46 Ef oona bleebe wa Moses say fa true, Moses, ye would have be-
oona gwine bleebe wa A say, cause Moses lieved me: for he wrote of
me.
write bout me. 47 Bot oona ain bleebe wa e 47 But if ye believe not
write bout me. So den fa sho oona ain his writings, how shall ye
believe my words?
gwine bleebe wa A da say, ainty?”
6
,5

Chapter 6
Jedus Feed a Whole
1 After these things Je-
Heapa People sus went over the sea of
Matthew 14:13-21; Mark 6:30-44; Luke 9:10-17 Galilee, which is the sea
of Tiberias.

6 Atta wile, Jedus cross back oba Lake


1 2 And a great multi-
tude followed him, be-
Galilee (wa some call Lake Tiberias). cause they saw his
2 A big crowd ob people beena folla Jedus, miracles which he did on
them that were diseased.
cause dey see dem miracle wa e done wen 3 And Jesus went up
e mek de sick people well. 3 Jedus an e into a mountain, and
there he sat with his
ciple dem gone op ta a mountain an disciples.
4 And the passover, a
seddown dey. 4 De time fa de Jew Passoba feast of the Jews, was
Feas been close. 5 Wen Jedus look roun, e nigh.
5 When Jesus then
see de big crowd ob people da come ta um, lifted up his eyes, and
so e aks Philip say, “Weh we gwine buy saw a great company
come unto him, he saith
bread nuff fa feed dem people?” 6 Jedus unto Philip, Whence shall
we buy bread, that these
say dat jes fa test Philip fa see wa e gwine may eat?
do. Cause Jedus done been know wa e 6 And this he said to
prove him: for he himself
gwine do. knew what he would do.
7 Philip ansa Jedus say, “Fa gii all ob 7 Philip answered him,
Two hundred penny-
dem eben jes a leetle bit fa nyam, we worth of bread is not suf-
ficient for them, that
gwine haffa hab mo den two hundud silba every one of them may
coin fa buy de bread.” take a little.
8 One of his disciples,
8 Den noda one ob Jedus ciple dem, Andrew, Simon Peter's
Andrew, de broda ob Simon Peter, say, brother, saith unto him,
9 There is a lad here,
9 “Dis leetle boy yah got fibe baaley bread which hath five barley
an two fish. Bot dem ain gwine be nuff fa loaves, and two small
fishes: but what are they
all dem people yah, ainty?” among so many?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
334 John 6

10 And Jesus said, 10 Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Oona mus
Make the men sit down.
Now there was much tell de people fa seddown.” Plenty grass
grass in the place. So the
men sat down, in number been dey, so ebrybody seddown. Dey been
about five thousand.
11 And Jesus took the
roun fibe tousan man dey. 11 Jedus tek de
loaves; and when he had bread an tell God tankya, an den e gii out
given thanks, he distrib- bread fa de people wa beena seddown. E
uted to the disciples, and
the disciples to them that do de same ting wid de fish. An all de
were set down; and like-
wise of the fishes as much people git all dey wahn fa nyam. 12 Wen
as they would. dey all been full op wid food, Jedus tell e
12 When they were
filled, he said unto his ciple dem say, “Mus geda op all de leetle
disciples, Gather up the
fragments that remain, piece dem wa lef oba. Mus dohn waste
that nothing be lost.
13 Therefore
nottin.” 13 So e ciple dem geda all de leetle
they
gathered them together, piece dem wa been lef oba fom de fibe
and filled twelve baskets baaley bread atta de people done nyam, an
with the fragments of the
five barley loaves, which dey full op tweb basket wid bread.
remained over and above
unto them that had 14 Wen de people see de miracle wa
eaten. Jedus done, dey say, “Fa true, dis man de
14 Then those men,
when they had seen the Prophet wa Moses say gwine come eenta
miracle that Jesus did,
said, This is of a truth de wol.” 15 Jedus know de people been
that prophet that should wahn fa come git um an mek um king, so e
come into the world.
15 When Jesus there- gone way gin, op eenta de mountain. E ain
fore perceived that they tek nobody wid um.
would come and take
him by force, to make
him a king, he departed
again into a mountain Jedus Waak Pon De Wata
himself alone. Matthew 14:22-33; Mark 6:45-52
16 And when even was
now come, his disciples 16 Een de ebenin time de ciple dem
went down unto the sea,
17 And entered into a gone ta de lake. 17 Dey git eenta a boat an
ship, and went over the staat back cross de lake fa go ta
sea toward Capernaum.
And it was now dark, and Capernaum. Night come, an Jedus still ain
Jesus was not come to come ta um. 18 A big wind beena blow an
them.
18 And the sea arose de wata staat fa git rough. 19 De ciple dem
by reason of a great wind
that blew. row bout shree mile wen dey see Jedus da
19 So when they had
rowed about five and
waak pon de wata. E waak op close ta de
twenty or thirty furlongs, boat an dey been mos scaid ta det.
they see Jesus walking on 20 Jedus tell um say, “Dis me! Mus dohn
the sea, and drawing
nigh unto the ship: and be scaid.” 21 Wen dey know dat been
they were afraid.
20 But he saith unto Jedus, dey been heppy fa hep um eenta de
them, It is I; be not afraid. boat. An dat same time dey, de boat reach
21 Then they willingly
received him into the lan weh dey beena go.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 6 335

De Crowd Look fa Jedus ship: and immediately


the ship was at the land
22 De crowd ob people beena stay dey whither they went.
ta de oda side ob de lake. De nex day, wen 22 The day following,
when the people which
dey come fa see Jedus, dey memba dat jes stood on the other side of
the sea saw that there
one boat been dey. Dey know dat Jedus was none other boat
ain been git eenta dat boat wid e ciple there, save that one
whereinto his disciples
dem, an de ciple dem done lef fa were entered, and that
Capernaum dout um. 23 Den some oda Jesus went not with his
disciples into the boat,
boat dem come fom Tiberias an lan close but that his disciples were
gone away alone;
ta de place weh de crowd nyam de bread, 23 (Howbeit there
atta de Lawd done tell God tankya fa de came other boats from
Tiberias nigh unto the
bread. 24 Wen de people dem ain see place where they did eat
Jedus needa e ciple dem dey, dey git eenta bread, after that the Lord
de boat dem an gone fa look fa Jedus een had given thanks:)
24 When the people
Capernaum. therefore saw that Jesus
was not there, neither his
Jedus de Bread wa da Gii Life disciples, they also took
shipping, and came to
25 Wen de people cross ta de oda side ob Capernaum, seeking for
Jesus.
de lake, dey see Jedus. An dey aks um say, 25 And when they had
“Teacha, wen ya git yah?” found him on the other
26 Jedus say, “A da tell oona fa true. side of the sea, they said
unto him, Rabbi, when
Oona come da look fa me cause A been gii camest thou hither?
oona de bread, an oona nyam til oona 26 Jesus answered
them and said, Verily,
been sattify. Oona ain come ta me cause verily, I say unto you, Ye
oona ondastan wa de miracle dem wa A da seek me, not because ye
saw the miracles, but be-
do mean. 27 Oona mus dohn wok fa food cause ye did eat of the
wa ain gwine las. Stead ob dat, oona mus loaves, and were filled.
wok fa de food wa da gii life wa ain neba 27 Labour not for the
meat which perisheth,
gwine end. Dat de food wa de Man wa but for that meat which
Come fom God gwine gii oona, cause de endureth unto everlast-
ing life, which the Son of
Fada God been show fa true dat e heppy man shall give unto you:
wid me.” for him hath God the Fa-
28 Den de people aks Jedus say, “Wa we ther sealed.
28 Then said they unto
haffa do, so dat we kin do de wok God him, What shall we do,
wahn we fa do?” that we might work the
works of God?
29 Jedus ansa um say, “Dis yah de wok 29 Jesus answered and
wa God wahn oona fa do: Oona mus said unto them, This is
the work of God, that ye
bleebe pon de one wa God sen eenta de believe on him whom he
wol.” hath sent.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
336 John 6

30 They said therefore 30 Dey aks um back say, “So den wa


unto him, What sign
shewest thou then, that miracle ob powa ya gwine do so dat we
we may see, and believe gwine see an bleebe ya? Wa wok ya gwine
thee? what dost thou
work?
do? 31 We ole people beena nyam de
31 Our fathers did eat manna wen dey b e en dey een de
manna in the desert; as it wildaness. Like dey write een God Book
is written, He gave them
bread from heaven to eat. say, ‘E gim bread wa come fom heaben fa
32 Then Jesus said
unto them, Verily, verily,
nyam.’ ”
I say unto you, Moses 32 Jedus tell um say, “A da tell oona fa
gave you not that bread
from heaven; but my Fa- true, ain Moses wa been gii oona de bread
ther giveth you the true wa come fom heaben. Me Fada, e de one
bread from heaven.
33 For the bread of wa da gii oona de true bread wa come fom
God is he which cometh
down from heaven, and heaben. 33 Cause de bread wa God da gii,
giveth life unto the dat de one wa da come down fom heaben
world.
34 Then said they unto an da gii people een de wol de true life.”
him, Lord, evermore give 34 Den dey say, “Please sah, gii we dat
us this bread.
35 And Jesus said unto bread all de time.”
them, I am the bread of 35 Jedus tell um say, “A de bread wa da
life: he that cometh to me
shall never hunger; and gii life. Ebrybody wa come ta me ain neba
he that believeth on me
shall never thirst. gwine git hongry, an ebrybody wa bleebe
36 But I said unto you, pon me ain neba gwine git tosty. 36 Bot
That ye also have seen
me, and believe not. like A done tell oona, oona done see me,
37 All that the Father
giveth me shall come to
stillyet oona ain bleebe pon me. 37 All
me; and him that cometh dem wa me Fada gii me gwine come ta me.
to me I will in no wise
cast out. A ain neba gwine ton way nobody wa
38 For I came down
from heaven, not to do
come ta me. 38 Cause A come down fom
mine own will, but the heaben fa do wa de one wa sen me wahn
will of him that sent me.
39 And this is the Fa-
me fa do. A ain come down fom heaben fa
ther’s will which hath do wa A wahn. 39 An de one wa sen me ain
sent me, that of all which wahn me fa loss eben one ob all dem wa e
he hath given me I should
lose nothing, but should done gii me. E wahn me fa mek um all git
raise it up again at the op fom mongst de dead people an lib gin,
last day.
40 And this is the will pon de las day. 40 Cause me Fada wahn all
of him that sent me, that people wa da look ta e Son an bleebe pon
every one which seeth
the Son, and believeth on um fa git life wa ain neba gwine end. An A
him, may have everlast-
ing life: and I will raise gwine mek um all git op fom mongst de
him up at the last day. dead pon de las day.”
41 The Jews then mur-
41 Den de Jew dem staat fa aggy, cause
mured at him, because he
said, I am the bread Jedus say, “A de bread wa come down fom

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 6 337

heaben.” 42 Dey say, “Dis man yah Jedus, which came down from
heaven.
Joseph son, ainty? We know e fada an e 42 And they said, Is
modda. How e kin say now, ‘A come down not this Jesus, the son of
Joseph, whose father and
fom heaben?’ ” mother we know? how is
43 Jedus tell um say, “Oona mus dohn it then that he saith, I
came down from heaven?
grumble mongst one noda! 44 Ain nobody 43 Jesus therefore an-
swered and said unto
kin come ta me cep me Fada wa sen me them, Murmur not
bring dat poson ta me. An A gwine mek among yourselves.
44 No man can come
dat poson git op fom mongst de dead to me, except the Father
which hath sent me draw
people pon de las day. 45 De prophet dem him: and I will raise him
been write say, ‘God gwine laan all dem up at the last day.
45 It is written in the
wa dey fa do.’ Ebrybody wa pay mind ta de prophets, And they shall
be all taught of God. Ev-
Fada an laan wa e laan um, dey gwine ery man therefore that
come ta me. 46 Dat ain mean fa say dat dey hath heard, and hath
learned of the Father,
done see de Fada. Ain nobody see de Fada cometh unto me.
cep de one wa come fom God. E de onliest 46 Not that any man
hath seen the Father,
one wa see de Fada. 47 A da tell oona fa save he which is of God,
true, de poson wa bleebe pon me, dat one he hath seen the Father.
47 Verily, verily, I say
dey done git true life wa ain neba gwine unto you, He that believ-
end. 48 A de bread wa da gii life. 49 Oona eth on me hath everlast-
ing life.
ole people beena nyam de manna wen dey 48 I am that bread of
been dey een de wildaness. Stillyet, dey life.
49 Your fathers did eat
done dead. 50 Bot dis de bread wa come manna in the wilderness,
down fom heaben, dat a poson kin nyam and are dead.
50 This is the bread
an e ain gwine dead. 51 A de bread wa da which cometh down from
heaven, that a man may
gii life, wa come down fom heaben. eat thereof, and not die.
Ebrybody wa da nyam dis bread, dat one 51 I am the living
bread which came down
gwine git true life wa ain neba gwine end. from heaven: if any man
eat of this bread, he shall
Dis bread wa A gwine gii, dat me body wa live for ever: and the
A gwine gii fa be a sacrifice so dat all bread that I will give is
my flesh, which I will
people een de wol kin git true life.” give for the life of the
52 Dis wa Jedus say mek de people bex, world.
52 The Jews therefore
an dey staat fa aagy wid one noda. Dey strove among them-
selves, saying, How can
say, “How dis man yah gwine gii we e this man give us his flesh
body fa nyam?” to eat?
53 Then Jesus said
53 Jedus tell um say, “A da tell oona fa unto them, Verily, verily,
true. Ef oona ain nyam de body ob de Man I say unto you, Except ye
eat the flesh of the Son of
wa Come fom God an drink e blood, oona man, and drink his blood,
ain gwine git no true life. 54 Ebrybody wa ye have no life in you.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
338 John 6

54 Whoso eateth my nyam me body an drink me blood, dey got


flesh, and drinketh my
blood, hath eternal life; true life wa ain neba gwine end. An A
and I will raise him up at gwine mek um git op fom mongst de dead
the last day.
people an lib gin, pon de las day. 55 Cause
55 For my flesh is meat
indeed, and my blood is me body de true food fa nyam, an me
drink indeed. blood de true drink. 56 Ebrybody wa nyam
56 He that eateth my me body an drink me blood, dey da lib een
flesh, and drinketh my
blood, dwelleth in me, me haat, an A da lib een dey haat. 57 De
and I in him. Fada wa da gii life, e sen me fa come eenta
57 As the living Father de wol, an de Fada mek me git life. Same
hath sent me, and I live
by the Father: so he that way so, A gwine mek ebrybody wa nyam
eateth me, even he shall me body git life. 58 Dis de bread wa come
live by me.
down fom heaben. E ain like dat bread we
58 This is that bread
which came down from ole people beena nyam wen dey been dey
heaven: not as your fa- een de wildaness. Atta wile, dey done
thers did eat manna, and
are dead: he that eateth
dead. Bot de one wa nyam dis bread yah, e
of this bread shall live for gwine git life wa ain neba gwine end.”
ever. 59 Jedus tell de people all dem ting wen
59 These things said he
in the synagogue, as he
e beena laan um een de Jew meetin house
taught in Capernaum. een Capernaum.
60 Many therefore of
his disciples, when they Plenty People Ain Folla Jedus No Mo
had heard this, said, This
is an hard saying; who Plenty people wa beena folla Jedus,
60
can hear it?
61 When Jesus knew in
wen dey yeh dem wod, dey say, “Dem ting
himself that his disciples wa e da laan we, dey too haad fa tek. Who
murmured at it, he said kin gree fa do wa e da say?”
unto them, Doth this of-
fend you? 61 Jedus been know dat de people
62,What and if ye shall beena grumble bout wa e tell um, eben
see the Son of man as- dough nobody ain tell um. So e aks um
cend up where he was
before? say, “Dis ting mek oona wahn fa ton way
63 It is the spirit that fom me, ainty? 62 Well den, wa gwine
quickeneth; the flesh happen ef oona see de Man wa Come fom
profiteth nothing: the
words that I speak unto God da go back op ta de place weh e come
you, they are spirit, and fom? 63 God Sperit da gii people life.
they are life.
64 But there are some
People ain got no powa fa gii life. De wod
of you that believe not. dem wa A done tell oona, dey da mek God
For Jesus knew from the Sperit, wa da gii life, come ta oona.
beginning who they were
that believed not, and
64 Stillyet, some ob oona ain bleebe.”
who should betray him. (Fom de time wen Jedus fus staat fa laan

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 6, 7 339

de people, e been know dem wa ain gwine 65 And he said, There-


fore said I unto you, that
bleebe pon um an de poson wa gwine sell no man can come unto
um.) 65 Jedus taak gin say, “Dis de ting wa me, except it were given
unto him of my Father.
mek me tell oona say, ain nobody gwine 66 From that time
come ta me cep de Fada mek dat one able many of his disciples
went back, and walked
fa come ta me.” no more with him.
67 Then said Jesus
66 Fom dat time dey, plenty people wa
unto the twelve, Will ye
beena folla Jedus, dey ton back an ain folla also go away?
68 Then Simon Peter
um no mo. 67 Jedus aks de tweb ciple dem answered him, Lord, to
say, “Oona wahn fa lef me too?” whom shall we go? thou
hast the words of eternal
68 Simon Peter ansa say, “Lawd, who life.
69 And we believe and
we gwine go ta? Ya de one wa da say dem are sure that thou art that
wod wa da gii people life wa ain neba Christ, the Son of the liv-
gwine end. 69 We bleebe, an now we know ing God.
70 Jesus answered
dat ya de one dat God sen ta we.” 70 Den them, Have not I chosen
you twelve, and one of
Jedus say, “A done pick oona all tweb, you is a devil?
ainty? Stillyet, one ob oona a debil!” 71 He spake of Judas
71 Jedus beena taak bout Judas, de son ob Iscariot the son of Simon:
for he it was that should
Simon Iscariot. Eben dough Judas been betray him, being one of
one ob de tweb ciple dem, e been gwine the twelve.

sell Jedus. 7
,6

Chapter 7
1 After these things Je-
Jedus Broda dem Ain Bleebe pon Um sus walked in Galilee: for

7
he would not walk in
1 Atta dat, Jedus gone all roun Jewry, because the Jews
Galilee. E ain been wahn fa go eenta sought to kill him.
2 Now the Jews' feast
Judea, cause de Jew leada dem wa lib oba of tabernacles was at
dey beena look fa kill um. 2 De Jew Feas hand.
3 His brethren there-
ob Tabernacle been close. 3 So e broda fore said unto him, De-
dem tell um say, “Mus go way fom yah an part hence, and go into
Judaea, that thy disciples
go ta Judea, so dat de people wa da folla also may see the works
that thou doest.
ya kin see dem miracle wa ya da do. 4 For there is no man
4 Nobody ain gwine hide wa e da do wen e that doeth any thing in
secret, and he himself
wahn people fa know um good. Ya da do seeketh to be known
openly. If thou do these
dem miracle yah, so den, leh ebrybody een things, shew thyself to
de wol know bout ya!” 5 (Cause eben the world.
5 For neither did his
Jedus own broda dem ain bleebe pon um.) brethren believe in him.
6 Jedus tell um say, “Fa oona, e ain 6 Then Jesus said unto
them, My time is not yet
matta wa time, bot de time ain right fa me come: but your time is al-
yet. 7 De people ob de wol, dey boun fa way ready.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
340 John 7

7 The world cannot like oona. Bot dey hate me cause A da tell
hate you; but me it
hateth, because I testify um dat dey da do bad. 8 Bot oona go head
of it, that the works on ta Jerusalem fa de Feas. A ain gwine
thereof are evil.
8 Go ye up unto this dey cause de time fa me ain right.” 9 Atta
feast: I go not up yet unto Jedus say dat, e stay on een Galilee.
this feast; for my time is
not yet full come.
9 When he had said Jedus Go ta Jerusalem
these words unto them, fa de Feas ob Tabernacle
he abode still in Galilee.
10 But when his breth- 10 Atta Jedus broda dem done gone ta
ren were gone up, then Jerusalem fa de Feas, Jedus gone dey too.
went he also up unto the
feast, not openly, but as it E gone by esef so de people ain shim. 11 De
were in secret. Jew leada dem beena look fa Jedus dey.
11 Then the Jews
sought him at the feast, Dey beena aks de people fa um say, “Weh
and said, Where is he? dat man dey?”
12 And there was 12 Plenty people een de crowd beena
much murmuring among
the people concerning whispa bout Jedus. Some dem say, “Jedus
him: for some said, He is one good man.” Oda dem say, “No, Jedus
a good man: others said,
Nay; but he deceiveth the ain no good man. E da fool de people.”
people. 13 Bot nobody ain taak loud bout Jedus fa
13 Howbeit no man
spake openly of him for
mek de crowd yeh cause dey been scaid ob
fear of the Jews. de Jew leada dem.
14 Now about the 14 De holiday feas done been gone bout
midst of the feast Jesus haf way wen Jedus gone ta God House an
went up into the temple,
and taught. staat fa laan de people dey. 15 De Jew
15 And the Jews mar- leada dem stonish, an dey aks say,
velled, saying, How “Hoccome dis man know sommuch wen e
knoweth this man letters,
having never learned? ain been ta school eben one day?”
16 Jesus answered 16 Jedus ansa um say, “E ain me own
them, and said, My doc- laanin. A da laan oona bout de one wa sen
trine is not mine, but his
that sent me. me. E tell me wa fa laan oona.
17 If any man will do 17 Ebrybody wa wahn fa do wa God wahn,
his will, he shall know of dey gwine know ef God da tell me wa A da
the doctrine, whether it
be of God, or whether I laan people or ef wa A da taak da come jes
speak of myself. fom me. 18 De poson wa da tell jes wa da
18 He that speaketh of
come fom esef, e da try fa mek people
himself seeketh his own
glory: but he that seeketh praise um. Bot de poson wa wahn fa mek
his glory that sent him, people praise de one wa sen um, dat poson
the same is true, and no
unrighteousness is in trute mout. E ain got no lie noweh bout
him. um. 19 Moses done gii oona de Law, ainty?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 7 341

Bot ain none ob oona da do wa de Law say. 19 Did not Moses give
you the law, and yet none
Wa mek oona da try fa kill me?” of you keepeth the law?
20 De crowd ob people ansa say, “Ya got Why go ye about to kill
me?
a debil dey een ya! Who dat da try fa kill 20 The people an-
ya?” swered and said, Thou
21 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona all been hast a devil: who goeth
about to kill thee?
stonish w e n A done one miracle. 21 Jesus answered and
22 Stillyet, Moses done tell oona fa said unto them, I have
done one work, and ye all
circumcise oona boy chullun. (Bot fa true marvel.
Moses ain de one wa fus staat fa 22 Moses therefore
gave unto you circumci-
circumcise. De ole people fus staat fa do sion; (not because it is of
dat). So oona da circumcise boy chullun Moses, but of the fa-
thers;) and ye on the sab-
pon de Woshup Day. 23 Now den, ef oona bath day circumcise a
man.
circumcise boy chullun pon de Woshup 23 If a man on the sab-
Day so dat oona kin keep de Law wa Moses bath day receive circum-
cision, that the law of
gii oona, hoccome oona bex wid me cause Moses should not be bro-
A mek a poson well pon de Woshup Day? ken; are ye angry at me,
because I have made a
24 Oona mus dohn jedge jes wa oona da man every whit whole on
the sabbath day?
see. Mus jedge how ting da fa true.” 24 Judge not accord-
ing to the appearance,
Some People Aks Say, but judge righteous judg-
ment.
“Jedus de Messiah?” 25 Then said some of
them of Jerusalem, Is not
25 Den some de people dey een this he, whom they seek
Jerusalem beena aks say, “Dis de man wa to kill?
de Jew leada dem da try fa kill, ainty? 26 But, lo, he speaketh
boldly, and they say
26 Bot see yah, e da taak yah weh nothing unto him. Do the
ebrybody yeh um, an dey ain say nottin rulers know indeed that
this is the very Christ?
ginst um! Ya spose de Jew leada dem 27 Howbeit we know
know fa true dat Jedus, e de Messiah? this man whence he is:
27 Bot wen de Messiah come, nobody ain but when Christ cometh,
no man knoweth whence
gwine know weh e come fom, an we all he is.
know weh dis man come fom.” 28 Then cried Jesus in
28 So wen Jedus beena laan de people the temple as he taught,
saying, Ye both know me,
een God House, e taak loud say, “Oona and ye know whence I
am: and I am not come of
tink ya know me good, ainty? An oona tink myself, but he that sent
ya know weh A come fom. Bot A ain come me is true, whom ye
yah on me own. De one wa sen me, e fa know not.
29 But I know him: for
true, an oona ain know um. 29 Bot A know I am from him, and he
um, cause A come fom um an e sen me.” hath sent me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
342 John 7

30 Then they sought to 30 Den dey try fa grab hole ta Jedus an


take him: but no man laid
hands on him, because res um, bot ain nobody tetch um, cause de
his hour was not yet time fa tek um ain come yet. 31 Stillyet,
come.
heapa people een de crowd bleebe pon
31 And many of the
people believed on him, Jedus. Dey say, “Wen de Messiah Christ
and said, When Christ come, e ain gwine do no mo miracle den
cometh, will he do more
miracles than these
wa dis man yah done do, ainty?”
which this man hath
done? Dey Sen Gyaad fa Tek Jedus Way
32 The Pharisees heard
that the people mur- De Pharisee dem yeh de crowd da
32
mured such things con- whispa dem ting bout Jedus. So de
cerning him; and the
Pharisees and the chief
Pharisee dem an de leada dem ob de priest
priests sent officers to dem, dey sen gyaad fom God House fa
take him. grab hole ta Jedus an res um. 33 Jedus say,
33 Then said Jesus
unto them, Yet a little
“A gwine stay wid oona jes a leetle wile
while am I with you, and longa. Den A gwine back ta de one wa sen
then I go unto him that me fa come eenta de wol. 34 Wen dat time
sent me.
34 Ye shall seek me,
come, oona gwine look fa me bot oona ain
and shall not find me: and gwine find me, cause oona ain able fa go ta
where I am, thither ye de place weh A da gwine.”
cannot come.
35 De Jew leada dem staat fa taak ta one
35 Then said the Jews
among themselves, Whi-
noda say, “Weh dis man tink e da gwine
ther will he go, that we weh we ain gwine find um? Ya tink e da
shall not find him? will gwine ta dem town weh de Jew people da
he go unto the dispersed
among the Gentiles, and lib mongst de people wa ain Jew, fa laan
teach the Gentiles? dem wa ain Jew dey? 36 Dis man say,
36 What manner of say- ‘Oona gwine look fa me, bot oona ain
ing is this that he said, Ye
shall seek me, and shall
gwine find me.’ An e say, ‘Oona ain able fa
not find me: and where I go ta de place weh A da gwine.’ Wa e mean
am, thither ye cannot fa say?”
come?
37 In the last day, that De Wata wa da Gii Life
great day of the feast,
Jesus stood and cried, 37 De las day ob de holiday feas been a
saying, If any man thirst, big day, mo bigga den all de oda day. Dat
let him come unto me,
and drink. day Jedus stanop an say een a loud boice,
38 He that believeth “Ebrybody wa tosty, leh um come ta me.
on me, as the scripture Come drink. 38 Dey done write een God
hath said, out of his belly
shall flow rivers of living
Book say, ‘Ebrybody wa bleebe pon me, a
water. heapa wata wa da gii life gwine come out

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 7 343

like a riba fom eenside dey haat.’ ” 39 (But this spake he of


the Spirit, which they
39 Jedus say dat bout de Sperit wa all de that believe on him
people wa bleebe pon um gwine git. God should receive: for the
Holy Ghost was not yet
ain gim e Sperit yet, cause e ain sen Jedus given; because that Jesus
fa go op eenta heaben an git hona yet. was not yet glorified.)

40 Many of the people


De People Spute bout Jedus therefore, when they
40 Some people een de crowd yeh wa heard this saying, said,
Of a truth this is the
Jedus say an dey say, “Fa true, dis man yah Prophet.
de Prophet wa we beena look fa!” 41 Others said, This is
41 Oda people say, “Dis man yah de the Christ. But some said,
Messiah.” Shall Christ come out of
Galilee?
Bot some say, “De Messiah ain gwine
come outta Galilee, ainty? 42 Ain dey been 42 Hath not the scrip-
ture said, That Christ
write een God Book say de Messiah gwine cometh of the seed of Da-
come fom de fambly ob de people leada, vid, and out of the town
King David? De Messiah gwine bon een of Bethlehem, where Da-
vid was?
Betlem, de town weh King David been lib,
43 So there was a divi-
ainty?” 43 So den, de people beena spute sion among the people
an tek side ginst one noda bout Jedus. because of him.
44 Some ob de people been wahn fa grab
44 And some of them
hole ta Jedus an res um, bot nobody ain would have taken him;
tetch um. but no man laid hands on
him.
De Jew Leada dem Ain Bleebe pon Jedus 45 Then came the offi-
45 De gyaad dem fom God House come cers to the chief priests
and Pharisees; and they
back ta de leada dem ob de priest dem an said unto them, Why
de Pharisee dem. An dem leada an have ye not brought him?
Pharisee aks de gyaad hoccome dey ain 46 The officers an-
bring Jedus ta um. swered, Never man spake
like this man.
46 De gyaad dem ansa say, “Nobody ain
neba taak like dis man yah.” 47 Then answered
47 De Pharisee dem say, “Oona mean fa them the Pharisees, Are
ye also deceived?
say dat Jedus done fool oona, too?
48 Have any of the rul-
48 Oona ain neba know no Jew leada
ers or of the Pharisees be-
needa no Pharisee wa bleebe pon Jedus, lieved on him?
ainty? 49 Dis crowd ob people yah ain
49 But this people who
know de Law wa God gii Moses, so God knoweth not the law are
gwine punish um!” cursed.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
344 John 7, 8

50 Nicodemus saith 50 Now den, one ob de Pharisee dem


unto them, (he that came
to Jesus by night, being been Nicodemus. E de one wa been gone fa
one of them,) see Jedus fo all dis happen. Nicodemus
51 Doth our law judge taak ta e broda Pharisee dem. 51 E say,
any man, before it hear
him, and know what he “We Law say we mus dohn condemn a
doeth? poson fo we yeh wa dat poson got fa say,
52 They answered and so dat we kin know wa e done, ainty?”
said unto him, Art thou
also of Galilee? Search,
52 Den e broda Pharisee dem ansa
and look: for out of Gali- Nicodemus say, “Well, ya da taak like ya
lee ariseth no prophet.
come outta Galilee too. Tek time fa look at
53 And every man
went unto his own house. wa dey done write een God Book an ya
gwine laan dat dey ain no prophet wa eba
8
,7
come outta Galilee.”
[53 An all ob um gone ta dey own
Chapter 8 house.]
1 Jesus went unto the
mount of Olives. De Ooman wa Been wid a Man
2 And early in the
morning he came again
wa Ain E Husban

8 [ 1 Jedus gone ta de Mount Olib.


into the temple, and all
the people came unto 2 Day clean de nex day, Jedus gone
him; and he sat down,
and taught them. back ta God House. All de people geda
3 And the scribes and
Pharisees brought unto
roun um an e seddown an e laan um. 3 De
him a woman taken in Jew Law teacha an Pharisee dem bring
adultery; and when they one ooman wa dey been ketch da sleep
had set her in the midst,
4 They say unto him, wid a man wa ain e husban. Dey mek de
Master, this woman was ooman stanop fo all de people. 4 Den dey
taken in adultery, in the
very act. tell Jedus say, “Teacha, dey ketch dis
5 Now Moses in the ooman da sleep wid a man wa ain e
law commanded us, that
such should be stoned: husban. 5 We Jew Law wa God gii Moses
but what sayest thou? chaage we fa chunk stone pon ooman like
6 This they said,
tempting him, that they
dis til e dead. Wa ya say bout dat?” 6 Dey
might have to accuse say dat fa yeh wa Jedus gwine say. Dey
him. But Jesus stooped beena try fa mek Jedus say sompin so dat
down, and with his finger
wrote on the ground, as dey kin cuse um, say e ain ansa right. Bot
though he heard them not. Jedus stoop down an write pon de groun
7 So when they contin-
ued asking him, he lifted wid e finga. 7 De Law teacha an Pharisee
up himself, and said unto dem beena keep on da aks Jedus bout dat,
them, He that is without
sin among you, let him so Jedus stanop an say, “Ef one ob oona
first cast a stone at her. yah ain neba sin, leh dat poson chunk de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 8 345

fus stone pon dis ooman.” 8 Den Jedus 8 And again he stoop-
ed down, and wrote on
stoop down gin an write pon de groun. the ground.
9 Wen dey yeh wa Jedus say, dey all lef 9 And they which
heard it, being convicted
dey, one by one. De ole one dem fus come by their own conscience,
outta dey, an den de nyoung one dem. So went out one by one, be-
den jes Jedus been lef, an de ooman beena ginning at the eldest, even
unto the last: and Jesus
still stanop dey. 10 Jedus stanop an aks de was left alone, and the
ooman say, “Weh ebrybody? Ain nobody woman standing in the
midst.
yah fa condemn ya?” 10 When Jesus had
11 De ooman ansa say, “Ain nobody lifted up himself, and saw
none but the woman, he
yah, sah!” said unto her, Woman,
Jedus tell um say, “A ain gwine where are those thine ac-
cusers? hath no man con-
condemn ya needa. Ya kin go now, bot demned thee?
mus dohn sin no mo.”] 11 She said, No man,
Lord. And Jesus said unto
her, Neither do I con-
Jedus de Light ob de Wol demn thee: go, and sin no
12 Wen Jedus taak gin ta de people, e more.
12 Then spake Jesus
say, “A de Light ob de wol. De one wa da again unto them, saying,
folla me gwine hab de light wa da gii life I am the light of the
world: he that followeth
an e ain gwine neba waak een de daak.” me shall not walk in
13 De Pharisee dem say, “Ya jes da taak darkness, but shall have
the light of life.
bout yasef. Nobody ain yah fa stan fa ya, 13 The Pharisees
so wa ya da say ain mean nottin.” therefore said unto him,
14 Jedus ansa um say, “Ain nobody yah Thou bearest record of
thyself; thy record is not
fa stan fa me. Bot A da taak true, cause A true.
14 Jesus answered and
know weh A come fom an weh A da gwine. said unto them, Though I
Oona ain know weh A come fom an oona bear record of myself, yet
my record is true: for I
ain know weh A da gwine. 15 Oona da know whence I came,
jedge like how people jedge oda people. A and whither I go; but ye
cannot tell whence I
ain jedge nobody. 16 Bot ef A fa jedge come, and whither I go.
15 Ye judge after the
people, A gwine jedge um scraight. Cause flesh; I judge no man.
ain jes me wa gwine jedge um. Me Fada 16 And yet if I judge,
wa sen me, e yah wid me. 17 Een oona own my judgment is true: for I
am not alone, but I and
Jew Law dey write say, wen two people the Father that sent me.
say de same ting bout wa happen, dat 17 It is also written in
your law, that the testi-
mean dey da taak true. 18 A da stan fa mony of two men is true.
mesef, an me Fada wa sen me, e da stan fa 18 I am one that bear
witness of myself, and
me.” the Father that sent me
19 Dey aks um say, “Weh ya Fada dey?” beareth witness of me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
346 John 8

19 Then said they unto Jedus ansa, “Oona ain know me, an
him, Where is thy Fa-
ther? Jesus answered, Ye oona ain know me Fada. Ef oona been
neither know me, nor my know me, oona been gwine know me
Father: if ye had known
me, ye should have
Fada, too.”
known my Father also. 20 Jedus say dem wod wen e beena laan
20 These words spake
Jesus in the treasury, as
de people een God House, eenside de room
he taught in the temple: weh de collection box been. Bot nobody
and no man laid hands on ain res um cause de time fa res um ain
him; for his hour was not
yet come. come yet.
21 Then said Jesus
again unto them, I go my Oona Ain Able fa Go Weh A da Gwine
way, and ye shall seek
me, and shall die in your 21 Jedus tell de people gin say, “A
sins: whither I go, ye can-
not come. gwine off. Oona gwine look fa me, bot
22 Then said the Jews, oona gwine dead wid all oona sin. Oona
Will he kill himself? be-
cause he saith, Whither I
ain able fa gone ta de place weh A da
go, ye cannot come. gwine.”
23 And he said unto
22 So de Jew leada dem say, “Dis man
them, Ye are from be-
neath; I am from above: say we ain able fa gone ta de place weh e
ye are of this world; I am da gwine. Oona tink dat mean e gwine kill
not of this world.
24 I said therefore esef?”
unto you, that ye shall 23 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona blongst ta
die in your sins: for if ye
believe not that I am he, dis wol yah, bot A come fom heaben. Oona
ye shall die in your sins. come fom dis wol, bot A ain come fom dis
25 Then said they unto
him, Who art thou? And
wol. 24 Dat wa mek me tell oona say, oona
Jesus saith unto them, gwine dead wid all oona sin. Ef oona ain
Even the same that I said bleebe dat A de one A say A da, fa sho oona
unto you from the
beginning. gwine dead wid oona sin.”
26 I have many things 25 Dey aks Jedus say, “Who ya da?”
to say and to judge of
you: but he that sent me Jedus ansa say, “A de one A say A da. A
is true; and I speak to the beena tell oona fom de time wen A fus
world those things which
I have heard of him. staat fa taak ta oona. 26 A hab a heapa ting
27 They understood fa say bout oona, an a heapa ting fa jedge
not that he spake to them
of the Father.
oona fa. Bot de one wa sen me, e fa true.
28 Then said Jesus An A da tell de people een de wol jes wa e
unto them, When ye have tell me.”
lifted up the Son of man,
then shall ye know that I 27 Dey ain ondastan dat Jedus beena
am he, and that I do noth- tell um bout de Fada wa dey een heaben.
ing of myself; but as my
Father hath taught me, I 28 So den Jedus tell um say, “Wen oona lif
speak these things. op de Man wa Come fom God, den oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 8 347

gwine know who A da. Oona gwine know 29 And he that sent me
is with me: the Father
dat A ain do nottin on me own. A jes say hath not left me alone;
wa de Fada laan me fa say. 29 An de one for I do always those
wa sen me, e dey wid me. E ain lef me ta things that please him.
30 As he spake these
mesef, cause all de time A da do jes wa e words, many believed on
wahn me fa do.” him.
31 Then said Jesus to
30 Plenty people wa yeh Jedus say dem those Jews which be-
wod, dey bleebe pon um. lieved on him, If ye con-
tinue in my word, then
are ye my disciples
Free Man an Slabe indeed;
32 And ye shall know
31 So den Jedus tell de Jew dem wa the truth, and the truth
bleebe pon um say, “Ef oona keep on da do shall make you free.
33 They answered
all wa A tell oona fa do, oona me ciple fa him, We be Abraham's
true. 32 Den oona gwine know de trute, an seed, and were never in
de trute gwine mek oona free.” bondage to any man:
how sayest thou, Ye shall
33 Dey ansa Jedus say, “We de chullun be made free?
ob Abraham. We ain neba been nobody 34 Jesus answered
them, Verily, verily, I say
slabe. So hoccome ya da tell we, ‘Oona unto you, Whosoever
gwine be free?’ ” committeth sin is the ser-
34 Jedus ansa um say, “A da tell oona fa vant of sin.
35 And the servant
true, ebrybody wa sin, dey de slabe ta sin. abideth not in the house
35 Slabe ain blongst ta e massa house for ever: but the Son
abideth ever.
faeba, bot de son blongst ta e fada house 36 If the Son therefore
faeba. 36 So ef God Son mek oona free, den shall make you free, ye
shall be free indeed.
oona gwine be free fa true. 37 A know 37 I know that ye are
oona de chullun ob Abraham. Stillyet, Abraham's seed; but ye
seek to kill me, because
oona da try fa kill me cause oona ain wahn my word hath no place in
fa do wa A tell oona. 38 A da tell oona bout you.
38 I speak that which I
dem ting wa God me Fada done show me, have seen with my Fa-
bot oona da do wa oona own fada tell oona ther: and ye do that
which ye have seen with
fa do.” your father.
39 Dey ansa Jedus say, “Abraham we 39 They answered and
said unto him, Abraham
fada.” is our father. Jesus saith
unto them, If ye were
Jedus tell um say, “Ef oona been Abraham's children, ye
Abraham chullun, oona fa do dem same would do the works of
Abraham.
ting wa Abraham been do. 40 A da tell 40 But now ye seek to
oona jes dem true wod wa A yeh fom God. kill me, a man that hath
told you the truth, which
Stillyet, oona da try fa kill me. Abraham I have heard of God: this
ain do nottin like dat. 41 Oona da do wa did not Abraham.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
348 John 8

41 Ye do the deeds of oona true fada do.”


your father. Then said
they to him, We be not An dey tell Jedus say, “God esef we
born of fornication; we onliest Fada. We ain no chullun pon de
have one Father, even
God.
side.”
42 Jesus said unto 42 Jedus say, “Ef God been oona Fada fa
them, If God were your true, oona been gwine lob me. Cause A
Father, ye would love
me: for I proceeded forth come fom God fa come yah. A ain jes come
and came from God; nei- on me own, bot me Fada God sen me.
ther came I of myself, but
he sent me. 43 Hoccome oona so haad head dat oona
43 Why do ye not un- ain ondastan wa A da say? Oona ain
derstand my speech? even
because ye cannot hear ondastan cause oona ain wahn fa yeh wa A
my word. da tell oona. 44 De Debil, e oona fada, an
44 Ye are of your father
the devil, and the lusts of
oona wahn fa do wa oona fada wahn. Fom
your father ye will do. He way back wen time staat, de Debil beena
was a murderer from the kill people. An e ain like nottin true, cause
beginning, and abode not
in the truth, because dey ain nottin true bout um. Wensoneba e
there is no truth in him. da tell lie, dat jes da show how e da, cause
When he speaketh a lie,
he speaketh of his own: e da tell lie all de time. An e de one weh de
for he is a liar, and the fa- lie fus staat. 45 Bot A da tell de trute.
ther of it.
45 And because I tell Cause ob dat, oona ain bleebe me! 46 Ain
you the truth, ye believe eben one ob oona kin show dat A done sin,
me not.
46 Which of you con- ainty? So den, ef A da tell de trute,
vinceth me of sin? And if hoccome oona ain bleebe me? 47 Poson
I say the truth, why do ye wa blongst ta God da listen ta God wod.
not believe me?
47 He that is of God Bot oona ain blongst ta God, an dat
heareth God's words: ye hoccome oona ain listen ta God wod.”
therefore hear them not,
because ye are not of
God. Jedus an Abraham
48 Then answered the
Jews, and said unto him, 48 De Jew people aks Jedus say, “Ain we
Say we not well that thou da tell de trute wen we say ya come fom
art a Samaritan, and hast
a devil? Samaria an ya got a ebil sperit dey een ya?”
49 Jesus answered, I 49 Jedus say, “A ain got no ebil sperit,
have not a devil; but I
honour my Father, and
bot A gii hona ta me Fada. An oona ain gii
ye do dishonour me. me no hona tall. 50 A ain da try fa mek
50 And I seek not mine
people gii me hona. Bot dey one wa gwine
own glory: there is one
that seeketh and judgeth. gii me hona, an e gwine jedge scraight.
51 Verily, verily, I say 51 A da tell oona fa true, ebrybody wa da
unto you, If a man keep
my saying, he shall never
do wa A da laan um, dey ain neba gwine
see death. dead.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 8, 9 349

52 Den de Jew dem tell Jedus say, “Now 52 Then said the Jews
unto him, Now we know
we know fa sho dat ya got a ebil sperit dey that thou hast a devil.
Abraham is dead, and the
een ya! Abraham done dead, an all de prophets; and thou
prophet dem dead. Stillyet ya say, sayest, If a man keep my
saying, he shall never
‘Ebrybody wa da do wa A da laan um, dey taste of death.
ain neba gwine dead.’ 5 3 We fada 53 Art thou greater
than our father Abraham,
Abraham done dead. Ya mean fa say dat which is dead? and the
ya mo bigga den Abraham? De prophet prophets are dead: whom
makest thou thyself?
dem done dead too. Who ya spose fa be?” 54 Jesus answered, If I
54 Jedus ansa um say, “Ef A da gii hona honour myself, my hon-
our is nothing: it is my
ta mesef, dat ain nottin. Me Fada de one Father that honoureth
me; of whom ye say, that
wa da gii hona ta me, an e de one wa oona he is your God:
da call oona God. 55 Oona ain neba know 55 Yet ye have not
known him; but I know
um, bot A know um. Ef A say dat A ain him: and if I should say, I
know um, A been fa lie same like oona. Bot know him not, I shall be a
liar like unto you: but I
A know um, an A da do wa e say. 56 Oona know him, and keep his
saying.
fada Abraham been too heppy cause God 56 Your father Abra-
show um de time wen A gwine come eenta ham rejoiced to see my
day: and he saw it, and
de wol. Fo A bon, e been know A gwine was glad.
57 Then said the Jews
come, so e been heppy.” unto him, Thou art not
57 De Jew people say, “Ya ain fifty yeah yet fifty years old, and
ole yet. Hoccome ya say ya done see hast thou seen Abraham?
58 Jesus said unto
Abraham?” them, Verily, verily, I say
58 Jedus ansa um say, “A da tell oona fa unto you, Before Abra-
ham was, I am.
true, fo Abraham bon, ‘A da.’ ” 59 Then took they up
stones to cast at him: but
59 Den de people pick op stone fa chunk Jesus hid himself, and
pon Jedus, bot e hide an come out fom went out of the temple,
going through the midst
eenside God House. of them, and so passed
by.
9
,8

Jedus Heal A Bline Eye Man Chapter 9


1 And as Jesus passed

9 Wen Jedus beena waak long, e see a


1 by, he saw a man which
bline eye man wa been bon bline. was blind from his birth.
2 And his disciples
2 De ciple dem aks Jedus say, “Teacha, asked him, saying, Mas-
ter, who did sin, this
who dat sin wa mek dis man yah bon man, or his parents, that
bline? Dat man sin, or e modda an e fada?” he was born blind?
3 Jesus answered, Nei-
3 Jedus ansa say, “De bline wa oona see ther hath this man
een dis man eye yah ain got nottin fa do sinned, nor his parents:
but that the works of God
wid e own sin, needa e modda an e fada should be made manifest
sin. E bline so dat people kin see de wok in him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
350 John 9

4 I must work the wa God gwine do een e life. 4 Long as de


works of him that sent
me, while it is day: the
daytime las, we haffa do de wok wa de one
night cometh, when no wa sen me gii we fa do. Cause de night
man can work. time da come, an dey ain nobody gwine be
5 As long as I am in the
world, I am the light of
able fa wok den. 5 Wiles A dey yah een de
the world. wol, A de light ob de wol.”
6 When he had thus 6 Atta Jedus say dat, e spit pon de
spoken, he spat on the
ground, and made clay of
groun. Den e mek mud wid de spit an e rub
the spittle, and he de mud pon de bline man eye. 7 E tell de
anointed the eyes of the man say, “Mus go wash ya face een de
blind man with the clay,
7 And said unto him, wata ta de Pool ob Siloam.” (Siloam mean
Go, wash in the pool of “De one wa dey sen.”) So de man gone. An
Siloam, (which is by in- atta e wash e face dey een de wata, jes den
terpretation, Sent.) He
went his way therefore, e able fa see. E gone back ta e house, e see
and washed, and came ebryting.
seeing.
8 E neighba dem an de people wa beena
8 The neighbours
therefore, and they shim wen e nyuse fa beg, dey say, “Ain dis
which before had seen de man wa nyuse fa seddown an beg?”
him that he was blind,
said, Is not this he that 9 Some people ansa say, “Dat de man.”
sat and begged? Bot oda people say, “No, dat ain de man. E
9 Some said, This is he:
jes fabor um.”
others said, He is like
him: but he said, I am he. So den de man esef say, “A de man wa
10 Therefore said they nyuse fa beg.”
unto him, How were 10 So de people aks um say, “Hoccome
thine eyes opened?
11 He answered and
ya kin see now?”
said, A man that is called 11 De man ansa um, “De man dey call
Jesus made clay, and Jedus mek mud wa e rub pon me eye. Den
anointed mine eyes, and
said unto me, Go to the e tell me say, ‘Mus go wash ya face een de
pool of Siloam, and wash: wata ta de Pool ob Siloam.’ So A gone, an
and I went and washed,
and I received sight. atta A wash me face, A been able fa see.”
12 Dey aks um say, “Weh Jedus dey?”
12 Then said they unto
him, Where is he? He De man say, “A ain know weh e dey.”
said, I know not.
De Pharisee dem Quizzit de Man
13 They brought to the
Pharisees him that wa Jedus Heal
aforetime was blind. 13 Den de people tek de man wa been
14 And it was the sab- bon bline an gone ta de Pharisee dem.
bath day when Jesus 14 Now den, Jedus been mek de mud an
made the clay, and
opened his eyes. heal dat bline eye man pon de Woshup

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 9 351

Day. 15 So de Pharisee dem aks de man 15 Then again the


Pharisees also asked him
noda time hoccome e able fa see. De man how he had received his
tell um say, “E rub mud pon me eye an A sight. He said unto them,
wash me face, an now A able fa see.” He put clay upon mine
eyes, and I washed, and
16 Some de Pharisee dem say, “De man do see.
wa done dis ain come fom God, cause e ain 16 Therefore said some
of the Pharisees, This
do wa de Law say we fa do pon de Woshup man is not of God, be-
Day.” cause he keepeth not the
sabbath day. Others said,
Bot some oda Pharisee aks say, How can a man that is a
“Hoccome a man wa da sin able fa do sinner do such miracles?
And there was a division
miracle like dem yah?” Dem Pharisee ain among them.
gree bout um. 17 They say unto the
17 So de Pharisee dem aks de man gin blind man again, What
sayest thou of him, that
say, “Ya de one dat man mek able fa see. he hath opened thine
So den, wa ya say bout um?” eyes? He said, He is a
prophet.
De man wa been bon bline say, “Dat 18 But the Jews did
man a prophet.” not believe concerning
him, that he had been
18 Stillyet, de Jew leada dem ain bleebe blind, and received his
de man been bline an now e kin see, til sight, until they called
the parents of him that
wen dey sen fa e modda an e fada. 19 Dey had received his sight.
aks um say, “Dis man oona chile? Oona 19 And they asked
them, saying, Is this your
say e bon bline. Well, hoccome e able fa son, who ye say was born
see now?” blind? how then doth he
now see?
20 De man modda an fada ansa um say, 20 His parents an-
“We know dis we chile, an we know e been swered them and said,
We know that this is our
bline wen e bon. 21 Bot we ain know son, and that he was born
hoccome e able fa see now. An we ain blind:
21 But by what means
know who dat heal e eye. Oona mus aks he now seeth, we know
um. E ole nuff. E kin taak fa esef!” 22 De not; or who hath opened
his eyes, we know not: he
man modda an e fada say dat cause dey is of age; ask him: he
shall speak for himself.
been scaid ob dem Jew leada. De Jew 22 These words spake
leada dem done beena gree dat ebrybody his parents, because they
feared the Jews: for the
wa say e bleebe Jedus de Messiah Christ, Jews had agreed already,
dem leada gwine chunk um fom outta de that if any man did con-
fess that he was Christ, he
Jew meetin house. 23 Dat wa mek de man should be put out of the
synagogue.
modda an e fada say, “Oona mus aks um. E 23 Therefore said his
ole nuff. E kin taak fa esef!” parents, He is of age; ask
24 De Jew leada dem call de man wa him.
24 Then again called
been bline fa come back, an dey tell um they the man that was

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
352 John 9

blind, and said unto him, say, “Ya mus sweah fo God dat ya gwine
Give God the praise: we
know that this man is a tell we de trute! We know dat dis man wa
sinner. heal ya eye got sin een e life.”
25 He answered and
said, Whether he be a sin- 25 De man ansa um say, “A ain know ef
ner or no, I know not: one e got sin or ef e ain got sin een e life. One
thing I know, that,
whereas I was blind, now ting A know fa sho. A been bline, bot now
I see.
26 Then said they to A da see.”
him again, What did he 26 Dey aks um gin say, “Wa de man do
to thee? how opened he ta ya fa heal ya eye?”
thine eyes?
27 He answered them, 27 De man ansa um say, “A done tell
I have told you already, oona, bot oona ain listen. Wa mek oona
and ye did not hear:
wherefore would ye hear wahn me fa tell oona gin? Oona wahn fa
it again? will ye also be be e ciple too?”
his disciples?
28 Then they reviled 28 Wen dem Pharisee yeh dat, dey
him, and said, Thou art shrow slam at de man an say, “Ya dat man
his disciple; but we are
Moses' disciples.
ciple, ainty! We Moses ciple. 29 We know
29 We know that God God done taak ta Moses, bot dis man yah,
spake unto Moses: as for we ain eben know weh e come fom.”
this fellow, we know not
from whence he is. 30 De man ansa say, “Dat sho nuff
30 The man answered
and said unto them, Why
scrange! Oona ain eben know weh dis man
herein is a marvellous come fom, bot e done heal me eye. 31 We
thing, that ye know not
from whence he is, and know God ain yeh wa no sinna say ta um.
yet he hath opened mine Bot God yeh all de people wa woshup um
eyes.
31 Now we know that fa true an do wa e tell um fa do. 32 Fom
God heareth not sinners:
but if any man be a wor- wen God fus mek de wol, nobody ain neba
shipper of God, and yeh say dat somebody done heal a poson
doeth his will, him he
heareth. wa been bon bline. 33 Ef dis man ain been
32 Since the world be-
gan was it not heard that
come fom God, e ain been able fa do
any man opened the eyes nottin.”
of one that was born
blind. 34 Den dem Jew leada ansa say, “Ya
33 If this man were not done bon wid sin all roun ya. Ya da try fa
of God, he could do
nothing. laan we?” Den dey shrow de man outta de
34 They answered and meetin house.
said unto him, Thou wast
altogether born in sins,
and dost thou teach us? Dem wa Bline fa True
And they cast him out.
35 Jesus heard that 35 Jedus yeh say dey been chunk de
they had cast him out;
and when he had found man out, so e gone an find de man an e aks
him, he said unto him, um say, “Ya bleebe pon de Man wa Come
Dost thou believe on the
Son of God? fom God?”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 9, 10 353

36 De man ansa say, “Sah, tell me who 36 He answered and


said, Who is he, Lord,
dis Man wa Come fom God, so A kin that I might believe on
bleebe pon um!” him?
37 And Jesus said unto
37 Jedus say, “Ya done shim. E da taak
him, Thou hast both seen
ta ya.” him, and it is he that
38 De man say, “Lawd, A bleebe ya!” An talketh with thee.
38 And he said, Lord, I
e kneel down fo Jedus an e woshup um. believe. And he wor-
39 Jedus say, “A come eenta dis wol fa shipped him.
39 And Jesus said, For
jedge, so dat bline eye people kin see, an judgment I am come into
dem wa see kin ton out fa be bline.” this world, that they
which see not might see;
40 Some Pharisee been dey wid Jedus and that they which see
an dey yeh wa e say. Dey aks Jedus, “Ya might be made blind.
40 And some of the
ain mean fa say we bline too, ainty?” Pharisees which were
41 Jedus tell um say, “Ef oona been with him heard these
words, and said unto
bline, oona ain been guilty fa none ob him, Are we blind also?
41 Jesus said unto
oona sin. Bot now dat oona say oona ain them, If ye were blind, ye
bline, dat mean dat oona guilty stillyet.” should have no sin: but
now ye say, We see;
therefore your sin
De Paable Bout de Shephud 10
,9 remaineth.

10 Jedus say, “A da tell oona fa


1
Chapter 10
true, de poson wa ain go shru de
1 Verily, verily, I say
gyateway fa go eenside de sheep pen, bot e unto you, He that
climb een some oda side eenta weh de entereth not by the door
into the sheepfold, but
sheep dey, e a tief an a robba. 2 De poson climbeth up some other
wa go shru de gyateway fa go eenside, dat way, the same is a thief
de shephud, de one wa da mind de sheep and a robber.
2 But he that entereth
fa true. 3 De gyateman kin open op de in by the door is the shep-
gyate fa de shephud, an de sheep pay mind herd of the sheep.
3 To him the porter
ta de shephud boice. De shephud call e openeth; and the sheep
own sheep name, an dey come ta um. E da hear his voice: and he
calleth his own sheep by
waak head ob um, da lead um shru de name, and leadeth them
gyateway outta de sheep pen. 4 An wen de out.
4 And when he putteth
shephud done lead all ob e own sheep out forth his own sheep, he
shru de gyateway, e da waak head ob um. goeth before them, and
An dey da folla um, cause dey know e the sheep follow him: for
they know his voice.
boice. 5 De sheep ain neba gwine folla 5 And a stranger will
noda poson wa dey ain know. Fa true, dey they not follow, but will
flee from him: for they
gwine ron way fom noda poson, cause dey know not the voice of
ain know dat poson boice.” 6 Jedus tell dis strangers.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
354 John 10

6 This parable spake paable ta de people, bot dey ain ondastan


Jesus unto them: but they
understood not what wa e mean fa say.
things they were which
he spake unto them. Jedus de Good Shephud
7 Then said Jesus unto
them again, Verily, ver- 7 So Jedus tell um gin say, “A da tell
ily, I say unto you, I am
the door of the sheep.
oona fa true, A de gyate fa de sheep fa go
8 All that ever came shru. 8 All dem people wa come fo me, dey
before me are thieves and tief an robba, an de sheep ain pay um no
robbers: but the sheep
did not hear them. mind. 9 A de gyate. Ebrybody wa go shru
9 I am the door: by me
me fa go eenside, dey gwine be sabe. Dey
if any man enter in, he
shall be saved, and shall gwine be free fa go een an come out fa go
go in and out, and find find green grass fa nyam. 10 De tief jes
pasture.
10 The thief cometh come fa tief, fa kill an stroy. Bot A come so
not, but for to steal, and dat dey kin hab true life, so dat dey kin lib
to kill, and to destroy: I
am come that they might
a life ob joy wa heap op an ron oba.
have life, and that they 1 1 A de good shephud. De good
might have it more shephud ready fa gii e life fa de sheep.
abundantly.
11 I am the good shep- 12 De poson wa git pay fa mind oda people
herd: the good shepherd sheep, e ain no true shephud, an de sheep
giveth his life for the
sheep. ain blongst ta um. So den, de poson wa de
12 But he that is an sheep ain blongst ta, wen e see de wolf da
hireling, and not the
shepherd, whose own the come, e gwine ron way an lef de sheep.
sheep are not, seeth the Den de wolf gwine come een pon dem
wolf coming, and leaveth
the sheep, and fleeth: and
sheep an grab hole ta one. An de res ob de
the wolf catcheth them, sheep gwine ron all oba de place. 13 De
and scattereth the sheep. poson wa de sheep ain blongst ta, e gwine
13 The hireling fleeth,
because he is an hireling, ron way cause e dey fa git pay fa e wok. So
and careth not for the e ain cyah fa true bout no sheep. 14-15 A de
sheep.
14 I am the good shep- good shephud. Jes like de Fada know me
herd, and know my sheep, an A know de Fada, same way so A know
and am known of mine.
15 As the Father
me own sheep an me own sheep know me.
knoweth me, even so An A ready fa gii me life fa de sheep. 16 A
know I the Father: and I hab oda sheep wa blongst ta me, bot dey
lay down my life for the
sheep. ain een dis flock yah. A haffa bring dem
16 And other sheep I
too. An wen A taak ta um, dey gwine pay
have, which are not of
this fold: them also I must mind ta me too. So den, all de sheep gwine
bring, and they shall hear come togeda an dey gwine be one flock an
my voice; and there shall
be one fold, and one hab one shephud fa mind um.
shepherd. 17 Me Fada lob me cause A ready fa gii

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 10 355

me life, so dat wen A shru wid dat, A 17 Therefore doth my


Father love me, because I
gwine tek me life back op gin. 18 Nobody lay down my life, that I
ain gwine kill me ef A ain gree ta um. A de might take it again.
18 No man taketh it
one wa gree fa leh um kill me. A got de from me, but I lay it
powa fa gii me life, an A got de powa fa tek down of myself. I have
power to lay it down, and
me life back gin. Dat wa me Fada done I have power to take it
again. This command-
chaage me fa do.” ment have I received of
19 Wen de Jew people yeh dem wod wa my Father.
19 There was a divi-
Jedus say, dey ain been able fa gree sion therefore again
mongst deysef gin. 20 Heapa dem say, “A among the Jews for these
sayings.
ebil sperit dey een dat man! E mad! 20 And many of them
Hoccome oona da listen ta um?” said, He hath a devil, and
is mad; why hear ye him?
21 Bot oda dem say, “Ef a man got a ebil 21 Others said, These
are not the words of him
sperit een um, e ain gwine taak like dat! that hath a devil. Can a
Ain no way a ebil sperit able fa mek de devil open the eyes of the
blind?
bline see, ainty?” 22 And it was at Jeru-
salem the feast of the
De People Ton Ginst Jedus dedication, and it was
winter.
22 Winta time come, an de people gone 23 And Jesus walked
in the temple in Solo-
ta Jerusalem fa de holiday dey call de Feas mon's porch.
ob de Dedication. 23 An Jedus been dey. E 24 Then came the Jews
round about him, and
beena waak een God House, een de side said unto him, How long
dey call Solomon Piza. 24 De Jew people dost thou make us to
doubt? If thou be the
geda roun um an aks um say, “How long Christ, tell us plainly.
25 Jesus answered
ya gwine mek we wait? Ya mus tell we de them, I told you, and ye
plain trute so we kin ondastan ef ya de believed not: the works
that I do in my Father's
Messiah dat God been promise.” name, they bear witness
25 Jedus ansa um say, “A done tell of me.
26 But ye believe not,
oona, bot oona ain bleebe me. Dem because ye are not of my
miracle wa A da do een me Fada name, sheep, as I said unto you.
27 My sheep hear my
dey da show oona dat A de Messiah Christ. voice, and I know them,
26 Oona ain bleebe me cause oona ain me and they follow me:
28 And I give unto
own sheep. 27 Me sheep pay mind ta wa A them eternal life; and
they shall never perish,
da tell um. A know um, an dey da folla me. neither shall any man
28 A gim life wa las faeba. Dey ain gwine pluck them out of my
hand.
neba dead. Ain nobody able fa tek um 29 My Father, which
outta me han. 29 Me Fada wa gii me dem gave them me, is greater
than all; and no man is
sheep, e hab powa mo bigga den all. Ain able to pluck them out of
nobody able fa tek um outta me Fada han. my Father's hand.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
356 John 10

30 I and my Father are 30 Me an me Fada, we one.”


one.
31 Then the Jews took Wen Jedus say dat, de Jew people
31
up stones again to stone pick op stone gin fa stone um. 32 Jedus tell
him.
32 Jesus answered
um say, “A done do plenty miracle wa
them, Many good works oona see, an me Fada gii me powa fa do
have I shewed you from um. Wish one ob dem miracle mek oona
my Father; for which of
those works do ye stone wahn fa stone me?”
me? 33 De Jew people ansa um say, “We ain
33 The Jews answered
him, saying, For a good wahn fa stone ya fa none ob dem miracle
work we stone thee not; wa ya done. We wahn fa stone ya cause ya
but for blasphemy; and
because that thou, being da hole God cheap. Ya jes a man, bot ya da
a man, makest thyself tek yasef fa be God!”
God. 34 Jedus ansa um say, “Een oona own
34 Jesus answered
them, Is it not written in Law, God say, ‘Oona god dem,’ ainty?
your law, I said, Ye are 35 We know dat wa dey done write een
gods?
35 If he called them God Book true all de time. An God done
gods, unto whom the say ta de people wa e gii e wod ta, dat dey
word of God came, and
the scripture cannot be god dem. 36 Fa me own paat, me Fada
broken;
36 Say ye of him,
done pick me fa do e wok an sen me fa
whom the Father hath come eenta de wol. So wa mek oona say A
sanctified, and sent into da hole God cheap wen A say A de Son ob
the world, Thou blas-
phemest; because I said, I God? 37 Oona mus dohn bleebe me ef A
am the Son of God?
37 If I do not the works ain da do wa me Fada da do. 38 Bot ef A da
of my Father, believe me do wa me Fada da do, eben dough oona
not.
38 But if I do, though ain bleebe me now, oona oughta bleebe
ye believe not me, be- cause oona see dem miracle wa A beena
lieve the works: that ye
may know, and believe, do. Cause ob dat, oona kin know fa sho an
that the Father is in me, ondastan dat me Fada dey een me, an A
and I in him.
39 Therefore they mesef dey een me Fada.”
sought again to take him: 39 Den de people try fa grab hole ta
but he escaped out of
their hand, Jedus gin, bot e git pass um.
40 And went away
40 Den Jedus cross back oba de Jerden
again beyond Jordan into
the place where John at Riba an gone ta de place weh John fus nyuse
first baptized; and there
he abode. fa bactize people, an e stay dey. 41 Heapa
41 And many resorted people gone fa meet um dey, an dey tell one
unto him, and said, John
did no miracle: but all noda say, “John ain neba done no miracle,
things that John spake of bot ebryting wa e say bout dis man yah, all
this man were true.
42 And many believed dem ting been true.” 42 An a heapa people
on him there. een dat place bleebe pon Jedus.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 11 357
11
,10

Lazarus Dead Chapter 11


1 Now a certain man

11 One man name Lazarus been


1 was sick, named Lazarus,
of Bethany, the town of
sick. E beena lib een Bethany, de Mary and her sister
town weh Mary an e sista Martha beena Martha.
2 (It was that Mary
lib. 2 Dis Mary yah dat same ooman wa which anointed the Lord
been pour pafume pon de Lawd foot an with ointment, and
wiped his feet with her
den wipe um wid e hair. E broda, Lazarus, hair, whose brother Laza-
de one wa sick. 3 So de two sista dem sen rus was sick.)
3 Therefore his sisters
wod ta Jedus say, “Lawd, ya fren wa ya
sent unto him, saying,
lob, e sick.” Lord, behold, he whom
4 Wen Jedus yeh dat, e say, “Dis ailment thou lovest is sick.
4 When Jesus heard
yah ain gwine mean dat Lazarus gwine that, he said, This sick-
dead. Dis ailment happen fa mek people ness is not unto death,
but for the glory of God,
see God powa an praise um, an so dat de that the Son of God might
Son ob God gwine git praise.” be glorified thereby.
5 Now Jesus loved
5 Jedus lob Martha an e sista an
Martha, and her sister,
Lazarus. 6 Stillyet, wen Jedus yeh dat and Lazarus.
6 When he had heard
Lazarus been sick, e stay two mo day een
therefore that he was
de place weh e been. 7 Atta de two day sick, he abode two days
done pass, e tell e ciple dem say, “Leh we still in the same place
where he was.
go back ta Judea.” 7 Then after that saith
8 E ciple dem tell Jedus say, “Teacha, he to his disciples, Let us
go into Judaea again.
jes a leetle time back, de Jew dem wa lib 8,His disciples say unto
dey beena try fa stone ya. Now ya wahn fa him, Master, the Jews of
late sought to stone thee;
go back dey?” and goest thou thither
9 Jedus ansa um say, “Dey tweb hour again?
9 Jesus answered, Are
fom sunop til sundown, ainty? So ef
there not twelve hours in
somebody da waak een de daytime, e ain the day? If any man walk
gwine stumble, cause e da see de light wa in the day, he stumbleth
not, because he seeth the
dey een dis wol. 10 Bot de one wa da waak light of this world.
een de night time gwine stumble, cause e 10 But if a man walk in
the night, he stumbleth,
ain got no light een um.” 11 Jedus say dat because there is no light
an den e say fodamo, “We fren, Lazarus, in him.
11 These things said
done gone fa sleep, bot A gwine wake um he: and after that he saith
op.” unto them, Our friend
12 De ciple dem say, “Lawd, ef Lazarus Lazarus sleepeth; but I
go, that I may awake him
da sleep, e gwine git well.” out of sleep.
13 Wen Jedus say Lazarus done gone fa 12 Then said his disci-
ples, Lord, if he sleep, he
sleep, e wahn fa mek e ciple dem ondastan shall do well.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
358 John 11

13 Howbeit Jesus
spake of his death: but
dat Lazarus done dead. Bot de ciple dem
they thought that he had beena tink Jedus mean fa say Lazarus jes
spoken of taking of rest in
sleep. da sleep. 14 So Jedus tell um plain say,
14 Then said Jesus “Lazarus done dead. 15 Bot fa oona sake, A
unto them plainly, Laza-
rus is dead.
glad A ain been dey wid um, cause dat
15 And I am glad for gwine leh oona laan fa bleebe pon me. Leh
your sakes that I was not
there, to the intent ye we gone ta um.”
may believe; neverthe- 16 Thomas, wa dey call de Twin, e tell de
less let us go unto him.
16 Then said Thomas, oda ciple dem say, “Leh we all go long wid
which is called Didymus, de Teacha too, so we kin dead wid um.”
unto his fellowdisciples,
Let us also go, that we
may die with him. Jedus de One wa Mek People Lib Gin
17 Then when Jesus
came, he found that he 17 Wen Jedus git ta Lazarus place, e find
had lain in the grave four
days already. out say Lazarus been dead fo day. 18 E ain
18 Now Bethany was b een tw o mile tw e en Bet hany an
nigh unto Jerusalem,
about fifteen furlongs off:
Jerusalem. 19 An heapa Jew dem done
19 And many of the been come fa tell Martha an Mary dat dey
Jews came to Martha and
Mary, to comfort them saary dey broda Lazarus dead.
concerning their brother. 20 Wen Martha yeh say Jedus da come,
20 Then Martha, as
soon as she heard that Je- e gone fa meet um. Bot Mary ain come
sus was coming, went
and met him: but Mary outta de house. 21 Martha tell Jedus say,
sat still in the house.
21 Then said Martha
“Lawd, ef ya been yah, me broda ain been
unto Jesus, Lord, if thou fa dead! 22 Stillyet A know, eben now God
hadst been here, my gwine gii ya wasoneba ya aks um fa.”
brother had not died.
22 But I know, that 23 Jedus tell Martha say, “Ya broda
even now, whatsoever
thou wilt ask of God, God gwine git op an come outta e grabe. E
will give it thee. gwine lib gin.”
23 Jesus saith unto
her, Thy brother shall 24 Martha ansa say, “A know e gwine
rise again.
24 Martha saith unto
git op an come outta e grabe pon de las
him, I know that he shall day, wen all people gwine git op an come
rise again in the resurrec- outta dey grabe.”
tion at the last day.
25 Jesus said unto her, 25 Jedus tell um say, “A da mek people
I am the resurrection,
and the life: he that be- git op an come outta dey grabe, an A da
lieveth in me, though he gim life. De one wa bleebe pon me, eben
were dead, yet shall he
live: dough e done dead, stillyet e gwine lib gin.
26 And whosoever 26 An de one wa da lib an bleebe pon me, e
liveth and believeth in
me shall never die. ain neba gwine dead. Ya bleebe dat?”
Believest thou this?
27 She saith unto him,
27 Martha ansa say, “Yeah, Lawd, A
Yea, Lord: I believe that bleebe ya de Messiah Christ, God Son, wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 11 359

been fa come eenta de wol.” thou art the Christ, the


Son of God, which should
come into the world.
Jedus Weep 28 And when she had
so said, she went her
28 Atta Martha done say dat, e gone way, and called Mary her
back an call e sista Mary off by esef. E tell sister secretly, saying,
The Master is come, and
um say, “De Teacha come an e da aks fa calleth for thee.
29 As soon as she
ya.” 29 Wen Mary yeh dat, e git op an mek heard that, she arose
hace an gone fa meet Jedus. 30 Jedus ain quickly, and came unto
him.
git ta de willage yet. E still been dey een de 30 Now Jesus was not
yet come into the town,
place weh Martha been meet um. 31 De but was in that place
Jew people wa beena sit wid Mary dey een where Martha met him.
31 The Jews then
e house fa ease e haat, dey see Mary git op which were with her in
an mek hace an go out, so dey folla um. the house, and comforted
her, when they saw
Dey beena tink e beena gwine ta Lazarus Mary, that she rose up
hastily and went out, fol-
grabe fa weep dey. lowed her, saying, She
32 Wen Mary git ta de place weh Jedus goeth unto the grave to
weep there.
been an e shim, e git down pon de groun 32 Then when Mary
was come where Jesus
down by e foot an say, “Lawd, ef ya been was, and saw him, she
yah, me broda ain been fa dead!” fell down at his feet, say-
ing unto him, Lord, if
33 Wen Jedus see how Mary an de Jew thou hadst been here, my
dem wa been come long wid um beena brother had not died.
33 When Jesus there-
weep, e haat been too hebby an e beena fore saw her weeping,
trouble fa true. 34 Jedus aks um say, “Weh and the Jews also weep-
ing which came with her,
oona bury um?” he groaned in the spirit,
Dey ansa, “Lawd, come see de place.” and was troubled,
34 And said, Where
35 Jedus weep. 36 De Jew dem say, have ye laid him? They
“Look yah, oona kin see e beena lob said unto him, Lord,
come and see.
Lazarus a whole heap!” 35 Jesus wept.
37 Bot some ob dem say, “Jedus done 36 Then said the Jews,
Behold how he loved
open op de bline man eye, ainty? Hoccome him!
37 And some of them
e ain been able fa keep Lazarus fom det?” said, Could not this man,
which opened the eyes of
Jedus Mek Lazarus Lib Gin the blind, have caused
that even this man should
38 Jedus haat been too hebby gin. E not have died?
38 Jesus therefore
gone ta de tomb. Dat tomb been a cabe, a again groaning in himself
cometh to the grave. It
big rock wid a hole een um, an a stone was a cave, and a stone
been dey, da kiba de doormout. 39 Jedus lay upon it.
39 Jesus said, Take ye
say, “Oona mus moob de stone fom de away the stone. Martha,
doormout!” the sister of him that was

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
360 John 11

dead, saith unto him, Martha, de sista ob de one wa done dead,


Lord, by this time he
stinketh: for he hath been say, “Lawd, de place gwine smell bad, cause
dead four days. e been fo day now since we bury um!”
40 Jesus saith unto
her, Said I not unto thee, 40 Jedus tell Martha say, “Ain A tell ya
that, if thou wouldest be- say, ya gwine see God powa ef ya bleebe
lieve, thou shouldest see
the glory of God? pon me?” 41 So dey moob de stone fom de
41 Then they took
away the stone from the doormout. Jedus look op an pray say,
place where the dead was “Fada, A da tell ya tankya cause ya done
laid. And Jesus lifted up
his eyes, and said, Father, yeh me an ansa me wen A pray. 42 A know
I thank thee that thou ya yeh me an ansa me all de time. Bot A da
hast heard me.
42 And I knew that say dis fa sake ob dem people wa da stanop
thou hearest me always: yah, so dey kin bleebe dat ya sen me.”
but because of the people
which stand by I said it, 43 Wen Jedus done say dat, e holla een a
that they may believe loud boice say, “Lazarus, come outta dey!”
that thou hast sent me.
43 And when he thus 44 Lazarus come outta e tomb. E two han
had spoken, he cried with an e two foot been wrop op wid linen closs
a loud voice, Lazarus,
come forth. an a closs piece been wrop roun e face.
44 And he that was Jedus tell de people say, “Loose de closs
dead came forth, bound
hand and foot with dem an leh um go.”
graveclothes: and his
face was bound about
with a napkin. Jesus saith Dey Mek Scheme fa Kill Jedus
unto them, Loose him, Matthew 26:1-5; Mark 14:1-2; Luke 22:1-2
and let him go.
45 Then many of the
Jews which came to
So den a heapa de Jew dem wa been
45
Mary, and had seen the come fa sit wid Mary, dey see wa Jedus
things which Jesus did,
believed on him. done an dey bleebe pon um. 46 Bot some
46 But some of them ton back an gone an tell de Pharisee dem
went their ways to the
Pharisees, and told them wa Jedus done. 47 Den de Jew priest leada
what things Jesus had dem an de leada ob de Pharisee dem call a
done.
47 Then gathered the meetin wid de oda Jew leada dem ob de
chief priests and the
Pharisees a council, and Council. Dey say, “Wa we fa do? Oona see
said, What do we? for all de miracle dem wa dis man yah da do?
this man doeth many
miracles. 48 Ef we lef um lone fa do mo ob dem
48 If we let him thus miracle, all de people gwine bleebe pon
alone, all men will be-
lieve on him: and the um. An wen dat happen, de Roman dem
Romans shall come and gwine come fa tek way we House ob God,
take away both our place
and nation. an stroy we people too.”
49 And one of them,
named Caiaphas, being 49 One man dey name Caiaphas. Dat
the high priest that same yeah e been de head man ob de priest
year, said unto them, Ye
know nothing at all, leada dem. E say, “Oona ain know nottin

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 11, 12 361

tall! 50 Oona ain ondastan dat e mo betta 50 Nor consider that it


is expedient for us, that
fa leh jes one man dead fa sake ob all de one man should die for
people, den fa leh dem Roman stroy all we the people, and that the
whole nation perish not.
people!” 51 Caiaphas ain jes say dem wod 51 And this spake he
yah on e own, bot wen e been de head man not of himself: but being
high priest that year, he
dat yeah ob de priest leada dem, e beena prophesied that Jesus
tell de people head ob time, say Jedus should die for that
gwine dead fa sake ob all de Jew people. nation;
52 And not for that na-
52 An Jedus ain dead jes fa de Jew people. tion only, but that also he
E dead fa all God chullun, dem people wa should gather together
in one the children of
scatta all bout, an fa bring um togeda fa be God that were scattered
one fambly. abroad.
53 Then from that day
53 Fom de day wen Caiaphas say dat, de
forth they took counsel
Jew leada dem mek scheme fa kill Jedus. together for to put him to
54 Cause ob dat, Jedus ain waak out een de death.
54 Jesus therefore
open gin weh all de Jew dem been able fa walked no more openly
shim. E lef Judea an gone ta a place close among the Jews; but
went thence unto a coun-
ta de wildaness, ta a town name Ephraim. try near to the wilder-
Oba dey e stay wid e ciple dem. ness, into a city called
Ephraim, and there con-
55 De time fa de Passoba Feas been tinued with his disciples.
close, so plenty people gone fom roun de 55 And the Jews'
passover was nigh at
countryside ta Jerusalem. Dey gone fa do hand: and many went out
de ting dem wa fa mek um clean een God of the country up to Jeru-
salem before the pass-
eye same like how de Jew Law say, fo de over, to purify them-
time fa de Passoba come. 56 Dey beena selves.
56 Then sought they
look fa Jedus. Wen dey geda een God for Jesus, and spake
House, dey beena aks one noda say, “Wa among themselves, as
ya tink? Jedus ain gwine come ta de they stood in the temple,
What think ye, that he
Passoba Feas tall, ainty?” 57 Now den, de will not come to the
Jew priest leada dem an de leada ob de feast?
57 Now both the chief
Pharisee dem beena chaage de people say, priests and the Pharisees
“Ef one ob oona know weh Jedus dey, ya had given a command-
ment, that, if any man
mus tell we, so dat we kin go res um.” knew where he were, he
should shew it, that they
Mary Pour Pafume pon Jedus Foot might take him.
Matthew 26:6-13; Mark 14:3-9
12
,11

Chapter 12

12 Six day fo de Passoba holiday


1 1 Then Jesus six days
before the passover came
staat, Jedus gone ta Bethany, weh to Bethany, where Laza-
Lazarus lib. Dat de man wa done dead an rus was which had been

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
362 John 12

dead, whom he raised Jedus mek um git op fom e tomb, an lib


from the dead.
gin. 2 Some ob Jedus fren dem beena cook
2 There they made him
suppa fa hona Jedus. Martha beena hep fa
a supper; and Martha
served: but Lazarus was saab de food, an Lazarus one ob de people
one of them that sat at wa beena seddown longside de table wid
the table with him.
Jedus. 3 Wiles dey beena nyam, Mary git a
3 Then took Mary a
pound of ointment of
whole pint ob pafume. Dey mek dat
spikenard, very costly, pafume fom jes de nard plant, an e cost a
and anointed the feet of whole heapa money. Mary pour dat
Jesus, and wiped his feet
with her hair: and the pafume pon Jedus foot. Den e wipe um op
house was filled with the wid e hair. All de people een de house
odour of the ointment.
beena smell de sweet scent ob dat pafume.
4 Then saith one of his
4 One ob Jedus ciple dem, Judas Iscariot
disciples, Judas Iscariot,
Simon's son, which wa been gwine ton Jedus een, e ain like wa
should betray him, Mary done. 5 E say, “Hoccome dey ain sell
5 Why was not this dis pafume yah fa shree hundud silba coin,
ointment sold for three
hundred pence, and an gii de money ta de po people wa ain got
given to the poor? nottin?” 6 Judas ain say dat cause e been
6 This he said, not that wahn fa hep de people wa ain got nottin. E
he cared for the poor; but say dat cause e been a tief. E beena keep de
because he was a thief,
and had the bag, and money bag fa Jedus an e ciple dem, bot e
bare what was put there- beena tief some dat money fa esef.
in. 7 Bot Jedus say, “Mus dohn bodda dat
7 Then said Jesus, Let
ooman! E right dat e done dat fa de day
her alone: against the day
of my burying hath she wen dey gwine bury me. 8 Dem people wa
kept this. ain got nottin gwine stay wid oona all de
8 For the poor always time, bot A mesef ain gwine stay wid oona
ye have with you; but me
ye have not always.
all de time.”
9 Much people of the
Jews therefore knew that
Dey Mek Scheme
he was there: and they fa Kill Lazarus
came not for Jesus' sake
only, but that they might
9 A whole heapa Jew people yeh say
see Lazarus also, whom Jedus been dey een Bethany, so dey gone
he had raised from the
dead. dey. Dey ain gone jes fa meet Jedus. Dey
gone dey fa see Lazarus too, de man wa
10 But the chief priests
consulted that they might done dead an Jedus mek um git op fom e
put Lazarus also to death; tomb an lib gin. 10 So de leada dem ob
11 Because that by rea- de priest dem beena mek scheme fa kill
son of him many of the Lazarus too. 11 Cause wen Jedus mek

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 12 363

Lazarus lib gin, a heapa Jew people lef dey Jews went away, and be-
lieved on Jesus.
leada dem an bleebe pon Jedus.
12 On the next day
much people that were
De People Praise Jedus Wen E Gone come to the feast, when
eenta Jerusalem they heard that Jesus was
Matthew 21:1-11; Mark 11:1-11; Luke 19:28-40 coming to Jerusalem,

12 De nex day, de big crowd wa been 13 Took branches of


come ta Jerusalem fa de Passoba Feas, dey palm trees, and went
forth to meet him, and
yeh say Jedus beena come ta Jerusalem. cried, Hosanna: Blessed is
13 So den, dey cut a whole heapa palm the King of Israel that
cometh in the name of
branch an gone out fa meet Jedus een de the Lord.
road. Dey beena holla say, “Praise God!
14 And Jesus, when he
God bless de one wa come een de name ob had found a young ass,
de Lawd! God bless de King ob Israel!” sat thereon; as it is
14 Jedus find a nyoung donkey, an e written,

ride pon um. All dis been jes like dey been 15 Fear not, daughter
write een God Book say, of Sion: behold, thy King
cometh, sitting on an
15 “Oona mus dohn be scaid, ass's colt.
oona wa dey een Zion!
16 These things under-
Look yonda! stood not his disciples at
Oona king da come, the first: but when Jesus
e da ride pon a nyoung donkey.” was glorified, then re-
membered they that
16 Jedus ciple dem ain been ondastan these things were written
wa dat mean. Bot wen God done mek of him, and that they had
done these things unto
Jedus git op outta e tomb an lib gin, an him.
God gim hona an glory fa true, de ciple
dem memba say, dis wod wa been write 17 The people there-
fore that was with him
een God Book been bout Jedus. An dey see when he called Lazarus
dat all wa been write down, e happen jes out of his grave, and
raised him from the dead,
like God Book say. bare record.
17 De crowd wa been dey wid Jedus
wen e call Lazarus fa come outta e tomb an 18 For this cause the
people also met him, for
mek um lib gin, dey beena spread de that they heard that he
nyews bout wa happen. 18 Dat mek a had done this miracle.
whole heapa people go out fa meet Jedus,
19 The Pharisees
cause dey been yeh say e done do dat therefore said among
miracle. 19 Den de Pharisee dem tell one themselves, Perceive ye
how ye prevail nothing?
noda say, “See dey, we ain able fa do behold, the world is gone
nottin! All de people da folla um!” after him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
364 John 12

20 And there were cer- Some Greek People Come fa See Jedus
tain Greeks among them
that came up to worship Some Greek people been dey mongst
20
at the feast: de people wa gone fa woshup God een
21 The same came
therefore to Philip, which
Jerusalem, wen de time fa de Feas come.
was of Bethsaida of Gali- 21 Dem Greek gone ta Philip. E de one wa
lee, and desired him, say- come fom Bethsaida, dey een Galilee. Dey
ing, Sir, we would see
Jesus. tell Philip say, “Sah, we wahn fa see Jedus.”
22 Philip cometh and 22 Philip gone an tell Andrew, an den
telleth Andrew: and dem two gone an tell Jedus wa de Greek
again Andrew and Philip
tell Jesus. people been wahn. 23 Jedus ansa um say,
23 And Jesus answered “De time done yah wen God gwine show
them, saying, The hour is de true glory ob de Man wa Come fom
come, that the Son of
man should be glorified. God. 24 A da tell oona fa true, one seed ob
24 Verily, verily, I say wheat jes gwine stay one seed, ef e ain
unto you, Except a corn faddown an go eenta de groun an dead.
of wheat fall into the
ground and die, it Bot ef dat seed go eenta de groun an dead,
abideth alone: but if it e gwine grow an beah a whole heapa seed.
die, it bringeth forth
much fruit.
25 De poson wa lob e own life gwine loss
25 He that loveth his um, bot ebrybody wa hate e own life een
life shall lose it; and he dis wol gwine keep e life faeba. 26 De
that hateth his life in this
world shall keep it unto poson wa da wok fa me, e haffa do wa A
life eternal. tell um fa do. De poson wa da wok fa me, e
26 If any man serve gwine stay wid me wehsoneba A da.
me, let him follow me;
and where I am, there Fodamo, me Fada gwine gii hona ta
shall also my servant be: ebrybody wa da wok fa me.”
if any man serve me, him
will my Father honour.
Jedus Taak bout E Det
27 Now is my soul
troubled; and what shall I 27 “Now me haat burden down, an wa A
say? Father, save me gwine say? A cyahn say, ‘Fada, sabe me
from this hour: but for
this cause came I unto fom dat hour wen A gwine suffa.’ Cause ob
this hour. dis bery ting, A come eenta dis wol.
28 Father, glorify thy
28 Fada, mek people see dat dey oughta gii
name. Then came there a
voice from heaven, say- ya glory!”
ing, I have both glorified Den a boice speak fom outta heaben
it, and will glorify it
again. say, “A done mek people see dat dey
29 The people there- oughta gii me glory, an A gwine mek um
fore, that stood by, and see dat gin.”
heard it, said that it thun-
dered: others said, An an-
29 De crowd wa beena stanop dey yeh
gel spake to him. de boice, an dey say e been tunda. Oda

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 12 365

people say a angel taak ta um. 30 Jesus answered and


said, This voice came not
30 Bot Jedus say, “Dis boice yah ain because of me, but for
taak fa sake ob me. E taak fa oona sake. your sakes.
31 Dis de time now wen God gwine jedge 31 Now is the judg-
ment of this world: now
all de people een de wol. An dis de time shall the prince of this
now wen e gwine win out oba de one wa world be cast out.
da rule dis wol, an dribe um out. 32 Wen 32 And I, if I be lifted
up from the earth, will
dey hice me op fom de groun, A gwine draw all men unto me.
draw all people ta me.” 33 Wen Jedus say 33 This he said, signi-
fying what death he
dat, e beena tell bout how e gwine dead. should die.
34 De crowd ansa Jedus say, “We Law da 34 The people an-
say de Messiah ain gwine dead. E gwine lib swered him, We have
heard out of the law that
faeba. Hoccome ya say e haffa happen dat Christ abideth for ever:
dey gwine hice op de Man wa Come fom and how sayest thou, The
Son of man must be lifted
God? Who dat dis Man wa Come fom God?” up? who is this Son of
35 Jedus tell um say, “De light gwine man?
stay wid oona jes a leetle bit mo. Oona 35 Then Jesus said
unto them, Yet a little
mus waak wiles de light dey dey, so dat de while is the light with
daak ain gwine meet oona wen oona da you. Walk while ye have
waak. Cause de one wa da waak een de the light, lest darkness
come upon you: for he
daak ain know weh e da gwine. 36 Now that walketh in darkness
wen de light dey wid oona, bleebe pon de knoweth not whither he
goeth.
light, so dat oona kin be de kinda people 36 While ye have light,
wa stay een de light all de time.” believe in the light, that
ye may be the children of
light. These things spake
De Jew People Still Ain Bleebe Jesus, and departed, and
Atta Jedus say dat, e lef de people an did hide himself from
them.
gone ta a place weh dey ain been able fa 37 But though he had
find um. 37 Eben dough Jedus beena do all done so many miracles
dem miracle wa de people see fa deysef, before them, yet they be-
lieved not on him:
dey still ain been bleebe pon Jedus. 38 All 38 That the saying of
dis happen so dat de wod wa de prophet Esaias the prophet might
Isaiah been say, gwine come true. E say, be fulfilled, which he
spake, Lord, who hath
“Lawd, who dat wa been believed our report? and
bleebe we wod? to whom hath the arm of
the Lord been revealed?
Who dat de Lawd
show e powa ta?” 39 Therefore they
could not believe, be-
39 De people ain able fa bleebe, cause
cause that Esaias said
like Isaiah say dis yah too, again,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
366 John 12

40 He hath blinded 40 “Goddone bline de people eye,


their eyes, and hardened
their heart; that they an e done mek dey haat haad,
should not see with their so dat dey ain able
eyes, nor understand
with their heart, and be
fa see wid dey eye,
converted, and I should an dey ain able
heal them. fa ondastan wid dey haat,
41 These things said
Esaias, when he saw his an dey ain ton ta me fa heal um.”
glory, and spake of him. 41 Isaiah say dem wod yah cause e see
42 Nevertheless
among the chief rulers how God gwine gii Jedus glory.
also many believed on 42 Stillyet, eben heapa Jew tority dem
him; but because of the
Pharisees they did not bleebe pon Jedus een dat time. Bot cause
confess him, lest they dey been scaid ob de Pharisee dem, dey
should be put out of the
synagogue:
ain tell oda people dat dey bleebe pon
43 For they loved the Jedus. Dey been scaid de tority dem gwine
praise of men more than dribe um outta de Jew meetin house.
the praise of God.
44 Jesus cried and 43 Dey been lob fa hab praise fom people
said, He that believeth on mo den dey lob fa hab praise fom God.
me, believeth not on me,
but on him that sent me.
45 And he that seeth Jedus Come fa Sabe
me seeth him that sent
me. 44 Jedus taak een a loud boice say,
46 I am come a light “Ebrybody wa bleebe pon me, e ain jes
into the world, that who-
soever believeth on me bleebe pon me. E da bleebe pon de one wa
should not abide in sen me too. 45 An wen somebody da look
darkness.
47 And if any man hear at me, e da see de one wa sen me. 46 A
my words, and believe done come eenta de wol like light, so dat
not, I judge him not: for I ebrybody wa bleebe pon me ain gwine
came not to judge the
world, but to save the stay een de daak. 47 Wen somebody yeh
world. me wod an ain do wa A da tell um, A ain
48 He that rejecteth
me, and receiveth not my gwine jedge um. A ain come fa jedge de
words, hath one that people een de wol. A come fa sabe de
judgeth him: the word
that I have spoken, the people. 48 Dey a jedge dey wa gwine jedge
same shall judge him in ebrybody wa ton e back pon me, ebrybody
the last day.
49 For I have not spo- wa ain wahn fa bleebe de wod wa A da
ken of myself; but the Fa- say. Dem wod wa A done say gwine
ther which sent me, he condemn dat one wen de las day come!
gave me a command-
ment, what I should say, 49 Dat so e stan, cause A ain jes da taak on
and what I should speak. me own. Me Fada wa sen me done chaage
50 And I know that his
commandment is life ev-
me, e tell me wa A haffa say an how A
erlasting: whatsoever I haffa say um. 50 An A know dat de wod wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 12, 13 367

me Fada chaage me fa say, dat da mek speak therefore, even as


the Father said unto me,
people git life wa gwine las faeba. So den, 13
,12 so I speak.
wa me Fada tell me fa say, dat jes wa A
da say.” Chapter 13
Jedus Wash E Cipledem Foot 1 Now before the feast

13
1 De time ob de Passoba Feas of the passover, when Je-
sus knew that his hour
come close, an Jedus been know was come that he should
de time been come fa um fa lef dis wol an depart out of this world
unto the Father, having
gone back ta de Fada. Fom de fus, Jedus loved his own which
been lob e own people een de wol, dem wa were in the world, he
loved them unto the end.
bleebe pon um. Now e da show um fa true 2 And supper being
hommuch e lob um. ended, the devil having
2 Een de ebenin, Jedus an e ciple dem now put into the heart of
Judas Iscariot, Simon's
beena nyam. De Debil been pit eenta Judas son, to betray him;
3 Jesus knowing that
haat dat e oughta ton Jedus een ta dem wa
the Father had given all
been ginst um. Dis Judas yah been Simon things into his hands, and
Iscariot chile. 3 Jedus been know dat de that he was come from
God, and went to God;
Fada been gim all powa fa win out oba 4 He riseth from sup-
ebryting. E been know dat e come fom God per, and laid aside his
garments; and took a
an e gwine go back ta God. 4 So Jedus git towel, and girded him-
op fom de table weh dey been seddown da self.
5 After that he poureth
nyam. E pull off e robe wa e weah oba e water into a bason, and
oda cloes, an tie a towel roun e wais. 5 Den began to wash the disci-
e pit wata een a basin an staat fa wash e ples' feet, and to wipe
them with the towel
ciple dem foot. E dry um wid de towel wa wherewith he was
been tie roun e wais. 6 Wen Jedus come ta girded.
6 Then cometh he to
Simon Peter, Peter aks Jedus say, “Lawd, Simon Peter: and Peter
ya da come fa wash me foot?” saith unto him, Lord, dost
7 Jedus ansa um say, “Ya ain ondastan thou wash my feet?
7 Jesus answered and
wa A da do now. Bot ya gwine ondastan said unto him, What I do
thou knowest not now;
um by an by.” but thou shalt know
8 Simon Peter tell Jedus say, “No, ya ain hereafter.
8 Peter saith unto him,
neba gwine wash me foot!”
Thou shalt never wash
Jedus ansa say, “Ef A ain wash ya foot, my feet. Jesus answered
ya ain got no place wid me.” him, If I wash thee not,
thou hast no part with
9 So Simon Peter tell Jedus say, “Well me.
den, Lawd, ef dat so e stan, mus dohn wash 9 Simon Peter saith
unto him, Lord, not my
jes me foot. Mus wash me han an me head feet only, but also my
too!” hands and my head.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
368 John 13

10 Jesus saith to him, 10 Jedus ansa um say, “De one wa done


He that is washed need-
eth not save to wash his wash e body ain need fa wash e body gin,
feet, but is clean every cause e done clean all oba. E jes need fa
whit: and ye are clean,
but not all.
wash e foot, wa git dorty gin. Oona clean,
11 For he knew who bot all ob oona ain clean.” 11 Jedus done
should betray him; there- been know who dat gwine ton um een ta
fore said he, Ye are not
all clean. dem wa been ginst um. Dat mek um say,
12 So after he had
“Oona clean, bot all ob oona ain clean.”
washed their feet, and
had taken his garments, 12 Wen Jedus been wash all de ciple
and was set down again, dem foot, e pit on e robe gin oba e oda
he said unto them, Know
ye what I have done to cloes. Den e gone an seddown gin ta de
you? table weh e beena nyam. E aks e ciple dem
13 Ye call me Master
and Lord: and ye say
say, “Oona ondastan wa A jes done ta
well; for so I am. oona? 13 Oona da call me Teacha an
14 If I then, your Lord
and Master, have washed
Lawd, an oona right wen oona say dat,
your feet; ye also ought cause dat wa A da. 14 Now den, A, oona
to wash one another's Lawd an Teacha, done wash oona foot.
feet.
15 For I have given Same fashion, oona oughta wash one noda
you an example, that ye foot. 15 A done do dat fa show oona wa
should do as I have done
to you. oona oughta do, so dat oona gwine do de
16 Verily, verily, I say same ting. 16 A da tell oona fa true, ain no
unto you, The servant is
not greater than his lord;
saabant wa mo betta den e massa, an ain
neither he that is sent no messenja wa mo greata den de one wa
greater than he that sent sen um. 17 Now dat oona know dat, oona
him.
17 If ye know these gwine be heppy fa true ef oona do dat jes
things, happy are ye if ye like A done tell oona fa do.
do them.
18 I speak not of you 18 “A ain da taak bout all ob oona. A
all: I know whom I have know dem wa A done pick. Bot wa dey
chosen: but that the
scripture may be ful- done write een God Book haffa happen.
filled, He that eateth Dey write say, ‘De one wa da nyam me
bread with me hath lifted
up his heel against me.
bread done ton ginst me.’ 19 A da tell oona
19 Now I tell you be- now wa gwine happen, so dat wen e
fore it come, that, when it happen, oona gwine bleebe A da who A
is come to pass, ye may
believe that I am he. da. 20 A da tell oona fa true, whosoneba
20 Verily, verily, I say gii haaty welcome ta de one wa A sen, dat
unto you, He that
receiveth whomsoever I poson da gii haaty welcome ta me too. An
send receiveth me; and whosoneba gii haaty welcome ta me, dat
he that receiveth me
receiveth him that sent
poson da gii haaty welcome ta de one wa
me. sen me.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 13 369

Jedus Tell wa Gwine Happen 21 When Jesus had


Matthew 26:20-25; Mark 14:17-21; Luke 22:21-23 thus said, he was trou-
bled in spirit, and testi-
21 Wen Jedus done say dat, e haat been fied, and said, Verily,
verily, I say unto you,
hebby. An e taak plain say, “A da tell oona that one of you shall be-
fa true, one ob oona gwine ton me een ta tray me.
dem wa ginst me.” 22 Then the disciples
looked one on another,
22 De ciple dem been bumfumble. Dey doubting of whom he
look at one noda, cause dey ain know wish spake.
23 Now there was
one ob dem Jedus beena taak bout. 23 One leaning on Jesus' bosom
ob e ciple dem, wa Jedus lob a whole heap, one of his disciples,
e beena seddown close ta Jedus. 24 Simon whom Jesus loved.
24 Simon Peter there-
Peter mek sign ta dat ciple wa close ta fore beckoned to him,
Jedus an say, “Aks um wish one e da taak that he should ask who it
bout.” should be of whom he
spake.
25 So dat ciple moob mo close ta Jedus, 25 He then lying on Je-
aks um say, “Lawd, who dat ya da taak sus' breast saith unto
him, Lord, who is it?
bout?” 26 Jesus answered, He
26 Jedus ansa say, “A gwine dip dis it is, to whom I shall give
piece ob bread eenta de sauce an gim ta a sop, when I have
dipped it. And when he
um. Dat de man.” So Jedus dip de piece ob had dipped the sop, he
bread eenta de sauce an gim ta Judas, gave it to Judas Iscariot,
the son of Simon.
Simon Iscariot chile. 27 Jes wen Judas tek 27 And after the sop
dat bread, Satan gone eenta e haat. Jedus Satan entered into him.
tell Judas say, “Wa ya gwine do, go do um Then said Jesus unto
him, That thou doest, do
quick!” 28 None ob de oda ciple dem wa quickly.
beena seddown ta de table fa nyam wid 28 Now no man at the
Jedus ain ondastan hoccome Jedus tell table knew for what in-
tent he spake this unto
Judas dat. 29 Since Judas beena keep de him.
money bag fa um, some tink Jedus been 29 For some of them
tell Judas fa go buy ting wa dey need fa de thought, because Judas
had the bag, that Jesus
Passoba Feas, or dey tink say Jedus been had said unto him, Buy
tell Judas fa go gii sompin ta de po people. those things that we have
need of against the feast;
30 Jes wen Judas tek de bread, e lef an or, that he should give
gone out quick, an e been daak. something to the poor.
30 He then having re-
De Nyew Chaage wa Jedus Gii ceived the sop went im-
mediately out: and it was
31 Atta Judas gone, Jedus tell de oda night.
31 Therefore, when he
ciple dem say, “Now God gwine show de was gone out, Jesus said,
people de glory ob de Man wa Come fom Now is the Son of man

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
370 John 13, 14

glorified, and God is glo- God. An God gwine nyuse de Man wa


rified in him.
32 If God be glorified
Come fom God fa show God glory. 32 An ef
in him, God shall also de Man wa Come fom God show de people
glorify him in himself, God glory, den God gwine show de glory
and shall straightway
glorify him. ob de Man wa Come fom God. An God
33 Little children, yet a gwine do dat now. 33 Me chullun, A ain
little while I am with gwine stay yah wid oona much mo longa.
you. Ye shall seek me:
and as I said unto the Oona gwine look fa me, bot A da tell oona
Jews, Whither I go, ye same wa A done tell dem Jew leada, ‘Oona
cannot come; so now I
say to you.
cyahn go ta de place weh A da gwine.’
34 A new command- 34 An now A da gii oona a nyew chaage.
ment I give unto you, Oona fa lob one noda. Same fashion A
That ye love one another;
as I have loved you, that
done lob oona, same fashion oona fa lob
ye also love one another. one noda. 35 Ef oona da lob one noda,
35 By this shall all men ebrybody gwine know dat oona me ciple
know that ye are my dis-
ciples, if ye have love one
dem.”
to another.
36 Simon Peter said Jedus Say Peter Gwine Say
unto him, Lord, whither E Ain Know Um
goest thou? Jesus an-
Matthew 26:31-35; Mark 14:27-31; Luke 22:31-34
swered him, Whither I
go, thou canst not follow 36Simon Peter aks Jedus say, “Lawd,
me now; but thou shalt
follow me afterwards. weh ya da gwine?”
37 Peter said unto him, Jedus ansa say, “Oona cyahn folla me
Lord, why cannot I follow now an go weh A da gwine. Bot atta a wile,
thee now? I will lay down
my life for thy sake. ya gwine folla me dey.”
38 Jesus answered 37 Peter aks Jedus say, “Lawd, hoccome
him, Wilt thou lay down A cyahn folla ya dey now? A ready fa gii
thy life for my sake? Ver-
ily, verily, I say unto me life fa ya!”
thee, The cock shall not 38 Jedus ansa say, “Ya ready fa gii ya
crow, till thou hast de-
nied me thrice. life fa me, fa true? A da tell ya, fo de roosta
crow demarra maanin, shree time ya
gwine say ya ain know me.”
14
,13

Chapter 14
1 Let not your heart be Jedus de Way ta de Fada

14
troubled: ye believe in
God, believe also in me.
Jedus tell e ciple dem say, “Mus
1
2 In my Father's house dohn leh oona haat be hebby. Mus
are many mansions: if it trus God, an trus een me too. 2 Plenty
were not so, I would have
told you. I go to prepare a
room dey een me Fada house. A gwine dey
place for you. fa mek de place ready fa oona. Ef e ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 14 371

been so, A been fa tell oona. 3 An atta A 3 And if I go and pre-


pare a place for you, I
done mek de place ready fa oona, A gwine will come again, and re-
ceive you unto myself;
come back fa tek oona wid me an go ta dat that where I am, there ye
place so dat oona too gwine be weh A da. may be also.
4 And whither I go ye
4 Oona know de way fa git ta de place weh know, and the way ye
A da gwine.” know.
5 Thomas saith unto
5 Thomas aks Jedus say, “Lawd, we ain him, Lord, we know not
whither thou goest; and
know weh ya da gwine, so how we kin how can we know the
know de way fa git dey?” way?
6 Jesus saith unto him,
6 Jedus ansa um say, “A de way, A de I am the way, the truth,
and the life: no man com-
trute, an A de life. Ain nobody kin come ta eth unto the Father, but
de Fada cep e go shru me. 7 Ef oona been by me.
7 If ye had known me,
know me fa true, oona been gwine know ye should have known
me Fada too. An fom now on, oona know my Father also: and from
henceforth ye know him,
um an oona da shim.” and have seen him.
8 Philip saith unto him
8 Philip aks Jedus say, “Lawd, show we Lord, shew us the Father,
de Fada. Dat all we need.” and it sufficeth us.
9 Jesus saith unto him,
9 Jedus ansa Philip say, “A done lib Have I been so long time
with you, and yet hast
mongst oona all dis long time. Stillyet ya thou not known me,
ain know me, Philip? Ebrybody wa done Philip? he that hath seen
me hath seen the Father;
see me done see me Fada. Hoccome ya say, and how sayest thou then,
‘Show we de Fada’? 10 Ain ya bleebe A lib Shew us the Father?
10 Believest thou not
een de Fada an de Fada lib een me?” Den that I am in the Father,
and the Father in me? the
Jedus say ta all e ciple dem, “E ain jes me words that I speak unto
wod wa A done tell oona, bot de Fada, wa you I speak not of myself:
but the Father that
da lib een me, e da do e own wok. 11 Oona dwelleth in me, he doeth
the works.
mus bleebe me wen A da tell oona say, de 11 Believe me that I am
Fada lib een me an A lib een de Fada. Bot in the Father, and the Fa-
ther in me: or else believe
ef oona ain bleebe me wen A say dat, oona me for the very works'
mus bleebe me wen oona memba dem sake.
12 Verily, verily, I say
miracle A da do. 12 A da tell oona fa true, unto you, He that believ-
eth on me, the works that
ebrybody wa bleebe pon me gwine do I do shall he do also; and
miracle same like A da do. E gwine do ting greater works than these
shall he do; because I go
wa eben mo greata den A da do, cause A da unto my Father.
13 And whatsoever ye
gwine ta de Fada. 13 Wasoneba oona aks shall ask in my name,
fa een me name, A gwine do wa oona that will I do, that the Fa-
ther may be glorified in
wahn, so dat de Son gwine gii glory ta de the Son.
14 If ye shall ask any
Fada. 14 Oona kin aks fa anyting een me thing in my name, I will
name an A gwine do um. do it.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
372 John 14

15 If ye love me, keep Jedus Promise fa Sen God Sperit


my commandments.
16 And I will pray the 15 “Ef oona lob me, oona gwine do wa A
Father, and he shall give tell oona fa do. 16 A gwine pray ta de Fada
you another Comforter,
that he may abide with
fa gii oona noda one fa come longside
you for ever; oona fa hep an lib wid oona faeba. 17 Dat
17,Even the Spirit of
truth; whom the world
de Holy Sperit wa da mek people know de
cannot receive, because trute. De people een de wol ain able fa leh
it seeth him not, neither dis Holy Sperit een dey life, cause dey ain
knoweth him: but ye
know him; for he shim an dey ain know um. Bot oona know
dwelleth with you, and um, cause e da lib wid oona an e gwine
shall be in you.
18 I will not leave you stay een oona.
comfortless: I will come 18 “Wen A gone, oona ain gwine be lef
to you.
19 Yet a little while, like chullun wa ain got nobody fa hep um.
and the world seeth me A gwine come back ta oona. 19 Soon, de
no more; but ye see me: people een de wol ain gwine see me no
because I live, ye shall
live also. mo, bot oona gwine see me. An cause A
20 At that day ye shall
hab de true life, oona gwine hab de true
know that I am in my Fa-
ther, and ye in me, and I life too. 20 Wen dat day come, oona gwine
in you.
21 He that hath my
know A da lib een me Fada an oona da lib
commandments, and een me, same like A da lib een oona.
keepeth them, he it is 21 “Ebrybody wa know wa A done
that loveth me: and he
that loveth me shall be chaage um fa do an do um, dat de one wa
loved of my Father, and I
will love him, and will lob me fa true. Me Fada gwine lob dat one
manifest myself to him. wa lob me, an A gwine lob um too. An A
22 Judas saith unto
him, not Iscariot, Lord, gwine mek dat one know me mo an mo.”
how is it that thou wilt 22 Judas (not Judas Iscariot) aks um
manifest thyself unto us,
and not unto the world? say, “Lawd, hoccome e jes we ya gwine
23 Jesus answered and mek know who ya da? Hoccome ya ain
said unto him, If a man
love me, he will keep my
gwine mek all de people een de wol know
words: and my Father who ya da?”
will love him, and we 23 Jedus ansa um say, “De one wa lob
will come unto him, and
make our abode with me gwine do wa A laan um fa do. Me Fada
him. gwine lob dat one. An me an me Fada
24 He that loveth me
not keepeth not my say- gwine come ta um an lib wid um. 24 De
ings: and the word which one wa ain lob me ain gwine do wa A laan
ye hear is not mine, but
the Father's which sent um fa do. Dem wod wa A da laan oona,
me. dey ain me own wod. Dey de Fada wod wa
25 These things have I
spoken unto you, being
e sen me fa laan oona.
yet present with you. 25 “A done tell oona dem wod now

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 14, 15 373

wiles A still yah wid oona. 26 Bot de One 26 But the Comforter,
which is the Holy Ghost,
wa gwine longside oona fa hep, dat de whom the Father will
Holy Sperit. De Fada gwine sen um ta oona send in my name, he shall
teach you all things, and
een me name. De Holy Sperit gwine laan bring all things to your
oona all ting an mek oona memba all A remembrance, whatso-
ever I have said unto you.
done tell oona. 27 Peace I leave with
27 “Now dat A da gwine way fom yah, A you, my peace I give unto
da gii oona peace een oona haat. Me own you: not as the world giv-
eth, give I unto you. Let
peace A da gii oona. A ain da gii oona de not your heart be trou-
kind ob peace dat de people an de ting een bled, neither let it be
afraid.
dis wol yah da gii. Oona mus dohn leh 28 Ye have heard how
oona haat be hebby bout nottin. Mus dohn I said unto you, I go
away, and come again
be scaid. 28 Oona done yeh me tell oona unto you. If ye loved me,
say, ‘A da gwine way fom yah, bot A gwine ye would rejoice, because
I said, I go unto the Fa-
come back ta oona.’ Ef oona been lob me, ther: for my Father is
oona been gwine know fa true dat A da greater than I.
29 And now I have told
gwine ta de Fada, cause de Fada mo greata you before it come to
den me. 29 A done tell oona all dis fo e pass, that, when it is
happen, so dat wen e happen, oona gwine come to pass, ye might
believe.
bleebe. 30 A ain got much mo time fa taak 30 Hereafter I will not
ta oona now, cause de one wa da rule oba talk much with you: for
the prince of this world
dis wol, e da come. Bot e ain got no powa cometh, and hath noth-
oba me. 31 Bot de people een de wol haffa ing in me.
31 But that the world
know A lob de Fada, an cause ob dat, A do may know that I love the
jes wa e chaage me fa do. Father; and as the Father
“Oona come now, leh we gone fom yah. gave me commandment,
even so I do. Arise, let us
15
,14 go hence.
Jedus de True Wine

15 “A de true wine, an me Fada de


1 Chapter 15
one wa tek cyah ob de gyaaden. 1 I am the true vine,
2 Ebry wine branch wa been jine ta me bot and my Father is the
husbandman.
e ain beah no fruit, me Fada cut um off. An 2 Every branch in me
ebry branch wa da beah fruit, e da trim um that beareth not fruit he
taketh away: and every
back so dat branch kin beah mo fruit. 3 De branch that beareth fruit,
wod wa A done tell oona done mek oona he purgeth it, that it may
bring forth more fruit.
haat clean. 4 Oona mus stay one wid me 3 Now ye are clean
all de time, an A gwine stay one wid oona. through the word which I
have spoken unto you.
De wine branch wa stay ta esef an ain jine 4 Abide in me, and I in
ta de wine, dat branch ain able fa beah no you. As the branch can-

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
374 John 15

not bear fruit of itself, ex- fruit. E haffa be jine ta de wine fa beah
cept it abide in the vine;
no more can ye, except ye fruit. Same way so, oona cyahn do nottin
abide in me. fa God cep oona stay one wid me all de
5 I am the vine, ye are
the branches: He that time.
abideth in me, and I in 5 “A de wine. Oona de branch dem.
him, the same bringeth
forth much fruit: for Whosoneba stay jine ta me all de time, e
without me ye can do
nothing. gwine beah a heapa fruit fa me Fada. Oona
6 If a man abide not in cyahn do nottin ef ya ain jine ta me.
me, he is cast forth as a
branch, and is withered; 6 Whosoneba ain stay jine ta me all de
and men gather them, time, e same like a wine branch wa cut off
and cast them into the
fire, and they are burned. ta esef. Dey shrow um way an den e dry
7 If ye abide in me, and
my words abide in you, op. Dey gwine geda dem dead branch an
ye shall ask what ye will, chunk um eenta de fire, weh dey gwine
and it shall be done unto
you. bun. 7 Ef ya stay jine ta me an me wod stay
8 Herein is my Father
glorified, that ye bear een ya haat, ya kin aks me Fada fa
much fruit; so shall ye be wasoneba ya wahn an e gwine gim ta ya.
my disciples.
9 As the Father hath 8 Ef oona beah a heapa fruit fa me Fada,
loved me, so have I loved oona gwine show people dat oona gii glory
you: continue ye in my
love. ta um, an oona gwine show dat oona me
10 If ye keep my com-
mandments, ye shall ciple dem. 9 A lob oona same like me Fada
abide in my love; even as lob me. Now den, oona mus lib een me lob
I have kept my Father's
commandments, and all de time. 10 Ef ya do wa A chaage oona
abide in his love.
11 These things have I fa do, ya gwine lib een me lob. Same
spoken unto you, that my fashion, A beena do wa me Fada chaage
joy might remain in you,
and that your joy might me fa do, an A da lib een de lob ob me
be full. Fada.
12 This is my com-
mandment, That ye love 11 “A done tell oona dis so dat oona kin
one another, as I have
loved you. lib full op wid me joy. 12 A da chaage oona
13 Greater love hath
no man than this, that a
fa do dis: Oona mus lob one noda same
man lay down his life for fashion A done lob oona. 13 Ain nobody
his friends.
14 Ye are my friends, if hab no mo lob den de one wa gii e life fa de
ye do whatsoever I com- sake ob e fren dem. 14 Oona me fren ef
mand you. oona do wa A chaage oona fa do. 15 A ain
15 Henceforth I call
you not servants; for the da call oona me saabant no mo, cause de
servant knoweth not
what his lord doeth: but I saabant ain know wa e massa da do.
have called you friends; Steada dat, A da call oona me fren, cause A
for all things that I have
heard of my Father I have done tell oona all wa me Fada done laan
made known unto you.
16 Ye have not chosen me. 16 Oona ain pick me. A de One wa
me, but I have chosen done pick oona, fa go an beah a heapa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 15 375

fruit, fruit wa gwine las. Den de Fada you, and ordained you,
that ye should go and
gwine gii oona wasoneba oona aks um fa, bring forth fruit, and that
ef oona tek me name wen oona aks. 17 So your fruit should remain:
that whatsoever ye shall
den, dis wa A da chaage oona fa do, ‘Oona ask of the Father in my
mus lob one noda.’ name, he may give it you.
17 These things I com-
mand you, that ye love
De People een de Wol Gwine Hate Oona one another.
18 If the world hate
18 “Ef de people een de wol hate oona,
you, ye know that it
oona mus memba dat dey been hate me fo hated me before it hated
dey hate oona. 19 Ef oona blongst ta de you.
19 If ye were of the
wol, den de people ob de wol gwine lob world, the world would
oona, same like dey lob dey own. Bot oona love his own: but because
ye are not of the world,
ain blongst ta de wol. A done pick oona fa but I have chosen you out
come out fom mongst um. Cause ob dat, of the world, therefore
the world hateth you.
dey hate oona. 20 Mus memba wa A done 20 Remember the
tell oona say: ‘De saabant ain no mo betta word that I said unto you,
den e massa.’ De people mek me suffa, an The servant is not greater
than his lord. If they have
dey gwine mek oona suffa too. Some ob persecuted me, they will
dem beena do wa A laan um, an dey gwine also persecute you; if
they have kept my say-
do wa oona laan um. 21 Bot dey gwine do ing, they will keep yours
all dem ting ta oona cause oona done tek also.
21 But all these things
me name, cause dey ain know de One wa will they do unto you for
sen me. 22 Ef A ain come an taak ta um, my name's sake, because
dem people ain been fa know dey da sin. they know not him that
sent me.
Bot now dat A done come, dey ain hab no 22 If I had not come
scuse fa dey sin. 23 De one wa hate me, e and spoken unto them,
they had not had sin: but
hate me Fada too. 24 De people ain been now they have no cloke
for their sin.
guilty ob dey sin ef A ain beena do all dem 23 He that hateth me
miracle wiles A been dey wid um. Ain no hateth my Father also.
24 If I had not done
oda one neba done sucha miracle. Bot now among them the works
dey done see dem miracle wa A done. which none other man
did, they had not had sin:
Stillyet, dey hate me an dey hate me Fada but now have they both
too. 25 Bot dat so e haffa be, so dat dem seen and hated both me
and my Father.
ting kin come same like wa been write een 25 But this cometh to
dem people own Law say, ‘Dey hate me, pass, that the word might
be fulfilled that is written
bot A ain done nottin fa mek um hate me.’ in their law, They hated
26 “De One wa da go longside people fa me without a cause.
26 But when the Com-
hep um, e gwine come. E de Sperit wa da forter is come, whom I
come fom me Fada, an e gwine mek people will send unto you from

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
376 John 15, 16

the Father, even the Spirit know de trute. A gwine sen de Sperit ta
of truth, which proceed-
eth from the Father, he oona fom me Fada, an e gwine come an
shall testify of me: tell bout me. 27 An oona mus go an tell
27 And ye also shall
bear witness, because ye
bout me too, cause oona been dey wid me
have been with me from fom de time wen A fus staat fa laan
the beginning. people.”

16
16
,15

Chapter 16 1 Jedus say, “A done tell oona all


1 These things have I
spoken unto you, that ye
dis so dat oona ain gwine fall fom
should not be offended. oona fait een me. 2 De Jew people gwine
2 They shall put you
out of the synagogues:
dribe oona outta dey meetin house. An
yea, the time cometh, fodamo, de time da come wen de poson wa
that whosoever killeth kill oona gwine tink dat e da do wa God
you will think that he
doeth God service. wahn um fa do. 3 Dey gwine do dem ting
3 And these things will ta oona cause dey ain neba know de Fada,
they do unto you, be-
cause they have not an dey ain neba know me needa. 4 Bot A
known the Father, nor done tell oona dis now so dat wen de time
me.
4 But these things have come wen dey da do dem ting ta oona,
I told you, that when the oona gwine memba wa A done tell oona.
time shall come, ye may
remember that I told you
of them. And these things De Holy Sperit Gwine Come
I said not unto you at the Longside Oona fa Hep
beginning, because I was
with you. “A ain tell oona dis wen A fus staat fa
5 But now I go my way
laan oona, cause den A been dey wid oona
to him that sent me; and
none of you asketh me, een dat time. 5 Bot now A da gwine back ta
Whither goest thou? de one wa sen me fa come eenta de wol.
6 But because I have
Stillyet, ain none ob oona aks me weh A da
said these things unto
you, sorrow hath filled gwine. 6 Now dat A done tell oona all dis,
your heart. oona haat hebby. 7 Bot A da tell oona fa
7 Nevertheless I tell
true, e mo betta fa oona ef A gone way.
you the truth; It is expe-
dient for you that I go Cause ef A ain gone, de One wa come
away: for if I go not longside oona fa hep, e ain gwine come ta
away, the Comforter will
not come unto you; but if oona. Bot ef A gone way, A gwine sen um
I depart, I will send him ta oona. 8 An wen e come, e gwine mek de
unto you.
people een de wol know dat dey been
8 And when he is
come, he will reprove the wrong bout sin. E gwine mek um know dat
world of sin, and of righ- dem ting wa dey tink right, dey ain right.
teousness, and of judg-
ment:
An e gwine mek um know dat God gwine
9 Of sin, because they jedge all people. 9 E gwine mek people
believe not on me; know dat dey been wrong bout sin, cause

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 16 377

dey ain bleebe pon me. 10 E gwine mek 10 Of righteousness,


because I go to my Fa-
people know dat dem ting wa dey tink ther, and ye see me no
right, dey ain right, cause A da gwine ta de more;
11 Of judgment, be-
Fada, an oona ain gwine see me no mo. cause the prince of this
11 E gwine mek people know dat God world is judged.
12 I have yet many
gwine jedge all people, cause God done things to say unto you,
condemn de Debil, wa da rule dis wol. but ye cannot bear them
12 “A got plenty mo fa tell oona, bot dat now.
13 Howbeit when he,
mo den oona kin stan jes now. 13 Bot God the Spirit of truth, is
Sperit wa da mek people know de trute, e come, he will guide you
into all truth: for he shall
da come an e gwine hep oona know all not speak of himself; but
ting wa true. An wa e say ain gwine come whatsoever he shall hear,
that shall he speak: and
fom esef. E gwine say jes wa e yeh fom he will shew you things
God, an e gwine tell oona bout dem ting to come.
14 He shall glorify me:
wa gwine happen by an by. 14 E gwine gii for he shall receive of
hona ta me, cause e gwine tek me wod an mine, and shall shew it
mek oona know wa A say. 15 All wa unto you.
15 All things that the
blongst ta de Fada blongst ta me too. Dat Father hath are mine:
hoccome A say de Holy Sperit gwine tek therefore said I, that he
shall take of mine, and
wa A gim an mek oona know wa A say. shall shew it unto you.
16 A little while, and
De Time da Come wen de Ciple ye shall not see me: and
again, a little while, and
dem Gwine Rejaice fa True ye shall see me, because I
16 “Atta leetle wile, oona ain gwine see go to the Father.
17 Then said some of
me no mo. Bot den atta leetle wile mo, his disciples among
oona gwine see me gin.” themselves, What is this
that he saith unto us, A
17 Some ob e ciple dem aks one noda little while, and ye shall
say, “Wa e try fa say? E say, ‘Atta leetle not see me: and again, a
little while, and ye shall
wile, oona ain gwine see me.’ An e say, see me: and, Because I go
‘Den atta leetle wile mo, oona gwine see to the Father?
18 They said therefore,
me gin.’ An e say too, ‘Dat so cause A da What is this that he saith,
gwine ta de Fada.’ 18 Wa e mean wen e say A little while? we cannot
‘Atta leetle wile?’ We ain know wa e da tell what he saith.
19 Now Jesus knew
taak bout!” that they were desirous
19 Jedus know dat de ciple dem been to ask him, and said unto
them, Do ye enquire
wahn fa aks um bout dat, so e tell um say, among yourselves of that
“A say, ‘Atta leetle wile oona ain gwine see I said, A little while, and
ye shall not see me: and
me, bot den atta leetle wile mo, oona again, a little while, and
gwine see me gin.’ Ain dat wa oona da aks ye shall see me?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
378 John 16

20 Verily, verily, I say


unto you, That ye shall
one noda bout? 20 A tell oona fa true.
weep and lament, but the Oona gwine weep an wail, bot de people
world shall rejoice: and
ye shall be sorrowful, but een de wol gwine rejaice fa true. Oona
your sorrow shall be gwine be burden down, bot by an by oona
turned into joy.
21 A woman when she gwine rejaice fa true. 21 Wen a ooman
is in travail hath sorrow, time come fa bon e chile, e burden down,
because her hour is
come: but as soon as she cause e time done come fa suffa. Bot wen e
is delivered of the child,
she remembereth no done hab e chile, e fagit de pain wa e been
more the anguish, for joy suffa, cause e da rejaice dat a chile been
that a man is born into
the world. bon eenta de wol. 22 Same fashion, oona
22 And ye now there-
fore have sorrow: but I burden down now. Bot de time da come
will see you again, and wen A gwine see oona gin, an dat gwine
your heart shall rejoice,
and your joy no man tak- mek oona rejaice fa true. An ain nobody
eth from you. gwine be able fa tek dat joy way fom oona.
23 And in that day ye
shall ask me nothing. 23 “Wen dat time come, oona ain gwine
Verily, verily, I say unto
you, Whatsoever ye shall aks me fa nottin. A da tell oona fa true, me
ask the Father in my Fada gwine gii oona wasoneba oona aks
name, he will give it you.
24 Hitherto have ye um fa, wen oona aks um een me name.
asked nothing in my 24 Til now, oona ain aks God fa nottin een
name: ask, and ye shall
receive, that your joy me name. Aks God an e gwine gii oona wa
may be full.
25 These things have I oona aks fa. Den oona haat gwine be full
spoken unto you in prov- op wid joy.
erbs: but the time com-
eth, when I shall no more
speak unto you in prov- Jedus Done Win Out oba de Wol
erbs, but I shall shew you
plainly of the Father. 25 “A beena laan oona all dem ting yah
26 At that day ye shall
ask in my name: and I say een paable. Bot de time da come wen A ain
not unto you, that I will
pray the Father for you: gwine tell um een paable no mo. A gwine
27 For the Father him- taak plain ta oona bout me Fada. 26 Wen dat
self loveth you, because
ye have loved me, and time come, oona gwine aks um een me
have believed that I came name. A ain say dat A gwine aks de Fada fa
out from God.
28 I came forth from oona sake. 27 Cause de Fada esef lob oona. E
the Father, and am come
into the world: again, I lob oona cause oona lob me an oona bleebe
leave the world, and go A come fom de Fada. 28 A come fom de Fada
to the Father.
29 His disciples said eenta de wol, an now A da gwine fom de wol
unto him, Lo, now an A da gwine back ta me Fada.”
speakest thou plainly,
and speakest no proverb.
29 Jedus ciple dem tell um say, “See
30 Now are we sure yah, ya da taak plain now. Ya ain da taak
that thou knowest all
things, and needest not
een paable. 30 We know now dat ya know
that any man should ask ebryting. Ya ain haffa hab nobody aks ya

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 16, 17 379

queshon. Dat mek we bleebe God done sen thee: by this we believe
that thou camest forth
ya.” from God.
31 Jedus ansa um say, “Oona bleebe me 31 Jesus answered
them, Do ye now believe?
fa true now, ainty? 32 Bot de time da 32 Behold, the hour
cometh, yea, is now
come, an e yah now, wen dey gwine mek come, that ye shall be
all ob oona scatta. Ebrybody gwine ron scattered, every man to
his own, and shall leave
way ta e own house. Oona gwine lef me all me alone: and yet I am
not alone, because the
ta mesef. Stillyet, A ain gwine be lef all ta Father is with me.
mesef fa true, cause de Fada right yah wid 33 These things I have
spoken unto you, that in
me. 33 A done tell oona all dem ting yah so me ye might have peace.
dat oona wa come fa be one wid me kin In the worldye shall have
tribulation: sbut be of
hab peace een oona haat. Een dis wol oona good cheer; I have over-
come the world.
gwine hab trouble pon ebry han, bot mus 17
,16

Chapter 17
dohn be scaid! A done win out oba de 1 These words spake
wol!” Jesus, and lifted up his
eyes to heaven, and said,
Jedus Pray fa E Ciple Dem Father, the hour is come;
glorify thy Son, that thy

17 Atta Jedus say dis, e look op ta


1 Son also may glorify
heaben an e pray say, “Fada, de thee:
2 As thou hast given
time done come. Gii glory ta ya Son, so dat him power over all flesh,
that he should give eter-
ya Son kin gii glory ta ya. 2 Cause ya done nal life to as many as
gii de Son tority oba all people, so dat e kin thou hast given him.
3 And this is life eter-
gii life wa las faeba ta all dem people wa nal, that they might
know thee the only true
ya done gim. 3 Now den, fa git dat life wa God, and Jesus Christ,
las faeba dey fa know ya, de onliest true whom thou hast sent.
4 I have glorified thee
God, an dey fa know Jedus Christ, wa ya on the earth: I have fin-
done sen ta dem. 4 A done bring glory ta ished the work which
thou gavest me to do.
ya mongst de people ob de wol. A done 5 And now, O Father,
glorify thou me with
done de wok ya gii me fa do. 5 Fada, gii me thine own self with the
glory now een de place weh ya da. Gii me glory which I had with
thee before the world
dat same glory wa A hab fo de wol staat. was.
6 I have manifested
6 “A done laan dem bout ya, dem wa ya
thy name unto the men
gii me. Dey been ya own people. Ya gii me which thou gavest me out
of the world: thine they
um, an dey done do all dat ya wod tell um were, and thou gavest
fa do. 7 An now dey know dat all wa ya gii them me; and they have
kept thy word.
me, e come fom ya. 8 Cause A done gim de 7 Now they have
known that all things
wod wa ya gii me, an dey done pay mind whatsoever thou hast
ta um. Dey know dat A come out fom ya fa given me are of thee.
8 For I have given unto
true, an dey bleebe ya been sen me eenta them the words which
de wol. thou gavest me; and they

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
380 John 17

have received them, and 9 “A da pray fa de people wa ya done gii


have known surely that I
came out from thee, and me, cause dey ya own people. A ain pray fa
they have believed that de oda people een de wol wa ain ya own.
thou didst send me. 10 All me own people blongst ta ya, an all
9 I pray for them: I
pray not for the world, ya own people blongst ta me, an dey da
but for them which thou
hast given me; for they bring glory ta me. 11 An now A da come
are thine. back ta ya. A ain gwine stay een de wol no
10 And all mine are
thine, and thine are mo, bot dem ya gii me gwine stay een de
mine; and I am glorified
in them. wol. Do please, Holy Fada, keep dem safe
11 And now I am no
more in the world, but
by de powa een ya name, de name ya gii
these are in the world, me, so dat dey all kin be one, an hab one
and I come to thee. Holy
Father, keep through haat, same like we hab one haat. 12 Wiles
thine own name those A been still wid dem, A beena keep um
whom thou hast given
me, that they may be safe wid dat powa een ya name, de name
one, as we are. ya gii me. A beena keep dem safe. Ain
12 While I was with
them in the world, I kept none ob dem been loss, cep de man wa
them in thy name: those
that thou gavest me I boun fa scruction, so dat wa done been
have kept, and none of write een God Book gwine happen.
them is lost, but the son
of perdition; that the 13 Now A da come back ta ya. Bot A da say
scripture might be
fulfilled. dem ting yah now wiles A still een de wol,
13 And now come I to so dat dem wa ya gii me kin be full op wid
thee; and these things I
speak in the world, that me joy. 14 A done gim ya wod. An de oda
they might have my joy people een de wol been hate um, cause dey
fulfilled in themselves.
14 I have given them ain blongst ta de wol, same like A ain
thy word; and the world
hath hated them, because blongst ta de wol. 15 A ain aks ya fa tek um
they are not of the world, way fom outta de wol, bot A da aks ya fa
even as I am not of the
world. keep um safe. Dohn leh de ebil one do um
15 I pray not that thou
shouldest take them out no haam. 16 A ain blongst ta de wol. Same
of the world, but that way so, dey ain blongst ta de wol. 17 Leh
thou shouldest keep them
from the evil. ya wod, wa true fa sho, mek dem ya own
16 They are not of the
world, even as I am not of
people. 18 A done sen dem eenta de wol,
the world. same like ya done sen me eenta de wol.
17 Sanctify them
through thy truth: thy 19 A ya own fa true, fa dey sake, so dat dey
word is truth. too kin be ya own fa true.
18 As thou hast sent
me into the world, even
so have I also sent them Jedus Pray fa All People
into the world.
19 And for their sakes I wa Bleebe Pon Um
sanctify myself, that they
also might be sanctified “A ain da pray jes fa dem. A da pray
20
through the truth. too fa de oda res wa gwine bleebe pon me

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 17, 18 381

cause ob wa me ciple dem gwine tell um 20 Neither pray I for


these alone, but for them
bout me. 21 A da pray, Fada, leh all ob um also which shall believe
on me through their
hab one haat, same like ya dey een me an word;
A dey een ya. Leh dem all hab one haat 21 That they all may
be one; as thou, Father,
wid we, so dat de oda people een de wol art in me, and I in thee,
kin bleebe dat ya done sen me. 22 A done that they also may be one
in us: that the world may
gii glory same like ya gii glory ta me, so believe that thou hast
sent me.
dat dey all kin hab one haat like we hab 22 And the glory
one haat. 23 A dey een dem an ya dey een which thou gavest me I
have given them; that
me. A da pray, leh dem lib wid one haat they may be one, even as
we are one:
like one poson, so dat de oda people een de 23 I in them, and thou
wol kin know ya done sen me, an ya beena in me, that they may be
made perfect in one; and
lob dem same like ya beena lob me. that the world may know
24 “Fada, ya done gii dem ta me, an A that thou hast sent me,
and hast loved them, as
wahn fa hab dem wid me dey weh A da thou hast loved me.
24 Father, I will that
gwine, so dat dey kin see de glory ya gii they also, whom thou
me. Ya done gii me dat glory, cause ya hast given me, be with
me where I am; that they
done been lob me fo de wol been mek. may behold my glory,
25 Fada, wa da do wa scraight all de time, which thou hast given
me: for thou lovedst me
de oda people een de wol ain know ya. Bot before the foundation of
the world.
A know ya, an dem yah wa ya gii me know 25 O righteous Father,
dat ya been sen me. 26 A done show ya ta the world hath not
known thee: but I have
um. An A gwine keep on da show ya ta um, known thee, and these
have known that thou
so dat dey kin lob me an dey kin lob one hast sent me.
noda same like ya lob me, an A mesef kin 26 And I have declared
unto them thy name, and
be dey een dem.” will declare it: that the
love wherewith thou hast
loved me may be in them,
Dey Res Jedus 18
,17
and I in them.
Matthew 26:47-56; Mark 14:43-50; Luke 22:47-53 Chapter 18

18
1 When Jesus had spo-
1Wen Jedus been pray dem wod, ken these words, he went
e an e ciple dem lef dat place. Dey forth with his disciples
over the brook Cedron,
cross oba a creek wa dey call Kidron. Den e where was a garden, into
the which he entered,
gone wid e ciple dem eenta a gyaaden dey and his disciples.
wa hab plenty olib tree. 2 Judas, wa han 2 And Judas also,
which betrayed him,
oba Jedus ta e enemy dem, been know dat knew the place: for Jesus
place good, cause Jedus an e ciple dem ofttimes resorted thither
with his disciples
been meet dey plenty time. 3 So Judas 3 Judas then, having
gone fa meet Jedus een de gyaaden wid received a band of men
and officers from the
some Roman sodja dem, an some ob dem chief priests and Phari-

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
382 John 18

sees, cometh thither with man wa gyaad God House. De leada dem
lanterns and torches and
weapons.
ob de Jew priest dem an de Pharisee dem
4 Jesus therefore, sen de gyaad fa go wid Judas. Dey beena
knowing all things that tote oll lamp an toch, an weapon fa fight
should come upon him,
went forth, and said unto
wid. 4 Jedus been know all wa gwine
them, Whom seek ye? happen ta um, so e gone fa meet dem
5 They answered him, people. E aks um say, “Who oona da look
Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus
saith unto them, I am he.
fa?”
And Judas also, which 5 Dey ansa say, “We da look fa Jedus wa
betrayed him, stood with come fom Nazareth.”
them.
6 As soon then as he Jedus say, “Dis yah me. A Jedus.”
had said unto them, I am Judas, wa come fa han Jedus oba, beena
he, they went backward, stanop dey wid dem people. 6 Wen Jedus
and fell to the ground.
7 Then asked he them say, “Dis yah me. A Jedus,” de people
again, Whom seek ye? moob back an faddown ta de groun.
And they said, Jesus of 7 Jedus aks um gin say, “Who oona da look
Nazareth.
8 Jesus answered, I fa?”
have told you that I am Dey say, “We da look fa Jedus wa come
he: if therefore ye seek fom Nazareth.”
me, let these go their
way: 8 Jedus ansa um say, “A done tell oona
9 That the saying dat A Jedus. Ef oona da look fa me, leh
might be fulfilled, which dese oda man go den.” 9 Dis happen so dat
he spake, Of them which
thou gavest me have I wa e been say gwine happen, e happen jes
lost none. like e say. Cause e say, “Fada, A ain loss
10 Then Simon Peter
having a sword drew it,
eben one ob dem wa ya gii me.”
and smote the high 10 Simon Peter beena tote a sode. E pull
priest's servant, and cut out de sode an hit de saabant ob de head
off his right ear. The ser-
vant's name was man ob de Jew priest leada dem, an e cut
Malchus. off dat saabant right yea. Dat saabant been
11 Then said Jesus name Malchus. 11 Jedus ton ta Peter an e
unto Peter, Put up thy chaage um say, “Pit way ya sode! Ain A
sword into the sheath:
the cup which my Father gwine drink de cup wa me Fada done gii
hath given me, shall I not me?”
drink it?
12 Then the band and
Dey Tek Jedus ta Annas
the captain and officers
of the Jews took Jesus, 12 Den de Roman sodja dem, dey head
and bound him,
leada, an de Jew gyaad dem res Jedus an
13 And led him away
to Annas first; for he was
tie um op. 13 Dey tek um an gone fus
father in law to Caiaphas, fa see Annas. Annas been Caiaphas

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 18 383

fada-een-law, an Caiaphas been de head which was the high priest


that same year.
man ob de priest dem dat yeah.
14 Caiaphas de one wa been wise de Jew 14 Now Caiaphas was
he, which gave counsel to
leada dem, tell um say, “E mo betta fa one the Jews, that it was ex-
man fa dead fa all de people.” pedient that one man
should die for the people.
15 And Simon Peter
Peter Say E Ain Jedus Ciple
followed Jesus, and so did
Matthew 26:69-70; Mark 14:66-68; Luke 22:55-57
another disciple: that dis-
15 Simon Peter an noda ciple beena ciple was known unto the
high priest, and went in
folla Jedus. De head man ob de Jew priest with Jesus into the palace
leada dem know de oda ciple good. So de of the high priest.
oda ciple gone wid Jedus eenside de yaad 16 But Peter stood at
ob de head man house. 16 Bot Peter been the door without. Then
went out that other disci-
lef outside ta de gyate. De oda ciple, wa de ple, which was known
head man know good, come out gin. E taak unto the high priest, and
spake unto her that kept
ta de gyal wa beena keep watch by de the door, and brought in
gyate, an e tek Peter eenside de yaad. Peter.
17 De gyal wa been by de gyate aks Peter 17 Then saith the dam-
say, “Ya noda one ob dat man ciple dem, sel that kept the door
unto Peter, Art not thou
ainty?” also one of this man's dis-
Peter ansa say, “No, A ain e ciple!” ciples? He saith, I am not.
18 De place dey been cole, so de saabant 18 And the servants
and officers stood there,
dem an de gyaad dem been mek a fire, an who had made a fire of
dey beena stanop roun de fire fa waam coals; for it was cold: and
deysef. An Peter gone an stanop wid um da they warmed themselves:
and Peter stood with
waam esef too. them, and warmed
himself.
De Head Man Quizzit Jedus 19 The high priest
Matthew 26:59-66; Mark 14:55-64; Luke 22:66-71 then asked Jesus of his
disciples, and of his
19 De man wa nyuse fa be de head man doctrine.
ob de priest leada dem, e quizzit Jedus. E
quizzit um bout e ciple dem an dem ting 20 Jesus answered
him, I spake openly to the
wa e beena laan people. 20 Jedus ansa de world; I ever taught in
head man say, “All de time A beena taak fo the synagogue, and in the
temple, whither the Jews
all de people een de open. A laan um een always resort; and in se-
de Jew meetin house an een God House, cret have I said nothing.
weh all de Jew people meet togeda. A ain
21 Why askest thou
ne ba hid e f a tell nob ody nottin. me? ask them which
21 Hoccome ya da quizzit me? Quizzit heard me, what I have

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
384 John 18

said unto them: behold, dem people wa done yeh wa A say. Fa sho,
they know what I said.
dey know wa A beena say.”
22 And when he had 22 Wen Jedus say dat, one ob de gyaad
thus spoken, one of the dem slap um an say, “Dat ain no way fa
officers which stood by
struck Jesus with the taak ta de head man, ainty?”
palm of his hand, saying, 23 Jedus ansa say, “Ef A done say
Answerest thou the high
priest so?
sompin wa ain right, tell ebrybody yah wa
A say. Bot ef A done say wa true, wa mek
23 Jesus answered ya slap me?”
him, If I have spoken evil, 24 So den Annas sen Jedus ta Caiaphas,
bear witness of the evil:
but if well, why smitest de head man ob de priest leada dem een
thou me? dat time. An Jedus han been still tie op.

24 Now Annas had Peter Say Gin


sent him bound unto dat E Ain Jedus Ciple
Caiaphas the high priest. Matthew 26:71-75; Mark 14:69-72; Luke 22:58-62
Peter been still dey close ta de fire da
25
25 And Simon Peter
stood and warmed him-
waam esef. De oda people wa been dey aks
self. They said therefore um say, “Ya ain noda one ob dat man ciple
unto him, Art not thou dem, ainty?”
also one of his disciples?
He denied it, and said, I Peter say, “No, A ain e ciple!”
am not. 26 Den noda man come op ta Peter. E
been one ob de saabant dem wa wok fa de
26 One of the servants head man an e been kin ta de man wa got e
of the high priest, being yea cut off. E aks Peter say, “A done see ya
his kinsman whose ear
Peter cut off, saith, Did wid um een de olib gyaaden, ainty?”
not I see thee in the gar- 27 Peter say gin, “No, A ain been dey!”
den with him?
Dat same time, a roosta crow.

27 Peter then denied Jedus Fo Pilate


again: and immediately Matthew 27:1-2, 11-14; Mark 15:1-5; Luke 23:1-5
the cock crew.
Day clean, de gyaad dem tek Jedus
28
way fom Caiaphas house an gone ta de
28 Then led they Jesus
from Caiaphas unto the Roman gobna bighouse. Bot de Jew dem
hall of judgment: and it ain gone eenside de gobna bighouse.
was early; and they
themselves went not into
Cause dey Law say ef dey gone eenside de
the judgment hall, lest house weh people wa ain Jew da stay, dey
they should be defiled; ain gwine be clean een God eye, an dat
but that they might eat
the passover. gwine mek um so dey ain fit fa nyam de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 18 385

Passoba Feas. Now de Jew dem been wahn 29 Pilate then went out
unto them, and said,
fa nyam de feas. 29 So Pilate, de Roman What accusation bring ye
gobna, gone fa meet um an aks um say, against this man?
30 They answered and
“Wa oona say dis man done do?” said unto him, If he were
30 Dey ansa Pilate say, “We ain been fa not a malefactor, we
bring dis man ta ya ef e ain done bad.” would not have delivered
him up unto thee.
31 Pilate tell um say, “Oona tek um an 31 Then said Pilate
go jedge um by oona own law.” unto them, Take ye him,
and judge him according
De Jew dem ansa say, “Bot oona Roman to your law. The Jews
law say we ain got no right fa tek no man therefore said unto him,
It is not lawful for us to
life.” 32 Wen all dis happen, dat mek um put any man to death:
come true wa Jedus been say bout de way 32 That the saying of
Jesus might be fulfilled,
e been gwine dead. which he spake, signify-
33 Pilate gone eenside de bighouse ta de ing what death he should
place weh dey jedge people. Den e mek um die.
33 Then Pilate entered
tek Jedus an come meet um eenside dey. E into the judgment hall
quizzit Jedus say, “Ya de King ob de Jew again, and called Jesus,
and said unto him, Art
people dem?” thou the King of the
34 Den Jedus aks Pilate say, “Dat wa ya Jews?
34 Jesus answered
tink? O dat wa oda people tell ya bout him, Sayest thou this
me?” thing of thyself, or did
35 Pilate ansa say, “Ya tink A a Jew? Ya others tell it thee of me?
35 Pilate answered,
own Jew people an de leada dem ob de Am I a Jew? Thine own
nation and the chief
priest dem, dey done han ya oba ta me. Wa priests have delivered
ya done done?” thee unto me: what hast
thou done?
36 Jedus tell Pilate say, “A ain a king 36 Jesus answered, My
kingdom is not of this
like de king dem wa rule een dis wol. Ef A world: if my kingdom
been a king like dat, me man dem been were of this world, then
would my servants fight,
gwine fight fa me so dat de Jew dem ain that I should not be deliv-
ered to the Jews: but now
res me. No, A ain a king like dem wa rule is my kingdom not from
een dis wol yah.” hence.
37 Pilate therefore said
37 Pilate aks um say, “Well den, dat unto him, Art thou a king
mean ya a king, ainty?” then? Jesus answered,
Thou sayest that I am a
Jedus ansa say, “Ya right wen ya say A a king. To this end was I
born, and for this cause
king. Dat hoccome A come eenta de wol. A came I into the world,
bon fa tell people de trute. All dem wa lob that I should bear witness
unto the truth. Every one
trute, dey da pay mind ta me wod.” that is of the truth
38 Pilate aks um say, “De trute, wa dat heareth my voice.
38 Pilate saith unto
mean?” him, What is truth? And

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
386 John 18, 19

when he had said this, he Dey Ain Wahn Jedus fa Go Free


went out again unto the Matthew 27:15-31; Mark 15:6-20; Luke 23:13-25
Jews, and saith unto
them, I find in him no Den Pilate gone back outside gin ta de
fault at all.
39 But ye have a cus-
Jew dem. E tell um say, “A ain find nottin
tom, that I should release dat dis man done do fa mek me condemn
unto you one at the pass- um. 39 Bot ebry yeah wen de Passoba
over: will ye therefore
that I release unto you come, A hab um tek a man outta de
the King of the Jews? jailhouse an leh um go free fa oona. Oona
40 Then cried they all wahn me fa leh de king ob de Jew people
again, saying, Not this
man, but Barabbas. Now go?”
Barabbas was a robber. 40 De people holla loud, ansa Pilate say,
“No, mus dohn leh dat man dey go free!
Leh Barabbas outta de jailhouse fa we!”
Now den, Barabbas been a robba.
19
,18

Chapter 19

19
1 Then Pilate therefore 1 Pilate tell de sodja dem fa tek
took Jesus, and scourged
him. Jedus an go beat um. 2 De sodja
2 And the soldiers plat- dem tek some sticky briah an mek a
ted a crown of thorns,
and put it on his head,
crown, an dey pit um pon Jedus head. Den
and they put on him a dey pit a long purple robe pon um fa weah.
purple robe, 3 Dey beena op ta um an mek fun ob um,
3 And said, Hail, King da say, “Ya mus lib faeba, ya de King ob de
of the Jews! and they Jew people!” An dey slap um.
smote him with their
hands. 4 One mo time Pilate gone out ta de Jew
dem. E tell um say, “Oona look yah, A
4 Pilate therefore went
forth again, and saith gwine mek um bring um back ta oona so
unto them, Behold, I dat oona gwine know dat A ain find nottin
bring him forth to you,
that ye may know that I
bad wa e done fa mek me condemn um.”
find no fault in him. 5 So Jedus come out, an e beena weah de

5 Then came Jesus


briah crown an de long purple robe. Pilate
forth, wearing the crown tell de people say, “Oona look! Yah de
of thorns, and the purple man!”
robe. And Pilate saith
unto them, Behold the 6 Wen de leada dem ob de priest dem an
man! de gyaad dem see Jedus, dey holla loud
6 When the chief say, “Nail um ta de cross! Nail um ta de
priests therefore and offi- cross!”
cers saw him, they cried
out, saying, Crucify him, Pilate tell um say, “Oonasef tek um den
crucify him. Pilate saith an go nail um ta de cross. Cause A mesef, A
unto them, Take ye him,
and crucify him: for I find
ain find nottin bad wa e done fa mek me
no fault in him. condemn um.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 19 387

7 Bot de Jew people ansa back, “We hab 7 The Jews answered
him, We have a law, and
a law wa say e haffa dead, cause e say e by our law he ought to
God Son.” die, because he made
8 Wen Pilate yeh wa dey say, e been himself the Son of God.
8 When Pilate there-
eben mo scaid. 9 E gone back eenside de fore heard that saying, he
bighouse an aks Jedus say, “Weh ya come was the more afraid;
9 And went again into
fom?” the judgment hall, and
Bot Jedus ain ansa um. 10 Pilate aks um saith unto Jesus, Whence
art thou? But Jesus gave
say, “Ya ain gwine taak ta me? Ain ya him no answer.
know dat A hab de powa fa leh ya go, an A 10 Then saith Pilate
unto him, Speakest thou
hab de powa too fa mek um nail ya ta de not unto me? knowest
cross?” thou not that I have
11 Jedus ansa say, “Ya hab powa oba me power to crucify thee,
and have power to re-
jes cause God gii ya dat powa dey. So den, lease thee?
11 Jesus answered,
de man wa han me oba ta ya, e de mo Thou couldest have no
wossa sinna.” power at all against me,
12 Wen Pilate yeh wa Jedus say, e try fa except it were given thee
from above: therefore he
find a way fa leh Jedus go. Bot de Jew that delivered me unto
people holla say, “Ef ya leh dis man yah thee hath the greater sin.
12 And from thence-
go, ya ain no fren ob de Roman rula forth Pilate sought to re-
Caesar. De one wa say e a king, e de enemy lease him: but the Jews
cried out, saying, If thou
ob Caesar.” let this man go, thou art
13 Wen Pilate yeh wa de people say, e not Caesar's friend: who-
mek um bring Jedus out. Den Pilate soever maketh himself a
king speaketh against
seddown een de chair weh dey seddown fa Caesar.
jedge people, een de place dey call De 13 When Pilate there-
fore heard that saying, he
Stone Pabement. (De Hebrew people call brought Jesus forth, and
um Gabbatha.) 14 Now by den, e been sat down in the judgment
seat in a place that is
bout midday ob de Preparation Day. Dat called the Pavement, but
de day fo de Passoba staat. Pilate tell de in the Hebrew, Gabbatha.
14 And it was the prep-
Jew people say, “Oona look! Yah oona aration of the passover,
King!” and about the sixth hour:
15 Bot de people holla say, “Tek um and he saith unto the
Jews, Behold your King!
way! Tek um way! Nail um ta de cross. Kill 15 But they cried out,
um!” Away with him, away
with him, crucify him. Pi-
Pilate aks um say, “Oona wahn me fa late saith unto them,
nail oona king ta de cross an kill um?” Shall I crucify your King?
The chief priests an-
De leada dem ob de priest dem ansa say, swered, We have no king
“We ain hab no oda king cep Caesar!” but Caesar.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
388 John 19

16 Then delivered he 16 So den, Pilate han Jedus oba ta um fa


him therefore unto them
to be crucified. And they leh de Roman sodja dem go nail um ta de
took Jesus, and led him cross.
away.
17 And he bearing his
cross went forth into a
Dey Nail Jedus ta de Cross
place called the place of a Matthew 27:32-44; Mark 15:21-32; Luke 23:26-43
skull, which is called in
the Hebrew Golgotha:
So de sodja dem tek chaage ob Jedus.
18 Where they cruci- 17 An e gone out, da tote e own cross pon e
fied him, and two other shoulda, til e come ta a place dey call “De
with him, on either side
one, and Jesus in the
place wa stan like a man head.” (De
midst. Hebrew people call dat place “Golgotha.”)
19 And Pilate wrote a 18 Dey, de sodja dem nail Jedus ta de
title, and put it on the cross. An dey nail two oda man ta two oda
cross. And the writing
was, JESUS OF NAZARETH cross, one ta Jedus lef han side an de oda
THE KING OF THE JEWS. ta Jedus right han side. Jedus been dey
20 This title then read een de middle ob dem two. 19 Pilate write
many of the Jews: for the pon a paper an mek a sign wa say, “Jedus,
place where Jesus was
crucified was nigh to the wa come fom Nazareth, de King ob de Jew
city: and it was written in People.” An Pilate mek um pit dat sign dey
Hebrew, and Greek, and
Latin. pon Jedus cross. 20 A heapa Jew people
21 Then said the chief
read dat sign, cause de place weh dey been
priests of the Jews to Pi- nail Jedus ta de cross been dey close ta de
late, Write not, The King city. An dey been write dat een shree
of the Jews; but that he
said, I am King of the language, een Hebrew, Latin an Greek.
Jews. 21 De Jew priest leada dem tell Pilate say,
22 Pilate answered, “Mek um write dat sign noda way. Mus
What I have written I dohn write, ‘Dis de King ob de Jew
have written.
People.’ Mek um write, ‘Dis man say, A de
23 Then the soldiers,
when they had crucified King ob de Jew People.’ ”
Jesus, took his garments, 22 Pilate ansa say, “Wa A done write,
and made four parts, to
every soldier a part; and
dat wa gwine stay dey.”
also his coat: now the 23 Atta de sodja dem been nail Jedus ta
coat was without seam, de cross, dey tek e cloes an wide um fo
woven from the top
throughout. way, an ebry sodja tek a paat. Den dey tek
e robe, wa been mek ob jes one piece ob
24 They said therefore
among themselves, Let us closs fom top ta bottom, an ain hab no
not rend it, but cast lots seam een um. 24 De sodja dem tell one
for it, whose it shall be:
that the scripture might
noda say, “Mus dohn teah de robe. Leh we
be fulfilled, which saith, shrow dice fa see who gwine git um.” Wen

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 19 389

dis happen wa done been write een God They parted my raiment
among them, and for my
Book come true. Dat say, vesture they did cast lots.
“Dey done wide op me cloes These things therefore
the soldiers did.
mongst deysef,
an dey shrow dice 25 Now there stood by
the cross of Jesus his
fa see who gwine git um.” mother, and his mother's
So dat wa de sodja dem done. sister, Mary the wife of
Cleophas, and Mary
25 Close ta Jedus cross been some Magdalene.
ooman da stanop dey. Dey been Jedus 26 When Jesus there-
modda, e sista, an Mary wa been Clopas fore saw his mother, and
wife, an Mary Magdalene. 26 Wen Jedus the disciple standing by,
whom he loved, he saith
see e modda an de ciple wa e lob da stanop unto his mother, Woman,
dey, e tell e modda say, “Ooman, look yah. behold thy son!
Dis yah ya son.” 27 Then saith he to the
27 Den e tell dat ciple say, “Look yah. disciple, Behold thy
mother! And from that
Dis yah ya modda.” Fom den on, dat ciple hour that disciple took
tek Jedus modda fa lib een e own house. her unto his own home.
Jedus Gii Op E Life 28 After this, Jesus
Matthew 27:45-56; Mark 15:33-41; Luke 23:44-49 knowing that all things
were now accomplished,
28 Wen dat happen, Jedus know e done that the scripture might
done all wa e spose fa do een dis wol, an e be fulfilled, saith, I thirst.
say, “A tosty.” Wen e say dat, wa dey been 29 Now there was set a
write een God Book come true. vessel full of vinegar: and
29 A jug full op wid winega wine been they filled a spunge with
vinegar, and put it upon
dey, so dey soak a sponge een de wine an hyssop, and put it to his
tie um ta a hyssop branch. Den dey pit de mouth.

sponge op ta Jedus mout. 30 Jedus tek de 30 When Jesus there-


wine. Den e say, “A done done um!” fore had received the vin-
egar, he said, It is
An e pit e head down an e gii op e life. finished: and he bowed
his head, and gave up the
Dey Jook Jedus een E Side ghost.

31 Now den, e been de Preparation Day. 31 The Jews therefore,


De nex day been de Passoba Woshup Day, because it was the prepa-
ration, that the bodies
an de Jew leada dem ain been wahn de should not remain upon
man dem body fa stay dey pon dey cross the cross on the sabbath
day, (for that sabbath day
pon dat Woshup Day. Cause dat day been a was an high day,) be-
special big Woshup Day. So dey gone an sought Pilate that their
legs might be broken,
aks Pilate fa leh de sodja dem broke de and that they might be
man dem leg an tek um down off ob dey taken away.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
390 John 19

32 Then came the sol- cross. 32 So de sodja dem gone ta de fus


diers, and brake the legs
of the first, and of the man wa been nail ta e cross an dey broke e
other which was cruci- leg. Den dey broke de oda man leg. 33 Bot
fied with him.
33 But when they
wen dey come ta Jedus, dey see e done
came to Jesus, and saw dead, so dey ain broke e leg. 34 Steada dat,
that he was dead already, one ob de sodja dem tek e speah an jook
they brake not his legs:
34 But one of the sol- Jedus een e side. Dat mek blood an wata
diers with a spear pierced pour outta Jedus body. 35 (De man wa see
his side, and forthwith
came there out blood and dem ting yah happen, e tell all dis fa mek
water. oona bleebe. An wa e say, e so. E know fa
35 And he that saw it
bare record, and his re- sho dat all wa e say happen fa true.) 36 All
cord is true: and he dis happen so dat wa done been write een
knoweth that he saith
true, that ye might
God Book gwine come true. Dat say, “Dey
believe. ain gwine broke none ob e bone dem.”
36 For these things
37 An dey write een noda place een God
were done, that the scrip-
ture should be fulfilled, A Book say, “Dey gwine look pon de one dey
bone of him shall not be been jook.”
broken.
37 And again another
scripture saith, They Dey Pit Jedus Body een de Tomb
shall look on him whom Matthew 27:57-61; Mark 15:42-47; Luke 23:50-56
they pierced.
38 And after this Jo- 38 Atta dat, Joseph wa come fom
seph of Arimathaea, be-
ing a disciple of Jesus,
Arimathea gone an aks Pilate fa leh um tek
but secretly for fear of the way Jedus body. Pilate gree, so Joseph tek
Jews, besought Pilate de body an gone. (Dis Joseph yah de man
that he might take away
the body of Jesus: and Pi- dat beena bleebe pon Jedus an folla um,
late gave him leave. He bot e ain wahn fa leh oda people know dat,
came therefore, and took
the body of Jesus. cause e been scaid ob de Jew head man
39 And there came also dem.) 39 Nicodemus gone long wid Joseph
Nicodemus, which at the fa tek way Jedus body fom de cross. E tote
first came to Jesus by
night, and brought a mix- spice wa dey call myrrh an aloes, mix
ture of myrrh and aloes, togeda. Dat spice weigh bout a hundud
about an hundred pound
weight.
pound. (An dat Nicodemus de man dat fus
40 Then took they the gone fa see Jedus one night.) 40 De two
body of Jesus, and man dem tek Jedus body way. Dey tek de
wound it in linen clothes
with the spices, as the
spice an some piece ob linen closs an dey
manner of the Jews is to wrop op de body wid um, same like how
bury. de Jew people wrop op dead body wen dey
41 Now in the place
where he was crucified
bury um. 41 A gyaaden been dey een de
there was a garden; and place weh dey nail Jedus ta de cross.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 19, 20 391

Eenside dat gyaaden dey been a nyew in the garden a new sep-
ulchre, wherein was
tomb weh dey ain neba bury nobody. never man yet laid.
42 Cause dat day been de Preparation Day 42 There laid they Je-
sus therefore because of
fo de Jew Woshup Day an cause de tomb the Jews' preparation
ain been faa way fom de cross, de two man day; for the sepulchre
was nigh at hand.
pit Jedus body dey een dat tomb.
20
,19

Chapter 20
1 The first day of the
week cometh Mary Mag-
De Tomb Empty dalene early, when it was
Matthew 28:1-8; Mark 16:1-8; Luke 24:1-12 yet dark, unto the sepul-
chre, and seeth the stone

20 Aaly een de maanin, de fus day


1 taken away from the
ob de week, wen de place been sepulchre.
2 Then she runneth,
still daak, Mary Magdalene gone ta de and cometh to Simon Pe-
ter, and to the other disci-
tomb. E see dat de stone wa dey been pit ple, whom Jesus loved,
oba de door ob de tomb fa kiba um been and saith unto them,
They have taken away
moob fom dey. 2 Mary ton back an ron ta the Lord out of the sepul-
chre, and we know not
Simon Peter an de oda ciple, de one wa where they have laid
Jedus lob. E tell um say, “Dey done tek him.
3 Peter therefore went
way de Lawd body outta de tomb an we forth, and that other dis-
ain know wa dey done wid um!” ciple, and came to the
sepulchre.
3 So Peter an de oda ciple staat off ta de 4 So they ran both to-
gether: and the other dis-
tomb. 4 Bof dem beena ron, bot de oda ciple did outrun Peter,
ciple ron mo fast den Peter, so e git ta de and came first to the
sepulchre.
tomb fus. 5 E bend oba an e look eenside 5 And he stooping
down, and looking in, saw
de tomb. An e see jes dem piece ob linen the linen clothes lying;
closs dey, wa de two man dem been nyuse yet went he not in.
6 Then cometh Simon
fa wrop op Jedus body. Bot dat ciple ain Peter following him, and
gone eenside de tomb. 6 Den Simon Peter, went into the sepulchre,
and seeth the linen
wa come hine um, git ta de tomb too. E clothes lie,
7 And the napkin, that
gone eenside de tomb an e see dem piece was about his head, not
ob linen closs da lay dey. 7 An e see de lying with the linen
clothes, but wrapped to-
closs wa dey been nyuse fa wrop roun gether in a place by itself.
8 Then went in also
Jedus head. Dat been pon noda side, fole that other disciple, which
op by esef. 8 Den de oda ciple, wa fus git ta came first to the sepul-
de tomb, gone eenside too. Wen e see all chre, and he saw, and
believed.
dat, e bleebe. 9 Stillyet dey ain ondastan 9 For as yet they knew
wa been been write een God Book, dat say not the scripture, that he
must rise again from the
dat Jedus haffa git op fom mongst de dead dead.
10 Then the disciples
an lib gin. 10 Den de ciple dem gone back went away again unto
ta dey house. their own home.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
392 John 20

11 But Mary stood Jedus Appeah ta Mary Magdalene


without at the sepulchre Matthew 28:9-10; Mark 16:9-11
weeping: and as she
wept, she stooped down, Mary beena stanop da cry close ta de
11
and looked into the
sepulchre, tomb. Wiles e beena cry, e bend oba an
12 And seeth two an- look eenside. 12 Dey eenside de tomb e see
gels in white sitting, the
one at the head, and the
two angel. Dey beena weah white cloes an
other at the feet, where beena seddown een dat place dey weh
the body of Jesus had Jedus body done been. One angel been ta
lain.
13 And they say unto de head, an de oda angel been ta de foot
her, Woman, why weep- weh Jedus done been. 13 De angel dem aks
est thou? She saith unto
them, Because they have Mary say, “Hoccome ya da cry?”
taken away my Lord, and Mary ansa um say, “Dey done tek me
I know not where they
have laid him. Lawd an gone way, an A ain know weh dey
14 And when she had pit um.”
thus said, she turned her- 14 Wen Mary say dat, e ton roun an e
self back, and saw Jesus
standing, and knew not see Jedus da stanop dey. Bot Mary ain
that it was Jesus. know dat been Jedus. 15 Jedus aks um say,
15 Jesus saith unto
her, Woman, why weep- “Hoccome ya da cry? Who ya da look fa?”
est thou? whom seekest Mary tink dat de man wa wok de
thou? She, supposing him
to be the gardener, saith gyaaden, so e say, “Sah, ef ya done tek um
unto him, Sir, if thou way, tell me weh ya pit um an A gwine go
have borne him hence,
tell me where thou hast an git um.”
laid him, and I will take 16 Jedus say, “Mary!”
him away.
16 Jesus saith unto Mary ton an look pon Jedus an say,
her, Mary. She turned “Rabboni!” (Een de Hebrew language dat
herself, and saith unto wod mean “Teacha.”)
him, Rabboni; which is to
say, Master. 17 Jedus tell um say, “Mus dohn hole on
17 Jesus saith unto
her, Touch me not; for I
ta me, cause A ain gone back op yet ta de
am not yet ascended to Fada. Bot go ta me bredren an tell um fa
my Father: but go to my
brethren, and say unto me say, ‘A da gwine back op ta me Fada,
them, I ascend unto my wa oona Fada too. E me God an e oona
Father, and your Father;
and to my God, and your God too.’ ”
God. 18 So Mary Magdalene gone ta de ciple
18 Mary Magdalene
came and told the disci- dem an tell um e been see de Lawd. An e
ples that she had seen the tell um dat Jedus say dem ting.
Lord, and that he had
spoken these things unto
her. Jedus Appeah ta E Ciple dem
19 Then the same day
Matthew 28:16-20; Mark 16:14-18; Luke 24:36-49
at evening, being the first
day of the week, when 19 Fus daak de fus day ob de week, de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 20 393

ciple dem been geda. Dey lock all de door the doors were shut
where the disciples were
dem, cause dey been scaid ob de Jew leada assembled for fear of the
dem. Wiles dey been dey, Jedus come Jews, came Jesus and
stood in the midst, and
outta noweh an e stanop mongst um. E tell saith unto them, Peace be
um say, “Peace pon oona.” 20 Atta e say unto you.
20 And when he had so
dat, e show um de cut een e han an e side. said, he shewed unto
An wen de ciple dem see de Lawd, dey them his hands and his
been full op wid joy. 21 Jedus tell um gin side. Then were the disci-
ples glad, when they saw
say, “Peace pon oona. Same like de Fada the Lord.
sen me fa come eenta de wol, same fashion 21 Then said Jesus to
them again, Peace be
A da sen oona fa go fa do me wok.” 22 Den unto you: as my Father
e blow e bret pon um an say, “Leh de Holy hath sent me, even so
send I you.
Sperit come pon oona. 23 Ef oona paadon 22 And when he had
a poson wa sin, God gwine paadon dat said this, he breathed on
poson dey. Ef oona ain paadon dat poson them, and saith unto
them, Receive ye the
wa sin, God ain gwine paadon dat poson Holy Ghost:
dey.” 23 Whose soever sins
ye remit, they are remit-
ted unto them; and whose
Jedus Appeah ta Thomas soever sins ye retain, they
are retained.
24 One ob de tweb ciple dem wa name 24 But Thomas, one of
Thomas (dey call um de Twin), e ain been the twelve, called
Didymus, was not with
dey wen Jedus come ta de oda ciple dem. them when Jesus came.
25 So de oda ciple dem tell Thomas dey 25 The other disciples
therefore said unto him,
been see de Lawd. We have seen the Lord.
Thomas tell um say, “A ain gwine But he said unto them,
Except I shall see in his
bleebe cep A see de nail print een e two hands the print of the
nails, and put my finger
han, an A pit me finga een de place weh de into the print of the nails,
nail cut um dey, an cep A pit me han een and thrust my hand into
his side, I will not
de cut een e side.” believe.
26 And after eight days
26 Atta eight day been pass, de ciple
again his disciples were
dem been geda gin een de house. Thomas within, and Thomas with
esef been dey wid um. Eben dough de door them: then came Jesus,
the doors being shut, and
been lock, stillyet Jedus come gin an stan stood in the midst, and
mongst um. E say, “Peace pon oona.” said, Peace be unto you.
27 Then saith he to
27 Den Jedus tell Thomas say, “Tek ya Thomas, Reach hither
finga an tetch me two han an look pon um thy finger, and behold
my hands; and reach
good. Scretch out ya han an pit um een me hither thy hand, and
thrust it into my side: and
side. Mus dohn doubt no mo. Bleebe pon be not faithless, but
me!” believing.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
394 John 20, 21

28 And Thomas an- 28 Thomas ansa Jedus say, “O me Lawd


swered and said unto
him, My Lord and my an me God!”
God. 29 Jedus tell um say, “Ya bleebe pon me
29 Jesus saith unto
him, Thomas, because
cause ya done see me, ainty? Bot fa true
thou hast seen me, thou God gwine bless dem wa bleebe pon me
hast believed: blessed are eben dough dey ain neba see me.”
they that have not seen,
and yet have believed.
30 And many other Wa Mek John Write Dis Book
signs truly did Jesus in
the presence of his disci- 30 Jedus done a heapa oda miracle wa e
ples, which are not writ- ciple dem see, bot dey ain write down een
ten in this book:
31 But these are writ- dis book yah. 31 Bot de ting dem wa write
ten, that ye might believe down een dis book, dey write down so dat
that Jesus is the Christ,
the Son of God; and that oona kin bleebe dat Jedus de Messiah
believing ye might have Christ, God Son. An ef oona bleebe pon
life through his name.
21
,20
Christ, oona gwine hab true life.
Chapter 21
1 After these things Je-
Jedus Appeah ta Seben Ciple Dem
sus shewed himself again

21 Atta dat, Jedus appeah gin ta e


to the disciples at the sea 1
of Tiberias; and on this ciple dem, wen dey been close ta
wise shewed he himself.
2 There were together Lake Tiberias. E happen like dis yah:
Simon Peter, and Thomas 2 Simon Peter, Thomas (dey call um de
called Didymus, and
Nathanael of Cana in Gal- Twin), Nathanael wa come fom Cana dey
ilee, and the sons of een Galilee, Zebedee two son, an two oda
Zebedee, and two other
of his disciples. Jedus ciple, dey all been dey togeda.
3 Simon Peter saith 3 Simon Peter tell um say, “A da gwine fa
unto them, I go a fishing.
They say unto him, We fish.”
also go with thee. They Dey ansa Peter say, “We gwine come
went forth, and entered
into a ship immediately; wid ya.” So dey gone an git eenta de boat.
and that night they
caught nothing. Dey fish all night bot dey ain ketch nottin.
4 But when the morn- 4 Day clean, Jedus gone an stanop pon de
ing was now come, Jesus
stood on the shore: but
sho. Bot de ciple dem ain been know dat
the disciples knew not been Jedus. 5 Den Jedus tell um say, “Me
that it was Jesus. fren dem, oona ain ketch nottin?”
5 Then Jesus saith
unto them, Children, Dey ansa say, “No, we ain ketch nottin.”
have ye any meat? They 6 Jedus tell um say, “Tek oona net an
answered him, No.
6 And he said unto shrow um pon de right han side ob de
them, Cast the net on the boat. Den oona gwine ketch some fish.” So
right side of the ship, and
ye shall find. They cast dey shrow out dey net pon de side weh
therefore, and now they Jedus tell um. Den dey ain been able fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 21 395

draw de net back eenside, dey been were not able to draw it
for the multitude of
sommuch fish een de net. fishes.
7 Dat ciple wa Jedus lob tell Peter say, 7 Therefore that disci-
ple whom Jesus loved
“Dat de Lawd da stanop yonda pon de saith unto Peter, It is the
sho!” Now Simon Peter been tek off e top Lord. Now when Simon
Peter heard that it was
cloes wa e weah wiles e beena fish. So wen the Lord, he girt his
fisher's coat unto him,
e yeh dat ciple say, “Dat de Lawd,” e jes (for he was naked,) and
wrop e top cloes roun esef an jomp eenta did cast himself into the
sea.
de wata. 8 De oda ciple dem tek de boat an 8 And the other disci-
ples came in a little ship;
gone ta de sho, da drag de net full op wid (for they were not far
fish. De sho ain been faa off. E been bout a from land, but as it were
two hundred cubits,)
hundud yaad. 9 Wen dey git ta de sho, dey dragging the net with
see fish da roas pon coal, an some bread. fishes.
9 As soon then as they
10 Jedus tell um say, “Bring some ob de were come to land, they
saw a fire of coals there,
fish wa oona jes ketch.” and fish laid thereon, and
11 Simon Peter gone back eenside de bread.
10 Jesus saith unto
boat an drag de net ta de sho. Dey been a them, Bring of the fish
hundud an fifty-shree big fish wa full op de which ye have now
caught.
net. Stillyet, de net ain teah. 12 Jedus tell 11 Simon Peter went
um say, “Come an nyam.” None ob de up, and drew the net to
land full of great fishes,
ciple dem hab mind fa aks um say, “Who an hundred and fifty and
three: and for all there
ya da?” cause dey been know dat de Lawd. were so many, yet was
13 So Jedus gone an tek de bread. Den e not the net broken.
12 Jesus saith unto
gim de fish. them, Come and dine.
14 Dis mek shree time dat Jedus appeah And none of the disciples
durst ask him, Who art
ta e ciple dem, atta e been git op fom thou? knowing that it
was the Lord.
mongst de dead people an lib gin. 13 Jesus then cometh,
and taketh bread, and
giveth them, and fish
Jedus an Peter likewise.
14 This is now the
15 Atta dey been nyam, Jedus aks third time that Jesus
Simon Peter say, “Simon, John son, ya lob shewed himself to his dis-
ciples, after that he was
me fa true mo den all dem oda ciple yah risen from the dead.
15 So when they had
lob me?” dined, Jesus saith to Si-
Peter ansa Jedus say, “Yeah, Lawd, ya mon Peter, Simon, son of
Jonas, lovest thou me
know A lob ya.” more than these? He
Jedus tell um say, “Ya mus feed me saith unto him, Yea,
Lord; thou knowest that I
lamb dem.” 16 Jedus aks Peter de secon love thee. He saith unto
him, Feed my lambs.
time say, “Simon, John son, ya lob me fa 16 He saith to him
true?” again the second time,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
396 John 21

Simon, son of Jonas, Peter ansa say, “Yeah, Lawd, ya know A


lovest thou me? He saith
unto him, Yea, Lord; thou lob ya.”
knowest that I love thee. Jedus tell um say, “Ya mus mind me
He saith unto him, Feed
my sheep.
sheep dem.” 17 Jedus aks Peter gin say,
17 He saith unto him “Simon, John son, ya lob me?”
the third time, Simon, son
of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter haat been hebby cause Jedus aks
Peter was grieved be- um shree time ef e lob um. So e ansa de
cause he said unto him
the third time, Lovest Lawd say, “Lawd, ya know all ting. Ya
thou me? And he said
unto him, Lord, thou know dat A lob ya!”
knowest all things; thou Jedus tell um say, “Feed me sheep dem.
knowest that I love thee.
Jesus saith unto him, 18 A da tell ya fa true, wen ya been
Feed my sheep. nyoung, ya been able fa dress yasef, an jes
18 Verily, verily, I say
unto thee, When thou git ready an gone wehsoneba ya been
wast young, thou
girdedst thyself, and wahn fa gone. Bot wen ya done ole, ya
walkedst whither thou gwine scretch out ya han, an noda poson
wouldest: but when thou
shalt be old, thou shalt gwine dress ya an tek ya weh ya ain wahn
stretch forth thy hands,
and another shall gird fa go.” 19 (Wen Jedus say dat, e beena
thee, and carry thee show how Peter gwine dead an hona God.)
whither thou wouldest
not. Den Jedus tell um say, “Ya mus folla me!”
19 This spake he, signi-
fying by what death he
should glorify God. And
Jedus an de Oda Ciple
when he had spoken this, Peter ton roun an see de ciple wa
20
he saith unto him, Follow
me. Jedus lob hine um. Dat de one dey wa
20 Then Peter, turning
about, seeth the disciple
been seddown close ta Jedus wen dey
whom Jesus loved fol- beena nyam an aks um say, “Lawd, who
lowing; which also
leaned on his breast at gwine han ya oba ta ya enemy dem?”
supper, and said, Lord, 21 Wen Peter see dat ciple, e aks Jedus say,
which is he that
betrayeth thee? “Lawd, wa gwine happen ta dis man yah?”
21 Peter seeing him
22 Jedus ansa say, “Ef A wahn um fa lib
saith to Jesus, Lord, and
what shall this man do? een de wol til A come gin, wa diffunce dat
22 Jesus saith unto
him, If I will that he tarry
mek ta ya? Ya mus folla me!”
till I come, what is that to 23 So den, de wod gone roun ta de
thee? follow thou me. broda dem wa bleebe pon Jedus dat de
23 Then went this say-
ing abroad among the ciple dat Jedus lob ain gwine dead. Bot
brethren, that that disci- Jedus ain say dat ciple ain been gwine
ple should not die: yet Je-
sus said not unto him, He dead. E say, “Ef A wahn um fa lib een de
shall not die; but, If I will wol til A come gin, wa diffunce dat mek ta
that he tarry till I come,
what is that to thee? ya?”
24 This is the disciple 24 Dis de ciple dat see an yeh all dem

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John 21 397

ting yah. E write um een dis book. An we which testifieth of these


things, and wrote these
know dat wa e write, dat true fa sho. things: and we know that
his testimony is true.
25 And there are also
Jedus Done A Heapa Oda Ting
many other things which
25 Jedus done a heapa oda ting. Ef dey Jesus did, the which, if
they should be written
all been write down, A tink dat eben de every one, I suppose that
whole wol ain big nuff fa hab place fa hole even the world itself
could not contain the
all de book dem dat dey gwine haffa nyuse books that should be
fa write um een. written. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Wok Wa
Acts De Postle Dem Done
Chapter 1

1 Deah Theophilus:
1
1 The former treatise
have I made, O Theo- Een de fus book dat A done write ya,
philus, of all that Jesus A taak bout all wa Jedus beena do, an all e
began both to do and
teach, beena laan people fom de time wen e staat
2 Until the day in e wok, 2 til de day wen God tek um op ta
which he was taken up,
after that he through the heaben. Fo Jedus gone ta heaben, de Holy
Holy Ghost had given Sperit gim wod fa chaage dem postle dat e
commandments unto the
apostles whom he had done pick an laan um wa fa do. 3 Atta
chosen: Jedus done suffa an come back fom
3 To whom also he
shewed himself alive af-
mongst de dead, jurin foty day e appeah a
ter his passion by many heapa time ta e postle dem. Fom de way e
infallible proofs, being appeah ta um, e postle dem ain doubt none
seen of them forty days,
and speaking of the tall dat e da lib gin. An wensoneba Jedus
things pertaining to the been wid um, e beena tell um bout how
kingdom of God:
4 And, being assem- God rule. 4 One time wen Jedus beena
bled together with them, nyam wid um, e chaage um say, “Mus
commanded them that
they should not depart dohn gone way fom Jerusalem. Wait yah
from Jerusalem, but wait til oona git wa me Fada promise oona, wa
for the promise of the Fa-
ther, which, saith he, ye
A beena tell oona bout. 5 John bactize
have heard of me. people wid wata, bot soon God gwine
5 For John truly bap- bactize oona wid de Holy Sperit.”
tized with water; but ye
shall be baptized with the
Holy Ghost not many Jedus Gone Op eenta Heaben
days hence.
6 When they therefore 6 Wen de postle dem meet togeda wid
were come together, they Jedus, dey aks um say, “Lawd, dis yah de
asked of him, saying,
Lord, wilt thou at this time wen ya gwine leh de people ob Israel
time restore again the hab dey own country gin?”
kingdom to Israel?
7 And he said unto
7 Jedus tell um say, “Me Fada de onliest
them, It is not for you to one dat hab tority fa say pazactly wa day

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 1 399

or time all dem ting gwine happen. Oona know the times or the
seasons, which the Fa-
ain spose fa know wen dem ting gwine be. ther hath put in his own
8 Wen de Holy Sperit come pon oona, e power.
8 But ye shall receive
gwine gii oona powa, an oona gwine tell power, after that the
all bout me een Jerusalem, an all oba Holy Ghost is come upon
you: and ye shall be wit-
Judea an Samaria, an eben ta de fudares nesses unto me both in
place een de wol.” 9 Atta Jedus say dat, Jerusalem, and in all
Judaea, and in Samaria,
wiles de postle dem beena look pon um, and unto the uttermost
part of the earth.
God tek um op eenta heaben. An de postle 9 And when he had
dem been look op pon Jedus til a cloud spoken these things,
while they beheld, he
hide um. was taken up; and a
10 De postle dem still beena look op ta cloud received him out of
de sky wiles e been gwine, wen all ob a their sight.
10 And while they
sudden dey see two man wa weah white looked stedfastly toward
cloes stanop close ta um. 11 De two man heaven as he went up, be-
hold, two men stood by
dem tell um say, “Oona wa come fom them in white apparel;
Galilee, hoccome oona da stanop dey, da 11 Which also said, Ye
men of Galilee, why
look op ta de sky? Dis Jedus yah dat God stand ye gazing up into
done tek way op eenta heaben, e gwine heaven? this same Jesus,
which is taken up from
come back ta de wol jes like oona done you into heaven, shall so
shim wen e gone op eenta heaben.” come in like manner as
ye have seen him go into
heaven.
Dey Pick Matthias fa Tek Judas Place 12 Then returned they
unto Jerusalem from the
12 Den de postle dem come fom de hill mount called Olivet,
wa dey call Mount Olib, an gone back ta which is from Jerusalem
a sabbath day's journey.
Jerusalem. E bout haf mile fom de Mount 13 And when they
Olib ta Jerusalem. 13 Wen dey git ta were come in, they went
Jerusalem, dey gone op ta de opstair een up into an upper room,
where abode both Peter,
de house, ta de room weh dey beena stay. and James, and John,
Dem wa been dey been Peter, John, James and Andrew, Philip, and
Thomas, Bartholomew,
an Andre w , Ph ilip an Th omas , and Matthew, James the
Bartholomew an Matthew, James wa been son of Alphaeus, and Si-
mon Zelotes, and Judas
Alphaeus chile, an Simon wa dey call de the brother of James.
Patrot, an Judas wa been James chile. 14 These all continued
14 Dem postle yah, de ooman dem, an with one accord in prayer
and supplication, with
Mary, Jedus modda, an e broda dem, dey the women, and Mary the
beena meet dey togeda all de time, an dey mother of Jesus, and with
his brethren.
beena pray wid one haat. 15 And in those days
15 One day wen dem wa bleebe pon Peter stood up in the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
400 De Postle Dem 1

midst of the disciples, Jedus been geda togeda, bout one hundud
and said, (the number of
names together were an twenty people been dey. Peter stanop
about an hundred and een de middle ob de people an staat fa taak
twenty,)
16 Men and brethren,
ta um. 16 E say, “Bredren, de Holy Sperit
this scripture must needs taak ta David way back dey, an hab um
have been fulfilled, write een God Book bout Judas, wa been
which the Holy Ghost by
the mouth of David spake come fa bring de people fa res Jedus. An
before concerning Judas, all dem ting wa David been tell, dey been
which was guide to them
that took Jesus. haffa come true. 17 Judas been one ob we,
17 For he was num- an we all beena wok togeda fa God.”
bered with us, and had 18 (Now den, wen dat man Judas sell
obtained part of this
ministry. Jedus, e tek de money an gone an buy a
18 Now this man pur- fiel. Een dat fiel dey, Judas gone an
chased a field with the re-
ward of iniquity; and faddown head fus. E belly buss open an e
falling headlong, he burst guts fall out an e dead. 19 All de people
asunder in the midst, and
all his bowels gushed out.
een Jerusalem yeh bout wa been happen
19 And it was known ta Judas. So dey call dat place weh Judas
unto all the dwellers at dead, Akeldama, wa een dey language
Jerusalem; insomuch as
that field is called in their
mean “Fiel ob Blood.”)
proper tongue, Acelda- 20 An Peter gone on fa tell de people
ma, that is to say, The say, “Dey write bout Judas een de book ob
field of blood.
20 For it is written in Psalms say,
the book of Psalms, Let ‘Dohn leh nottin
his habitation be deso-
late, and let no man be lef dey een e house.
dwell therein: and his Dohn leh nobody lib dey.’
bishoprick let another
take. An dey write gin say,
21 Wherefore of these ‘Leh noda poson tek e place
men which have com-
panied with us all the
an do de wok wa e beena do.’
time that the Lord Jesus 21-22 “Cause ob dat, we haffa pick one
went in and out among man fa jine we fa tell oda people dat Jedus
us,
22 Beginning from the done git op fom mongst de dead people an
baptism of John, unto lib gin. We haffa pick one ob dem wa been
that same day that he
was taken up from us, dey wid we all de time wen de Lawd Jedus
must one be ordained to been trabel wid we, fom de time wen John
be a witness with us of
his resurrection. beena bactize people, til de time wen God
23 And they appointed tek Jedus op ta heaben.”
two, Joseph called 23 So den, dey pick two man. Dey pick
Barsabas, who was sur-
named Justus, and Joseph, wa dey call Barsabbas (dey call
Matthias. um Justus too), an dey pick Matthias.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 1, 2 401

24 Dey pray say, “Lawd, ya know all 24 And they prayed,


and said, Thou, Lord,
people haat. We da aks ya fa show we which knowest the hearts
outta de two man dem yah, wish one ya of all men, shew whether
of these two thou hast
done pick 25 fa be a postle an do dis wok chosen,
wa Judas lef wen e gone ta de place weh e 25 That he may take
blongst.” 26 Den dey draw lots fa pick one. part of this ministry and
apostleship, from which
Matthias name come out, so dey add um ta Judas by transgression
de oda leben postle dem. fell, that he might go to
his own place.
26 And they gave forth
God Gii All wa Bleebe pon Um their lots; and the lot fell
de Holy Sperit upon Matthias; and he
was numbered with the

2 Wen de day ob Pentecost come, all


1 2
,1
eleven apostles.
de people dat bleebe pon Jedus been Chapter 2
1 And when the day of
geda togeda een one place. 2 All ob a Pentecost was fully
sudden dey yeh a nise dat soun like a haad come, they were all with
wind da blow. Dat nise come fom de one accord in one place.
2 And suddenly there
eliment, an e been dey all roun eenside de came a sound from
house weh dey been seddown. 3 Dey see heaven as of a rushing
mighty wind, and it filled
sompin een dat place dat look like fire dat all the house where they
been shape op like tongue dem. Dem were sitting.
3 And there appeared
tongue ob fire spread out, one ta ebry unto them cloven
poson dey. A tongue ob fire beena stay dey tongues like as of fire,
and it sat upon each of
pontop ob ebry one ob um. 4 De Holy them.
4 And they were all
Sperit come pon all dem people dey an full filled with the Holy
um op. E mek um all staat fa taak diffunt Ghost, and began to
language dem dat dey ain neba laan. Ebry speak with other
tongues, as the Spirit
poson beena say wa de Holy Sperit wahn gave them utterance.
um fa say. 5 And there were
dwelling at Jerusalem
5 Now een dat same time dey, some Jew Jews, devout men, out of
people wa feah God, wa come fom oda every nation under
heaven.
country, beena lib dey een Jerusalem. 6 Now when this was
6 Wen dey yeh dat nise, a big crowd come noised abroad, the mul-
titude came together, and
togeda. An dey all been scruck cause dey were confounded, be-
yeh dem dat bleebe pon Jedus da taak een cause that every man
dem diffunt language. An ebry poson yeh heard them speak in his
own language.
somebody da taak een e own language. 7 And they were all
7 De people all been stonish fa true. Dey amazed and marvelled,
saying one to another,
say, “All dese people yah dat we yeh da Behold, are not all these
taak een diffunt language, dey all come which speak Galilaeans?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
402 De Postle Dem 2

8 And how hear we ev-


fom Galilee, ainty? 8 Hoccome we yeh
ery man in our own
tongue, wherein we were dem da taak een we own language? 9 We
born? come fom plenty diffunt country. Some ob
9 Parthians, and Med- we come fom Parthia, some fom Media, an
es, and Elamites, and the some fom Elam, some fom Mesopotamia,
dwellers in Mesopota-
mia, and in Judaea, and
fom Judea an fom Cappadocia, some fom
Cappadocia, in Pontus, Pontus an fom Asia. 10 Some ob we come
and Asia, fom Phrygia, fom Pamphylia, fom Egypt
10 Phrygia, and Pam- an fom paat ob Libya close ta Cyrene.
phylia, in Egypt, and in Some ob we trabel fom Rome. We all mix.
the parts of Libya about
Cyrene, and strangers of Some ob we been bon Jew an some ob we
Rome, Jews and prose- jine de Jew dem atta we gree fa bleebe wa
lytes,
dey bleebe. 11 Some ob we come fom
11 Cretes and Arabi- Crete an some fom Arabia, stillyet we all
ans, we do hear them
speak in our tongues the
da yeh dem people yah dat come fom
wonderful works of God. Galilee da taak een we own diffunt
12 And they were all
language bout de great ting dem dat God
amazed, and were in done do!” 12 De people all been stonish an
doubt, saying one to an- all mix op, so dey beena aks one noda say,
other, What meaneth
this? “Wa dis mean?”
13 Bot some oda people beena mek fun
13 Others mocking
said, These men are full ob dem dat bleebe pon Jedus, say, “Dem
of new wine. people done drink tommuch wine!”
14 But Peter, standing
up with the eleven, lifted Peter Taak ta de Crowd
up his voice, and said
unto them, Ye men of
Wen dey say dat, Peter an de oda
14
Judaea, and all ye that leben postle dem stanop, an Peter taak ta
dwell at Jerusalem, be de crowd een a loud boice. E tell um say,
this known unto you, and
hearken to my words: “Oona me Jew broda dem, an all ob oona
15 For these are not
dat lib een Jerusalem, leh me splain dis.
drunken, as ye suppose, Listen ta wa A da tell oona. 15 Oona tink
seeing it is but the third dat dese people dronk, bot dey ain dronk.
hour of the day.
E jes nine o’clock een de maanin! 16 Stead
16 But this is that ob dat, dis ting dat oona see happen, dat
which was spoken by the
prophet Joel;
wa de prophet Joel beena taak bout wen e
say:
17 And it shall come to 17 ‘God say, Dis wa A gwine dowen
pass in the last days, saith
God, I will pour out of my dem las day come.
Spirit upon all flesh: and A gwine pour out me Sperit

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 2 403

pon all people. your sons and your


daughters shall proph-
Oona son dem an oona daughta dem, esy, and your young men
dey gwine tell people shall see visions, and
your old men shall dream
wa A tell um fa say. dreams:
Oona nyoung man dem gwine
see wision wa A show um,
an oona ole man dem gwine 18 And on my servants
and on my handmaidens
dream plenty ting fom me. I will pour out in those
18 Yeah, wen dem las day come, days of my Spirit; and
they shall prophesy:
A gwine pour out me Sperit pon
de people dat do me wok,
pon de man dem an 19 And I will shew
de ooman dem, wonders in heaven
above, and signs in the
an dey gwine tell people earth beneath; blood, and
wa A tell um fa say. fire, and vapour of
19 A gwine do miracle dem smoke:

op een de sky,
an A gwine show um sign 20 The sun shall be
down een de wol. turned into darkness, and
the moon into blood, be-
Oona gwine see blood an fire, fore that great and nota-
an a heapa smoke. ble day of the Lord come:
20 Fo de Day ob de Lawd gwine come,
dat portant day full ob glory,
de sun gwine ton daak like night 21 And it shall come to
pass, that whosoever
an de moon gwine shall call on the name of
ton red like blood. the Lord shall be saved.
21 An ebrybody dat call pon de nameob
de Lawd gwine git sabe.’
22 Ye men of Israel,
22 “Oona people ob Israel listen good ta
hear these words; Jesus
wa A da say. Jedus wa come fom Nazareth, of Nazareth, a man ap-
proved of God among
e a man dat God sen ta we. Fa show oona you by miracles and won-
dat God been sen um, God gii Jedus e powa ders and signs, which
fa do a heapa miracle an great wok wa mek God did by him in the
midst of you, as ye your-
people stonish. An e sho oona heapa sign selves also know:
wa mek oona know e powa. Oona know
bout all dem ting, cause e been mongst
oona weh e done um. 23 Dat man Jedus, 23 Him, being deliv-
ered by the determinate
dey han um oba ta oona, cause God done counsel and foreknow-
been cide fa dat fa happen. E done been ledge of God, ye have

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
404 De Postle Dem 2

taken, and by wicked know bout dat. An oona kill Jedus wen
hands have crucified and
slain: oona gim ta wickity people fa leh um nail
24 Whom God hath
um ta de cross. 24 Bot atta Jedus done
raised up, having loosed dead, God mek Jedus git op fom mongst de
the pains of death: be- dead people an lib gin. E free Jedus so dat
cause it was not possible
that he should be holden e ain suffa de pain ob det no mo. Det ain
of it. able fa hab no powa tall fa keep Jedus een
25 For David speaketh de grabe. 25 Cause David taak bout Jedus
concerning him, I fore- say,
saw the Lord always be-
fore my face, for he is on ‘A see de Lawd fo me all de time.
my right hand, that I E da stay dey wid me
should not be moved:
ta me right han side,
26 Therefore did my
heart rejoice, and my
so A ain gwine git shook op.
tongue was glad; more- 26 Cause ob dis, me haat heppy,
over also my flesh shall an wid me mout
rest in hope:
A da praise de Lawd wid joy.
27 Because thou wilt
An me body too gwine lib
not leave my soul in hell,
neither wilt thou suffer een hope fa wa God
thine Holy One to see done promise.
corruption. 27 Cause ya ain gwine lef me soul een
28 Thou hast made de place ob de dead people.
known to me the ways of
life; thou shalt make me
An ya ain gwine leh de one
full of joy with thy dat blongst ta ya eben staat
countenance. fa rot een de grabe.
29 Men and brethren,
28 Ya done show me de way
let me freely speak unto wa da lead ta life.
you of the patriarch Da-
vid, that he is both dead Wen ya dey wid me, ya gwine
and buried, and his sep- mek me full op wid joy.’
ulchre is with us unto this
29 “Bredren, A da taak ta oona plain
day.
bout we ole people leada David. E done
30 Therefore being a
prophet, and knowing
dead an dey bury um, an e tomb still yah
that God had sworn with wid we. 30 Bot David been a prophet, an e
an oath to him, that of been know wa God been promise um. God
the fruit of his loins, ac-
cording to the flesh, he mek a wow say e gwine mek one ob David
would raise up Christ to granchullun chullun fa be king same like
sit on his throne;
David. 31 David been know wa God gwine
31 He seeing this be- do, fo de ting happen. So den, David tell
fore spake of the resur-
rection of Christ, that his bout how God gwine mek Christ git op fom
soul was not left in hell, mongst de dead an lib gin, wen e say,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 2 405

‘God ain lef um een de place ob de neither his flesh did see
corruption.
dead people, 32 This Jesus hath God
an e body ain eben staat fa rot.’ raised up, whereof we all
32 God done mek dis Jedus git op fom are witnesses.
mongst de dead people an lib gin. We da 33 Therefore being by
the right hand of God ex-
tell oona dat dis done happen fa true. We alted, and having re-
all shim. 33 God hona Jedus a whole heap. ceived of the Father the
promise of the Holy
E call um op weh e dey an e mek um Ghost, he hath shed forth
seddown ta e right han fa rule wid um. De this, which ye now see
and hear.
Fada God done gii Jedus de Holy Sperit
34 For David is not as-
dat e been promise. An wa oona da see an cended into the heavens:
da yeh now, dat de gif ob de Holy Sperit but he saith himself, The
LORD said unto my Lord,
wa Jedus done pour out pon we. 34 Cause Sit thou on my right
David ain gone op eenta heaben, stillyet e hand,
say, 35 Until I make thy
foes thy footstool.
‘De Lawd tell me Lawd say,
36 Therefore let all the
Seddown yah house of Israel know as-
ta me right han side, suredly, that God hath
35 til A pit ya enemy made that same Jesus,
whom ye have crucified,
demondaneet ya foot.’ both Lord and Christ.
36 “So den, leh all de Israel people know 37 Now when they
heard this, they were
fa sho dat God done mek dis Jedus fa be pricked in their heart,
Lawd an Christ! An e de same one dat oona and said unto Peter and
done nail ta de cross.” to the rest of the apostles,
Men and brethren, what
37 Wen de people yeh wa Peter say, dey shall we do?
been too opsot. Dey aks Peter an de oda 38 Then Peter said
postle dem say, “Bredren, wa we fa do?” unto them, Repent, and
be baptized every one of
38 Peter ansa um say, “All ob oona haffa you in the name of Jesus
ton fom oona sin. Come ta God an leh um Christ for the remission
of sins, and ye shall re-
bactize oona een de name ob Jedus Christ, ceive the gift of the Holy
so dat God gwine paadon oona sin an gii Ghost.
oona de Holy Sperit. 39 Cause de promise 39 For the promise is
unto you, and to your
dat God promise, dat fa oona an fa oona children, and to all that
chullun an fa all dem dat faaway. Dat de are afar off, even as many
as the Lord our God shall
promise fa all de people dat de Lawd we call.
God call fa come ta esef.” 40 And with many
40 Peter taak ta um fa a long time. E other words did he testify
and exhort, saying, Save
waan um an tell um say, “Oona haffa sabe yourselves from this un-
oonasef fom dem ting dat gwine mek de toward generation.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
406 De Postle Dem 2, 3

41 Then they that wickity people wa da lib now suffa!” 41 De


gladly received his word
were baptized: and the
people dat bleebe wa Peter say bout Jedus
same day there were been bactize. An dat day, bout shree
added unto them about tousan people jine dem dat trus een Jedus.
three thousand souls.
42 Dey beena spen dey time da laan fom de
42 And they continued
stedfastly in the apostles' postle dem. An dey beena meet togeda, an
doctrine and fellowship, all hab one haat togeda, an dey beena
and in breaking of bread,
and in prayers. nyam an pray togeda.
43 And fear came upon
every soul: and many Life mongst de Bleeba Dem
wonders and signs were
done by the apostles. Wid God powa, de postle dem beena
43
44 And all that be- do a heapa miracle an sign dem dat mek
lieved were together, and
had all things common;
all de people stonish fa true. 44 All de
45 And sold their pos- people dat bleebe pon Jedus been togeda.
sessions and goods, and An all dem beena bring wa dey hab fa
parted them to all men, as
every man had need.
share um. 45 Dey beena sell dey propaty
46 And they, continu- an ting an share de money wid ebrybody,
ing daily with one accord so dat dey all hab wa dey need. 46 Ebry
in the temple, and break-
ing bread from house to
day dey beena geda togeda een God
house, did eat their meat House. An dey beena geda een one noda
with gladness and single- house fa nyam togeda. An dey been heppy
ness of heart,
47 Praising God, and an dey beena share wid one noda. 47 Dey
having favour with all beena praise God, an all de people been
the people. And the Lord too heppy wid um. An dem wa de Lawd
added to the church daily
such as should be saved. beena sabe jine op wid dem dat done been
trus een Jedus, an dey been mo an mo ob
um ebry day.

De Cripple Op Man Git Heal


Chapter 3

3 Bout shree o’clock een de ebenin, de


1
1 Now Peter and John
went up together into the time wen de Jew people gone fa pray,
temple at the hour of Peter an John beena waak ta God House fa
prayer, being the ninth
hour.
pray. 2 Some people beena tote one man
2 And a certain man wa ain been able fa waak eba since e been
lame from his mother's bon. Ebry day dem people beena cyaa um,
womb was carried,
whom they laid daily at an lef um close ta de gyate ta God House,
the gate of the temple wa dey call De Purty Gyate. Dey beena lef
which is called Beautiful,
to ask alms of them that dat man dey fa beg fom de people wa pass
entered into the temple; by fa go eenta God House fa pray. 3 Wen

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 3 407

de cripple op man see Peter an John da go 3 Who seeing Peter


and John about to go into
eenta God House, e beg um fa gim money. the temple asked an
4 Peter an John look dat man dead een e alms.
4 And Peter, fastening
eye, an Peter tell um say, “Look at we!” his eyes upon him with
5 So de man pay mind ta Peter an John an John, said, Look on us.
5 And he gave heed
look at um, cause e beena tink dey been unto them, expecting to
receive something of
gwine gim sompin. 6 Peter tell um say, “A them.
6 Then Peter said, Sil-
ain got no money, no silba or gole, bot A ver and gold have I none;
gwine gii ya wa A got. Een de name ob but such as I have give I
thee: In the name of Jesus
Jedus Christ wa come fom Nazareth, git op Christ of Nazareth rise up
an waak!” 7 Peter tek de man right han an and walk.
7 And he took him by
hep um git op. Same time de man foot dem the right hand, and lifted
him up: and immediately
git scronga. 8 E jomp op an staat fa waak. his feet and ankle bones
Den e gone wid Peter an John eenta God received strength.
8 And he leaping up
House, an e beena waak an jomp an praise stood, and walked, and
God. 9 All de people shim wen e beena entered with them into
the temple, walking, and
waak an praise God. 10 An dey know dat leaping and praising God.
9 And all the people
de same man wa beena seddown close ta saw him walking and
De Purty Gyate ob God House an beg. Dem praising God:
10 And they knew that
been stonish an scruck tommuch wen dey it was he which sat for
see wa been happen ta de man. alms at the Beautiful gate
of the temple: and they
were filled with wonder
Peter Taak ta de People wa Come fa Look and amazement at that
which had happened
11 De man wa jes git heal beena hole on unto him.
11 And as the lame
ta Peter an John, an all de people been man which was healed
stonish. Dey ron ta weh de man been wid held Peter and John, all
the people ran together
Peter an John een de place dey call unto them in the porch
that is called Solomon's,
Solomon Piza. 12 Wen Peter see de people, greatly wondering.
e tell um say, “Me countryman dem ob 12 And when Peter
saw it, he answered unto
Israel, hocccome oona so stonish? the people, Ye men of Is-
Hoccome oona da look haad pon we? rael, why marvel ye at
this? or why look ye so
Oona tink dat we done mek dis man well earnestly on us, as
though by our own
cause ob we own powa or cause we so power or holiness we had
good, ainty? 13 Bot de God ob we ole made this man to walk?
13 The God of Abra-
people leada dem, Abraham, Isaac an ham, and of Isaac, and of
Jacob, dis same God gii glory ta e saabant, Jacob, the God of our fa-
thers, hath glorified his
Jedus. Fo dat, oona been han Jedus oba ta Son Jesus; whom ye de-
livered up, and denied
Pilate fa leh um kill um. Pilate been mek him in the presence of Pi-
op e mind fa leh Jedus go free, bot oona late, when he was deter

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
408 De Postle Dem 3

mined to let him go.


14 But ye denied the
ton ginst um. 14 Jedus waak scraight wid
Holy One and the Just, God an blongst ta um, bot oona ton ginst
and desired a murderer um. Oona beg Pilate fa kill Jedus an leh
to be granted unto you;
15 And killed the noda man wa been kill people go free.
Prince of life, whom God 15 So oona done kill Jedus, de one wa da
hath raised from the
dead; whereof we are gii life. Bot God mek um git op fom mongst
witnesses.
16 And his name de dead people an lib gin. We see Jedus
through faith in his name wid we own eye atta e come outta e tomb.
hath made this man
strong, whom ye see and 16 Jedus powa mek dis man well an
know: yea, the faith scrong. Wa oona done see yah an wa oona
which is by him hath
given him this perfect know, dat cause we trus een Jedus name.
soundness in the pres-
ence of you all. Jedus powa done heal dis man, an all ob
17 And now, brethren, oona shim.
I wot that through igno-
17 “Now den, bredren, A know oona an
rance ye did it, as did also
your rulers. oona leada dem ain ondastan wa oona
18 But those things,
which God before had beena do wen oona kill Jedus. 18 Bot dat
shewed by the mouth of
all his prophets, that
de way God mek dat ting come true dat e
Christ should suffer, he been say way back dey. Cause e mek all de
hath so fulfilled.
19 Repent ye there- prophet dem tell de people say Christ haffa
fore, and be converted, suffa. 19 So oona mus ton fom oona sin an
that your sins may be
blotted out, when the come ta God. Den God gwine paadon oona
times of refreshing shall fa all oona sin an tek um all way. 20 Wen
come from the presence
of the Lord; oona do dat, God, we Lawd, gwine wok
20 And he shall send
Jesus Christ, which be- eenside oona haat fa mek oona fait mo
fore was preached unto
you:
scronga. An e gwine sen de Messiah wa e
21 Whom the heaven done pick fa sabe oona. Dat Jedus esef.
must receive until the 21 Jedus haffa stay dey een heaben til de
times of restitution of all
things, which God hath time gwine come fa God fa mek all ting
spoken by the mouth of
all his holy prophets nyew, jes like God been promise way back
since the world began. dey shru e prophet dem. 22 Moses been
22 For Moses truly said
unto the fathers, A tell de people say, ‘God oona Lawd gwine
prophet shall the Lord
your God raise up unto sen oona a prophet same like e done sen
you of your brethren, like me. An dat prophet gwine come fom
unto me; him shall ye
hear in all things whatso- mongst oona own people. Oona mus pay
ever he shall say unto mind ta all wa e gwine tell oona.
you.
23 And it shall come to 23 Ebrybody wa ain pay mind ta wa de
pass, that every soul,
which will not hear that prophet tell um, God gwine tek dat one
prophet, shall be de-
stroyed from among the
way fom mongst de people an stroy um.’
people. 24 Samuel an all de oda prophet dem atta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 3, 4 409

Samuel, dey all tell bout dis time now. 24 Yea, and all the
prophets from Samuel
25 Dem ting wa God promise we, wa dem and those that follow af-
prophet tell bout, dem ting fa oona. Oona ter, as many as have spo-
ken, have likewise fore-
hab oona paat een dat blessin, wa God told of these days.
been promise wen e mek a cobnant wid 25 Ye are the children
of the prophets, and of
oona ole people. E tell Abraham say, ‘A the covenant which God
gwine mek oona chullun chullun a blessin made with our fathers,
ta all de people een de wol.’ 26 Wen God saying unto Abraham,
And in thy seed shall all
sen e saabant Jedus eenta dis wol, God sen the kindreds of the earth
um fus ta oona, de people ob Israel. E sen be blessed.
26 Unto you first God,
um fa bless oona, so dat all ob oona gwine having raised up his Son
ton fom oona wickity way.” Jesus, sent him to bless
you, in turning away ev-
ery one of you from his
De Leada dem Tek Peter an John 4
,3
iniquities.
ta de Council

4 Peter an John still beena taak ta de


1 Chapter 4
people wen de Jew leada dem come 1 And as they spake
unto the people, the
ta um. De Jew priest dem an de offisa ob priests, and the captain of
dem wa da gyaad God House, an de the temple, and the Sad-
Sadducee dem, dey all come. 2 Dem leada ducees, came upon them,
2 Being grieved that
been opsot cause de two postle dem beena they taught the people,
laan de people an tell um say Jedus done and preached through
Jesus the resurrection
dead bot e git op fom mongst de dead from the dead.
people an lib gin. Dat show dat wen 3 And they laid hands
on them, and put them in
somebody dead, e gwine lib gin. 3 Dem hold unto the next day:
leada grab hole ta Peter an John. Bot cause for it was now eventide.
de son beena set fa red, dey pit um een de 4 Howbeit many of
them which heard the
jailhouse til de nex day. 4 Bot a heapa word believed; and the
people wa yeh Peter an John wod bleebe number of the men was
about five thousand.
wa dey tell um. An now, all de man dem 5 And it came to pass
wa bleebe been bout fibe tousan. on the morrow, that their
5 Nex day, de Jew rula dem, long wid de rulers, and elders, and
scribes,
oda Jew leada an Law teacha dem, dey 6 And Annas the high
meet togeda een Jerusalem. 6 Annas, wa priest, and Caiaphas, and
John, and Alexander, and
been de head man ob de Jew priest dem, e as many as were of the
been dey, an Caiaphas, an John an kindred of the high
Alexander an de oda man dem ob Annas priest, were gathered to-
gether at Jerusalem.
fambly. 7 Dey tek Peter an John outta de 7 And when they had
jailhouse an mek um stan fo all dem man set them in the midst,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
410 De Postle Dem 4

they asked, By what wa done been geda dey. Den dey quizzit
power, or by what name,
have ye done this? Peter an John say, “Weh oona git de powa
8 Then Peter, filled fa mek dis man yah waak? Who gii oona
with the Holy Ghost, said dat powa?”
unto them, Ye rulers of
the people, and elders of
8 Peter been full op wid de Holy Sperit,
Israel, so e ansa um say, “Oona wa da rule de
9 If we this day be ex- people an oona leada dem wa dey yah!
amined of the good deed
done to the impotent
9 Oona bring we yah taday an aks we bout
man, by what means he is de good ting wa we done do fa dat cripple
made whole;
op man. Oona da aks we wa dat powa we
10 Be it known unto
you all, and to all the hab fa heal um. 10 So den, all ob oona
people of Israel, that by oughta know, an all de people een Israel
the name of Jesus Christ
of Nazareth, whom ye
oughta know. Oona done kill Jedus Christ
crucified, whom God fom Nazareth. Oona nail um ta de cross.
raised from the dead, Bot God mek um git op fom mongst de
even by him doth this
man stand here before dead people an lib gin. An de powa ob
you whole. Jedus name, dat wa mek dis man yah stan
11 This is the stone
which was set at nought
mongst ya, an e heal now. 11 God been
of you builders, which is taak bout Jedus wen e say,
become the head of the ‘De same stone dat oona ain wahn
corner.
wen oona build,
12 Neither is there sal-
vation in any other: for
dat de one wa done come fa be
there is none other name portant mo den all de od res!’
under heaven given 12 Ain nobody bot Jedus able fa sabe
among men, whereby we
must be saved. people. Een all de wol ain nobody else, no
13 Now when they saw oda name dat God gii ta people so dat we
the boldness of Peter and kin git sabe.”
John, and perceived that 13 Now den, de leada dem een de Jew
they were unlearned and
ignorant men, they mar- Council see dat Peter an John been people
velled; and they took jes like ebrybody else, an dey ain hab no
knowledge of them, that
they had been with Jesus. school laanin. Bot Peter an John ain been
14 And beholding the scaid fa taak ta um bout Jedus. Dat mek
man which was healed dem leada stonish, an mek um know dat
standing with them, they Peter an John beena waak wid Jedus.
could say nothing against
it. 14 De leada dem ain been able fa say
15 But when they had nottin bad ginst Peter an John, cause de
commanded them to go man wa dey heal beena stanop dey wid
aside out of the council,
they conferred among
um. 15 So de leada dem ob de Council sen
themselves, Peter an John outta de Council room. Den

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 4 411

dey taak ta one noda bout all dis. 16 Dey 16 Saying, What shall
we do to these men? for
aks one noda say, “Wa we gwine do wid that indeed a notable
dem man Peter an John? All de people een miracle hath been done
by them is manifest to all
Jerusalem know dey done dis great them that dwell in Jeru-
miracle. Dey done heal de man wa ain salem; and we cannot
deny it.
neba been able fa waak. We cyahn say dat 17 But that it spread no
ain so. 17 Bot we ain wahn dis nyews fa further among the peo-
spread roun mongst mo people. So den, ple, let us straitly
threaten them, that they
leh we call Peter an John an waan um say, speak henceforth to no
dey mus dohn taak ta nobody no mo een man in this name.
18 And they called
Jedus name.” them, and commanded
18 So de leada dem call Peter an John fa them not to speak at all
come eenside de place. Dey taak scrong ta nor teach in the name of
Jesus.
um an chaage um say, “Mus dohn taak ta 19 But Peter and John
nobody tall een de name ob Jedus. Mus answered and said unto
dohn laan nobody een Jedus name.” them, Whether it be right
in the sight of God to
19 Bot Peter an John ansa um say, “Wa we hearken unto you more
spose fa do? E mo betta fa we fa do wa than unto God, judge ye.
20 For we cannot but
oona say, or fa do wa God say? 20 We ain speak the things which
able fa shet we mout an stop da taak bout we have seen and heard.
wa we done see an yeh.” 21 De leada dem 21 So when they had
ob de Council waan um mo scronga gin an further threatened them,
they let them go, finding
leh um go way. Dey ain find no way fa nothing how they might
punish um, cause all de people dey beena punish them, because of
the people: for all men
praise God fa wa been happen. 22 An de glorified God for that
man wa God heal wid dis miracle, e been which was done.
pass foty yeah ole. 22 For the man was
above forty years old, on
whom this miracle of
De Bleeba dem Pray fa de Lawd healing was shewed.
fa Courage Um 23 And being let go,
they went to their own
23 Wen Peter an John been ton loose, company, and reported
dey gone back ta dey own people wa all that the chief priests
and elders had said unto
bleebe pon Jedus. Dey tell um wa de leada them.
dem ob de priest dem an de oda Jew leada 24 And when they
dem tell um. 24 Wen de oda people wa heard that, they lifted up
their voice to God with
bleebe yeh wa Peter an John say, dey all one accord, and said,
pray togeda ta God say, “Lawd God, wa da Lord, thou art God, which
hast made heaven, and
rule oba all, ya mek de heaben, de wol an earth, and the sea, and all
de sea, an all wa een um! 25 De Holy Sperit that in them is:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
412 De Postle Dem 4

25 Who by the mouth taak fa ya an tell ya saabant David fa say,


of thy servant David hast
said, Why did the hea- ‘Wa mek dem diffunt nation
then rage, and the people bex so bad?
imagine vain things?
Hoccome de people scheme
26 The kings of the
fa do wa de Lawd ain wahn
earth stood up, and the
rulers were gathered to- an den dey ain able fa do um?
gether against the Lord, 26 De king dem wa rule een de wol
and against his Christ.
git ready
27 For of a truth
against thy holy child Je-
an de rula dem beena geda togeda
sus, whom thou hast fa fight ginst de Lawd an Christ,
anointed, both Herod, de one God done pick.’
and Pontius Pilate, with
the Gentiles, and the peo- 27 Fa true, Herod an Pontius Pilate meet
ple of Israel, were gath- togeda yah een dis city wid de Israel
ered together,
people an wid dem wa ain people ob
28 For to do whatso- Israel. Dey scheme togeda ginst Jedus, ya
ever thy hand and thy
counsel determined be-
saabant wa blongst ta ya, de one ya been
fore to be done. sen fa be de Messiah. 28 Dem leada beena
29 And now, Lord, be-
geda fa do all de ting dem wa ya done been
hold their threatenings: plan fa happen. Ya done dat cause ya got
and grant unto thy ser- de powa an ya been wahn um fa be dat
vants, that with all bold-
ness they may speak thy way. 29 Now den, Lawd, look at how dem
word, leada taak scrong ta we an waan we. We
30 By stretching forth ya saabant dem. We beg ya fa hep we.
thine hand to heal; and Courage we so dat we ain scaid fa tell de
that signs and wonders
may be done by the name
people ya wod. 30 Show ya powa an heal
of thy holy child Jesus. de sick, an gii we powa fa do sign an
31 And when they had
miracle dem wen we call pon de name ob
prayed, the place was ya saabant Jedus, wa blongst ta ya.”
shaken where they were 31 Wen dey done pray, de place weh
assembled together; and
they were all filled with dey been geda togeda shake. De Holy
the Holy Ghost, and they Sperit come pon um an fill um, an dat mek
spake the word of God
with boldness. um scrong fa tell de people God wod.
32 And the multitude
of them that believed
Dem wa Bleebe All Share wa Dey Hab
were of one heart and of All dem wa bleebe pon Jedus been
32
one soul: neither said any
of them that ought of the gree togeda an hab one haat. Nobody dey
things which he pos- ain say, “De ting dem A hab, dey me own
sessed was his own; but
they had all things propaty,” bot all dem beena share wa dey
common. been hab wid one noda. 33 De postle dem

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 4, 5 413

beena show how God great powa dey wid 33 And with great
power gave the apostles
um wensoneba dey tell oda people say, witness of the resurrec-
tion of the Lord Jesus:
“De Lawd Jedus lib gin. E done git op fom and great grace was upon
mongst de dead people!” An God beena them all.
34 Neither was there
bless all ob um too good. 34 Dey all hab any among them that
ebryting wa dey need, cause all dem wa lacked: for as many as
were possessors of lands
got lan or house, dey sell um an bring de or houses sold them, and
brought the prices of the
money, 35 an dey gii dat money ta de things that were sold,
postle dem, an de postle dem beena share 35 And laid them down
at the apostles' feet: and
de money, gim ta de people wensoneba distribution was made
unto every man accord-
dey need um. ing as he had need.
36 Dat wa Joseph, a Levite wa come fom 36 And Joses, who by
the apostles was sur-
Cyprus, done. De postle dem call um named Barnabas, (which
Barnabas. (Dat mean, “One wa Courage is, being interpreted, The
son of consolation,) a Le-
People.”) 37 E sell e fiel an e bring de vite, and of the country of
money an gim ta de postle dem. Cyprus,
37 Having land, sold it,
and brought the money,
Ananias an Sapphira and laid it at the apostles'
feet.

5 Now den, one man been dey name


1 Chapter 5
1 But a certain man
Ananias an e wife name Sapphira. named Ananias, with
Dey sell some lan, too. 2 Ananias keep Sapphira his wife, sold a
possession,
some ob de money fa esef, an e wife know 2 And kept back part of
e done done dat. Den Ananias tek de oda the price, his wife also
being privy to it, and
res ob de money an go gim ta de postle brought a certain part,
and laid it at the apostles'
dem. 3 Peter aks Ananias say, “Ananias, feet.
hoccome ya gree fa leh Satan go eenside 3 But Peter said,
Ananias, why hath Satan
ya, an tek oba ya haat an mek ya lie ta de filled thine heart to lie to
Holy Sperit? Ya done keep some ob de the Holy Ghost, and to
keep back part of the
money wa dey pay ya fa de lan! 4 Fo ya sell price of the land?
4 Whiles it remained,
de lan, dat been ya own lan, ainty? An wen was it not thine own? and
ya sell um, ya git de money fa do after it was sold, was it
not in thine own power?
wasoneba ya wahn wid um, ainty? So den, why hast thou conceived
this thing in thine heart?
wa mek ya tink een ya haat fa do susha thou hast not lied unto
ting? Ya ain lie jes ta people. Ya lie ta men, but unto God.
5 And Ananias hearing
God!” 5 Wen Ananias yeh wa Peter say, e these words fell down,
faddown stiff dead. All dem wa yeh bout and gave up the ghost:
and great fear came on
dat been too scaid. 6 Den de nyoung man all them that heard these
things.
dem come an wrop op de dead body an tek 6 And the young men
um out an bury um. arose, wound him up,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
414 De Postle Dem 5

and carried him out, and 7 Wen shree hour been pass, Ananias
buried him.
7 And it was about the wife Sapphira come eenta de room weh de
space of three hours af- postle dem been. Bot Sapphira ain know
ter, when his wife, not
knowing what was done,
wa been happen. 8 Peter aks um say, “Tell
came in. me, dis all de money wa dey pay ya an ya
8 And Peter answered
unto her, Tell me
husban fa de lan wa oona sell?”
whether ye sold the land Sapphira ansa say, “Yeah, sah, dat all de
for so much? And she money.”
said, Yea, for so much.
9 Then Peter said unto 9 Peter tell um say, “Wa mek ya an ya
her, How is it that ye husban gree fa test da Sperit ob de Lawd?
have agreed together to
tempt the Spirit of the Look yah! De man dem wa done bury ya
Lord? behold, the feet of husban, dey da come ta de door. Dey
them which have buried
thy husband are at the
gwine tek ya out an bury ya too!” 10 Jes
door, and shall carry thee den Sapphira faddown dead. De nyoung
out. man dem come an see dat e stiff dead too,
10 Then fell she down
straightway at his feet, an dey tek um out an bury um nex ta e
and yielded up the ghost: husban. 11 Wen all de people ob de choch
and the young men came
in, and found her dead, yeh wa happen, dey been scaid fa true. An
and, carrying her forth, ebrybody wa yeh bout um, dey been scaid
buried her by her hus-
band. too.
11 And great fear came
upon all the church, and De Postle dem
upon as many as heard
these things. Mek Plenty People Well
12 And by the hands of
12 De postle dem beena do a heapa
the apostles were many
signs and wonders miracle an sign dem mongst de people. All
wrought among the peo- de people wa been bleebe pon Jedus nyuse
ple; (and they were all
with one accord in Solo- fa geda togeda een de place dey call
mon's porch. Solomon Piza. 13 All de people wa ain
13 And of the rest
durst no man join himself bleebe pon Jedus been scaid fa geda dey
to them: but the people wid um. Bot de people dem gim high hona.
magnified them.
14 And believers were
14 Stillyet, mo an mo people bleebe pon de
the more added to the Lawd. A whole heapa man dem an ooman
Lord, multitudes both of dem, dey come ta de Lawd. 15 Wen de
men and women.)
15 Insomuch that they people see dem miracle de postle dem
brought forth the sick beena do, dey tote de sick out eenta de
into the streets, and laid
them on beds and screet, an dey lay down pon dey bed an
couches, that at the least mat dey, so dat wen Peter pass by, e shada
the shadow of Peter pass-
ing by might overshadow
gwine cross oba um. 16 A heapa people
some of them. come togeda fom de town dem close ta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 5 415

Jerusalem, too. Dey bring dey sick an dem 16 There came also a
multitude out of the cities
wa hab ebil sperit, an dey come ta de round about unto Jerusa-
postle dem, an de postle dem heal um. lem, bringing sick folks,
and them which were
vexed with unclean spir-
De Grab Hole ta de Postle dem its: and they were healed
17 Den de head man ob de Jew priest every one.
17 Then the high priest
dem an all dem wa gone long wid um, dem rose up, and all they that
ob de Sadducee paaty, dey been too were with him, (which is
the sect of the Saddu-
jealous ob de postle dem. 18 So dey grab cees,) and were filled
hole ta de postle dem an pit um een de with indignation,
18 And laid their
jailhouse. 19 Bot one ob de Lawd angel hands on the apostles,
dem come een de night an open de door ta and put them in the com-
mon prison.
dat jailhouse. Den de angel lead de postle 19 But the angel of the
dem outta de jailhouse, an e tell um say, Lord by night opened the
20 “Oona mus go stanop een God House. prison doors, and
brought them forth, and
Mus tell de people all bout dis nyew life said,
oona hab.” 21 De postle dem do wa de 20 Go, stand and speak
in the temple to the peo-
angel tell um fa do. Wen day clean, de ple all the words of this
postle dem gone ta God House an laan de life.
21 And when they
people bout de nyew life. heard that, they entered
De head man ob de priest dem, an dem into the temple early in
the morning, and taught.
wa gone long wid um, dey call a big But the high priest came,
meetin wid all de Jew leada dem een de and they that were with
Council. Dey sen ta de jailhouse fa hab um him, and called the coun-
cil together, and all the
bring de postle dem fa come fo de Council. senate of the children of
22 Bot wen de offisa dem git ta de Israel, and sent to the
prison to have them
jailhouse, dey ain find de postle dem dey. brought.
So de offisa dem ton back an gone ta de 22 But when the offi-
cers came, and found
Council an tell de leada dem say, 23 “Wen them not in the prison,
they returned, and told,
we git ta de jailhouse, we find um lock op 23 Saying, The prison
good, an de gyaad dem da stanop fa gyaad truly found we shut with
de door. Bot wen we open de door an look all safety, and the keep-
ers standing without be-
eenside, we ain see nobody dey!” 24 Wen fore the doors: but when
de offisa ob de man dem wa beena gyaad we had opened, we found
no man within.
God House an de leada dem ob de priest 24 Now when the high
dem yeh dat, dey been all bumfumble, an priest and the captain of
the temple and the chief
dey aks one noda say, “Wa gwine come priests heard these
fom all dis?” 25 Jes den a man come een an things, they doubted of
them whereunto this
tell um say, “Look yah! Dem man wa oona would grow.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
416 De Postle Dem 5

25 Then came one and done pit een de jailhouse, dey da stanop
told them, saying, Be-
hold, the men whom ye oba dey een God House, da laan de people
put in prison are standing bout God!” 26 So de offisa an e gyaad dem
in the temple, and teach-
ing the people.
gone an find de postle dem een God
26 Then went the cap- House, an dey bring um back ta de
tain with the officers, and Council. Bot dey ain haam um wen dey
brought them without vi-
olence: for they feared mek um come, cause dey been scaid dat de
the people, lest they people gwine chunk stone pon um.
should have been stoned.
27 And when they had 27 Dey bring de postle dem een an mek
brought them, they set um stanop fo de Council, an de head man
them before the council:
and the high priest asked ob de Jew priest dem quizzit um. 28 E say,
them, “We done chaage oona dat oona mus dohn
28 Saying, Did not we
straitly command you
laan nobody een de name ob dis man,
that ye should not teach ainty? Stillyet, oona beena laan de people
in this name? and, be- an mek all dem een Jerusalem yeh bout
hold, ye have filled Jeru-
salem with your doctrine, um, an oona wahn fa mek people blame
and intend to bring this we fa e det!”
man's blood upon us.
29 Then Peter and the 29 Peter an de oda postle dem ansa um
other apostles answered say, “We haffa do wa God tell we fa do,
and said, We ought to
obey God rather than steada wa people tell we fa do. 30 Atta
men. oona hang Jedus pon a tree an kill um, de
30 The God of our fa-
thers raised up Jesus,
same God wa we ole people beena woshup
whom ye slew and mek Jedus git op fom mongst de dead
hanged on a tree. people an lib gin. 31 God gii Jedus tority
31 Him hath God ex-
alted with his right hand an powa an mek um seddown ta e right
to be a Prince and a Sav- han side fa be we Leada an we Sabior. E
iour, for to give repen-
tance to Israel, and done dat fa gii de people ob Israel de
forgiveness of sins. chance fa ton fom dey sin an change how
32 And we are his wit-
nesses of these things;
dey lib. Den God kin paadon um fa dey sin.
and so is also the Holy 32 We postle done see an yeh dem ting, an
Ghost, whom God hath we da mek people know de trute bout um.
given to them that obey
him. An de Holy Sperit mek um know de trute,
33 When they heard
too. God gii de Holy Sperit ta dem wa da
that, they were cut to the
heart, and took counsel to do wa e tell um fa do.”
slay them. 33 Wen de Council man dem yeh wa de
34 Then stood there up
one in the council, a postle dem say, dey been so mad til dey
Pharisee, named Gama- been wahn fa kill um. 34 Bot Gamaliel, a
liel, a doctor of the law,
had in reputation among
Pharisee wa beena laan people de Jew
all the people, and com- Law, e been one ob dem een dat Council

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 5 417

dat all de people hona. E stanop een de manded to put the apos-
tles forth a little space;
Council an e gii orda fa dem fa tek dem 35 And said unto them,
postle outside de meetin place fa a leetle Ye men of Israel, take
bit. 35 Den e tell de Council man dem say, heed to yourselves what
ye intend to do as touch-
“Me countryman dem ob Israel, mus tek ing these men.
cyah bout wa oona gwine do ta dem man. 36 For before these
days rose up Theudas,
36 Way back dey, one man name Theudas boasting himself to be
been come an say e a big leada, an dey somebody; to whom a
number of men, about
been bout fo hundud man wa jine op wid four hundred, joined
um fa hep um. Somebody kill um, an all de themselves: who was
slain; and all, as many as
people wa beena folla um been scatta all obeyed him, were scat-
roun. So Theudas wok ain mount ta nottin. tered, and brought to
37 Atta dat, one Judas wa come fom nought.
37 After this man rose
Galilee been dey een dat time wen dey up Judas of Galilee in the
beena count de people an write down all days of the taxing, and
drew away much people
dey name. E git some ob de people fa folla after him: he also per-
um. Somebody kill Judas too, an all dem ished; and all, even as
many as obeyed him,
people wa beena folla um been scatta were dispersed.
roun. 38 So den, all dis mek me waan oona 38 And now I say unto
you, Refrain from these
now. Mus dohn haam dem man yah! Mus men, and let them alone:
lef um lone! Cause ef God ain sen um, all for if this counsel or this
dis dat dey plan an de wok dey da do ain work be of men, it will
come to nought:
wot nottin. E ain gwine las. 39 Bot ef dey 39 But if it be of God,
da do wa God wahn, oona ain gwine be ye cannot overthrow it;
lest haply ye be found
able fa stop de wok dey da do, cause den even to fight against God.
oona gwine find out dat oona da fight ginst 40 And to him they
God!” agreed: and when they
had called the apostles,
De Council man dem tek Gamaliel wod. and beaten them, they
40 Dey hab de postle dem come back een commanded that they
should not speak in the
an dey hab de gyaad dem beat um. Dey name of Jesus, and let
chaage um say, “Mus dohn taak gin een them go.
Jedus name.” Den dey leh um go. 41 De 41 And they departed
from the presence of the
postle dem come out fom de Council an council, rejoicing that
dey beena rejaice fa true, cause dey been they were counted wor-
thy to suffer shame for
good nuff fa suffa an git punish fa Jedus his name.
sake. 42 An ebry day dey gone ta God 42 And daily in the
House an ta de people house. Dey beena temple, and in every
house, they ceased not to
laan de people, da tell um de Good Nyews teach and preach Jesus
dat Jedus de Messiah. Christ.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
418 De Postle Dem 6

Chapter 6 Dey Pick Seben Man


1 And in those days, fa Hep de Choch People
when the number of the

6 Now den, een dat time, wen mo an


disciples was multiplied, 1
there arose a murmuring mo people beena bleebe pon de Lawd
of the Grecians against
the Hebrews, because Jedus an waak een e way, sompin come
their widows were ne- op. De Jew people wa taak de Greek
glected in the daily
ministration.
language beena staat fa grumble bout de
Jew dem wa taak de Hebrew language. De
2 Then the twelve
called the multitude of
Jew dem wa taak Greek say, “Ebry day
the disciples unto them, wen dey gii out ting fa hep de wida ooman
and said, It is not reason dem, dem Hebrew wida ooman git mo den
that we should leave the
word of God, and serve we Greek wida ooman.” 2 So de tweb
tables. postle dem call a meetin wid all de people
3 Wherefore, brethren,
dat bleebe pon Jedus an say, “E ain right fa
look ye out among you we, Jedus postle, fa stop da tell people God
seven men of honest re- wod cause we haffa see dat people git wa
port, full of the Holy
Ghost and wisdom, dey need. 3 So den, bredren, we wahn
whom we may appoint oona fa pick seben good man mongst oona
over this business.
wa da lib full op wid de Holy Sperit an hab
4 But we will give our- plenty sense bout ting. We gwine hab dem
selves continually to do dis wok fa gii out wa de people need.
prayer, and to the minis- 4 Bot we gwine spen all we time da pray
try of the word.
an da do we wok fa laan de people bout
5 And the saying God.”
pleased the whole mul- 5 All de people dey een de meetin been
titude: and they chose
Stephen, a man full of heppy wid wa de postle dem say. So dey
faith and of the Holy pick Stephen, a man dat trus God een
Ghost, and Philip, and
Prochorus, and Nicanor, ebryting an full op wid de Holy Sperit. An
and Timon, and Parme- dey pick Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor,
nas, and Nicolas a prose-
lyte of Antioch: Timon, Parmenas, an Nicolas wa come
fom Antioch an done gree fa jine de Jew
6 Whom they set be-
people. 6 De people een de meetin tek de
fore the apostles: and
when they had prayed, seben man wa dey been pick an show de
they laid their hands on postle dem. De postle dem pray fa dem
them.
seben man, an dey lay dey han pon dey
7 And the word of God head an bless um.
increased; and the num- 7 So den, God wod beena gwine all oba,
ber of the disciples mul-
tilied in Jerusalem
an mo an mo people een Jerusalem bleebe
greatly; and a great com- pon Jedus an waak een e way. An plenty

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 6, 7 419

Jew priest dem, dey change dey way an pany of the priests were
obedient to the faith.
bleebe pon Jedus Christ, too.
8 And Stephen, full of
Dey Grab Hole ta Stephen faith and power, did
great wonders and mira-
8 Stephen been a man dat God been bless cles among the people.
an full op wid powa. E beena do plenty 9 Then there arose cer-
miracle an sign mongst de people. 9 Bot tain of the synagogue,
some man dem fom Cyrene an Alexandria which is called the syna-
gogue of the Libertines,
wa blongst ta de Jew meetin house wa dey and Cyrenians, and
call De Meetin House ob de Free Man Dem, Alexandrians, and of
them of Cilicia and of
togeda wid some oda Jew dem dat come Asia, disputing with
fom Cilicia an Asia, dey come an staat fa Stephen.
aagy wid Stephen. 10 Bot God Sperit gii 10 And they were not
Stephen heapa sense so dat wen e taak, able to resist the wisdom
and the spirit by which
nobody neba hab nottin mo fa say. 11 So he spake.
dem Jew wa been ginst Stephen, dey gone
11 Then they suborned
an find some oda man dem an pay um fa lie men, which said, We
bout Stephen. Dey hab de man dem say, have heard him speak
“We yeh dis man Stephen da taak bad ginst blasphemous words
against Moses, and
Moses an ginst God.” 12 So den, dey pit dem against God.
wod een de people yea, an de people been
12 And they stirred up
stir op. De Jew leada an Law teacha dem the people, and the el-
been stir op too. Dey gone an grab hole ta ders, and the scribes, and
came upon him, and
Stephen an bring um ta de Jew Council. caught him, and brought
13 Den dey find people fa lie bout Stephen him to the council,
dey. Dey say, “All de time dis man da taak 13 And set up false
bad ginst we House ob God an ginst de Law witnesses, which said,
dat God gii Moses. 14 We done yeh um taak, This man ceaseth not to
speak blasphemous
say dat dis man Jedus dat come fom words against this holy
Nazareth, e gwine stroy God House. An e place, and the law:
gwine change all dem ting wa we da do 14 For we have heard
taday, dat Moses been laan we ole people.” him say, that this Jesus of
15 All dem dat been seddown dey een de Nazareth shall destroy
this place, and shall
Jew Council beena look scraight at Stephen, change the customs
an dey see dat e face look like de face ob a which Moses delivered
us.
angel. 15 And all that sat in
Stephen Taak ta de Council the council, looking

7
stedfastly on him, saw his
1De head man ob de Jew priest dem face as it had been the
aks Stephen say, “All dat wa dem face of an angel.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
420 De Postle Dem 7
7
,6

Chapter 7 people yah done say ginst ya, dat de


1 Then said the high trute?”
priest, Are these things 2 Stephen ansa say, “Oona, me fada
so?
2 And he said, Men, dem an me bredren, listen ta me! God wa
brethren, and fathers, hab glory an powa mo den all oda, e
hearken; The God of
glory appeared unto our
appeah ta we fada Abraham. Dat been wen
father Abraham, when he Abraham beena lib een Mesopotamia, fo e
was in Mesopotamia, be- gone fa lib ta Haran town. 3 God tell
fore he dwelt in Charran,
3 And said unto him, Abraham say, ‘Ya mus lef ya kin folk an
Get thee out of thy coun- come outta ya country. Haffa go ta a
try, and from thy kin- country dat A gwine show ya.’ 4 So
dred, and come into the
land which I shall shew Abraham come outta Chaldea an gone fa
thee. lib ta Haran. Atta Abraham fada done
4 Then came he out of
the land of the Chal-
dead, God moob Abraham outta Haran an
daeans, and dwelt in sen um ta dis lan weh oona da lib now.
Charran: and from 5 Stillyet, God ain gii Abraham no place
thence, when his father
was dead, he removed dey fa be e own een dat time. E ain git
him into this land, eben one foot ob groun fa esef. Bot e mek a
wherein ye now dwell.
5 And he gave him
cobnant wid um, promise um say, e gwine
none inheritance in it, gim dat groun. An God promise um dat
no, not so much as to set groun dey gwine be Abraham own
his foot on: yet he
promised that he would propaty, an de propaty ob Abraham
give it to him for a chullun chullun atta Abraham done pass
possession, and to his
seed after him, when as
oba. Now Abraham ain hab no chullun yet
yet he had no child. wen God tell um dat. 6 God tell Abraham
6 And God spake on like dis, say, ‘Abraham, ya chullun chullun
this wise, That his seed
should sojourn in a
gwine lib een noda lan wa blongst ta oda
strange land; and that people. An dem people een dat oda lan
they should bring them gwine mek ya chullun chullun slabe. Dey
into bondage, and en-
treat them evil four hun- gwine do um bad an mek um suffa fa fo
dred years. hundud yeah. 7 Bot A gwine jedge de
7 And the nation to
whom they shall be in
nation wa mek um slabe. Den ya chullun
bondage will I judge, said chullun gwine come outta dat slabe life an
God: and after that shall dat oda lan. Dey gwine come yah ta dis
they come forth, and
serve me in this place. place an woshup me.’ 8 God tell Abraham
8 And he gave him the fa circumcise dey son dem atta dey bon, fa
covenant of circumci- show dat God been mek dat cobnant wid
sion: and so Abraham
begat Isaac, and circum- dem. So wen Abraham hab a son, wa e
cised him the eighth day; name Isaac, Abraham circumcise um pon

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 7 421

de eight day atta e bon. An atta wile, wen and Isaac begat Jacob;
and Jacob begat the
Isaac hab a son, wa e name Jacob, e twelve patriarchs.
circumcise um pon de eight day atta e bon. 9 And the patriarchs,
An wen Jacob hab e tweb son dem, e moved with envy, sold
Joseph into Egypt: but
circumcise um. Dem we own ole people God was with him,
leada wa staat de tweb tribe dem een we 10 And delivered him
Jew nation. out of all his afflictions,
and gave him favour and
9 “Now den Joseph broda dem been
wisdom in the sight of
jealous ob um. Cause ob dat, dey sell um fa Pharaoh king of Egypt;
and he made him gover-
slabe een Egypt lan. Bot God been dey wid nor over Egypt and all his
Joseph. 10 God beena hep Joseph all de house.
time wen trouble hab um. E sabe um outta 11 Now there came a
dearth over all the land
e fliction. Wen dey tek Joseph an gone fo of Egypt and Chanaan,
Pharaoh, de king ob Egypt, God bless and great affliction: and
Joseph an gim sense an fabor een Pharaoh our fathers found no
sustenance.
eye. So Pharaoh mek Joseph gobna fa rule 12 But when Jacob
oba Egypt, an e mek um de rula oba heard that there was corn
Pharaoh own house. 11 Den de dry in Egypt, he sent out our
fathers first.
drought come eenta all ob Egypt lan an 13 And at the second
Canaan lan. Plenty people suffa fa true. An time Joseph was made
we ole people ain been able fa find nottin known to his brethren;
and Joseph's kindred was
fa nyam. 12 Wen Jacob yeh say dat grain made known unto
been stillyet dey een Egypt, e sen e chullun Pharaoh.
14 Then sent Joseph,
wa come fa be we ole fada. Jacob sen um and called his father Ja-
dey fa buy food. Dat been de fus time e cob to him, and all his
chullun gone dey. 13 De secon time wen kindred, threescore and
fifteen souls.
dey gone ta Egypt lan, Joseph tell e broda
15 So Jacob went
dem who dat e been, an King Pharaoh down into Egypt, and
come fa know bout Joseph fambly. 14 Den died, he, and our fathers,
Joseph sen wod ta e fada Jacob fa aks um 16 And were carried
fa come ta Egypt lan wid all de fambly. over into Sychem, and
laid in the sepulchre that
Dey been sebenty-fibe people een de Abraham bought for a
fambly. 15 Jacob gone down ta Egypt. Dey sum of money of the sons
of Emmor the father of
een Egypt, e an all e chullun, we ole Sychem.
people, dey beena lib dey til all done dead. 17 But when the time
16 Dey tote dey dead body an gone bury of the promise drew nigh,
um back een Shechem een de tomb dat which God had sworn to
Abraham, the people
Abraham been buy fom Hamor son dem. grew and multiplied in
17 “Wen de time beena come close fa Egypt,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
422 De Postle Dem 7

18 Till another king God fa do wa e been promise Abraham, we


arose, which knew not
Joseph. ole people een Egypt lan beena grow fa be
19 The same dealt
subtilly with our kindred,
a whole heap. 18 An noda king dat ain
and evil entreated our fa- been know Joseph staat fa rule oba Egypt.
thers, so that they cast
out their young children, 19 Dis nyew king yah tek wantage ob we
to the end they might not people, an e mek we people suffa bad. E
live.
20 In which time Mo- mek we people chunk dey baby chullun
ses was born, and was ex-
ceeding fair, and nourish- outdoor fa dead. 20 Dat same time dey,
ed up in his father's Moses bon. E been a fine chile. E modda an
house three months:
21 And when he was e fada tek cyah ob um an hide um een dey
cast out, Pharaoh's house fa shree mont. 21 Den wen dey pit
daughter took him up,
and nourished him for Moses outdoor, Pharaoh daughta tek
her own son.
22 And Moses was Moses an dopt um an mind um like e own
learned in all the wisdom son. 22 Dey laan Moses all wa de Egypt
of the Egyptians,
and was mighty in words
people know, all dey sense. An e been a
and in deeds. great man wa been know fa true how fa
23 And when he was
full forty years old, it taak an cyaa esef.
came into his heart to 23 “Wen Moses been foty yeah ole, e
visit his brethren the chil-
dren of Israel. mek op e mind fa go see e bredren, de
24 And seeing one of
them suffer wrong, he de-
Israel people. 24 Wen e been dey, e see a
fended him, and avenged Egypt man da do bad ta a Israel man. So
him that was oppressed,
and smote the Egyptian: Moses gone an fight fa de Israel man, an e
25 For he supposed his
brethren would have un-
kill de Egypt man. 25 Moses been tink dat
derstood how that God e bredren gwine ondastan dat God sen um
by his hand would de-
liver them: but they un- fa hep um an set um free fom slabery. Bot
derstood not.
26 And the next day he
dey ain ondastan bout dat. 26 De nex day,
shewed himself unto Moses see two Israel man da fight. E gone
them as they strove, and fa paat um an git um fa mek peace wid one
would have set them at
one again, saying, Sirs, ye noda. E tell um say, ‘Listen yah, oona two
are brethren; why do ye
wrong one to another? broda, hoccome oona da fight an do bad ta
27 But he that did his one noda?’ 27 Bot de man wa beena do bad
neighbour wrong thrust
him away, saying, Who
ginst e Israel broda tell Moses say, ‘Who
made thee a ruler and a mek ya a rula an a jedge oba we? 28 Ya
judge over us? wahn fa kill me same like how ya done kill
28 Wilt thou kill me, as
thou diddest the Egyp- dat Egypt man yestiddy, ainty?’ 29 Wen
tian yesterday?
29 Then fled Moses at Moses yeh wa dat man say, e ron way an
this saying, and was a gone outta Egypt lan. E gone fa lib een a
stranger in the land of
Madian, where he begat
lan name Midian. E been a come-yah
two sons. poson dey, an e hab two son.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 7 423

30 “Now den, wen foty yeah been pass, 30 And when forty
years were expired, there
one angel come ta Moses een de wildaness appeared to him in the
wilderness of mount Sina
close ta de high hill name Mount Sinai, een an angel of the Lord in a
a fire dat beena come outta a bush. 31 Wen flame of fire in a bush.
31 When Moses saw it,
Moses see dat, e beena wonda tommuch. E he wondered at the sight:
gone close fa look good at um, an e yeh de and as he drew near to
behold it, the voice of the
boice ob God de Lawd da taak ta um say, Lord came unto him,
32 Saying, I am the God of
32 ‘A de God ob ya ole people, de God ob
thy fathers, the God of Abra-
Abraham, Isaac an Jacob.’ Wen Moses yeh ham, and the God of Isaac,
dat, e tremble, cause e been too scaid so and the God of Jacob. Then
Moses trembled, and durst not
dat e ain eben shrow e eye op fa look. behold.
33 Then said the Lord
33 De Lawd tell um say, ‘Tek ya shoe off ya
to him, Put off thy shoes
foot, cause de place dey weh ya da stan, from thy feet: for the
place where thou stand-
dat holy groun. 34 Fa true A see de bad est is holy ground.
fliction ob me people dey een Egypt lan. A 34 I have seen, I have
seen the affliction of my
done yeh um da groan, an A done come people which is in Egypt,
down fa sabe dem fom suffa. Come on yah! and I have heard their
groaning, and am come
A gwine sen ya back ta Egypt.’ down to deliver them.
35 “Now den, dat de same Moses dat de And now come, I will
Israel people ain been wahn, wen dey aks send thee into Egypt.
35 This Moses whom
um say, ‘Who mek ya a rula an a jedge oba they refused, saying,
Who made thee a ruler
we?’ God esef sen dat Moses fa rule oba and a judge? the same
dem people an sabe um. An God nyuse de did God send to be a ruler
and a deliverer by the
angel dat come ta Moses fom de fire dat hand of the angel which
been een de bush, fa tell Moses. 36 Den appeared to him in the
bush.
Moses lead de people outta Egypt lan. An 36 He brought them
out, after that he had
God do plenty miracle an sign een Egypt shewed wonders and
lan an at de Red Sea an een de wildaness signs in the land of Egypt,
and in the Red sea, and in
lan weh dey beena lib fa foty yeah. 37 Dat the wilderness forty
years.
de same Moses dat tell de Israel people 37 This is that Moses,
say, ‘God gwine tek one ob oona own which said unto the chil-
dren of Israel, A prophet
people an mek um a prophet, same like e shall the Lord your God
done ta me.’ 38 Dat de Moses dat been dey raise up unto you of your
brethren, like unto me;
wid de Israel people wen dey beena geda him shall ye hear.
38 This is he, that was
een de wildaness. E been dey wid we ole in the church in the wil-
people an wid de angel wa taak ta um derness with the angel
which spake to him in the
pontop Mount Sinai. God gim e message mount Sina, and with our
wa gwine lib faeba, fa gii we. fathers: who received the
lively oracles to give unto
39 “Bot we ole people ain do wa Moses us:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
424 De Postle Dem 7

39 To whom our fa- tell um fa do. Dey ton dey back pon um, an
thers would not obey, but
thrust him from them, een dey haat dey been wahn fa go back ta
and in their hearts turned Egypt lan. 40 Dey tell Aaron say, ‘Mek we
back again into Egypt,
some god dem fa lead de way fa we. Dat
40 Saying unto Aaron, man Moses dat bring we outta Egypt lan,
Make us gods to go be- we ain know wa happen ta um.’ 41 Dat de
fore us: for as for this Mo-
ses, which brought us out time wen dey mek ting wa look like a calf
of the land of Egypt, we fa woshup, an dey offa sacrifice ta dat idol.
wot not what is become
of him. Dey hab feas an mek merry fa sake ob dat
ting wa dey deysef been mek. 42 Bot den
41 And they made a
calf in those days, and of- God ton e back pon de Israel people. E lef
fered sacrifice unto the um fa woshup dem ting wa dey een de sky,
idol, and rejoiced in the
works of their own
like de staa dem an de moon. Dat stan
hands. same like dey say een de book dat de
42 Then God turned,
prophet dem write. Dey say:
and gave them up to wor- ‘Oona Israel people yah,
ship the host of heaven; e ain been fa me
as it is written in the book
of the prophets, O ye dat oona beena kill dem animal
house of Israel, have ye an sacrifice um jurin
offered to me slain beasts
and sacrifices by the space de foty yeah wen oona been dey
of forty years in the een de wildaness, ainty?
wilderness? 43 Oona beena tote de tent dat keep
43 Yea, ye took up the dat god name Molech,
tabernacle of Moloch, an de ting dat oona mek
and the star of your god
Remphan, figures which dat look like de staa
ye made to worship ob oona god Rephan.
them: and I will carry you
away beyond Babylon. Oona mek dem idol fa woshup um.
So den, A gwine git people
44 Our fathers had the
tabernacle of witness in fa tek oona faaway,
the wilderness, as he had way pass Babylon.’
appointed, speaking unto 44 “Wen we ole people been dey een de
Moses, that he should
make it according to the desat, dey hab de tent wa show dat God
fashion that he had seen. dey long wid um. Same fashion God been
45 Which also our fa- tell Moses how fa mek dat tent dey, dat
thers that came after how Moses mek um. 45 We ole fada dat
brought in with Jesus
into the possession of the been dey fus, dey dead an lef dey tent ta
Gentiles, whom God we fada dem. An dey tote um wen dey
drave out before the face
of our fathers, unto the gone wid Joshua an tek oba de lan fom
days of David; dem oda nation dat God been dribe outta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 7 425

dey fo Joshua an de people dem. De tent 46 Who found favour


before God, and desired
been dey een dat lan til de time wen David to find a tabernacle for
beena rule. 46 God been heppy wid David, the God of Jacob.
an David aks God fa leh um build a house
fa de God dat Jacob woshup. 47 Bot King 47 But Solomon built
Solomon de one dat build dat house fa him an house.
God.
48 “Stillyet, God wa dey oba all de wol, 48 Howbeit the most
High dwelleth not in tem-
an wa hab powa mo den all oda, e ain lib ples made with hands; as
eenside house wa people mek. Jes like de saith the prophet,
prophet write, wen e say,
49 ‘Heaben de place weh A da 49 Heaven is my
throne, and earth is my
seddown fa rule, footstool: what house
an pon de wol weh de people will ye build me? saith
da lib, A pit me foot. the Lord: or what is the
place of my rest?
So wa kinda house ya wahn
fa build fa me? 50 Hath not my hand
Weh de place weh A gwine res? made all these things?
50 Ain me han mek all dem ting?’
51 “Oona got haad haat fa true! God ain 51 Ye stiffnecked and
dey een oona haat, an oona ain da pay no uncircumcised in heart
and ears, ye do always re-
mind ta wa God say! Oona jes like oona ole sist the Holy Ghost: as
people. Oonasef ain neba gree fa do nottin your fathers did, so do ye.
dat de Holy Sperit tell oona fa do! 52 Dey
ain neba been no prophet dat oona ole 52 Which of the proph-
people ain mek suffa, ainty? Dey eben kill ets have not your fathers
persecuted? and they
dem prophet dat God sen fa tell bout how have slain them which
de One wa da Waak Scraight wid God been shewed before of the
coming of the Just One;
gwine come. Now, oona done han dat One of whom ye have been
wa da Waak Scraight wid God oba ta de now the betrayers and
murderers:
enemy, an oona kill um. 53 God sen e
angel dem fa gii oona e law. Stillyet, oona
53 Who have received
ain do wa de law tell oona fa do!” the law by the disposition
of angels, and have not
Dey Kill Stephen kept it.

54 Wen de leada dem een de Jew 54 When they heard


Council yeh wa Stephen say, dey been these things, they were
cut to the heart, and they
mad down, an dey suck dey teet at um. gnashed on him with
55 Bot Stephen been full op wid de Holy their teeth.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
426 De Postle Dem 7, 8

55 But he, being full of Sperit. E look op eenta heaben an e see


the Holy Ghost, looked
up stedfastly into heaven, God glory da shine an Jedus da stan pon
and saw the glory of God, God right han side. 56 Stephen tell de
and Jesus standing on the
right hand of God,
people say, “Look! A see heaben open op
56 And said, Behold, I an A see de Man wa Come fom God da
see the heavens opened, stanop pon God right han side!”
and the Son of man
standing on the right 57 Wen dey yeh Stephen say dat, de
hand of God. people kiba dey yea wid dey han. Dey
57 Then they cried out
with a loud voice, and holla loud an dey all rush togeda pon
stopped their ears, and Stephen. 58 Dey drag um outta de city, an
ran upon him with one
accord, den dey chunk stone pon um. An dem wa
58 And cast him out of beena stone um, dey pull off dey coat an
the city, and stoned him:
and the witnesses laid
pit um down ta de foot ob one nyoung man
down their clothes at a name Saul fa keep fa um. 59 Wiles dey
young man's feet, whose beena stone um, Stephen beena pray say,
name was Saul.
59 And they stoned “Lawd Jedus, tek me sperit!” 60 Den e
Stephen, calling upon kneel down pon de groun an pray een a
God, and saying, Lord Je-
sus, receive my spirit. loud boice say, “Lawd, paadon dem people
60 And he kneeled fa dis sin wa dey done!” Atta e pray dat, e
down, and cried with a
loud voice, Lord, lay not done dead.
this sin to their charge.

8
And when he had said 1An Saul been dey, da gree dat dey
this, he fell asleep.
oughta kill Stephen.
Chapter 8
1 And Saul was con- Saul Mek de Choch People
senting unto his death. Suffa
And at that time there
was a great persecution Fom dat day wen dey kill Stephen, de
against the church which Jew leada dem staat fa mek de bleeba dem
was at Jerusalem; and
they were all scattered ob de choch een Jerusalem suffa too bad.
abroad throughout the Cep fa de postle dem, all de bleeba dem
regions of Judaea and Sa-
maria, except the
ron way outta de city. Dey gone all oba de
apostles. country roun bout een Judea an Samaria.
2 And devout men car-
2 Some man dem wa feah God, dey gone
ried Stephen to his burial,
and made great lamenta- an bury Stephen. Dey weep an wail loud fa
tion over him. um.
3 As for Saul, he made
havock of the church, en- 3 Bot Saul wok fa stroy de bleeba dem
tering into every house, ob de choch. E gone fom house ta house fa
and haling men and
women committed them find um, all de man an ooman dem, an e
to prison. drag um off ta de jailhouse.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 8 427

4 Therefore they that


De Samaria People Yeh Bout Jedus
were scattered abroad
4 Now den, dem people dat beena bleebe went every where
preaching the word.
pon Jedus an haffa ron way outta 5 Then Philip went
Jerusalem, dey gone ebryweh, da tell down to the city of Sa-
maria, and preached
people God wod. 5 Philip gone an tell de Christ unto them.
6 And the people with
people een a city een Samaria bout de one accord gave heed
Messiah. 6 Wen de crowd ob people dey unto those things which
Philip spake, hearing and
yeh Philip an see dem miracle e beena do, seeing the miracles
which he did.
dey all listen op good an pay mind ta all e 7 For unclean spirits,
say. 7 An de ebil sperit dem beena holla crying with loud voice,
loud an come out fom eenside a heapa came out of many that
were possessed with them:
people. Plenty people dat been paralyze an and many taken with pal-
oda dem dat been cripple op, dey git heal. sies, and that were lame,
were healed.
8 So de people een dat city been too heppy. 8 And there was great
9 One man name Simon lib een dat city, joy in that city.
9 But there was a cer-
an e beena wok root dey fa a long time. E tain man, called Simon,
beena mek de Samaria people stonish which beforetime in the
same city used sorcery,
cause ob wa e da do. E tell um e a big leada and bewitched the peo-
fa true. 10 An all de people beena pay um ple of Samaria, giving out
mind. Dem wa hab plenty ting an dem wa that himself was some
great one:
ain hab nottin, de big leada dem an de 10 To whom they all
leetle chullun, dey all beena listen ta um gave heed, from the least
to the greatest, saying,
good. Dem people say, “Simon dat powa This man is the great
fom God dat dey call ‘De Gran Powa.’ ” power of God.
11 And to him they
11 Susha long time dey been stonish wen had regard, because that
dey shim da do e root wok dat dey pay um of long time he had be-
witched them with
mind fa true. 12 Bot wen de people bleebe sorceries.
12 But when they be-
wa Philip tell um bout de Good Nyews lieved Philip preaching
bout how God rule, an bout de name ob the things concerning the
Jedus Christ, dey aks Philip fa bactize um. kingdom of God, and the
name of Jesus Christ,
De man dem an de ooman dem all been they were baptized, both
bactize. 13 Simon, wa beena wok root, men and women.
13 Then Simon him-
bleebe pon Jedus, too. Atta Philip bactize self believed also: and
um, e staat fa go long wid Philip ebryweh. when he was baptized, he
continued with Philip,
De great miracle an de wondaful ting dem and wondered, beholding
the miracles and signs
dat Philip beena do mek Simon stonish fa which were done.
true. 14 Now when the
apostles which were at
14 Wen de postle dem een Jerusalem
Jerusalem heard that Sa-
yeh say de Samaria people been bleebe maria had received the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
428 De Postle Dem 8

word of God, they sent God wod, dey sen Peter an John ta um.
unto them Peter and
John:
15 An wen Peter an John git ta Samaria,
15 Who, when they dey pray fa de people dat been bleebe pon
were come down, prayed
for them, that they might Jedus. Dey aks God fa mek de Holy Sperit
receive the Holy Ghost: come eenta um, 16 cause de Holy Sperit
16 (For as yet he was
fallen upon none of them: ain come down eenta none ob um yet.
only they were baptized Philip jes beena bactize um een de Lawd
in the name of the Lord
Jesus.) Jedus name. 17 Den Peter an John lay dey
17 Then laid they their han pon dem people head an pray fa um,
hands on them, and they
received the Holy Ghost. an de Holy Sperit come een um.
18 And when Simon 18 Now den, Simon see dat de Holy
saw that through laying
on of the apostles' hands Sperit come eenta dem people wa bleebe
the Holy Ghost was pon Jedus wen de postle Peter an John lay
given, he offered them
money, dey han pon dey head. So e offa fa pay
19 Saying, Give me
also this power, that on Peter an John fa dat powa. 19 E tell um
whomsoever I lay hands, say, “Oona mus gii me dis powa yah too,
he may receive the Holy
Ghost. so dat wen A lay me han pon somebody
20 But Peter said unto
him, Thy money perish
head, de Holy Sperit gwine come eenta dat
with thee, because thou poson dey.”
hast thought that the gift 20 Peter ansa um say, “Leh ya be loss
of God may be purchased
with money. faeba, long wid ya money, cause ya tink ya
21 Thou hast neither able fa buy wa God da gii we. 21 Ya ain
part nor lot in this mat-
ter: for thy heart is not hab no paat een we wok, cause ya haat ain
right in the sight of God. right een God eye. 22 Mus ton way fom dis
22 Repent therefore of
this thy wickedness, and
ebil ting ya been wahn fa do. An mus pray
pray God, if perhaps the ta de Lawd fa see ef e gwine paadon ya fa
thought of thine heart tink susha ting een ya haat. 23 Cause A see
may be forgiven thee.
23 For I perceive that ya hab a bitta haat, an sin done mek ya e
thou art in the gall of bit- slabe.”
terness, and in the bond
of iniquity. 24 Simon ansa um say, “Please sah, pray
24 Then answered Si-
mon, and said, Pray ye to
ta de Lawd fa me, so dat none ob dem ting
the Lord for me, that ya say ain gwine happen ta me.”
none of these things 25 So Peter an John tell de people wa
which ye have spoken
come upon me. God done an wa dey know bout Jedus an
25 And they, when
wa e da do fa um, an dey splain de wod ob
they had testified and
preached the word of the de Lawd. Den dey gone back ta Jerusalem.
Lord, returned to Jerusa- Wiles dey beena gwine, dey beena tell de
lem, and preached the
gospel in many villages people een plenty Samaria settlement de
of the Samaritans. Good Nyews bout Jedus.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 8 429

Philip Tell de Leada fom Ethiopia 26 And the angel of the


Lord spake unto Philip,
de Good Nyews saying, Arise, and go to-
26 De Lawd sen e angel ta Philip. De ward the south unto the
way that goeth down
angel tell Philip say, “Mus git op an go from Jerusalem unto
sout ta de road wa ron fom Jerusalem ta Gaza, which is desert.
Gaza.” (Dat de desat.) 27 So Philip git op 27 And he arose and
went: and, behold, a man
an gone ta de place God tell um fa go. Dat of Ethiopia, an eunuch of
same time, one leada fom Ethiopia lan great authority under
Candace queen of the
beena pass by pon de same road. E been a Ethiopians, who had the
big leada wa tek cyah ob all de propaty ob charge of all her treasure,
Candace, de queen ob Ethiopia. Dat big and had come to Jerusa-
lem for to worship,
leada been come fa woshup God een 28 Was returning, and
Jerusalem, 28 an now e beena gwine back sitting in his chariot read
gin ta Ethiopia. Wiles e beena gwine, e Esaias the prophet.
29 Then the Spirit said
been seddown een e chariot, da read fom unto Philip, Go near, and
de book ob Isaiah de prophet. 29 God join thyself to this
Sperit tell Philip say, “Mus go oba ta dat chariot.
30 And Philip ran
chariot an stay close ta um.” 30 Philip thither to him, and heard
gone oba an e yeh de man da read fom de him read the prophet
book ob Isaiah de prophet. So Philip aks Esaias, and said,
Understandest thou what
um say, “Ya ondastan wa ya da read?” thou readest?
31 De Ethiopia leada ansa um say, “How 31 And he said, How
A gwine ondastan wa A da read wen dey can I, except some man
should guide me? And he
ain nobody fa splain um ta me?” E eenbite desired Philip that he
Philip fa climb op an seddown wid um een would come up and sit
with him.
de chariot. 32 De Ethiopia man beena read 32 The place of the
fom God wod weh de prophet done write scripture which he read
dis yah: was this, He was led as a
sheep to the slaughter;
“E been a sheep dat dey and like a lamb dumb be-
lead fa go kill um, fore his shearer, so
opened he not his mouth:
e been like a lamb dat ain cry out
wen dey da cut e wool. 33 In his humiliation
E ain crack e teet. his judgment was taken
away: and who shall de-
33 Dey hole um cheap an do um bad,
clare his generation? for
an e ain hab nobody his life is taken from the
earth.
fa taak fa um fa do um right.
Nobody ain gwine be able fa taak 34 And the eunuch an-
swered Philip, and said, I
bout e chullun chullun, pray thee, of whom
cause e life een de wol done oba.” speaketh the prophet

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
430 De Postle Dem 8, 9

this? of himself, or of 34 De Ethiopia leada aks Philip say,


some other man?
35 Then Philip opened “Tell me, who dat de prophet Isaiah da
his mouth, and began at taak bout? E taak bout esef, or bout some
the same scripture, and
preached unto him Jesus.
oda poson?” 35 Den Philip splain, e staat
36 And as they went on fom dat same paat ob God wod wa Isaiah
their way, they came unto write, an e tell um de Good Nyews bout
a certain water: and the
eunuch said, See, here is Jedus. 36 Wiles dey beena gwine down de
water; what doth hinder road, dey git ta a place wa hab wata. De
me to be baptized?
37 And Philip said, If Ethiopia leada aks Philip say, “Look yah,
thou believest with all dey wata yah. Ain nottin fa stop ya fom
thine heart, thou mayest.
And he answered and bactize me, ainty?”
said, I believe that Jesus [37 Philip ansa um say, “Ef ya bleebe
Christ is the Son of God.
38 And he commanded pon Jedus wid all ya haat, ya kin git
the chariot to stand still: bactize.” De leada ansa um say, “A bleebe.
and they went down both A bleebe dat Jedus Christ de Son ob God.”]
into the water, both
Philip and the eunuch; 38 De Ethiopia leada gii orda fa e chariot
and he baptized him. fa stop dey, an de two ob um gone eenta de
39 And when they
were come up out of the wata, an Philip bactize um. 39 Wen dey
water, the Spirit of the come op outta de wata, de Lawd Sperit tek
Lord caught away Philip,
that the eunuch saw him Philip an e gone way, an de Ethiopia leada
no more: and he went on ain see Philip gin. Bot dat leada gone pon e
his way rejoicing.
40 But Philip was
way, an e been too glad. 40 Philip appeah
found at Azotus: and een a place name Azotus. E tell all de
passing through he people de Good Nyews dey an een all de
preached in all the cities,
till he came to Caesarea. city dem, til e git ta Caesarea.
9
,8
Saul Bleebe pon Jedus
Chapter 9

9 Dat same time dey, Saul beena


1 And Saul, yet breath- 1
ing out threatenings and stillyet mek dem wa waak een de way
slaughter against the dis-
ciples of the Lord, went ob de Lawd fa suffa. E say e gwine kill um,
unto the high priest, an e gone ta de head man ob de priest dem.
2 And desired of him
2 E aks um fa gim letta wa show e hab
letters to Damascus to the
synagogues, that if he tority fa go eenside all de Jew meetin
found any of this way, house dem een Damascus. Den ef e meet
whether they were men
or women, he might somebody dey wa da waak een de Lawd
bring them bound unto Way, e gwine grab hole ta dat poson, man
Jerusalem.
3 And as he journeyed, or ooman, an tek um back as prisona ta
he came near Damascus: Jerusalem.
and suddenly there
shined round about him a
3 Paul gone long dey pon de Damascus
light from heaven: road. Wen e git close ta de city, all ob a

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 9 431

sudden a bright light come outta heaben 4 And he fell to the


earth, and heard a voice
an shine like lightnin roun um. 4 E saying unto him, Saul,
faddown pon de groun, an e yeh a boice da Saul, why persecutest
thou me?
tell um say, “Saul, Saul, wa mek ya fight 5 And he said, Who art
ginst me so?” thou, Lord? And the Lord
said, I am Jesus whom
5 Paul say, “Who ya da, Lawd?” thou persecutest: it is
An de boice say, “A Jedus. A de one ya hard for thee to kick
against the pricks.
da fight. 6 Bot git op fom de groun an go 6 And he trembling
and astonished said,
eenta de city. Somebody gwine meet ya Lord, what wilt thou
dey an tell ya wa ya haffa do.” have me to do? And the
Lord said unto him, Arise,
7 De man dem wa beena trabel long wid and go into the city, and
it shall be told thee what
Saul, dey jes stan dey. Dey ain crack dey thou must do.
teet. Dey yeh de boice dat beena taak, bot 7 And the men which
journeyed with him
dey ain see nobody. 8 Saul git op fom de stood speechless, hearing
groun an open e eye, bot e ain been able fa a voice, but seeing no
see nottin. So de man dem dat been dey man.
8 And Saul arose from
wid um, dey tek hole ta e han an lead um the earth; and when his
eenta Damascus. 9 An fa shree day dey, eyes were opened, he saw
no man: but they led him
Saul eye bline, an e ain nyam an e ain by the hand, and brought
drink nottin. him into Damascus.
9 And he was three
10 One man been dey een Damascus wa days without sight, and
bleebe pon de Lawd Jedus an waak een e neither did eat nor drink.
10 And there was a
way, e name Ananias. De Lawd show um a certain disciple at Da-
wision. E see de Lawd, an e yeh um da call mascus, named Ananias;
and to him said the Lord
um say, “Ananias!” in a vision, Ananias. And
he said, Behold, I am
E ansa say, “Lawd. A dey yah.” here, Lord.
11 De Lawd tell um say, “Git op an go ta 11 And the Lord said
unto him, Arise, and go
de screet dey call Scraight Screet. Mus go into the street which is
ta Judas house an aks fa one man name called Straight, and en-
quire in the house of Ju-
Saul wa come outta Tarsus. Dat man Saul das for one called Saul, of
Tarsus: for, behold, he
da pray dey. 12 An een a wision A done prayeth,
show um a man name Ananias come eenta 12 And hath seen in a
vision a man named
de house an lay e han pon Saul head an Ananias coming in, and
putting his hand on him,
pray fa mek um able fa see gin.” that he might receive his
13 Ananias ansa say, “Lawd, a heapa sight.
13 Then Ananias an-
people done tell me bout dis man Saul, an swered, Lord, I have
bout all de ebil ting dem e done do ta ya heard by many of this
man, how much evil he
people een Jerusalem. 14 Now e done hath done to thy saints at
come yah ta Damascus, an de leada dem Jerusalem:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
432 De Postle Dem 9

14 And here he hath ob de Jew priest dem gim tority fa grab


authority from the chief
priests to bind all that
hole ta all dem wa da pray ta ya an call
call on thy name. pon ya name, fa tek um way.”
15 But the Lord said 15 De Lawd tell Ananias say, “Ya mus
unto him, Go thy way: for
he is a chosen vessel unto go. A done pick Saul fa wok fa me. E gwine
me, to bear my tell bout me, an mek de people dat ain
name before the Gentiles,
and kings, and the chil- Jew, an king dem, an de people ob Israel,
dren of Israel: know me. 16 A gwine show Saul de plenty
16 For I will shew him
how great things he must ting e haffa suffa so dat oda people kin
suffer for my name's know me.”
sake. 17 So Ananias gone. E gone eenta de
17 And Ananias went
his way, and entered into house an lay e han pon Saul head. E pray
the house; and putting fa um say, “Me broda Saul, de Lawd Jedus
his hands on him said,
Brother Saul, the Lord, wa ya see wen ya been dey pon de road
even Jesus, that appeared wen ya beena come yah, e sen me ta ya. E
unto thee in the way as
thou camest, hath sent sen me fa pray fa ya so dat ya kin git full op
me, that thou mightest wid de Holy Sperit.” 18 Jes den, sompin
receive thy sight, and be
filled with the Holy like fish scale come off Saul eye, an e been
Ghost. able fa see gin. E git op an dey bactize um.
18 And immediately
there fell from his eyes as 19 Atta e nyam, e git e scrent back.
it had been scales: and he
received sight forthwith,
and arose, and was Saul Tell bout Jedus een Damascus
baptized.
19 And when he had Saul stay a few day een Damascus wid
received meat, he was
strengthened. Then was
dem wa bleebe pon Jedus an waak een e
Saul certain days with way. 20 E gone right way ta de Jew meetin
the disciples which were
at Damascus. house dem an e tell ebrybody bout Jedus.
20 And straightway he E say, “Jedus, e God Son.”
preached Christ in the
synagogues, that he is the 21 All de people dat yeh Saul been
Son of God. stonish an say, “Ain dis de man dat beena
21 But all that heard
him were amazed, and kill people wa pray an call pon Jedus name
said; Is not this he that een Jerusalem? Ain e done come yah too,
destroyed them which
called on this name in Je-
jes fa grab hole ta dem people yah wa da
rusalem, and came hither pray an call pon Jedus name? Ain e come
for that intent, that he fa tek um back ta de leada dem ob de Jew
might bring them bound
unto the chief priests? priest dem?”
22 But Saul increased 22 Stillyet, Saul beena tell bout Jedus
the more in strength, and
confounded the Jews wid mo an mo powa. Wen e show fa true
which dwelt at Damas- dat Jedus de Messiah, de Jew people een
cus, proving that this is
very Christ. Damascus ain been able fa ansa um nottin.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 9 433

23 Atta plenty day pass, de Jew people 23 And after that many
days were fulfilled, the
hab a meetin an mek scheme fa kill Saul. Jews took counsel to kill
24 Bot somebody tell Saul wa de Jew him:
people beena plan fa do ta um. Day an 24 But their laying
await was known of Saul.
night dem Jew people beena watch an And they watched the
wait by de city gyate fa ketch um an kill gates day and night to
kill him.
um. 25 Bot one night, de people wa bleebe
25 Then the disciples
wa Saul beena tell um bout Jedus, dey pit took him by night, and
Saul een a basket an pass um oba de wall let him down by the wall
in a basket.
roun de city, an dey leddown de basket
26 And when Saul was
wid Saul eenside um, down ta de groun. come to Jerusalem, he as-
sayed to join himself to
Saul een Jerusalem the disciples: but they
were all afraid of him,
26 Saul gone ta Jerusalem fa try fa jine and believed not that he
was a disciple.
op wid Jedus ciple dem, bot dey ain bleebe
27 But Barnabas took
Saul one ob dem, so dey all been scaid ob him, and brought him to
um. 27 Bot Barnabas hep Saul. E tek um ta the apostles, and de-
de postle dem. E tell um bout how Saul clared unto them how he
had seen the Lord in the
been see de Lawd pon de road ta Damascus way, and that he had spo-
an how de Lawd taak ta um. Barnabas tell ken to him, and how he
had preached boldly at
um too bout how Saul ain been scaid fa tell Damascus in the name of
all de people een Damascus bout Jedus. Jesus.
28 So den, Saul stay dey wid de bleeba 28 And he was with
dem, an e gone roun all oba Jerusalem. E them coming in and go-
ing out at Jerusalem.
ain been scaid tall fa tell ebrybody bout de
Lawd. 29 Saul beena taak an spute wid de 29 And he spake boldly
in the name of the Lord
Jew people wa taak de Greek language Jesus, and disputed
too. Bot dem people beena try fa kill um. against the Grecians: but
they went about to slay
30 De bredren wa bleebe pon Jedus yeh him.
say dey been wahn fa kill Saul, so dey tek
30Which when the bre
um down ta Caesarea an sen um way ta thren knew, they brought him
Tarsus. down to Caesarea, and sent
31 Jurin dat time, nobody ain mek de him forth to Tarsus.
choch people all oba Judea an Galilee an 31 Then had the
Samaria suffa no mo. Dey come fa be mo churches rest throughout
all Judaea and Galilee
scronga een de fait, an de Holy Sperit and Samaria, and were
beena hep um, so dat mo an mo people edified; and walking in
the fear of the Lord, and
bleebe pon Jedus. Dey beena do wa God in the comfort of the Holy
wahn, da gii hona ta de Lawd. Ghost, were multiplied.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
434 De Postle Dem 9

32 And it came to pass,


Peter een Lydda an Joppa
as Peter passed through-
out all quarters, he came Peter beena gwine all oba de
32
down also to the saints
which dwelt at Lydda. country. One day e gone fa see God people
33 And there he found
a certain man named
een de town ob Lydda. 33 Dey een Lydda, e
Aeneas, which had kept meet one man name Aeneas who ain been
his bed eight years, and
was sick of the palsy. able fa moob. E done been een e bed eight
34 And Peter said unto
him, Aeneas, Jesus Christ
yeah. 34 Peter tell um say, “Aeneas, Jedus
maketh thee whole: arise, Christ da mek ya well. Git op an mek op ya
and make thy bed. And
he arose immediately. bed.” Same time, Aeneas git op. 35 All de
35 And all that dwelt people dey een Lydda an pon de plain ob
at Lydda and Saron saw
him, and turned to the Sharon, dey see Aeneas been git well, so
Lord.
36 Now there was at
dey ton ta de Lawd.
Joppa a certain disciple 36 Now one ooman been dey een Joppa
named Tabitha, which by
interpretation is called city name Tabitha. (De Greek people call
Dorcas: this woman was um Dorcas, wa mean “deer.”) Tabitha
full of good works and
almsdeeds which she did. been one ob dem wa bleebe een Jedus. All
37 And it came to pass
in those days, that she
de time Tabitha beena do good an hep
was sick, and died: whom dem wa ain hab nottin. 37 Een dat time
when they had washed,
they laid her in an upper wen Peter been een Lydda, Tabitha been
chamber. sick an e done dead. Dey wash e body an
38 And forasmuch as
Lydda was nigh to Joppa, lay um een a opstair room. 38 Joppa been
and the disciples had
heard that Peter was
close ta Lydda. So een Joppa, wen de
there, they sent unto him bleeba dem yeh say Peter dey een Lydda,
two men, desiring him
that he would not delay dey sen two man ta Peter fa tell um say,
to come to them. “Please sah, come ta we quick.” 39 So
39 Then Peter arose
and went with them. Peter git op an e gone wid um. Wen Peter
When he was come, they
brought him into the up-
reach Joppa, dey tek um ta de opstair
per chamber: and all the room weh Tabitha body beena lay pon de
widows stood by him
weeping, and shewing bed. All de wida ooman dem geda dey
the coats and garments roun Peter. Dey beena cry an show Peter
which Dorcas made,
while she was with them. de coat an oda cloes dem dat Dorcas been
40 But Peter put them mek fo e dead. 40 Peter sen all ob um outta
all forth, and kneeled
down, and prayed; and de room. Den e kneel down an pray. E ton
turning him to the body ta de dead body an say, “Tabitha, git op!”
said, Tabitha, arise. And
she opened her eyes: and Tabitha open e eye. Wen e see Peter, e sit
when she saw Peter, she
sat up. op. 41 Peter tek e han an hep um stanop.
41 And he gave her his Den Peter call de people wa bleebe pon
hand, and lifted her up,
and when he had called Jedus an de wida dem an show um dat
the saints and widows, Tabitha da lib gin. 42 De nyews bout dis

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 9, 10 435

spread all oba Joppa. Cause ob dat, a presented her alive.


42 And it was known
heapa people bleebe pon de Lawd. throughout all Joppa;
43 Peter stay dey een Joppa some time. E and many believed in the
Lord.
stay wid a man wa da wok wid lezza, wa 43 And it came to pass,
that he tarried many days
name Simon. in Joppa with one Simon
10
,9
a tanner.
Peter an Cornelius Chapter 10
1 There was a certain

10 One man been dey een Caesarea


1 man in Caesarea called
Cornelius, a centurion of
name Cornelius. E been a offisa fa the band called the Ital-
de group ob sodja dem fom Rome wa de ian band,
2 A devout man, and one
pe o p l e c a l l De I taly S odj a D em. that feared God with all his
2 Cornelius an all e fambly beena woshup house, which gave much alms
to the people, and prayed to
an feah God. E been gii heapa good ting fa God alway.
hep dem wa ain hab nottin, an e beena 3 He saw in a vision
evidently about the ninth
pray ta God all de time. 3 One day bout hour of the day an angel
shree o’clock, God show Cornelius one of God coming in to him,
and saying unto him,
wision, too plain. E see God angel come Cornelius.
4 And when he looked
een an tell um say, “Cornelius!” on him, he was afraid,
4 Cornelius been scaid fa true, an e look and said, What is it,
Lord? And he said unto
haad pon de angel an say, “Wa ya wahn, him, Thy prayers and
thine alms are come up
Lawd?” for a memorial before
De angel tell um say, “God done yeh de God.
5 And now send men
pray wa ya beena pray. E see de good ting to Joppa, and call for one
dem ya da gii ta dem wa ain hab nottin. E Simon, whose surname is
Peter:
heppy wid wa ya da do, an e da ansa ya. 6 He lodgeth with one
Simon a tanner, whose
5 Sen some man dem now ta Joppa fa house is by the sea side:
bring back one man dey name Simon, wa he shall tell thee what
thou oughtest to do.
dey call Peter. 6 E da stay dey wid noda 7 And when the angel
man name Simon, wa da wok wid lezza. E which spake unto Corne-
lius was departed, he
da lib een a house close ta de seasho.” called two of his house-
7 Den God angel dat beena taak ta hold servants, and a de-
vout soldier of them that
Cornelius gone way. Cornelius call two ob waited on him contin-
ually;
e house saabant dem an one sodja wa been 8 And when he had de-
e right han man an woshup God. clared all these things
8 Cornelius tell um all wa happen an e sen unto them, he sent them
to Joppa.
um ta Joppa. 9 On the morrow, as
they went on their jour-
9 Bout noon de nex day, wiles dem man ney, and drew nigh unto
beena gwine long de road an dey beena git the city, Peter went up u-
pon the housetop to pray
close ta Joppa, Simon Peter gone pontop about the sixth hour:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
436 De Postle Dem 10

10 And he became
very hungry, and would
de flat roof ob de house weh e beena stay,
have eaten: but while fa pray. 10 Peter been hongry an e been
they made ready, he fell
into a trance, wahn sompin fa nyam. Wiles de people
11 And saw heaven een de house beena fix some food, God
opened, and a certain
vessel descending unto show Peter one wision. 11 E see heaben
him, as it had been a open op. Sompin dat look like a big bed
great sheet knit at the
four corners, and let sheet beena come down. Dat sheet beena
down to the earth:
12 Wherein were all leddown fom heaben by e fo cona til e git
manner of fourfooted
beasts of the earth, and
ta de groun. 12 All kinda critta, animal an
wild beasts, and creeping reptile wa crawl pon de groun an wile bod,
things, and fowls of the
air. been dey pon de bed sheet. 13 Peter yeh a
13 And there came a boice da tell um say, “Peter, git op. Kill
voice to him, Rise, Peter;
kill, and eat. some dem an nyam um!”
14 But Peter said, Not 14 Bot Peter say, “No, Lawd! A ain neba
so, Lord; for I have never
eaten any thing that is gwine nyam nottin dat we Jew Law say ain
common or unclean.
15 And the voice spake fit fa nyam.”
unto him again the sec- 1 5 D e b oice tell Peter gi n say,
ond time, What God hath
cleansed, that call not “Wasoneba God done mek good fa nyam,
thou common.
16 This was done ya mus dohn say e ain fit fa nyam.” 16 Dat
thrice: and the vessel was happen shree time an den all ob a sudden
received up again into
heaven. dat ting like a bed sheet gone back op
17 Now while Peter
doubted in himself what
eenta heaben.
this vision which he had 17 Dat wision wa Peter see mek um
seen should mean, be-
hold, the men which wonda, an e been wahn fa ondastan wa dat
were sent from Cornelius
had made enquiry for Si-
wision mean. Same time, de man dem dat
mon's house, and stood Cornelius sen been find out weh Simon
before the gate,
18 And called, and house been. Dey come an beena stanop
asked whether Simon, een front ob de gyate. 18 Dey holla say, “A
which was surnamed Pe-
ter, were lodged there. man name ob Simon Peter da stay yah?”
19 While Peter thought 19 Peter still beena try fa ondastan wa
on the vision, the Spirit
said unto him, Behold, God been show um een dat wision, wen
three men seek thee.
20 Arise therefore, and God Sperit tell um say, “Look! Shree man
get thee down, and go dey yah, da look fa ya. 20 Mus git op an go
with them, doubting
nothing: for I have sent down fa meet um. Mus dohn be scaid fa go
them. wid um, cause A done sen um ta ya.”
21 Then Peter went
down to the men which 21 Peter git op an gone down fa meet um.
were sent unto him from
Cornelius; and said, Be- E tell dem man say, “A de man oona da
hold, I am he whom ye
seek: what is the cause
look fa. Hoccome oona come?”
wherefore ye are come? 22 Dey tell um say, “De Roman offisa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 10 437

Cornelius sen we ta ya. E a man wa da 22 And they said,


Cornelius the centurion,
waak scraight wid God an da feah um. An a just man, and one that
feareth God, and of good
all de Jew people spec um fa true. God sen report among all the na-
e angel ta Cornelius. E tell um fa sen fa ya tion of the Jews, was
warned from God by an
fa go ta e house so dat e kin yeh wa ya holy angel to send for
gwine tell um.” 23 So Peter eenbite dem thee into his house, and
to hear words of thee.
man fa go eenside de house fa sleep dey 23 Then called he
them in, and lodged
dat night. them. And on the morrow
De nex day, Peter wid de shree man dem Peter went away with
them, and certain breth-
lef fa go ta Cornelius een Caesarea. An ren from Joppa accompa-
nied him.
some de bredren fom Joppa wa bleebe pon 24 And the morrow af-
Jedus, dey gone long wid um. 24 De day ter they entered into
Caesarea. And Cornelius
atta dat, dey come ta Caesarea. Cornelius waited for them, and had
beena wait fa um. E call e kin people an e called together his kins-
men and near friends.
fren dem togeda. 25 Wen Peter gone 25 And as Peter was
eenside de house, Cornelius come meet coming in, Cornelius met
him, and fell down at his
um an git down pon de groun front ob e feet, and worshipped
foot fa woshup um. 26 Peter mek Cornelius him.
26 But Peter took him
git op. E tell um say, “Git op, A jes a man up, saying, Stand up; I
like yasef.” 27 Wiles Peter beena taak ta myself also am a man.
27 And as he talked
Cornelius, dey beena gwine eenside de with him, he went in, and
found many that were
house. Dey, Peter see heapa people all come together.
geda togeda. 28 Peter tell de people say, 28 And he said unto
them, Ye know how that
“Oona know we Jew Law tell we dat we it is an unlawful thing for
ain oughta sociate wid people dat ain Jew. a man that is a Jew to
keep company, or come
We ain spose fa wisit um. Bot God done unto one of another na-
tion; but God hath
show me dat A mus dohn tink dat dey ain shewed me that I should
nobody wa ain fit fa mix wid we. 29 Cause not call any man com-
mon or unclean.
ob dat, Cornelius, wen ya sen fa me, A ain 29 Therefore came I
say no tall. A done come. So den, tell me unto you without gainsay-
ing, as soon as I was sent
hoccome ya sen fa me?” for: I ask therefore for
30 Cornelius tell um say, “Fo day been what intent ye have sent
for me?
pass, wen A beena pray een me house bout 30 And Cornelius said,
Four days ago I was fast-
dis same time. E been shree o’clock. All ob ing until this hour; and at
a sudden, one man wa weah cloes wa da the ninth hour I prayed in
my house, and, behold, a
shine come stanop fo me. 31 De man say, man stood before me in
‘Cornelius, God done yeh de pray ya beena bright clothing,
31 And said, Cornelius,
pray. E see de good ting dem ya da gii fa thy prayer is heard, and
thine alms are had in re-
hep dem wa ain hab nottin, an e da ansa membrance in the sight

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
438 De Postle Dem 10

of God.
32 Send therefore to
ya. 32 Sen some man dem ta Joppa fa
Joppa, and call hither Si- bring back one man name Simon, wa dey
mon, whose surname is call Peter. Simon Peter da stay wid noda
Peter; he is lodged in the
house of one Simon a tan- man name Simon, wa da wok wid lezza,
ner by the sea side: who, dey close ta de seasho.’ 33 So den A sen fa
when he cometh, shall
speak unto thee.
ya right way, an ya been good fa come.
33 Immediately there- Now den, we all yah fa yeh ebryting de
fore I sent to thee; and
thou hast well done that Lawd tell ya fa tell we. An God dey yah
thou art come. Now
therefore are we all here
wid we.”
present before God, to
hear all things that are Peter Tell bout Jedus
commanded thee of God.
34 Then Peter opened 34 Peter say, “Now A know fa true, dat
his mouth, and said, Of a
truth I perceive that God God treat all people de same way.
is no respecter of persons: 35 Ebrybody fom ebry nation, ebrybody
35 But in every nation
he that feareth him, and wa da woshup God an do wa right, God
worketh righteousness, is cept um. 36 Oona know dat dis de wod
accepted with him.
36 The word which God been sen ta de Jew people een Israel.
God sent unto the chil- E tell um de Good Nyews dat dey kin hab
dren of Israel, preaching
peace by Jesus Christ: (he peace wid God shru Jedus Christ, wa Lawd
is Lord of all:) oba all people. 37 Oona know how de wod
37 That word, I say, ye
know, which was pub-
spread all oba Judea. Dat staat een Galilee
lished throughout all atta John beena tell de people fa stop dey
Judaea, and began from sin an come leh um bactize um. 38 Oona
Galilee, after the baptism
which John preached; know dat God pick Jedus, wa come fom
38 How God anointed
Jesus of Nazareth with
Nazareth, an mek de Holy Sperit come
the Holy Ghost and with eenta um an gim powa. Jedus gone all oba,
power: who went about
doing good, and healing da do good ta people, an da heal all dem
all that were oppressed of
the devil; for God was
wa been onda de powa ob de Debil. Jedus
with him. been able fa do all dem ting yah cause God
39 And we are wit-
nesses of all things which dey wid um. 39 We see all de ting dem dat
he did both in the land of Jedus done een de country ob de Jew
the Jews, and in Jerusa-
lem; whom they slew and people, an een Jerusalem too. An dey kill
hanged on a tree: Jedus, nail um ta de cross. 40 Bot God mek
40 Him God raised up
the third day, and shew- Jedus git op fom mongst de dead people
ed him openly;
41 Not to all the peo-
an lib gin atta shree day, an e leh um
ple, but unto witnesses appeah ta we. 41 Jedus ain appeah ta all
chosen before of God, de people. E jes appeah ta we, de people
even to us, who did eat
and drink with him after God been pick fa shim. Atta Jedus git op
he rose from the dead. fom mongst de dead people an lib gin, we

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 10, 11 439

been nyam an drink wid um. 42 E chaage 42 And he commanded


us to preach unto the
we, say we mus tell people ebryweh de people, and to testify that
Good Nyews. E tell we say we mus tell um it is he which was or-
dained of God to be the
how God been pick Jedus fa jedge all de Judge of quick and dead.
people wa done dead an all dem wa ain 43 To him give all the
pass oba yet. 43 All de prophet dem taak prophets witness, that
through his name whoso-
bout Jedus, say ebrybody wa bleebe pon ever believeth in him
um, God gwine paadon dey sin, by de shall receive remission of
sins.
powa wa dey een Jedus name.” 44 While Peter yet
spake these words, the
Holy Ghost fell on all
De Holy Sperit Come pon de People them which heard the
Dat Ain Jew word.
45 And they of the cir-
44 Peter still beena taak wen de Holy
cumcision which be-
Sperit come down pon all de people wa lieved were astonished,
beena listen ta de wod. 45 De Jew people as many as came with Pe-
ter, because that on the
wa come fom Joppa wid Peter, dem wa Gentiles also was poured
done been circumcise an wa been bleebe out the gift of the Holy
Ghost.
pon Jedus, dey been stonish down, cause 46 For they heard
dey see God gii eben de people dat ain Jew them speak with tongues,
and magnify God. Then
de Holy Sperit. 46 Dey yeh dem people dat answered Peter,
ain Jew da taak diffunt language dem an 47 Can any man forbid
water, that these should
da praise God. Den Peter say, 47 “God gii not be baptized, which
dese people yah de Holy Sperit same like e have received the Holy
gii ta we. So den, ain nobody gwine say we Ghost as well as we?
48 And he commanded
ain oughta bactize um wid wata, ainty?” them to be baptized in
48 So Peter chaage um fa bactize dem the name of the Lord.
Then prayed they him to
people een de name ob Jedus Christ. Den tarry certain days.
dey aks Peter fa stay wid um fa some time.
Chapter 11
Peter Tell de Jerusalem Choch 1 And the apostles and
bout Cornelius brethren that were in
Judaea heard that the

11 De postle dem an de bredren wa


1 Gentiles had also re-
bleebe pon Jedus all oba Judea, ceived the word of God.
2 And when Peter was
dey yeh say dem people dat ain Jew been come up to Jerusalem,
bleebe God wod, too. 2 So wen Peter gone they that were of the cir-
cumcision contended
op ta Jerusalem, de Jew dem wa say all with him,
dem wa bleebe haffa git circumcise, dey 3 Saying, Thou went-
est in to men uncircum-
taak ginst Peter. 3 Dey blame Peter say, cised, and didst eat with
“Ya gone eenta de house ob people dat ain them.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
440 De Postle Dem 11

4 But Peter rehearsed


the matter from the begin-
circumcise an ya nyam wid um!” 4 So den,
ning, and expounded it Peter tell um all dat been happen fom fus
by order unto them,
saying, ta las. E say, 5 “A beena pray een Joppa
5 I was in the city of city an God show me a wision. A see
Joppa praying: and in a
trance I saw a vision, A sompin dat look like a big bed sheet come
certain vessel descend, as down. E beena leddown fom heaben by e
it had been a great sheet,
let down from heaven by fo cona, til e git ta me. 6 Wen A look good
four corners; and it came
even to me: eenside dat ting like a sheet, A see all
6 Upon the which
when I had fastened mine
kinda critta. A see wile beast, an reptile wa
eyes, I considered, and crawl pon de groun, an wile bod. 7 A yeh a
saw fourfooted beasts of
the earth, and wild beast- boice da tell me say, ‘Peter, git op. Kill
s, and creeping things, some dem an nyam um!’ 8 Bot A ansa say,
and fowls of the air.
7 And I heard a voice ‘No, Lawd, A mus dohn, fa true! A ain neba
saying unto me, Arise, nyam nottin dat we Jew Law say ain fit fa
Peter; slay and eat.
8 But I said, Not so, nyam.’ 9 De boice ansa say, ‘Wasoneba
Lord: for nothing com-
mon or unclean hath at God mek good fa nyam, ya mus dohn say e
any time entered into my ain fit fa nyam.’ 10 Dat happen shree time.
mouth.
9 But the voice an- Den all ob um been pull back op eenta
swered me again from
heaven, What God hath heaben. 11 Dat same time, shree man dat
cleansed, that call not been sen ta me fom Caesarea come ta de
thou common.
10 And this was done house weh we beena stay. 12 God Sperit
three times: and all were tell me fa go wid um, an dat A mus dohn
drawn up again into
heaven. warry cause dey ain Jew people. Dem six
11 And, behold, imme-
diately there were three bredren fom Joppa gone wid me ta
men already come unto Caesarea too, an we all gone eenta
the house where I was,
sent from Caesarea unto Cornelius house. 13 Cornelius tell we dat
me.
12 And the Spirit bade God been sen a angel ta e house. De angel
me go with them, noth- come an stan close ta Cornelius an tell um
ing doubting. Moreover
these six brethren accom- say, ‘Sen some man dem ta Joppa fa bring
panied me, and we enter- back one man dey name Simon, wa dey
ed into the man's house:
13 And he shewed us call Peter. 14 E gwine come tell ya how ya
how he had seen an angel
in his house, which stood gwine be sabe, long wid all de people een
and said unto him, Send ya house.’ 15 So den wen A staat fa ansa
men to Joppa, and call
for Simon, whose sur- Cornelius, God mek e Holy Sperit come
name is Peter; down pon Cornelius an dem een e house.
14 Who shall tell thee
words, whereby thou and De Holy Sperit come down pon um same
all thy house shall be
saved. like how e been come pon we at de fus.
15 And as I began to 16 Dat mek me memba wa de Lawd been
speak, the Holy Ghost fell
on them, as on us at the say, ‘John bactize oona wid wata, bot God

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 11 441

gwine bactize oona wid de Holy Sperit.’ beginning.


16 Then remembered I
17 Fa true, God gii dem people dat ain Jew the word of the Lord,
dat same Holy Sperit dat e been gii we wen how that he said, John
indeed baptized with wa-
we bleebe pon de Lawd Jedus Christ. So ter; but ye shall be bap-
tized with the Holy
den, who dat A da, fa tell God say A ain Ghost.
gwine do wa e tell me fa do?” 17 Forasmuch then as
God gave them the like
18 Wen dey yeh wa Peter say, dey stop gift as he did unto us, who
grumble ginst um. Dey staat fa praise God believed on the Lord Je-
sus Christ; what was I,
say, “So den, God gii eben de people dat that I could withstand
God?
ain Jew a chance fa ton fom dey sin an 18 When they heard
change dey way, so dat dey kin git life wa these things, they held
their peace, and glorified
gwine las faeba.” God, saying, Then hath
God also to the Gentiles
granted repentance unto
De Choch een Antioch life.
19 Now they which
19 W e n de Jew leada dem een were scattered abroad
upon the persecution that
Jerusalem kill Stephen an mek de people arose about Stephen trav-
dat bleebe pon Jedus Christ suffa, dem elled as far as Phenice,
and Cyprus, and Antioch,
people beena scatta all oba. Some gone a preaching the word to
long way til dey git ta Phoenicia, some none but unto the Jews
only.
gone ta Cyprus, an some gone ta Antioch. 20 And some of them
were men of Cyprus and
Bot dey jes tell de Jew people de wod bout Cyrene, which, when
Jedus. 20 Bot den some oda ob dem dat they were come to An-
tioch, spake unto the Gre-
bleebe pon Jedus wa come fom Cyprus an cians, preaching the Lord
Jesus.
Cyrene, dey gone ta Antioch an staat fa tell 21 And the hand of the
de Greek people de Good Nyews too bout Lord was with them: and
a great number believed,
de Lawd Jedus. 21 De han ob de Lawd, all and turned unto the Lord.
22 Then tidings of
ob e powa, been dey pon um. An plenty these things came unto
people bleebe pon Jedus an tek Jedus fa the ears of the church
which was in Jerusalem:
dey Lawd. and they sent forth Bar-
22 Dey nyews bout wa beena happen nabas, that he should go
as far as Antioch.
een Antioch come ta de choch people een 23 Who, when he
came, and had seen the
Jerusalem. So dey sen Barnabas ta grace of God, was glad,
Antioch. 23 Wen Barnabas git ta Antioch and exhorted them all,
that with purpose of
an see how God beena bless de people dey, heart they would cleave
e been heppy fa true. E courage um all fa unto the Lord.
24 For he was a good
keep on da bleebe pon de Lawd wid all dey man, and full of the Holy
Ghost and of faith: and
haat an waak fa true wid um. 24 Barnabas much people was added
been a good man, full op wid de Holy unto the Lord.
25 Then departed Bar-
Sperit. E bleebe God een ebryting. An nabas to Tarsus, for to

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
442 De Postle Dem 11, 12

seek Saul:
26 And when he had
plenty people bleebe pon de Lawd.
found him, he brought 25 Den Barnabas gone ta Tarsus fa look
him unto Antioch. And it fa Saul. 26 Wen e find um, e bring um ta
came to pass, that a
whole year they assem- Antioch. Barnabas an Saul stay ta Antioch
bled themselves with the fa a whole yeah. Dey beena meet wid de
church, and taught much
people. And the disciples
choch people an laan a heap ob um dey.
were called Christians Antioch been de fus place weh de people
first in Antioch. staat fa call dem wa bleebe pon Jedus
27 And in these days
came prophets from Je- “Christian.”
rusalem unto Antioch. 27 Same time, some prophet dem come
28 And there stood up
one of them named down fom Jerusalem ta Antioch. 28 One
Agabus, and signified by dem prophet name Agabus. E stanop, an
the Spirit that there
should be great dearth God Sperit gim powa fa tell bout de dry
throughout all the world: drought dat been bout fa come oba all de
which came to pass in the
days of Claudius Caesar.
wol. (Dis dry drought come een dat time
29 Then the disciples, wen Claudius beena rule een Rome.) 29 So
every man according to dem wa bleebe een Antioch gree fa hep
his ability, determined to
send relief unto the dey Christian bredren wa hab need, dem
brethren which dwelt in wa lib een Judea. Dey gree dat ebry
Judaea:
30 Which also they Christian een Antioch gwine gii wa e able
did, and sent it to the el- fa gii. 30 An dey done dat. Dey gii
ders by the hands of Bar-
nabas and Saul. Barnabas an Saul de money fa cyaa um ta
de choch elda dem een Jerusalem.

People Mek de Christian


Chapter 12 Dem Suffa Mo an Mo

12 Bout dat time, King Herod staat


1 Now about that time 1
Herod the king stretched fa mek some ob de bleeba dem wa
forth his hands to vex cer-
tain of the church.
blongst ta de choch suffa too bad. 2 E hab
2 And he killed James sodja dem tek a sode an kill James, John
the brother of John with broda. 3 An wen de king see dat de Jew
the sword.
3 And because he saw people been heppy cause e been kill
it pleased the Jews, he James, e sen sodja dem fa grab hole ta
proceeded further to take
Peter also. (Then were Peter, too. (Dis happen jurin de Jew
the days of unleavened holiday dey call de Feas ob Unleaven
bread.)
4 And when he had ap- Bread, wen dey nyam bread dat ain hab no
prehended him, he put yeast.) 4 Atta dey grab hole ta Peter, de
him in prison, and deliv-
ered him to four quater-
king hab um pit um een de jailhouse, an e
nions of soldiers to keep chaage sixteen sodja fa gyaad um. Dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 12 443

been fo group ob sodja, wid fo sodja een him; intending after


Easter to bring him forth
ebry group. Herod plan fa jedge Peter een to the people.
front ob all de people wen de Jew Passoba 5 Peter therefore was
kept in prison: but prayer
holiday been oba. 5 So Peter been dey een was made without ceas-
de jailhouse, bot de choch people beena ing of the church unto
God for him.
pray haad ta God fa um. 6 And when Herod
would have brought him
forth, the same night Pe-
De Lawd Angel Set Peter Free ter was sleeping between
fom de Jailhouse two soldiers, bound with
two chains: and the keep-
6 De night fo Herod plan fa jedge Peter, ers before the door kept
Peter beena sleep een middle ob two sodja. the prison.
7 And, behold, the an-
Dey been tie um wid two chain, an oda gel of the Lord came
sodja dem beena stanop by de jailhouse upon him, and a light
shined in the prison: and
gyate, da gyaad de place. 7 All ob a he smote Peter on the
side, and raised him up,
sudden, de Lawd angel beena stan dey saying, Arise up quickly.
eenside de jailhouse, an a bright light And his chains fell off
from his hands.
beena shine dey. De angel tetch Peter 8 And the angel said
shoulda an wake um op. E tell um say, unto him, Gird thyself,
and bind on thy sandals.
“Quick, git op!” Same time, dem chain pon And so he did. And he
Peter han fall off. 8 Den de angel tell um saith unto him, Cast thy
say, “Git dress. Pit on ya belt an tie ya garment about thee, and
follow me.
sandal pon ya foot.” Peter done wa de 9 And he went out, and
angel tell um fa do. An de angel say, “Pit followed him; and wist
not that it was true which
on ya coat an come folla me.” 9 Peter folla was done by the angel;
but thought he saw a
de angel outta de jailhouse. Bot e ain know vision.
dat de angel done done dat fa true, cause e 10 When they were
past the first and the sec-
beena tink dat e da see a wision. 10 Peter ond ward, they came
an de angel pass de fus an secon gyaad unto the iron gate that
leadeth unto the city;
dem. Dey reach de iron gyate dat open de which opened to them of
way eenta de city. Dat gyate open esef fa his own accord: and they
um, an Peter an de angel pass shru. Dey went out, and passed on
through one street; and
waak down one screet, an all ob a sudden forthwith the angel de-
de angel lef Peter. parted from him.
11 And when Peter
11 Den Peter know e ain beena see a was come to himself, he
wision an e outta de jailhouse fa true. E said, Now I know of a
surety, that the Lord hath
say, “Now A know dis done happen fa sent his angel, and hath
true! De Lawd sen e angel fa come sabe me delivered me out of the
hand of Herod, and from
fom Herod, an fom all de bad ting dem de all the expectation of the
Jew people plan fa do ta me.” people of the Jews.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
444 De Postle Dem 12

12 And when he had 12 Wen Peter ondastan dat e outta de


considered the thing, he
came to the house of jailhouse fa true, e gone ta Mary house. Dis
Mary the mother of John,
whose surname was Mary yah de modda ob John Mark. Heapa
Mark; where many were people been geda togeda een de house
gathered together pray-
ing. dey, da pray. 13 Peter knock pon de gyate
13 And as Peter knock- door, an a ooman name Rhoda, wa beena
ed at the door of the gate,
a damsel came to hear- wok dey, come fa open de door. 14 Wen e
ken, named Rhoda. yeh Peter boice, e so heppy, e ron back fa
14 And when she knew
Peter's voice, she opened tell de oda res. Bot e ain open de door fa
not the gate for gladness, Peter. E gone an Peter dey da stanop at de
but ran in, and told how
Peter stood before the door. 15 De people tell Rhoda say, “Ya
gate.
15 And they said unto crazy!” Bot e keep on da tell um dat e so.
her, Thou art mad. But So dey say, “Dat mus be Peter angel dey.”
she constantly affirmed
that it was even so. Then 16 Bot Peter steady knock. Wen dey
said they, It is his angel.
16 But Peter continued
open de door an see Peter, dey been
knocking: and when they stonish down. 17 E mek sign wid e han fa
had opened the door, and
saw him, they were mek um stop fa taak. E tell um how de
astonished. Lawd been tek um outta de jailhouse. Den
17 But he, beckoning
unto them with the hand e tell um say, “Tell James an de oda
to hold their peace, de- bredren wa happen.” Den Peter gone ta
clared unto them how the
Lord had brought him noda place.
out of the prison. And he 18 Wen day clean, de gyaad dem been
said, Go shew these
things unto James, and to all stir op. Dey aks one noda say, “Wa
the brethren. And he de-
parted, and went into an- happen ta Peter?” 19 Herod chaage um fa
other place.
18 Now as soon as it
go look fa Peter, bot dey ain find um
was day, there was no noweh. So Herod quizzit dem gyaad, an
small stir among the sol- den e gii orda fa oda sodja dem fa kill um.
diers, what was become
of Peter. Atta dat, Herod lef Judea an gone down
19 And when Herod
had sought for him, and
fa stay een Caesarea.
found him not, he exam-
ined the keepers, and King Herod Pass Oba
commanded that they
should be put to death. 20 Now den, Herod been too bex wid de
And he went down from
Judaea to Caesarea, and people een Tyre an Sidon. So some ob dem
there abode.
20 And Herod was people geda togeda fa go taak wid um. Fus
highly displeased with
them of Tyre and Sidon: dey mek peace wid Blastus, de man dat
but they came with one look atta all de ting dem een King Herod
accord to him, and, hav-
ing made Blastus the
king's chamberlain their
bighouse. Den dey gone ta Herod an aks
friend, desired peace; be- um fa mek peace, cause dey food come
cause their country was
nourished by the king's fom de country weh Herod da rule.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 12, 13 445

21 Herod pick one day special fa shim. E country.


21 And upon a set day
dress op wid de rich cloes dat king weah, Herod, arrayed in royal
an e gone an seddown pon de chair weh e apparel, sat upon his
throne, and made an ora-
beena sit fa rule. Den e taak ta de people tion unto them.
geda dey. 22 De people ansa an shout say, 22 And the people
“E ain taak like a man. E da taak like a gave a shout, saying, It is
the voice of a god, and
god!” 23 Jes den, de Lawd angel come not of a man.
scrike Herod, cause e leh de people praise 23 And immediately
the angel of the Lord
um an e ain gii God de praise. So woom smote him, because he
nyam op e body an e done dead. gave not God the glory:
and he was eaten of
24 Bot de wod ob God beena grow mo worms, and gave up the
an mo. ghost.
24 But the word of God
25 Barnabas an Saul done de wok dat
grew and multiplied.
God gim fa do. Den dey gone back fom 25 And Barnabas and
Jerusalem ta Antioch, an dey tek John Saul returned from Jeru-
salem, when they had
Mark wid um. fulfilled their ministry,
and took with them John,
whose surname was
Dey Sen Barnabas an Saul Mark.
fa Go Do God Wok

13 Een de Antioch choch dey been


1
some prophet an some teacha
Chapter 13
dem. Dey been Barnabas, Simeon wa dey
1 Now there were in
call Niger, Lucius fom Cyrene, Manaen wa the church that was at
been grow op wid de rula Herod, an Saul. Antioch certain prophets
2 One day wen dey beena fast an woshup and teachers; as Barna-
bas, and Simeon that was
de Lawd, de Holy Sperit tell um say, “Oona called Niger, and Lucius
of Cyrene, and Manaen,
mus set Barnabas an Saul apaat fa me, which had been brought
cause A done pick dem fa do me wok.” up with Herod the tet-
3 De Antioch choch people fast an pray. rarch, and Saul.
2 As they ministered to
An atta dey lay dey han pon Barnabas an the Lord, and fasted, the
Saul head fa bless um, dey sen um off fa do Holy Ghost said, Separate
me Barnabas and Saul for
God wok. the work whereunto I
have called them.
3 And when they had
Barnabas an Saul Go ta Cyprus
fasted and prayed, and
4 De Holy Sperit sen Barnabas an Saul ta laid their hands on them,
they sent them away.
a place dey call Seleucia. Den dey git a 4 So they, being sent
boat an sail ta de islant dey call Cyprus. forth by the Holy Ghost,
5 Wen dey git ta Salamis, dey gone eenta departed unto Seleucia;
and from thence they
de Jew meetin house an tell de people God sailed to Cyprus.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
446 De Postle Dem 13

5 And when they were wod. An John Mark been dey wid um fa
at Salamis, they preached
the word of God in the hep um.
synagogues of the Jews: 6 Dey gone all de way cross de islant til
and they had also John to
their minister. dey come ta Paphos. An dey meet one root
6 And when they had
gone through the isle man dey wa name Bar-Jedus. E been a Jew
unto Paphos, they found dat call esef a prophet, bot e ain been fa
a certain sorcerer, a false
prophet, a Jew, whose true. 7 Bar-Jedus beena stay longside de
name was Barjesus:
7 Which was with the islant gobna. Dat gobna name Sergius
deputy of the country, Paulus, an e been a man wa hab sense.
Sergius Paulus, a prudent
man; who called for Bar- Now de gobna sen fa Barnabas an Saul,
nabas and Saul, and de- cause e been wahn fa yeh God wod. 8 Bot
sired to hear the word of
God. de root man Elymas (dat de Greek name fa
8 But Elymas the sor-
cerer (for so is his name Bar-Jedus), e gone ginst Barnabas an Saul.
by interpretation) with- E try fa mek Gobna Sergius Paulus stop
stood them, seeking to
turn away the deputy bleebe pon Jedus. 9 Now Saul, wa dey call
from the faith.
9 Then Saul, (who also Paul too, e been full op wid de Holy Sperit.
is called Paul,) filled with Saul gone an look haad at Elymas. 10 E
the Holy Ghost, set his
eyes on him, say, “Ya de Debil chile! Ya fight ginst ebry
10 And said, O full of
all subtilty and all mis-
good ting! Ya haat full op wid bad trick an
chief, thou child of the ceitful ting. Ya ain neba gwine stop try fa
devil, thou enemy of all
righteousness, wilt thou change de Lawd true way eenta a lie,
not cease to pervert the ainty? 11 Now den, de Lawd done pit e han
right ways of the Lord?
11 And now, behold, ginst ya. Ya gwine be bline. Ya ain gwine
the hand of the Lord is see de sunlight fa some time.”
upon thee, and thou shalt
be blind, not seeing the Same time Elymas eye gone daak. E
sun for a season. And im-
mediately there fell on staat fa wanda roun, da look fa somebody
him a mist and a dark- fa hole e han an lead um, cause e bline.
ness; and he went about
seeking some to lead him 12 Wen de gobna see wa happen, e bleebe
by the hand.
12 Then the deputy, pon Jedus. E been too stonish wen e laan
when he saw what was bout de Lawd.
done, believed, being as-
tonished at the doctrine
of the Lord. Paul Dem Gone ta Antioch een Pisidia
13 Now when Paul and
his company loosed from 13 Paul dem lef Paphos. Dey git a boat
Paphos, they came to
Perga in Pamphylia: and an sail ta Perga een Pamphylia. Dey een
John departing from Perga, John Mark lef Paul dem an gone
them returned to Jerusa-
lem. back ta Jerusalem. 14 Den Paul dem lef
14 But when they de- Perga an gone ta Antioch een Pisidia. Wen
parted from Perga, they
came to Antioch in de Jew Woshup Day come, dey gone eenta
Pisidia, and went into the de Jew meetin house an seddown. 15 De

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 13 447

people read fom de Law dat God gii Moses synagogue on the sab-
bath day, and sat down.
an fom wa de prophet dem done write. 15 And after the read-
Den de rula dem ob de Jew meetin house ing of the law and the
prophets the rulers of the
sen wod ta Paul dem, tell um say, synagogue sent unto
“Bredren, ef oona hab some wod fa them, saying, Ye men and
courage de people, we wahn oona fa taak brethren, if ye have any
word of exhortation for
ta um.” 16 Paul stanop. E mek sign ta de the people, say on.
people wid e han fa mek um stop fa taak, 16 Then Paul stood up,
and beckoning with his
an e tell um say, hand said, Men of Israel,
“Oona, me people ob Israel, an all oona and ye that fear God, give
audience.
wa ain no Jew bot oona woshup God, all 17 The God of this peo-
ob oona mus listen ta wa A gwine tell ple of Israel chose our fa-
thers, and exalted the
oona! 17 De God ob dis Israel people done people when they dwelt
pick we ole people. Wen dey been down as strangers in the land of
dey een Egypt lan, God bless um a whole Egypt, and with an high
arm brought he them out
heap. Den by e great powa, God bring de of it.
18 And about the time
Israel people outta Egypt lan. 18 An God of forty years suffered he
pit op wid um fa bout foty yeah wen dey their manners in the
wilderness.
been dey een de desat. 19 E stroy de people 19 And when he had
ob seben nation een Canaan lan. Den e gii destroyed seven nations
in the land of Chanaan,
e Israel people dat lan fa dem an dey he divided their land to
chullun chullun fa dey own. 20 All dat tek them by lot.
20 And after that he
bout fo hundud an fifty yeah fo e all done gave unto them judges
happen. about the space of four
“Atta dat, God gii e Israel people jedge hundred and fifty years,
until Samuel the prophet.
dem fa rule oba um, til de time wen de 21 And afterward they
prophet Samuel come. 21 Den de people desired a king: and God
gave unto them Saul the
aks God fa pick a king fa rule oba um. God son of Cis, a man of the
gim Saul, Kish chile, wa come fom tribe of Benjamin, by the
Benjamin tribe. King Saul rule oba Israel space of forty years.
22 And when he had
foty yeah. 22 Den atta God tek de powa removed him, he raised
way fom Saul, e pick David fa be king een up unto them David to be
their king; to whom also
Israel. God tell bout David say, ‘A done he gave testimony, and
said, I have found David
find David, Jesse chile, one man dat A the son of Jesse, a man af-
heppy wid fa true. E gwine do all dat A ter mine own heart,
which shall fulfil all my
wahn um fa do.’ 23 Jedus one ob David will.
chullun chullun. An God pick um fa sabe e 23 Of this man's seed
hath God according to his
Israel people. Dat happen same like God promise raised unto Is-
been promise. 24 Fo Jedus staat e wok, rael a Saviour, Jesus:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
448 De Postle Dem 13

24 When John had first John beena preach, say ta de Israel people
preached before his com-
ing the baptism of repen- dey haffa change dey sinful way an dohn
tance to all the people of do um no mo, an come fa git bactize.
Israel. 25 Jes fo John finish op de wok dat God
25 And as John ful-
filled his course, he said, sen um fa do, e tell de people say, ‘Who
Whom think ye that I oona tink A da? A ain de one dat oona
am? I am not he. But, be-
hold, there cometh one beena look fa. Bot look yah! Dat one dey
after me, whose shoes of gwine come wen A done done de wok God
his feet I am not worthy
to loose. sen me fa do. A ain wot nuff eben fa loose
26 Men and brethren, de shoe dat e weah pon e foot!’
children of the stock of
Abraham, and whosoever
26 “Bredren, oona wa Abraham chullun
among you feareth God, chullun, an oona mongst we wa ain no Jew
to you is the word of this
salvation sent.
bot da woshup God, listen op! Dis message
27 For they that dwell bout sabation, God sen um fa we! 27 De
at Jerusalem, and their people dat lib een Jerusalem an dey leada
rulers, because they
knew him not, nor yet the dem ain been know who dat Jedus da. Dey
voices of the prophets ain know e come fa sabe um. Dey ain
which are read every sab-
bath day, they have ful- ondastan bout de wod dem dey beena read
filled them in condemn- ebry Woshup Day, dem wod dat de
ing him.
28 And though they prophet dem done write. Stillyet, wen de
found no cause of death people condemn Jedus, dey mek wa dem
in him, yet desired they
Pilate that he should be
prophet done been write bout Jedus come
slain. true. 28 De people ain find nottin bad dat
29 And when they had
fulfilled all that was writ-
Jedus done do fa mek um kill um. Stillyet,
ten of him, they took him dey aks Pilate fa hab um kill Jedus. 29 Wen
down from the tree, and dey done do all dat dem prophet done
laid him in a sepulchre.
30 But God raised him been write bout Jedus, dey tek um down
from the dead: fom de cross an pit um een a tomb. 30 Bot
31 And he was seen
many days of them which God mek um git op fom mongst de dead
came up with him from people an lib gin. 31 Jedus appeah plenty
Galilee to Jerusalem,
who are his witnesses
time ta de people dat been gone long wid
unto the people. um fom Galilee ta Jerusalem. Now, dem
32 And we declare
unto you glad tidings,
people beena tell oda Israel people all bout
how that the promise um. 32 We come yah fa tell oona de Good
which was made unto the Nyews, wa God done promise we ole
fathers,
33 God hath fulfilled people dat e gwine do, 33 We dey chullun
the same unto us their chullun, an God done do um fa we wen e
children, in that he hath
raised up Jesus again; as mek Jedus git op fom mongst de dead
it is also written in the people an lib gin. Like dey write een de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 13 449

secon Psalm, God say, second psalm, Thou art


my Son, this day have I
‘Ya me Son. begotten thee.
Taday A done come
34 And as concerning
fa be ya Fada.’ that he raised him up
34 Dey write een God Book bout how God from the dead, now no
more to return to corrup-
been gwine mek Jedus git op fom mongst tion, he said on this wise,
de dead people an lib gin, an dat God ain I will give you the sure
neba gwine leh Jedus body rot. Een e mercies of David.

Book, God say, 35 Wherefore he saith


‘A gwine gii oona dem also in another psalm,
Thou shalt not suffer
holy blessin fa true, thine Holy One to see
jes like A been promise David.’ corruption.
35 An so God tell we too, een noda place 36 For David, after he
een de Psalms say, had served his own gen-
eration by the will of
‘Ya ain gwine leh de body ob de one God, fell on sleep, and
wa blongst ta ya rot.’ was laid unto his fathers,
36 Wen David done do wa God wahn um fa and saw corruption:

do, e dead. Dey bury um close ta e ole 37 But he, whom God
people, an e body rot. 37 Bot de one dat raised again, saw no
corruption.
God mek git op fom mongst de dead
people an lib gin, e body ain rot tall. 38 So 38 Be it known unto
you therefore, men and
den, bredren, A wahn fa mek oona know fa brethren, that through
true dat we da tell oona say, dat cause ob this man is preached unto
you the forgiveness of
Jedus, God paadon oona sin. 39 A wahn fa sins:
mek oona know dat ebrybody wa bleebe
pon Jedus, God da free um fom all dey sin 39 And by him all that
believe are justified from
dat Moses Law ain been able fa free oona all things, from which ye
fom. 40 Oona mus tek cyah den, so dat wa could not be justified by
de prophet dem been say ain gwine the law of Moses.

happen ta oona. Dem prophet say,


41 ‘Look yah, oona wa da laugh 40 Beware therefore,
lest that come upon you,
bout wa God say, which is spoken of in the
oona gwine wonda, prophets;

an oona gwine dead!


Cause A gwine do a big wok 41 Behold, ye despis-
ers, and wonder, and per-
een oona day. ish: for I work a work in
An eben wen dey tell oona your days, a work which
ye shall in no wise be-
wa dat big wok mean, lieve, though a man de-
oona ain neba gwine bleebe um!’ ” clare it unto you.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
450 De Postle Dem 13

42 And when the Jews 42 Now wen Paul an Barnabas beena


were gone out of the syn-
agogue, the Gentiles be- come outta de meetin house, de people aks
sought that these words um fa come back de nex Woshup Day fa
might be preached to
them the next sabbath. tell um mo bout wa dey jes beena taak
bout. 43 Wen dey all lef de meetin house,
43 Now when the con-
gregation was broken up,
plenty Jew people gone long da waak wid
many of the Jews and re- Paul an Barnabas. An plenty people dat ain
ligious proselytes fol- been Jew bot wa ton Jew an woshup God,
lowed Paul and Bar-
nabas: who, speaking to dey gone long wid um too. Paul an
them, persuaded them to Barnabas taak wid um an courage um fa
continue in the grace of
God. trus een God mussy.
44 De nex Woshup Day mos all de
44 And the next sab-
bath day came almost the people een de city geda togeda fa yeh Paul
whole city together to an Barnabas tell um de wod ob God. 45 Bot
hear the word of God.
wen de Jew dem see all de crowd ob
45 But when the Jews people, dey been jealous ob Paul an
saw the multitudes, they Barnabas. Dey say Paul da lie, an dey hole
were filled with envy,
and spake against those um cheap. 46 Paul an Barnabas ain been
things which were spo- scaid tall fa tell God wod mo den eba. Dey
ken by Paul, contradict-
ing and blaspheming. ansa um say, “We been haffa tell oona Jew
people de wod ob God fus, fo we tell de
46 Then Paul and Bar-
nabas waxed bold, and
people dat ain Jew. Bot now dat oona ain
said, It was necessary wahn fa bleebe, oona done show dat oona
that the word of God ain fit fa hab life dat neba gwine end.
should first have been
spoken to you: but seeing Cause ob dat, we gwine lef oona, an now
ye put it from you, and we gwine tell God wod ta de people dat ain
judge yourselves unwor-
thy of everlasting life, lo, Jew. 47 De Lawd done chaage we fa do
we turn to the Gentiles. dat. E tell we say,
47 For so hath the Lord ‘A done pit oona like a light
commanded us, saying, I fa de people dat ain Jew,
have set thee to be a light so dat oona gwine tell um
of the Gentiles, that thou
shouldest be for salvation de way ob God sabation
unto the ends of the all oba de wol,
earth.
eben ta de place dat faa way,
48 And when the Gen- faa mo den all de oda res.’ ”
tiles heard this, they
48 Wen de people dat ain Jew yeh dat,
were glad, and glorified
the word of the Lord: and dey been heppy fa true, an dey praise God
as many as were or-
dained to eternal life
wod. All de people dat God been pick fa
believed. hab life dat neba gwine end, dey bleebe

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 13, 14 451

pon Jedus. 49 And the word of the


Lord was published
49 De wod ob de Lawd beena spread all throughout all the re-
oba dat arie. 50 Bot de Jew dem stir op de gion.
50 But the Jews stirred
big leada man dem een de city an de rich up the devout and hon-
ooman dem wa woshup God. Dem Jew git ourable women, and the
chief men of the city,
um fa mek Paul an Barnabas suffa bad an and raised persecution
dribe um outta dey arie. 51 So den, Paul an against Paul and Barna-
Barnabas shake de dort off dey foot ginst bas, and expelled them
out of their coasts.
um, fa show dey ain gwine hab nottin fa 51 But they shook off
do wid dem people een dat arie gin. Den the dust of their feet
against them, and came
dey gone ta Iconium. 52 De bleeba dem wa unto Iconium.
waak een Jedus way een Antioch been full 52 And the disciples
were filled with joy, and
op wid joy an wid de Holy Sperit. 14
,13 with the Holy Ghost.

Paul an Barnabas een Iconium Chapter 14

14 Sa m e way, w en Paul an
1 1 And it came to pass
Barnabas been dey een Iconium, in Iconium, that they
went both together into
dey gone ta de Jew meetin house. Dey taak the synagogue of the
ta de people dey een susha good way dat a Jews, and so spake, that a
great multitude both of
heapa Jew dem bleebe pon Jedus. An a the Jews and also of the
heapa people dat ain Jew bleebe pon Greeks believed.
2 But the unbelieving
Jedus too. 2 Bot de Jew dem dat ain wahn Jews stirred up the
fa bleebe, dey stir op de people dat ain Jew Gentiles, and made their
an mek um ton ginst de Christian bredren. minds evil affected
against the brethren.
3 De postle Paul an Barnabas stay a long 3 Long time therefore
time dey een Iconium. Dey ain been scaid abode they speaking
boldly in the Lord, which
tall fa tell de people bout de Lawd. An de gave testimony unto the
Lawd show dat Paul an Barnabas beena word of his grace, and
granted signs and won-
tell um de trute wen dey say de Lawd ders to be done by their
mussyful an good, cause e gim powa fa do hands.
4 But the multitude of
plenty sign an miracle. 4 De people een de the city was divided: and
city tek side ginst one noda een two group. part held with the Jews,
Some people been fa de Jew dem, an some and part with the
apostles.
been fa de postle dem. 5 And when there was
5 Den de people dat ain Jew, de Jew an assault made both of
the Gentiles, and also of
dem an dey leada dem mek scheme fa do the Jews with their rul-
de postle dem bad an fa chunk stone pon ers, to use them despite-
fully, and to stone them,
um. 6 Wen de postle dem yeh dat, dey ron 6 They were ware of it,
way Lycaonia. Dey gone ta Lystra an and fled unto Lystra and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
452 De Postle Dem 14

Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, Derbe an out een de countryside roun bout


and unto the region that
lieth round about: dey. 7 Dey beena tell all de people dey de
7 And there they Good Nyews.
preached the gospel.
8 And there sat a cer-
tain man at Lystra, im- Een Lystra an Derbe
potent in his feet, being a
cripple from his mother's
One man been dey een Lystra dat ain
8
womb, who never had neba been able fa waak. E foot been
walked: cripple op eba since e been bon. 9 E been
9 The same heard Paul
speak: who stedfastly be- seddown da listen ta Paul da taak. Paul see
holding him, and per- dat de man bleebe dat God hab powa fa
ceiving that he had faith
to be healed, heal um, so Paul look scraight at de man.
10 Said with a loud 10 An e say loud, “Stanop scraight pon ya
voice, Stand upright on
thy feet. And he leaped foot!” Jes den, de man jomp op an staat fa
and walked. waak all roun. 11 Wen de crowd ob people
11 And when the peo-
ple saw what Paul had
see wa Paul done, dey holla een dey own
done, they lifted up their Lycaonia language say, “De god dem done
voices, saying in the ton eenta mortal man an dey come down
speech of Lycaonia, The
gods are come down to us ta we!” 12 Dey call Barnabas Zeus, an dey
in the likeness of men.
12 And they called
call Paul Hermes, cause Paul been de one
Barnabas, Jupiter; and wa beena taak ta um de mos. 13 De priest
Paul, Mercurius, because ob de god Zeus, e come da bring bull dem
he was the chief speaker.
13 Then the priest of an flowa dem ta de city gyate, cause dat
Jupiter, which was be- priest an de crowd been wahn fa mek
fore their city, brought sacrifice ta de postle dem. De place weh de
oxen and garlands unto
the gates, and would people beena woshup Zeus been dey close
have done sacrifice with ta de gyate.
the people.
14 Which when the apos- 14 Wen de postle Barnabas an Paul yeh
tles, Barnabas and Paul, heard say de crowd ob people been wahn fa mek
of, they rent their clothes, and
ran in among the people, cry- sacrifice ta dem, dey teah dey cloes fa
ing out, show dat dey ain gree wid dat. Dey ron
15 And saying, Sirs,
why do ye these things?
quick eenta de crowd an holla say,
We also are men of like 15 “People, wa mek oona do dis ting yah?
passions with you, and We jes people same like oona! We come
preach unto you that ye
should turn from these yah fa bring oona de Good Nyews, fa tell
vanities unto the living oona say, mus dohn do dem ting yah dat
God, which made
heaven, and earth, and ain wot nottin. Oona mus ton ta de God wa
the sea, and all things hab life dat ain neba gwine end. Dis God
that are therein:
16 Who in times past done mek de heaben an de wol an de sea,
suffered all nations to an ebryting een um. 16 Way back dey, God

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 14 453

beena leh all people waak een dey own walk in their own ways.
17 Nevertheless he left
way. 17 Stillyet, e all de time beena show not himself without wit-
um who e da by de good e da do fa um all. ness, in that he did good,
and gave us rain from
God da gii oona rain dat come down fom heaven, and fruitful sea-
de cloud, an e da mek wa oona plant beah sons, filling our hearts
dey fruit wen de right time come. E da gii with food and gladness.
18 And with these say-
oona plenty food an da mek oona haat ings scarce restrained
heppy fa true.” 18 Eben wen de postle dem they the people, that they
tell de people all dat, e ain been easy fa had not done sacrifice
unto them.
stop dat crowd wa wahn fa mek sacrifice 19 And there came
ta de postle. thither certain Jews from
19 Den some Jew come fom Antioch een Antioch and Iconium,
who persuaded the peo-
Pisidia an fom Iconium. Dey taak ginst de ple, and, having stoned
postle dem til de crowd gree fa do Paul, drew him out of the
city, supposing he had
wasoneba dey wahn. Dey chunk stone pon been dead.
Paul an drag um outta de city, cause dey 20 Howbeit, as the dis-
tink e done dead. 20 Bot wen de people dat ciples stood round about
bleebe pon Jedus gone an geda roun Paul, him, he rose up, and
came into the city: and
e git op an gone back eenta de city. De nex the next day he departed
day Paul an Barnabas gone ta Derbe. with Barnabas to Derbe.
21 And when they had
Dey Go Back ta Antioch een Syria preached the gospel to
that city, and had taught
21 Paul an Barnabas tell de people dey many, they returned
again to Lystra, and to
een Derbe de Good Nyews. Cause ob dat, Iconium, and Antioch,
plenty people bleebe an waak een Jedus
22 Confirming the
way. Den de postle dem gone back ta
souls of the disciples, and
Lystra, den ta Iconium an den ta Antioch exhorting them to con-
een Pisidia. 22 Paul an Barnabas beena tinue in the faith, and
that we must through
hep dem dat bleebe pon Jedus fa bleebe much tribulation enter
um mo an mo. An dey courage um fa keep into the kingdom of God.
on een dey fait. Paul an Barnabas tell de 23 And when they had
people say, we haffa suffa plenty een dis ordained them elders in
every church, and had
wol fo we pass oba an gone ta weh God prayed with fasting, they
rule. 23 Een ebry choch, Paul an Barnabas commended them to the
pick some elda fa be een chaage. Dey pray Lord, on whom they
believed.
ta God an fast. Den dey lef um een de Lawd
han, de Lawd dey bleebe pon. 24 And after they had
24 Wen Paul an Barnabas done waak passed throughout Pisi-
dia, they came to Pam-
shru Pisidia, dey gone ta Pamphylia. phylia.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
454 De Postle Dem 14, 15

25 And when they had 25 Atta dey tell de people een Perga de
preached the word in
Perga, they went down wod ob de Lawd, dey gone down ta
into Attalia: Attalia. 26 Fom Attalia dey git a big boat
26 And thence sailed
to Antioch, from whence an sail ta Antioch. Dat de city weh de
they had been recom- choch people been pit Paul an Barnabas
mended to the grace of
God for the work which
een God han, da aks God fa bless um fa do
they fulfilled. e wok. An dat de wok dey done now.
27 And when they 27 Wen dey git ta Antioch, dey geda de
were come, and had
gathered the church to- choch people togeda, an dey tell um all dat
gether, they rehearsed all God been hep um fa do, an how God done
that God had done with
them, and how he had open op de way fa de people dat ain Jew fa
opened the door of faith bleebe pon Jedus. 28 Paul an Barnabas
unto the Gentiles.
28 And there they stay dey a long time wid de bleeba dem wa
abode long time with the waak een de way ob de Lawd Jedus.
disciples.
De Meetin een Jerusalem
Chapter 15

15 Some man dem come down fom


1
1 And certain men
which came down from Judea ta Antioch. Dey staat fa laan
Judaea taught the breth- de Christian bredren, say, “God ain gwine
ren, and said, Except ye
be circumcised after the
sabe oona ef oona ain circumcise same like
manner of Moses, ye can- de Law dat God gii Moses say.” 2 Paul an
not be saved. Barnabas ain gree wid wa dem man beena
2 When therefore Paul
and Barnabas had no laan de Antioch bredren, so dey aagy
small dissension and dis- scrong an spute wid um bout dat. De choch
putation with them, they
determined that Paul and bredren cide fa hab Paul an Barnabas an
Barnabas, and certain some oda choch bredren een Antioch
other of them, should go
up to Jerusalem unto the trabel ta Jerusalem fa taak bout dat ta de
apostles and elders about postle dem dey, an ta de elda dem.
this question. 3 De choch people sen um out. An wiles
3 And being brought
on their way by the dey beena pass shru Phoenicia an Samaria,
church, they passed Paul an Barnabas tell de Christian bredren
through Phenice and Sa-
maria, declaring the con- how de people dat ain Jew done change
version of the Gentiles: dey life an bleebe pon Jedus. Dis nyews
and they caused great joy
unto all the brethren. mek all dem bredren heppy fa true. 4 Wen
4 And when they were Paul an Barnabas git ta Jerusalem, de
come to Jerusalem, they
were received of the choch people, de postle dem an de choch
church, and of the apos- elda dem welcome um. Paul an Barnabas
tles and elders, and they
declared all things that
tell um all bout wa God hep um fa do.
God had done with them. 5 Den some dem bredren dat blongst ta de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 15 455

Pharisee group say, “De people wa ain Jew 5 But there rose up cer-
tain of the sect of the
haffa git circumcise, an we haffa chaage Pharisees which believ-
um fa do dem ting dat Moses Law say dey ed, saying, That it was
needful to circumcise
haffa do.” them, and to command
6 De postle dem an de choch elda dem them to keep the law of
Moses.
meet fa taak bout dat. 7 Atta dey done taak 6 And the apostles and
elders came together for
a whole heap, Peter stanop fa taak. E say, to consider of this matter.
7 And when there had
“Bredren, oona know dat way back, God been much disputing, Pe-
been pick me fom mongst oona fa tell de ter rose up, and said unto
them, Men and brethren,
people dat ain Jew de Good Nyews so dat ye know how that a good
dey kin yeh um an bleebe pon Jedus. 8 An while ago God made
choice among us, that the
God, wa know all people haat, show dat e Gentiles by my mouth
should hear the word of
wahn um fa ton ta um, wen e gim de Holy the gospel, and believe.
Sperit, same like e been gii we. 9 God ain 8 And God, which
knoweth the hearts, bare
mek no diffunce twix we Jew an dem dat them witness, giving
ain Jew. We all haffa bleebe de same way. them the Holy Ghost,
even as he did unto us;
An cause dey bleebe, e tek way dey sin 9 And put no differ-
outta dey haat. 10 So den, hoccome oona ence between us and
them, purifying their
da try fa do dis ting dat God done show we hearts by faith.
dat we ain oughta do. Oona da try fa see ef 10 Now therefore why
tempt ye God, to put a
dat gwine bex God? Hoccome we da come yoke upon the neck of the
an pit a load pon dem bleeba, dat same disciples, which neither
our fathers nor we were
load dat we ole people ain been able fa able to bear?
11 But we believe that
tote an dat load wa wesef ain able fa tote through the grace of the
needa? 11 Mus dohn do dat! We bleebe dat Lord Jesus Christ we
shall be saved, even as
we Lawd Jedus hab mussy pon we an sabe they.
12 Then all the multi-
we. Same way dey too bleebe dat de Lawd tude kept silence, and
Jedus hab mussy an sabe dem.” gave audience to Barna-
bas and Paul, declaring
12 Nobody een de meetin ain say one what miracles and won-
wod wen dey yeh Barnabas an Paul tell ders God had wrought
among the Gentiles by
bout all de sign an miracle dem God done them.
13 And after they had
shru um mongst dem people dat ain Jew. held their peace, James
13 Atta Barnabas an Paul taak, James say, answered, saying, Men
and brethren, hearken
“Bredren, listen ta me! 14 Simon jes tell we unto me:
14 Simeon hath de-
bout how God fus show e cyah bout de clared how God at the
people dat ain Jew wen e call some ob um first did visit the Gentiles,
to take out of them a peo-
fa be e own people. 15 De wod ob de ple for his name.
prophet dem gree fa true wid dis. Dem 15 And to this agree
the words of the pro-
prophet write een God Book say, phets; as it is written,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
456 De Postle Dem 15

16 After this I will re- 16 ‘Atta


dat ting happen
turn, and will build again
the tabernacle of David, A gwine come back
which is fallen down; and an build David house
I will build again the ru-
ins thereof, and I will set dat done faddown.
it up: Eben dough dat been all ruint,
17 That the residue of A gwine build um gin
men might seek after the an raise um op,
Lord, and all the Gentiles, 17 so dat all de oda people
upon whom my name is
called, saith the Lord, kin come ta de Lawd,
who doeth all these all de people dat ain Jew
things.
dat A done call fa be me own.
18 Known unto God Dat wa de Lawd say,
are all his works from the
beginning of the world. de Lawd wa da do all dem ting.
18 Fom de fus, God beena mek
19 Wherefore my sen-
tence is, that we trouble
we know wa e da do.’ ”
not them, which from 19 James gone on fa say, “So den, A tink
among the Gentiles are we ain outta mek ting haad fa dem people
turned to God:
dat ain Jew wa da ton ta God. 20 Steada
20 But that we write
dat, we oughta write um a letta, tell um
unto them, that they ab-
stain from pollutions of dey mus dohn nyam no food dat people
idols, and from fornica- done sacrifice ta dey idol. Dey mus dohn
tion, and from things
strangled, and from hab no oda man or ooman cep jes dey own
blood. husban or wife. An dey mus dohn nyam no
21 For Moses of old animal dat still hab e blood een um cause e
time hath in every city been scrangle. Dey mus dohn nyam no
them that preach him,
being read in the synago- blood. 21 Cause fa a long time, dey beena
gues every sabbath day. read de Law dat God gii Moses een de Jew
22 Then pleased it the meetin house ebry Woshup Day. Dey
apostles and elders, with beena tell Moses wod ta de people een
the whole church, to send
chosen men of their own
ebry city.”
company to Antioch with
Paul and Barnabas; De Letta ta de Bleeba Dem wa Ain Jew
namely, Judas surnamed
Barsabas, and Silas, chief 22 De postle dem an de choch elda dem
men among the brethren: an all de choch people cide fa pick some
23 And they wrote let-
dey own man fom de choch an sen um wid
ters by them after this Paul an Barnabas ta de Antioch choch. Dey
manner; The apostles and pick Judas, wa dey call Barsabbas, an
elders and brethren send
greeting unto the breth- Silas. Dem two man been leada mongst de
ren which are of the Christian bredren. 23 Dey gii a letta fa tek

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 15 457

ta Antioch. Een dat letta dey write say, Gentiles in Antioch and
Syria and Cilicia:
“We de postle dem an choch elda dem, 24 Forasmuch as we
oona bredren. We da say hey ta oona, all have heard, that certain
de bredren dat ain Jew an dat bleebe pon which went out from us
have troubled you with
Jedus, all oona wa lib een Antioch, Syria, words, subverting your
an Cilicia. 24 We yeh say some man dem souls, saying, Ye must be
circumcised, and keep
dat gone out fom we own people yah done the law: to whom we
mek ting haad fa oona an opsot oona wid gave no such command-
ment:
dem ting dey tell oona. We ain neba 25 It seemed good unto
chaage um fa tell oona dem ting. 25 So we us, being assembled with
one accord, to send cho-
all yah done gree fa sen some we own man sen men unto you with
dem fa go ta oona, long wid Paul an our beloved Barnabas
Barnabas, we own deah fren. 26 Wen some and Paul,
26 Men that have haz-
people wahn fa kill um, Paul an Barnabas arded their lives for the
been ready fa dead, fa wok fa we Lawd name of our Lord Jesus
Christ.
Jedus Christ. 27 So den, we da sen Judas 27 We have sent there-
an Silas fa tell oona de same ting we done fore Judas and Silas, who
shall also tell you the
write oona een dis letta. 28 De Holy Sperit same things by mouth.
ain wahn we fa pit no mo haada load pon 28 For it seemed good
to the Holy Ghost, and to
oona, an we ain wahn fa do dat needa. Cep us, to lay upon you no
we da chaage oona fa keep dese rule yah. greater burden than
29 Oona mus dohn nyam no food dat these necessary things;
29 That ye abstain
people done sacrifice ta dey idol. Mus from meats offered to
dohn nyam no blood. Mus dohn nyam no idols, and from blood,
and from things stran-
animal dat still hab e blood een um cause e gled, and from fornica-
been scrangle. An mus dohn hab no oda tion: from which if ye
keep yourselves, ye shall
man or ooman, cep jes ya own husban or do well. Fare ye well.
wife. Oona gwine do de right ting ef oona 30 So when they were
ain do none ob dem ting yah dat we done dismissed, they came to
Antioch: and when they
write bout ta oona. God bless oona.” had gathered the multi-
30 De Jerusalem choch people sen de tude together, they deliv-
ered the epistle:
man dem ta Antioch. Dey gone dey an 31 Which when they had
geda all de choch people dey togeda an read, they rejoiced for the
consolation.
gim de letta. 31 Wen de choch people een 32 And Judas and
Antioch read de letta, dey been too heppy Silas, being prophets also
themselves, exhorted the
fa dat message dat courage um. 32 Judas brethren with many
an Silas been prophet too, so dey taak a words, and confirmed
them.
whole heap ta de bredren dey fa courage 33 And after they had
um an hep um bleebe mo betta. 33 Dey tarried there a space, they

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
458 De Postle Dem 15, 16

were let go in peace from been stay dey some time een Antioch. De
the brethren unto the
apostles. Antioch bredren bless Judas an Silas fo
34 Notwithstanding it dey lef um, da aks God fa bless um wen
pleased Silas to abide
there still. dey gone back ta dem dat been sen um.
35 Paul also and Bar-
nabas continued in
[34 Bot den Silas cide e oughta stay dey.]
Antioch, teaching and 35 Paul an Barnabas stay on een
preaching the word of
the Lord, with many oth- Antioch. Dey an plenty oda Christian
ers also.
36 And some days after
bredren beena laan de people, da tell um
Paul said unto Barnabas, de wod ob de Lawd.
Let us go again and visit
our brethren in every city Paul an Barnabas Go Dey Own Way
where we have preached
the word of the Lord, and 36 Atta some time, Paul tell Barnabas
see how they do.
37 And Barnabas de- say, “Leh we go back fa see de bredren een
termined to take with
them John, whose sur-
ebry city weh we beena tell de Lawd wod.
name was Mark. Leh we see how dey da.” 37 Barnabas been
38 But Paul thought
not good to take him with wahn fa tek John, wa dey call Mark, wid
them, who departed from um. 38 Bot Paul tink e ain good fa tek Mark
them from Pamphylia,
and went not with them wid um, cause wen dey done been een
to the work. Pamphylia, Mark lef um. E ain been go wid
39 And the contention
was so sharp between um fa hep um finish op de wok. 39 Paul an
them, that they departed
asunder one from the Barnabas beena aagy tommuch bout dat,
other: and so til dey cide fa lef one noda. Barnabas gone
Barnabas took Mark, and
sailed unto Cyprus; wid Mark an ketch a boat an sail ta Cyprus.
40 And Paul chose 40 Paul pick Silas fa go wid um. Fo e gone,
Silas, and departed, be-
ing recommended by the de Antioch bredren aks de Lawd fa bless
brethren unto the grace
of God. um an tek cyah ob um. 41 Paul gone all
41 And he went oba Syria an Cilicia. E beena courage an
through Syria and Cilicia,
confirming the churches. hep de choch people dey.
Chapter 16
1 Then came he to Timothy Go Wid Paul an Silas
Derbe and Lystra: and,

16 Paul trabel on til e git ta Derbe


behold, a certain disciple 1
was there, named Timo- an den Lystra. One bleeba wa
theus, the son of a certain
woman, which was a waak een de way ob de Lawd beena lib
Jewess, and believed; but
his father was a Greek: dey. E name Timothy. Timothy modda
2 Which was well re- been a Jew ooman wa bleebe pon Jedus.
ported of by the brethren
that were at Lystra and Bot e fada been a Greek man. 2 De bredren
Iconium. een Lystra an Iconium say Timothy a good
3 Him would Paul
have to go forth with
man. 3 Paul been wahn fa tek Timothy
him; and took and cir- long wid um, so Paul hab um circumcise

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 16 459

Timothy. Cause de Jew dem wa lib een cumcised him because of


the Jews which were in
dem place, dey all been know dat Timothy those quarters: for they
fada a Greek man. 4 Paul an Silas an knew all that his father
was a Greek.
Timothy gone long da trabel fom one city 4 And as they went
ta de oda. An dey beena tell de choch through the cities, they
delivered them the de-
people wa de postle dem an de elda dem crees for to keep, that
een Jerusalem been cide dey oughta do, were ordained of the
apostles and elders which
dem rule dat dey oughta keep. 5 So de were at Jerusalem.
5 And so were the
choch people bleebe mo an mo, an ebry churches established in
day mo people jine um. the faith, and increased
in number daily.
6 Now when they had
God Call Paul fa Go ta Macedonia gone throughout Phrygia
and the region of Galatia,
6 Paul dem gone all oba de arie een and were forbidden of
Phrygia an Galatia. De Holy Sperit ain leh the Holy Ghost to preach
the word in Asia,
um go fa tell God wod een Asia. 7 Wen 7 After they were come
Paul dem git ta de arie ob Mysia, dey try fa to Mysia, they assayed to
go into Bithynia: but the
go eenta Bithynia, bot Jedus Sperit ain leh Spirit suffered them not.
um go dey. 8 So dey trabel on shru Mysia 8 And they passing by
Mysia came down to
an gone down ta Troas. 9 Dat night, God Troas.
show Paul a wision. Paul see one 9 And a vision ap-
peared to Paul in the
Macedonia man da stan dey, an e da beg night; There stood a man
Paul say, “Come oba yah an hep we een of Macedonia, and pray-
ed him, saying, Come
Macedonia!” 10 Soon as God show Paul over into Macedonia, and
help us.
dat man een de wision, we git ready fa go 10 And after he had
ta Macedonia, cause we know den dat de seen the vision, immedi-
ately we endeavoured to
Lawd been call we fa tell de people dey de go into Macedonia, assur-
Good Nyews. edly gathering that the
Lord had called us for to
preach the gospel unto
Lydia Bleebe pon God een Macedonia them.
11 Therefore loosing
11 Wen we lef Troas, we ketch a big from Troas, we came
with a straight course to
boat an sail scraight ta Samothrace. De Samothracia, and the
day atta dat, we gone on ta Neapolis. next day to Neapolis;
12 And from thence to
12 We lef Neapolis an trabel ta Philippi, de Philippi, which is the
chief city of that part of
big Roman city dey een dat paat ob Macedonia, and a colony:
Macedonia. We stay dey een Philippi two and we were in that city
abiding certain days.
or shree day. 13 Wen de Woshup Day 13 And on the sabbath
come, we come outta de city gyate an gone we went out of the city by
a river side, where prayer
ta de riba side, weh we been tink dey a was wont to be made;
place weh de Jew people come fa pray. We and we sat down, and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
460 De Postle Dem 16

spake unto the women seddown dey an taak ta some ooman dem
which resorted thither.
14 And a certain wo- dat beena geda dey. 14 One ob dem ooman
man named Lydia, a dat beena listen name Lydia. E come fom
seller of purple, of the
city of Thyatira, which de city ob Thyatira, an e beena sell purple
worshipped God, heard closs. Lydia been a ooman wa woshup
us: whose heart the Lord
opened, that she at-
God. De Lawd mek um listen op good ta
tended unto the things wa Paul tell um, an e bleebe um. 15 Dey
which were spoken of bactize Lydia an all de people dat been dey
Paul.
15 And when she was een e house. Den Lydia eenbite we ta e
baptized, and her house- house an tell we say, “Ain oona see dat A
hold, she besought us, trus de Lawd fa true? So den, oona mus
saying, If ye have judged
me to be faithful to the come an stay ta me house.” An e beena aks
Lord, come into my we, til we come stay dey.
house, and abide there.
And she constrained us.
16 And it came to pass, Paul an Silas een de Jailhouse een Philippi
as we went to prayer, a 16 One day we beena gwine ta de place
certain damsel possessed
with a spirit of divination weh de Jew people pray. One slabe gyal
met us, which brought come fa meet we. A ebil sperit been hab
her masters much gain by
soothsaying: dat gyal, mek um able fa tell people wa
17 The same followed gwine happen ta um. An de gyal massa
Paul and us, and cried, dem beena mek a heapa money wen e do
saying, These men are
the servants of the most dat. 17 Dis gyal folla Paul an all ob we. E
high God, which shew beena holla say, “Dem man yah da saab de
unto us the way of
salvation.
great God dat mo betta den all de oda res!
18 And this did she Dey da tell oona de way fa git sabe!” 18 De
many days. But Paul, be- gyal beena do dat same ting ebry day. Atta
ing grieved, turned and
said to the spirit, I com-
plenty day, Paul git burden down. E ton
mand thee in the name of roun ta de slabe gyal an tell de ebil sperit
Jesus Christ to come out eenside um say, “Een Jedus Christ name
of her. And he came out
the same hour. an by e powa, A da chaage ya fa come
19 And when her mas- outta dis gyal.” Dat same time dey, de ebil
ters saw that the hope of sperit come outta de gyal an lef um. 19 De
their gains was gone,
they caught Paul and massa dem ob de slabe gyal see dat de gyal
Silas, and drew them into ain gwine be able fa mek money fa um gin.
the marketplace unto the
rulers, Dey grab hole ta Paul an Silas an drag um
20 And brought them ta de maakut place, ta de leada dem dat
to the magistrates, say- hab tority dey. 20 Dey tek um ta de Roman
ing, These men, being
Jews, do exceedingly court ta de jedge dem, an dey tell um say,
trouble our city, “Dem man yah, dey Jew people an dey da

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 16 461

mek a heapa trouble een we city. 21 Dey 21 And teach customs,


which are not lawful for
da laan we ting dat we Roman law say we us to receive, neither to
ain oughta do. We Roman people, an we observe, being Romans.
22 And the multitude
ain gwine gree fa do wa dem man yah tell rose up together against
we fa do.” 22 An de crowd ob people come them: and the magis-
jine een ginst Paul an Silas. trates rent off their
clothes, and commanded
De jedge dem chaage de sodja dem fa to beat them.
teah off Paul an Silas cloes an beat um. 23 And when they had
laid many stripes upon
23 Atta dey beat um bad, de jedge dem them, they cast them into
mek um chunk um eenta de jailhouse. prison, charging the
jailor to keep them
Dem jedge chaage de gyaad fa keep um safely:
lock op good so dey ain able fa ron way. 24 Who, having re-
24 Wen de jedge dem tell de gyaad dat, de ceived such a charge,
thrust them into the in-
gyaad gone an chunk Paul an Silas een de ner prison, and made
jailhouse. Den e pit dey foot tween two their feet fast in the
stocks.
hebby piece ob wood, an e lock um good fa 25 And at midnight
keep um dey. Paul and Silas prayed,
and sang praises unto
25 Dat night een de middle ob de night, God: and the prisoners
Paul an Silas been dey een de jailhouse, da heard them.
26 And suddenly there
pray ta God an da sing hymn fa praise um. was a great earthquake,
An de oda people dat been dey wid um een so that the foundations of
the prison were shaken:
de jailhouse beena listen ta um. 26 All ob a and immediately all the
sudden, de groun staat fa shake too bad. E doors were opened, and
shake til de jailhouse esef beena shake every one's bands were
loosed.
way down ta de foundation. Same time, all 27 And the keeper of
de jailhouse door come open an de chain the prison awaking out of
his sleep, and seeing the
loose fom all de people dey. 27 De prison doors open, he
jailhouse gyaad wake op. An wen e see all drew out his sword, and
de door dem open, e beena tink all de would have killed him-
self, supposing that the
people een de jailhouse done ron way. So e prisoners had been fled.
tek out e sode an been ready fa kill esef. 28 But Paul cried with
28 Bot Paul holla loud say, “Mus dohn a loud voice, saying, Do
thyself no harm: for we
haam yasef. All ob we right yah.” are all here.
29 De jailhouse gyaad tell somebody fa 29 Then he called for a
come bring um light. E ron quick eenside. light, and sprang in, and
came trembling, and fell
E beena tremble an e git down pon de down before Paul and
groun fo um. 30 Den e tek Paul an Silas Silas,
30 And brought them
outta de jailhouse an aks um say, “Sah, wa out, and said, Sirs, what
A haffa do fa git sabe?” must I do to be saved?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
462 De Postle Dem 16

31 And they said, Be- 31 Paul an Silas ansa de gyaad say, “Ya
lieve on the Lord Jesus
Christ, and thou shalt be haffa bleebe pon de Lawd Jedus, an God
saved, and thy house. gwine sabe ya, an all de people dat lib een
32 And they spake ya house.” 32 Den Paul an Silas tell de
unto him the word of the
Lord, and to all that were gyaad an all de people een e house de wod
in his house. ob de Lawd. 33 Dat same time een de
33 And he took them middle ob dat night, de gyaad tek Paul an
the same hour of the Silas an wash off dey bruise. An right den
night, and washed their
stripes; and was bap- Paul an Silas bactize de gyaad an all de
tized, he and all his, people een e house. 34 De gyaad tek Paul
straightway.
an Silas eenta e own house an gim sompin
34 And when he had fa nyam. An de gyaad an all de people een
brought them into his
house, he set meat before
e house been too heppy, cause now dey
them, and rejoiced, be- bleebe pon God.
lieving in God with all his 35 Wen day clean, de Roman jedge dem
house.
sen dey police offisa ta de jailhouse gyaad
35 And when it was
fa chaage um say, “Leh dem man go free.”
day, the magistrates sent
the serjeants, saying, Let 36 So de gyaad tell Paul say “De jedge
those men go. dem done sen fa chaage me fa leh ya an
36 And the keeper of Silas go free. Oona kin go now. A da aks
the prison told this say- God fa leh e peace be wid oona.”
ing to Paul, The magis- 37 Paul tell dem jedge police offisa say,
trates have sent to let you
go: now therefore depart, “De Roman jedge dem ain neba jedge we
and go in peace. fa see ef we done bad. Stillyet, dey done
37 But Paul said unto beat we out een de open, een front ob all
them, They have beaten de people. An we Roman people too! Den
us openly uncondemned,
being Romans, and have dey chunk we eenta de jailhouse. Now dey
cast us into prison; and wahn fa mek we go dout nobody know
now do they thrust us out
privily? nay verily; but bout dat, ainty? We ain gwine go dat way!
let them come them- Leh dem Roman jedge deysef come yah, an
selves and fetch us out.
leh we go wid dem outta de jailhouse.”
38 And the serjeants 38 De police offisa dem gone an tell de
told these words unto the Roman jedge dem wa Paul say. Wen dey
magistrates: and they
feared, when they heard yeh say Paul an Silas been Roman people,
that they were Romans. de jedge dem been scaid. 39 So dey gone ta
39 And they came and Paul an Silas een de jailhouse an tell um
besought them, and dey saary. Dey leh Paul an Silas loose an
brought them out, and de-
sired them to depart out
gone wid um outta de jailhouse. An dey
of the city. beg um say, mus go way outta we city.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 16, 17 463

40 Wen Paul an Silas gone outta de 40 And they went out


of the prison, and entered
jailhouse, dey gone ta Lydia house. Dey into the house of Lydia:
meet wid de oda Christian bredren dey an and when they had seen
the brethren, they com-
courage um. Den dey gone way. forted them, and de-
17
,16 parted.
Een Thessalonica

17 Paul an Silas gone ta dem city


1 Chapter 17
dey call Amphipolis an Apollonia, 1 Now when they had
passed through Amphi-
an dey trabel on til dey git ta Thessalonica, polis and Apollonia, they
weh dey been a Jew meetin house. came to Thessalonica,
2 Wensoneba Paul beena come ta a Jew where was a synagogue
of the Jews:
meetin house, e beena gone een dey. So 2 And Paul, as his
een Thessalonica, e gone eenta dat meetin manner was, went in
house. An jurin shree Woshup Day e taak unto them, and three sab-
bath days reasoned with
bout wa God Book tell we. 3 Paul splain them out of the scrip-
wa God Book say an show dat de Messiah tures,
3 Opening and alleg-
haffa suffa an dead an den rise op fom
ing, that Christ must
mongst de dead people an lib gin. E say, needs have suffered, and
“Dis Jedus yah dat A da tell oona bout, e risen again from the
dead; and that this Jesus,
de Messiah.” 4 Some dem Jew cide e right, whom I preach unto you,
an dey ton ta Jedus an jine op wid Paul an is Christ.
Silas. An a heapa Greek people wa woshup 4 And some of them
believed, and consorted
God bleebe an jine um, an plenty de with Paul and Silas; and
portant ooman dem jine um too. of the devout Greeks a
great multitude, and of
5 Bot de Jew people been jealous wen
the chief women not a
all dem people jine op wid Paul an Silas. few.
So dey geda togeda a crowd ob bad screet 5 But the Jews which
believed not, moved with
people fa mek nise an trouble. Dem screet envy, took unto them cer-
people ron roun de city an mek nise an tain lewd fellows of the
baser sort, and gathered a
bumfumble de oda people. Dey staat fa company, and set all the
smash op Jason house, da look fa Paul an city on an uproar, and as-
Silas fa mek um come out fo de people een saulted the house of Ja-
son, and sought to bring
de screet. 6 Bot dey ain find um dey, so dey them out to the people.
drag out Jason an some oda Christian 6 And when they
bredren, an dey tek um ta de city leada found them not, they
drew Jason and certain
dem. Dem Jew an dem screet people beena brethren unto the rulers
holla say, “Dem man da mek trouble of the city, crying, These
that have turned the
ebryweh. Now dey done come ta we city. world upside down are
7 An Jason beena keep um een e house. come hither also;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
464 De Postle Dem 17

7 Whom Jason hath re- Dem man ain da keep de law dat de
ceived: and these all do
contrary to the decrees of Roman rula Caesar gii we, cause dey all da
Caesar, saying that there say we hab noda king, de one dey call
is another king, one
Jesus. Jedus.” 8 Wen de crowd an de city leada
8 And they troubled
the people and the rulers dem yeh wa dem Jew an de screet people
of the city, when they beena say, dey been big trouble an nise
heard these things.
9 And when they had een de city. 9 De city leada dem mek Jason
taken security of Jason,
and of the other, they let an de oda Christian dem pay bail money.
them go. Den dey leh um gone home.
10 And the brethren
immediately sent away
Paul and Silas by night Paul an Silas Go ta Berea
unto Berea: who coming
thither went into the syn-
10 Wen night come, de Christian
agogue of the Jews. bredren sen Paul an Silas ta Berea. An wen
11 These were more
noble than those in
dey git dey, dey gone ta de Jew meetin
Thessalonica, in that they house. 11 De people een Berea been mo
received the word with heppy fa listen ta wa Paul tell um den de
all readiness of mind, and
searched the scriptures people een Thessalonica. Dey been glad fa
daily, whether those yeh Paul message. An ebryday dey read
things were so.
12 Therefore many of God Book fa see ef Paul da tell um de trute.
them believed; also of 12 So plenty Jew people bleebe pon Jedus.
honourable women
which were Greeks, and An plenty de Greek portant ooman dem an
of men, not a few.
13 But when the Jews Greek man dem bleebe, too. 13 Bot de Jew
of Thessalonica had dem een Thessalonica yeh say dat Paul da
knowledge that the word
of God was preached of
tell de Berea people God wod. So dem
Paul at Berea, they came Thessalonica Jew gone ta Berea too, an pit
thither also, and stirred wod een de crowd yea fa stir um op. 14 So
up the people.
14 And then immedi- right way de Christian bredren sen Paul
ately the brethren sent way ta de seasho. Bot Silas an Timothy
away Paul to go as it
were to the sea: but Silas beena stay een Berea. 15 De man dem dat
and Timotheus abode
there still. gone long wid Paul, dey trabel wid um til
15 And they that con- dey git ta Athens. Den Paul tell um fa go
ducted Paul brought him
unto Athens: and receiv-
tell Timothy an Silas fa come meet um
ing a commandment unto soon as dey kin. So de man dem gone back
Silas and Timotheus for ta Berea.
to come to him with all
speed, they departed.
16 Now while Paul Paul een Athens
waited for them at Ath-
ens, his spirit was stirred 16 Wiles Paul beena wait fa Timothy an
in him, when he saw the Silas een Athens, e see dat de people dey
city wholly given to
idolatry. hab a whole heapa idol. Cause ob dat, Paul

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 17 465

opsot fa true. 17 So e gone ta de Jew 17 Therefore disputed


he in the synagogue with
meetin house an taak wid de Jew people the Jews, and with the
an dem wa ain Jew dat woshup God dey, devout persons, and in
the market daily with
an e splain bout God wod. An ebry day e them that met with him.
gone ta de maakut too, fa taak wid de 18 Then certain philos-
people dat beena come dey. 18 Some ophers of the Epicureans,
and of the Stoicks, en-
teacha dem ob dem Epicurean an Stoic countered him. And some
group, dey come an spute wid Paul too. said, What will this bab-
Some ob um say, “Wa dis man yah da try bler say? other some, He
seemeth to be a setter
fa say? E jes da taak bout sompin e ain forth of strange gods: be-
know nottin bout.” cause he preached unto
them Jesus, and the
An oda dem say, “E da taak bout dem resurrection.
god dat come fom someweh else.” Dem 19 And they took him,
people say dat cause Paul tell um bout and brought him unto
Areopagus, saying, May
Jedus an bout how people dat done dead we know what this new
gwine git op fom mongst de dead an lib doctrine, whereof thou
speakest, is?
gin. 19 So den, dem people grab hole ta 20 For thou bringest
Paul an cyaa um ta de council wa meet een certain strange things to
Areopagus hill. Dey tell Paul say, “We our ears: we would know
therefore what these
wahn fa know bout dis nyew ting ya da things mean.
laan we. 20 Some ob dem ting wa ya da 21 (For all the Athe-
say, we ain neba been yeh. We wahn fa nians and strangers
which were there spent
know wa dey mean.” 21 (Cause all de their time in nothing else,
people dat bon een Athens, an dem wa but either to tell, or to
hear some new thing.)
come dey, dey like fa come ebry day an
yeh bout any nyew ting, an taak bout um.) 22 Then Paul stood in
the midst of Mars' hill,
22 Paul stanop fo de council dat beena and said, Ye men of Ath-
meet pon Areopagus hill. E tell de people ens, I perceive that in all
things ye are too super-
say, “Oona people ob Athens! A know stitious.
oona da woshup a heapa god dem.
23 For as I passed by,
23 Cause wiles A beena waak roun oona
and beheld your devo-
town, A beena see all de place dem weh tions, I found an altar
oona da woshup dem god. A eben see one with this inscription, TO
THE UNKNOWN GOD.
place dey weh oona been write pon de Whom therefore ye igno-
stone alta say, ‘Fa de god dat we ain rantly worship, him de-
clare I unto you.
know.’ Dat God dat oona da woshup op,
dat one oona ain know, dat de God A come 24 God that made the
world and all things
fa tell oona bout now. 24 God, wa mek de therein, seeing that he is
wol an ebryting een de wol, e de Lawd ob Lord of heaven and earth,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
466 De Postle Dem 17

dwelleth not in temples heaben an eart. An e ain lib een no house


made with hands;
25 Neither is worship-
dat we people een dis wol build fa woshup
ped with men's hands, as um op. 25 God ain need nottin dat we kin
though he needed any gim wid we han dem. Cause e de one wa
thing, seeing he giveth to
all life, and breath, and da gii all people life an bret an ebryting.
all things; 26 God mek one man, an fom dat man e
26 And hath made of mek ebry nation, all de people fa lib all
one blood all nations of oba de wol. Fo God mek um, e been pick
men for to dwell on all
the face of the earth, and out de zact time fa dem fa stay een de wol,
hath determined the an de place weh dey gwine lib. 27 God do
times before appointed,
and the bounds of their dis fa mek people look fa um, da hope dat
habitation; dey gwine reach out ta um an find um.
27 That they should Stillyet, God dey dey close ta we all. 28 Jes
seek the Lord, if haply like somebody done say,‘God de one dat
they might feel after him,
and find him, though he
mek we lib.
be not far from every one
of us: E da mek we able fa moob
an waak roun.
28 For in him we live,
and move, and have our E da mek we able
being; as certain also of fa do ebryting we da do!’
your own poets have
said, For we are also his
Like eben some ob oona own poet done
offspring. say,
29 Forasmuch then as
‘We all God chullun.’
we are the offspring of 29 “So den, cause we God chullun, we
God, we ought not to
think that the Godhead is ain oughta tink dat we people kin tek gole
like unto gold, or silver, or silba or stone an mek sompin like God.
or stone, graven by art No! God ain nottin like wa we kin mek,
and man's device.
eben ef we know how fa mek um too good.
30 And the times of 30 Fo dis time, God ain blame people fa
this ignorance God wen dey ain know how e wahn um fa find
winked at; but now
commandeth all men ev- um. Bot now God da tell all people
ery where to repent: ebryweh. E da chaage um say dey mus ton
31 Because he hath ap-
fom dey sinful way an dohn do um no mo.
pointed a day, in the
31 Cause God done pick de day wen e
which he will judge the gwine jedge all people. An e gwine jedge
world in righteousness by um all scraight an right. An God done pick
that man whom he hath
ordained; whereof he de man dat gwine be de jedge ob all de
hath given assurance people. God mek we all able fa know fa sho
unto all men, in that he
hath raised him from the
bout dis, wen e mek dat man e done pick,
dead. git op fom mongst de dead people an lib

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 17, 18 467

gin. Dat show we all fa true.” 32 And when they


heard of the resurrection
32 De people yeh Paul da taak bout of the dead, some mocked:
somebody dat done dead an git op fom and others said, We will
hear thee again of this
mongst de dead people an lib gin. Wen dey matter.
yeh Paul say dat, some dem mek fun ob 33 So Paul departed
from among them.
Paul. Bot oda dem tell Paul say, “We wahn 34 Howbeit certain men
fa yeh ya taak mo some oda time bout dis.” clave unto him, and be-
33 So den, Paul come outta de council lieved: among the which
was Dionysius the
meetin. 34 Some people jine op wid Paul Areopagite, and a woman
an bleebe pon Jedus. One dem been named Damaris, and oth-
ers with them.
Dionysius. E been a memba ob de council
dat meet pon Areopagus hill. An dey been
a ooman name Damaris, an some oda
people too. Chapter 18
Paul een Corinth 1 After these things
Paul departed from Ath-

18 Den Paul come outta Athens an


1 ens, and came to Corinth;
gone ta Corinth. 2 Paul meet one 2 And found a certain
Jew man dey name Aquila. Aquila been Jew named Aquila, born
in Pontus, lately come
bon een a Rome arie name Pontus, an from Italy, with his wife
Aquila an e wife Priscilla jes been come Priscilla; (because that
Claudius had commanded
outta Italy. Cause de Roman rula Claudius all Jews to depart from
been chaage all de Jew people, say dey Rome:) and came unto
them.
mus go outta Rome. So Paul gone fa see
Aquila an Priscilla dey een Corinth. 3 E 3 And because he was
of the same craft, he
stay ta dey house an dey all beena wok abode with them, and
togeda dey. Paul beena mek tent fa sell fa wrought: for by their oc-
cupation they were
git money fa tek cyah ob esef, an dat de tentmakers.
same wok Aquila an Priscilla beena do too. 4 And he reasoned in
4 Ebry week wen de Woshup Day come, the synagogue every sab-
Paul gone ta de Jew meetin house. E gone bath, and persuaded the
Jews and the Greeks.
dey fa taak ta de Jew people, an ta dem wa
5 And when Silas and
ain Jew, fa try fa git um fa bleebe wa e say Timotheus were come
fom God wod. from Macedonia, Paul was
5 Wen Silas an Timothy git dey fom pressed in the spirit, and
testified to the Jews that
Macedonia, Paul lef off da mek tent. E Jesus was Christ.
spen all e time da tell de Jew people dey, 6 And when they op-
say Jedus de Messiah. 6 De Jew people ain posed themselves, and
blasphemed, he shook his
been gree wid wa Paul tell um. Dey hole raiment, and said unto
um cheap, so Paul shake de dort off e them, Your blood be

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
468 De Postle Dem 18

upon your own heads; I cloes fo dem fa show e ain gree wid um. E
am clean: from hence-
forth I will go unto the tell um say, “Ef God condemn oona, oona
Gentiles. haffa blame oonasef! A ain sponsable. Atta
7 And he departed
thence, and entered into
taday A ain gwine stay mongst oona. A da
a certain man's house, gwine fa tell de people dat ain Jew bout
named Justus, one that Jedus.” 7 So den, Paul lef de Jew people
worshipped God, whose
house joined hard to the dey een de meetin house. E gone fa stay ta
synagogue. one man house dat ain Jew. E name Titius
8 And Crispus, the
chief ruler of the syna- Justus, an e been a man wa woshup God.
gogue, believed on the Titius Justus house been longside de Jew
Lord with all his house;
and many of the Corinthi- meetin house. 8 Now de big leada een de
ans hearing believed, and Jew meetin house been name Crispus. E an
were baptized.
9 Then spake the Lord
all de people een e house been bleebe pon
to Paul in the night by a de Lawd. An a heapa oda people dey een
vision, Be not afraid, but Corinth yeh wa Paul say. Dey bleebe pon
speak, and hold not thy
peace: Jedus an git bactize.
10 For I am with thee, 9 One night de Lawd taak ta Paul een a
and no man shall set on wision. De Lawd tell um say, “Mus dohn
thee to hurt thee: for I
have much people in this feah. Mus keep on da tell de people wa A
city. tell ya fa say. Mus dohn git weary.
11 And he continued 10 Cause A right yah wid ya. Ain nobody
there a year and six
months, teaching the gwine be able fa do ya no haam, cause a
word of God among heapa people een dis city blongst ta me.”
them.
11 Paul stay dey een Corinth one yeah an
12 And when Gallio
was the deputy of Achaia, six mont, da laan de people de wod ob
the Jews made insurrec- God.
tion with one accord
against Paul, and brought
12 Bot wen Gallio been de Roman gobna
him to the judgment seat, een Achaia, de Jew people geda togeda.
13 Saying, This fellow Dey grab hole ta Paul an tek um ta court fa
persuadeth men to wor-
ship God contrary to the mek de gobna jedge um. 13 Dey tell de
law. gobna say, “Dis man da try fa laan we
14 And when Paul was people fa woshup God een way dat mek
now about to open his
mouth, Gallio said unto um do wa ain right coddin ta de law!”
the Jews, If it were a mat- 14 Paul been bout ready fa taak, wen
ter of wrong or wicked
lewdness, O ye Jews, rea- Gallio tell de Jew dem say, “Ef Paul broke
son would that I should de law or do some oda kinda ebil ting, den
bear with you:
A been gwine haffa listen ta oona. 15 Bot
15 But if it be a ques-
tion of words and names, wen oona jes da taak bout diffunt wod an
and of your law, look ye diffunt name een oona own Jew law, A ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 18 469

gwine jedge dem ting. Oona gwine haffa to it; for I will be no judge
of such matters.
cide wa fa do.” 16 An Gallio mek um lef de 16 And he drave them
court. 17 Den dey all grab hole ta from the judgment seat.
Sosthenes, de leada ob de Jew meetin 17 Then all the Greeks
took Sosthenes, the chief
house. Dey beat um op right dey een front ruler of the synagogue,
ob de court. Bot Gallio ain pay no mind ta and beat him before the
judgment seat. And
dat. Gallio cared for none of
Paul Go Back ta Antioch those things.
18 Paul beena stay some time wid de 18 And Paul after this
tarried there yet a good
Christian dem een Corinth. Den e lef dem while, and then took his
bredren an e ketch a boat ta Syria. Priscilla leave of the brethren, and
sailed thence into Syria,
an Aquila gone long wid um. Bot fo Paul and with him Priscilla
gone, wen e been een Cenchrea, e mek a and Aquila; having shorn
his head in Cenchrea: for
wow ta God fa do sompin. So e cut e hair he had a vow.
pon e head same like how de Jew people 19 And he came to
beena do wensoneba dey promise God fa Ephesus, and left them
there: but he himself en-
do sompin. 19 Wen dey git ta Ephesus, tered into the synagogue,
Paul lef Priscilla an Aquila, an e gone and reasoned with the
eenta de Jew meetin house fa taak ta de Jews.
20 When they desired
Jew people an splain God wod ta um dey. him to tarry longer time
20 Dey beg Paul fa stay mo longa wid um. with them, he consented
Bot Paul ain gree fa stay. 21 Steada dat, not;
21 But bade them fare-
wen Paul staat fa lef um, e tell um say, “Ef well, saying, I must by all
God wahn me fa come back, A gwine come means keep this feast that
back ta oona.” So e gone an ketch a boat, cometh in Jerusalem: but
I will return again unto
da sail fom Ephesus. you, if God will. And he
22 Wen Paul git ta Caesarea, e gone op sailed from Ephesus.
22 And when he had
ta Jerusalem an wisit de choch people. landed at Caesarea, and
Den e gone ta Antioch. 23 Paul stay a wile gone up, and saluted the
een Antioch, an den e trabel all roun de church, he went down to
Antioch.
arie ob Galatia an Phrygia. E courage all
23 And after he had
dem wa waak een de way ob de Lawd, an spent some time there, he
hep um bleebe God wod mo an mo. departed, and went over
all the country of Galatia
and Phrygia in order,
Apollos een Ephesus an Corinth strengthening all the
24 Jurin dat time, one Jew man name disciples.
Apollos come ta Ephesus. E been bon een 24 And a certain Jew
named Apollos, born at
Alexandria. Dat man know how fa taak too Alexandria, an eloquent
good, an e know all bout wa been write man, and mighty in the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
470 De Postle Dem 18, 19

scriptures, came to Ephe- down een God Book. 25 Apollos been laan
sus.
25 This man was in- bout God way. E been too heppy fa taak
structed in the way of the bout Jedus, an de ting dem wa e beena
Lord; and being fervent
in the spirit, he spake and
laan de people been true. Bot e jes know
taught diligently the bout how John beena bactize. 26 Apollos
things of the Lord, know- ain been scaid tall fa taak ta de people een
ing only the baptism of
John. de Jew meetin house. Bot wen Priscilla an
26 And he began to Aquila yeh wa Apollos say, dey eenbite um
speak boldly in the syna-
gogue: whom when fa go ta dey house an splain ta um mo
Aquila and Priscilla had betta bout God way. 27 Now den, wen
heard, they took him
unto them, and ex- Apollos been wahn fa go oba ta Achaia, de
pounded unto him the Ephesus bredren courage um, an dey write
way of God more
perfectly.
letta ta dem wa waak een de Lawd way
27 And when he was een Achaia. Dey tell um say, “Wen Apollos
disposed to pass into come ta oona, oona oughta gim haaty
Achaia, the brethren
wrote, exhorting the dis- welcome.” An wen Apollos git ta Achaia, e
ciples to receive him: meet dem people dat cause ob God mussy
who, when he was come,
helped them much which been bleebe. An e hep um plenty, 28 cause
had believed through Apollos taak too good, an wid powa, dey
grace:
28 For he mightily een de place weh de people all geda. E win
convinced the Jews, and out oba all wa de Jew dem say, an show
that publickly, shewing
by the scriptures that Je-
um dat coddin ta God wod, Jedus de
sus was Christ. Messiah fa true.

Paul een Ephesus


Chapter 19

19 Wiles Apollos been dey een


1
1 And it came to pass,
that, while Apollos was Corinth, Paul beena trabel roun
at Corinth, Paul having shru de middle ob de arie til e git ta
passed through the upper
coasts came to Ephesus: Ephesus. Wen e git dey, e find some wa
and finding certain bleebe an waak een de way ob de Lawd.
disciples, 2 Paul aks um say, “Wen oona fus bleebe
2 He said unto them,
Have ye received the pon Jedus, de Holy Sperit come pon oona
Holy Ghost since ye be- same time?”
lieved? And they said
unto him, We have not so De bleeba dem ansa Paul say, “No. We
much as heard whether ain neba eben yeh bout no Holy Sperit.”
there be any Holy Ghost.
3 And he said unto 3 Paul aks um say, “Wa oona bleebe een
them, Unto what then den wen dey bactize oona?”
were ye baptized? And
they said, Unto John's Dey ansa Paul say, “We bleebe wa John
baptism. been say bout wa e mean fa git bactize.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 19 471

4 An Paul say, “Wen John beena bactize 4 Then said Paul, John
verily baptized with the
people, e tell um e bactize um fa show dat baptism of repentance,
dey done change dey sinful way an ain saying unto the people,
gwine do um no mo. John tell um say, that they should believe
on him which should
‘Mus bleebe pon de one dat gwine come come after him, that is,
atta A gone.’ Dat de Lawd Jedus dat John on Christ Jesus.
5 When they heard
beena taak bout.” this, they were baptized
5 Wen de bleeba dem yeh wa Paul say, in the name of the Lord
dey git bactize een de name ob de Lawd Jesus.
6 And when Paul had
Jedus. 6 Paul lay e han pon dey head an de laid his hands upon them,
Holy Sperit come pon um. Dey staat fa the Holy Ghost came on
taak dem language dat dey ain neba laan, them; and they spake
with tongues, and pro-
an dey taak God message. 7 All togeda dey phesied.
been bout tweb man wa git bactize.
7 And all the men were
8 Paul been dey een Ephesus fa shree about twelve.
mont, an all dat time e beena go eenta de
8 And he went into the
Jew meetin house fa taak ta de people dey. synagogue, and spake
E ain been scaid one bit. E been try fa boldly for the space of
bring um fa bleebe een de Lawd. E done three months, disputing
and persuading the
dat, da tell um pint by pint bout how God things concerning the
rule. 9 Bot some dem people been haad kingdom of God.
head. Dey ain been wahn fa bleebe pon 9 But when divers
Jedus. An out een de open, een front ob were hardened, and be-
lieved not, but spake evil
ebrybody, dey shrow slam bout de Way ob of that way before the
de Lawd. So Paul lef um an gone. E tek de multitude, he departed
from them, and separated
Christian bleeba dem wid um. An Paul the disciples, disputing
gone ebry day ta Tyrannus place weh daily in the school of one
people come togeda fa taak bout diffunt Tyrannus.

ting. 10 Paul keep on fa two yeah dey. 10 And this continued


Cause ob dat, all de people een de arie ob by the space of two years;
so that all they which
Asia, de Jew people an de people dat ain dwelt in Asia heard the
been Jew, all dem yeh God wod. word of the Lord Jesus,
both Jews and Greeks.

De Son Dem ob Sceva 11 And God wrought


special miracles by the
11 God nyuse Paul fa do powaful hands of Paul:
miracle wok. 12 People beena tek sweat 12 So that from his
rag an closs dem dat Paul been tetch, an body were brought unto
the sick handkerchiefs or
dey gone cyaa um ta de sick people, an aprons, and the diseases
dem sick people git well gin, an ebil sperit departed from them, and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
472 De Postle Dem 19

the evil spirits went out dat been een um come out fom um.
of them.
13 Then certain of the 13 Some Jew people beena trabel roun fa
vagabond Jews, exor- dribe out ebil sperit dem fom eenside
cists, took upon them to
call over them which had
people. Dey try, too, fa nyuse de name ob
evil spirits the name of de Lawd Jedus fa dribe out de ebil sperit
the Lord Jesus, saying, dem. Dey tell dem ebil sperit say, “A da
We adjure you by Jesus
whom Paul preacheth. chaage oona een Jedus name, dat Jedus
14 And there were
wa Paul da taak bout. A da chaage oona fa
seven sons of one Sceva, a
Jew, and chief of the come out.” 14 Dey been one ob de Jew
priests, which did so. priest leada dem name Sceva. Sceva hab
15 And the evil spirit
answered and said, Jesus seben son, an dey beena chaage de ebil
I know, and Paul I know; sperit dem dat way, een Jedus name.
but who are ye? 15 Bot de ebil sperit tell um say, “A
16 And the man in
whom the evil spirit was know Jedus, an A know Paul, bot who ya
leaped on them, and da?”
overcame them, and pre-
vailed against them, so 16 De man dat hab de ebil sperit eenside
that they fled out of that um jomp pon Sceva boy dem. E mo
house naked and
wounded. scronga den all ob um. E teah dey cloes off
17 And this was known um an gash um op. E beat um til dey ron
to all the Jews and
Greeks also dwelling at way fom outta de house. 17 Wen all de Jew
Ephesus; and fear fell on people an dem wa ain Jew, all dem dat lib
them all, and the name of
the Lord Jesus was
dey een Ephesus yeh bout dat, dey been
magnified. scaid, an dey been hole op de name ob de
18 And many that be-
Lawd Jedus. 18 Heapa dem dat bleebe pon
lieved came, and con-
fessed, and shewed their Jedus come an taak out een de open fo de
deeds. people, bout de bad ting dem dey beena
19 Many of them also
do. 19 Heapa dem people dat beena wok
which used curious arts
brought their books to- root, dey come dey an bring dey book dem
gether, and burned them wa tell how fa wok root. Dey geda all dem
before all men: and they
counted the price of book togeda an bun um op out een de open
them, and found it fifty weh all de people been able fa shim. Wen
thousand pieces of silver.
dey count op de money dat all dem book
20 So mightily grew
the word of God and cost, dey been fifty tousan silba coin. 20 So
prevailed. den, dat de way de wod ob de Lawd keep
21 After these things on da spread all oba. An mo an mo people
were ended, Paul pur-
posed in the spirit, when bleebe pon Jedus.
he had passed through De Ruckus een Ephesus
Macedonia and Achaia,
to go to Jerusalem, say- Atta all dat happen, Paul cide fa go
21
ing, After I have been shru Macedonia an Achaia pon e way ta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 19 473

Jerusalem. Paul say, “Atta A gone dey, A there, I must also see
Rome.
haffa go an wisit Rome too.” 22 Timothy
an Erastus been two ob dem dat beena hep 22 So he sent into Mac-
edonia two of them that
Paul dey. Paul sen um on ta Macedonia, an ministered unto him,
e stay on fa a leetle wile mo een de arie ob Timotheus and Erastus;
Asia. but he himself stayed in
Asia for a season.
23 Bot dat same time, a ruckus come op
mongst de people dey een Ephesus. Dey 23 And the same time
beena fight bout de Way ob de Lawd. there arose no small stir
about that way.
24 One man dey name Demetrius beena
tek silba an mek ting. E beena mek dem 24 For a certain man
leetle house wa da look like de same house named Demetrius, a sil-
versmith, which made
weh de people go fa woshup op de idol wa silver shrines for Diana,
name Diana. Demetrius an e wokman dem brought no small gain
unto the craftsmen;
beena mek a whole heapa money dat way.
25 So Demetrius call togeda all e wokman 25 Whom he called to-
dem, an de oda wokman dem dat beena do gether with the workmen
of like occupation, and
de same kinda wok. E tell um say, said, Sirs, ye know that
“Bredren, oona know dis wok da mek we a by this craft we have our
wealth.
whole heapa money. 26 Oona da see an
oona da yeh fa oonasef wa dis man Paul da 26 Moreover ye see
do an say. E say dat god dat people mek and hear, that not alone
at Ephesus, but almost
wid dey han ain no true god tall. E taak so throughout all Asia, this
good dat plenty people yah een Ephesus Paul hath persuaded and
turned away much peo-
an people all oba de arie ob Asia done ple, saying that they be
bleebe wa e tell um. 27 So den, A ain jes da no gods, which are made
taak bout we wok an how de people kin with hands:

hole we cheap an say de wok we do ain 27 So that not only this


mount ta nottin. A da taak bout de great our craft is in danger to
be set at nought; but also
god Diana, an de house weh people da go that the temple of the
fa woshup um op. De people gwine suck great goddess Diana
dey teet an say e ain wot nottin. Den de should be despised, and
her magnificence should
great glory an powa ob Diana ain gwine be destroyed, whom all
mount ta a ting needa. An Diana de god Asia and the world
worshippeth.
dat de people all oba Asia an een all de wol
da woshup op!” 28 And when they
28 Wen de crowd yeh wa Demetrius say, heard these sayings, they
were full of wrath, and
dey been mad down. Dey staat fa holla cried out, saying, Great is
say, “Diana, de god ob de Ephesus people, Diana of the Ephesians.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
474 De Postle Dem 19

29 And the whole city e great fa true!” 29 Fus ting ya know, de


was filled with confusion:
and having caught Gaius whole city been een a ruckus. De people
and Aristarchus, men of grab hole ta Gaius an Aristarchus. Dem
Macedonia, Paul's com-
panions in travel, they
two man been fom Macedonia an beena
rushed with one accord trabel long wid Paul. De crowd tote um an
into the theatre. gone quick ta de place weh de people
30 And when Paul
would have entered in been. 30 Wen dat crowd geda dey, Paul
unto the people, the dis- been wahn fa go een fa taak ta de people.
ciples suffered him not.
31 And certain of the Bot de Christian bleeba dem ain leh um go
chief of Asia, which were dey. 31 Some ob de big tority dem dey een
his friends, sent unto
him, desiring him that he de arie ob Asia been Paul fren. Dey sen
would not adventure wod fa beg Paul, say e mus dohn go eenta
himself into the theatre.
32 Some therefore
dat place weh de people beena geda.
cried one thing, and some 32 Dey been a big mixop gwine on een dat
another: for the assembly place. Some beena holla one ting. Oda
was confused; and the
more part knew not dem holla sompin else. Cause mos all dem
wherefore they were wa been dey ain know hoccome dey been
come together.
33 And they drew Al- dey fa staat wid. 33 De Jew people dey
exander out of the multi- shob Alexander een front ob de whole
tude, the Jews putting
him forward. And Alex- crowd. An some ob de crowd beena holla
ander beckoned with the ta Alexander an try fa tell um wa fa do. E
hand, and would have
made his defence unto
mek sign ta de people fa mek um hush
the people. some ob dey racket, cause e been wahn fa
34 But when they splain ta de people. 34 Bot wen de people
knew that he was a Jew,
all with one voice about
see dat Alexander been a Jew, dey all staat
the space of two hours fa holla. Dey beena holla fa two solid hour
cried out, Great is Diana say, “Diana, de god ob de Ephesus people!
of the Ephesians.
35 And when the
E great fa true!”
townclerk had appeased 35 Den de man wa been hab chaage oba
the people, he said, Ye de city, e aks de people fa hole dey peace,
men of Ephesus, what
man is there that an e tell um say, “Oona me bredren wa lib
knoweth not how that yah een Ephesus, ebrybody know dat
the city of the Ephesians
is a worshipper of the Ephesus de city sponsable fa de house weh
great goddess Diana, and people da woshup de great Diana, ainty?
of the image which fell
down from Jupiter? Ain dey all know dis city sponsable fa de
36 Seeing then that holy stone dat been faddown outta de sky
these things cannot be pon de city? 36 Nobody ain gwine say we
spoken against, ye ought
to be quiet, and to do da tell lie bout dis. So den, oona mus shet
nothing rashly. oona mout an tink fo oona cyaa on so.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 19, 20 475

37 Oona done bring dem man yah, bot dey 37 For ye have brought
hither these men, which
ain tief nottin fom de house weh de god are neither robbers of
Diana dey. An dey ain taak bad ginst we churches, nor yet blas-
phemers of your goddess.
god Diana needa. 38 Ef Demetrius an e 38 Wherefore if Deme-
wokman dem got sompin ginst somebody trius, and the craftsmen
an wahn fa cuse um, de courthouse wide which are with him, have
a matter against any
open. Leh um go ta de court an mek dey man, the law is open, and
chaage. 39 Bot ef oona wahn fa taak bout there are deputies: let
them implead one
sompin else, oona haffa tell de city leada another.
dem fa call all de people togeda an do wa 39 But if ye enquire
any thing concerning
de law say, een a open meetin. 40 Cause ob other matters, it shall be
wa we da do yah, A scaid de Roman tority determined in a lawful
assembly.
dem gwine say we sponsable fa a ruckus. 40 For we are in dan-
Ef dey cuse we, we ain gwine be able fa ger to be called in ques-
splain all dis ruckus, cause dey ain no tion for this day's uproar,
there being no cause
reason fa um.” 41 Atta e say dat, e tell de whereby we may give an
people wa been geda togeda dey fa go account of this con-
course.
home. 41 And when he had
thus spoken, he dismis-
Ta Macedonia an Achaia sed the assembly.

20 Wen de ruckus een Ephesus been


1
Chapter 20
oba, Paul call togeda dem dat 1 And after the uproar
beena waak een de way ob de Lawd Jedus. was ceased, Paul called
unto him the disciples,
E courage um, an e tell um say e da gwine and embraced them, and
on now. Den e lef um an gone ta departed for to go into
Macedonia.
Macedonia. 2 E gone all oba dat arie, da 2 And when he had
taak plenty fa courage de people. Den e gone over those parts,
and had given them
gone ta Greece. 3 Paul stay dey shree much exhortation, he
mont. Den e been wahn fa ketch a boat fa came into Greece,
3 And there abode
sail ta Syria. Bot e yeh say de Jew people three months. And when
dey beena build scruction an scheme fa the Jews laid wait for
ketch um, so e cide fa go back shru him, as he was about to
sail into Syria, he pur-
Macedonia. 4 Wen Paul lef, Sopater dat posed to return through
come fom Berea gone long wid um. Macedonia.
4 And there accompa-
Sopater been Pyrrhus boy. De oda people nied him into Asia
dat gone long wid Paul been Aristarchus Sopater of Berea; and of
the Thessalonians, Aris-
an Secundus fom Thessalonica, Gaius fom tarchus and Secundus;
Derbe, an Timothy, an Tychicus an and Gaius of Derbe, and
Timotheus; and of Asia,
Trophimus dat come fom de arie ob Asia. Tychicus and Trophimus.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
476 De Postle Dem 20

5 These going before 5 Dem man gone long head ob we an wait


tarried for us at Troas.
6 And we sailed away
fa we een Troas. 6 Atta de Jew holiday feas
from Philippi after the ob Unleaven Bread (dat de one wen dey da
days of unleavened nyam bread dat ain hab no yeast), we lef
bread, and came unto
them to Troas in five een a sailboat fom Philippi. Atta fibe day,
days; where we abode we git ta Troas an we meet de oda man
seven days.
dem dey, an we stay one week een Troas.
7 And upon the first
day of the week, when
the disciples came to- Paul Mek a Nyoung Man Lib Gin
gether to break bread,
Paul preached unto De fus day ob de week, we geda
7
them, ready to depart on togeda fa nyam. Paul splain de wod ta de
the morrow; and contin-
ued his speech until
people, an cause e been gwine on de nex
midnight. day, e keep on da taak til midnight.
8 And there were 8 Plenty lamp been dey een dat room
many lights in the upper
chamber, where they
opstair weh we hole de meetin. 9 One
were gathered together. nyoung man name Eutychus beena
9 And there sat in a seddown een de winda dey. Paul beena
window a certain young taak wen sleep ketch Eutychus. Paul keep
man named Eutychus,
being fallen into a deep on da taak, an Eutychus gone eenta a deep
sleep: and as Paul was sleep an faddown outta de winda ta de
long preaching, he sunk
down with sleep, and fell groun. An dat house been a shree story
down from the third loft, house. Wen dey gone down an pick um op
and was taken up dead.
fom de groun, Eutychus been dead. 10 Bot
10 And Paul went
down, and fell on him,
Paul gone down an scretch esef oba de
and embracing him said, nyoung man an hole um tight. An Paul say,
Trouble not yourselves; “Oona mus dohn git opsot. Eutychus da
for his life is in him.
lib!” 11 Den Paul gone back opstair an
11 When he therefore
was come up again, and
broke de bread an nyam wid de people
had broken bread, and dey. An e taak ta um til day clean, an den e
eaten, and talked a long gone. 12 De people gone wid de nyoung
while, even till break of
day, so he departed. man Eutychus ta e house. Eutychus beena
12 And they brought lib, an dey been too heppy fa dat.
the young man alive, and
were not a little com- Paul Dem Trabel
forted.
We gone on fo Paul an ketch a
13
13 And we went before
to ship, and sailed unto sailboat an gone ta Assos weh we been
Assos, there intending to spose fa meet Paul, so e able fa git pon de
take in Paul: for so had he
appointed, minding him-
boat dey. E been tell we dat e gwine come
self to go afoot. ta de boat een Assos cause e been gwine

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 20 477

waak an meet we dey. 14 So wen Paul 14 And when he met


with us at Assos, we took
meet we een Assos, e git pon de boat. Den him in, and came to
we gone ta Mitylene. 15 We lef dey an Mitylene.
gone on da sail til we git close ta Chios de 15 And we sailed
thence, and came the
nex day. De day atta dat, we gone on ta next day over against
Samos. Den de day atta dat, we git ta Chios; and the next day
we arrived at Samos, and
Miletus. 16 Paul done been cide dat e ain tarried at Trogyllium;
been gwine mek de sailboat stop een and the next day we came
Ephesus, cause e ain wahn fa spen extry to Miletus.
16 For Paul had deter-
time dey een de arie ob Asia. E been wahn mined to sail by Ephesus,
fa git ta Jerusalem soon as e kin. E beena because he would not
try fa git dey een time fa de day wen de spend the time in Asia:
for he hasted, if it were
Christian dem da memba Pentecost, dat possible for him, to be at
day wen God gim e Holy Sperit. Jerusalem the day of
Pentecost.
Paul Taak fa de Las Time 17 And from Miletus
ta de Elda dem een Ephesus he sent to Ephesus, and
17 Atta Paul git ta Miletus, e sen wod ta called the elders of the
church.
Ephesus, ta de choch elda dem. E say e 18 And when they
wahn dem da fa come meet um een were come to him, he
Miletus. 18 Wen de choch elda dem git ta said unto them, Ye know,
from the first day that I
Miletus, e tell um say, “Oona know how A came into Asia, after
beena lib all de time A been dey wid oona, what manner I have been
with you at all seasons,
fom de fus day wen A come yah ta de arie
19 Serving the Lord
ob Asia. 19 Oona know A ain neba brag, with all humility of mind,
bot A tek low wiles A beena wok, da saab and with many tears, and
de Lawd. Plenty time A beena cry. A been temptations, which befell
me by the lying in wait of
hab haad bone fa chew an bitta pill fa the Jews:
swalla, cause de Jew dem build scruction 20 And how I kept
ebryweh A ton. 20 Oona know dat wen A back nothing that was
profitable unto you, but have
beena taak bout de wod ta oona, A ain shewed you, and have
hole back nottin fa hep oona. A beena laan taught you publickly, and
oona een de place weh all de people hab from house to house,

meetin een de open. An A beena laan 21 Testifying both to


the Jews, and also to the
oona, da go fom one house ta de nex. 21 A Greeks, repentance to-
beena tell de Jew people an dem wa ain ward God, and faith to-
ward our Lord Jesus
Jew. A tell um say, ‘Mus stop fa sin an Christ.
change oona way an come ta God. Mus
22 And now, behold, I
bleebe pon we Lawd Jedus Christ.’ 22 Now go bound in the spirit
de Holy Sperit tell me dat A haffa go ta unto Jerusalem, not

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
478 De Postle Dem 20

knowing the things that Jerusalem, an A gwine do wa e tell me. A


shall befall me there:
23 Save that the Holy ain know wa dey gwine do ta me wen A git
Ghost witnesseth in every dey. 23 All A know, e dat de Holy Sperit
city, saying that bonds
and afflictions abide me.
done tell me dat een ebry city weh A da
24 But none of these gwine, people gwine pit me een de
things move me, neither jailhouse an A gwine suffa an hab a haad
count I my life dear unto
myself, so that I might
time. 24 Bot A ain tek me life fa be wot
finish my course with nottin ta me, so dat A kin do all God sen
joy, and the ministry, me fa do, so dat A kin finish me race an do
which I have received of
the Lord Jesus, to testify all de wok dat de Lawd Jedus gii me fa do.
the gospel of the grace of An dis de wok e gii me, A spose fa tell
God.
25 And now, behold, I
people de Good Nyews bout how God da
know that ye all, among bless people.
whom I have gone 25 “A done gone bout mongst oona fa
preaching the kingdom
of God, shall see my face tell all ob oona bout how God da rule. Now
no more. den, A know dat ain none ob oona eba
26 Wherefore I take
gwine see me gin. 26 So taday A da tell
you to record this day,
that I am pure from the oona fa true say, A ain sponsable ef God
blood of all men. condemn any ob oona. 27 Cause A ain hole
27 For I have not
back nottin, bot A beena tell oona all dat
shunned to declare unto
you all the counsel of God wahn fa do. 28 Oona mus watch out
God. how oona da lib, an mus mind all de flock
28 Take heed therefore ob God people yah. De Holy Sperit done
unto yourselves, and to
all the flock, over the mek oona sponsable fa um. Oona mus tek
which the Holy Ghost cyah ob God people een de choch, jes like
hath made you overseers,
to feed the church of
de shephud cyah fa e sheep. Cause God
God, which he hath pur- own Son, de Lawd Jedus, dead fa mek de
chased with his own people ob de choch blongst ta God. 29 A
blood.
know dat atta A done gone way, some
29 For I know this, that
after my departing shall ceitful people gwine come een mongst
grievous wolves enter in oona people een de choch, like wile wolf
among you, not sparing
the flock.
come pon sheep. Dey gwine do some ob
30 Also of your own
oona too bad, an try fa ton oona way fom
selves shall men arise, God. 30 De time gwine come wen eben
speaking perverse things, some ob oona own people gwine lie fa mek
to draw away disciples
after them. some ob oona wa waak een de way ob de
Lawd go long wid um. 31 So den, oona
31 Therefore watch,
and remember, that by
mus watch out fa dem people dat lie like
the space of three years I dat. Oona haffa memba how fa shree

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 20, 21 479

whole yeah A ain neba stop fa waan ebry ceased not to warn every
one night and day with
one ob oona. A beena tell oona wa God tears.
say, day an night, wid de eyewata da ron 32 And now, brethren,
I commend you to God,
down me face. and to the word of his
32 “Now A da lef oona een God han an A grace, which is able to
build you up, and to give
da lef e wod dat tell oona bout God blessin you an inheritance
among all them which
pon oona. God wod able fa hep oona fa are sanctified.
33 I have coveted no
bleebe pon Jedus mo an mo, an God gwine man's silver, or gold, or
gii oona de blessin dat e been promise fa apparel.
34 Yea, ye yourselves
gii ta dem wa blongst ta um. 33 A ain neba know, that these hands
hab de big eye fa wa blongst ta nobody. A have ministered unto my
necessities, and to them
ain wahn dey silba, dey gole, needa dey that were with me.
35 I have shewed you
fine cloes. 34 Oona know dat A beena wok all things, how that so la-
wid me own han fa git all wa A need, an fa bouring ye ought to sup-
port the weak, and to
git all wa dey need fa dem wa gone long remember the words of
wid me too. 35 Een all A done do, A show the Lord Jesus, how he
said, It is more blessed to
oona dat we haffa wok haad like dis so dat give than to receive.
36 And when he had
we kin hep dem dat ain hab wa dey need. thus spoken, he kneeled
Mus memba wa de Lawd Jedus esef tell we down, and prayed with
them all.
say, ‘De one wa da gii, e gwine git blessin 37 And they all wept
sore, and fell on Paul's
mo den de one dat da git.’ ” neck, and kissed him,
36 Atta Paul taak, e kneel down wid all 38 Sorrowing most of
all for the words which
ob um an pray. 37 De people all beena cry he spake, that they
down wiles dey beena hug an kiss Paul, da should see his face no
more. And they accompa-
tell um bye. 38 De ting dat mek de people nied him unto the ship.
saaful mo den all, been dat e tell um dat Chapter 21
dey ain neba gwine shim gin. So den, dey 1 And it came to pass,
gone long wid Paul ta de big boat. that after we were gotten
from them, and had
launched, we came with
Paul Trabel ta Jerusalem a straight course unto
Coos, and the day follow-

21 Atta we tell um bye an lef um,


1 ing unto Rhodes, and
from thence unto Patara:
we git eenta de big boat an sail 2 And finding a ship
scraight ta Cos. De nex day we git ta sailing over unto
Phenicia, we went
Rhodes, an fom dey we gone ta Patara. aboard, and set forth.
2 Den we find a big boat dat been ready fa 3 Now when we had
discovered Cyprus, we
cross oba ta Phoenicia. So we git eenta de left it on the left hand,
boat an sail way. 3 We see Cyprus an sail and sailed into Syria, and
landed at Tyre: for there
sout ob um an gone on ta Syria. An we git the ship was to unlade
off de boat een Tyre, weh dey been gwine her burden.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
480 De Postle Dem 21

4 And finding disci- unload de boat. 4 We find some dat bleebe


ples, we tarried there
seven days: who said to pon Jedus dey, an we gone on wid um. We
Paul through the Spirit, stay dey wid um a week. Dey waan Paul e
that he should not go up
to Jerusalem. ain oughta go on ta Jerusalem, cause de
5 And when we had ac-
complished those days, Sperit been tell dem wa gwine happen ta
we departed and went
our way; and they all
Paul dey. 5 Bot wen de time come fa lef
brought us on our way, Tyre, we gone pon we way. An all dem
with wives and children,
till we were out of the Christian man, dey wife dem an dey
city: and we kneeled chullun, dey gone long wid we wiles we
down on the shore, and
prayed. beena waak outta de city. Wen we git ta de
6 And when we had
taken our leave one of
seasho, we all kneel down an pray. 6 Den
another, we took ship; we tell one noda bye, an we git eenta de
and they returned home
again. big boat, an dey gone back ta dey house.
7 And when we had 7 We gone on, da sail fom Tyre ta
finished our course from
Tyre, we came to Ptolemais. Dey we find de Christian
Ptolemais, and saluted
the brethren, and abode bredren. We tell um hey an stay wid um
with them one day. one day. 8 De nex day, we lef Ptolemais an
8 And the next day we
that were of Paul's com- git ta Caesarea. We gone fa stay wid one
pany departed, and came
unto Caesarea: and we
man name Philip, wa beena tell people de
entered into the house of Good Nyews. E one ob dem seben man dat
Philip the evangelist,
which was one of the sev- dey been pick een Jerusalem fa hep fa do
en; and abode with him. God wok. 9 E hab fo daughta dat ain been
9 And the same man
had four daughters, vir- marry yet. Dem ooman been prophet.
gins, which did prophesy. 10 We been dey some wile een Caesarea
10 And as we tarried
there many days, there wen one prophet name Agabus come fom
came down from Judaea Judea. 11 E come ta we, an e tek Paul belt
a certain prophet, named
Agabus. an nyuse um fa tie op e own han an foot.
11 And when he was
come unto us, he took
An e say, “De Holy Sperit say, jes like dis,
Paul's girdle, and bound de Jew dem een Jerusalem gwine tie op de
his own hands and feet,
and said, Thus saith the one wa own dis belt. Dem Jew gwine han
Holy Ghost, So shall the
Jews at Jerusalem bind
um oba ta de people dat ain Jew.”
the man that owneth this 12 Wen we yeh dat, we an de people dey
girdle, and shall deliver
him into the hands of the een de town beg Paul say, e mus dohn go
Gentiles.
12 And when we heard
on ta Jerusalem. 13 Bot Paul ansa say, “Wa
these things, both we, oona da do, da cry like dis an da mek me
and they of that place, haat saaful? A ready fa leh um chunk me
besought him not to go
up to Jerusalem.
13 Then Paul answer-
eenta de jailhouse een Jerusalem. A eben
ed, What mean ye to ready fa leh um kill me fa sake ob de Lawd
weep and to break mine
heart? for I am ready not Jedus.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 21 481

14 We ain been able fa mek Paul change to be bound only, but


also to die at Jerusalem
e mind. So we lef off da beg um, an we say, for the name of the Lord
“We pray dat wasoneba de Lawd wahn Jesus.
14 And when he would
gwine happen.” not be persuaded, we
15 Atta some wile dey, we git ready an ceased, saying, The will
lef fa go on ta Jerusalem. 16 Some dem of the Lord be done.
15 And after those
fom Caesarea wa bleebe pon Jedus gone days we took up our car-
long wid we ta Jerusalem. Dey cyaa we ta riages, and went up to
Jerusalem.
de house ob one man name Mnason weh 16 There went with us
we been gwine stay. Mnason come fom also certain of the disci-
ples of Caesarea, and
Cyprus, an e been one ob de fus fa bleebe brought with them one
pon de Lawd Jedus an waak een e way. Mnason of Cyprus, an old
disciple, with whom we
should lodge.
Paul Go fa See James 17 And when we were
come to Jerusalem, the
17 Wen we git ta Jerusalem, de brethren received us
Christian bredren gii we haaty welcome. gladly.
18 De nex day Paul gone wid we fa see 18 And the day follow-
ing Paul went in with us
James. An all de choch elda dem been dey unto James; and all the
too. 19 Atta Paul tell um hey, e tell um all elders were present.
19 And when he had
wa God beena do mongst dem people wa saluted them, he de-
ain Jew wiles Paul beena wok dey wid um. clared particularly what
things God had wrought
20 Now wen James an de choch elda dem
among the Gentiles by
yeh wa Paul say, dey praise God. Den dey his ministry.
20 And when they
tell Paul say, “Broda, ya kin see dat many heard it, they glorified
tousan Jew people yah bleebe pon Jedus. the Lord, and said unto
An dey all da tek cyah fa keep de Jew Law him, Thou seest, brother,
how many thousands of
too good. 21 Oda people done tell um bout Jews there are which be-
ya, say ya da laan all de Jew people oba lieve; and they are all
zealous of the law:
dey een dem oda country mongst de 21 And they are in-
people dat ain Jew. Dey say ya tell all dem formed of thee, that thou
teachest all the Jews
Jew oba dey dat dey ain oughta do wa which are among the
Gentiles to forsake Mo-
Moses Law say. Dey say ya tell um oba dey ses, saying that they
dat dey ain oughta circumcise dey chullun ought not to circumcise
their children, neither to
an dey ain oughta do dem ting dat de Jew walk after the customs.
people da do, dem ting dat we ole people 22 What is it there-
fore? the multitude must
laan we fa do. 22 Now wa we gwine do? needs come together: for
Dem Jew yah mus know dat ya done come. they will hear that thou
23 Ya haffa do wa we gwine tell ya fa do. art come.
23 Do therefore this
Fo man dey yah wid we dat done mek a that we say to thee: We

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
482 De Postle Dem 21

have four men which wow. Dey done promise God fa do a


have a vow on them;
saticula ting. 24 Ya haffa go long wid dem
24 Them take, and pu- man an jine een wid um fa do dem ting dey
rify thyself with them, do fa mek um clean een God eye. An ya
and be at charges with
them, that they may mus pay wa dat cost fa dem man, so dat
shave their heads: and all dey gwine be able fa git dey head shabe. Ef
may know that those
things, whereof they ya do dat, ebrybody gwine know dat wa
were informed concern- people beena say bout ya ain true tall. Dey
ing thee, are nothing; but
that thou thyself also gwine know dat ya da keep de Law too, dat
walkest orderly, and God gii Moses. 25 Now den, we wahn fa
keepest the law.
taak bout de people dat ain Jew dat bleebe
25 As touching the pon Jedus. We done write a letta ta dem.
Gentiles which believe, We say dat we done cide dat dey mus dohn
we have written and con-
cluded that they observe nyam nottin dat people done sacrifice ta
no such thing, save only dey god dat ain fa true. Dey mus dohn
that they keep them-
selves from things offered
nyam no blood an mus dohn nyam no
to idols, and from blood, meat dat been scrangle an hab de blood
and from strangled, and een um. An mus dohn lib loose life.”
from fornication.
26 De nex day, Paul gone long wid de fo
26 Then Paul took the man dem. Dey all done dem ting dat de
men, and the next day people do fa mek um clean een God eye.
purifying himself with
them entered into the Den e gone eenta God House fa mek
temple, to signify the ac- people know how many day e gwine be til
complishment of the days
of purification, until that dey finish dem ting dey da do fa mek um
an offering should be of- clean een God eye, wen dey been gwine
fered for every one of
them. offa de sacrifice fa all ob um.

27 And when the seven Dey Grab Hole ta Paul een God House
days were almost ended,
the Jews which were of 27 Jes fo de seben day been oba, some
Asia, when they saw him Jew people dat come fom de arie ob Asia
in the temple, stirred up
all the people, and laid see Paul eenside God House. Dem Jew
hands on him, people stir op all de crowd an grab hole ta
28 Crying out, Men of
Paul. 28 Dey holla ta de crowd say,
Israel, help: This is the “People ob Israel, come hep we! Dis de
man, that teacheth all man dat been gwine all oba, da laan de
men every where against
the people, and the law, people, da say bad ting ginst we Israel
and this place: and fur- people, ginst we Law dat God gii Moses an
ther brought Greeks also
into the temple, and hath ginst God House. An mo den dat, now e
polluted this holy place. done bring people wa ain Jew eenta God

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 21 483

House. E done mek dis place dat blongst ta 29 (For they had seen
before with him in the
God dorty een God eye!” 29 (Dem Jew say city Trophimus an Ephe-
dat, cause dey been see Trophimus wid sian, whom they sup-
posed that Paul had
Paul een de city. Trophimus come fom brought into the temple.)
Ephesus, so dem Jew tink Paul been tek 30 And all the city was
Trophimus eenta God House.) moved, and the people
30 Den heapa people staat fa mek ran together: and they
took Paul, and drew him
trouble all oba de city. De people come da out of the temple: and
ron fom all oba. Dey geda togeda dey an forthwith the doors were
shut.
grab hole ta Paul, an dey drag um outta 31 And as they went
God House. Right den dey shet de door ob about to kill him, tidings
God House. 31 Den dem people beena try came unto the chief cap-
tain of the band, that all
fa kill Paul. Bot somebody gone an tell de Jerusalem was in an
commanda ob de Roman sodja dem, da uproar.
32 Who immediately
say all de people een Jerusalem been een a took soldiers and centuri-
ruckus. 32 Right den, de commanda tek ons, and ran down unto
some offisa an some sodja dem an ron them: and when they saw
the chief captain and the
down fa meet de people dat been dey. Wen soldiers, they left beating
de people see de commanda an e sodja of Paul.
dem, dey stop da beat Paul. 33 De 33 Then the chief cap-
tain came near, and took
commanda gone ta Paul an res um. E gii de him, and commanded
sodja dem orda fa tie Paul op wid two him to be bound with two
chains; and demanded
chain. Den e aks de people say, “Who dis who he was, and what he
man? Wa e done?” 34 Some people een de had done.
crowd holla one ting. Some holla noda 34 And some cried one
thing, some another,
ting. De nise ob de ruckus been so loud dat among the multitude:
de commanda ain been able fa find out wa and when he could not
know the certainty for
been happen. So e chaage de sodja fa tek the tumult, he com-
Paul op eenta de place weh de sodja dem manded him to be carried
beena lib. 35 Wen dey git ta de step, de into the castle.
35 And when he came
sodja dem been haffa cyaa Paul, cause de upon the stairs, so it was,
people been so wile ginst Paul. 36 Dey all that he was borne of the
beena folla atta Paul, da holla say, “Kill soldiers for the violence
of the people.
um!” 36 For the multitude of
the people followed after,
Paul Taak ta de People crying, Away with him.
37 Jes wen de sodja dem been ready fa 37 And as Paul was to
be led into the castle, he
cyaa Paul eenside de place weh dey lib, said unto the chief cap-
Paul aks de commanda say, “Please sah, tain, May I speak unto

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
484 De Postle Dem 21, 22

thee? Who said, Canst leh me tell ya sompin.”


thou speak Greek?
38 Art not thou that De commanda aks um say, “Ya able fa
Egyptian, which before taak Greek? 38 So den, ya ain dat man fom
these days madest an up-
roar, and leddest out into
Egypt dat a leetle wile back mek people
the wilderness four thou- staat fa riot, dat man dat been git fo tousan
sand men that were man dat ready fa fight an kill people an
murderers?
39 But Paul said, I am a gone out wid um eenta de desat, ainty?”
man which am a Jew of 39 Paul ansa de commanda say, “A a
Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a
citizen of no mean city: Jew an A come fom Tarsus oba dey een
and, I beseech thee, suf- Cilicia. De city weh A bon ain no leetle
fer me to speak unto the
people. city. Please sah, leh me taak ta de people.”
40 And when he had 40 De commanda gii Paul a chance fa
given him licence, Paul
stood on the stairs, and
taak. Paul stanop pon de step dey an mek
beckoned with the hand sign wid e han ta de people ta um fa hush
unto the people. And op. Wen all de people hush op, Paul taak ta
when there was made a
great silence, he spake um een de Hebrew language.

22
unto them in the Hebrew 1 Paul tell um say, “Oona we
tongue, saying,
bredren an we fada dem, listen op
Chapter 22
now. Leh me tell oona wa A done do. Den
1 Men, brethren, and oona ain gwine wahn fa condemn me!”
fathers, hear ye my de- 2 Wen dey yeh Paul da taak Hebrew, dey
fence which I make now hush op eben mo.
unto you.
2 (And when they 3 Den Paul tell um say, “A a Jew. A bon
heard that he spake in the een Tarsus oba dey een Cilicia. Bot A been
Hebrew tongue to them,
they kept the more si- raise yah een Jerusalem, an Gamaliel been
lence: and he saith,) me teacha. E tek time fa laan me all de Law
3 I am verily a man
which am a Jew, born in dat we ole people done lef we. An A gii
Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, mesef fa do wa God wahn, jes like all ob
yet brought up in this city
at the feet of Gamaliel,
oona yah taday. 4 A beena fight ginst de
and taught according to people dat folla dis Way, an mek some ob
the perfect manner of the um suffa til dey dead. A beena grab hole ta
law of the fathers, and
was zealous toward God, man dem an ooman dem an tie um op an
as ye all are this day. chunk um eenta de jailhouse. 5 De head
4 And I persecuted this
way unto the death, bind- man ob de Jew priest dem an all de leada
ing and delivering into dem een de Jew Council kin tell oona dat
prisons both men and
women. A da tell oona de trute. A eben been git
5 As also the high letta fom dem leada fa tek ta de Jew
priest doth bear me wit-
ness, and all the estate of
bredren een Damascus. A beena gwine dey
the elders: from whom fa grab hole ta dem people dey wa da folla

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 22 485

dis Way, fa tie um op an bring um back also I received letters


unto the brethren, and
yah ta Jerusalem fa git punish. went to Damascus, to
bring them which were
Paul Tell How e Come fa Be a Christian there bound unto Jerusa-
lem, for to be punished.
6 “A beena trabel ta Damascus, an A 6 And it came to pass,
that, as I made my jour-
mos git dey, wen all ob a sudden, bout de ney, and was come nigh
middle ob de day, a bright light come unto Damascus about
noon, suddenly there
outta de sky an shine roun bout me. 7 A shone from heaven a
great light round about
faddown ta de groun, an A yeh a boice say, me.
‘Saul! Saul! Wa mek ya fight ginst me so?’ 7 And I fell unto the
ground, and heard a
8 A aks say, ‘Lawd, who ya da?’ De boice voice saying unto me,
Saul, Saul, why persecut-
ansa me say, ‘A Jedus dat come outta est thou me?
Nazareth. A de one ya da fight ginst.’ 8 And I answered, Who
art thou, Lord? And he
9 Now de people dat been dey wid me, dey said unto me, I am Jesus
see de light, bot dey ain yeh de boice ob de of Nazareth, whom thou
persecutest.
one dat beena taak ta me. 10 A aks say, 9 And they that were
with me saw indeed the
‘Lawd, wa A fa do?’ De Lawd tell me say, light, and were afraid;
‘Git op. Mus go eenta Damascus. An een but they heard not the
voice of him that spake to
Damascus dey gwine tell ya all de ting me.
10 And I said, What
dem dat God done cide fa ya fa do.’ shall I do, Lord? And the
11 Now dat bright light been mek me Lord said unto me, Arise,
and go into Damascus;
bline. So de people dat been dey wid me and there it shall be told
tek hole ta me han an hep me go on eenta thee of all things which
are appointed for thee to
Damascus. do.
11 And when I could
12 “One man name Ananias beena lib not see for the glory of
dey een dat town. E been a man wa wahn that light, being led by
the hand of them that
fa please God. E beena do wa de Jew Law were with me, I came
into Damascus.
say, an all de Jew people wa lib een 12 And one Ananias, a
Damascus spec um. 13 Ananias come devout man according to
the law, having a good
stanop by me an say, ‘Me broda Saul, ya report of all the Jews
gwine see gin right now!’ Jes like dat, right which dwelt there,
13 Came unto me, and
den A been able fa see gin, an A see stood, and said unto me,
Brother Saul, receive thy
Ananias. sight. And the same hour
14 “E say, ‘De God dat we ole people I looked up upon him.
14 And he said, The
beena woshup, e done pick ya fa mek ya God of our fathers hath
know wa e wahn ya fa do, an fa show ya de chosen thee, that thou
shouldest know his will,
One wa da waak scraight wid God, an fa and see that Just One,
and shouldest hear the
mek ya yeh e own boice da taak ta ya. voice of his mouth.
15 Cause ya gwine tell all de people wa ya 15 For thou shalt be his

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
486 De Postle Dem 22

witness unto all men of done see an wa ya done yeh. 16 Now den,
what thou hast seen and
heard. hoccome ya da wait? Git op. Leh um
16 And now why bactize ya, an pray ta de Lawd Jedus
tarriest thou? arise, and
be baptized, and wash
Christ fa wash way ya sin.’
away thy sins, calling on
the name of the Lord. God Sen Paul ta de People dat Ain Jew
17 And it came to pass,
that, when I was come 17“A gone back ta Jerusalem. An wen A
again to Jerusalem, even beena pray een God House, God show me
while I prayed in the tem-
ple, I was in a trance; a wision. 18 A see de Lawd. E tell me say,
18 And saw him saying
‘Go, git outta Jerusalem right now. Cause
unto me, Make haste, and
get thee quickly out of Je- de people dey ain gwine bleebe wa ya tell
rusalem: for they will not um bout me.’ 19 A ansa um say, ‘Lawd, dey
receive thy testimony
concerning me. know A nyuse fa gone fom one Jew meetin
19 And I said, Lord, house ta de nex fa grab hole ta dem people
they know that I impris-
oned and beat in every
dat bleebe pon ya. A nyuse fa chunk um
synagogue them that be- een de jailhouse an beat um op. 20 An A
lieved on thee: been dey too wen dey kill Stephen, de man
20 And when the blood
of thy martyr Stephen dat beena tell people bout ya. A beena gree
was shed, I also was fa hab um kill Stephen, an A beena gyaad
standing by, and consent-
ing unto his death, and de coat dem ob de people wen dey beena
kept the raiment of them kill um.’ 21 Den de Lawd tell me say, ‘Mus
that slew him.
21 And he said unto go way, cause A gwine sen ya way off ta de
me, Depart: for I will people dat ain Jew.’ ”
send thee far hence unto 22 De people listen ta wa Paul say til e
the Gentiles.
22 And they gave him say God been sen um way ta de people dat
audience unto this word,
and then lifted up their ain Jew. Den dey staat fa holla say, “Leh
voices, and said, Away
with such a fellow from
we git rid ob Paul! Leh we kill um an sen
the earth: for it is not fit um way fom dis wol! E ain fit fa lib!” 23 De
that he should live.
23 And as they cried
people beena holla loud, an dey shrow off
out, and cast off their dey coat an dey shrow dort op een de air.
clothes, and threw dust 24 De commanda ob de Roman sodja dem
into the air,
24 The chief captain tell e sodja dem fa cyaa Paul eenta de place
commanded him to be
brought into the castle, weh dey lib. E chaage um fa beat Paul fa
and bade that he should mek um taak, an tell um hoccome de
be examined by scourg-
ing; that he might know people beena holla ginst um like dis.
wherefore they cried so
against him. 25 Bot wen dey tie Paul op an scretch um
25 And as they bound out fa beat um, Paul taak ta de offisa wa
him with thongs, Paul
said unto the centurion beena stanop dey. Paul aks um say, “De
that stood by, Is it lawful law ain tell oona dat oona kin beat a

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 22, 23 487

Roman citizen wen nobody ain eben jedge for you to scourge a man
that is a Roman, and
um, needa find out dat e done sompin bad, uncondemned?
ainty dough?”
26 When the centurion
26 Wen de offisa yeh wa Paul say, e
heard that, he went and
gone fa tell de commanda say, “Wa ya da told the chief captain,
saying, Take heed what
do? Dis man a Roman citizen!” thou doest: for this man
27 So den de commanda gone ta Paul an is a Roman.
aks um say, “Tell me fa true, ya a Roman 27 Then the chief cap-
citizen?” tain came, and said unto
Paul ansa say, “Yeah, A a Roman him, Tell me, art thou a
Roman? He said, Yea.
citizen.”
28 De commanda say, “A pay plenty 28 And the chief cap-
tain answered, With a
money fa git fa be a Roman citizen.” great sum obtained I this
Paul tell um say, “Bot me modda an me freedom. And Paul said,
But I was free born.
fada been Roman citizen, so A bon a
Roman citizen.” 29 Then straightway
29 Right den de sodja dem dat been they departed from him
which should have exam-
gwine beat Paul fa mek um taak, dey ton ined him: and the chief
back an lef um. An de commanda, too, captain also was afraid,
after he knew that he was
been scaid wen e yeh dat Paul been a a Roman, and because he
Roman citizen, cause e been mek de sodja had bound him.
dem tie Paul op wid chain. 30 On the morrow, be-
cause he would have
Dey Tek Paul ta de Council known the certainty
wherefore he was ac-
30 De commanda been wahn fa know jes cused of the Jews, he
loosed him from his
wa de Jew people beena cuse Paul bout. So bands, and commanded
de nex day e hab e sodja dem tek off Paul the chief priests and all
their council to appear,
chain. Den e chaage de leada dem ob de and brought Paul down,
priest dem an all de memba dem ob de Jew 23
,22 and set him before them.
Council fa come meet togeda. An e bring
Paul, an mek um stanop een front ob um. Chapter 23
1 And Paul, earnestly

23
1 Paul look scraight at de memba beholding the council,
said, Men and brethren,I
dem een de Jew Council, an e tell have lived in all good
um say, “Bredren, all ob me life, right op ta conscience before God
until this day.
taday, A beena lib scraight so dat A ain
hab no doubt een me haat dat A da do 2 And the high priest
Ananias commanded
right fo God.” 2 Ananias, de head man ob them that stood by him to
de priest dem tell dem dat beena stanop smite him on the mouth.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
488 De Postle Dem 23

3 Then said Paul unto close ta Paul fa slap e mout. 3 Den Paul tell
him, God shall smite
thee, thou whited wall: Ananias say, “God gwine slap ya! Ya like a
for sittest thou to judge wall dat people paint white fa mek um
me after the law, and
commandest me to be
look good! Ya da seddown dey fa jedge me
smitten contrary to the coddin ta de Law, bot ya da broke de Law
law? wen ya chaage dem people fa slap me,
4 And they that stood
by said, Revilest thou
ainty?”
God's high priest? 4 Dem dat beena stanop close ta Paul
5 Then said Paul, I wist tell um say, “Dat de head man ob de priest
not, brethren, that he was
the high priest: for it is
dem ya da shrow slam at!” 5 Paul ansa um
written, Thou shalt not say, “Bredren, A ain been know dat e de
speak evil of the ruler of head priest. Cause God Book say, ‘Mus
thy people.
6 But when Paul per- dohn taak bad bout a rula ob ya people.’ ”
ceived that the one part 6 Now den, Paul see dat de people een
were Sadducees, and the de Jew Council been mix. Some dem been
other Pharisees, he cried
out in the council, Men Sadducee an some been Pharisee. So e call
and brethren, I am a out een de Council tell um say, “Bredren, A
Pharisee, the son of a
Pharisee: of the hope and a Pharisee an de son ob a Pharisee. Dey
resurrection of the dead I wahn fa jedge me yah cause A bleebe dat
am called in question.
God gwine mek de people dat done dead
7 And when he had so
said, there arose a dissen-
lib gin.”
sion between the Phari- 7 Wen Paul say dat, de Pharisee dem an
sees and the Sadducees: de Sadducee dem staat fa spute an taak
and the multitude was
divided. ginst one noda. De people all beena aagy
ginst one noda. 8 (De Sadducee dem say
8 For the Sadducees
say that there is no resur- dat wen somebody done dead, e ain neba
rection, neither angel, gwine lib gin. An dey say dey ain no angel
nor spirit: but the Phari-
sees confess both.
needa no sperit. Bot de Pharisee dem
bleebe dat wen somebody dead, e gwine
9 And there arose a
great cry: and the scribes
lib gin. An dey bleebe een angel an sperit
that were of the Pharisees' fa true.) 9 Den de Pharisee an de Sadducee
part arose, and strove, dem holla mo loud. Some ob de Jew Law
saying, We find no evil in
this man: but if a spirit or teacha dem dat been Pharisee stanop an
an angel hath spoken to aagy een a loud boice say, “We ain find
him, let us not fight
against God. nottin dat dis man Paul done bad! Ef a
10 And when there angel or a sperit been taak ta um fa true,
arose a great dissension, we ain oughta fight ginst God!”
the chief captain, fearing 10 Dem people aagy so scrong an wile til
lest Paul should have
been pulled in pieces of de commanda been scaid de people been

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 23 489

gwine teah Paul op, piece by piece. So e them, commanded the


soldiers to go down, and
sen e sodja dem fa go git Paul way fom de to take him by force from
crowd an cyaa um back ta de place weh de among them, and to
bring him into the castle.
sodja dem lib. 11 And the night fol-
11 Wen night come, de Lawd come an lowing the Lord stood by
him, and said, Be of good
stanop close ta Paul an say, “Mus hab cheer, Paul: for as thou
courage! Ya beena tell people een hast testified of me in Je-
rusalem, so must thou
Jerusalem wa ya know bout me. Same way bear witness also at
Rome.
so, ya haffa do dat een Rome, too.” 12 And when it was
day, certain of the Jews
Dey Scheme fa Kill Paul banded together, and
bound themselves under
12 Wen day clean come, some Jew dem a curse, saying that they
would neither eat nor
meet togeda an mek plan. Dey mek a wow drink till they had killed
an tell God, say dey ain gwine nyam nottin Paul.
13 And they were
an dey ain gwine drink nottin til dey done more than forty which
kill Paul. 13 Dey been mo den foty people had made this con-
spiracy.
wa geda togeda an mek dis scheme. 14 Den 14 And they came to
dey gone ta de leada dem ob de priest dem the chief priests and el-
ders, and said, We have
an ta de oda Jew leada dem. Dey tell um bound ourselves under a
great curse, that we will
say, “We done mek a wow an tell God, say eat nothing until we have
we ain gwine nyam nottin an we ain gwine slain Paul.
15 Now therefore ye
drink nottin til we kill Paul. 15 Now den, with the council signify
to the chief captain that
oona an de memba dem een de Jew he bring him down unto
Council, oona mus sen ta de commanda ob you to morrow, as
though ye would enquire
de sodja dem an aks um fa bring Paul fa something more perfect-
com e f o o o na . O ona mus mek de y concerning him: and
we, or ever he come near,
commanda bleebe oona wahn fa yeh mo are ready to kill him.
16 And when Paul's
bout Paul case. We ready fa kill Paul fo dey sister's son heard of their
git yah wid um.” lying in wait, he went
and entered into the cas-
16 Bot Paul sista boy yeh bout dat plan, tle, and told Paul.
so e gone fa meet Paul eenside de place 17 Then Paul called
one of the centurions
weh de sodja dem lib, an e tell Paul wa e unto him, and said, Bring
been yeh. 17 Paul call a offisa ob de sodja this young man unto the
chief captain: for he hath
dem. E tell um say, “Tek dis nyoung man a certain thing to tell
him.
ta ya commanda. E got sompin fa tell um.” 18 So he took him, and
18 De offisa tek de nyoung man an gone ta brought him to the chief
de commanda. E tell um say, “Dat man captain, and said, Paul
the prisoner called me
Paul een de jailhouse call me an aks me fa unto him, and prayed me
bring dis nyoung man yah ta ya, cause e to bring this young man

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
490 De Postle Dem 23

unto thee, who hath got sompin fa tell ya.”


something to say unto
19 De commanda tek de nyoung man
thee.
19 Then the chief cap- han an gone a leetle way off fom de oda
tain took him by the
hand, and went with him people. E aks um say, “Wa dat ya wahn fa
aside privately, and tell me?”
asked him, What is that
thou hast to tell me? 20 De nyoung man say, “De Jew leada
20 And he said, The
Jews have agreed to de- dem done gree fa aks ya fa tek Paul fo de
sire thee that thou
wouldest bring down
Council demarra. Dey gwine try fa mek ya
Paul to morrow into the bleebe dat dey wahn fa yeh mo bout Paul.
council, as though they 21 Bot ya mus dohn listen ta um cause mo
would enquire somewhat
of him more perfectly.
21 But do not thou
den foty people da hide out, lay wait fa kill
yield unto them: for there Paul wen e gwine come by. Dey done mek
lie in wait for him of a wow tell God, say dey ain gwine nyam
them more than forty
men, which have bound nottin an dey ain gwine drink nottin til
themselves with an oath,
that they will neither eat dey done kill Paul. Dey ready now, bot dey
nor drink till they have
killed him: and now are
da wait fa yeh dat ya gii orda ta de sodja
they ready, looking for a dem fa tek Paul ta de Council.”
promise from thee. 22 De commanda chaage de nyoung
22 So the chief captain
then let the young man man say, “Mus dohn tell nobody dat ya
depart, and charged him,
See thou tell no man that done tell me dis.” An e sen um way.
thou hast shewed these
things to me.
23 And he called unto Dey Sen Paul ta Gobna Felix een Caesarea
him two centurions, say-
ing, Make ready two hun- De commanda ob de sodja dem call
23
dred soldiers to go to two ob e offisa dem an e tell um say,
Caesarea, and horsemen
threescore and ten, and “Oona git ready two hundud sodja, an
spearmen two hundred,
at the third hour of the sebenty dat ride hoss, an two hundud dat
night;
24 And provide them
hab speah fa fight. Oona mus go ta
beasts, that they may set Caesarea. Mus git ready fa go by nine
Paul on, and bring him
safe unto Felix the o’clock dis night. 24 Oona mus find hoss fa
governor.
25 And he wrote a let-
Paul fa ride pon. Mus tek um ta Gobna
ter after this manner: Felix. Mus dohn leh nottin haam Paul.”
26 Claudius Lysias 25 Den de commanda write dis letta ta de
unto the most excellent
governor Felix sendeth gobna:
greeting. 26 “A, Claudius Lysias, da write ta e
27 This man was taken
of the Jews, and should Excellency, Gobna Felix. A da tell ya hey,
have been killed of them:
then came I with an
sah! 27 De Jew people done grab hole ta
army, and rescued him, dis man an dey been ready fa kill um. Bot
having understood that
he was a Roman. A yeh say e been a Roman citizen, so A
28 And when I would gone wid me sodja dem an pull um outta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 23, 24 491

de Jew dem han. 28 A been wahn fa know have known the cause
wherefore they accused
hoccome dey beena cuse um, so A cyaa um him, I brought him forth
ta de Jew Council. 29 A find out dat e ain into their council:
29 Whom I perceived
done nottin fa mek um kill um or fa mek to be accused of ques-
um chunk um een de jailhouse. Dey beena tions of their law, but to
have nothing laid to his
hole um cause dey say e done sompin ginst charge worthy of death
or of bonds.
dey Jew Law. 30 Wen A yeh say dat de Jew 30 And when it was
people done scheme an mek plan fa kill told me how that the
Jews laid wait for the
um, dat mek me sen um ta ya right den. An man, I sent straightway
A done chaage de Jew people dat done to thee, and gave com-
mandment to his accus-
cuse um fa go ta ya too, fa mek dey case ers also to say before thee
what they had against
ginst um.” him. Farewell.
31 So de sodja dem done wa dey 31 Then the soldiers,
as it was commanded
commanda chaage um fa do. Dey tek Paul them, took Paul, and
brought him by night to
an gone dat night ta Antipatris. 32 Wen Antipatris.
day clean, dem sodja gone back ta de place 32 On the morrow they
left the horsemen to go
weh dey lib. Bot dey lef de man dem dat with him, and returned
beena ride hoss fa tek Paul. 33 Wen dey git to the castle:
33 Who, when they
ta Caesarea, dey tek Paul ta de gobna an came to Caesarea, and
delivered the epistle to
gim de letta. 34 De gobna read de letta an the governor, presented
aks wa arie ob de country Paul come fom. Paul also before him.
34 And when the gov-
Wen e find out dat Paul come fom Cilicia, ernor had read the letter,
35 e tell Paul say, “A gwine hole ya case til he asked of what prov-
ince he was. And when
dem Jew dat cuse ya come yah.” An e he understood that he
was of Cilicia;
chaage de gyaad dem fa pit Paul een de 35 I will hear thee, said
bighouse dat Herod been build an gyaad he, when thine accusers
are also come. And he
um dey. commanded him to be
kept in Herod's judgment
hall.
Dey Cuse Paul Fo Felix Chapter 24

24 Wen fibe day pass, Ananias, de


1 1 And after five days
Ananias the high priest
head man ob de Jew priest dem, descended with the el-
ders, and with a certain
an some some ob de oda leada dem an a orator named Tertullus,
lawya name Tertullus, dey gone ta who informed the gover-
nor against Paul.
Caesarea fa tell Gobna Felix wa Paul done 2 And when he was
do. 2 Wen de Gobna call Paul fa come een, called forth, Tertullus be-
gan to accuse him, say-
Tertullus tell e case ginst Paul ta de Gobna. ing, Seeing that by thee
we enjoy great quietness,
E say, “Ya Excellency, Gobna Felix! Ya and that very worthy
one big leada dat hab sense. Cause ob dat deeds are done unto this
nation by thy provi-
we beena hab peace een we country fa a dence,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
492 De Postle Dem 24

3 We accept it always, long time. Ya beena do plenty good wok fa


and in all places, most
noble Felix, with all change ting fa mek we country betta. 3 We
thankfulness.
4 Notwithstanding,
heppy all de time fa wa ya do ebryweh, an
that I be not further te- we tell ya tankya fa true. 4 A ain wahn fa
dious unto thee, I pray waste ya time so A da beg ya please fa
thee that thou wouldest
hear us of thy clemency a listen ta wa we come fa taak bout fa jes a
few words.
5 For we have found
leetle wile. 5 We find out dat dis man yah
this man a pestilent fel- beena mek heapa trouble. E beena stir op
low, and a mover of sedi-
tion among all the Jews ruckus mongst de Jew people all oba de
throughout the world, wol. An e de leada fa de group dey call
and a ringleader of the
sect of the Nazarenes: Nazarene. 6 One time dis man yah eben
6 Who also hath gone
about to profane the tem-
try fa mek God House so dat e ain clean
ple: whom we took, and een God eye, bot we grab hole ta um. An
would have judged ac-
cording to our law. we been wahn fa jedge um like we Jew
7 But the chief captain Law say fa do. 7 Bot de commanda, Lysias,
Lysias came upon us, and
with great violence took come an jomp pon we an tek um fom we.
him away out of our 8 Den Lysias gii orda dat we wa cuse Paul
hands,
8 Commanding his ac- haffa come fo ya. Ef ya quizzit dis man
cusers to come unto thee:
by examining of whom Paul, ya kin find out fom um dat all dat we
thyself mayest take tell ya ginst um, e true.”
knowledge of all these
things, whereof we ac- 9 An de Jew dem too say dem same ting
cuse him.
9 And the Jews also as- ginst Paul, an say dat dem ting de trute.
sented, saying that these
things were so.
10 Then Paul, after Paul Gii Ansa ta de Gobna
that the governor had 10 Gobna Felix mek sign ta Paul, fa tell
beckoned unto him to
speak, answered, Foras- um bout dis ting. Paul ansa say, “A know
much as I know that thou
hast been of many years a ya been jedge oba de people een dis
judge unto this nation, I
do the more cheerfully country fa many yeah. So den, A heppy dat
answer for myself: ya gii me de chance fa ansa bout dis ting
11 Because that thou
mayest understand, that yah. 11 Ef ya aks, ya kin find out dat no mo
there are yet but twelve den tweb day gone by since A gone op ta
days since I went up to
Jerusalem for to worship. Jerusalem fa woshup een God House.
12 And they neither
12 De Jew dem ain find me da aagy wid
found me in the temple
disputing with any man, nobody dey een God House. Dey ain find
neither raising up the
people, neither in the me da stir op de crowd een de Jew meetin
synagogues, nor in the house, an dey ain find me da stir op de
city:
13 Neither can they people een no oda side ob de city needa.
prove the things whereof 13 An dey cyahn show dat wa dey da say
they now accuse me.
14 But this I confess ginst me, e true. 14 Bot A da tell ya dis:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 24 493

Wen A da lib coddin ta de Way, A da unto thee, that after the


way which they call her-
woshup de God dat we ole people beena esy, so worship I the God
woshup. An de Jew people say dis Way of my fathers, believing
all things which are writ-
yah ain true. A bleebe all de ting dem wa ten in the law and in the
dey een de Law dat God gii Moses, an all prophets:
15 And have hope to-
dat de prophet dem done write. 15 A hab ward God, which they
de same hope jes like de Jew dem hope, themselves also allow,
dat God gwine mek all people, de good an that there shall be a res-
urrection of the dead,
de bad, lib gin. 16 So den, A da try all de both of the just and
time fa do all A kin fa hab a clean haat een unjust.
16 And herein do I ex-
God eye an fo people too. ercise myself, to have al-
17 “Now, atta some yeah done pass wen ways a conscience void of
offence toward God, and
A been gone fom Jerusalem, A come dey fa toward men.
cyaa some money fa gii ta me Jew people 17 Now after many
an fa offa sacrifice ta God. 18 A beena offa years I came to bring
alms to my nation, and
de sacrifice fa mek mesef clean een God offerings.
eye wen some people come an find me dey 18 Whereupon certain
Jews from Asia found me
een God House. Ain been no crowd dey purified in the temple,
wid me an no ruckus. 19 Bot some Jew dat neither with multitude,
nor with tumult.
come outta de arie ob Asia been dey. Dey 19 Who ought to have
oughta come yah fo ya an cuse me, ef dey been here before thee,
and object, if they had
hab sompin ginst me. 20 Ef dem fom Asia ought against me.
ain do dat, leh dem people yah tell ya wa 20 Or else let these
bad ting dey done find A done wen dey same here say, if they
have found any evil do-
beena jedge me een de Jew Council. ing in me, while I stood
21 Wen dey beena jedge me, dey ain find before the council,
21 Except it be for this
nottin cep de one ting A holla wiles A one voice, that I cried
beena stan fo um. A say, ‘Oona da jedge standing among them,
Touching the resurrec-
me taday cause A bleebe fa true dat God tion of the dead I am
gwine mek de people dat done dead lib called in question by you
this day.
gin.’ ” 22 And when Felix
22 Gobna Felix know too well bout de heard these things, hav-
Way ob de Lawd, an e tell um fa wait. E ing more perfect knowl-
edge of that way, he
say, “A gwine cide ya case wen Lysias, de deferred them, and said,
commanda ob de sodja dem, git yah.” 23 E When Lysias the chief
captain shall come down,
gii orda ta de offisa ob de sodja dem fa hab I will know the uttermost
um keep on da gyaad Paul. Bot e say dey of your matter.
23 And he commanded
mus dohn keep Paul like a prisona een de a centurion to keep Paul,
jailhouse all de time, an dey haffa leh Paul and to let him have lib-

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
494 De Postle Dem 24, 25

erty, and that he should fren dem come bring um wa e need.


forbid none of his ac-
quaintance to minister or
come unto him. Paul Gii Ansa bout E Case
24 And after certain
ta Felix an Drusilla
days, when Felix came
with his wife Drusilla, 24 Atta some time pass, Felix come, long
which was a Jewess, he
sent for Paul, and heard wid e Jew wife name Drusilla, an e sen fa
him concerning the faith Paul. Dey listen ta wa Paul tell um bout wa
in Christ.
25 And as he reasoned dey mean wen dey say dey bleebe pon
of righteousness, temper- Jedus Christ. 25 Paul gone on fa splain
ance, and judgment to bout wa dey mean wen dey say somebody
come, Felix trembled,
and answered, Go thy da waak scraight, how e able fa trol esef,
way for this time; when I an bout de day wen God gwine jedge all
have a convenient sea-
son, I will call for thee. people. Wen Felix yeh dat, e been scaid, an
26 He hoped also that e tell Paul say, “Ya kin go, now. Some oda
money should have been
given him of Paul, that he time wen A git de chance, A gwine sen fa
might loose him: where- ya.” 26 Same time, Felix beena hope dat
fore he sent for him the
oftener, and communed
Paul been gwine gim some money fa free
with him. um. Cause ob dat, Felix beena sen fa Paul
27 But after two years
Porcius Festus came into
plenty time an taak wid um.
Felix' room: and Felix, 27 Atta two yeah been pass, Porcius
willing to shew the Jews Festus tek Gobna Felix place. Bot Felix
a pleasure, left Paul
bound. been wahn fa mek de Jew people like um,
Chapter 25 so e ain free Paul fom de jailhouse fo e
1 Now when Festus
was come into the prov-
gone.
ince, after three days he
ascended from Caesarea Paul Aks Um fa Tek Um ta de Rula Caesar
to Jerusalem.

25 Shree day atta Gobna Festus git


2 Then the high priest 1
and the chief of the Jews ta e arie, e lef Caesarea an gone ta
informed him against
Paul, and besought him, Jerusalem. 2 De leada dem ob de Jew
3 And desired favour priest dem an de oda Jew leada dem gone
against him, that he
would send for him to Je-
fa meet Festus. Dey tell um bad ting ginst
rusalem, laying wait in Paul. 3 Dey beg Festus fa do um fabor. Dey
the way to kill him. wahn um fa bring Paul back ta Jerusalem,
4 But Festus answered,
that Paul should be kept cause dey done been mek plan fa kill um
at Caesarea, and that he long de road. 4 Festus ansa um say, “Dey
himself would depart
shortly thither. da gyaad Paul an keep um een Caesarea.
5 Let them therefore, An soon A gwine go back dey too. 5 Ef Paul
said he, which among
you are able, go down done sompin bad, leh oona leada dem
with me, and accuse this come wid me ta Caesarea. Leh um cuse de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 25 495

man dey.” man, if there be any


6 Festus ain stay wid um een Jerusalem wickedness in him.
6 And when he had
no mo den eight or ten day fo e gone back tarried among them more
than ten days, he went
ta Caesarea. De nex day e gone an down unto Caesarea; and
seddown een de court fa jedge, an e gii the next day sitting on
orda fa dem fa bring Paul fo um. 7 Wen the judgment seat com-
manded Paul to be
Paul git ta de court, de Jew leada dem dat brought.
been come fom Jerusalem gone an stanop 7 And when he was
come, the Jews which
roun um. Dey cuse Paul, say e done plenty came down from Jerusa-
bad ting, bot dey ain been able fa show lem stood round about,
and laid many and griev-
nottin tall dat e done bad fa true. 8 Den ous complaints against
Paul hab a chance fa ansa um, fa show dat Paul, which they could
not prove.
e ain done nottin bad. E say, “A ain done 8 While he answered
nottin dat de Jew Law say we ain oughta for himself, Neither
do. A ain done nottin bad een God House. against the law of the
Jews, neither against the
An A ain done nottin dat de rula Caesar temple, nor yet against
say we ain oughta do.” Caesar, have I offended
any thing at all.
9 Now den, Festus wahn fa mek de Jew 9 But Festus, willing to
people like um, so e aks Paul say, “Ya do the Jews a pleasure,
answered Paul, and said,
wahn dem fa tek ya ta Jerusalem an leh me Wilt thou go up to Jeru-
go yeh ya case dey?” salem, and there be
10 Paul ansa um say, “A da stanop yah judged of these things be-
fore me?
fo de Roman rula Caesar court, weh dey 10 Then said Paul, I
oughta jedge me. Ya know too well dat A stand at Caesar's judg-
ment seat, where I ought
ain done nottin bad ginst de Jew people. to be judged: to the Jews
11 Ef A done broke de law an A done have I done no wrong, as
thou very well knowest.
sompin bad so dat A oughta dead, A ain 11 For if I be an of-
gwine say oona mus dohn kill me. Bot ef fender, or have commit-
ted any thing worthy of
wa dem people yah say ginst me ain true death, I refuse not to die:
tall, nobody oughta han me oba ta um. A but if there be none of
these things whereof
wahn ya fa tek me fa go fo Caesar.” these accuse me, no man
12 Atta Festus been taak wid dem wa may deliver me unto
wise um, e ansa Paul say, “So den, ya say them. I appeal unto
Caesar.
ya wahn fa go fo Caesar. Fa sho, A gwine 12 Then Festus, when
sen ya ta Caesar.” he had conferred with
the council, answered,
Hast thou appealed unto
Festus Taak wid King Agrippa Caesar? unto Caesar shalt
bout Paul Case thou go.
13 And after certain
13 Two shree day atta dat, King Agrippa days king Agrippa and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
496 De Postle Dem 25

Bernice came unto Caesa- an Bernice come ta Caesarea. Dey come fa


rea to salute Festus.
14 And when they had see Festus an tell um dey heppy e been
been there many days,
Festus declared Paul's
come dey. 14 Wen dey been dey some
cause unto the king, say- time, Festus tell King Agrippa bout Paul
ing, There is a certain
man left in bonds by case. E say, “Dey one man yah dat Felix
Felix:
15 About whom, when
been lef as a prisona. 15 Wen A gone ta
I was at Jerusalem, the Jerusalem, de leada dem ob de priest dem
chief priests and the el- an de oda Jew leada dem tell me dat man
ders of the Jews informed
me, desiring to have judg- Paul done bad, an dey aks me fa jedge um.
ment against him.
16 To whom I an- 16 Bot A tell um dat de Roman dem ain da
swered, It is not the man-
ner of the Romans to
do like dat. We ain jedge nobody fo we
deliver any man to die, gim de chance fa meet wid dem dat cuse
before that he which is
accused have the accus- um an leh dem ansa bout wa dey say e
ers face to face, and have done. 17 Wen dem dat cuse um come yah,
licence to answer for
himself concerning the A ain wait eben a leetle bit. De nex day, A
crime laid against him. gone an seddown een de court an chaage
17 Therefore, when
they were come hither, um fa bring Paul een. 18 Wen dem dat cuse
without any delay on the
morrow I sat on the judg- um stanop fa taak, dey ain say nottin bad
ment seat, and com-
manded the man to be
ginst um like how A beena tink dey gwine
brought forth. taak. 19 Dey jes beena spute wid um bout
18 Against whom
when the accusers stood how de Jew dem oughta woshup dey God
up, they brought none ac- an bout one dead man name Jedus. Bot
cusation of such things as
I supposed: Paul say dat man da lib gin now. 20 A ain
19 But had certain
questions against him of
know how fa laan nuff bout dis, fa jedge de
their own superstition, case. Cause ob dat, A aks Paul ef e wahn fa
and of one Jesus, which
was dead, whom Paul af- go ta Jerusalem fa leh um jedge um dey.
firmed to be alive. 21 Bot Paul aks me fa keep um een de
20 And because I
doubted of such manner jailhouse an leh de rula Caesar jedge um.
of questions, I asked him
whether he would go to So A chaage um fa gyaad Paul til A able fa
Jerusalem, and there be sen um ta Caesar.”
judged of these matters.
21 But when Paul had 22 Agrippa tell Festus say, “A wahn fa
appealed to be reserved yeh dis man mesef.”
unto the hearing of
Augustus, I commanded Festus ansa um say, “Ya gwine yeh um
him to be kept till I might
send him to Caesar. demarra.”
22 Then Agrippa said 23 De nex day, Agrippa an Bernice gone
unto Festus, I would also
hear the man myself. To ta de place weh people da geda. An all de
morrow, said he, thou people done plenty ting fa show dey spec
shalt hear him.
23 And on the morrow, um, an dey gim haaty welcome. Agrippa
when Agrippa was come, dem gone eenside de place wid de offisa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 25, 26 497

dem ob de sodja dem, an de leada dem een and Bernice, with great
pomp, and was entered
de city. Wen Festus chaage um fa bring into the place of hearing,
with the chief captains,
Paul, dey bring um een. 24 Festus say, and principal men of the
“King Agrippa an all people dey yah. Oona city, at Festus' command-
ment Paul was brought
look pon dis man! All de Jew people een forth.
24 And Festus said,
Jerusalem an dem yah een Caesarea da King Agrippa, and all
holla say e ain oughta lib no mo. 25 Bot A men which are here pres-
ent with us, ye see this
ain find nottin dat e done fa mek me jedge man, about whom all the
um fa dead. An e say e wahn fa go fo de multitude of the Jews
have dealt with me, both
rula, so A done cide fa sen um dey. 26 Bot at Jerusalem, and also
here crying that he ought
A ain hab nottin dat A kin write ta Caesar not to live any longer.
bout dis man. A done bring um fo oona, an 25 But when I found
that he had committed
mos ob all A bring um ta ya, King Agrippa, nothing worthy of death,
and that he himself hath
so dat atta we quizzit um an find out bout appealed to Augustus, I
e case, A kin hab sompin fa write ta have determined to send
him.
Caesar. 27 Cause A tink dat e ain mek no 26 Of whom I have no
sense fa sen a prisona ta Caesar ef A ain certain thing to write
unto my lord. Wherefore
able fa tell um wa bad ting dat prisona I have brought him forth
before you, and specially
done do.” before thee, O king
Agrippa, that, after ex-
amination had, I might
Paul Taak fo King Agrippa have somewhat to write.

26
27 For it seemeth to
1 Den King Agrippa tell Paul say, me unreasonable to send
“Ya kin taak fa yasef now.” So a prisoner, and not withal
to signify the crimes laid
Paul pit e han op an staat fa ansa bout wa against him.
been happen. 2 E say, “King Agrippa, A Chapter 26
1 Then Agrippa said
heppy fa dis chance dat A hab fa stanop fo unto Paul, Thou art per-
ya taday an ansa fa all de bad ting dem dat mitted to speak for thy-
self. Then Paul stretched
de Jew people say A done. 3 A heppy dat forth the hand, and an-
swered for himself:
ya know all bout how de Jew people lib, 2 I think myself happy,
an de ting dem dey kin spute bout wid one king Agrippa, because I
shall answer for myself
noda. So den, A da beg ya fa tek time fa this day before thee
touching all the things
listen ta all A da tell ya now. whereof I am accused of
4 “All de Jew people know how A beena the Jews:
3 Especially because I
lib fom wen A been a chile. Dey know fom know thee to be expert in
de fus ob me life, how A been dey wid me all customs and questions
which are among the
own people an een Jerusalem. 5 Dey been Jews: wherefore I be-
seech thee to hear me
know me fa a long time, an ef dey wahn fa patiently.
taak true, dey kin tell oona. A beena lib 4 My manner of life from
my youth, which was at
scraight, a good memba ob de Pharisee the first among mine own

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
498 De Postle Dem 26

nation at Jerusalem, dem, de group dat mo den all oda group da


know all the Jews;
5 Which knew me folla dem rule bout de way we woshup
from the beginning, if God. 6 Now A da stanop yah an dey da
they would testify, that
after the most straitest
jedge me cause fa true, A da look fa de
sect of our religion I lived promise dat God gii we ole people. 7 Dis
a Pharisee. de same promise dat de tweb tribe ob we
6 And now I stand and
am judged for the hope of Jew people hope gwine come true fa dem
the promise made of God wiles dey da woshup God day an night.
unto our fathers:
7 Unto which promise King Agrippa, cause A da look fa dis same
our twelve tribes, in- promise fa come true, de Jew dem da taak
stantly serving God day
and night, hope to come. bad ginst me! 8 Hoccome all ob oona ain
For which hope's sake, able fa bleebe dat God da mek de people
king Agrippa, I am ac-
cused of the Jews.
dat done dead lib gin?
8 Why should it be 9 “A too beena tink dat fa sho, A oughta
thought a thing incredi- do all A kin do ginst de name ob Jedus dat
ble with you, that God
should raise the dead? come outta Nazareth. 10 A done jes dat
9 I verily thought with
een Jerusalem. De leada dem ob de priest
myself, that I ought to do
many things contrary to dem, dey gii me de tority, an A done chunk
the name of Jesus of heapa God people een de jailhouse. An
Nazareth.
10 Which thing I also wen dey condemn um fa dead, A done cyas
did in Jerusalem: and me vote ginst um too. 11 Plenty time A
many of the saints did I
shut up in prison, having
gone ta all de Jew meetin house dem fa
received authority from hab um punish God people dey, an A try fa
the chief priests; and mek um say dey ain bleebe pon Jedus
when they were put to
death, I gave my voice Christ no mo. A been so mad down ginst
against them. um til A eben nyuse fa go ta city dem faa
11 And I punished
them oft in every syna- off een oda country fa mek dem people ob
gogue, and compelled
them to blaspheme; and God suffa.
being exceedingly mad
against them, I perse-
cuted them even unto Paul Tell How Jedus Appeah ta Um
strange cities.
12 Whereupon as I “Dat hoccome A beena trabel ta
12
went to Damascus with Damascus. De leada dem ob de Jew priest
authority and commis- dem been sen me dey wid letta dat show
sion from the chief
priests, dey gii me de tority fa grab hole ta God
13 At midday, O king, I
people dey. 13 King Agrippa, A beena
saw in the way a light
from heaven, above the trabel pon de road ta Damascus een de
brightness of the sun, middle ob de day, wen A see a bright light
shining round about me
and them which jour- fom heaben come shine pon me an de man
neyed with me. dem dat beena trabel long wid me. Dis

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 26 499

light yah been too bright, mo bright den 14 And when we were
all fallen to the earth, I
de sun. 14 We all faddown ta de groun. An heard a voice speaking
A yeh one boice da taak ta me een de unto me, and saying in
the Hebrew tongue, Saul,
Hebrew language say, ‘Saul, Saul, wa mek Saul, why persecutest
ya fight ginst me so? Ya da haam yasef thou me? it is hard for
thee to kick against the
wen ya fight me, same like a ox wen e da pricks.
kick ginst de stick ob e owna.’ 15 A aks, 15 And I said, Who art
‘Who ya da, Lawd?’ De Lawd ansa me say, thou, Lord? And he said, I
am Jesus whom thou
‘A Jedus dat ya da fight. 16 Now git op, persecutest.
stan pon ya foot. A done appeah ta ya fa 16 But rise, and stand
upon thy feet: for I have
tell ya dat A done pick ya fa wok fa me. Ya appeared unto thee for
gwine tell oda people bout wa ya done see this purpose, to make
thee a minister and a wit-
taday an wa A gwine show ya. 17 A gwine ness both of these things
sabe ya fom ya own Jew people an A which thou hast seen,
and of those things in the
gwine sabe ya fom de people dat ain Jew, which I will appear unto
dem dat A gwine sen ya ta. 18 Ya gwine thee;
17 Delivering thee
open dey eye. Ya gwine ton um way fom from the people, and
de daak an bring um eenta de light. Ya from the Gentiles, unto
gwine ton um way fom onda Satan powa whom now I send thee,
18 To open their eyes,
an bring um ta God, so dat dey gwine and to turn them from
bleebe pon me. An cause dey bleebe pon darkness to light, and
from the power of Satan
me, God gwine paadon dey sin an dey unto God, that they may
gwine hab dey place mongst de people dat receive forgiveness of
sins, and inheritance
God done pick fa e own.’ among them which are
sanctified by faith that is
Paul Tell bout E Wok in me.
19 Whereupon, O king
19 “So den, King Agrippa, A beena do Agrippa, I was not dis-
dem ting dat de boice dat come outta obedient unto the heav-
enly vision:
heaben een dat wision tell me fa do. 20 Fus 20 But shewed first
A gone an tell de people een Damascus, unto them of Damascus,
and at Jerusalem, and
den een Jerusalem, an den all oba Judea. throughout all the coasts
An A tell de people dat ain Jew too. A tell of Judaea, and then to the
Gentiles, that they should
um all dat dey haffa ton fom dey sin an repent and turn to God,
come ta God. Dey oughta do dem ting dat and do works meet for
show dey done ton fom dey sin. 21 Cause repentance.
21 For these causes the
ob dat, dem Jew grab hole ta me wen A Jews caught me in the
been dey een God House, an dey try fa kill temple, and went about
to kill me.
me. 22 Bot God beena hep me all de time, 22 Having therefore
an eben taday. So den, A da stanop yah an obtained help of God, I

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
500 De Postle Dem 26

continue unto this day, tell all ob oona. A da tell de leetle one dem
witnessing both to small
and great, saying none an de big leada dem. A da tell oona de
other things than those trute bout God, da say jes de same ting dat
which the prophets and
Moses did say should de prophet dem an Moses done beena say
come: gwine happen. 23 Dey been say dat de
23 That Christ should
suffer, and that he should Messiah haffa suffa an dead. Dey say dat e
be the first that should
rise from the dead, and
gwine be de fus fa git op fom mongst de
should shew light unto dead people an lib gin, an dat e gwine tell
the people, and to the
Gentiles. e own Jew people an de people dat ain
24 And as he thus Jew bout de light ob God sabation.”
spake for himself, Festus
said with a loud voice, 24 Wen Paul say dat, Festus holla say,
Paul, thou art beside thy- “Paul, ya crazy! Ya done study an laan
self; much learning doth
make thee mad. sommuch til dat da mek ya crazy!”
25 But he said, I am
not mad, most noble 25 Paul ansa say, “Mos gran Festus, A
Festus; but speak forth
the words of truth and
ain crazy! De wod dem A da say, dey mek
soberness. sense an dey de trute. 26 King Agrippa, ya
26 For the king
knoweth of these things, know bout dem ting yah. A know dat dey
before whom also I speak ain been hide fom ya, cause dey ain been
freely: for I am persuaded
that none of these things done een a cona weh ain nobody kin shim.
are hidden from him; for So A ain scaid fa tell ya bout um. 27 King
this thing was not done in
a corner. Agrippa, ya bleebe wa de prophet dem tell
27 King Agrippa, be-
lievest thou the proph- we, ainty? A know ya bleebe um.”
ets? I know that thou 28 King Agrippa tell Paul say, “Ya tink
believest.
28 Then Agrippa said dat een susha leetle wile, ya gwine mek me
unto Paul, Almost thou
persuadest me to be a come fa be a Christian?”
Christian. 29 Paul ansa say, “Ef e jes a leetle wile
29 And Paul said, I
would to God, that not or ef e tek a long time, A da pray ya gwine
only thou, but also all come ta Christ. A da pray ta God fa ya, an
that hear me this day,
were both almost, and al- all de oda res dat da listen ta me taday, dat
together such as I am, ex-
cept these bonds. all ob oona gwine come fa be like me, cep
30 And when he had
thus spoken, the king
fa dem chain yah dat A da weah.”
rose up, and the gover- 30 Den de king an de gobna an Bernice,
nor, and Bernice, and
they that sat with them: an all de oda people dat been seddown dey,
31 And when they dey git op. 31 Wen dey gone out, dey tell one
were gone aside, they
talked between them- noda say, “Dis man yah ain done nottin fa
selves, saying, This man mek um kill um or mek um chunk um een de
doeth nothing worthy of
death or of bonds. jailhouse.” 32 King Agrippa tell Festus say,
32 Then said Agrippa
unto Festus, This man
“Ya been able fa set dis man free ef e ain
might have been set at been say e wahn fa hab Caesar jedge e case.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 27 501

Paul Staat pon E Way ta Rome liberty, if he had not ap-


pealed unto Caesar.

27 Atta dey cide dat we oughta sail


1
ta Italy, dey gii tority ta a offisa Chapter 27
name Julius fa tek Paul an some oda 1 And when it was de-
termined that we should
prisona. Julius been a offisa een de Roman sail into Italy, they deliv-
aamy regiment ob de rula Caesar. 2 We git ered Paul and certain
een a big boat dat come fom Adramyttium. other prisoners unto one
named Julius, a centu-
De boat been ready fa sail ta some dem rion of Augustus' band.
town long de sho een de arie ob Asia. So 2 And entering into a
ship of Adramyttium, we
we sail way, an Aristarchus, a Macedonia launched, meaning to sail
man dat come fom Thessalonica, gone wid by the coasts of Asia; one
Aristarchus, a Macedo-
we. 3 De nex day we git ta Sidon. De offisa nian of Thessalonica, be-
Julius been good ta Paul. E leh Paul go fa ing with us.
3 And the next day we
see e fren dem so dat dey kin gim touched at Sidon. And
wasoneba e need. 4 We gone on fom Julius courteously en-
Sidon. Bot cause dey been a heapa breeze treated Paul, and gave
him liberty to go unto his
ginst we, we gone an sail by de islant name friends to refresh himself.
Cyprus, pon de side weh dey ain been 4 And when we had
launched from thence,
much breeze. 5 We cross de wata close ta we sailed under Cyprus,
Cilicia an Pamphylia an gone on ta Myra because the winds were
contrary.
dey een Lycia. 6 Een Myra de offisa find a 5 And when we had
big boat dat come fom Alexandria. De boat sailed over the sea of
Cilicia and Pamphylia,
been gwine sail fa Italy, so e pit we pon dat we came to Myra, a city
of Lycia.
boat. 6 And there the centu-
7 De boat beena gwine slow fa plenty rion found a ship of Alex-
day. E ain been easy, bot at las we manage andria sailing into Italy;
and he put us therein.
fa git close ta a town name Cnidus. De 7 And when we had
scrong breeze ain leh we go de way we sailed slowly many days,
and scarce were come
been wahn fa go, so we sail down by Crete over against Cnidus, the
wind not suffering us, we
islant weh de breeze ain da blow scrong. sailed under Crete, over
We pass close ta Salmone. 8 De breeze against Salmone;
8 And, hardly passing
beena blow mo scronga, so e ain been it, came unto a place
easy. Bot we keep close by de sho til we git which is called The fair
havens; nigh whereunto
ta a place name Fair Havens, close ta de was the city of Lasea.
city name Lasea. 9 Now when much
time was spent, and
9 Now we done been loss tommuch when sailing was now
time, cause e done been atta de day wen dangerous, because the
fast was now already
de Jew people beena hab dey fast dat past, Paul admonished
yeah, an de wata been too rough. So Paul them,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
502 De Postle Dem 27

10 And said unto them, waan de oda people een de boat. 10 E tell
Sirs, I perceive that this
voyage will be with hurt um say, “Oona me fren, A see dat we trabel
and much damage, not now gwine mek we suffa tommuch wen
only of the lading and
ship, but also of our lives.
we come outta yah. Dey gwine be plenty
haam ta we, an de load, an de boat too. An
11 Nevertheless the
centurion believed the
dey gwine be loss ob life too.” 11 Bot de
master and the owner of aamy offisa ain tek wa Paul say. E listen ta
the ship, more than those wa de boat captain an de man wa own de
things which were spo-
ken by Paul. boat say. 12 De haaba weh dey been ain
12 And because the ha-
been good fa stay een oba de winta time.
ven was not commodious So mos all de man dem been wahn fa sail
to winter in, the more outta dey an go on an try fa reach Phoenix.
part advised to depart
thence also, if by any Dat been a haaba een Crete dat open ta de
means they might attain wata ta soutwest an ta de nortwest. Dey
to Phenice, and there to
winter; which is an haven
been wahn fa stay dey til de winta been
of Crete, and lieth toward pass.
the south west and north De Big Storm
west.
A leetle breeze fom de sout staat fa
13
13 And when the south
wind blew softly,
blow, an de man dem been tink dey kin
supposing that they had sail like dey been plan. So dey loose de
obtained their purpose, boat an sail um pass, close ta de sho ob
loosing thence, they
sailed close by Crete. Crete Islant. 14 Purty soon, a big, big wind
like a hurricane blow down fom de islant.
14 But not long after
there arose against it a Dey call dat wind de “Norteasta.” 15 De
tempestuous wind, called wind shake de boat scrong. Dey try fa ton
Euroclydon.
de boat fa go ginst de wind an sail ta Crete,
15 And when the ship bot de big wind ain leh we go dat way. So
was caught, and could we ain try dat no mo, an we leh de wind
not bear up into the
wind, we let her drive. tek de boat long. 16 De breeze ain blow so
16 And running under
bad wiles we beena pass sout ob a leetle
a certain island which is islant name Cauda. Dey we manage fa fix
called Clauda, we had de small lifeboat mo betta pon de big boat,
much work to come by
the boat: bot dat ain been easy fa do. 17 De man
dem pull de lifeboat eenta de big boat. Den
17 Which when they
dey tie rope tight roun de big boat fa mek
had taken up, they used
helps, undergirding the sho e ain gwine fall apaat. Sandbank been
ship; and, fearing lest dey een de wata close ta de sho ob Libya,
they should fall into the
quicksands, strake sail, so dey been scaid dat de big boat gwine
and so were driven. fasten dey pon de sandbank. Dey pull de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 27 503

sail down an leh de wind tek de boat long. 18 And we being ex-
ceedingly tossed with a
18 De boat beena shake tommuch een de
tempest, the next day
big storm. So de nex day, dey staat fa they lightened the ship;
19 And the third day
shrow way some ob de boat load eenta de we cast out with our own
wata. 19 De tird day, dey tek an pull some hands the tackling of the
ob de ting dem like sail an tackle fom ship.
20 And when neither
eenside de boat an shrow um way eenta de sun nor stars in many
wata. 20 Fa plenty day, we ain been able fa days appeared, and no
small tempest lay on us,
see de sun an we ain been able fa see de all hope that we should
staa. An de wind keep on da blow scrong, be saved was then taken
away.
til at las we beena tink we gwine dead fa 21 But after long absti-
sho. nence Paul stood forth in
21 De man dem een de boat ain nyam the midst of them, and
said, Sirs, ye should have
nottin fa a long time. Paul stanop wen dey hearkened unto me, and
geda togeda an say, “Oona been spose fa not have loosed from
Crete, and to have gained
tek wa A been tell oona, wen A say oona this harm and loss.
ain oughta sail fom Crete. Den we ain 22 And now I exhort
you to be of good cheer:
beena haffa suffa all dis damage an loss. for there shall be no loss
22 Bot now, A da beg oona, mus tek of any man's life among
you, but of the ship.
courage! Nobody ain gwine dead. Jes de 23 For there stood by
boat gwine git stroy. 23 Las night de God me this night the angel of
God, whose I am, and
dat A blongst ta an dat A da woshup, e sen whom I serve,
e angel ta me. Dat angel come stan by me. 24 Saying, Fear not,
24 E say, ‘Paul, mus dohn feah! Ya haffa Paul; thou must be
brought before Caesar:
stanop fo Caesar een Rome. An God show e and, lo, God hath given
blessin. E done gii ya all dem dat da sail thee all them that sail
with thee.
wid ya. Nobody ain gwine dead.’ 25 So 25 Wherefore, sirs, be
oona mus tek courage! Cause A trus God of good cheer: for I be-
lieve God, that it shall be
dat all e done tell me, e gwine happen jes even as it was told me.
like e say. 26 Bot de wind gwine blow we 26 Howbeit we must
ta sho pon some islant.” be cast upon a certain
27 Pon de day dat mek foteen, een de island.
27 But when the four-
night, de big wind still beena dribe de big teenth night was come,
boat cross de Mediterranean Sea. Een de as we were driven up and
down in Adria, about
middle ob de night time, de man dem dat midnight the shipmen
beena wok dey een de boat been tink we deemed that they drew
beena come close ta sho. 28 So dey drop near to some country;
28 And sounded, and
line fa medja, an dey find dat de wata been found it twenty fathoms:
one hundud an twenty foot deep. Atta and when they had gone

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
504 De Postle Dem 27

a little further, they leetle wile, dey medja de wata gin, an dey
sounded again, and
found it fifteen fathoms. find dat de wata been ninety foot deep.
29 Then fearing lest we 29 De man dem dat wok een de boat been
should have fallen upon
rocks, they cast four an- scaid dat de boat gwine smash op pontop
chors out of the stern, ob dem big stone close ta de sho. So dey
and wished for the day.
30 And as the shipmen drop fo anka down eenta de wata fom de
were about to flee out of back ob de boat fa try fa mek de boat stop
the ship, when they had
let down the boat into the fa drift. An dey beena pray fa mek day
sea, under colour as clean. 30 Den de man dem dat beena wok
though they would have
cast anchors out of the een de big boat try fa scape fom dey. Dey
foreship,
31 Paul said to the cen- leh down de small lifeboat dat been dey
turion and to the soldiers,
Except these abide in the
eenside de big boat pon de wata, an dey
ship, ye cannot be saved. mek like dey gwine pit out some anka fom
32 Then the soldiers
cut off the ropes of the
de front ob de boat. 31 Paul tell de aamy
boat, and let her fall off. offisa an de sodja dem say, “Ef dem man
33 And while the day
yah ain stay eenside de big boat, oona
was coming on, Paul be-
sought them all to take gwine dead!” 32 So de sodja dem cut de
meat, saying, This day is rope dat been tie fa hole de small lifeboat,
the fourteenth day that
ye have tarried and con- an leh de lifeboat gone way eenta de wata.
tinued fasting, having 33 Jes fo day clean, Paul beg all de man
taken nothing.
34 Wherefore I pray dem fa nyam, say, “Fa foteen day now
you to take some meat: oona beena wait, an oona ain nyam nottin.
for this is for your health: 34 A da beg oona fa nyam some ration, so
for there shall not an hair
fall from the head of any dat oona kin git mo scronga an lib. Cause
of you.
35 And when he had
ain none ob oona gwine loss eben one hair
thus spoken, he took fom ya head. Nottin gwine haam oona.”
bread, and gave thanks to 35 Atta Paul say dat, e tek some bread an
God in presence of them
all: and when he had bro- tell God tankya fo all ob um. Den e broke
ken it, he began to eat.
36 Then were they all de bread an staat fa nyam. 36 Dat courage
of good cheer, and they
also took some meat.
um all, an dey all nyam some ration too.
37 And we were in all 37 All togeda dey been two hundud
in the ship two hundred sebenty six ob we dey eenside de big boat.
threescore and sixteen
souls. 38 Atta ebrybody been nyam til dey
38 And when they had
eaten enough, they light-
sattify, dey shrow way all de wheat eenta
ened the ship, and cast de wata fa mek de big boat mo lighta.
out the wheat into the
sea.
39 And when it was De Shipwreck
day, they knew not the
land: but they discovered Wen day clean, dey see de sho, bot
39
a certain creek with a nobody ain know nottin bout um. Bot dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 27, 28 505

see a bay wid a sandy beach. Dey cide dat shore, into the which
they were minded, if it
ef dey able fa do um, dey gwine mek de big were possible, to thrust
boat go eenta de bay an op pon ta de sho in the ship.
40 And when they had
dey. 40 Dey cut de rope dat hole de anka taken up the anchors,
dem an lef dem anka een de wata. Same they committed them-
selves unto the sea, and
time, dey loose de rope dat beena tie op loosed the rudder bands,
and hoised up the main-
dem oar dat steer de boat. Den dey hice op sail to the wind, and
de big sail een de front ob de boat fa leh de made toward shore.
41 And falling into a
wind blow de boat an tek um ta de sho. place where two seas
41 Bot de boat hit a sandbank. De front met, they ran the ship
aground; and the fore-
paat ob de boat fasten dey pon de groun an part stuck fast, and re-
mained unmoveable, but
ain been able fa moob eben one leetle bit. the hinder part was bro-
An de scrong swellin ob de wata broke op ken with the violence of
the waves.
de back paat ob de boat. 42 And the soldiers'
42 De sodja dem plan fa kill all de counsel was to kill the
prisoners, lest any of
prisona dem so dat none ob um ain able fa them should swim out,
and escape.
swim ta sho an ron way. 43 Bot de offisa ob 43 But the centurion,
de sodja dem ain wahn um fa kill Paul, so e willing to save Paul, kept
them from their purpose;
ain leh um kill de prisona dem. E gii orda and commanded that
ta all de man dem dat been able fa swim, fa they which could swim
should cast themselves
jomp eenta de wata fus an swim ta de sho. first into the sea, and get
44 Den de oda people haffa go nex an grab to land:
44 And the rest, some
hole ta some wood plank or some oda on boards, and some on
piece dat broke off de boat, an dey nyuse broken pieces of the ship.
And so it came to pass,
dat fa git ta sho. An dat how dey done, so that they escaped all safe
dat dey all git ta de sho an nottin ain haam to land.

none ob um. Chapter 28


1 And when they were
Wa Happen een Malta escaped, then they knew
that the island was called

28 Atta we reach de sho an nottin


1 Melita.
2 And the barbarous
ain haam none ob we, dey tell we people shewed us no lit-
dat dat islant name Malta. 2 De people wa tle kindness: for they kin-
lib dey been good ta we. E beena staat fa dled a fire, and received
us every one, because of
rain, an de place been cole, so dey mek a the present rain, and be-
fire fa we an gii we all a haaty welcome. cause of the cold.
3 And when Paul had
3 Paul geda a bundle ob stick. Wen e beena gathered a bundle of
pit um pon de fire, a pison snake come sticks, and laid them on
the fire, there came a vi-
outta de bundle cause ob de heat ob de per out of the heat, and
fire. Dat snake bite Paul han an fasten dey. fastened on his hand.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
506 De Postle Dem 28

4 And when the bar- 4 De people dat lib pon de islant see de
barians saw the venomous
beast hang on his hand, snake da hang fom Paul han, an dey tell
they said among them- one noda say, “Dis man yah done kill
selves, No doubt this man
is a murderer, whom, somebody fa sho. Cause eben dough e
though he hath escaped been sabe fom de wata, de god dem ain
the sea, yet vengeance
suffereth not to live.
gwine leh um lib!” 5 Bot Paul shake e han
5 And he shook off the oba de fire an de snake faddown eenside.
beast into the fire, and An Paul ain been haam eben one leetle bit.
felt no harm.
6 Howbeit they looked 6 De people beena wait fa see Paul swell
when he should have op or jes faddown an dead all ob a sudden,
swollen, or fallen down
dead suddenly: but after cause ob de snake. Atta dey been wait a
they had looked a great long time, dey see dat nottin ain happen ta
while, and saw no harm
come to him, they Paul. So den, dey change dey mind an
changed their minds, and beena say, “Paul a god!”
said that he was a god. 7 Publius been de head man een dat
7 In the same quarters
were possessions of the islant, an e hab a big faam close ta dey. E
chief man of the island, been heppy fa see we, an e tek we ta e
whose name was Publius;
who received us, and house. We stop dey shree day an e tek
lodged us three days good cyah ob we. 8 Now Publius fada been
courteously.
8 And it came to pass, sick een bed. E hab feba an de back door
that the father of Publius trot. Paul gone eenta e room fa shim. Den
lay sick of a fever and of a
bloody flux: to whom Paul pray ta God fa de man an lay e han
Paul entered in, and pon um, an God heal um. 9 Wen dat
prayed, and laid his
hands on him, and healed
happen, de oda sick people een de islant
him. come ta Paul, an dey been heal. 10 Dey gii
9 So when this was
done, others also, which
we plenty ting fa hona we. Den wen we
had diseases in the is- been ready fa sail, dey gii we plenty ting fa
land, came, and were we trabel. Dey gii we all wa we been need
healed:
10 Who also honoured fa git ta de oda side ob de wata.
us with many honours;
and when we departed, Paul Dem Trabel fom Malta ta Rome
they laded us with such
things as were necessary. 11 Atta we been shree mont een Malta,
11 And after three
months we departed in a we sail way een a big boat dat done been
ship of Alexandria, which dey een Malta all de winta. Dey call de
had wintered in the isle,
whose sign was Castor boat “De Twin God Dem,” an e done come
and Pollux. outta Alexandria. 12 We git ta a city name
12 And landing at Syr-
acuse, we tarried there Syracuse an stay dey shree day. 13 Den we
three days.
13 And from thence we sail way fom dey an gone ta a city name
fetched a compass, and Rhegium. De nex day de sout wind staat fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 28 507

blow. An de day atta dat, we git ta Puteoli. came to Rhegium: and af-
ter one day the south
14 We meet some Christian bredren dey, wind blew, and we came
an dey aks we fa stay wid um one week fo the next day to Puteoli:
14 Where we found
we gone on. An dat de way we git ta Rome. brethren, and were de-
15 De Christian bredren een Rome yeh say sired to tarry with them
seven days: and so we
we beena come ta Rome, so dey come faa went toward Rome.
as de Maakut ob Appius an a place name 15 And from thence,
De Shree Bodin House Dem fa meet we. when the brethren heard
of us, they came to meet
Wen Paul see dem bredren dey, e tell God us as far as Appii forum,
tankya an e tek courage. and The three taverns:
whom when Paul saw, he
thanked God, and took
Een Rome courage.
16 And when we came
16 Wen we git ta Rome, dey ain pit Paul to Rome, the centurion
een de jailhouse. Dey leh um lib een a delivered the prisoners to
the captain of the guard:
house by esef, bot dey hab a sodja gyaad but Paul was suffered to
um. dwell by himself with a
17 Atta shree day, Paul call de Jew soldier that kept him.
17 And it came to pass,
leada dem een Rome fa come meet wid that after three days Paul
um. Atta dey been geda, Paul tell um say, called the chief of the
Jews together: and when
“Bredren, A ain done nottin ginst we they were come together,
people. A ain done nottin ginst de way we he said unto them, Men
and brethren, though I
Jew people lib, de way dat we ole people have committed nothing
been gii we. Bot jes de same, de Jew dem against the people, or
customs of our fathers,
grab hole ta me een Jerusalem an mek me yet was I delivered pris-
prisona. Den dey han me oba ta de Roman oner from Jerusalem into
the hands of the Romans.
dem. 18 Wen de Roman dem jedge me 18 Who, when they
case, dey been wahn fa leh me loose, cause had examined me, would
dey see dat A ain done nottin fa mek um have let me go, because
there was no cause of
kill me. 19 Bot de Jew dem fight ginst me, death in me.
da say de Roman dem ain oughta leh me 19 But when the Jews
spake against it, I was
loose. So den A been haffa say dat A wahn constrained to appeal
de Roman rula Caesar fa jedge me. Bot A unto Caesar; not that I
ain been hab no chaage fa mek ginst me had ought to accuse my
nation of.
own people, de Jew dem. 20 Cause ob dat, 20 For this cause there-
A call oona fa see oona an taak wid oona. fore have I called for you,
to see you, and to speak
Fa true, dey chain me fa sake ob de one dat with you: because that for
de Israel people da hope fa.” the hope of Israel I am
bound with this chain.
21 Dey ansa Paul say, “We ain git no 21 And they said unto
letta fom Judea bout ya. An none ob we him, We neither received

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
508 De Postle Dem 28

letters out of Judaea con- Jew bredren dat come fom dey ain tell we
cerning thee, neither any
of the brethren that came no nyews bout ya. Dey ain say nottin bad
shewed or spake any bout ya needa. 22 Bot we wahn fa yeh wa
harm of thee.
ya bleebe, cause we know dat people all
22 But we desire to oba da taak bad ginst dis group dat ya
hear of thee what thou done jine.”
thinkest: for as concern-
ing this sect, we know 23 So dey cide pon a time fa come meet
that every where it is spo- gin wid Paul. Wen de day come, plenty
ken against.
people, eben mo den been dey de fus time,
23 And when they had geda togeda fa meet wid um een de place
appointed him a day,
there came many to him weh e beena stay. Paul taak fom maanin ta
into his lodging; to whom night, da splain ta um an da tell um all
he expounded and testi-
fied the kingdom of God,
bout how God rule. E read de Law dat God
persuading them con- been gii Moses, an dem ting dat de prophet
cerning Jesus, both out of dem been write, da try fa sho de people de
the law of Moses, and out
of the prophets, from trute bout Jedus. 24 Some people bleebe
morning till evening. dat Paul taak true, bot oda dem ain bleebe
24 And some believed um. 25 So dey ain gree mongst deysef, an
the things which were dey lef Paul place an gone pon dey way.
spoken, and some be-
lieved not. Dat been atta Paul been say, “De Holy
Sperit say de trute wen e tell de prophet
25 And when they
agreed not among them-
Isaiah fa tell oona ole people say,
selves, they departed, af-
26 ‘Go tell dis people say:
ter that Paul had spoken Oona gwine yeh an yeh,
one word, Well spake the
Holy Ghost by Esaias the bot oona ain neba
prophet unto our fathers, gwine ondastan.
26 Saying, Go unto this Oona gwine look an look,
people, and say, Hearing bot oona ain neba gwine see.
ye shall hear, and shall 27 Cause dem people git haad haat.
not understand; and see-
ing ye shall see, and not Dey done stop op dey yea
perceive:
an cyahn yeh nottin,
27 For the heart of this an dey done shet dey eye.
people is waxed gross, Cause ob dat, dey ain able
and their ears are dull of
hearing, and their eyes fa see wid dey eye,
have they closed; lest dey ain able fa yeh wid dey yea,
they should see with their
eyes, and hear with their dey ain able fa ondastan
ears, and understand wid dey haat,
with their heart, and
should be converted, and an dey ain able fa ton ta me
I should heal them. fa heal um.’ ”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Postle Dem 28 509

28 An Paul tell de people say, “So den, A 28 Be it known there-


fore unto you, that the
wahn fa mek oona know, God done sen salvation of God is sent
people fa tell dem dat ain Jew bout how e unto the Gentiles, and
that they will hear it.
da sabe people. An dem dat ain Jew gwine 29 And when he had
listen!” 29 Atta Paul say dis, de Jew dem said these words, the
lef, fa spute plenty wid one noda. Jews departed, and had
great reasoning among
30 Fa two whole yeah, Paul beena lib themselves.
dey een a house dat e beena rent. E gii 30 And Paul dwelt two
whole years in his own
haaty welcome ta all dem dat come fa hired house, and re-
shim. 31 E beena tell um bout how God da ceived all that came in
unto him,
rule, an e laan um bout de Lawd Jedus 31 Preaching the king-
Christ. E ain been scaid fa tell um out een dom of God, and teaching
those things which con-
de open, an nobody ain stop um. cern the Lord Jesus
Christ, with all confi-
dence, no man forbid-
ding him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Paul Letta
,28
1
Romans Ta Dem Een Rome

1 Fom Paul wa da saab Jedus Christ.


Chapter 1 1
1 Paul, a servant of Je- A a postle wa God done pick, an e
sus Christ, called to be an
apostle, separated unto
gii me orda fa go tell people de Good
the gospel of God, Nyews wa God sen. A Paul da write ta
oona.
2 (Which he had prom-
2 God promise way back dey fa sen dis
ised afore by his prophets
in the holy scriptures,) Good Nyews. E hab e prophet dem write
um down een God Book, say dis Good
3 Concerning his Son
Jesus Christ our Lord,
Nyews gwine come. 3 Dis de Good Nyews
which was made of the bout God Son, we Lawd Jedus Christ. Wen
seed of David according e Son come as a man, e been bon one ob
to the flesh;
David chullun chullun. 4 De Son ob God
4 And declared to be come fom God an blongst ta God. Wen
the Son of God with God mek um git op fom mongst de dead
power, according to the
spirit of holiness, by the an lib gin, e show wid e mighty powa dat
resurrection from the Jedus Christ, we Lawd, e God Son. 5 Shru
dead:
Christ an fa sake ob e name, God bless me
5 By whom we have re- an gii me de wok fa be e postle, so dat
ceived grace and apostle- A kin go hep people all oba de wol fa
ship, for obedience to the
faith among all nations, bleebe pon Christ an do wa e tell um fa do.
for his name: 6 An oona dey een Rome, oona too
mongst dem wa God call fa blongst ta
6 Among whom are ye
also the called of Jesus Jedus Christ.
Christ: 7 So A da write ta all ob oona een Rome,
oona wa God lob an wa e call fa be e own
7 To all that be in
Rome, beloved of God, people.
called to be saints: Grace A da pray dat God we Fada an de Lawd
to you and peace from
God our Father, and the Jedus Christ bless oona an gii oona peace
Lord Jesus Christ. een oona haat.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 1 511

Paul Tank God 8 First, I thank my God


through Jesus Christ for
8 Fus off, A tank me God shru Jedus
you all, that your faith is
Christ fa all ob oona, cause people all oba spoken of throughout the
whole world.
de wol da yeh say oona trus een Jedus
9 For God is my wit-
Christ. 9 A da saab God wid all me haat, fa ness, whom I serve with
tell de Good Nyews bout e Son. An God my spirit in the gospel of
his Son, that without
know dat wa A say, e true. E know dat A da ceasing I make mention
memba oona all de time, wensoneba A da of you always in my
pray. 10 An A da pray say God gwine mek prayers;
10 Making request, if
a way fa me now fa come see oona, like A by any means now at
been wahn fa do all dis time, ef God gree. length I might have a
11 Cause A wahn fa see oona too bad, fa prosperous journey by
the will of God to come
share wid oona some ob de blessin dem wa unto you.
de Holy Sperit da gii, so dat oona gwine 11 For I long to see
bleebe pon Christ mo an mo. 12 Wa A you, that I may impart
unto you some spiritual
mean fa say, A wahn fa courage oona een gift, to the end ye may be
oona fait, an oona kin courage me wen A established;
see how oona trus een God. 12 That is, that I may
13 Me Christian bredren, A wahn oona be comforted together
with you by the mutual
fa know dat plenty time A beena plan fa faith both of you and me.
come see oona. Bot all de time sompin 13 Now I would not
come op, so A ain been able fa come. A have you ignorant, breth-
ren, that oftentimes I pur-
wahn fa wok dey so dat A kin see people posed to come unto you,
mongst oona come waak een de Lawd way (but was let hitherto,)
that I might have some
too, jes like A beena wok mongst de oda fruit among you also,
res ob de people wa ain Jew so dat dey even as among other
Gentiles.
waak een e way. 14 A hab a judy fa tell de
Good Nyews ta all people, dem wa lib 14 I am debtor both to
cibilize an dem wa ain lib cibilize, dem wa the Greeks, and to the
Barbarians; both to the
got book laanin an dem wa ain got no book wise, and to the unwise.
laanin. 15 Cause ob dat, A wahn fa tell de 15 So, as much as in
Good Nyews ta oona wa da lib een Rome me is, I am ready to
too. preach the gospel to you
that are at Rome also.
De Powa ob de Good Nyews
16 A ain shame eben one leetle bit ob de 16 For I am not asham-
ed of the gospel of Christ:
Good Nyews, cause dis Good Nyews God for it is the power of God
powaful way fa sabe all de people wa unto salvation to every
one that believeth; to the
bleebe pon Jedus Christ. Fus de Jew Jew first, and also to the
people an den dem wa ain Jew, dey all Greek.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
512 Rome 1

17 For therein is the gwine be sabe ef dey bleebe. 17 Cause de


righteousness of God re-
vealed from faith to faith: Good Nyews da show we how God da mek
as it is written, The just all ting right tween people an esef, ef dey
shall live by faith.
bleebe. God da mek um right cause ob dey
18 For the wrath of
God is revealed from fait, fom de fus ta de las. Jes like God Book
heaven against all ungod- say, “De one wa God mek right wid esef
liness and unrighteous-
ness of men, who hold
cause e bleebe pon God, dat one gwine hab
the truth in unrighteous- life.”
ness; All People Sin een God Eye
19 Because that which
may be known of God is God da show fom heaben dat e bex
18
manifest in them; for too bad ginst people wa hab sin een dey
God hath shewed it unto
them. haat an da do ebil. Dey wickity way da
20 For the invisible hide de trute bout God fom oda people.
things of him from the
creation of the world are
19 Cause dey know too good wa people kin
clearly seen, being un- know bout God. God esef mek dat plain ta
derstood by the things
that are made, even his um. 20 Fom de time wen God mek de wol,
eternal power and God- people been able fa know plain dat God
head; so that they are
without excuse:
got powa wa dey faeba, an dat e de true
21 Because that, when God. People ain see dem ting bout God wid
they knew God, they glo- dey eye, bot dey kin know um, cause dey
rified him not as God, nei-
ther were thankful; but
kin ondastan um fom de ting dem dat God
became vain in their been mek. So den, ain nobody kin say dat e
imaginations, and their ain know e da sin. 21 Dey know God, bot
foolish heart was darken-
ed. dey ain gim de hona dat dey oughta gii ta
22 Professing them- God, an dey ain tank um fa wa e da do.
selves to be wise, they be- Steada dat, dey ain got a bit ob sense. Dey
came fools,
beena git all mix op een dey head til dey
23 And changed the
glory of the uncorrup- ain know wa right fa do. 22 Dey say dey
tible God into an image got sense, bot dey come fa be fool.
made like to corruptible 23 Steada dey woshup God wa neba dead,
man, and to birds, and
fourfooted beasts, and dey da woshup idol wa look like a poson or
creeping things. a bod or a animal or a ting dat da crawl
24 Wherefore God also pon de groun. 24 Dat wa mek God lef
gave them up to unclean-
ness through the lusts of people lone an leh um go on an do dem
their own hearts, to dis- dorty ting wa dey een dey haat. Dey da do
honour their own bodies
between themselves:
dorty ting wid dey body wid one noda, wa
oughta mek um too shame. 25 Steada dey
25 Who changed the
truth of God into a lie, bleebe de trute bout God, dem people
and worshipped and bleebe wa ain true tall. Dey da woshup an

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 1 513

saab dem ting wa God mek, steada woshup served the creature more
than the Creator, who is
an saab de God wa mek all ting. Dat de blessed for ever. Amen.
God we oughta praise faeba an eba! Amen.
26 Cause people do dat, God lef um lone
an leh um go on an do dem dorty ting wa
26 For this cause God
dey een dey haat, ting wa oughta mek um gave them up unto vile
too shame. De ooman dem deysef lef off da affections: for even their
sleep wid husban an da do dorty ting wid women did change the
natural use into that
oda ooman, wa God ain mek ooman fa do which is against nature:
wid oda ooman. 27 Same way so, de man
dem too lef off da sleep wid dey ooman an
do wa dey wahn fa do een dey haat, dem 27 And likewise also
dorty ting wid oda man wa God ain mek the men, leaving the nat-
ural use of the woman,
man fa do wid oda man. Man dem do dorty burned in their lust one
ting dem wid oda man wa oughta mek um toward another; men
with men working that
too shame. Cause ob dat, God punish um which is unseemly, and
wid de punishment dey oughta git fa de receiving in themselves
dorty ting dem dey done. that recompence of their
error which was meet.
28 Pontop ob dat, cause people ain see
fit fa pit dey haat pon de true ting wa dey
know bout God, God lef um lone an leh um 28 And even as they
go on an tink all de time bout dem dorty did not like to retain God
ting so dat now dey jes da do dem ting wa in their knowledge, God
gave them over to a rep-
dey ain oughta do. 29 Dey haat full op wid robate mind, to do those
all kind ob wickity ting. Dey da do all kind things which are not
convenient;
ob ebil. All de time dey da wahn wa oda
people got, an dey da do one noda bad
tommuch. Dey full op wid de big eye an
dey jealous ob one noda. Dey da kill one 29 Being filled with all
unrighteousness, fornica-
noda an fight one noda. Dey da ceebe one tion, wickedness, covet-
noda an dey da tink bad ting bout one ousness, maliciousness;
full of envy, murder, de-
noda. Dey onrabble dey mout, da taak bad bate, deceit, malignity;
bout oda people. 30 Dey da da hole oda whisperers,
people cheap. Dey hate God. Dey shrow
slam at one noda. Dey tink dey mo betta
den oda people, an dey da brag bout 30 Backbiters, haters
deysef. Dey da tink op mo way fa do bad of God, despiteful, proud,
boasters, inventors of evil
ting all de time. An dey ain pay no mind ta things, disobedient to
dey fada, needa so dey modda. 31 Dey ain parents,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
514 Rome 1, 2

31 Without under- got no sense. Dey ain do wa dey say dey


standing covenant break-
ers, without natural af- gwine do. Dey ain show no mussy ta one
fection, implacable, un- noda, an dey ain cyah nottin tall bout one
merciful:
32 Who knowing the noda. 32 Dey know God Law say dat dem
judgment of God, that wa da do dem ting yah oughta dead.
they which commit such Stillyet, dey keep on da do um. An pontop
things are worthy of
death, not only do the ob dat, dey say dat oda people do good
same, but have pleasure wen dey da do dem same dorty ting.
in them that do them.

God Gwine Jedge All People


Chapter 2

2 So den, oona ain got no scuse tall fa


1
1 Therefore thou art
inexcusable, O man, de bad ting dem ya da do. Dohn mek
whosoever thou art that no neb a mind wh o ya da. Cause
judgest: for wherein thou
judgest another, thou wensoneba ya jedge oda people, bot ya
condemnest thyself; for keep on da do de same bad ting dem dey
thou that judgest doest
the same things. da do, ya da jedge yasef. 2 We know God
2 But we are sure that da do de right ting wen e jedge de people
the judgment of God is
according to truth
wa da do dem bad ting. 3 Bot oona wa da
against them which com- jedge oda people, ya da do dem same bad
mit such things. ting dem dat ya jedge oda people fa! Fa
3 And thinkest thou
this, O man, that judgest sho, ya ain gwine be able fa git way. God
them which do such
things, and doest the gwine jedge oona too, ainty? 4 Ya tink dat
same, that thou shalt es-
cape the judgment of
God blessin pon oona ain mean nottin? Fa
God? a long time, e da pit op wid ya, an e ain
4 Or despisest thou the
riches of his goodness
punish ya. Fa true, ya know dat God do ya
and forbearance and sommuch good, cause e da try fa git ya fa
longsuffering; not know- change ya bad way an do wa e wahn ya fa
ing that the goodness of
God leadeth thee to do, ainty? 5 Bot ya haat mo haada den a
repentance? rock an ya ain wahn fa change ya way. So
5 But after thy hard-
ness and impenitent den, God gwine mek ya suffa eben mo,
heart treasurest up unto wen e punish ya on dat day, wen e gwine
thyself wrath against the
day of wrath and revela-
show how e bex wid people cause dey da
tion of the righteous do bad. Dat wen e gwine jedge um
judgment of God; scraight, fa true. 6 Cause God gwine gii
6 Who will render to
every man according to ebry poson de payback fa wasoneba e
his deeds:
7 To them who by pa- done. 7 Some people da do good ting all de
tient continuance in well time. Dey wahn fa hab God gim praise an
doing seek for glory and hona an life wa go on faeba. An God gwine
honour and immortality,
eternal life: gim dat life wa ain neba gwine end. 8 Oda

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 2 515

people jes da lib fa deysef. Dey ain wahn fa 8 But unto them that
are contentious, and do
waak een de true way an do wa dey oughta not obey the truth, but
do. Dey da waak een de ebil way, jes da do obey unrighteousness, in-
dignation and wrath,
wa dey ain oughta do. God gwine show e
bex fa true wid dem an punish um too bad. 9 Tribulation and an-
9 E gwine be too bad fa all people wa keep guish, upon every soul of
man that doeth evil, of
on da do ebil. Fus de Jew people an den de the Jew first, and also of
people wa ain Jew, dey all gwine suffa too the Gentile;
bad, ef dey keep on da do ebil. 10 Bot all de 10 But glory, honour,
people wa da do good ting, God gwine and peace, to every man
that worketh good, to the
praise um an gim hona an peace, fus de Jew first, and also to the
Jew people an den de people wa ain Jew. Gentile:
11 Cause God da jedge all people de same 11 For there is no re-
way. spect of persons with
12 All de people wa ain hab de Law wa God.

God gii Moses, dey da sin an dey gwine be 12 For as many as


loss dout de Law. An all dem wa hab de Law have sinned without law
shall also perish without
wa God gii Moses, dey da sin, an God gwine law: and as many as have
jedge um coddin ta de Law. 13 Jes cause dey sinned in the law shall be
judged by the law;
done yeh wa de Law say, dat ain mek people
stan right wid God. Dem wa da do wa de 13 (For not the hearers
of the law are just before
Law say, dey da stan right een God eye. God, but the doers of the
14 De people wa ain Jew ain know de Law law shall be justified.
wa God gii Moses. Bot wensoneba dey do 14 For when the Gen-
sompin wa dey haat tell um fa do, an dat a tiles, which have not the
ting wa de Law say, dey show dey know wa law, do by nature the
things contained in the
dey oughta do an wa dey ain oughta do, law, these, having not the
eben dough dey ain know dat Law. 15 Wa law, are a law unto
themselves:
dey do, dat da show dat wa de Law say dey
oughta do, dat wa dey een dey haat. Same 15 Which shew the
way so, wa dey da tink da show dat de Law work of the law written
in their hearts, their con-
dey een dey haat, cause sometime dey kin science also bearing wit-
tink say dey done do bad, an sometime dey ness, and their thoughts
the mean while accusing
kin tink say dey done do good. 16 So coddin or else excusing one
ta wa de Good Nyews wa A da tell people another;)
say, all dem ting yah gwine happen pon dat 16 In the day when
day wen God gwine sen Jedus Christ fa God shall judge the se-
crets of men by Jesus
jedge de secret ting dem wa all people da Christ according to my
tink een dey haat. gospel.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
516 Rome 2

17 Behold, thou art De Jew People an de Law


called a Jew, and restest
17 Now den, wa bout oona wa say, “A a
in the law, and makest
thy boast of God, Jew”? Ya da trus een de Law, an ya da brag
18 And knowest his
will, and approvest the
dat ya people de people dat God done
things that are more ex- pick. 18 Oona know wa God wahn ya fa
cellent, being instructed do, an ya know de good way, cause de Law
out of the law;
19 And art confident laan ya wa right an wa ain right fa do.
that thou thyself art a 19 Oona tink say fa sho ya kin lead de bline
guide of the blind, a light
of them which are in people, an ya like a light fa dem wa dey
darkness, een de daak. 20 Ya tink say fa sho ya kin
20 An instructor of the
foolish, a teacher of laan de people wa ain got no sense an dem
babes, which hast the wa ain staat fa laan yet. Cause ya Law wa
form of knowledge and of
the truth in the law.
God gii Moses mek ya know all wa ya need
21 Thou therefore fa know, an all wa true. 21 Oona da laan
which teachest another, oda people. Hoccome ya ain laan yasef?
teachest thou not thyself?
thou that preachest a Ya da tell oda people say, “Mus dohn tief,”
man should not steal, stillyet ya da tief? 22 Ya da tell oda people
dost thou steal?
22 Thou that sayest a say, “Mus dohn sleep wid noda poson wife
man should not commit or husban,” stillyet ya da do dat? Ya da
adultery, dost thou com-
mit adultery? thou that taak say, ya hate dem idol wa people mek
abhorrest idols, dost thou fa woshup. Stillyet ya da tief fom de place
commit sacrilege?
23 Thou that makest dem weh people woshup? 23 Ya da brag
thy boast of the law, say, ya know de Law wa God gii Moses.
through breaking the law Stillyet, ya ain do wa dat Law tell ya fa do.
dishonourest thou God?
24 For the name of An cause ob dat, people ain hab no spec fa
God is blasphemed God tall, ainty? 24 So den, jes like dey
among the Gentiles
through you, as it is write een God Book say, “Ya Jew people
written. da mek de people wa ain Jew hole God
25 For circumcision name cheap.”
verily profiteth, if thou
keep the law: but if thou 25 Ef ya da do wa de Law say, den de
be a breaker of the law, way ya been circumcise mean sompin fa
thy circumcision is made
uncircumcision. true. Bot ef ya ain do wa de Law say, e stan
26 Therefore if the jes like ya ain neba been circumcise tall.
uncircumcision keep the 2 6 Ef somebody wa ain neba been
righteousness of the law,
shall not his uncircumc- circumcise do wa de Law say fa true, God
ision be counted for gwine look pon um jes like somebody wa
circumcision?
done been circumcise, ainty? 27 So den, de
27 And shall not uncir-
cumcision which is by people wa ain been circumcise een dey
nature, if it fulfil the law, body, an stillyet da do wa de Law say, dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 2, 3 517

gwine condemn oona. Cause oona wa judge thee, who by the


letter and circumcision
done been circumcise an wa got de Law dost transgress the law?
wa Moses done write, ya ain do wa de Law 28 For he is not a Jew,
say. 28 So den, who de true Jew? A man which is one outwardly;
neither is that circumci-
ain no true Jew jes cause e body been sion, which is outward in
circumcise. 29 No, de true Jew, e de one the flesh:
wa God done pit e maak pon dat man haat. 29 But he is a Jew,
which is one inwardly;
God sperit do dat. Ain de Law wa Moses and circumcision is that
write wa do dat. God da praise dat one, an of the heart, in the spirit,
and not in the letter;
dat praise ain come fom no man. whose praise is not of

3
1 Well den, wa good e da fa be a Jew? 3
,2 men, but of God.
Wa good e da fa be circumcise? 2 A da
tell oona say, dey plenty good ting fa de Chapter 3
Jew dem een ebry way! Fus off, God gii e 1 What advantage then
hath the Jew? or what
wod ta de Jew dem so dey gwine keep um profit is there of cir-
an tell oda people. 3 Some dem Jew ain do cumcision?
wa God wahn um fa do, ainty? Dat ain 2 Much every way:
chiefly, because that unto
mean dat cause ob dat, God ain gwine them were committed
keep ta e wod. 4 Fa true, dat ain so tall! the oracles of God.
God gwine keep ta e wod fa sho, eben ef all 3 For what if some did
not believe? shall their
people da lie. Jes like dey done write een unbelief make the faith of
God Book, say, God without effect?
“Ebry time God da taak, 4 God forbid: yea, let
God be true, but every
people see dat wasoneba e say, man a liar; as it is writ-
dat right, fa true. ten, That thou mightest
God gwine win out oba ebrybody be justified in thy say-
ings, and mightest over-
wa cuse um.” come when thou art
5 Bot wa ef de ebil we da do show eben judged.
5 But if our unrigh-
mo betta dat God da do right. Wa we
teousness commend the
gwine say ta dat? Kin we say God ain do righteousness of God,
right wen e punish we fa de ebil we done? what shall we say? Is God
unrighteous who taketh
(A da taak yah like people taak.) 6 Dat ain vengeance? (I speak as a
so! Ef God ain do right, den fa sho e cyahn man)
jedge de people ob de wol, ainty? 6 God forbid: for then
how shall God judge the
7 Bot some people kin aagy say, “Ef de world?
lie A da lie gwine show eben mo betta dat 7 For if the truth of
God da taak true, an dat mek people gim God hath more abounded
through my lie unto his
mo glory, hoccome God stillyet condemn glory; why yet am I also
me, da say A a sinna?” 8 So den, people kin judged as a sinner?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
518 Rome 3

8 And not rather, (as say, “Leh we do ebil so dat good gwine
we be slanderously re-
ported, and as some af-
come outta dat ebil we do.” Fa true, some
firm that we say,) Let us people shrow slam pon we, da say A done
do evil, that good may say dat! God gwine jedge dem people wa
come? whose damnation
is just. da tell lie pon me like dat, an gim wa dey
desaab.

De Law Mek People Know Dey Sin


9 What then? are we
better than they? No, in 9 Well den, wa we kin say? We Jew
no wise: for we have be- people, we betta een God eye den dem oda
fore proved both Jews
and Gentiles, that they people wa ain Jew? No, we ain no betta,
are all under sin; eben a leetle bit! Cause A done show oona
dat sin da rule oba all people, oba de Jew
people, an oba dem wa ain Jew. 10 Jes like
10 As it is written,
dey done write down een God Book say:
There is none righteous, “Ain nobody wa stan
no, not one: right een God eye,
ain eben one poson.
11 Ain nobody wa da

11 There is none that ondastan wa right.


understandeth, there is An ain nobody wa da try
none that seeketh after
God.
fa come close ta God
fa know wa e wahn.
12 All people done ton dey back
pon God.
12 They are all gone
Ain none ob um wot nottin
out of the way, they are
together become unprof- no mo.
itable; there is none that Ain nobody wa da do wa right.
doeth good, no, not one.
Ain eben one.
13 De wod dem wa come
outta dey mout,
13 Their throat is an dey like de bad smell
open sepulchre; with ob a open grabe.
their tongues they have
used deceit; the poison of All de time dey mout
asps is under their lips: da taak ceitful lie,
wod wa da kill, like snake pison,
fom dey mout.
14 Dey mout full op wid bad an bitta
14 Whose mouth is full
of cursing and bitterness: cuss wod.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 3 519

15 Dey ron quick so dey kin haam 15 Their feet are swift
to shed blood:
people an kill um.
16 Destruction and mi-
16 Ebryweh dey go, dey stroy
sery are in their ways:
an mek people suffa. 17 And the way of
17 Dey ain know nottin tall bout peace. peace have they not
18 Dey ain neba laan fa feah God.” known:
19 Now den, we know dat ebryting wa 18 There is no fear of
God before their eyes.
done been write een de Jew Law da taak ta
dem people wa spose fa lib coddin ta dat 19 Now we know that
what things soever the
Law. De Law dey so nobody kin say e ain law saith, it saith to them
know wa right fa do, an so all de people who are under the law:
een de whole wol gwine haffa ansa ta God that every mouth may be
stopped, and all the
fa wa dey done. 20 So e ain cause a poson world may become guilty
do wa de law say e haffa do, dat gwine before God.
mek dat poson right een God eye. Steada 20 Therefore by the
dat, de Law dey fa mek people know dey deeds of the law there
shall no flesh be justified
sin. in his sight: for by the law
De Way God Done Mek is the knowledge of sin.
Ebryting Right
21 But now the righ-
21 Bot now God done show we de way e teousness of God without
done mek ebryting right twix esef an all de the law is manifested, be-
ing witnessed by the law
people een de wol. An dat ain coddin ta de and the prophets;
Law, eben dough wa de Law say an wa de
22 Even the righteous-
prophet dem beena say, dey da tell we ness of God which
bout dat way. 22 God mek ebryting right
is by faith of Jesus Christ
twix esef an people ef dey bleebe pon unto all and upon all
Jedus Christ. God do dat fa all people wa them that believe: for
there is no difference:
bleebe pon Jedus, fa de Jew people an fa
dem people wa ain Jew. Cause dey ain no 23 For all have sinned,
diffunce tall tween um. 23 All people done and come short of the
glory of God;
sin an ain able fa do right nuff fa medja op
ta God glory. 24 Bot God show we e 24 Being justified
freely by his grace
blessin, fa mek ebryting right twix um an through the redemption
all people. E done dis wen Jedus Christ that is in Christ Jesus:
buy all people wid e blood fa mek um free
25 Whom God hath set
fom sin. 25 God pick Jedus an sen um fa forth to be a propitiation
sacrifice e life een we place. An wen Jedus through faith in his
blood, to declare his righ-
dead fa we sin, dat de way God paadon teousness for the remis-
people sin wen dey bleebe pon um. Een dis sion of sins that are past,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
520 Rome 3, 4

through the forbearance way, God show dat fa true e da do wa right


of God;
all de time. Op til now e beena pit op wid
people sin. 26 E done dat fa show dat e
26 To declare, I say, at
this time his righteous-
right, an e da do wa right all de time. E
ness: that he might be gwine mek ebryting right twix esef an
just, and the justifier of ebrybody wa bleebe dat Jedus done dead
him which believeth in
Jesus. een dey place.
27 So den, wa we kin brag bout? Ain
27 Where is boasting nottin we kin brag bout, ainty? Hoccome
then? It is excluded. By we cyahn brag? We da do wa de Law tell
what law? of works? Nay:
but by the law of faith. we fa do, ainty? Ain dat mek ebryting right
twix God an we? No, fa sho we cyahn brag
28 Therefore we con- bout dat, cause ebryting ain right twix God
clude that a man is justi- an we jes cause we da do wa de Law tell we
fied by faith without the fa do. No, ebryting right twix God an we
deeds of the law.
cause we bleebe een Jedus. 28 So den, we
29 Is he the God of the
know dat ebryting right tween God an we
Jews only? is he not also of the cause we bleebe. Ain cause we da do wa de
Gentiles? Yes, of the Gentiles Law tell we fa do. 29 An God ain dey jes fa
also:
de Jew people, ainty? Ain e dey fa dem wa
30 Seeing it is one God,
ain Jew too? Fa true, e dey fa de Jew dem
which shall justify the an fa dem wa ain Jew all two. 30 Dey jes
circumcision by faith, one God an no mo, fa de Jew dem an fa
and uncircumcision
through faith. dem wa ain Jew. An e gwine mek ebryting
right tween dem an de Jew people, ef dey
31 Do we then make bleebe pon Jedus. E gwine mek ebryting
void the law through right twix esef an de people wa ain Jew
faith? God forbid: yea, too, ef dey bleebe pon Jedus. 31 Dat mean
we establish the law.
fa say, cause we bleebe pon Jedus, we say
de Law ain mean nottin ta we? No, dat ain
true tall! We ain gwine push de Law ta one
side. Steada dat, wen we bleebe pon Jedus,
we show dat de Law mean sompin fa true.
Chapter 4
1 What shall we say Abraham Trus God

4
then that Abraham our
father, as pertaining to
Leh we study bout Abraham, we ole
1
the flesh, hath found? people leada. Wa e find out bout how
2 For if Abraham were
God mek all ting right? 2 Ef God mek all
justified by works, he ting right twix Abraham an esef cause ob

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 4 521

wa Abraham done, Abraham been gwine hath whereof to glory; but


not before God.
hab sompin fa brag bout. Bot e cyahn brag
ta God bout dat. 3 Cause memba dat dey 3 For what saith the
write een God Book say, “Abraham trus scripture? Abraham be-
God, an cause ob dat, all ting been mek lieved God, and it was
counted unto him for
scraight twix esef an God.” 4 Now den, righteousness.
wen somebody wok fa money, e git pay fa
de wok wa e do. Ain nobody gwine say dey 4 Now to him that
worketh is the reward
jes gim de money, cause dey know e been not reckoned of grace,
wok fa dat pay. 5 Bot leh we study bout de but of debt.
one wa ain got no hope een de ting dem e
da do fa please God. Steada dat, e da trus 5 But to him that
worketh not, but believ-
een God wa mek all ting right twix esef an eth on him that justifieth
wickity people. God gwine mek all ting the ungodly, his faith is
right tween dat poson an esef cause e trus counted for righteous-
ness.
een God, an e ain cause dat poson wok fa
be right wid God. 6 Dat wa David mean
6 Even as David also
wen e write bout de poson wa God cept, da describeth the blessed-
say all ting right twix God an dat poson ness of the man, unto
whom God imputeth
eben dough dat poson ain do nottin fa mek righteousness without
God cept um, bot e da trus God. David say works,
dat poson git blessin. David say:
7 “De people wa God been paadon 7 Saying, Blessed are they
dey sin, whose iniquities are forgiven,
and whose sins are covered.
dey bless fa true.
God fagib dem people
8 Blessed is the man to
de ebil dey done, whom the Lord will not
an e ain memba dey sin no mo. impute sin.
8 Dem people wa God look pon an say
e ain count dey sin ginst um, 9 Cometh this blessedness
dey bless fa true!” then upon the circumcision
only, or upon the uncircum-
9 Dis blessin wa David taak bout, dat jes cision also? for we say that
fa de people dem wa been circumcise, faith was reckoned to Abra-
ham for righteousness.
ainty? No, e de same way fa de people dem
wa ain been circumcise. We beena say dat
10 How was it then
Abraham trus God, an cause ob dat, all reckoned? when he was
ting been mek scraight twix esef an God. in circumcision, or in
10 Wen dat happen? E happen fo Abra- uncircumcision? Not in
circumcision, but in un-
ham been circumcise, or atta e been circumcision.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
522 Rome 4

11 And he received the circumcise? E ain happen atta e been


sign of circumcision, a
seal of the righteousness circumcise. Fa sho, e happen fo Abraham
of the faith which he had been circumcise. 11 Atta God done been
yet being uncircumcised:
that he might be the fa-
mek all ting right twix Abraham an esef,
ther of all them that be- God chaage Abraham fa git circumcise. An
lieve, though they be not wen e been circumcise, dat been a sign fa
circumcised; that righ-
teousness might be im- show dat God done been mek all ting right
puted unto them also: twix esef an Abraham, cause e been trus
God wiles e ain been circumcise. So den,
Abraham de fada fa all de people wa trus
12 And the father of
circumcision to them een God wiles dey ain been circumcise, an
who are not of the cir- God mek all ting right twix dem an esef.
cumcision only, but who 12 An Abraham de fada fa all Jew people
also walk in the steps of
that faith of our father too, wa been circumcise an trus God, da
Abraham, which he had waak een de way ob fait, jes like Abraham
being yet uncircumcised.
beena trus God an waak een de way ob fait
fo e been circumcise.
13 For the promise,
that he should be the heir Cause People Trus een God,
of the world, was not to Dey Gwine Git wa God Promise
Abraham, or to his seed,
through the law, but 13 Abraham ain been able fa do all wa
through the righteous-
ness of faith. de Law say e oughta do, so e ain fa sake ob
dat God promise um an e granchullun
chullun, say e gwine gim de wol. God
14 For if they which promise um dat cause Abraham hab fait
are of the law be heirs, een God, an dat wa mek all ting scraight
faith is made void, and
the promise made of twix God an Abraham. 14 Ef dem ting wa
none effect: God promise, dey jes fa de people dem wa
da do wa de Law say, den fait ain mean
nottin an God promise ta dem wa trus um
15 Because the law
worketh wrath: for where ain wot nottin. 15 Weh de Law dey, God
no law is, there is no gwine jedge people cause dey broke de
transgression.
law. Bot weh dey ain no Law, people ain
gwine broke um, so God ain gwine jedge
16 Therefore it is of
um coddin ta de law.
faith, that it might be by 16 So den, cause people trus een God,
grace; to the end the dey gwine git wa God been promise. Fa
promise might be sure to
all the seed; not to that true de ting God promise fa gii ta all
only which is of the law, Abraham granchullun chullun, e free. An

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 4 523

dat promise ain jes fa dem wa da do wa de but to that also which is


of the faith of Abraham;
Law say, bot e fa dem too wa trus een God who is the father of us all,
like Abraham been trus een God. Abraham
de fada fa all we. 17 Like dey write een 17 (As it is written, I
have made thee a father
God Book say, “A done mek ya fa be de of many nations,) before
fada ob a heapa nation.” Een God eye, him whom he believed,
even God, who quicken-
Abraham we fada, an God de one eth the dead, and calleth
Abraham trus. God de same God wa da those things which be not
as though they were.
mek people wa done dead git life gin. E jes
gii de wod, an dem ting wa ain been dey 18 Who against hope
een de wol, dey dey dey. 18 Abraham trus believed in hope, that he
might become the father
an look fowaad ta wa God been promise. E of many nations, accord-
trus dat e gwine happen eben wen dey ain ing to that which was
been nottin fa Abraham fa see. An cause spoken, So shall thy seed
be.
ob dat, e come fa be “de fada ob a heapa
nation.” Jes like dey write een God Book 19 And being not weak
say, “Ya gwine hab heapa granchullun in faith, he considered
not his own body now
chullun, jes like de staa dem wa ya ain dead, when he was about
eben able fa count.” 19 Abraham ain neba an hundred years old,
neither yet the deadness
doubt dat God gwine do wa e been of Sara's womb:
promise. Abraham been bout one hundud
yeah ole an e know dat e too ole fa bon a 20 He staggered not at
the promise of God
chile. An e know dat e wife Sarah ain been through unbelief; but
able fa bon a chile. 20 Stillyet, nottin ain was strong in faith, giv-
ing glory to God;
mek Abraham doubt dat God gwine do wa
e been promise um. E trus een God mo an 21 And being fully per-
mo, da praise God fa wa e been gwine fa suaded that, what he had
promised, he was able
do. 21 Abraham been sho dat God able fa also to perform.
do wa e been promise fa do. 22 Dat
22 And therefore it
hoccome dey write een God Book say,
was imputed to him for
“Abraham trus God, an cause ob dat, all righteousness.
ting been mek scraight twix esef an God.”
23 Now it was not
23 Dem wod weh dey write say, “all ting
written for his sake
been mek scraight twix esef an God,” dey alone, that it was im-
ain been write jes fa sake ob Abraham. puted to him;
24 Dem wod been write fa we too. Ef we 24 But for us also, to
hab fait een God, wa mek we Lawd Jedus whom it shall be im-
puted, if we believe on
git op fom mongst de dead people an lib him that raised up Jesus
gin, all ting gwine be mek scraight twix we our Lord from the dead;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
524 Rome 4, 5

25 Who was delivered


an God. 25 God leh Jedus dead fa pay fa
for our offences, and was
raised again for our we sin, an e mek Jedus git op fom mongst
justification. de dead people an lib gin so dat e kin mek
all ting scraight twix we an God.

5
,4
God Mek All Ting Scraight
Twix We an Esef

5 We God done mek all ting scraight


Chapter 5 1
1 Therefore being jus- twix we an esef, cause we trus een wa
tified by faith, we have Christ done. We hab peace wid God, cause
peace with God through
our Lord Jesus Christ: ob wa we Lawd Jedus Christ done do fa we
2 By whom also we sake. 2 Cause we trus een wa Christ done,
have access by faith into we kin lib wid God blessin pon we. So we
this grace wherein we
stand, and rejoice in hope
full op wid joy, cause we know God gwine
of the glory of God. gii we we paat een e glory. 3 Fudamo, we
3 And not only so, but rejaice too, cause eben wen we da suffa
we glory in tribulations cause we trus een Christ, we know dat we
also: knowing that tribu-
lation worketh patience; da suffa fa mek we git mind fa beah
4 And patience, experi-
wasoneba come ta we. 4 An wen we git
ence; and experience, mind fa beah wasoneba come, God sattify
hope: wid we. An wen we know dat God sattify
5 And hope maketh wid we, we know God gwine gii we we
not ashamed; because the paat een e glory. 5 An cause we know dat
love of God is shed
abroad in our hearts by God gwine do dat, we know dat e ain
the Holy Ghost which is gwine disappaint we, cause God done
given unto us.
show we hommuch e lob we wen e gii we
6 For when we were de Holy Sperit.
yet without strength, in 6 Wiles we stillyet been sinna an ain
due time Christ died for
the ungodly. been able fa hep wesef, Christ dead fa we
7 For scarcely for a sake at jes de right time wa God been pick,
righteous man will one fa we wa ain beena do wa God wahn. 7 Ain
die: yet peradventure for
a good man some would
haadly eba happen dat somebody gwine
even dare to die. dead fa sake ob noda poson, eben wen dat
8 But God commend- poson da do wa right. Stillyet, fa sake ob
eth his love toward us, in noda poson wa good an kind, a poson
that, while we were yet
sinners, Christ died for
might eben hab courage nuff fa dead. 8 Bot
us. God show we hommuch e lob we, cause
9 Much more then, be- eben wiles we stillyet been sinna, Christ
ing now justified by his dead fa we sake. 9 Now den, cause Christ

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 5 525

dead fa we, e done mek all ting scraight blood, we shall be saved
from wrath through him.
twix we an God. So we eben mo sho dat
cause ob Christ, God ain gwine be bex wid 10 For if, when we
we pon dat day wen e gwine jedge all were enemies, we were
reconciled to God by the
people. 10 We been God enemy, bot e done death of his Son, much
bring we back ta esef an mek we e fren, more, being reconciled,
we shall be saved by his
wen e Son dead fa we. Now dat we done life.
come back ta God, we eben mo sho dat
God ain gwine neba punish we, cause 11 And not only so, but
we also joy in God
Christ da lib gin. 11 An dat ain all. We da through our Lord Jesus
rejaice cause ob wa we Lawd Jedus Christ Christ, by whom we have
done, wen e bring we back ta God. now received the atone-
ment.

How Adam an Christ Diffunt 12 Wherefore, as by


one man sin entered into
12 Sin fus come eenta de wol wen one the world, and death by
man sin, an dat man sin done bring det. An sin; and so death passed
upon all men, for that all
sin spread out ta all people an dey all sin, have sinned:
an cause ob dat, all people gwine dead.
13 People een de wol beena sin fo God gii 13 (For until the law
sin was in the world: but
Moses de Law, bot wen de law ain dey, sin is not imputed when
God ain da say people guilty fa dey sin. there is no law.
14 Bot fom de time wen Adam lib til de
time ob Moses, all people beena sin an so 14 Nevertheless death
reigned from Adam to
dey all haffa dead, eben dem wa ain been Moses, even over them
sin een jes de same way dat Adam been that had not sinned after
the similitude of Adam's
sin. transgression, who is the
Now den, how Adam stan show we a figure of him that was to
leetle bit bout how de one wa been fa come.

come been gwine stan. 15 Stillyet de gif wa


15 But not as the of-
God gii ain like sin wa Adam sin. Fa true, fence, so also is the free
plenty people dead cause dat one man gift. For if through the of-
fence of one many be
Adam sin. Bot God mussy a whole heap dead, much more the
mo powaful den Adam sin. Plenty people grace of God, and the gift
da lib cause dat one man Jedus Christ hab by grace, which is by one
man, Jesus Christ, hath
mussy pon we, an we ain got fa pay fa dat. abounded unto many.
E God free gif. 16 Wa God da gii people
fa free, dat diffunt fom wa happen wen 16 And not as it was by
one that sinned, so is the
dat one man sin. Wen de one man sin, God gift: for the judgment was
jedge um, an God say e guilty an e by one to condemnation,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
526 Rome 5, 6

but the free gift is of haffa git punish. Bot now wen people sin,
many offences unto
justification. God ain mek dem dead fa dey sin, like dey
been jue fa dead. E tell um say, dey ain
17 For if by one man's guilty, an e mek all ting scraight twix dem
offence death reigned by an esef. 17 Fa true, cause one man sin, fom
one; much more they dat time dey, all people been haffa dead
which receive abundance
of grace and of the gift of cause ob wa dat one man Adam do. Bot wa
righteousness shall reign happen cause ob wa de one man Jedus
in life by one, Jesus
Christ.) Christ done, dat a whole heap mo betta!
All de people wa cept God blessin eben
18 Therefore as by the dough dey ain fit fa git um, all people wa
offence of one judgment cept de way God mek all ting scraight twix
came upon all men to
condemnation; even so
esef an dem, an dey ain got fa pay fa dat,
by the righteousness of dey all gwine git dey paat fa rule een life
one the free gift came shru de one man Jedus Christ.
upon all men unto justifi-
cation of life. 18 So den, God condemn all people
cause ob one man sin. Same way so, God
19 For as by one man's done mek all people free an gii nyew life
disobedience many were cause ob dat right ting wa one man done.
made sinners, so by the
obedience of one shall
19 An wen de one man sin, dat mek all
many be made righteous. people sinna. Same way so, cause de one
man do wa God tell um fa do, God mek all
20 Moreover the law ting right tween esef an plenty people.
entered, that the offence 20 God sen de Law fa mek people
might abound. But where
sin abounded, grace did ondastan mo bout how dey sin fa true. Bot
much more abound: wen people da sin mo, God da bless we mo
an mo. 21 God da show we e blessin so dat
21 That as sin hath jes like sin been git powa fa mek all people
reigned unto death, even
so might grace reign dead, same way so, God blessin pon we got
through righteousness powa fa mek we git life wa ain neba gwine
unto eternal life by Jesus
Christ our Lord.
end, now dat God done mek all ting
scraight twix esef an people cause ob wa
we Lawd Jedus Christ done.
6
,5

Christ Done Broke Sin Powa

6
Chapter 6 So den, wa we gwine say? Fa true,
1
1 What shall we say we mus dohn keep on da sin so dat
then? Shall we continue
in sin, that grace may God gwine keep on da bless we mo an mo,
abound? ainty? 2 Fa sho, we mus dohn go on een we

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 6 527

sinful way no mo! Ta we wa trus een Jedus 2 God forbid. How


shall we, that are dead to
Christ, e jes like we ole life done dead. Sin sin, live any longer
ain got no mo powa fa rule oba we, so how therein?
we gwine keep on da sin? 3 Oona know dat 3 Know ye not, that so
many of us as were bap-
wen dey bactize we, dat mek we one wid tized into Jesus Christ
Jedus Christ, an we been dead like Jedus were baptized into his
death?
been dead. 4 Wen dey bactize we, we been 4 Therefore we are
dead wid Jedus Christ, an dey bury we wid buried with him by
um, so dat jes like we Fada been nyuse e baptism into death: that
like as Christ was raised
great powa fa mek Jedus Christ lib gin, up from the dead by the
same way so e nyuse e powa so dat we, glory of the Father, even
so we also should walk in
too, kin lib a nyew life. newness of life.
5 Cause jes like we come fa be one wid 5 For if we have been
Jedus Christ wen we been dead like e been planted together in the
likeness of his death, we
dead, same way so, we gwine be one wid shall be also in the likeness
um wen God mek we git nyew life jes like e of his resurrection:
gii Christ nyew life wen e mek um git op 6 Knowing this, that
our old man is crucified
fom mongst de dead people. 6 We know with him, that the body of
dat de life wa we beena lib, e done dead, sin might be destroyed,
de same time wen dey kill Christ pon de that henceforth we
should not serve sin.
cross, so dat de powa ob sin wa beena rule 7 For he that is dead is
we life kin be stroy. We ain haffa be no freed from sin.
slabe ta sin no mo. 7 Cause wen somebody 8 Now if we be dead
with Christ, we believe
done dead, sin ain got no powa oba um no that we shall also live
mo. 8 Ef we dead wid Christ, we bleebe dat with him:
we gwine lib wid um too. 9 Cause we 9 Knowing that Christ
being raised from the
know dat God done mek Christ git op fom dead dieth no more;
mongst de dead people an lib gin, so e ain death hath no more do-
neba gwine dead no mo. Det ain got no minion over him.

powa oba um no mo. 10 Wen Christ dead, 10 For in that he died,


he died unto sin once: but
e broke de powa ob sin faeba. An now de in that he liveth, he liveth
life e da lib, e da lib fa please God. 11 Same unto God.
way so, ya mus look pon yasef jes like ya 11 Likewise reckon ye
done dead, so dat sin ain got no powa fa also yourselves to be
dead indeed unto sin, but
rule oba ya no mo. An ya mus lib now fa alive unto God through
please God, cause ya one wid Jedus Christ. Jesus Christ our Lord.
12 So den, ya mus dohn leh sin rule no 12 Let not sin therefore
reign in your mortal
mo oba ya body wa gwine dead, so dat ya body, that ye should obey
ain gwine do no bad ting wa ya haat tell ya it in the lusts thereof.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
528 Rome 6

13 Neither yield ye fa do. 13 Ya mus dohn sin wid no paat ob


your members as instru-
ments of unrighteousness ya body fa do wickity ting. Steada dat, ya
unto sin: but yield your- mus gii God all paat ob ya life, like people
selves unto God, as those
that are alive from the
oughta do wa done dead bot wa God done
dead, and your members gii nyew life ta. Ya mus gii God all ya life
as instruments of righ- so dat e gwine mek ya do wa right. 14 Sin
teousness unto God.
14 For sin shall not mus dohn rule oba ya life, cause ya ain lib
have dominion over you: onda de law no mo. Ya da lib onda God
for ye are not under the
law, but under grace.
blessin.
Free fom Sin fa Saab God
15 What then? shall
we sin, because we are
So den, wa we gwine do? Fa true, we
15
not under the law, but mus dohn sin jes cause we da lib onda God
under grace? God forbid. blessin now an we ain lib onda de law no
16 Know ye not, that to mo, ainty? Fa sho we mus dohn do dat!
whom ye yield your- 16 Oona know dat ef ya gii yasef fa be
selves servants to obey,
his servants ye are to slabe ta somebody, fa do all wa dat poson
whom ye obey; whether tell ya fa do, dat mean fa say ya de slabe ob
of sin unto death, or of
obedience unto right- de poson ya da saab, ainty? Same way so,
eousness? ef ya gii yasef fa be slabe ta sin, fa do wa e
17 But God be thank-
say, dat sin gwine mek ya dead. Bot ef ya
ed, that ye were the ser- gii yasef fa be slabe ta God, fa do wa e say,
vants of sin, but ye have God gwine mek all ting right tween esef an
obeyed from the heart
that form of doctrine oona. 17 Bot we tell God tankya, cause
which was delivered you. eben dough oona nyuse fa be slabe ta sin,
18 Being then made now oona done set ya haat fa do all dem
free from sin, ye became true ting wa dey been laan oona bout God.
the servants of righteous- 18 God done set oona free fom de powa ob
ness.
sin, an now ya done come fa be slabe fa
19 I speak after the
manner of men because
God, an lib fa um. 19 A da taak dis way ta
of the infirmity of your oona bout slabe an massa dem, cause dat
flesh: for as ye have mo easy fa people fa ondastan. Oona
yielded your members
servants to uncleanness nyuse fa gii all paat ob oona life fa be slabe
and to iniquity unto iniq- fa do mo an mo ob all kind ob wickity an
uity; even so now yield
your members servants dorty ting wa been dey een ya haat. Same
to righteousness unto way so, now ya mus pit ebry paat ob ya life
holiness.
scraight wid God, fa lib like e people fa
20 For when ye were true.
the servants of sin, ye
were free from righteous-
20 Wen oona been slabe ta sin, ya ain
ness. been boun fa do wa God been wahn ya fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 6, 7 529

do. 21 Wa payback ya been git wen ya 21 What fruit had ye


then in those things
beena do dem ting dat ya shame ob now? whereof ye are now
Fa true, det de payback dat dem ting ashamed? for the end of
bring! 22 Bot now God done set ya free so those things is death.
22 But now being
dat sin ain rule oba ya no mo. Oona God made free from sin, and
slabe now. Oona done gii God all oona life become servants to God,
ye have your fruit unto
fa lib fa um fa true. An dat life gwine las holiness, and the end ev-
faeba an eba. Dat de payback ya git! erlasting life.
23 For the wages of sin
23 Cause det de payback ob sin, bot life dat
is death; but the gift of
las faeba an eba God gii we fa free. We git God is eternal life
through Jesus Christ our
dat life wen we come fa be one wid Jedus Lord.
Christ we Lawd.
7
,6

Chapter 7
We Ain Bine Op ta de Law No Mo 1 Know ye not, breth-

7 Me Christian bredren, A know oona


1 ren, (for I speak to them
that know the law,) how
gwine ondastan wa A gwine taak that the law hath do-
bout, cause oona know de law. De law got minion over a man as
long as he liveth?
powa oba a poson long as dat poson da lib. 2 For the woman
2 De law say a marry ooman mus lib wid e which hath an husband is
bound by the law to her
husban long as e da lib. Bot ef e husban husband so long as he
done dead, den de ooman free fom dat liveth; but if the husband
marry law. 3 So den, ef de ooman go lib be dead, she is loosed
from the law of her
wid noda man wen e husban ain dead, husband.
people gwine say dat ooman dey da lib een 3 So then if, while her
husband liveth, she be
sin cause e done broke de marry law. Bot married to another man,
ef e husban dead, de ooman free fom dat she shall be called an
adulteress: but if her hus-
law an e kin go marry noda man. An ef e band be dead, she is free
do dat, e ain da lib een sin tall. 4 Me from that law; so that she
is no adulteress, though
Christian bredren, dat de same way fa she be married to another
oona, cause oona done dead ta de Law too. man.
4 Wherefore, my bre-
E ain got no powa oba oona, cause oona thren, ye also are become
done dead ta de Law wen oona dead wid dead to the law by the
Christ pon de cross. Now oona blongst ta body of Christ; that ye
should be married to an-
Christ, wa God done mek git op fom other, even to him who is
mongst de dead people an lib gin. An raised from the dead,
that we should bring
cause ob dat, we kin do good wok wiles we forth fruit unto God.
da saab God. 5 De Law been stir we op fa 5 For when we were in
the flesh, the motions of
do plenty bad ting we wickity haat tell we sins, which were by the
fa do. An dem bad ting wa we beena do, law, did work in our

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
530 Rome 7

members to bring forth dey beena kill we. 6 Bot now we free fom
fruit unto death.
6 But now we are de-
de Law. Cause we done dead wid Christ an
livered from the law, that de Law wa nyuse fa keep we all tie op like
being dead wherein we prisona, dat Law ain got no mo powa oba
were held; that we
should serve in newness we. We ain saab God een de ole way, wa
of spirit, and not in the dey been write down een de Law fa tell we
oldness of the letter.
7 What shall we say
wa fa do. Now we da saab God een de
then? Is the law sin? God nyew way dat God Holy Sperit da hep we
forbid. Nay, I had not lib.
known sin, but by the De Law Show We Sin
law: for I had not known
lust, except the law had Well den, wa we fa say? De Law sin?
7
said, Thou shalt not No, de Law ain sin tall! A ain been fa know
covet.
wa sin da, ef de Law ain been show me. A
8 But sin, taking occa-
sion by the command- ain been fa know dat e ain right fa cobish ef
ment, wrought in me all de Law ain been say, “Ya mus dohn cobish
manner of concupis-
cence. For without the
nottin.” 8 Bot wen de Law say A mus dohn
law sin was dead. cobish, sin been git e chance fa mek me
9 For I was alive with- cobish all kind ob ting dat ain blongst ta
out the law once: but
when the commandment
me. Ef dey ain no law, sin ain got no powa.
came, sin revived, and I E jes dead. 9 A nyuse fa lib dout know wa
died. de law say. Bot wen A come fa know de
10 And the command-
ment, which was ordained
law, dat show me wa ting A haffa do an wa
to life, I found to be unto ting A mus dohn do, an dat mek me wahn fa
death. sin bad. 10 Cause ob dat, A been like
11 For sin, taking occa-
somebody wa dead een sin. So de law wa
sion by the command-
ment, deceived me, and been fa gii me life, e mek det come pon me.
by it slew me. 11 De law gii sin e chance, an e ceebe me.
12 Wherefore the law An e been de law dat sin tek fa kill me.
is holy, and the com- 12 So den, de Law come fom God. E
mandment holy, and just,
and good. holy. An wa de Law tell we fa do, dat holy,
13 Was then that an e right fa we fa do, an e good fa we.
which is good made 13 Dat mean fa say dat de Law, wa good,
death unto me? God for-
bid. But sin, that it might
mek me dead? Fa sho, de Law ain neba do
appear sin, working dat! Sin done um. Sin tek de Law, wa good,
death in me by that fa kill me, so dat people gwine know jes
which is good; that sin by
the commandment might wa sin da. An cause de Law say we mus
become exceeding sinful. dohn sin, dat mek sin wossa.
14 For we know that
the law is spiritual: but I
De Fight Wa Dey Eenside We
am carnal, sold under sin. 14 We know dat de Law come fom God,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 7, 8 531
y

bot A a poson wa slabe ta sin. 15 Dem ting 15 For that which I do I


allow not: for what I
wa A da do, A ain ondastan. A ain do wa A would, that do I not; but
wahn fa do. Steada dat, A da do de ting what I hate, that do I.
16 If then I do that
dem wa A hate fa do. 16 Wen A da do wa A which I would not, I con-
ain wahn fa do, dat show dat A gree dat de sent unto the law that it is
Law right. 17 So now, A by mesef ain do good.
17 Now then it is no
dem ting. Sin wa dey een me haat da mek more I that do it, but sin
me do um. 18 Cause A know dey ain nottin that dwelleth in me.
18 For I know that in
good da lib een me—A mean fa say, een me me (that is, in my flesh,)
haat wa wahn fa sin. Cause eben dough A dwelleth no good thing:
for to will is present with
kin wahn fa do good, A ain able fa do um. me; but how to perform
19 A ain do de good A wahn fa do. An de that which is good I find
not.
bad A ain wahn fa do, dat wa A da do. 19 For the good that I
20 So ef A da do de ting dem wa A ain would I do not: but the
evil which I would not,
wahn fa do, dat mean fa say dat by mesef, that I do.
A ain da do um, bot de sin wa da lib een 20 Now if I do that I
would not, it is no more I
me, e da mek me do um. that do it, but sin that
21 So den, A find dat dis de ting een me dwelleth in me.
21 I find then a law,
life. Wen A wahn fa do right, ebil dey wid that, when I would do
me. 22 Een me haat, A heppy wid de law good, evil is present with
me.
wa come fom God. 23 Bot A see dat de law 22 For I delight in the
wa me body da folla, e diffunt. E da fight law of God after the in-
ginst de law een me mind. Dat mek me like ward man:
23 But I see another
a prisona ta de law wa me body da folla, law in my members, war-
ring against the law of
wa da mek me sin. 24 A saary fa true! Who my mind, and bringing
dat gwine set me free fom wa dis body me into captivity to the
law of sin which is in my
wahn me fa do, dis body wa da mek me members.
24 O wretched man
dead? 25 A tell God tankya! We Lawd that I am! who shall de-
Jedus Christ, e able fa set we free fom wa liver me from the body of
dis body wahn we fa do! this death?
25 I thank God
So dat de way ting da gwine wid me. Een through Jesus Christ our
Lord. So then with the
me mind A wahn fa do wa God Law say, bot mind I myself serve the
een me body, A da folla de law ob sin. law of God; but with the
flesh the law of sin.

We Oughta Lib da Do wa de Holy Sperit


Chapter 8
Tell We fa Do 1 There is therefore now

8 So den, dey ain no way now dat God


1 no condemnation to them
which are in Christ Jesus, who
gwine condemn de people wa come fa walk not after the flesh, but
be one wid Jedus Christ. 2 Cause de Holy after the Spirit.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
532 Rome 8

2 For the law of the Sperit, wa da gii we nyew life coddin ta wa


Spirit of life in Christ Je-
sus hath made me free Jedus Christ done fa we, e bring a law ob
from the law of sin and life wa set me free fom de powa ob de law
death.
ob sin an det wa beena rule oba me. 3 God
3 For what the law done wa de Law ain able fa do, cause we,
could not do, in that it wid we sinful haat, ain able fa hep wesef fa
was weak through the
flesh, God sending his do wa de Law say. God sen e own Son
own Son in the likeness eenta de wol fa be a man like we, fa pay fa
of sinful flesh, and for
sin, condemned sin in the we sin. God punish e Son Jedus Christ
flesh: steada we, wen e mek Christ de sacrifice fa
4 That the righteous- all we sin. 4 God done dat so dat now we
ness of the law might be kin do all wa de Law say e right fa do. We
fulfilled in us, who walk
not after the flesh, but af-
ain da lib de way we sinful haat tell we fa
ter the Spirit. lib, bot we da lib fa do wa God Sperit tell
5 For they that are af-
we fa do. 5 De people wa da lib de way dey
ter the flesh do mind the sinful haat tell um fa lib, dey jes da tink all
things of the flesh; but de time bout wa dey sinful haat wahn fa
they that are after the
Spirit the things of the do. Bot de people wa da lib fa do wa God
Spirit. Sperit tell um fa do, dey jes da tink all de
6 For to be carnally time bout wa de Sperit wahn um fa do.
minded is death; but to be 6 Dem people wa jes da tink all de time
spiritually minded is life
and peace.
bout wa dey sinful haat wahn, dey gwine
dead dout God. Bot dem wa jes da tink all
7 Because the carnal
mind is enmity against
de time bout wa God Sperit wahn, dey
God: for it is not subject gwine hab life faeba an hab peace een dey
to the law of God, neither haat. 7 So wen somebody jes da tink all de
indeed can be.
time bout wa e sinful haat wahn, dat mek
8 So then they that are um God enemy. E ain gwine do wa God
in the flesh cannot please
God. Law say. Fa true, e ain able fa do um.
8 Dem people wa jes da do all de time wa
9 But ye are not in the
flesh, but in the Spirit, if
dey sinful haat tell um fa do, dey ain able
so be that the Spirit of fa please God.
God dwell in you. Now if 9 Bot oona ain da do wa ya sinful haat
any man have not the
Spirit of Christ, he is tell ya fa do. Ya da do wa God Sperit tell
none of his. ya, ef God Sperit da lib dey eenside ya. An
10 And if Christ be in ef Christ Sperit ain da lib eenside a poson,
you, the body is dead be- dat one dey ain blongst ta Christ. 10 Bot ef
cause of sin; but the
Spirit is life because of
Christ da lib dey eenside ya, by e Sperit,
righteousness. den eben dough ya body dead cause ob

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 8 533

sin, stillyet, God Sperit da mek ya hab life, 11 But if the Spirit of
him that raised up Jesus
cause Christ done mek all ting right tween from the dead dwell in
oona an God. 11 De Sperit ob God wa mek you, he that raised up
Christ from the dead
Jedus git op fom mongst de dead an lib shall also quicken your
gin, e da lib dey eenside ya. So den, God mortal bodies by his
Spirit that dwelleth in
wa mek Jedus Christ git op an lib gin, e you.
gwine mek ya body, wa gwine dead, git op
12 Therefore, breth-
an lib gin too. God Sperit wa da lib dey ren, we are debtors, not
eenside ya, e gwine do dat. to the flesh, to live after
12 So den, me Christian bredren, we the flesh.
mus do wa God Sperit tell we fa do. We ain 13 For if ye live after
fa do wa we sinful haat tell we fa do. the flesh, ye shall die: but
if ye through the Spirit do
13 Cause ef ya jes da lib de way ya sinful
mortify the deeds of the
haat tell ya fa lib, ya gwine dead. Bot ef ya body, ye shall live.
leh God Sperit gii ya powa so dat ya stop 14 For as many as are
do dem ting ya body wahn ya fa do, ya led by the Spirit of God,
gwine lib. 14 Den all de people wa da leh they are the sons of God.

God Sperit lead um, dey God chullun. 15 For ye have not re-
15 Cause de Sperit wa God gii ya ain one ceived the spirit of bond-
age again to fear; but ye
wa mek ya scaid, like slabe scaid ob dey have received the Spirit
massa. Steada dat, God gii oona de Sperit of adoption, whereby we
cry, Abba, Father.
wa mek ya God chullun. An de Sperit gii
we powa fa call God say, “Fada! Me Fada!” 16 The Spirit itself
16 God Sperit da jine wid we own sperit, fa beareth witness with our
spirit, that we are the
say we God chullun. 17 An cause we God children of God:
chullun, we gwine git de blessin dem wa 17 And if children,
God beena keep fa e people. An long wid then heirs; heirs of God,
Christ, we gwine git wa God beena keep fa and joint-heirs with
Christ; if so be that we
Christ. We know dat de trute, since we got suffer with him, that we
we paat een Christ suffrin so dat we kin git may be also glorified
together.
we paat too, een de life ob glory wa Christ
got. 18 For I reckon that
the sufferings of this
present time are not wor-
De Glory wa Gwine Come Bye an Bye thy to be compared with
the glory which shall be
18 A reckon dat wa we da suffa now een revealed in us.
dis time ain nottin tall wen we tink bout de
life ob glory wa God gwine show we bye 19 For the earnest ex-
pectation of the creature
an bye. 19 All de ting dem wa God done waiteth for the manifes-
mek da wait, da look fowaad fa de time tation of the sons of God.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
534 Rome 8

20 For the creature wen God gwine show whodat e chullun da.
was made subject to van-
ity, not willingly, but by
20 Dem ting wa God mek, e mek um so dat
reason of him who hath dey ain wot nottin. Ain cause dey ain
subjected the same in
hope,
wahn fa do wa dey spose fa do, bot God
21 Because the crea- mek um like dat cause e wahn um fa keep
ture itself also shall be on da look fowaad een hope. 21 Cause God
delivered from the bond-
age of corruption into the
gwine free dem ting e been mek, so dat dey
glorious liberty of the ain gwine haffa rot no mo. God gwine free
children of God. um so dat e kin gim dat same glory wa
22 For we know that blongst ta e chullun. 22 We know dat right
the whole creation
groaneth and travaileth op ta dis time, all ting wa God mek, dey da
in pain together until groan, jes like a ooman da groan wid pain
now.
wen e da bon a baby. 23 An ain jes dem
23 And not only they, ting yah wa da groan. Bot we wa got God
but ourselves also, which Sperit, de fus paat ob dat glory wa da
have the firstfruits of the
Spirit, even we ourselves come, we too da groan een we haat wiles
groan within ourselves, we da wait, da look fowaad ta de time wen
waiting for the adoption,
to wit, the redemption of God gwine gii we all we oughta git as
our body. chullun wa God done mek e own. An God
24 For we are saved by gwine set we body free fom dis wol, wen e
hope: but hope that is gii we we nyew body. 24 Fom de time God
seen is not hope: for what
a man seeth, why doth he
sabe we, we beena look fowaad ta dat
yet hope for? glory wa da come. Bot ef we done got wa
25 But if we hope for
we da look fowaad ta, we ain haffa look
that we see not, then do fowaad ta um no mo. Cause ef we done got
we with patience wait for um, fa sho, we ain gwine look fowaad fa
it.
git um, ainty? 25 Bot cause we da look
26 Likewise the Spirit fowaad ta wa we ain got yet, we ain mind
also helpeth our infirmi-
ties: for we know not fa wait fa um.
what we should pray for 26 Same way so, God Sperit, too, da hep
as we ought: but the
Spirit itself maketh inter-
we wen we ain da stan scrong een we fait
cession for us with een God. We ain know how we oughta
groanings which cannot pray. Bot de Sperit, e da pray ta God fa we,
be uttered.
da groan een a way dat we ain able fa say
27 And he that search- een wod. 27 An God, wa look at wa we
eth the hearts knoweth
what is the mind of the wahn een we haat, e da ondastan wa de
Spirit, because he maketh Sperit mean. Cause de Sperit da pray ta
intercession for the saints
according to the will of
God fa e people, an e da pray jes wa God
God. wahn um fa pray.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 8 535

28 We know dat fa dem wa lob God, 28 And we know that


all things work together
God da mek ebryting wok fa we own good. for good to them that
God da do dat fa we wa e done pick fa do love God, to them who
are the called according
wa e been plan. 29 Dem people wa God to his purpose.
pick, e mek um come fa be like e Son, so
29 For whom he did
dat e Son gwine be de fus mongst plenty foreknow, he also did
people wa come fa be God chullun. predestinate to be con-
30 Dem wa God done pick fa mek um like e formed to the image of
his Son, that he might be
Son, dem e call. An dem wa God call, e the firstborn among
mek all ting scraight twix dem an esef. An many brethren.
fa dem wa e mek all ting scraight wid, fa 30 Moreover whom he
sho, e gwine gim de glory wa da come. did predestinate, them he
also called: and whom he
Ain Nottin Kin Mek God called, them he also justi-
fied: and whom he justi-
Stop Lob E Chullun fied, them he also glori-
fied.
31 So den, wa we kin say bout dat? God
dey fa we, so ain mek no nebamind who go 31 What shall we then
ginst we, ainty? 32 God ain keep eben e say to these things? If
God be for us, who can be
own Son fom suffa. So den, wen God gii e against us?
own Son fa all ob we, we kin know fa true
dat e ain gwine hole back nottin e kin gii 32 He that spared not
his own Son, but deliv-
we. 33 Ain mek no nebamind who cuse we ered him up for us all,
people wa God done pick. Cause God de how shall he not with
him also freely give us all
one wa mek all ting scraight twix we an things?
esef. 34 Ain nobody kin condemn we fa we
sin, cause Jedus Christ de one wa done 33 Who shall lay any
thing to the charge of
dead fa we, an den too, e de one wa God God's elect? It is God that
mek git op fom mongst de dead people an justifieth.
lib gin. An Jedus Christ de one wa da
34 Who is he that
seddown ta God right han side. E da taak condemneth? It is Christ
ta God fa we! 35 So den fa true, dey ain that died, yea rather, that
nobody, dey ain nottin kin mek Christ stop is risen again, who is
even at the right hand of
fa lob we, ainty? Wen we da git een God, who also maketh in-
trouble, dat ain gwine stop um. Wen haad tercession for us.
time come pon we, or people da mek we 35 Who shall separate
suffa, dat ain gwine stop um. Wen we us from the love of
hongry, or wen we ain got nuff cloes fa Christ? shall tribulation,
or distress, or persecu-
weah, wen we een danja, or eben wen dey tion, or famine, or naked-
kill we wid sode, ain none ob dat kin mek ness, or peril, or sword?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
536 Rome 8, 9

36 As it is written, For Christ stop fa lob we. 36 Like David say,


thy sake we are killed all
the day long; we are ac- “Cause we blongst ta ya,
counted as sheep for the people da try fa kill we
slaughter.
all de time.
37 Nay, in all these Dey da treat we jes like sheep
things we are more than wa dey haffa kill.”
conquerors through him
that loved us. 37 Bot eben wen all dem ting happen ta

38 For I am persuaded,
we, Christ wa lob we da mek we able fa
that neither death, nor win out oba all dem ting all de time.
life, nor angels, nor prin- 38 Cause A know fa sho dat dey ain nottin
cipalities, nor powers,
nor things present, nor able tall fa mek God stop fa lob we. Ef we
things to come, done dead or ef we da lib, e da lob we.
39 Nor height, nor Angel dem ain able fa stop um, needa dem
depth, nor any other ebil sperit, needa ting wa come een dis
creature, shall be able to time yah or een de time fa come, 39 needa
separate us from the
love of God, which is in de powa dem wa dey op oba de cloud,
Christ Jesus our Lord. needa dem dey pon de eart. Ain nottin wa
God mek kin mek God stop fa lob we. E
show we dat by wa Jedus Christ we Lawd
done fa we.

Chapter 9 Wa God Do fa E People wa E Done Pick

9 A da tell oona de trute, cause A


1 I say the truth in 1
Christ, I lie not, my con- blongst ta Christ. A ain da lie none
science also bearing me
witness in the Holy tall. Me haat wa de Holy Sperit da rule, e
Ghost, da tell me say A ain da lie. 2 A saaful fa
2 That I have great
heaviness and continual true fa me people, de people ob Israel. De
sorrow in my heart. pain wa A feel een me haat fa dem ain
3 For I could wish that
myself were accursed neba stop. 3 A been fa wish dat God been
from Christ for my breth- gwine condemn me an cut me off fom
ren, my kinsmen accord-
ing to the flesh:
Christ, ef dat gwine hep me bredren, me
4 Who are Israelites; to own kin people, fa bleebe pon Christ. 4 De
whom pertaineth the people ob Israel, dey de people wa God
adoption, and the glory,
and the covenants, and done pick, an God done mek um e chullun
the giving of the law, and an share e glory wid um. E mek e cobnant
the service of God, and
the promises; dem wid um, an e gim de Law. God show
5 Whose are the fa- um de right way dat dey oughta woshup
thers, and of whom as
concerning the flesh um, an e gim e promise dem. 5 De Jew
Christ came, who is over people, dey de chullun chullun ob dey ole

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 9 537

time leada dem wa God pick. An wen all, God blessed for ever.
Amen.
Christ come fa be a man yah, e been bon a
6 Not as though the
Jew. Leh we praise God, wa da rule oba word of God hath taken
all! Leh we praise um faeba! Amen. none effect. For they are
6 A ain da tell oona dat God ain do wa e not all Israel, which are
of Israel:
been promise fa do. Fa sho, God do wa e
7 Neither, because
promise, cause ain all de people dem wa they are the seed of Abra-
bon eenta Israel fambly blongst ta de true ham, are they all chil-
Israel people dem wa God pick. 7 E ain all dren: but, In Isaac shall
thy seed be called.
de people bon eenta Abraham fambly wa
8 That is, They which
blongst ta Abraham true fambly wa God are the children of the
pick. Bot God been promise Abraham say, flesh, these are not the
children of God: but the
“Isaac chullun gwine be ya fambly.” 8 Dat children of the promise
mean fa say dat God ain pick all de chullun are counted for the seed.
bon eenta Abraham fambly fa blongst ta 9 For this is the word
God fambly. Steada dat, jes de chullun bon of promise, At this time
cause God promise um ta Abraham, dey will I come, and Sara
shall have a son.
blongst ta Abraham true fambly wa God
pick. 9 Cause wen God promise Abraham, 10 And not only this;
but when Rebecca also
e tell um say, “Bout dis time nex yeah, A had conceived by one,
gwine come back ta ya, an ya wife Sarah even by our father Isaac;
gwine bon a son.” 11 (For the children be-
10 An dat ain all, cause Rebecca two son ing not yet born, neither
having done any good or
dem hab de same fada, we fada fada Isaac. evil, that the purpose of
11-12 Bot fa show dat wasoneba God been God according to election
plan fa be, dat so e gwine happen, God might stand, not of
works, but of him that
pick de one e wahn. Fo de two son dem calleth;)
been bon, an fo dey got a chance fa do 12 It was said unto her,
good or do bad, God tell Rebecca say, “Ya The elder shall serve the
fus bon son, e gwine saab ya oda son.” God younger.
say dat fa show dat de chile wa e pick, e de 13 As it is written, Ja-
one wa God been call, an ain fa sake ob wa cob have I loved, but
Esau have I hated.
dat son do or wa de oda son do. 13 Dat jes
like dey write een God Book say, “A been 14 What shall we say
lob Jacob, bot A been hate Esau.” then? Is there unrigh-
teousness with God? God
14 Well den, wa we gwine say? We ain forbid.
gwine say dat God ain do wa right, ainty?
15 For he saith to Mo-
Fa true, God da do wa right all de time. ses, I will have mercy on
15 Wen God taak ta Moses, e tell um say, whom I will have mercy,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
538 Rome 9

and I will have compas- “A gwine hab mussy pon


sion on whom I will have
compassion. whosoneba A wahn,
16 So then it is not of an A gwine tek pity pon
him that willeth, nor of whosoneba A wahn.”
him that runneth, but of
God that sheweth mercy.
16 So ain pend pon wa somebody wahn or

17 For the scripture


wa e da do, dat mek God pick um. E jes
saith unto Pharaoh, Even pend pon God mussy, nottin mo. 17 Moses
for this same purpose write dey een God Book wa God tell
have I raised thee up,
that I might shew my Pharaoh, de King ob Egypt, say, “A mek ya
power in thee, and that fa be King, jes fa dis, so dat people kin see
my name might be de-
clared throughout all the me powa ginst ya an fa leh all de people ob
earth. de wol know bout me.” 18 So, ef God wahn
18 Therefore hath he fa hab mussy pon somebody, e gwine hab
mercy on whom he will
have mercy, and whom he mussy pon um. An ef e wahn fa mek
will he hardeneth. somebody haat haad, e gwine mek e haat
19 Thou wilt say then haad.
unto me, Why doth he yet
find fault? For who hath
resisted his will? God Kin Condemn an E Kin Show Mussy
20 Nay but, O man, So one ob oona gwine aks me say, “Ef
19
who art thou that repliest dat how God da do, hoccome God kin
against God? Shall the
thing formed say to him blame we? Ain nobody kin win out ginst
that formed it, Why hast wa God wahn, ainty?” 20 Man, who ya
thou made me thus?
tink ya da? Ya kin taak back ta God? Fa
21 Hath not the potter
power over the clay, of
sho, a plain clay pot ain gwine grumble ta
the same lump to make de one wa mek um, aks um say, “Hoccome
one vessel unto honour, ya mek me like dis?” 21 Atta all, de one wa
and another unto dis-
honour? mek de pot, e got de right fa tek de clay an
22 What if God, willing to
mek wa e wahn fa mek, ainty? E got de
shew his wrath, and to make right fa tek de clay fa mek a pot wa fancy,
his power known, endured an fa mek a pot wa jes plain.
with much longsuffering the
vessels of wrath fitted to
22 God wok same so. God been wahn fa
destruction: sho people dat e bex wid sin an dat e got
23 And that he might powa. Bot e beah wid de people wa been
make known the riches of fit fa go eenta hell, dem wa e been
his glory on the vessels of condemn fa be stroy. 23 God beah wid um
mercy, which he had
afore prepared unto cause e been wahn fa show how rich e
glory, glory ta dem wa e hab mussy pon, dem wa
24 Even us, whom he e been git ready fa go lib een e glory. 24 An
hath called, not of the we dem people. We de one dem wa e call.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 9 539

E ain call we jes fom mongst de Jew dem, Jews only, but also of the
Gentiles?
bot fom mongst dem wa ain Jew too.
25 Dat wa God tell we een de book wa
25 As he saith also in
Hosea write, say: Osee, I will call them my
“De people wa ain me own people, people, which were not
A gwine call um ‘Me people.’ my people; and her be-
loved, which was not
De nation wa A ain been lob, beloved.
A gwine call dem
‘Me people wa A lob.’ 26 And it shall come to
26 An een dat same place weh God tell pass, that in the place
where it was said unto
um say, them, Ye are not my peo-
‘Oona ain me own people,’ ple; there shall they be
called the children of the
een dat same place dey, living God.
de God wa da lib gwine call
dem e own chullun.” 27 Esaias also crieth
27 Isaiah taak bout de people ob Israel say, concerning Israel,
“Eben dough dey a whole heapa Though the number of
the children of Israel be
people ob Israel, like de grain as the sand of the sea, a
ob sand dem pon de seasho, remnant shall be saved:
God gwine sabe jes a few ob um.
28 Cause de Lawd gwine 28 For he will finish
the work, and cut it short
finish op e jedgiment in righteousness: because
pon all de people ob de wol a short work will the Lord
make upon the earth.
too fast.”
29 E stan jes like Isaiah say. E say,
29 And as Esaias said
“Ef de Lawd wa got powa mo den all before, Except the Lord of
ain leh we hab some ob we Sabaoth had left us a
granchullun chullun, seed, we had been as
Sodoma, and been made
we been done fa, like unto Gomorrha.
jes like de people ob Sodom
an Gomorrah.” 30 What shall we say
then? That the Gentiles,
De Jew People an de Good Nyews which followed not after
righteousness, have at-
30 So den, wa we gwine say? We say dat tained to righteousness,
even the righteousness
de people dem wa ain Jew ain beena try fa which is of faith.
mek all ting right wid God, bot God done
mek all ting right twix esef an dem, cause
31 But Israel, which
dey trus een Christ. 31 Bot de Jew people followed after the law of
wa God been pick, dey beena folla haad righteousness, hath not

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
540 Rome 9, 10

attained to the law of atta a law fa mek all ting right wid dem an
righteousness.
God, an dey ain been able fa do um. 32 An
32 Wherefore? Be- hoccome dey ain do um? Cause dey beena
cause they sought it not by
faith, but as it were by
hope een de wok dey beena do fa mek um
the works of the law. For right wid God. Dey ain trus een God. Dey
they stumbled at that beena stumble pon de “stone wa da mek
stumblingstone;
people stumble.” 33 Dat wa dey write bout
33 As it is written, Be-
een God Book wen dey say,
hold, I lay in Sion a
stumblingstone and rock “Oona look yah!
of offence: and whoso- A pit a stone een Zion
ever believeth on him
shall not be ashamed. wa gwine mek people stumble.
Dat a stone wa gwine mek
people faddown.
10
,9
Bot de one wa trus een um ain
neba gwine be pit ta shame.”

10
Chapter 10 1 Me Christian bredren, wid all me
1 Brethren, my heart's haat A wahn God fa sabe me
desire and prayer to God people, de Jew dem. A da pray ta God fa
for Israel is, that they
might be saved. dat. 2 A know dey wahn fa please God too
2 For I bear them re- bad, bot dey ain ondastan de right way.
cord that they have a zeal 3 Cause dey ain pay no mind ta how God
of God, but not according
to knowledge. da mek all ting right. Dey beena try fa find
3 For they being igno- dey own way. So dey ain gree fa folla God
rant of God's righteous- way fa mek all ting right twix esef an dem.
ness, and going about to
establish their own righ- 4 God da mek all ting right wid dem wa
teousness, have not sub- bleebe pon Christ, an so dey ain got no
mitted themselves unto
the righteousness of God. need no mo fa try fa git right wid God shru
4 For Christ is the end de Law.
of the law for righteous-
ness to every one that
believeth.
God Wahn fa Sabe All People
5 For Moses describeth Moses been write bout de people wa
5
the righteousness which tink dat God mek all ting right twix esef an
is of the law, That the
man which doeth those dem ef dey kin do all wa God Law say.
things shall live by them. Moses write say, “De people wa kin do
6 But the righteous-
ebryting de Law say, dey gwine find life.”
ness which is of faith
speaketh on this wise, 6 Bot wa dey write een God Book bout de
Say not in thine heart, way God mek all ting right twix esef an de
Who shall ascend into
heaven? (that is, to bring people wa bleebe pon um, dis wa e say:
Christ down from above:) “Mus dohn say een ya haat, who dat gwine

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 10 541

go op eenta heaben?” (so dat e kin bring 7 Or, Who shall de-
scend into the deep?
Christ down fa hep we). 7 “An mus dohn (that is, to bring up Christ
say needa, who dat gwine go down ta de again from the dead.)
8 But what saith it?
place ob de dead?” (so dat e kin bring The word is nigh thee,
Christ op fom outta dey ta we). 8 Wa God even in thy mouth, and in
thy heart: that is, the
Book say? E say, “God wod right yah, close word of faith, which we
ta ya. Ya kin taak bout um an ya kin study preach;
9 That if thou shalt
pon um.” Dat de wod we da taak bout ta confess with thy mouth
all people say, oona mus bleebe pon the Lord Jesus, and shalt
Christ. 9 Cause ef ya tell de people say believe in thine heart
that God hath raised him
“Jedus, e Lawd” an ya bleebe een ya haat from the dead, thou shalt
dat God mek Jedus git op fom mongst de be saved.
10 For with the heart
dead people an lib gin, den God gwine man believeth unto righ-
sabe ya. 10 Cause wen we bleebe pon teousness; and with the
mouth confession is
Jedus een we haat, God mek all ting right made unto salvation.
twix we an esef. An wen we tell people say 11 For the scripture
we bleebe pon Jedus, God sabe we. 11 Dey saith, Whosoever believ-
eth on him shall not be
write een God Book say, “All people wa ashamed.
bleebe pon um ain gwine hab no cause fa 12 For there is no dif-
ference between the Jew
be saary bout um.” 12 Cause dey jes one and the Greek: for the
God fa all people, an e da sabe de Jew same Lord over all is rich
unto all that call upon
people an de people wa ain Jew, all een de him.
same way. Dey all blongst ta de same 13 For whosoever shall
Lawd, an e da bless all dem tommuch wa call upon the name of the
Lord shall be saved.
da call pon um. 13 Jes like dey write een 14 How then shall they
God Book say, “Ebrybody wa da call pon call on him in whom they
de name ob de Lawd gwine be sabe.” have not believed? and
how shall they believe in
14 Bot how people gwine pray ta de him of whom they have
Lawd ef dey ain bleebe pon um? An how not heard? and how shall
they hear without a
dey gwine bleebe pon um ef dey ain neba preacher?
yeh bout um? An how dey gwine yeh bout 15 And how shall they
um ef nobody ain neba gone an tell um preach, except they be
sent? as it is written, How
bout um? 15 An how people gwine tell um beautiful are the feet of
ef nobody ain sen um? Like dey write een them that preach the gos-
pel of peace, and bring
God Book say, “How purty de foot dem ob glad tidings of good
de people wa da bring de Good Nyews.” things!
16 Bot some ob de people ain pay no mind 16 But they have not
all obeyed the gospel. For
ta de Good Nyews. De prophet Isaiah say, Esaias saith, Lord, who
“Lawd, who done bleebe de message we hath believed our report?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
542 Rome 10, 11

17 So then faith cometh da tell um?” 17 So den, cause people yeh


by hearing, and hearing
by the word of God. de message bout Christ, dey come fa
bleebe pon Christ. An somebody haffa go
tell people bout Christ fa mek um yeh.
18 But I say, Have they 18 Bot leh me aks oona sompin. E true
not heard? Yes verily, dat de Jew people ain yeh de message? Fa
their sound went into all
the earth, and their sho, dey done yeh dat message. Dey write
words unto the ends of een God Book say,
the world.
“All de people all oba de wol
been yeh de wod dem
19 But I say, Did not Is- wa de messenja dem tell.
rael know? First Moses Dey wod gone out all oba de wol.”
saith, I will provoke you 19 Leh me aks oona noda ting. Ain de Jew
to jealousy by them that
are no people, and by a people ondastan de message? Yeah, de
foolish nation I will anger Jew people been ondastan. Fus, dey leada
you.
Moses taak way back dey fa God, e tell de
people say,
20 But Esaias is very “A gwine mek oona jealous
bold, and saith, I was cause ob a people
found of them that
sought me not; I was wa ain no nation fa true.
made manifest unto them A gwine mek oona bex wid a
that asked not after me.
nation ob people
wa ain ondastan nottin tall.”
20 Den wen de prophet Isaiah beena taak
21 But to Israel he
saith, All day long I have ta de people, God message been mo cleah
stretched forth my hands an scrong. E tell um God say,
unto a disobedient and
gainsaying people. “De people dem wa ain beena try
fa find me, dey done find me.
A done appeah ta dem people
wa ain beena look fa me.”
21 An God taak bout de Jew people say,
“All de time A beena look fa dem wa ain do
11
,10

wa A tell um, an wa fight ginst me. A


beena look fa um fa come ta me.”
Chapter 11
1 I say then, Hath God
cast away his people?
God Mussy pon de People ob Israel

11 So den, leh me aks oona: God


God forbid. For I also am 1
an Israelite, of the seed of
Abraham, of the tribe of done say e ain wahn e own people
Benjamin. no mo? E ain neba say dat! A mesef a Jew.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 11 543

A one ob Abraham kin people, an A come 2 God hath not cast


away his people which he
outta Benjamin fambly. 2 No, God ain foreknew. Wot ye not
neba say e ain wahn e people, wa e been what the scripture saith
of Elias? how he maketh
pick fo e mek de wol. Ain oona know wa intercession to God
dey write een God Book dey wen Elijah against Israel, saying,
beena grumble ta God bout de Jew 3 Lord, they have
killed thy prophets, and
people? 3 E tell God say: “Lawd, dey done digged down thine altars;
kill ya prophet dem. Dey stroy ya alta and I am left alone, and
dem. A de onliest prophet lef, an dey da try they seek my life.
4 But what saith the
fa kill me too.” 4 Oona memba wa God answer of God unto him?
ansa Elijah say? God say, “A stillyet done I have reserved to myself
keep seben tousan man wa ain neba kneel seven thousand men,
who have not bowed the
down fo de idol Baal fa woshup um.” knee to the image of Baal.
5 Well den, e de same way so now. Stillyet
5 Even so then at this
dey some people lef wa God hab mussy present time also there is
pon an e pick um fa woshup um. 6 God a remnant according to
the election of grace.
pick dem people dey jes cause e hab mussy
pon um. E ain pick um cause ob nottin dey 6 And if by grace, then
is it no more of works:
done. Ef God pick people cause ob wa dey otherwise grace is no
done, den e mussy ain no mussy tall. more grace. But if it be of
7 So den, dat so e stan. De people ob works, then is it no more
grace: otherwise work is
Israel ain all find wa dey beena look fa. Jes no more work.
dem wa God pick, dey find um. De oda res 7 What then? Israel
dem been bline ta de trute an ain hath not obtained that
ondastan. 8 Jes like dey write een God which he seeketh for; but
the election hath ob-
Book say, tained it, and the rest
“God mek um so dey ain able were blinded
fa feel an tink. 8 (According as it is
Right op ta taday, written, God hath given
dey eye ain see them the spirit of slum-
ber, eyes that they should
an dey yea ain yeh.” not see, and ears that
9 An like King David say, they should not hear;)
unto this day.
“Leh de ting wa dey seddown
fa nyam 9 And David saith, Let
their table be made a
ton eenta a trap ginst um snare, and a trap, and a
fa ketch um. stumblingblock, and a
recompence unto them:
Leh God mek um faddown,
an leh um punish um! 10 Let their eyes be
10 Leh God mek dey eye daak darkened, that they may

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
544 Rome 11

not see, and bow down so dat dey ain able fa see.
their back alway.
Leh um mek um suffa
cause ob dey trouble,
11 I say then, Have
they stumbled that they so dat dey back bend down
should fall? God forbid: all de time.”
but rather through their 11 So, leh me aks oona noda queshon:
fall salvation is come unto
the Gentiles, for to pro- Wen de Jew people been stumble, dat
voke them to jealousy. mean fa say dey faddown an ain got no
chance fa git op gin? No, dat ain true tall!
12 Now if the fall of Cause de Jew people sin, God ton ta de
them be the riches of the people wa ain Jew an sabe um, fa mek de
world, and the diminish-
ing of them the riches of Jew dem jealous ob de people wa ain Jew.
the Gentiles; how much 12 De sin ob de Jew dem been bring big
more their fulness?
blessin ta de wol. Dey loss out wen dey ain
wahn fa do wa God wahn um fa do, an dat
13 For I speak to you bring big blessin ta de people wa ain Jew.
Gentiles, inasmuch as I
am the apostle of the Bot de blessin gwine come tommuch wen
Gentiles, I magnify mine all de Jew people come back ta God!
office:

God Sabe de People wa Ain Jew


14 If by any means I 13 Now A da taak ta oona wa ain Jew. A
may provoke to emula-
tion them which are my de postle ta oona wa ain Jew, an A tink dis
flesh, and might save a great wok wa God gii me fa do. 14 Bot A
some of them.
hope dat A gwine mek me own Jew
countryman dem jealous ob oona, so dat
15 For if the casting God gwine sabe some ob dem cause ob me
away of them be the rec-
onciling of the world, wok. 15 Wen God ain sabe de Jew people,
what shall the receiving e mek de oda people een de wol come fa
of them be, but life from
the dead?
blongst ta um. So den, wen God tek de Jew
people fa be e own people gin, dey gwine
be people wa done dead an den lib gin!
16 For if the firstfruit
16 Ef de fus paat ob de bread a offrin ta
be holy, the lump is also
holy: and if the root be God, dat mean fa say dat de whole loaf
holy, so are the branches. blongst ta God. An ef de root ob a tree a
offrin ta God, dat mean fa say dat de
17 And if some of the branch dem blongst ta God too. 17 Dey
branches be broken off, done broke off some ob de branch dem ob
and thou, being a wild ol-
ive tree, wert graffed in de olib tree wa somebody been plant, an
among them, and with dey done graft een a branch ob de wile olib

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 11 545

tree, jine um ta de olib tree wa e done them partakest of the


root and fatness of the ol-
plant. Oona wa ain Jew stan jes like dat ive tree;
wile olib branch. Now oona da git de
scrent an de life wa da come fom de olib 18 Boast not against
tree wa been plant. 18 So den, ya mus the branches. But if thou
dohn tink dat ya mo betta den dem branch boast, thou bearest not
the root, but the root
wa been cut off. Mus dohn brag bout dat! thee.
Ef ya do, ya oughta memba dat ya jes a
branch, an no mo. Oona ain mek de root 19 Thou wilt say then,
stanop scronga. Fa true, de root de one wa The branches were bro-
ken off, that I might be
da mek oona stanop scronga. graffed in.
19 Bot ya gwine say, “Dat so e stan. Bot
dem branch been broke off so dat A kin go 20 Well; because of un-
dey een de place weh dey been.” 20 Dat belief they were broken
true! Bot dey been broke off cause dey ain off, and thou standest by
faith. Be not highminded,
bleebe. An oona da stan dey jes cause oona but fear:
bleebe. Bot ya mus dohn git de big head
bout dat. Oona mus tek cyah an keep on da 21 For if God spared
bleebe God mo scronga. 21 God ain leh de not the natural branches,
take heed lest he also
Jew people keep on da grow, dem wa stan spare not thee.
like de branch wa da grow pon de tree. So
den, e ain gwine leh oona keep on da grow
22 Behold therefore
needa, ef ya fall way fom um. 22 So dat the goodness and sever-
mek we see dat God good, bot e kin be ity of God: on them
haad pon a poson too. God haad pon dem which fell, severity; but
toward thee, goodness, if
wa beena bleebe bot den stop bleebe an thou continue in his
fall way fom um. Bot e good ta ya ef ya goodness: otherwise thou
also shalt be cut off.
keep on da trus een God mussy. Bot ef ya
ain trus um, God gwine cut ya off too.
23 An de Jew people, ef dey change dey 23 And they also, if
they abide not still in un-
way an staat fa trus God gin, God gwine belief, shall be graffed in:
graft um back een de place weh dey been. for God is able to graff
them in again.
Cause God able fa do dat. 24 Oona stan
like dem branch wa been cut off a wile olib
tree, an wa dey done graft pon a olib tree 24 For if thou wert cut
out of the olive tree
wa been plant, eben dough dat ain how which is wild by nature,
dat fa be. Bot de Jew people stan like dem and wert graffed contrary
to nature into a good ol-
branch ob de olib tree wa been plant. E ive tree: how much more
gwine be mo easy fa God fa graft dem shall these, which be the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
546 Rome 11

natural branches, be graf- branch wa been broke off back pon dey
fed into their own olive
tree? own tree gin.

25 For I would not, God Hab Mussy Pon All People


brethren, that ye should
be ignorant of this mys- 25 Me Christian bredren, A wahn oona
tery, lest ye should be fa ondastan dis secret wa God ain been leh
wise in your own con-
ceits; that blindness in people know. A tell oona dis so dat ya ain
part is happened to Is- gwine tink ya got sense tommuch. Dis de
rael, until the fulness of
the Gentiles be come in. secret: Israel people ain faeba gwine hab
haad head. Dey gwine keep on dat way jes
26 And so all Israel til dem wa God done pick wa ain Jew
shall be saved: as it is
written, There shall come come ta God. 26 An so den, God gwine
out of Sion the Deliverer, sabe all de Israel people. Like dey write
and shall turn away un-
godliness from Jacob:
een God Book say,
“De Sabior gwine come
27 For this is my cove- outta Zion,
nant unto them, when I
shall take away their sins. An e gwine tek way all ebil
fom de haat ob
28 As concerning the
Jacob chullun chullun.
gospel, they are enemies 27 Dis me cobnant wid dem.
for your sakes: but as
touching the election, A gwine fagib dey sin.”
they are beloved for the
28 Cause de Jew dem ton dey back pon
fathers' sakes.
de Good Nyews, dey God enemy. An dat
29 For the gifts and been a hep ta oona wa ain Jew. Bot cause
calling of God are with-
out repentance. dey de people God been pick, God still da
lob um cause ob wa e promise dey ole
30 For as ye in times people leada dem. 29 God ain neba change
past have not believed e mind bout de people e pick or de blessin
God, yet have now ob-
tained mercy through e gim. 30 Oona wa ain Jew ain beena do
their unbelief: wa God tell oona fa do. Bot now God hab
mussy pon oona, cause de Jew dem ain do
31 Even so have these wa e tell um fa do. 31 Same fashion now,
also now not believed,
that through your mercy
de Jew people dem ain do wa God wahn.
they also may obtain Jes like e hab mussy pon oona, now e kin
mercy. hab mussy pon dem too. 32 Cause people
ain do wa God tell um fa do, God leh um
32 For God hath con-
all go on dat way, so dat dey ain able fa lef
cluded them all in unbe-
lief, that he might have dey sin. E done dat so dat e kin hab mussy
mercy upon all. pon all ob um.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 11, 12 547

People Oughta Praise God 33 O the depth of the


riches both of the wis-
33 God da bless all people fa true! God dom and knowledge of
got plenty sense wa no poson neba got, an God! how unsearchable
are his judgments, and
e know all ting! Ain nobody able fa splain his ways past finding out!
tall wa God cide fa do! Ain nobody able fa
34 For who hath
ondastan e way! 34 Like dey write een God known the mind of the
Book say, Lord? or who hath been
“Ain nobody neba know wa de Lawd his counsellor?

da tink! 35 Or who hath first


Ain nobody tall able fa wise um given to him, and it shall
be recompensed unto
bout wa e oughta do! him again?
35 Ain nobody neba gii nottin ta God
36 For of him, and
so dat God gwine haffa through him, and to him,
gim sompin back!” are all things: to whom be
36 Cause God mek all ting. E de one wa da glory for ever. Amen.

keep all ting da wok jes like dey oughta


wok. An all ting dey fa e sake. Leh all de
people praise God faeba! Amen.

How We Oughta Lib So dat We Please God


Chapter 12

12 So den, me Christian bredren,


1
1 I beseech you there-
cause God hab mussy pon oona fore, brethren, by the
een so many way, A da beg ya fa gii all ya mercies of God, that ye
life ta God as a sacrifice wa da lib fa do e present your bodies a
living sacrifice, holy, ac-
wok, a sacrifice wa blongst ta God an ceptable unto God, which
gwine please um. Dat de true way we is your reasonable ser-
vice.
oughta woshup God. 2 Oona mus dohn do 2 And be not con-
tall like de people een dis wol do. Steada formed to this world: but
be ye transformed by the
dat, ya mus leh God change de way ya renewing of your mind,
tink, so dat all wa ya da do gwine change. that ye may prove what is
that good, and accept-
Dat gwine mek ya able fa know wa God able, and perfect, will of
wahn, wa good, an wa da please um, an God.
3 For I say, through the
how ya kin lib jes like ya oughta lib. grace given unto me, to
3 Cause ob God blessin pon me, A da tell every man that is among
ebry one ob oona say, mus dohn git de big you, not to think of him-
self more highly than he
head an tink ya sompin wen ya ain. Steada ought to think; but to
dat, ya mus hab sense wen ya tink bout think soberly, according
as God hath dealt to ev-
yasef. Ebry one ob oona mus jedge yasef ery man the measure of
coddin ta hommuch God mek ya able fa faith.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
548 Rome 12

4 For as we have many


trus um. 4 Ebry poson got e one body wa
members in one body,
and all members have not got plenty diffunt paat. An dem paat got
the same office: diffunt wok, an ebry paat da hep e body.
5 So we, being many, 5 Same fashion, eben dough we da heapa
are one body in Christ, people, we come fa be one body cause we
and every one members
one of another. all trus een Christ. An ebry one ob we
blongst ta all de oda res. 6 So ebrybody
6 Having then gifts dif-
fering according to the
able fa do diffunt ting coddin ta how God
grace that is given to us, mek um able fa do wid de powa an sense
whether prophecy, let us God gim. Ef God mek we able fa tell oda
prophesy according to the
proportion of faith; people God wod, we mus do um coddin ta
7 Or ministry, let us
hommuch fait we got. 7 Ef God mek we
wait on our ministering: able fa hep oda people, we mus do dat.
or he that teacheth, on Ef e mek somebody able fa laan people, e
teaching;
mus do dat. 8 Ef e mek somebody able fa
8 Or he that exhorteth, courage people, e mus do dat. Ef God
on exhortation: he that
giveth, let him do it with
gii somebody good haat fa gii some ob wa
simplicity; he that ruleth, e got fa hep oda people, e mus do dat
with diligence; he that wid all e haat. Ef God mek somebody able
sheweth mercy, with
cheerfulness. fa lead oda people, e mus wok haad. An
9 Let love be without dis-
whosoneba able fa hab mussy pon people
simulation. Abhor that which wa got need fa hep, e mus be heppy fa do
is evil; cleave to that which is um.
good.
9 Wen ya lob people, ya mus lob um wid
10 Be kindly affectioned all ya haat. Mus hate wa ebil, an hole on ta
one to another with brotherly
love; in honour preferring one
wa good, da keep um een ya haat. 10 Mus
another; lob one noda like people wa blongst ta de
11 Not slothful in busi-
same fambly. An mus be heppy fa gii hona
ness; fervent in spirit; ta ya bredren. 11 Ya mus neba be lazy. Mus
serving the Lord; wok haad. An ya mus saab de Lawd wid all
12 Rejoicing in hope; ya haat. 12 Wiles ya da wait wid good
patient in tribulation; hope fa wa God gwine do fa ya, ya oughta
continuing instant in
prayer; rejaice. Wen ya da suffa, mus beah op
onda ya trouble. An ya mus pray all de
13 Distributing to the
necessity of saints; given
time. 13 Wen ya Christian bredren ain got
to hospitality. wa dey need, ya mus gim paat ob ya own
ting dem. An mus all de time hep scranja
14 Bless them which
persecute you: bless, and
dem, an tek cyah ob um een ya house.
curse not. 14 Ya mus aks God fa bless de people wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 12, 13 549

da mek ya suffa. Ya mus dohn aks God fa 15 Rejoice with them


that do rejoice, and weep
cuss um. Mus aks God fa bless um. 15 Wen with them that weep.
people da rejaice, ya mus rejaice long wid 16 Be of the same mind
um, an wen people saaful, ya mus be one toward another. Mind not
high things, but condescend
saaful long wid um too. 16 Lib peaceable to men of low estate. Be not
wid one noda. Mus dohn be oppity, bot wise in your own conceits.
sociate wid people dat oda people look 17 Recompense to no
man evil for evil. Provide
down pon. Ya mus dohn tink ya got sense things honest in the sight
mo den oda people. of all men.
17 Ef somebody da do ya bad, ya mus 18 If it be possible, as
much as lieth in you, live
dohn pay um bad back. Ya mus tek cyah fa peaceably with all men.
try fa do dem ting wa right een all people 19 Dearly beloved,
eye. 18 Ya mus do all ya able fa do so dat avenge not yourselves,
but rather give place unto
ya kin lib peaceable wid ebrybody. 19 Me wrath: for it is written,
deah Christian bredren, wen somebody do Vengeance is mine; I will
repay, saith the Lord.
ya bad, ya mus dohn neba pay um bad
20 Therefore if thine
back. Steada dat, ya mus leh God jedge dat enemy hunger, feed him;
poson an gim e payback. Cause dey write if he thirst, give him
drink: for in so doing
een God Book say, “De Lawd say, A gwine thou shalt heap coals of
mek people wa da do oda people bad, suffa fire on his head.
fa de bad dey da do. A gwine gim dey 21 Be not overcome of
evil, but overcome evil
payback.” 20 Bot ya mus do like dey write with good.
een God Book say, “Ef ya enemy hongry,
ya mus gim sompin fa nyam. Ef e tosty,
mus gim sompin fa drink.” Ef ya do dat, ya 13
,12

gwine pile op heapa coal ob fire pon dey


head. 21 Ya mus dohn leh ebil win out oba Chapter 13
ya. Ya mus win out oba ebil by de good ya 1 Let every soul be
do. subject unto the higher
powers. For there is no
Mus Do wa de Rula Dem Say power but of God: the

13 Ebrybody mus do wa dem wa da


1 powers that be are or-
dained of God.
rule een de gobment tell ya fa do.
2 Whosoever therefore
Cause ain nobody got tority fa rule lessin resisteth the power,
God gim dat tority. God de one wa pit dem resisteth the ordinance of
God: and they that resist
people dey. 2 So den, de one wa go ginst shall receive to them-
de tority dem, e da gwine ginst wa God say selves damnation.
oughta be. De one wa da do dat, e gwine 3 For rulers are not a
terror to good works, but
mek esef suffa jedgiment. 3 De people wa to the evil. Wilt thou then
da do wa right, dey ain scaid ob dem wa da not be afraid of the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
550 Rome 13

power? do that which is rule oba um. Jes de people wa da do bad,


good, and thou shalt
have praise of the same: dey scaid ob dem wa da rule oba um. Ef ya
4 For he is the minister ain wahn fa be scaid ob de one wa got
of God to thee for good. tority, ya mus do wa right. Den e gwine
But if thou do that which
is evil, be afraid; for he praise ya. 4 Cause de poson wa got tority,
beareth not the sword in e God saabant wa da wok fa hep oona. Bot
vain: for he is the minis-
ter of God, a revenger to ef ya do bad, ya oughta be scaid, cause e
execute wrath upon him got powa fa punish ya. E God saabant fa
that doeth evil.
jedge an punish dem people wa da do bad.
5 Wherefore ye must 5 Cause ob dat, ya mus do wa de rula dem
needs be subject, not
only for wrath, but also tell ya fa do. Ya mus dohn do um jes cause
for conscience sake. dey got tority fa jedge an punish ya. Ya
6 For for this cause pay mus do um, too, cause ya know eenside ya
ye tribute also: for they haat dat ya oughta do um.
are God's ministers, at-
tending continually upon 6 Same way so, ya mus pay tax, cause de
this very thing. tority dem da de wok wa God gim. 7 Ya
7 Render therefore to mus pay ebrybody wa ya owe um. Ef dey
all their dues: tribute to
whom tribute is due; cus-
aks ya fa pay tax, ya mus pay um. An ya
tom to whom custom; mus spec dem ya oughta spec, an gii hona
fear to whom fear; hon- ta dem ya oughta gii hona ta.
our to whom honour.
8 Owe no man any
How Oona Oughta Lib wid One Noda
thing, but to love one an-
other: for he that loveth 8Mus dohn owe nobody no debt, cep de
another hath fulfilled the
law. debt dat oona mus lob one noda. Dem wa
9 For this, Thou shalt
da lob one noda da do all wa de Law ob
not commit adultery, God say dey oughta do. 9 De Law dem wa
Thou shalt not kill, Thou God gii Moses say, “Man mus dohn lef e
shalt not steal, Thou shalt
not bear false witness, wife an go sleep wid oda ooman, an
Thou shalt not covet; and ooman mus dohn lef e husban an go sleep
if there be any other com-
mandment, it is briefly wid oda man. Mus dohn kill. Mus dohn
comprehended in this tief. Mus dohn cobish.” Dem law yah an all
saying, namely, Thou
shalt love thy neighbour
de oda dem, dey eenside dat one law wa
as thyself. say, “Ya mus lob ya neighba jes like ya lob
10 Love worketh no ill yasef.” 10 Wen ya lob ya neighba, ya ain
to his neighbour: there- gwine do um no bad. So den, wen ya lob,
fore love is the fulfilling
of the law. ya da do all wa de Law say ya oughta do.
11 Ya mus do dat, cause ya know wa
11 And that, knowing
the time, that now it is kind ob time we da lib een. Ya know dat de
high time to awake out of time fa wake op done come, cause de day

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 13, 14 551

wen God gwine sabe we da come mo closa sleep: for now is our sal-
vation nearer than when
now den de time wen we fus been bleebe we believed.
pon Jedus Christ. 12 De night mos pass. De
day close by now. So den, leh we stop do 12 The night is far
spent, the day is at hand:
dem bad ting wa wickity people da do een let us therefore cast off
de daak. Like sodja, wa pit on dey aama the works of darkness,
and let us put on the ar-
een de day, leh we tek op dem ting wa we mour of light.
kin fight wid, an leh we be ready fa fight
een de light. 13 Leh we lib a clean life, like 13 Let us walk hon-
estly, as in the day; not in
people wa dey een de light ob day. We mus rioting and drunkenness,
dohn lib loose life. Mus dohn be dronka. not in chambering and
Mus dohn lib bad life an do all kind ob ebil wantonness, not in strife
and envying.
ting. Mus dohn fight wid people or git de
big eye cause ob wa dey got. 14 Steada dat, 14 But put ye on the
mus leh de Lawd Jedus Christ rule oba we. Lord Jesus Christ, and
make not provision for
An we mus dohn pay no mind ta dem bad the flesh, to fulfil the lusts
ting wa we sinful haat tell we fa do. thereof.

Mus Dohn Jedge Ya Christian Broda

14 Oona mus gii a haaty welcome


1 Chapter 14
ta de one wa ain scrong een e fait 1 Him that is weak in
yet. Mus dohn aagy wid um bout wa e tink the faith receive ye, but
not to doubtful disputa-
right fa do. 2 Some people bleebe dey kin tions.
nyam all kinda food. Bot oda people wa
ain scrong een dey fait yet, dey ain nyam 2 For one believeth
no meat tall. 3 Dem people wa tink e right that he may eat all
things: another, who is
fa nyam all kinda food, dey mus dohn tink weak, eateth herbs.
dey mo betta den de people wa ain tink e
right fa nyam no meat. An dem people wa 3 Let not him that
ain tink e right fa nyam all kinda food, dey eateth despise him that
eateth not; and let not
mus dohn jedge dem wa tink e right fa him which eateth not
nyam all kinda ting, cause God done judge him that eateth: for
welcome um fa be e own. 4 Ya mus dohn God hath received him.

jedge somebody else saabant, ainty? De


one wa de saabant da wok fa, e de one fa 4 Who art thou that
judgest another man's
tell um ef e da do good or ef e da do bad. servant? to his own mas-
De saabant gwine do wa e oughta do, ter he standeth or falleth.
Yea, he shall be holden
cause de Lawd able fa mek um do wa e up: for God is able to
oughta do. make him stand.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
552 Rome 14

5 One man esteemeth 5 Some people tink one day mo betta


one day above another:
another esteemeth every den noda day, an oda people tink dey ain
day alike. Let every man no day mo betta den noda. Ebrybody mus
be fully persuaded in his
own mind.
mek op e mind fa esef wa right. 6 De one
6 He that regardeth wa tink one day mo betta den noda, e do
the day, regardeth it unto dat fa gii hona ta de Lawd. An de one wa
the Lord; and he that
regardeth not the day, to tink e right fa nyam all kinda food, e da
the Lord he doth not re- nyam um fa gii hona ta de Lawd, cause e
gard it. He that eateth,
eateth to the Lord, for he da tell God tankya fa de food. Same way
giveth God thanks; and so, de one wa ain nyam some kinda food, e
he that eateth not, to the
Lord he eateth not, and da do dat fa gii hona ta de Lawd, an e tell
giveth God thanks. God tankya. 7 Ain none ob we lib jes fa do
7 For none of us liveth wa we wahn, an ain none ob we dead jes
to himself, and no man
dieth to himself. cause we wahn fa. 8 Cause wiles we da lib,
8 For whether we live, we oughta lib fa please de Lawd. An wen
we live unto the Lord; we dead, we dead fa de Lawd. So den,
and whether we die, we
die unto the Lord: wiles we da lib an wen we dead, we
whether we live there- blongst ta de Lawd. 9 Cause dat wa mek
fore, or die, we are the
Lord's.
Christ dead an git op fa lib gin, fa mek um
9 For to this end Christ Lawd ob all people, dem wa done dead an
both died, and rose, and dem wa ain dead yet. 10 So, ain none ob
revived, that he might be
Lord both of the dead and
oona oughta jedge ya Christian broda,
living. ainty? An ain none ob oona oughta tink e
10 But why dost thou mo betta den noda Christian broda, ainty?
judge thy brother? or Cause we all got fa stanop fo God wa
why dost thou set at gwine jedge we. 11 Dey write een God
nought thy brother? for
we shall all stand before Book say,
the judgment seat of “De Lawd say, ‘Sho as A da lib,
Christ.
A promise dat all people
11 For it is written, As I gwine kneel down fo me
live, saith the Lord, every
knee shall bow to me, fa woshup me.
and every tongue shall An all people gwine tell
confess to God.
een de open who A da.’ ”
12 So then every one of 12 So den, ebry one ob we gwine haffa
us shall give account of ansa ta God fa wa e done een dis wol.
himself to God.

13 Let us not therefore Mus Dohn Mek Ya Broda Sin


judge one another any
more: but judge this So den, we mus dohn jedge one noda
13
rather, that no man put a no mo. Steada dat ebrybody oughta mek

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 14 553

op dey mind dat dey ain gwine do nottin stumblingblock or an oc-


casion to fall in his
wa gwine mek dey Christian broda brother's way.
stumble or fall eenta sin. 14 A blongst ta de 14 I know, and am per-
suaded by the Lord Jesus,
Lawd Jedus, an dat mek me know fa sho that there is nothing un-
dat dey ain no food wa ain right fa nyam. clean of itself: but to him
Bot ef somebody bleebe e ain right fa that esteemeth any thing
to be unclean, to him it is
nyam sompin, den e ain right fa dat poson unclean.
fa nyam um. 15 Ef ya Christian broda git 15 But if thy brother be
opsot cause ob sompin ya nyam, ya ain da grieved with thy meat,
now walkest thou not
waak een de way ob lob. Ya mus dohn charitably. Destroy not
nyam jes anyting ya wahn, ef dat gwine him with thy meat, for
whom Christ died.
stroy a poson wa Christ dead fa. 16 Ya mus 16 Let not then your
dohn do nottin ya bleebe fa be good, ef dat good be evil spoken of:
gwine mek ya Christian broda sin an den 17 For the kingdom of
oda people shrow slam pon ya. 17 Cause God is not meat and
drink; but righteousness,
God rule ain bout ting we oughta nyam or and peace, and joy in the
ting we oughta drink. God rule bout how Holy Ghost.
fa lib scraight an peaceable wid people, an 18 For he that in these
de joy wa de Holy Sperit da pit een we things serveth Christ is
acceptable to God, and
haat. 18 De one wa da saab Christ een dis approved of men.
way, e da mek God heppy wid um, an
19 Let us therefore fol-
people, too, gwine like wa e da do. low after the things
19 So den, we mus try all de time fa do which make for peace,
dem ting wa gwine bring peace an wa and things wherewith
one may edify another.
gwine hep we mek one noda mo an mo
scronga een dey fait. 20 Ya mus dohn stroy 20 For meat destroy
not the work of God. All
de wok ob God fa sake ob food. Ya kin things indeed are pure;
nyam all kind ob food, bot ya mus dohn but it is evil for that man
who eateth with offence.
nyam nottin wa gwine mek noda poson
sin. 21 Ya mus dohn nyam meat, needa 21 It is good neither to eat
flesh, nor to drink wine, nor
drink no wine, or do no oda ting wa gwine any thing whereby thy brother
mek ya Christian broda sin. 22 Wasoneba stumbleth, or is offended, or is
ya bleebe bout wa right fa nyam or fa made weak.

drink, ya mus lef dat tween yasef an God. 22 Hast thou faith?
Wen somebody da do ting wa e bleebe fa have it to thyself before
God. Happy is he that
be right, an e ain doubt, needa say ta esef e condemneth not himself
done wrong, dat one heppy fa true. 23 Bot in that thing which he
alloweth.
ef somebody doubt een e haat wen e da 23 And he that
nyam some kind ob food, den e da doubteth is damned if he

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
554 Rome 14, 15

eat, because he eateth not condemn esef, cause e ain bleebe e da do


of faith: for whatsoever is
not of faith is sin.
right. Ef we do sompin wa we ain bleebe
right, we da sin.

Chapter 15 We Mus Please We Christian Bredren

15 We wa stan scrong een God way


1 We then that are 1
strong ought to bear the
infirmities of the weak, oughta beah op wid dem wa ain
and not to please our- scrong yet. We mus dohn do jes wa we
selves.
2 Let every one of us wahn fa wesef. 2 Ebry one ob we mus
please his neighbour for please we Christian bredren, da do wa
his good to edification.
good fa dem fa hep um stan mo scronga
3 For even Christ
pleased not himself; but, een de way. 3 Eben Christ ain been do all
as it is written, The re- wa e do jes fa please esef. Dey write een
proaches of them that re-
proached thee fell on me.
God Book say, “People been sult ya, bot
4 For
wa dey say da sult me too.” 4 Ebryting wa
whatsoever
things were written been write down een God Book way back
aforetime were written dey, dat been write down fa laan we, so
for our learning, that we
through patience and dat we kin look fowaad ta wa gwine come.
comfort of the scriptures Cause God Book da courage we an gii we
might have hope.
hope. 5 An A da pray dat God, wa da
5 Now the God of pa-
courage people an mek um able fa beah
tience and consolation
grant you to be like- wa come, e gwine mek oona able fa gree
minded one toward an- togeda an lib peaceable cause oona da
other according to Christ
Jesus: waak togeda een de way ob Jedus Christ,
6 so dat oona all togeda wid one haat
6 That ye may with
one mind and one mouth gwine praise God, de Fada ob we Lawd
glorify God, even the Fa- Jedus Christ.
ther of our Lord Jesus
Christ.
De Good Nyews de Same
7 Wherefore receive ye
fa de People wa Ain Jew
one another, as Christ
also received us to the So oona mus gii haaty welcome ta one
7
glory of God.
noda an cept um een ya haat, jes like
8 Now I say that Jesus Christ welcome an cept oona, so dat
Christ was a minister of
the circumcision for the people gwine praise God. 8 Cause A da tell
truth of God, to confirm oona say, Christ come fa saab de Jew
the promises made unto
the fathers:
people, fa show dat God da do wa e been
promise we ole people leada dem. 9 An
9 And that the Gentiles
might glorify God for his Christ come, too, fa mek de people wa ain
mercy; as it is written, Jew praise God cause e hab mussy pon um.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 15 555

Like dey write een God Book say, For this cause I will con-
fess to thee among the
“So den, A gwine praise ya Gentiles, and sing unto
mongst all de nation dem. thy name.
A gwine sing praise ta ya name.”
10 And again he saith,
10 An dey write gin een God Book say,
Rejoice, ye Gentiles, with
“Oona wa ain Jew, his people.
oona oughta praise God long
11 And again, Praise
wid dem wa God done pick!” the Lord, all ye Gentiles;
11 An dey write gin say, and laud him, all ye
people.
“Oona all wa ain Jew,
oona oughta praise de Lawd. 12 And again, Esaias
Leh all people praise um!” saith, There shall be a
12 An Isaiah, too, say, root of Jesse, and he that
shall rise to reign over
“One poson fom Jesse fambly line the Gentiles; in him shall
gwine come. the Gentiles trust.

God gwine mek um rule oba all 13 Now the God of


de nation dem, hope fill you with all joy
and peace in believing,
an dey gwine pit dey hope een um.” that ye may abound in
13 A pray dat God wa da mek we hab hope, through the power
hope, e gwine mek oona full op wid all joy of the Holy Ghost.

an peace as oona da trus een um, so dat de


powa ob de Holy Sperit gwine mek oona 14 And I myself also
am persuaded of you, my
look fowaad mo an mo ta wa God gwine brethren, that ye also are
do. full of goodness, filled
with all knowledge, able
Paul Wok fa Christ also to admonish one
Mongst de People wa Ain Jew another.
14 Me Christian bredren, A feel sho bout
oona, dat oona good people. Oona know 15 Nevertheless, breth-
all wa oona need fa know, an oona able fa ren, I have written the
more boldly unto you in
laan one noda. 15 Stillyet, een dis letta A some sort, as putting you
da memba oona gin bout some ob de ting in mind, because of the
grace that is given to me
dem wa A beena tell oona bout. A ain hide of God,
nottin, cause God gii me dis special wok fa
do. 16 E sen me fa wok fa Jedus Christ 16 That I should be the
mongst de people wa ain Jew. E mek me fa minister of Jesus Christ
to the Gentiles, minister-
wok like a priest fa tell dem people de ing the gospel of God,
Good Nyews wa God gii we, so dat dem wa that the offering up of the
Gentiles might be accept-
ain Jew kin bleebe pon Christ an stan like able, being sanctified by
a offrin wa please God. De Holy Sperit mek the Holy Ghost.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
556 Rome 15

17 I have therefore dey haat clean an mek um God own


whereof I may glory
through Jesus Christ in people. 17 So cause A one wid Jedus
those things which per- Christ, A kin be proud ob me wok fa God.
tain to God. 18 A ain gwine taak bout nottin bot wa
18 For I will not dare
to speak of any of those Christ mek me able fa say an do, fa bring
things which Christ hath dem people wa ain Jew fa saab God. 19 E
not wrought by me, to
make the Gentiles obedi- God Sperit wa gii me de powa fa do de
ent, by word and deed, miracle an sign dem wa A done. So, wiles
19 Through mighty
signs and wonders, by A da trabel fom Jerusalem all de way roun
the power of the Spirit ta de province ob Illyricum, A beena tell
of God; so that from Jeru-
salem, and round about people de Good Nyews bout Christ. 20 A
unto Illyricum, I have jes wahn fa tell de Good Nyews weh de
fully preached the gospel
of Christ.
people ain neba been yeh bout Christ yet.
20 Yea, so have I striv- Dat way, A ain gwine do wa noda poson
ed to preach the gospel, done been staat fa do, like a man wa da
not where Christ was
named, lest I should build a house pon a foundation wa noda
build upon another man's man done pit down. 21 Steada dat, like dey
foundation:
21 But as it is written, write een God Book say,
To whom he was not spo- “De people dem wa nobody
ken of, they shall see: and
they that have not heard ain neba tell bout Christ,
shall understand. dey gwine see.
22 For which cause
also I have been much
An dem wa ain neba
hindered from coming to yeh bout um yet,
you. dey gwine ondastan.”
23 But now having no
more place in these parts,
and having a great desire Paul Plan fa Come ta Rome
these many years to come
unto you; Cause ob dis wok, plenty time wen A
22
24 Whensoever I take
my journey into Spain, I
been wahn fa come fa see oona, A ain been
will come to you: for I able fa come. 23 Bot now dat a done done
trust to see you in my
journey, and to be me wok een dis place yah, an cause A been
brought on my way thi- wahn fa a long time fa come see oona, 24 A
therward by you, if first I
be somewhat filled with plan fa come ta oona. A da look fowaad fa
your company.
25 But now I go unto
see oona wen A pass by dey pon me way ta
Jerusalem to minister Spain. An A like fa hab oona hep me go
unto the saints. dey, atta A wisit dey wid oona fa a leetle
26 For it hath pleased
them of Macedonia and wile. 25 Bot now, A da gwine ta Jerusalem
Achaia to make a certain fa hep God people dey. 26 Cause de choch
contribution for the poor
saints which are at memba dem een Macedonia an Achaia
Jerusalem. been wahn fa gii some money ta God

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 15, 16 557

people een Jerusalem wa ain got nottin. 27 It hath pleased


them verily; and their
27 Dey mek op dey mind fa do dat. An fa debtors they are. For if
true, dey oughta hep dem wa ain got the Gentiles have been
made partakers of their
nottin dey een Jerusalem, cause de people spiritual things, their
wa ain Jew been git dey paat een God duty is also to minister
blessin fom de Jew dem. So den, dem wa unto them in carnal
things.
ain Jew oughta hep de Jew dem an bless 28 When therefore I
um wid wa dey need fa lib. 28 Wen A done have performed this, and
have sealed to them this
done dat wok een Jerusalem, wen A done fruit, I will come by you
gim all de money wa de people een into Spain.
29 And I am sure that,
Macedonia an Achaia been geda fa um, when I come unto you, I
den A gwine lef dey an come see oona shall come in the fulness
of the blessing of the gos-
wiles A da pass by pon me way ta Spain. pel of Christ.
29 A know dat wen A come ta oona, A 30 Now I beseech you,
gwine come full op wid blessin wa Christ brethren, for the Lord Je-
sus Christ's sake, and for
gii me fa oona. the love of the Spirit, that
30 Me Christian bredren, cause ob we ye strive together with
me in your prayers to God
fait een we Lawd Jedus Christ an de lob wa for me;
God Sperit pit een we haat, A da beg ya fa 31 That I may be deliv-
ered from them that do
jine wid me fa pray ta God fa me wid all ya not believe in Judaea;
haat. 31 Pray dat de people een Judea wa and that my service
which I have for Jerusa-
ain bleebe pon Jedus ain gwine do me no lem may be accepted of
haam, an dat God people een Jerusalem the saints;
32 That I may come
gwine be heppy fa wa A gwine do fa um. unto you with joy by the
32 Pray fa dem ting, so dat ef God wahn will of God, and may
um fa be, A gwine come ta oona wid joy with you be refreshed.
33 Now the God of
een me haat, an A gwine spen some time peace be with you all.
dey wid oona, an we gwine courage one Amen.
noda. 33 A pray dat God, wa da gii we
peace, gwine be wid all ob oona! Amen. Chapter 16
1 I commend unto you
Phebe our sister, which is
Paul Say Hey ta e Fren a servant of the church
dem een Rome which is at Cenchrea:

16 We Christian sista Phoebe, wa


1 2 That ye receive her
d a sa a b de ch och dey een in the Lord, as becometh
saints, and that ye assist
Cenchrea, e a good poson. 2 A da aks oona her in whatsoever busi-
fa gim haaty welcome cause e blongst ta ness she hath need of
you: for she hath been a
de Lawd, an dat de way people wa blongst succourer of many, and
ta de Lawd oughta welcome one noda. of myself also.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
558 Rome 16

3 Greet Priscilla and Hep um wid wasoneba e wahn, cause e


Aquila my helpers in
Christ Jesus: beena hep plenty people, an e beena hep
4 Who have for my life me too.
laid down their own 3 A da tell Priscilla an Aquila hey. Dey
necks: unto whom not
only I give thanks, but beena wok fa Jedus Christ wid me.
also all the churches of 4 Dey been ready fa dead fa me sake.
the Gentiles.
Me an all de choch people wa ain Jew
5 Likewise greet the
church that is in their da tell um tankya.
house. Salute my well- 5 An A da tell de choch people wa da meet
beloved Epaenetus, who
is the firstfruits of Achaia
een dey house, hey.
unto Christ. A da tell me deah fren Epaenetus hey. E
6 Greet Mary, who be-
been de fus one fa bleebe pon Christ
stowed much labour on een de province ob Asia.
us. 6 A da tell Mary, wa beena wok haad fa
7 Salute Andronicus oona, hey.
and Junia, my kinsmen, 7 A da tell Andronicus an Junias hey. Dey
and my fellowprisoners,
who are of note among Jew people jes like me, an dey been dey
the apostles, who also een de jailhouse wid me. Dey done git
were in Christ before me.
plenty hona mongst de postle dem, an
8 Greet Amplias my dey been bleebe pon Christ fo me.
beloved in the Lord. 8 A da tell Ampliatus hey. E me deah fren
9 Salute Urbane, our een de Lawd.
helper in Christ, and 9 A da tell Urbanus hey. E a man wa da
Stachys my beloved.
10 Salute Apelles ap- wok fa Christ wid we. An A da tell me
proved in Christ. Salute deah fren Stachys hey.
them which are of
Aristobulus' household.
10 A da tell Apelles hey. E been pit ta
de test an beena show dat e true ta
11 Salute Herodion my Christ, fa sho. A da tell Aristobulus
kinsman. Greet them that fambly hey.
be of the household of 11 A da tell Herodion hey. E a Jew, jes like
Narcissus, which are in
the Lord. me.
An A da tell de bredren wa dey een
12 Salute Tryphena
and Tryphosa, who la- Narcissus house hey.
bour in the Lord. Salute 12 A da tell Tryphena an Tryphosa, dem
the beloved Persis, which
laboured much in the
ooman wa da da wok fa de Lawd, hey.
Lord. An A da tell me deah fren Persis hey. E da
wok haad fa de Lawd.
13 Salute Rufus chosen
13 A da tell Rufus hey. E a good broda een
in the Lord, and his
mother and mine. de Lawd. An A da tell Rufus modda

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Rome 16 559

hey. E beena hep me jes like A been e 14 Salute Asyncritus,


Phlegon, Hermas, Patro-
own chile. bas, Hermes, and the
14 A da tell Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, brethren which are with
Patrobas, Hermes an de oda Christian them.

bredren wa dey wid um, hey. 15 Salute Philologus,


15 A da tell Philologus, Julia, Nereus an e and Julia, Nereus, and
his sister, and Olympas,
sista, an Olympas, and all the saints which
an all God people dey wid um, hey. are with them.
16 Tell one noda hey een Christian lob.
16 Salute one another
All de people een de Christian choch dem with an holy kiss. The
wa dey yah da tell oona hey. churches of Christ salute
you.
Paul Tell de Christian Dem wa fa Do 17 Now I beseech you,
17 Me Christian bredren, A da beg oona brethren, mark them
which cause divisions
fa watch out fa dem people wa da mek and offences contrary to
oona aagy wid one noda an opsot people, the doctrine which ye
have learned; and avoid
fa mek um ton way fom God an staat fa them.
bleebe oda ting. Dey da do ting wa go ginst
wa we beena laan oona. Oona mus dohn 18 For they that are
such serve not our Lord
hab nottin fa do wid dem. 18 De people wa Jesus Christ, but their
da do dem kinda ting yah, dey ain da do de own belly; and by good
wok ob we Lawd Jedus Christ. Dey da wok words and fair speeches
deceive the hearts of the
fa sattify jes deysef. Dey got sweet mout an simple.
dey taak fine, fa ceebe de mind dem ob
19 For your obedience
people wa ain know dey da do bad. 19 All is come abroad unto all
de people beena yeh how oona da folla de men. I am glad therefore
way ob de Good Nyews wid all ya haat, an on your behalf: but yet I
would have you wise
dat mek me full op wid joy fa wa ya da do. unto that which is good,
Bot A wahn ya fa git sense fa know fa do and simple concerning
evil.
wa good, an mek ya so ya ain got nottin fa
do wid ebil. 20 An purty soon, God wa da 20 And the God of
gii we peace, gwine stroy Satan powa an peace shall bruise Satan
pit um onda ya foot. under your feet shortly.
The grace of our Lord Je-
De blessin ob we Lawd Jedus Christ be sus Christ be with you.
pon oona. Amen.
21 Timothy, wa da wok wid me, da tell
oona hey. An Lucius, Jason, an Sosipater, 21 Timotheus my
workfellow, and Lucius,
dey da tell oona hey. Dey Jew people, jes and Jason, and Sosipater,
like me. my kinsmen, salute you.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
560 Rome 16

22 I Tertius, who wrote 22 A Tertius, oona Christian broda wa


this epistle, salute you in
the Lord. da write dis letta fa Paul, A da tell oona
hey.
23 Gaius mine host, 23 Gaius da tell oona hey. A da stay een
and of the whole church,
saluteth you. Erastus the e house an all de people ob de choch da
chamberlain of the city meet een e house, too. Erastus, wa da keep
saluteth you, and Quar-
tus a brother.
de money fa de city, an we Christian broda
Quartus da tell oona hey.
24 The grace of our [24 A da pray dat de blessin ob we Lawd
Lord Jesus Christ be with
you all. Amen.
Jedus Christ be wid all ob oona. Amen.]

25 Now to him that is Paul Praise God


of power to stablish you
according to my gospel,
25 Leh we praise God! God able fa mek
and the preaching of Je- oona stan mo an mo scronga een oona fait,
sus Christ, according to
the revelation of the mys-
coddin ta de Good Nyews bout Jedus
tery, which was kept se- Christ wa A beena tell oona, an coddin ta
cret since the world wa A beena tell oona bout de true ting dem
began,
wa been hide fom people fom wen de wol
26 But now is made staat. 26 Bot now, God done mek a heapa
manifest, and by the people know dis true ting wa A beena tell
scriptures of the proph-
ets, according to the com- bout wa de prophet dem been write,
mandment of the coddin ta wa God wa da lib faeba tell me fa
everlasting God, made
known to all nations for do, so dat all people een de wol kin bleebe
the obedience of faith: an do wa e tell um fa do.
27 God an nobody else got sense een all
27 To God only wise,
be glory through Jesus
ting. Leh we praise um faeba shru Jedus
Christ for ever. Amen. Christ. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinthians

Paul Fus Letta


Ta Dem Een Corinth ,6
1
1 Corinthians

1 A Paul, wa God call fa be postle ob


1 Chapter 1
Jedus Christ cause dat wa God wahn, 1 Paul, called to be an
apostle of Jesus Christ
da write dis yah letta, long wid broda through the will of God,
Sosthenes. and Sosthenes our broth-
2 We da write ta oona, God choch dey er,
2 Unto the church of
een Corinth, oona wa Jedus Christ done God which is at Corinth,
clean op an call fa be God own people. An to them that are sancti-
we da write too ta all dem people all oba fied in Christ Jesus,
called to be saints, with
wa pray een de name ob we Lawd Jedus all that in every place call
Christ, cause e we Lawd an dey Lawd too. upon the name of Jesus
Christ our Lord, both
3 We pray fa God we Fada an we Lawd theirs and ours:
Jedus Christ bless oona an gii oona peace 3 Grace be unto you,
een oona haat. and peace, from God our
Father, and from the Lord
Jesus Christ.
De Blessin Dem wa Jedus Christ Gii 4 I thank my God al-
4 A da tell me God tankya all de time fa ways on your behalf, for
the grace of God which is
e blessin pon oona wen oona come fa be given you by Jesus
one wid Jedus Christ, 5 cause een Christ e Christ;
5 That in every thing
done mek oona rich een ebry way, een all
ye are enriched by him,
oona say an all oona ondastan een oona in all utterance, and in all
haat. 6 De Good Nyews bout Christ done knowledge;
6 Even as the testi-
come fa tek a stan een oona haat. 7 Cause
mony of Christ was con-
ob dat, oona ain gone dout none ob dem firmed in you:
blessin ob de sperit, wiles oona da wait fa 7 So that ye come be-
dat time wen de Lawd Jedus Christ gwine hind in no gift; waiting
for the coming of our
come back. 8 E gwine keep on da mek Lord Jesus Christ:
oona scrong all de way ta de end, so dat 8 Who shall also con-
God ain gwine find nottin fa condemn firm you unto the end,
that ye may be blameless
oona fa, wen dat day come wen we Lawd in the day of our Lord Je-
Jedus Christ come back. 9 Oona kin trus sus Christ.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
562 1 Corinth 1

9 God is faithful, by
God fa do all wa e promise. E done call
whom ye were called
unto the fellowship of his oona fa folla longside e Son, we Lawd
Son Jesus Christ our Jedus Christ.
Lord.
Oona Mus Gree wid One Noda
10 Now I beseech you,
brethren, by the name of Me Christian bredren, A da beg oona
10
our Lord Jesus Christ, by de tority ob de name ob we Lawd Jedus
that ye all speak the same
thing, and that there be Christ, oona all mus gree wid one noda een
no divisions among you; de way oona tink an een wa oona wahn fa
but that ye be perfectly
joined together in the do. Den dey ain gwine be nottin fa oona fa
same mind and in the spute bout. 11 A da tell oona dis, me
same judgment.
11 For it hath been de-
bredren, cause some ob de people fom
clared unto me of you, Chloe house done bring me wod say,
my brethren, by them quarrellin gwine on mongst oona. 12 Leh
which are of the house of
Chloe, that there are con- me splain wa A mean! One ob oona da say,
tentions among you. “A da do wa Paul say.” Noda da say, “A da
12 Now this I say, that do wa Apollos say.” Some oda one ob oona
every one of you saith, I
am of Paul; and I of da say, “A da do wa Cephas say.” An noda
Apollos; and I of Cephas; one da say, “A da do wa Christ say.”
and I of Christ. 13 Christ ain teah op eenta diffunt paat,
13 Is Christ divided?
was Paul crucified for ainty? A, Paul, ain been de one wa dey
you? or were ye baptized done kill pon de cross fa oona, ainty? An
in the name of Paul?
wen oona git bactize, dey ain bactize oona
14 I thank God that I
baptized none of you, but een Paul name, ainty? 14 A tank de Lawd
Crispus and Gaius; dat A ain bactize none ob oona, cep fa
15 Lest any should say Crispus an Gaius. 15 So den, dey ain
that I had baptized in nobody kin say oona been bactize een me
mine own name.
name. 16 (A done bactize Stephanas too,
16 And I baptized also
an all dem wa lib een e house. Oda den
the household of Ste-
phanas: besides, I know dat, A ain memba ef A bactize no oda
not whether I baptized poson.) 17 Christ ain sen me so A kin
any other.
bactize people. E sen me so A kin go roun
17 For Christ sent me da tell people de Good Nyews. An A ain fa
not to baptize, but to
preach the gospel: not
tell um wid purty wod. A da tell um plain,
with wisdom of words, cause A ain wahn fa tek nottin way fom de
lest the cross of Christ powa ob Christ pon de cross.
should be made of none
effect.
God Show E Powa an E Sense Shru Christ
18 For the preaching
of the cross is to them De trute bout de cross ain mek no
18
that perish foolishness; sense tall ta dem wa pon dey way fa be loss

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 1 563

faeba. Bot ta we wa God da sabe, dat show but unto us which are
saved it is the power of
de powa ob God. 19 Dey done write een God.
God Book say, 19 For it is written, I
“A gwine tek de wise wod will destroy the wisdom
of the wise, and will
ob de people dem wa nyuse bring to nothing the un-
jes dey own sense, derstanding of the
prudent.
an A gwine bring um ta nottin. 20 Where is the wise?
All de laanin dem people git fom where is the scribe?
book, A gwine chunk um out.” where is the disputer of
this world? hath not God
20 Weh dem people wa hab a heapa
made foolish the wisdom
sense? Weh de Jew Law teacha dem? Weh of this world?
dem wa kin aagy good een de wol taday? 21 For after that in the
wisdom of God the world
God done show dat all de sense dat people by wisdom knew not
got een dis wol plain foolish. God, it pleased God by
21 God mek um so dat de people ob dis the foolishness of preach-
ing to save them that
wol ain know um by dey own sense. God believe.
nyuse a foolish story fa sabe dem wa da 22 For the Jews re-
quire a sign, and the
bleebe pon um. 22 De Jew people wahn fa Greeks seek after wis-
see miracle, an dem wa ain Jew da try fa dom:
figga ting out by dey own sense. 23 Bot 23 But we preach
Christ crucified, unto the
now we da tell people bout Christ an how Jews a stumblingblock,
e done dead pon de cross. Dat bumfumble and unto the Greeks
de Jew dem, an dem wa ain Jew, dey say foolishness;

dat ain mek no sense tall. 24 Bot ta dem wa 24 But unto them
God call fa come ta um, Jew people an which are called, both
Jews and Greeks, Christ
dem wa ain Jew all two, we preach bout the power of God, and
Christ, God powa an God sense. 25 Cause the wisdom of God.
wa God do dat look like e ain mek no sense 25 Because the foolish-
een people eye, dat mek way mo sense fa ness of God is wiser than
men; and the weakness of
true den people sense. An wen people tink God is stronger than men.
God weak, eben den e got mo powa den all
26 For ye see your call-
de scrent ob man. ing, brethren, how that
26 Me Christian bredren, memba wa not many wise men after
kind ob people oona been wen God call the flesh, not many
mighty, not many noble,
oona. Ain many ob oona hab sense, coddin are called:
ta de people ob de wol. Ain many ob oona 27 But God hath cho-
hab powa. Ain many ob oona bon eenta sen the foolish things of
the world to confound
portant fambly. 27 Bot God pick wa people the wise; and God hath
een de wol tink ain mek no sense tall fa chosen the weak things

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
564 1 Corinth 1, 2

of the world to confound shame dem wa got dis wol sense. E pick
the things which are
mighty; dem wa ain got no powa tall, fa shame
28 And base things of dem wa scrong. 28 God pick dem wa
the world, and things
which are despised, hath
people hole cheap an tink dey ain wot
God chosen, yea, and nottin. God do dat fa mek wa people ob de
things which are not, to wol tink walyable mount ta nottin.
bring to nought things
that are: 29 Cause ob dis, dey ain nobody kin brag
29 That no flesh bout nottin front ob God. 30 God de one
should glory in his
presence. wa mek oona come fa be one wid Jedus
30 But of him are ye in Christ. God gii we good sense. Christ mek
Christ Jesus, who of God
is made unto us wisdom, all ting right tween we an God. E mek we
and righteousness, and come fa be God own people an set we free.
sanctification, and 31 So den, like dey write een God Book
redemption:
31 That, according as say, “Ef people wahn fa brag, leh um brag
it is written, He that bout wa de Lawd done.”
glorieth, let him glory in
the Lord.
Wa We Say bout Christ pon de Cross

2 Me Christian bredren, wen A come


Chapter 2 1
1 And I, brethren, ta oona fa tell de true wod bout God,
when I came to you, A ain neba nyuse no fine wod like A got a
came not with excellency
of speech or of wisdom, heapa laanin. 2 Cause A been mek op me
declaring unto you the mind fa taak bout nottin bot jes Jedus
testimony of God.
2 For I determined not Christ an how dey done kill um pon de
to know any thing among cross. 3 A come ta oona weak an scaid an A
you, save Jesus Christ,
and him crucified. beena tremble. 4 Wen A beena laan oona
3 And I was with you bout Jedus, A ain taak wid no sweet purty
in weakness, and in fear,
and in much trembling.
wod wa come fom jes wa people know.
4 And my speech and Stead ob dat, wen A taak bout Jedus, oona
my preaching was not come fa know fa sho dat de powa ob God
with enticing words of
man's wisdom, but in Sperit da wok een me. 5 So den oona know
demonstration of the fa sho dat oona ain trus een Jedus jes cause
Spirit and of power:
5 That your faith ob wa people know. Oona trus een Jedus
should not stand in the cause ob God powa.
wisdom of men, but in
the power of God.
6 Howbeit we speak God Own Sense
wisdom among them that
are perfect: yet not the
6 Stillyet wen we mongst people wa trus
wisdom of this world, nor een Christ, we da taak ta um wid wod wa
of the princes of this
world, that come to
hab plenty sense. We ain nyuse de kinda
nought: sense wa people ob dis wol teach, needa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 2 565

ob de leada dem wa da rule een de wol. 7 But we speak the


wisdom of God in a mys-
Dey all dem da come ta nottin. 7 Bot de tery, even the hidden wis-
kinda sense we da taak, dat God own wa e dom, which God ordained
before the world unto our
ain leh people know bout. Dat de kinda glory:
sense dat God done pick fa we glory fo e
8 Which none of the
mek de wol. 8 Ain none ob dem rula ob dis
princes of this world
wol wa been ondastan dat kinda sense, knew: for had they
cause ef dey been ondastan dat, dem rula known it, they would not
have crucified the Lord of
ain been fa nail de Lawd ob glory pon de glory.
cross. 9 Bot like dey write een God Book
9 But as it is written,
say, Eye hath not seen, nor
“Wa nobody ain neba see, ear heard, neither have
entered into the heart of
wa nobody ain neba yeh, man, the things which
wa nobody ain neba study God hath prepared for
e head bout, them that love him.

dat de ting fa true dat God been 10 But God hath re-
git ready fa dem wa lob um.” vealed them unto us by
his Spirit: for the Spirit
10 Bot God hab e Sperit show we dis yah searcheth all things, yea,
wa e ain neba show people fo now. God the deep things of God.
Sperit find out ebryting, eben all de secret 11 For what man
ting dem bout God. 11 Cause nobody ain knoweth the things of a
man, save the spirit of
know wa noda poson da tink bout eenside man which is in him?
dat poson haat. Jes dat poson own sperit even so the things of God
eenside um know dat. Same way so, knoweth no man, but the
Spirit of God.
nobody ain ondastan wa God da tink bout,
cep God own Sperit. 12 We ain got de 12 Now we have re-
ceived, not the spirit of
sperit ob de wol eenside we. We got de the world, but the spirit
Holy Sperit wa God sen we, so dat we kin which is of God; that we
might know the things
ondastan all dem ting wa God gii we. that are freely given to us
13 So den, wen we tell dem ting yah, we of God.
ain taak wid de kinda sense people laan 13 Which things also
we. We da taak dem wod dat God Sperit we speak, not in the
show we. Wen we laan people wa leh God words which man's wis-
dom teacheth, but which
Sperit rule oba um, we splain bout dem the Holy Ghost teacheth;
true ting dat de Sperit da tell we. 14 De comparing spiritual
things with spiritual.
poson wa ain got God Sperit eenside um, e
ain pay no mind ta dem ting dat God Sperit 14 But the natural man
receiveth not the things
da gii we, cause dem ting ain mek no sense of the Spirit of God: for
tall ta um. E ain able fa ondastan um, they are foolishness unto

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
566 1 Corinth 2, 3

him: neither can he know cause e God Sperit wa able fa mek people
them, because they are
spiritually discerned.
ondastan dem ting. 15 Bot de poson wa leh
God Sperit rule oba um, e able fa jedge all
15 But he that is spiri-
tual judgeth all things,
ting. Bot ain nobody kin jedge de poson
yet he himself is judged wa hab God Sperit. 16 Cause like dey write
of no man. een God Book say,
16 For who hath “Whodat kin ondastan wa de Lawd
known the mind of the da study e head bout?
Lord, that he may in-
struct him? But we have Ain nobody able fa tell um
the mind of Christ. wa fa do, ainty?”
Bot we da tink same way Christ da tink.

De People wa da Do God Wok

3 Me Christian bredren, A ain been


Chapter 3 1
1 And I, brethren, able fa taak ta oona same like A taak
could not speak unto you ta people dat leh God Sperit rule oba um. A
as unto spiritual, but as
unto carnal, even as unto been haffa taak ta oona same like A taak ta
babes in Christ. people wa leh ting een dis wol rule oba
2 I have fed you with
um, like leetle chullun wa ain ondastan
milk, and not with meat: Christ way yet. 2 E stan like A beena gii
for hitherto ye were not oona milk fa drink. A ain gii oona meat fa
able to bear it, neither yet
now are ye able. nyam, cause oona ain been ready fa dat
yet. An oona ain ready fa um eben now.
3 For ye are yet carnal: 3 Oona keep on da lib like oona leh ting ob
for whereas there is
among you envying, and dis wol rule oba oona. Oona wahn wa oda
strife, and divisions, are people got an aagy wid one noda an ain
ye not carnal, and walk
as men? gree togeda. Dat show dat oona da lib like
oona leh ting ob dis wol rule oba oona,
4 For while one saith, I ainty? Fa true oona da do jes like people
am of Paul; and another, een dis wol. 4 Some ob oona say, “A da do
I am of Apollos; are ye
not carnal? wa Paul say.” An noda say, “A da do wa
Apollos say.” Dat show fa true dat oona da
5 Who then is Paul, do jes like people ob dis wol, ainty?
and who is Apollos, but 5 Atta all, who Apollos? Who Paul? We
ministers by whom ye be-
lieved, even as the Lord jes God saabant dat beena taak bout God
gave to every man? ta oona so dat oona come fa bleebe pon
Jedus. Apollos an me, each one ob we jes
6 I have planted, Apol-
los watered; but God
da do de wok dat God gii we fa do. 6 A
gave the increase. beena plant de seed een oona haat.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 3 567

Apollos wata um. Bot God de one dat mek 7 So then neither is he
that planteth any thing,
de plant grow. 7 So den, de one wa plant neither he that watereth;
de seed an de one wa wata um, dey all two but God that giveth the
increase.
ain nottin. God de one wa count mo den
8 Now he that planteth
all, cause e da mek de plant grow. 8 De one and he that watereth are
wa plant an de one wa wata, all two wok fa one: and every man shall
receive his own reward
de same ting. An God gwine gii ebrybody e according to his own
pay fa de wok e done. 9 Cause we paatna, labour.
fa do God wok togeda. An oona stan like 9 For we are labourers
together with God: ye are
fiel dat God da wok. God's husbandry, ye are
Oona stan too like house dat God da God's building.
build. 10 God mek um so dat A been able 10 According to the
grace of God which is
fa do de wok fa be de massa builda wa got given unto me, as a wise
sense. A done pit down de solid groun. masterbuilder, I have laid
Noda poson da build pontop um. Bot ebry the foundation, and an-
other buildeth thereon.
poson mus tek cyah how e da build. But let every man take
11 Jedus Christ de onliest solid groun. Ain heed how he buildeth
thereupon.
nobody able fa pit down no oda solid
11 For other founda-
groun. 12 Now den, wen people da build tion can no man lay than
pontop dis yah solid groun, some ob um that is laid, which is Je-
sus Christ.
been nyuse gole, silba or fine stone. Oda
people kin nyuse wood, hay or straw fa 12 Now if any man
build. 13 Ebrybody gwine know de kind ob build upon this founda-
tion gold, silver, precious
wok, good or bad, dat ebrybody done wen stones, wood, hay, stub-
e beena build. Dey gwine know how ble;
people done, wen de day come wen God
13 Every man's work
gwine jedge all people. Dat gwine show
shall be made manifest:
ebrybody bout um. Cause dat de day wen for the day shall declare
de fire gwine show jes wa kind ob wok it, because it shall be re-
vealed by fire; and the
ebry poson done. Dat fire gwine test um fa fire shall try every man's
see ef e done good wok, or ef e wok bad. work of what sort it is.
14 Ef wa a poson done build pontop de
14 If any man's work
solid groun ain bun op een de fire, God abide which he hath built
gwine gim e payback fa e wok. 15 Bot ef thereupon, he shall re-
ceive a reward.
wa a poson done build git bun op een de
fire, dat poson gwine loss out. E gwine be 15 If any man's work
sabe, bot e gwine come out like somebody shall be burned, he shall
suffer loss: but he himself
wa been fa bun eenside a fire bot jes shall be saved; yet so as
haadly git out. by fire.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
568 1 Corinth 3, 4

16 Know ye not that ye 16 Fa sho, oona know dat oona God own
are the temple of God,
and that the Spirit of God house an God Sperit da lib eenside oona,
dwelleth in you? ainty dough? 17 Ef a poson stroy God own
17 If any man defile
house, God gwine stroy dat poson. Cause
the temple of God, him
shall God destroy; for the dat God own house wa blongst ta um dat
temple of God is holy, de poson stroy. An fa true, oona God own
which temple ye are.
18 Let no man deceive
house.
himself. If any man 18 Mus dohn none ob oona bleebe wa
among you seemeth to be ain true. Ef one mongst oona tink e got
wise in this world, let
him become a fool, that sense, coddin ta people ob dis wol, e mus
he may be wise. pit way e own sense an be like a fool wa
19 For the wisdom of ain mek no sense, so dat e kin git sense fa
this world is foolishness
with God. For it is writ- true. 19 Cause wa de people ob dis wol
ten, He taketh the wise in tink mek sense, dat ain mek no sense tall
their own craftiness.
een God eye. Like dey write een God Book
20 And again, The
Lord knoweth the say, “De Lawd da ketch dem wa nyuse dey
thoughts of the wise, that own sense een dis wol an trap um een dey
they are vain.
foxy way.” 20 An dey write gin say, “De
21 Therefore let no
man glory in men. For all people dat got sense jes coddin ta dis wol,
things are yours; de Lawd know dat wa dey da study bout
22 Whether Paul, or ain wot nottin.” 21 So den, ain nobody
Apollos, or Cephas, or the
world, or life, or death, or oughta brag bout wa people kin do. Ain
things present, or things nottin dat ain blongst ta oona. 22 Paul,
to come; all are yours;
Apollos, an Peter, dis wol, an life an det,
23 And ye are Christ's;
and Christ is God's. dem ting wa dey yah now an dem wa
gwine come fa be bye an bye, all dem
blongst ta oona. 23 An oona blongst ta
Christ, an Christ blongst ta God.
Chapter 4 De Postle Dem ob Christ

4
1 Let a man so account
of us, as of the ministers
People oughta know dat we Christ
1
of Christ, and stewards of saabant, an God gii we chaage fa mek
the mysteries of God.
2 Moreover it is re-
people know dem ting bout God dat
quired in stewards, that a people ain neba know. 2 An fodamo, dem
man be found faithful. wa been pit een chaage mus show dat dey
3 But with me it is a
very small thing that I gwine do wasoneba dey massa tell um fa
should be judged of you, do. 3 Now A ain warry much tall ef oona or
or of man's judgment:
yea, I judge not mine
some oda people jedge me. Fa true, A ain
own self. eben jedge mesef. 4 Een me haat A tink A

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 4 569

ain guilty ob nottin. Bot dat ain mean A 4 For I know nothing
by myself; yet am I not
ain got no fault. De Lawd, e de one wa da hereby justified: but he
jedge me. 5 So oona mus dohn jedge that judgeth me is the
Lord.
nobody fo de right time come. Oona mus 5 Therefore judge
wait til de Lawd come. E gwine bring ta nothing before the time,
light de ting dem wa dey een de daak now. until the Lord come, who
both will bring to light
E gwine mek ebrybody know wa people the hidden things of
wahn een dey haat fa do. Wen de Lawd darkness, and will make
manifest the counsels of
come, dat de time wen God gwine praise the hearts: and then shall
ebry poson coddin ta how dat poson every man have praise of
God.
oughta git praise. 6 And these things,
6 Me Christian bredren, fa oona sake, A brethren, I have in a fig-
ure transferred to myself
da taak bout Apollos an mesef fa laan oona and to Apollos for your
dat oona oughta jes folla de ting dem wa sakes; that ye might learn
been write down. Mus dohn do nottin mo. in us not to think of men
above that which is writ-
Den none ob oona ain gwine brag bout one ten, that no one of you be
poson, an ton ya back pon noda one. puffed up for one against
another.
7 Whodat mek oona mo betta den oda 7 For who maketh thee
people? God gii oona wasoneba oona got, to differ from another?
and what hast thou that
ainty? So den, ef dat so, hoccome oona da thou didst not receive?
brag an mek like God ain gii oona wa oona now if thou didst receive
it, why dost thou glory, as
got. if thou hadst not received
8 Oona tink now oona done git all oona it?
8 Now ye are full, now
need, ainty? Oona done git rich! Oona da ye are rich, ye have
lib like king, eben dough we ain been dey reigned as kings without
wid oona, ainty? A wish oona been king fa us: and I would to God ye
did reign, that we also
true, so we too kin rule longside oona. might reign with you.
9 Cause e seem ta me dat God pit we wa 9 For I think that God
postle way down low een de las place ob hath set forth us the apos-
tles last, as it were ap-
all, jes like people dat been condemn fa pointed to death: for we
dead een front ob all de oda people an de are made a spectacle
unto the world, and to
angel dem too. 10 We fool fa Christ, bot angels, and to men.
oona got sommuch sense fom Christ, 10 We are fools for
ainty? We ain got no scrent, bot oona Christ's sake, but ye are
wise in Christ; we are
scrong fa true, ainty dough? People gii weak, but ye are strong;
oona hona an pit oona way op high. Bot ye are honourable, but
dey ain gii we no hona tall! 11 Right op ta we are despised.
11 Even unto this pres-
now, we ain got nuff fa nyam an drink. We ent hour we both hunger,
ain hab nottin bot rag fa weah. People and thirst, and are naked,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
570 1 Corinth 4

and are buffeted, and keep on da beat we an mek we suffa bad.


have no certain dwelling-
place; An we jes keep on gwine fom place ta
12 And labour, work- place. 12 We da wok haad wid we own
ing with our own hands: han. Wen people hole we cheap, we bless
being reviled, we bless;
being persecuted, we suf- um. Wen dey mek we suffa, we keep on pit
fer it: op wid um. 13 Wen dey shrow slam pon
13 Being defamed, we
we, we ansa um wid good wod. Eben right
intreat: we are made as
the filth of the world, and op ta now, we ain no mo den trash ta de
are the offscouring of all people ob dis wol. Dey tink we ain wot
things unto this day.
14 I write not these
nottin tall!
things to shame you, but 14 A ain write dis yah fa mek oona
as my beloved sons I shame. A da write dis ta oona fa laan oona
warn you.
15 For though ye have
how oona oughta waak, cause oona jes
ten thousand instructors like me own chullun dat A lob. 15 Eben ef
in Christ, yet have ye not oona got a whole heapa people fa watch
many fathers: for in
Christ Jesus I have begot- out fa oona wiles oona da waak een Christ
ten you through the way, oona ain got bot jes one fada een
gospel.
Christ. A come fa be oona fada een Jedus
16 Wherefore I be-
seech you, be ye follow- Christ wen A tell oona de Good Nyews.
ers of me. 16 So den, A da beg oona fa waak wid
17 For this cause have Christ jes like A da waak wid um. 17 Dat
I sent unto you Timo-
theus, who is my beloved wa mek me sen Timothy ta oona. E jes like
son, and faithful in the me own son. A lob um, an e da do wa de
Lord, who shall bring you
into remembrance of my
Lawd tell um fa do. Timothy gwine
ways which be in Christ, memba oona bout how A da waak een de
as I teach every where in way ob life dat Jedus Christ gii me. Dat wa
every church.
18 Now some are
A laan dem een de choch ebryweh.
puffed up, as though I 18 Some ob oona been git biggity, cause
would not come to you. oona tink A ain been gwine come see oona.
19 But I will come to 19 Bot ef de Lawd say so, ain gwine be long
you shortly, if the Lord
will, and will know, not tall fo A come ta oona. Den A gwine find
the speech of them which out wa dem biggity people yah got powa
are puffed up, but the
power. fa do, an not jes wa dey da taak bout.
20 Wen God da rule een people haat, ain
20 For the kingdom of
God is not in word, but in de wod dey da taak dat matta. E God powa
power. dat matta. 21 Wa way oona wahn me fa
21 What will ye? shall I come ta oona? Oona wahn me fa come ta
come unto you with a
rod, or in love, and in the
oona wid a stick, or wid a haat ob lob an
spirit of meekness? da taak soft ta oona.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 5 571
5
,4

Mus Mek de One wa da Lib Loose Life Chapter 5


1 It is reported com-
Lef de Choch
monly that there is forni-

5 Fa true, people da tote de nyews say


1 cation among you, and
such fornication as is not
some mongst oona een de choch da so much as named among
lib loose life. An dat so bad dat eben dem the Gentiles, that one
wa ain know God ain lib dat way. A yeh should have his father's
wife.
say one man da sleep wid e step-modda 2 And ye are puffed up,
dey! 2 Stillyet, oona biggity down! Stead and have not rather
mourned, that he that
ob dat, oona oughta be too saary, ainty? hath done this deed
Oona oughta mek de man wa lib like dat might be taken away
from among you.
lef fom mongst oona. 3 Eben dough A ain 3 For I verily, as absent
dey close ta oona een me body, me haat in body, but present in
spirit, have judged al-
dey wid oona. Same like A been day wid ready, as though I were
oona, A done jedge de man 4 een de name present, concerning him
ob de Lawd wa do dis. Wen oona geda that hath so done this
deed,
togeda an me haat dey wid oona, wid de 4 In the name of our
powa ob we Lawd Jedus, 5 den oona mus Lord Jesus Christ, when
ye are gathered together,
han dat man yah oba ta Satan fa stroy um and my spirit, with the
so dat man sperit kin be sabe een de day power of our Lord Jesus
Christ,
wen de Lawd gwine come back. 5 To deliver such an
6 Ain right fa oona brag so! Oona know one unto Satan for the de-
struction of the flesh, that
wa dey say, ainty? “Jes a leeleetle bit ob the spirit may be saved in
yeast da mek all de bread dough rise.” the day of the Lord Jesus.
7 Oona mus git rid ob dat ole yeast. Den 6 Your glorying is not
good. Know ye not that a
oona kin be all clean like a nyew lump ob little leaven leaveneth
bread dough wa ain got no yeast een um, the whole lump?
7 Purge out therefore
an A know dat how oona stan fa true. the old leaven, that ye
Cause Christ de lamb dat dey done may be a new lump, as ye
are unleavened. For even
sacrifice fa we Passoba. 8 We ain oughta Christ our passover is
hab de Passoba feas wid sin an ebil een we sacrificed for us:
8 Therefore let us keep
life. Dat like de bread dat got ole yeast een the feast, not with old
um. We oughta hab de feas wid we clean leaven, neither with the
an true life wa like bread dat ain got no leaven of malice and
wickedness; but with the
yeast een um. unleavened bread of sin-
9 A done write een me letta ta oona, dat cerity and truth.
9 I wrote unto you in
oona mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid an epistle not to company
people dat lib loose life. 10 A ain mean de with fornicators:
10 Yet not altogether
people ob dis wol dat ain know God wa lib with the fornicators of
loose life, or wa got de big eye, or dem wa this world, or with the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
572 1 Corinth 5, 6

covetous, or extortioners, da tief, or wa da woshup idol. Ef oona ain


or with idolaters; for then
must ye needs go out of been wahn fa hab nottin fa do wid all dem
the world. people, oona haffa jes git outta dis wol fa
11 But now I have
written unto you not to sho. 11 Bot now A da write oona fa splain
keep company, if any dat oona mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid
man that is called a
brother be a fornicator,
nobody dat call esef Christian broda,
or covetous, or an idola- stillyet e da lib loose life, or e got de big
ter, or a railer, or a eye, or e da woshup idol, or e da taak bad
drunkard, or an extor-
tioner; with such an one bout people, or e a dronka, or e da tief.
no not to eat.
12 For what have I to
Oona ain oughta eben sit down fa nyam
do to judge them also wid nobody wa do dem ting.
that are without? do not 12 Ain none ob me bidness fa jedge
ye judge them that are
within? people wa ain eenside de choch. Bot oona
13 But them that are oughta jedge dem wa eenside de choch
without God judgeth.
Therefore put away from
wid oona, ainty? 13 God gwine jedge dem
among yourselves that outside de choch. Like dey write een God
wicked person. Book say, “Oona mus mek de ebil man lef
fom mongst oona.”

Chapter 6 Mus Dohn Cyaa Ya Christian Broda


1 Dare any of you, hav- ta Court

6
ing a matter against an- Ef one ob oona got aught ginst ya
1
other, go to law before
the unjust, and not before Christian broda, mus dohn cyaa um ta
the saints?
2 Do ye not know that
court ta de jedge wa ain know God. Stead
the saints shall judge the ob dat, leh God people handle de case.
world? and if the 2 Ain oona know dat de time da come wen
world shall be judged by
you, are ye unworthy to God people gwine jedge de whole wol? So
judge the smallest mat- den, ef oona gwine jedge de whole wol, fa
ters?
3 Know ye not that we sho, oona able fa jedge de leetle case yah.
shall judge angels? how 3 Ain oona know dat we gwine jedge
much more things that angel? Well den, ef we gwine jedge angel,
pertain to this life?
4 If then ye have judg- we oughta be way mo able fa jedge dem
ments of things pertain- case een dis life yah! 4 So ef oona haffa
ing to this life, set them
to judge who are least es- hab susha case, oona ain gwine tek um fa
teemed in the church. be jedge front ob people dat ain got no
5 I speak to your
shame. Is it so, that there standin een de choch, ainty? 5 A say dis fa
is not a wise man among mek oona shame! Oona ain gwine tell me
you? no, not one that
shall be able to judge be-
dat dey ain none mongst oona dat got
tween his brethren? sense fa jedge de case wen oona Christian

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 6 573

6 But brother goeth to


bredren got aught ginst one noda. 6 Stead
law with brother, and
ob leh God people handle de case, bredren that before the unbe-l
da tek one noda an cyaa um ta court. E da ievers.
leh dem wa ain bleebe God jedge de case
fa um! 7 Now therefore there
7 Wen oona cyaa um ta court fa settle is utterly a fault among
you, because ye go to law
aught mongst oonasef, dat show oona ain one with another. Why
da waak right wid God tall. Ain e betta fa do ye not rather take
wrong? why do ye not
leh oda people do ya bad? Ain e betta fa rather suffer yourselves to
leh um tek ya propaty? 8 Stead ob dat, be defrauded?
oona da do oona Christian broda bad.
Oona da tek one noda propaty. Oona da do 8 Nay, ye do wrong,
dis ting yah ta oona own Christian and defraud, and that
your brethren.
bredren!
9 Ain oona know dat none ob dem wa
lib wickity life ain gwine lib weh God da 9 Know ye not that the
unrighteous shall not in-
rule. Mus dohn fool oonasef. People wa da herit the kingdom of
lib loose life, dem wa da woshup idol dem, God? Be not deceived:
dem people wa ron roun on dey husban or neither fornicators, nor
idolaters, nor adulterers,
dey wife, an dem man wa sleep wid oda nor effeminate, nor abus-
man, dey ain gwine lib weh God da rule. ers of themselves with
mankind,
10 People wa got light han, dem wid de
long eye, dem wa dronka, dem wa da ron
dey mout da taak bad bout oda people, an 10 Nor thieves, nor
dem wa da tief, ain none ob dem gwine lib covetous, nor drunkards,
nor revilers, nor extor-
weh God da rule needa. 11 Some ob oona tioners, shall inherit the
nyuse fa be like dem people yah. Bot een kingdom of God.
de name ob de Lawd Jedus Christ an een
de Sperit ob we God, oona sin done been
wash way. Oona been set side fa be God 11 And such were
some of you: but ye are
own people. Ebryting done been mek right washed, but ye are sanc-
tween oona an God. tified, but ye are justified
in the name of the Lord
Jesus, and by the Spirit of
Nyuse Oona Body fa God Glory our God.
12 People say, “A free fa do wasoneba A
wahn. Ain no law fa stop me.” Bot ain all
ting wa ya kin do, ton out fa be good fa ya. 12 All things are lawful
unto me, but all things
A kin say, “A free fa do wasoneba A wahn. are not expedient: all
Ain no law fa stop me.” Bot A ain gwine things are lawful for me,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
574 1 Corinth 6, 7

but I will not be brought leh nottin wa A do mek me a slabe, so dat


under the power of any.
13 Meats for the belly, A cyahn stop do um. 13 Oda people kin
and the belly for meats: say, “Food fa de stomach, an de stomach fa
but God shall destroy
both it and them. Now
food.” Dat true, bot God gwine stroy all
the body is not for forni- two ob dem. De Lawd ain mek people
cation, but for the Lord; body fa lib loose life. E mek people body so
and the Lord for the
body. dat dey kin saab um. An de Lawd, e de one
14 And God hath both
wa gii people ebryting wa good fa dey
raised up the Lord, and
will also raise up us by body. 14 Wid e powa God done mek de
his own power. Lawd git op fom mongst de dead people an
15 Know ye not that
your bodies are the mem- lib gin. An e powa gwine mek we lib gin
bers of Christ? shall I too.
then take the members of 15 Fa true, oona know dat oona body
Christ, and make them
the members of an har- dem ebry one a paat ob Christ body, ain
lot? God forbid. dat so? A gwine tek one paat ob Christ
16 What? know ye not
that he which is joined to body an mek um paat ob de body ob a
an harlot is one body? for loose ooman? Dat mus dohn happen!
two, saith he, shall be
one flesh. 16 Oona know dat wen a man jine e body
17 But he that is joined ta a loose ooman, e an de ooman all one
unto the Lord is one
spirit. body, ainty? Dey write een God Book say,
18 Flee fornication. “De two ob um, wen dey lay down wid one
Every sin that a man
doeth is without the
noda, gwine be one body.” 17 Bot wen
body; but he that com- people bleebe an jine deysef ta de Lawd,
mitteth fornication sin- den dey one sperit wid de Lawd.
neth against his own
body. 18 Oona mus dohn lib loose life. All de
19 What? know ye not
oda sin dat people do, dey ain go ginst dey
that your body is the tem-
ple of the Holy Ghost own body. Bot wen people lib loose life,
which is in you, which ye dey da sin ginst dey own body. 19 Ain
have of God, and ye are
not your own? oona know dat oona body God House, weh
20 For ye are bought de Holy Sperit da lib dey dey eenside
with a price: therefore
glorify God in your body,
oona? Oona ain blongst ta oona own sef.
and in your spirit, which Oona blongst ta God. 20 God done pay de
are God's. price fa oona. So den, oona oughta nyuse
oona body fa gii hona ta God.
7
,6

Chapter 7
1 Now concerning the
Paul Wod bout Marry Bidness

7 Now den, A gwine deal wid dem


things whereof ye wrote 1
unto me: It is good for a
man not to touch a ting oona done write bout een oona
woman. letta. Dis yah wa A da say.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 7 575

Ef a man ain git marry, dat good. 2 Bot 2 Nevertheless, to


avoid fornication, let ev-
cause dey sommuch loose life all roun, ery man have his own
wife, and let every
ebry man oughta hab e own wife an ebry woman have her own
ooman oughta hab e own husban. 3 De husband.
3 Let the husband ren-
man wa marry oughta sattify e wife. Same der unto the wife due be-
fashion, de marry ooman oughta sattify e nevolence: and likewise
also the wife unto the
husban. 4 De wife ain hab no right fa say husband.
no ta e husban. E body blongst ta e husban. 4 The wife hath not
Same way so, de husban ain hab no right power of her own body,
but the husband: and
fa say no ta e wife. E body blongst ta e likewise also the husband
wife. 5 Mus dohn hole yasef back fom one hath not power of his
own body, but the wife.
noda, cep wen oona gree togeda fa do dat 5 Defraud ye not one
jes fa a wile so dat oona kin spen de time fa the other, except it be
with consent for a time,
pray ta God. Soon as dat time oba, go back that ye may give your-
an be wid one noda de way husban an wife selves to fasting and
prayer; and come to-
do. Dat way, oona ain gii Satan no room fa gether again, that Satan
tempt oona cause oona ain able fa tek tempt you not for your
chaage ob oonasef. incontinency.
6 But I speak this by
6 A ain say oona haffa do dis. A jes da permission, and not of
tell oona how A tink e good fa do um. 7 A commandment.
7 For I would that all
wish all ob oona been jes like me. Bot men were even as I my-
ebrybody hab dey own special gif fom self. But every man hath
his proper gift of God,
God. One got dis kind, an noda got sompin one after this manner,
diffunt. and another after that.
8 I say therefore to the
8 Now A da say dis yah ta oona wa ain
unmarried and widows,
marry, an ta de wida ooman dem. E good It is good for them if they
ef oona ain git marry, same like A ain abide even as I.
9 But if they cannot
marry. 9 Bot ef oona ain able fa do dout contain, let them marry:
somebody, oona oughta git marry. E betta for it is better to marry
than to burn.
fa git marry den fa bun. 10 And unto the mar-
10 Now A say dis yah ta oona wa marry. ried I command, yet not I,
but the Lord, Let not
Dis ain jes me da taak. Dis a chaage fom de the wife depart from her
Lawd. A marry ooman mus dohn lef e husband:
11 But and if she de-
husban. 11 Bot ef e do lef um, e mus dohn part, let her remain un-
git marry gin. Odawise, e oughta go back married, or be reconciled
to her husband: and let
ta e husban. An de husban mus dohn not the husband put
away his wife.
worce e wife.
12 But to the rest speak
12 Now A say dis ta de oda res ob oona.
I, not the Lord: If any
Dis yah fom me, e ain fom de Lawd. Ef a brother hath a wife that

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
576 1 Corinth 7

believeth not, and she be man wa bleebe hab wife wa ain bleebe pon
pleased to dwell with
him, let him not put her
de Lawd, an de wife gree fa keep on da lib
away. wid um, de man mus dohn worce e wife.
13 And the woman
13 Same way so, ef a ooman wa bleebe hab
which hath an husband
that believeth not, and if husban wa ain bleebe, an de husban gree
he be pleased to dwell fa keep on da lib wid um, de ooman mus
with her, let her not leave
him. dohn worce e husban. 14 Cause de husban
14 For the unbelieving wa ain bleebe done come fa be one wid e
husband is sanctified by
the wife, and the unbe- wife, so God gwine tek de husban like one
lieving wife is sanctified ob e own. An cause de wife wa ain bleebe
by the husband: else
were your children un-
done come fa be one wid e husban, God
clean; but now are they gwine tek de wife like one ob e own. Ef dat
holy. ain been so, dey chullun ain gwine be fit fa
15 But if the unbeliev-
ing depart, let him de- God. Bot de way e stan, dey fit fa God.
part. A brother or a sister 15 Bot ef de husban or de wife wa ain
is not under bondage in
such cases: but God hath bleebe wahn fa lef um, leh um lef um. Wen
called us to peace. dat happen, de husban or wife wa bleebe,
16 For what knowest
thou, O wife, whether e free fa go e own way. God call we fa hab
thou shalt save thy hus- peace. 16 Wife, how ya gwine know ya ain
band? or how knowest
thou, O man, whether
gwine sabe ya husban? Husban, how ya
thou shalt save thy wife? gwine know ya ain gwine sabe ya wife?
17 But as God hath dis-
tributed to every man, as
the Lord hath called ev- De Way Oona Oughta Waak wid God
ery one, so let him walk.
And so ordain I in all 17 Ebrybody oughta lib e life de same
churches.
18 Is any man called way dat de Lawd mek fa um, like e been
being circumcised? let wen God call um. Dis de chaage A gii een
him not become uncir-
cumcised. Is any called all de choch dem. 18 Ef a man done been
in uncircumcision? let circumcise wen God call um, e ain oughta
him not be circumcised.
19 Circumcision is tek way de maak dat show e circumcise. Ef
nothing, and uncircum- a man ain been circumcise wen God call
cision is nothing, but the
keeping of the command- um, e ain oughta hab um circumcise um.
ments of God. 19 Ef a man circumcise or ef e ain
20 Let every man abide
in the same calling
circumcise, dat ain mean nottin. Wen ya
wherein he was called. da do wa God say, dat wa count mo den
21 Art thou called be-
all. 20 Ebrybody oughta keep on de same
ing a servant? care not for
it: but if thou mayest be way e been wen God call um. 21 Ef ya been
made free, use it rather. a slabe wen God call ya, mus dohn leh dat
22 For he that is called
in the Lord, being a ser-
trouble ya. Bot ef ya git de chance fa be
vant, is the Lord's free free, tek um. 22 Cause whosoneba been a

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 7 577

slabe wen de Lawd call um, e de Lawd free man: likewise also he
that is called, being free,
poson. Same way so, whosoneba been a is Christ's servant.
free poson wen de Lawd call um, e Christ 23 Ye are bought with
slabe. 23 God done buy oona. E done pay a price; be not ye the ser-
vants of men.
fa oona wen Christ dead pon de cross. So 24 Brethren, let every
now oona e slabe. Mus dohn leh nottin ob man, wherein he is
dis wol mek oona come fa be slabe ob oda called, therein abide with
God.
people. 24 Me Christian bredren, ebry one 25 Now concerning
ob oona oughta waak wid God de same virgins I have no com-
way ya been wen God call ya. mandment of the Lord:
yet I give my judgment,
as one that hath obtained
Wod fa Dem wa Ain Marry mercy of the Lord to be
faithful.
25 Now A say dis yah bout dem wa ain
26 I suppose therefore
marry yet. God ain gii me no rule bout um, that this is good for the
bot A da tell oona wa A jedge fa be right. present distress, I say,
that it is good for a man
An God wa show mussy ta me gii me sense, so to be.
so dat wen A da taak, people kin bleebe wa
27 Art thou bound
A tell um. unto a wife? seek not to
26 Cause ob de trouble time now, A tink be loosed. Art thou
loosed from a wife? seek
e mo betta fa ebrybody fa stay same like e not a wife.
been. 27 Ef ya hab a wife, ya ain oughta try
28 But and if thou
fa git rid ob um. Ef ya ain marry, oona ain marry, thou hast not
oughta go da look fa a wife. 28 Bot ef a sinned; and if a virgin
man wa ain marry git marry, dat ain no marry, she hath not
sinned. Nevertheless
sin. An ef a ooman wa ain know no man git such shall have trouble in
marry, dat ain no sin. Bot dem wa marry the flesh: but I spare you.
gwine hab a whole heapa trouble een dis 29 But this I say, breth-
life. A ain wahn oona fa haffa suffa dem ren, the time is short: it
remaineth, that both they
trouble. 29 Me Christian bredren, A mean that have wives be as
fa say dey ain much time lef. Fom now on, though they had none;
leh de man dem wa hab wife lib same like 30 And they that weep,
dem wa ain hab no wife. 30 Leh dem wa da as though they wept not;
weep an wail lib like dey ain sad. Leh dem and they that rejoice, as
though they rejoiced not;
wa da rejaice lib like dey ain da rejaice. An and they that buy, as
leh dem wa da buy ting lib like dey ain hab though they possessed
not;
dem ting. 31 Dem wa hab bidness wid ting
een dis wol ain oughta spen all dey time 31 And they that use
this world, as not abusing
pon um. Cause dis wol like we shim, e da it: for the fashion of this
pass way. world passeth away.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
578 1 Corinth 7

32 But I would have 32 A ain wahn oona fa hab no warry. A


you without carefulness.
He that is unmarried man wa ain marry, e consaan wid de Lawd
careth for the things that
belong to the Lord, how wok, how e kin please de Lawd. 33 Bot a
he may please the Lord:
33 But he that is mar-
marry man consaan esef wid ting ob dis
ried careth for the things wol, how e kin please e wife. 34 So e hab
that are of the world, two ting dat consaan um all de time. A
how he may please his
wife. wida ooman or a ooman wa ain neba know
34 There is difference
also between a wife and a no man, dey consaan wid de Lawd wok,
virgin. The unmarried
woman careth for the
cause dey wahn all wa dey da do wid dey
things of the Lord, that body, an all wa dey tink, mek um fa God.
she may be holy both in
body and in spirit: but Bot a marry ooman consaan wid ting ob
she that is married careth dis wol, how e kin please e husban.
for the things of the
world, how she may 35 A da tell oona dis fa hep oona. A ain
please her husband. da try fa stop oona fom de ting oona wahn
35 And this I speak for
your own profit; not that fa do. A wahn oona fa lib een de right way
I may cast a snare upon
you, but for that which is an dohn leh nottin stop oona da wok fa de
comely, and that ye may
attend upon the Lord
Lawd wid all oona haat.
without distraction. 36 Now A say dis yah bout de man wa
36 But if any man
think that he behaveth gage fa marry a ooman bot e ain know wa
himself uncomely toward fa do. Ef de man tink e ain da do wa right
his virgin, if she pass the
flower of her age, and fa e ooman, ef e ain haadly able fa tek
need so require, let him chaage ob esef, den dey oughta git marry,
do what he will, he
sinneth not: let them like e wahn fa do. Dat ain no sin. 37 Bot ef
marry.
37 Nevertheless he e ain haffa, ef e able fa tek chaage ob esef
that standeth stedfast in
his heart, having no ne-
an e done mek op e mind dat e ain gwine
cessity, but hath power git marry ta de ooman, den dis man da do
over his own will, and
hath so decreed in his de right ting too. 38 So den, de man wa git
heart that he will keep marry ta e ooman, e da do right. Bot de
his virgin, doeth well.
38 So then he that giv- man wa ain git marry, e gwine do mo
eth her in marriage doeth betta.
well; but he that giveth
her not in marriage doeth 39 A marry ooman ain free fom e
better. husban long as e still da lib. Bot ef e
39 The wife is bound
by the law as long as her husban done dead, de ooman free fa git
husband liveth; but if her
husband be dead, she is marry ta wasoneba man e wahn, long as
at liberty to be married to
whom she will; only in
dat man blongst ta de Lawd. 40 Bot A tink
the Lord. dat ooman gwine be mo heppy ef e stay
40 But she is happier if
she so abide, after my same like e da, mo den ef e git marry gin.
judgment: and I think An A bleebe dat God Sperit da hep me wen
also that I have the Spirit
of God. A say dis.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 8 579

Paul Wod bout Food dat People Chapter 8


Done Sacrifice ta Idol 1 Now as touching
things offered unto idols,

8 Now dis yah wa A da say bout food


1 we know that we all have
dat people done sacrifice ta idol. Dat knowledge. Knowledge
puffeth up, but charity
true wa dey say, we all know a heapa ting. edifieth.
An wen people tink dey know sompin, dey 2 And if any man think
git de big head. Bot wen we lob one noda, that he knoweth any
thing, he knoweth
we hep one noda waak wid God mo betta. nothing yet as he ought to
2 Ef somebody tink e know sompin, dat know.
3 But if any man love
show e ain know nottin yet. 3 Bot ef God, the same is known of
somebody lob God, God know dat poson. him.
4 Now den, we spose fa nyam food dat 4 As concerning there-
people done sacrifice ta idol? We know dat fore the eating of those
things that are offered in
idol ain no god tall. We know dat dey ain sacrifice unto idols, we
no oda god cep de one God. 5 Eben ef dey know that an idol is noth-
ing in the world, and that
sompin een heaben an een dis wol wa there is none other God but
people da call “god,” an eben dough dey one.
plenty ob dem “god” an plenty ob dem 5 For though there be
that are called gods,
“lawd,” 6 stillyet, we know dat fa we dey whether in heaven or in
jes one God, we Fada. All ting come fom earth, (as there be gods
many, and lords many,)
God an we lib fa um. An we know dat dey
6 But to us there is but
jes one Lawd, Jedus Christ. God we Fada one God, the Father, of
hab Christ mek all ting, an Christ da gii we whom are all things, and
life. we in him; and one Lord
Jesus Christ, by whom are
7 Bot ain all people know dis. Some all things, and we by him.
people wa nyuse fa bleebe een idol, now 7 Howbeit there is not in
wen dey da nyam food dat done been every man that knowl-
edge: for some with con-
sacrifice ta idol, dey tink dat food stillyet science of the idol unto
blongst ta idol. Dey ain bleebe scrong nuff this hour eat it as a thing
een Christ een dey haat yet. So dey tink offered unto an idol; and
their conscience being
dey da do wa ain right wen dey nyam dat weak is defiled.
food. 8 Bot food ain mek we no betta een 8 But meat commend-
God eye. We ain got nottin fa loss wid God eth us not to God: for nei-
ther, if we eat, are we the
ef we ain nyam um. An we ain got nottin fa better; neither, if we eat
gain ef we nyam um needa. not, are we the worse.
9 Bot oona mus tek cyah. Mus mek sho 9 But take heed lest by
dat jes cause oona free, oona ain gwine any means this liberty of
yours become a stum-
mek oona Christian bredren sin ef dey ain blingblock to them that
know fa sho yet wa ting right. 10 Spose are weak.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
580 1 Corinth 8, 9

10 For if any man see somebody wa ain know yet wa ting right
thee which hast knowl-
edge sit at meat in the bout dis, e see one ob oona wa know wa
idol's temple, shall not right, da nyam food eenside de house weh
the conscience of him
which is weak be embold-
people woshup idol? Wen e see ya, e gwine
ened to eat those things tink e kin nyam de food wa done been
which are offered to sacrifice ta idol, ainty? 11 So den, dis ting
idols;
11 And through thy ya know gwine stroy de oda broda Christ
knowledge shall the weak done dead fa, cause e ain know no betta
brother perish, for whom
Christ died? yet. 12 Wen ya do dat, ya da sin ginst ya
12 But when ye sin so Christian broda, an ya da hut um cause ya
against the brethren, and
wound their weak con- courage um fa do wa e ain know right fa
science, ye sin against do. Dat mean ya da sin ginst Christ. 13 So
Christ.
13 Wherefore, if meat
den, ef wa A nyam gwine mek me
make my brother to of- Christian broda fall eenta sin, A ain neba
fend, I will eat no flesh gwine nyam no mo ob dat meat. Cause A
while the world stan-
deth, lest I make my ain wahn fa be sponsable fa mek me broda
brother to offend. fall eenta sin.
Chapter 9 De Right wa a Postle Hab

9
1 Am I not an apostle?
Ain A a free man? Ain A a postle?
1
am I not free? have I not
seen Jesus Christ our Ain A done see Jedus we Lawd wid
Lord? are not ye my work me own eye? An fa true, cause ob me wok
in the Lord?
2 If I be not an apostle as a postle, oona come fa be one wid de
unto others, yet doubtless Lawd, ainty dough? 2 Eben ef oda people
I am to you: for the seal of
mine apostleship are ye ain tink A a postle fa sho, A a postle ta
in the Lord. oona! Cause ob de way oona da waak wid
3 Mine answer to them
that do examine me is de Lawd, oona show dat fa true A a postle.
this, 3 Wen people quizzit me, da say A ain
4 Have we not power
to eat and to drink? da do right, dis yah wa A kin ansa um. 4 Fa
5 Have we not power true, we got de right fa tek food an drink,
to lead about a sister, a ainty? 5 Ain we got de right fa hab a wife
wife, as well as other
apostles, and as the breth- long wid we wen we da trabel, same like
ren of the Lord, and de oda postle dem an de Lawd broda dem
Cephas?
6 Or I only and Barna- an Peter da do? 6 Ya da say Barnabas an
bas, have not we power to me, jes we two haffa keep on da wok fa we
forbear working?
7 Who goeth a warfare libin, same time we da wok fa de Lawd?
any time at his own 7 Ain no sodja wa haffa pay e own way,
charges? who planteth a
vineyard, and eateth not
ainty? Ain no faama wa plant grape wine
of the fruit thereof? or an den ain nyam none ob de grape ob dat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 9 581

wine. An ain nobody wa mind sheep dat who feedeth a flock, and
eateth not of the milk of
ain git none ob de sheep milk, ainty the flock?
dough? 8 Say I these things as
8 A ain tink dem ting outta me own a man? or saith not the
law the same also?
head, cause de Law dat God gii Moses say 9 For it is written in
de same ting. 9 Dey write een de Law dat the law of Moses, Thou
God gii Moses say, “Mus dohn tie op de ox shalt not muzzle the
mouth of the ox that
mout so e ain able fa nyam wiles e da tread treadeth out the corn.
out de grain.” Now den, ain fa sake ob dem Doth God take care for
oxen?
ox dat God say dat, ainty? 10 Fa sho, God
10 Or saith he it alto-
mean we wen e say dat, ainty dough? Dey gether for our sakes? For
done write dat fa we sake. Cause de our sakes, no doubt, this
plowman wa da plow de groun an de one is written: that he that
ploweth should plow in
wa da geda de haabis, all two dem oughta hope; and that he that
do dey wok wid de hope dat dey gwine git thresheth in hope should
be partaker of his hope.
dey paat ob dat haabis. 11 We beena plant 11 If we have sown
God seed een oona haat. Ef we git haabis unto you spiritual things,
fom oona ob dem ting dat we body need fa is it a great thing if we
shall reap your carnal
lib, dat ain tommuch, ainty? 12 Ef oda things?
people got a right fa tink oona gwine gim 12 If others be partak-
dem ting dey body need, ain we got a right ers of this power over
you, are not we rather?
eben mo den dem? Nevertheless we have not
Stillyet, we ain mek nyuse ob we right. used this power; but suf-
fer all things, lest we
Stead ob dat, we pit op wid all kind ob ting should hinder the gospel
so dat nottin ain gwine stop de Good of Christ.
Nyews bout Christ. 13 Fa sho, oona know 13 Do ye not know that
they which minister
dat dem wa da wok een God House git dey about holy things live of
ration fom dey wok een God House. An the things of the temple?
and they which wait at
dem wa mek animal sacrifice pon de alta the altar are partakers
een God House git dey paat ob de meat wa with the altar?
dey da sacrifice. 14 Same way so, de Lawd 14 Even so hath the
chaage we, say dem wa da preach de Good Lord ordained that they
which preach the gospel
Nyews bout Christ, dey oughta git wa dey should live of the gospel.
need fa lib cause ob de wok dey da do. 15 But I have used
15 Bot A ain neba aks nobody fa gii me none of these things: nei-
ther have I written these
none ob dem good ting wa A got a right fa things, that it should be
hab. An A ain da write dis letta ta oona so done unto me: for it
were better for me to die,
cause A da look fa dem ting fom oona now. than that any man should
A ain gwine leh nobody tek way me right make my glorying void.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
582 1 Corinth 9

16 For though I preach fa brag bout dis. Fo A do dat, leh me dead.


the gospel, I have noth- 16 Stillyet, wen A da preach de Good
ing to glory of: for neces-
sity is laid upon me; yea, Nyews bout Jedus Christ, A ain got no
woe is unto me, if I
preach not the gospel!
right fa brag. A haffa do dat. E gwine be
17 For if I do this thing too bad fa me ef A ain tell de Good Nyews
willingly, I have a re- ebryweh. 17 Ef A da do me wok cause A
ward: but if against my
will, a dispensation of the
wahn fa do um, den A got me payback. Bot
gospel is committed unto ef A do me wok cause A haffa do um, A jes
me. do um cause God gii me dis wok fa do.
18 What is my reward
18 So den, wa me payback? Dis me
then? Verily that, when I
preach the gospel, I may payback: A able fa preach de Good Nyews
make the gospel of Christ dout pay. Wen A do dat, A ain aks fa all
without charge, that I
abuse not my power in dem ting wa A got a right fa aks fa. 19 A a
the gospel. free man. A ain blongst ta no man. Stillyet,
19 For though I be free
A mek mesef a slabe ta ebrybody, so dat A
from all men, yet have I
made myself servant gwine bring all dem wa A kin bring ta
unto all, that I might gain Christ. 20 Wen A da wok wid Jew people,
the more.
20 And unto the Jews I
A da lib same fashion like dem Jew, so dat
became as a Jew, that I A kin bring um ta Christ. An eben dough A
might gain the Jews; to ain haffa lib coddin ta de Law dat God gii
them that are under the
law, as under the law, Moses, A lib coddin ta dat Law, so dat A
that I might gain them kin bring dem ta Christ. 21 Same fashion,
that are under the law;
wen A da wok wid people wa ain lib
21 To them that are
coddin ta de Jew Law, A da lib like A ain
without law, as without
law, (being not without onda de Jew Law, so dat A kin bring dem
law to God, but under the ta Christ. A ain mean fa say A ain do wa
law to Christ,) that I
might gain them that are God Law say, cause fa true A da lib onda
without law. Christ Law. 22 Ta dem wa ain gone faa yet
22 To the weak be- wid Christ, A kin mek like A too ain gone
came I as weak, that I faa yet, so dat A kin hep dem go mo faa. So
might gain the weak: I
am made all things to all
coddin ta how all people da lib, A change
men, that I might by all how A lib, fa find all kind ob way A kin fa
means save some. sabe some ob dem people.
23 And this I do for the 23 A da do all dis so dat de Good Nyews
gospel's sake, that I kin spread all oba, an A kin hab me paat ob
might be partaker thereof
with you. de blessin dat de Good Nyews da bring.
24 Oona know fa true dat ob all de people
24 Know ye not that
they which run in a race wa da ron een a race, jes one ob um kin
run all, but one receiveth win de prize, ainty? Same way so, oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 9, 10 583

too oughta ron een susha way dat oona the prize? So run, that ye
gwine win de prize. 25 Ebrybody wa da may obtain.
25 And every man that
ron een a race gwine do all dey kin do fa striveth for the mastery is
mek dey body fit, so dey able fa ron mo temperate in all things.
Now they do it to obtain a
betta. Dey do all dat fa git a crown pon dey corruptible crown; but
head dat ain gwine las long. Bot we gwine we an incorruptible.
26 I therefore so run,
git a crown dat las faeba. 26 Well den, A da not as uncertainly; so
pit all me haat eenta de race. A ain da do fight I, not as one that
beateth the air:
like a boxa man wa ain neba hit de one e 27 But I keep under my
da fight ginst. 27 A treat me body rough, A body, and bring it into
da do all dem ting wa mek me able fa tek subjection: lest that by
any means, when I have
chaage ob me body. A da do dat so dat God preached to others, I my-
ain neba gwine tell me dat atta A done self should be a casta-
way.
preach de Good Nyews ta people all oba, A
ain fit fa win de prize.
Chapter 10
Paul Waan Dem een Corinth 1 Moreover, brethren,
I would not that ye

10 Me Christian bredren, A wahn fa


1 should be ignorant, how
mek oona memba wa happen ta that all our fathers were
under the cloud, and all
we ole people. De cloud been dey oba um passed through the sea;
fa protec um an dey all pass shru de sea. 2 And were all bap-
2 Onda dat cloud an shru de wata ob de tized unto Moses in the
cloud and in the sea;
sea, dey all come fa be bactize one wid 3 And did all eat the
Moses. 3 Dey all beena nyam de same food same spiritual meat;
4 And did all drink the
wa come fom God. 4 An dey all beena same spiritual drink: for
drink de same drink wa God gim. Cause they drank of that spiri-
tual Rock that followed
God own rock gone long wid um, an dey them: and that Rock was
beena git dey drink fom dat. Dat rock dey Christ.
5 But with many of
been Christ. 5 Stillyet, mos all ob um ain them God was not well
please God, so de time come wen dey dead pleased: for they were
overthrown in the wild-
body been scatta een de desat. erness.
6 Now den, dem ting yah happen fa 6 Now these things
waan we dat we ain oughta pit we haat were our examples, to the
intent we should not lust
pon ebil ting, like we ole people done. after evil things, as they
7 We mus dohn woshup idol like some also lusted.
7 Neither be ye idola-
dem beena do. Like dey write een God ters, as were some of
Book say, “De people been seddown fa them; as it is written, The
people sat down to eat
nyam an drink, an dey git op fa dance.” and drink, and rose up to
8 We mus dohn lib loose life, like some play.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
584 1 Corinth 10

8 Neither let us com- dem people done. An twenty-shree tousan


mit fornication, as some
of them committed, and ob um done dead een one day. 9 We mus
fell in one day three and dohn try de Lawd, like some ob dem done,
twenty thousand.
9 Neither let us tempt an snake bite um an dey dead. 10 An we
Christ, as some of them mus dohn grumble, like some ob dem
also tempted, and were people beena do, an de Det Angel kill um.
destroyed of serpents.
10 Neither murmur ye, 11 All dem ting yah happen ta um fa
as some of them also mek we know wa gwine happen ta we ef
murmured, and were de-
stroyed of the destroyer. we do like dat. Dey done write um down fa
11 Now all these things waan we, cause we da lib een a time wa
happened unto them for
ensamples: and they are close ta de end.
written for our admoni- 12 So ef one ob oona tink e da stanop
tion, upon whom the
ends of the world are
scrong, e oughta tek cyah dat e ain gwine
come. faddown. 13 Ebry kinda test oona hab, dat
12 Wherefore let him
that thinketh he standeth
de same kinda test oda people hab. Bot all
take heed lest he fall. de time God do wa e promise fa do. E
13 There hath no gwine gii ya scrent so dat ya ain haffa do
temptation taken you but
such as is common to nottin bad. Jes wen ya wahn fa do dat ebil
man: but God is faithful, ting, dat same time dey, God gwine mek
who will not suffer you to
be tempted above that ye ya able fa stan scrong, an e gwine show ya
are able; but will with the de way fa keep fom do dat wrong ting dat
temptation also make a
way to escape, that ye
ya been wahn fa do.
may be able to bear it. 14 So den, me deah Christian bredren,
14 Wherefore, my
dearly beloved, flee from
mus dohn woshup idol tall. 15 A da taak ta
idolatry. oona like people wa got sense. Ya kin mek
15 I speak as to wise
op ya own mind bout wa A da tell ya.
men; judge ye what I say.
16 The cup of blessing 16 Een de Lawd Suppa wen we drink wa
which we bless, is it not dey een de cup, we tank God dat we all
the communion of the
blood of Christ? The hab we paat een de blood dat Christ done
bread which we break, is shed fa we, ainty? An wen we broke de
it not the communion of
the body of Christ?
bread, we all hab we paat een Christ body,
17 For we being many ainty? 17 Dey one bread dey. Eben dough
are one bread, and one dey plenty ob we, we all one body, cause
body: for we are all par-
takers of that one bread. we all da nyam dat one bread.
18 Behold Israel after 18 Leh we look at de Jew people. Dem
the flesh: are not they
which eat of the sacri- wa nyam de ting dey done sacrifice ta God,
fices partakers of the dey all hab dey paat een dat sacrifice pon
altar?
19 What say I then? de alta, ainty? 19 Wa dat mean? Dem idol
that the idol is any thing, an de food wa people sacrifice ta idol ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 10 585

mount ta nottin tall, ainty? 20 A da tell or that which is offered in


sacrifice to idols is any
oona, de food wa people wa ain know God thing?
da sacrifice ta idol pon dey alta, dey da 20 But I say, that the
gim ta ebil sperit. Dey ain gii dat sacrifice things which the Gentiles
sacrifice, they sacrifice to
ta God. An A ain wahn oona fa hab no paat devils, and not to God:
wid ebil sperit. 21 Ya cyahn drink bof de and I would not that ye
should have fellowship
wine fom de cup dat de Lawd gii an drink with devils.
fom de cup people done nyuse fa woshup 21 Ye cannot drink the
ebil sperit. Same way so, ya cyahn nyam cup of the Lord, and the
cup of devils: ye cannot
an hab paat een bof de Lawd table an een be partakers of the Lord's
de table ob sacrifice ta ebil sperit dem. table, and of the table of
22 Fa true, we ain wahn fa mek God bex devils.
22 Do we provoke the
wid we, ainty? Fa sho, we ain tink we mo Lord to jealousy? are we
scronga den God! stronger than he?
23 Some people say, “We free fa do 23 All things are lawful
for me, but all things are
wasoneba we wahn. Ain no law fa stop not expedient: all things
we.” Bot ain all ting wa people kin do wa are lawful for me, but all
ton out fa be good fa um. Dey say, “We things edify not.
24 Let no man seek his
free fa do wasoneba we wahn. Ain no law own, but every man an-
fa stop we.” Bot ain all ting build we op. other's wealth.
24 Leh all people do wa good fa oda 25 Whatsoever is sold
people, steada wa good fa dey own sef. in the shambles, that eat,
asking no question for
25 Ya free fa nyam anyting dey sell een conscience sake:
de meat maakut. Ain haffa trouble ya 26 For the earth is the
mind an quizzit bout weh de food come Lord's, and the fulness
fom. 26 Cause dey write een God Book say, thereof.
“Dis wol an all ting een um blongst ta de 27 If any of them that
believe not bid you to a
Lawd.” feast, and ye be disposed
27 Ef somebody wa ain bleebe eenbite to go; whatsoever is set
ya fa come nyam wid um an ya wahn fa go, before you, eat, asking no
question for conscience
ya oughta nyam wasoneba dey gii ya. Ain sake.
haffa trouble ya mind an quizzit bout weh 28 But if any man say
de food come fom. 28 Bot ef somebody tell unto you, This is offered
in sacrifice unto idols, eat
ya say, “Dey done sacrifice dat food dey ta not for his sake that
idol,” ya mus dohn nyam dat food. Ya ain shewed it, and for con-
oughta nyam um fa sake ob de one wa science sake: for the
earth is the Lord's, and
done tell ya dat, cause ef ya nyam um, dat the fulness thereof:
gwine trouble e mind. 29 A ain mean fa 29 Conscience, I say,
say, ef ya nyam de food, dat gwine trouble not thine own, but of the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
586 1 Corinth 10, 11

other: for why is my lib- ya mind. Bot dat gwine trouble de mind ob
erty judged of another
man's conscience? de one wa tell ya bout um.
30 For if I by grace be a Now den, ya aks jes cause dat gwine
partaker, why am I evil
spoken of for that for
trouble de mind ob somebody else, wa dat
which I give thanks? haffa do wid me? 30 Ef A tank God fa me
31 Whether therefore
food fo A nyam um, fa sho ain nobody
ye eat, or drink, or what-
soever ye do, do all to the oughta shrow slam pon me, say A da do
glory of God. bad cause A nyam de food wa A done tank
32 Give none offence,
neither to the Jews, nor God fa, ainty?
to the Gentiles, nor to the 31 Ebryting oona do, ef ya da nyam or
church of God:
33 Even as I please all ya da drink or ya da do oda ting, ya oughta
men in all things, not seek- do ebryting een susha way dat God git de
ing mine own profit, but
the profit of many, that
praise fa um. 32 Ya oughta lib ya life so dat
they may be saved. ya ain gwine mek no trouble fa Jew
people, or fa people wa ain Jew, or fa de
people ob God choch. 33 Oona oughta do
11
,10

Chapter 11 like A do. Een ebryting wa A do, A da try fa


1 Be ye followers of please all people. A ain try fa git nottin fa
me, even as I also am of mesef, bot A da wok fa hep oda people so
Christ.
2 Now I praise you, dey kin git sabe.

11
brethren, that ye remem- 1 So oona oughta do like A da do,
ber me in all things, and een de same way A da do like
keep the ordinances, as I
delivered them to you. Christ.
3 But I would have you How fa Do Wen Oona
know, that the head of
every man is Christ; and
da Woshup Togeda
the head of the woman is 2 Oona da do good, cause een ebryting
the man; and the head of
Christ is God. oona da memba me an da folla ebryting de
4 Every man praying same way A laan oona. 3 Bot A wahn oona
or prophesying, having
his head covered, dishon-
fa ondastan dat Christ de head oba ebry
oureth his head. man, de husban de head oba e wife, an
5 But every woman
God de head ob Christ. 4 So de man wa
that prayeth or prophe-
sieth with her head un- kiba e head wen e da pray or wen e da tell
covered dishonour- eth people God wod, e ain hona Christ. 5 An
her head: for that is even
all one as if she were de ooman wa ain kiba e head wen e da
shaven. pray or wen e da tell God wod, e ain hona e
6 For if the woman be
not covered, let her also husban. E like dat ooman head shabe. 6 Ef
be shorn: but if it be a a ooman ain kiba e head, den e oughta git
shame for a woman to be
shorn or shaven, let her
e hair cut off. Bot wen de ooman shabe e
be covered. head or cut e hair, e bring shame pon esef,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 11 587

so e oughta kiba e head. 7 A man ain 7 For a man indeed


ought not to cover his
oughta kiba e head, cause God mek man head, forasmuch as he is
like esef, an man da gii hona ta God. Bot de the image and glory of
God: but the woman is
ooman da gii hona ta man. 8 Cause God the glory of the man.
ain mek man fom paat ob ooman. God mek 8 For the man is not of
ooman fom paat ob man. 9 An God ain the woman; but the
woman of the man.
mek man fa sake ob ooman. God mek 9 Neither was the man
ooman fa sake ob man. 10 Cause ob dat, an created for the woman;
but the woman for the
cause ob de angel dem, ooman oughta man.
kiba e head, fa show dat e dey onda e 10 For this cause ought
the woman to have
husban tority. 11 Stillyet, wen we lib een power on her head be-
de Lawd way, ooman cyahn do dout man, cause of the angels.
an man cyahn do dout ooman. 12 Fa true, 11 Nevertheless nei-
ther is the man without
God done tek a paat fom man an mek the woman, neither the
ooman. Same way so, e true dat man bon woman without the man,
in the Lord.
fom ooman. Bot all ting come fom God. 12 For as the woman is
13 A wahn oona fa mek op oona own of the man, even so is the
mind. E right fa ooman pray ta God wen e man also by the woman;
but all things of God.
head ain kiba? 14 Fa true, de way God mek 13 Judge in your-
ting een dis wol laan we dat wen man hab selves: is it comely that a
woman pray unto God
long hair, people ain gwine spec um, uncovered?
ainty? 15 Bot long hair fa a ooman e glory. 14 Doth not even na-
God gim long hair fa kiba e head. 16 Bot ef ture itself teach you, that,
if a man have long hair, it
somebody wahn fa aagy bout dat, leh we is a shame unto him?
tell um say dis de way we beena do, an we 15 But if a woman
an de choch ob God dem ain neba do um have long hair, it is a
glory to her: for her hair
no oda way. is given her for a cover-i
ng.
De Suppa We da Nyam fa Memba de Lawd 16 But if any man seem
Matthew 26:26-29; Mark 14:22-25; Luke 22:14-20 to be contentious, we
have no such custom,
17 Bot A ain gwine say oona da do good neither the churches of
God.
bout de ting dem dat A da come now fa 17 Now in this that I
chaage oona fa do. Cause wen oona geda declare unto you I praise
togeda, dat do mo bad den good. 18 Now you not, that ye come to-
gether not for the better,
dis yah de fus ting A wahn fa taak bout. A but for the worse.
yeh say een oona choch meetin, oona 18 For first of all, when
cyahn gree wid one noda, an oona wide op ye come together in the
church, I hear that there
eenta group ginst one noda. An A bleebe be divisions among you;
dey some trute een wa A yeh. 19 A spose and I partly believe it.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
588 1 Corinth 11

19 For there must be dey haffa be group mongst oona dat cyahn
also heresies among you,
that they which are ap- gree wid one noda, fa show dem mongst
proved may be made oona wa da waak een God way fa true.
manifest among you. 20 Wen oona geda togeda, oona kin tink
20 When ye come to-
gether therefore into one oona da nyam de Lawd Suppa, bot e ain so.
place, this is not to eat the 21 Cause wen oona nyam, ebry one ob
Lord's supper.
21 For in eating every oona go head an nyam e own food an dohn
one taketh before other wait fa nobody else. So some people stay
his own supper: and one
is hungry, and another is hongry, an some people git dronk. 22 Fa
drunken. sho, wen oona wahn fa nyam an drink,
22 What? have ye not
houses to eat and to drink oona got oona own house fa do dat een,
in? or despise ye the ainty? Oona treat God choch like dort an
church of God, and
shame them that have
mek shame de people wa ain got nottin,
not? What shall I say to ainty? Wa A gwine say ta oona? A gwine
you? shall I praise you in tell oona say oona do good bout dis? Fa
this? I praise you not.
23 For I have received sho, A ain gwine do dat!
of the Lord that which 23 So den, de Lawd gii me dis wa A pass
also I delivered unto you,
That the Lord Jesus the on ta oona. De same night wen dey han
same night in which he oba de Lawd Jedus ta dem wa been wahn
was betrayed took bread:
24 And when he had fa kill um, E pick op a bread. 24 E tell God
given thanks, he brake it, tankya fa um, an e broke um op. Den e say,
and said, Take, eat: this is
my body, which is bro-
“Dis me body A broke fa oona. Oona mus
ken for you: this do in re- do same like dis fa memba me.” 25 Same
membrance of me. way so, wen dey done nyam suppa, e pick
25 After the same man-
ner also he took the cup, op de cup. E say, “Dis cup de nyew
when he had supped, say- cobnant seal wid me blood. Oona mus do
ing, This cup is the new
testament in my blood: dis fa memba me wensoneba oona drink
this do ye, as oft as ye um like dis.”
drink it, in remembrance
of me.
26 Cause til de Lawd come back,
26 For as often as ye wensoneba oona nyam dis bread an drink
eat this bread, and drink
this cup, ye do shew the
fom dis cup, oona da mek people know dat
Lord's death till he come. de Lawd done dead fa all people. 27 So
27 Wherefore whoso-
den, wensoneba somebody da nyam de
ever shall eat this bread,
and drink this cup of the Lawd bread or drink fom e cup een a way
Lord, unworthily, shall dat ain show hona, dat poson dey, e guilty
be guilty of the body and
blood of the Lord. ob sin, cause e ain gii hona ta de Lawd
28 But let a man exam- body an e blood. 28 Ebrybody oughta look
ine himself, and so let
him eat of that bread, and
eenside e haat good fa see ef e right wid
drink of that cup. God, fo e nyam de bread an drink fom de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 11, 12 589

cup. 29 Cause wen somebody da nyam de 29 For he that eateth


and drinketh unworthily,
bread an drink fom de cup an e ain memba eateth and drinketh dam-
dat e da nyam de Lawd body an wa dat nation to himself, not dis-
cerning the Lord's body.
mean, dat one dey done bring de Lawd
30 For this cause many
jedgiment pon esef. 30 Cause ob dat are weak and sickly
jedgiment, plenty ob oona ain got no among you, and many
sleep.
scrent, plenty ob oona sick, an some done 31 For if we would
dead. 31 Ef we look eenside we haat good judge ourselves, we
fa see ef we right wid God fus, fo we nyam should not be judged.
32 But when we are
de bread an drink fom de cup, de Lawd ain judged, we are chastened
gwine jedge we. 32 Bot wen de Lawd da of the Lord, that we
jedge we, e da punish we so dat een de end should not be con-
demned with the world.
e ain gwine haffa condemn we, long wid 33 Wherefore, my
de people ob de wol. brethren, when ye come
33 So, me Christian bredren, wen oona together to eat, tarry one
for another.
geda togeda fa nyam de Lawd Suppa, oona 34 And if any man
mus wait fa one noda. 34 Ef one ob oona hunger, let him eat at
hongry, leh um nyam een e own house, so home; that ye come not
together unto condemna-
dat wen oona geda togeda, oona ain gwine tion. And the rest will I
bring de Lawd jedgiment pon oonasef. set in order when I come.
Now bout dem oda bidness, A gwine 12
,11

chaage oona bout um wen A come ta oona.


Chapter 12
Dem Diffunt Gif wa de 1 Now concerning spi-
ritual gifts, brethren, I
Holy Sperit da Gii would not have you

12 Now den, me Christian bredren,


1 ignorant.
2 Ye know that ye
A wahn oona fa ondastan de trute were Gentiles, carried
bout de gif dem de Holy Sperit da gii. away unto these dumb
2 Oona know dat wen oona ain know God idols, even as ye were
led.
yet, oona git ton way fom de right road an 3 Wherefore I give you
to understand, that no
woshup idol wa ain got no life. 3 So den, A man speaking by the
wahn oona fa ondastan dat ef de Holy Spirit of God calleth Je-
Sperit tek chaage ob a poson, e ain gwine sus accursed: and that no
man can say that Jesus is
say, “Leh dey be a cuss pon Jedus.” An the Lord, but by the Holy
nobody ain able fa say, “Jedus de Lawd,” Ghost.
4 Now there are diver-
cep de Holy Sperit da tek chaage ob um. sities of gifts, but the
4 Dey plenty diffunt kind ob ting dat same Spirit.
5 And there are differ-
God Sperit da gii we, bot de same Holy ences of administrations,
Sperit da gii we um all. 5 Dey plenty but the same Lord.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
590 1 Corinth 12

6 And there are diver- diffunt way fa saab de Lawd, bot all we da
sities of operations, but it
is the same God which saab de same Lawd. 6 People wa know
worketh all in all. how fa do plenty diffunt kinda wok, bot de
7 But the manifesta-
tion of the Spirit is given
same God da mek all people know how fa
to every man to profit do all dem wok. 7 God da gii ebrybody
withal. sompin fa show dat e Sperit powa da wok
8 For to one is given by
the Spirit the word of eenside um fa de good ob all de people.
wisdom; to another the 8 God Sperit da mek one poson able fa
word of knowledge by
the same Spirit; taak wid sense. Same time, de same Sperit
9 To another faith by da mek noda one able fa laan people. 9 De
the same Spirit; to an-
other the gifts of healing same Sperit da gii one poson fait. E da gii
by the same Spirit; oda one powa fa heal sick people. 10 An de
10 To another the
working of miracles; to
same Sperit da gii one poson powa fa do
another prophecy; to an- miracle. Same time, e da gii noda one
other discerning of spir- powa fa taak God wod. De Sperit da mek
its; to another divers
kinds of tongues; to an- oda one able fa know ef God Sperit or oda
other the interpretation sperit da mek people taak wa dey da taak.
of tongues:
11 But all these work- God Sperit da mek oda poson able fa taak
eth that one and the self- oda language. An e da mek noda one able
same Spirit, dividing to
every man severally as he fa tapetate dem oda language. 11 Dat de
will. same Holy Sperit wa da gii ebrybody dey
12 For as the body is
one, and hath many
gif fa do wa e wahn um fa do.
members, and all the
members of that one One Body wa Got Plenty Paat
body, being many, are
one body: so also is 12 Same way a body hab all kinda paat,
Christ. an all dem ting paat ob de same body, e de
13 For by one Spirit
are we all baptized into same say so wid Christ. 13 De same Holy
one body, whether we be Sperit done bactize we all, an we come fa
Jews or Gentiles, whe-
ther we be bond or free; be one body. Some ob we Jew people, an
and have been all made oda people ain Jew. Some slabe an oda
to drink into one Spirit.
14 For the body is not people free. An de same Sperit done come
one member, but many. eenside all ob we.
15 If the foot shall say, 14 De body ain got jes one paat. De body
Because I am not the
hand, I am not of the got plenty paat. 15 Ef de foot say, “A ain a
body; is it therefore not han, so A ain blongst ta de body,” dat ain
of the body?
16 And if the ear shall mean fa say de foot ain still paat ob de
say, Because I am not the body. 16 An ef de yea say, “A ain a eye, so
eye, I am not of the body;
is it therefore not of the
A ain blongst ta de body,” dat ain mean fa
body? say de yea ain still paat ob de body. 17 Ef

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 12 591

de one whole body been jes a eye, how e 17 If the whole body
were an eye, where were
gwine yeh? Ef de one whole body been jes the hearing? If the whole
a yea, how e gwine be able fa smell ting? were hearing, where were
18 Bot fa true, God pit ebry paat yah een the smelling?
18 But now hath God
de body jes de way e wahn um. 19 Ef all set the members every
one of them in the body,
dem diffunt paat yah been jes one paat, de as it hath pleased him.
body ain gwine be a body tall. 20 Bot fa 19 And if they were all
one member, where were
true dey plenty paat, stillyet dey mek op the body?
jes one body. 20 But now are they
many members, yet but
21 So den, de eye cyahn tell de han say, one body.
21 And the eye cannot
“A kin do dout ya!” De head cyahn tell de say unto the hand, I have
foot say, “A kin do dout ya.” 22 No, we no need of thee: nor
again the head to the
cyahn do dout dem body paat wa we tink feet, I have no need of
ain got much scrent. 23 An dem paat ob de you.
22 Nay, much more
body wa we tink ain wot nottin, dey de those members of the
body, which seem to be
one we tek cyah ob mo betta. An dem paat more feeble, are neces-
wa ain so fine fa see, we kiba dem op. sary:
23 And those members
24 Bot we ain haffa kiba op dem paat wa of the body, which we
think to be less honour-
fine fa see. God done pit all de paat togeda able, upon these we be-
een de body een susha way so dat dem stow more abundant
honour; and our uncome-
paat wa we tink ain wot sommuch git hona ly parts have more abun-
mo den dem oda one. 25 God done dis so dant comeliness.
24 For our comely
dat dey ain gwine be no quarrellin een de parts have no need: but
God hath tempered the
body. Bot de diffunt paat fa lib een susha body together, having
way dat dey hab de same cyah fa one given more abundant
honour to that part which
noda. 26 Ef one paat da suffa, all de oda lacked:
25 That there should
paat suffa wid um. Ef one paat git praise, be no schism in the body;
all de oda paat rejaice wid um. but that the members
should have the same
27 Now den, oona mek op Christ body. care one for another.
26 And whether one
Ebry one ob oona a paat ob dat body. member suffer, all the
28 Dat so e stan een de choch. God been pit members suffer with it;
or one member be hon-
all de paat dem een place. Fus, de postle oured, all the members
dem, secon, de prophet dem, tird, de rejoice with it.
27 Now ye are the
teacha dem. Den God pit dem wa da do body of Christ, and mem-
miracle. Atta dem, e pit dem wa e gii powa bers in particular.
28 And God hath set
fa heal, an den dem wa able fa hep oda some in the church, first
people, den dem wa able fa lead oda apostles, secondarily pro-
phets, thirdly teachers,
people. An den, dem wa e gii de gif fa taak after that miracles, then
oda language. 29 Fa sho, all de people ain gifts of healings, helps

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
592 1 Corinth 12, 13

governments, diversities postle, ainty? Dey ain all prophet, an dey


of tongues.
29,Are all apostles? are ain all teacha. Dey ain all got powa fa do
all prophets? are all miracle, ainty? 30 All ob um ain got powa
teachers? are all workers
of miracles? fa heal. Dey ain all able fa taak oda
30 Have all the gifts of language, an dey ain all got powa fa
healing? do all speak
with tongues? do all
tapetate dem oda language. 31 So den, set
interret? oona haat pon dem gif wa mo betta den all
31 But covet earnestly
the best gifts: and yet
de res.
shew I unto you a more An now A gwine show oona de bes way
excellent way. ob all.
13
,12

Lob

13 Eben ef A kin taak een all de


Chapter 13 1
1 Though I speak with language dem wa people da taak
the tongues of men and of
angels, and have not
an wa de angel dem da taak, ef A ain lob
charity, I am become as oda people, all wa A da say ain mount ta
sounding brass, or a tin- nottin. E jes like de nise wen somebody da
kling cymbal.
2 And though I have beat a bucket or wen a cymbal da soun too
the gift of prophecy, and loud. 2 Eben ef A got powa fa tell people
understand all mysteries,
and all knowledge; and wod wa God tell me fa say, an ef A kin
though I have all faith, so ondastan all God plan wa e ain tell oda
that I could remove
mountains, and have not people an A know all ting, an ef A bleebe
charity, I am nothing. God sommuch dat e da gii me powa fa
3 And though I bestow moob mountain, eben ef A able fa do all
all my goods to feed the dem ting yah, ef A ain lob oda people, A
poor, and though I give ain wot nottin. 3 Eben ef A gii way
my body to be burned,
and have not charity, it ebryting A got an A gree fa leh um bun me
profiteth me nothing. body, ef A ain lob oda people, all dat ain
4 Charity suffereth
do me no good.
long, and is kind; charity 4 Ef oona lob oda people, oona gwine
envieth not; charity beah wid um. Oona gwine be kind ta um.
vaunteth not itself, is not
puffed up, Oona ain gwine all de time wahn wa dey
5 Doth not behave it-
got, an oona ain gwine brag on oonasef an
self unseemly, seeketh be oppity. 5 Ef oona lob people, oona
not her own, is not easily gwine be manisable all de time an oona
provoked, thinketh no
evil; ain gwine wahn ya own way. Oona ain
gwine git bex, an oona ain gwine keep ting
6 Rejoiceth not in iniq-
uity, but rejoiceth in the
een oona haat ginst oda people wa do oona
truth; wrong. 6 Ef oona lob oda people, oona ain

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 13 593

gwine rejaice oba no ebil ting, bot oona 7 Beareth all things,
believeth all things, hop-
gwine rejaice oba wa true. 7 Ef oona lob eth all things, endureth
people, oona gwine beah op onda ebryting all things.
wa people do ta oona. Oona gwine be
ready fa bleebe good ting bout people.
Oona gwine hope fa de betta bout um, an 8 Charity never faileth:
but whether there be
oona gwine pit op wid people an lob um prophecies, they shall
eben wen oona da suffa. fail; whether there be
8 Lob ain neba gwine end. De wod wa tongues, they shall cease;
whether there be knowl-
God tell e people fa taak, time da come edge, it shall vanish
wen dem people ain gwine taak um no mo. away.

De oda language dem wa people da taak,


time da come wen people ain gwine taak
9 For we know in part,
dem no mo. An all de ting wa people and we prophesy in part.
know, time da come wen dey ain gwine
know um no mo. 9 Cause we ain know
ebryting. We jes know paat. An eben 10 But when that
dough God gii we de wod fa taak ta oda which is perfect is come,
people, we ain able fa tell ebryting. 10 Bot then that which is in part
shall be done away.
wen de time come wen all ting gwine be
how dey spose fa be, we ain gwine jes haf
know ting, an we ain gwine jes haf do ting
no mo. 11 When I was a child,
11 Wen A been a chile, A beena taak I spake as a child, I un-
derstood as a child, I
same like chullun da taak. A beena tink thought as a child: but
like chullun da tink, an A beena ondastan when I became a man, I
put away childish things.
same like chullun da ondastan. Bot now
dat A a man, A done do way wid dem
chilish ting. 12 Wa ting we da see now, dey
like wa we kin see een a mirror wa ain 12 For now we see
through a glass, darkly;
cleah. Bot den wen dat time come, we but then face to face: now
gwine see too good, eye ta eye. Dey plenty I know in part; but then
shall I know even as also I
ting A ain know now, bot dat time dey, A am known.
gwine know all too good, jes like God da
know all ting bout me too good.
13 Now den, dey shree ting dat gwine
las. People gwine bleebe. Dey gwine look 13 And now abideth
faith, hope, charity, these
fowaad wid hope, an dey gwine lob. Bot three; but the greatest of
lob de ting dat great de mos. these is charity.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
594 1 Corinth 14
14
,13

Chapter 14 Mo Bout de Gif dem fom de Holy Sperit

14 So mo den all, oona mus try fa


1 Follow after charity, 1
and desire spiritual gifts, lob oda people. Wid all oona haat
but rather that ye may
prophesy. oona oughta keep on da look fa git dem gif
wa de Holy Sperit da gii. An de gif dat
oona oughta try fa mo den all, dat God
2 For he that speaketh Sperit gwine mek oona able fa tell people
in an unknown tongue God wod dat e gii oona fa say. 2 Cause de
speaketh not unto men,
but unto God: for no man
one wa got de gif fa taak een diffunt kind
understandeth him; how- ob language, e ain da taak ta people. E da
beit in the spirit he taak ta God, cause fa true, ain nobody
speaketh mysteries.
ondastan um. Wid de powa wa God Sperit
gim, e da say ting dat oda people ain
know. 3 Bot de one wa da tell people de
3 But he that prophe-
sieth speaketh unto men wod wa God tell um fa say, dat one da taak
to edification, and exhor- ta people, an wa e da say kin hep um git
tation, and comfort.
mo scronga een de Lawd an courage um an
gim comfot. 4 De one wa da taak diffunt
kind ob language, e da hep jes esef fa git
4 He that speaketh in
an unknown tongue
mo scronga, bot de one wa da taak wod wa
edifieth himself; but he God tell um fa say, e da hep all de people
that prophesieth edifieth ob de choch git mo scronga.
the church.
5 So den, A like fa all ob oona fa taak
diffunt kind ob language. Bot mo den dat
5 I would that ye all
A wahn oona fa tell people de wod dat God
spake with tongues, but gii oona fa say. Cause de one wa da tell
rather that ye prophe- people de wod wa God tell um, dat one mo
sied: for greater is he that
prophesieth than he that greata den de one wa da taak diffunt kind
speaketh with tongues, ob language, cep ef dey somebody dey wa
except he interpret, that
the church may receive kin splain wa e da say, so dat de wod e da
edifying. say kin hep all de people ob de choch git
mo scronga. 6 So, me Christian bredren,
wen A come ta oona, ef A staat fa taak
6 Now, brethren, if I diffunt kind ob language dem wa oona ain
come unto you speaking ondastan, how dat gwine hep oona? A ain
with tongues, what shall I
profit you, except I shall
gwine hep oona no way, cep ef A tell oona
speak to you either by ting wa God show me, or ting wa e mek me
revelation, or by knowl- know, or ting wa e da tell me, or ting wa
edge, or by prophesying,
or by doctrine? oona oughta laan bout.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 14 595

7 Ef a poson da play sompin like flute or 7 And even things


without life giving
haap wa ain got no life een um, ain nobody sound, whether pipe or
gwine know wa tune e da play ef e ain play harp, except they give a
distinction in the sounds,
dem note good an cleah, ainty? 8 An ef de how shall it be known
one wa da play bugle wa ain blow um what is piped or harped?
8 For if the trumpet
good an cleah, fa true ain nobody gwine give an uncertain sound,
git ready fa go fight, ainty? 9 Same way so who shall prepare him-
wid oona. Ain nobody gwine ondastan wa self to the battle?
9 So likewise ye, ex-
oona da taak bout ef oona da taak diffunt cept ye utter by the
tongue words easy to be
kind ob language wa people cyahn understood, how shall it
ondastan. Oona wod jes gwine blow way be known what is spo-
ken? for ye shall speak
een de breeze. 10 Fa sho, dey plenty into the air.
diffunt language een de wol, stillyet ain 10 There are, it may
be, so many kinds of
none ob um wa ain hab meanin. 11 Bot ef voices in the world, and
A ain ondastan de language wa somebody none of them is without
signification.
da taak, de one wa da taak um gwine be a 11 Therefore if I know
scranja ta me an A gwine be a scranja ta not the meaning of the
voice, I shall be unto him
um. 12 Now oona wahn tommuch fa God that speaketh a barbar-
Sperit fa gii oona dem ting wa e da gii. So ian, and he that speaketh
den, oona oughta try mo an mo fa nyuse shall be a barbarian unto
me.
wa God Sperit da gii oona dat mek oona 12 Even so ye, foras-
much as ye are zealous of
able fa hep de choch. spiritual gifts, seek that
13 Cause ob dat, de one wa da taak ye may excel to the edify-
ing of the church.
diffunt kind ob language wa people ain 13 Wherefore let him
ondastan, e mus pray ta God fa mek um that speaketh in an un-
known tongue pray that
able fa splain wa e da say. 14 Cause ef A he may interpret.
14 For if I pray in an
pray een dat diffunt language yah, me unknown tongue, my
sperit da pray fa true, bot me mind ain git spirit prayeth, but my un-
derstanding is unfruitful.
no good fom um, cause A ain ondastan wa 15 What is it then? I
A da say. 15 So wa A fa do? A gwine pray will pray with the spirit,
wid me sperit, bot A gwine pray too wid and I will pray with the
understanding also: I will
me mind. A gwine sing wid me sperit, bot sing with the spirit, and I
same way so, A gwine pray wid me mind. will sing with the under-
standing also.
16 Wen oona da tell God tankya wid jes 16 Else when thou
oona sperit, how kin somebody wa come shalt bless with the spirit,
how shall he that
ta meetin bot ain ondastan bout dem ting occupieth the room of the
yah, how kin e say, “Amen” wen oona git unlearned say Amen at
thy giving of thanks, see-
done? E ain ondastan nottin dat oona da ing he understandeth not
say ainty? 17 Eben dough oona da pray what thou sayest?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
596 1 Corinth 14

17 For thou verily good fa true, wen oona tell God tankya,
givest thanks well, but
the other is not edified. oona ain da hep de oda one wa da listen ta
oona, tall.
18 A da tell God tankya cause A da taak
18 I thank my God, I dem diffunt kind ob language mo den all
speak with tongues more ob oona. 19 Stillyet, wen we people ob de
than ye all:
choch da meet togeda, A tink e mo betta
dat A say fibe wod wa people gwine
19 Yet in the church I ondastan an wa gwine laan um sompin,
had rather speak five den fa say ten tousan wod een diffunt kind
words with my under-
standing, that by my voice ob language dat people ain ondastan.
I might teach others also, 20 Me Christian bredren, oona mus
than ten thousand words
in an unknown tongue.
dohn tink like chullun. Fa true, oona
oughta be like leetle chullun wen e come
20 Brethren, be not
ta ebil, bot oona mus tink like grownop
children in understand- people. 21 Dey write een God Book dat de
ing: howbeit in malice be Lawd say,
ye children, but in under-
standing be men. “A gwine bring people
wa come outta oda country
wa taak oda language dem dat
21 In the law it is writ- dis people ain ondastan.
ten, With men of other A gwine bring dem come-
tongues and other lips
will I speak unto this peo- yah people fa taak
ple; and yet for all that ta dis people.
will they not hear me,
saith the Lord.
Bot eben den, dis people ain
gwine pay no tention ta Me.”
22 So den, wen God mek somebody able fa
22 Wherefore tongues taak diffunt kind ob language wa people
are for a sign, not to them ain ondastan, dat fa show de people wa ain
that believe, but to them bleebe dat God hab powa. Dat ain fa dem
that believe not: but
prophesying serveth not wa bleebe God. Bot wen God mek
for them that believe not, somebody able fa tell de wod wa e tell um
but for them which
believe. fa say, dat fa people wa bleebe. Dat ain fa
dem wa ain bleebe God.
23 So ef all de people ob de choch geda
23 If therefore the togeda an den dey all staat fa taak diffunt
whole church be come to- kind ob language dem wa people ain
gether into one place,
and all speak with
ondastan, wen de people wa ain know
tongues, and there come bout dem kinda ting an ain bleebe pon

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 14 597

God come eenta de choch meetin, dey in those that are un-
learned, or unbelievers,
gwine say oona outta oona head, ainty? will they not say that ye
24 Bot ef all de choch people da tell de are mad?
wod wa God gim fa say, wen somebody wa
ain ondastan bout dem kind ob ting an ain 24 But if all prophesy,
bleebe God come eenta de choch meetin, and there come in one
that believeth not, or one
wen e yeh wa dey da say, e gwine come fa unlearned, he is con-
know fa true dat e a sinna. An wa e yeh vinced of all, he is judged
of all:
fom all dem gwine mek um jedge esef.
25 All de ting wa hide eenside e haat
25 And thus are the se-
gwine come out fa all fa know. So e gwine crets of his heart made
kneel down an woshup God an tell de manifest; and so falling
people say, “Fa true, God dey dey wid down on his face he will
worship God, and report
oona!” that God is in you of a
truth.
God Ain Wahn Ting Mix Op
een de Choch Meetin Dem
26 How is it then,
26 So den, me Christian bredren, dis wa brethren? when ye come
A mean. Wensoneba oona geda togeda fa together, every one of
you hath a psalm, hath a
woshup, some ob oona gwine hab a song doctrine, hath a tongue,
fa praise God. Noda one gwine hab sompin hath a revelation, hath an
fa laan de oda res ob de people. Noda one interpretation. Let all
things be done unto
hab sompin fa tell dat God da show um. edifying.
Noda one gwine taak diffunt kind ob
language wa people ain ondastan. Noda
one gwine splain wa dat one done say. All 27 If any man speak in
an unknown tongue, let it
dem ting yah wa oona do, dey haffa be fa be by two, or at the most
hep de choch people waak mo betta een by three, and that by
course; and let one
God way. 27 Ef some people gwine taak interpret.
dem diffunt kind ob language wa people
ain ondastan, den no mo den two or shree
oughta taak. Dey oughta taak one atta 28 But if there be no
noda, an somebody mus splain wa dey da interpreter, let him keep
silence in the church; and
say. 28 Bot ef dey ain nobody dey wa kin let him speak to himself,
splain, den dem people yah wa da taak een and to God.
diffunt kind ob language mus dohn say
nottin een de choch meetin. Dey mus taak
29 Let the prophets
jes een dey own haat an ta God. 29 Two speak two or three, and
or shree people wa God gii wod fa tell, dey let the other judge.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
598 1 Corinth 14

30 If any thing be re- oughta taak. An de oda res mus pay


vealed to another that
sitteth by, let the first tention fa know ef dey da tell God wod fa
hold his peace. true. 30 Bot ef God gii wod ta some oda
31 For ye may all
one wa da sit dey een de meetin, de one wa
prophesy one by one,
that all may learn, and all beena taak fus oughta stop. 31 Oona all kin
may be comforted. tell de wod wa God gii oona, one by one,
32 And the spirits of
so dat ebrybody kin laan an git courage fa
the prophets are subject
to the prophets. waak God way. 32 Dem wa God gii de
33 For God is not the powa fa tell e wod, dey kin trol wa dey say.
author of confusion, but 33 Cause God ain wahn fa hab we mix op.
of peace, as in all
churches of the saints. E wahn fa hab ebryting go good an
34 Let your women peaceable.
keep silence in the Same like een all de choch dem ob God
churches: for it is not per-
mitted unto them to people, 34 de ooman dem mus dohn say
speak; but they are com- nottin een de choch meetin. Dey ain got no
manded to be under obe-
dience, as also saith the right fa taak dey an dey ain oughta be
law. leada dey, jes like de Jew Law tell we.
35 And if they will 35 Ef de ooman dem wahn fa know bout
learn any thing, let them
ask their husbands at sompin, leh um aks dey husban bout um
home: for it is a shame een dey own house. Ef ooman taak een de
for women to speak in
the church.
choch meetin, dat a shameful ting.
36 Fa true, de wod ob God ain fus come
36 What? came the
word of God out from fom oona, ainty? An ain jes oona wa done
you? or came it unto you yeh dat wod, ainty dough? 37 Ef one ob
only?
oona tink e got de gif fa taak de wod wa
37 If any man think God gim or ef e tink God Sperit da mek um
himself to be a prophet,
or spiritual, let him ac- able fa do some oda ob dem ting, dat one
knowledge that the dey oughta know fa sho dat wa A da write
things that I write unto
you are the command-
yah, dat wa de Lawd chaage we fa do.
ments of the Lord. 38 Ef e ain pay no tention ta dis wa A say,

38 But if any man be


oona mus dohn pay no tention ta dat
ignorant, let him be poson.
ignorant. 39 So den, me Christian bredren, wid all
39 Wherefore, breth- oona haat oona oughta wahn de powa fa
ren, covet to prophesy, tell God wod. An mus dohn tell people dat
and forbid not to speak
with tongues. dey cyahn taak dem diffunt kind ob
language wa people ain ondastan. 40 Bot
40 Let all things be
done decently and in
oona mus do all ting een de right way an
order. een good fashion.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 15 599
15
,14

Christ da Lib Gin Chapter 15

15 Me Christian bredren, A wahn


1 1 Moreover, brethren,
I declare unto you the
oona fa memba bout de Good gospel which I preached
Nyews wa A beena tell oona. Oona done unto you, which also ye
tek um eenta oona haat. An dat mek oona have received, and
wherein ye stand;
keep on da bleebe an da stan scrong fa 2 By which also ye are
God. 2 De wod wa A tell oona, dat de Good saved, if ye keep in mem-
ory what I preached unto
Nyews. An dat Good Nyews yah da sabe you, unless ye have be-
oona, ef oona stillyet keep on da memba lieved in vain.
3 For I delivered unto
um een oona haat, cep ef oona bleebe oda you first of all that which
ting dat ain wot nottin. I also received, how that
3 A come da tell oona dat wod wa dey Christ died for our sins
according to the scrip-
done laan me. Dat wod wa betta faa mo tures;
4 And that he was bur-
den all oda ting, tell we dat Christ done ied, and that he rose
dead fa sabe we fom we sin, jes like dey again the third day ac-
write een God Book. 4 Dey bury um, an cording to the scriptures:
5 And that he was seen
God mek um git op fom mongst de dead of Cephas, then of the
pon de tird day an lib gin, jes like dey twelve:
6 After that, he was
write een God Book. 5 Christ come an seen of above five hun-
appeah ta Peter, an den noda time e dred brethren at once; of
appeah ta de tweb postle. 6 Den e appeah whom the greater part re-
main unto this present,
ta mo den fibe hundud ob we Christian but some are fallen
bredren, all at de same time. Mos ob dem asleep.
7 After that, he was
people ain dead yet, bot some done dead. seen of James; then of all
7 Atta dat, e appeah ta James. Den e the apostles.
appeah ta all de postle dem. 8 And last of all he was
seen of me also, as of one
8 Las ob all, e appeah ta me too, eben born out of due time.
dough A been like somebody wa been bon 9 For I am the least of
at de wrong time. 9 Cause dem oda postle the apostles, that am not
meet to be called an
mo betta den me, an A ain fit fa hab um apostle, because I perse-
eben call me postle, cause A beena mek de cuted the church of God.
people ob God choch suffa. 10 Bot God 10 But by the grace of
God I am what I am: and
bless me, fa dat mek me wa A da. An dat his grace which was be-
blessin dat God gii me ain been fa nottin, stowed upon me was not
in vain; but I laboured
cause A beena wok mo den all de oda more abundantly than
postle dem. Bot fa true, A ain beena wok they all: yet not I, but the
grace of God which was
jes by mesef. Cause ob God blessin, e powa with me.
een me beena hep me wok. 11 So den, 11 Therefore whether
whosoneba beena do de wok, weza A or it were I or they, so we

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
600 1 Corinth 15

preach, and so ye be- dem oda postle tell oona bout de Good
lieved.
Nyews, we all da tell de same Good
12 Now if Christ be Nyews, an dis wa oona bleebe.
preached that he rose
from the dead, how say
some among you that We Christian Gwine Lib Gin
there is no resurrection of
the dead?
Now den, we beena tell oona say,
12
God done mek Christ git op fom mongst de
13 But if there be no
resurrection of the dead,
dead an lib gin. So hoccome some ob oona
then is Christ not risen: da say, God ain gwine mek dem wa done
14 And if Christ be not
dead lib gin? 13 Ef dat so, dat mean fa say
risen, then is our preach- God ain eben mek Christ lib gin. 14 An ef
ing vain, and your faith is God ain mek Christ lib gin, den de Good
also vain.
Nyews we da tell people ain mean nottin,
15 Yea, and we are an oona trus een Christ ain mean nottin
found false witnesses of
God; because we have
needa. 15 An eben mo den dat, oona da say
testified of God that he we da lie bout God, cause we beena say e
raised up Christ: whom done mek Christ git op fom mongst de
he raised not up, if so be
that the dead rise not. dead an lib gin. Bot ef dat true wa oona da
16 For if the dead rise
say, dat God ain mek people wa done dead
not, then is not Christ lib gin, dat mean fa say God ain mek Christ
raised: lib gin. 16 Cause ef God ain mek de people
17 And if Christ be not wa done dead lib gin, dat mean fa say e ain
raised, your faith is vain; mek Christ lib gin needa. 17 An ef God ain
ye are yet in your sins.
mek Christ lib gin, oona trus een Christ ain
18 Then they also mount ta nottin, an oona sin stillyet da
which are fallen asleep in rule oba oona. 18 Ef God ain mek Christ lib
Christ are perished.
gin, dat mean fa say too, dat dem wa done
dead, wa beena bleebe pon Christ, dey
19 If in this life only
we have hope in Christ, done loss faeba. 19 Ef de hope we hab een
we are of all men most Christ good jes fa dis wol, people oughta
miserable.
be saary fa we mo den fa all de oda people
een all de wol.
20 But now is Christ
20 Bot fa true, God done mek Christ git
risen from the dead, and
become the firstfruits of op fom mongst de dead an lib gin. E de fus
them that slept. mongst a whole heapa people God gwine
mek git op fom mongst de dead an lib gin.
21 For since by man 21 Cause jes one man done bring det eenta
came death, by man came
also the resurrection of de wol. Same way so, one man mek dem
the dead. wa done dead lib gin an git op outta dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 15 601

grabe. 22 All people dead cause dey one 22 For as in Adam all
die, even so in Christ
wid Adam. Same way so, God gwine mek shall all be made alive.
all dem wa come fa be one wid Christ lib 23 But every man in
gin. 23 Bot ebrybody gwine lib gin coddin his own order: Christ the
firstfruits; afterward they
ta e own time. Christ fus, den wen e come that are Christ's at his
back, dem wa blongst ta Christ gwine git coming.
op fom mongst de dead an lib gin. 24 Den 24 Then cometh the
end, when he shall have
de end gwine come. Christ gwine win out delivered up the king-
oba all dem wa da rule an all dem wa hab dom to God, even the Fa-
ther; when he shall have
tority an powa. Den Christ gwine han oba put down all rule and all
all e da rule ta God so dat God e Fada authority and power.
gwine be King oba all. 25 Christ haffa rule 25 For he must reign,
till he hath put all ene-
til God done win out oba all e enemy an pit mies under his feet.
um down onda e foot. 26 De las enemy 26 The last enemy that
God gwine stroy gwine be det. 27 Cause shall be destroyed is
death.
dey write een God Book say, “God done pit 27 For he hath put all
all ting onda e foot.” Now wen e say “all things under his feet. But
ting” done been pit onda um, fa sho, dat when he saith all things
are put under him, it is
ain mean God esef been pit onda um, manifest that he is ex-
cause God de one wa da pit all ting onda cepted, which did put all
things under him.
Christ. 28 Bot wen all ting done been pit
onda Christ rule, den Christ, de Son, e 28 And when all things
shall be subdued unto
gwine be onda God, wa done pit all ting him, then shall the Son
onda Christ. So den, God gwine be great also himself be subject
unto him that put all
mo den all, an rule oba all. things under him, that
29 Now den, leh we taak bout de people God may be all in all.
wa dey da bactize fa sake ob dem wa done 29 Else what shall they
dead. Ef, like some people da say, God ain do which are baptized for
the dead, if the dead rise
mek dem wa done dead lib gin fa true, not at all? why are they
hoccome people go git bactize fa sake ob then baptized for the
dead?
dem wa done dead? 30 An wa bout we?
30 And why stand we
Hoccome we da pit wesef een danja all de in jeopardy every hour?
time? 31 Me Christian bredren, ebry day A
31 I protest by your re-
da look det een de eye! A da tell oona dis fa joicing which I have in
true, cause ob me praise ta God fa oona Christ Jesus our Lord, I
die daily.
een Jedus Christ we Lawd. 32 Right yah
een Ephesus A done fight fa me life jes like 32 If after the manner
of men I have fought with
A beena fight wid wile beast dem. Ef A beasts at Ephesus, what
done dat jes fa sattify mesef, wa good dat advantageth it me, if the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
602 1 Corinth 15

dead rise not? let us eat gwine do me? Ef God ain mek dem people
and drink; for to morrow
we die.
wa done dead lib gin, den jes like dey say,
“Leh we nyam an drink an hab a good
33 Be not deceived:
time, cause demarra we gwine dead.”
evil communications cor-
rupt good manners. 33 Oona mus dohn leh nobody fool oona.
“Ef good people keep on da waak longside
34 Awake to righteous-
ebil people, den de good one dem gwine be
ness, and sin not; for
some have not the knowl- ruint.” 34 Oona oughta git oona sense back.
edge of God: I speak this Mus dohn waak een ebil way no mo. Cause
to your shame.
some ob oona ain know God. Oona oughta
35 But some man will be too shame wen A say dat ta oona.
say, How are the dead
raised up? and with what De Body We Gwine Git Wen We Lib Gin
body do they come?
Somebody gwine aks say, “How God
35
36 Thou fool, that gwine mek people wa done dead git op
which thou sowest is not
quickened, except it die: fom mongst de dead an lib gin? Wa kinda
body dey gwine hab?” 36 Ya a fool man!
37 And that which
Wen ya plant seed een de groun, de seed
thou sowest, thou sowest
not that body that shall ain gwine staat fa sprout an grow cep e
be, but bare grain, it may done dead fus. 37 Wa ya da plant een de
chance of wheat, or of
some other grain: groun, dat jes a seed no mo, like a grain ob
wheat or oda seed. Wa ya da plant ain de
38 But God giveth it a big plant wa gwine grow op atta a wile
body as it hath pleased
him, and to every seed fom de seed. 38 God da mek de seed ton
his own body. eenta de body ob a plant, jes like e wahn
um fa be. E da mek ebry kind ob seed ton
39 All flesh is not the
same flesh: but there is eenta e own kind ob plant.
one kind of flesh of men, 39 All ting wa hab life ain hab de same
another flesh of beasts,
another of fishes, and an-
kind ob body. People hab one kind ob
other of birds. body, animal hab noda kind. Bod hab
noda kind ob body, an fish hab noda kind.
40 There are also celes-
40 Same way so, dey some body wa dey
tial bodies, and bodies
terrestrial: but the glory een heaben an oda body wa dey een dis
of the celestial is one, and wol. Bot dey one kind ob beauty wa
the glory of the terrestrial
is another. blongst ta de body dem een heaben. Dey
noda kind ob beauty wa blongst ta de body
41 There is one glory of dem een dis wol. 41 An de sun hab e own
the sun, and another
glory of the moon, and kind ob beauty. De moon hab noda. De
another glory of the stars: staa dem hab noda, an eben mongst de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 15 603

staa dem, one hab one kind ob beauty an for one star differeth from
another star in glory.
noda hab diffunt kind.
42 Dat so e gwine be wen God mek dem 42 So also is the resur-
wa done dead git op fom mongst de dead an rection of the dead. It is
sown in corruption; it is
lib gin. Wen dey bury de body yah, dat raised in incorruption:
body da perish. Bot de body wa God gwine 43 It is sown in dishon-
mek lib gin, dat body ain neba gwine our; it is raised in glory: it
perish. 43 Wen dey bury de body, e ain hab is sown in weakness; it is
raised in power:
no hona tall. Bot wen God mek um git op, e
gwine be too purty. Wen dey bury de body, 44 It is sown a natural
e ain hab no scrent tall. Bot wen God mek body; it is raised a spiri-
tual body. There is a nat-
um git op, e gwine be scrong. 44 De body ural body, and there is a
dey bury, dat a body wa come fom de dort. spiritual body.
Bot de body wa God gwine mek git op, dat 45 And so it is written,
de body wa come fom de Sperit. Fa sho, dey The first man Adam was
made a living soul; the
a body fom de dort, an dey haffa be a body last Adam was made a
fom de Sperit. 45 Dey write een God Book quickening spirit.
say, “God mek de fus man, Adam, fa be a
46 Howbeit that was
poson wa git life.” Bot de las Adam, e come not first which is spiri-
fa be a sperit wa da gii life. 46 De body de tual, but that which is
Sperit da gii ain come fus. De body wa natural; and afterward
that which is spiritual.
come fom de dort come fus, an atta dat de
body dat de Sperit da gii. 47 God done tek 47 The first man is of
de dort ob de groun een dis wol fa mek de the earth, earthy: the sec-
ond man is the Lord from
fus man. De secon man come fom heaben. heaven.
48 De people wa blongst ta dis wol, dey jes
48 As is the earthy,
like de man wa God mek fom de dort ob dis such are they also that
wol. Dem wa blongst ta heaben, dey jes like are earthy: and as is the
de man wa come fom heaben. 49 We beena heavenly, such are they
also that are heavenly.
hab body wa like de body ob de man wa
God done mek fom de dort ob dis wol. 49 And as we have
Same way so, we gwine be like de man wa borne the image of the
earthy, we shall also
come fom heaben. bear the image of the
50 Me Christian bredren, dis wa A mean heavenly.
fa say ta oona. De body ob dis wol wa God
50 Now this I say,
mek flesh an blood, dat cyahn hab no paat brethren, that flesh and
dey weh God da rule. An nottin dat dead blood cannot inherit the
kingdom of God; neither
gwine hab no powa fa ton eenta ting wa doth corruption inherit
cyahn neba dead. 51 Leh me tell oona incorruption.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
604 1 Corinth 15, 16

51 Behold, I shew you sompin wa been secret. Listen ta dis! We


a mystery; We shall not
all sleep, but we shall all ain all gwine dead, bot God gwine change
be changed, we all. 52 Dat gwine happen too quick,
52 In a moment, in the like wen somebody wink e eye, wen dey
twinkling of an eye, at
the last trump: for the blow de las trumpet. Wen dey blow dat
trumpet shall sound, and trumpet, God gwine mek dem wa done
the dead shall be raised
incorruptible, and we
dead lib gin an git op wid nyew body wa
shall be changed. cyahn neba dead. An God gwine change
53 For this corruptible we all. 53 We body wa da dead mus ton
must put on incorrup-
tion, and this mortal must
eenta body wa cyahn neba dead. Dat wa
put on immortality. dead haffa ton eenta dat wa cyahn neba
54 So when this cor- dead. 54 So wen wa been dead done ton
ruptible shall have put on
incorruption, and this
eenta dat wa cyahn neba dead, den wa dey
mortal shall have put on write een God Book gwine come true. Dey
immortality, then shall say, “Fa true, de Lawd done stroy det! E
be brought to pass the
saying that is written, done win de victory fa eba!”
Death is swallowed up in 55 “Det, tell me weh dat victory
victory.
55 O death, where is
ya beena say ya done win?
thy sting? O grave, where Det, tell me weh ya got powa
is thy victory? fa do me bad?”
56 The sting of death is 56 Sin mek det able fa do people bad, an de
sin; and the strength of
sin is the law. law mek sin hab powa. 57 Bot leh we tell
57 But thanks be to God tankya! God da gii we de victory shru
God, which giveth us the we Lawd Jedus Christ!
victory through our Lord
Jesus Christ. 58 So den, me deah Christian bredren,
58 Therefore, my be- oona mus stan scrong een de Lawd. Mus
loved brethren, be ye dohn leh nottin mek oona doubt. Oona
stedfast, unmoveable, al-
ways abounding in the mus keep on da do de Lawd wok all de
work of the Lord, foras- time. Cause oona know dat fa true, all ting
much as ye know that
your labour is not in vain wa oona da do fa de Lawd ain gwine be fa
in the Lord. nottin.

De Collection fa God People

16 Leh we taak now bout de money


1
16
,15

Chapter 16 oona gwine geda fa hep God


1 Now concerning the people. Oona mus do jes like A been
collection for the saints, chaage de Christian dem een de choch
as I have given order to
the churches of Galatia,
dem een Galatia fa do. 2 Pon de fus day ob
even so do ye. ebry week, ebry one ob oona oughta pit

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Corinth 16 605

some money ta one side, coddin ta de 2 Upon the first day of


the week let every one of
money e done git. Sabe op dat money yah, you lay by him in store,
so dat atta A come, oona ain gwine haffa as God hath prospered
geda op no mo money fa dat. 3 Den, wen A him, that there be no
gatherings when I come.
git ta oona, A gwine sen de bredren dat 3 And when I come,
oona say oona trus fa cyaa oona collection whomsoever ye shall ap-
money ta Jerusalem. Fo dey go, A gwine prove by your letters,
them will I send to bring
gim letta fa leh God people een Jerusalem your liberality unto Jeru-
know dat we sen um. 4 Bot ef e look like e salem.
betta fa me fa go too, den dey gwine go 4 And if it be meet that
long wid me. I go also, they shall go
with me.
5 Now I will come unto
Wa Paul Mek Op E Mind fa Do
you, when I shall pass
5 Wen A come fom Macedonia, A gwine through Macedonia: for I
do pass through Mace-
come ta oona. Cause A done mek op me donia.
mind fa pass shru Macedonia. 6 A gwine 6 And it may be that I
stay wid oona fa some time ef A kin, or will abide, yea, and win-
eben stay all de winta. Den oona kin hep ter with you, that ye may
bring me on my journey
me so dat A kin trabel on ta wehsoneba A whithersoever I go.
gwine atta dat. 7 Wen A come fa see oona, 7 For I will not see you
A ain wahn fa stay jes a leetle time, as A da now by the way; but I
pass by. Ef de Lawd leh me, A hope fa stay trust to tarry a while with
you, if the Lord permit.
dey some wile wid oona.
8 But I will tarry at
8 Bot A gwine stay yah een Ephesus til
Ephesus until Pentecost.
de day ob Pentecost. 9 Cause dey a chance 9 For a great door and
yah, fa true, fa do a big wok fa God, eben effectual is opened unto
dough dey heapa enemy wa ain wahn de me, and there are many
adversaries.
wok fa go on.
10 Wen Timothy git ta oona, mus mek 10 Now if Timotheus
come, see that he may be
um know dat fa sho oona da gim hearty with you without fear:
welcome, cause e da wok fa de Lawd jes for he worketh the work
of the Lord, as I also do.
like me. 11 Ain nobody oughta hole um
11 Let no man there-
cheap. Oona mus hep um so e kin trabel on fore despise him: but con-
e way peaceable, so e kin come back ta me. duct him forth in peace,
Cause me an de Christian broda da wait fa that he may come unto
me: for I look for him
um fa come back ta we. with the brethren.
12 Now leh we taak bout we bredren
12 As touching our
Apollos. Plenty time A done beena tell um brother Apollos, I greatly
e oughta go fa see oona, long wid de oda desired him to come unto

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
606 1 Corinth 16

you with the brethren: bredren. Bot e ain sho dat e oughta go jes
but his will was not at all
to come at this time; but now. Wen e git de chance, e gwine come
he will come when he see oona.
shall have convenient
time.
13 Watch ye, stand fast De Las Wod ob Paul een Dis Letta
in the faith, quit you like
men, be strong.
13Oona mus keep oona eye open.
14 Let all your things Stanop fa true fa de fait oona hab een de
be done with charity. Lawd. Mus hab courage an be scrong fa
15 I beseech you,
brethren, (ye know the God. 14 Een ebryting oona da do, oona
house of Stephanas, that mus lob de people.
it is the firstfruits of
Achaia, and that they
15 Oona done yeh bout Stephanas an e
have addicted them- fambly. Dey been de fus fa bleebe pon
selves to the ministry of
the saints,)
Christ een Achaia. An dey beena gii dey
16 That ye submit life da wok fa God people. 16 Me Christian
yourselves unto such, bredren, A da beg oona fa folla dem kind
and to every one that
helpeth with us, and ob leada yah an all de oda people wa da
laboureth. jine um, da wok haad wid um.
17 I am glad of the
coming of Stephanas and 17 A heppy dat Stephanas, Fortunatus,
Fortunatus and Achaicus: an Achaicus done come. Wen oona ain
for that which was lack-
ing on your part they been able fa come, dey done mek op fa
have supplied. wen A ain hab oona wid me. 18 Dey beena
18 For they have re-
freshed my spirit and
mek me haat glad, jes like dey mek oona
yours: therefore ac- haat glad. People like dem kind yah, dey
knowledge ye them that
are such. fit fa git hona fom oona.
19 The churches of 19 Dem choch een Asia province da tell
Asia salute you. Aquila
and Priscilla salute you oona hey. Aquila an Priscilla an de people
much in the Lord, with ob de choch wa da geda een dey house, da
the church that is in their
house.
tell oona hey een de Lawd wid all dey haat.
20 All the brethren 20 An all de Christian bredren yah say hey.
greet you. Greet ye one
another with an holy Tell one noda hey een de name ob de
kiss. Lawd.
21 The salutation of me
Paul with mine own 21 Now A wid me own han da write dis
hand. paat: A Paul da tell oona hey.
22 If any man love not
the Lord Jesus Christ, let
22 Ef dey somebody wa ain got no lob fa
him be Anathema Mara- de Lawd, leh dey be a cuss pon um. We
natha.
23 The grace of our Lawd da come!
Lord Jesus Christ be with 23 A pray dat de Lawd Jedus bless oona.
you.
24 My love be with you 24 A lob oona all een Jedus Christ.
all in Christ Jesus. Amen. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Paul Secon Letta
Ta Dem Een Corinth 2 Corinthians
,6
1

1 A Paul, a postle ob Jedus Christ


1 Chapter 1
cause dat wa God wahn, an Timothy, 1 Paul, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the will of
we Christian broda, we da write ta oona, God, and Timothy our
God choch dey een Corinth, an ta all God brother, unto the church
people all oba Achaia. of God which is at Cor-
inth, with all the saints
2 We pray dat God we Fada an we Lawd which are in all Achaia:
Jedus Christ bless oona an gii oona peace 2 Grace be to you and
peace from God our Fa-
een oona haat. ther, and from the Lord
Jesus Christ.
God da Courage We 3 Blessed be God, even
the Father of our Lord Je-
3 Leh we praise God, de Fada ob we sus Christ, the Father of
Lawd Jedus Christ. E we Fada wa hab mercies, and the God of
all comfort;
mussy pon we, e chullun, an we God wa da 4 Who comforteth us
gii all courage. 4 E da courage we in all our tribulation, that
we may be able to com-
wensoneba trouble come ta we, so dat de fort them which are in
same courage wa God da courage we wid any trouble, by the com-
fort wherewith we our-
kin mek we able fa courage oda people, selves are comforted of
God.
too, wensoneba trouble come ta um. 5 For as the sufferings
5 Cause jes like we git we paat ob suffrin of Christ abound in us, so
our consolation also
plenty time, wa Christ beena suffa, same aboundeth by Christ.
way so, Christ da courage we plenty time. 6 And whether we be
afflicted, it is for your
6 Wensoneba we da suffa, we suffa fa consolation and salva-
courage oona an fa sabe oona. Wensoneba tion, which is effectual in
the enduring of the same
we git courage, dat fa mek oona git sufferings which we also
suffer: or whether we be
courage so dat oona kin beah op fa true comforted, it is for your
onda de suffrin ob dem same ting wa we consolation and salva-
tion.
da beah op onda. 7 We know fa sho dat we 7 And our hope of you
ain haffa warry bout oona. Cause we know is stedfast, knowing, that
as ye are partakers of the
dat jes like oona da suffa same like we da sufferings, so shall ye be
suffa, same way God gwine courage oona, also of the consolation.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
608 2 Corinth 1

8 For we would not, jes like e da courage we.


brethren, have you igno- 8 We Christian bredren, we wahn oona
rant of our trouble which
came to us in Asia, that fa know dat we done beena suffa plenty
we were pressed out of
measure, above strength,
wen we been een Asia province. We been
insomuch that we de- trouble sommuch dat we tink dat we ain
spaired even of life: hab no hope fa lib no mo. 9 We tink dat we
9 But we had the sen-
tence of death in our-
gwine dead fa sho. Bot dat happen fa show
selves, that we should not we dat we ain oughta pend pon wesef. We
trust in ourselves, but in mus pend jes pon God. E de one wa mek
God which raiseth the
dead: dead people lib gin. 10 E done sabe we fom
10 Who delivered us susha terrible danja ob det, an e gwine
from so great a death, sabe we gin. We know fa sho dat e gwine
and doth deliver: in
whom we trust that he keep on da sabe we. 11 E gwine sabe we
will yet deliver us; wiles oona hep we by oona pray ta God fa
11 Ye also helping to-
we. An God gwine ansa dem pray an bless
gether by prayer for us,
that for the gift bestowed we. Plenty people gwine tank God cause e
upon us by the means of da bless we.
many persons thanks
may be given by many on
our behalf. Wa Mek Paul Change E Plan
12 For our rejoicing is 12 One ting we heppy bout. We know
this, the testimony of our
conscience, that in sim- een we haat fa true dat ain by people sense
plicity and godly sincer- dat we da waak een dis wol, an mos ob all,
ity, not with fleshly wis-
dom, but by the grace of ain by people sense dat we da do all dem
God, we have had our ting wa we da do fa oona. Bot God blessin
conversation in the
world, and more abun- show we how fa hona oona an waak
dantly to you-ward. scraight wid oona. 13 Wensoneba we da
13 For we write none write letta ta oona, we write jes dem ting
other things unto you, oona able fa read an ondastan. Bot A hope
than what ye read or ac-
knowledge; and I trust ye oona gwine ondastan we een ebryting.
shall acknowledge even 14 So wa oona ain ondastan good now,
to the end;
oona gwine ondastan too good. Den wen
14 As also ye have ac-
knowledged us in part, de day come dat we Lawd Jedus gwine
that we are your rejoic- come back, oona kin be too heppy cause
ing, even as ye also are
ours in the day of the
ob we, jes like we gwine be too heppy
Lord Jesus. cause ob oona.
15 And in this confi- 15 A been so sho dat oona gwine
dence I was minded to ondastan bout me een ebryting dat A done
come unto you before,
that ye might have a sec- been mek plan fa come see oona fus, so dat
ond benefit; A able fa mek oona heppy two time. 16 A

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 1 609

done been plan fa come see oona pon me 16 And to pass by you
into Macedonia, and to
way ta Macedonia an den stop by gin fa come again out of Mace-
see oona wen A come back fom dey. Dat donia unto you, and of
you to be brought on my
way, oona been able fa hep sen me pon me way toward Judaea.
way ta Judea. 17 Fa sho, wen A plan fa do
17 When I therefore
dat an den me plan change op, A ain been was thus minded, did I
like no poson wa ain serious bout wa e do, use lightness? or the
ainty? Wen A plan fa do sompin, fa true, A things that I purpose, do I
purpose according to the
ain tink jes bout mesef, like people ob de flesh, that with me there
wol do. Oona ain tink dat A say “Yeah” should be yea yea, and
nay nay?
one minute an “No” de oda minute, ainty?
18 Sho as God ain neba lie, wa we say ta 18 But as God is true,
our word toward you was
oona ain “Yeah” an “No.” We ain say fus not yea and nay.
one ting an den change um ta noda.
19 Cause Jedus Christ, God Son, wa Silas, 19 For the Son of God,
Jesus Christ, who was
Timothy an me beena tell oona bout, e ain preached among you by
no poson wa say “Yeah” one minute an us, even by me and
“No” de oda minute. Bot all de time Jedus Silvanus and Timotheus,
was not yea and nay, but
Christ de ansa “Yeah” fom God. 20 Cause in him was yea.
ebry one ob de promise dem wa God
20 For all the promises
promise got de ansa “Yeah” een Christ. Dat
of God in him are yea,
wa mek we say “Amen” een Jedus Christ and in him Amen, unto
name wensoneba we da praise God. the glory of God by us.
21 God de one wa da mek we an oona stan
21 Now he which
scrong, da know fa sho dat we all one een stablisheth us with you in
Christ. God de one wa done pick all ob we Christ, and hath anointed
us, is God;
fa do e wok. 22 E done pit e maak pon we
fa show dat we e own people. An e pit e 22 Who hath also
Sperit eenside we haat fa mek we know sealed us, and given the
earnest of the Spirit in
dat fa true we gwine git all wa e gwine gii our hearts.
we.
23 God me witness! E know wa dey een 23 Moreover I call God
for a record upon my
me haat! A been mek op me mind A ain soul, that to spare you I
gwine come ta oona een Corinth, cause A came not as yet unto
Corinth.
ain wahn fa mek oona feel bad. 24 Now
den, we ain da try fa tell oona wa oona 24 Not for that we
haffa bleebe, cause oona stan scrong een have dominion over your
faith, but are help-ers of
oona trus een Jedus. We da wok togeda your joy: for by faith ye
wid oona fa mek oona rejaice. stand.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
610 2 Corinth 2

2
2
,1

Chapter 2 So A mek op me mind dat A ain


1
1 But I determined this
with myself, that I would
gwine come gin an tell oona ting wa
not come again to you in gwine mek oona haat sad. 2 Ef A beena
heaviness. mek oona haat sad, who dat gwine be lef fa
2 For if I make you
sorry, who is he then that mek me heppy? Ain nobody bot dem dat A
maketh me glad, but the mek sad, ainty? 3 Dat hoccome A done
same which is made sorry
by me? write oona dat letta. A ain been wahn fa
3 And I wrote this
same unto you, lest,
come an hab me haat sad. De same people
when I came, I should wa oughta mek me rejaice done mek me
have sorrow from them
of whom I ought to re- sad. Cause A know fa sho dat wen A
joice; having confidence rejaice, oona gwine rejaice too. 4 Wen A
in you all, that my joy is
the joy of you all. beena write ta oona, me haat been hebby
4 For out of much af-
fliction and anguish of
an A beena warry bad. A beena cry plenty.
heart I wrote unto you Bot A ain write ta oona fa mek oona haat
with many tears; not that
ye should be grieved, but sad. A been write fa mek oona know
that ye might know the hommuch A lob oona.
love which I have more
abundantly unto you.
5 But if any have
Oona Oughta Paadon de One
caused grief, he hath not
grieved me, but in part: wa Done Bad
that I may not over-
charge you all. Now den, somebody done do a bad
5
6 Sufficient to such a
man is this punishment, ting wa been mek people sad. Ain me e
which was inflicted of done mek sad. Bot A know, e mek all ob
many.
7 So that contrariwise oona sad a leetle bit. A ain wahn fa mek
ye ought rather to forgive dat one feel bad tommuch. 6 Mos ob oona
him, and comfort him, lest
perhaps such a one done punish dat one yah, so leh dat do.
should be swallowed up
with overmuch sorrow. 7 So den, oona oughta paadon um now an
8 Wherefore I beseech courage um so dat e ain gwine git so sad
you that ye would con-
firm your love toward dat e ain able fa go on. 8 Please leh um
him. know dat oona lob um. 9 A done write
9 For to this end also
did I write, that I might oona dat letta cause A been wahn fa test
know the proof of you, oona an see ef oona ready all de time fa do
whether ye be obedient
in all things. wa A tell oona fa do. 10 Wen oona paadon
10 To whom ye forgive
somebody fa wa e done bad, A gwine
any thing, I forgive also:
for if I forgave any thing, paadon dat one too. An ef dey some reason
to whom I forgave it, for fa me fa paadon sompin, A gwine paadon
your sakes forgave I it in
the person of Christ; um fo Christ fa sake ob oona. 11 A do dat
11 Lest Satan should so dat Satan ain gwine be able fa win out
get an advantage of us:
for we are not ignorant of
oba we een nottin. Cause we know e da
his devices. scheme fa mek op bad ting fa do ginst we.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 2, 3 611

Paul Beena Warry een Troas 12 Furthermore, when


I came to Troas to preach
12 Wen A got ta Troas fa tell um de Christ's gospel, and a
Good Nyews bout Christ, A see dat de door was opened unto me
of the Lord,
Lawd mek a way fa me fa wok dey. 13 Bot
een me haat A beena warry bad, cause A 13 I had no rest in my
spirit, because I found
ain find me broda Titus dey. So A tell de not Titus my brother: but
people dey say, A da gwine, an A gone on taking my leave of them,
I went from thence into
ta Macedonia. Macedonia.

Een Christ We Win 14 Now thanks be unto


God, which always
14 We tell God tankya, cause God mek causeth us to triumph in
Christ win out oba de powa ob ebil. An Christ, and maketh mani-
fest the savour of his
wen we one wid Christ, God all de time da knowledge by us in every
mek we hab we paat wid Christ fa win out place.
oba de powa ob ebil. An God da nyuse we 15 For we are unto
fa spread all oba, wa people oughta know God a sweet savour of
Christ, in them that are
bout Christ, like a sweet smell kin spread saved, and in them that
all oba. 15 We jes like de sweet smell wa perish:
da come fom incense, wa Christ da gii ta 16 To the one we are
God. Dem people wa God da sabe an dem the savour of death unto
wa da gwine pon dey way fa be loss faeba, death; and to the other
the savour of life unto
dey all da smell um. 16 Fa dem wa da life. And who is sufficient
gwine ta hell, dat a smell wa da kill. Bot fa for these things?
dem wa gwine git sabe, dat a smell wa da 17 For we are not as
gii life. Ain nobody fit fa do dis wok ainty? many, which corrupt the
word of God: but as of
17 Cause we ain like plenty people wa da
sincerity, but as of God,
tell oda people God wod fa mek money. in the sight of God speak
we in Christ.,
Bot cause God sen we, we wa da saab
Christ, we da taak scraight wod fo God.
,2
3

De Nyew Cobnant wa God Mek


Chapter 3

3 Oona gwine tink dat we da staat fa


1
1 Do we begin again to
taak ta oona gin bout wesef, ainty? commend ourselves? or
Bot fa sho dat ain so. We ain fa do like need we, as some others,
epistles of commendation
some oda people haffa do. We ain haffa to you, or letters of com-
bring letta ta oona fa mek oona know ef mendation from you?
we good, ainty? An oona ain haffa sen 2 Ye are our epistle
written in our hearts,
letta bout we ta oda people needa. 2 Cause known and read of all
oona we letta wa done been write down men:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
612 2 Corinth 3

3 Forasmuch as ye are eenside we haat fa ebrybody fa know an


manifestly declared to be
the epistle of Christ min- read. 3 Oona da show fa true dat oona a
istered by us, written not letta fom Christ wa we done bring. An
with ink, but with the
Spirit of the living God;
nobody ain tek ink fa write dis letta. God
not in tables of stone, but write um wid e Sperit. E ain write pon
in fleshy tables of the stone, bot pon people haat.
heart.
4 And such trust have 4 We da say dem ting yah cause we
we through Christ to know fa true dat we kin trus God shru
God-ward:
5 Not that we are suffi- Christ. 5 We ain able fa do nottin by wesef,
cient of ourselves to so we ain gwine say dat we able. God de
think any thing as of our-
selves; but our suffi- one wa da mek we able fa do all ting wa
ciency is of God; we da do. 6 Same fashion, God mek we
6 Who also hath made
able fa be minista ob a nyew cobnant wa e
us able ministers of the
new testament; not of the mek wid people. Dat cobnant ain no law
letter, but of the spirit: wa been write down een a book. God
for the letter killeth, but
the spirit giveth life. Sperit mek dat cobnant wid we. Cause de
7 But if the ministra- law wa been write down, dat condemn
tion of death, written and people ta det, bot God Sperit da gii life.
engraven in stones, was
glorious, so that the chil-
7 Now den, de Law wa condemn we ta
dren of Israel could not det been write down pon stone. Wen God
stedfastly behold the face
of Moses for the glory of
gim, e shinin glory come pon Moses. An de
his countenance; which Israel people dem ain been able fa keep da
glory was to be done look pon Moses face, cause e face beena
away:
8 How shall not the shine sommuch, eben dough dat glory
ministration of the spirit beena fade way. 8 So ef de Law wa bring
be rather glorious?
det come wid sommuch glory, fa sho, de
9 For if the ministra-
tion of condemnation be wok ob God Sperit gwine be full ob eben
glory, much more doth mo glory den dat! 9 De wok wa Moses
the ministration of righ-
teousness exceed in
done, wa condemn people, been full ob
glory. glory. Bot de wok wa God do wa mek all
10 For even that which ting right twix God an e people, dat haffa
was made glorious had
no glory in this respect,
be full ob glory heap mo den dat, fa true.
by reason of the glory 10 Cause dat wa been a shinin glory ain
that excelleth. got no glory tall now wen we see de glory
11 For if that which is
done away was glorious,
wa come, wa great mo den all. 11 De ting
much more that which wa ain been fa las long, e hab glory. So den
remaineth is glorious. dat wa gwine las faeba, dat eben mo full
12 Seeing then that we
have such hope, we use
op wid glory.
great plainness of speech: 12 Now den, cause we know we kin look

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 3, 4 613

fowaad ta dat, we ain fraid tall fa taak 13 And not as Moses,


which put a vail over his
plain fa God. 13 We ain like Moses wa face, that the children of
been kiba e face so dat de Israel people ain Israel could not stedfastly
look to the end of that
see dat de shinin glory beena fade an gone which is abolished:
way. 14 Bot fa true, jes like dat ting wa 14 But their minds
kiba Moses face, sompin been mek dem were blinded: for until
this day remaineth the
Israel people so dat dey ain git same vail untaken away
ondastandin bout dat. Eben op ta taday, in the reading of the old
testament; which vail is
dat same ting dey wa da mek um so dat done away in Christ.
dey ain ondastan wen dey da read de book 15 But even unto this
dem wa taak bout de ole cobnant. Cause day, when Moses is read,
the vail is upon their
jes wen somebody come fa be one wid heart.
Christ, jes den dat face kiba gone an e git 16 Nevertheless when
dat ondastandin. 15 Eben op ta taday, it shall turn to the Lord,
the vail shall be taken
wensoneba dey da read de Law wa God gii away.
Moses, dey ain ondastan. 16 Bot wen 17 Now the Lord is that
somebody ton ta de Lawd, God mek um git Spirit: and where the
Spirit of the Lord is, there
ondastandin bout dat. 17 Now den, de is liberty.
Lawd, e de Sperit. Wehsoneba de Sperit ob 18 But we all, with
de Lawd dey, de people free. 18 So now dat open face beholding as in
a glass the glory of the
God done moob de kiba fom we face, Lord, are changed into
wensoneba people see we, dey see de glory the same image from
ob de Lawd da shine fom we. An God glory to glory, even as by
the Spirit of the Lord.
Sperit da mek we jes like de Lawd wid mo
an mo ob e glory. 4
,3

We Show God Powa Eenside We Chapter 4

4 God een e mussy gii we dis yah wok


1 1 Therefore seeing we
have this ministry, as we
fa do. So den, we ain gwine leh nottin have received mercy, we
mek we gii op. 2 We ain hab nottin fa do faint not;
2 But have renounced
wid dem bad ting wa people do, da try fa the hidden things of dis-
hide um fom oda people, an wa da mek um honesty, not walking in
too shame. We da waak scraight wid craftiness, nor handling
the word of God deceit-
people. An we ain da tangle God wod. We fully; but by manifesta-
say um jes like e da. We da taak de trute fa tion of the truth com-
mending ourselves to ev-
all people fa ondastan, cause we know dat ery man's conscience in
God da look pon we. An cause ob dat, we the sight of God.
3 But if our gospel be
hope dat all people gwine be sattify dat we hid, it is hid to them that
da waak een a good way. 3 Ef some ob de are lost:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
614 2 Corinth 4

4 In whom the god of


people wa da yeh de Good Nyews we da
this world hath blinded
the minds of them which tell um ain ondastan um, dey de one dem
believe not, lest the light wa da gwine pon dey way fa be loss faeba.
of the glorious gospel of
4 Dey ain bleebe wa we da say, cause
Christ, who is the image
of God, should shine unto Satan, de ebil god ob dis wol, done bline
them.
dey eye, so dat dey ain able fa see de light
5 For we preach not
wa da shine pon um. Dat de light ob de
ourselves, but Christ Je-
sus the Lord; and our- Good Nyews bout Christ glory, an Christ
selves your servants for pazactly de same as God. 5 Cause fa true,
Jesus' sake.
we ain da tell oona bout wesef. We da tell
6 For God, who com-
manded the light to shine
oona bout Jedus Christ we Lawd. An we
out of darkness, hath say dat we oona saabant fa sake ob Jedus.
shined in our hearts, to 6 God, wa say, “Leh light shine outta de
give the light of the
knowledge of the glory of daak!” e de same God wa mek e light shine
God in the face of Jesus een we haat. An dat light wa da shine fom
Christ.
Christ face, dat da mek we know God
7 But we have this
treasure in earthen ves-
glory.
sels, that the excellency 7 Stillyet, eben dough God da gii we dis
of the power may be of tredja dey eenside we, we stan jes like ole
God, and not of us.
clay jug. We weak an plain. Dat show dat
8 We are troubled on
every side, yet not dis-
de powa dey een God han. Fa true, we ain
tressed; we are perplexed, got dat powa. 8 Plenty time we got trouble
but not in despair; ebryweh, bot dat ain mek we gii op. Plenty
9 Persecuted, but not time we ain know wa fa tink, bot we ain
forsaken; cast down, but
not destroyed; loss we courage. 9 People mek we suffa,
10 Always bearing
bot all de time God dey wid we. Dey kin
about in the body the dy- knock we down, bot dey ain able fa stroy
ing of the Lord Jesus, that we. 10 De det ob Jedus dey een we body all
the life also of Jesus
might be made manifest de time, so dat people kin see e life too een
in our body. we body all de time. 11 Cause wiles we da
11 For we which live lib een dis life, all de time we da stan een
are alway delivered unto de patway ob det fa sake ob Jedus, so dat
death for Jesus' sake, that
the life also of Jesus people kin see e life een we body. 12 So
might be made manifest den, we da stan een de patway ob det all
in our mortal flesh.
de time, bot oona dey een de patway ob
12 So then death work-
eth in us, but life in you.
life wa ain neba gwine end.
13 Dey write een God Book say, “A been
13 We having the same
spirit of faith, according bleebe wa God tell me, an dat mek me tell
as it is written, I believed, wa A bleebe.” Same way so, we bleebe een

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 4, 5 615

dat same way ob fait, an we da tell wa we and therefore have I spo-


ken; we also believe, and
bleebe. 14 We know dat God wa mek we therefore speak;
Lawd Jedus git op fom mongst de dead 14 Knowing that he
people an lib gin, e gwine mek we lib gin which raised up the Lord
Jesus shall raise up us
too, long wid Jedus. An God gwine bring also by Jesus, and shall
we, long wid oona, eenta de place weh e present us with you.
dey. 15 All dis da happen fa sake ob oona. 15 For all things are for
your sakes, that the abun-
An as God da bless mo an mo people, dey dant grace might through
gwine tell God tankya mo an mo an show e the thanksgiving of many
redound to the glory of
glory. God.
16 For which cause we
We Pit We Haat pon Dem Ting faint not; but though our
wa We ain See outward man perish, yet
the inward man is re-
16 Cause ob dat, we ain neba gii op. newed day by day.
Eben dough we body da waste way, 17 For our light afflic-
tion, which is but for a
stillyet nyew life da come ta we sperit moment, worketh for us a
eenside we ebry day. 17 De leetle trouble far more exceeding and
eternal weight of glory;
dem we da suffa fa dis shot time, dey da git 18 While we look not
we ready fa blessin an hona faeba. An dem at the things which are
blessin an hona gwine be faaway mo den seen, but at the things
which are not seen: for
de suffrin we da suffa now. 18 Cause we pit the things which are seen
we haat pon dem ting wa we ain da see. are temporal; but the
things which are not seen
We ain pit um pon dem ting wa we da see. are eternal.
De ting dem wa we da see, dey ain las 5
,4

long, bot dem ting wa we ain da see, dey


gwine las faeba an eba. Chapter 5

5
1 We know dat ef dis tent we lib een, 1 For we know that if
we body yah een dis wol, git stroy, our earthly house of this
tabernacle were dis-
God got a place fa we fa lib een heaben. solved, we have a build-
Dat a house wa God mek wa gwine las ing of God, an house not
faeba. 2 Fa true, wiles we da lib yah, we da made with hands, eternal
in the heavens.
groan, cause we wahn fa pit on we nyew 2 For in this we groan,
cloes. We wahn fa be eenside we house earnestly desiring to be
clothed upon with our
een heaben. 3 Cause wen we dey eenside house which is from
we house een heaben, we ain neba gwine heaven:
3 If so be that being
be dout nottin fa kiba we op. 4 Wiles we clothed we shall not be
still da lib yah eenside dis tent, we da found naked.
4 For we that are in this
groan wid we hebby burden we da tote. tabernacle do groan, be-
Dat ain fa say dat we wahn fa come outta ing burdened: not for

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
616 2 Corinth 5

that we would be un- we body dat we got een dis wol. Bot we
clothed, but clothed
upon, that mortality wahn God fa pit we house fom heaben pon
might be swallowed up we, so dat life wa gwine las faeba gwine
of life.
5 Now he that hath swalla op we body yah wa gwine dead.
wrought us for the self- 5 God de one wa done ready we fa dis
same thing is God, who nyew house, an e gii we e Holy Sperit fa
also hath given unto us
the earnest of the Spirit. show we dat.
6 Therefore we are al- 6 So den, cause we know dem ting yah,
ways confident, knowing
that, whilst we are at we ain neba gii op. We know dat all de
home in the body, we are time dis body yah we house, we ain gone
absent from the Lord:
7 (For we walk by yet fa lib een de house dat God da keep fa
faith, not by sight:) we. 7 Cause we da waak coddin ta fait. We
8 We are confident, I ain da waak jes by wa we da see wid we
say, and willing rather to
be absent from the body, eye. 8 A da tell oona, we ain neba gii op.
and to be present with An fa sho, we wahn fa go way fom dis body
the Lord.
an go lib wid de Lawd. 9 Bot weza we da
9 Wherefore we la-
bour, that, whether pres- lib een we body yah or way op een heaben,
ent or absent, we may be de ting we wahn mo den all, we wahn fa
accepted of him.
do dem ting wa gwine mek we Lawd
10 For we must all ap-
pear before the judgment sattify. 10 Cause we all gwine haffa stanop
seat of Christ; that every fo Christ jedgiment seat. E gwine jedge we,
one may receive the
things done in his body,
an ebrybody gwine git e payback fa e wok
according to that he hath wen e been dey een dis life, weza e good or
done, whether it be good bad.
or bad.
11 Knowing therefore
Christ Mek All Ting Right
the terror of the Lord, we Twix God an We
persuade men; but we are So den, we know wa e mean fa be
11
made manifest unto God;
and I trust also are made scaid ob de Lawd, so we da try fa taak ta
manifest in your con- people fa win um oba ta de Lawd. God
sciences.
12 For we commend
know we shru an shru, an A hope dat oona
not ourselves again unto ondastan we een oona haat too. 12 We ain
you, but give you occa- da try fa tell oona gin dat we good. We da
sion to glory on our be-
half, that ye may have try fa gii oona good reason fa be heppy
somewhat to answer cause ob we. Den oona gwine be able fa
them which glory in ap-
pearance, and not in ansa dem wa da brag bout wa people da do
heart. so dat oda people kin shim, steada bout wa
13 For whether we be dey eenside a poson haat. 13 Ef e look like
beside ourselves, it is to
God: or whether we be
we ain got no sense, den dat fa sake ob
sober, it is for your cause. God, ainty? Ef oona bleebe we got sense,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 5, 6 617

dat fa sake ob oona. 14 De lob ob Christ fa 14 For the love of


Christ constraineth us;
we da rule oba we, cause we know fa sho, because we thus judge,
dat one man done dead fa all people. An that if one died for all,
then were all dead:
dat mean dat all people done dead wid 15 And that he died for
um. 15 E done dead fa all, so dat dem wa all, that they which live
should not henceforth
got life mus dohn lib no mo fa deysef. Dey live unto themselves, but
oughta jes lib fa de one wa done dead an unto him which died for
them, and rose again.
wa God mek lib gin fa dey sake. 16 Wherefore hence-
16 So we ain oughta jedge nobody no forth know we no man af-
ter the flesh: yea, though
mo same like people da jedge um. Eben we have known Christ af-
dough we beena jedge Christ like people ter the flesh, yet now
henceforth know we him
da jedge oda people, we ain do dat no mo. no more.
17 Wen somebody come fa be one wid 17 Therefore if any
man be in Christ, he is a
Christ, e a nyew poson. De ole way ob life new creature: old things
wa e beena lib done done. E da lib a nyew are passed away; behold,
all things are become
way ob life now. 18 God do all dis. Shru new.
Jedus Christ, God mek all ting right twix 18 And all things are of
God, who hath recon-
esef an we. An e gii we de wok fa go tell ciled us to himself by
oda people how dey kin come ta um an leh Jesus Christ, and hath
given to us the ministry
God mek all ting right twix God an dem. of reconciliation;
19 Dat mean fa say dat God mek all ting 19 To wit, that God
was in Christ, reconciling
right twix esef an people cause ob wa the world unto himself,
Christ done. God ain memba people sin not imputing their tres-
ginst um no mo fa punish um. An e chaage passes unto them; and
hath committed unto us
we fa go tell people how e mek all ting the word of reconcilia-
right twix God an dem. tion.
20 Now then we are
20 So den, Christ sen we fa tell oona dis. ambassadors for Christ,
Wen we da taak ta oona, e like God esef da as though God did be-
seech you by us: we pray
taak. Fa sake ob Christ, we da beg oona. you in Christ's stead, be
Come ta God an leh um mek all ting right ye reconciled to God.
21 For he hath made
tween esef an oona. 21 Christ ain neba do him to be sin for us, who
no sin, bot fa we sake, God pit we sin dem knew no sin; that we
pon Christ, so dat wen we come fa be one might be made the righ-
teousness of God in him.
wid Christ, all ting come fa be right twix
God an we.
6
,5

Chapter 6

6
1 So den, we wa da wok togeda wid 1 We then, as workers
God da beg oona. Mus dohn leh de together with him, be-
seech you also that ye re-
blessin wa God gii oona go fa nottin. ceive not the grace of
2 Cause God say, God in vain.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
618 2 Corinth 6

2 (For he saith, I have


“A been listen ta ya
heard thee in a time ac-
cepted, and in the day of jes wen de right time come,
salvation have I suc- an wen de day fa sabe oona come,
coured thee: behold, now
is the accepted time; be- A hep oona.”
hold, now is the day of A da tell oona say, now de right time.
salvation.)
Taday de day fa people fa be sabe!
3 We da try fa lib so dat we ain gwine
3 Giving no offence in bodda nobody noway, so dat nobody ain
any thing, that the minis-
try be not blamed: gwine blame we fa de wok wa we da do.
4 Bot de way we da do all ting, we da show
dat, fa true, we da do God wok. We da
4 But in all things ap-
beah op onda heapa trouble, wen we da
proving ourselves as the
ministers of God, in much suffa, wen haad time come, an all kind ob
patience, in afflictions, in bad ting come ta we. 5 Sometime people
necessities, in distresses,
beat we an pit we een de jailhouse,
Sometime dey been a heapa people wa bex
5 In stripes, in impris- come ginst we. Sometime we haffa wok til
onments, in tumults, in we cyahn wok no mo, an we haffa go dout
labours, in watchings, in
fastings; no sleep an ain got nuff food fa nyam.
6 Den too, we da show dat we da do God
wok by de way dat we lib clean, by how
6 By pureness, by
knowledge, by longsuf-
we know fa true bout Christ, by how we da
fering, by kindness, by beah wid people an got good haat fa um.
the Holy Ghost, by love An we da show um by de Holy Sperit, an
unfeigned,
how we lob people fa true. 7 Wen we da
taak true an God powa dey pon we, dat
7 By the word of truth, show too dat we da do God wok. De way
by the power of God, by
the armour of righteous-
we da waak scraight wid God, dat we
ness on the right hand weapon wa we got fa fight, pon de lef han
and on the left, side an de right han side. 8 Sometime
people hona we, an sometime dey taak
8 By honour and dis- bad bout we. Sometime dey praise we, an
honour, by evil report sometime dey hole we cheap. We da taak
and good report: as de-
ceivers, and yet true;
true, bot sometime dey taak bad bout we,
da say we ain taak true. 9 People know we
ebryweh, stillyet, sometime e like nobody
9 As unknown, and yet know we. We been good as dead, bot
well known; as dying,
and, behold, we live; as stillyet, ya kin see we da lib. People mek
chastened, and not killed; we suffa, stillyet dey ain kill we. 10 We kin

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 6 619

hab hebby haat, bot we da rejaice all de 10 As sorrowful, yet al-


way rejoicing; as poor,
time. We ain got plenty ting, stillyet we da yet making many rich; as
mek a whole heapa people rich een fait. E having nothing, and yet
possessing all things.
seem like we ain got nottin, bot we got all
ting fa true. 11 O ye Corinthians,
11 We deah fren dem een Corinth, we our mouth is open unto
you, our heart is en-
haat open ta oona. We done tell oona all larged.
wa dey een we haat. We ain hide nottin.
12 We ain shet op we haat ginst oona, bot 12 Ye are not strait-
ened in us, but ye are
oona da shet op oona haat ginst we. 13 So straitened in your own
A da taak ta oona now jes like oona me bowels.
chullun. Open op ya haat ta we, like we
own haat open ta oona! 13 Now for a recom-
pence in the same, (I
speak as unto my chil-
Dohn Do Dem Ting Dat People dren,) be ye also
wa Ain Know God da Do enlarged.
14 Oona mus dohn jine op wid people
wa ain bleebe pon Christ, da try fa lib like 14 Be ye not unequally
yoked together with un-
oona one wid um. Cause ting wa right an believers: for what fel-
ting wa ain right ain able fa jine togeda lowship hath righteous-
ness with unrighteous-
ainty? How de light an de daak gwine be ness? and what commu-
one an lib togeda een one place? 15 Christ nion hath light with
darkness?
an de Debil ain neba gwine gree togeda,
ainty? How somebody wa bleebe pon
15 And what concord
Christ an somebody wa ain bleebe gwine hath Christ with Belial?
gree togeda? 16 De place weh God lib ain or what part hath he that
neba gwine gree fa jine op wid idol dem believeth with an infidel?
wa people mek fa pray ta! Fa true, God da
wa lib faeba an da gii life, we e house! God 16 And what agree-
say, ment hath the temple of
God with idols? for ye are
“A gwine lib een me people the temple of the living
an mek me home mongst um. God; as God hath said, I
will dwell in them, and
A gwine be dey God, walk in them; and I will
an dey gwine be me people.” be their God, and they
shall be my people.
17 An de Lawd say,
“So den, oona mus come out fom
mongst dem wa ain bleebe. 17 Wherefore come
out from among them,
Mus dohn hab nottin and be ye separate, saith
fa do wid um. the Lord, and touch not

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
620 2 Corinth 6, 7

the unclean thing; and I Oona mus dohn hab nottin


will receive you,
18 And will be a Father
fa do wid nottin
unto you, and ye shall be wa ain clean fom sin.
my sons and daughters, Den A gwine gii oona
saith the Lord Almighty.
haaty welcome.
18 A gwine be oona Fada,
an oona gwine be me son
an daughta dem,
7
,6
Dat wa de Lawd,
wa got powa mo den all, say.”

7
Chapter 7 1 Me deah Christian fren dem, God
1 Having therefore mek all dem promise yah fa we. So
these promises, dearly
beloved, let us cleanse den, leh we mek we life clean fa true fom
ourselves from all filthi- sin. Mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid no ebil
ness of the flesh and
spirit, perfecting holiness
ting dat gwine mek we body or we sperit
in the fear of God. dorty een God eye. Leh we lib jes fa God,
2 Receive us; we have wa we blongst ta, an show dat we da hona
wronged no man, we
have corrupted no man,
um fa true.
we have defrauded no
man. Paul Full Op wid Joy
3 I speak not this to
2 Open op oona haat fa we. We ain do
condemn you: for I have
said before, that ye are in nobody nottin bad. We ain stroy nobody
our hearts to die and live
with you.
fait. We ain tek no wantage ob nobody. 3 A
4 Great is my boldness ain say dem ting yah fa condemn oona.
of speech toward you, Cause, like A done tell oona, oona een we
great is my glorying of
you: I am filled with com-
haat all de time. We lob oona sommuch
fort, I am exceeding joy- dat nottin kin keep we fom oona. We
ful in all our tribulation. togeda wid oona all de time, weza we da
5 For, when we were
come into Macedonia,
lib or we dead. 4 A sho dat oona ain gwine
our flesh had no rest, but disappaint we. Oona da mek me too
we were troubled on ev- heppy. Eben dough we got plenty trouble,
ery side; without were
fightings, within were stillyet A got plenty courage, A full op wid
fears. joy.
6 Nevertheless God, 5 Eben wen we come ta Macedonia, we
that comforteth those
that are cast down, com- body ain got no chance fa res. We been
forted us by the coming flicted dey pon all side. People beena aagy
of Titus;
wid we an we been scaid. 6 Bot God, wa da
7 And not by his com-
ing only, but by the con- courage dem wa got hebby haat, e courage
solation wherewith he we wen Titus come. 7 An we ain been

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 7 621

courage jes cause e come. We been was comforted in you,


when he told us your ear-
courage, too, wen e tell we how oona nest desire, your mourn-
courage um dey. E tell we dat oona wahn ing, your fervent mind
toward me; so that I re-
fa see me too bad. An oona saary fa true fa joiced the more.
wa happen. An e say, too, dat oona all de
8 For though I made
time ready fa tek op fa me. So A da rejaice
you sorry with a letter, I
now eben mo. do not repent, though I
8 Eben ef de letta A done write mek did repent: for I perceive
that the same epistle hath
oona too sad, A ain saary dat A write um. made you sorry, though it
A been saary wen A see dat de letta mek were but for a season.
oona sad fa a wile. 9 Bot A heppy now. A 9 Now I rejoice, not
ain heppy dat A done mek oona sad. A that ye were made sorry,
but that ye sorrowed to
heppy cause oona been so sad til dat done repentance: for ye were
mek oona change oona way. Oona change made sorry after a godly
cause oona been feel saary like God wahn. manner, that ye might re-
ceive damage by us in
So, we ain do oona no haam. 10 Wen God nothing.
mek somebody saary, dat gwine mek e
10 For godly sorrow
haat change an e gwine ton fom e sin. An
worketh repentance to
cause ob dat, e gwine be sabe. So dat ain salvation not to be re-
nottin fa regret. Bot ef somebody feel pented of: but the sorrow
of the world worketh
saary jes cause ob sompin wa dey een dis death.
wol, dat kind ob saary dey gwine mek um
dead an loss faeba. 11 Look wa God done 11 For behold this self-
same thing, that ye sor-
fa oona wen e mek oona saary. Fa sho, e rowed after a godly sort,
mek oona study fa do wa oona oughta do what carefulness it
wrought in you, yea,
an fa show fa true dat oona ain done nottin what clearing of your-
wrong. Oona been bex bad an oona been selves, yea, what indigna-
tion, yea, what fear, yea,
scaid. Wen God mek oona saary, dat mek what vehement desire,
oona wahn fa see me too bad, an oona yea, what zeal, yea, what
been ready fa punish de one wa done bad. revenge! In all things ye
have approved your-
Oona done all wa oona been able fa do fa selves to be clear in this
mek all ting scraight. All dat done show matter.
dat dey ain nottin fa blame oona fa een dat 12 Wherefore, though
trouble. I wrote unto you, I did it
12 So eben wen A write dat letta, A ain not for his cause that had
done the wrong, nor for
write um fa sake ob de one wa done bad, his cause that suffered
an A ain write um needa fa sake ob de one wrong, but that our care
for you in the sight of
wa suffa fa um. A write um fa show oona God might appear unto
dat God know dat oona cyah fa we fa true. you.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
622 2 Corinth 7, 8

13 Therefore we were 13 An all dat courage we. An pontop ob de


comforted in your com-
fort: yea, and exceed- courage dat oona gii we, Titus mek we
ingly the more joyed we eben mo heppy, cause oona mek um heppy
for the joy of Titus, be-
cause his spirit was re- fa true by de way oona all beena hep um so
freshed by you all. dat e ain warry no mo. 14 A been tell Titus
14 For if I have boasted
any thing to him of you, I
dat A too heppy bout oona, an oona ain leh
am not ashamed; but as me down. We taak true ta oona all de time.
we spake all things to you Same way so, oona show dat wa we tell
in truth, even so our
boasting, which I made Titus bout oona, e true. 15 So den, Titus da
before Titus, is found a lob oona mo an mo, wen e da memba how
truth.
15 And his inward af- oona all been ready fa do wa e tell oona fa
fection is more abundant do, an how wen oona welcome um, oona
toward you, whilst he
remembereth the obedi- been so scaid an ain wahn fa do nottin fa
ence of you all, how with
fear and trembling ye re- mek um feel bad. 16 A heppy fa true, cause
ceived him.
16 I rejoice therefore
A know A kin trus oona fa sho, een
that I have confidence in ebryting.
8
,7 you in all things.
How Christian Dem Oughta Gii
Chapter 8 fa Hep Dey Broda

8
1 Moreover, brethren,
we do you to wit of the
Me Christian bredren, we wahn fa
1
grace of God bestowed on mek ya know bout de blessin wa God
the churches of Macedo-
nia; been gii de choch dem een Macedonia.
2 How that in a great 2 Eben dough dey beena suffa a heapa
trial of affliction the
abundance of their joy trouble wa test um fa true, stillyet dey
and their deep poverty
abounded unto the riches heppy. An cause ob dat, dey wahn fa hep
of their liberality. oda people, an dey gii way a whole heapa
3 For to their power, I
bear record, yea, and be- ting, eben wen dey ain got much tall ob
yond their power they dey own. 3 A da tell oona fa true dat dey
were willing of them-
selves; gii all dey able fa gii an eben mo den dat,
4 Praying us with
much intreaty that we
cause dey wahn fa do um. 4 Dey beena beg
would receive the gift, we wid all dey haat fa leh um hab de
and take upon us the fel-
lowship of the minister- blessin fa be able fa gii ta God people wa
ing to the saints.
5 And this they did, not
got need. 5 We ain beena spect um fa do all
as we hoped, but first dey done. Fus dey gii de Lawd dey life an
gave their own selves to den pit deysef een we han, jes like God
the Lord, and unto us by
the will of God. wahn um fa do. 6 So den, we courage
6 Insomuch that we
desired Titus, that as he Titus, wa staat dis wok, fa go on wid um an
had begun, so he would
also finish in you the
hep oona fa finish op dis special wok weh
same grace also. oona da gii plenty, cause oona lob oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 8 623

Christian bredren. 7 Oona way head ob 7 Therefore, as ye


abound in every thing, in
oda people een oona fait, een de way oona faith, and utterance, and
da taak, een oona laanin, een de way oona knowledge, and in all dil-
igence, and in your love
da do ting wid all oona haat, an een oona to us, see that ye abound
lob fa we. So jes like oona way head ob oda in this grace also.
people een dem ting, oona oughta be way 8 I speak not by com-
head, too, een dis wok yah. mandment, but by occa-
sion of the forwardness of
8 A ain da chaage oona dat oona haffa others, and to prove the
do um. Bot wen A da tell oona how oda sincerity of your love.
people wahn fa hep fa do dis wok, A da try 9 For ye know the
fa find out dat de lob dat oona got da come grace of our Lord Jesus
Christ, that, though he
fa true fom oona haat. 9 Oona know de was rich, yet for your
way we Lawd Jedus Christ bless we. Eben sakes he became poor,
that ye through his pov-
dough e got ebryting op dey een heaben, erty might be rich.
stillyet fa oona sake e come fa lib een dis 10 And herein I give
wol jes like a poson wa ain got nottin. E my advice: for this is ex-
done dat fa mek oona git all ting op een pedient for you, who
have begun before, not
heaben. 10 Now listen yah ta wa A tink only to do, but also to be
oona oughta do bout dis offrin. E betta fa forward a year ago.
oona fa finish op tareckly wa oona done 11 Now therefore per-
form the doing of it; that
staat fa do las yeah. Oona been de fus fa as there was a readiness to
staat da gii fa de offrin ta God people, an will, so there may be a
oona been de fus fa wahn fa gim sompin. performance also out of
that which ye have.
11 So finish op de wok. Jes like oona been
12 For if there be first a
wahn fa git um ready, so now oona oughta willing mind, it is ac-
finish um op. An oona oughta gim coddin cepted according to that
a man hath, and not ac-
ta wa oona got. 12 Ef somebody wahn fa cording to that he hath
gii, God gwine be sattify coddin ta wa dat not.
poson got, an not coddin ta wa e ain got. 13 For I mean not that
13 A ain da try fa tek oda people hebby other men be eased, and
ye burdened:
load fom off um an pit um pon oona. 14 A
14 But by an equality,
mean dat e good fa all fa share an share de that now at this time your
same. Oona got plenty ting now, an oona abundance may be a sup-
oughta hep dem wa ain got wa dey need. ply for their want, that
their abundance also may
Den wen de time come dat oona ain got wa be a supply for your want:
oona need, dem wa got plenty ting gwine that there may be
equality:
hep oona. Dat way, all oona gwine share
15 As it is written, He
de same. 15 Like dey write een God Book that had gathered much
say, “De one wa geda a heap ain got had nothing over; and he

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
624 2 Corinth 8

that had gathered little tommuch, an de one wa geda jes a leetle


had no lack.
16 But thanks be to bit got wa e need.”
God, which put the same
earnest care into the Titus Come ta Corinth
heart of Titus for you.
17 For indeed he ac- 16 A tell God tankya fa mek Titus haat
cepted the exhortation;
but being more forward,
open fa hep oona, jes like me own haat
of his own accord he open ta oona. 17 Wen A aks Titus fa go ta
went unto you. oona, e been heppy fa go. Fa true e been
18 And we have sent
with him the brother, too heppy fa go hep oona. E de one wa
whose praise is in the mek op e mind fa go. 18 An we da sen, long
gospel throughout all the
churches; wid Titus, noda Christian broda wa
19 And not that only, ebrybody praise een all de choch dem,
but who was also chosen cause ob e wok da tell de Good Nyews.
of the churches to travel
with us with this grace,
19 An e ain only dat, de choch dem pick
which is administered by um fa go wid we wen we do dis wok ob
us to the glory of the
same Lord, and declara-
lob, da cyaa de offrin ta de Christian dem
tion of your ready mind: een Judea, so dat de Lawd gwine git de
20 Avoiding this, that praise, an dey gwine see dat fa sho we
no man should blame us
in this abundance which
wahn fa hep um.
is administered by us: 20 We wahn fa tek cyah dat nobody ain
21 Providing for hon- gwine blame we bout de way we nyuse dis
est things, not only in the
sight of the Lord, but also
heapa money yah. 21 We da try we bes fa
in the sight of men. do wa right, not jes fo de Lawd, bot fo
22 And we have sent people too.
with them our brother, 22 We da sen noda ob we Christian
whom we have often-
times proved diligent in bredren fa go long wid um. E show we
many things, but now plenty time an een plenty way dat e wahn
much more diligent,
upon the great confi- wid all e haat fa hep. An now dat e trus
dence which I have in oona good fashion, e wahn fa hep oona mo
you.
23 Whether any do en-
den eba. 23 Now bout Titus, e de one wa fa
quire of Titus, he is my true da wok longside me an wok wid me fa
partner and fellowhelper hep oona. Dem oda ob we Christian
concerning you: or our
brethren be enquired of, bredren, dey da gwine long wid Titus fom
they are the messengers de diffunt choch dem wa sen um fa go ta
of the churches, and the
glory of Christ. oona. Dey da bring hona ta Christ. 24 So
24 Wherefore shew ye den, oona oughta show um how oona lob
to them, and before the um, so all de choch dem gwine know fa
churches, the proof of
your love, and of our true dat oona lob um, an dey gwine know
boasting on your behalf. dat we right wen we da brag bout oona.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 9 625
9
,8

Christian Dem Oughta Hep Chapter 9


Dey Christian Bredren 1 For as touching the

9
ministering to the saints,
1 Fa true, A ain need fa write oona it is superfluous for me to
bout de offrin dat de Christian dem write to you:
gwine sen ta Judea fa hep God people dey. 2 For I know the for-
wardness of your mind,
2 Cause A know dat oona wahn fa hep, an
for which I boast of you
A beena taak bout dat good ting oona do. to them of Macedonia,
that Achaia was ready a
A da tell de people een Macedonia say, year ago; and your zeal
“We Christian bredren een Achaia been hath provoked very
ready fa hep oona since las yeah.” Plenty many.
3 Yet have I sent the
dem dey een Macedonia staat fa hep wen brethren, lest our boast-
dey yeh how oona wahn fa hep too bad. ing of you should be in
3 Bot A da sen bredren yah ta oona now so vain in this behalf; that,
as I said, ye may be
dat me good wod bout oona hep ain gwine ready:
be jes empty taak, an oona gwine be ready 4 Lest haply if they of
wid wa oona wahn fa gii fa hep een dis Macedonia come with
me, and find you unpre-
wok, jes like A beena say. 4 Ef oona ain pared, we (that we say
ready an some ob we Christian bredren not, ye) should be
ashamed in this same
fom Macedonia come wid me an see dat confident boasting.
oona ain got nottin ready yet fa gii, we 5 Therefore I thought
gwine be too shame an oona gwine be it necessary to exhort the
brethren, that they would
shame mo den we. Cause we been sho dat go before unto you, and
oona been ready fa hep. 5 Dat mek me tink make up beforehand
your bounty, whereof ye
dat A mus courage dem Christian bredren had notice before, that
yah fa try fa go ta oona fo A come, an hep the same might be ready,
as a matter of bounty, and
oona git ready, fo A git ta oona, wa oona not as of covetousness.
promise fa gii. Den dat gwine be ready 6 But this I say, He
wen A come. An dat gwine show dat oona which soweth sparingly
shall reap also sparingly;
da gii cause oona wahn fa gii, an e ain and he which soweth
cause somebody da mek oona gii. bountifully shall reap
6 Wa A mean fa say, de one wa ain plant also bountifully.
7 Every man according
bot a leetle bit ob seed ain neba gwine as he purposeth in his
haabis a big crop. Bot de one wa plant heart, so let him give; not
plenty seed gwine haabis a whole heapa grudgingly, or of neces-
sity: for God loveth a
crop. 7 Ebrybody mus gii wa e mek op e cheerful giver.
mind fa gii. E mus dohn gii wid sad haat 8 And God is able to
jes cause dey mek um gii. God lob de one make all grace abound
toward you; that ye, al-
wa heppy een e haat fa gii. 8 An God able ways having all suffi-
fa gii oona all oona need, an plenty mo ciency in all things, may

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
626 2 Corinth 9, 10

abound to every good too, so dat all de time oona gwine git all
work:
9 (As it is written, He
oona need, an a heap mo dat oona kin gii
hath dispersed abroad; fa ebry good wok. 9 Like dey write een
he hath given to the poor: God Book say,
his righteousness remain-
eth for ever. “De one wa da waak scraight
10 Now he that minis-
da gii plenty ting ta dem
tereth seed to the sower wa ain got nottin.
both minister bread for Dem good ting e da do
your food, and multiply
your seed sown, and in- gwine las faeba.”
crease the fruits of your 10 God da gii de faama seed, an e da gii
righteousness;)
bread fa nyam. Same way so, God gwine
11 Being enriched in
every thing to all bounti-
gii oona, too, all de seed oona need fa
fulness, which causeth plant an e gwine mek um grow. Oona da
through us thanksgiving do a heapa good ting, an God gwine mek
to God.
dat seed grow fa be a big crop fa true.
12 For the administra-
11 God gwine gii oona nuff ting all de time
tion of this service not
only supplieth the want so dat oona gwine be able fa gii plenty all
of the saints, but is abun- de time. Den people gwine tell God tankya
dant also by many
thanksgivings unto God; fa wa oona gii we fa cyaa ta um. 12 Dis
13 Whiles by the ex- wok wa oona da do ain jes fa gii God
periment of this ministra- people wa dey need. Dis wok da mek um
tion they glorify God for
your professed subjection
tell God tankya plenty. 13 Dis wok wa
unto the gospel of Christ, oona da do da show dat oona trus God fa
and for your liberal distri- true. Dat gwine mek God people praise
bution unto them, and
unto all men; God, cause oona da folla de way ob de
14 And by their prayer Good Nyews ob Christ wa oona da tell
for you, which long after people bout, an cause oona da gii dem an
you for the exceeding
grace of God in you.
oda people plenty ting. 14 So den, dey
15 Thanks be unto God
gwine pray fa oona wid all dey haat, cause
for his unspeakable gift. ob de blessin wa God been gii oona mo den
all. 15 Leh we tell God tankya fa wa e gii
10
,9
we, wa mo greata den we kin say!

Chapter 10 Paul Show Dat E da Do Right

10 A, Paul, da beg oona een de


1 Now I Paul myself 1
beseech you by the meek-
ness and gentleness of name ob Christ, wa kind an da
Christ, who in presence beah wid people. Dey say A da taak low
am base among you, but
being absent am bold to- wen A dey wid oona, bot wen A ain dey
ward you: close ta oona, A got plenty mout. 2 A da

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 10 627

beg oona dat wen A come ta oona, oona 2 But I beseech you,
ain gwine mek me hab scrong mout that I may not be bold
when I am present with
mongst oona, like A plan fa do mongst that confidence, where-
some people wa tink dat we da waak een with I think to be bold
against some, which
de way ob de wol. 3 Fa true, we da lib een think of us as if we walk-
de wol, bot we ain da fight dis waa like ed according to the flesh.
3 For though we walk
people ob de wol da fight. 4 De weapon in the flesh, we do not
dem wa we tek fa fight wid, dey ain wa war after the flesh:
4 (For the weapons of
people ob dis wol fight wid. We got our warfare are not car-
weapon wa got powa fom God fa stroy de nal, but mighty through
scrong place dem ob de enemy. 5 We da God to the pulling down
of strong holds;)
nyuse dem weapon fa show dat de 5 Casting down imagi-
aagyment dem dat people da aagy bout nations, and every high
thing that exalteth itself
God, dey ain mek no sense. We da stroy against the knowledge of
ebryting wa people wa tink dey high op da God, and bringing into
captivity every thought
nyuse fa keep people fom know bout God. to the obedience of
Ebry kinda way people da tink, we res um Christ;
6 And having in a
an pit um een de jailhouse til e ready fa readiness to revenge all
obey Jedus Christ. 6 An wen fa true oona disobedience, when your
do all wa oona oughta do, we gwine be obedience is fulfilled.
7 Do ye look on things
ready fa punish whosoneba ain da do wa e after the outward appear-
oughta do. ance? If any man trust to
7 Oona da look jes at wa people see. Ef himself that he is Christ's,
let him of himself think
somebody dey wa da tink dat fa sho e this again, that, as he is
blongst ta Christ, leh um memba dat jes Christ's, even so are we
Christ's.
like e blongst ta Christ, same fashion we 8 For though I should
blongst ta Christ. 8 A ain gwine be shame boast somewhat more of
our authority, which the
eben ef A taak a leetle tommuch bout de Lord hath given us for ed-
tority de Lawd gii we. E sen we fa come ification, and not for your
destruction, I should not
hep oona grow op een Christ. E ain sen we be ashamed:
fa stroy oona. 9 A ain wahn oona fa tink 9 That I may not seem
dat A da write oona dem letta fa mek oona as if I would terrify you
by letters.
scaid. 10 Some people da taak say, “Paul 10 For his letters, say
da write haad ting full ob powa een dem they, are weighty and
powerful; but his bodily
letta yah wa e sen we. Bot wen e yah wid presence is weak, and his
we, e ain look like e got no powa tall, an e speech contemptible.
taak ain mount ta nottin.” 11 Ef people da 11 Let such an one
think this, that, such as
taak dat way, leh um ondastan dat wa we we are in word by letters
write een we letta wen we ain dey wid when we are absent, such

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
628 2 Corinth 10, 11

will we be also in deed oona, dat de same ting we gwine do wen


when we are present.
12 For we dare not we dey wid oona.
make ourselves of the 12 Oona know dat we ain gwine be
number, or compare our- scrong mout nuff fa compare wesef wid
selves with some that
commend themselves: some ob dem wa tink dey mo betta den
but they measuring oda people. Fa true, dey ain got sense! Dey
themselves by them-
selves, and comparing jes da compare deysef wid one noda, an
themselves among them- dey da jedge deysef jes by wasoneba dey
selves, are not wise.
13 But we will not tink right. 13 Bot we ain gwine taak bout
boast of things without no good ting dat we ain oughta taak bout.
our measure, but accord-
ing to the measure of the
We gwine taak jes bout de wok God gii we
rule which God hath dis- fa do, an we wok mongst oona paat ob dat.
tributed to us, a measure 14 So we ain do nottin mo den wa we
to reach even unto you.
14 For we stretch not oughta do wen we come ta oona. We been
ourselves beyond our de fus fa git ta oona an tell oona de Good
measure, as though we
reached not unto you: for Nyews bout Christ. 15 We ain taak bout de
we are come as far as to good wok wa oda people done do, wok wa
you also in preaching the
gospel of Christ: ain paat ob wa God gii we fa do. Bot we
15 Not boasting of wahn fa see oona trus een God mo an mo,
things without our mea-
sure, that is, of other
so dat wiles oona da trus um mo an mo, we
men's labours; but hav- wok mongst oona gwine grow mo an mo.
ing hope, when your 16 Den we gwine be able fa go ta de lan
faith is increased, that we
shall be enlarged by you dem oba yonda, clean oba ta de oda side
according to our rule ob weh oona dey, an tell all de people dey
abundantly,
16 To preach the gos- de Good Nyews. Cause we ain wahn fa
pel in the regions beyond taak bout de good wok wa oda people
you, and not to boast in
another man's line of done do een dem lan weh God sen um.
things made ready to our 17 Like dey write een God Book say, “Ef
hand.
17 But he that glorieth, somebody wahn fa brag, leh um brag bout
let him glory in the Lord. de good wok dat de Lawd done do.”
18 For not he that
18 Cause de one wa taak bout esef, say e
commendeth himself is
approved, but whom the do good, dat one ain gwine git praise. De
Lord commendeth. one wa de Lawd say e da do good, dat de
one wa gwine git praise.

Chapter 11 Paul an de Leada Dem wa Ain Taak True

11 A hope oona gwine beah wid me


1 Would to God ye 1
could bear with me a lit-
tle in my folly: and in- wiles A cut de fool. Kin ya do dat
deed bear with me. much fa me? 2 Cause A jealous oba oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 11 629

same fashion God esef jealous. Cause A 2 For I am jealous over


you with godly jealousy:
done promise oona fa marry ta Christ, so for I have espoused you
dat A able fa gii oona, like ooman wa ain to one husband, that I
may present you as a
neba know no man, ta e one husban. 3 A chaste virgin to Christ.
scaid dat wa happen ta Eve gwine happen 3 But I fear, lest by any
ta oona too. Jes like de snake trick Eve an means, as the serpent be-
guiled Eve through his
ceebe um, somebody gwine trick oona so subtilty, so your minds
dat oda ting dem go on een oona head, an should be corrupted from
den oona gwine stop fa trus een Christ fa the simplicity that is in
Christ.
true wid all oona haat. 4 A scaid fa oona,
4 For if he that cometh
cause oona ready fa listen ta wasoneba preacheth another Jesus,
poson wa come ta oona, da tell oona bout whom we have not
preached, or if ye receive
noda Jedus wa ain de same Jedus we another spirit, which ye
beena tell oona bout. Oona cept de sperit have not received, or an-
dey promise oona, wa ain de one oona got other gospel, which ye
have not accepted, ye
wen A been dey, an oona da listen ta might well bear with him.
wasoneba poson wa come da tell oona ting 5 For I suppose I was
wa diffunt fom de Good Nyews bout Jedus not a whit behind the
very chiefest apostles.
wa we tell oona.
5 A da taak bout dem big shot wa call 6 But though I be rude
in speech, yet not in
deysef postle. A ain tink dey eben a leetle knowledge; but we have
bit mo betta den me. 6 Eben ef A ain able been throughly made
manifest among you in
fa taak too good, wa A know, A know um all things.
good fa sho. We done mek dat plain ta 7 Have I committed an
oona een ebryting, an een ebry way. offence in abasing myself
7 A ain aks oona fa no pay wen A beena that ye might be exalted,
because I have preached
tell oona de Good Nyews bout God. A been to you the gospel of God
pit mesef down low so dat oona kin come freely?
high op. Fa true, dat ain no bad ting A 8I robbed other
beena do, ainty? 8 Wen A beena wok churches, taking wages of
them, to do you service.
mongst oona, oda choch dem been gii me 9 And when I was pres-
wa A need fa lib. E same like A beena tief ent with you, and
dem choch so dat A kin hep oona. 9 An wanted, I was chargeable
to no man: for that which
wiles A been dey wid oona, wensoneba A was lacking to me the
beena need sompin, A neba bodda none ob brethren which came
from Macedonia sup-
oona. A ain aks oona fa nottin. Cause de plied: and in all things I
bredren wa come fom Macedonia, dey have kept myself from
being burdensome unto
bring all dat A beena need. An jes like e you, and so will I keep
been, dat so e gwine be all de time. A ain myself.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
630 2 Corinth 11

10 As the truth of gwine be no burden pon oona. 10 A


Christ is in me, no man
shall stop me of this promise oona dat wehsoneba A go een all
boasting in the regions of ob Achaia, A gwine taak bout dis good
Achaia.
ting, say dat A ain tek no pay fom oona
11 Wherefore? be-
cause I love you not? han. Ain nobody gwine stop me fom say
God knoweth. dat. Dat de true wod wa Christ pit een me
12 But what I do, that I haat fa taak. 11 Oona tink dat A da taak dis
will do, that I may cut off
occasion from them
way cause A ain lob oona? Dat ain so. God
which desire occasion; know dat A lob oona!
that wherein they glory, 12 A gwine still keep on da do wa A da
they may be found even
as we. do now, so dat dem oda people wa some
13 For such are false call postle, ain gwine git no reason fa brag,
apostles, deceitful work- say dey da do de same wok jes like we da
ers, transforming them-
selves into the apostles of
do. 13 People wa da do like dat ain no true
Christ. postle tall. Dey da lie bout dey wok, an dey
14 And no marvel; for jes da mek deysef look like dey Christ true
Satan himself is trans- postle dem. 14 Oona ain oughta wonda
formed into an angel of
light. bout dat, cause Satan too kin change an
15 Therefore it is no
mek esef look like a angel ob light. 15 So
great thing if his minis- den, ain no big ting wen Satan saabant
ters also be transformed dem, too, da mek deysef look like dey God
as the ministers of righ-
teousness; whose end true saabant wa da waak een God way.
shall be according to Wen dey own time done end, dey gwine
their works.
git dey pay fa de ting dem wa dey do.
16 I say again, Let no
man think me a fool; if
otherwise, yet as a fool Paul Suffa Heapa Ting
receive me, that I may A da tell oona gin dat nobody mus
16
boast myself a little.
17 That which I speak,
dohn tink dat A a fool. Bot ef dat so oona
I speak it not after the tink, oona oughta listen ta me jes like e
Lord, but as it were fool- been a fool wa da taak ta oona, so dat A
ishly, in this confidence
of boasting. kin still taak a leetle bit bout dem good
18 Seeing that many
ting wa mek me too heppy. 17 Wen A taak
glory after the flesh, I will like dis now, A ain da say wa de Lawd tell
glory also. me fa say. A da taak like a fool. 18 Plenty
19 For ye suffer fools people da brag bout how good dey da, da
gladly, seeing ye your-
selves are wise. taak jes een de way ob de wol. So A, too,
gwine brag. 19 Oona got sense, an dat mek
20 For ye suffer, if a
man bring you into bond- oona glad fa beah wid fool dem! 20 Oona
age, if a man devour you, da beah wid wasoneba poson wa da mek

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 11 631

like e oona massa an oona e slabe, or wa if a man take of you, if a


man exalt himself, if a
da tek wantage ob oona or set trap fa oona. man smite you on the
Oona da beah wid um wa da mek like e mo face.
betta den oona, or wa da knock oona een
de face. 21 A shame fa tell oona dat we ain 21 I speak as concern-
been scrong mout nuff fa do dat! ing reproach, as though
we had been weak.
Bot ef somebody scrong mout nuff fa Howbeit whereinsoever
brag bout sompin—A da taak like a fool—A, any is bold, (I speak fool-
ishly,) I am bold also.
too, kin be scrong mout like dat. 22 Dey
say dey Hebrew, ainty? A Hebrew too. Dey
people ob Israel? A one ob Israel people 22 Are they Hebrews?
so am I. Are they Israel-
too. Dey Abraham chullun chullun? A one ites? so am I. Are they
ob Abraham chullun chullun too. 23 Dey the seed of Abraham? so
am I.
Christ saabant? A da taak like a mad man,
bot A a saabant mo betta den dey! A beena
wok faa way mo den dey beena wok. A 23 Are they ministers
been chunk een de jailhouse heap mo time of Christ? (I speak as a
fool) I am more; in la-
den dey been chunk een de jailhouse. bours more abundant, in
People done beat me op fa true mo bad stripes above measure, in
prisons more frequent, in
den dey done beat dem op. An A come deaths oft.
close ta det oba an oba gin. 24 Fibe time de
Jew dem done beat me. Ebrybody ob dem
fibe time, dey scrike me tirty-nine time. 24 Of the Jews five
25 A been beat op wid a rod shree time. times received I forty
stripes save one.
One time people done chunk stone at me,
da try fa kill me. Shree time de boat A been
on done git all smash op an sink eenta de 25 Thrice was I beaten
wata. An dey been one time wen A been with rods, once was I
stoned, thrice I suffered
dey een de wata one whole day an one shipwreck, a night and a
whole night. 26 All de time A beena trabel day I have been in the
all oba, A been een haam way. Dey been deep;

plenty ting wa kin kill me, de flood ob de


riba, tief dem, me own Jew countryman 26 In journeyings of-
dem, an dem wa ain Jew, all dem wa try fa ten, in perils of waters, in
do bad ta me. Dey been ting wa kin kill me perils of robbers, in perils
by mine own countrymen,
dey een city dem, an een de desat, an wen in perils by the heathen,
A lef de sho fa go faaway pon de sea. An in perils in the city, in
perils in the wilderness,
dey been dem people wa beena say dey me in perils in the sea, in per-
broda, bot fa true dey been me enemy. ils among false brethren;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
632 2 Corinth 11, 12

27 In weariness and 27 Fa sho, A been wok haad, an plenty


painfulness, in watchings
often, in hunger and night A ain got no sleep. Sometime A been
thirst, in fastings often, in hongry an tosty. An plenty time A ain
cold and nakedness.
28 Beside those things
nyam nottin, an A been cole, an ain got no
that are without, that cloes fa weah. 28 Den pontop ob all dem
which cometh upon me oda ting, ebryday A da tink bout all de
daily, the care of all the
churches. choch dem, how dey da do. 29 Wen oona
29 Who is weak, and I ain able fa stan scrong, A feel like A ain
am not weak? who is of- scrong. Wen oona git trap an fall eenta sin,
fended, and I burn not?
30 If I must needs
A feel bad fa true.
glory, I will glory of the 30 Ef A haffa brag bout de good ting
things which concern dem A done, A gwine brag bout dem ting
mine infirmities.
31 The God and Father
wa show dat A ain scrong. 31 God, de Fada
of our Lord Jesus Christ, ob we Lawd Jedus, e know dat A ain da tell
which is blessed for ever- no lie. Leh all people praise um faeba!
more, knoweth that I lie
not. 32 Wen A been dey een Damascus, de
32 In Damascus the gobna wa been dey onda King Aretas, e
governor under Aretas sen sodja dem fa watch at de city gyate fa
the king kept the city of
the Damascenes with a grab hole ta me. 33 Bot me Christian
garrison, desirous to ap- bredren pit me eenside a basket. Den dey
prehend me:
33 And through a win-
done pass de basket shru a winda een de
dow in a basket was city wall an leh me down outside de city.
I let down by the wall, Dat hoccome de gobna ain ketch me.
and escaped his hands.

De Ting Dem wa God


Show Paul

12 A haffa go on da taak bout de


Chapter 12 1
1 It is not expedient for good ting dem A done eben dough
me doubtless to glory. I
will come to visions and
A ain got nottin fa gain. Bot now A gwine
revelations of the Lord. taak bout de wision dem wa de Lawd show
2 I knew a man in me an ting wa e mek me know. 2 A know
Christ above fourteen one Christian broda wa been tek op quick
years ago, (whether in
the body, I cannot tell; or eenta de tird heaben. Foteen yeah done
whether out of the body, pass now fom wen dat happen. (A ain
I cannot tell: God
knoweth;) such an one know ef dat man body gone op eenta
caught up to the third heaben or ef jes e sperit gone op dey, bot
heaven.
God know.) 3 A say gin, A know dat dis
3 And I knew such a
man, (whether in the man been tek op quick eenta de place dey
body, or out of the body, call Paradise. (A ain know ef de man body

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 12 633

gone op dey or ef jes e sperit gone op, bot I cannot tell: God know-
eth;)
God know.) 4 Op dey e yeh ting dem wa 4 How that he was
nobody ain able fa tell, an wa nobody ain caught up into paradise,
spose fa taak bout. 5 A gwine brag bout dis and heard unspeakable
words, which it is not
man yah. Bot A ain gwine brag bout mesef, lawful for a man to utter.
cep A taak jes bout dem ting wa show dat 5 Of such an one will I
A ain able fa do nottin by mesef. 6 Eben ef glory: yet of myself I will
not glory, but in mine
A wahn fa taak bout de good A done, A ain infirmities.
gwine be no fool. Cause A been gwine taak 6 For though I would
desire to glory, I shall not
wa de trute fa sho. Bot A ain gwine taak be a fool; for I will say the
bout mesef. Cause A ain wahn fa mek truth: but now I forbear,
people tink dat A a betta poson den wa dey lest any man should think
of me above that which
see me do an wa dey yeh me say. he seeth me to be, or that
7 Bot so dat de heapa good ting wa God he heareth of me.
7 And lest I should be
show me ain gii me de big head, A been git exalted above measure
sompin like a torn een me body, wa da hut through the abundance
of the revelations, there
me bad. Dat Satan messenja wa come fa was given to me a thorn
beat pon me so dat A ain gwine be proud. in the flesh, the messen-
8 Shree time A done pray an aks de Lawd ger of Satan to buffet me,
lest I should be exalted
say, please tek way dis ting yah fom me. above measure.
9 De Lawd ansa say, “De blessin wa A da 8 For this thing I be-
gii ya, dat all wa ya need. Cause wen sought the Lord thrice,
that it might depart from
somebody ain able fa do nottin fa esef, dat me.
de time wen me powa mo greata, een dat 9 And he said unto me,
poson life.” So A mo heppy fa taak bout wa My grace is sufficient for
thee: for my strength is
A cyahn do by mesef, so dat de powa ob made perfect in weak-
Christ kin mek e home een me. 10 So den, ness. Most gladly there-
fore will I rather glory in
fa sake ob Christ, A heppy fa suffa. A my infirmities, that the
heppy wen A weak an wen people shrow power of Christ may rest
upon me.
slam at me. A heppy wen haad time come 10 Therefore I take
pon me, an wen people fight ginst me, an pleasure in infirmities, in
A got all kind ob trouble cause ob Christ. reproaches, in necessi-
ties, in persecutions, in
Cause de time wen A ain able fa hep mesef, distresses for Christ's
dat de time wen A mo scronga fa true. sake: for when I am
weak, then am I strong.
11 I am become a fool
Paul Wahn fa Hep de Christian Dem
in glorying; ye have com-
11 A da taak like a fool, bot oona been pelled me: for I ought to
have been commended of
mek me do dat. Fa true, oona oughta you: for in nothing am I
beena taak good bout me. Cause dem big behind the very chiefest

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
634 2 Corinth 12

apostles, though I be shot wa call deysef postle ain no mo betta


nothing.
den me, eben dough A ain nobody. 12 Dem
12 Truly the signs of an sign wa show dat A a postle fa true, dat wa
apostle were wrought
among you in all pa-
A done wiles A beena beah wid oona, wen
tience, in signs, and won- A wok dey. Dey been sign an miracle an
ders, and mighty deeds. wok weh God show e powa. 13 Fa true, A
13 For what is it ain treat dem oda choch people no betta
wherein ye were inferior den A treat oona, cep dat A ain warry oona
to other churches, except
it be that I myself was not fa hep me, ainty? Paadon me fa do oona
burdensome to you? for- wrong like dat!
give me this wrong. 14 Now de tird time A ready fa come
14 Behold, the third wisit oona, an A ain gwine aks oona fa
time I am ready to come nottin. Cause A come fa hep oona. A ain
to you; and I will not be
burdensome to you: for I wahn oona money. Atta all, chullun ain
seek not yours, but you: oughta sabe op fa gii dey modda an fada
for the children ought not
to lay up for the parents,
wa dey need. De modda an de fada, dey de
but the parents for the one dem wa oughta sabe op fa gii dey
children. chullun wa dey need. 15 A gwine be heppy
15 And I will very
fa gii oona all dat A got, an gii oona mesef
gladly spend and be too, fa hep oona. Cause A lob oona mo,
spent for you; though the oona ain oughta lob me no less, ainty?
more abundantly I love
you, the less I be loved. 16 So den, oona gwine gree wid me dat
A ain been no bodda ta oona. Bot
16 But be it so, I did
somebody gwine say A da play trick pon
not burden you: never-
theless, being crafty, I oona an lie fa ketch oona! 17 A ain neba
caught you with guile. tek wantage ob oona wen A sen messenja
17 Did I make a gain of
dem fa go ta oona, ainty? 18 A done beg
you by any of them Titus fa go ta oona, an A sen we oda
whom I sent unto you? Christian broda wid um. Oona ain wahn fa
18 I desired Titus, and
tell me dat Titus done tek wantage ob
with him I sent a brother. oona, ainty? We two been do de wok een
Did Titus make a gain of de same sperit an een de same way, ainty?
you? walked we not in
the same spirit? walked
19 Oona beena tink all dis time dat we jes
we not in the same steps? beena try fa mek oona tink we da do right?
Dat ain so. We beena taak fo God, da say
19 Again, think ye that
we excuse ourselves unto wa Christ wahn we fa say. Oona we deah
you? we speak before fren dem, an all wa we do, we da do fa mek
God in Christ: but we do
all things, dearly be- oona mo scronga een de fait. 20 A scaid dat
loved, for your edifying. wen A come dey, A gwine see dat oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Corinth 12, 13 635

diffunt fom how A wahn oona fa be, an 20 For I fear, lest,


when I come, I shall not
oona gwine see dat A diffunt fom how find you such as I would,
oona wahn me fa be. A scaid dat A gwine and that I shall be
see dat some ob oona dey da tek side an found unto you such as
ye would not: lest there
aagy wid one noda, dat oona jealous an git be debates, envyings,
mad down wid one noda. A scaid dat some wraths, strifes, backbit-
ings, whisperings, swell-
mongst oona da try fa git all ting jes fa ings, tumults:
deysef, an shrow slam an onrabble dey 21,And lest, when I
mout bout oda people. An A scaid dat come again, my God will
some dey, all de time tink dey mo betta humble me among you,
and that I shall bewail
den oda people an git ebrybody all mix op many which have sinned
ginst one noda. 21 A scaid dat wen A come already, and have not
repented of the un-
gin ta oona, God gwine mek me feel small cleanness and fornication
fo oona. An A scaid A gwine weep fa and lasciviousness which
plenty people wa beena sin, bot dey ain they have committed.

saary an dey ain change dey way. Dey ain


lef off dey loose life an de bad sin dey
beena do.
13
,12

Chapter 13
De Las Ting Dem wa Paul
1 This is the third time I
Waan Bout am coming to you. In the

13
1 Dis de tird time A da come wisit mouth of two or three
witnesses shall every
oona. Dey write een God Book say, word be established.
“Ef dey say somebody do bad, fa settle de 2 I told you before, and
case, two or shree people haffa be dey wa foretell you, as if I were
present, the second time;
done shim wen de poson done bad.” 2 A and being absent now I
done waan oona wa beena sin, an all dem write to them which
heretofore have sinned,
oda people, wen A been dey wid oona de and to all other, that, if I
secon time. Now wiles A gone fom oona, A come again, I will not
spare:
da waan oona gin. Wen A come back, A
3 Since ye seek a proof
gwine punish all dem wa sin, fa true. of Christ speaking in me,
3 Wen A do dat, oona gwine git wa oona which to you-ward is not
weak, but is mighty in
wahn, cause oona wahn me fa show oona you.
dat Christ da taak shru me. Christ ain weak 4 For though he was
wid oona. E powa big mongst oona. 4 E ain crucified through weak-
ness, yet he liveth by the
show e powa wen dey kill um pon de cross. power of God. For we
Stillyet, God powa mek um lib gin. Same also are weak in him, but
we shall live with him by
fashion, we wa one wid Christ ain got no the power of God toward
powa, bot wiles we da wok wid oona, we you.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
636 2 Corinth 13

5 Examine yourselves, gwine lib wid Christ an hab powa wa God


whether ye be in the
faith; prove your own da gii we.
selves. Know ye not your 5 Oona mus look ta oona own haat an
own selves, how that Je-
sus Christ is in you, ex-
life fa see ef oona da bleebe een Christ.
cept ye be reprobates? Oona mus pit oonasef ta de test. Fa sho,
6 But I trust that ye oona know dat Jedus Christ dey eenside
shall know that we are
not reprobates.
oona, ainty? Ef oona cyahn shim dey,
7 Now I pray to God maybe e ain dey tall! 6 A da trus dat oona
that ye do no evil; not gwine find out dat we done pass de test.
that we should appear 7 We da pray ta God dat oona ain gwine do
approved, but that ye
should do that which is wa ain right. Ain jes fa mek people see dat
honest, though we be as we pass de test, bot dat oona do wa right
reprobates.
8 For we can do noth- eben ef e look like we ain pass de test.
ing against the truth, but 8 Cause we ain got no powa fa do nottin
for the truth. ginst de trute. We jes got powa fa wok fa de
9 For we are glad,
when we are weak, and
trute. 9 We heppy wen we weak bot oona
ye are strong: and this scrong. We da pray dat God mek oona grow
also we wish, even your mo an mo een oona waak wid Christ. 10 A
perfection.
da write dem ting yah ta oona now fo A git
10 Therefore I write
these things being ab-
dey, cause A hope dat wen A come, A ain
sent, lest being present I gwine haffa deal no scronga wid oona, wid
should use sharpness, ac- de tority de Lawd gii me. E gii me dat tority
cording to the power
which the Lord hath fa come hep oona grow op een Christ. E ain
given me to edification, gii me dat tority fa stroy oona.
and not to destruction.
11 Las ob all, me bredren, goodbye! Try
11 Finally, brethren,
farewell. Be perfect, be of
fa grow mo an mo een oona waak wid
good comfort, be of one Christ. Mus pay tention ta wa A da tell
mind, live in peace; and oona. Oona mus gree wid one noda an lib
the God of love and peace
shall be with you. peaceable. An God wa da lob we an da gii
12 Greet one another we peace, e gwine be dey wid oona.
with an holy kiss. 12 Tell one noda hey een Christian lob.
13 All the saints salute 13 All God people yah tell oona hey.
you.
14 A pray dat we Lawd Jedus Christ
14 The grace of the
Lord Jesus Christ, and the bless all ob oona, an dat oona gwine know
love of God, and the com- how God da lob oona, an dat oona jine han
munion of the Holy
Ghost, be with you all.
wid one noda jes like de Holy Sperit mek
Amen. oona able fa do.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians

Paul Letta
Ta Dem Een Galatia ,3
1 Galatians

1 A Paul, A de postle, da write ta de


1 Chapter 1
people ob de choch dem een Galatia. 1 Paul, an apostle, (not
of men, neither by man,
Ain no man wa pick me an gii me de tority but by Jesus Christ, and
fa be a postle. Jedus Christ, an God we God the Father, who
Fada wa done mek Jedus git op fom raised him from the
dead;)
mongst de dead an lib gin, dey pick me fa
be a postle. 2 An all de Christian bredren 2 And all the brethren
yah wid me da write ta oona too, ta de which are with me, unto
the churches of Galatia:
choch een Galatia.
3 A aks God we Fada an we Lawd Jedus 3 Grace be to you and
Christ fa bless oona an gii oona peace een peace from God the Fa-
ther, and from our Lord
oona haat. Jesus Christ,
4 Christ done leh people kill um fa pay
4 Who gave himself for
fa we sin. E done dat fa set we free, so we our sins, that he might
ain haffa lib like people lib now een dis deliver us from this pres-
wol weh ebil da rule. Wen Christ do dat, e ent evil world, according
to the will of God and our
do wa we Fada God wahn. 5 Leh we praise Father:
God faeba an eba! Amen.
5 To whom be glory for
Fa True Dey Ain No Oda Message ever and ever. Amen.
ob Good Nyews
6 I marvel that ye are
6 Oona mek me stonish fa true! Oona da so soon removed from
ton way so quick fom folla God wa call him that called you into
the grace of Christ unto
oona. Oona done come ta God cause ob another gospel:
Christ blessin pon oona. Bot now oona da
ton ta noda message wa some people say 7 Which is not an-
de Good Nyews. 7 Dey ain no oda Good other; but there be some
that trouble you, and
Nyews no weh. Bot some people da would pervert the gospel
trouble oona an mek oona opsot. Dey da of Christ.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
638 Galatians 1

8 But though we, or an try fa change de Good Nyews bout Christ.


angel from heaven,
8 Bot ef we, or a angel esef wa come outta
preach any other gospel
unto you than that which heaben, preach diffunt message ta oona,
we have preached unto
you, let him be accursed.
leh God condemn um fa suffa een hell
9 As we said before, so
faeba! 9 We beena tell oona, an A da tell
say I now again, If any oona gin say, ain nobody noweh oughta
man preach any other preach no Good Nyews ta oona wa diffunt
gospel unto you than that
ye have received, let him fom wa oona done bleebe at fus. Ef
be accursed. somebody da do dat, leh God condemn um
10 For do I now per-
fa suffa een hell faeba!
suade men, or God? or do 10 A ain da try fa mek people praise me,
I seek to please men? for ainty? No! A wahn God fa praise me! Oona
if I yet pleased men, I
should not be the servant ain tink A da try jes fa do wa people wahn,
of Christ. ainty? Ef A stillyet jes wahn fa please
people, fa true A ain no saabant ob Christ.
11 But I certify you,
brethren, that the gospel
which was preached of How Paul Come fa Be a Postle
me is not after man.
Me Christian bredren, A wahn oona
11
12 For I neither re- fa know dat de Good Nyews wa A da
ceived it of man, neither preach ain nottin dat people done mek op.
was I taught it, but by
12 Ain been no man wa fus tell me dis
the revelation of Jesus
Christ. Good Nyews, an ain nobody laan me
nottin bout um. Steada dat, Jedus Christ
13 For ye have heard
show um ta me, fa mek me ondastan de
of my conversation in
time past in the Jews' re- Good Nyews.
ligion, how that beyond 13 Oona done yeh bout de way A nyuse
measure I persecuted the
church of God, and fa lib wen A beena folla God like de Jew
wasted it: people da folla God. Oona know A beena
mek de people ob God choch suffa too bad.
14 And profited in the A ain hab no mussy pon um. A beena do all
Jews' religion above
many my equals in mine
dat A able fa do fa stroy um. 14 A beena do
own nation, being more plenty ting fa folla de way dat de Jew
exceedingly zealous of people da folla God. A beena do a heap mo
the traditions of my
fathers. den oda nyoung people like me. Cause A
been wahn fa do dem ting wa we ole
15 But when it pleased people laan we fa do, de way dey beena
God, who separated me folla God, wid all me haat.
from my mother's womb,
15 Bot God bless me fa true. E pick me
and called me by his
grace, fom way back fo A been bon, an e call me

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 1, 2 639

fa saab um. 16 An wen e cide fa mek me 16 To reveal his Son in


me, that I might preach
know e Son, so dat A gwine go tell de Good him among the heathen;
Nyews bout um ta dem people wa ain Jew, immediately I conferred
not with flesh and blood:
A ain aks no oda poson fa tell me wa fa do. 17 Neither went I up to
17 Wen God call me, A ain gone op ta Jerusalem to them which
Jerusalem fa taak wid dem wa been postle were apostles before me;
but I went into Arabia,
fo me. Steada dat, A jes gone right way ta and returned again unto
Arabia. Den A come back ta Damascus. Damascus.
18 Then after three
18 E tek shree yeah atta A bleebe pon years I went up to Jerusa-
Jedus Christ, fo A gone op ta Jerusalem fa lem to see Peter, and
abode with him fifteen
taak ta Peter. An A stay dey wid um fa days.
fifteen day. 19 A ain see none ob dem oda 19 But other of the
apostles saw I none, save
postle, cep fa jes James, de Lawd broda. James the Lord's brother.
20 All wa A da set down yah true fa sho. 20 Now the things
God know A ain da tell oona no lie! which I write unto you,
behold, before God, I lie
21 Atta A come outta Jerusalem, A gone not.
ta Syria an Cilicia. 22 Jurin dat time dey, 21 Afterwards I came
into the regions of Syria
de Christian dem wa been dey een de and Cilicia;
choch dem een Judea, dey ain been know 22 And was unknown
by face unto the churches
me yet. 23 Dey jes beena yeh people da of Judaea which were in
taak say, “Dat man wa nyuse fa mek we Christ:
23 But they had heard
suffa, now e da tell all de people, say dey only, That he which per-
oughta bleebe pon Jedus Christ. E beena secuted us in times past
try fa stroy all dem wa bleebe pon Jedus!” now preacheth the faith
which once he destroyed.
24 So all dem people yah beena praise God 24 And they glorified
fa wa e da do shru me. God in me.

2
,1

Paul an de Oda Postle Dem Chapter 2

2
1 Then fourteen years
1 Atta foteen yeah, A gone back op ta after I went up again to
Jerusalem. Barnabas gone long wid Jerusalem with Barna-
me, an A tek Titus long too. 2 A gone ta bas, and took Titus with
me also.
Jerusalem cause God show me dat A 2 And I went up by rev-
oughta go dey. A hab meetin wid jes de elation, and communi-
cated unto them that
leada dem ob de choch an splain ta um de gospel which I preach
message ob Good Nyews dat A da tell ta de among the Gentiles, but
privately to them which
people wa ain Jew. A meet wid jes de were of reputation, lest
leada dem, cause A ain wahn fa hab de by any means I should
run, or had run, in vain.
wok wa A beena do an de wok wa A da do 3 But neither Titus,
now mount ta nottin. 3 Titus, wa come wid who was with me, being

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
640 Galatians 2

a Greek, was compelled me, e a Greek. Stillyet, dey ain eben mek
to be circumcised:
um git circumcise. 4 Dey been some
4 And that because of people dey dat beena mek like dey bleebe
false brethren unawares
brought in, who came in
pon Jedus Christ. Dey sneak een mongst
privily to spy out our lib- we fa find out bout wa we bleebe. Dey see
erty which we have in dat cause we trus een Jedus Christ, we free
Christ Jesus, that they
might bring us into fa do all ting wa God wahn we fa do. An
bondage: dem people dey been wahn fa mek we
5 To whom we gave slabe ta de Jew Law. 5 Bot we ain gree
place by subjection, no, eben one minute fa leh um change de true
not for an hour; that the
truth of the gospel might message ob de Good Nyews. Cause we
continue with you. wahn dat true Good Nyews fa be wid oona
6 But of these who
an be sabe faeba fa oona.
seemed to be somewhat, 6 Now dem people een Jerusalem dat
(whatsoever they were, it dey say leada een de choch, dey ain tell me
maketh no matter to me:
God accepteth no man’s nottin fa mek me change de message ob de
person:) for they who Good Nyews dat A beena tell people. Ain
seemed to be somewhat in
conference added noth- no neba mind ta me who dem people da,
ing to me: cause God ain neba jedge nobody coddin
ta wa e appeah fa be. 7 So dem choch
7 But contrariwise, leada see dat dey ain oughta change nottin
when they saw that the
gospel of the uncircumci-
bout de Good Nyews dat A beena tell. Bot
sion was committed unto dey see dat fa true, God been pick me an
me, as the gospel of the sen me fa go tell de people wa ain Jew de
circumcision was unto
Peter; Good Nyews. Same way, God pick Peter an
sen um fa tell de Jew people. 8 Cause God
8 (For he that wrought powa beena wok een me fa sen me fa go
effectually in Peter to the tell de Good Nyews ta de people dat ain
apostleship of the cir-
cumcision, the same was Jew, jes like God powa beena wok een
mighty in me toward the Peter fa sen um fa go tell de Jew people.
Gentiles:) 9 James, Peter, an John, dem wa people
say been de big leada dem een de choch,
9 And when James,
dey see dat God been bless me fa gii me dis
Cephas, and John, who
seemed to be pillars, per- special wok yah fa do. So dey shake me
ceived the grace that was han an Barnabas han, fa show dat we one
given unto me, they gave
to me and Barnabas the een we wok fa God. Dey gree wid we dat
right hands of fellowship; we oughta go wok mongst de people wa
that we should go unto the
heathen, and they unto ain Jew, an dey oughta go wok mongst de
the circumcision. Jew people. 10 Dey jes aks we fa do one

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 2 641

ting say, “Leh we keep on da hep de Jew 10 Only they would


that we should remember
people wa ain hab nottin.” An dat wa A the poor; the same which
been wahn fa do all de time. I also was forward to do.

Peter an Paul at Antioch 11 But when Peter


was come to Antioch, I
11 Wen Peter come ta Antioch, e beena withstood him to the
do sompin wa A ain gree wid. An A tell um face, because he was to
be blamed.
dat, cause fa sho e ain beena do right.
12 Dis wa happen: James been sen some
12 For before that cer-
people ta Antioch. Now fo dey git dey, tain came from James, he
Peter nyuse fa nyam wid de Christian dem did eat with the Gentiles:
but when they were
wa ain Jew. Bot atta dem people dat James come, he withdrew and
sen git dey, Peter ain wahn fa nyam no mo separated himself, fear-
wid dem Christian wa ain Jew. Cause e ing them which were of
the circumcision.
beena scaid ob dem dat say dey oughta
circumcise all de Christian man dem wa 13 And the other Jews
ain Jew. 13 Den de oda Jew Christian dissembled likewise with
bredren too, dey staat fa do wa dey know him; insomuch that Bar-
nabas also was carried
ain right. Dey do same way Peter beena away with their dissimu-
do, an dey stop fa nyam wid de Christian lation.
wa ain Jew. Eben Barnabas cide fa go dey
14 But when I saw that
way an do wa e know ain right. 14 Den A they walked not up-
come an see dat dey ain do right coddin ta rightly according to the
de true wod, wa de Good Nyews. So A truth of the gospel, I said
unto Peter before them
stanop fo all de Christian dem, an A tell all, If thou, being a Jew,
Peter say, “Ya a Jew, stillyet ya beena lib livest after the manner of
Gentiles, and not as do
like ya ain no Jew. Ya ain beena do wa Jew the Jews, why compellest
people do. Now den, hoccome ya da try fa thou the Gentiles to live
as do the Jews?
mek dem wa ain Jew do jes like Jew
people?”
15 We who are Jews by
God Sabe People
nature, and not sinners of
Cause Dey Trus een Christ the Gentiles,
15 Fa true, we fada an modda dem, dey
Jew people. We ain been bon ta people dat 16 Knowing that a man
ain Jew, dem we call sinna. 16 Stillyet, we is not justified by the
works of the law, but by
know dat jes cause a poson da do wa de the faith of Jesus Christ,
Jew Law say e haffa do, dat ain gwine mek even we have believed in
Jesus Christ, that we
ebryting right twix dat poson an God. Wen might be justified by the
e trus een Jedus Christ, jes dat wa mek faith of Christ, and not by

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
642 Galatians 2, 3

the works of the law: for ebryting right twix dat poson an God.
by the works of the law
shall no flesh be justified. Same way so, we too trus een Jedus Christ,
so dat God mek ebrtyting right twix we an
17 But if, while we
esef, cause we trus een Christ. Ain been
seek to be justified by
Christ, we ourselves also cause we da do wa de Jew Law say we
are found sinners, is haffa do. God ain neba gwine mek ting
therefore Christ the min-
ister of sin? God forbid. right wid nobody jes cause dat one da do
wa de Jew Law say. 17 We pit we hope pon
18 For if I build again God fa mek ebrtyting right twix esef an
the things which I de-
stroyed, I make myself a we, cause now we one wid Christ. Bot
transgressor. wiles we da hope dat way, ef e ton out dat
we da sin jes like dem wa ain Jew, dat ain
19 For I through the mean dat Christ da coax we fa sin, ainty?
law am dead to the law, No, dat ain so! 18 Ef A staat fa build op wa
that I might live unto
God. A done been knock down, dat mean fa say
A da broke de Law an A da sin fa true.
20 I am crucified with 19 Cause A jes like somebody wa done
Christ: nevertheless I dead, so de Jew Law ain hab no powa oba
live; yet not I, but Christ
liveth in me: and the life me no mo. Dat Law esef done mek me dat
which I now live in the way. All dis happen so dat A kin lib fa God.
flesh I live by the faith of 20 A done dead wid Christ pon de cross.
the Son of God, who
loved me, and gave him- Now Christ de one wa da lib een me an gii
self for me. me life. Now A da trus een God Son, wa lob
me an gii e life fa me sake, an dat mek me
21 I do not frustrate
lib de way A da lib. 21 So den, A ain gwine
the grace of God: for if
righteousness come by say de way God gii e blessin ain wot
the law, then Christ is nottin. Ef somebody kin do wa de Jew Law
dead in vain.
say e haffa do, an dat kin mek all ting right
twix dat poson an God, den dat mean fa
3
,2

say Christ done dead fa nottin!


Chapter 3
Wen We Trus God, We Lib de True Life

3
1 O foolish Galatians,
who hath bewitched you, People ob Galatia! Oona ain got no
1
that ye should not obey sense! Whodat da mix op oona til
the truth, before whose
eyes Jesus Christ hath
oona ain know wa oona da do? A beena
been evidently set forth, tell oona cleah as day, how people kill
crucified among you? Jedus Christ pon de cross. 2 Oona tell me
2 This only would I
learn of you, Received ye
jes dis. God ain gii oona e Sperit cause
the Spirit by the works of oona da do wa de Jew Law tell oona fa do,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 3 643

ainty? E gii oona e Sperit cause oona yeh de the law, or by the hearing
of faith?
Good Nyews an bleebe um, ainty dough? 3 Are ye so foolish?
3 Oona ain got no sense? God Sperit mek having begun in the
oona staat fa lib dis nyew way. Fa sho, Spirit, are ye now made
perfect by the flesh?
oona ain wahn fa try fa lib de res ob oona
life oona own way, jes by oona own powa, 4 Have ye suffered so
ainty? 4 Oona tink say all wa happen ta many things in vain? if it
be yet in vain.
oona ain mean nottin? Fa true, dat haffa
mean plenty ta oona! 5 God ain da gii oona 5 He therefore that
de Sperit an mek miracle happen mongst ministereth to you the
oona cause oona da do wa de Jew Law tell Spirit, and worketh mira-
cles among you, doeth he
oona fa do, ainty? E da do all dat jes cause it by the works of the law,
oona yeh de Good Nyews an bleebe um. or by the hearing of
faith?
6 Now den, leh we tink bout wa happen
ta Abraham. Dey write een God Book say, 6 Even as Abraham be-
“Abraham trus God, an cause ob dat, all lieved God, and it was ac-
ting been mek scraight twix esef an God.” counted to him for
righteousness.
7 So den, oona oughta ondastan dat de
people wa trus een God fa true, dey
7 Know ye therefore
Abraham chullun chullun. Dey Abraham that they which are of
chullun chullun mo den dem wa done been faith, the same are the
children of Abraham.
bon ta Abraham fambly. 8 Fo e happen,
God Book been say God gwine mek
8 And the scripture,
ebryting right twix esef an dem people dat foreseeing that God
ain Jew, wen dey trus pon um fa true. An fo would justify the heathen
e happen, wa dey done write een God Book through faith, preached
before the gospel unto
show how Abraham been yeh de Good Abraham, saying, In thee
Nyews wen God tell um say, “A gwine shall all nations be
blessed.
nyuse ya fa bless all de people een de wol.”
9 Abraham trus een God fa true, an God
9 So then they which
bless um. Same way, God da bless all dem be of faith are blessed
dat trus een um fa true, jes like e bless with faithful Abraham.
Abraham.
10 De one wa tink ebrtyting gwine be 10 For as many as are
right twix um an God cause e da try fa do of the works of the law
are under the curse: for it
wa de Jew Law say, dat one dey da lib all is written, Cursed is every
de time da know God gwine pit e cuss pon one that continueth not
in all things which are
um. Cause dey write een God Book say, written in the book of the
“God gwine pit e cuss pon de one wa ain da law to do them.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
644 Galatians 3

11 But that no man is


do all de time all dat de Book ob da Jew
justified by the law in the
sight of God, it is evident: Law say.” 11 Now den, ebrybody kin see
for, The just shall live by dat God ain mek nottin right twix esef an a
faith.
poson jes cause dat one da do wa de Law
say e haffa do. Cause God Book tell we say,
“Wen somebody trus een God, God mek
12 And the law is not
ebryting right twix esef an dat one, an dat
of faith: but, The man gwine mek dat poson lib de true life.”
that doeth them shall live 12 Bot ef oona da do all wa de Law say, dat
in them.
ain tall de same as wen a poson da trus een
God. God Book say, “Ef somebody da do
wa de Law say, den e gwine git de life dat
13 Christ
de Law say e git.”
hath re-
deemed us from the curse 13 Bot Christ done mek we free. E mek
of the law, being made a de Law so e ain hab no cuss pon we no mo.
curse for us: for it is writ-
ten, Cursed is every one Cause Christ leh um cuss um fa dead pon
that hangeth on a tree: de cross fa we sake, like dey write een God
Book say, “God gwine cuss de poson dey
hang pon a tree.” 14 Jedus Christ mek we
free so dat cause ob wa e done do, de
14 That the blessing of people dat ain Jew gwine git de blessin jes
Abraham might come on
the Gentiles through Je- like e promise Abraham, so dat we gwine
sus Christ; that we might git God Sperit wa e promise cause we trus
receive the promise of
the Spirit through faith.
een God.
De Jew Law an
de Promise wa God Gii
Me Christian bredren, A gwine taak
15

15 Brethren, I speak af-


bout ting dat we all know. De promise ob
ter the manner of men; God same like wen two people gree bout
Though it be but a man's sompin an sign a paper fa say dat. Dat
covenant, yet if it be con-
firmed, no man disannul- mean fa say dey mek a cobnant. Ain
leth, or addeth thereto. nobody kin change wa dey gree fa do een
dat cobnant an pay no tention ta um. An
nobody kin add mo wod ta um needa.
16 Now den, God mek e promise den ta
16 Now to Abraham Abraham an ta de chile ob e chullun
and his seed were the chullun. God Book ain say, “an ta ya
promises made. He saith
not, And to seeds, as of chullun chullun,” cause e ain beena taak
many; but as of one, And bout a whole heapa people wa all been

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 3 645

Abraham chullun chullun. God Book say, to thy seed, which is


Christ.
“an ta de chile ob ya chullun chullun.” Dat
mean fa say God beena taak bout jes one
poson, an dat one de Christ. 17 A da tell
oona, God been mek a cobnant wid 17 And this I say, that
Abraham, an e promise fa do wa e tell the covenant, that was
Abraham e gwine do. Wen God gree fa confirmed before of God
in Christ, the law, which
mek dis cobnant yah, e wait fo hundud an was four hundred and
tirty yeah fo e gii de Jew people de Law. thirty years after, cannot
disannul, that it should
An dis Law yah ain neba gwine change wa make the promise of
God promise, or mek dat come ta nottin. none effect.
18 Ef wa God gii come ta somebody cause
dat one da do jes wa de Law say, den dat
mean fa say dat blessin ain come ta de
18 For if the inheri-
poson cause ob wa God promise e gwine tance be of the law, it is
do. Bot God promise dat blessin ta no more of promise: but
God gave it to Abraham
Abraham, an dat wa mek God gim de by promise.
blessin.
19 So den, wa mek God gii people de
Jew Law? God gii people de Law atta e gim
de cobnant fa show um dat dey da sin. An 19 Wherefore then
God mek de Law fa las til Christ come. serveth the law? It was
added because of trans-
Christ de chile ob Abraham chullun gressions, till the seed
chullun. An e de one wa God taak bout should come to whom
the promise was made;
wen e mek de promise. God sen some and it was ordained by
angel dem fa come gii Moses de Law. An angels in the hand of a
mediator.
Moses been de poson wa gone tween God
an de Jew people. E pass de Law on ta de
people dem. 20 Now dey ain no need fa a
oda poson fa go tween, cep wen dey mo
20 Now a mediator is
den jes one poson. An God, e jes one, an not a mediator of one, but
ain need no oda poson fa go tween. God is one.

Wa God Wahn de Law fa Do


21 Fa true, de wod ob de Law ain ginst
wa God done promise, ainty? No, not eben 21 Is the law then
a leeleetle bit! Cause ef God done gii against the promises of
God? God forbid: for if
people some special kind ob law dat kin there had been a law
mek um lib, den fa true, God been gwine given which could have

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
646 Galatians 3, 4

given life, verily righ- mek ebryting right twix dem people an
teousness should have
been by the law. esef wen dey do wa dat special law say.
22 But the scripture 22 Bot dey write een God Book say, sin da
hath concluded all under rule all de wol, so dat God gwine gii dem
sin, that the promise by
faith of Jesus Christ wa trus een Jedus Christ wa e promise fa
might be given to them gim. An wa e promise fa gim come jes wen
that believe.
23 But before faith
dey trus een Jedus.
came, we were kept un- 23 Fo de time come wen people been
der the law, shut up unto able fa trus een Jedus Christ, de Jew Law
the faith which should af-
terwards be revealed. dat Moses gii we beena guard we like we
24 Wherefore the law been prisona. We been shet op een de
was our schoolmaster to jailhouse by de law til dat time come wen
bring us unto Christ, that
we might be justified by God show people de way dey oughta trus
faith. een Jedus. 24 So den, til Christ come, de
25 But after that faith Jew Law been like a poson wa da rule oba
is come, we are no longer
under a schoolmaster. we fa try fa mek we do wa we oughta do.
26 For ye are all the De law done dis so dat wen Christ done
children of God by faith come, God been able fa mek ebryting right
in Christ Jesus.
27 For as many of you
tween we an esef wen we trus een Christ.
as have been baptized 25 Bot now dat we kin trus een Christ, de
into Christ have put on Jew Law ain rule oba we no mo.
Christ.
26 Cause oona trus een Jedus Christ,
28 There is neither God done mek all ob oona e chullun.
Jew nor Greek, there is 27 Ebry one ob oona wa done git bactize,
neither bond nor free,
there is neither male nor oona come fa be one wid Christ, an so
female: for ye are all one oona all come fa be like Christ. 28 Jew an
in Christ Jesus.
dem wa ain Jew, slabe an free man, man
29 And if ye be Christ's,
an ooman, all ob oona come fa be one een
then are ye Abraham's
seed, and heirs according Jedus Christ. 29 Cause oona all blongst ta
to the promise. Christ, dat mean fa say oona Abraham
chullun chullun, an oona gwine git wa
4
,3

Chapter 4 God promise fa gii ta Abraham chullun


1 Now I say, That the
chullun.

4
heir, as long as he is a 1 Wa A mean fa say, wen a poson
child, differeth nothing stillyet a leetle chile, e ain gwine git
from a servant, though he
be lord of all; de propaty dat e fada promise um. Wen e a
2 But is under tutors chile, dey gwine treat um like a saabant,
and governors until the
time appointed of the
eben dough e got all dat propaty. 2 Wiles e
father. still a chile, dey people wa tek cyah ob um.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 4 647

Dey gwine show um wa fa do an dey gwine 3 Even so we, when we


were children, were in
be sponsable fa um bout de propaty dat bondage under the ele-
gwine come ta um. Dey gwine do dat til e ments of the world:
fada say de time done come fa leh e chile
4 But when the fulness
do um. 3 Same way, we, too, been slabe ta of the time was come,
de sperit dem wa da rule oba de wol, wen God sent forth his Son,
we been like leetle chullun, fo we been made of a woman, made
under the law,
ondastan de trute bout God. 4 Bot wen de
right time come, God sen e Son eenta de 5 To redeem them that
wol. E hab a modda jes like all people hab, were under the law, that
we might receive the
an e do wa de Jew Law say. 5 E come fa adoption of sons.
sabe de people wa dey onda de Jew Law,
6 And because ye are
so dat we all kin come fa be God own
sons, God hath sent forth
chullun. the Spirit of his Son into
6 An cause oona come fa be God your hearts, crying,
Abba, Father.
chullun, God sen de Sperit ob e Son eenta
we haat. An dat de Sperit dat call out ta 7 Wherefore thou art
God say, “Fada, me Fada!” 7 So den, oona no more a servant, but a
son; and if a son, then an
ain no slabe no mo. Ebry one ob oona, ya heir of God through
God chile, an cause ya God chile, e gwine Christ.
gii ya all dat e got fa gii ta e chullun.
8 Howbeit then, when
ye knew not God, ye did
Paul Consaan Bout de People een Galatia service unto them which
by nature are no gods.
8 Oona ain been know God, so oona
been slabe ta dem ting dey call “god” wa 9 But now, after that
ain no god tall. 9 Bot now dat oona come ye have known God, or
rather are known of God,
fa know God—or A oughta say, now dat how turn ye again to the
God know oona—hoccome oona da ton weak and beggarly ele-
ments, whereunto ye de-
back fa be slabe gin ta dem sperit wa da sire again to be in
rule oba de wol. Dey ain got no scrent an bondage?
dey ain wot nottin. Fa sho, oona ain wahn
fa be dey slabe all oba gin, ainty? 10 Oona 10 Ye observe days,
and months, and times,
got special day an mont an season an yeah and years.
wa oona da celebrate cause oona tink dat
gwine mek God sattify wid oona. 11 Fa 11 I am afraid of you,
true, A consaan bout oona. Oona mean fa lest I have bestowed
upon you labour in vain.
say, all wa A done fa hep oona been fa
nottin? 12 Brethren, I beseech
12 Me Christian bredren, A da beg oona, you, be as I am; for I am

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
648 Galatians 4

as ye are: ye have not in- be like me, cause A come fa be like oona.
jured me at all.
Oona ain done me no bad ting. 13 Oona
13 Ye know how know hoccome A fus tell oona de Good
through infirmity of the Nyews bout Jedus Christ. Cause A been
flesh I preached the gos-
pel unto you at the first. sick, A git de chance fa preach ta oona.
14 Wen A been sick down, dat mek ting
14 And my temptation
haad fa oona fa true. Stillyet, oona ain
which was in my flesh ye
despised not, nor re- neba hole me cheap. Oona ain say A ain
jected; but received me wot nottin. Steada dat, oona treat me too
as an angel of God, even
as Christ Jesus. good an tek me een, jes like oona tek een
one ob God angel. Oona tek me een, jes
15 Where is then the like oona tek een Jedus Christ. 15 Oona
blessedness ye spake of?
for I bear you record, been too heppy! Wa happen fa change all
that, if it had been possi- dat? Fa true, A know oona been ready fa
ble, ye would have
plucked out your own
gii me ebryting oona got, eben ef A aks
eyes, and have given oona fa tek out ya own eyeball an gim ta
them to me. me. 16 Now cause A da tell oona de trute,
16 Am I therefore be- oona tink say A done come fa be oona
come your enemy, be- enemy?
cause I tell you the truth? 17 Dem oda people da try haad fa hab
17 They zealously af- oona go dey way, bot dey ain op ta no good
fect you, but not well; fa oona. Dey wahn fa mek oona stop gree
yea, they would exclude wid me so dat oona kin try mo haada fa
you, that ye might affect
them. folla dey way. 18 E a fine ting fa try haad ef
oona wahn fa do good. An oona oughta do
18 But it is good to be
zealously affected always
like dat all de time, eben wen A ain dey wid
in a good thing, and not oona. 19 Me deah chullun, A da feel pain fa
only when I am present oona sake. An dis pain dat A feel, e jes like
with you.
de pain dat a ooman feel wen e chile wahn
19 My little children, fa bon. A gwine feel dis pain yah til oona
of whom I travail in birth come fa lib like people wa hab Christ een
again until Christ be
formed in you, um fa true. 20 Wid all me haat A wahn fa be
wid oona now, so dat A kin stop da taak
20 I desire to be pres-
ent with you now, and to
scrong wod ta oona. A so consaan bout
change my voice; for I oona, A ain know wa fa do.
stand in doubt of you.
Hagar an Sarah
21 Tell me, ye that de-
sire to be under the law, See yah, oona wa wahn fa hab de Jew
21
do ye not hear the law? Law rule oba oona, oona ain ondastan fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 4 649

true wa de Jew Law say, ainty? 22 Dey 22 For it is written,


that Abraham had two
write een de Law, say Abraham git two sons, the one by a bond-
son. One ooman wa been de slabe ob e maid, the other by a free-
woman.
wife, e bon one ob Abraham son. An e
wife, wa been a free ooman, bon de oda
one. 23 De ooman dat ain been free been 23 But he who was of
wid chile an bon Abraham son de way the bondwoman was
ooman da bon chullun. Bot de son dat born after the flesh; but
he of the freewoman was
Abraham wife, de free ooman, bon, e bon by promise.
um cause God done been promise
Abraham dat chile dey. 24 Now den, wa
happen wid Abraham two son mean two 24 Which things are an
allegory: for these are the
diffunt ting. De two ooman, dey like two two covenants; the one
diffunt cobnant. One ob de cobnant dem from the mount Sinai,
come fom Mount Sinai. De ooman wa ain which gendereth to
bondage, which is Agar.
free, name Hagar, stan fa dat cobnant, an
Hagar chullun ain been free wen dey bon.
25 Wen we da taak bout Hagar, we da taak
25 For this Agar is
bout Mount Sinai een Arabia. An wen we mount Sinai in Arabia,
da taak bout Hagar, we kin taak too bout and answereth to Jerusa-
lem which now is, and is
Jerusalem taday. Jes like Hagar ain free an in bondage with her
e hab jes chullun dat ain free, same way so children.
Jerusalem ain free, an all de people ob dat
city ain free needa. 26 Bot de Jerusalem
26 But Jerusalem
wa dey een heaben, e free, an dat which is above is free,
Jerusalem dey, e like we modda. 27 Cause which is the mother of us
dey write een God Book say, all.
“Rejaice, oona wa ain able
fa hab no chullun!
Oona wa ain neba feel de pain 27 For it is written, Re-
joice, thou barren that
fa bon chullun, bearest not; break forth
shout loud cause ya glad! and cry, thou that
travailest not: for the des-
Cause de ooman dat e man done lef, olate hath many more
e gwine hab mo chullun children than she which
hath an husband.
den de ooman wa dey wid e man.”
28 So den, me Christian bredren, oona
God chullun, cause dat de way God
28 Now we, brethren,
promise e gwine happen. Same way, as Isaac was, are the chil-
Abraham git e son, Isaac, cause God dren of promise.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
650 Galatians 4, 5

29 But as then he that promise dat. 29 Een dat time dey,


was born after the flesh
persecuted him that was Abraham son wa Hagar bon like ooman da
born after the Spirit, even bon chullun, e mek dat oda son suffa wa
so it is now.
been bon cause ob wa God Sperit promise.
An de same ting happen now. 30 Bot wa
30 Nevertheless what
saith the scripture? Cast
dat dey write een God Book? Dey write
out the bondwoman and dey say, “Mus mek de ooman dat ain free
her son: for the son of the go way, an e son mus go too. Cause de son
bondwoman shall not be
heir with the son of the ob de ooman wa ain free ain neba gwine
freewoman. hab no paat ob de fada propaty. De son ob
de wife wa free, dat de son wa gwine git de
31 So then, brethren, propaty.” 31 So den, me Christian bredren,
we are not children of the
bondwoman, but of the
we ain chullun ob de ooman wa ain free.
free. We chullun ob de wife wa free.
5
,4

Christ Done Set We Free

5 Christ mek we free so dat we gwine


Chapter 5 1
1 Stand fast therefore be free people fa true. So den, leh we
in the liberty wherewith
Christ hath made us free,
stan scrong an lib de way free people
and be not entangled oughta lib. Mus dohn leh people mek oona
again with the yoke of lib like slabe gin.
bondage.
2 Now A, Paul, da tell oona say, ef oona
2 Behold, I Paul say gree fa leh um circumcise oona, dat mean
unto you, that if ye be cir-
cumcised, Christ shall dat wa Christ do fa oona ain wot nottin ta
profit you nothing. oona. Oona yeh wa A say? 3 A da waan
oona gin say, ef a man gree fa leh um
3 For I testify again to
every man that is circum- circumcise um, dat man mus do all de ting
cised, that he is a debtor dem dat de Jew Law say. 4 Oona wa da
to do the whole law.
tink ef oona do wa de Jew Law say, den all
4 Christ is become of ting gwine be right twix oona an God,
no effect unto you, who- oona done ton oona back pon Christ an de
soever of you are justified
by the law; ye are fallen
blessin dem dat God wahn fa gii oona. 5 Fa
from grace. we own paat, we da look fowaad ta wa we
know gwine happen. God gwine mek all
5 For we through the
Spirit wait for the hope of
ting right twix we an esef. We da wait fa
righteousness by faith. dat. God Sperit da hep we. An cause we
trus een Christ, we da keep on. 6 Wen we
6 For in Jesus Christ
neither circumcision
one wid Jedus Christ, ef we git circumcise
availeth any thing, nor or ef we ain git circumcise, dat ain mean

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 5 651

nottin tall. Bot de ting wa matta mo den uncircumcision; but faith


which worketh by love.
ebryting else, dat we trus een Christ. An
people gwine see dis wen dey see how we 7 Ye did run well; who
da show lob ta oda people. did hinder you that ye
should not obey the
7 Oona beena do too well! Whodat mek truth?
oona stop do dem ting dat God tell oona fa
8 This persuasion com-
do? Wa somebody do fa change oona eth not of him that calleth
haat? 8 Fa sho, God wa call oona ta esef you.
ain change oona haat dat way. 9 Like
9 A little leaven lea-
people say, “E jes a leeleetle bit ob yeast veneth the whole lump.
wa dey tek fa mek plenty bread.” 10 God
hep me know oona ain gwine gree wid wa 10 I have confidence in
some oda poson da tell oona, bot wid wa A you through the Lord,
that ye will be none oth-
tell oona. An God gwine jedge dat one wa erwise minded: but he
da git oona opsot. Ain mek no diffunce that troubleth you shall
bear his judgment, who-
who e da. soever he be.
11 Me Christian bredren, look at me
own trouble yah. Ef like dey say, A still 11 And I, brethren, if I
beena tell people dat dey haffa git yet preach circumcision,
why do I yet suffer perse-
circumcise, hoccome dey da mek me suffa cution? then is the of-
so? Ef fa true A beena tell um dat dey haffa fence of the cross ceased.
git circumcise, den people ain oughta still
mek trouble wen A da tell um bout wa 12 I would they were
Christ det pon de cross mean. 12 De people even cut off which trou-
ble you.
wa da mek oona opsot, dey kin go all de
way an castrate deysef. 13 For, brethren, ye
13 Me Christian bredren, Christ call have been called unto lib-
oona fa come ta um fa mek oona free. Bot erty; only use not liberty
for an occasion to the
jes cause oona free now, mus dohn tink flesh, but by love serve
oona kin leh oonasef do jes wasoneba one another.
oona sinful haat wahn fa do. Steada dat,
oona mus hep one noda, cause oona lob 14 For all the law is
one noda. 14 Cause all de Jew Law togeda fulfilled in one word,
even in this; Thou shalt
come ta jes one law wa say, “Ya mus lob love thy neighbour as
oda people same way ya lob yasef.” 15 Bot thyself.
ef oona keep on like wile animal, da fight
an gii one noda pain an suffrin, den oona 15 But if ye bite and
devour one another, take
mus look out, cause oona gwine stroy one heed that ye be not con-
noda. sumed one of another.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
652 Galatians 5

16 This I say then, Oona Oughta Lib da Do wa de


Walk in the Spirit, and ye
shall not fulfil the lust of
Holy Sperit Tell Oona fa Do
the flesh. A da tell oona say, oona oughta lib de
16
way God Sperit tell oona fa lib. Den oona
17 For the flesh lusteth ain gwine do jes wasoneba ting oona sinful
against the Spirit, and the
Spirit against the flesh:
haat wahn fa do. 17 Wa we people wahn
and these are contrary een we sinful haat ain tall wa God Sperit
the one to the other: so wahn. An wa God Sperit wahn, dat ain wa
that ye cannot do the
things that ye would. we people wahn. Wa God Sperit wahn an
wa we sinful haat wahn, dem two da fight
18 But if ye be led of
one noda all de time. Dis mean dat oona
the Spirit, ye are not un- ain do wa oona wahn fa do. 18 Bot ef oona
der the law. da lib een de way God Sperit tell oona fa
lib, den de Law ain rule oba oona tall.
19 Now the works of 19 Ain nobody dat cyahn see wa people
the flesh are manifest, een dey sinful haat wahn fa do. People
which are these; Adul-
tery, fornication, un- wahn fa lib loose an bad life wa ain
cleanness, lasciviousness, deestent. 20 People wahn fa woshup op ta
idol, an dey hoodoo one noda. Dey hate
20 Idolatry, witchcraft, one noda an fight one noda. Dey cobish
hatred, variance, emula- dey neighba propaty an git mad op wid
tions, wrath, strife,
seditions, heresies, one noda. Dey da pit deysef head ob oda
people. Dey wide op eenta group an ain
gree wid one noda. 21 Dey cobish. Dey
21 Envyings, murders,
drunkenness, revellings, dronka, an dey hab wile paaty. An dey do
and such like: of the plenty oda bad ting like dem yah. A da
which I tell you before, as
I have also told you in
waan oona jes like A beena waan oona,
time past, that they dem people dat lib dat way ain neba gwine
which do such things hab God rule oba um.
shall not inherit the king-
dom of God. 22 Bot God Sperit da mek people good
like a tree da grow good fruit. God Sperit
da mek people lob one noda. E da mek um
22 But the fruit of the hab joy een dey haat. E da mek um gree
Spirit is love, joy, peace,
longsuffering, gentle- wid one noda. E da mek um able fa beah
ness, goodness, faith, trouble, an e da mek um hep one noda. E
da mek um do good ta one noda. An e da
mek um able fa do wa e wahn um fa do.
23 Meekness, temper-
23 God Sperit da mek people so dat dey ain
ance: against such there
is no law. push one noda roun. An e da mek um so

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 5, 6 653

dat dey ain do jes wa dey wahn fa do. Dey 24 And they that are
Christ's have crucified
ain no law ginst people wa da lib dis way. the flesh with the affec-
24 Dem people wa blongst ta Jedus Christ tions and lusts.
ain leh dey own sinful haat rule oba um no 25 If we live in the
mo. Dey done dead ta deysef like Spirit, let us also walk in
the Spirit.
somebody wa dead pon a cross. Dey ain do
all dem bad ting no mo, dem ting wa dey 26 Let us not be desir-
own sinful haat wahn um fa do. 25 God ous of vain glory, provok-
ing one another, envying
Sperit gii we life. So den we mus leh um one another.
tell we de way we oughta lib. 26 We ain
oughta git de big head, an we ain oughta
mek oda people bex wid we. Fodamo, we
mus dohn cobish ting wa one noda got. 6
,5

Mus Hep One Noda Chapter 6

6 Me Christian bredren, ef somebody


1 1 Brethren, if a man be
overtaken in a fault, ye
da do sinful ting an oona find out which are spiritual, re-
bout um, oona wa da do wa God Sperit tell store such an one in the
oona oughta go hep dat one fa stop sin. spirit of meekness; con-
sidering thyself, lest thou
Oona mus dohn taak scrong ta um. An mus also be tempted.
watch out so dat oona, too, ain gwine 2 Bear ye one an-
wahn fa do ting wa ain right. 2 Wen other's burdens, and so
fulfil the law of Christ.
sompin da trouble somebody an e da beah
hebby load, oona mus hep um. Wen oona 3 For if a man think
himself to be something,
do dat, oona gwine do wa Christ chaage when he is nothing, he
oona fa do. 3 Ef somebody tink e sompin deceiveth himself.
great, wen fa true e ain nottin tall, e jes da 4 But let every man
mek a fool ob esef. 4 Ebrybody oughta tink prove his own work, and
then shall he have rejoic-
bout wa e da do an cide ef e da do right. Ef ing in himself alone, and
e da do right, den e kin be sattify. E ain not in another.
oughta look at wa oda people da do fa cide 5 For every man shall
ef e da do right. 5 Cause ebrybody gwine bear his own burden.
haffa beah e own load. 6 Let him that is taught
6 De one dat dey da laan God wod ta, e in the word communicate
oughta gii some ob all de good ting dem e unto him that teacheth in
all good things.
hab ta e teacha wa da laan um.
7 Mus dohn mek a fool ob oonasef. Ain 7 Be not deceived; God
is not mocked: for what-
nobody kin fool God. Wasoneba oona soever a man soweth,
plant, dat wa oona gwine haabis. 8 E jes that shall he also reap.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
654 Galatians 6

8 For he that soweth to like wen a faama plant seed, e gwine git
his flesh shall of the flesh
reap corruption; but he wasoneba e plant. Same way, wen
that soweth to the Spirit somebody do bad ting dat e sinful haat jes
shall of the Spirit reap
life everlasting.
wahn fa do fa please esef, God gwine
punish dat one. E gwine git stroy. An wen
9 And let us not be somebody do wa God Sperit tell um fa do
weary in well doing: for
in due season we shall
fa please God, dat one gwine git haabis ob
reap, if we faint not. life dat ain neba gwine end. 9 So we mus
dohn git tired fa do good. Cause ef we ain
10 As we have there-
gii op, de time gwine come wen we gwine
fore opportunity, let us
do good unto all men, es- git a good haabis. 10 So den, any time we
pecially unto them who git de chance, we oughta do good ta all
are of the household of
faith. people, an eben mo ta we Christian
bredren, cause dey blongst ta we fambly
11 Ye see how large a een Christ.
letter I have written unto
you with mine own hand. De Las Wod Paul Write een Dis Letta
Oona see de big letta dem A da mek,
11
12 As many as desire
to make a fair shew in the
as A da write ta oona wid me own han
flesh, they constrain you now. 12 De people wa da try fa mek oona
to be circumcised; only git circumcise, dey jes wahn fa show off an
lest they should suffer
persecution for the cross brag bout how dey body look. Dey da do
of Christ. all dat jes so dat people ain gwine mek um
suffa. Cause people gwine mek um suffa ef
13 For neither they dey taak bout how Christ done dead pon
themselves who are cir-
cumcised keep the law;
de cross fa sabe people. 13 Eben dem wa
but desire to have you git circumcise ain do wa de Law say. Dey
circumcised, that they wahn fa hab oona git circumcise so dat dey
may glory in your flesh.
kin brag, say oona done leh um circumcise
14 But God forbid that
oona. 14 Fa me own paat, A ain gwine brag
I should glory, save in the bout nottin cep de det ob we Lawd Jedus
cross of our Lord Jesus Christ pon de cross. Cause Jedus done
Christ, by whom the
world is crucified unto dead pon de cross, de way ob de wol ain
me, and I unto the world. mean nottin ta me no mo. A done dead ta
dem way, an dis wol ain got nottin fa do
15 For in Christ Jesus wid me no mo. 15 Ef we git circumcise or
neither circumcision ef we ain git circumcise, dat ain mean
availeth any thing, nor
uncircumcision, but a nottin tall. Bot de ting wa matta mo den
new creature. all, e dat God change we life, mek we a

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Galatians 6 655

nyew kind ob people. 16 A da pray dat God 16 And as many as


walk according to this
gii peace an mussy ta all dem people wa rule, peace be on them,
lib dis way dat A done tell um, all dem wa and mercy, and upon the
Israel of God.
God people. 17 From henceforth let
17 Las ob all, mus dohn leh nobody no man trouble me: for I
bear in my body the
bodda me no mo, cause A got de scar dem marks of the Lord Jesus.
pon me body dat show A Jedus slabe. 18 Brethren, the grace
18 Me Christian bredren, A da pray dat of our Lord Jesus Christ
be with your spirit.
we Lawd Jedus Christ bless oona. Amen. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians

Paul Letta Ta Dem


Ephesians Een Ephesus
1
,6

1 A, Paul, wa God pick fa be a postle


Chapter 1 1
1 Paul, an apostle of ob Jedus Christ, da write ta God
Jesus Christ by the will of
God, to the saints which
people een Ephesus, dem wa true ta God
are at Ephesus, and to the cause dey come fa be one wid Jedus
faithful in Christ Jesus: Christ.
2 Grace be to you, and
peace, from God our Fa- 2 We aks God we Fada an de Lawd
ther, and from the Lord Jedus Christ fa bless oona an gii oona
Jesus Christ.
3 Blessed be the God peace een oona haat.
and Father of our Lord
Jesus Christ, who hath De Blessin Dem wa God Gii
blessed us with all spiri-
tual blessings in heavenly 3 Leh we praise de God an Fada ob we
places in Christ: Lawd Jedus Christ, cause e bless we wa
4 According as he hath
chosen us in him before one wid Christ. E gii we ebry good ting wa
the foundation of the haffa do wid esef dey een heaben. 4 God
world, that we should be
holy and without blame done pick we fa esef eben fo e mek de wol
before him in love: so dat we gwine be e own people wa ain
5 Having predesti-
nated us unto the adop- hab no sin, wen e look pon we.
tion of children by Jesus 5 Cause God lob we, e done cide fohan
Christ to himself, accord-
ing to the good pleasure
fa hab Jedus Christ come fa bring we ta
of his will, um, so dat we gwine come fa be God own
6 To the praise of the
chullun, an dat mek um too heppy. 6 God
glory of his grace,
wherein he hath made us done dat so dat we gwine praise um fa dis
accepted in the beloved. big blessin dat e gii we, an dat ain cost we
7 In whom we have re-
demption through his nottin. God own deah Son mek dis happen
blood, the forgiveness of fa we.
sins, according to the
7 Cause Christ shed e blood an dead pon
riches of his grace;
8 Wherein he hath de cross, we done been set free. God
abounded toward us in
all wisdom and pru-
paadon we sin. God good ta we fa sho! 8 E
dence; pour out e blessin pon we fa hab sense an

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 1 657

ondastan all ting. 9 Having made known


unto us the mystery of his
9 E done wa e been cide fa do, an e tell will, according to his
we e plan, wa people ain neba know. E good pleasure which he
hath purposed in himself:
done been cide fa sen Christ fa do all dat e 10 That in the dispen-
plan. 10 God plan dat wen de right time sation of the fulness of
come, all ting dat God been mek, ebryting times he might gather to-
gether in one all things in
een heaben an ebryting een de wol, e Christ, both which are in
gwine mek um all come fa be one togeda heaven, and which are on
earth; even in him:
onda Christ fa rule oba um.
11 In whom also we
11 God mek all ting happen jes like e
have obtained an inheri-
been plan an how e wahn um fa be. E pick tance, being predesti-
nated according to the
we fa be e own people wa one wid Christ, purpose of him who
cause dat wa e wahn an wa e been plan fo, worketh all things after
fom fo de wol staat. 12 God do dat so dat the counsel of his own
will:
we wa fus hope pon Christ gwine lib fa gim 12 That we should be
praise an show dat e great sho nuff. to the praise of his glory,
13 Now oona, too, come ta blongst ta who first trusted in
Christ.
Christ wen oona yeh de true wod wa de 13 In whom ye also
Good Nyews dat sabe oona. Een Christ, trusted, after that ye
wen oona bleebe, God gii oona de Holy heard the word of truth,
the gospel of your salva-
Sperit wa e been promise. An e God maak tion: in whom also after
wa e gii oona fa show dat now oona e own that ye believed, ye were
sealed with that holy
people. 14 Cause we hab God Sperit, we Spirit of promise,
kin know fa sho dat we gwine git wa God 14 Which is the earnest
promise fa gii e people, wen God gwine set of our inheritance until
free dem wa blongst ta um. Leh we praise the redemption of the
purchased possession,
um an show dat e great sho nuff! unto the praise of his
glory.
Wa Paul Pray 15 Wherefore I also, af-
ter I heard of your faith in
15 Cause ob all dat wa God done, eba the Lord Jesus, and love
since A yeh bout how oona trus een de unto all the saints,
Lawd Jedus an how oona lob all de people 16 Cease not to give
dat blongst ta God, 16 A ain neba stop da thanks for you, making
mention of you in my
tell God tankya fa oona. An wensoneba A prayers;
da pray, A aks God fa bless oona. 17 A aks 17 That the God of our
de God ob we Lawd Jedus Christ, God we Lord Jesus Christ, the Fa-
Fada wa full ob glory, fa gii oona e Sperit ther of glory, may give
unto you the spirit of wis-
wa gwine gii oona sense an show oona de dom and revelation in
trute bout God, so dat oona gwine know the knowledge of him:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
658 Ephesians 1, 2

18 The eyes of your un- um mo an mo betta. 18 A pray ta God, too,


derstanding being en-
lightened; that ye may dat e open op oona haat fa ondastan de
know what is the hope of trute wa come fom God, so dat oona know
his calling, and what the
riches of the glory of his
de good ting dem e say oona kin look
inheritance in the saints, fowaad ta. A pray fa God fa mek oona
19 And what is the ex-
ceeding greatness of his
ondastan how walyable dem great blessin
power to us-ward who dat God gwine gii ta e own people. 19 An A
believe, according to the pray, too, dat oona gwine ondastan how
working of his mighty
power, scrong mo den all e great powa da, dat da
20 Which he wrought hep we wa trus een um. Dis great powa ob
in Christ, when he raised
him from the dead, and God wa da hep we, 20 dat de same powa
set him at his own right dat God nyuse fa mek Christ git op fom
hand in the heavenly
places,
mongst de dead people an lib gin, an fa
21 Far above all princi- mek um seddown een heaben pon e right
pality, and power, and han side. 21 Christ da rule dey een heaben
might, and dominion,
and every name that is wid faa mo tority den all oda rula an tority
named, not only in this an leada an dem wa hab powa. Christ
world, but also in that
which is to come: name greata mo den all dem oda name ob
22 And hath put all de rula dem een dis time yah an een all de
things under his feet, and
gave him to be the head time fa come. 22 An God mek all ting fa
over all things to the come onda Christ tority. E mek Christ de
church,
23 Which is his body, head, de Lawd fa rule oba ebryting fa de
the fulness of him that choch. 23 De choch, e Christ body, an dat
filleth all in all. body full op wid Christ, de one wa da full
ebryting een ebry way.
2
,1

Chapter 2 God Gii We Life


1 And you hath he

2 Oona nyuse fa be people wa done


quickened, who were 1
dead in trespasses and
sins;
dead, cause oona ain do wa God tell
2 Wherein in time past oona fa do, an oona keep on da sin. 2 Oona
ye walked according to nyuse fa folla de ebil way ob dis wol. Oona
the course of this world,
according to the prince of beena do wa de ebil one wa da rule oba de
the power of the air, the sperit dem een de sky wahn. Dat de sperit
spirit that now worketh
in the children of wa da hab tority now oba people wa ain do
disobedience: wa God tell um fa do. 3 We all nyuse fa lib
3 Among whom also
we all had our conversa- jes like dem people. We beena do jes wa
tion in times past in the we sinful haat an we body an we mind tell
lusts of our flesh, fulfill-
ing the desires of the
we fa do. We been people jes like
flesh and of the mind; ebrybody else, an so e haffa happen dat we

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 2 659

been gwine suffa cause God bex wid we, and were by nature the
children of wrath, even
cause ob we sin, jes like all dem oda as others.
people.
4 But God, who is rich
4 Bot God lob we sommuch. Cause ob
in mercy, for his great
dat, e hab a whole heapa mussy pon we. love wherewith he loved
5 So den, eben wen we been dead cause we us,

ain do wa God tell we fa do, God gii we life 5 Even when we were
togeda wid Christ. Wen God sabe oona, dead in sins, hath quick-
ened us together with
dat ain been cause dat fittin coddin ta wa Christ, (by grace ye are
ya done do. 6 Cause we blongst ta Jedus saved;)
Christ, God done mek we git op fom 6 And hath raised us
mongst de dead people, jes like e mek up together, and made us
sit together in heavenly
Christ git op an lib gin, an e mek we fa places in Christ Jesus:
seddown fa rule wid Christ een heaben.
7 God done dis fa show fa all time fa come 7 That in the ages to
come he might shew the
how walyable fa true e blessin pon we, mo exceeding riches of his
den we kin eba tell. An e show how e lob grace in his kindness to-
ward us through Christ
we by wa e done shru Jedus Christ. 8 Wen Jesus.
God sabe oona, dat ain been cause dat 8 For by grace are ye
fittin coddin ta wa ya done do. E done dis saved through faith; and
cause oona trus een Christ. Eben dat trus that not of yourselves: it
is the gift of God:
wa oona got ain come fom oonasef. E de
gif fom God. 9 So den, oona ain got nottin 9 Not of works, lest
fa brag bout, cause dey ain nottin oona kin any man should boast.
do fa sabe oonasef. 10 God de one wa mek 10 For we are his
we, an e mek we one wid Jedus Christ fa workmanship, created in
do dem good ting dat e plan way back Christ Jesus unto good
works, which God hath
yonda. before ordained that we
should walk in them.
Christ Mek We All One People
11 Wherefore remem-
11 Cause ob dat, oona wa ain Jew, oona ber, that ye being in time
oughta memba wa oona nyuse fa be. Oona past Gentiles in the flesh,
who are called Uncir-
mongst dem wa de Jew people call cumcision by that which
“people wa ain circumcise,” an dey call is called the Circumcision
in the flesh made by
deysef “people wa been circumcise.” (Dat hands;
mean fa say dem man cut dey son dem fa
show dey God people.) 12 Oona memba 12 That at that time ye
were without Christ, be-
dat back den, oona ain been one wid ing aliens from the com-
Christ. Dey ain been count oona mongst de monwealth of Israel, and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
660 Ephesians 2

strangers from the cove- Israel people wa God done pick. An so


nants of promise, having
no hope, and without oona been jes like come-yah people. Back
God in the world: den, oona ain hab no paat een de cobnant
dem wa God mek wid e people. Dem
cobnant been God promise ta e people fa
13 But now in Christ
Jesus ye who sometimes
mek um God own. Een dat time, oona been
were far off are made jes dey een de wol. Oona ain bleebe pon
nigh by the blood of God, an oona ain hab no hope. 13 Oona
Christ.
nyuse fa be faa way fom God. Bot now
oona come fa be one wid Jedus Christ.
14 For he is our peace, Christ done shed e blood an dead fa oona
who hath made both one, fa bring oona ta God. 14 Cause Christ we
and hath broken down
the middle wall of parti-
peace. E done mek de people wa ain Jew
tion between us; an de Jew people come fa be one people.
Fo dat, dey been cut off fom one noda an
enemy wid one noda. Bot wen Christ dead
15 Having abolished in
pon de cross, e broke down de wall ob hate
his flesh the enmity, even
the law of command- wa beena cut um off fom one noda.
ments contained in ordi- 15 Jedus Christ pit de Jew Law, wid dem
nances; for to make in
himself of twain one new rule wa chaage de people an tell um wa
man, so making peace; dey haffa do, ta one side. Christ done dat
fa mek dem people wa ain Jew an de Jew
people come fa be one nyew people, e own
16 And that he might
reconcile both unto God
people. Dat de way e done mek um all be
in one body by the cross, peaceable wid one noda. 16 Wen Christ
having slain the enmity dead pon de cross, e done stroy de hate
thereby:
twix um. E done mek um come fa be one
body, an e bring um back ta God. 17 Christ
17 And came and come an tell oona de Good Nyews wa kin
preached peace to you mek all people come fa be peaceable. E tell
which were afar off, and
to them that were nigh.
oona bout dat peace, oona wa ain Jew an
wa nyuse fa be faa way fom God, an e tell
um ta de Jew people, wa been close ta
18 For through him we God. 18 Wen Christ dead pon de cross, e
both have access by one done mek a way by de one Sperit fa all ob
Spirit unto the Father.
we, de Jew people an dem wa ain Jew, fa
come ta we Fada God.
19 Now therefore ye 19 So den, oona wa ain Jew, oona ain no
are no more strangers scranja needa come-yah people no mo.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 2, 3 661

Now e jes like oona wid God people come and foreigners, but fel-
lowcitizens with the
fom de same country. We all blongst ta saints, and of the house-
God fambly togeda. 20 Oona, too, come fa hold of God;
be paat ob de buildin wa got de postle dem 20 And are built upon
an de prophet dem fa e foundation. An the foundation of the
Jedus Christ, e de fus stone, wa gii scrent apostles and prophets,
Jesus Christ himself be-
ta de buildin. 21 Jedus Christ, e de one wa ing the chief corner stone;
mek all dat buildin fit togeda an da mek 21 In whom all the
um grow bigga an bigga fa be God own building fitly framed to-
house wa blongst ta de Lawd. 22 Oona too, gether groweth unto an
holy temple in the Lord:
come fa be one wid Jedus Christ, an e da
build oona togeda wid all de oda res wa 22 In whom ye also
are builded together for
bleebe, eenta a buildin weh God da lib, by an habitation of God
e Sperit. through the Spirit.

De Wok ob Paul Mongst de People 3


,2

wa Ain Jew

3 Cause ob dat, A da pray ta God, A,


1 Chapter 3
Paul, wa come fa be a prisona, cause 1 For this cause I Paul,
A da saab Jedus Christ an wok fa sake ob the prisoner of Jesus
Christ for you Gentiles,
oona wa ain Jew. 2 Fa sho, oona been yeh 2 If ye have heard of
bout how God bless me, da gii me dis wok the dispensation of the
fa do fa hep oona. 3 God done show me e grace of God which is
given me to you-ward:
plan wa people ain been know. (A been 3 How that by revela-
write oona a leetle bit bout dat. 4 Wen tion he made known unto
oona read wa A done write, oona gwine me the mystery; (as I
wrote afore in few words,
know wa A ondastan bout dat plan ob God 4 Whereby, when ye
wa people ain been know bout, wa Christ read, ye may understand
done mek happen.) 5 God ain tell none ob my knowledge in the
mystery of Christ)
de people wa beena lib way back dey bout
5 Which in other ages
all dis plan yah. Bot now de Holy Sperit was not made known
done show de secret ta God postle an unto the sons of men, as
prophet dem wa blongst ta um. 6 Dis yah it is now revealed unto
his holy apostles and
de secret wa God ain been show: Wen dem prophets by the Spirit;
people wa ain Jew bleebe de Good Nyews
6 That the Gentiles
jes like de Jew people bleebe, God gim all should be fellowheirs,
de same good ting. Dey all togeda come fa and of the same body,
and partakers of his
blongst ta one body. An Jedus Christ mek promise in Christ by the
um all git wa God been promise um. gospel:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
662 Ephesians 3

7 Whereof I was made 7 God bless me fa mek me Christ


a minister, according to
the gift of the grace of saabant fa tell de Good Nyews all oba, an e
God given unto me by the gii me e powa fa dat wok. 8 All God people
effectual working of his
power.
mo betta den me. Stillyet, God bless me an
8 Unto me, who am pick me fa go tell de people wa ain Jew
less than the least of all bout all de blessin dem dat Christ da gii e
saints, is this grace given,
that I should preach
people. Dem blessin so good dat we ain
among the Gentiles the eben able fa ondastan all bout um. 9 An
unsearchable riches of God pick me fa splain ta all people an mek
Christ;
9 And to make all men
um ondastan how God gwine mek e secret
see what is the fellowship plan happen. All dis time yah wa done
of the mystery, which pass een dis wol, God, wa mek all ting, ain
from the beginning of the
world hath been hid in leh people know bout all wa e da plan.
God, who created all 10 God do all dat so dat de choch kin mek
things by Jesus Christ:
10 To the intent that
de rula an de tority dem een heaben know
now unto the principali- now at dis time all de diffunt way dat God
ties and powers in heav- hab sense fa true een ebryting. 11 God
enly places might be
known by the church the done dis jes like e beena plan fa do um,
manifold wisdom of God, shru Jedus Christ we Lawd. 12 Cause we
11 According to the
know we trus een Christ an we come fa be
eternal purpose which he
purposed in Christ Jesus one wid um, we free fa come fo God. We
our Lord: ain scaid tall fa come. 13 So den, A da beg
12 In whom we have oona, mus dohn git weary cause A da suffa
boldness and access with
confidence by the faith of yah fa oona sake. Cause e fa oona glory dat
him. A da suffa.
13 Wherefore I desire
that ye faint not at my
tribulations for you,
Hommuch Christ Lob All People
which is your glory. Cause ob dat, A da kneel down fo we
14
14 For this cause I bow
Fada God. 15 E de one wa gii ebry fambly
my knees unto the Father
of our Lord Jesus Christ, een heaben an een dis wol dey true name.
15 Of whom the whole 16 A da pray ta God dat fom dem special
family in heaven and blessin wa e got een heaben, e gii oona
earth is named,
powa fa mek oona scrong een de Lawd een
16 That he would
grant you, according to
oona haat. De Holy Sperit e de one wa da
the riches of his glory, to do dis. 17 An dat so e stan, cause oona trus
be strengthened with een um, Christ gwine mek e home dey een
might by his Spirit in the
inner man; oona haat. So den, wasoneba oona da do,
17 That Christ may oona gwine do um cause ob lob, jes like a
dwell in your hearts by tree wa got root wa go down deep eenta de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 3, 4 663

groun an grip de groun tight. An dat lob faith; that ye, being
rooted and grounded in
gwine be a scrong foundation fa oona. love,
18 So den, A pray dat oona, togeda wid all 18 May be able to com-
prehend with all saints
de oda res ob God people, gwine hab powa what is the breadth, and
fa ondastan hommuch Christ lob we fa length, and depth, and
true, how wide e lob, an how long, how height;
19 And to know the
high e lob, an how deep. 19 A da pray dat love of Christ, which
God mek oona come fa know dis lob ob passeth knowledge, that
Christ, eben dough dey ain none ob we kin ye might be filled with all
the fulness of God.
know all bout how e lob we. Den wen oona 20 Now unto him that
know how Christ lob oona fa true, oona is able to do exceeding
kin be all full op een oona life wid all wa abundantly above all that
we ask or think, accord-
God da. ing to the power that
20 Leh we gii glory ta God! Cause ob e worketh in us,
21 Unto him be glory
powa wa da wok eenside ob we, God able in the church by Christ
fa do faa way mo den all we gwine eba aks Jesus throughout all
fa or eben tink ob. 21 Leh we gii glory ta ages, world without end.
Amen.
God! Leh all we people wa een de choch an
wa one wid Jedus Christ gii glory ta um, fa
all time, fa eba an eba! Amen.
4
,3

We All Blongst ta One Body

4 So den, A Paul, wa dey pit een de


1 Chapter 4
jailhouse cause A da wok fa de Lawd, 1 I therefore, the pris-
A da beg oona, mus waak een God way, jes oner of the Lord, beseech
you that ye walk worthy
like God tell oona fa lib wen e call oona fa of the vocation where-
trus een Christ. 2 Oona mus dohn neba with ye are called,
2 With all lowliness
tink oona mo betta den noda poson. Mus and meekness, with long-
dohn be rough on um. Mus wait fa oda suffering, forbearing one
people an beah wid um cause ob oona lob. another in love;
3 Endeavouring to
3 De Holy Sperit da gii oona de peace wa
keep the unity of the
mek oona all one body een Christ. Oona Spirit in the bond of
mus try wid all oona haat fa gree togeda, peace.
4 There is one body,
so dat oona kin all hab peace wid one and one Spirit, even as ye
noda. 4 We all blongst ta one body. We all are called in one hope of
got de same Holy Sperit, jes like dey one your calling;
5 One Lord, one faith,
ting wa oona hope fa wen God call oona. one baptism,
5 Dey jes one Lawd, an one fait, an one 6 One God and Father
bactism. 6 Dey jes one God an Fada ob all. of all, who is above all,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
664 Ephesians 4

and through all, and in E de Lawd wa rule oba all. E da wok shru
you all.
all, an e een all.
7 But unto every one of 7 Now den, Christ done bless we fa mek
us is given grace accord-
ing to the measure of the
ebry one ob we able fa do a special wok.
gift of Christ. Ebry one ob we hab we own gif. 8 Dat wa
8 Wherefore he saith,
mek um write een God Book say,
When he ascended up on “Wen e gone op
high, he led captivity ta de mos high place,
captive, and gave gifts
unto men. e tek wid um dem wa e win
an e gii e people gif.”
9 (Now that he as-
cended, what is it but
9 Wa dat dey mean wen dey say, “E gone
that he also descended op”? Dat mean fa say, fo e gone op, e done
first into the lower parts
of the earth?
been come down ta de mos deep place ob
de eart. 10 Dat one wa come down, e de
10 He that descended
is the same also that as-
same one wa gone op high pass all de
cended up far above all heaben, so dat e gwine full ob ebryweh.
heavens, that he might 11 E mek some people postle, an some
fill all things.)
prophet. Some ob um, dey evangelist fa
11 And he gave some, tell oda people de Good Nyews. Some oda,
apostles; and some, pro-
phets; and some, evange- dey pastor an teacha. 12 Christ do dis fa
lists; and some, pastors mek God people ready an able fa do de
and teachers;
wok dat dem wa trus een Christ oughta do,
12 For the perfecting so dat de body ob Christ, de choch, gwine
of the saints, for the work grow scrong an git build op 13 til we all
of the ministry, for the
edifying of the body of
togeda gwine come fa be one people, da
Christ: gree een we fait an een wa we know bout
God Son. Den we gwine trus een God een
13 Till we all come in
the unity of the faith, and
ebryting til we all done grown op een God,
of the knowledge of the jes like Christ. 14 Een dat time we ain
Son of God, unto a per- gwine be like leetle chullun no mo, wa kin
fect man, unto the mea-
sure of the stature of the change wa dey bleebe wensoneba dey yeh
fulness of Christ: a nyew ting. Dey like a leeleetle boat dat
14 That we henceforth
de wata kin toss all oba, an de big wind kin
be no more children, keep on da change an da blow dat boat one
tossed to and fro, and car- way atudda. Now we ain gwine be like
ried about with every
wind of doctrine, by the dem leeleetle chullun. Wen ceitful people
sleight of men, and cun- try fa laan we, dey jes like dat wind. Bot
ning craftiness, whereby
they lie in wait to
dey ain gwine mek we bleebe all kind ob
deceive; wrong ting wa ain true tall. 15 Steada dat,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 4 665

we mus lob one noda, da tell one noda wa 15 But speaking the
truth in love, may grow
true. Ef we do dat, we gwine grow op mo up into him in all things,
an mo een ebry way fa be one wid Christ, which is the head, even
Christ:
de head ob de choch. 16 Christ, de head,
16 From whom the
got chaage ob all de diffunt paat dem ob whole body fitly joined
de body, so dat dey all jine togeda jes so. together and compacted
by that which every joint
An ebry jaint een de body da hep fa keep supplieth, according to
all de body togeda, cause all de paat dem the effectual working in
da jine togeda fa be one. So den, wen ebry the measure of every
part, maketh increase of
one ob dem paat da do wa e oughta do, all the body unto the edify-
de body da grow an git build op, as all de ing of itself in love.
paat dem lob one noda mo an mo. 17 This I say therefore,
and testify in the Lord,
that ye henceforth walk
De True Life wa God Gii not as other Gentiles
walk, in the vanity of
17 Een de Lawd name, A da chaage oona their mind,
say, oona mus dohn lib oona life no mo 18 Having the under-
like dem wa ain know God da lib. Wa dem standing darkened, being
people tink ain wot nottin. 18 Dey haat ain alienated from the life of
God through the igno-
open, so dey cyahn ondastan de life dat rance that is in them, be-
God gii. Dey ain got no paat een dat true cause of the blindness of
their heart:
life wa God gii ta people, cause dey haat
haad as a rock, an dat mek um so dat dey 19 Who being past
ain know nottin tall. 19 Dey ain got no feeling have given them-
selves over unto lascivi-
shame bout nottin no mo. Dey mek op dey ousness, to work all
mind fa waak all de time een de ebil way. uncleanness with greedi-
ness.
Dey lib loose life, an dey da wahn fa do all 20 But ye have not so
kind ob ebil ting mo an mo. learned Christ;
20 Now den, wa oona been laan bout
21 If so be that ye have
Christ ain neba been like dat! 21 Fa sho, heard him, and have
people beena tell oona bout Christ, an been taught by him, as
the truth is in Jesus:
oona wa folla um beena laan de trute dat
een Jedus. 22 So den, oona mus gii op 22 That ye put off con-
oona ole sef, dat ole way wa mek oona do cerning the former con-
versation the old man,
dem bad ting oona nyuse fa do. Oona ole which is corrupt accord-
sef beena stroy oona, da mek oona wahn fa ing to the deceitful lusts;
do schemy ting wa mek oona sin. 23 Oona 23 And be renewed in
mus leh God Sperit change de way oona the spirit of your mind;
tink. 24 Oona mus be de nyew poson wa 24 And that ye put on
God mek fa be like esef. Dat nyew poson the new man, which after

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
666 Ephesians 4, 5

God is created in righ- gwine treat oda people right an do wa


teousness and true
holiness.
right een God eye.
25 Wherefore putting 25 So den, ebry one ob oona mus dohn
away lying, speak every neba tell lie no mo. Oona mus all tell de
man truth with his neigh-
bour: for we are members trute ta e neighba, cause we all blongst
one of another. togeda ta Christ one body. 26 Ef oona bex,
26 Be ye angry, and sin
not: let not the sun go
oona mus dohn leh dat mek oona sin. An
down upon your wrath: oona mus dohn leh de sun go down an
27 Neither give place oona stillyet bex. 27 Oona mus dohn gii de
to the devil. Debil chance fa mek oona sin. 28 De poson
28 Let him that stole
steal no more: but rather
wa beena tief, e mus dohn tief no mo. E
let him labour, working mus wok, da do sompin good wid e han, so
with his hands the thing dat e gwine be able fa hep dem wa hab
which is good, that he
may have to give to him need. 29 Oona mus dohn taak haamful
that needeth. wod wa ain do nobody no good. Steada
29 Let no corrupt com-
munication proceed out
dat, mus taak wod wa gwine hep oda
of your mouth, but that people so dat oona wod gwine build um
which is good to the use op, coddin ta wa dey need fa yeh. Een dat
of edifying, that it may
minister grace unto the way, oona gwine be a blessin ta de people
hearers. wa da yeh oona. 30 Oona mus dohn mek
30 And grieve not the
de Holy Sperit saaful. Cause de Sperit ob
holy Spirit of God,
whereby ye are sealed God een oona, dat God maak wa e gii fa
unto the day of redemp- show dat oona blongst ta um an oona kin
tion.
31 Let all bitterness,
know fa sho dat e gwine keep oona til dat
and wrath, and anger, day wen God gwine set oona free. 31 Mus
and clamour, and evil dohn hab no bittaness tall een oona haat.
speaking, be put away
from you, with all Mus dohn be bex at nobody. An mus dohn
malice: taak mean or shout, needa shrow slam at
32 And be ye kind one nobody. Mus dohn hate nobody tall.
to another, tenderheart-
ed, forgiving one an-
32 Steada dat, oona mus do good ta
other, even as God for people. Mus hab waam, kind haat fa one
Christ’s sake hath for-
given you.
noda, an mus paadon one noda, jes like
God fagib oona, cause oona blongst ta
Christ.
Chapter 5 Lib een de Light

5
1 Be ye therefore fol-
lowers of God, as dear So den, oona mus try fa be like God,
1
children; cause oona e chullun wa e lob fa true.
2 And walk in love, as
2 Oona life mus be full op wid lob een all
Christ also hath loved us,
and hath given himself dat oona do, jes like Christ lob we an done

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 5 667

gii e life op fa we. E offa op e life as a sweet for us an offering and a


sacrifice to God for a
smellin offrin ta God, a sacrifice wa sattify sweetsmelling savour.
God. 3 But fornication, and
3 Oona God people, so e ain right fa all uncleanness, or covet-
none ob oona fa eben taak bout da lib a ousness, let it not be once
named among you, as
loose life or da ramify roun. E ain right becometh saints;
needa fa oona fa eben taak bout da git de 4 Neither filthiness,
big eye, all de time da wahn wa oda people nor foolish talking, nor
jesting, which are not
hab. 4 An e ain right fa oona taak bad, convenient: but rather
foolish, or doty wod. Steada dat, oona giving of thanks.
oughta tell God tankya. 5 Oona kin know 5 For this ye know,
fa sho dat dey ain nobody wa da lib a loose that no whoremonger,
nor unclean person, nor
life, nobody wa ramify roun, nobody wa covetous man, who is an
hab de big eye, all de time da wahn wa oda idolater, hath any inheri-
tance in the kingdom of
people hab (cause a poson wa do dat, e da Christ and of God.
woshup idol), none ob dem neba gwine go 6 Let no man deceive
ta de place weh Christ an God da rule. you with vain words: for
6 Mus dohn leh nobody ceebe oona, da because of these things
cometh the wrath of God
taak lyin wod wa ain mek no sense. All upon the children of
dese ting yah wa A da taak bout, dem mek disobedience.
God bex fa true wid people wa ain do wa e 7 Be not ye therefore
tell um fa do. 7 Oona mus dohn hab nottin partakers with them.
fa do wid dem kind ob people yah. 8 Oona 8 For ye were some-
times darkness, but now
done been loss een sin, daak like de daak are ye light in the Lord:
ob de night. Bot now oona come fa be walk as children of light:
light. Oona de Lawd own people. So den, 9 (For the fruit of the
oona mus lib like people wa blongst ta de Spirit is in all goodness
and righteousness and
light. 9 Cause ebryting wa good an wa truth;)
right an wa true da come fom de light. 10 Proving what is ac-
10 Try fa find out wa de Lawd wahn oona ceptable unto the Lord.
fa do. 11 Mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid 11 And have no fellow-
dem ting wa people do wa ain wot nottin. ship with the unfruitful
works of darkness, but
Dem ting daak wid sin like de daak ob de rather reprove them.
night. Bot oona mus bring um ta de light, 12 For it is a shame
an mek people know wa dem daak ting be even to speak of those
like fa true. 12 Ef somebody eben taak things which are done of
them in secret.
bout de bad ting wa people do wen
13 But all things that
nobody shim, e da shame esef. 13 Bot wen are reproved are made
de light da shine pon sompin, den people manifest by the light: for

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
668 Ephesians 5

whatsoever doth make able fa see fa true wa dat ting da. Cause all
manifest is light.
14 Wherefore he saith, wa de light shine pon, we eye kin see.
Awake thou that sleepest, Cause de light mek we see ebryting. 14 Dat
and arise from the dead,
and Christ shall give thee
wa mek um write say,
light. “Ya wa da sleep, wake op.
15 See then that ye
walk circumspectly, not
Git op fom mongst de
as fools, but as wise, dead people an lib gin!
16 Redeeming the An Christ gwine gii ya light.”
time, because the days 15 Oona mus tek cyah how oona da lib
are evil.
17 Wherefore be ye not oona life. Mus dohn lib like people wa ain
unwise, but understand- got no sense. Mus lib like dem wa got
ing what the will of the sense. 16 Ebry chance oona git fa do good,
Lord is.
18 And be not drunk oona mus do all dat oona able fa do. Cause
with wine, wherein is ex- dis time yah a ebil time. 17 So den, mus
cess; but be filled with dohn do nottin foolish, bot ondastan wa de
the Spirit;
Lawd wahn oona fa do.
19 Speaking to your- 18 Mus dohn be dronka, full op wid
selves in psalms and
hymns and spiritual wine til oona do bad ting wa gwine dribe
songs, singing and mak- oona ta ruint. Steada dat, oona mus lib full
ing melody in your heart
to the Lord; op wid de Holy Sperit eenside oona.
19 Wen oona da taak wid one noda, oona
20 Giving thanks al-
ways for all things unto
oughta nyuse de wod ob de psalms an
God and the Father in the hymn an speritual. Oona oughta sing um
name of our Lord Jesus wid all oona haat fa praise de Lawd.
Christ;
20 Oona mus tell we Fada God tankya all
21 Submitting your- de time fa all ting, een de name ob we
selves one to another in
the fear of God. Lawd Jedus Christ.
22 Wives, submit your-
How Husban an Wife Oughta Lib
selves unto your own
husbands, as unto the Oona mus obey one noda, cause oona
21
Lord.
hona Christ.
23 For the husband is 22 Wife, ya mus obey ya husban, jes like
the head of the wife, even
as Christ is the head of
ya obey de Lawd. 23 Cause de husban de
the church: and he is the head ob de wife. E got tority oba e wife jes
savio
ur of the body.

like Christ got tority oba de choch. An


24 Therefore as the Christ de Sabior ob de choch, e body.
church is subject unto 24 Jes like de choch mus obey Christ, same
Christ, so let the wives be
to their own husbands in way so de wife mus obey e husban een all
every thing. ting.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 5, 6 669

25 Husban, ya mus lob ya wife, jes like 25 Husbands, love


your wives, even as
Christ lob de choch an done gii op e life fa Christ also loved the
um. 26 E gii e life fa de choch fa mek um church, and gave himself
for it;
God own, da mek e choch clean wen e 26 That he might sanc-
wash um wid wata by e wod. 27 Christ do tify and cleanse it with
all dat so dat wen e bring de choch fa the washing of water by
the word,
stanop fo um, de choch gwine be too 27 That he might pres-
purty. De choch ain gwine hab nottin bad ent it to himself a glori-
ous church, not having
or wrong bout um. E gwine blongst ta um spot, or wrinkle, or any
fa true, an e ain gwine hab eben one bad such thing; but that it
should be holy and with-
spot or wrinkle, nottin fa tek way fom e out blemish.
beauty. 28 Een dat same way, de husban 28 So ought men to
love their wives as their
mus lob e wife jes like de husban lob e own own bodies. He that
body. De man wa da lob e wife, e da lob loveth his wife loveth
esef. 29 Fa sho, ain nobody neba hate e himself.
29 For no man ever yet
own body. Steada dat, e da feed e body an hated his own flesh; but
tek cyah ob um, an dat jes like Christ tek nourisheth and cherish-
eth it, even as the Lord
cyah ob de choch. 30 Cause we all blongst the church:
ta Christ body. 31 Dey write een God Book 30 For we are mem-
bers of his body, of his
say, “Cause ob dis, a man gwine lef e fada flesh, and of his bones.
an e modda, an e gwine marry a wife. Dey 31 For this cause shall
a man leave his father
gwine jine togeda, an de man an e wife and mother, and shall be
gwine be one.” 32 Dis wa A jes write show joined unto his wife, and
we a great ting wa true fa sho, a ting wa they two shall be one
flesh.
been haad fa ondastan. Bot A tell oona say 32 This is a great mys-
dis wod da taak bout Christ an de choch. tery: but I speak concern-
ing Christ and the
33 Bot dis same wod da taak bout oona church.
too. Ebry husban mus lob e wife jes like e 33 Nevertheless let ev-
ery one of you in particu-
lob esef an ebry wife mus hona e husban. lar so love his wife even
as himself; and the wife
De Chullun an Dey Fada an Modda see that she reverence her
husband.

6 Chullun, ebry one ob oona mus do


1
Chapter 6
wa ya fada an modda tell ya fa do, 1 Children, obey your
cause dat de right ting fa do. 2 Een all de parents in the Lord: for
Law wa God gii Moses, de fus one wa got a this is right.
2 Honour thy father
promise long wid um say, “Ya mus gii and mother; (which is the
hona ta ya fada an ya modda.” 3 De first commandment with
promise;)
promise wa go long wid um say, “So dat all 3 That it may be well
ting wa happen ta ya gwine be good fa ya with thee, and thou

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
670 Ephesians 6

mayest live long on the an ya gwine lib a long time yah een de
earth.
lan.”
4 And, ye fathers, pro- 4 Oona wa fada, mus dohn say an do
voke not your children to
wrath: but bring them up
ting ta oona chullun wa gwine mek um
in the nurture and admo- bex. Steada dat, oona mus laan um de
nition of the Lord. Christian way.

5 Servants, be obedi- De Massa an E Slabe


ent to them that are your
masters according to the 5 Oona wa slabe, oona mus show hona
flesh, with fear and trem- ta oona massa an do wa dey tell oona fa
bling, in singleness of
your heart, as unto do. Mus do de wok wid all oona haat like
Christ; oona beena do um fa Christ. 6 Mus dohn
do oona wok good jes wen oona massa da
6 Not with eyeservice, watch oona, jes so dat dey gwine praise
as menpleasers; but as
the servants of Christ, do-
oona. Bot cause oona a slabe ob Christ,
ing the will of God from oona mus do wa God wahn wid all oona
the heart; haat. 7 Oona mus do good wok wid heppy
haat like oona da do um fa Christ, an not
7 With good will doing
jes fa people. 8 Cause oona know fa sho
service, as to the Lord,
and not to men: dat Christ gwine gii ebrybody e pay fa de
good wok dat e do. Ain mek no neba mind
8 Knowing that what- ef dat one a slabe or ef e free.
soever good thing any 9 Oona wa massa, oona mus treat oona
man doeth, the same
shall he receive of the
slabe dem een dat same good way. Mus
Lord, whether he be bond dohn mek um scaid, da tell um how haad
or free. oona gwine be on um. Cause oona mus
dohn neba fagit dat oona an oona slabe
9 And, ye masters, do
dem blongst ta de same Massa een heaben.
the same things unto
them, forbearing threat- An e ain gwine treat one poson mo betta
ening: knowing that your den noda.
Master also is in heaven;
neither is there respect of
persons with him. De Cloes Dat God Gii Oona fa de Fight
10 Leh me tell oona dis las wod. Oona
10 Finally, my breth- mus leh de Lawd mek oona scrong an gii
ren, be strong in the Lord, oona e mighty powa. 11 Oona mus pit on
and in the power of his
might. all dat God got fa protec oona wen oona
fight ginst ebil, jes like sodja dem pit on
11 Put on the whole ar- dey iron cloes fa protec all dey body. Oona
mour of God, that ye may mus do dat so dat wen de Debil come wid e

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Ephesians 6 671

ebil scheme, oona gwine be able fa stanop be able to stand against


the wiles of the devil.
ginst um. 12 Cause we ain da fight ginst
people yah. We da fight ginst dem powa 12 For we wrestle not
wa we ain able fa see, de ebil sperit dem against flesh and blood,
but against principalities,
high op dey. We da fight ginst de scrong against powers, against
powa dem wa da rule oba people wa ain the rulers of the darkness
of this world, against
bleebe pon God, wa got tority now een dis spiritual wickedness in
daak time we da lib een. 13 So den, oona high places.
mus pit on all dat God got fa protec oona
13 Wherefore take un-
een de fight, so dat wen de day come dat to you the whole armour
ebil come ta oona fa true, oona gwine be of God, that ye may be
able fa stanop an fight ginst all de ebil able to withstand in the
evil day, and having done
scheme ob de Debil. An long as de enemy all, to stand.
come ginst oona, oona gwine keep on da
14 Stand therefore,
fight um. Oona gwine still stanop ginst having your loins girt
um. about with truth, and
14 So den, mus stanop scrong ginst de having on the breastplate
of righteousness;
Debil. Leh all wa true be like de belt wa
oona fasten roun oona wais. An leh de 15 And your feet shod
right way oona da do, be like de iron plate with the preparation of
wa oona da weah fa kiba oona chest fa the gospel of peace;

protec oona wen oona da fight. 15 An leh 16 Above all, taking


de Good Nyews bout de peace wa God gii the shield of faith, where-
keep oona da stan scrong, like de shoe with ye shall be able to
quench all the fiery darts
oona da weah pon oona foot. 16 Fudamo, of the wicked.
leh oona trus een Christ be like a shield dat
oona cyaa. Dis shield yah gwine protec 17 And take the helmet
oona, so dat all de bunin arrow dem wa de of salvation, and the
sword of the Spirit,
mos ebil one da shoot ain gwine do nottin which is the word of God:
ta oona. 17 Oona mus leh de sabation dat
God gii protec oona like a helmet wa oona 18 Praying always
da weah pon oona head. An leh de wod ob with all prayer and sup-
God, wa de Holy Sperit gii oona, be like a plication in the Spirit,
and watching thereunto
sode fa fight ginst de enemy. 18 Pray all de with all perseverance
time an aks God fa help ya. Aks God Sperit and supplication for all
saints;
fa hep ya pray. Mus dohn neba gii op. Pray
all de time fa all God people. 19 An oona
19 And for me, that ut-
mus pray fa me too, dat God gwine show terance may be given
me wa A oughta say wensoneba A staat fa unto me, that I may open

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
672 Ephesians 6

my mouth boldly, to taak, so dat A ain gwine be scaid wen A tell


make known the mystery
of the gospel, people bout de Good Nyews ob Christ, dat
20 For which I am an dey ain know. 20 Fa de sake ob dis Good
ambassador in bonds: Nyews, A God messenja yah een chain een
that therein I may speak
boldly, as I ought to de jailhouse. Oona mus pray fa me so dat A
speak. ain gwine be scaid fa tell people bout
21 But that ye also may
Jedus Christ jes de way A oughta tell um.
know my affairs, and how
I do, Tychicus, a beloved
brother and faithful min- Paul Las Wod Dem een Dis Letta
ister in the Lord, shall
make known to you all Tychicus, we deah Christian broda, e
21
things: a faitful woka fa de Lawd. E gwine tell
22 Whom I have sent
oona ebryting bout me, so dat oona gwine
unto you for the same
purpose, that ye might know how A da do an wa A da do. 22 Dat
know our affairs, and that hoccome A da sen um ta oona, so dat e kin
he might comfort your
hearts. tell oona how we da do, an e gwine
23 Peace be to the courage oona wid e wod.
brethren, and love with 23 A pray dat God we Fada an de Lawd
faith, from God the Fa-
ther and the Lord Jesus Jedus Christ gii peace ta all de Christian
Christ. bredren, an dat dey fait een Jedus Christ
24 Grace be with all mek um all lob one noda. 24 An A pray dat
them that love our Lord
Jesus Christ in sincerity.
God bless all dem wa lob we Lawd Jedus
Amen. Christ wid lob wa ain neba gwine end.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians

Paul Letta Ta Dem


Een Philippi Philippians
1
,6

1 We, Paul an Timothy, wa da saab


1 Chapter 1
Jedus Christ, da write ta all God 1 Paul and Timotheus,
people dem een Philippi wa come fa be the servants of Jesus
Christ, to all the saints in
one wid Jedus Christ, an ta de choch leada Christ Jesus which are at
dem, an ta dem wa da hep een de choch Philippi, with the bishops
and deacons:
wok.
2 We aks Fada God an de Lawd Jedus 2 Grace be unto you,
and peace, from God our
Christ fa show oona mussy an gii oona Father, and from the Lord
peace een oona haat. Jesus Christ.

3 I thank my God upon


Paul Pray fa God People een Philippi every remembrance of
3 Ebry time A da tink ob oona, A da say you,
tankya ta God fa oona. 4 E mek me haat 4 Always in every
glad wensoneba A da bend me knee fa prayer of mine for you all
making request with joy,
oona. 5 E mek me haat glad cause ob de
way oona hep me fa tell oda people de 5 For your fellowship
in the gospel from the
Good Nyews, fom de fus day wen A staat first day until now;
dis wok een Philippi, right op ta now. 6 So
6 Being confident of
den, A know fa sho dat God wa staat fa do
this very thing, that he
dis good wok yah eenside oona haat, e which hath begun a good
gwine keep on da do um til e done finish work in you will perform
it until the day of Jesus
all e been plan, op ta dat day ob Jedus Christ:
Christ, wen e gwine come back. 7 Oona 7 Even as it is meet for
een me haat all de time, an so e right fa me me to think this of you
fa feel dis way bout oona. Cause all hab a all, because I have you in
my heart; inasmuch as
paat wid me een God blessin ta we, wiles A both in my bonds, and in
dey yah een de jailhouse, an wiles A been the defence and confir-
mation of the gospel, ye
free fa go tell ebrybody de Good Nyews, da all are partakers of my
show um dat e true, an da mek um know fa grace.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
674 Philippians 1

8 For God is my re-


true wa e say. 8 God know hommuch A
cord, how greatly I long
after you all in the bow- wahn fa see oona. A da lob oona wid all me
els of Jesus Christ. haat jes like Jedus Christ da lob we.
9 And this I pray, that
9 A da pray dat oona gwine keep on da
your love may abound lob God an all people mo an mo, an dat mo
yet more and more in
knowledge and in all
an mo, oona gwine know God trute an hab
judgment; sense bout wa good an wa bad. 10 A da
pray dis so dat oona kin know fa do wa bes
10 That ye may ap-
prove things that are ex- fa do. Den oona ain gwine do nottin bad
cellent; that ye may be een oona life, an ain nottin dat oona gwine
sincere and without of-
fence till the day of
be blame fa, pon dat day wen Jedus Christ
Christ; gwine come back. 11 An oona gwine waak
scraight an do all dem ting wa good, dem
11 Being filled with
the fruits of righteous-
ting wa jes Jedus Christ able fa mek e
ness, which are by Jesus people do. An dat gwine mek oda people
Christ, unto the glory and gii glory an praise ta God.
praise of God.

12 But I would ye Christ All Me Life


should understand, bre-
thren, that the things
Me bredren, A wahn oona fa know,
12
which happened unto me wa done happen ta me done hep fa spread
have fallen out rather de Good Nyews. 13 All de sodja dem wa da
unto the furtherance of
the gospel; gyaad de rula Caesar house, an all de oda
people yah, dey know dat people pit me
13 So that my bonds in
Christ are manifest in all
een de jailhouse cause A da wok fa Christ.
the palace, and in all 14 Fudamo, cause A dey yah een de
other places; jailhouse, mos ob de bredren hab mo
14 And many of the
courage een de Lawd, so dat mo an mo dey
brethren in the Lord, ain scaid fa tell people God wod, an dey
waxing confident by my ain warry bout wa people gwine do ta um.
bonds, are much more
bold to speak the word 15 Fa sho, some tell de Good Nyews
without fear. bout Christ cause dey jealous ob me an dey
15 Some
wahn fa show dat dey da wok mo den me.
indeed
preach Christ even of Bot oda dem da tell bout Christ cause dey
envy and strife; and some wahn fa do de right ting. 16 Dem people
also of good will:
wa wahn fa do de right ting, dey da tell
16 The one preach bout Christ cause dey lob me. Cause dey
Christ of contention, not know God done pit me yah fa tell people
sincerely, supposing to
add affliction to my de Good Nyews an show um dat e true.
bonds: 17 De oda people wa jealous, dey tell de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 1 675

Good Nyews bout Christ, bot dey ain do 17 But the other of
love, knowing that I am
dat wid clean haat. Dey jes wahn fa git set for the defence of the
head ob oda people. Dey mean fa mek me gospel.
suffa mo yah een de jailhouse wen dey do 18 What then? not-
withstanding, every way,
dat. whether in pretence, or
18 Wa dey da do fa mek trouble fa me in truth, Christ is preach-
ain matta ta me tall. Wa matta mos, dat ed; and I therein do re-
joice, yea, and will re-
dey da tell people bout Christ. Ef dey da joice.
tell bout um fa Christ sake, or ef dey da tell 19 For I know that this
bout um fa dey own sake, A heppy fa true shall turn to my salvation
through your prayer, and
cause dey da tell bout Christ, an A gwine the supply of the Spirit
be too heppy cause ob dat. 19 A know fa of Jesus Christ,
sho dat cause ob oona pray an de hep wa 20 According to my
come fom de Sperit ob Jedus Christ, all dat earnest expectation and
wa done happen ta me gwine ton out fa set my hope, that in nothing I
shall be ashamed, but
me free. 20 A da hope wid all me haat an A that with all boldness, as
spect dat A ain neba gwine be shame cause always, so now also
Christ shall be magnified
A ain do wa A spose fa do. An A da hope an in my body, whether it be
spect dat all de time, A gwine be scrong ef by life, or by death.
A dead or ef A ain dead, so dat ebryting A 21 For to me to live is
da do gwine mek people praise Christ. Christ, and to die is gain.
21 Fa me own paat, Christ all me life, an ef
22 But if I live in the
A dead, A gwine git life wa mo betta den flesh, this is the fruit of
dis life yah. 22 Bot ef A keep on da lib, A my labour: yet what I
shall choose I wot not.
kin do mo good wok fa Christ. So den, A
ain know ef A wahn fa lib or fa dead. 23 For I am in a strait
betwixt two, having a de-
23 Dey time A wahn fa lib, an dey time A
sire to depart, and to be
wahn fa dead. Bot A wahn fa true fa stop with Christ; which is far
better:
da lib yah een dis ole wol an go fa lib wid
Christ. Dat gwine be faa way mo betta fa 24 Nevertheless to
me. 24 Bot e gwine be betta fa oona ef A abide in the flesh is more
needful for you.
keep on da lib yah een dis wol, so dat A kin
hep oona. 25 Cause ob dat, A know A 25 And having this
confidence, I know that I
gwine stay yah. A ain gwine dead yet. A shall abide and continue
gwine keep on da lib an da hep all ob oona with you all for your fur-
therance and joy of faith;
fa trus een Jedus Christ mo an mo, an fa
hep oona git mo joy een oona fait. 26 A 26 That your rejoicing
may be more abundant in
gwine do dis so dat wen A come fa see Jesus Christ for me by my
oona gin, oona gwine hab mo cause fa coming to you again.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
676 Philippians 1, 2

27 Only let your con- praise Jedus Christ, cause ob me hep ta


versation be as it
becometh the gospel of oona.
Christ: that whether I 27 So den, wa matta de mores, e dat
come and see you, or else
be absent, I may hear of
oona lib de way dat de Good Nyews bout
your affairs, that ye stand Christ say oona oughta lib. Den ef A come
fast in one spirit, with an see oona, or ef A jes yeh bout oona, A
one mind striving to-
gether for the faith of the gwine know dat oona gwine stanop scrong
gospel; fa Jedus. A gwine know dat oona all gree
28 And in nothing ter-
rified by your adversar-
togeda fa fight fa de fait dat we wa bleebe
ies: which is to them an de Good Nyews hab. 28 Mus dohn be scaid
evident token of perdi- ob oona enemy dem. An dat gwine show
tion, but to you of salva-
tion, and that of God. um dat God gwine sabe oona, bot dey
29 For unto you it is gwine git stroy. 29 Cause God gii oona dis
given in the behalf of chance fa saab Christ wen oona da trus een
Christ, not only to be-
lieve on him, but also to um, an wen oona da suffa fa e sake too.
suffer for his sake; 30 Now oona da jine me een de fight fa de
30 Having the same
conflict which ye saw in
Good Nyews, jes like oona see me do wen
me, and now hear to be in A beena fight, an like A keep on da fight,
me. jes like oona yeh.
2
,1

We Oughta Dead ta Wesef Jes Like Christ

2 Een oona life, oona all been jine


Chapter 2 1
1 If there be therefore togeda wid Christ, an dat da courage
any consolation in Christ, oona fa true, ainty? Cause Christ lob oona,
if any comfort of love, if
any fellowship of the oona ain haffa warry, ainty? An oona hab
Spirit, if any bowels and God Sperit dey eenside oona, da mek oona
mercies,
one wid um, ainty dough? Oona saary fa
one noda, an oona wahn fa do good ta one
noda, ainty? 2 So den, A da beg oona now
2 Fulfil ye my joy, that fa mek me haat heppy fa see oona jine
ye be likeminded, having
the same love, being of
togeda fa be one een de way oona tink, lob
one accord, of one mind. one noda een de same way, an all gree
togeda wid one haat an one mind fa do de
wok. 3 Mus dohn do nottin jes cause oona
wahn fa pit oonasef head ob oda people.
3 Let nothing be done
through strife or vain- Mus dohn do nottin jes cause oona wahn
glory; but in lowliness of people fa praise oona. Mus dohn hab de
mind let each esteem
other better than
big head. Stead ob dat, ebry one ob oona
themselves. oughta treat de oda people mo betta den

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 2 677

esef. 4 Ebry one ob oona mus dohn jes 4 Look not every man
on his own things, but ev-
study bout how fa protec e own ting. Mus ery man also on the
study bout how fa protec oda people ting things of others.
too.
5 Oona oughta tink een oona haat same 5 Let this mind be in
you, which was also in
like Jedus Christ: Christ Jesus:
6 E been God fa true,
stillyet e ain tink e oughta try 6 Who, being in the
fa stan same like God stan. form of God, thought it
7 Stead ob dat, not robbery to be equal
with God:
Jedus gii op all e high place,
an e mek esef fa be 7 But made himself of
jes like a saabant. no reputation, and took
E come eenta de wol like a man. upon him the form of a
8 E mek esef tek low an e been ready servant, and was made in
the likeness of men:
fa do all wa God tell um fa do,
E done dead ta esef, 8 And being found in
eben gree fa dead pon a cross. fashion as a man, he
9 Cause ob dat, God raise um op humbled himself, and be-
came obedient unto
an mek um hab high place, death, even the death of
the cross.
mo high op den all oda,
an God gim de name wa great
9 Wherefore God also
mo den all oda name. hath highly exalted him,
10 So dat, fa show hona ta de name and given him a name
ob Jedus, which is above every
name:
all dem een heaben,
an een dis wol, 10 That at the name of
an all dem wa dey onda dis wol, Jesus every knee should
all ob um gwine bow down bow, of things in heaven,
and things in earth, and
fo Jedus. things under the earth;
11 All dem gwine tell ebrybody
out een de open, say, 11 And that every
“Jedus Christ, e de Lawd.” tongue should confess
So ebrybody gwine praise that Jesus Christ is Lord,
to the glory of God the
God de Fada. Father.

Oona Gwine Shine Like Light Een de Wol 12 Wherefore, my be-


loved, as ye have always
12 Me fren dem wa A lob sommuch, wa obeyed, not as in my
all de time do wa A tell oona fa do, ain jes presence only, but now

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
678 Philippians 2

much more in my ab- wen A been dey wid oona, bot now eben
sence, work out your own
salvation with fear and mo so wen A ain dey wid oona, mus keep
trembling. on da do wa A say. Mus try eben mo fa do
13 For it is God which all oona kin so dat God sabation een oona
worketh in you both to haat gwine git mo an mo greata. Oona
will and to do of his good oughta do dat, an know oona sponsable ta
pleasure.
God an mus show um hona. 13 Cause God
14 Do all things with-
da wok eenside oona haat so dat oona
out murmurings and
disputings: wahn fa do wa e wahn, an so dat oona able
fa do um.
15 That ye may be
14 Oona mus dohn grumble bout one
blameless and harmless,
the sons of God, without noda an mus dohn aagy wensoneba oona
rebuke, in the midst of a
crooked and perverse na-
da do sompin. 15 Den oona gwine hab
tion, among whom ye clean haat, an oona gwine be chullun ob
shine as lights in the God dat ain mix op wid no sin, eben dough
world;
oona dey yah een de wol, wid people wa
16 Holding forth the
wickity an wa da lib bad life all de time.
word of life; that I may Den oona life gwine shine fa um like staa
rejoice in the day of light op de sky. 16 Oona mus tell ebrybody
Christ, that I have not run
in vain, neither laboured de wod wa da mek um lib fa true. Den wen
in vain. de day come dat Christ come back, A
gwine be heppy fa true bout oona, cause
17 Yea, and if I be of- oona life gwine show dat all de haad wok
fered upon the sacrifice wa A done fa oona sake ain gone fa nottin.
and service of your faith,
I joy, and rejoice with 17 Bot A heppy, an A da rejaice wid all
you all. ob oona, eben ef dey kill me an me blood
git pour out like a offrin pon de sacrifice
18 For the same cause dat oona da mek ta God cause oona trus
also do ye joy, and re-
joice with me. een Christ. 18 Same way so, oona oughta
be heppy wid me.
19 But I trust in the
Lord Jesus to send De Wok ob Timothy an Epaphroditus
Timotheus shortly unto 19 A spect fa sen Timothy fa come ta
you, that I also may be of
good comfort, when I oona tareckly, ef de Lawd Jedus wahn um
know your state. dat way. Den wen e come back e kin tell
me bout oona, an dat gwine courage me.
20 For I have no man 20 A ain got nobody else like Timothy, wa
likeminded, who will
naturally care for your cyah bout oona de way e cyah bout oona.
state. E da cyah bout oona fa true. 21 All dem

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 2, 3 679

oda jes da study bout how dey kin hep 21 For all seek their
own, not the things
deysef. Dey ain study bout how dey kin which are Jesus Christ's.
hep fa tell people bout Jedus Christ. 22 Bot 22 But ye know the
proof of him, that, as a
oona know Timothy been show e da do son with the father, he
good wok. E da wok wid me jes like e me hath served with me in
the gospel.
son an A e fada, fa hep mo an mo people 23 Him therefore I
bleebe de Good Nyews. 23 So den, A hope hope to send presently,
fa sen Timothy ta oona wensoneba A know so soon as I shall see how
it will go with me.
wa gwine happen ta me. 24 An de Lawd 24 But I trust in the
mek me bleebe dat tareckly A, too, gwine Lord that I also myself
shall come shortly.
come ta oona. 25 Yet I supposed it
25 A mek op me mind dat A haffa sen necessary to send to you
Epaphroditus, my broth-
me bredren Epaphroditus, fa go back ta er, and companion in la-
oona. E beena do Christ wok wid me an bour, and fellowsoldier,
but your messenger, and
been Christ sodja wid me fa fight fa Christ. he that ministered to my
E been oona messenja, wa oona sen fa hep wants.
26 For he longed after
me git wa A need. 26 Epaphroditus wahn you all, and was full of
fa see all ob oona too bad. E opsot cause heaviness, because that
oona yeh say e been sick. 27 Fa true, e ye had heard that he had
been sick.
been sick down, an e come neah ta det. Bot 27 For indeed he was
God hab mussy pon um, an e hab mussy sick nigh unto death: but
God had mercy on him;
pon me too, so A ain haffa be eben mo sad. and not on him only, but
on me also, lest I should
28 So den, dat mek me wahn eben mo fa have sorrow upon sor-
sen Epaphroditus ta oona so dat wen oona row.
28 I sent him therefore
shim, oona gwine be heppy gin, an den A the more carefully, that,
ain gwine warry sommuch bout um. when ye see him again,
ye may rejoice, and that I
29 Gim haaty welcome an rejaice dat e
may be the less sorrow-
come ta oona, cause e oona broda een de ful.
29 Receive him there-
Lawd. Oona oughta gii hona ta people like fore in the Lord with all
dat. 30 Cause fa de sake ob Christ wok, e gladness; and hold such
pit e life een danja an e mos dead fa mek in reputation:
30 Because for the
op fa de hep dat oona ain been able fa gii work of Christ he was
me. nigh unto death, not re-
garding his life, to supply
How God Mek All ting Right your lack of service to-
Twix We an Esef ward me.

3 Me Christian bredren, dis de las ting


1 Chapter 3
A wahn fa tell oona een dis letta. 1 Finally, my brethren,
rejoice in the Lord. To
Oona oughta rejaice een de Lawd. Ain no write the same things to
trouble ta me fa write de same ting dem you, to me indeed is not

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
680 Philippians 3

grievous, but for you it is gin wa A been a write ta oona. An e mo


safe.
safe fa oona ef A do dat. 2 Oona mus watch
2 Beware of dogs, be- out fa dem people wa da do ebil. Dey jes
ware of evil workers, be- like bad dog. Dey de people dat say all de
ware of the concision.
man dem haffa git dey body cut. 3 Bot we
de people wa been circumcise fa true.
3 For we are the cir- Cause God Sperit da hep we woshup God,
cumcision, which wor-
ship God in the spirit, and an we da rejaice een we life een Jedus
rejoice in Christ Jesus, Christ. An we ain pit no hope een nottin
and have no confidence
in the flesh.
dat people do ta dey body fa try fa show
dat dey God people. 4 Now den, ef A been
wahn fa pit me hope een dem ting, A able
4 Though I might also
have confidence in the
fa do dat fa sho. Ef somebody got a right fa
flesh. If any other man tink e oughta pit e hope een wa people do
thinketh that he hath ta dey body fa try fa show dat dey God
whereof he might trust in
the flesh, I more: people, A got a right fa tink dat way eben
mo den dat one. 5 Cause eight day atta A
5 Circumcised the
bon, dey circumcise me. Me modda an me
eighth day, of the stock fada, dey Israel people. Dey blongst ta
of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin fambly. An me ole people, dem
Benjamin, an Hebrew of
the Hebrews; as touching all Hebrew people. A blongst ta de
the law, a Pharisee; Pharisee group, so like dem, A beena do all
dat de Jew Law say. 6 A been wahn fa wok
6 Concerning zeal, per- fa God sommuch dat A beena mek de
secuting the church; people wa blongst ta de choch, suffa. So as
touching the righteous-
ness which is in the law, faa as somebody kin go fa keep de Jew
blameless. Law dat mek all ting right twix dat poson
an God, A done um. Ain nobody kin pint
7 But what things were
finga at me bout dat. 7 Bot all dem ting
gain to me, those I yah dat A been, an all dat A done do, all
counted loss for Christ. dat A nyuse fa say been walyable ta me,
now A figga dey ain wot nottin, cause ob
8 Yea doubtless, and I
Christ. 8 Fa true, A figga dat ebryting yah
count all things but loss een de wol ain mean nottin ta me, cause fa
for the excellency of the know Jedus Christ me Lawd, dat faa way
knowledge of Christ Je-
sus my Lord: for whom I mo walyable den all oda ting. Fa Christ
have suffered the loss of sake, A done lef all ting. Dey ain no mo
all things, and do count
them but dung, that I may betta den gaabage ta me now, so dat A kin
win Christ, git dat wa walyable mo den all. A kin

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 3 681

blongst ta Christ. 9 A wahn fa be one wid 9 And be found in him,


not having mine own
Christ. Ain no mo wa A da do, fa keep de righteousness, which is
Jew Law an tink say dat mek all ting right of the law, but that which
is through the faith of
twix me an God. Now all ting right twix Christ, the righteousness
me an God cause A trus een Christ. God which is of God by faith:
mek all ting right twix people an esef 10 That I may know
cause dem people trus een Christ, jes dat. him, and the power of his
10 Now A jes wahn fa know Christ an e resurrection, and the fel-
lowship of his sufferings,
powa een me life, de powa wa mek um git being made conformable
op fom mongst de dead an lib gin. A wahn unto his death;
fa hab a paat een de way e suffa an een de 11 If by any means I
way e dead, 11 so A kin hab a paat een de might attain unto the res-
urrection of the dead.
way e git op fom mongst de dead an lib gin
too. 12 Not as though I had
Leh We Ron ta de End already attained, either
were already perfect: but
12 A ain say A done do all wa God wahn I follow after, if that I
may apprehend that for
me fa do, an A ain say A done come fa be which also I am appre-
all wa A oughta be een God eye. Bot A da hended of Christ Jesus.
try wid all me haat fa mek dat prize me 13 Brethren, I count
own, cause Jedus Christ done mek me e not myself to have appre-
own. 13 Me Christian bredren, fa sho, A hended: but this one
thing I do, forgetting
ain yet win dat prize. A ain all wa A oughta those things which are
be een God eye. Bot one ting A da do. A da behind, and reaching
forth unto those things
do all dat A able fa do fa git ta wa dey head which are before,
ob me. A ain pay no mind ta nottin dat
14 I press toward the
done pass. 14 A da try wid all me haat fa mark for the prize of the
git ta de end ob de race, so dat A kin git de high calling of God in
prize, fa lib een heaben weh Jedus Christ Christ Jesus.

da call me fa lib wid um. 15 Let us therefore, as


15 We all wa trus een Christ fa true an many as be perfect, be
thus minded: and if in
wa beena grow op een we waak wid um, any thing ye be otherwise
we oughta pit we mind pon dis way dat A minded, God shall reveal
even this unto you.
da taak bout yah. Bot ef some ob oona ain
gree wid dis way dat A da taak bout yah, 16 Nevertheless,
whereto we have already
God gwine mek oona ondastan um fa true. attained, let us walk by
16 An dis one ting A say, leh we keep on the same rule, let us mind
pon de same road dat done bring we yah. the same thing.
17 Me Christian bredren, oona oughta 17 Brethren, be follow-
do all dat oona see A da do. We been show ers together of me, and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
682 Philippians 3, 4

mark them which walk oona de right way fa go. Oona oughta pay
so as ye have us for an
ensample. mind ta dem wa waak een dat way.
18 (For many walk, of 18 Cause like A done tell oona plenty time
whom I have told you of-
ten, and now tell you
bout some people, an now as A da tell
even weeping, that they oona gin, da weep wen A say, de life dat
are the enemies of the plenty people lib mek um enemy ta Christ
cross of Christ:
19 Whose end is de- det pon de cross. 19 Dem people yah gwine
struction, whose God is be stroy een de end. Cause dey tek all wa
their belly, and whose
glory is in their shame, dey wahn fa dey own body dem, an ton dat
who mind earthly eenta dey god. Dey proud bout dem ting
things.)
20 For our conversa- wa oughta mek um too shame. An dey pay
tion is in heaven; from mind all de time ta jes dem ting dey yah
whence also we look for
the Saviour, the Lord Je-
een dis wol. 20 Bot we blongst ta heaben.
sus Christ: We look fowaad fa see we Sabior, de Lawd
21 Who shall change
our vile body, that it may
Jedus Christ. 21 Jedus got powa wa da
be fashioned like unto his mek um able fa rule oba all ting. An wid
glorious body, according dat powa, e gwine change dem lowly body
to the working whereby
he is able even to subdue wa we got now, an e gwine gim glory, like
all things unto himself. e own body.

Paul Tell God People wa Dey Oughta Do

4
4
,3

Chapter 4 Me Christian bredren, wa A lob, fa


1
1 Therefore, my breth-
ren dearly beloved and true, A wahn fa see oona. Oona me
longed for, my joy and joy an me payback fa me wok! Now den,
crown, so stand fast in
the Lord, my dearly
me deah bredren, pon all dat A beena say
beloved. ta ya, ya mus stan scrong wiles ya da lib
2 I beseech Euodias, one wid de Lawd.
and beseech Syntyche, 2 Euodia an Syntyche, A da beg oona,
that they be of the same
mind in the Lord. try fa gree togeda all de time like sista een
3 And I intreat thee
de Lawd. 3 An ya too, wa da wok longside
also, true yokefellow, me fa true, A da beg ya fa hep dem two
help those women which ooman yah, cause dey beena wok han ta
laboured with me in the
gospel, with Clement han wid me, da tell mo an mo people de
also, and with other my Good Nyews. Clement an all de oda res ob
fellowlabourers, whose
names are in the book of
dem wa beena wok longside me, dey tell
life. plenty people de Good Nyews too. An God
done write down dey name een de book ob
4 Rejoice in the Lord
alway: and again I say,
dem wa hab true life fom God.
Rejoice. 4 Oona oughta rejaice all de time wiles

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philippians 4 683

ya do lib jine togeda wid de Lawd. A da tell 5 Let your moderation


be known unto all men.
ya gin say, “Oona oughta rejaice!” The Lord is at hand.
5 Leh all people see dat oona kin beah 6 Be careful for noth-
wid people. De Lawd nigh. 6 Mus dohn leh ing; but in every thing by
prayer and supplication
nottin warry oona. Steada dat, pray ta God with thanksgiving let
bout all ting. Wen ya da pray, aks um fa wa your requests be made
known unto God.
ya need, an tell um tankya. 7 So den, God
peace, wa we ain eben able fa ondastan, 7 And the peace of
God, which passeth all
dat peace ain gwine leh nottin warry ya so understanding, shall
dat ya haat an ya mind gwine be safe, keep your hearts and
cause ya one wid Jedus Christ. minds through Christ
Jesus.
8 Me Christian bredren, las ob all, A da
tell ya, mus keep on da study bout jes dem 8 Finally, brethren,
whatsoever things are
ting wa good mo den all an wa people true, whatsoever things
oughta gii praise fa. Study bout dem ting are honest, whatsoever
things are just, whatso-
wa true, dem ting wa honorable, dem ting ever things are pure,
wa right een God eye, dem ting wa ain whatsoever things are
lovely, whatsoever things
neba mek people sin, dem ting wa mek ya are of good report; if there
wahn fa lob um, an dem ting wa people be any virtue, and if there
know fa be good fa true. 9 Do dem ting A be any praise, think on
these things.
done laan oona. Mus do wa A beena tell ya
fa do an wa ya see dat A da do. An God wa 9 Those things, which
ye have both learned,
da gii we peace, e gwine be dey wid oona. and received, and heard,
and seen in me, do: and
Paul Tell God People Tankya the God of peace shall be
with you.
fa wa Dey Gim
10 But I rejoiced in the
10 A da rejaice een de Lawd, dat atta Lord greatly, that now at
susha long time, now oona da show gin the last your care of me
hath flourished again;
hommuch oona cyah fa me an wahn fa hep wherein ye were also
me. Fa true, A know oona ain stop fa cyah careful, but ye lacked
fa me, bot fa a wile oona jes ain git no opportunity.

chance fa show dat ya cyah. 11 A ain da 11 Not that I speak in


say dat cause A hab need, cause A done respect of want: for I
have learned, in whatso-
laan fa be sattify. Ain mek no diffunce wa ever state I am, therewith
happen. 12 A know how fa lib wen A ain to be content.
got nuff fa mek um. An A know how fa lib 12 I know both how to
wen A hab mo den A need. A done laan dis be abased, and I know
how to abound: every
secret, dat A kin be sattify all de time where and in all things I
wasoneba happen. Ain mek no diffunce ef am instructed both to be

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
684 Philippians 4

full and to be hungry, A got plenty fa nyam or ef A ain got nottin


both to abound and to
suffer need. fa nyam. An ain mek no diffunce ef A got
13 I can do all things mo den nuff ting or ef A ain got nuff fa mek
through Christ which um. Wasoneba happen, A sattify. 13 Ain
strengtheneth me.
nottin dat A cyahn do wid de hep ob Christ
14 Notwithstanding ye
have well done, that ye wa mek me scrong.
did communicate with 14 Stillyet, oona done good fa hep me
my affliction.
wen A been een trouble. 15 Me Christian
15 Now ye Philippians
know also, that in the be- bredren een Philippi, oona know dat fom
ginning of the gospel, de time wen A come outta Macedonia,
when I departed from
Macedonia, no church wen A jes beena staat fa tell people de
communicated with me Good Nyews, no oda choch ain hep me
as concerning giving and
receiving, but ye only.
none tall. Jes oona beena gii me wa A
16 For even in Thes- need. 16 An eben wen A been dey een
salonica ye sent once and Thessalonica, mo den one time wen A
again unto my necessity.
beena need sompin bad, oona sen me um.
17 Not because I desire
17 Dat ain fa say A jes wahn oona fa gii me
a gift: but I desire fruit
that may abound to your ting. A wahn oona fa git mo payback fa de
account.
good ting oona da do. 18 Now den, oona
18 But I have all, and
abound: I am full, having done gii me mo den nuff. A got all dat A
received of Epaphroditus need now dat Epaphroditus done come gii
the things which were sent
from you, an odour of a
me de ting dem wa oona sen ta me. Dey gif
sweet smell, a sacrifice a offrin ta God wa smell sweet ta um, a
acceptable, wellpleasing sacrifice wa oona gii ta God, wa good een
to God.
19 But my God shall
God eye, an please um. 19 Me God wa got
supply all your need ac- all ting wa walyable fa true, shru Jedus
cording to his riches in Christ, e gwine gii oona all dat oona got
glory by Christ Jesus.
need ob. 20 Leh we praise an gii hona ta
20 Now unto God and
our Father be glory for
we Fada God fa eba an eba. Amen.
ever and ever. Amen.
Paul Hail God People een Philippi
21 Salute every saint in
Christ Jesus. The breth- 21 A da say hey ta all God people wa
ren which are with me blongst ta Jedus Christ. De Christian
greet you.
bredren wa dey yah wid me da say hey ta
22 All the saints salute oona too. 22 An all God people yah,
you, chiefly they that are
of Caesar's household. specially dem wa da wok een de house ob
Caesar, dey da say hey ta oona.
23 The grace of our
23 A da pray dat de Lawd Jedus Christ
Lord Jesus Christ be with
you all. Amen. gwine bless oona. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians

Paul Letta Ta Dem


Een Colosse 1
,4
Colossians

1 A, Paul, wa God pick fa be a postle


1 Chapter 1
ob Jedus Christ, an Timothy, we 1 Paul, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the will of
Christian broda. God, and Timotheus our
2 We da write ta God people een brother,
Colosse, we bredren wa true ta God cause 2 To the saints and
dey come fa be one wid Christ. faithful brethren in
We da aks God we Fada fa bless oona an Christ which are at
Colosse: Grace be unto
gii oona peace een oona haat. you, and peace, from God
our Father and the Lord
Jesus Christ.
We Tell God Tankya
Wen We Pray fa Oona 3 We give thanks to
God and the Father of our
3 All de time wen we pray fa oona, we Lord Jesus Christ, pray-
tell God de Fada ob we Lawd Jedus Christ ing always for you,
tankya. 4 We tank um cause we yeh how 4 Since we heard of
oona trus een Jedus Christ an how oona your faith in Christ Jesus,
lob all God people. 5 Cause wen dey tell and of the love which ye
have to all the saints,
oona de true wod, de Good Nyews, oona
yeh say God da keep safe een heaben wa 5 For the hope which is
laid up for you in heaven,
oona da wait fa. An wen ya know fa sho whereof ye heard before
dat ya gwine git wa ya da wait fa, dat mek in the word of the truth of
the gospel;
ya trus een Jedus Christ fa true an lob God
people. 6 De Good Nyews da spread all 6 Which is come unto
oba de wol, an e da grow an git mo an mo you, as it is in all the
world; and bringeth forth
people fa bleebe an do good, jes like a fruit fruit, as it doth also in
tree da beah good crop. Same way so, fom you, since the day ye
heard of it, and knew the
de day wen dat Good Nyews reach oona, grace of God in truth:
oona yeh an ondastan fa true how God
7 As ye also learned
show e blessin pon oona. 7 Oona laan dis of Epaphras our dear
fom Epaphras, wa we lob an wa da do fellowservant, who is for

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
686 Colossians 1

you a faithful minister of Christ wok longside we. E faitful bout de


Christ;
8 Who also declared
wok wa e da do fa Christ fa hep oona. 8 E
unto us your love in the done splain ta we how God Sperit da gii
Spirit. oona lob fa oona Christian bredren.
9 For this cause we 9 Cause ob dat, fom de day wen we yeh
also, since the day we
heard it, do not cease to bout oona, we ain neba stop fa pray fa
pray for you, and to de- oona. We aks um fa mek e Sperit gii oona
sire that ye might be
filled with the knowledge sense an mek oona ondastan all bout um,
of his will in all wisdom so dat oona gwine know all wa God wahn
and spiritual understand-
ing; oona fa do. 10 We da aks God fa dat, cause
10 That ye might walk
den oona gwine be able fa lib like God
worthy of the Lord unto people oughta lib an all de time oona
all pleasing, being fruit- gwine do wa mek God heppy. Oona gwine
ful in every good work,
and increasing in the lib da do all kind ob good wok, an know
knowledge of God; God mo an mo. 11 We da pray dat God,
11 Strengthened with wid all e powa, mek oona git scrong mind
all might, according to an haat so dat oona gwine be able fa beah
his glorious power, unto
all patience and longsuf-
all ting. Ya ain gwine grumble, no matta
fering with joyfulness; wa happen. Ya gwine hab a heppy haat.
12 Oona mus tell we Fada God tankya,
12 Giving thanks unto
the Father, which hath cause e mek we fa be people wa fit fa git
made us meet to be par- we paat ob wa e promise fa gii e people,
takers of the inheritance
of the saints in light: wen e da rule een de light. 13 Cause God
done pull we outta we sinful way wa
13 Who hath delivered
us from the power of beena git powa oba we an mek we lib een
darkness, and hath trans- de daak. An God done bring we safe fa lib
lated us into the kingdom
of his dear Son:
onda e Son powa, e Son wa e lob fa true.
14 God Son, e de one wa set we free fom
14 In whom we have
redemption through his
sin powa oba we. Wen e shed e blood pon
blood, even the forgive- de cross, e paadon we.
ness of sins:

15 Who is the image of Christ an de Wok E Do


the invisible God, the 15 Ain nobody kin see God. Bot wen we
firstborn of every crea-
ture: see wa Christ like, we see pazactly wa God
16 For by him were all
like. God ain mek nottin fo Christ been
things created, that are in dey. Christ fus been dey, an Christ oba
heaven, and that are in ebryting wa God mek. 16 Shru Christ, God
earth, visible and invisi-
ble, whether they be mek all e mek, all wa dey een heaben an
thrones, or dominions, or een dis wol, wa people kin see an wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 1 687

people ain able fa see. E mek dem sperit, principalities, or powers:


all things were created by
dem wa got powa an hab shrone, dem wa him, and for him:
da rule an wa hab tority. Shru Christ, God
17 And he is before all
mek all. An e mek um all fa gii hona ta things, and by him all
Christ. 17 Christ been dey fus. God ain mek things consist.
nottin fo Christ dey. An Christ da mek 18 And he is the head
ebryting stay een dey place weh dey spose of the body, the church:
fa stay. 18 Christ de head ob de body, de who is the beginning, the
firstborn from the dead;
choch. E da gii de body life. E been de fus that in all things he might
fa be dey, an de fus wa God mek git op fom have the preeminence.
mongst de dead an lib gin, so dat e gwine 19 For it pleased the
hab fus place oba all. 19 Cause e Fada God Father that in him should
all fulness dwell;
been heppy fa mek Christ all dat God da.
20 An shru e Son Christ, God heppy fa 20 And, having made
bring all wa een dis wol an all wa een peace through the blood
of his cross, by him to
heaben back ta esef. God mek peace wid reconcile all things unto
all, shru Christ, wen Christ shed e blood an himself; by him, I say,
whether they be things in
dead pon de cross. earth, or things in
21 Fo oona bleebe pon Christ, oona been heaven.
ton way fom God. Oona been e enemy 21 And you, that were
cause ob de sinful ting oona beena tink an sometime alienated and
do. 22 Bot now Christ done come wid a enemies in your mind by
wicked works, yet now
body as a man an e done dead pon de hath he reconciled
cross. Cause ob dat, God bring oona ta esef
an mek oona e fren, so dat wen oona 22 In the body of his
flesh through death, to
stanop fo um, oona gwine be holy. Oona present you holy and
ain gwine hab no sin tall, an oona ain unblameable and unre-
proveable in his sight:
gwine hab no blame fa nottin. 23 Bot oona
mus bleebe de Good Nyews fa sho. Mus 23 If ye continue in the
dohn doubt God eben a leetle bit. Oona faith grounded and set-
tled, and be not moved
mus dohn leh nobody ton oona way fom away from the hope of
de hope fa de ting dem wa de Good Nyews the gospel, which ye have
heard, and which was
mek oona hope fa. Dis de Good Nyews dat preached to every crea-
oona yeh, an dat all people een de wol ture which is under
beena yeh. An, A, Paul, da wok fa tell heaven; whereof I Paul
am made a minister;
people dat Good Nyews.
24 Who now rejoice in
Paul Wok fa de Choch my sufferings for you,
and fill up that which is
24 Now A da suffa fa oona an A heppy fa behind of the afflictions

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
688 Colossians 1, 2

of Christ in my flesh for dat. Cause by de pain wa A da suffa een me


his body's sake, which is
the church: body, A da hep finish op wa still lef ob
25 Whereof I am made Christ suffrin fa de sake ob e body, de
a minister, according to choch. 25 God pick me fa saab de choch so
the dispensation of God
which is given to me for dat A kin tell oona all de wod dat God gii
you, to fulfil the word of me. 26 Fo now, all de time, God ain leh
God;
nobody een de wol know dis wod yah. Bot
26 Even the mystery
which hath been hid now e da tell um ta e own people. 27 God
from ages and from gen- wahn fa mek e own people know e wod dat
erations, but now is made
manifest to his saints:
nobody ain been neba know, dis special
27 To whom God wod dat e wahn all people fa yeh, dat
would make known what Christ da lib dey eenside oona haat an
is the riches of the glory
of this mystery among
oona gwine hab a paat een God glory.
the Gentiles; which is 28 So den, we da tell all people bout
Christ in you, the hope of Christ. Wid all de sense God gii we, we da
glory:
28 Whom we preach, waan um wa dey ain oughta do an laan um
warning every man, and wa dey oughta do, so dat all ob um kin
teaching every man in all know all dat God wahn um fa do, an dey
wisdom; that we may
present every man per- gwine wahn fa do um wid all dey haat. Een
fect in Christ Jesus: dat way, dey kin be one wid Christ fa true.
29 Whereunto I also la-
29 Dis de ting A da wok haad as A kin fa
bour, striving according
to his working, which do. An A da nyuse all de great powa wa
worketh in me mightily. dey eenside me, wa Christ gii me. Dat mek
me able fa do wa A da do.

2
Chapter 2 1 A wahn oona fa know how haad A
1 For I would that ye da try fa do all A kin fa oona an de
knew what great conflict
I have for you, and for Christian dem een Laodicea, an fa all oda
them at Laodicea, and for res dat ain meet me yet. 2 A do dat fa
as many as have not seen
my face in the flesh; courage oona an all ob um, fa true, as all
2 That their hearts ob oona come fa be one een oona lob fa
might be comforted, be-
ing knit together in love,
noda. Cause ob dat, oona kin ondastan de
and unto all riches of the trute fa sho, an dat kin mek oona full op
full assurance of under- wid trus dat walyable fa true. So den, oona
standing, to the acknowl-
edgement of the mystery all gwine know wa God ain neba been leh
of God, and of the Father, people know, wa Christ esef. 3 E de one wa
and of Christ;
3 In whom are hid all mek people know de sense wa God hab, an
the treasures of wisdom all de walyable ting wa e know, wa no
and knowledge.
4 And this I say, lest poson ain neba been know.
any man should beguile 4 A tell oona dis so dat oona ain gwine

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 2 689

leh nobody ceebe oona, da tell oona ting you with enticing words.
wa soun too fine bot ain true tall. 5 Cause 5 For though I be ab-
eben dough A ain dey wid oona, me haat sent in the flesh, yet am I
with you in the spirit,
wid oona fa true. A heppy fa see dat oona joying and beholding
all come fa be one togeda, an ain nobody your order, and the
able fa moob oona fom de good way oona stedfastness of your faith
in Christ.
da trus een Christ.
6 As ye have therefore
Oona Got de True Life een Christ
received Christ Jesus the
6 So den, jes like ya done mek Jedus Lord, so walk ye in him:
Christ ya Lawd, mus lib all de time een um
an waak e way wid um. 7 Oona mus fasten
7 Rooted and built up
scrong pon um, jes like a root fasten down in him, and stablished in
deep eenta de groun. Leh um be de the faith, as ye have
foundation ob oona life so dat oona pend been taught, abounding
therein with thanksgiv-
pon um mo an mo. Mus dohn leh nottin ing.
tall stop ya fom trus een um, jes like dey
been laan oona fa do. Pontop dat, mus be
full op wid praise, da tell God tankya all de 8 Beware lest any man
spoil you through philos-
time. ophy and vain deceit, af-
8 A da waan oona. Mus dohn leh ter the tradition of men,
after the rudiments of the
nobody trap ya wid dey own ceitful kinda world, and not after
sense wa ain mean nottin. De ting wa dem Christ.
people yah da taak, dey wa de ole people
been laan oda people way back. An de
sperit dem wa rule dis wol, dey mek um 9 For in him dwelleth
all the fulness of the God-
know dem ting yah. Dem ting yah ain head bodily.
come fom Christ. 9 Cause all ob wa God
da, e dey een Christ body. 10 An God gii
oona de true life wen oona come fa be one 10 And ye are com-
plete in him, which is the
wid Christ. Ain nottin mo dat oona need fa head of all principality
hab dat life. An Christ da rule oba all dem and power:
wa da rule an wa got tority.
11 Wen oona come fa be one wid Christ,
oona done git circumcise, too. An wen 11 In whom also ye are
circumcised with the cir-
oona git circumcise, dat ain been de cumcision made without
circumcision wa people do. Oona git hands, in putting off the
body of the sins of the
circumcise wid de circumcision wa Christ flesh by the circumcision
do, dat wa pit way oona ole wickity sef so of Christ:

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
690 Colossians 2

12 Buried with him in e ain hab no powa oba oona no mo.


baptism, wherein also ye
are risen with him
12 Cause wen dey bactize ya, dey done
through the faith of the bury ya wid Christ. An jes like God mek
operation of God, who
hath raised him from the
Christ git op fom mongst de dead an lib
dead. gin, wen dey bactize ya, God mek oona lib
gin too, cause oona trus een God dat e got
13 And you, being
dead in your sins and the powa fa do all ting. 13 Oona been dead
uncircumcision of your cause oona da sin, an oona been people wa
flesh, hath he quickened
together with him, hav-
ain Jew an ain got de Law dat God gii
ing forgiven you all Moses. Bot now God done gii oona true life
trespasses; wid Christ. God done paadon all we sin.
14 Blotting out the
14 God done shrow way de paper wa tell
handwriting of ordinan- all de debt we owe, long wid de law dem
ces that was against us, wa say wa we haffa do. God done tek all
which was contrary to us,
and took it out of the dat way an done nail um pon de cross.
way, nailing it to his 15 God tek way de powa ob dem wa da
cross;
rule an got tority. An e show out een de
15 And having spoiled open dat e done win out oba dem sperit by
principalities and pow- wa Christ done.
ers, he made a shew of
them openly, triumphing 16 So den, mus dohn leh nobody jedge
over them in it. ya bout wa ya oughta nyam or drink. Dey
16 Let no man there-
mus dohn tell oona wa oona oughta do
fore judge you in meat, or pon dem special Woshup Day ebry yeah or
in drink, or in respect of de time ebry mont wen people celebrate
an holyday, or of the new
moon, or of the sabbath de nyew moon or pon dem Woshup Day
days: ebry week. 17 Dem ting yah, dey ain nottin
bot shada ob de ting wa fa come, bot de
17 Which are a shadow
of things to come; but the
ting esef, e Christ. 18 Wen people come da
body is of Christ. say dey mo betta den oda people, cause
God da show um ting een wision, mus
18 Let no man beguile dohn leh none ob um condemn ya, da say
you of your reward in a
voluntary humility and ya ain da do right. Dem people yah like fa
worshipping of angels, tell people dat dey oughta mek like dey ain
intruding into those
things which he hath not
wot nottin, an dey oughta woshup angel.
seen, vainly puffed up by People like dem yah, dey jes biggity down
his fleshly mind, fa nottin. Dey ain tink like God tall. Dey da
tink jes like sinful people tink. 19 People
19 And not holding the
Head, from which all the like dem, dey ain one wid Christ. Fa true,
body by joints and bands Christ de one wa da trol all de body. E da

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 2, 3 691

feed um fa mek um grow. E mek all de having nourishment min-


istered, and knit to-
diffunt paat dem jine ta one noda an fasten gether, increaseth with
togeda good. An so den de body, Christ the increase of God.
choch, da grow jes like God mek um grow.

Oona True Life Wid Christ 20 Wherefore if ye be


dead with Christ from the
20 Wen Christ dead, oona dead too, an rudiments of the world,
so de sperit dem wa da rule dis wol, dey why, as though living in
the world, are ye subject
ain rule ya no mo. So den, hoccome oona to ordinances,
da lib like oona still blongst ta dis wol?
Hoccome oona da folla de rule dem ob de
wol? 21 De rule dem ob de wol, dey tell we 21 (Touch not; taste
not; handle not;
say, “Mus dohn tetch dis food yah! Mus
dohn taste dat dey! Mus dohn tek dat one
dey fa nyam um!” 22 All dem ting yah wa 22 Which all are to
dey say ain fa nyam or drink, dey gwine be perish with the using;) af-
gone wen people nyam um an drink um. ter the commandments
and doctrines of men?
People mek dem rule yah an laan um ta
oda people. 23 Fa true, e look like dem
people wa beena mek dem kinda rule yah 23 Which things have
been git sense. Dey say people haffa indeed a shew of wisdom
in will worship, and hu-
woshup angel an mek like dey ain wot mility, and neglecting of
nottin, an dey say people kin saab God ef the body; not in any hon-
our to the satisfying of
dey mek dey body suffa. Bot dem rule yah the flesh.
ain hep people tall fa trol wa dey sinful
body wahn fa do.

3
1 Wen God done mek Christ lib gin, e Chapter 3
mek oona git nyew life too. So den 1 If ye then be risen
with Christ, seek those
oona mus pit all oona haat pon de ting things which are above,
dem een heaben, weh Christ seddown, da where Christ sitteth on
the right hand of God.
rule at God right han side. 2 All de time
study pon dem ting wa dey een heaben an 2 Set your affection on
pit oona haat pon um. Mus dohn pit oona things above, not on
things on the earth.
haat pon de ting dem wa een dis wol.
3 Cause oona done dead. An now, de true 3 For ye are dead, and
life dat God gii ya, people ain shim, cause your life is hid with
Christ in God.
oona da waak close ta God shru Christ.
4 Christ we true life. Wen e gwine come
4 When Christ, who is
back ta de wol, oona gwine be wid um. An our life, shall appear,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
692 Colossians 3

then shall ye also appear den, jes like dey hona Christ an gim glory,
with him in glory.
oona gwine hab oona paat een e hona an
glory, too.
5 Mortify therefore
your members which are
upon the earth; fornica-
De Ole Life an de Nyew Life
tion, uncleanness, inordi- Mus kill de ting dem ob de wol wa dey
5
nate affection, evil
concupiscence, and cov- eenside ya haat fa trol ya. Mus dohn lie op
etousness, which is wid no man or ooman wa ain ya own, an
idolatry:
mus dohn lib doty. Mus dohn ron atta ting
ya ain spose fa hab. Mus dohn wahn fa do
6 For which things' no kind ob ebil ting, an mus dohn hab de
sake the wrath of God
cometh on the children of big eye. People wa do dat da woshup dem
disobedience: ting mo den God. 6 Cause people wahn fa
do all dem kind ob sinful ting yah, God
7 In the which ye also gwine be bex wid um fa true. 7 Oona
walked some time, when nyuse fa do dem same ting yah. Oona
ye lived in them.
nyuse fa waak een dem way an dey beena
rule oona.
8 Bot now, oona mus dohn do none ob
8 But now ye also put
off all these; anger, dem sinful ting yah no mo. Mus dohn git
wrath, malice, blas- bex. Mus dohn git mad op wid nobody.
phemy, filthy communi-
cation out of your mouth. Mus dohn be spiteful, da wahn fa do bad ta
noda poson. Mus dohn hole nobody cheap,
needa taak bad wod. 9 Mus dohn tell lie ta
9 Lie not one to an- one noda. Cause ya ain wa ya nyuse fa be
other, seeing that ye have
put off the old man with
no mo. Oona done lef de ole sinful life an
his deeds; de ting dem ya nyuse fa do. 10 Now ya
done come fa be a nyew poson. God mek
oona all nyew, an e da mek oona come fa
10 And have put on the
be like um mo an mo. E da do dat so dat
new man, which is re-
newed in knowledge af- one day we gwine know um fa true. 11 So
ter the image of him that den, cause God done dat, we all one een
created him:
God eye. Dey ain no diffunce tween Jew
people an dem wa ain Jew, people wa
11 Where there is nei-
b een circumcis e an dem wa ai n
ther Greek nor Jew, cir- circumcise, de come-yah people, dem wa
cumcision nor uncircum- ain cibilize, slabe people an free man. Dey
cision, Barbarian, Scyth-
ian, bond nor free: but ain nobody bot Christ wa matta fa true. An
Christ is all, and in all. e dey eenside all people dat bleebe pon

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 3 693

um. 12 Oona blongst ta God. E lob oona an 12 Put on therefore, as


the elect of God, holy and
pick oona fa be e own. So den, oona mus beloved, bowels of mer-
hab mussy pon one noda. Mus do good ta cies, kindness, humble-
ness of mind, meekness,
one noda an mus dohn be biggity. Mus longsuffering;
dohn be haad pon one noda. Mus beah wid 13 Forbearing one an-
one noda. 13 Oona mus dohn git opsot wid other, and forgiving one
another, if any man have
one noda. Wen one ob oona got aught a quarrel against any:
ginst noda, e oughta paadon um. Oona even as Christ forgave
mus paadon one noda like de Lawd you, so also do ye.
14 And above all these
paadon oona. 14 Pontop all dat, oona mus things put on charity,
lob one noda. Dat gwine mek oona git one which is the bond of
haat an oona gwine come fa be one een all perfectness.
15 And let the peace of
oona da do. 15 Mus leh de peace wa Christ God rule in your hearts,
da gii ya rule een ya haat. Cause God call to the which also ye are
oona togeda fa be peaceable wid one noda called in one body; and
be ye thankful.
een one body. An oona mus tell God 16 Let the word of
tankya all de time. 16 Mo an mo, mus leh Christ dwell in you richly
de wod ob Christ mek e home dey eenside in all wisdom; teaching
and admonishing one
ya haat. Laan one noda an show one noda another in psalms and
wa fa do, da nyuse good sense een hymns and spiritual
songs, singing with grace
ebryting. An oona mus sing psalm an in your hearts to the
hymn dem an all dem speritual wa God Lord.
Sperit da gii we fa sing. Mus sing an tell 17 And whatsoever ye
do in word or deed, do all
God tankya wid all ya haat. 17 Ebryting ya in the name of the Lord
da do an say, ya oughta do an say all ob Jesus, giving thanks to
God and the Father by
um een de name ob de Lawd Jedus, da tell him.
we Fada God tankya shru Christ.
18 Wives, submit your-
selves unto your own
How Oona Oughta Lib Oona Nyew Life husbands, as it is fit in the
een Oona House Lord.
18 Oona marry ooman, tek low ta ya 19 Husbands, love your
husban. Dat how ya oughta do, cause ya wives, and be not bitter
against them.
da lib een de way ob de Lawd.
19 Oona marry man, ya haffa lob ya 20 Children, obey your
parents in all things: for
wife. Mus dohn mek um suffa. this is well pleasing unto
20 Chullun, mus do wa ya modda an the Lord.
fada tell ya fa do all de time, cause God 21 Fathers, provoke
not your children to
heppy fa see dat ya da do so. anger, lest they be
21 Oona wa fada, mus dohn bex ya discouraged.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
694 Colossians 3, 4

22 Servants, obey in all


chullun. Cause ef ya do dat, ya chullun ain
things your masters ac-
cording to the flesh; not gwine git no courage fa do nottin.
with eyeservice, as 22 Oona wa slabe mus do all dat ya
menpleasers; but in sin-
gleness of heart, fearing massa een dis wol tell ya fa do. Mus dohn
God: wok jes wen ya massa da see ya, jes cause
23 And whatsoever ye ya wahn fa mek um praise ya. Mus wok
do, do it heartily, as to wid all ya haat cause ya hona we Lawd
the Lord, and not unto Jedus. 23 Ebryting ya da do, mus do um
men;
wid all ya haat, jes like ya da do um fa we
24 Knowing that of the
Lord ye shall receive the
Lawd Jedus, an e ain jes fa people.
reward of the inheri- 24 Cause ya know, we Lawd gwine gii ya
tance: for ye serve the de payback, de good ting wa e promise e
Lord Christ.
people. Christ de true Lawd wa ya da wok
25 But he that doeth
fa. 25 An ebrybody wa da do bad, God
wrong shall receive for
the wrong which he hath gwine gim e pay fa all de bad ting dem e
done: and there is no re- done. Cause God gwine jedge all people de
spect of persons.
same way.

4
1 Oona massa, ya oughta do wa right
an good fa ya slabe dem, cause ya
Chapter 4 haffa memba dat ya sponsable ta a massa
1 Masters, give unto een heaben too.
your servants that which
is just and equal; know-
ing that ye also have a
Paul Tell We Mo Ting fa Do
Master in heaven. Oona mus keep on da pray all de time.
2
2 Continue in prayer, Pit oona haat pon dem ting wa oona da tell
and watch in the same God, an tell um tankya. 3 An wensoneba
with thanksgiving;
oona da pray, pray fa we too, so dat God
3 Withal praying also gwine gii we chance fa tell people de wod
for us, that God would
open unto us a door of ut-
bout Christ dat de people ain neba yeh. A
terance, to speak the dey een de jailhouse now een chain cause
mystery of Christ, for A tell people dis wod. 4 Pray fa me, so dat
which I am also in bonds:
A gwine be able fa tell dis wod jes like A
4 That I may make it
oughta do, an mek um plain so dat people
manifest, as I ought to
speak. gwine ondastan um.
5 Wen oona wid people wa ain trus een
5 Walk in wisdom to-
ward them that are with- Christ, do ebryting wid sense. Ebry chance
out, redeeming the time. oona git, mus show um dat oona da lib
6 Let your speech be al- Christ way. 6 Wen oona da taak wid um,
way with grace, seasoned taak een a way wa gwine mek um glad fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Colossians 4 695

yeh ya wod an wa gwine mek um wahn fa with salt, that ye may


know how ye ought to
yeh mo. An ya gwine come fa know how fa answer every man.
ansa ebry one ob um. 7 All my state shall
Tychicus declare unto
you, who is a beloved
De Bredren Say Hey brother, and a faithful
minister and fellowser-
7 Tychicus, we deah Christian broda, vant in the Lord:
gwine tell oona all wa da happen ta me. E 8 Whom I have sent
a helpa wa we trus, an e da saab de Lawd unto you for the same
purpose, that he might
longside we. 8 A da sen um ta oona so dat e know your estate, and
kin tell oona wa da happen yah ta all ob comfort your hearts;
9 With Onesimus, a
we, an so dat e kin courage oona. 9 E faithful and beloved
gwine come ta oona long wid we deah brother, who is one of
you. They shall make
broda Onesimus, wa we trus an wa blongst known unto you all
ta oona group. E an Tychicus gwine tell things which are done
here.
oona all wa da happen yah. 10 Aristarchus my fel-
10 Aristarchus, wa dey yah een de lowprisoner saluteth you,
jailhouse wid me, an Mark, de cousin ob and Marcus, sister's son
to Barnabas, (touching
Barnabas, dey tell oona hey. A done tell whom ye received com-
oona bout Mark, dat ef e come ta oona, mandments: if he come
unto you, receive him;)
gim hearty welcome. 11 Jedus, wa people 11 And Jesus, which is
call Justus, da tell oona hey too. Ob all called Justus, who are of
the circumcision. These
dem wa da wok wid me yah, jes dem shree only are my fellowwork-
an no mo, dey Jew wa trus een Christ an ers unto the kingdom of
God, which have been a
wa da wok longside me fa bring bout de comfort unto me.
time wen God gwine rule oba all. Dem 12 Epaphras, who is
shree beena courage me plenty. one of you, a servant of
Christ, saluteth you, al-
12 Epaphras, wa blongst ta oona group ways labouring fervently
too, an wa da saab Jedus Christ, e da tell for you in prayers, that ye
may stand perfect and
oona hey. All de time e da pray fa oona complete in all the will of
wid all e haat. E da pray dat oona ain neba God.
13 For I bear him re-
gwine stop fa trus een God. Oona gwine cord, that he hath a great
stan scrong fa um een all ting, an know fa zeal for you, and them
that are in Laodicea, and
sho bout all e wahn. 13 A know Epaphras them in Hierapolis.
beena wok plenty fa hep oona an dem 14 Luke, the beloved
people een Laodicea an Hierapolis. 14 We physician, and Demas,
greet you.
deah fren Luke, de docta, an Demas, dey 15 Salute the brethren
tell oona hey. which are in Laodicea,
and Nymphas, and the
15 Say hey ta we Christian bredren een church which is in his
Laodicea, long wid Nympha an de choch house.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
696 Colossians 4

16 And when this epis-


people wa meet een e house. 16 Wen oona
tle is read among you,
cause that it be read also done read dis letta, oona mus mek sho dat
in the church of the de choch people een Laodicea read um
Laodiceans; and that ye
likewise read the epistle too. An oona mus read de letta dat A done
from Laodicea. write an sen ta dem een Laodicea. 17 Tell
17 And say to Archip-
pus, Take heed to the
Archippus say, “Ya mus mek sho dat ya do
ministry which thou hast all de wok wa de Lawd gii oona fa do.”
received in the Lord, that 18 Wid me own han, A da write dis paat:
thou fulfil it.
18 The salutation by A, Paul, da tell oona hey. Oona mus dohn
the hand of me Paul. Re- fagit dat A dey yah een de jailhouse een
member my bonds. Grace
be with you. chain!
Amen. A pray dat God bless oona.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians

Paul Fus Letta Ta Dem


Een Thessalonica 1
,4
1 Thessalonians

1 A Paul, long wid Silas an Timothy,


1 Chapter 1
da write dis letta ta de people ob de 1 Paul, and Silvanus,
choch een Thessalonica, wa blongst ta we and Timotheus, unto the
Fada God an de Lawd Jedus Christ. church of the Thessalo-
nians which is in God the
We da pray dat God bless oona an gii Father and in the Lord Je-
oona peace een oona haat. sus Christ: Grace be unto
you, and peace, from God
our Father, and the Lord
How Dem Christian een Thessalonica Jesus Christ.
Come fa Bleebe pon Jedus 2 We give thanks to
2 All de time wen we da pray ta God, we God always for you all,
making mention of you
pray fa oona an tell um tankya fa all ob in our prayers;
oona. 3 We ain fagit fa say tankya ta we 3 Remembering with-
Fada God fa de way oona lib da show dat out ceasing your work of
oona bleebe pon Jedus, an how oona da faith, and labour of love,
and patience of hope in
wok haad fa um cause oona lob um. We our Lord Jesus Christ, in
ain fagit fa tell God how oona da beah op the sight of God and our
Father;
onda all ting cause oona hab hope fa true
een we Lawd Jedus Christ. 4 We bredren 4 Knowing, brethren
beloved, your election of
wa God da lob, we know God done pick God.
oona fa be e own people. 5 Cause wen we
5 For our gospel came
fus come fa tell oona de Good Nyews, we not unto you in word
ain jes beena taak wid wod, no mo, bot only, but also in power,
wid powa, wid de Holy Sperit. An we and in the Holy Ghost,
and in much assurance;
beena show oona how we bleebe wid all as ye know what manner
we haat dat de Good Nyews, e true. Oona of men we were among
you for your sake.
know de life we beena lib wen we been
dey wid oona. All dat been fa hep oona. 6 And ye became fol-
lowers of us, and of the
6 Oona beena do dem ting dat oona see we
Lord, having received the
an de Lawd da do. Eben dough people word in much affliction,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
698 1 Thessalonians 1, 2

with joy of the Holy beena mek oona suffa fa true, oona bleebe
Ghost:
de Good Nyews bout Jedus Christ wid joy
7 So that ye were
ensamples to all that be-
wa de Holy Sperit pit een oona haat. 7 So
lieve in Macedonia and den, de way oona da do an lib, dat mek all
Achaia. dem wa bleebe dey een Macedonia an
8 For from you sound- Achaia see an folla oona een de way. 8 De
ed out the word of the
Lord not only in Macedo- message bout de Lawd dat oona fus tell
nia and Achaia, but also people een Macedonia an Achaia ain stop
in every place your faith
to God-ward is spread
dey. De nyews bout how oona trus een
abroad; so that we need God done spread bout all oba. So dey ain
not to speak any thing. nottin dat we haffa say fa tell people bout
9 For they themselves um. 9 Dem people all da taak bout how
shew of us what manner
of entering in we had oona gii we a haaty welcome wen we
unto you, and how ye come ta oona. Dey da tell we how oona
turned to God from idols
to serve the living and
done lef de ebil idol dem wa oona beena
true God; saab an oona ton fa woshup God. An now
10 And to wait for his oona da saab de one true God wa da lib.
Son from heaven, whom 10 An dey da tell we how oona da wait fa
he raised from the dead,
even Jesus, which deliv- God Son, Jedus, fa come fom heaben back
ered us from the wrath to ta dis wol. God done mek Jedus git op fom
come.
mongst de dead people an lib gin. An
Jedus da sabe we so we ain gwine git stroy
wen God jedge de wol.

Chapter 2 De Wok ob Paul een Thessalonica

2 We bredren, oona know dat wen we


1 For yourselves, bre- 1
thren, know our entrance
in unto you, that it was come fa see oona, dat been a good
not in vain: ting, fa sho. 2 Oona know how de people
2 But even after that
een Philippi done mek we suffa an shrow
we had suffered before,
and were shamefully en- slam at we fo we got ta oona een
treated, as ye know, at Thessalonica. Den, eben dough plenty
Philippi, we were bold in
our God to speak unto people try fa stop we, stillyet God gii we de
you the gospel of God courage fa tell oona e Good Nyews.
with much contention. 3 Cause wen we beena try fa win oona oba
3 For our exhortation
was not of deceit, nor of ta Christ, we ain beena try fa ceebe oona.
uncleanness, nor in guile: We come fa tell wa een we haat. We ain try
4 But as we were al- fa trick nobody. 4 Steada dat, we all de
lowed of God to be put in
trust with the gospel, time da tell people jes wa God wahn we fa
even so we speak; not as tell um. God gii we dis wok fa tell de Good

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 2 699

Nyews cause e see dat e kin trus we fa be pleasing men, but God,
which trieth our hearts.
sponsable fa do um like e wahn we fa do. 5 For neither at any
We ain try fa do wa people wahn we fa do. time used we flattering
words, as ye know, nor a
An God da look at wa dey een we haat. cloke of covetousness;
5 Oona know fa true dat wen we taak ta God is witness:
6 Nor of men sought
oona, we ain neba sweet mout nobody. We we glory, neither of you,
ain hab de big eye fa oona gii we sompin. nor yet of others, when
We ain do dat, an God know wa dey een we might have been bur-
densome, as the apostles
we haat. 6 We ain beena try fa mek oona of Christ.
praise we, needa no oda people. We Christ 7 But we were gentle
among you, even as a
postle, so we got de right fa aks oona fa do nurse cherisheth her
ting fa we. Bot we ain aks oona fa nottin. children:
7 Jes like a modda tek good cyah wen e 8 So being affection-
ately desirous of you, we
tend ta e chullun, same fashion we beena were willing to have im-
tek good cyah wen we wok wid oona. parted unto you, not the
gospel of God only, but
8 Cause ob we lob fa oona, we been heppy
also our own souls, be-
fa come gii oona de Good Nyews ob God. cause ye were dear unto
us.
We eben been heppy fa gii oona we haat,
9 For ye remember,
da do all dat we kin fa oona. We lob oona brethren, our labour and
dat much! 9 We bredren, fa sho, oona travail: for labouring
night and day, because
memba how we beena wok long an haad we would not be charge-
day an night, so dat we ain been no able unto any of you, we
boddarashon fa oona, wiles we beena tell preached unto you the
gospel of God.
oona de Good Nyews ob God. 10 Ye are witnesses,
10 Oona know, oona wa bleebe pon and God also, how holily
Christ, how we beena do wen we been dey and justly and unblam-
eably we behaved our-
wid oona. An God know dat too. We life selves among you that
dey been holy, like God wahn um fa be. E believe:
11 As ye know how we
been scraight an clean, so ain nobody kin exhorted and comforted
blame we bout nottin. 11 Oona know we and charged every one of
beena treat all ob oona jes like a fada treat you, as a father doth his
children,
e own chullun. We beena courage oona. 12 That ye would walk
Wid all we haat we waan oona an beg worthy of God, who hath
oona. 12 We beg oona fa keep on da waak called you unto his king-
dom and glory.
een de way wa fit fa God people fa waak. 13 For this cause also
Cause God call oona fa be e own people thank we God without
dat e da rule. An e call oona fa git oona ceasing, because, when
ye received the word of
paat ob de glory dat e got. God which ye heard of
13 An dey noda reason we tell God us, ye received it not as

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
700 1 Thessalonians 2

the word of men, but as it tankya all de time. Wen we come an tell
is in truth, the word of
God, which effectually oona God wod, oona pay mind ta um. An
worketh also in you that oona ain tek um fa be wod wa people
believe.
bring, bot oona tek um fa be God wod. E
God wod fa true, an dat wod da wok
14 For ye, brethren,
became followers of the
eenside oona haat, oona wa bleebe. 14 Me
churches of God which in bredren, de same ting wa been happen ta
Judaea are in Christ Je- de people ob God choch dem wa blongst ta
sus: for ye also have suf-
fered like things of your Jedus Christ een Judea, dem ting happen
own countrymen, even as ta oona too. Jes like de Jew people beena
they have of the Jews:
mek God people een Judea suffa, same
way so, oona own countryman dem beena
15 Who both killed the
Lord Jesus, and their own mek oona suffa. 15 Dem people, de Jew
prophets, and have perse- people yah, dey done kill de Lawd Jedus
cuted us; and they please
not God, and are contrary
an de prophet dem too. An dey beena mek
to all men: we suffa, da mek we go way fom dey. Dey
mek God bex wid um tommuch! Dey de
16 Forbidding us to enemy ta all people. 16 Cause dey da try fa
speak to the Gentiles that keep we fom tell God wod ta de people wa
they might be saved, to
fill up their sins alway: ain Jew so dat God kin sabe um. Een dis
for the wrath is come way, dem people ob Judea all de time da
upon them to the
uttermost. full op wid sin. Dey ain neba stop fa sin.
Bot now at las, God bex tommuch wid um
17 But we, brethren, an e done jedge um!
being taken from you for
a short time in presence, Paul Wahn fa See de Christian
not in heart, endeavour-
ed the more abundantly Dem een Thessalonica
to see your face with 17 We bredren, fa all ob de shot time
great desire.
since we been haffa lef oona, we beena
18 Wherefore
miss oona fa true. Bot we da tink bout
we
would have come unto oona all de time. E jes dat we body ain dey
you, even I Paul, once wid oona. An so we beena try too haad fa
and again; but Satan hin-
dered us. come see oona. 18 We been wahn fa come
see oona. A, Paul, beena try oba an oba gin
fa come ta oona, bot Satan stop we fom
19 For what is our
hope, or joy, or crown of come. 19 Ain oona mek we hab hope an
rejoicing? Are not even joy? Ain oona de crownin glory ob we wok
ye in the presence of our
Lord Jesus Christ at his
wa gwine mek we heppy wen we stanop fo
coming? we Lawd Jedus Christ wen e come back?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 2, 3 701

Dat de trute, fa sho! 20 Yeah, dat so e stan. 20 For ye are our glory
and joy.
Oona we pride an joy!
3
,2

3
1 So den, wen we ain been able fa
Chapter 3
stan um no longa cause we ain yeh
1 Wherefore when we
nottin fom oona, we figga e mo betta fa we could no longer forbear,
fa stay by wesef ta Athens. 2 An we done we thought it good to be
left at Athens alone;
sen we broda, Timothy, fa go see oona. E 2 And sent Timotheus,
wok togeda wid we, da do God wok, da tell our brother, and minister
people all roun de Good Nyews bout of God, and our fellow-
labourer in the gospel of
Christ. We sen um fa courage oona an hep Christ, to establish you,
oona trus Christ mo an mo, 3 so dat ain and to comfort you con-
cerning your faith:
none ob oona gwine ton back fom trus
3 That no man should
Christ, eben dough people da mek oona be moved by these afflic-
suffa fa e sake. Oona know fa true dat dis tions: for yourselves
kind ob suffrin gwine come ta we wa know that we are ap-
pointed thereunto.
bleebe, cause dat paat ob wa God pick fa
we. 4 Wen we stillyet been dey wid oona, 4 For verily, when we
were with you, we told
we beena tell oona say de time gwine you before that we
come wen people gwine mek we suffa. An should suffer tribulation;
even as it came to pass,
oona know, fa sho, dat dat jes wa happen. and ye know.
5 So cause A ain been able fa wait no longa
5 For this cause, when
fa yeh bout oona, A done sen Timothy fa I could no longer forbear,
find out bout how oona fait stan. A been I sent to know your faith,
consaan dat somehow de Debil wa da lest by some means the
tempter have tempted
tempt gwine come tempt oona, an all we you, and our labour be in
wok dey wid oona gwine gone fa nottin. vain.
6 Bot now, Timothy done come back 6 But now when Timo-
fom oona, an e done tell we nyews bout theus came from you
unto us, and brought us
oona dat mek we heppy. E tell we say oona good tidings of your faith
keep on trus een Christ an lob one noda. and charity, and that ye
have good remembrance
An e tell we say oona glad all de time wen of us always, desiring
oona memba we, an oona wahn fa see we, greatly to see us, as we
jes like we wahn fa see oona. 7 So den, we also to see you:

bredren, spite ob all we trouble an suffrin 7 Therefore, brethren,


yah, wen we memba oona, we haat heppy. we were comforted over
you in all our affliction
Oona trus een Christ da courage we. and distress by your
8 Oona ain leh nottin stop oona fom waak faith:
scronga een de way ob de Lawd, so now 8 For now we live, if ye
we life wot sompin fa true. 9 Neba we kin stand fast in the Lord.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
702 1 Thessalonians 3, 4

9 For what thanks can tell God tankya nuff fa oona, fa all de joy
we render to God again
for you, for all the joy een we haat wa God da gii we cause ob
wherewith we joy for oona. 10 Day an night, we da aks um wid
your sakes before our
God;
all we haat fa leh we come see oona face ta
10 Night and day pray- face, an leh we hep mek oona trus een
ing exceedingly that we Christ mo scronga, da laan oona wasoneba
might see your face, and
might perfect that which oona ain know yet.
is lacking in your faith? 11 We da pray dat God we Fada an we
11 Now God himself
and our Father, and our Lawd Jedus Christ gwine open op de way
Lord Jesus Christ, direct fa we fa come ta oona. 12 An we pray, too,
our way unto you.
12 And the Lord make dat de Lawd mek oona lob one noda an all
you to increase and oda people mo an mo, jes like we da lob
abound in love one to-
ward another, and to-
oona. 13 Dat de way we Lawd gwine mek
ward all men, even as we oona scrong een oona haat. Den oona ain
do toward you: gwine hab no sin, an oona gwine be God
13 To the end he may
stablish your hearts own people fa true, wen oona stanop fo we
unblameable in holiness Fada God een dat time wen we Lawd Jedus
before God, even our Fa-
ther, at the coming of our gwine come wid all dem wa blongst ta um.
Lord Jesus Christ with all
his saints. De Life wa God Wahn We fa Lib

4
Chapter 4 Me bredren, fo we done wid dis
1
1 Furthermore then we
beseech you, brethren,
letta, leh we tell oona dis las ting. We
and exhort you by the done laan oona de way oona mus lib fa
Lord Jesus, that as ye mek God heppy wid oona. An fa sho, dat
have received of us how
ye ought to walk and to de way oona da lib. Bot now, we da tell
please God, so ye would oona an chaage oona een de name ob we
abound more and more.
2 For ye know what Lawd Jedus, dat oona mus lib mo an mo
commandments we gave een God way. 2 Oona know dem ting wa
you by the Lord Jesus.
3 For this is the will of we been tell oona fa do, by de tority ob we
God, even your sanctifica- Lawd Jedus. 3 God wahn fa mek oona life
tion, that ye should ab-
stain from fornication:
holy an blongst ta um fa true. E ain wahn
4 That every one of oona fa hab nottin fa do wid loose life.
you should know how to 4 Ebry one ob oona man dem, ya mus tek
possess his vessel in sanc-
tification and honour; ya own ooman fa marry, een de way wa
5 Not in the lust of con-
holy an right een God an een people eye.
cupiscence, even as the
Gentiles which know not 5 Mus dohn ramify roun like de people ob
God: de wol wa ain know God. 6 Een dem ting
6 That no man go be-
yond and defraud his yah, no man oughta do e broda wrong.
brother in any matter: Mus dohn tek wantage ob e broda. We

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 4 703

done been tell oona dis fo an waan oona fa because that the Lord is
the avenger of all such, as
true, dat God gwine punish dem wa da do we also have forewarned
dis kinda sin yah. 7 God ain call we fa lib you and testified.
7 For God hath not
loose life. God call we fa lib een e holy called us unto unclean-
way. 8 So den, ef somebody ton e back pon ness, but unto holiness.
8 He therefore that
dis ting yah wa we da laan oona, dat one
despiseth, despiseth not
ain ton e back pon jes noda man. E ton e man, but God, who hath
back pon God, wa gii oona e Holy Sperit. also given unto us his
holy Spirit.
9 Dey ain no need fa write oona bout 9 But as touching
how oona oughta lob oona Christian brotherly love ye need
not that I write unto you:
bredren. Cause God been laan oona fa lob for ye yourselves are
one noda. 10 An fa true, oona da lob all de taught of God to love one
another.
Christian bredren dey all oba Macedonia.
10 And indeed ye do it
Bot bredren, we da beg oona fa go on da toward all the brethren
lob um mo an mo scronga. 11 Oona mus which are in all Macedo-
nia: but we beseech you,
mek op oona mind fa try fa lib peaceable brethren, that ye increase
an mind oona own bidness, an oona mus more and more;
wok wid oona own han, jes like we done 11 And that ye study to
be quiet, and to do your
chaage oona wen we been dey wid oona. own business, and to
12 Ef oona do dat, oona gwine mek de work with your own
people wa ain Christian look op ta oona. hands, as we commanded
you;
An oona ain gwine haffa pend pon 12 That ye may walk
nobody. honestly toward them
that are without, and that
ye may have lack of
De Lawd Jedus Gwine Come Back nothing.
13 We bredren, we wahn oona fa know 13 But I would not
have you to be ignorant,
de trute bout de people wa done dead, so brethren, concerning
dat oona ain gwine greebe like de oda them which are asleep,
people greebe, cause dey ain got no hope that ye sorrow not, even
as others which have no
een God fa de ebalastin life. 14 We bleebe hope.
dat Jedus done dead, bot e got op fom 14 For if we believe
mongst de dead people an e da lib gin. An that Jesus died and rose
again, even so them also
we bleebe dat een de same way, long wid which sleep in Jesus will
Jedus, God gwine bring wid um de people God bring with him.
15 For this we say unto
wa done dead wa bleebe pon um. God
you by the word of the
gwine bring um long wid Jedus. Lord, that we which are
15 Wen de Lawd Jedus come back, we alive and remain unto the
coming of the Lord shall
wa ain dead yet ain gwine go head ob dem not prevent them which
wa done dead. Dat wa de Lawd Jedus done are asleep.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
704 1 Thessalonians 4, 5

16 For the Lord himself say. 16 Cause wen de Lawd come back,
shall descend from
heaven with a shout, people gwine yeh a loud boice gii a
with the voice of the chaage. Den dey gwine yeh de boice ob de
archangel, and with the
trump of God: and the
head angel, an God trumpet gwine blow.
dead in Christ shall rise An de Lawd esef gwine come down fom
first: heaben. Den dem people wa done bleebe
17 Then we which are pon Jedus Christ wen dey dead, dey gwine
alive and remain shall be rise op fus. 17 Atta dat, all ob a sudden, we
caught up together with
them in the clouds, to wa ain dead yet an wa been lef yah, we
meet the Lord in the air: gwine be geda op een de cloud dem, long
and so shall we ever be
with the Lord. wid dem wa done dead. An we all gwine
go op togeda fa meet de Lawd een de sky.
18 Wherefore comfort
one another with these
An so we gwine be wid de Lawd faeba.
words. 18 So den, courage one noda wid dem wod
yah.

Chapter 5 Be Ready fa de Day Wen de Lawd


1 But of the times and Gwine Come Back
the seasons, brethren, ye

5 Now den, we bredren, dey ain no


have no need that I write
1
unto you. need fa we fa write oona bout, wa
2 For yourselves know time or wa day dem ting gwine happen.
perfectly that the day of 2 Cause oona know fa true dat de Lawd
the Lord so cometh as a
thief in the night. gwine come back wen people ain da look
3 For when they shall
fa um. Dat day ob de Lawd gwine come
say, Peace and safety; sudden, jes like tief kin come een de night.
then sudden destruction 3 Wiles people say, “All ting gwine fine an
cometh upon them, as
travail upon a woman peaceable. Dey ain nottin fa be scaid ob,”
with child; and they shall jes den, all ob a sudden, bad bad trouble
not escape.
gwine come down pon um. Ebrybody
4 But ye, brethren, are gwine suffa. Nobody ain gwine know
not in darkness, that that
day should overtake you
fohan. E gwine be like wen bad pain come
as a thief. sudden pon a ooman wen e bon e chile.
4 Me Christian bredren, oona ain een de
5 Ye are all the chil-
dren of light, and the daak. So den, dat day ob de Lawd ain
children of the day: we oughta come pon ya like a tief. 5 Oona all
are not of the night, nor
of darkness. people wa blongst ta de light an ta de day.
We ain blongst ta de night. We ain like
6 Therefore let us not
sleep, as do others; but let dem wa da lib een de daak. 6 So den, we
us watch and be sober. mus dohn sleep, da lib a life ob sin like de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Thessalonians 5 705

oda res wa da sleep. Leh we stay wake an 7 For they that sleep
sleep in the night; and
tink scraight. 7 Cause een de night time they that be drunken are
people sleep, an een de night time people drunken in the night.
git dronk. 8 Bot we blongst ta de day, an so 8 But let us, who are of
the day, be sober, putting
we mus tink scraight bout how we da lib. on the breastplate of faith
We da pit on fait an lob same way de and love; and for an hel-
met, the hope of salva-
sodjaman da pit on e breastplate. We da tion.
pit on de sabation we know God da gii we, 9 For God hath not ap-
same way a sodjaman da pit on e helmet. pointed us to wrath, but
to obtain salvation by our
9 God ain pick we fa mek we suffa e
Lord Jesus Christ,
jedgiment. E pick we fa gii we sabation 10 Who died for us,
shru we Lawd Jedus Christ. 10 Cause that, whether we wake or
sleep, we should live to-
Jedus done dead fa we sake, so dat we kin gether with him.
go lib togeda wid um. Ain mek no 11 Wherefore comfort
nebamind weza we done dead, needaso ef yourselves together, and
we ain dead yet, wen e come back. 11 So edify one another, even
as also ye do.
cause ob dat, oona mus keep on da
12 And we beseech
courage one noda an hep one noda fa be you, brethren, to know
mo scronga een de Lawd, jes like oona them which labour
beena do. among you, and are over
you in the Lord, and ad-
monish you;
Paul Tell Um How fa Lib fa God 13 And to esteem them
12 We bredren, we beg oona fa hona very highly in love for
their work's sake. And be
oona leada dem, wa da wok haad dey at peace among your-
mongst oona. Dey de one dem dat God selves.
done pick fa tell oona wa fa do, an fa laan 14 Now we exhort you,
oona how oona oughta lib. 13 Oona mus brethren, warn them that
are unruly, comfort the
preciate um fa true, an lob um cause ob de feebleminded, support
wok dey da do. An oona mus lib peaceable the weak, be patient to-
ward all men.
wid one noda.
14 We bredren, we beg oona fa waan de 15 See that none ren-
der evil for evil unto any
people wa ain wahn fa do no wok. Courage man; but ever follow that
dem wa scaid. Hep dem wa ain scrong een which is good, both
among yourselves, and to
de fait, an beah wid ebrybody. 15 Mek sho all men.
dat nobody ain pay back ebil wid ebil. Mus 16 Rejoice evermore.
try all de time fa do good ta one noda an ta 17 Pray without ceas-
all people. ing.
16 Rejaice all de time. 17 Neba stop da 18 In every thing give
pray. 18 Ain mek no nebamind wa happen, thanks: for this is the will

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
706 1 Thessalonians 5

of God in Christ Jesus oona mus tell God tankya fa ebryting.


concerning you.
Cause dat how God wahn oona fa lib, oona
19 Quench not the
Spirit. wa done come fa be one een Jedus Christ.
20 Despise not pro- 19 Mus dohn stop de Holy Sperit fom do
phesyings. e wok eenside oona. 20 Wen people da
21 Prove all things;
taak wod wa God pit een dey haat, oona
hold fast that which is
good. mus dohn hole um cheap. Mus listen ta
22 Abstain from all ap- um. 21 Mus look at ebryting good fashion
pearance of evil. fa mek sho weza e fom God fa true. Den ef
23 And the very God of e good, oona mus hole fast ta um. 22 Mus
peace sanctify you whol-
ly; and I pray God your stay way fom ebry kind ob ebil.
whole spirit and soul 23 We da pray dat de God wa da gii we
and body be preserved
blameless unto the com- peace gwine mek oona like esef, holy an
ing of our Lord Jesus good een ebry way. An we pray dat e
Christ.
gwine keep oona sperit, soul an body clean
24 Faithful is he that
calleth you, who also will fom sin so dat wen we Lawd Jedus Christ
do it. come back, e ain gwine find no fault een
25 Brethren, pray for oona. 24 God wa call oona fa be e own
us. gwine do dat fa oona, cause e da do all dat
26 Greet all the breth-
e promise.
ren with an holy kiss. 25 We bredren, oona mus pray fa we

27 I charge you by the


too.
Lord that this epistle be 26 Tell all de bredren hey een Christian
read unto all the holy lob.
brethren.
27 A da tell oona, by de tority ob de
28 The grace of our Lawd, fa read dis letta ta all de bredren.
Lord Jesus Christ be with 28 We pray dat we Lawd Jedus Christ
you.
Amen. gwine bless all ob oona.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Thessalonians

Paul Secon Letta Ta


Dem Een Thessalonica 1
,5
2 Thessalonians

1 A, Paul, long wid Silas an Timothy,


1 Chapter 1
da write dis letta ta de people ob de
1 Paul, and Silvanus,
choch een Thessalonica, wa blongst ta we and Timotheus, unto the
Fada God an ta de Lawd Jedus Christ. church of the Thessa-
2 We da pray dat we Fada God an we lonians in God our Father
and the Lord Jesus Christ:
Lawd Jedus Christ bless oona an gii oona
2 Grace unto you, and
peace een oona haat.
peace, from God our Fa-
ther and the Lord Jesus
God Gwine Jedge de Wol Christ.
Wen Jedus Come Back 3 We are bound to
3 We Christian bredren, we mus tell thank God always for you,
brethren, as it is meet, be-
God tankya all de time fa oona. Dat right cause that your faith
fa we fa do, cause oona fait een Christ da groweth exceedingly, and
grow mo an mo scronga, an ebry one ob the charity of every one of
you all toward each other
oona da lob one noda mo an mo too. aboundeth;
4 Cause ob dat, we kin be heppy fa taak
4 So that we ourselves
bout oona all de time ta de people een dem glory in you in the
oda choch ob God people. We kin taak churches of God for your
patience and faith in all
bout how oona still keep on da trus een your persecutions and
Christ, an oona still da beah op onda all tribulations that ye
endure:
dat people mek oona suffa an de bad
trouble wa come oona way. 5 Which is a manifest
5 All dis show fa true dat God jedge all token of the righteous
judgment of God, that ye
people jes like e oughta jedge um. Cause may be counted worthy of
ob all dat oona da suffa cause oona da leh the kingdom of God, for
which ye also suffer:
God rule oba oona, God gwine say oona fit
fa lib weh e da rule. 6 God gwine do wa 6 Seeing it is a righteous
thing with God to recom-
right. Dem people wa da mek oona suffa, pense tribulation to them
God gwine mek dem suffa too. 7 An oona that trouble you;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
708 2 Thessalonians 1, 2

7 And to you who are wa da suffa now, God gwine tek way oona
troubled rest with us,
when the Lord Jesus shall suffrin, an e gwine tek way we suffrin too.
be revealed from heaven God gwine do dat wen de Lawd Jedus
with his mighty angels,
gwine come fom heaben wid e powaful
8 In flaming fire taking angel dem. 8 Wid flamin fire, e gwine
vengeance on them that come fa punish de people wa ain gii God
know not God, and that
obey not the gospel of no place een dey haat an ain pay no mind
our Lord Jesus Christ: ta wa de Good Nyews bout we Lawd Jedus
9 Who shall be pun- tell um fa do. 9 God gwine punish um wid
ished with everlasting de- ebalastin ruint an suffrin. E gwine shet um
struction from the
presence of the Lord, and out fom weh de Lawd dey. Dey ain neba
from the glory of his gwine see de glory ob de Lawd powa.
power; 10 Dat day, wen e come back, e gwine
10 When he shall come come fa git hona an praise fom all de
to be glorified in his people wa blongst ta um, all dem wa
saints, and to be admired
in all them that believe bleebe pon um. An oona too gwine jine
(because our testimony um, cause oona been bleebe wa we tell
among you was believed)
in that day. oona.
11 Dat mek we all de time pray fa oona.
11 Wherefore also we
pray always for you, that We da pray ta we God, da aks um fa mek
our God would count you oona fit fa lib de life dat e call oona fa lib.
worthy of this calling, and
fulfil all the good plea-
We pray dat by e powa, e gwine leh oona
sure of his goodness, and do all de good ting dem oona wahn fa do,
the work of faith with an finish all dem ting dat oona beena do,
power:
cause oona bleebe pon um. 12 Ef oona do
12 That the name of dat, oona gwine mek people gii hona ta we
our Lord Jesus Christ may
be glorified in you, and Lawd Jedus, an we Lawd Jedus gwine mek
ye in him, according to people hona oona, cause ob de blessin ob
the grace of our God and
the Lord Jesus Christ. we God an de Lawd Jedus Christ.
2
,1

De Wickity One wa da Fight Ginst God

2
Chapter 2 Now den, we wahn fa taak ta oona
1
1 Now we beseech you,
bout wen we Lawd Jedus Christ
brethren, by the coming
of our Lord Jesus Christ, gwine come back an geda we all togeda fa
and by our gathering to- be wid um. We Christian bredren, we da
gether unto him,
beg oona, 2 mus dohn leh nobody
2 That ye be not soon bumfumble oona no way, needa leh um git
shaken in mind, or be
troubled, neither by oona opsot all ob a sudden cause dey da
spirit, nor by word, nor tell oona say de day ob de Lawd done

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Thessalonians 2 709

come. Wen somebody da tell oona say e by letter as from us, as


that the day of Christ is at
done see de Lawd come, or wen somebody hand.
say e done yeh say e done come, or dat e
yeh say we done write bout dat een a letta, 3 Let no man deceive
oona mus dohn bleebe um. 3 Mus dohn leh you by any means: for
nobody fool oona nohow. Cause dat day that day shall not come,
except there come a fall-
ob de Lawd ain gwine come til de time ing away first, and that
wen heapa people gwine ton ginst God. An man of sin be revealed,
the son of perdition;
dat day ain gwine come needa til de man
wa da fight ginst God een ebry way gwine
appeah. God done mek plan fa sen dat 4 Who opposeth and
exalteth himself above all
wickity man ta e ruint faeba een hell. 4 Dat that is called God, or that
man wa da fight ginst God, e gwine fight is worshipped; so that he
as God sitteth in the tem-
ginst all de sperit an ting dem wa people ple of God, shewing him-
call dey god an dey woshup um. E gwine self that he is God.
pit esef op high, da say e got mo powa den
all ob dem ting dey. An e eben gwine 5 Remember ye not,
seddown een God House an tell ebrybody that, when I was yet with
dat e God. you, I told you these
things?
5 Oona memba, ainty? Wen A stillyet
been dey wid oona, A beena tell oona bout
6 And now ye know
all dat. 6 An oona know wa da keep um what withholdeth that he
fom come yet, so wen de right time come, might be revealed in his
dat man gwine appeah. 7 Bot dat same time.
powa wa da wok een dat man, e da wok so
dat plenty people da do dem ting wa God 7 For the mystery of
say we ain oughta do. An wa God done iniquity doth already
work: only he who now
show dat oda people ain know, dat wa letteth will let, until he be
mek we able fa ondastan dis. Bot all dat wa taken out of the way.
gwine happen ain gwine happen til God
tek way de one wa da keep um fom come. 8 And then shall that
8 Dat de time wen de one wa da fight God Wicked be revealed,
whom the Lord shall con-
gwine appeah. Bot de Lawd Jedus gwine sume with the spirit of
kill dat one wid de bret wa come outta e his mouth, and shall de-
stroy with the brightness
mout. De glory ob de Lawd Jedus wen e of his coming:
come back, dat gwine stroy dat one.
9 Satan gwine mek dat one wa da fight
9 Even him, whose
God come, an e gwine wok een um fa gim coming is after the work-
all de powa e need. Dat one gwine mek ing of Satan with all

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
710 2 Thessalonians 2, 3

power and signs and ly- people fool, da bumfumble um wid de


ing wonders,
plenty lyin miracle an wondaful sign an
10 And with all deceiv-
ableness of unrighteous- wok e gwine do. 10 E gwine do all kind ob
ness in them that perish; ebil ting wa gwine ceebe dem wa gwine be
because they received
not the love of the truth, loss. Dem people, dey gwine be loss cause
that they might be saved. dey ain wahn fa lob de trute so dat dey kin
11 And for this cause git sabe. 11 Cause ob dat, God gwine sen a
God shall send them
strong delusion, that they powa wa ceebe people an wa ain gwine leh
should believe a lie: um tink scraight, so dat dey gwine bleebe
12 That they all might de ting wa ain true. 12 An dat wa gwine
be damned who believed
not the truth, but had mek God condemn all ob dem wa ain
pleasure in unrighteous- bleebe de trute, bot beena lob fa do
ness.
wickity ting.
13 But we are bound to
give thanks alway to God
God Done Pick Oona
for you, brethren beloved We Christian bredren, oona wa de
13
of the Lord, because God
hath from the beginning Lawd lob, we mus tell God tankya fa oona
chosen you to salvation all de time. Cause fom de fus, God done
through sanctification of
the Spirit and belief of
pick oona fa sabe oona by de powa ob de
the truth: Holy Sperit fa mek oona come fa be God
14 Whereunto he cal- own holy people, an fa sabe oona by oona
led you by our gospel, to
the obtaining of the glory
fait een de trute. 14 God call oona fa be e
of our Lord Jesus Christ. own people shru e Good Nyews wa we tell
15 Therefore, breth- oona. Dat so oona gwine git oona paat een
ren, stand fast, and hold
the traditions which ye
dat same glory ob we Lawd Jedus Christ.
have been taught, 15 So den, we Christian bredren, oona mus
whether by word, or our stan scrong een de Lawd. All de time oona
epistle.
16 Now our Lord Jesus
haat mus hole on ta all de trute wa we
Christ himself, and God, been laan oona, wen we been dey da taak
even our Father, which ta oona an wen we write letta ta oona.
hath loved us, and hath
given us everlasting con- 16 We pray dat we Lawd Jedus Christ an
solation and good hope God we Fada, wa lob we an een e mussy gii
through grace,
17 Comfort
we courage faeba an mek we all de time
your
hearts, and stablish you able fa look fowaad ta good ting, 17 e
in every good word and gwine courage oona haat an mek oona
work.
3
,2

scrong fa do an say all wa good fa true.


Pray fa We
Chapter 3

3 We Christian bredren, dis de las


1
1 Finally, brethren,
pray for us, that the word wod wa we da say een dis letta. Pray
of the Lord may have free fa we. Pray dat de wod ob de Lawd gwine

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Thessalonians 3 711

spread all oba too quick an people gwine course, and be glorified,
even as it is with you:
gii hona ta de Lawd an tell um tankya fa e 2 And that we may be
wod, jes like wa happen wen oona yeh um. delivered from unreason-
2 Pray, too, dat God gwine sabe we fom able and wicked men: for
all men have not faith.
wickity an ebil people, cause ebrybody ain
3 But the Lord is faith-
bleebe de wod ob de Lawd. ful, who shall stablish
3 Bot de Lawd, e faitful. E gwine mek you, and keep you from
oona mo scronga an keep oona safe fom de evil.
4 And we have confi-
ebil one. 4 De Lawd gii we trus een oona, dence in the Lord touch-
so dat mek we know fa sho dat oona da do ing you, that ye both do
and will do the things
wa we chaage oona fa do, an oona gwine which we command you.
keep on do um.
5 And the Lord direct
5 We pray dat de Lawd gwine show
your hearts into the love
oona mo an mo how God da lob oona, an of God, and into the pa-
how Christ done beah op onda suffrin fa tient waiting for Christ.

do wa God wahn, an how e da mek oona 6 Now we command


beah op too. you, brethren, in the
name of our Lord Jesus
Christ, that ye with-
All People Mus Wok draw yourselves from ev-
ery brother that walketh
6 We Christian bredren, een de name ob disorderly, and not after
we Lawd Jedus Christ, we chaage oona the tradition which he re-
ceived of us.
say, oona mus keep way fom all de
Christian dem wa ain wahn fa do nottin an 7 For yourselves know
how ye ought to follow
wa ain da do wa we done been laan um fa us: for we behaved not
do. 7 Oonasef know fa true dat ya oughta ourselves disorderly
do jes like we beena do. We ain been lazy among you;

none tall wen we been dey wid oona. 8 We 8 Neither did we eat
beena pay fa all de food people gii we. We any man's bread for
nought; but wrought
beena wok haad, fa true, day an night, fa with labour and travail
wa we been need, cause we ain been wahn night and day, that we
might not be chargeable
fa mek none ob oona haffa pay fa hep we. to any of you:
9 Dat ain fa say we ain got no right fa tell
9 Not because we have
oona fa gii we food an a place fa sleep. Bot not power, but to make
we beena do all dat wok dey an ain aks ourselves an ensample
oona fa nottin, cause we been wahn fa unto you to follow us.

show oona how fa do same way we done. 10 For even when we


10 Wen we been dey wid oona, we beena were with you, this we
commanded you, that if
chaage oona say, “Mus dohn gii no food ta any would not work, nei-
nobody dat ain wahn fa wok.” ther should he eat.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
712 2 Thessalonians 3

11 For we hear that 11 We yeh say some people dey mongst


there are some which
walk among you disor- oona ain wahn fa do no wok. Dey ain do
derly, working not at all, nottin tall cep pit dey mout pon oda
but are busybodies.
people bidness. 12 We waan dem people
12 Now them that are
such we command and dey, een de name ob we Lawd Jedus
exhort by our Lord Jesus Christ. We chaage um say, dey mus lib de
Christ, that with quiet-
ness they work, and eat
right way, da wok fa dey libin.
their own bread. 13 Bot oona, we Christian bredren, mus
13 But ye, brethren, be dohn git weary da do good. 1 4 Ef
not weary in well doing.
somebody dey dey wa ain do wa we tell
14 And if any man
obey not our word by this um een dis letta, mus memba um an mus
epistle, note that man, dohn mix wid um, so dat e gwine be too
and have no company
with him, that he may be
shame. 15 Stillyet, mus dohn tink like e
ashamed. oona enemy. Mus waan um same like ya
15 Yet count him not as waan ya broda.
an enemy, but admonish
him as a brother.
16 Now the Lord of
Paul Las Wod een Dis Letta
peace himself give you We pray dat de Lawd esef, wa da mek
16
peace always by all
means. The Lord be with we hab peaceable haat, gii oona peace all
you all. de time een all ting. We da pray dat de
17 The salutation of Lawd gwine be dey wid all ob oona.
Paul with mine own 17 Now wid me own han A da write dis
hand, which is the token
in every epistle: so I yah: A, Paul, da tell oona hey. Een all me
write. letta, dis de way A kin show dat fa true A
18 The grace of our write um. Dis de way A set um down.
Lord Jesus Christ be with
you all.
18 We pray dat we Lawd Jedus Christ
Amen. bless all ob oona.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 TimothyM

Paul Fus Letta


Ta Timothy 1
,3
1 Timothy

1
1A, Paul, a postle ob Jedus Christ, da Chapter 1
write dis letta ta ya. God, wa sabe we, 1 Paul, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the com-
an we Lawd Jedus Christ, de one we da mandment of God our
trus een, dey chaage me fa be Jedus postle. Saviour, and Lord Jesus
2 A da write ta ya, Timothy, me own son Christ, which is our hope;

fa true een de fait. 2 Unto Timothy, my


A da pray dat God we Fada an Jedus own son in the faith:
Christ we Lawd bless ya an gii ya e mussy Grace, mercy, and peace,
from God our Father and
an peace een ya haat. Jesus Christ our Lord.

De Teacha Dem wa Ain 3 As I besought thee to


Laan People de Trute abide still at Ephesus,
when I went into Mace-
3 Jes like A beg ya wen A been gwine ta donia, that thou mightest
Macedonia, ya mus stay dey ta Ephesus. charge some that they
teach no other doctrine,
Some people dey da teach ting wa ain true.
So ya mus stay dey so dat ya kin chaage
4 Neither give heed to
um say, dey mus dohn laan people dat way fables and endless gene-
no mo. 4 Ya mus tell um say, dey mus alogies, which minister
dohn spen no time da study dem story wa questions, rather than
godly edifying which is
ain fa true, an dem long long list ob name in faith: so do.
ob dey granfada fada. Cause dem ting dey
jes mek people aagy. Dey ain hep fa mek 5 Now the end of the
people know bout God plan wa we da commandment is charity
out of a pure heart, and of
know bout by fait. 5 A da chaage oona fa a good conscience, and of
do dis so dat we all gwine hab lob wa da faith unfeigned:
come fom a clean haat wa ain got no sin,
an we gwine trus een God fa true. 6 Some 6 From which some
having swerved have
people dey done ton way fom dem ting turned aside unto vain
yah. An now dey da taak plenty foolish jangling;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
714 1 Timothy 1

7 Desiring to be teach- ting wa ain mek no sense. 7 Dey wahn fa


ers of the law; under-
standing neither what laan people God Law. Bot dey ain know wa
they say, nor whereof dey da taak bout, needa dem ting dat dey
they affirm.
da say dey know dey true fa sho.
8 But we know that the
8 We know dat de law good, ef people
law is good, if a man use folla um like dey oughta folla um. 9 We
it lawfully;
know too dat de law dem ain been mek fa
9 Knowing this, that good people wa pay um mind. Dem law fa
the law is not made for a people wa ain wahn fa pay um no mind, an
righteous man, but for
the lawless and disobedi-
fa crimnal dem, fa dem wa ain know God,
ent, for the ungodly and an fa sinna dem, fa dem wa ain got no
for sinners, for unholy hona fa God an tek de ting dem ob God fa
and profane, for murder-
ers of fathers and mur- mean nottin, an fa dem wa kill dey own
derers of mothers, for fada an modda, an dem wa kill oda people.
manslayers,
10 Dem law been mek fa people wa lib
10 For whoremongers, loose life an fa dem man wa da sleep wid
for them that defile them- oda man an dem ooman wa de sleep wid
selves with mankind, for
menstealers, for liars, for oda ooman. Dey fa dem wa da ketch
perjured persons, and if people fa mek um slabe, an fa dem wa ain
there be any other thing
that is contrary to sound tell de trute, an dem wa da lie bot sweah
doctrine; dey da tell de trute, an fa dem wa da do
wasoneba ting dat de true teachin say we
11 According to the
glorious gospel of the mus dohn do. 11 Dat de true teachin wa
blessed God, which was dey een de Good Nyews wa come fom de
committed to my trust.
God we praise an wa hab all glory. E done
12 And I thank Christ trus me wid dat Good Nyews so dat A
Jesus our Lord, who hath gwine go tell um ta people all oba.
enabled me, for that he
counted me faithful, putt-
ing me into the ministry; Paul Tell de Lawd Tankya
fa E Mussy ta Um
13 Who was before a A tell Jedus Christ we Lawd, tankya
12
blasphemer, and a perse-
cutor, and injurious: but I cause e cide fa trus me an so e pick me fa
obtained mercy, because saab um. An e da gii me scrent fa do dis
I did it ignorantly in
unbelief. wok. 13 Eben dough A beena hole Christ
cheap an mek e people suffa an done um
14 And the grace of haam fa true, stillyet Christ hab mussy pon
our Lord was exceeding me cause A ain been know no betta, cause
abundant with faith and
love which is in Christ A ain been bleebe pon Christ den. 14 We
Jesus. Lawd pour out e blessin pon me fa true, so

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 1, 2 715

dat now A one wid Jedus Christ, da bleebe 15 This is a faithful


saying, and worthy of all
pon um an da lob um. 15 See yah, dis wod acceptation, that Christ
true fa sho, wa A gwine tell ya, an all Jesus came into the
world to save sinners; of
people oughta bleebe wa dat say: Jedus whom I am chief.
Christ come eenta de wol fa sabe sinna 16 Howbeit for this
dem. An A de one wa sin mo den all de oda cause I obtained mercy,
that in me first Jesus
res. 16 Bot God hab mussy pon me so dat e Christ might shew forth
gwine show how Jedus Christ beah wid all longsuffering, for a
me fa mek oda people see dat ef e able fa pattern to them which
should hereafter believe
beah wid me, wa sin mo den all de oda res, on him to life everlasting.
e gwine be able fa beah wid de oda people 17 Now unto the King
wa gwine come fa bleebe pon um an git eternal, immortal, invisi-
ble, the only wise God, be
life wa ain gwine neba end. 17 Leh we honour and glory for ever
hona an praise de King wa rule faeba, de and ever. Amen.
18 This charge I com-
one wa we ain able fa see, wa ain neba mit unto thee, son Timo-
gwine dead. E de onliest God fa true. Leh thy, according to the
we gim hona an praise faeba an eba! prophecies which went
before on thee, that thou
Amen. by them mightest war a
18 Timothy, me son, wa A da say ta ya good warfare;
da folla dem message dat God done gii ta 19 Holding faith, and a
good conscience; which
dem prophet bout ya, so dat ya gwine hab some having put away
de mind fa fight haad een dis good fight. concerning faith have
made shipwreck:
Dat de chaage A da gii ya. 19 Ya mus trus 20 Of whom is Hyme-
een God fa true an do all ya know fa do naeus and Alexander;
right. Some people done ton way fom wa whom I have delivered
unto Satan, that they
dey know fa be right, an cause ob dat, dey may learn not to
done r u int de y f ait een C h ris t. blaspheme.
2 0 Hym e na e u s, e one ob dem, an
Alexander noda one. A done ton um oba ta
Satan fa laan um dat dey mus dohn taak 2
,1

bad ginst God.


Chapter 2
How fa Woshup een Choch 1I exhort therefore,
that, first of all, supplica-

2 Fus off, A da beg ya dat dem wa


1 tions, prayers, interces-
blongst ta Christ mus pray ta God fa sions, and giving of
thanks, be made for all
all people, da aks um fa hab mussy pon um men;
an da tell um tankya fa e blessin ta we all.
2 For kings, and for all
2 Mus pray fa de king dem an all wa hab
that are in authority; that
tority, so we kin lib quiet an peaceable an we may lead a quiet and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
716 1 Timothy 2

peaceable life in all godli- lib sponsable, da waak close ta God an


ness and honesty.
3 For this is good and
dohn do nottin dat gwine mek we shame.
acceptable in the sight of 3 Dat de way we oughta pray, cause dat
God our Saviour; pray, e good an mek God, we Sabior,
4 Who will have all
heppy. 4 God wahn fa sabe all people an e
men to be saved, and to
come unto the knowl- wahn um fa know de trute. 5 Cause dey ain
edge of the truth. bot one God, an dey jes one wa da lead
5 For there is one God,
people ta God. E de middleman tween God
and one mediator be-
tween God and men, the an people fa bring um togeda. Dat de man
man Christ Jesus; Jedus Christ. 6 E done sacrifice e life fa set
6 Who gave himself a
all people free fom sin. An dat sacrifice
ransom for all, to be testi-
fied in due time. show all people, at de right time, dat God
7 Whereunto I am or- wahn fa sabe um all. 7 An dat hoccome
dained a preacher, and God pick me an sen me fa be e preacha an
an apostle, (I speak the
truth in Christ, and lie postle, fa laan dem wa ain Jew how fa
not;) a teacher of the bleebe pon Christ, an fa tell um de true
Gentiles in faith and
verity. way. A da tell ya de trute. A ain da tell no
8 I will therefore that lie.
men pray every where, 8 A wahn man wa lib ebryweh fa pray.
lifting up holy hands,
without wrath and Dey mus be people wa done gii God dey
doubting. life an wa da lib fa um. An wen dey hice op
9 In like manner also, dey han fa pray, dey mus dohn be bex wid
that women adorn them-
selves in modest apparel, nobody an mus dohn wahn fa aagy. 9 A ain
with shamefacedness and wahn de ooman dem fa call tention ta
sobriety; not with broid-
ed hair, or gold, or pearls,
deysef by de way dey dress. Dey mus dress
or costly array; sensible an deestent. Dey mus dohn weah
10 But (which becom- dey hair fancy fa call tention ta deysef. An
eth women professing
godliness) with good
dey mus dohn weah fine gole or pearl dem
works. or fine dress wa cost tommuch. 10 Steada
11 Let the woman dat, dey oughta call tention ta deysef by
learn in silence with all
subjection.
dey good deed dat ooman wa woshup God
12 But I suffer not a oughta do. 11 Ooman dem mus tie op dey
woman to teach, nor to mout an pay mind fa true ta dem wa laan
usurp authority over the
man, but to be in silence.
um. 12 A ain leh no ooman teach, needa
13 For Adam was first hab no tority oba de man dem. Ooman
formed, then Eve. dem mus tie op dey mout. 13 Cause fus
14 And Adam was not God done mek Adam, fo e mek Eve. 14 An
deceived, but the woman
being deceived was in the
de Debil ain ceebe Adam. Eve de one e
transgression. ceebe. An Eve de one wa fall eenta sin

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 2, 3 717

ginst God. 15 Bot ooman gwine be safe 15 Notwithstanding


she shall be saved in
wen e da bon chile, ef e keep on da trus een childbearing, if they con-
Christ, an lob people, an pit God fus een e tinue in faith and charity
and holiness with
life, an ef e da lib deestent an ain call sobriety.
tention ta esef.

Choch Leada Dem

3 People taak true wen dey say, ef a


1 Chapter 3
man set e mind fa be a choch leada, 1 This is a true saying,
If a man desire the office
dat a good ting dat e wahn fa do. 2 Now of a bishop, he desireth a
den, a choch leada mus lib so dat nobody good work.
ain got no good reason fa fault um. E mus
2 A bishop then must
hab jes one wife. E mus be a serious poson be blameless, the hus-
an able fa trol esef. An e mus mind e band of one wife, vigi-
mannas so dat people gwine look op ta lant, sober, of good
behaviour, given to hos-
um. E mus open e house ta scranja an gim pitality, apt to teach;
haaty welcome, an e mus know how fa
teach fa true. 3 E mus dohn be no dronka, 3 Not given to wine, no
striker, not greedy of
an e mus dohn git bex too quick, da do filthy lucre; but patient,
people haam. Steada dat, e mus treat not a brawler, not
people kindly. E mus dohn like fa aagy. An covetous;

e mus dohn lob money. 4 E mus see dat 4 One that ruleth well
ebryting go well een e own house. E mus his own house, having his
mek e chullun do wa e tell um fa do, an children in subjection
with all gravity;
dey mus look op ta um een all ting.
5 Cause ef a man ain able fa mek ebryting
5 (For if a man know
go well een e own house, fa sho e ain not how to rule his own
gwine be able fa tek cyah ob God choch, house, how shall he take
care of the church of
ainty? 6 E mus dohn be a man wa jes come God?)
fa know Christ, cause den e might git de
big head, an cause ob dat, God gwine 6 Not a novice, lest be-
jedge dat man, jes like e done jedge de ing lifted up with pride
Debil. 7 Den too, a choch leada mus be a he fall into the condem-
nation of the devil.
man dat cyaa esef good, so dat people wa
ain Christian taak good bout um. Ef e ain
7 Moreover he must
know how fa cyaa esef, dey gwine taak have a good report of
bad bout um. Den e gwine be too shame an them which are without;
lest he fall into reproach
faddown eenta de trap wa de Debil set fa and the snare of the
um. devil.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
718 1 Timothy 3

8 Likewise must the Choch Deacon Dem


deacons be grave, not
doubletongued, not Same way so de deacon wa da hep fa
8
given to much wine, not do God wok een de choch. E mus be a
greedy of filthy lucre;
serious man dat people kin look op ta, an e
9 Holding the mystery mus mean wa e say fa true. E mus dohn be
of the faith in a pure
conscience.
no dronka, an e mus dohn hab de big eye,
da wahn fa git heapa ting fa esef. 9 E mus
10 And let these also bleebe de true ting dem ob de Christian
first be proved; then let
them use the office of a
fait, wa nobody ain know til God show um.
deacon, being found An e mus dohn doubt een e haat dat wa e
blameless. bleebe right. 10 Dem wa wahn fa be choch
11 Even so must their deacon haffa pass de test fus. Den, ef dey
wives be grave, not slan- pass de test so dat nobody ain got no
derers, sober, faithful in reason fa fault um, leh um saab as deacon
all things.
een de choch. 11 Same way dey ooman.
12 Let the deacons be Dey mus be serious ooman dat people kin
the husbands of one wife, look op ta, an dey mus dohn onrabble dey
ruling their children and
their own houses well. mout, da say bad ting bout people. Dey
mus be able fa trol deysef an do wa dey
13 For they that have spose fa do all de time. 12 De man wa da
used the office of a dea- saab as deacon mus hab jes one wife, an e
con well purchase to
themselves a good de- mus see dat e chullun an all de oda people
gree, and great boldness een e house da do de right ting. 13 Ef de
in the faith which is in
Christ Jesus.
deacon dem do dey wok good, den de
people een de choch gwine hona um fa
14 These things write I
true an dey gwine be able fa taak wid
unto thee, hoping to tority bout dey fait een Jedus Christ.
come unto thee shortly:
De Trute wa God Show We
15 But if I tarry long, Wiles A da write dem ting yah, A da
14
that thou mayest know
how thou oughtest to be- hope A kin come see oona soon. 15 Bot ef A
have thyself in the house tarry, dis letta yah gwine leh ya know de
of God, which is the
church of the living God,
way we ob God fambly mus cyaa deysef.
the pillar and ground of God fambly, e de choch, wa blongst ta God
the truth. wa got ebalastin life. An God choch, e de
pilla an foundation ob de trute. 16 De true
16 And without con- ting dem ob we fait, wa nobody ain know
troversy great is the mys-
tery of godliness: God til God show um, dey great fa sho, an
was manifest in the flesh, nobody kin spute um.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 3, 4 719

“Christ come eenta de wol justified in the Spirit,


seen of angels, preached
een e flesh. unto the Gentiles, be-
God Sperit show dat e been right. lieved on in the world, re-
ceived up into glory.
Angel dem shim.
People been tell de Good Nyews
bout um all oba
een diffunt nation.
Een de wol heapa people
bleebe pon um.
An God done tek um op
ta heaben een glory.”

Dem wa Laan People Ting wa Ain True Chapter 4

4 God Sperit taak plain say jurin dem


1 1 Now the Spirit
las day, some people gwine stop fa speaketh expressly, that
in the latter times some
bleebe dem true teachin bout Christ wa we shall depart from the
bleebe. Dey gwine do wa de sperit dem wa faith, giving heed to se-
ducing spirits, and doc-
da ceebe people tell um fa do, an dey trines of devils;
gwine folla de teachin dat ebil sperit dem
2 Speaking lies in hy-
laan um. 2 Dem hypicrit wa da lie, dey pocrisy; having their con-
laan people dem teachin yah. E jes like dey science seared with a hot
done bun dey haat een fire, an dat mek um iron;

so dey ain got no conscient no mo. 3 Dem 3 Forbidding to marry,


people yah da tell people say e ain right fa and commanding to ab-
stain from meats, which
marry an e ain right fa nyam some kind ob God hath created to be
food. Bot God mek dem food yah fa nyam. received with thanksgiv-
ing of them which be-
An dem people wa bleebe pon Christ an lieve and know the truth.
know wa true, dey kin nyam dem food atta
4 For every creature of
dey pray an tell God tankya. 4 Cause God is good, and nothing
ebryting good wa God mek, an dey ain to be refused, if it be re-
nottin tall dat people oughta say ain good ceived with thanks-
giving:
fa nyam. Dey oughta nyam all kinda food
5 For it is sanctified by
ef dey tell God tankya fa um. 5 Cause God,
the word of God and
by e wod, an de pray wa people da pray ta prayer.
um, da pit e blessin pon dat food.
6 If thou put the breth-
ren in remembrance of
How We Oughta Do Jedus Christ Wok these things, thou shalt
be a good minister of Je-
6 Ef ya laan we bredren fa do dem ting sus Christ, nourished up
yah wa A tell ya, ya gwine do Jedus Christ in the words of faith and

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
720 1 Timothy 4

of good doctrine, where- wok good. An ya gwine grow scronga an


unto thou hast attained.
scronga een Christ by dem true ting wa we
7 But refuse profane bleebe an dem true teachin yah wa A laan
and old wives' fables, and
exercise thyself rather ya, wa good fa sho, an wa ya da folla. 7 Ya
unto godliness. mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid dem story
8 For bodily exercise wa go ginst de true teachin bout God an
profiteth little: but godli- ain wot nottin tall. Trol yasef fa lib mo an
ness is profitable unto all mo fa God. 8 Cause ef somebody da trol e
things, having promise of
the life that now is, and body, dat hep um some. Bot ef e da trol
of that which is to come. esef fa lib mo an mo fa God, dat good mo
9 This is a faithful say- den all, een ebry way. Cause dat gwine
ing and worthy of all hep um now een dis life, an een de life fa
acceptation.
come too. 9 Dem wod wa A say, dey wa
10 For therefore we ebrybody oughta bleebe fa true. Ain
both labour and suffer re-
proach, because we trust
nobody oughta doubt um none tall. 10 An
in the living God, who is dat mek we wok mo scronga, an we keep
the Saviour of all men, on da try haad. Cause we trus fa true een
specially of those that
believe. God, wa da lib faeba, de Sabior ob all
11 These things com-
people, an specially dem wa bleebe.
mand and teach. 11 Ya mus laan people dem ting yah an
chaage um fa do um. 12 Mus dohn leh
12 Let no man despise
thy youth; but be thou an people hole ya cheap cause ya nyoung.
example of the be-lievers, Steada dat, ya mus show dem wa bleebe
in word, in conversation,
in charity, in spirit, in
pon Christ de way dey oughta do, by how
faith, in purity. ya da taak, how ya da do, how ya da lob
13 Till I come, give at-
people, how ya trus een Christ, an how ya
tendance to reading, to da lib a clean life. 13 Til A git dey, ya mus
exhortation, to doctrine. mek sho fa read God Book ta de people, an
14 Neglect not the gift fa splain um ta um an laan um wa God say.
that is in thee, which was 14 Ya mus dohn stop nyuse dem speritual
given thee by prophecy,
with the laying on of the gif wa God gii ya, wen de prophet dem
hands of the presbytery. been say wa God tell um bout ya, an de
15 Meditate upon
choch elda dem pit dey han pon ya head.
these things; give thyself 15 Ya mus keep on da do dem ting yah all
wholly to them; that thy de time. Pit all ya haat pon um, so dat
profiting may appear to
all. ebrybody gwine see dat ya da do um mo
betta all de time. 16 Ya mus pay mind ta
16 Take heed unto thy-
self, and unto the doc- how ya da lib an wa ya da laan de people.
trine; continue in them: Mus dohn stop fa do dem ting yah. Cause

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 4, 5 721

ef ya keep on da do um, ya gwine sabe dem for in doing this thou


shalt both save thyself,
wa da listen ta ya, an yasef too. and them that hear thee.

How We Oughta Hep People

5 Ya mus dohn scold no man wa ole


1 Chapter 5
mo den yasef. Reason wid um, an 1 Rebuke not an elder,
treat um wid hona same like ya fada. An but intreat him as a fa-
ther; and the younger
ya mus treat de man dem wa mo nyounga men as brethren;
den ya same like ya broda. 2 Mus treat de
2 The elder women as
ooman dem wa mo olda den ya same like mothers; the younger as
ya modda. Mus treat de ooman dem wa sisters, with all purity.
mo nyounga den ya same like ya sista. Mus 3 Honour widows that
keep yasef clean wid dem. are widows indeed.
3 Ya mus treat de wida ooman dem wa
4 But if any widow
ain got nobody fa hep um wid hona. 4 Bot have children or neph-
fa de wida ooman wa got chullun or ews, let them learn first
to shew piety at home,
granchullun, dem chullun mus tek cyah ob and to requite their par-
um de way God wahn um fa do. An dat de ents: for that is good and
acceptable before God.
way dey pay back some ob wa dey owe ta
dey modda an fada an dey granmodda an 5 Now she that is a
granfada. Ef dey do dat, dey da mek God widow indeed, and deso-
late, trusteth in God, and
heppy wid um. 5 Wida ooman wa fa true continueth in supplica-
ain got nobody fa hep um gwine look ta tions and prayers night
and day.
God fa hep. An dat ooman gwine pray
jurin de day an jurin de night da aks God fa 6 But she that liveth in
e hep. 6 Bot de wida ooman wa lib jes fa pleasure is dead while
she liveth.
pledja esef, e done dead een God eye, eben
dough e da lib. 7 Ya mus chaage de wida
7 And these things give
ooman an e fambly say, dey mus do dem in charge, that they may
ting wa A tell um fa do, so dat nobody ain be blameless.
gwine be able fa cuse um. 8 Ebrybody mus
tek cyah ob e own kin, an specially dem 8 But if any provide
een e own fambly. Ef e ain do dat, dat one not for his own, and spe-
cially for those of his own
like e da say wa we bleebe bout God ain house, he hath denied the
mean nottin tall. E da do mo wossa den faith, and is worse than
an infidel.
somebody wa ain bleebe pon Christ.
9 Ya mus dohn write no wida ooman
9 Let not a widow be
name down een de choch list wid de oda taken into the number
wida ooman name dem, lessin e done sixty under threescore years

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
722 1 Timothy 5

old, having been the wife yeah ole an e been faitful ta jes one man, e
of one man,
10 Well reported of for
husban. 10 Pontop dat, people haffa know
good works; if she have dat wida ooman fa de good ting e da do. E
brought up children, if oughta be a ooman wa raise e chullun
she have lodged strang-
ers, if she have washed right, an wa gii people haaty welcome ta e
the saints' feet, if she house. E oughta be a ooman wa wash de
have relieved the af-
flicted, if she have dili- foot ob God people an hep people wa da
gently followed every suffa. E oughta be a ooman wa all de time
good work.
beena do all kinda good wok.
11 But the younger 11 Ya mus dohn write no nyounga wida
widows refuse: for when
they have begun to wax ooman name down een de choch list.
wanton against Christ, Cause wen dem nyounga wida ooman
they will marry;
wahn fa git marry gin, dey kin ton way
12 Having damnation, fom Christ. 12 Een dat way, dey kin come
because they have cast
off their first faith.
fa be guilty, cause dey broke de promise
wa dey done been promise fus ta Christ.
13 And withal they 13 Fudamo, de nyounga wida ooman dem
learn to be idle, wander-
ing about from house to laan fa be idle, da gwine fom house ta
house; and not only idle, house. Pontop dat, dey kin onrabble dey
but tattlers also and busy-
bodies, speaking things mout da taak bout oda people an da
which they ought not. meddle een oda people bidness an da say
14 I will therefore that ting dey ain oughta say. 14 So den, A tink e
the younger women mo betta fa de nyounga wida ooman dem
marry, bear children,
guide the house, give
git marry gin an hab chullun, an mind e
none occasion to the ad- own house. Dey mus dohn gii de enemy
versary to speak nottin fa fault we bout. 15 Cause some ob
reproachfully.
de nyounga wida ooman dem done lef de
15 For some are al-
way ob de Lawd an dey da do wa Satan
ready turned aside after
Satan. wahn um fa do. 16 Wen a man or ooman
wa bleebe pon Christ got some fambly
16 If any man or
woman that believeth wida ooman dem, e mus hep um. E mus
have widows, let them dohn mek de choch consaan bout do dem
relieve them, and let not
the church be charged;
ting. Den de choch kin hep de wida ooman
that it may relieve them dem wa ain got nobody fa hep um.
that are widows indeed. 17 Bout de choch elda dem wa da do
17 Let the elders that good wok da lead de choch, specially dem
rule well be counted wor- wa da wok haad da preach an da teach, de
thy of double honour, es-
pecially they who labour people ob de choch oughta know, dey
in the word and doctrine. good nuff fa true fa git double dey pay.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 5, 6 723

18 Like dey write een God Book say, “Mus 18 For the scripture
saith, Thou shalt not
dohn tie op de ox mout wiles e da tread out muzzle the ox that
de grain” an “De wokman oughta git de treadeth out the corn.
And, The labourer is wor-
pay e wok fa.” 19 Ef somebody fault a thy of his reward.
choch elda, ya mus dohn listen ta um, 19 Against an elder re-
lessin two shree witness say dat fa true. ceive not an accusation,
20 Dem elda wa keep on da sin, ya mus but before two or three
witnesses.
buke um out een de open, fo all, so dat de 20 Them that sin re-
oda res gwine be scaid fa sin. buke before all, that oth-
21 Fo God an de Lawd Jedus Christ, an ers also may fear.
21 I charge thee before
God own angel dem, A chaage ya fa do God, and the Lord Jesus
dem ting yah wa A da tell ya fa do. Ya mus Christ, and the elect an-
gels, that thou observe
do um, da treat all people de same way. these things without pre-
Mus dohn fabor nobody een nottin tall. ferring one before an-
22 Mus dohn hurry fa pit ya han pon other, doing nothing by
partiality.
somebody head fa pray fa um fa go do God
wok. Mus dohn hab no paat een de sin ob 22 Lay hands suddenly
on no man, neither be
oda people. Ya mus dohn hab no sin tall partaker of other men's
een ya life. sins: keep thyself pure.
23 Ya mus dohn jes drink wata no mo. 23 Drink no longer wa-
Mus drink a leetle wine, too, fa mek ya ter, but use a little wine
for thy stomach's sake
food go down good, an fa hep ya wen ya and thine often infirmi-
git sick sommuch. ties.
24 Some people kin sin, an ebrybody kin
24 Some men's sins are
see wa dey da do. An dem wa sin een dat open beforehand, going
way kin know dey sin da go head ob um ta before to judgment; and
some men they follow
jedgiment. Bot oda people kin sin, an after.
nobody ain know now, bot people gwine
25 Likewise also the
know bye an bye. 25 Same way so, people good works of some are
kin do good wok an ebrybody kin see wa manifest beforehand; and
they that are otherwise
dey da do. Bot ef people ain able fa see cannot be hid.
dem good wok tareckly, eben so dem good 6
,5

wok ain gwine hide long time fom people.

6
1 All Christian slabe mus look pon Chapter 6
dey massa dem as people wa dey 1 Let as many servants
as are under the yoke
oughta hona een ebry way. All slabe mus count their own masters
do dis, so dat nobody ain gwine taak bad worthy of all honour,
that the name of God and
ginst God, needa taak bad bout dem ting his doctrine be not
we da laan um. 2 Dem slabe wa hab massa blasphemed.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
724 1 Timothy 6

2 And they that have wa bleebe pon Christ mus dohn tink say
believing masters, let
them not despise them, cause dey all broda een Christ, dey ain
because they are breth- gwine gim hona. Steada dat, dem slabe
ren; but rather do them
service, because they are
mus wok eben mo betta fa dey massa,
faithful and beloved, par- cause de wok dey da do gwine hep dey
takers of the benefit. massa wa bleebe pon Christ, dey massa wa
These things teach and
exhort. God lob.
3 If any man teach oth-
erwise, and consent not Dem Ting wa True
to wholesome words,
even the words of our an Dem Ting wa Ain True
Lord Jesus Christ, and to Ya mus laan people dem ting yah an
the doctrine which is ac-
cording to godliness; courage um fa do um. 3 De one wa da laan
4 He is proud, knowing people sompin diffunt, wa ain gree wid de
nothing, but doting about true wod dem wa we Lawd Jedus Christ
questions and strifes of
words, whereof cometh
tell we, an wa we da laan people bout how
envy, strife, railings, evil dey oughta waak wid God, 4 dat one dey
surmisings, too proud, an e ain ondastan nottin. E jes
5 Perverse disputings like fa aagy an fight bout wod. An dat bad,
of men of corrupt minds, cause dat da mek people jealous ob one
and destitute of the truth,
supposing that gain is noda. E mek um aagy an taak bad bout one
godliness: from such noda, an tink oda people wahn fa do um
withdraw thyself.
bad. 5 An e mek people aagy all de time
6 But godliness with cause dey ain tink right an dey ain laan wa
contentment is great
gain.
true bout Christ no mo. Dey tink say dey
oughta waak God way jes fa git plenty
7 For we brought noth-
ing into this world, and it
ting. Ya mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid
is certain we can carry um.
nothing out. 6 Now den, we git good ting fa true wen
8 And having food and we da waak God way an we sattify wid wa
raiment let us be there- we got. 7 We ain bring nottin eenta dis
with content.
wol, an we ain able fa cyaa nottin out. 8 So
9 But they that will be den, ef we got food fa nyam an cloes fa
rich fall into temptation
and a snare, and into
weah, we oughta be sattify. 9 Bot people
many foolish and hurtful wa wahn fa git plenty ting, dey fall eenta
lusts, which drown men temptation an dey git ketch een a trap. De
in destruction and
perdition. foolish ting wa dey wahn, wa ain no good
fa people, dat gwine ruint dey life an stroy
10 For the love of
money is the root of all dem fa true. 10 Cause de lob ob money da
evil: which while some mek a poson do all kinda ebil ting. Some

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Timothy 6 725

people, cause dey wahn money bad, done coveted after, they have
erred from the faith,
stop trus een God, an dey haat git broke. and pierced themselves
through with many
Dem Ting wa Paul Chaage sorrows.
Timothy fa Do 11 But thou, O man of
God, flee these things;
11 Bot Timothy, ya a man wa da gii ya and follow after righ-
life fa do wa God wahn, an ya mus dohn teousness, godliness,
hab nottin fa do wid dem ting yah. Try faith, love, patience,
meekness.
haad fa waak scraight, fa do wa God wahn,
fa trus God an lob people. An try haad fa 12 Fight the good fight
of faith, lay hold on eter-
beah op onda all ting an treat people wid a nal life, whereunto thou
kind haat. 12 Try haad as ya kin fa do ya art also called, and hast
professed a good profes-
bes wiles ya da fight de good fight ob fait. sion before many wit-
An tek hole ta de life wa ain neba gwine nesses.
end. Cause God done call ya ta dat life, 13 I give thee charge in
wen ya taak bout ya fait een Christ out een the sight of God, who
de open, fo plenty people. 13 A da chaage quickeneth all things,
and before Christ Jesus,
ya fo God, wa gii all ting life, an fo Jedus who before Pontius Pilate
Christ, wa ain been scaid fa taak plain bout witnessed a good confes-
sion;
de trute wen e been fo Pontius Pilate.
14 Ya mus keep de chaage, an mus dohn 14 That thou keep this
commandment without
git mix op wid no sin, so dat nobody ain spot, unrebukeable, until
gwine fault ya, fom now til wen we Lawd the appearing of our Lord
Jesus Christ:
Jedus Christ come back. 15 God gwine
mek um appeah wen de right time come. 15 Which in his times
De God we da praise, e de Rula oba all. E he shall shew, who is the
de King oba all king, de Lawd oba all lawd. blessed and only Poten-
tate, the King of kings,
16 God de onliest one wa ain neba gwine and Lord of lords;
dead. E da lib een de light dat nobody kin
16 Who only hath im-
git close ta. Ain no poson neba shim, an mortality, dwelling in the
ain no poson able fa shim. Leh we gim light which no man can
hona. Leh um hab powa fa rule faeba. approach unto; whom no
man hath seen, nor can
Amen. see: to whom be honour
17 Dem people wa rich an got heapa and power everlasting.
Amen.
ting een dis wol, ya mus chaage um. Tell
um say, dey mus dohn be proud, needa 17 Charge them that
trus een dat heapa fine ting dey got. Cause are rich in this world,
that they be not high-
ain nobody kin know fa sho how long e minded, nor trust in un-
gwine hab um. Steada dat, dey mus trus certain riches, but in the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
726 1 Timothy 6

living God, who giveth us een God. E de one wa da gii we all ting, an
richly all things to enjoy;
mo den nuff fa mek we haat glad.
18 That they do good, 18 Chaage um fa do good. Dey mus be rich
that they be rich in good een de heapa good wok dat dey da do all
works, ready to distrib-
ute, willing to communi- de time. Dey mus hab free han, da wahn fa
cate; gii people ting, an da share wa dey got.
19 Ef dey gwine do dat, dey gwine sto op
19 Laying up in store
for themselves a good
tredja fa deysef dat gwine mek um ready
foundation against the fa de time dat gwine come. Den dey gwine
time to come, that they be able fa tek hole ta dat life wa de true life
may lay hold on eternal
life. fa sho.
20 O Timothy, keep safe wa God trus ya
20 O Timothy, keep fa tek cyah ob. Dohn hab nottin fa do wid
that which is committed
to thy trust, avoiding pro-
dat kind ob taak wa ain got nottin fa do
fane and vain babblings, wid God. Ton way fom dem teachin wa ain
and oppositions of sci- gree wid God, wa some people call
ence falsely so called:
“knowledge,” bot dat ain so. 21 Cause
21 Which some pro- some people beena say dey got dat
fessing have erred con- “knowledge” an cause ob dat, dey done
cerning the faith. Grace
be with thee.
loss de way ob fait.
Amen. God blessin pon ya.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 TimothyM

Paul Secon Letta


Ta Timothy 2 Timothy
1
,6

1 A Paul, a postle ob Jedus Christ, da


1 Chapter 1
write dis letta ta ya. A e postle cause 1 Paul, an apostle of
Jesus Christ by the will of
God wahn me fa be so. E sen me fa come God, according to the
tell bout de life wa e promise fa gii we, an promise of life which is in
wa we got cause we one wid Jedus Christ. Christ Jesus,
2 To Timothy, my
2 A da write ta me chile een de fait, dearly beloved son:
Timothy, wa A lob. A pray dat God we Grace, mercy, and peace,
from God the Father and
Fada an Jedus Christ we Lawd show ya e Christ Jesus our Lord.
good fabor an e mussy, an gii ya peace een 3 I thank God, whom I
serve from my forefathers
ya haat. with pure conscience,
that without ceasing I
Paul Courage Timothy have remembrance of
thee in my prayers night
3 A da tell God tankya, an A da saab um and day;
4 Greatly desiring to
wid a clean haat, jes like me ole people
see thee, being mindful
done do. Wen A da pray fa ya jurin de of thy tears, that I may be
night time an de day, A kin tell um filled with joy;
5 When I call to re-
tankya. 4 A memba how ya beena cry, an
membrance the un-
A wahn fa see ya too bad, so dat me haat feigned faith that is in
kin be full op wid joy. 5 A memba how ya thee, which dwelt first in
thy grandmother Lois,
trus God wid all ya haat, jes like ya and thy mother Eunice;
granmodda Lois an ya modda Eunice. An and I am persuaded that
in thee also.
now, A sho dat ya too da trus God jes like
6 Wherefore I put thee
dem. 6 Dat mek me memba ya fa keep on in remembrance that
da nyuse mo an mo de gif wa God gii ya thou stir up the gift of
God, which is in thee by
wen A pit me han pon ya head an pray fa the putting on of my
ya. 7 De Sperit dat God gii we ain mek we hands.
scaid. God Sperit mek we scrong fa wok fa 7 For God hath not
given us the spirit of fear;
God. E pit lob een we haat an mek we able but of power, and of love,
fa trol wesef. and of a sound mind.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
728 2 Timothy 1

8 Be not thou therefore 8 So den, ya mus dohn be shame fa tell


ashamed of the testimony
of our Lord, nor of me his people bout we Lawd, or fa me wa een de
prisoner: but be thou par- jailhouse fa sake ob de Lawd. Bot ya mus
taker of the afflictions of
the gospel according to
suffa long wid me fa sake ob de Good
the power of God; Nyews, wid de powa wa God gii ya fa mek
9 Who hath saved us,
and called us with an
ya able fa beah um. 9 God sabe we an call
holy calling, not accord- we fa be e own people, wa lib fa um, da pit
ing to our works, but ac-
cording to his own um fus een we life. E ain call we cause ob
purpose and grace, which nottin we done, bot fa sake ob wa e done
was given us in Christ Je-
sus before the world been plan fa do, an cause ob e mussy. Fo
began,
10 But is now made time staat, e done been gii we dat blessin
manifest by the appear- shru Jedus Christ. 10 An now God gii we
ing of our Saviour Jesus
Christ, who hath abol- dat blessin wen we Sabior Jedus Christ
ished death, and hath come. E done stroy de powa dat det hab
brought life and immor-
tality to light through the oba people, an by de Good Nyews mek
gospel:
11 Whereunto I am ap- people know fa true bout dat life wa ain
pointed a preacher, and gwine neba end.
an apostle, and a teacher 11 God done pick me fa tell people
of the Gentiles.
12 For the which cause ebryweh de Good Nyews an e sen me fa be
I also suffer these things:
nevertheless I am not a postle an a teacha. 12 Dat hoccome A da
ashamed: for I know suffa dem ting yah. Stillyet, A ain shame
whom I have believed,
and am persuaded that tall, cause A know de one dat A trus een.
he is able to keep that An A know fa true dat e able fa keep safe
which I have committed
unto him against that all dat A trus um fa, til dat day. 13 Dem
day.
13 Hold fast the form true wod wa A been tell ya, ya mus pit all
of sound words, which ya haat pon dem an folla dem. Mus keep
thou hast heard of me, in
faith and love which is in on da lib een de way ob fait an lob een
Christ Jesus.
14 That good thing Jedus Christ. 14 Keep dat good ting yah, de
which was committed trute wa God done trus ya wid. Keep um
unto thee keep by the
Holy Ghost which dwel- safe by de powa ob de Holy Sperit, wa dey
leth in us. eenside we.
15 This thou knowest,
that all they which are in 15 Ya know dat all dem een Asia done
Asia be turned away from
me; of whom are ton way fom me an gone. Phygelus an
Phygellus and Hermoge- Hermogenes done gone too. 16 Leh de
nes.
16 The Lord give Lawd show e mussy ta all dem wa lib een
mercy unto the house of Onesiphorus house, cause e courage me
Onesiphorus; for he oft
refreshed me, and was plenty time, an e ain been shame cause
not ashamed of my chain:
17 But, when he was A yah een de jailhouse. 17 Bot soon as e
in Rome, he sought me done git ta Rome, e staat fa look fa me an e

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 1, 2 729

beena keep on til e find me. 18 Leh de out very diligently, and
found me.
Lawd gim e mussy pon dat day! Ya know 18 The Lord grant unto
fa true hommuch Onesiphorus done wok him that he may find
mercy of the Lord in that
fa hep me een Ephesus. day: and in how many
things he ministered unto
me at Ephesus, thou
De Sodja wa Ain Gwine Ton Back knowest very well.

2
1 Me son, ya mus leh de blessin we git Chapter 2
1 Thou therefore, my
cause we one wid Jedus Christ mek ya son, be strong in the
keep scrong. 2 Dem wod wa ya yeh me say grace that is in Christ
fo plenty people, ya mus pass um on, da Jesus.
2 And the things that
tell dem ta faitful man dem wa gwine keep thou hast heard of me
um een dey haat an be able fa laan oda among many witnesses,
the same commit thou to
people dem same ting. faithful men, who shall
3 Ya mus beah op onda suffrin cause ya be able to teach others
also.
a true sodja ob Jedus Christ. 4 De sodja wa 3 Thou therefore en-
dey een de aamy gwine wahn fa mek de dure hardness, as a good
soldier of Jesus Christ.
offisa wa tell um wa fa do sattify wid um, 4 No man that warreth
so e ain gwine git mix op wid dem ting dat entangleth himself with
people wa ain sodja da do. 5 Same way so, the affairs of this life; that
he may please him who
de one wa da ron een a race ain gwine be hath chosen him to be a
able fa win de prize ef e ain da folla de rule soldier.
5 And if a man also
dem. 6 De faama wa done wok scronga fa strive for masteries, yet is
mek de crop, e oughta be fus fa git e paat he not crowned, except
he strive lawfully.
ob de haabis. 7 Study ya head pon wa A da 6 The husbandman
tell ya, cause de Lawd gwine mek ya able that laboureth must be
first partaker of the
fa ondastan all dem ting. fruits.
8 Memba Jedus Christ wa come fom 7 Consider what I say;
and the Lord give thee
David fambly line. God done mek um git understanding in all
op fom mongst de dead an lib gin. Dat wa things.
8 Remember that Jesus
A da taak bout wen A tell people de Good Christ of the seed of Da-
Nyews. 9 An cause A da tell people de vid was raised from the
dead according to my
Good Nyews, A da suffa yah. Dey eben gospel:
chain me op like a crimnal. Bot dey ain 9 Wherein I suffer
trouble, as an evil doer,
gwine chain God wod. 10 Cause ob dat, A even unto bonds; but the
da beah all ting fa sake ob de people wa word of God is not
bound.
God done pick, so dat dey too gwine git de 10 Therefore I endure
all things for the elect's
sabation wa come fom Jedus Christ an sakes, that they may also
bring um glory wa ain gwine neba end. obtain the salvation
which is in Christ Jesus
11 Fa true ya kin trus um wen dey say: with eternal glory.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
730 2 Timothy 2

11 It is a faithful say-
“Ef we done dead wid Christ,
ing: For if we be dead
with him, we shall also we gwine lib wid um too.
live with him: 12 Ef we da beah op,

12 If we suffer, we
we gwine rule wid um too.
shall also reign with him: Ef we say we ain know um,
if we deny him, he also e too gwine say e ain know we.
will deny us: 13 Ef we ain faitful,
13 If we believe not, stillyet e gwine be faitful ta we.
yet he abideth faithful: he Cause fa true e ain gwine change
cannot deny himself.
wa e da, needa wa e promise we.”
14 Of these things put
them in remembrance, De Wokman wa God Sattify Wid
charging them before the
Lord that they strive not 14 Ya mus keep on da memba ebrybody
about words to no profit,
but to the subverting of
bout dem ting yah. An chaage um fo de
the hearers. Lawd dat dey mus dohn aagy bout wod
dem wa ain mean nottin. Dat ain hep
15 Study to shew thy-
self approved unto God, a nobody, an e jes stroy de people wa da
workman that needeth yeh. 15 Do all ya kin do fa mek God sattify
not to be ashamed,
rightly dividing the word
fa true wid ya, a wokman wa ain got nottin
of truth. fa be shame fa, an wa da laan people God
true wod, een de right way jes like ya
16 But shun profane
and vain babblings: for
oughta laan um. 16 Stay way fom foolish
they will increase unto taak wa ain got nottin fa do wid God,
more ungodliness. cause dat jes gwine mek people stop fa
17 And their word will folla God mo an mo. 17 De ting wa dem
eat as doth a canker: of people laan oda people gwine spread mo
whom is Hymenaeus and an mo, like gangrene. Hymenaeus one ob
Philetus;
dem teacha, an Philetus noda one, 18 dey
18 Who concerning the done ton way fom de way ob trute, da say
truth have erred, saying de time wen people wa done dead gwine
that the resurrection is
past already; and over- git op fom dey grabe done pass. Dey da
throw the faith of some. opsot de fait ob some people wa beena
19 Nevertheless the
bleebe. 19 Bot fa sho, nottin ain gwine
foundation of God shake de scrong foundation dat God done
standeth sure, having this mek. An de wod dem wa been write pon
seal, The Lord knoweth
them that are his. And, dat foundation say, “De Lawd know dem
Let every one that dat blongst ta um,” an “Ebrybody wa say e
nameth the name of
Christ depart from blongst ta de Lawd haffa stop fa do dem
iniquity. ting wa ain right.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 2, 3 731

20 Now den, eenside de bighouse ya kin 20 But in a great house


there are not only vessels
find all kind ob dish an bowl. Some been of gold and of silver, but
mek ob gole an silba, an people nyuse dem also of wood and of
earth; and some to hon-
fine ting fa jes special time dem. Bot oda our, and some to dis-
been mek ob wood an clay, an people honour.
nyuse dem cheap one ebry day fa all kinda 21 If a man therefore
ting. 21 So ef somebody stay way fom do purge himself from these,
dem ting wa ain right, e gwine be like one he shall be a vessel unto
honour, sanctified, and
ob dem fine gole dish. God gwine nyuse meet for the master's use,
um fa do special wok, cause dat one done and prepared unto every
good work.
gii e Lawd all e life. E da do all de wok e
Lawd gim fa do, an e ready fa do all kind 22 Flee also youthful
lusts: but follow righ-
ob good wok. 22 Ya mus ton way fom dem teousness, faith, charity,
sinful ting wa nyoung people haat kin gim peace, with them that
call on the Lord out of a
fa do. Try fa do wa right een God eye, an pure heart.
trus een God. An try fa lob all people an lib
23 But foolish and un-
peaceable. Ya oughta try fa do all dem ting learned questions avoid,
yah, long wid all dem people wa got clean knowing that they do
haat an wa da pray ta de Lawd fa hep um. gender strifes.
23 Mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid dem 24 And the servant of
foolish aagyment dat people wa ain the Lord must not strive;
but be gentle unto all
ondastan nottin git eenta, cause ya know men, apt to teach,
de trouble dey kin end op wid. 24 De one patient,
wa da do de Lawd wok mus dohn quarrel. 25 In meekness in-
E mus be good ta ebrybody, an able fa structing those that op-
teach good an beah op onda all ting. 25 E pose themselves; if God
peradventure will give
mus dohn taak scrong wen e da laan dem them repentance to the
wa ain gree wid um. Cause maybe acknowledging of the
truth;
sometime God gwine gim de chance fa be
saary an change dey way an come fa know 26 And that they may
recover themselves out of
de true way. 26 Den dey gwine know say the snare of the devil,
wa dey beena do ain right. An dey gwine who are taken captive by
him at his will.
git outta de trap ob de Debil, cause e been
ketch um an mek um do wa e wahn.
3
,2

Dem Las Day


Chapter 3

3 Now den, ondastan dat jurin dem


1
1 This know also, that
las day, dey gwine be heapa trouble. in the last days perilous
2 Cause dey gwine be people wa lob jes times shall come.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
732 2 Timothy 3

2 For men shall be lov- deysef, an dey gwine hab de big eye, da
ers of their own selves,
covetous, boasters, wahn ebryting. Dey gwine brag on deysef
proud, blasphemers, dis- an pit deysef op, da tink dey betta den oda
obedient to parents, un-
thankful, unholy,
people. Dey gwine sult people, an ain
gwine pay no mind ta wa dey modda,
needa dey fada tell um fa do. Dey ain
3 Without natural af-
fection, trucebreakers,
gwine tell nobody tankya fa nottin, an dey
false accusers, inconti- ain gwine hab no hona fa God. 3 Dey ain
nent, fierce, despisers of gwine cyah none tall bout oda people an
those that are good,
ain gwine hab mussy pon nobody. Dey
gwine tell lie bout one noda an hole one
4 Traitors, heady, noda cheap, an dey ain gwine be able fa
highminded, lovers of
pleasures more than lov- trol deysef. Dey gwine go wile ef people git
ers of God; een dey way, an dey gwine hate ebryting
dat good. 4 Dey ain gwine be people dat
5 Having a form of oda people kin trus. Dey gwine do ting
godliness, but denying dout dey study pon wa gwine happen
the power thereof: from
such turn away. cause ob wa dey done. Dey gwine be
biggity an lob dey own pledja. An dey ain
gwine lob God none tall. 5 Dey mek like
6 For of this sort are
they which creep into dey da folla God bot dey ain gree fa leh
houses, and lead captive God hab no powa oba dey life. Ya mus
silly women laden with
sins, led away with divers dohn mix wid dem people yah. 6 Cause
lusts, some dem sneak roun an mek dey way
eenta people house an go ton ooman dem
7 Ever learning, and haat, ooman wa ain know wa dey oughta
never able to come to the bleebe. Dem ooman burden down wid dey
knowledge of the truth.
plenty sin an dey da do all kind ob ebil ting
wa dey haat gim fa do. 7 Dem ooman
8 Now as Jannes and ready all de time fa jes keep on da laan,
Jambres withstood Mo- bot dey ain neba able fa know wa ting
ses, so do these also resist
the truth: men of corrupt true. 8 Jes like Jannes an Jambres been
minds, reprobate con- ginst Moses, same way so, dem people
cerning the faith.
yah, dey ginst de trute. Dey people wa ain
da tink right cause dey mind ebil. An God
9 But they shall pro- done ton um way cause dey ain bleebe
ceed no further: for their right. 9 Bot dey ain gwine go faa, cause
folly shall be manifest
unto all men, as theirs ebrybody gwine shim fa wa dey da, jes like
also was. wa happen ta Jannes an Jambres.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 3 733

De Las Ting Dem wa Paul Chaage 10 But thou hast fully


Timothy fa Do known my doctrine,
manner of life, purpose,
10 Bot ya been pay mind ta dem ting wa faith, longsuffering, char-
ity, patience,
A laan ya. Ya see how A da do, an ya know
wa A wahn fa do een life. Ya know how A 11 Persecutions, afflic-
da trus een Christ, an how A da beah op tions, which came unto
me at Antioch, at
onda suffrin. Ya know how A lob people an Iconium, at Lystra; what
stanop scrong ginst trouble. 11 Ya know persecutions I endured:
but out of them all the
how people fight me, an de suffrin A da Lord delivered me.
suffa. Ya know wa happen ta me een
Antioch an Iconium an Lystra, de bad ting 12 Yea, and all that
dem dat people done ta me, wa A done will live godly in Christ
beah op onda. Stillyet de Lawd bring me Jesus shall suffer
persecution.
outta all dem ting. 12 Fa true, people
gwine fight ginst all dem wa one wid 13 But evil men and se-
Jedus Christ, wa wahn fa lib dey life like ducers shall wax worse
God wahn um fa lib um. People gwine mek and worse, deceiving,
and being deceived.
um suffa. 13 Same time, wickity people an
dem wa da lie, da mek people tink dey
14 But continue thou
good, dey gwine git wossa. Dey gwine in the things which thou
ceebe plenty people, an people gwine hast learned and hast
ceebe dem too. 14 Bot ya mus keep on been assured of, knowing
of whom thou hast
bleebe de true ting dem dat ya done laan learned them;
an dat ya bleebe fa sho. Ya know dem wa
beena laan ya. 15 An ya mus memba how 15 And that from a
fom wen ya been small, ya been know dem child thou hast known
the holy scriptures,
ting wa been write down een God Book. which are able to make
Dey able fa mek ya know fa true, so dat ya thee wise unto salvation
through faith which is in
trus een Jedus Christ fa be sabe. 16 God Christ Jesus.
cause people fa write down all dat dey
done write down een e book. An all dem 16 All scripture is
ting dey een e Book, dey good fa mek we given by inspiration of
God, and is profitable for
laan wa true, an fa mek we know dem ting doctrine, for reproof, for
dat we da do wa ain right. Dey good fa correction, for instruc-
mek we wa ain da do right ton an staat fa tion in righteousness:

do wa right, an fa tell we how fa lib de way


God wahn we fa lib, 17 so dat de poson wa 17 That the man of
God may be perfect,
wahn fa saab God kin be all dat e oughta throughly furnished unto
be, an e gwine be ready fa do ebry good all good works.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
734 2 Timothy 3, 4
4
,3

Chapter 4 wok jes like e oughta do um.

4
1 I charge thee there- 1 A da chaage ya fa true fo God an fo
fore before God, and the de Lawd Jedus Christ wa gwine jedge
Lord Jesus Christ, who
shall judge the quick and dem wa ain dead yet an dem wa done
the dead at his appearing dead. Cause Christ gwine come back ta de
and his kingdom;
wol an rule as King, A da chaage ya. 2 A
2 Preach the word; be tell ya dat all de time ya mus tell people de
instant in season, out of wod ob God. Ya mus be ready fa tell um
season; reprove, rebuke,
exhort with all longsuf-
wen dey da listen an wen dey ain wahn fa
fering and doctrine. listen. Ya mus show people wa right fa do.
Ya mus waan dem wa know wa dey da do
3 For the time will
come when they will not
ain right, fa stop. An mus courage um so
endure sound doctrine; dat dey waak scraight. An ya mus all de
but after their own lusts time beah wid um wiles ya keep on da laan
shall they heap to them-
selves teachers, having um de wod. 3 Ya mus do dis cause de time
itching ears; gwine come wen people ain gwine wahn
4 And they shall turn
fa yeh true teachin. Steada dat, dey gwine
away their ears from the folla wa dey haat tell um fa do. An dey
truth, and shall be turned gwine geda togeda mo an mo teacha dem
unto fables.
wa gwine jes tell dem ting dat de people
5 But watch thou in all like fa yeh. 4 Dem people gwine ton way
things, endure afflictions, fom yeh de trute, an dey gwine pay mind
do the work of an evan-
gelist, make full proof of ta dem story wa ain true. 5 Bot all de time
thy ministry. ya mus keep trol ob yasef. Ya mus beah op
onda suffrin. Mus keep on da tell people de
6 For I am now ready
to be offered, and the
Good Nyews, an ya mus do all dat ya
time of my departure is at oughta do een ya wok fa God.
hand. 6 Cause fa me own paat, now de time
done come fa me fa dead, like a sacrifice ta
7 I have fought a good
fight, I have finished my God. De time done come fa me fa lef dis
course, I have kept the life. 7 A done fight de good fight. De race
faith:
wa A beena ron done done. A ain neba
8 Henceforth there is
stop trus een God. 8 Now den, de prize da
laid up for me a crown of wait fa me, de crown dat de one wa waak
righteousness, which the scraight wid God gwine git. De Lawd wa
Lord, the righteous
judge, shall give me at da jedge right, e gwine gii me dat prize,
that day: and not to me dat day wen e gwine come back. An e ain
only, but unto all them
also that love his gwine gim jes ta me. E gwine gii dat prize
appearing. ta all dem wa look fowaad wid all dey haat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Timothy 4 735

ta wen e gwine come. 9 Do thy diligence to


come shortly unto me:
10 For Demas hath for-
Paul Life een de Jailhouse saken me, having loved
this present world, and is
9 Try haad as ya kin fa come see me departed unto Thessalo-
soon. 10 Cause Demas da lob dem ting wa nica; Crescens to Galatia,
een dis wol, an so e done lef me an gone off Titus unto Dalmatia.
11 Only Luke is with
ta Thessalonica. Crescens gone ta Galatia, me. Take Mark, and bring
an Titus gone ta Dalmatia. 11 Jes Luke wid him with thee: for he is
profitable to me for the
me yah. Git Mark fa come long wid ya wen ministry.
ya come, cause e kin hep me fa do de wok 12 And Tychicus have I
sent to Ephesus.
yah. 12 A done sen Tychicus ta Ephesus. 13 The cloke that I left
13 Wen ya come, bring me coat wa A lef at Troas with Carpus,
when thou comest, bring
wid Carpus dey een Troas, an bring de with thee, and the books,
but especially the parch-
book dem, specially dem book wa been ments.
mek ob sheep skin. 14 Alexander the cop-
persmith did me much
14 Alexander, de man wa mek ting outta evil: the Lord reward him
coppa, done me nuff ebil. De Lawd gwine according to his works:
15 Of whom be thou
gim de payback fa wa e done. 15 Oona too ware also; for he hath
mus watch out fa um, cause e beena wok greatly withstood our
words.
scrong, da taak ginst all we da teach. 16 At my first answer
16 De fus time A gone ta court, nobody no man stood with me,
but all men forsook me: I
ain gone long fa stanop fa me. Ebrybody pray God that it may not
lef me. A pray ta God dat e fagib um fa dat. be laid to their charge.
17 Notwithstanding
17 Bot de Lawd been dey dey ta me side. E
the Lord stood with me,
gii me scrent so dat A been able fa tell all and strengthened me;
that by me the preaching
de Good Nyews fa all de people dat ain might be fully known,
Jew fa yeh. An so de Lawd sabe me fom de and that all the Gentiles
might hear: and I was de-
lion mout. 18 De Lawd gwine sabe me fom livered out of the mouth
of the lion.
ebry ebil ting wa come ginst me. E gwine 18 And the Lord shall
keep me safe an tek me ta heaben weh e da deliver me from every
evil work, and will pre-
rule. Leh we praise um faeba an eba! serve me unto his heav-
Amen. enly kingdom: to whom
be glory for ever and
Paul Las Greetin ever. Amen.
19 Salute Prisca and
19 Tell Priscilla an Aquila hey fa me, an Aquila, and the house-
tell dem een Onesiphorus house too. hold of Onesiphorus.
20 Erastus abode at
20 Erastus beena stay een Corinth, an A lef
Corinth: but Trophimus
Trophimus een Miletus, cause e been sick. have I left at Miletum
sick.
21 Try haad as ya kin fa come fa see me fo 21 Do thy diligence
de wintatime. to come before winter.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
736 2 Timothy 4

Eubulus greeteth thee, Eubulus, Pudens, Linus, an Claudia wid


and Pudens, and Linus,
and Claudia, and all the all de oda Christian bredren, dey all say
brethren. hey ta ya.
22 The Lord Jesus 22 A pray dat de Lawd Jedus Christ be
Christ be with thy spirit.
Grace be with you. dey wid ya sperit.
Amen. God bless all ob oona.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus

Paul Letta Ta Titus 1


,4
Titus

1
1 A, Paul, God saabant an a postle ob Chapter 1
Jedus Christ, da write dis letta. God 1 Paul, a servant of
pick me an sen me ta e people wa e done God, and an apostle of Je-
pick. E sen me fa hep um fa bleebe pon um sus Christ, according to
the faith of God's elect,
an fa know de true teachin ob we fait so and the acknowledging
dat dey gwine lib God way. 2 An cause ob of the truth which is after
godliness;
dat, dey kin look fowaad fa sho ta dey life
wa gwine las faeba an eba. God ain neba 2 In hope of eternal
life, which God, that can-
tell no lie, an e done promise fa gii we dat not lie, promised before
life wa ain gwine neba end. 3 An den, wen the world began;
de right time come dat e done pick, e mek
3 But hath in due times
people know e wod ob Good Nyews wa e manifested his word
sen. E gii me e wod fa tell people. An cause through preaching,
which is committed unto
God we Sabior chaage me fa go tell people me according to the com-
de wod, A da tell um all roun. mandment of God our
4 A da write dis letta ta ya, Titus, me Saviour;

true son een de fait dat we share. 4 To Titus, mine own


A pray dat God we Fada an de Lawd son after the common
Jedus Christ we Sabior gii ya e blessin an e faith: Grace, mercy, and
peace, from God the Fa-
peace een ya haat. ther and the Lord Jesus
Christ our Saviour.
Titus Wok een Crete
5 For this cause left I
5 A done lef ya een Crete fa ya fa pit thee in Crete, that thou
right all dem ting wa ain been done dey shouldest set in order the
things that are wanting,
yet, an fa ya fa pick choch elda dem een and ordain elders in ev-
ebry town, jes like A been tell ya fa do. ery city, as I had ap-
pointed thee:
6 De choch elda mus lib so dat nobody ain
got no good reason fa fault um. E mus hab 6 If any be blameless,
jes one wife. E chullun mus bleebe pon the husband of one wife,
having faithful children
Christ an lib so dat people ain gwine say not accused of riot or
dey loose or dat dey wile an ain do wa dey unruly.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
738 Titus 1

7 For a bishop must be fada tell um fa do. 7 Cause e een chaage ob


blameless, as the steward
of God; not selfwilled, God wok, de choch leada mus lib so dat
not soon angry, not given nobody ain got no good reason fa fault um.
to wine, no striker, not
given to filthy lucre;
E mus dohn be proud an mus dohn git bex
too quick. E mus dohn be no dronka,
needa like fa fight. An e mus dohn hab de
8 But a lover of hospi- big eye, da wahn fa git plenty ting fa esef.
tality, a lover of good 8 Bot e mus open e house ta scranja an gim
men, sober, just, holy, haaty welcome. An e mus lob wa good. E
temperate;
mus be able fa keep e good sense an waak
scraight. E mus do dem ting wa mek God
9 Holding fast the
sattify wid um. An e mus be able fa trol
faithful word as he hath esef so dat e ain do no bad ting. 9 E mus
been taught, that he may bleebe de true teachin wa ain gwine
be able by sound doctrine
both to exhort and to change, de same teachin wa we laan um,
convince the gainsayers. an e mus folla um wid all e haat. Ef e do
dat, e gwine be able fa laan people de good
true teachin an courage um. An fa dem wa
10 For there are many da taak ginst um, da say de ting wa e da
unruly and vain talkers
and deceivers, specially laan um ain right, e gwine be able fa show
they of the circumcision: um wa right an tell um hoccome dey ain
oughta taak so.
10 Heapa dem broda, an mo den all dem
11 Whose mouths
must be stopped, who
broda mongst de Jew people, wa ain pay
subvert whole houses, no mind ta de true teachin. Dey jes da
teaching things which onrabble dey mout an mek oda people fool
they ought not, for filthy
lucre's sake. wid de nonsense dey da teach. 11 Ya mus
mek dem people yah stop fa tell oda
people dem ting. Cause dey da opsot
whole fambly dem, wen dey da laan um
12 One of themselves,
even a prophet of their
ting wa dey ain oughta laan um. Dem
own, said, The Cretians people da do dat jes fa mek money, an dat
are alway liars, evil oughta mek um too shame. 12 One dey
beasts, slow bellies.
own prophet say, “People fom Crete ain
neba taak true. Dey jes like wickity beast,
an dey lazy people wa all de time nyam
13 This witness is true. tommuch.” 13 An wa e say, e true. So den,
Wherefore rebuke them
sharply, that they may be
ya mus buke dem kinda people mo
sound in the faith; scronga. Mus show um dey wrong so dat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus 1, 2 739

dey gwine bleebe fa sho de true teachin ob 14 Not giving heed to


Jewish fables, and com-
God. 14 An ya mus show um dey wrong, so mandments of men, that
dat dey ain gwine pay mind no mo ta dem turn from the truth.
story wa de Jew people mek op, needa ta
de law dem ob dem people wa ton dey
15 Unto the pure all
back pon de true teachin. 15 Fa people wa things are pure: but unto
got haat wa clean een God eye, all dat God them that are defiled and
unbelieving is nothing
mek, e good an fit fa um fa nyuse. Bot ain pure; but even their mind
nottin good or fit fa nyuse fa people wa ain and conscience is defiled.
got clean haat an wa ain trus God. Fa true,
dey mind all mix op bad, an dey ebil haat
16 They profess that
ain eben know wen dey do ebil ting. they know God; but in
16 Dey say dey know God, bot de ting dem works they deny him, be-
wa dey da do show dat dey ain know um. ing abominable, and dis-
obedient, and unto every
Dey wickity fa true, an dey ain pay no good work reprobate.
mind ta wa God tell um dey oughta do.
Dey ain fit fa do nottin good.

Dem Good Ting We Mus Teach

2 Bot ya mus laan dem wa bleebe fa


1 Chapter 2
do dem ting wa go long wid true 1 But speak thou the
things which become
teachin. 2 Tell de man dem wa mo olda, sound doctrine:
dey oughta be serious an lib so dat people
look op ta um. An dey mus be able fa trol 2 That the aged men
be sober, grave, temper-
deysef. An tell um dey oughta bleebe ate, sound in faith, in
scrong een de true teachin ob God an lob charity, in patience.
oda people fa true. An dey mus be able fa
3 The aged women
beah op wen dey da suffa. 3 Same way so, likewise, that they be in
tell de olda ooman dem dey oughta waak behaviour as becometh
scraight like ooman wa pit God fus een dey holiness, not false accus-
ers, not given to much
life oughta do. Mus dohn bad mout oda wine, teachers of good
people, needa be dronka. Dey mus laan de things;
nyounga ooman dem ting wa good. 4 Den 4 That they may teach
dey kin train de nyounga ooman dem so the young women to be
dat dey gwine know dey oughta lob dey sober, to love their hus-
bands, to love their
husban an dey chullun. 5 Fudamo, dey children,
gwine know dey oughta be able fa trol
deysef an lib a clean life. Dey mus wok 5 To be discreet,
good, da tend ta dey own house, an treat chaste, keepers at home,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
740 Titus 2

good, obedient to their people good. An dey mus do wa dey


own husbands, that the
word of God be not husban tell um fa do. Dem nyounga ooman
blasphemed. mus lib dat way so dat nobody ain gwine
6 Young men likewise hab no reason fa hole God wod cheap.
exhort to be sober 6 Same way so, de nyounga man dem,
minded. keep on da waan um dat dey mus trol
7 In all things shewing deysef. 7 Ya mus do wa good all de time,
thyself a pattern of good een all ya da do, so dat oda people gwine
works: in doctrine shew-
ing uncorruptness, grav- shim an folla fa do good too. An wen ya da
ity, sincerity, teach, ya mus show dem ya bleebe wa ya
8 Sound speech, that say wid all ya haat, an ya da mind wa ya
cannot be condemned; say. 8 Pick ya wod dem good, coddin ta de
that he that is of the con-
trary part may be
true teachin, so dat nobody ain gwine hab
ashamed, having no evil no good reason fa fault ya. An dem wa
thing to say of you. ginst ya gwine be shame, cause dey ain got
9 Exhort servants to be nottin bad fa say bout we.
obedient unto their own 9 Teach slabe dem wa bleebe, dat dey
masters, and to please
them well in all things; not mus do wa dey massa tell um fa do an try
answering again; fa please um een ebryting dey do. Dey mus
10 Not purloining, but dohn taak back ta dey massa. 10 An dey
shewing all good fide- mus dohn tief. Steada dat, de slabe dem
lity; that they may adorn
the doctrine of God our
mus show dey massa dat all de time dey
Saviour in all things. faitful ta um een ebryting. Den ebryting
11 For the grace of God
dey da do gwine mek people wahn fa yeh
that bringeth salvation mo bout dem ting dat we da laan um bout
hath appeared to all men, God we Sabior.
11 Cause God bless we een dis wol. E sen
12 Teaching us that,
denying ungodliness and Jedus Christ eenta de wol so dat all people
worldly lusts, we should kin git sabe. 12 E laan we dat we mus stop
live soberly, righteously,
and godly, in this present fa do wa God ain wahn we fa do, an stop fa
world; wahn all dem bad ting ob dis wol. We mus
laan fa trol wesef, fa waak scraight an lib
13 Looking for that
like God wahn we fa lib, wiles we dey yah
blessed hope, and the
glorious appearing of the een dis wol. 13 An wiles we da lib dat way,
great God and our Sav- we da look fowaad ta dat bless day wen we
iour Jesus Christ;
wondaful God an Sabior Jedus Christ
gwine come ta we wid all e powa an glory.
14 Who gave himself
for us, that he might re-
Dat de hope dat we got. 14 E done gii e life
deem us from all iniquity, fa sabe we, fa pull we outta all de sinful

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus 2, 3 741

life we beena lib. E done gii e life fa mek and purify unto himself a
peculiar people, zealous
we haat clean, so dat we gwine be e own of good works.
people wa wahn fa do wa good wid all we
15 These things speak,
haat. and exhort, and rebuke
15 So den, ya mus laan dem ting yah ta with all authority. Let no
de bleeba dem. Wid all ya tority, ya mus man despise thee.
courage um fa do um an buke dem wa ain
da do um. Mus dohn leh nobody say dey
ain no need fa listen ta wa ya say.
3
,2

How Christian Dem Mus Lib

3
1 Ya mus memba de Christian dem Chapter 3
dat dey mus pay mind ta dem wa da 1 Put them in mind to
be subject to principali-
lead een de gobment an hab tority oba um. ties and powers, to obey
Dey mus do wa dey tell um fa do, an be magistrates, to be ready
to every good work,
ready fa do all dat good. 2 Tell um dey mus
dohn hole nobody cheap. Dey mus be 2 To speak evil of no
peaceable an treat people good. An all de man, to be no brawlers,
but gentle, shewing all
time dey mus mind dey mannas wid all meekness unto all men.
people. 3 Cause we too ain nyuse fa hab no
ondastandin bout God. Een dat time we 3 For we ourselves also
were sometimes foolish,
ain beena pay no mind ta God. We ain disobedient, deceived,
listen ta nobody. An we ain beena waak serving divers lusts and
een de right way. We ain been able fa trol pleasures, living in mal-
ice and envy, hateful, and
wesef, an wa we haat tell we fa do, jes dat hating one another.
we beena folla. We jes been wahn fa do all
kind ob bad ting fa gii we pledja. An we 4 But after that the
beena lib jes da study pon how fa do bad ta kindness and love of God
our Saviour toward man
people an be jealous ob um. People beena appeared,
hate we, an we beena hate one noda. 4 Bot
den God we Sabior sabe we, wen e show 5 Not by works of righ-
we e blessin an how e da lob ebrybody. teousness which we have
5 Ain been cause ob no good ting dat we done, but according to
his mercy he saved us, by
beena do dat e sabe we. Bot cause e hab the washing of regenera-
mussy pon we, e sabe we, shru de washin tion, and renewing of the
Holy Ghost;
wa mek we bon gin an git nyew life by de
Holy Sperit. 6 God pour out de Holy Sperit
6 Which he shed on us
pon we wid all e powa shru Jedus Christ abundantly through Je-
we Sabior. 7 God done dis so dat by Christ sus Christ our Saviour;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
742 Titus 3

7 That being justified


blessin, all ting done been mek right twix
by his grace, we should
be made heirs according we an God, an so dat we kin git we paat ob
to the hope of eternal life. dat life wa ain gwine neba end dat we da
look fowaad ta. 8 Dis a true teachin dat A
8 This is a faithful say- da write ya.
ing, and these things I A wahn ya fa mek sho dat ya teach dem
will that thou affirm con-
stantly, that they which ting yah good, so dat dem wa trus een God
have believed in God gwine consaan deysef wid do good deed
might be careful to main-
tain good works. These
all de time. Cause dat ting good fa true an
things are good and prof- dey gwine hep people. 9 Bot ya mus dohn
itable unto men. git mix op een taak an aagyment wa ain
mek no sense. Wen people da aagy
9 But avoid foolish nonsense an aagy bout dem long list ob
questions, and genealo- name ob we ole people, wen dey da
gies, and contentions,
and strivings about the quarrel an fight bout dem ting dat de Jew
law; for they are unprof- Law say we oughta do, ya mus dohn hab
itable and vain.
nottin fa do wid dat. Cause all dat
aagyment ain wot nottin. E ain hep
10 A man that is an
heretick after the first
nobody nohow. 10 Ef somebody spute wa
and second admonition ya teach, da say wa ain true ta people een
reject; de choch an da mek um wide op an tek
side ginst one noda, waan dat poson fa
11 Knowing that he stop fa do dat. Ef e ain stop, ya mus waan
that is such is subverted, um one time mo. Bot den, ef e ain pay ya
and sinneth, being con-
demned of himself. no mind, ya mus dohn hab nottin fa do wid
um. 11 Ya know dat a poson like dat, e
12 When I shall send
done ton way fom de true teachin, an e da
Artemas unto thee, or sin. E know de sin e da do da show dat e
Tychicus, be diligent to wrong.
come unto me to Nicopo-
lis: for I have determined
there to winter. De Las Ting wa Paul Tell Titus fa Do
12 Soon as A sen Artemas or Tychicus ta
13 Bring Zenas the ya, try ya bes fa come soon fa meet me ta
lawyer and Apollos on Nicopolis. Cause A done mek op me mind
their journey diligently,
that nothing be wanting fa stay dey wen winta come. 13 Do all ya
unto them. kin fa hep de lawya Zenas an Apollos go
pon dey way. An mek sho dat dey git
14 And let ours also ebryting dey need. 14 Dem wa trus Christ,
learn to maintain good dey haffa laan, too, how fa nyuse dey time

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Titus 3 743

fa do good deed, so dat dey kin hep oda works for necessary uses,
that they be not un-
people git wa dey need. Een dat way, dem fruitful.
wa trus een Christ gwine lib life wa count
fa sompin. 15 All that are with me
15 All de people yah da say hey ta ya. salute thee. Greet them
that love us in the faith.
An tell all we Christian fren dem hey. Grace be with you all.
God bless all ob oona. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philemon

Paul Letta Ta
1
,3 Philemon Philemon
1 Paul, a prisoner of 1 A, Paul, wa een de jailhouse fa sake ob
Jesus Christ, and Timo-
thy our brother, unto Jedus Christ, an we broda Timothy, da
Philemon our dearly be- write ya, Philemon, we deah Christian
loved, and fellow-
labourer, broda wa da hep we een de wok.
2 And to our beloved 2 A da write too ta ya, Apphia, we sista,
Apphia, and Archippus an ta Archippus, wa da wok long wid we
our fellowsoldier, and to
the church in thy house: een de fight. An A da write ta de bredren
3 Grace to you, and
wa da meet dey een ya house.
peace, from God our Fa- 3 We da pray dat God we Fada an we
ther and the Lord Jesus Lawd Jedus Christ bless oona an gii oona
Christ.
peace een oona haat.
4 I thank my God,
making mention of thee
always in my prayers,
De Lob an Trus ob Philemon
5 Hearing of thy love All de time wen A da pray fa ya, A da
4
and faith, which thou tell me God tankya fa ya. 5 Cause A yeh
hast toward the Lord Je- say ya lob all God people an ya da trus een
sus, and toward all saints;
de Lawd Jedus. 6 A da pray dat de fait dat
6 That the communica-
tion of thy faith may be- oona hab een de Lawd Jedus gwine hep
come effectual by the oda people fa ondastan mo an mo bout de
acknowledging of every
good thing which is in
blessin dat God da gii we, wen we one een
you in Christ Jesus. Christ. 7 Wen A yeh how ya lob God
7 For we have great people, A been full op wid joy an A tek
joy and consolation in courage fa true. Cause me Christian broda,
thy love, because the
bowels of the saints are ya done mek God people haat glad.
refreshed by thee,
brother. Paul Aks Philemon fa Gii Onesimus
8 Wherefore, though I Haaty Welcome
might be much bold in 8 So den, eben dough A got de tority fa
Christ to enjoin thee that
which is convenient, chaage ya fa do wa ya oughta do, cause A

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Philemon 745

Christ postle, 9 stillyet, cause ob ya lob, A 9 Yet for love's sake I


rather beseech thee, be-
ain gwine do dat. A jes da aks ya, eben ing such an one as Paul
dough A Paul done ole an now A een de the aged, and now also a
prisoner of Jesus Christ.
jailhouse fa sake ob de wok dat A beena do
10 I beseech thee for
fa Jedus Christ. 10 A da aks ya fa sake ob my son Onesimus, whom
Onesimus, wa God done mek me own chile I have begotten in my
bonds:
een Christ. Cause wiles A been een de
11 Which in time past
jailhouse yah, A bring um fa trus een was to thee unprofitable,
Christ. 11 Onesimus ain been no hep ta ya, but now profitable to
thee and to me:
bot now e able fa hep ya, an e kin hep me
12 Whom I have sent
too. again: thou therefore re-
12 A da sen um back ta ya. A lob um ceive him, that is, mine
own bowels:
sommuch dat e jes like me haat da gwine
13 Whom I would have
wid um. 13 A been wahn fa keep um wid retained with me, that in
me yah fa hep me now wen ya ain wid me, thy stead he might have
ministered unto me in the
wiles A een de jailhouse fa sake ob de bonds of the gospel:
Good Nyews ob God. 14 Bot A ain keep um 14 But without thy
wid me yah, cause A ain know ef ya been mind would I do nothing;
that thy benefit should
fa gree fa um fa stay wid me. A ain wahn fa not be as it were of neces-
mek ya hep me een dis. A wahn ya fa hep sity, but willingly.
me jes ef ya wahn fa hep me. 15 For perhaps he
15 Maybe God leh Onesimus lef ya fa therefore departed for a
season, that thou
leetle wile, so dat ya kin hab um back shouldest receive him for
faeba. 16 An e ain gwine come back ta ya ever;
16 Not now as a ser-
jes like a slabe no mo. E mo den dat now. E vant, but above a servant,
ya deah Christian broda wa da come back a brother beloved, spe-
ta ya. A lob um fa true, bot fa sho, ya cially to me, but how
much more unto thee,
gwine lob um mo den me now. Cause e da both in the flesh, and in
wok fa ya, an mo den dat, e ya deah broda the Lord?
17 If thou count me
een de Lawd.
therefore a partner, re-
17 So den, since ya know we one een ceive him as myself.
Christ, da wok togeda, ya oughta gii 18 If he hath wronged
Onesimus haaty welcome, jes like ya been thee, or oweth thee
fa gii me haaty welcome. 18 Ef e done do ought, put that on mine
account;
ya wrong or ef e owe ya sompin, chaage
19 I Paul have written
me fa dat. 19 A Paul da write dis yah wid it with mine own hand, I
me own han. A gwine pay ya back will repay it: albeit I do
not say to thee how thou
wasoneba Onesimus da owe ya. A ain owest unto me even thine
gwine taak bout de debt dat ya owe me. Ya own self besides.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
746 Philemon

20 Yea, brother, let me owe me eben ya own sef. 20 Yeah, me


have joy of thee inthe
Lord: refresh my bowels broda, do me dis fabor, fa sake ob we
in the Lord. Lawd. A ya Christian broda. Mek me haat
glad.
21 Having confidence
21 Wiles A da write ya dis, A sho dat ya
in thy obedience I wrote
unto thee, knowing that gwine do wa A aks ya fa do. A know ya
thou wilt also do more
than I say.
gwine do eben mo den wa A aks ya fa do.
22 One oda ting, A wahn ya fa git a room
22 But withal prepare ready fa me. A da look fowaad, cause ob
me also a lodging: for I de pray dat oona all da pray ta God fa me,
trust that through your
prayers I shall be given dat e gwine git me outta dis jailhouse so
unto you. dat A gwine be able fa come ta oona gin.
23 There salute thee De Las Greetin
Epaphras, my fellow-
prisoner in Christ Jesus; Epaphras, wa longside me een de
23
24 Marcus, Aristar-
chus, Demas, Lucas, my
jailhouse yah fa sake ob Jedus Christ, e tell
fellowlabourers. oona hey. 24 Mark, Aristarchus, Demas an
Luke, wa all da wok togeda longside me,
25 The grace of our dey tell oona hey too.
Lord Jesus Christ be with 25 A pray dat de Lawd Jedus Christ
your spirit.
Amen. gwine bless all ob oona.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
De Letta Ta De
Hebrew Dem ,1
Hebrews

Now God Taak ta we Shru e Son Chapter 1

1
1 Way back, plenty time an een 1 God, who at sundry
plenty diffunt way, God beena taak ta times and in divers man-
ners spake in time past
we ole people shru de prophet dem. 2 Bot unto the fathers by the
now wen de end time da come, God taak ta prophets,
we shru e Son. An shru e Son, God mek de
2 Hath in these last
wol, an e pass ebryting ta e Son. 3 God days spoken unto us by
Son, e de light wa da show we de bright his Son, whom he hath
appointed heir of all
glory ob God. Wen oona see de Son, oona things, by whom also he
da see God, cause de Son jes de same as made the worlds;
God. An de Son wod wa got powa fa true,
3 Who being the
da mek all ting stay jes like dey spose fa brightness of his glory,
stay. An atta de Son done dead fa people and the express image of
his person, and uphold-
sin, fa mek um clean een God eye, e gone ing all things by the word
ta heaben an seddown ta de right han side of his power, when he
ob God, wa got mo powa den all. had by himself purged
our sins, sat down on the
right hand of the Majesty
God Son Way Mo High Op on high;
Den de Angel Dem
4 God mek e Son way mo high op den de 4 Being made so much
angel dem, jes like de name wa God gim, better than the angels, as
he hath by inheritance
dat way mo betta den dey name. 5 Cause obtained a more excel-
God ain neba tell none ob e angel dem say, lent name than they.
“Ya me Son.
Taday A done come 5 For unto which of
the angels said he at any
fa be ya Fada.” time, Thou art my Son,
An God ain neba taak bout no angel say, this day have I begotten
thee? And again, I will be
“A gwine be e Fada, to him a Father, and he
an e gwine be me Son.” shall be to me a Son?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
748 Hebrew 1

6 And again, when he 6 An wen God been bout fa sen e fusbon


bringeth in the firstbe-
gotten into the world, he Son eenta de wol, God say too,
saith, And let all the an- “Leh all God angel
gels of God worship him.
woshup me Son.”
7 Wen God taak bout de angel dem, e say,
7 And of the angels he “A mek de angel dem,
saith, Who maketh his wa da saab me, like de wind,
angels spirits, and his an like fire wa da blaze op.”
ministers a flame of fire.
8 Bot wen God taak bout e Son, e say,
“O God, ya gwine rule faeba an eba!
8 But unto the Son he An ya da rule de right way
saith, Thy throne, O God, fa true.
is for ever and ever: a 9 Ya lob wa right
sceptre of righteousness
is the sceptre of thy an ya hate wa ain right.
kingdom.
Dat wa mek God, ya God,
pick ya an naint ya
9 Thou hast loved righ-
wid de oll ob joy,
teousness, and hated in- da hona ya mo den all dem
iquity; therefore God, wa dey wid ya.”
even thy God, hath
anointed thee with the oil 10 God taak gin, say,
of gladness above thy “Lawd, een dat time
fellows.
wen nottin ain been dey yet,
ya de one wa mek de wol.
10 And, Thou, Lord, in An wid ya own han ya mek de sky
the beginning hast laid an all wa dey yah.
the foundation of the 11 All dem gwine come ta a end,
earth; and the heavens
are the works of thine bot ya gwine keep on dey dey.
hands: All dem da grow ole
an gwine weah out
same like we cloes weah out.
11 They shall perish;
12 Ya gwine fole um op
but thou remainest; and
they all shall wax old as jes like we fole op we coat.
doth a garment;
Dey gwine git change op
like we change we ole cloes
fa nyew one.
12 And as a vesture
shalt thou fold them up, Bot ya ain neba change
and they shall be eben a leetle bit,
changed: but thou art the
same, and thy years shall
an ya ain neba gwine grow ole
not fail. an dead.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 1, 2 749

13 God ain neba tell none ob e angel dem 13 But to which of the
angels said he at any
say, time, Sit on my right
“Seddown yah ta me right han side, hand, until I make thine
enemies thy footstool?
til A pit ya enemy dem
ondaneet ya foot.” 14 Are they not all
14 So den, all de angel dem, dey good ministering spirits, sent
forth to minister for them
sperit wa da saab God. God da sen um fa who shall be heirs of
hep dem wa God gwine sabe. salvation?

De Way ob Sabation

2 Cause ob dat, we mus pay mind mo


1 Chapter 2
den eba ta wa we beena yeh bout God 1 Therefore we ought
Son, so dat we ain gwine waak way fom de to give the more earnest
heed to the things which
right road. 2 Cause we know fa true dat we we have heard, lest at
kin trus de wod wa de angel dem bring we. any time we should let
them slip.
Ebrybody wa ain done wa dat wod tell um
fa do, ebrybody wa ain folla um, God 2 For if the word spo-
ken by angels was
punish um. E mek um suffa jes like dey stedfast, and every trans-
oughta. 3 So den, fa sho, we gwine git gression and disobedi-
ence received a just
punish jes like God punish oda people, ef recompence of reward;
we ain pay no mind ta dis great sabation
3 How shall we escape,
dat de Lawd Jedus fus tell bout. Den, dem if we neglect so great sal-
people wa been yeh de Lawd, dey proob ta vation; which at the first
we dat dat way true fa sho. 4 Same time, began to be spoken by
the Lord, and was con-
God too proob dat de way e wahn fa sabe firmed unto us by them
people, e true, by dem sign an wonda wa e that heard him;
done. E do all kind ob miracle. E hab 4 God also bearing
people git wa de Holy Sperit gim. E gim jes them witness, both with
like e wahn. signs and wonders, and
with divers miracles, and
gifts of the Holy Ghost,
Jedus Show People de Way according to his own
wa Gwine Sabe Um will?

5 God ain pick no angel fa hab chaage 5 For unto the angels
oba de wol fa come, wa we da taak bout. hath he not put in subjec-
tion the world to come,
6 Bot dey write someweh dey een God whereof we speak.
Book say,
“O God, wa man da, 6 But one in a certain
place testified, saying,
dat mek ya consaan bout um? What is man, that thou
Wa mek we wa jes people, art mindful of him? or

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
750 Hebrew 2

the son of man, that thou matta sommuch ta ya


visitest him?
7 Thou madest him a dat ya tek cyah ob we?
little lower than the an- 7 Ya mek man jes a leetle mo
gels; thou crownedst him
with glory and honour,
lowa down den de angel dem.
and didst set him over the An ya gim powa an hona fa true.
works of thy hands: 8 Ya gim chaage oba all ting.”
8 Thou hast put all
things in subjection un- Now den, wen dey write een God Book
der his feet. For in that he say, “God mek man fa hab chaage oba all
put all in subjection un-
der him, he left nothing ting,” dat mean fa say, God ain lef nottin
that is not put under him. dat man ain oughta hab chaage oba. Bot
But now we see not yet
all things put under him. we ain see man hab chaage oba all ting fa
9 But we see Jesus, now. 9 Bot we see Jedus. Fa a leetle wile
who was made a little
lower than the angels for
God mek Jedus a leetle mo lowa den de
the suffering of death, angel dem, so dat cause ob God mussy pon
crowned with glory and we, Jedus suffa an dead fa sake ob all
honour; that he by the
grace of God should taste people. An cause Jedus suffa an dead, God
death for every man. gim powa an hona. 10 God mek all ting an
10 For it became him,
for whom are all things, da keep all ting like dey oughta be, so e
and by whom are all right dat God mek Jedus all God plan fa
things, in bringing many
sons unto glory, to make um fa be, shru e suffrin, so dat a heapa
the captain of their salva- people gwine be God chullun an hab dey
tion perfect through
sufferings.
paat een e glory. Jedus de one wa gone
11 For both he that head ob dem people dey fa bring um
sanctifieth and they who sabation. 11 Cause de one wa da mek
are sanctified are all of
one: for which cause he is people holy, an dem people wa e da mek
not ashamed to call them holy, dey all got de same fada. So den
brethren,
12 Saying, I will de- Jedus heppy fa call um e bredren. 12 Jedus
clare thy name unto my say,
brethren, in the midst of
the church will I sing “God, A gwine tell all me bredren
praise unto thee. bout ya.
13 And again, I will
put my trust in him. And
Wen ya people geda fa woshup ya,
again, Behold I and the A gwine sing ya praise.”
children which God hath 13 An e say too, “A gwine pit me trus een
given me.
14 Forasmuch then as God.” An gin e say, “A dey yah wid all de
the children are partak-
ers of flesh and blood, he chullun wa God gii me.”
also himself likewise 14 Dem chullun yah, dey flesh an blood
took part of the same;
that through death he fa sho. So den, Jedus too come eenta de
might destroy him that wol as flesh an blood, so dat by de det wa e
had the power of death,
that is, the devil; dead, e able fa stroy de Debil, wa got powa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 2, 3 751

fa mek people dead. 15 Dat how Jedus set 15 And deliver them
who through fear of
free all dem people wa been jes like slabe death were all their life-
onda de Debil all de time dey lib, cause time subject to bondage.
16 For verily he took
dey been scaid fa dead. 16 Fa sho, Jedus not on him the nature of
ain come fa hep de angel dem. E come fa angels; but he took on
hep Abraham chullun chullun. 17 So den, him the seed of Abraham.
17 Wherefore in all
dey ain been no oda way bot dat Jedus things it behoved him to
mus come fa be jes like e bredren een ebry be made like unto his
brethren, that he might
way. E done dat so dat e able fa be de head be a merciful and faithful
man ob de priest dem, full op wid mussy, high priest in things per-
taining to God, to make
an da wok fa God wid all e haat, so dat e reconciliation for the sins
kin tek way de people sin an God kin fagib of the people.
18 For in that he him-
um. 18 Now, cause Jedus done been tempt self hath suffered being
an e suffa, fa true dat mek Jedus able fa tempted, he is able to
hep we wen we git tempt. succour them that are
tempted.
3
,2

Jedus Way Mo Den Moses

3 So den, me Christian bredren, God


1 Chapter 3
call oona, too, fa be e own people. 1 Wherefore, holy bre-
thren, partakers of the
Oona mus keep on da study fa true pon heavenly calling, con-
Jedus. E de one wa God sen fa laan we sider the Apostle and
bout God, an fa be de head priest wa da go High Priest of our profes-
sion, Christ Jesus;
ta God fa we, fa sake ob wa we say we
2 Who was faithful to
bleebe. 2 God pick Jedus fa do dat wok, an him that appointed him,
Jedus do all wa God wahn um fa do, jes as also Moses was faithful
in all his house.
like Moses done do wa God wahn um fa
do, fa all dem wa blongst ta God House. 3 For this man was
counted worthy of more
3 E right fa people fa praise an hona de one glory than Moses, inas-
wa build a house mo den dey praise an much as he who hath
builded the house hath
hona de house, ainty? Same way so, God more honour than the
look pon Jedus, say e right fa praise an house.
hona Jedus mo fa true den fa praise an 4 For every house is
hona Moses. 4 Fa sho, dey ain no house dat builded by some man; but
he that built all things is
nobody ain build, bot God de one wa build God.
all ting. 5 So den, Moses been a wokman, a
5 And Moses verily was
saabant wa do wa God wahn um fa do fa faithful in all his house,
all dem wa blongst ta God House. An e as a servant, for a testi-
mony of those things
beena tell de people bout wa Jedus been which were to be spoken
gwine say bye an bye. 6 Bot Christ de Son after;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
752 Hebrew 3

6 But Christ as a son wa hab chaage oba e Fada God House, an


over his own house;
whose house are we, if Christ do all wa God wahn um fa do. An
we hold fast the confi- we de people wa blongst ta God House, ef
dence and the rejoicing
of the hope firm unto the
we da hole on ta we courage an set we haat
end. pon all dat God promise e gwine do fa we.

How fa Find Res een God


7 Wherefore (as the 7 So den, jes like de Holy Sperit da tell
Holy Ghost saith, To day
if ye will hear his voice, we say,
“Taday, ef oona yeh God boice,
8 mus dohn hab haad haat
8 Harden not your
hearts, as in the provoca-
ginst God,
tion, in the day of temp- like oona ole people
tation in the wilderness: been hab haad haat
wen dey ton ginst God,
dat time wen dey mek op dey mind
9 When your fathers
tempted me, proved me, fa test God dey een de desat.
and saw my works forty 9 Dey, oona ole people
years.
beena test me plenty time
fa see how long
10 Wherefore I was
A gwine beah wid um,
grieved with that genera- eben dough dey see wa
tion, and said, They do A beena do fa foty yeah.
alway err in their heart;
and they have not known
10 Cause ob dat,
my ways. A been bex wid dem people,
an A say ‘All de time
dey haat ton ginst me,
11 So I sware in my
wrath, They shall not en-
an dey ain laan me way.’
ter into my rest.) 11 A been bex wid um,
so A promise fa true say:
‘Dey ain neba gwine
12 Take heed, breth- go eenta dat place
ren, lest there be in any weh A been gwine gim res!’ ”
of you an evil heart of un-
belief, in departing from 12 Me Christian bredren, oona mus look
the living God. out! Tek cyah dat nobody mongst oona got
a haat wa wickity so e ain bleebe pon
Christ an e ton e back pon God, wa got life
13 But exhort one an-
other daily, while it is wa ain gwine neba end. 13 Bot oona mus
called To day; lest any of courage one noda ebry day, long as

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 3, 4 753

“Taday” still dey een God Book fa we. Mus you be hardened through
the deceitfulness of sin.
courage one noda all de time so dat sin ain
gwine ceebe none ob oona an mek um hab 14 For we are made
partakers of Christ, if we
sinful haad haat. 14 Cause we all got we hold the beginning of our
paat wid Christ, bot jes ef we memba fa set confidence stedfast unto
we haat fa true pon um, jes like we beena the end;

do wen we fus bleebe. We all got we paat 15 While it is said, To


wid Christ ef we ain neba stop fa do dat. day if ye will hear his
voice, harden not your
15 Like dey write een God Book say, hearts, as in the provo-
“Taday, ef oona yeh God boice, cation.
mus dohn hab haad haat ginst um, 16 For some, when
like oona ole people been hab haad they had heard, did pro-
voke: howbeit not all that
haat wen dey ton ginst God.” came out of Egypt by
16 Who de people wa been yeh God Moses.
boice bot stillyet ton ginst um? Fa true, dey 17 But with whom was
all dem people wa been slabe een Egypt, he grieved forty years?
wa Moses done been lead outta dey an set was it not with them that
had sinned, whose car-
um free. 17 Who de people wa God been cases fell in the wilder-
bex wid fa foty yeah? Fa sho, God been bex ness?
wid dem people wa sin, dem wa done dead 18 And to whom sware
dey een de desat. 18 Wen God promise fa he that they should not
enter into his rest, but to
sho, say, “Dey ain neba gwine go eenta dat them that believed not?
place weh A been gwine gim res,” who de
19 So we see that they
people wa e beena taak bout? Fa true, God could not enter in be-
beena taak bout dem people wa ton ginst cause of unbelief.
um, wa ain do wa e tell um fa do. 19 So den,
we see dat dey ain been able fa go eenta dat
place weh God been gwine gim res, cause 4
,3

dey ain bleebe pon um.

4
1 Now den, God still da promise we, Chapter 4
say we kin go eenta dat place weh e 1 Let us therefore fear,
lest, a promise being left
gwine gii we res. So den, leh we tek cyah so us of entering into his
dat none ob oona ain gwine miss out an rest, any of you should
God gwine jedge ya say, “Ya done miss ya seem to come short of it.

chance fa go eenta dat place weh A been 2 For unto us was the
gospel preached, as well
gwine gii ya res.” 2 Cause people been tell as unto them: but the
we de Good Nyews, jes like dey done been word preached did not
profit them, not being
tell dem people way back dey een de desat. mixed with faith in them
Bot wa dey yeh ain hep um none tall. Cause that heard it.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
754 Hebrew 4

3 For we which have


wen dey yeh um, dey ain bleebe. 3 Now
believed do enter into
rest, as he said, As I have we wa bleebe, we go een an God gii we res.
sworn in my wrath, if Jes like God say,
they shall enter into my
rest: although the works “A been bex wid um
were finished from the so A promise fa true say:
foundation of the world.
‘Dey ain neba gwine
4 For he spake in a cer- go eenta dat place
tain place of the seventh weh A been gwine gim res!’ ”
day on this wise, And
God did rest the seventh God say dat, eben dough e done been mek
day from all his works. all ting ready fa wa e gwine do, fom de
5 And in this place time wen e mek de wol. 4 Dey write een
again, If they shall enter noda paat ob God Book bout de seben day,
into my rest.
weh God say, “Pon de seben day, God res
6 Seeing therefore it op fom all e done do.” 5 An noda time een
remaineth that some
must enter therein, and dat same paat ob God Book, God say, “Dey
they to whom it was first ain neba gwine go eenta dat place weh A
preached entered not in
because of unbelief:
been gwine gim res.” 6 Dem people way
back dey, dey yeh de Good Nyews wa God
7 Again, he limiteth a tell um. Bot cause dey ain do wa e say, dey
certain day, saying in Da-
vid, To day, after so long ain neba go eenta dat place weh God been
a time; as it is said, To gwine gim res. Fa true, some people still
day if ye will hear his
voice, harden not your
gwine go eenta dat place weh God gim res.
hearts. 7 Cause God done fix noda time, a day wa
e call “Taday.” Atta plenty yeah done pass,
8 For if Jesus had
given them rest, then God hab David say dem wod yah, wa A jes
would he not afterward tell oona say,
have spoken of another
day.
“Ef oona yeh God boice taday,
mus dohn hab haad haat.”
9 There remaineth 8 Ef Joshua been lead de people eenta
therefore a rest to the
people of God. dat place weh God gim res, God ain been
fa taak later on bout noda day. 9 So den,
10 For he that is en- wa God say show we dat dey still a place fa
tered into his rest, he also
hath ceased from his own God people fa res, like wen God mek de
works, as God did from wol an e stop e wok pon de seben day an e
his.
res. 10 Cause wen somebody go eenta God
11 Let us labour there- place fa res, dat one gwine stop e own
fore to enter into that wok, jes like God stop e wok. 11 So den,
rest, lest any man fall af-
ter the same example of
we mus try wid all we haat fa go eenta dat
unbelief. place ob res. We haffa do wa God say, so

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 4, 5 755

we ain fall like we ole people. 12 For the word of God


is quick, and powerful,
12 De wod ob God got life an powa fa and sharper than any
true. God wod shaap mo den de sode wa twoedged sword, pierc-
ing even to the dividing
got two shaap edge. E da cut all de way asunder of soul and
deep down eenta de poson soul an sperit, spirit, and of the joints
twix e jaint an e marra. God wod da go and marrow, and is a
discerner of the thoughts
eenside a poson haat an show wa dat and intents of the heart.
poson da tink an wa e wahn fa do. 13 Dey 13 Neither is there any
ain nottin ob all wa God mek, wa e cyahn creature that is not mani-
see. Dey ain nobody kin hide fom God, fest in his sight: but all
things are naked and
nottin wa God ain see, fa true. God da see opened unto the eyes of
all ting, an e de one we mus gii ansa ta, him with whom we have
to do.
bout wa we done do een de wol.
14 Seeing then that we
Jedus we Great Head Man have a great high priest,
that is passed into the
ob de Priest dem heavens, Jesus the Son of
14 Now den, we mus dohn neba stop fa God, let us hold fast our
profession.
hole on wid all we haat ta wa we say we
bleebe bout Jedus. Cause we got a great 15 For we have not an
high priest which cannot
head man ob de priest dem wa dey fa we, be touched with the feel-
an e gone eenta heaben weh God da. Dat ing of our infirmities; but
was in all points tempted
Jedus, de Son ob God. 15 We head man ob like as we are, yet without
de priest dem, e de one wa dey fa we, an e sin.
ondastan all bout dem ting wa haad fa we, 16 Let us therefore
cause e been tempt een ebry way, same come boldly unto the
way we git tempt. Stillyet, Jedus ain neba throne of grace, that we
may obtain mercy, and
sin none tall. 16 So den, we mus dohn be find grace to help in time
scaid eben a leetle bit. Leh we come nigh 5
,4 of need.
ta God, wa rule wid e blessin. Den e gwine
Chapter 5
hab mussy pon we an bless we at jes de
1 For every high priest
right time, wen we need um. taken from among men is

5
1 Ebry head man ob de Jew priest ordained for men in
dem, e been pick fom mongst de man things pertaining to God,
that he may offer both
dem fa go fo God fa sake ob de people, so gifts and sacrifices for
dat e kin offa gif ta God an sacrifice fa de sins:
2 Who can have com-
people sin. 2 Cause de head man too, e a passion on the ignorant,
man an e kin do wa ain right. So den, e kin and on them that are out
of the way; for that he
hab mussy pon dem wa ain da do right an himself also is compassed
ain know no betta. 3 An cause e man too, with infirmity.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
756 Hebrew 5

3 And by reason hereof


an kin do ting wa ain right, e mus offa
he ought, as for the peo-
ple, so also for himself, to sacrifice ta God fa e own sin, jes like e offa
offer for sins. sacrifice fa de oda people sin. 4 Ain
4 And no man taketh
nobody gwine pit esef op fa hab de hona fa
this honour unto himself,
but he that is called of be head man. God de one wa call a man fa
God, as was Aaron. be head man ob de priest dem, jes like God
5 So also Christ glori- call Aaron way back yonda.
fied not himself to be 5 Same way so, Christ ain pit esef op fa
made an high priest; but
he that said unto him, hab de hona fa be head man ob de priest
Thou art my Son, to day dem. God de one wa pick Christ, an tell um
have I begotten thee.
say,
6 As he saith also in “Ya me Son.
another place, Thou art a
priest for ever after the Taday A come fa be ya Fada.”
order of Melchisedec. 6 An een noda paat ob God Book, e say too,
7 Who in the days of “Ya gwine be a priest faeba an eba,
his flesh, when he had of- een de same way
fered up prayers and sup- Melchizedek been a priest.”
plications with strong
crying and tears unto him 7 Wen Jedus beena lib een dis wol, e
that was able to save him pray ta God, de one wa able fa sabe um
from death, and was
heard in that he feared; fom det, da cry out loud an da weep. E aks
God fa de ansa wid all e haat. An God yeh
8 Though he were a
Son, yet learned he obe- de pray wa Jedus pray, cause all de time
dience by the things Jedus been ready fa do all wa God say.
which he suffered; 8 Bot eben dough Jedus God Son, de
9 And being made per- suffrin wa e suffa den mek um laan fa true
fect, he became the au- fa do wa God say. 9 An so wen Jedus come
thor of eternal salvation
unto all them that obey fa be all wa e spose fa be, e come fa be de
him; one wa da sabe all dem faeba an eba, dem
10 Called of God an wa da do wa e tell um fa do. 10 An God
high priest after the order pick um fa be head man ob de priest dem,
of Melchisedec.
een de same way Melchizedek been.
11 Of whom we have
many things to say, and Grow Op een Oona Laanin ob God Trute
hard to be uttered, seeing
ye are dull of hearing. Dey still a heapa ting wa we wahn fa
11

12 For when for the


tell oona bout wa we jes taak bout. Bot
time ye ought to be dem ting yah haad fa splain ta oona, cause
teachers, ye have need now oona ain ondastan tall. 12 De time
that one teach you again
which be the first princi- done come wen oona oughta staat fa laan
ples of the oracles of God; oda people, bot oona got fa hab somebody

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 5, 6 757

laan oona gin de fus true ting dem dat God and are become such as
have need of milk, and
tell we, ting dat we wa bleebe oughta laan not of strong meat.
fus ob all. Oona like leetle chullun wa
13 For every one that
haffa drink jes milk, cause oona ain ready useth milk is unskilful in
yet fa de solid food. 13 All dem wa still da the word of righteous-
laan dem fus trute, dey ain know yet how ness: for he is a babe.

fa tell wa good an wa bad een God eye. 14 But strong meat


Dey jes like leetle chullun wa haffa drink belongeth to them that
are of full age, even those
jes milk. 14 Bot solid food, dat fa de big who by reason of use
people. E fa dem wa know de diffunce twix have their senses exer-
cised to discern both
wa good an wa ebil. good and evil.

6
1 So den, leh we dohn jes keep on da
study oba dem ting wa we fus beena
laan oona bout Christ. Leh we go on an Chapter 6
laan de ting dem wa gwine grow we op
1 Therefore leaving
een Christ. Leh we go on fom wa we fus the principles of the doc-
laan oona, wen we say people mus change trine of Christ, let us go
dey way an stop fa do de bad ting dem wa on unto perfection; not
laying again the founda-
gwine mek um dead, an dat people mus tion of repentance from
bleebe pon God. 2 Leh we go on fom wa dead works, and of faith
toward God,
we laan bout how we oughta git bactize,
an how we oughta lay han pon people an 2 Of the doctrine of
pray fa God blessin pon um. Leh we go on baptisms, and of laying
on of hands, and of resur-
fom wa we laan bout how God gwine mek rection of the dead, and
de people wa done dead git op an lib gin, of eternal judgment.
an how God gwine jedge all people, an wa
3 And this will we do,
e say gwine las faeba fa um. 3 Leh we go if God permit.
on an laan mo ting. We gwine do dat, ef
God leh we. 4 For it is impossible
for those who were once
4 Wen people beena waak een God way enlightened, and have
an den dey ton dey back pon God, ain tasted of the heavenly
gift, and were made par-
nottin gwine mek um ton fom dey sin an takers of the Holy Ghost,
come back ta God. Dem people been know
de trute wa come fom God. Dey done git 5 And have tasted the
good word of God, and
de blessin dem wa God gii. Dey done git de the powers of the world
Holy Sperit een dey haat. 5 Dey done find to come,
out fa deysef dat God wod good, an dey
6 If they shall fall
done feel de powa dem wa come wid de away, to renew them
time wen God gwine rule. 6 Ef people done again unto repentance;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
758 Hebrew 6

seeing they crucify to know all dat, an den dey still ton dey back
themselves the Son of
God afresh, and put him pon God, nottin ain gwine mek um ton
to an open shame. fom dey sin an come back ta God gin.
Cause dey da nail God Son ta de cross gin,
an dey hole um cheap.
7 For the earth which
7 Wen de groun da soak op good rain wa
drinketh in the rain that
cometh oft upon it, and faddown pon um plenty time, an dat groun
bringeth forth herbs meet da mek de plant grow an beah good crop
for them by whom it is
dressed, receiveth bless- dat dem wa hab de faam kin nyuse, dat de
ing from God: groun wa git God blessin. 8 Bot ef de groun
grow jes briah an ticket, dat groun ain wot
nottin tall. De time done come close wen
8 But that which
beareth thorns and briers God gwine cuss dat groun. Den fire gwine
is rejected, and is nigh bun um op.
unto cursing; whose end 9 Oona me deah fren, an eben dough we
is to be burned.
taak like dis, we sho bout oona. We know
oona da gwine een de betta way ob blessin
9 But, beloved, we are wa go long wid oona sabation. 10 God all
persuaded better things de time scraight wid all people, so e ain
of you, and things that
accompany salvation, gwine fagit de wok wa oona beena do. E
though we thus speak. ain fagit de lob oona beena show fa um,
wen oona beena hep oona Christian
bredren an how oona still keep on da hep
10 For God is not un-
righteous to forget your
um. 11 Now den, dis wa we wahn ebry one
work and labour of love, ob oona fa do. Oona oughta try wid all
which ye have shewed to- oona haat fa do wa God wahn, til oona
ward his name, in that ye
have ministered to the dead, so dat oona gwine git de ting dem
saints, and do minister. wa God got fa oona wa keep on da look fa
um. 12 We ain wahn oona fa git lazy. We
wahn oona fa be like dem people wa trus
11 And we desire that
every one of you do shew Christ an ain neba gii op. An cause dey do
the same diligence to the dat, dey gwine git wa God been promise fa
full assurance of hope
unto the end:
gim.

Fa True, God Gwine Gii We wa E Promise


12 That ye be not 13 Wen God mek a promise ta Abraham
slothful, but followers of way back yonda, e mek a wow, say fa true
them who through faith
and patience inherit the e gwine do wa e promise. An cause dey ain
promises. nobody wa got mo tority an powa den

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 6, 7 759

God, e gii e own name fa tek e wow. 14 E 13 For when God made
promise to Abraham, be-
tell Abraham say, “Fa true, A gwine bless cause he could swear by
ya an A gwine gii ya a heapa granchullun no greater, he sware by
himself,
an granchullun chullun.” 15 An so, atta 14 Saying, Surely bles-
Abraham wait an trus God fa a long time, e sing I will bless thee, and
git wa God been promise. 16 Wen a poson multiplying I will multi-
ply thee.
mek a wow, e kin tek de name ob one wa 15 And so, after he had
got mo tority an powa den e got. An cause patiently endured, he ob-
ob dat wow, people ain aagy no mo bout tained the promise.
um. 17 God been wahn fa show de people 16 For men verily
swear by the greater: and
dat e gwine gii wa e promise. E been wahn an oath for confirmation
fa show um too cleah dat e ain neba gwine is to them an end of all
strife.
change e mind bout wa e promise e gwine 17 Wherein God, will-
do. Cause ob dat, God mek a wow too. ing more abundantly to
18 God done dat, so dat dem two ting yah, shew unto the heirs of
promise the immutability
wa God promise an wa e mek a wow bout, of his counsel, confirmed
fa true dem two ting cyahn neba change, it by an oath:
cause God cyahn lie. Now den, dem two 18 That by two immu-
ting da courage we fa true, so dat we wa table things, in which it
gone ta God fa stay safe, we gwine pit all was impossible for God to
lie, we might have a
we haat pon wa God gwine gii we bye an strong consolation, who
bye. 19 An wa we pit we haat pon, dat jes have fled for refuge to lay
hold upon the hope set
like a anka fa we soul. Dat anka safe an ain before us:
change, eben a leetle bit. An wa we pit we
19 Which hope we
haat pon, dat gwine go pass de big curtain have as an anchor of the
ta de place weh God dey. 20 Jedus gone soul, both sure and
stedfast, and which
eenta dat place heada we. An e dey fa we entereth into that within
sake. E come fa be a head man ob de priest the veil;
dem faeba an eba, een de same way 20 Whither the fore-
Melchizedek been head man ob de priest runner is for us entered,
dem. even Jesus, made an high
priest for ever after the
Melchizedek de Priest order of Melchisedec.

7 Melchizedek, e de one wa been king


1 7
,6

ob Salem, an e been a priest ob God, Chapter 7


wa great mo den all. Wen Abraham beena 1 For this Melchisedec,
come back fom de waa, atta e an e aamy king of Salem, priest of
win out oba de fo king dem an kill um, the most high God, who
met Abraham returning
Melchizedek meet Abraham an e aks God from the slaughter of the
fa bless Abraham dey. 2 Abraham wide op kings, and blessed him;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
760 Hebrew 7

2 To whom also Abra- all e tek een de waa eenta ten paat, an e gii
ham gave a tenth part of
all; first being by inter- Melchizedek one paat. Een de fus place,
pretation King of righ- Melchizedek name mean, “King wa da do
teousness, and after that
also King of Salem, which
right.” An den dey call um “King wa da
is, King of peace; bring peace,” cause Salem, de city weh e
3 Without father, with- beena rule, mean “peace.” 3 Dey ain nottin
out mother, without de- tall been write down bout Melchizedek
scent, having neither modda or e fada, needa e fambly line. Dey
beginning of days, nor
end of life; but made like ain nottin needa bout wen e bon or wen e
unto the Son of God; dead. So e stan like God Son, cause e a
abideth a priest contin-
ually. priest faeba an eba.
4 Leh we study den pon how great dis
4 Now consider how
great this man was, unto Melchizedek been. Eben Abraham, de fada
whom even the patriarch ob all de Jew people, gim one paat outta
Abraham gave the tenth
of the spoils.
ten paat ob all e tek een de waa. 5 Now de
Law wa God gii Moses taak bout de
5 And verily they that
are of the sons of Levi,
granchullun chullun ob Levi wa come fa be
who receive the office of Jew priest dem. De Law say, de people ob
the priesthood, have a Israel mus wide op wa dey git eenta ten
commandment to take
tithes of the people ac- paat an gii one paat ta de Jew priest dem.
cording to the law, that Dat mean fa say, dey own countryman dem
is, of their brethren,
though they come out of beena gii dem Jew priest one paat outta
the loins of Abraham: ebry ten paat, eben dough dey all Abraham
6 But he whose de-
granchullun chullun. 6 Dis man
scent is not counted from Melchizedek ain come outta Levi fambly
them received tithes of line, stillyet e got one paat outta ebry ten
Abraham, and blessed
him that had the pro- paat ob all wa Abraham tek een de waa. An
mises. Melchizedek aks God fa bless Abraham, de
man wa God been mek de promise ta. 7 We
7 And without all con-
tradiction the less is know fa true dat de poson wa aks God fa
blessed of the better. bless noda poson, e mo high op den de one
wa git bless. 8 Now de priest dem wa come
8 And here men that
die receive tithes; but outta Levi fambly line an wa git one paat
there he receiveth them, of outta ebry ten paat, dey jes people wa haffa
whom it is witnessed that
he liveth.
dead. Bot Melchizedek, wa got one paat
outta ebry ten paat too, God say e da lib.
9 And as I may so say, 9 An we kin say wen Abraham pay one
Levi also, who receiveth
tithes, payed tithes in
paat outta e ten paat, dat been jes like Levi
Abraham. too pay one paat ta Melchizedek. (An Levi

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 7 761

granchullun chullun git one paat outta 10 For he was yet in


the loins of his father,
ebry ten.) 10 Wen Melchizedek meet when Melchisedec met
Abraham, Levi ain been bon yet, bot we him.
11 If therefore perfec-
kin say dat so e stan, cause Levi been tion were by the Levitical
Abraham blood fambly. priesthood, (for under it
11 God gii de Law ta Moses fa gii ta de the people received the
law,) what further need
Israel people. An dat Law pend pon de Jew was there that another
priest dem wa been fom Levi fambly. Now priest should rise after
the order of Melchisedec,
den, ef dem priest ob Levi fambly been and not be called after
able fa do all wa dey spose fa do, dey ain the order of Aaron?
12 For the priesthood
oughta been no need fa noda kind ob being changed, there is
priest fa come, one wa like Melchizedek, made of necessity a
an wa ain like a priest fom Aaron fambly change also of the law.
13 For he of whom
line, ainty? 12 Wen God change de kind ob these things are spoken
priest dem, de law too haffa change. 13 We pertaineth to another
Lawd, de one wa dey tell dem ting bout tribe, of which no man
gave attendance at the
een God Book, e come fom noda tribe. Ain altar.
none ob e tribe neba done de wok ob a
14 For it is evident that
priest at de alta. 14 Cause we all know dat our Lord sprang out of
we Lawd come fom de tribe ob Judah. An Juda; of which tribe Mo-
ses spake nothing con-
Moses ain say nottin bout de tribe ob cerning priesthood.
Judah wen e tell bout de priest dem.
15 And it is yet far
more evident: for that af-
Noda Priest Like Melchizedek Done Come ter the similitude of
15 Now oona kin ondastan eben mo Melchisedec there ariseth
another priest,
betta wa A da taak bout. Cause God sen
noda priest, an e like Melchizedek. 16 E 16 Who is made, not
after the law of a carnal
ain come fa be a priest cause ob de law commandment, but after
dem bout wa fambly line e come fom. E a the power of an endless
life.
priest cause ob de powa ob e life wa ain
neba gwine end. 17 Cause dey write een 17 For he testifieth,
Thou art a priest for ever
God Book say, after the order of
“Ya gwine be a priest faeba an eba, Melchisedec.
een de same way Melchizedek 18 For there is verily a
been a priest.” disannulling of the com-
18 So den, de ole law done been pit way, mandment going before
for the weakness and
cause e ain got nuff powa an ain been able unprofitableness thereof
fa do wa e spose fa do. 19 Cause de Law wa 19 For the law made
God gii Moses ain mek nottin jes like e nothing perfect, but the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
762 Hebrew 7

bringing in of a better oughta be. Bot now, God gii we sompin mo


hope did; by the which
we draw nigh unto God. betta fa look fowaad ta, an dat mek we
come close ta God.
20 And inasmuch as
20 Den too, God been mek a wow, say
not without an oath he
was made priest: Jedus gwine be a priest faeba an eba.
21 Dey ain been no wow fo wen de oda
21 (For those priests
were made without an man dem come fa be priest. Bot wen God
oath; but this with an mek Jedus fa be priest, e mek a wow say,
oath by him that said
unto him, The Lord sware “A de Lawd mek a wow say,
and will not repent, Thou ‘Ya gwine be a priest
art a priest for ever after
the order of Melchise- faeba an eba.’
dec:) Me wod ain neba gwine change.”
22 By so much was Je-
22 Cause ob dis wow yah wa God promise,
sus made a surety of a dat mek Jedus de one wa proob we hab a
better testament.
nyew cobnant wid God, wa mo betta den
23 And they truly were de ole cobnant.
many priests, because 23 Onda de ole cobnant, dey been
they were not suffered to
continue by reason of
plenty priest wa come fom Levi tribe,
death: cause dey done dead an lef dey priest wok.
Den oda priest dem come fa do de wok wa
24 But this man, be-
cause he continueth ever,
dey beena do. 24 Bot Jedus diffunt. E ain
hath an unchangeable neba dead. E da lib faeba an eba. Cause ob
priesthood. dat, e a priest dat ain neba gwine lef e wok
25 Wherefore he is fa noda priest fa do. E a priest faeba. 25 So
able also to save them to den, Jedus got powa all de time fa sabe de
the uttermost that come people wa come ta God shru um, cause e
unto God by him, seeing
he ever liveth to make in- da lib faeba, fa go fa taak ta God fa sake ob
tercession for them. dem people.
26 Jedus, e de head man ob de priest
26 For such an high dem, an e da gii we jes wa we need. Jedus
priest became us, who is
holy, harmless, unde- good fa true een God eye. E ain neba do no
filed, separate from sin- sin. E ain got no fault een um. Een de wol,
ners, and made higher
than the heavens;
e ain lib like sinna dem. An now God done
raise um op high een e place mo high den
de mos high heaben. 27 Jedus ain like dem
27 Who needeth not
daily, as those high oda head man ob de priest dem. Dey been
priests, to offer up sacri- need fa mek sacrifice ta God ebry day fa
fice, first for his own sins,
and then for the people's:
sake ob dey own sin, an den fa de oda
for this he did once, people sin. Bot Jedus ain got no need fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 7, 8 763

mek no sacrifice no mo. E mek sacrifice fa when he offered up


himself.
de people sin jes one time an fa all time,
wen e offa op e life pon de cross. 28 Dem 28 For the law maketh
men high priests which
head man ob de priest dem wa Moses Law have infirmity; but the
done pick, dey been man dem wa kin do word of the oath, which
was since the law, maketh
ting wa ain right. Bot wen God mek a wow the Son, who is conse-
an mek de promise wa come atta Moses crated for evermore.
Law, God pick e Son fa do all God wahn,
faeba.
8
,7

Jedus de Head Priest ob de Nyew Cobnant

8
1 Now de ting wa we da tell oona mo Chapter 8
den all, dat we got susha head man ob 1 Now of the things
which we have spoken
de priest dem, jes like we beena taak bout. this is the sum: We have
E Jedus, de one wa seddown at de right such an high priest, who
is set on the right hand of
han side ob God shrone een heaben. the throne of the Majesty
2 Jedus da wok as head priest een de Mos in the heavens;
Holy Place weh God dey. Dat de real tent 2 A minister of the
ob woshup fa true, de tent wa de Lawd sanctuary, and of the true
tabernacle, which the
God pit op. No man ain pit um op. Lord pitched, and not
3 Ebry head man ob de priest dem, e man.
3 For every high priest
been pick so dat e kin offa gif an sacrifice is ordained to offer gifts
ta God. Same way so, we head man too and sacrifices: wherefore
mus hab sompin fa offa ta God. 4 Ef Jedus it is of necessity that this
man have somewhat also
been een dis wol now, e ain been fa be a to offer.
priest tall, cause de priest dem een dis wol 4 For if he were on
earth, he should not be a
wa da offa gif ta God jes like de Jew Law priest, seeing that there
say. 5 De wok wa dem priest do, dat ain de are priests that offer gifts
according to the law:
real ting. Dat a shada wa da show wa op 5 Who serve unto the
dey een heaben een de real woshup place example and shadow of
weh God dey. Dat hoccome wen Moses heavenly things, as Mo-
ses was admonished of
been ready fa build de tent ob woshup weh God when he was about
dem priest been gwine do dey wok, God to make the tabernacle:
for, See, saith he, that
tell um say, “Ya mus be sho fa mek all ting thou make all things ac-
jes de same way A been show ya wen ya cording to the pattern
shewed to thee in the
been dey pon Mount Sinai.” 6 So now we mount.
see dat God pick Jedus Christ fa do de wok 6 But now hath he ob-
tained a more excellent
ob a priest, an dat wok betta fa true, mo ministry, by how much
betta den de wok wa dem oda priest da do. also he is the mediator of

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
764 Hebrew 8

a better covenant, which Same way so, de cobnant wa Jedus mek


was established upon
better promises. tween God an people stan betta fa true, mo
betta den de ole cobnant. Cause een dis
nyew cobnant, God mek promise wa mo
7 For if that first cove- betta fa true den een dat ole cobnant.
nant had been faultless, 7 Ef dat fus cobnant been able fa do wa e
then should no place
have been sought for the need fa do, dey ain oughta been no need fa
second. noda cobnant. 8 Bot God been tell de
people say, dey ain been do wa de fus
cobnant say. Dat mek de Lawd God say,
8 For finding fault
“De time da come
with them, he saith, Be-
hold, the days come, wen A gwine mek a nyew cobnant
saith the Lord, when I wid de people ob Israel
will make a new cove-
nant with the house of Is- an wid de people ob Judah.
rael and with the house 9 Dis nyew cobnant ain gwine
of Judah:
be like de cobnant A been
mek wid de ole people,
wen A tek um by de han
9 Not according to the
covenant that I made
fa lead um outta Egypt lan.
with their fathers in the Dem people ain do wa de cobnant
day when I took them by A been mek wid um
the hand to lead them out
of the land of Egypt; be- say dey oughta do,
cause they continued not so A lef um an leh um
in my covenant, and I re-
garded them not, saith go dey own way.”
the Lord. De Lawd say,
10 “Wen de time come,
dis de cobnant A gwine mek
10 For this is the cove-
wid de people ob Israel.
nant that I will make
with the house of Israel A gwine mek um study
after those days, saith the pon me law dem
Lord; I will put my laws
into their mind, and an mek um know um
write them in their fa true een dey haat.
hearts: and I will be to
them a God, and they
A gwine be dey God,
shall be to me a people: an dey gwine be me people.
11 De people ain gwine
haffa laan dey neighba,
11 And they shall not needa dey broda no mo, fa say,
teach every man his
neighbour, and every ‘Ya mus come fa know de Lawd.’
man his brother, saying, Cause dey all gwine know me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 8, 9 765

Dem wa low an dem wa high op Know the Lord: for all


shall know me, from the
dey all gwine know me. least to the greatest.
12 A gwine fagib dem ebil ting
12 For I will be merci-
wa dey done. ful to their unrighteous-
A ain gwine memba dey sin ness, and their sins and
no mo.” their iniquities will I re-
member no more.
13 Wen God say dis yah a nyew cobnant,
dat mean fa say God done mek de fus 13 In that he saith, A
new covenant, he hath
cobnant too ole. An we know dat made the first old. Now
wasoneba done ole an ain fa be nyuse no that which decayeth and
waxeth old is ready to
mo, purty soon dat done done. vanish away.

How We Oughta Woshup God

9 Fa true, wen God mek de fus


1 Chapter 9
1 Then verily the first
cobnant, dat cobnant been got plenty covenant had also ordi-
rule bout how people oughta woshup God, nances of divine service,
and a worldly sanctuary.
an bout a place fa woshup dat people pit
op. 2 Dey pit op a tent fa woshup God. Dey
2 For there was a ta-
call de fus room ob dat tent “De Place Weh bernacle made; the first,
God Dey.” An een dat room dey beena wherein was the candle-
keep de lampstan an de table wid dem loaf stick, and the table, and
the shewbread; which is
ob bread dat de priest dem been offa ta called the sanctuary.
God. 3 Wen ya pass hine de secon big
curtain, noda room been dey dat dey call 3 And after the second
“De Place Weh God Dey Mo Den Any Oda veil, the tabernacle
which is called the Holi-
Place.” 4 Een dat room dey, dey beena est of all;
keep de gole alta weh dey beena bun
incense an de box wa tell bout de cobnant 4 Which had the
dat God mek wid people. Dat box been golden censer, and the
kiba all oba, eenside an outside, wid gole. ark of the covenant over-
laid round about with
Eenside de box dey beena keep de gole jar gold, wherein was the
weh dey pit de manna wa God beena gim golden pot that had
manna, and Aaron's rod
fa nyam, an Aaron waakin stick dat leaf that budded, and the ta-
been grow pon, an dem two stone weh bles of the covenant;
God cobnant been write down. 5 Op oba
de gole box dey pit de two cherubim, wa 5 And over it the
show God Glory dey wid um. An de cherubims of glory shad-
owing the mercyseat; of
cherubim wing da obashada de mussy which we cannot now
place weh God fagib people sin. Bot right speak particularly.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
766 Hebrew 9

6 Now when these now we ain hab time fa splain all dem ting
things were thus or-
dained, the priests went
yah ta oona.
always into the first ta- 6 Atta dey done git de place ready like
bernacle, accomplishing dat, wid all dem ting een dey place, de
the service of God.
priest dem kin go eenside de fus room
ebryday, weh dey da do dey wok fa God.
7 But into the second 7 Bot jes de head man ob de priest dem go
went the high priest alone eenta de secon room wa dey eenside. An e
once every year, not
without blood, which he go eenside dey jes one time ebry yeah.
offered for himself, and Wen e go een, e mus tek blood ob goat an
for the errors of the
people: bull an de ashesh ob heifer, wa e offa ta
God fa sake ob e own sin an fa all de oda
people sin dem wa dey ain know dey
8 The Holy Ghost this beena do. 8 De Holy Sperit nyuse all dem
signifying, that the way ting fa show we, long as de fus room een
into the holiest of all was
not yet made manifest, dat tent still beena stan, de way eenta De
while as the first taberna- Place Weh God Dey Mo Den Any Oda
cle was yet standing:
Place ain been open op yet. 9 Dis show we
de ting dem wa dey now at dis time. E
show we dat wen a poson come fa woshup
9 Which was a figure
for the time then present, God, all e da gii ta God an all animal
in which were offered sacrifice wa e da mek ta God, dey ain able
both gifts and sacrifices,
that could not make him
fa mek e haat clean like e oughta be. 10 All
that did the service per- dem ting yah een de law jes da taak bout
fect, as pertaining to the ting fa nyam an drink an how fa wash ting
conscience;
fa mek people clean een God eye. All dem
rule yah jes dey fa dis wol. Dey ain got
10 Which stood only in
nottin fa do wid people haat. An dey powa
meats and drinks, and di- go on jes til de time come wen God gwine
vers washings, and carnal change all ting.
ordinances, imposed on
them until the time of
11 Bot wen Christ come fa be de head
reformation. man ob de priest dem, e bring de good ting
dem wa we got now. De tent ob God weh
Christ pass shru, e mo fa true like e oughta
11 But Christ being be an much mo great den de tent wa dey
come an high priest of
good things to come, by a een dis wol. Ain no poson mek de place
greater and more perfect weh Christ done e wok, an dat place ain
tabernacle, not made
with hands, that is to say,
dey een dis wol, wa done been mek.
not of this building; 12 Wen Christ gone shru de tent, e gone

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 9 767

eenside De Place Weh God Dey Mo Den 12 Neither by the


blood of goats and calves,
Any Oda Place. Jes dat one time an no mo, but by his own blood he
e gone eenside dey. An e ain tek no blood entered in once into the
ob goat needa calf fa offa fa sacrifice dey. holy place, having ob-
tained eternal redemp-
Stead ob dat, e gii e own blood fa mek sho tion for us.
dat we git life wa ain neba gwine end.
13 De priest dem beena tek de blood ob
goat an bull an de ashesh wa come fom a 13 For if the blood of
bulls and of goats, and
nyoung cow, an dey scatta um pon de the ashes of an heifer
people wa ain clean een God eye. An dis sprinkling the unclean,
sanctifieth to the purify-
mek um clean. 14 So den, since de animal ing of the flesh:
blood got powa fa mek people clean een
God eye, dat mean fa say Christ blood wen
e dead pon de cross got much mo powa 14 How much more
den de animal blood fa clean we haat! De shall the blood of Christ,
Holy Sperit wa da lib faeba, e gii Christ who through the eternal
Spirit offered himself
powa fa offa esef as de sacrifice ta God. E without spot to God,
ain neba sin none tall, so wen e dead, dat purge your conscience
from dead works to serve
sacrifice ob esef fa we been jes wa e oughta the living God?
be. Cause ob e sacrifice, de blood ob Christ
mek we haat clean fa true, an we stop fa do
de bad ting dem wa gwine mek we dead, 15 And for this cause
so dat we kin saab God wa da lib faeba an he is the mediator of the
new testament, that by
eba. means of death, for the
15 So den, cause ob wa Christ done, e redemption of the trans-
gressions that were under
able fa mek a nyew cobenant twix God an the first testament, they
people, so dat de people wa God call fa be which are called might
receive the promise of
e people gwine git dey paat faeba ob dem eternal inheritance.
good blessin wa God promise fa gim. Dat
so e stan, cause Christ done dead. So cause
e dead, God paadon e people fa dey sin wa 16 For where a testa-
dey beena do wen dey beena lib onda dat ment is, there must also
of necessity be the death
fus cobnant. of the testator.
16 Wen a poson write a will fa splain wa
people oughta do wid e propaty wen e
dead, de people haffa show dat fa sho dat 17 For a testament is of
poson done dead, fo dey gwine do wa e force after men are dead:
otherwise it is of no
done write een e will. 17 De will ain mean strength at all while the
nottin ef de poson ain dead yet. Wen de testator liveth.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
768 Hebrew 9

18 Whereupon neither poson done dead, den de will got powa.


the first testament was 18 Same way so, de fus cobnant wa God
dedicated without blood.
mek wid people ain been got no powa
19 For when Moses
lessin people tek animal blood, mek a
had spoken every precept
to all the people accord- sacrifice ta God. 19 Way back dey, Moses
ing to the law, he took fus tell all de people ebry Law wa God say
the blood of calves and of
goats, with water, and dey mus folla. Den e tek de blood ob calf
scarlet wool, and hyssop, an goat mix wid wata, an a leetle branch
and sprinkled both the
book, and all the people,
ob de hyssop plant wa been tie op wid red
sheep wool. E dip de hyssop branch an de
20 Saying, This is the red wool eenta de blood an wata. Den e
blood of the testament
which God hath enjoined
sprinkle de blood an wata pon de book ob
unto you. de Law an pon all de people. 20 Wen e
beena sprinkle de blood, e say, “Dis de
21 Moreover he
sprinkled with blood
blood wa mek oona one wid de cobnant
both the tabernacle, and wa God tell oona fa folla.” 21 Same way so,
all the vessels of the Moses sprinkle de blood pon de tent weh
ministry.
dey beena mek sacrifice ta God an pon all
22 And
dem ting wa dey beena nyuse wen dey
almost all
things are by the law woshup God dey. 22 Fa true, de Law say
purged with blood; and dey mus sprinkle jes bout ebryting wid
without shedding of
blood is no remission. blood, so dat e gwine be clean een God
eye. Ef dey ain no blood wa been shed, dey
23 It was therefore ain no way dat God gwine paadon sin.
necessary that the pat-
terns of things in the Christ Sacrifice Tek Way we Sin
heavens should be puri-
fied with these; but the So den, een dat time, dey haffa mek
23
heavenly things them- dem animal sacrifice an sprinkle blood
selves with better sacri-
fices than these. pon all dem ting we beena taak bout, so
dat dey all gwine be clean een God eye. All
24 For Christ is not en- dem ting yah, dey been mek fa look like de
tered into the holy places real ting, wa dey een heaben. Bot dem ting
made with hands, which
are the figures of the true; een heaben haffa hab a sacrifice wa mo
but into heaven itself, betta den dem animal sacrifice. 24 Cause
now to appear in the
presence of God for us:
Christ ain go eenta a holy place dat people
build, wa ain de real place weh God da lib.
Christ gone eenta de place weh God dey
25 Nor yet that he
should offer himself of- een heaben, weh now e da stanop fo God
ten, as the high priest fa we sake. 25 De head man ob de Jew

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 9, 10 769

priest dem, e haffa go eenta de mos holy entereth into the holy
place every year with
place yah one time ebry yeah wid blood blood of others;
wa ain e own. E tek animal blood. Bot
26 For then must he of-
Christ gone fa offa esef fa be a sacrifice ta ten have suffered since
God jes one time. E ain gone fa offa esef the foundation of the
oba an oba gin. 26 Cause den Christ been world: but now once in
the end of the world hath
gwine haffa suffa heapa time, fom de time he appeared to put away
wen God mek de wol. Stead ob dat, Christ sin by the sacrifice of
himself.
done come jes one time an no mo, now
wen de wol da come ta e end, fa sacrifice 27 And as it is ap-
esef, so dat e kin tek way sin. An sin ain pointed unto men once to
gwine be no mo. 27 All people haffa dead die, but after this the
judgment:
one time. An atta dey done dead, God
gwine jedge um fa all dey done do.
28 So Christ was once
28 Same way so, Christ, too, done dead jes
offered to bear the sins of
one time, as a sacrifice fa tek way de sin ob many; and unto them
that look for him shall he
a heapa people. An e gwine come back ta appear the second time
de wol a secon time. Bot dat time dey, e without sin unto
ain gwine come fa tek way people sin. E salvation.

gwine come fa sabe de people wa da wait


fa um an da look fowaad fa see um come.

10
1 De Jew Law show we bout dem Chapter 10
good ting wa da come, bot e ain 1 For the law having a
show we cleah bout how dey gwine be. E shadow of good things to
come, and not the very
jes like a shada. E ain like de real ting dem. image of the things, can
De people da offa de same kind ob never with those sacri-
fices which they offered
sacrifice ebry yeah, oba an oba gin. Dem year by year continually
sacrifice ob de Jew Law ain neba gwine make the comers there-
unto perfect.
hab powa fa mek de people dat come ta
God be all dat dey oughta be. 2 Ef dem
animal sacrifice been got powa fa true fa 2 For then would they
tek way de sin ob de people wa come fa not have ceased to be of-
fered? because that the
woshup God, den de people ain been fa worshippers once purged
mek no animal sacrifice no mo. Cause ef should have had no more
conscience of sins.
de sacrifice been mek dey haat clean fom
sin once an fa all time, dey ain been fa feel
guilty fa dey sin no mo. 3 Bot stead ob dat, 3 But in those sacrifices
there is a remembrance
de animal sacrifice wa de people da mek again made of sins every
ebry yeah, dey da mek um memba dey sin. year.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
770 Hebrew 10

4 For it is not possible 4 Cause de blood ob bull an goat ain got no


that the blood of bulls
and of goats should take powa fa tek way sin.
away sins. 5 Cause ob dat, wen Christ come eenta
de wol, e tell e Fada God say,
5 Wherefore when he “Ya ain wahn people fa sacrifice
cometh into the world, no animal, needa offa ya gif.
he saith, Sacrifice and of-
fering thou wouldest
Bot ya done git a body
not, but a body hast thou ready fa me.
prepared me: 6 Wen people bun op animal fa gii ya,
wen dey mek sacrifice
6 In burnt offerings fa tek way dey sin,
and sacrifices for sin thou ya ain sattify wid dem ting.
hast had no pleasure.
7 So den A say,
‘God, look pon me yah,
7 Then said I, Lo, I
come (in the volume of
A ready fa do
the book it is written of wa ya wahn me fa do,
me,) to do thy will, O jes like dey write bout me
God.
een de Book.’ ”
8 Wen Christ say dem wod yah, fus ob all e
8 Above when he said,
say, “Ya ain wahn no sacrifice needa
Sacrifice and offering and
burnt offerings and offer- offrin. Ya ain wahn people fa bun op
ing for sin thou wouldest animal fa ya or fa mek sacrifice fa tek way
not, neither hadst plea-
sure therein; which are of- dey sin. Ya ain sattify wid dem ting dey.”
fered by the law; Christ say dem wod yah, eben dough de
people beena do all dem ting dey, jes like
9 Then said he, Lo, I
de Jew Law say dey oughta do um. 9 Den
come to do thy will, O Christ say, “God, look pon me yah. A come
God. He taketh away the fa do wa ya wahn me fa do.” So den, God
first, that he may estab-
lish the second. pit way dat fus way ob dem sacrifice fa pay
fa sin so dat e kin set op de secon way, da
pit de sacrifice ob Christ een dey place.
10 By the which will
10 Cause Jedus Christ do wa God wahn um
we are sanctified through
the offering of the body fa do, e offa op e own body as a sacrifice.
of Jesus Christ once for Jes one time e mek dat sacrifice, an dat
all.
sacrifice got powa fa eba an eba. Dat
sacrifice mek we all clean een God eye, an
11 And every priest we God own people.
standeth daily minister- 11 Ebry one ob de Jew priest dem da
ing and offering often-
times the same sacrifices, stanop an do e wok fa God, day atta day.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 10 771

Oba an oba gin, e offa op de same kind ob which can never take
away sins:
sacrifice, bot dem kind ob animal sacrifice
ain neba able fa tek way people sin. 12 Bot 12 But this man, after
he had offered one sacri-
Christ offa op jes one sacrifice an dat fice for sins for ever, sat
sacrifice got powa fa tek way people sin down on the right hand
of God;
faeba an eba. An wen e done offa op de
sacrifice, e gone an seddown ta God right 13 From henceforth
han. 13 E da wait dey, da look fa de time expecting till his enemies
be made his footstool.
wen God gwine stroy all e enemy an mek
um like a footstool onda e foot. 14 Cause 14 For by one offering
wid jes one sacrifice wa Christ mek, e done he hath perfected for
tek de people wa e da mek holy, an e mek ever them that are sancti-
fied.
um all dey oughta be faeba an eba.
15 De Holy Sperit, too, da show we dat
15 Whereof the Holy
dem ting yah true fa sho. Fus e say, Ghost also is a witness to
16 “De Lawd say, atta dat time, us: for after that he had
said before,
dis de cobnant
A gwine mek wid um.
16 This is the covenant
A gwine mek um know
that I will make with
me law dem een dey haat, them after those days,
an A gwine mek um saith the Lord, I will put
my laws into their hearts,
memba dem ting faeba.” and in their minds will I
17 Den de Holy Sperit say, write them;
“A gwine fagit faeba an eba
de sin dey done, 17 And their sins and
iniquities will I remem-
an how dey broke me law dem.” ber no more.
18 So wen God done fagib de people fa dey
sin, dey ain got fa offa no sacrifice neba 18 Now where remis-
gin fa tek way dey sin. sion of these is, there is no
more offering for sin.
Leh We Come Nigh ta God
19 Me bredren, cause ob Jedus blood wa 19 Having therefore,
brethren, boldness to en-
e gii wen e dead pon de cross, we ain got fa ter into the holiest by the
be scaid eben a leetle bit. We kin go right blood of Jesus,
eenta de place weh God dey. 20 Jedus
sacrifice e body fa open op a nyew way. E 20 By a new and living
body stan like de tick curtain wa hang way, which he hath con-
secrated for us, through
eenside God House fa kiba de place weh the veil, that is to say, his
God dey. (Dat tick curtain dey done teah flesh;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
772 Hebrew 10

21 And having an high fom top ta bottom wen Christ done dead
priest over the house of
God; pon de cross.) 21 We got a priest wa mo
den all de oda priest dem an e da rule oba
God House. 22 So den, leh we go right een
22 Let us draw near ta God. Wid all we haat leh we trus um fa
with a true heart in full
assurance of faith, having
true. Cause Jedus blood done clean we
our hearts sprinkled from haat so we ain feel guilty no mo. An we e
an evil conscience, and people wa done wash we body een clean
our bodies washed with
pure water. wata. 23 Leh we stan scrong an neba gii op
23 Let us hold fast the
da hope dat we gwine git de ting dem wa
profession of our faith
without wavering; (for he we say we bleebe God gwine gii we. Mus
is faithful that promised;) dohn doubt eben a leetle bit, cause God
24 And let us consider
one another to provoke promise we, an e gwine do wa e say, fa
unto love and to good true. 24 Leh we study how we kin courage
works:
25 Not forsaking the one noda fa show lob an do good. 25 An
assembling of ourselves leh we keep on da meet togeda. We mus
together, as the manner dohn folla some people ob de choch wa ain
of some is; but exhorting
one another: and so much keep on da meet. Stead ob dat, leh we
the more, as ye see the courage one noda. An leh we courage one
day approaching.
26 For if we sin wil- noda mo den eba, cause we see dat de
fully after that we have Lawd gwine come back soon.
received the knowledge 26 Atta we know wa true, ef we still
of the truth, there
remaineth no more sacri- keep on da sin eben wen we know betta,
fice for sins, dey ain no sacrifice no mo fa tek way we
27 But a certain fearful
looking for of judgment
sin. 27 Ef a poson da sin dat way, e oughta
and fiery indignation, be scaid cause e ain got nottin mo fa do bot
which shall devour the fa wait fa God fa jedge um an fa de big fire
adversaries.
28 He that despised
wa gwine bun op dem wa da fight ginst
Moses' law died without God. 28 Ef a poson ain do wa de Law wa
mercy under two or three God gii Moses tell um fa do, an ef two or
witnesses:
29 Of how much sorer
shree people gree da say dey shim wen e
punishment, suppose ye, broke de Law, den de tority dem kill dat
shall he be thought wor- one dey. Dey ain hab no mussy pon um.
thy, who hath trodden
under foot the Son of 29 So den, oona oughta know, de one wa
God, and hath counted da spise de Son ob God, God gwine punish
the blood of the cove-
nant, wherewith he was um mo fa true. Dat one dey da hole cheap
sanctified, an unholy Christ blood ob God cobnant wa tek way e
thing, and hath done de-
spite unto the Spirit of
sin, an e beena sult God Sperit wa hab
grace? mussy pon um. Dat one oughta git punish

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 10 773

heap mo fa true, ainty dough? 30 Cause we 30 For we know him


that hath said, Ven-
know de Lawd God wa say, “A gwine geance belongeth unto
punish people fa de ebil dey done. A gwine me, I will recompense,
pay um back fa de bad ting dey done.” An saith the Lord. And
again, The Lord shall
noda time e say, “A de Lawd gwine jedge judge his people.
me people.” 31 Ya haffa be scaid fa fall 31 It is a fearful thing
eenta de han ob de God wa da lib! to fall into the hands of
32 Bot memba how oona beena do, atta the living God.
oona ondastan God way. Een dat time, 32 But call to remem-
eben dough oona beena suffa too bad, brance the former days,
in which, after ye were il-
stillyet oona beena beah um an oona luminated, ye endured a
stanop scrong. 33 Some ob dat time dey, great fight of afflictions;
people beena hole oona cheap an mek 33 Partly, whilst ye
oona suffa out een de open, een front ob were made a gazing-
oda people. An some oda time, oona been stock both by reproaches
and afflictions; and
jine op wid oda Christian dem, da stan partly, whilst ye became
right side ob um wiles dey da suffa so. companions of them that
were so used.
34 Oona been saary fa de people een de
jailhouse. An oona ain warry wen people 34 For ye had compas-
sion of me in my bonds,
tek oona propaty. Stead ob dat, oona still and took joyfully the
been joyful, cause oona know oona got spoiling of your goods,
sompin way mo betta den dat propaty dey. knowing in yourselves
that ye have in heaven a
An wa oona got gwine las faeba an eba. better and an enduring
35 So den, mus dohn neba stop fa trus, substance.
cause dat gwine bring oona big blessin. 35 Cast not away
36 Oona haffa beah all ting, so dat oona therefore your confi-
dence, which hath great
gwine do wa God wahn, an den oona recompence of reward.
gwine git wa e promise oona. 37 Cause dey
36 For ye have need of
write een God Book say, patience, that, after ye
“Jes a leetle mo time, have done the will of
den de one wa da come, God, ye might receive the
promise.
gwine come.
E ain gwine be late. 37 For yet a little
while, and he that shall
38 Bot de one wa da waak scraight, come will come, and will
de one wa blongst ta me not tarry.
e gwine lib cause e da trus me. 38 Now the just shall
Bot ef e ton back an stop fa trus me, live by faith: but if any
A ain gwine be heppy wid um, man draw back, my soul
shall have no pleasure in
none tall.” him.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
774 Hebrew 10, 11

39 But we are not of 39 Bot we ain people wa ton back an den


them who draw back
unto perdition; but of git stroy. We people wa trus God, so dat e
them that believe to the sabe we.
saving of the soul.
Wa E Mean fa Trus God

11 Wen a poson da trus, dat mean fa


Chapter 11 1
1 Now faith is the sub- say e know fa sho dat e gwine git
stance of things hoped
for, the evidence of
de ting wa e pit e haat pon. An e know dat
things not seen. dem ting wa e ain see, dey dey fa true.
2 Now cause de people wa been lib way
2 For by it the elders
obtained a good report. back dey beena trus God, God say e heppy
wid um.
3 Through faith we un-
derstand that the worlds
3 Cause we trus um, God mek we
were framed by the word ondastan dat de wod dem wa God been
of God, so that things
which are seen were not taak, dey mek de wol, so dem ting we da
made of things which do see, dey come fom dem ting we ain see.
appear. 4 Cause Abel trus God, e offa a betta
4 By faith Abel offered sacrifice ta God, mo betta den de one Cain
unto God a more excel- mek. Wen God say e heppy wid de
lent sacrifice than Cain,
by which he obtained sacrifice dat Abel mek, we know God say
witness that he was righ- Abel waak scraight wid um. Eben dough
teous, God testifying of
his gifts: and by it he be- Abel done dead, we still da laan bout wa e
ing dead yet speaketh. mean fa trus God by how Abel been trus
5 By faith Enoch was um.
translated that he should 5 Cause Enoch trus God, e ain dead.
not see death; and was
not found, because God
Stead ob dat, God tek um op wen e still
had translated him: for beena lib. Nobody ain shim gin, cause God
before his translation he done tek um op. Wen Enoch still been yah
had this testimony, that
he pleased God. een dis wol, fo God tek um op, God say e
heppy wid Enoch. 6 Ain nobody able fa
6 But without faith it is
impossible to please him: please God ef e ain trus um. Cause dem wa
for he that cometh to God come ta God haffa trus dat God dey, an dat
must believe that he is,
and that he is a rewarder e gwine do plenty good ting fa dem people
of them that diligently wa da saach fa um wid all dey haat.
seek him. 7 Cause Noah trus God, e pay tention
7 By faith Noah, being wen God waan um bout ting wa gwine
warned of God of things happen. Eben dough Noah ain been see
not seen as yet, moved
with fear, prepared an dem ting yet, e done wa God tell um fa do.
ark to the saving of his Cause Noah trus God wod, e mek one big

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 11 775

boat so dat e an e fambly kin go eenside house; by the which he


condemned the world,
um an git sabe, an de wata wa beena kiba and became heir of the
de wol ain do um no haam. So Noah fait righteousness which is by
faith.
een God show dat de oda people een de
wol beena do bad wen dey ain trus God. 8 By faith Abraham,
An God say Noah been a scraight poson when he was called to go
out into a place which he
cause Noah trus God. should after receive for
8 Cause Abraham trus God, e done wa an inheritance, obeyed;
God tell um fa do, wen God call um an sen and he went out, not
knowing whither he
um fa go ta de place wa God been promise went.
fa gim. Abraham got op an gone dey eben
9 By faith he sojourned
dough e ain been know dat place weh e da in the land of promise, as
gwine. 9 An cause Abraham trus God, e in a strange country,
been a come-yah poson een dat lan wa dwelling in tabernacles
with Isaac and Jacob, the
God promise fa gim. E lib dey een tent heirs with him of the
dem, long wid Isaac an Jacob. An God mek same promise:
dat same promise ta dem. 10 Abraham lib 10 For he looked for a
like a scranja dey cause e beena wait fa de city which hath founda-
city wa God been plan an build, wa stanop tions, whose builder and
maker is God.
scrong pon e foundation, an wa ain neba
gwine faddown. 11 Through faith also
11 Cause Abraham trus God, e an Sarah Sara herself received
strength to conceive
been able fa bon a chile ob dey own, eben seed, and was delivered
dough Abraham been too ole, an fo dat of a child when she was
past age, because she
time Sarah ain been able fa bon no judged him faithful who
chullun. Cause Abraham trus God, dat e had promised.
gwine do wa e promise. 12 So den God gii
12 Therefore sprang
dis one ooman, eben dough e done ole, a there even of one, and
heapa granchullun chullun. E gim so many him as good as dead, so
til dey been like de staa dem een de sky an many as the stars of the
sky in multitude, and as
de sand pon de sea sho wa nobody kin the sand which is by the
count. sea shore innumerable.
13 All dem people yah still beena lib een
13 These all died in
de way ob fait wen dey dead. Fo dey done faith, not having received
dead, dey ain git dem ting dat God the promises, but having
seen them afar off, and
promise um. Bot dey beena see fom were persuaded of them,
faaway wa God been gwine gim, an dey and embraced them, and
confessed that they were
been heppy fa wa God promise um. Dey strangers and pilgrims on
know an tell de people, say dey scranja an the earth.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
776 Hebrew 11

14 For they that say come-yah people een dis wol. 14 De people
such things declare
plainly that they seek a wa taak like dat sho fa true dat dey beena
country. look fa a country wa gwine blongst ta um.
15 And truly, if they 15 Fa sho, dey ain beena tink bout de
had been mindful of that
country from whence country dat dey come fom. Cause ef dey
they came out, they beena tink bout dat place, dey been gwine
might have had opportu-
nity to have returned.
git de chance fa go back dey. 16 Stead ob
16 But now they desire dat, dey been wahn a country dat mo betta
a better country, that is, den weh dey come fom. Dey been wahn a
an heavenly: wherefore
God is not ashamed to be
country dey een heaben. So God ain shame
called their God: for he ob um, wen dey call um dey own God,
hath prepared for them a cause e done been mek a city ready fa um.
city.
17 By faith Abraham,
17 Cause Abraham trus God, wen God
when he was tried, of- test um, e gree fa offa op Isaac, e onliest
fered up Isaac: and he son, fa sacrifice um ta God. Abraham been
that had received the
promises offered up his ready fa sacrifice Isaac eben dough God
only begotten son, been promise um bout Isaac. 18 God
18 Of whom it was
said, That in Isaac shall
promise um say, “Isaac gwine hab de
thy seed be called: chullun wa gwine gii ya ya granchullun
19 Accounting that chullun.” 19 Abraham trus God dat ef
God was able to raise Isaac dead, God able fa mek Isaac lib gin.
him up, even from the
dead; from whence also An so we kin say, eben dough Isaac ain
he received him in a been dead den, e stan like a poson wa done
figure.
20 By
dead, bot e come back ta Abraham.
faith Isaac
blessed Jacob and Esau 20 Cause Isaac trus God, e tell Jacob an
concerning things to Esau say, “God gwine bless oona.” E beena
come.
taak bout de blessin dem wa dey gwine git
21 By faith Jacob,
when he was a dying,
later on. 21 Cause Jacob trus God, e bless
blessed both the sons of Joseph son dem, one by one, wen de time
Joseph; and worshipped, come wen Jacob been bout fa dead. An at
leaning upon the top of
his staff. dat time dey, e lean pon e waakin stick an
22 By faith Joseph, e woshup God.
when he died, made men- 22 Cause Joseph trus God, wen e been
tion of the departing of bout fa dead, e taak bout de time wen de
the children of Israel; and
gave commandment con- Israel people gwine come outta Egypt, an
cerning his bones. Joseph tell um wa dey oughta do wid e
23 By faith Moses, body atta e done dead.
when he was born, was 23 Cause Moses fada an modda trus
hid three months of his
parents, because they God, dey hide Moses way een dey house fa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 11 777

shree mont atta e bon, cause dey see Moses saw he was a proper
child; and they were not
been a fine chile, an dey ain been scaid fa afraid of the king's
broke de law wa de king pass, wa say dey commandment.
fa kill all dey son dem. 24 By faith Moses,
24 Cause Moses trus God, atta e grow when he was come to
op, e ain leh um call um de son ob King years, refused to be
called the son of Pha-
Pharaoh daughta. 25 Moses say e betta fa raoh's daughter;
suffa long wid God people den fa mek
merry, da do bad ting wa ain gwine mek 25 Choosing rather to
suffer affliction with the
um glad fa long. 26 E mek op e mind dat ef people of God, than to
people hole um cheap an mek um suffa fa enjoy the pleasures of sin
for a season;
sake ob Christ de Messiah, dat way wot mo
fa true den ef e git all de fine ting dem een 26 Esteeming the re-
Egypt. Cause Moses pit e haat pon de proach of Christ greater
riches than the treasures
blessin wa e gwine git atta wile. 27 Cause in Egypt: for he had re-
Moses trus God, e come outta Egypt an e spect unto the recom-
ain been scaid, eben dough de king been pence of the reward.

too bex wid um. E ain neba ton back. E 27 By faith he forsook
gone on, like e able fa see God wen nobody Egypt, not fearing the
else ain able fa shim. 28 Cause Moses trus wrath of the king: for he
endured, as seeing him
God, e keep de Passoba feas an e chaage de who is invisible.
Israel people fa sprinkle de blood pon dey
28 Through faith he
door, so dat wen de Det Angel wa da kill kept the passover, and
de fusbon son come, e ain gwine kill none the sprinkling of blood,
ob de fusbon son ob de Israel people. lest he that destroyed the
firstborn should touch
29 Cause de Israel people trus God, dey them.
gone right shru de Red Sea, jes like dey da
waak pon dry groun. Bot wen Pharoah 29 By faith they passed
through the Red sea as by
aamy try fa cross oba, dey all been drown dry land: which the Egyp-
een de wata. tians assaying to do were
drowned.
30 Cause de Israel people trus God, de
wall wa been dey roun Jericho faddown 30 By faith the walls of
atta de Israel people maach seben day Jericho fell down, after
roun um. 31 Cause e trus God, de screet they were compassed
about seven days.
ooman name Rahab ain dead wen de Israel
people beena kill de Jericho people wa ain 31 By faith the harlot
do wa God tell um fa do. Rahab ain dead, Rahab perished not with
them that believed not,
cause e been glad fa hide de scranja dem when she had received
een e house wen dey come fom Israel fa the spies with peace.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
778 Hebrew 11

32 And what shall I look oba de city.


more say? for the time
would fail me to tell of
32 Well den, A ain need fa say no mo,
Gedeon, and of Barak, ainty? Dey ain nuff time fa tell bout
and of Samson, and of
Jephthae; of David also,
Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthah, David,
and Samuel, and of the Samuel an de prophet dem wa beena tell
prophets: people God wod. 33 Cause dey trus God,
wen dey fight ginst oda country dem, dey
33 Who through faith been able fa win de waa. Dey done dem
subdued kingdoms, ting wa right een God eye, an God gim wa
wrought righteousness,
obtained promises, stop- e been promise fa gim. Cause dey trus God,
ped the mouths of lions, dey shet de lion mout so dey ain nyam um.
34 Dey pit out de red hot fire dem, an de
34 Quenched the vio- flame ain do nottin ta um. An God sabe um
lence of fire, escaped the fom dey enemy dem wa wahn fa kill um
edge of the sword, out of
weakness were made wid dey sode. Dey ain been got no scrent,
strong, waxed valiant in bot God gim scrent. God gim powa wen
fight, turned to flight the
armies of the aliens. dey fight waa so dey win out oba de sodja
dem ob oda country, an mek um ron way.
35 An cause some de ooman dem trus God,
35 Women received
their dead raised to life dey gone fa meet dey own people wa done
again: and others were dead an den git op fom mongst de dead an
tortured, not accepting
deliverance; that they lib gin.
might obtain a better Some oda people beena suffa plenty bad
resurrection:
ting dat dey enemy done ta um. Dey beena
suffa til dey dead, bot dey ain neba say dey
36 And others had trial ain trus God so dat dey enemy dem gwine
of cruel mockings and
scourgings, yea, more- leh um go. Dey suffa all dat cause dey trus
over of bonds and dat atta dey done dead, dey gwine rise op
imprisonment:
fom mongst de dead people an lib gin, da
git life wa way mo betta den dey life yah.
37 They were stoned, 36 De enemy dem ob some ob de people
they were sawn asunder,
were tempted, were slain
hole um cheap an beat um wid whip. Dey
with the sword: they enemy tie op some ob um wid chain an pit
wandered about in um een de jailhouse. 37 Dey stone some ob
sheepskins and goat-
skins; being destitute, af- um til dey dead. Dey cut some een two, an
flicted, tormented; dey kill some wid dey sode. Dem people
yah wa suffa so, dey been people wa ain
38 (Of whom the
got nottin, so dey beena waak roun da
world was not worthy:) weah jes sheep skin an goat skin. Dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 11, 12 779

enemy mek um suffa an treat um too bad. they wandered in deserts,


and in mountains, and in
38 Dey been good people, too good fa dis dens and caves of the
wol yah! Dey beena wanda roun like earth.
scranja een de desat an de hill dem, da lib
een de cabe an een hole een de groun. 39 And these all, hav-
39 All dem people yah trus God, an fa ing obtained a good re-
port through faith,
true, God say e heppy wid um. Stillyet, een received not the promise:
dat time ain none ob um git wa God
promise. 40 Cause God done been plan fa 40 God having pro-
do sompin way mo betta fa we. E mek um vided some better thing
for us, that they without
so dat wen we jine togeda wid um, den dey us should not be made
an we all two gwine be all God plan fa we perfect.
fa be.
God We Fada

12
12
,11

1 Now den, we hab a big crowd ob Chapter 12


1 Wherefore seeing we
people all roun we wa done show also are compassed about
how fa trus God. So den, we too, mus git with so great a cloud of
witnesses, let us lay aside
rid ob ebry bad ting wa da keep we fom every weight, and the sin
trus God mo. We mus git rid ob ebry sin wa which doth so easily be-
set us, and let us run with
da hole on tight ta we. Leh we ron de race patience the race that is
wa dey fa we. We mus dohn neba git set before us,
weary long de way. 2 Leh we look op ta 2 Looking unto Jesus
Jedus all de time, cause e de one wa show the author and finisher of
our faith; who for the joy
we how fa trus God, an e gwine hep we fa that was set before him
keep on da trus til we git fa be all e wahn endured the cross, de-
spising the shame, and is
we fa be. E ain tek de shame ob e det pon set down at the right
de cross fa mean nottin, cause e see de joy hand of the throne of
wa da wait fa um pon de oda side. So now, God.

e da seddown pon de right han side ob God 3 For consider him


that endured such con-
shrone. tradiction of sinners
3 Oona mus study pon Jedus an how e against himself, lest ye be
wearied and faint in your
done beah op wen bad people fight ginst minds.
um an mek um suffa. Mus study pon um so 4 Ye have not yet re-
dat oona ain gwine git weary an ready fa sisted unto blood, striv-
gii op. 4 Oona beena fight ginst sin, bot ing against sin.
oona ain neba yet been haffa fight ginst 5 And ye have forgot-
um til ya shed ya blood. 5 Oona fagit God ten the exhortation
which speaketh unto you
wod weh e da courage oona, ainty? E call as unto children, My son,
oona e chullun, say, despise not thou the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
780 Hebrew 12

chastening of the Lord, “Me chile, ya mus pay tention


nor faint when thou art
rebuked of him: wen de Lawd punish ya.
6 For whom the Lord Mus dohn gii op wen e buke ya.
loveth he chasteneth, and 6 Cause de Lawd da punish
scourgeth every son
whom he receiveth. de one dat e lob.
7 If ye endure chasten-
ing, God dealeth with
E da punish de one
you as with sons; for dat e tek fa be e chile.”
what son is he whom the 7 Oona mus beah op wen oona da suffa.
father chasteneth not?
8 But if ye be without
Wen God da punish oona, dat show dat e
chastisement, whereof all tek oona fa be e own chullun. Ain no chile
are partakers, then are ye wa e fada ain punish wen e do bad, ainty?
bastards, and not sons.
8 Ef God ain punish oona like e punish all e
9 Furthermore we
have had fathers of our chullun, dat mean dat oona dem outside
flesh which corrected us, chullun. Oona ain e own chullun.
and we gave them rever-
ence: shall we not much 9 Fodamo, wen we fada dem een dis wol
rather be in subjection punish we, we show um hona. So e mo
unto the Father of spirits,
and live? betta fa true ef we pit wesef onda we
10 For they verily for a speritual Fada, so dat we git true life!
few days chastened us af- 10 We fada een dis wol beena punish we
ter their own pleasure;
but he for our profit, that like dey tink e right fa do. An dey punish
we might be partakers of we fa jes a leetle time. Bot God da punish
his holiness.
we fa hep we fa sho, so dat we gwine waak
11 Now no chastening scraight an be holy like e holy. 11 Jurin de
for the present seemeth time wen we git punish, we ain heppy. E
to be joyous, but griev-
ous: nevertheless after- mek we sad. Bot later on, dat punishment
ward it yieldeth the dey, e gwine hep we wa git punish, cause e
peaceable fruit of righ-
teousness unto them gwine mek we laan fa waak scraight an lib
which are exercised peaceable.
thereby.

12 Wherefore lift up Mus Dohn Say No ta God


the hands which hang
down, and the feeble So den, ya mus dohn neba loss haat.
12
knees; Hice op ya aam wa da droop, an mek ya
13 And make straight wobbly knee scrong. 13 Mus waak pon de
paths for your feet, lest scraight road, so dat de one wa weak an
that which is lame be cyahn waak good, e ain gwine git wossa.
turned out of the way;
but let it rather be Stead ob dat, e gwine git mo scronga an be
healed. able fa waak scraight.
14 Follow peace with
14 Try fa lib peaceable wid all people an
all men, and holiness, try fa lib a holy life wa show dat oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 12 781

blongst ta God, cause ain nobody neba without which no man


shall see the Lord:
gwine see de Lawd ef e life ain holy like
God own. 15 Oona mus look out dat 15 Looking diligently
lest any man fail of the
nobody ain gwine neba ton back so dat e grace of God; lest any
ain git God blessin. Same way so, look out root of bitterness spring-
dat nobody ain gwine ton bitta, like a ing up trouble you, and
thereby many be defiled;
pison plant dat grow op all ob a sudden an
kin spread e pison all roun. Cause dat kind 16 Lest there be any
ob poson dey da mek trouble fa oda people fornicator, or profane
person, as Esau, who for
an spoil plenty people life. 16 Look out dat one morsel of meat sold
nobody ain gwine staat fa lib a loose life. his birthright.
Same way so, mus look out dat nobody 17 For ye know how
neba stop fa gii hona ta God an ta wa that afterward, when he
blongst ta God. Dat how Esau done, wen would have inherited the
blessing, he was rejected:
jes fa git one ration ob food, e gii way de for he found no place of
blessin dat God been gwine gim, cause e repentance, though he
sought it carefully with
been de fusbon son ob e fambly. 17 Oona tears.
know dat atta dat, wen Esau wahn e fada
fa gim dat blessin, e fada ain gim. Cause 18 For ye are not come
unto the mount that
Esau ain neba find no way fa change wa e might be touched, and
done done, eben dough e try so haad fa git that burned with fire, nor
unto blackness, and dark-
dat blessin dat e beena cry. ness, and tempest,
18 Oona ain come ta a mountain dat
oona kin tetch, like wen de Israel people 19 And the sound of a
come close ta Mount Sinai. Dat time dey, trumpet, and the voice of
fire beena bun pon de mountain, an de words; which voice they
that heard intreated that
place been daak roun um. Dey ain been no the word should not be
light dey, an a big breeze beena blow. spoken to them any
19 Dey yeh a trumpet blow loud an God more:

boice da taak ta um. Wen de people yeh


20 (For they could not
God boice, dey beg say dey ain wahn fa endure that which was
yeh e boice no mo. 20 Cause dey ain been commanded, And if so
able fa beah wa God chaage um fa do, wen much as a beast touch the
mountain, it shall be
e tell um say, “Mus dohn nottin tetch dat stoned, or thrust through
mountain dey, not eben a animal. Ef eben with a dart:
a animal tetch um, oona mus chunk stone
pon um til e dead.” 21 Wa dey see dey een 21 And so terrible was
the sight, that Moses said,
dat mountain mek um so scaid dat Moses I exceedingly fear and
say, “Dat mek me so scaid til me body da quake:)

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
782 Hebrew 12

22 But ye are come


tremble.”
unto mount Sion, and
unto the city of the living 22 Steada dat, oona done come ta
God, the heavenly Jeru- Mount Zion. Oona done come ta de city
salem, and to an innu-
merable company of weh God, de one wa da gii life, da lib. Dat
angels, “De Jerusalem wa dey een heaben.” A
23 To the general as- whole heapa angel geda dey. 23 Oona
sembly and church of the done come ta de choch ob de fusbon
firstborn, which are writ- chullun wa da folla Christ. God done write
ten in heaven, and to God
the Judge of all, and to dey name een e book een heaben. Oona
the spirits of just men done come ta God, wa da jedge all, an
made perfect,
oona come fa be wid dem people wa
24 And to Jesus the
scraight een God eye, dem wa God done
mediator of the new cov-
enant, and to the blood of mek dey life fa be jes wa e oughta be.
sprinkling, that speaketh 24 Oona done come ta Jedus, wa de
better things than that of
Abel. middleman fa mek a nyew cobnant twix
God an e people. An oona come ta de
25 See that ye refuse
not him that speaketh. blood ob Jedus, wa da wash way we sin.
For if they escaped not De blood ob Abel ain been able fa do dat.
who refused him that 25 So den, look out dat oona ain close
spake on earth, much
more shall not we escape, oona yea ta de one wa da taak ta oona. De
if we turn away from him people ob Israel done close dey yea ta de
that speaketh from
heaven: one wa beena waan um een dis wol, an
26 Whose voice then
cause ob dat dey ain been able fa scape.
shook the earth: but now Now ef dey ain been able fa scape, fa true
he hath promised, say- we ain gwine scape ef we ton way fom de
ing, Yet once more I
shake not the earth only, one wa da waan we fom heaben! 26 God
but also heaven. boice mek de groun shake een dat time
27 And this word, Yet
way back dey. Bot now e promise say,
once more, signifieth the “One mo time gin, A gwine shake de
removing of those things groun, an A gwine shake de heaben too.”
that are shaken, as of
things that are made, that 27 Wen God say, “One mo time gin,” dat
those things which can- show dat e gwine tek way all dem ting wa
not be shaken may
remain. e done mek, dem ting wa kin git shake op.
E gwine do dat so dat dem ting wa ain able
28 Wherefore we re- fa shake op, dey gwine las faeba.
ceiving a kingdom which
28 So den, leh we tell God tankya, cause
cannot be moved, let us
have grace, whereby we e da gii we de right fa rule wid um. An ain
may serve God accept-
ably with reverence and
no way dat kin git shake op. Leh we tell
godly fear: God tankya an woshup um een a way wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 12, 13 783

gwine please um. Leh we show um hona fa 29 For our God is a


consuming fire.
true. 29 Cause we God, e like a fire wa da
bun op all ting.
13
,12

How fa Please God

13 Oona mus keep on da lob oona


1 Chapter 13
Christian bredren. 2 An mus dohn 1 Let brotherly love
continue.
fagit fa gii a haaty welcome ta de
come-yah people wa come ta oona. Some 2 Be not forgetful to
people beena gii a haaty welcome ta entertain strangers: for
thereby some have enter-
come-yah people, an dey ain know dat tained angels unawares.
some ob um wa come ta um been angel.
3 Memba fa hep de people wa dey een de
3 Remember them that
jailhouse, jes as ef oona been dey een de are in bonds, as bound
jailhouse wid um too. An oona oughta with them; and them
which suffer adversity, as
memba dem wa da suffa, jes as ef oona being yourselves also in
beena suffa an feel de pain een oona own the body.
body.
4 Leh all people spec de marry life. De 4 Marriage is honour-
able in all, and the bed
husban mus dohn sleep wid noda ooman, undefiled: but whore-
an de wife mus dohn sleep wid noda man. mongers and adulterers
God gwine jedge dem wa lib loose life. E God will judge.

gwine jedge ebrybody wa da sleep wid a


5 Let your conversa-
poson wa ain e own wife or husban. tion be without covetous-
5 Stay way fom de lob ob money. Mus ness; and be content with
be sattify wid wa oona got, cause God say, such things as ye have:
for he hath said, I will
“A ain neba gwine lef ya. A gwine stay wid never leave thee, nor for-
ya all de time fa hep ya.” 6 Dat mek we sake thee.
know fa sho wa we da taak bout wen we
say, 6 So that we may
boldly say, The Lord is
“De Lawd de one wa da hep me. my helper, and I will not
Ain nottin gwine mek me scaid. fear what man shall do
unto me.
Cause ain nobody got mo powa
fa do me bad, ainty?”
7 Mus dohn fagit dem people wa been 7 Remember them
which have the rule over
oona leada dem wa beena tell oona God you, who have spoken
wod. Study oona head bout wa beena unto you the word of
God: whose faith follow,
happen cause ob de way dey beena lib. An considering the end of
trus God jes like dey beena trus um. their conversation.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
784 Hebrew 13

8 Jesus Christ the same 8 Jedus Christ de same taday jes like e
yesterday, and to day,
and for ever. been yestiddy an e gwine be jes de same
faeba. E ain neba gwine change. 9 Mus
9 Be not carried about
with divers and strange dohn leh all kind ob scrange ting wa
doctrines. For it is a good people laan oona ton oona fom de true
thing that the heart be es-
tablished with grace; not
way. Wen God blessin da mek we haat
with meats, which have scrong an courage we, dat good fa true.
not profited them that Bot wen we da folla rule bout wa ting we
have been occupied
therein. oughta nyam, dat ain wot nottin ta we. Dat
10 We have an altar,
ain hep de people wa nyam dat way none
whereof they have no tall.
right to eat which serve 10 De Jew priest dem wa da wok een de
the tabernacle.
Jew tent, dey ain got no right fa nyam
11 For the bodies of none ob de sacrifice pon we alta. 11 De
those beasts, whose
blood is brought into the
head man ob de Jew priest dem, e da bring
sanctuary by the high de animal blood ta de alta een God House,
priest for sin, are burned fa offa um op dey fa a sacrifice fa tek way
without the camp.
people sin. Bot de animal dem wa dey kill,
12 Wherefore Jesus dey bun um all op outside way fom weh
also, that he might sanc-
tify the people with his people lib. 12 Same way so, Jedus too suffa
own blood, suffered an dead way fom weh people lib, outside
without the gate.
de city gyate, so dat e kin gii e own blood
13 Let us go forth fa tek way de people sin. 13 So den, fa true,
therefore unto him with-
out the camp, bearing his
leh we come out fom weh people dey, an
reproach. go ta Jedus. Wid um, leh we beah e shame
14 For here have we no
wa e suffa pon de cross. 14 Cause yah een
continuing city, but we dis wol we ain got no city wa gwine las.
seek one to come. We da look fa de city weh we gwine lib bye
15 By him therefore let an bye. 15 So den, shru Jedus leh we praise
us offer the sacrifice of God all de time. Wen we da praise God
praise to God continu-
ally, that is, the fruit of shru Jedus, we da offa op a sacrifice ta
our lips giving thanks to God. Dat we offrin wa we bring ta God
his name.
wen we da praise um, wa say we blongst ta
16 But to do good and Jedus. 16 Mus dohn fagit fa do good an fa
to communicate forget hep one noda, cause dem de kind ob
not: for with such sacri-
fices God is well pleased. sacrifice wa da please God.
17 Oona mus do wa oona leada dem tell
17 Obey them that
have the rule over you,
oona fa do an pit oonasef onda um. Dey da
and submit yourselves: watch oba oona, cause dey gwine haffa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Hebrew 13 785

taak ta God bout how dey done. Mus do for they watch for your
souls, as they that must
wa dey tell oona fa do, so dat dey gwine be give account, that they
heppy fa do dey wok. Bot ef oona ain do may do it with joy, and
not with grief: for that is
wa dey say, dey wok gwine gim a hebby unprofitable for you.
haat, an dat ain gwine hep oona none tall.
18 Pray for us: for we
18 Pray ta God fa we. We know fa sho
trust we have a good
dat we done do all dat we know we oughta conscience, in all things
do. Cause we wahn fa do wa right een ebry willing to live honestly.

way. 19 A da beg oona eben mo fa pray fa 19 But I beseech you


me, so dat A kin come back ta oona soon. the rather to do this, that
I may be restored to you
the sooner.
De Las Wod Dem ob Dis Letta
20 Now the God of
20 De God ob peace done mek we Lawd peace, that brought again
Jedus git op fom mongst de dead an lib from the dead our Lord
Jesus, that great shep-
gin. Fa true, Jedus de head shephud ob de herd of the sheep,
sheep cause e done dead fa we an e blood through the blood of the
everlasting covenant,
done mek sho dat de cobnant, wa God mek
wid we, gwine las faeba. 21 A da pray dat 21 Make you perfect in
God gii oona ebry good ting oona need fa every good work to do
his will, working in you
do wa e wahn oona fa do. An A da pray dat that which is wellpleas-
God mek de powa ob Jedus Christ wok een ing in his sight, through
Jesus Christ; to whom be
oona so dat oona gwine be wa e wahn glory for ever and ever.
oona fa be. Leh de people gii glory ta Jedus Amen.
Christ faeba an eba! Amen. 22 And I beseech you,
22 Me Christian bredren, A da beg oona brethren, suffer the word
of exhortation: for I have
say, mus dohn hurry shru me letta. Pay written a letter unto you
mind fa true ta wa A da courage oona fa in few words.
do, cause dis letta wa A write oona ain 23 Know ye that our
long. 23 A wahn oona fa know, dey done brother Timothy is set at
leh we broda Timothy outta de jailhouse. liberty; with whom, if he
come shortly, I will see
Ef e come soon nuff, A gwine bring um wid you.
me wen A come fa see oona.
24 Greet all oona leada een de choch fa 24 Salute all them that
have the rule over you,
me, an all God people dey. We Christian and all the saints. They of
bredren fom Italy da greet oona. Italy salute you.
25 A pray dat God gwine bless all ob 25 Grace be with you
oona. Amen. all. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James

James James Letta


,3
1

1 Dis letta yah fom James, wa da wok


Chapter 1 1
1 James, a servant of fa God an fa we Lawd Jedus Christ. A
God and of the Lord Jesus James da greet all ob oona ob de tweb
Christ, to the twelve
tribes which are scat- tribe dem, wa da lib scatta all oba de wol
tered abroad, greeting. way.
2 My brethren, count it
all joy when ye fall into
Mus Trus God Wid All Oona Haat
divers temptations; 2 Me Christian bredren, wen all kind ob
ting come wa mek oona suffa, mus
3 Knowing this, that ondastan dat oona oughta be full op wid
the trying of your faith
worketh patience. joy. 3 Cause oona know, dem ting dey
come fa test oona fait. An dat mek oona
4 But let patience have mo able fa beah all ting wa come oona
her perfect work, that ye way. 4 Mus keep on da beah op onda mo
may be perfect and en-
tire, wanting nothing. an mo, so dat oona gwine be jes wa God
wahn oona fa be een ebry way, an oona
5 If any of you lack ain gwine be nottin less den God wahn
wisdom, let him ask of oona fa be. 5 Ef one ob oona hab need fa
God, that giveth to all
men liberally, and mo sense bout sompin, leh um aks God, an
upbraideth not; and it God gwine gim. Cause God da gii wid open
shall be given him.
han ta all people, an e heppy fa do dat. E
ain gwine find no fault wid um. 6 Bot wen
6 But let him ask in
faith, nothing wavering. one ob oona aks God fa sompin, dat one
For he that wavereth is haffa bleebe dat God gwine gim wa e aks
like a wave of the sea
driven with the wind and fa. E mus dohn doubt none tall. Cause de
tossed. one wa da doubt, e jes like de swellin wata
wen de wind da blow an toss um all roun.
7 For let not that man Dat one wa da doubt ain steady eben a
think that he shall re-
ceive any thing of the leetle bit. 7 An dat poson dey oughta
Lord. know, de Lawd ain gwine gim nottin tall.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 1 787

8Cause e jes a hypicrit, an e da change e 8 A double minded


man is unstable in all his
mind een all de way e da gwine. ways.

Dem Christian wa Ain Got Nottin 9 Let the brother of


an Dem wa Got Plenty Ting low degree rejoice in that
he is exalted:
9De Christian broda wa ain got nottin
mus be heppy wen God mek um mo high 10 But the rich, in that
he is made low: because
op. 10 An de Christian wa got plenty ting, as the flower of the grass
e oughta be heppy wen God bring um low. he shall pass away.
Cause e ain gwine las, jes like a fine wile
11 For the sun is no
flowa wa ain las long tall. 11 De hot sun sooner risen with a burn-
kin come an bun de plant. Den de plant ing heat, but it withereth
widda an de flowa faddown, an dey ain no the grass, and the flower
thereof falleth, and the
fine flowa no mo. Same way so, de one wa grace of the fashion of it
got plenty ting, e gwine pass oba wiles e da perisheth: so also shall
the rich man fade away
go bout e bidness. in his ways.

Mus Dohn Stop fa Trus 12 Blessed is the man


Wen Trial Come Oona Way that endureth tempta-
tion: for when he is tried,
12De poson wa ain stop fa trus God wen he shall receive the
trial come ta um an wa able fa beah um, e crown of life, which the
bless fa true. Cause wen e still stanop Lord hath promised to
them that love him.
scronga fa God atta dat trial, God gwine
gim de true life wa ain gwine neba end. 13 Let no man say
Dat de life wa God promise dem wa lob when he is tempted, I am
um. tempted of God: for God
cannot be tempted with
13 Wen trial come ta ya an ya wahn fa evil, neither tempteth he
sin, ya mus dohn say, “God da sen dis trial any man:
fa mek me sin.” Cause God ain neba wahn
14 But every man is
fa do nottin ebil, an e ain neba do nottin fa tempted, when he is
mek nobody wahn fa sin. 14 De ebil ting drawn away of his own
dat somebody study pon an wahn een e lust, and enticed.
own haat, dat wa ketch um an mek um
15 Then when lust
wahn fa sin. 15 Den wen e gii een an mek hath conceived, it
op e mind fa do dat ebil ting wa e wahn bringeth forth sin: and
een e haat, e do dat sin. An wen e keep on sin, when it is finished,
bringeth forth death.
da sin, den dat sin gwine mek um dead
faeba. 16 Do not err, my be-
16 Me deah Christian bredren, mus loved brethren.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
788 James 1

17 Every good gift and


dohn leh nobody fool oona. 17 God de one
every perfect gift is from
above, and cometh down dat gii we all dem ting wa good fa true an
from the Father of lights, wa betta mo den all. Dem ting wa good fa
with whom is no vari-
ableness, neither shadow true come fom we Fada God ob all light,
of turning. wa mek de sun, de moon, an de staa dem.
18 Of his own will God ain neba change, an e ain neba gwine
begat he us with the
word of truth, that we ton way fom we an lef we een de daak atta
should be a kind of e done mek e light shine pon we. 18 God
firstfruits of his crea-
tures.
esef plan fa mek e wod wa true gii we dis
19 Wherefore, my be- nyew life, so dat we kin be a kind ob fus
loved brethren, let every fruit ob all wa e mek.
man be swift to hear,
slow to speak, slow to
wrath: Mus Do wa God Wod Say
20 For the wrath of Me deah Christian bredren, mus
19
man worketh not the
righteousness of God. dohn fagit dis! All ob oona oughta be
ready fa yeh, bot oona oughta tek time fo
21 Wherefore lay apart
all filthiness and super-
oona taak. An mus dohn git bex too quick.
fluity of naughtiness, and 20 Cause wen somebody git bex, dat ain
receive with meekness gwine bring bout wa scraight een God eye.
the engrafted word,
which is able to save your 21 So den, mus shrow way all dem bad
souls. ting oona da do an all de ebil outta oona
22 But be ye doers of life. Pit oonasef onda God fa do wa e
the word, and not hearers wahn. An leh de wod wa God plant een
only, deceiving your own
selves. oona haat lib een oona, cause e wod got
powa fa sabe oona.
23 For if any be a
22 Mus do wa God wod say. Ef ya jes
hearer of the word, and
not a doer, he is like unto yeh God wod bot ain do wa e tell ya fa do,
a man beholding his nat- ya da fool yasef. 23 De one wa yeh God
ural face in a glass:
wod an ain do wa God tell um, e same like
24 For he beholdeth
somebody wa look at esef een a lookin
himself, and goeth his
way, and straightway glass an see wa e look like. 24 Bot wen e
forgetteth what manner done look at esef een de lookin glass, e go
of man he was.
pon e way an right way fagit how e look.
25 But whoso looketh 25 Bot God wod, dat de law wa right fa all
into the perfect law of people an wa mek we free. Ef we study pon
liberty, and continueth
therein, he being not a um an pit all we haat pon wa e da laan we,
forgetful hearer, but a an ef we ain jes yeh um an den fagit wa we
doer of the work, this
man shall be blessed in yeh, ef we keep on da do wa dat law say,
his deed. den God gwine bless we een wa we da do.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 1, 2 789

26 Ef one ob oona tink e da do all wa 26 If any man among


you seem to be religious,
God wahn um fa do an stillyet e onrabble e and bridleth not his
mout, e da fool esef. Wa dat one da do fa tongue, but deceiveth his
own heart, this man's re-
God ain wot nottin. 27 De one wa da do wa ligion is vain.
God wahn, e da hep de chullun wa ain got
27 Pure religion and
no modda needa no fada. E da hep de wida undefiled before God and
ooman dem wen dey da suffa. E keep way the Father is this, To visit
fom de bad ting dem een dis wol. De one the fatherless and wid-
ows in their affliction,
wa da do dat, e da do wa good fa true, an e and to keep himself un-
clean een we Fada God eye. spotted from the world.

Mus Dohn Treat One Poson 2


,1

Mo Betta Den Noda

2 Me Christian bredren, oona bleebe


1 Chapter 2
fa true pon we Lawd Jedus Christ, de 1 My brethren, have
Lawd ob glory. So den, mus dohn treat one not the faith of our Lord
Jesus Christ, the Lord of
poson mo betta den noda cause ob how ya glory, with respect of
see de poson. 2 Sposin oona da meet persons.
2 For if there come
togeda fa woshup an two man come een. unto your assembly a
One dem man, e da weah gole ring an hab man with a gold ring, in
goodly apparel, and there
on fine cloes. De oda man ain got nottin. E come in also a poor man
da weah ragitty cloes. 3 Oona gii haaty in vile raiment;
3 And ye have respect
welcome ta de man wa dress een fine cloes to him that weareth the
an tell um say, “Come seddown yah, op gay clothing, and say
een de bes place.” Bot oona tell de man wa unto him, Sit thou here in
a good place; and say to
ain got nottin say, “Go, stanop yonda!” or the poor, Stand thou
“Come seddown yah pon de flo!” 4 Ef ya there, or sit here under
my footstool:
do like dat, ya da sin fa sho, cause ya ain 4 Are ye not then par-
treat all people de same way an ya da wide tial in yourselves, and are
become judges of evil
op de people one ginst noda. Oona da thoughts?
jedge one noda coddin ta de ebil ting dem 5 Hearken, my beloved
oona tink een oona haat. brethren, Hath not God
chosen the poor of this
5 Me deah Christian bredren, listen ta world rich in faith, and
me! De people wa ain got nottin een dis heirs of the kingdom
which he hath promised
wol, God done pick dem fa be rich een fait to them that love him?
an fa be wid God weh e da rule, jes like e 6 But ye have despised
promise fa do fa all dem wa lob um. 6 Bot the poor. Do not rich men
oppress you, and draw
oona treat de po people like dey ain wot you before the judgment
nottin! De people wa got plenty ting, dey seats?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
790 James 2

7 Do not they blas- da mek oona do wa dey say, ainty? Dey da


pheme that worthy name
by the which ye are mek oona go fo de jedge, ainty? 7 Fa true
called? dey da shrow slam an sult de good name
8 If ye fulfil the royal ob Jedus Christ. An dat de name wa God
law according to the been tek fa mek oona be e own people.
scripture, Thou shalt love 8 Oona da do de right ting ef oona do wa
thy neighbour as thyself,
ye do well: de law een God Book say. E tell we say,
9 But if ye have respect
“Mus lob ya neighba jes like ya lob yasef.”
to persons, ye commit 9 Bot ef oona treat one poson mo betta den
sin, and are convinced of noda poson by how de poson look, oona
the law as transgressors.
sin. An de Law condemn oona, say oona
10 For whosoever shall broke de Law. 10 Ef somebody da do all wa
keep the whole law, and
yet offend in ne point, he
God Law say, cep e broke jes one paat ob
is guilty of all. de Law, e guilty as dat poson wa broke all
11 For he that said, Do
paat ob de Law. 11 God wa say, “Ya mus
not commit adultery, dohn sleep wid noda man wife,” e de same
said also, Do not kill. God wa say too, “Ya mus dohn kill
Now if thou commit no
adultery, yet if thou kill, nobody.” So den, eben ef ya ain sleep wid
thou art become a trans- noda man wife, ef ya kill somebody, ya
gressor of the law.
done broke de Law. 12 Tek cyah den, dat
12 So speak ye, and so oona da taak an oona da do right, jes like
do, as they that shall be
judged by the law of
people oughta do dat God gwine jedge
liberty. coddin ta de law wa da mek people free.
13 Ef a poson ain got no mussy pon noda
13 For he shall have
judgment without mercy, poson, God ain gwine gii dat poson no
that hath shewed no mussy wen e jedge um. Bot mussy da win
mercy; and mercy
rejoiceth against judg- out oba jedgiment.
ment.
Trus God an Do Ting Wa Show
14 What doth it profit,
Oona Trus Um
my brethren, though a
man say he hath faith, Me Christian bredren, e ain mean
14
and have not works? can
faith save him? nottin ef somebody say e trus God bot wa e
do ain show dat e trus um. Ef e trus God an
15 If a brother or sister e ain da do nottin wa show e trus um, dat
be naked, and destitute
of daily food, ain gwine sabe um, ainty? 15 Sposin one
ob oona Christian broda or sista ain got de
16 And one of you say cloes dem e need fa weah, an ain got nuff
unto them, Depart in
peace, be ye warmed and food fa nyam ebry day. 16 Ef one ob oona
filled; notwithstanding tell um say, “Go, an God bless ya! Keep

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 2 791

waam an nyam nuff,” bot e ain gim nottin ye give them not those
things which are needful
wa e need fa e body, dem wod ain mean to the body; what doth it
nottin! 17 Well den, dat so e stan wen profit?
somebody trus God. Ef e jes taak, da say e 17 Even so faith, if it
trus God, de fait ob dat poson wa da say e hath not works, is dead,
trus God cyahn do nottin. E fait dead. being alone.
18 Bot somebody gwine say, “One 18 Yea, a man may say,
poson trus God. Noda one da do good ting Thou hast faith, and I
have works: shew me thy
dem.” A ansa dat one say, “Show me how faith without thy works,
somebody kin trus God an stillyet e ain do and I will shew thee my
faith by my works.
nottin fa show e trus God. Bot wa A da do,
dat gwine show dat A trus God.” 19 Ya 19 Thou believest that
there is one God; thou
bleebe dat dey jes one God. Ya right! Bot doest well: the devils also
eben de ebil sperit dem bleebe dat, an dat believe, and tremble.
mek um tremble cause dey scaid ob um. 20 But wilt thou know,
20 Ya fool! Ya wahn me fa show ya, ainty? O vain man, that faith
Ef ya trus God bot ya ain da do nottin dat without works is dead?
show ya trus um, ya fait ain mean nottin. 21 Was not Abraham
21 Ya memba bout we ole people leada our father justified by
works, when he had of-
name Abraham. Wa mek all ting right twix fered Isaac his son upon
Abraham an God? All ting been mek right the altar?
twix Abraham an God cause e done wa
God tell um fa do. E tek e son Isaac fa go 22 Seest thou how
sacrifice um pon de alta. 22 So den, ya see faith wrought with his
works, and by works was
dat Abraham beena trus God, an e done wa faith made perfect?
God tell um fa do too. An cause ob wa
Abraham done, e been able fa trus God mo 23 And the scripture
den all, jes like God wahn um fa do. 23 An was fulfilled which saith,
Abraham believed God,
dat happen jes like dey write een God and it was imputed unto
Book say, “Abraham trus God, an cause ob him for righteousness:
dat, all ting been mek scraight twix esef an and he was called the
Friend of God.
God.” An God say, “Abraham me fren.”
24 So den, ya see dat God mek all ting right
24 Ye see then how
twix a poson an esef wen dat poson da do that by works a man is
right. E ain jes cause de poson trus God an justified, and not by faith
only.
ain do nottin.
25 Same way so, Rahab, de screet
25 Likewise also was
ooman dat lib loose life, e been hide de not Rahab the harlot jus-
Jew messenja dem wa come fa spy, an hep tified by works, when she

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
792 James 2, 3

had received the messen- um pass noda way fa git way fom dey
gers, and had sent them
out another way?
enemy. Cause ob wa Rahab done, God say
all ting been mek right twix Rahab an esef,
26 For as the body
without the spirit is dead,
ainty?
so faith without works is 26 So den, jes like a poson body done
dead also. dead wen dey ain no sperit een um, same
way so a poson wa say e trus God bot e ain
3
,2

do ting wa show e trus um, dat poson fait


dead.
Chapter 3
1 My brethren, be not
Jes God Able Fa Trol We Mout
many masters, knowing

3 Me Christian bredren, jes a few ob


that we shall receive the 1
greater condemnation. oona oughta be teacha. Cause oona
2 For in many things
we offend all. If any man know God gwine jedge we wa da laan oda
offend not in word, the people mo scronga den e gwine jedge oda
same is a perfect man,
and able also to bridle the people. 2 We all da do plenty ting wa ain
whole body. right. Bot de one wa neba say nottin wa
3 Behold, we put bits
in the horses' mouths, ain right, dat one ain do nottin wa ain
that they may obey us; right. E able fa trol all paat ob esef. 3 We
and we turn about their
whole body.
kin pit a leetle iron bit eenta de hoss mout
4 Behold also the fa mek um pay we mind. Dat way we mek
ships, which though they um go wehsoneba we wahn um fa go.
be so great, and are
driven of fierce winds, 4 Study pon dem ship dey een de wata.
yet are they turned about Dey big, an de big breeze kin tek um all
with a very small helm,
whithersoever the gover- oba de place. Bot jes a leeleetle rudda wa
nor listeth. dey pit onda de ship da trol um an mek um
5 Even so the tongue is
a little member, and go ta wasoneba side de ship pilot wahn fa
boasteth great things. Be- mek um go. 5 Same way so, we mout a
hold, how great a matter
a little fire kindleth!
small paat ob we body, bot e kin brag bout
6 And the tongue is a plenty big ting.
fire, a world of iniquity: Leh we study pon how jes a leeleetle
so is the tongue among
our members, that it spark ob fire da mek a big forest bun! 6 We
defileth the whole body, mout, e a fire. E a wol ob ebil. E jes one
and setteth on fire the
course of nature; and it is paat ob we body, bot e da mek all we body
set on fire of hell. bad. We mout da staat fire wa stroy we
7 For every kind of
beasts, and of birds, and fom de time wen we bon til we dead. Dem
of serpents, and of things bad ting wa come outta we mout, dey
in the sea, is tamed, and
hath been tamed of
come outta hell esef. 7 People able fa trol
mankind: all kind ob animal an bod, all kind ob

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 3 793

reptile an ting wa lib een de sea. 8 Bot ain 8 But the tongue can
no man tame; it is an un-
nobody able fa trol e mout. We mout a ebil ruly evil, full of deadly
ting wa ain neba stop wen we da taak bad, poison.
jes like a snake wa full op wid pison wa da 9 Therewith bless we
kill. 9 One time wid we mout we kin praise God, even the Father; and
therewith curse we men,
we Lawd an Fada God, an noda time we which are made after the
kin bad mout people, wa God mek fa be similitude of God.
like esef. 10 Wid dis same mout yah we 10 Out of the same
praise God an we bad mout people. Me mouth proceedeth bless-
Christian bredren, e ain oughta be like dat. ing and cursing. My
brethren, these things
11 Oona ain gwine git fresh wata wa taste ought not so to be.
fine an bad wata wa taste ob salt outta de
11 Doth a fountain
same well, ainty? 12 Me bredren, fa true, a send forth at the same
fig tree cyahn beah no olib. A grapewine place sweet water and
bitter?
cyahn beah no fig. Same way so, fresh
wata cyahn come outta salt wata well. 12 Can the fig tree, my
brethren, bear olive ber-
ries? either a vine, figs?
De Sense wa God Gii so can no fountain both
13 Who dat mongst oona dey wa got yield salt water and
fresh.
sense an ondastan plenty ting? Leh um
waak scraight an do good. An e mus dohn 13 Who is a wise man
and endued with knowl-
be proud. E oughta do all ting wid sense. edge among you? let him
Wen e lib like dat, dat gwine show dat e shew out of a good con-
versation his works with
got sense an e da ondastan. 14 Bot ef ya got meekness of wisdom.
de big eye an ya jes da wahn all ting fa
14 But if ye have bitter
yasef, ya mus dohn brag, da say ya good envying and strife in your
an got sense. Cause ef ya do so, ya ain taak hearts, glory not, and lie
true. 15 E ain God wa gii people dis kind not against the truth.

ob sense yah. Dat dis wol kinda sense. E 15 This wisdom de-
ain got nottin fa do wid God. E come fom scendeth not from above,
but is earthly, sensual,
de Debil. 16 Cause wensoneba people got devilish.
de big eye an dey jes da wahn all ting fa
16 For where envying
deysef, oona ain gwine find no peace dey, and strife is, there is con-
an people gwine do wasoneba dey wahn fa fusion and every evil
work.
do. Dey gwine do all kind ob ebil ting.
17 Bot de one wa got de sense wa God gii, e 17 But the wisdom that
got a clean haat fom God. Dat de fus ting. is from above is first
pure, then peaceable,
De one wa got dat kind ob sense dey, e lob gentle, and easy to be
peace, an e like fa hep people, an e pay intreated, full of mercy

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
794 James 3, 4

and good fruits, without mind ta um. All de time e mussyful an da


partiality, and without
hypocrisy. do plenty good. All e haat dey fa God. E
ain no hypicrit. 18 De people wa da mek
18 And the fruit of
righteousness is sown in
peace, dey like a faama wa da plant seed fa
peace of them that make peace. An dis seed yah gwine beah a heapa
peace. good een people haat.

Do wa God Wahn Oona fa Do

4
4
,3

Chapter 4 Wa ting mek oona fight an aagy


1
1 From whence come
wars and fightings mongst oonasef? De ting dem wa dey
among you? come they eenside oona haat, ting wa oona wahn fa
not hence, even of your
lusts that war in your
sattify oonasef, dey da fight eenside oona
members? an da mek oona fight an aagy wid one
2 Ye lust, and have
noda. 2 Oona wahn sompin, bot oona ain
not: ye kill, and desire to got um, so oona kill noda poson, an oona
have, and cannot obtain: git de big eye. Bot oona cyahn git wa oona
ye fight and war, yet ye
have not, because ye ask wahn. Oona aagy an fight one noda. Oona
not. ain got wa oona wahn, cause oona ain aks
3 Ye ask, and receive God fa gim ta oona. 3 Ya kin aks God fa
not, because ye ask sompin an God ain gim ta ya, cause de
amiss, that ye may con-
sume it upon your lusts.
reason wa mek ya aks ain right. Ya aks fa
dem ting wa ya wahn fa sattify yasef, no
4 Ye adulterers and
mo. 4 Ya like a ooman wa ain scraight wid
adulteresses, know ye not
that the friendship of the e husban. Oona ton way fom God. Fa sho,
world is enmity with oona know dat wen oona lob de ting dem
God? whosoever there-
fore will be a friend of the wa dey een de wol, dat gwine mek oona
world is the enemy of God enemy, ainty? De one wa mek op e
God.
mind fa go atta dem ting een de wol, e da
5 Do ye think that the mek esef God enemy. 5 Oona mean fa say,
scripture saith in vain,
The spirit that dwelleth
e fa nottin God Book tell we say, “De sperit
in us lusteth to envy? wa God pit eenside we, e wahn we jes fa
esef?” 6 Bot de blessin wa God gii we, dat
6 But he giveth more
grace. Wherefore he mo scronga. Dat wa mek um write een God
saith, God resisteth the Book say,
proud, but giveth grace
unto the humble. “God da set esef ginst proud people
wa go dey own way,
7 Submit yourselves bot e da bless dem wa tek low an
therefore to God. Resist
the devil, and he will flee leh God tek um een e way.”
from you. 7 So den, pit yasef onda God fa do wa e

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 4 795

wahn. Stanop an fight de Debil, an e gwine 8 Draw nigh to God,


and he will draw nigh to
ron way fom ya. 8 Come close ta God, an e you. Cleanse your hands,
gwine come close ta ya. Oona wa beena ye sinners; and purify
your hearts, ye double
sin, oona mus wash ya han dem clean fom minded.
sin. Oona people wa wahn fa lob bof de
wol an God, mus clean all dem bad ting 9 Be afflicted, and
outta oona haat. 9 Memba dem bad ting mourn, and weep: let
your laughter be turned
oona beena do, an be saary an cry. Mus to mourning, and your
stop fa laugh an staat fa cry. Oona ain joy to heaviness.
oughta be heppy. Oona oughta be too 10 Humble yourselves
saary. 10 Pit yasef onda de Lawd an do wa in the sight of the Lord,
e wahn, an e gwine lif ya op. and he shall lift you up.

11 Speak not evil one


Mus Dohn Jedge Nobody
of another, brethren. He
11 Me Christian bredren, mus dohn taak that speaketh evil of his
brother, and judgeth his
bad bout one noda. De one wa da taak bad brother, speaketh evil of
bout e broda or jedge um, dat one dey da the law, and judgeth the
law: but if thou judge the
taak bad bout God Law, an e da jedge dat law, thou art not a doer
Law. Ef ya jedge God Law, dat mean fa say of the law, but a judge.
ya ain da do wa God Law tell ya fa do no
12 There is one law-
mo. Steada dat, oona de jedge ob God Law. giver, who is able to save
12 God de onliest lawgiba an jedge. Jes and to destroy: who art
God got powa fa sabe people or fa stroy thou that judgest
another?
um. Oona ain got no right fa jedge oda
people. 13 Go to now, ye that
Mus Dohn Brag say, To day or to morrow
we will go into such a
13 Now listen op. A da taak ta oona wa city, and continue there
da say, “Taday or demarra A gwine go ta a year, and buy and sell,
and get gain:
dat town yonda or ta dat one oba dey. A
gwine go trade oba dey an mek me some 14 Whereas ye know
money.” 14 Bot oona ain eben know wa not what shall be on the
gwine happen demarra. Cause wa ya life? morrow. For what is your
life? It is even a vapour,
Ya life jes like fog wa dey dey one minute that appeareth for a little
an de oda minute e done gone. 15 Wen time, and then vanisheth
away.
oona wahn fa taak bout wa oona gwine do,
oona oughta say, “Ef God spare me life, A 15 For that ye ought to
say, If the Lord will, we
ain gwine dead an we gwine do dis ting shall live, and do this, or
yah or dat ting dey.” 16 Bot now fa true that.
oona taak high an brag bout wa oona 16 But now ye rejoice

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
796 James 4, 5

in your boastings: all gwine do demarra. All biggity taak like


such rejoicing is evil.
17 Therefore to him dat, e ebil.
that knoweth to do good, 17 So den, ef somebody know wa right
and doeth it not, to him it
is sin. fa do an e ain do um, dat one dey da sin.

God Waan Dem wa Got Plenty Ting


an Ain Do Right ta Oda People

5
5
,4

Chapter 5 Oona wa got plenty ting, listen ta


1
1 Go to now, ye rich
men, weep and howl for wa A gwine tell ya now. Oona oughta
your miseries that shall cry tommuch cause ob de suffrin wa da
come upon you.
come pon oona! 2 De heapa ting wa oona
2 Your riches are cor-
rupted, and your gar- got, dey done rot way, an de mot dem
ments are motheaten. nyam op oona cloes. 3 Oona gole an silba
3 Your gold and silver done been kiba wid rust. An dat rust gwine
is cankered; and the rust condemn oona an gwine nyam op oona
of them shall be a witness
against you, and shall eat body jes like a fire kin do. Oona done sto
your flesh as it were fire. op plenty ting een dis wol wa gwine end.
Ye have heaped treasure
4 Look yah! Oona ain pay de people dem
together for the last days.
wa beena wok pon oona faam. Listen ta
4 Behold, the hire of
the labourers who have
dem da cry out ginst oona! Dem wa beena
reaped down your fields, geda crop da cry out. An God wa got powa
which is of you kept back oba all, e done yeh dey cry. 5 Oona life
by fraud, crieth: and the
cries of them which have been full op wid all kinda fine ting dat
reaped are entered into oona been wahn an got een de wol, an
the ears of the Lord of
sabaoth. oona beena do all wa oona wahn fa do. All
dem ting yah wa oona got fa oonasef, dey
5 Ye have lived in plea-
sure on the earth, and mek oona like cow wa done fat, ready fa
been wanton; ye have git kill. 6 Oona done condemn an kill
nourished your hearts, as
in a day of slaughter.
people wa ain done nottin wrong, an ain
fight ginst oona.
6 Ye have condemned
and killed the just; and he
doth not resist you. Beah Op Onda All Oona Trouble
an Aks God fa Hep Oona
7 Be patient therefore,
brethren, unto the com- Me Christian bredren, beah op onda
7
ing of the Lord. Behold, all oona trouble, da wait til de Lawd come
the husbandman waiteth
for the precious fruit of back. Memba how de faama kin wait fom
the earth, and hath long wen e plant de seed een de groun til de
patience for it, until he
receive the early and lat- time come fa haabis e walyable crop. E kin
ter rain. beah ebryting, da wait fa de rain fa come

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
James 5 797

8 Be ye also patient;
een de fall an een de spring time. 8 Same
stablish your hearts: for
way so, oona mus beah op onda ebryting the coming of the Lord
an wait. Mus dohn neba gii op, cause de draweth nigh.
9 Grudge not one
time da come soon wen de Lawd gwine
against another, breth-
come back. ren, lest ye be con-
9 Me Christian bredren, mus dohn demned: behold, the
judge standeth before the
grumble bout one noda, so dat God ain door.
gwine jedge oona. De Jedge gwine come 10 Take, my brethren,
right way. E da stan een de doormout. the prophets, who have
spoken in the name of the
10 Me Christian bredren, memba de Lord, for an example of
prophet dem wa beena taak de wod ob de suffering affliction, and
of patience.
Lawd. Dey beena suffa plenty, bot dey
11 Behold, we count
beah all dey fliction. 11 We say God bless them happy which en-
um cause dey ain gii op. Oona yeh how dure. Ye have heard of
the patience of Job, and
Job beena beah a heapa suffrin, an oona have seen the end of the
know how de Lawd come bless um at las. Lord; that the Lord is
very pitiful, and of tender
Cause de Lawd full op wid mussy fa we, an mercy.
e wahn fa hep we. 12 But above all
12 Me bredren, mo den all, A wahn oona things, my brethren,
fa know, wen oona promise sompin, mus swear not, neither by
heaven, neither by the
dohn mek no wow da say, “A sweah by earth, neither by any
heaben” or “A sweah by dis wol.” Mus other oath: but let your
yea be yea; and your nay,
dohn sweah by nottin wen oona promise nay; lest ye fall into
sompin. Stead ob dat, ef oona gree ta condemnation.
sompin, oona oughta say, “Yeah.” An ef 13 Is any among you
oona ain gree, oona oughta say, “No.” Den afflicted? let him pray. Is
any merry? let him sing
God ain gwine condemn oona. psalms.
13 Ef one ob oona da suffa, leh um aks
14 Is any sick among
God fa hep um. Ef one ob oona heppy, leh you? let him call for the
um sing, leh um sing praise ta God. 14 Ef elders of the church; and
let them pray over him,
one ob oona sick, leh um aks fa de choch anointing him with oil in
elda dem. Leh um come pray oba um an the name of the Lord:
naint um wid oll een de name ob de Lawd. 15 And the prayer of
15 An ef dey trus God, dat e gwine ansa faith shall save the sick,
and the Lord shall raise
dey pray, dat sick poson gwine git well. him up; and if he have
God gwine mek um well gin. An ef dat committed sins, they
shall be forgiven him.
poson beena sin, God gwine paadon um.
16 Confess your faults
16 So den, tell one noda de sin dem wa
one to another, and pray
oona done an be saary cause ob um, an one for another, that ye

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
798 James 5

may be healed. The effec- pray fa one noda, so dat God gwine mek
tual fervent prayer of a
righteous man availeth oona well. De one wa da waak scraight
much. wid God, e pray got great powa an God
17 Elias was a man
subject to like passions as gwine ansa um fa sho. 17 Elijah been a
we are, and he prayed man like wesef. E pray wid all e haat dat
earnestly that it might
not rain: and it rained not
God ain gwine leh no rain come. An e ain
on the earth by the space rain none tall pon de groun dey fa shree
of three years and six yeah an six mont. 18 Den wen Elijah pray
months.
18 And he prayed gin, an aks God fa sen rain, de rain come
again, and the heaven down, an de plant dem staat fa grow crop
gave rain, and the earth
brought forth her fruit.
gin.
19 Brethren, if any of
19 Me bredren, ef one ob oona da
you do err from the truth, wanda way fom God true way, an den
and one convert him;
noda one ob oona bring um back, 20 oona
20 Let him know, that
he which converteth the kin know, de one wa bring one sinna back
sinner from the error of ta God way, an hep um ton fom do bad, dat
his way shall save a soul
from death, and shall
poson da sabe de sinna soul fom det, an
hide a multitude of sins. God gwine paadon plenty sin.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 PeterT

Peter Fus Letta 1 Peter


1
,5

1 A Peter, a postle ob Jedus Christ, da


1 Chapter 1
write ta oona, wa God done pick. 1 Peter, an apostle of
Oona been scatta all oba de arie dem call Jesus Christ, to the
strangers scattered
Pontus, an Galatia, an Cappadocia, an Asia throughout Pontus, Gala-
an Bithynia. Oona da lib like come-yah tia, Cappadocia, Asia,
and Bithynia,
people een all dem arie oba deyso. 2 We
Fada God done pick oona, jes like e done
beena plan. An God Sperit mek oona fa be 2 Elect according to
the foreknowledge of
God own holy people, so dat oona gwine God the Father, through
do wa Jedus Christ tell oona fa do. An de sanctification of the
blood ob Jedus, wa e gii wen e dead pon de Spirit, unto obedience
and sprinkling of the
cross, dat gwine mek oona clean een God blood of Jesus Christ:
eye. Grace unto you, and
peace, be multiplied.
A da pray dat God bless oona mo an mo,
an full op oona haat wid peace.
3 Blessed be the God
and Father of our Lord
We Lib Full op wid Hope Jesus Christ, which ac-
3 Leh we praise de God, de Fada ob we cording to his abundant
mercy hath begotten us
Lawd Jedus Christ! God sho nuff hab again unto a lively hope
mussy pon we, an e mek Jedus Christ git by the resurrection of Je-
sus Christ from the dead,
op fom mongst de dead people an lib gin fa
gii we nyew life. Dat mek we lib full op
wid hope, cause we got life wa ain neba 4 To an inheritance in-
gwine end. 4 An so, we da look fa git de corruptible, and unde-
filed, and that fadeth not
great ting dem wa God promise e chullun. away, reserved in heaven
E da keep um een heaben fa oona. Dem for you,
ting gwine las faeba an eba. Dey ain neba
gwine be ruint. An dey ain neba gwine
5 Who are kept by the
change. 5 Cause oona trus een God, e power of God through
gwine keep oona safe wid e powa. E da faith unto salvation

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
800 1 Peter 1

ready to be revealed in keep oona safe til dat sabation come ta


the last time.
oona wa God been mek ready an wa e
6 Wherein ye greatly gwine show ta oona een de las day.
rejoice, though now for a
6 Cause ob dis, oona rejaice, eben ef
season, if need be, ye are
in heaviness through now fa a leetle wile all kind ob test da mek
manifold temp- tations:
oona suffa. 7 Dem test come fa show dat
7 That the trial of your oona trus een Jedus Christ. People pit
faith, being much more gole, wa dey kin stroy, eenta de fire fa test
precious than of gold that
perisheth, though it be um an bun off all dat ain gole fa true. Same
tried with fire, might be way so, oona fait, wa walyable way mo
found unto praise and
honour and glory at the den gole. Dem trouble wa da mek oona
appearing of Jesus Christ: suffa so, dey come fa test oona fait so oona
8 Whom having not
kin show dat oona ain neba gwine stop fa
seen, ye love; in whom, trus een Christ. An ef oona neba stop trus
though now ye see him fa true, dat gwine bring praise an glory an
not, yet believing, ye re-
joice with joy unspeak- hona, wen de day come dat Jedus gwine
able and full of glory: come mek all people shim. 8 Oona ain
neba see Jedus. Stillyet, oona lob um.
9 Receiving the end of
your faith, even the salva- Oona ain shim now. Stillyet, oona bleebe
tion of your souls. pon um. An oona got joy full op wid glory.
Oona got sommuch joy dat oona ain able
10 Of which salvation fa find nuff wod fa tell bout um. 9 Cause
the prophets have en- now oona da reach wa ya done set ya haat
quired and searched dili-
gently, who prophesied
pon. God da sabe oona soul.
of the grace that should 10 De prophet dem beena taak fohan
come unto you: bout dis sabation, dis blessin yah wa God
been plan fa gii oona. Dey beena study pon
11 Searching what, or um good fashion an tek time fa look good
what manner of time the fa know bout um. 11 Christ Sperit been
Spirit of Christ which was
in them did signify, when dey eenside dem prophet. Dat Sperit een
it testified beforehand um beena taak bout how Christ gwine
the sufferings of Christ,
and the glory that should
haffa suffa, an bout de glory wa gwine
follow. come atta dat. An dem prophet beena try
fa know wa time dem ting gwine come an
how dey gwine happen. 12 God show dem
12 Unto whom it was
revealed, that not unto prophet yah dat de wok dey beena do ain
themselves, but unto us fa hep deysef, bot fa hep oona. Dat de wok
they did minister the
things, which are now re-
wa dey done wen dey taak bout dem ting
ported unto you by them dat oona yeh now, wa dem wa da tell

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 1 801

people de Good Nyews come tell oona. De that have preached the
gospel unto you with the
Holy Sperit, wa God sen outta heaben, e da Holy Ghost sent down
mek dem people yah able fa tell people de from heaven; which
things the angels desire
Good Nyews. An dem ting yah, de angel to look into.
dem too da scretch dey neck fa see.
13 Wherefore gird up
the loins of your mind, be
People wa Trus een Christ sober, and hope to the
Mus Lib God Way end for the grace that is
to be brought unto you at
13 So den, mek op oona mind fa do the revelation of Jesus
wasoneba ya oughta do. Mus nyuse ya Christ;

sense fa trol yasef, an set all ya haat pon de 14 As obedient chil-


blessin dat Jedus Christ gwine gii oona, dren, not fashioning
yourselves according to
wen e come back fa all people fa see. the former lusts in your
14 Oona God chullun, an mus lib da do all ignorance:
God tell oona fa do. Mus dohn folla atta 15 But as he which
dem bad ting oona beena nyuse fa do, wen hath called you is holy,
so be ye holy in all man-
oona ain been know de Good Nyews bout ner of conversation;
Jedus Christ. 15 Steada dat, mus lib holy
16 Because it is writ-
een all oona da do jes like God, wa call ten, Be ye holy; for I am
oona fa be e own, e holy. 16 Cause dey holy.
write een God Book dat God tell e people 17 And if ye call on the
say, “Mus lib holy, cause A holy.” Father, who without re-
17 Wen oona da pray ta God, oona call spect of persons judgeth
according to every man's
pon um say, “We Fada.” E God, an e da work, pass the time of
jedge all people de same way, ebrybody by your sojourning here in
fear:
de wok e da do. So den, lib oona life like
oona come-yah people een dis wol. Mus 18 Forasmuch as ye
hona God een all dat oona da do. 18 Oona know that ye were not re-
deemed with corruptible
know how God set oona free fom de way things, as silver and gold,
ob life wa ain wot nottin, dat life wa oona from your vain conversa-
tion received by tradition
ole people beena lib an wa oona beena lib from your fathers;
too. Wen God set oona free, e ain nyuse
19 But with the pre-
nottin dat dey kin stroy, like silba or gole. cious blood of Christ, as
19 God set oona free by Christ own blood of a lamb without blem-
ish and without spot:
wen e dead pon de cross. Dat walyable mo
den all. An Christ been like a lamb wa ain 20 Who verily was
got nottin wrong or bad tall bout um. foreordained before the
foundation of the world,
20 Fo God mek de wol, e been pick Christ
but was manifest in these
fa do dis wok, an now, een dese las day last times for you,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
802 1 Peter 1, 2

21 Who by him do be- dem, Christ done come fa oona sake, fa all
lieve in God, that raised
him up from the dead, de wol fa see. 21 Cause ob Christ, oona trus
and gave him glory; that een God, wa done mek Christ git op fom
your faith and hope
might be in God.
mongst de dead people an lib gin, an God
gim glory. So den, dat mek oona trus God
22 Seeing ye have pu-
rified your souls in obey-
an set oona haat pon um, da know e gwine
ing the truth through the do wa e promise e gwine do.
Spirit unto unfeigned 22 Now dat oona da do wa de true wod
love of the brethren, see
that ye love one another tell oona fa do, dat mek oona stop fa do
with a pure heart bad an mek oona lib clean life. An cause ob
fervently:
dat, oona lob oona Christian bredren fa
23 Being born again, true. So den, mus lob one noda, fa true,
not of corruptible seed,
but of incorruptible, by
wid all oona haat. 23 Oona done been bon
the word of God, which gin. E ain tall like de time oona bon de fus
liveth and abideth for time. E God wod wa gii ya dis nyew life, an
ever.
e wod gwine lib faeba. 24 Cause dey write
24 For all flesh is as
een God Book say,
grass, and all the glory of
man as the flower of “All people jes like grass,
grass. The grass wither- an all wa fine bout um same
eth, and the flower
thereof falleth away: like dem flowa wa da grow
pon de grass.
25 But the word of the
Lord endureth for ever.
De grass gwine widda,
And this is the word an de dry flowa gwine
which by the gospel is faddown pon de groun.
preached unto you.
25 Bot de wod ob de Lawd
gwine las faeba.”
2
,1 Dis wod yah de Good Nyews bout Jedus
Christ wa dey beena tell oona.
Chapter 2
1 Wherefore laying Jedus de Stone wa da Lib an Gii Life

2 So den, mus git rid ob all dem ebil


aside all malice, and all 1
guile, and hypocrisies,
and envies, and all evil ting wa dey een oona life. Mus dohn
speakings, tell no lie. Dohn be no hypicrit, an dohn
2 As newborn babes, hab de big eye. Mus dohn bad mout
desire the sincere milk of nobody bout nottin. 2 Baby wa jes bon
the word, that ye may
grow thereby:
wahn milk all de time. Same way, all de
time oona mus wahn de pure speritual
3 If so be ye have
tasted that the Lord is
milk, so dat e kin mek oona grow op
gracious. eenoona sabation. 3 Cause now oona done

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 2 803

taste how good de Lawd da. 4 To whom coming, as


unto a living stone, disal-
4 Come ta de Lawd. E de stone wa da lib lowed indeed of men, but
an gii life. People been tink say dat stone chosen of God, and
precious,
ain wot nottin, an dey ton way fom um.
Bot God pick dat stone, an e too walyable
ta um. 5 Oona stan like stone wa da lib too. 5 Ye also, as lively
Come an leh God tek oona fa build e stones, are built up a spir-
house, weh e Sperit da lib. Een e house, itual house, an holy
priesthood, to offer up
oona gwine be priest dem wa blongst ta spiritual sacrifices, ac-
God, da offa op ta God de sacrifice wa God ceptable to God by Jesus
Christ.
Sperit tell oona fa offa op. An dat mek God
sattify, cause ob wa Jedus Christ done.
6 Cause dey write een God Book say,
6 Wherefore also it is
“Oona look yah! A done pick one contained in the scrip-
walyable stone, ture, Behold, I lay in Sion
a chief corner stone,
an A da pit um fa be de elect, precious: and he
conastone een Zion. that believeth on him
shall not be confounded.
Whosoneba bleebe pon dat stone
ain neba gwine be shame.”
7 Now den, fa oona wa bleebe pon um, dis
7 Unto you therefore
stone yah walyable mo den all. Bot fa dem which believe he is pre-
wa ain bleebe pon um, dey write een God cious: but unto them
which be disobedient,
Book say, the stone which the
“De same stone dat de builda builders disallowed, the
dem chunk out, same is made the head of
the corner,
dat de stone wa come fa be
portant mo den all de oda res.”
8 An dey write gin een God Book say,
8 And a stone of stum-
“Dis de stone bling, and a rock of of-
wa mek people stumble. fence, even to them which
stumble at the word, be-
Dis de rock wa mek um faddown.” ing disobedient: where-
Dem people yah stumble cause dey ain do unto also they were
appointed.
wa God wod tell um fa do, an dey got wa fa
come ta um.
9 Bot God done pick oona fa be one
9 But ye are a chosen
people. Oona God own priest dem wa da generation, a royal
saab de King. Oona a nation wa gii oonasef priesthood, an holy na-
tion, a peculiar people;
ta God. Oona God own people wa e pick fa that ye should shew forth
tell bout de great wok dem wa e da do. E the praises of him who

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
804 1 Peter 2

hath called you out of pick oona fa tell all de people, da praise
darkness into his marvel-
lous light: God wa call oona outta de daak an bring
oona eenta e wondaful light. 10 Fo, oona
10 Which in time past
were not a people, but are ain been no nation ob people, bot now
now the people of God: oona God people. Oona ain been know
which had not obtained
mercy, but now have ob-
God mussyful, bot now oona come fa
tained mercy. know e mussy ta oona.
11 Dearly beloved, I
beseech you as strangers Wok fa God
and pilgrims, abstain
from fleshly lusts, which
11Me deah Christian fren, oona wa da
war against the soul; lib like scranja an come-yah people een dis
12 Having your con- wol, A da beg oona, mus dohn folla ya haat
versation honest among fa sattify dem ting wa ya body wahn, cause
the Gentiles: that, dem ting da fight ginst ya soul. 12 Mus lib
whereas they speak
against you as evildoers, een susha good way mongst de people wa
they may by your good ain know God, dat wen dey say ya da do
works, which they shall
behold, glorify God in the bad, dey gwine see sho nuff dat ya da do
day of visitation. good. An dat gwine mek um praise God
13 Submit yourselves pon de day dat e gwine come.
to every ordinance of 13 Cause oona blongst ta de Lawd, pit
man for the Lord's sake: oonasef onda ebry tority wa dey oba oona
whether it be to the king,
as supreme; een dis wol. Mus do wa dey wahn oona fa
do. Dohn mek no neba mind ef dat tority
14 Or unto governors,
as unto them that are
de king wa dey oba all de oda rula dem.
sent by him for the pun- 14 Mus pit oonasef onda de gobna dem wa
ishment of evildoers, and de king sen fa punish dem people wa ain
for the praise of them
that do well. do right an fa praise dem wa da do right.
15 God wahn oona fa do good ting so dat
15 For so is the will of
foolish people wa ain know nottin, ain
God, that with well doing
ye may put to silence the gwine hab nottin fa say ginst oona. 16 Lib
ignorance of foolish men: like people wa free, bot dat ain mek oona
16 As free, and not us-
free fa kiba op no ebil. Lib like people wa
ing your liberty for a da wok fa God. 17 Gii hona ta all people.
cloke of maliciousness, Lob all oona Christian bredren. Spec an
but as the servants of
God. hona God, an gii hona ta de king.

17 Honour all men. De Suffrin ob Christ Show We


Love the brotherhood. How We Oughta Suffa
Fear God. Honour the
king. 18 Oona wa da saab, do all dat oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 2, 3 805

massa tell oona fa do an show um hona 18 Servants, be subject


to your masters with all
een ebryting. Show hona ta all ob um, not fear; not only to the good
jes dem wa good an wa wahn fa hep and gentle, but also to
the froward.
people. Show hona ta dem wa mean ta 19 For this is thank-
people too. 19 Ef ya suffa wa ya ain oughta worthy, if a man for con-
suffa an beah op onda de pain cause ya science toward God
endure grief, suffering
know ya da do wa God wahn, den ya da do wrongfully.
good een God eye. 20 Bot wen ya do ting 20 For what glory is it,
if, when ye be buffeted
wa ain right an ya beah op onda de beatin for your faults, ye shall
dey gii fa punish ya, ya ain oughta git no take it patiently? but if,
when ye do well, and suf-
praise fa dat, ainty? Bot ef ya da beah op fer for it, ye take it pa-
wen dey mek ya suffa eben wen ya da do tiently, this is acceptable
with God.
wa right, den ya da do good een God eye. 21 For even hereunto
21 God call oona fa do dat. Cause Christ were ye called: because
too done suffa fa oona an show ya dat ya fa Christ also suffered for
us, leaving us an exam-
folla um an do jes like e beena do. ple, that ye should follow
22 Christ ain neba sin none tall. An ain his steps:
22 Who did no sin, nei-
nobody neba yeh no lie come fom e mout. ther was guile found in
23 Wen people suck dey teet at Christ an his mouth:
23 Who, when he was
sult um, e neba ansa um nottin bad back. reviled, reviled not
Wen people mek um suffa, e neba tell um again; when he suffered,
he threatened not; but
say e gwine mek um suffa, bot e pit esef committed himself to him
eenta God han, cause God da jedge that judgeth righteously:
24 Who his own self
scraight. 24 Christ done tek we sin ta esef bare our sins in his own
een e body pon de cross, an e done dead body on the tree, that we,
dey fa stroy um. E done dat so dat we ain being dead to sins,
should live unto righ-
gwine sin no mo, an we gwine waak teousness: by whose
scraight de way God wahn we fa waak. De stripes ye were healed.
25 For ye were as
wound wa dey gii Christ done mek oona sheep going astray; but
well. 25 Oona been like sheep wa da are now returned unto
the Shepherd and Bishop
wanda off an git loss. Bot now, oona done of your souls.
ton back fa folla Christ de Shephud wa da
tek cyah ob oona soul. Chapter 3
1 Likewise, ye wives,
De Way Husban an Wife Oughta Lib be in subjection to your

3
own husbands; that, if
Same way so, oona marry ooman.
1 any obey not the word,
Ebry one ob oona, pit yasef onda ya they also may without
the word be won by the
husban. Den ef some ob oona husban ain conversation of the
do wa God wod say, ya kin bring um fa wives;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
806 1 Peter 3

2 While they behold bleebe pon Christ by wa ya da do, dout ya


your chaste conversation
coupled with fear.
haffa crack ya teet. 2 Cause oona husban
3 Whose adorning let gwine see dat oona da gii hona ta um, an
it not be that outward oona da lib a clean life. 3 Mus dohn dress
adorning of plaiting the op fa show off. Ain de ting dem wa people
hair, and of wearing of
gold, or of putting on of da see pon oona wa fa mek oona fine sho
apparel; nuff, like de style ob oona hair or oona
4 But let it be the hid-
gole jewelry or de fine cloes wa oona da
den man of the heart, in
that which is not corrupt- weah. 4 Steada dat, oona oughta be fine
ible, even the ornament of dey eenside oona haat. Oona oughta do
a meek and quiet spirit,
which is in the sight of ting gentle an quiet. Dat de kind ob fine
God of great price. ting wa las an way mo walyable een God
5 For after this manner eye. 5 Same way so, de ooman dem een de
in the old time the holy ole day, wa beena lib fa God an waak close
women also, who trusted ta um, dey beena trus God fa do all dat e
in God, adorned them-
selves, being in subjec- been promise fa do fa um. Dey pit deysef
tion unto their own onda dey husban, an dey beena mek
husbands:
deysef fine fa true. 6 Sarah been like dat. E
6 Even as Sara obeyed beena do all wa Abraham tell um fa do, an
Abraham, calling him
lord: whose daughters ye wen e taak ta husban, e call um e lawd. An
are, as long as ye do well, now oona jes like Sarah, ef oona do wa
and are not afraid with
any amazement.
right an ain leh nottin mek oona scaid.
7 Same way so, oona marry man. Lib
7 Likewise, ye hus-
bands, dwell with them
wid ya wife wid ondastandin an cyah fa
according to knowledge, um. Oona know oona wife ain got scrent
giving honour unto the like a man, so mus spec um. Cause God gii
wife, as unto the weaker
vessel, and as being heirs oona togeda wid dem e blessin wa go on
together of the grace of faeba. Do dis so dat nottin ain gwine git
life; that your prayers be
not hindered. een de way ob wa oona da pray.
8 Finally, be ye all of
Da Suffa Cause Oona da Do wa Right
one mind, having com-
passion one of another, 8 De las ting A got fa tell oona, oona
love as brethren, be piti-
ful, be courteous:
mus all gree mongst oonasef, wid one haat
togeda. Lob one noda like broda an sista.
9 Not rendering evil
Be kind ta one noda. Mus dohn be proud.
for evil, or railing for rail-
ing: but contrariwise 9 Ef somebody do oona bad, mus dohn do
blessing; knowing that ye bad back ta um. An ef somebody sult oona,
are thereunto called, that
ye should inherit a mus dohn sult um back gin. Steada dat, aks
blessing. God fa bless um. Cause God call oona fa gii

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 3 807

oona a blessin. 10 Cause dey write een God 10 For he that will love
life, and see good days,
Book say, let him refrain his tongue
“Ef oona wahn fa mek from evil, and his lips
that they speak no guile:
oona life sweet
an lib a good life, 11 Let him eschew
evil, and do good; let him
mus dohn taak bad, seek peace, and ensue it.
an mus dohn tell no lie.
11 Mus dohn do no bad no mo. 12 For the eyes of the
Lord are over the righ-
Mus do good. teous, and his ears are
Mus try haad all de time open unto their prayers:
fa lib peaceable wid people. but the face of the Lord is
against them that do evil.
12 Cause de Lawd God da keep watch
oba dem wa da waak scraight. 13 And who is he that
All de time e da yeh dey pray. will harm you, if ye be
followers of that which is
Bot e da ton ginst dem people good?
wa da do ebil.”
13 Who gwine mek oona suffa ef oona 14 But and if ye suffer
for righteousness' sake,
all de time try fa do jes wa right? 14 Bot happy are ye: and be not
eben ef oona suffa cause oona da do wa afraid of their terror, nei-
ther be troubled;
right, oona git blessin! Mus dohn be scaid
ob wa people da do, an mus dohn warry. 15 But sanctify the
15 Bot woshup Christ een oona haat as Lord God in your hearts:
and be ready always to
Lawd. Be ready all de time fa ansa de give an answer to every
people dat aks oona hoccome oona got man that asketh you a
reason of the hope that is
hope een oona haat. Bot wen oona ansa in you with meekness
um, mus dohn try fa force um fa bleebe and fear:
pon Christ, an show spec ta um. 16 Do wa
16 Having a good con-
oona haat tell oona e right fa do. Den wen science; that, whereas
people taak bad bout de good wa oona da they speak evil of you, as
of evildoers, they may be
do wiles oona da waak wid Christ, dem ashamed that falsely ac-
people gwine be shame cause ob wa dey cuse your good conversa-
beena say. 17 Cause e mo betta fa suffa tion in Christ.

cause oona da do wa right, ef dat wa God 17 For it is better, if the


wahn, den fa suffa cause oona da do ting will of God be so, that ye
wa ain right. 18 Cause Christ too done suffer for well doing,
than for evil doing.
dead one time fa all we sin. De one wa ain
neba done nottin wa ain right, e dead fa all 18 For Christ also hath
once suffered for sins, the
dem wa ain do right, so dat e kin bring we just for the unjust, that he
ta God. Dey done kill Christ wen e been a might bring us to God,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
808 1 Peter 3, 4

being put to death in the man, bot God Sperit mek Christ lib gin.
flesh, but quickened by
the Spirit: 19 An een de Sperit, Christ gone an preach
19 By which also he ta de sperit dem wa been dey een de
went and preached unto
the spirits in prison; jailhouse. 20 Dem sperit been dem wa ain
20 Which sometime do wa God wahn um fa do een Noah time,
were disobedient, when
once the longsuffering of
wen God beena beah wid um wiles Noah
God waited in the days of beena build de ark. De people wa gone
Noah, while the ark was a eenside de ark ain been a whole heap. Jes
preparing, wherein few,
that is, eight souls were eight people gone een an been sabe shru
saved by water.
21 The
de wata. 21 So den, dat wata ob de flood
like figure
whereunto even baptism stan fa bactism wa sabe oona. Dat bactism
doth also now save us ain fa wash off dort fom we body, bot dat
(not the putting away of
the filth of the flesh, but de promise dat we mek ta God, say we
the answer of a good con- gwine waak scraight wid um so dat we kin
science toward God,) by
the resurrection of Jesus
know we ain guilty een e eye. Een dat
Christ: same way God mek Jedus Christ git op fom
22 Who is gone into
heaven, and is on the
mongst de dead people an lib gin fa sabe
right hand of God; angels oona. 22 An Jedus gone eenta heaben, an e
and authorities and pow- seddown dey pon God right han side, an e
ers being made subject
unto him. da rule oba angel dem an oba dem wa got
tority an powa.

Da Lib fa God

4 So den, cause Christ suffa yah een e


Chapter 4 1
1 Forasmuch then as body een dis wol, oona mus tink jes
Christ hath suffered for
us in the flesh, arm your-
like Christ beena tink, so dat wen ya suffa,
selves likewise with the ya gwine be scrong too. Sin ain gwine rule
same mind: for he that oba de poson wa beena suffa. 2 Fom now
hath suffered in the flesh
hath ceased from sin; til ya done pass oba, de ebil ting dem oona
2 That he no longer been wahn fa do, dey ain gwine rule oba
should live the rest of his
time in the flesh to the oona no mo. Ya gwine lib da do wa God
lusts of men, but to the wahn ya fa do. 3 Mus dohn waste no mo
will of God.
3 For the time past of
time da do dem ting wa de people wa ain
our life may suffice us to know God like fa do. Dem man an ooman
have wrought the will of da waak een de ebil way, da do ting wa
the Gentiles, when we
walked in lasciviousness, dey ain oughta do wid dey body. Oona
lusts, excess of wine, done dat too. Oona beena folla oona haat
revellings, banquetings,
and abominable idola-
da do dem bad ting yah an oda bad ting
tries: dem. Oona been dronka an beena hab dem

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 4 809

wile paaty. Oona beena woshup op ta dem 4 Wherein they think it


strange that ye run not
idol wa oughta mek ya too shame. 4 Dem with them to the same ex-
people wa ain know God, dey ain able fa cess of riot, speaking evil
of you:
ondastan now, cause ya ain jine um gin fa
lib dat same bad life. So dey shrow slam 5 Who shall give ac-
pon ya. 5 Bot dey gwine haffa ansa ta God, count to him that is ready
to judge the quick and
wa stan ready fa jedge all people, dem wa the dead.
ain pass oba yet an dem wa done dead.
6 Dat hoccome eben dem wa dead now, 6 For for this cause
dey done been yeh de Good Nyews. So dat was the gospel preached
also to them that are
eben dough een dey life een dis wol dey dead, that they might be
done pass shru de jedgiment wa all people judged according to men
pass shru, dey kin git de chance fa lib fa in the flesh, but live ac-
cording to God in the
true, like God wahn um fa lib. spirit.

Een All We Do, 7 But the end of all


God Oughta Git de Glory things is at hand: be ye
therefore sober, and
7 De time wen all ting gwine done ain watch unto prayer.
faa off. So mus keep ya head steady an trol
yasef, so dat ya kin taak ta God fom ya 8 And above all things
haat. 8 Bot dis de ting wa ya oughta do mo have fervent charity
among yourselves: for
den all. Lob one noda wid all ya haat, charity shall cover the
cause de people wa lob one noda, dey all multitude of sins.
de time ready fa paadon people wen dey
do um bad. 9 Gii haaty welcome ta ya 9 Use hospitality one
Christian bredren wen dey come ta ya to another without
grudging.
house. Mus dohn grumble wen dey come.
10 God gii gif ta ebry one ob oona, da mek
10 As every man hath
ya know how fa do special ting. So den, received the gift, even so
ebry one mongst oona oughta do um good. minister the same one to
another, as good stew-
Mus tek cyah fa pass God blessin dem on ta ards of the manifold
oda people, so dat dey gwine git de good grace of God.
fom wa God mek ya know how fa do. 11 Ef
God call ya fa taak ta de people, mus taak 11 If any man speak,
like God da taak da tell people shru ya. An let him speak as the ora-
cles of God; if any man
ef God call ya fa hep people, mus do dat minister, let him do it as of
wok dey wid de scrent wa God gii ya. So the ability which God
giveth: that God in all
den, een all de ting ya da do, God gwine git things may be glorified
de glory cause ya da waak wid Jedus through Jesus Christ, to

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
810 1 Peter 4

whom be praise and do- Christ, wa got glory an powa fa rule faeba
minion for ever and ever.
Amen. an eba. Amen.
12 Beloved, think it
not strange concerning Da Suffa Cause Oona Blongst ta Christ
the fiery trial which is to
try you, as though some 12 Me deah fren, oona mus dohn wonda
strange thing happened wen ya hab haad suffrin wa come fa test
unto you:
ya. Mus dohn tink say dat sompin wa ain
13 But rejoice, inas- oughta happen ta ya. 13 Steada dat,
much as ye are partakers
of Christ's sufferings; rejaice, cause ya hab a paat een wa Christ
that, when his glory shall suffa, so dat wen we see Christ come back
be revealed, ye may be
glad also with exceeding
wid all e glory, ya gwine be full op wid joy.
joy. 14 Wen people hole ya cheap cause ya

14 If ye be reproached
blongst ta Christ, ya git blessin, cause dat
for the name of Christ, show dat de Sperit ob glory an ob God da
happy are ye; for the lib dey eenside ya. 15 Bot mus tek cyah dat
spirit of glory and of God
resteth upon you: on none ob oona ain kill nobody, needa tief,
their part he is evil spo- needa do no oda crimnal ting or pit e han
ken of, but on your part
he is glorified. een oda people bidness. Ef ya da suffa, mus
dohn be cause ya da do dem ting. 16 Bot ef
15 But let none of you
suffer as a murderer, or
ya suffa cause ya blongst ta Christ, dat mus
as a thief, or as an evil dohn mek ya shame. Ya oughta praise God
doer, or as a busybody in dat people call ya Christian.
other men's matters.
17 De time wen God gwine jedge de wol
16 Yet if any man suffer
da come. God gwine fus jedge e own
as a Christian, let him not
be ashamed; but let him people. An ef God staat wid we wa blongst
glorify God on this ta um, e gwine end wid haad time fa sho,
behalf.
fa dem wa ain do wa God Good Nyews tell
17 For the time is come um fa do, ainty? 18 Dey write een God
that judgment must be-
gin at the house of God:
Book say,
and if it first begin at us, “Dem people wa do wa God wahn,
what shall the end be of dey git sabe,
them that obey not the
gospel of God? bot dey hab a haad time.
18 And if the righteous
So dey gwine be haad time fa sho,
scarcely be saved, where fa people wa ain hab
shall the ungodly and the nottin fa do wid God
sinner appear?
an fa de sinna dem, ainty?”
19 Wherefore let them 19 So den, de people wa da suffa cause
that suffer according to
the will of God commit dat wa God wahn fa um, leh um lef deysef
the keeping of their souls een God han, an do good mo an mo. Cause

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 Peter 4, 5 811

God mek all ting, an all ting wa e promise, to him in well doing, as
unto a faithful Creator.
e gwine do.

God Laan E Own People

5 Now den, A, Peter, da taak ta de


1 Chapter 5
choch elda dem mongst oona. A too a 1 The elders which are
choch elda. A done see wa Christ suffa, an among you I exhort, who
am also an elder, and a
wen Christ come back an God mek all witness of the sufferings
people see e glory, A too gwine git paat ob of Christ, and also a par-
taker of the glory that
dat big blessin dey. A da chaage oona, de shall be revealed:
choch elda dem, wid all me haat. 2 Tek
2 Feed the flock of God
cyah ob God people wa e gii oona fa tek
which is among you, tak-
cyah ob. Tek cyah ob um same like ing the oversight thereof,
shephud dem da mind dey flock ob sheep. not by constraint, but
willingly; not for filthy
Mus dohn do dat like ya haffa do um. Tek lucre, but of a ready
cyah ob um wid open haat cause ya wahn mind;
fa do um. An mus dohn do um cause ya
3 Neither as being
hab de big eye fa money, bot cause ya lords over God's heritage,
heppy fa true fa saab um. 3 Mus dohn treat but being ensamples to
the flock.
dem people like slabe wa God done gii ya
fa tek cyah ob. Steada dat, ya oughta do 4 And when the chief
good sommuch til de people deysef wahn Shepherd shall appear,
ye shall receive a crown
fa be jes like oona. 4 Den wen Christ, de of glory that fadeth not
head shephud wa oba all oda shephud away.
appeah, e gwine gii ya de crown ob glory
5 Likewise, ye young-
wa las faeba. er, submit yourselves
5 Now den, oona wa nyoung, same way, unto the elder. Yea, all of
oona mus do wa de olda people tell ya fa you be subject one to an-
other, and be clothed
do. An all oona een de choch mus dohn with humility: for God
hab de big head no way, as oona da saab resisteth the proud, and
giveth grace to the
one noda. Cause dey write een God Book humble.
say, “God ton e back ginst dem wa hab de
big head, bot e gwine gii dem wa ain hab 6 Humble yourselves
de big head e blessin fa true.” 6 Mus dohn therefore under the
mighty hand of God, that
hab de big head. Steada dat, pit yasef onda he may exalt you in due
God wa got powa, an leh um trol oona. time:
Den e gwine pit oona op high an mek
7 Casting all your care
people spec oona wen de time come. 7 Lef upon him; for he careth
all dem ting wa da warry ya een God han, for you.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
812 1 Peter 5

8 Be sober, be vigilant; cause God da tek cyah ob ya.


because your adversary
8 Be ready fa wasoneba gwine come. An
the devil, as a roaring
lion, walketh about, all de time, watch out. Ya enemy, de Debil,
seeking whom he may
devour:
da waak all roun, same like a lion wa bex.
E da try fa find whosoneba e gwine stroy.
9 Whom resist stedfast 9 Oona mus stan scrong ginst um, an trus
in the faith, knowing that
the same afflictions are Christ mo an mo. Cause oona know, all
accomplished in your oba de wol, oona bredren da suffa same
brethren that are in the
world.
like oona. 10 An atta ya suffa fa a leetle
wile, God wa da gii we e blessin een all
10 But the God of all ting an wa call oona fa git paat ob e glory
grace, who hath called us
unto his eternal glory by
wa gwine las faeba, cause oona come fa be
Christ Jesus, after that ye one wid Christ, God gwine mek all ting een
have suffered a while, ya life scraight. E gwine hep ya fa trus mo
make you perfect, stab-
lish, strengthen, settle an mo an gii ya scrong haat fa um. E ain
you. neba gwine leh nottin shake ya fait een
11 To him be glory and
Christ. 11 Leh God rule oba all faeba an
dominion for ever and eba! Amen.
ever. Amen.
De Las Wod ob Peter een Dis Letta
12 By Silvanus, a faith-
12 Silas da hep me write dis shot letta ta
ful brother unto you, as I
suppose, I have written oona. E a Christian broda wa A know A kin
briefly, exhorting, and
testifying that this is the
trus. A wahn fa courage oona an tell oona
true grace of God dat dis wa A done write bout yah, e God
wherein ye stand. blessin pon we fa true. Mus dohn leh
nottin keep oona fom stan scrong een dat
13 The church that is at
Babylon, elected together fabor ob God.
with you, saluteth you; 13 De choch wa dey een Babylon, wa
and so doth Marcus my
son.
God done pick same like e pick oona, dey
da tell oona hey. An Mark, me son een de
14 Greet ye one an- Lawd, da tell oona hey, too. 14 Greet one
other with a kiss of char- noda wid de kiss ob Christian lob.
ity. Peace be with you all
that are in Christ Jesus. Leh all ob oona wa blongst ta Christ hab
2 PeterT Amen. peace dey een oona haat.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Peter Secon Letta 2 Peter
1
,5

1 A Simon Peter, wa da wok fa Jedus


1 Chapter 1
Christ an A one ob e postle dem, A da 1 Simon Peter, a ser-
write ta oona wa trus een Christ. God gii vant and an apostle of Je-
sus Christ, to them that
oona dat fait same like we own, an dat fait have obtained like pre-
mo betta den ting wa money kin buy. cious faith with us
through the righteous-
Jedus Christ, we God an Sabior, e da do wa ness of God and our Sav-
right. iour Jesus Christ:
2 A pray dat God bless oona mo an mo
an full op oona haat wid peace. God gwine 2 Grace and peace be
bless oona as oona come fa know God an multiplied unto you
through the knowledge
we Lawd Jedus mo an mo. of God, and of Jesus our
Lord,
God Call We fa Lib fa Um fa True
3 Jedus Christ, by de powa ob God, 3 According as his di-
done gii we ebryting we need so dat we kin vine power hath given
hab life an lib fa God fa true, jes like e unto us all things that
pertain unto life and god-
wahn we fa lib. All dat blongst ta we, liness, through the
cause we beena come fa know God mo an knowledge of him that
hath called us to glory
mo. E call we fa leh we git we paat ob e and virtue:
own glory an fa mek we good same like e
good. 4 Dat how God beena gii we e
blessin wa money cyahn buy, dem blessin 4 Whereby are given
unto us exceeding great
wa e beena promise. Dat wa e do, so dat and precious promises:
dem blessin gwine leh oona keep way fom that by these ye might be
partakers of the divine
dem bad ting een de wol, wa come cause nature, having escaped
people een de wol wahn fa do ebil. An the corruption that is in
the world through lust.
cause ob dem blessin, oona kin come fa be
mo an mo like God. 5 So den, cause God do
all dat fa oona, try de bes ya kin fa trus een 5 And beside this, giv-
Christ. Pontop ob dat, lib good, da waak ing all diligence, add to

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
814 2 Peter 1

your faith virtue; and to een de right way. Pontop ob dat gin, git fa
virtue knowledge;
6 And to knowledge know God mo an mo, an ondastan wa e
temperance; and to tem- wahn ya fa do. 6 Pontop ob dat, mus be
perance patience; and to
patience godliness;
able fa trol yasef. An pontop ob dat gin,
7 And to godliness laan fa beah op onda all ting, an pontop ob
brotherly kindness; and dat, oona life mus show dat oona God
to brotherly kindness
charity. people. 7 Now pontop ob dat, lob ya
8 For if these things be
Christian bredren an lob all people. 8 Ef
in you, and abound, they
make you that ye shall nei- dem ting dey een ya haat an ya da do um
ther be barren nor un- mo an mo, dey gwine mek ya do plenty
fruitful in the knowledge
of our Lord Jesus Christ. good wok, same time ya come fa know we
9 But he that lacketh Lawd Jedus Christ mo an mo. 9 Bot ef
these things is blind, and somebody ain got dem ting een e life, e
cannot see afar off, and
hath forgotten that he same like a bline eye man wa ain see
was purged from his old haadly nottin. An e done fagit dat God
sins.
10 Wherefore the rath- done tek way de sin dem dat e beena do an
er, brethren, give dili- fagib um.
gence to make your call-
ing and election sure: for
10 So den, me Christian bredren, try de
if ye do these things, ye bes oona kin, fa do de ting dem wa show
shall never fall:
11 For so an entrance dat God done call oona an pick oona, fa
shall be ministered unto true. Cause ef oona do dat, oona ain neba
you abundantly into the gwine fall way. 11 Den God gwine gii oona
everlasting kingdom of
our Lord and Saviour Je- haaty welcome ta weh we Lawd an Sabior
sus Christ. Jedus Christ da rule faeba.
12 Wherefore I will not
be negligent to put you 12 Oona know dem ting, an oona bleebe
always in remembrance dem true ting wa oona beena laan. Stillyet,
of these things, though ye
know them, and be estab- A ain neba gwine stop fa memba oona
lished in the present bout dem. 13 A tink e right fa me fa keep
truth.
13 Yea, I think it meet, on da memba oona bout dem ting, long as
as long as I am in this ta- A da lib. 14 A know dat fo long, A gwine
bernacle, to stir you up pass oba, cause we Lawd Jedus Christ
by putting you in remem-
rance; done show me so. 15 A gwine do all A able
14 Knowing that short-
fa do fa mek a way so dat atta A done pass
ly I must put off this my
tabernacle, even as our oba, oona gwine be able fa memba dem
Lord Jesus Christ hath ting all de time.
shewed me.
15 Moreover I will
endeavour that ye may Peter an de Oda Postle Dem
be able after my decease Taak Bout wa Dey See
to have these things al-
ways in remembrance. 16 Wen we tell oona, say we Lawd Jedus

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 1, 2 815

Christ gwine come back ta dis wol wid 16 For we have not fol-
lowed cunningly devised
great powa, we ain beena tell oona no fables, when we made
story wa schemy people jes mek op. Wid known unto you the
power and coming of our
we own eye we beena see Christ wen God Lord Jesus Christ, but
show Christ mighty powa. 17 We been dey were eyewitnesses of his
majesty.
wen God we Fada gii Christ hona an glory.
We been dey wen dat boice ob God, de 17 For he received
glory wa great mo den all, come ta Christ, from God the Father hon-
our and glory, when
an God tell Christ say, “Dis me own Son, there came such a voice
wa A lob. A heppy wid um fa true!” 18 We to him from the excellent
glory, This is my beloved
done yeh dat boice wa come outta heaben, Son, in whom I am well
wen we been dey wid Christ pontop God pleased.
mountain. 18 And this voice
19 Dat mek we bleebe mo den eba de which came from heaven
we heard, when we were
wod wa de prophet dem beena taak. E with him in the holy
gwine be good fa oona ef oona pay mind ta mount.
dem wod yah. Cause dey like a lamp wa da 19 We have also a
shine een a daak place, til de day Christ more sure word of proph-
come an de light ob de maanin staa come ecy; whereunto ye do
well that ye take heed, as
an shine eenside oona haat. 20 Mo den all, unto a light that shineth
ondastan dat dey ain nobody, by esef, wa in a dark place, until the
day dawn, and the day
able fa ondastan an splain dem wod wa de star arise in your hearts:
prophet dem write een God Book.
21 Cause ain neba been no true wod ob no 20 Knowing this first,
that no prophecy of the
prophet wa jes come fom wasoneba some scripture is of any private
poson tink or wahn fa taak. E been de Holy interpretation.
Sperit wa beena trol dem prophet, da tell
21 For the prophecy
um de wod dem wa God wahn um fa say. came not in old time by
the will of man: but holy
De Teacha Dem wa Ain Taak True men of God spake as they
were moved by the Holy

2 Bot some dem prophet wa been dey


1 Ghost.
mix op wid de people, dey ain been
no prophet fa true. Cause dey say dey da
Chapter 2
taak God wod, bot dey ain da taak God
wod none tall. Same way so, dey gwine be 1 But there were false
prophets also among the
people mix op wid oona. Some ob dem wa people, even as there
da laan oona bout God ain gwine taak shall be false teachers
among you, who privily
true. Fo oona ketch op ta wa dey da do, shall bring in damnable
dey gwine laan people ting wa ain true, wa heresies, even denying

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
816 2 Peter 2

the Lord that bought kin stroy um. Dem teacha eben gwine ton
them, and bring upon
themselves swift destruc- dey back pon de Lawd wa done pay fa dey
tion. life wen e dead pon de cross. An dat gwine
2 And many shall fol- mek um git stroy all ob a sudden. 2 Heapa
low their pernicious
ways; by reason of whom people gwine folla dem fa lib loose life. An
the way of truth shall be wa dey da do gwine mek people taak bad
evil spoken of.
ginst de true way we folla. 3 Cause dey got
3 And through covet-
ousness shall they with de big eye, dem teacha gwine tell oona
feigned words make mer- ting wa ain true, so dat dey kin git oona
chandise of you: whose
judgment now of a long
money. Way back dey, God done condemn
time lingereth not, and um an cide fa stroy um. God ain neba
their damnation slumber- sleep, an e gwine stroy um fa sho!
eth not.
4 God ain spare de angel dem wen dey
4 For if God spared not
the angels that sinned, been sin, ainty? E chunk um way eenta
but cast them down to hell, wa daak mo den de night. God mek
hell, and delivered them
into chains of darkness, um stay dey, fa wait til de Jedgiment Day.
to be reserved unto 5 God ain spare de people wa lib way back
judgment;
5 And spared not the
dey, ainty? E sen de flood fa kiba op de wol
old world, but saved an all de people wa ain wahn fa do wa God
Noah the eighth person, a tell um. Bot God ain leh no wata kiba
preacher of righteous-
ness, bringing in the Noah, wa beena tell people fa do wa right
flood upon the world of een God eye. God sabe Noah fom de wata,
the ungodly;
long wid seben oda people. 6 An God
6 And turning the cit-
ies of Sodom and condemn de people wa lib een Sodom an
Gomorrha into ashes con- Gomorrah, ainty? E done stroy um, bun
demned them with an
overthrow, making them um all op wid fire. E done dat fa mek
an ensample unto those people wa come later on, see wa gwine
that after should live
ungodly;
happen ta dem wa ain wahn fa do wa God
tell um fa do. 7 Den too, God sabe Lot, wa
7 And delivered just
beena waak scraight wid um, ainty? An
Lot, vexed with the filthy
conversation of the Lot been opsot fa true cause ob de loose
wicked: life de wickity people beena lib all roun
8 (For that righteous bout um. 8 Dat man Lot wa waak right, e
man dwelling among beena lib mongst dem people. E been bex
them, in seeing and hear-
ing, vexed his righteous een e good haat ebry day an e suffa fa true,
soul from day to day with cause ob all de wickity ting e beena see an
their unlawful deeds;)
yeh dem people do. 9 All dis show dat fa
9 The Lord knoweth
how to deliver the godly
true, de Lawd know how fa bring people
out of temptations, and wa lib fa God outta dey fliction, wiles e da

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 2 817

lick dem wa ain fa do wa God tell um, da to reserve the unjust unto
the day of judgment to be
keep um til de Jedgiment Day come. punished:
10 Mo den all, God gwine lick dem wa lib
loose life, da folla dey haat fa do dorty ting 10 But chiefly them that
walk after the flesh in the
wid dey body, an God gwine lick dem wa lust of uncleanness, and
hate tority too. despise government. Pre-
Dem teacha wa laan people ting wa ain sumptuous are they, self-
willed, they are not afraid
true, dey ain got no shame, an dey da do to speak evil of dignities.
wasoneba dey head gim fa do. Dey ain
scaid fa sult dem wa got powa fa rule oba 11 Whereas angels,
which are greater in
people. 11 Angel dem got scrent an powa power and might, bring
mo den dem wickity teacha. Stillyet, eben not railing accusation
de angel dem ain neba sult dem teacha against them before the
Lord.
wen dey cuse um fo de Lawd. 12 Bot dem
teacha yah, dey taak bad bout ting dey ain
12 But these, as natural
know nottin bout. Dey jes like wile animal brute beasts, made to be
wa ain tink tall. Dey jes do wa dey head taken and destroyed,
speak evil of the things
gim fa do. So jes like de wile animal dem that they understand not;
git bon an come eenta de wol fa leh people and shall utterly perish in
their own corruption;
ketch um op an kill um, same way so, God
gwine stroy dem wickity people. 13 Cause
13 And shall receive the
dey beena mek people suffa, dey gwine
reward of unrighteous-
suffa too an git dey payback. Eben een de ness, as they that count it
day time, dey heppy fa do wasoneba dey pleasure to riot in the day
time. Spots they are and
feel like wid dey body. Dey da shame an blemishes, sporting them-
disgrace oona wen oona all nyam togeda, selves with their own
deceivings while they
same time dey heppy cause ob de way dey feast with you;
da ceebe oona. 14 Dey eye ain scraight.
Dey wahn fa lib loose life an sleep roun 14 Having eyes full of
wid ebry ooman dey see. Dey all de time adultery, and that cannot
wahn fa sin mo an mo. Dey da draw people cease from sin; beguiling
unstable souls: an heart
wa ain got dey own mind, fa folla um fa do they have exercised with
bad. Dey big eye da trol um so dat dey covetous practices; cursed
children:
wahn fa git all ting fa deysef. God done
condemn um an dey gwine be stroy.
15 Which have forsaken
15 Dem wickity people yah done lef de the right way, and are
way wa right, an dey done loss. Dey beena gone astray, following the
way of Balaam the son of
waak een de way wa Balaam, Beor son, Bosor, who loved the
beena waak. Balaam been hab de big eye. wages of unrighteousness;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
818 2 Peter 2

16 But was rebuked for E lob de money e fa git fa do ting wa ain


his iniquity: the dumb ass
speaking with man's right. 16 Bot Balaam own donkey taak like
voice forbad the madness a man ta um an e buke um fa de bad ting e
of the prophet.
beena do like a crazy man. Cause ob dat,
17 These are wells Balaam ain do dat bad ting e been wahn fa
without water, clouds
that are carried with a do.
tempest; to whom the 17 Dem wickity people same like well
mist of darkness is re-
served for ever. wa ain got no wata een um. Dey like daak
18 For
cloud wa da show dat rain wahn fa come.
when they
speak great swelling Bot de big breeze blow um way, an ain no
words of vanity, they al- rain come tall. God da keep a daak daak
lure through the lusts of
the flesh, through much place fa pit dem people. 18 Dey da taak
wantonness, those that loud bout wa ain mean nottin. Dey lib
were clean escaped from
them who live in error. loose life. An dey tek op de dorty ting dey
19 While they promise
wahn een dey haat an draw people wa jes
them liberty, they them- staat fa scape fom oda people wa lib een de
selves are the servants of way wa ain right. Dem wickity people
corruption: for of whom a
man is overcome, of the been lead um fa lib bad life gin. 19 Dey da
same is he brought in tell people say dey gwine be free, bot
bondage.
deysef ain free tall. Dey slabe, cause dey
20 For if after they ebil way da trol um. Cause wen somebody
have escaped the
pollutions of the world
ain able fa stop do sompin, dat one done
through the knowledge of come fa be slabe ta dat ting dey. 20 People
the Lord and Saviour Je- come fa know bout we Lawd an Sabior
sus Christ, they are again
entangled therein, and Jedus Christ, an cause ob dat, dey scape
overcome, the latter end fom dey ebil way wa da stroy people een
is worse with them than
the beginning. de wol. Bot den ef dey ton back an go ta
dat kind ob bad life gin an dey ain able fa
21 For it had been
better for them not to lef dey ebil way gin, den dey life gwine be
have known the way of bad way mo den e been. 21 E been way mo
righteousness, than, after
they have known it, to
betta ef dey ain neba know de right way
turn from the holy com- wa God wahn um fa bleebe an fa waak,
mandment delivered den fa dem fa know de right way an den
unto them.
ton back an stop folla God chaage wa e
22 But it is happened gim. 22 Wa happen ta dem wa ton way
unto them according to
the true proverb, The dog fom God, dat jes like dem true paable wa
is turned to his own vomit tell we say, “Dog da ton back fa go lick e
again; and the sow that
was washed to her wal- womit,” an “Hog wa dey done wash, e go
lowing in the mire. back fa roll een de mud.”

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 3 819

De Day ob de Lawd Chapter 3

3 Me fren dem, oona wa A lob, now


1 1 This second epistle,
dis de secon time A da write oona. beloved, I now write unto
you; in both which I stir
Een dem two letta yah, A done write oona up your pure minds by
fa memba oona bout dem ting wa A beena way of remembrance:
2 That ye may be
tell oona. A do dat so dat oona gwine keep mindful of the words
on da study pon de ting dem wa right fa which were spoken be-
true. 2 A wahn fa mek oona memba dem fore by the holy proph
ets, and of the command-
ting wa God prophet dem beena tell de ment of us the apostles of
people way back dey, an dem ting wa we the Lord and Saviour:
3 Knowing this first,
Lawd wa sabe we tell e postle dem fa that there shall come in
chaage we fa do. 3 Mo den all, mus the last days scoffers,
walking after their own
ondastan dat wen de wol mos done fa, lusts,
people gwine come wa gwine laugh at 4 And saying, Where is
the promise of his com-
oona an tek oona fa fun. An dey gwine do ing? for since the fathers
wa dey haat gim fa do. 4 Dey gwine say, “E fell asleep, all things con-
promise, say e gwine come back, ainty? tinue as they were from
the beginning of the
Weh e dey? We fada an modda done dead, creation.
stillyet nottin ain change een dis wol. 5 For this they will-
ingly are ignorant of, that
Nottin ain change fom de time God mek de by the word of God the
wol!” 5 Dem people ain wahn fa memba heavens were of old, and
the earth standing out of
dat long way back dey, God taak an gii de the water and in the
chaage, an de heaben been dey. An God water:
6 Whereby the world
mek de eart outta wata an wid wata. 6 An that then was, being
wid de wata ob de flood, God kiba oba de overflowed with water,
eart wa been dey een dat time, an e stroy perished:
7 But the heavens and
de wol. 7 Bot dat same wod ob God wa the earth, which are now,
mek all de heaben an de eart wa dey now, by the same word are
kept in store, reserved
e da keep um safe. God da keep um fa mek unto fire against the day
um bun op een fire pon de day wen God of judgment and perdi-
tion of ungodly men.
gwine jedge de people wa ain wahn fa do 8 But, beloved, be not
wa e say, an e gwine stroy um. ignorant of this one
8 Me deah fren, memba dat one day een thing, that one day is
with the Lord as a thou-
God eye same like one tousan yeah, an one sand years, and a thou-
tousan yeah same like one day. 9 De Lawd sand years as one day.
9 The Lord is not slack
da do wa e promise fa do. E ain da waste concerning his promise,
time like some people tink, bot e da beah as some men count slack-
ness; but is longsuffering
wid oona cause e ain wahn nobody fa be to us-ward, not willing
stroy. E wahn all people fa ton ta um, an that any should perish,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
820 2 Peter 3

but that all should come change dey way an stop fa sin.
to repentance. 10 Stillyet de day wen de Lawd come
10 But the day of the
Lord will come as a thief back gwine come all ob a sudden, jes like
in the night; in the which tief kin come. Wen dat day come, dey
the heavens shall pass
away with a great noise, gwine be a big nise an de heaben ain
and the elements shall gwine be dey. God gwine mek de eliment
melt with fervent heat,
the earth also and the
dem bun op an git stroy. De wol an all wa
works that are therein een um gwine bun op. 11 Dat de way all
shall be burned up. ting gwine be stroy. So den, wa kind ob
11 Seeing then that all people oona oughta be? Oona oughta
these things shall be dis-
solved, what manner of waak wid God an do dem ting e wahn, an
persons ought ye to be in dat gwine mek ebrybody know oona God
all holy conversation and
godliness,
own people. 12 Dat so oona oughta do
wiles oona da wait fa de day wen God
12 Looking for and
hasting unto the coming gwine jedge de wol. An oona oughta do all
of the day of God, where- oona kin do fa mek dat day come quick.
in the heavens being on
fire shall be dissolved, Cause dat day dey, de heaben gwine bun
and the elements shall op an be stroy, an all de eliment gwine
melt with fervent heat?
melt op, cause e so hot. 13 Bot we da look
13 Nevertheless we, fa de nyew heaben an de nyew eart wa
according to his promise,
look for new heavens and God done tell we, say we gwine git. All
a new earth, wherein people gwine do wa right een dat wol dey.
dwelleth righteousness. 14 So den, me deah fren dem, cause
14 Wherefore, be- oona da look fa dis fa come, do all oona
loved, seeing that ye look
for such things, be dili- kin, so dat oona gwine be at peace wid
gent that ye may be God an e ain gwine find no sin or nottin
found of him in peace,
without spot, and bad tall een oona life. 15 We Lawd da beah
blameless. wid all ting fa now, an oona oughta know,
15 And account that e da beah wid um fa gii people de chance
the longsuffering of our fa be sabe. We deah broda Paul too beena
Lord is salvation; even as
our beloved brother Paul
write same ting ta oona bout dis, wid de
also according to the wis- sense wa God gim. 16 Dis wa Paul say een
dom given unto him hath all de letta dem wa e write bout dat. Some
written unto you;
dem ting yah wa Paul write een e letta, dey
16 As also in all his haad fa ondastan. An people wa ain know
epistles, speaking in
them of these things; in nottin an wa ain got dey own mind, wen
which are some things dey try fa splain um, dey da twis op de
hard to be understood,
which they that are un- meanin ob dem ting dat Paul say. Same
learned and unstable way so, dey da twis op de oda ting dem een

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
2 Peter 3 821

God Book. Cause dey da do dat, dat gwine wrest, as they do also the
other scriptures, unto
mek um git stroy. their own destruction.
17 So den, me deah fren, oona mus tek 17 Ye therefore, be-
cyah. Mus dohn leh de bad teachin ob dem loved, seeing ye know
these things before, be-
people yah wa ain lib coddin ta God Law ware lest ye also, being
tek oona outta de way an mek oona own led away with the error
haat stop fa trus dem true ting oona been of the wicked, fall from
your own stedfastness.
know fa sho. 18 Steada dat, laan mo an mo
18 But grow in grace,
bout we life een we Lawd an Sabior Jedus and in the knowledge of
Christ. Lib so dat oona gwine see mo an our Lord and Saviour Je-
sus Christ. To him be
mo how God da bless oona. Leh we gii glory both now and for
Christ glory now an faeba mo! Amen. ever. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John John Fus Letta
1
,3

Chapter 1 De Wod ob Life


1 That which was from

1 We da write ta oona bout de wod ob


the beginning, which we 1
have heard, which we life, wa been dey fom de fus. We
have seen with our eyes,
which we have looked beena yeh um, an we beena shim wid we
upon, and our hands
have handled, of the own eye. We study pon um, an we done
Word of life;
2 (For the life was
tetch um wid we han. 2 Dis life yah appeah
manifested, and we have een de wol an we beena shim. Cause ob
seen it, and bear witness,
and shew unto you that dat, we da taak bout um wa we beena see,
eternal life, which was an we da tell oona out een de open say, dis
with the Father, and was
manifested unto us;) de life wa ain neba gwine end. Dis life
3 That which we have
seen and heard declare
been dey wid de Fada. An dis life appeah
we unto you, that ye also ta we. 3 We da tell oona wa we beena see
may have fellowship
with us: and truly our fel- an yeh so dat oona kin come fa be one wid
lowship is with the Fa- we. An fa true, we come fa be one wid de
ther, and with his Son
Jesus Christ. Fada an e Son, Jedus Christ. 4 We da write
4 And these things
write we unto you, that dis ta oona fa mek oona full op wid joy.
your joy may be full.
5 This then is the mes-
sage which we have Waak een de Light
heard of him, and declare 5 Dis de message wa God Son tell we an
unto you, that God is
light, and in him is no wa we da tell oona. God de light. Ain no
darkness at all.
6 If we say that we daakness een um, none tall. 6 Ef we say we
have fellowship with one wid um, stillyet we da waak een de
him, and walk in dark-
ness, we lie, and do not daak, dat mean fa say we da lie, an we ain
the truth:
7 But if we walk in the
da lib coddin ta de trute. 7 Bot ef we da
light, as he is in the light, waak een de light same like e een de light,
we have fellowship one we one wid one noda. An de blood ob
with another, and the
blood of Jesus Christ his Jedus, God Son, da tek way all we sin an
Son cleanseth us from all mek we clean.
sin.
8 If we say that we 8 Ef we say dey ain no sin een we life,
have no sin, we deceive we da mek wesef fool, an dey ain no trute

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 1, 2 823

een we. 9 Bot God do de right ting all de ourselves, and the truth
is not in us.
time an e do all wa e promise. Ef we tell 9 If we confess our
um say we beena sin, e gwine paadon we sins, he is faithful and
just to forgive us our sins,
sin an tek way all de ting wa we do bad and to cleanse us from all
outta we life, da mek we life clean. 10 Ef unrighteousness.
10 If we say that we
we say we ain sin, we da say God ain da have not sinned, we
taak de trute, an e wod ain hab no place make him a liar, and his
een we life. word is not in us.

Christ da Hep We Chapter 2

2
1 My little children,
1 Me deah chullun, A da write dis ta these things write I unto
oona so dat oona ain gwine sin. Bot ef you, that ye sin not. And
somebody sin, we got Jedus Christ wa ain if any man sin, we have
an advocate with the Fa-
hab no sin, fa taak ta de Fada fa we. 2 An ther, Jesus Christ the
Jedus de one wa done sacrifice esef so dat righteous:
2 And he is the propiti-
God kin tek way we sin. An ain jes we own ation for our sins: and not
sin dat e da tek way. E da tek way de sin ob for ours only, but also for
the sins of the whole
de whole wol. world.
3 Ef we do wa God chaage we fa do, dat 3 And hereby we do
know that we know him,
de way we kin ondastan dat we done come if we keep his command-
fa know God. 4 De one wa da say, “A come ments.
4 He that saith, I know
fa know God,” bot e ain do wa God tell um him, and keepeth not his
fa do, dat one dey da lie. Dey ain no trute commandments, is a liar,
een um. 5 Bot de one wa da do wa God tell and the truth is not in
him.
um fa do, dat one show dat God da full um 5 But whoso keepeth
op wid e lob. Dis de way we know fa true his word, in him verily is
the love of God per-
dat we lib een God. 6 De one wa say e da fected: hereby know we
lib een God, e oughta waak same like that we are in him.
6 He that saith he
Jedus Christ waak. abideth in him ought
himself also so to walk,
De Nyew Chaage even as he walked.
7 Brethren, I write no
7 Now den me deah bredren, dis ain no new commandment unto
nyew chaage wa A da write down fa oona. you, but an old com-
mandment which ye had
Dis de ole chaage dat oona been hab fom from the beginning. The
de fus. De ole chaage, dat de wod oona old commandment is the
word which ye have
beena yeh. 8 Stillyet, A da write oona a heard from the begin-
nyew chaage. De way ob Christ show we ning.
8 Again, a new com-
dat true. An dat true een oona too. Cause mandment I write unto
de daak da pass way an de true light done you, which thing is true

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
824 1 John 2

in him and in you: be- staat fa shine.


cause the darkness is 9 De one wa say e da lib een de light, bot
past, and the true light
now shineth. stillyet e hate e broda, dat one dey, e still
9 He that saith he is in da lib een de daak eben til now. 10 De one
the light, and hateth his
brother, is in darkness wa da lob e broda, dat one da lib dey dey
even until now. een de light. So dey ain nottin een dat one
10 He that loveth his fa mek um sin. 11 Bot de one wa hate e
brother abideth in the
light, and there is none broda, dat one da lib dey stillyet een de
occasion of stumbling in daak. E da waak roun een de daak, an e ain
him.
know weh e da gwine, cause de daak done
11 But he that hateth
his brother is in darkness, mek um so e ain able fa see.
and walketh in darkness, 12 Me deah chullun,
and knoweth not whither
he goeth, because that
A da write oona cause God
darkness hath blinded his paadon oona sin fa de sake
eyes. ob Jedus Christ name.
12 I write unto you, lit-
13 Oona fada dem,
tle children, because
your sins are forgiven A da write oona cause
you for his name's sake. oona know de one
13 I write unto you, fa- wa been dey fom de fus.
thers, because ye have
known him that is from Oona nyoung man dem,
the beginning. I write A da write oona cause oona
unto you, young men, be-
cause ye have overcome
done win out oba de ebil one.
the wicked one. I write A da write oona, me deah chullun,
unto you, little children, cause oona know de Fada God.
because ye have known
the Father. 14 Oona fada dem,
14 I have written unto A da write oona cause
you, fathers, because ye oona know de one wa been
have known him that is
from the beginning. I
dey fom de fus.
have written unto you, Oona nyoung man dem,
young men, because ye A da write oona cause oona
are strong, and the word
of God abideth in you, scrong. God wod da keep
and ye have overcome on da lib dey een oona haat
the wicked one.
an oona beena win out
15 Love not the world,
neither the things that are
oba de ebil one.
in the world. If any man 15 Mus dohn lob de wol, needa pit oona
love the world, the love haat pon dem ting wa dey een de wol. Ef
of the Father is not in
him. oona lob de wol, dat show dat oona ain lob
16 For all that is in the God de Fada. 16 Cause all dem ting wa
world, the lust of the blongst ta de wol, dey come fom de wol.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 2 825

Dem ting wa a poson wahn een e haat bot flesh, and the lust of the
eyes, and the pride of life,
e ain spose fa hab, dem ting wa poson is not of the Father, but is
wahn wen e shim, an all dem ting een de of the world.
wol wa da mek poson git de big head, all 17 And the world
passeth away, and the
dem ain come fom de Fada. Dey come fom lust thereof: but he that
de wol. 17 De wol an all de ting dem een de doeth the will of God
abideth for ever.
wol dat people wahn so bad, all dem da
pass way. Bot de one wa da do wa God 18 Little children, it is
the last time: and as ye
wahn um fa do, e gwine keep on da lib have heard that anti-
faeba. christ shall come, even
now are there many
Enemy ob Christ antichrists; whereby we
18 Me chullun, de time ob de end done know that it is the last
time.
come close. People beena tell oona dat de
enemy ob Christ haffa come. An now a 19 They went out from
us, but they were not of
heapa enemy wa fight ginst Christ done us; for if they had been of
come. Dat mek we know, de time ob de us, they would no doubt
end done come close. 19 Dem enemy dey have continued with us:
but they went out, that
ain been we own people. Dat wa mek um they might be made man-
lef we. Cause ef dey been we own people, ifest that they were not
all of us.
dey been fa stay dey yah wid we. Bot dey
done lef we so dat all people gwine know, 20 But ye have an unc-
tion from the Holy One,
none ob um been we own people. and ye know all things.
20 Bot God done pour out e Sperit pon
21 I have not written
oona, so oona all know de trute. 21 So A unto you because ye
ain write oona cause oona ain know de know not the truth, but
trute. No, A write cause oona know de because ye know it, and
that no lie is of the truth.
trute, an oona know dey ain no lie wa kin
come fom de trute. 22 Who is a liar but he
that denieth that Jesus is
22 So den, who dat one wa da lie? E de the Christ? He is
one dat say Jedus ain de Messiah Christ. E antichrist, that denieth
the Father and the Son.
de enemy ob Christ. E ain wahn fa hab
nottin fa do wid God de Fada, needa wid 23 Whosoever denieth
the Son, the same hath
God de Son. 23 Ef somebody ain wahn fa not the Father: (but) he
hab nottin fa do wid God de Son, needaso that acknowledgeth the
e cyahn hab nottin fa do wid God de Fada. Son hath the Father also.

Bot de one wa da tell people, say Jedus, e 24 Let that therefore


God Son, e got God de Fada too. abide in you, which ye
have heard from the be-
24 So den, fom de fus, oona beena laan ginning. If that which ye
de trute bout um. Mus keep all dat een have heard from the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
826 1 John 2, 3

beginning shall remain in oona haat. Ef dem fus ting wa oona beena
you, ye also shall con-
tinue in the Son, and in yeh stay dey een oona haat, den all de time
the Father. oona gwine be one wid de Son an wid God
25 And this is the
promise that he hath
de Fada. 25 An we hab life wa ain gwine
promised us, even eternal neba end, de ting wa Christ say e gwine gii
life. we.
26 These things have I
written unto you con- 26 A write oona fa tell oona bout dem
cerning them that seduce people wa da try fa mek oona stop folla de
you.
27 But the anointing true way. 27 Bot God done pour out e
which ye have received Sperit pon oona, an now dat e dey eenside
of him abideth in you,
and ye need not that any oona haat, oona ain haffa hab nobody fa
man teach you: but as the laan oona. Cause Christ Sperit da laan
same anointing teacheth
you of all things, and is
oona all ting, an all wa e da laan oona, dat
truth, and is no lie, and true. E ain no lie. So den, oona mus be one
even as it hath taught wid Christ, da lib een um, jes like e Sperit
you, ye shall abide in
him. laan oona fa do.
28 And now, little chil- 28 Now den, me chullun, mus be one
dren, abide in him; that,
when he shall appear, we wid Christ, so dat wen e come back we kin
may have confidence, be full op wid courage an we ain gwine
and not be ashamed be-
fore him at his coming. hide een shame fom um, wen e come back.
29 If ye know that he is 29 Ef oona know dat Christ right, den oona
righteous, ye know that
every one that doeth
know fa true dat ebrybody wa da keep on
righteousness is born of da do wa right, dey God chile.
him.
De Chullun ob God
3
,2

Chapter 3

3
1 Behold, what man- 1 Look yah! We oughta study pon
ner of love the Father
hath bestowed upon us, how de Fada da bless we wid e lob! E
that we should be called da lob we sommuch dat e call we e own
the sons of God: therefore
the world knoweth us
chullun, an we e chullun fa true. People ob
not, because it knew him de wol ain been know who God da, an
not. cause ob dat, dey ain know we. 2 Me deah
2 Beloved, now are we
the sons of God, and it fren, we God chullun now. We ain know
doth not yet appear what yet wa we gwine be bye an bye. Bot we
we shall be: but we know
that, when he shall ap- know, wen Christ come back, we gwine be
pear, we shall be like like um. Cause wen e come, we gwine
him; for we shall see him
as he is. shim jes like e da. 3 Ebrybody wa da set e
3 And every man that haat like dis pon Christ, dat one gwine
hath this hope in him
purifieth himself, even as
keep da lib clean, same like Christ lib a
he is pure. clean life.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 3 827

4 Whosoever commit-
4 Ebrybody wa keep on da sin ain da do teth sin transgresseth
wa God Law say e mus do. Wen we da sin, also the law: for sin is the
we da broke God Law. 5 Oona know Christ transgression of the law.
5 And ye know that he
come fa tek way sin, an Christ ain hab no was manifested to take
sin een e life. 6 De one wa da lib een Christ away our sins; and in him
is no sin.
ain gwine keep on da sin. An de one wa da 6 Whosoever abideth
sin ain neba know Christ. E ain neba shim. in him sinneth not: who-
7 Me deah chullun, mus dohn leh soever sinneth hath not
seen him, neither known
nobody git oona fa stop folla de true way. him.
7 Little children, let no
De one wa da lib fa do de right ting, dat de man deceive you: he that
one wa right een God eye, jes like Christ doeth righteousness is
right. 8 Ebrybody wa keep on da sin righteous, even as he is
righteous.
blongst ta de Debil. Cause de Debil beena 8 He that committeth
sin is of the devil; for the
sin fom de fus. Dat wa mek God Son come. devil sinneth from the be-
E come fa stroy de wok dem ob de Debil. ginning. For this purpose
the Son of God was mani-
9 De one wa God chile ain gwine jes fested, that he might de-
keep on da sin, cause e hab God een e haat. stroy the works of the
devil.
An cause God e Fada, e ain able fa sin. 9 Whosoever is born of
10 God chullun an de Debil chullun, dey God doth not commit sin;
for his seed remaineth in
diffunt fom one noda. De one wa da sin ain him: and he cannot sin,
da do wa right, e ain God own chile. An de because he is born of
God.
one wa ain lob e broda ain God chile 10 In this the children
needa. Dat de way we know de one wa of God are manifest, and
the children of the devil:
God own chile, an de one wa blongst ta de whosoever doeth not
righteousness is not of
Debil. God, neither he that
Mus Lob One Noda fa True loveth not his brother.
11 For this is the mes-
11 Dis de message oona done yeh fom sage that ye heard from
de fus: We mus lob one noda. 12 We mus the beginning, that we
should love one another.
dohn be like Cain, wa blongst ta dat ebil 12 Not as Cain, who
one, de Debil. Cain kill e own broda. Wa was of that wicked one,
and slew his brother. And
mek Cain kill e broda? Cause e beena do wherefore slew he him?
Because his own works
dem ting wa ebil, an e broda beena do dem were evil, and his
ting wa right een God eye. brother's righteous.
13 Marvel not, my
13 So me bredren, mus dohn wonda ef brethren, if the world
de people ob de wol hate oona. 14 We hate you.
14 We know that we
know we done cross oba fom det eenta life. have passed from death
We know dat, cause we lob de bredren. unto life, because we love
the brethren. He that
Ebrybody wa ain lob e broda, dat one still loveth not his brother
dead. 15 Ebrybody wa da hate e broda, e abideth in death.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
828 1 John 3, 4

15 Whosoever hateth
like a poson wa da kill. An oona know dey
his brother is a murderer:
and ye know that no mur- ain nobody wa da kill wa got de ebalastin
derer hath eternal life life. 16 Now den, dis mek we ondastan wa
abiding in him.
16 Hereby perceive we lob mean: Christ done gii e life fa we sake.
the love of God, because Same fashion, we too oughta gii we life fa
he laid down his life for
us: and we ought to lay
sake ob we bredren. 17 Bot wen somebody
down our lives for the hab plenty ting bot e ain hab no pity pon e
brethren. broda dat e see ain got wa e need, dat rich
17 But whoso hath this
world's good, and seeth man ain got none ob God lob een e haat!
his brother have need, 18 Me chullun, we mus dohn show we lob
and shutteth up his bow-
els of compassion from jes by de way we da taak, by wa we say.
him, how dwelleth the We haffa do dem ting wa da show dat we
love of God in him?
18 My little children, lob fa true.
let us not love in word, We Kin Be Full op
neither in tongue; but in wid Courage Wen We Come Fo God
deed and in truth.
19 And hereby we So den, dis wa gwine mek we know
19
know that we are of the we blongst ta de trute an we ain gwine
truth, and shall assure
our hearts before him. warry een we haat wen we come fo God.
20 For if our heart con- 20 Ef we haat jedge we, say we ain do
demn us, God is greater
than our heart, and right, we know God great mo den we haat,
knoweth all things.
21 Beloved,
an e know all ting. 21 Me deah fren dem, ef
if our
heart condemn us not, we haat ain condemn we, we full op wid
then have we confidence courage wen we come fo God. 22 An God
toward God.
22 And whatsoever we da gii we wasoneba we aks um fa, cause
ask, we receive of him,
because we keep his com- we keep on da do wa e chaage we fa do an
mandments, and do those
things that are pleasing
de ting dem wa please um. 23 Dis wa God
in his sight. chaage we fa do: We fa bleebe pon de
23 And this is his com-
mandment, That we name ob e Son Jedus Christ. An we oughta
should believe on the lob one noda, same like Christ chaage we
name of his Son Jesus
Christ, and love one an- fa do. 24 Ebrybody wa da do wa God
other, as he gave us chaage um fa do, dat one da lib een God,
commandment.
24 And he that keepeth an God da lib dey een dat poson haat. We
his commandments dwel- know e da lib een we haat cause ob de
leth in him, and he in
him. And hereby we Holy Sperit dat e gii we.
know that he abideth in
us, by the Spirit which he
hath given us.
Mus Find Out Bout de Sperit Dem

4 Me deah fren, mus dohn bleebe


1
Chapter 4
1 Beloved, believe not ebry sperit. Test de sperit dem fa find
every spirit, but try the out ef dey come fom God. Cause plenty

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 4 829

prophet wa ain taak de trute beena gone spirits whether they are
of God: because many
out ebryweh. 2 Listen how oona kin know false prophets are gone
ef dey hab God Sperit. Ef somebody say out into the world.
out een de open dat Jedus Christ done 2 Hereby know ye the
Spirit of God: Every spirit
come fa be a man een dis wol, dat one hab that confesseth that Jesus
God Sperit dey eenside um. 3 Bot Christ is come in the flesh
is of God:
ebrybody wa ain taak so bout Jedus, da
3 And every spirit that
say e ain come fa be a man, dat one ain hab confesseth not that Jesus
de Sperit fom God dey eenside um. Dat Christ is come in the flesh
is not of God: and this is
one hab de sperit wa da come fom de that spirit of antichrist,
enemy ob Christ. Oona beena yeh say dis whereof ye have heard
sperit gwine come eenta de wol, an now e that it should come; and
even now already is it in
done dey een de wol. the world.
4 Bot oona, me deah fren, oona God 4 Ye are of God, little
own people, an oona done win out oba de children, and have over-
come them: because
prophet dem wa ain taak de trute. Cause greater is he that is in
God Sperit wa dey eenside oona, e hab you, than he that is in the
world.
powa mo den de sperit wa dey eenside 5 They are of the
dem people wa blongst ta de wol. 5 Dey world: therefore speak
blongst ta de wol, an de people een de wol they of the world, and the
world heareth them.
da yeh um, cause dey de wol own prophet. 6 We are of God: he
6 Bot we God own people. De one wa da that knoweth God
know God, e da yeh we. Bot de one wa ain heareth us; he that is not
of God heareth not us.
God own ain gwine yeh we. So den, dis de Hereby know we the
way we know who hab God Sperit wa spirit of truth, and the
spirit of error.
true, an who hab de sperit wa ain taak de 7 Beloved, let us love
trute. one another: for love is of
God da Lob God; and every one that
loveth is born of God, and
7 Me deah fren, leh we lob one noda, knoweth God.
cause God de one wa pit lob een people 8 He that loveth not
haat. De one wa lob, dat one God own knoweth not God; for
God is love.
chile, an e know God. 8 De one wa ain lob, 9 In this was mani-
dat one ain know God. Cause God da lob. fested the love of God to-
9 Now dis de way God show we dat e lob ward us, because that
God sent his only begot-
we: E sen e onliest Son fa come eenta de ten Son into the world,
wol, so dat e Son kin mek we hab life fa that we might live
through him.
true. 10 Wa lob da? Dis wa lob da: Ain dat
10 Herein is love, not
we lob God, bot God lob we, an e sen e Son that we loved God, but
fa come eenta de wol fa sacrifice esef fa that he loved us, and sent

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
830 1 John 4

his Son to be the propitia- pay fa we sin so dat God kin paadon dat
tion for our sins.
11 Beloved, if God so sin.
loved us, we ought also 11 Me deah fren, since dat hommuch
to love one another.
12 No man hath seen God lob we, we oughta lob one noda too.
God at any time. If we 12 Nobody ain neba see God, bot ef we lob
love one another, God
dwelleth in us, and his one noda, God da keep on da lib dey
love is perfected in us. eenside we haat. An God lob da mek we
13 Hereby know we
that we dwell in him, and
lob mo an mo, til dat lob come fa be wa e
he in us, because he hath wahn um fa be.
given us of his Spirit. 13 God gii we e own Sperit eenside we
14 And we have seen
and do testify that the Fa- haat. Dat wa mek we know fa sho dat we
ther sent the Son to be the da lib een God, an e da lib dey eenside we.
Saviour of the world.
14 We done see e Son an we tell people
15 Whosoever shall
confess that Jesus is the say, God done sen e Son fa come sabe de
Son of God, God dwelleth people ob de wol. 15 De one wa say out
in him, and he in God.
16 And
een de open “Jedus, e God Son,” God da lib
we have
known and believed the eenside e haat. An dat one da lib een God.
love that God hath to us. 16 So den, we know an trus een God lob fa
God is love; and he that
dwelleth in love dwelleth we.
in God, and God in him. God, e lob. An de one wa da lob, dat one
17 Herein is our love da lib een God an God da lib dey eenside
made perfect, that we
may have boldness in the um. 17 As we da lib een Christ, de lob wa
day of judgment: because we da lob een Christ gwine grow mo an mo
as he is, so are we in this
world. ta wa e oughta be. Den we ain gwine haffa
18 There is no fear in warry bout wen we gwine stanop fo God
love; but perfect love dat day wen e jedge all people. Cause we
casteth out fear: because
fear hath torment. He da lib een dis wol same like Christ lib.
that feareth is not made 18 Wen we lob, feah ain able fa lib dey.
perfect in love.
Cause ef somebody da lob fa true like e
19 We love him, be-
cause he first loved us. oughta, dat lob da shrow out all feah.
20 If a man say, I love Cause de one wa fraid, e da tink e gwine
God, and hateth his git lickin. E ain da lob like e oughta lob.
brother, he is a liar: for
19 We lob cause God fus lob we. 20 Ef
he that loveth not his
brother whom he hath somebody say e lob God bot e hate e broda,
seen, how can he love
God whom he hath not
dat one dey ain da taak true. Cause ef
seen? somebody ain lob e broda wa e beena see, e
21 And this command- ain able fa lob God wa e ain neba see. 21 So
ment have we from him,
That he who loveth God
den, de one wa lob God haffa lob e broda
love his brother also. too. Dat wa Christ chaage we fa do.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
1 John 5 831

We Win Out Ginst de Wol Chapter 5

5
1 Whosoever believeth
1De one wa bleebe dat Jedus, e de that Jesus is the Christ is
Messiah Christ, dat one God chile. An born of God: and every
one that loveth him that
de one wa lob de fada gwine lob e chile begat loveth him also
too. 2 Wen we lob God an do wa e chaage that is begotten of him.
2 By this we know that
we fa do, dat how we know we lob God we love the children of
God, when we love God,
chullun. 3 Cause we lob fa God mean dat and keep his command-
we do all wa e chaage we fa do. An wa e ments.
3 For this is the love of
chaage we fa do ain haad fa we fa beah. God, that we keep his
4 Cause de one wa God chile, e da win out commandments: and his
commandments are not
ginst de wol. Fa true, we win out ginst de grievous.
4 For whatsoever is
wol cause we bleebe pon Jedus. 5 Who dat born of God overcometh
kin win out ginst de wol? De people wa the world: and this is the
victory that overcometh
bleebe dat Jedus God Son, dey de onliest the world, even our faith.
5 Who is he that
one dem wa win out ginst de wol. overcometh the world,
but he that believeth that
Jesus is the Son of God?
De Witness Bout Jedus Christ 6 This is he that came
by water and blood, even
6 Jedus Christ, e de one wa come by Jesus Christ; not by water
wata an by blood. E ain come jes by wata. only, but by water and
blood. And it is the Spirit
E come by wata an blood, all two. God that beareth witness, be-
cause the Spirit is truth.
Sperit, e de witness. E mek we know wa 7 For there are three
true, cause de Sperit de trute. 7 Dey shree that bear record in
heaven, the Father, the
witness dey een heaben: de Fada, de wod Word, and the Holy
an de Holy Sperit. All shree dem, dey one. Ghost: and these three
are one.
8 An dey be shree witness een de wol: God 8 And there are three
that bear witness in
Sperit, de wata an de blood. All shree dem earth, the Spirit, and the
taak de same ting, da gree pon um. 9 We water, and the blood: and
these three agree in one.
wahn fa bleebe wa people say. Bot wa God 9 If we receive the wit-
say, dat way mo greata den wa people say. ness of men, the witness
of God is greater: for this
An God de witness, da say dis bout Jedus e is the witness of God
Son. 10 Ebrybody wa bleebe een Jedus which he hath testified of
his Son.
God Son, dey got dat trute dey een dey 10 He that believeth
haat. Bot ef somebody ain bleebe wa God on the Son of God hath
the witness in himself: he
say, dat one dey da say God ain taak de that believeth not God
hath made him a liar; be-
trute, cause dat one ain bleebe wa God say cause he believeth not
bout e Son. 11 De ting wa God say, e dis: the record that God gave
of his Son.
God gii we de true life wa ain gwine neba 11 And this is the re-
end. An dis life een e Son. 12 De one wa cord, that God hath given
to us eternal life, and this
hab God Son een e haat, e got dis true life. life is in his Son.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
832 1 John 5

12 He that hath the Bot de one wa ain hab God Son een e haat,
Son hath life; and he that
hath not the Son of God e ain got dat life.
hath not life.
13 These things have I
De Life wa Ain Gwine Neba End
written unto you that be-
lieve on the name of the 13 A da write dis ta oona wa bleebe pon
Son of God; that ye may
know that ye have eter-
de name ob God Son. A da write oona fa
nal life, and that ye may mek oona know, oona hab de true life wa
believe on the name of ain gwine neba end. 14 We trus God an
the Son of God.
14 And this is the con- bleebe dat wen we aks God fa sompin, e da
fidence that we have in yeh we. 15 An wen we know e da yeh we
him, that, if we ask any
thing according to his wen we aks um fa sompin, we know e da
will, he heareth us: gii we dat ting.
15 And if we know that
he hear us, whatsoever
16 Ef somebody see e broda sin, an dat
we ask, we know that we sin ain a sin wa fa true gwine mek de sinna
have the petitions that
we desired of him.
dead, e oughta pray fa dat broda, an God
16 If any man see his gwine gim life. Bot dey a sin wa gwine
brother sin a sin which is mek de sinna dead. A ain da tell oona fa
not unto death, he shall
ask, and he shall give him pray ta God bout dat. 17 Wasoneba people
life for them that sin not do wa ain right, e sin, bot dey a kind ob sin
unto death. There is a sin
unto death: I do not say wa ain haffa mek de sinna dead.
that he shall pray for it. 18 We know, no chile ob God da sin,
17 All unrighteousness
is sin: and there is a sin cause God Son da keep um safe, an de ebil
not unto death. one cyahn do um no haam.
18 We know that who-
19 We know we God own chullun, an de
soever is born of God
sinneth not; but he that is ebil one da rule oba all de wol. 20 An we
begotten of God keepeth know dat de Son ob God done come an
himself, and that wicked
one toucheth him not. mek we know de true God. We da lib een
19 And we know that
de God wa true, een e Son, Jedus Christ.
we are of God, and the
whole world lieth in Dis de true God an de life wa ain gwine
wickedness. neba end.
20 And we know that
the Son of God is come,
21 Me deah chullun, mus dohn hab
and hath given us an un- nottin fa do wid no idol.
derstanding, that we may
know him that is true,
and we are in him that is
true, even in his Son Jesus
Christ. This is the true
God, and eternal life.
21 Little children, keep
yourselves from idols.
Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John Secon Letta 1
,5 2 John

1 A John, elda een de choch, da write ta 1 The elder unto the


elect lady and her chil-
de lady wa God done pick an ta e chullun dren, whom I love in the
truth; and not I only, but
wa A lob fa true. An A ain de only one. also all they that have
Ebrybody wa know de trute lob oona, known the truth;
2 For the truth's sake,
2 cause ob de trute wa lib dey een we haat
which dwelleth in us, and
an wa gwine lib wid we faeba. 3 We pray shall be with us for ever.
3 Grace be with you,
dat God we Fada an e Son Jedus Christ mercy, and peace, from
gwine gii we dey blessin an mussy an God the Father, and from
peace een we haat, een trute an lob. the Lord Jesus Christ, the
Son of the Father, in truth
and love.
Trute an Lob 4 I rejoiced greatly
that I found of thy chil-
4 A been too heppy wen A yeh say some dren walking in truth, as
ob ya chullun da folla de trute, same like we have received a com-
mandment from the
we Fada tell we fa do. 5 Now, deah lady A Father.
5 And now I beseech
da beg ya: Leh we lob one noda. Dis thee, lady, not as though
chaage wa A da write ain no nyew ting. I wrote a new command-
ment unto thee, but that
Dat wa we been know fom wen we fus which we had from the
bleebe pon Christ. 6 Lob mean dat we da beginning, that we love
one another.
waak God way, da do wa e tell we fa do. 6 And this is love, that
Dis wa oona beena yeh fom wen oona fus we walk after his com-
mandments. This is the
bleebe pon Christ: God chaage we say, commandment, That, as
ye have heard from the
mus all waak een de way ob lob. beginning, ye should
7 Plenty people wa ain taak de trute, walk in it.
7 For many deceivers
dey gone out all oba de wol. Dey ain wahn are entered into the
fa say Jedus Christ done come eenta de world, who confess not
that Jesus Christ is come
wol as a man. People like dat ain taak de in the flesh. This is a de-
ceiver and an antichrist.
trute, an dey de enemy ob Christ. 8 So den, 8 Look to yourselves,
oona mus tek cyah. Mus dohn loss wa oona that we lose not those
things which we have
done wok fa, so dat oona gwine git all dem wrought, but that we re-
ting wa God done promise oona. 9 Wen ceive a full reward.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
834 2 John

9 Whosoever trans- somebody ain da laan people jes wa Christ


gresseth, and abideth not
in the doctrine of Christ, laan um an no mo, bot e da laan um oda
hath not God. He that ting mix een, dat one dey ain hab God een
abideth in the doctrine of
Christ, he hath both the
e haat. De one wa da laan people jes wa
Father and the Son. Christ laan um, dat one hab de Fada an e
Son dey een e haat. 10 So den, ef
10 If there come any
unto you, and bring not somebody come fa laan oona an e ain
this doctrine, receive him bring jes wa Christ laan we, mus dohn tek
not into your house, nei-
ther bid him God speed:
um eenta ya house. Mus dohn welcome
um tall. 11 Cause de one wa gim welcome,
11 For he that biddeth e da jine op wid um een de bad wok dey da
him God speed is par-
taker of his evil deeds.
do.

12 Having many things De Las Wod een Dis Letta


to write unto you, I
would not write with pa- A got plenty ting fa tell oona, bot A
12
per and ink: but I trust to ain wahn fa write um down wid paper an
come unto you, and
speak face to face, that
ink. Steada dat, A hope fa come see oona,
our joy may be full. an taak ta oona face ta face, so dat we kin
be full op wid joy.
13 The children of thy
13 De chullun ob ya sista wa God done
elect sister greet thee.
Amen. pick, dey tell oona hey.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
John Letta
Numba Shree 3 John
,1

1 A John, de elda een de choch, da write 1 The elder unto the


wellbeloved Gaius,
ta me deah fren Gaius, wa A lob fa true. whom I love in the truth.
2 Me deah fren, A da pray say ya keep 2 Beloved, I wish
above all things that thou
well an dat all ting da gwine fine fa ya, jes mayest prosper and be in
like all ting fine wid ya soul. 3 A been too health, even as thy soul
heppy wen some Christian broda dem prospereth.
3 For I rejoiced greatly
come an tell me how faitful ya been ta de when the brethren came
trute, jes like ya da waak een de true and testified of the truth
that is in thee, even as
way. 4 Ain nottin mek me mo heppy den fa thou walkest in the truth.
yeh say me chullun da waak een de true 4 I have no greater joy
way. than to hear that my chil-
dren walk in truth.
5 Beloved, thou doest
We Oughta Hep We Christian Bredren faithfully whatsoever
5 Me deah fren, ya faitful fa true een wa thou doest to the breth-
ren, and to strangers;
ya da do fa de Christian bredren, eben wen
ya ain neba been see dem. 6 Dey beena tell 6 Which have borne
witness of thy charity be-
de choch people bout hommuch ya lob fore the church: whom if
um. E gwine be a good ting fa ya fa hep um thou bring forward on
their journey after a
git ready fa go on dey journey gin een de godly sort, thou shalt do
way dat mek God heppy. 7 Cause dem well:
bredren done set out pon dey journey fa 7 Because that for his
sake ob Christ name, fa do e wok, an dey name's sake they went
ain tek nottin fom dem wa ain bleebe pon forth, taking nothing of
the Gentiles.
God. 8 So den, we wa trus een Christ
oughta hep people like dem bredren yah. 8 We therefore ought
to receive such, that we
Cause dat way we da wok wid um fa de might be fellowhelpers to
true way. the truth.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
836 3 John

9 I wrote unto the


Diotrephes an Demetrius
church: but Diotrephes,
who loveth to have the 9 A done write ta de choch, bot
preeminence among
them, receiveth us not.
Diotrephes wa lob fa pit esef head ob de
10 Wherefore, if I
res ob de choch people, e ain pay no mind
come, I will remember tall ta wa A tell um. 10 So den, ef A come,
his deeds which he A gwine taak bout wa e da do, da shrow
doeth, prating against us
with malicious words: slam at we. Bot dat ain nuff fa um. Wen
and not content there- Christian bredren come, e ain welcome
with, neither doth he
himself receive the breth- um. An wen oda people wahn fa welcome
ren, and forbiddeth them um, e stop um, an e dribe dem wa wahn fa
that would, and casteth
them out of the church.
hep outta de choch.
11 Me deah fren, mus dohn folla de ebil
11 Beloved, follow not
that which is evil, but way. Jes folla de good. De one wa da do
that which is good. He good, e God chile, bot de one wa da do
that doeth good is of God:
but he that doeth evil ebil, e ain neba see God. 12 Ebrybody da
hath not seen God. taak, say Demetrius da do good. De trute
12 Demetrius hath esef tell we dat e do good. We da say e
good report of all men, good too, an oona know we da taak de
and of the truth itself:
yea, and we also bear re- trute.
cord; and ye know that
our record is true. De Las Wod een Dis Letta
13 I had many things
13 A got plenty ting fa write oona, bot A
to write, but I will not
with ink and pen write ain wahn fa set all dem down wid pen an
unto thee: ink. 14 A hope fa come ta oona an see oona
14 But I trust I shall soon, an we gwine taak face ta face.
shortly see thee, and we
15 Peace be pon ya.
shall speak face to face.
15 Peace be to thee. We fren dem yah da tell ya hey. An tell
Our friends salute thee.
Greet the friends by
all we fren dey hey fa we, ebry one ob
Jude name. dem.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Jude Letta Jude
,1

1 A Jude, wa da wok fa Jedus Christ. A 1 Jude, the servant of


Jesus Christ, and brother
James broda. of James, to them that
A da write dis letta ta oona wa God been are sanctified by God the
Father, and preserved in
call. God we Fada da lob oona, an Jedus Jesus Christ, and called:
Christ da keep oona safe.
2 A pray dat oona gwine see a heapa
God mussy, an dat e full op oona haat wid 2 Mercy unto you, and
peace, and love, be multi-
peace. An A pray, too, dat e show oona mo plied.
an mo ob e lob.

De Teacha Dem wa Ain Taak de Trute 3 Beloved, when I gave


all diligence to write unto
3 Me deah fren, A been wahn tommuch you of the common salva-
fa write oona bout de sabation dat God gii tion, it was needful for
me to write unto you, and
ta all ob we e people. Steada dat, A feel dat exhort you that ye should
A haffa write now fa courage oona fa fight earnestly contend for the
faith which was once de-
haad fa all wa we bleebe. Dat de fait wa livered unto the saints.
God laan we, e people, an ain nobody eba
spose fa change wa e laan we. 4 A da tell
oona dat, cause some people wa ain got 4 For there are certain
men crept in unawares,
God een dey haat done come an jine een who were before of old
oona meetin. Dey ain tell oona hoccome ordained to this condem-
nation, ungodly men,
dey da meet wid oona. Dey say people kin turning the grace of our
do all kinda bad ting, cause God good an e God into lasciviousness,
ain gwine condemn um. Dey ton dey back and denying the only
Lord God, and our Lord
pon Jedus Christ, we onliest Massa an Jesus Christ.
Lawd. Way back dey, de prophet dem
write een God Book say, God gwine jedge
dem people. 5 I will therefore put
you in remembrance,
5 Now den, oona been know all dis, bot
though ye once knew
A wahn fa memba oona dat eben dough de this, how that the Lord,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
838 Jude

having saved the people Lawd done sabe de people ob Israel, an e


out of the land of Egypt,
afterward destroyed hep um git outta Egypt lan, den e stroy
them that believed not. dem Israel people wa ain bleebe. 6 An
memba, too, bout de angel dem wa beena
6 And the angels lef off dey wok weh God pit um fa rule, an
which kept not their first ton dey back pon dey own place een
estate, but left their own
habitation, he hath re- heaben. Cause ob dat, God chain um op
served in everlasting een ebalastin chain een a daak place weh e
chains under darkness
unto the judgment of the da keep um til dat big day come wen e
great day. gwine jedge um. 7 De same kinda ting
happen een Sodom an Gomorrah, an de
7 Even as Sodom and oda town dem close by. Dey beena lib
Gomorrha, and the cities
about them in like man-
loose life, da do all kind ob dorty ting wid
ner, giving themselves dey body. Cause ob dat, God stroy dem
over to fornication, and town fa waan we all bout how God gwine
going after strange flesh,
are set forth for an exam- punish sinna een fire wa bon faeba.
ple, suffering the ven- 8 Same way so, dem yah mongst oona,
geance of eternal fire.
dey hab dream wa ain coddin ta de trute,
8 Likewise also these so dat dey lib loose life. Dey da ton dey
filthy dreamers defile the
flesh, despise dominion, back pon all tority, an dey da taak bad
and speak evil of ginst dem wa got powa an hona een
dignities.
heaben. 9 Eben de head angel Michael ain
taak like dey da taak. Wen e beena aagy
9 Yet Michael the arch-
angel, when contending
wid de Debil bout wa one ob dem two
with the devil he dis- gwine git Moses body, Michael ain tink e
puted about the body of hab tority fa condemn de Debil. E ain hole
Moses, durst not bring
against him a railing ac- um cheap eben wen e tell um say wa e da
cusation, but said, The do ain right. Steada dat, Michael tell um
Lord rebuke thee.
say, “A pray dat de Lawd buke ya!” 10 Bot
dem teacha wa ain taak de trute, dey da
10 But these speak evil
of those things which
shrow slam pon wasoneba dey ain
they know not: but what ondastan. An de ting dem wa dey know,
they know naturally, as dey jes wa dey head tell um, dout dem
brute beasts, in those
things they corrupt haffa study pon dem ting, jes like wile
themselves. animal. Dat wa stroy dem teacha yah. 11 E
gwine be a haad time fa dem teacha! Dey
11 Woe unto them! for beena folla een de way ob Cain. Fa sake ob
they have gone in the
way of Cain, and ran
money, dey beena mek de same mistake
greedily after the error of wa Balaam been mek. Jes like Korah, dey

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Jude 839

done ton ginst de one wa been oba um. An Balaam for reward, and
perished in the gainsay-
jes like Korah done been stroy, dey stroy ing of Core.
too. 12 Wen oona wa bleebe geda togeda
fa nyam fa show oona lob ta one noda,
look how dey da nyam de food. Dey ain 12 These are spots in
your feasts of charity,
got no shame, an dey ain eben tink ob oda when they feast with
people. Dey ain wot nottin! Dey like cloud you, feeding themselves
wa kin git daak jes like rain wahn fa come, without fear: clouds they
are without water, car-
bot dey ain no wata dey an breeze kin ried about of winds; trees
blow de cloud way dout no rain. Same way whose fruit withereth,
without fruit, twice dead,
so, dey like tree wa ain beah no fruit, eben plucked up by the roots;
een de time wen dey spose fa beah. Dat
show dat dem tree done dead, an wen
people yank um out by de root, dey dead 13 Raging waves of the
two time oba. 13 Dem teacha da do ting sea, foaming out their
own shame; wandering
wa oughta mek um shame. Like wen de big stars, to whom is re-
wile swellin wata faddown pon de seasho, served the blackness of
darkness for ever.
de bad ting dem teacha do, stan like de
frosh ob dat big wata wa done lef dorty
gaabage pon de seasho. Dem teacha jes
14 And Enoch also, the
like a staa wa ain neba stay een one place seventh from Adam,
een de sky. God da keep a daak daak place prophesied of these, say-
ing, Behold, the Lord
fa pit dem teacha, an dey gwine stay dey cometh with ten thou-
faeba. sands of his saints,
14 Enoch done been taak way back dey
bout dem teacha wa ain taak de trute. Dat
de Enoch wa seben generation fom Adam. 15 To execute judg-
An e taak bout dem teacha say, “Look yah! ment upon all, and to
convince all that are un-
De Lawd da come wid tousan, tousan ob godly among them of all
dem wa blongst ta um. 15 De Lawd da their ungodly deeds
which they have ungodly
come fa jedge all people. E gwine jedge all committed, and of all
de sinna dem wa ain do wa God wahn, say their hard speeches which
ungodly sinners have
dey guilty cause ob all de ebil ting dem spoken against him.
ginst God dey done done, an all de wickity
wod dey done taak ginst God!”
16 Dem teacha yah wa ain taak de trute, 16 These are murmur-
dey ain neba sattify. Dey da grumble all de ers, complainers, walking
after their own lusts; and
time ginst oda people. Dey jes da folla dey their mouth speaketh
own haat fa do ebil, an dey da brag pon great swelling words,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
840 Jude

having men's persons in deysef. An dem teacha da tell people ting


admiration because of
advantage. wa mek um git de big head, jes so dem
teacha kin git wa dey wahn.
17 But, beloved, re-
member ye the words Mus Memba wa de Postle Dem
which were spoken be- Been Tell Oona
fore of the apostles of our
Lord Jesus Christ; Bot oona, me deah fren, oona mus
17
memba wa de postle dem ob we Lawd
18 How that they told Jedus Christ beena tell oona bout wa
you there should be gwine happen. 18 Dey been tell oona say,
mockers in the last time,
who should walk after “Wen dem las day come, some people
their own ungodly lusts. gwine hole oona cheap, an dey jes gwine
folla dey haat fa do de wickity ting dem wa
19 These be they who ginst God.” 19 Dey da wide people op een
separate themselves, sen-
sual, having not the group ginst one noda. Dey da do bad ting
Spirit. wa dey head tell um, dout study pon dem
ting. An de Holy Sperit ain een um. 20 Bot
20 But ye, beloved, oona, me deah fren dem, oona mus grow
building up yourselves scronga mo an mo een oona holy fait een
on your most holy faith,
praying in the Holy Christ. An mus pray ta God wid de powa
Ghost, wa de Holy Sperit da gii oona. 21 Mus keep
on da waak een de way ob God lob. Same
21 Keep yourselves in time, wait fa de life wa ain gwine neba
the love of God, looking end, wa we Lawd Jedus Christ gwine gii
for the mercy of our Lord
Jesus Christ unto eternal oona, cause e hab mussy pon oona.
life. 22 Hab mussy pon people wa da doubt.
23 Sabe some, jes like oona da pull um
22 And of some have outta de fire. Mus hab mussy too an hep
compassion, making a oda people, same time oona oughta be
difference:
scaid fa git close ta dey sin. Oona oughta
hate eben de cloes dey loose life done
23 And others save stain.
with fear, pulling them Praise ta God fa E Powa
out of the fire; hating
even the garment spotted fa Sabe We
by the flesh. So den, leh we praise de one wa able
24
fa keep oona so oona ain gwine fall eenta
sin. E able fa keep oona so dat oona ain
24 Now unto him that
is able to keep you from guilty ob no sin tall een oona life, wen e
falling, and to present Tgwine bring oona wid joyful haat ta de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Jude 841

glory place weh e dey. 25 Leh we praise de you faultless before the
presence of his glory with
onliest God wa sabe we cause ob wa Jedus exceeding joy,
Christ we Lawd done done. Leh we all
praise God fa e great glory. E da rule 25 To the only wise
ebryweh an e got powa an tority fa true, God our Saviour, be glory
and majesty, dominion
fom fo time been, an now, an faeba! and power, both now and
Amen. ever. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation

Revelation De Revelation
,1

1 Dis book laan we bout de ting dem


Chapter 1 1
wa Jedus Christ show ta dem people
1 The Revelation of Je-
sus Christ, which God
wa da do God wok. God fus show Jedus
gave unto him, to shew dem ting yah, so dat Jedus kin mek dem
unto his servants things wa da do e wok know dem ting wa gwine
which must shortly come
to pass; and he sent and happen tareckly. Christ sen e angel ta John
signified it by his angel wa beena wok fa um, an e mek de angel
unto his servant John:
show John dem ting yah. 2 An John done
tell we all dem ting wa e see. So den, dis de
2 Who bare record of book yah weh John done write down de
the word of God, and of wod wa God sen. Dat de trute wa Jedus
the testimony of Jesus Christ esef show um. 3 E bless fa true wa
Christ, and of all things
that he saw. read de wod dem wa dey een dis book, wa
God tell we, an wa haffa happen. Dey bless
fa true wa yeh dem wod wa been write
down een dis book an pay tention ta wa
3 Blessed is he that
readeth, and they that dey say. Cause de time ain faa off wen dem
hear the words of this ting yah gwine happen.
prophecy, and keep those
things which are written
therein: for the time is at John Greet de People
hand. ob De Seben Choch
A, John da write ta oona wa dey een
4
dem seben choch een de arie ob Asia.
4 John to the seven
A pray dat God, wa dey now, an wa
churches which are in been dey fo dis wol been mek, an wa
Asia: Grace be unto you, gwine come back ta dis wol, bless oona an
and peace, from him
which is, and which was, gii oona peace. Same way so, A pray dat
and which is to come; God seben sperit dem, wa stanop fo e
and from the seven
Spirits which are before shrone weh e seddown da rule, bless oona
his throne; an gii oona peace. 5 An A pray dat Jedus

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 1 843

Christ, wa we kin trus fa true an wa da tell 5 And from Jesus


Christ, who is the faithful
people wa true all de time, show oona how witness, and the first be-
e good an gii oona peace. Jedus Christ de gotten of the dead, and
the prince of the kings of
fus one wa God mek git op fom mongst de the earth. Unto him that
dead an lib gin, an all dem wa da rule een loved us, and washed us
from our sins in his own
dis wol dey onda um. blood,
E lob we an e done shed e blood an dead 6 And hath made us
fa sake ob we so dat e set we free fom we kings and priests unto
God and his Father; to
sin. 6 E done mek we come onda God rule him be glory and domin-
an be priest fa saab e Fada God. So den, e ion for ever and ever.
Amen.
fa git hona an powa faeba an eba. Amen. 7 Behold, he cometh
7 A da tell oona say, een de middle with clouds; and every
eye shall see him, and
ob de cloud e gwine come they also which pierced
an all people gwine shim. him: and all kindreds of
Eben dem people wa been the earth shall wail be-
cause of him. Even so,
jook um gwine shim. Amen.
People fom all country an dem wa 8 I am Alpha and
Omega, the beginning
da taak all diffunt language and the ending, saith the
dem een de wol, Lord, which is, and
which was, and which is
dey gwine be saary to come, the Almighty.
cause e da come. 9 I John, who also am
Dat so e gwine stan fa true! Amen. your brother, and com-
8 God we Lawd da tell we say, “A de panion in tribulation,
and in the kingdom and
Alpha an de Omega. A been dey fo de wol patience of Jesus Christ,
mek. A dey now, an A gwine come back ta was in the isle that is
called Patmos, for the
dis wol. A got powa oba all.” word of God, and for the
testimony of Jesus Christ.
John See Jedus Christ 10 I was in the Spirit
on the Lord's day, and
9 A, John, oona Christian broda. We all heard behind me a great
da folla Jedus togeda. Een Christ we all voice, as of a trumpet,
11 Saying, I am Alpha
beah op scrong onda all we suffrin. An we and Omega, the first and
leh Jedus Christ rule oba we. Cause A the last: and, What thou
beena tell people God wod an de trute seest, write in a book,
and send it unto the seven
bout Jedus, dey chunk me pon de islant churches which are in
call Patmos. 10 One Lawd Day, God Sperit Asia; unto Ephesus, and
unto Smyrna, and unto
come pon me, an A yeh boice wa da taak Pergamos, and unto
loud jes like trumpet dey hine me. 11 De Thyatira, and unto Sar-
dis, and unto Philadel-
boice tell me say, “Write down wa ya phia, and unto Laodi-
gwine see een a book an sen de book ta de cea.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
844 Revelation 1, 2

12 And I turned to see


Christian dem ob de seben choch dem: ta
the voice that spake with
me. And being turned, I Ephesus, Smyrna, Pergamum, Thyatira,
saw seven golden Sardis, Philadelphia an Laodicea.”
candlesticks;
13 And in the midst of 12 A ton roun fa see who dat wa da taak
the seven candlesticks ta me. An wen A ton roun, A see seben
one like unto the Son of
man, clothed with a gar- lamp holda wa been mek fom gole. 13 Een
ment down to the foot, de middle ob dem lamp holda yah, A see
and girt about the paps
with a golden girdle.
somebody “jes like one man wa come fom
14 His head and his God.” E weah long robe wa reach ta e foot,
hairs were white like an gole scrap been tie roun e chest. 14 E
wool, as white as snow;
and his eyes were as a head an e hair been white like wool, white
flame of fire; jes like snow. An e eye shine out like fire
15 And his feet like
unto fine brass, as if they da bun bright. 15 E foot beena shine jes
burned in a furnace; and like brass wa dey been bun een de furnace
his voice as the sound of
many waters. an den shine um op. An e boice loud jes
16 And he had in his like a heapa wata. 16 E beena hole seben
right hand seven stars:
and out of his mouth
staa een e right han. One sode wa shaap
went a sharp twoedged pon two side beena come outta e mout. E
sword: and his counte- face beena shine like de sun da shine at
nance was as the sun
shineth in his strength. tweb noon. 17 Wen A shim, A faddown flat
17 And when I saw at e foot like poson wa done dead. E pit e
him, I fell at his feet as
dead. And he laid his right han pon me an an tell me say, “Mus
right hand upon me, say- dohn scaid! A de Fus an de Las. 18 A de one
ing unto me, Fear not; I
am the first and the last: wa da lib! A done been dead, bot look yah,
18 I am he that liveth, A da lib faeba an eba! A got powa oba det
and was dead; and, be-
hold, I am alive for ever-
an de grabe. 19 So den, write down all dem
more, Amen; and have ting yah wa ya see. Write dem ting wa dey
the keys of hell and of now an dem ting wa gwine be bye an bye.
death.
19 Write the things 20 A da come fa tell ya wa dem seben staa
which thou hast seen, yah wa A hole een me right han an dem
and the things which are,
and the things which seben gole lamp holda, mean. De seben
shall be hereafter; staa dem de seben angel wa da gyaad de
20 The mystery of the seben choch. De seben lamp holda dem de
seven stars which thou
sawest in my right hand, seben choch deysef.”
and the seven golden
candlesticks. The seven De Message ta de Choch een Ephesus
stars are the angels of the

2 “Write dis message yah an sen um ta


seven churches: and the 1
seven candlesticks which
thou sawest are the seven
de angel ob de choch een Ephesus:
churches. “Dis de message yah wa de poson sen

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 2 845
2
,1

wa hole de seben staa een e right han an Chapter 2


wa da waak mongst de seben gole lamp 1 Unto the angel of the
church of Ephesus write;
holda. 2 A know all de ting dem wa These things saith he that
oona da do. A know oona wok haad, an holdeth the seven stars in
his right hand, who
A know how oona kin beah op wen walketh in the midst of
trouble come. A know oona ain willin fa the seven golden candle-
sticks;
leh bad people stay dey wid oona. Oona 2 I know thy works,
quizzit dem people wa say dey postle and thy labour, and thy
bot dey ain tall. Oona been see dat dey patience, and how thou
canst not bear them
da lie. 3 Oona da suffa trouble an da which are evil: and thou
beah plenty fa sake ob me name cause hast tried them which say
they are apostles, and are
oona da folla me. An oona ain got not, and hast found them
weary. Oona ain stop da folla me. liars:
3 And hast borne, and
4 Stillyet, one ting dey wa A blame oona
hast patience, and for my
fa. Oona lef off da lob me like oona name's sake hast la-
beena lob me at fus. 5 So den, oona mus boured, and hast not
fainted.
memba de way oona beena lob me, an 4 Nevertheless I have
how faa down oona done fall! Oona mus somewhat against thee,
be saary fa oona sin an change oona because thou hast left thy
first love.
way. Mus do jes like oona done at fus. Ef 5 Remember therefore
oona ain change oona way, A gwine from whence thou art
come ta oona an a gwine pull oona lamp fallen, and repent, and do
the first works; or else I
holda outta weh e dey. 6 Bot one ting A will come unto thee
praise oona fa. Oona hate dem bad ting quickly, and will remove
thy candlestick out of his
wa dem people wa da folla Nicolas, da place, except thou
do. Oona hate um jes like A mesef hate repent.
um. 6 But this thou hast,
that thou hatest the
7 “Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den oona deeds of the Nicolaitans,
oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell de choch which I also hate.
dem. Dem wa still stan scrong atta Satan 7 He that hath an ear,
let him hear what the
done try um, A gwine leh dem nyam fom Spirit saith unto the
de tree wa da gii life een God gyaaden.” churches; To him that
overcometh will I give to
eat of the tree of life,
De Message ta de Choch een Smyrna which is in the midst of
the paradise of God.
8 “Write dis message yah an sen um ta 8 And unto the angel
de angel ob de choch een Smyrna: of the church in Smyrna
“Dis de message yah wa de one wa de write; These things saith
the first and the last,
Fus an de Las, de one wa done dead an e which was dead, and is
da lib gin, e done sen fa tell oona say, alive;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
846 Revelation 2

9 I know thy works, ‘A know oona da suffa plenty trouble.


9
and tribulation, and pov-
erty, (but thou art rich) A know oona ain got much, bot fa true
and I know the blas- oona rich een Christ! A know too bout
phemy of them which say
they are Jews, and are
dem wa say dey Jew people, bot dey ain
not, but are the syna- no Jew tall. Dey da lie, taak bad ginst
gogue of Satan. oona. Bot dey blongst ta dem wa da
folla Satan. 10 Oona mus dohn be scaid
10 Fear none of those
things which thou shalt ob nottin wa oona gwine suffa. A da tell
suffer: behold, the devil oona, de Debil gwine try oona fa see ef
shall cast some of you
into prison, that ye may
oona bleebe God fa true. E gwine pit
be tried; and ye shall some ob oona een de jailhouse. Ten day
have tribulation ten days: oona gwine suffa plenty. Bot oona mus
be thou faithful unto
death, and I will give dohn neba stop fa bleebe pon me, eben
thee a crown of life. ef dat mean oona gwine dead fa me
sake. Cause A gwine gii oona de crown
11 He that hath an ear,
let him hear what the
ob life wa ain gwine neba end.
Spirit saith unto the 11 “ ‘Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den
churches; He that over- oona oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell de
cometh shall not be hurt
of the second death. choch dem. Dem wa still stan scrong atta
Satan done try um, de secon det ain gwine
12 And to the angel of
tetch um.’ ”
the church in Pergamos
write; These things saith
he which hath the sharp De Message ta de Choch een Pergamum
sword with two edges;
12 “Write dis message yah an sen um ta
13 I know thy works, de angel ob da choch een Pergamum:
and where thou dwellest, “Dis de message yah wa de one wa
even where Satan's seat got de sode wa shaap on two side, e sen
is: and thou holdest fast
my name, and hast not tell oona. 13 E say, ‘A know weh oona
denied my faith, even in lib. Oona dey weh Satan got e shrone.
those days wherein
Antipas was my faithful Bot A know oona keep on da folla me fa
martyr, who was slain true. Oona ain neba stop fa bleebe pon
among you, where Satan
dwelleth. me. Jurin de time wen Antipas dey, wen
e beena show people fa true dat e da
14 But I have a few folla me, dey kill um dey weh oona dey
things against thee, be- an weh Satan dey too. Dat ain neba mek
cause thou hast there
them that hold the doc- oona stop fa bleebe pon me. 14 Bot dey
trine of Balaam, who some ting dem wa A blame oona fa:
taught Balac to cast a
stumblingblock before Some ob de people dey mongst oona da
the children of Israel, to do de ting dem wa Balaam beena tell

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 2 847

people fa do. E beena laan Balak how fa eat things sacrificed unto
idols, and to commit
trap de Israel people an mek um sin. E fornication.
been git um fa nyam meat wa people
been offa fa sacrifice fa woshup idol. An 15 So hast thou also
e been git dem fa lib loose life. 15 Oda them that hold the doc-
trine of the Nicolaitans,
people mongst oona da do dem same which thing I hate.
ting wa dem wa da folla Nicolas da do.
16 Now den, oona mus be saary fa oona
16 Repent; or else I
sin an change oona way. Ef oona ain will come unto thee
change oona way, A gwine come ta quickly, and will fight
oona soon. A gwine tek dis sode wa dey against them with the
sword of my mouth.
een me mout an fight ginst de people
dem wa da do dem bad ting.
17 “ ‘Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den 17 He that hath an ear,
oona oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell de let him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the
choch dem! churches; To him that
“ ‘De people wa still stan scrong atta overcometh will I give to
eat of the hidden manna,
Satan done try um, A gwine gii ebry one and will give him a white
ob um some ob dat manna wa been hide. stone, and in the stone a
Den too, A gwine gim one white stone wid new name written, which
no man knoweth saving
nyew name wa write pon um. Nobody ain he that receiveth it.
gwine know de name wa write pon de
stone cep de poson wa A gii dat name ta.’ ”
18 And unto the angel
De Message ta de Choch een Thyatira of the church in Thyatira
write; These things saith
18 “Write dis message yah an sen um ta the Son of God, who hath
his eyes like unto a flame
de angel ob de choch een Thyatira: of fire, and his feet are
“Dis de message yah wa God Son sen. like fine brass;
‘E eye dem shine like fire, an e foot
shine jes like brass wa dey been bun een
19 I know thy works,
de furnace an den shine um op. 19 A
and charity, and service,
know de ting dem wa oona da do. A and faith, and thy pa-
know oona lob people an oona ain neba tience, and thy works;
and the last to be more
stop fa bleebe pon me. A know de way than the first.
oona da wok an oona da beah op onda
all oona suffrin. An A know oona da do
mo now den oona done done. 20 Notwithstanding I
20 Stillyet, one ting oona da do wa A da have a few things against
thee, because thou suffer-
blame oona fa. Oona leh dat ooman est that woman Jezebel,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
848 Revelation 2

which calleth herself a Jezebel, wa say e a prophet fom God,


prophetess, to teach and
to seduce my servants to stay dey mongst oona. E da say, by God
commit fornication, and powa e da laan dem wa da saab me. Bot
to eat things sacrificed
unto idols.
e da lie ta me people, an dat lie mek um
21 And I gave her lib loose life an mek um nyam meat wa
space to repent of her for- people been offa fa sacrifice fa woshup
nication; and she re-
pented not.
idol. 21 A been lef dat ooman hab a
22 Behold, I will cast leetle time so e got chance fa ton fom e
her into a bed, and them ebil way. Bot e ain wahn fa change e
that commit adultery
with her into great tribu-
way. 22 So den look yah! A gwine mek
lation, except they repent um tek sick an leddown pon e bed weh e
of their deeds. gwine suffa. An A gwine mek dem wa
23 And I will kill her
children with death; and
lib loose life wid Jezebel suffa plenty fa
all the churches shall true, ef dey ain stop fa do dem ebil ting
know that I am he which wa dey da do wid um. 23 A gwine scrike
searcheth the reins and
hearts: and I will give e chullun dead. Dat gwine mek all de
unto every one of you ac- choch dem know, A de one wa know wa
cording to your works.
24 But unto you I say,
all people da tink an A da see eenside
and unto the rest in dey haat. A gwine gii all people dey
Thyatira, as many as payback fa wasoneba dey do.
have not this doctrine,
and which have not 24 “ ‘Bot oona de oda res dey een
known the depths of Sa- Thyatira, oona ain do dem ebil ting wa
tan, as they speak; I will
put upon you none other Jezebel laan people fa do. Oona ain laan
burden. dem ebil ting wa some people call Satan
25 But that which ye deep secret. A da tell oona say, A ain
have already hold fast till
I come. gwine lay no oda burden pon oona.
26 And he that over- 25 Bot til A come back, oona mus keep
cometh, and keepeth my on da bleebe fa true all dem ting wa
works unto the end, to
him will I give power oona done laan. 26 De people wa stan
over the nations: scrong atta Satan try um an still da do
27 And he shall rule dem ting wa A wahn um fa do til de end
them with a rod of iron;
as the vessels of a potter come, A gwine gii dem tority oba dem
shall they be broken to nation. 27 A gwine gim tority jes like wa
shivers: even as I re-
ceived of my Father.
me Fada done gii me. Dey gwine tek
28 And I will give him iron club an rule oba dem nation yah,
the morning star. an dey gwine broke um all op jes like
29 He that hath an ear, clay pot wa poson cyas down. 28 An A
let him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the
gwine gii dem de maanin staa.
churches. 29 “ ‘Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den oona

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 2, 3 849

oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell de choch Chapter 3


dem!’ ”
1 And unto the angel
De Message ta de Choch een Sardis of the church in Sardis

3 “Write dis message yah an sen um ta


1 write; These things saith
he that hath the seven
de angel ob de choch een Sardis: Spirits of God, and the
“ ‘Dis de message yah wa de one wa seven stars; I know thy
hole de seben sperit dem wa blongst ta works, that thou hast a
name that thou livest,
God an de seben staa, sen: A know de and art dead.
ting dem wa oona da do. People tink
oona got life, bot oona done dead! 2 So 2 Be watchful, and
oona mus wake op an mek scrong de strengthen the things
which remain, that are
leeleetle life wa oona still got, fo e done. ready to die: for I have
Cause A see dat de ting dem wa oona da not found thy works per-
fect before God.
do ain all done like dey oughta be done,
een God eye. 3 So den, oona memba
3 Remember therefore
dem ting wa dey done laan oona, wa how thou hast received
oona been bleebe. Oona mus do wa dey and heard, and hold fast,
laan oona an mus ton fom oona sin. Ef and repent. If therefore
thou shalt not watch, I
oona ain wake op, A gwine come all ob will come on thee as a
a sudden ta oona jes like tief come. An thief, and thou shalt not
know what hour I will
oona ain gwine know de time wen A come upon thee.
gwine come. 4 Stillyet, some ob oona
dey een Sardis still keep oona cloes 4 Thou hast a few
clean. Dat mean fa say, some ain waak names even in Sardis
een sin. Bot ain plenty. Oona wa ain which have not defiled
their garments; and they
waak een sin gwine waak wid me an shall walk with me in
gwine weah white cloes cause oona got white: for they are
worthy.
right fa weah um cause oona da do wa
God wahn. 5 Jes like dem people dey,
de people wa still stan scrong atta Satan 5 He that overcometh,
the same shall be clothed
done try um, dey gwine weah white in white raiment; and I
cloes too. An A ain gwine neba tek dey will not blot out his name
out of the book of life,
name outta de book ob dem wa lib fa but I will confess his
true. Wen A stan fo me Fada an e angel name before my Father,
and before his angels.
dem, A gwine say dem me own people
dey.
6 “ ‘Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den 6 He that hath an ear,
let him hear what the
oona oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell de Spirit saith unto the
choch dem!’ ” churches.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
850 Revelation 3

7 And to the angel of De Message ta de Choch


the church in Philadel-
phia write; These things
een Philadelphia
saith he that is holy, he “Write dis message yah an sen um da
7
that is true, he that hath
the key of David, he that ta de angel ob de choch een Philadelphia:
openeth, and no man “ ‘Dis de message yah wa de true one
shutteth; and shutteth,
and no man openeth;
wa blongst ta God sen. E de one wa hole
8 I know thy works: de key wa King David been hole. Wen e
behold, I have set before tek de key an open a do, ain nobody
thee an open door, and
no man can shut it: for
able fa shet um. An wen e shet de do, ain
thou hast a little strength, nobody able fa open um. 8 A know de
and hast kept my word, ting dem wa oona da do. Look yah! A
and hast not denied my
name. done open a do fa oona, an ain nobody
9 Behold, I will make able fa shet um. A know oona ain got a
them of the synagogue of heapa scrent. Stillyet, oona beena do wa
Satan, which say they are
Jews, and are not, but do A tell oona fa do, an oona ain neba say
lie; behold, I will make oona ain know me. 9 An look yah! Dem
them to come and wor-
ship before thy feet, and wa blongst ta Satan house, wa da lie,
to know that I have loved say dey Jew people bot dey ain, A gwine
thee.
mek um come git down at oona foot, an
10 Because thou hast
kept the word of my pa- A gwine mek um all know say A lob
tience, I also will keep oona. 10 Oona beena beah op an stanop
thee from the hour of
temptation, which shall
scronga, da do wa A tell oona fa do.
come upon all the world, Cause ob dat, A ain gwine leh oona suffa
to try them that dwell wen de haad time ob trouble come ta all
upon the earth.
de wol, fa try all de people wa dey een
11 Behold, I come de wol. 11 Soon A gwine come back.
quickly: hold that fast
which thou hast, that no Oona mus keep on da bleebe fa true all
man take thy crown. dat oona done laan, so dat nobody ain
12 Him that overcom- gwine rob oona crown. 12 Dem wa still
eth will I make a pillar in stanop scrong atta Satan try um, A
the temple of my God,
and he shall go no more
gwine mek dem be jes like big post wa
out: and I will write upon mek God House stanop. An dey ain neba
him the name of my God, gwine lef um no mo. A gwine write de
and the name of the city
of my God, which is new name ob me God pon um. An A gwine
Jerusalem, which cometh write pon um de name ob me God City,
down out of heaven from
my God: and I will write de nyew Jerusalem, wa come down
upon him my new name. outta heaben fom me God. An A gwine
13 He that hath an ear, write me own nyew name pon um.
let him hear what the 13 “ ‘Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 3 851

oona oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell Spirit saith unto the
churches.
de choch dem!’ ”
14 And unto the angel
De Message ta de Choch een Laodicea of the church of the
Laodiceans write; These
14 “Write dis message yah an sen um ta things saith the Amen,
de angel ob de choch een Laodicea: the faithful and true wit-
ness, the beginning of the
“Dis de message yah wa de Amen sen. creation of God;
E da one wa we kin trus fa true an wa da
taak true all de time bout God. Een e 15 I know thy works,
that thou art neither cold
han all wa God mek. 15 A know all wa nor hot: I would thou
oona da do, an A know dat oona like wert cold or hot.
food wa ain cole an wa ain hot, food wa 16 So then because
ain got no taste. A wish dat oona beena thou art lukewarm, and
folla me wid all oona haat or dat oona neither cold nor hot, I
will spue thee out of my
been lef fa folla me. 16 So den, cause mouth.
oona like food wa ain cole an wa ain
hot, A gwine spit oona outta me mout! 17 Because thou say-
est, I am rich, and in-
17 Oona da taak say, ‘A rich, an A got
creased with goods, and
plenty ting. A got ebryting wa A need.’ have need of nothing;
and knowest not that
Bot oona ain ondastan dat oona po an thou art wretched, and
pitiful fa true, an people saary fa oona. miserable, and poor, and
Oona ain got nottin! Oona bline an blind, and naked:

nekid. 18 So den, A da tell oona say, mus 18 I counsel thee to


come ta me an buy gole wa done been buy of me gold tried in
een de fire til e clean an pure, so dat the fire, that thou mayest
be rich; and white rai-
oona kin be rich fa true een God eye. An ment, that thou mayest
A da tell oona say, mus come buy white be clothed, and that the
shame of thy nakedness
cloes fa weah so dat oona ain gwine be do not appear; and anoint
shame cause oona nekid. An come buy thine eyes with eyesalve,
that thou mayest see.
medicine fa pit een oona eye so dat oona
gwine see. 19 De people dem wa A lob, 19 As many as I love, I
dem A tell say dey da do wrong ting an rebuke and chasten: be
zealous therefore, and
A punish um, so dat dey gwine git sense repent.
fa do wa right. So wid all oona haat mus
do wa right. Mus change oona way an 20 Behold, I stand at
the door, and knock: if
ton fom oona sin. 20 Listen op! A da any man hear my voice,
stanop yah by de door, da knock pon and open the door, I will
come in to him, and will
um. Wasoneba one ob oona yeh me sup with him, and he
boice an open de door ta me, A gwine with me.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
852 Revelation 3, 4

21 To him that come eenside e house. An me an e gwine


overcometh will I grant
to sit with me in my seddown an nyam togeda. 21 Dem wa
throne, even as I also still stanop scrong atta Satan try um, A
overcame, and am set
down with my Father in gwine gim de right fa seddown fa rule
his throne. wid me pon me shrone, jes like A been
22 He that hath an ear,
let him hear what the
still stanop scrong atta Satan try me an
Spirit saith unto the A come an seddown wid me Fada pon e
churches. shrone.
22 “Oona got yea fa yeh, ainty? Den
Chapter 4 oona oughta yeh wa God Sperit da tell de
1 After this I looked, choch dem!”
and, behold, a door was
opened in heaven: and John See Eenside Heaben
the first voice which I

4 Atta dat, A see noda wision. A see a


heard was as it were of a 1
trumpet talking with me; door open oba dey een heaben.
which said, Come up
hither, and I will shew An A yeh dat boice wa soun same like a
thee things which must trumpet, de same boice wa A been yeh. E
be hereafter.
2 And immediately I tell me say, “Come op yah, an A gwine
was in the spirit: and, be- show ya dem ting wa haffa happen atta
hold, a throne was set in
heaven, and one sat on
dis.” 2 Jes den God Sperit come pon me.
the throne. Dey een heaben A see one shrone, a big
3 And he that sat was
to look upon like a jasper
chair wa king kin seddown pon. An A see
and a sardine stone: and somebody da sit pon um. 3 A shim wa sit
there was a rainbow dey da shine jes like jaspa an carnelian. An
round about the throne,
in sight like unto an a rainbow wa da shine jes like emerald
emerald. been dey all roun de shrone. 4 Twenty-fo
4 And round about the
throne were four and oda shrone been dey all roun de fus
twenty seats: and upon shrone. An A see twenty-fo elda da
the seats I saw four and
twenty elders sitting,
seddown pon dem shrone. Dey beena
clothed in white raiment; weah white cloes, an gole crown been pon
and they had on their dey head. 5 Lightnin beena flash fom weh
heads crowns of gold.
5 And out of the throne de fus big shrone been dey. Tunda beena
proceeded lightnings and roll, an plenty loud nise beena come fom
thunderings and voices:
and there were seven dey. Dey een front ob de shrone seben
lamps of fire burning be- lamp dem beena bun bright. Dem seben
fore the throne, which
are the seven Spirits of lamp yah dey God seben sperit dem. 6 Fo
God. dat shrone A see sompin wa look jes like a
6 And before the
throne there was a sea of
glass sea, cleah like crystal.
glass like unto crystal: All roun de shrone, een de front an back

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 4, 5 853

an side, fo ting wa got life beena stanop. and in the midst of the
throne, and round about
Dey got eye all oba dey body, front an the throne, were four
back. 7 De fus ting wa got life look jes like beasts full of eyes before
and behind.
a lion. De secon one look jes like a ox. An
de nex one got a face wa look jes like de 7 And the first beast
was like a lion, and the
face ob a man. De las one look jes like a second beast like a calf,
eagle wa da fly. 8 All fo ob dem ting wa got and the third beast had a
face as a man, and the
life, dey got six wing, an dey been kiba all fourth beast was like a
oba wid eye, eben onda dey wing. All day flying eagle.
an all night dey da taak ta God. Dey ain 8 And the four beasts
neba stop fa tell God say, had each of them six
“We Lawd God got powa mo den all. wings about him; and
they were full of eyes
E holy, holy, holy. within: and they rest not
E been dey fo de wol been mek, day and night, saying,
Holy, holy, holy, Lord
e dey now, God Almighty, which
an e gwine come back.” was, and is, and is to
9 Dem fo ting yah wa got life dey da come.

praise de one wa gwine lib faeba an eba, 9 And when those


wa da seddown pon de shrone. Dey da gim beasts give glory and
honour and thanks to
hona an tell um tankya. 10 Wensoneba dey him that sat on the
do dat, de twenty-fo elda dem faddown fo throne, who liveth for
ever and ever,
de one wa da seddown pon de shrone. Dey
da woshup um op, e wa gwine lib faeba an 10 The four and
twenty elders fall down
eba. Dey tek de crown dem off dey head an before him that sat on the
cyas um fo de shrone. An dey tell dat one throne, and worship him
that liveth for ever and
pon de shrone say, ever, and cast their
11 “We Lawd an we God. crowns before the throne,
Ya got de right saying,

fa hab we fa git down fo ya, 11 Thou art worthy, O


an praise ya an gii ya hona Lord, to receive glory and
honour and power: for
an show ya got powa, thou hast created all
cause ya de one wa mek all ting. things, and for thy plea-
sure they are and were
Ya mek um an gim life created.
cause ya wahn fa do dat.”

De Lamb Tek de Scroll fom God


Chapter 5

5 Den A see de one wa da seddown


1
1 And I saw in the right
pon de big shrone. Een e right han e hand of him that sat on
da hole one scroll. An plenty ting been the throne a book written

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
854 Revelation 5

within and on the back- write down een dat scroll, pon de front an
side, sealed with seven
seals. pon de back. An de scroll been fasten shet
2 And I saw a strong good wid seben seal ob wax. 2 An A see
angel proclaiming with a one angel wa got great powa. E da taak
loud voice, Who is wor-
thy to open the book, and loud so all kin yeh um. E aks say, “Who got
to loose the seals thereof? de right fa pull dem seal an open op de
3 And no man in
scroll?” 3 Bot nobody ain been dey een
heaven, nor in earth, nei-
ther under the earth, was heaben or een dis wol or ondaneet dis wol
able to open the book, wa got de right fa open de scroll an read
neither to look thereon.
4 And I wept much, be-
wa been write down pon um. 4 A staat fa
cause no man was found cry too haad cause nobody ain been dey
worthy to open and to wa got de right fa open de scroll an read
read the book, neither to
look thereon. wa been write down pon um. 5 Den one
5 And one of the elders elda dem tell me say, “Mus dohn cry. Look
saith unto me, Weep not: yah! Dat one wa dey call De Lion wa come
behold, the Lion of the
tribe of Juda, the Root of fom Judah Tribe, de one wa be ob King
David, hath prevailed to David chullun chullun dem, e done win
open the book, and to
loose the seven seals
oba all. Cause ob dat, e got de right fa pull
thereof. dem seben seal an open op de scroll.”
6 And I beheld, and, lo, 6 Den A see one Lamb da stanop een de
in the midst of the throne middle ob dat great shrone. De fo ting dem
and of the four beasts,
and in the midst of the el- wa got life an de elda dem da stanop roun
ders, stood a Lamb as it um. Dat Lamb look like people done been
had been slain, having
seven horns and seven kill um. An e got seben hone pon e head an
eyes, which are the seven seben eye. Dem eye God seben Sperit wa e
Spirits of God sent forth
into all the earth.
sen out all oba de wol. 7 Den A see de
7 And he came and
Lamb go tek de scroll fom de right han ob
took the book out of the de one wa da sit pon de big shrone. 8 Wen
right hand of him that sat de Lamb tek de scroll, de fo ting wa got life
upon the throne.
dem an de twenty-fo elda dem faddown fo
8 And when he had
taken the book, the four
de Lamb an woshup um. Dey all been git
beasts and four and haap fa play music een dey han, an gole
twenty elders fell down bowl dem, wa full op wid incense. An de
before the Lamb, having
every one of them harps, incense yah, dat de pray ob de people wa
and golden vials full of blongst ta God. 9 Den de fo ting dem wa
odours, which are the
prayers of saints. got life an de twenty-fo elda dem dey sing
one nyew song, say,
9 And they sung a new
song, saying, Thou art
“Ya de Lamb.
worthy to take the book, Ya got de right fa tek de scroll

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 5 855

an pull open e seal and to open the seals


thereof: for thou wast
a fasten um shet. slain, and hast redeemed
Cause dey done kill ya, us to God by thy blood
out of every kindred, and
an wid ya blood ya done tongue, and people, and
buy back people fa God. nation;
Dem people yah come out
fom all de tribe dem
an fom all de diffunt nation dem
10 And hast made us
een de wol, unto our God kings and
people wa taak all de diffunt priests: and we shall
reign on the earth.
language dem.
10 Ya done mek dem people
fa come onda God rule
an be one fambly ob priest 11 And I beheld, and I
wa da saab God, heard the voice of many
an dey gwine rule een dis wol.” angels round about the
throne and the beasts and
11 Den, wiles A beena look, A yeh de the elders: and the num-
boice ob a whole heapa angel. Dey been ber of them was ten thou-
sand times ten thousand,
tousan an tousan, ten tousan time ten and thousands of thou-
tousan ob um. Dey da geda roun de big sands;
shrone an de fo ting wa got life dem an de
twenty-fo elda dem. 12 De angel dem sing
loud, say,
12 Saying with a loud
“De Lamb wa dey done kill, voice, Worthy is the
e got de right Lamb that was slain to
receive power, and
fa mek we praise um, riches, and wisdom, and
E got powa an plenty ting. strength, and honour,
E got sense fa true and glory, and blessing.

an plenty scrent.
We gim hona an glory.
We praise um!” 13 And every creature
13 Den A yeh all de ting dem wa got life which is in heaven, and
een heaben, een dis wol an onda de wol, on the earth, and under
the earth, and such as are
an all ting wa een de sea. Dey all sing, say, in the sea, and all that are
“Ta de one wa da seddown in them, heard I saying,
Blessing, and honour,
pon de shrone, an ta de Lamb, and glory, and power, be
Leh we praise um unto him that sitteth
upon the throne, and
an gim hona an glory, unto the Lamb for ever
an show dey powa faeba an eba!” and ever.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
856 Revelation 5, 6

14 And the four beasts 14 De fo ting dem wa got life say, “Amen!”
said, Amen. And the four
and twenty elders fell An de twenty-fo elda dem git down pon de
down and worshipped groun an woshup de one wa sit pon de
him that liveth for ever
and ever. great shrone an de Lamb.

De Seal Dem

6 Now den, A see de Lamb open de fus


Chapter 6 1
1 And I saw when the one ob de seben seal wa been fasten
Lamb opened one of the shet. Den A yeh one ob de fo ting wa got
seals, and I heard, as it
were the noise of thun- life taak loud wid boice wa soun jes like
der, one of the four beasts tunda say, “Come!” 2 A look, an dey fo me
saying, Come and see.
2 And I saw, and be- A see one white hoss. De poson wa da ride
hold a white horse: and um, e hole a bow een e han fa fight. An dey
he that sat on him had a
bow; and a crown was gim a crown fa weah pon e head. E gone
given unto him: and he out fa ride e hoss. E been win out oba e
went forth conquering,
and to conquer.
enemy dem, an e da gwine win out oba um
3 And when he had gin.
opened the second seal, I 3 Wen de Lamb open op de secon seal, A
heard the second beast
say, Come and see. yeh de secon ting wa got life say, “Come!”
4 And there went out 4 Den noda hoss come out. E been bright
another horse that was
red: and power was given red. Dey gii de one wa beena ride um
to him that sat thereon to tority fa tek way peace fom de wol so dat
take peace from the
earth, and that they people beena kill one noda. An ta dat one
should kill one another: wa beena ride pon de red hoss dey gii one
and there was given unto
him a great sword.
big sode.
5 And when he had 5 Wen de Lamb open op de shree seal, A
opened the third seal, I yeh de shree ting wa got life say, “Come!”
heard the third beast say,
Come and see. And I be- An wen A look dey, A see one black hoss!
held, and lo a black De poson wa da ride um hab een e han a
horse; and he that sat on
him had a pair of bal- scale wa dey tek fa weigh ting. 6 A yeh
ances in his hand. soun like a boice da come out fom mongst
6 And I heard a voice weh de fo ting wa got life dey. De boice
in the midst of the four
beasts say, A measure of say, “E gwine tek one day pay fa buy jes
wheat for a penny, and one quart ob wheat. Dey kin tek de money
three measures of barley
for a penny; and see thou
dey fa buy jes shree quart ob baaley. Bot
hurt not the oil and the mus dohn tetch none ob de olib oll an none
wine. ob de wine!”
7 And when he had
7 Wen de Lamb open op de seal wa mek
opened the fourth seal, I
heard the voice of the fo, A yeh de boice ob de ting wa got life wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 6 857

mek fo, say, “Come!” 8 An wen A look dey, fourth beast say, Come
and see.
A see one hoss wa got light color wa mek 8 And I looked, and be-
um look like e ready fa dead! De poson wa hold a pale horse: and his
name that sat on him was
da ride um been name Det, an one wa Death, and Hell followed
name de Grabe beena folla um. Dey got with him. And power was
given unto them over the
powa oba one quarta ob de people ob de fourth part of the earth,
wol, so dat dey kin kill um een wa, or mek to kill with sword, and
um dead cause dey ain got no food or with hunger, and with
death, and with the
cause dey got all kind ob sickness, or mek beasts of the earth.
de wile animal dem ob de wol kill um. 9 And when he had
opened the fifth seal, I
9 Wen de Lamb open de seal wa mek saw under the altar the
fibe, A see dey ondaneet de alta, de soul souls of them that were
slain for the word of God,
dem ob de people wa dey been kill een de and for the testimony
wol. Dey been kill dem cause dey beena which they held:
10 And they cried with
tell God wod. Dey beena tell people fa true a loud voice, saying, How
bout God. 10 Dey beena shout loud say, “O long, O Lord, holy and
Lawd, ya oba all! Ya holy an ya true! How true, dost thou not judge
and avenge our blood on
long we fa wait fo ya gwine jedge de them that dwell on the
people dem een de wol an punish um earth?
11 And white robes
cause dey done kill we?” 11 Den God gii all were given unto every
one of them; and it was
ob dem a white robe fa weah. An e tell um said unto them, that they
fa res an wait jes a leetle bit mo cause dey should rest yet for a little
season, until their
numba ain been full op yet. E been lef mo fellowservants also and
ob dey Christian bredren wa still beena their brethren, that
should be killed as they
wok fa God een de wol an wa people een were, should be fulfilled.
12 And I beheld when
de wol been gwine kill jes like dey been he had opened the sixth
kill. seal, and, lo, there was a
12 A see da Lamb open de seal wa mek great earthquake; and the
sun became black as
six. Den de groun tremble too bad. De sun sackcloth of hair, and the
git black black like sackcloss. An de moon moon became as blood;
13 And the stars of
git all red like blood. 13 De staa dem heaven fell unto the
earth, even as a fig tree
faddown outta de sky, down ta de groun casteth her untimely figs,
jes like fig dem wa ain ripe yet kin when she is shaken of a
mighty wind.
faddown wen a big wind shake de fig tree. 14 And the heaven de-
14 De sky roll back an gone way jes like a parted as a scroll when it
is rolled together; and ev-
scroll wa roll op. An all de mountain an all ery mountain and island
de islant moob outta dey place. 15 Den de were moved out of their
places.
king dem een de wol an dem oda big rula, 15 And the kings of the
an dem head man ob de sodja dem, dem earth, and the great men,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
858 Revelation 6, 7

and the rich men, and the wa got plenty ting an got tority oba oda
chief captains, and the
mighty men, and every people, an all de oda people, ebry slabe an
bondman, and every free ebry freeman, dey all ron an go hide een
man, hid themselves in
the dens and in the rocks
dem cabe, an mongst de big stone een dem
of the mountains; mountain. 16 De people call out loud ta
16 And said to the
mountains and rocks, dem mountain an dem big stone say,
Fall on us, and hide us “Please faddown pon we an hide we fom
from the face of him that
sitteth on the throne, and de eye ob de one wa da seddown pon de
from the wrath of the shrone, an fom de Lamb wa bex wid we!
Lamb:
17 For the great day of 17 Cause de great day done come wen dey
his wrath is come; and da show we dey bex wid we fa true. Ain
who shall be able to
stand? nobody gwine be able fa sabe esef.”

Chapter 7 God Tek Cyah ob Dem wa Saab Um

7 Atta dat. A see fo angel dem, da


1 And after these 1
things I saw four angels
standing on the four cor- stanop at de fo cona ob de wol. Dey
ners of the earth, holding beena stop de fo wind ob de wol wa been
the four winds of the
earth, that the wind wahn fa blow, so dat dey ain blow tall pon
should not blow on the
earth, nor on the sea, nor de wata or pon de dry groun or ginst dem
on any tree.
2 And I saw another
tree. 2 Den A see noda angel come outta de
angel ascending from the east. E been hole de seal ob God wa lib
east, having the seal of
the living God: and he faeba. Dat seal de stamp wa pit God maak
cried with a loud voice to pon e people. De angel holla loud ta de fo
the four angels, to whom
it was given to hurt the angel dem wa God been gii powa fa do
earth and the sea, haam ta de wata an ta de dry groun. 3 De
3 Saying, Hurt not the
earth, neither the sea, nor angel tell um say, “Mus dohn haam de
the trees, till we have
sealed the servants of our wata or dry groun or dem tree, til we done
God in their foreheads.
4 And I heard the num-
pit God seal pon dem wa da saab um, pon
ber of them which were dey forehead.” 4 Den A yeh hommuch
sealed: and there were
sealed an hundred and people de angel dem been maak wid God
forty and four thousand seal. De numba been one hundud an
of all the tribes of the
children of Israel. foty-fo tousan. Dey been come outta all de
5 Of the tribe of Juda tribe dem ob de people ob Israel.
were sealed twelve thou-
sand. Of the tribe of Reu-
5 De angel dem seal tweb tousan
ben were sealed twelve people fom Judah tribe,
thousand. Of the tribe of
Gad were sealed twelve tweb tousan fom Reuben tribe, an
thousand. tweb tousan fom Gad tribe.
6 Of the tribe of Aser
6 Dey seal tweb tousan fom Asher
were sealed twelve thou-
sand. Of the tribe o tribe,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 7 859

tweb tousan fom Naphtali tribe, an Nepthalim were sealed


twelve thousand. Of the
tweb tousan fom Manasseh tribe. tribe of Manasses were
7 Dey seal tweb tousan fom Simeon sealed twelve thousand.
7 Of the tribe of Sim-
tribe, eon were sealed twelve
tweb tousan fom Levi tribe, an thousand. Of the tribe of
tweb tousan fom Issachar tribe. Levi were sealed twelve
thousand. Of the tribe of
8 An dey seal tweb tousan fom Issachar were sealed
Zebulun tribe, twelve thousand.
8 Of the tribe of
tweb tousan fom Joseph tribe, an Zabulon were sealed
tweb tousan fom Benjamin tribe. twelve thousand. Of the
tribe of Joseph were
sealed twelve thousand.
De Big Crowd ob God People Of the tribe of Benjamin
9 Wen dat done, A look an dey A see a were sealed twelve
thousand.
great big crowd. Dey been sommuch 9 After this I beheld,
and, lo, a great multi-
people dat nobody ain been able fa count tude, which no man
um all. Dey been come outta ebry nation could number, of all na-
een de wol, outta ebry tribe an ebry tions, and kindreds, and
people, and tongues,
language een de wol. Dey beena stanop fo stood before the throne,
de shrone an fo de Lamb. An dem people and before the Lamb,
clothed with white robes,
been weah white robe an dey hole palm and palms in their hands;
branch een dey han. 10 Dey all beena holla 10 And cried with a
loud voice, saying, Salva-
loud say, tion to our God which
“We God wa seddown pon de shrone sitteth upon the throne,
and unto the Lamb.
an de Lamb, dey sabe we!” 11 And all the angels
11 All de angel dem beena stanop roun de stood round about the
shrone, roun de elda dem an de fo ting throne, and about the el-
ders and the four beasts,
dem wa got life. Den de angel dem git and fell before the throne
down flat fo de shrone an woshup God op. on their faces, and wor-
shipped God,
12 Dey beena say, 12 Saying, Amen: Bles-
“Amen! sing, and glory, and wis-
dom, and thanksgiving,
Leh we praise we God an gim glory! and honour, and power,
E all ting! We tell um ‘Tankya.’ and might, be unto our
God for ever and ever.
Hona an powa an scrent blongst ta Amen.
we God faeba an eba! Amen!” 13 And one of the el-
13 Den one de elda dem aks me say, “Ya ders answered, saying
unto me, What are these
know who dem people wa weah white which are arrayed in
robe? Ya know weh dey come fom?” white robes? and whence
came they?
14 A ansa um say, “Sah, ya de one wa 14 And I said unto him,
know.” Sir, thou knowest. And he

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
860 Revelation 7, 8

said to me, These are


they which came out of
De elda tell me say, “Dem people yah,
great tribulation, and dey dem wa come outta de time ob big
have washed their robes, trouble. Dey done wash dey robe een de
and made them white in
the blood of the Lamb. Lamb blood an mek um white. 15 Cause ob
dat,
15 Therefore are they de stanop dey fo God shrone
before the throne of God, an sabe um day an night
and serve him day and
night in his temple: and een e house.
he that sitteth on the De one wa seddown dey
throne shall dwell among
them. pon de shrone
gwine be dey wid um
16 They shall hunger
an tek cyah ob um.
no more, neither thirst 16 Dey ain neba gwine git
any more; neither shall hongry no mo,
the sun light on them, nor
any heat. an dey ain neba gwine
git tosty gin.
17 For the Lamb which De sun ain neba gwine bun um.
is in the midst of the Ain no heat gwine do um haam.
throne shall feed them, 17 Cause de Lamb wa stanop
and shall lead them unto
living fountains of wa- een de middle ob de shrone
ters: and God shall wipe
away all tears from their
esef gwine tek cyah ob um jes like
eyes. a shephud mind e sheep.
E gwine tek um ta de place weh de
wata wa da gii life dey,
8
,7

weh e da buss outta de groun.


An God gwine wipe ebry teah
Chapter 8 fom outta dey eye.
1 And when he had Dey ain neba gwine cry no mo.”
opened the seventh seal,
there was silence in
heaven about the space De Seal Wa Mek Seben

8
of half an hour.
Wen de Lamb open de seal wa mek
1
2 And I saw the seven seben, heaben been quiet bout a haf
angels which stood be- hour. 2 Den A see de seben angel dem wa
fore God; and to them
were given seven trum- stanop fo God. Somebody come gim seben
pets. trumpet.
3 And another angel 3 An noda angel come stanop close ta de
came and stood at the al- alta. E beena hole one incense pot wa dey
tar, having a golden cen-
ser; and there was given mek ob gole. An somebody come gim
unto him much incense, plenty incense. E pit um eenta de incense

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 8 861

pot an jine um ta de pray wa all God that he should offer it


with the prayers of all
people dem da pray. Den e pit um dey pon saints upon the golden al-
de gole alta wa dey fo God shrone. 4 Wen tar which was before the
throne.
de angel hole op de incense pot fo God, 4 And the smoke of the
wen de incense da bun, de smoke beena go incense, which came with
op ta God long wid de pray wa God people the prayers of the saints,
ascended up before God
beena pray. 5 Den de angel tek de incense out of the angel's hand.
pot an e tek fire fom de alta an pit um 5 And the angel took
the censer, and filled it
eenside de incense pot. Den e shrow um with fire of the altar, and
pon de wol. De tunda staat fa roll an cast it into the earth: and
there were voices, and
lightnin staat fa flash. Dey been big nise an thunderings, and light-
de groun staat fa tremble. nings, and an earth-
quake.
6 And the seven angels
De Trumpet Dem which had the seven
trumpets prepared them-
6 Den de seben angel dem wa beena selves to sound.
hole de seben trumpet, dey git ready fa 7 The first angel
blow um. sounded, and there fol-
lowed hail and fire min-
7 De fus angel blow e trumpet. Hail an gled with blood, and they
fire wid blood been shrow down pon de were cast upon the earth:
and the third part of trees
wol. One tird ob de wol bun op. All de tree was burnt up, and all
dem een dat paat an all de green grass, dey green grass was burnt up.
8 And the second angel
all bun op. sounded, and as it were a
8 Den de secon angel blow e trumpet. great mountain burning
with fire was cast into the
Dey tek sompin wa look like a high sea: and the third part of
mountain weh fire da bun all oba um an the sea became blood;
9 And the third part of
chunk um eenta de sea. One tird ob de sea the creatures which were
ton eenta blood. 9 One tird ob de ting dem in the sea, and had life,
wa got life een de sea, dey dead. An one died; and the third part of
the ships were destroyed.
tird ob all de boat dem been stroy. 10 And the third angel
10 Den de angel wa mek shree blow e sounded, and there fell a
great star from heaven,
trumpet. One big staa, wa da bun bright burning as it were a
lamp, and it fell upon the
like a lamp, faddown fom de sky pon de third part of the rivers,
tird ob dem riba an pon dem wata wa buss and upon the fountains of
waters;
outta de groun. 11 De staa name Bitta. One 11 And the name of the
tird ob de wata weh de staa been faddown star is called Wormwood:
and the third part of the
ton bitta, an a heapa people dead cause waters became worm-
dey drink dat bitta wata. wood; and many men
died of the waters, be-
12 De angel wa mek fo blow e trumpet. cause they were made
An sompin knock one tird ob de sun an one bitter.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
862 Revelation 8, 9

12 And the fourth an-


gel sounded, and the
tird ob de moon an one tird ob dem staa,
third part of the sun was so dat one tird ob all dem ton daak. De sun
smitten, and the third
part of the moon, and the ain shine none tall jurin one tird ob de day,
third part of the stars; so
as the third part of them
an same way so de moon an de staa jurin
was darkened, and the one tird ob de night.
day shone not for a third 13 Den wiles A da look, A yeh one eagle
part of it, and the night
likewise.
13 And I beheld, and
wa da fly high op call loud say, “Woe!
heard an angel flying Woe! De people dem wa dey een de wol,
through the midst of dey gwine suffa plenty wen de sun come
heaven, saying with a
loud voice, Woe, woe, fom de oda shree trumpet wa de shree
woe, to the inhabiters of
the earth by reason of the angel dem wa lef mus blow!”

9
other voices of the trum- 1 De angel wa mek fibe blow e
pet of the three angels,
which are yet to sound! trumpet. A see one staa wa done
faddown outta de sky ta de groun. An dey
,
9
8

Chapter 9
1 And the fifth angel
sounded, and I saw a star
been gim da key fa open op de way fa go
fall from heaven unto the eenta de deep hole wa ain got no bottom.
earth: and to him was
given the key of the bot- 2 De staa open op de way ta de deep hole.
tomless pit.
2 And he opened the
An plenty smoke come out fom eenside
bottomless pit; and there dey, jes like wen dey a great big fire an
arose a smoke out of the
pit, as the smoke of a smoke da come out. De sun ain shine, an
great furnace; and the de sky been daak, cause de smoke mek de
sun and the air were
darkened by reason of place daak. 3 Outta de smoke locust come
the smoke of the pit. down pon de wol. An dey gim powa fa
3 And there came out
of the smoke locusts sting people, jes like scorpion ob de wol
upon the earth: and unto
them was given power, as sting people. 4 Dey been tell dem locust
the scorpions of the earth
have power.
mus dohn do no haam ta de grass or ta de
4 And it was com- tree dem. Mus dohn haam no plant wa da
manded them that they
should not hurt the grass grow. Dey been tell um dey fa haam jes de
of the earth, neither any people dem wa ain been git God seal pon e
green thing, neither any
tree; but only those men forehead. 5 Dey ain been gii de locust dem
which have not the seal no powa fa kill dem people. De locust dem
of God in their foreheads.
5 And to them it was git powa fa jes mek um suffa bad fibe
given that they should
not kill them, but that mont. De pain wa dem poson suffa wen de
they should be tormented
five months: and their
locust dem sting um e been jes like de pain
torment was as the tor- wen a scorpion sting a poson. 6 Jurin dem
ment of a scorpion, when
he striketh a man. fibe mont dey, dem people yah gwine cry
6 And in those days out fa det fa come tek um. Bot det ain
shall men seek death, and
shall not find it; and shall
gwine come ta um.
desire to die, and death 7 De locust dem look jes like hoss wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 9 863

shall flee from them.


done ready fa go fight waa. Ting dem wa 7 And the shapes of the
look like gole crown been dey pon dey locusts were like unto
horses prepared unto bat-
head, an dey face look like poson face. tle; and on their heads
8 Dey hair been like ooman hair, an dey were as it were crowns
like gold, and their faces
teet been like lion teet. 9 Dey da weah ting were as the faces of men.
8 And they had hair as
wa look like iron cloes pon dey chest. An the hair of women, and
wen dey da fly, de loud racket wa dey their teeth were as the
teeth of lions.
wing beena mek, been like plenty hoss da 9 And they had breast-
plates, as it were breast-
pull chariot wen dey da rush fa fight waa. plates of iron; and the
10 Dey tail beena sting jes like scorpion, an sound of their wings was
as the sound of chariots
wid dem tail yah dey beena git powa fa of many horses running
mek people suffa bad fa fibe mont. 11 Dey to battle.
10 And they had tails
got dey king. E dat angel wa got chaage ob like unto scorpions, and
there were stings in their
dat deep hole wa ain got no bottom. De tails: and their power was
Jew people call dat angel Abaddon an de to hurt men five months.
11 And they had a king
Greek people call um Apollyon. (Dat over them, which is the
angel of the bottomless
mean, “De one wa stroy.”) pit, whose name in the
12 De fus woe done done. Look yah, two Hebrew tongue is
Abaddon, but in the
mo got fa come. Greek tongue hath his
13 Den de angel wa mek six blow e name Apollyon.
12 One woe is past;
trumpet. An A yeh boice da come outta de and, behold, there come
two woes more hereafter.
fo hone pon de cona ob de gole alta wa da 13 And the sixth angel
stan dey fo God. 14 De boice taak ta de sounded, and I heard a
voice from the four horns
angel wa mek six wa beena hole de of the golden altar which
is before God,
trumpet. E tell de angel say, “Loose de fo 14 Saying to the sixth
angel dem wa been tie op dey close ta dat angel which had the
trumpet, Loose the four
big riba Euphrates!” 15 So de angel wa angels which are bound
beena hole de trumpet, e loose dem fo in the great river
Euphrates.
angel. God done been sit um dey ready fa 15 And the four angels
dat same yeah dey, dat same mont dey, dat were loosed, which were
prepared for an hour, and
same dey dey, an dat same hour dey, fa leh a day, and a month, and a
dem kill de tird ob all de people. 16 Plenty year, for to slay the third
part of men.
sodja dem wa beena ride hoss been dey. 16 And the number of
Dey been two hundud million. 17 Een me the army of the horsemen
were two hundred thou-
wision A see de hoss dem an dem wa sand thousand: and I
heard the number of
beena ride um. Dem people chest been them.
kiba wid ting like iron cloes wa people 17 And thus I saw the
horses in the vision, and
weah wen dey gwine ta waa. An de iron them that sat on them,
been red jes like fire, an daak blue, an having breastplates of

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
864 Revelation 9, 10

fire, and of jacinth, and yella jes like sulfa. De hoss dem head look
brimstone: and the heads
of the horses were as the like lion head, an fire wid smoke an hot
heads of lions; and out of sulfa beena come outta dey mout. 18 Dem
their mouths issued fire
and smoke and brim-
shree bad ting yah, de fire, de smoke, an
stone. de hot sulfa, wa beena come outta dem
18 By these three was
the third part of men
hoss mout, been kill de tird ob all de
killed, by the fire, and by people. 19 Cause de powa wa dem hoss
the smoke, and by the yah beena git, been dey een dey mout an
brimstone, which issued
out of their mouths. een dey tail. De tail been jes like snake wa
19 For their power is in got head, an wid dey head dey beena hut
their mouth, and in their
tails: for their tails were people.
like unto serpents, and 20 Stillyet, de oda people dem wa dem
had heads, and with
them they do hurt.
bad ting yah ain kill, dey ain change dey
20 And the rest of the way. Dey ain ton way fom woshup de ting
men which were not dem wa dey been mek fa deysef. Dey ain
killed by these plagues
yet repented not of the stop fa woshup de ebil sperit dem an dem
works of their hands, that ting wa dey been mek outta gole, silba,
they should not worship
devils, and idols of gold, brass, stone an wood. Dem ting wa dey
and silver, and brass, and woshup ain able fa see nottin. Dey ain able
stone, and of wood:
which neither can see, fa yeh nottin an dey ain able fa waak none
nor hear, nor walk: tall. 21 Bot dem people yah ain change dey
21 Neither repented
they of their murders,
way tall. Dey ain been saary fa kill people,
nor of their sorceries, nor or fa de black magic dey beena do, needa
of their fornication, nor fa de loose life wa dey beena lib, needa fa
of their thefts.
de way dey beena tief.
10
,9

Chapter 10
De Angel an de
1 And I saw another
mighty angel come down Leetle Scroll

10
from heaven, clothed
with a cloud: and a rain-
Atta dat, A see one oda angel wa
1
bow was upon his head, got powa da come outta heaben. A
and his face was as it cloud been kiba um jes like cloes, an a
were the sun, and his feet
as pillars of fire: rainbow been roun e head. E face beena
2 And he had in his shine like de sun, an e foot dem been like
hand a little book open:
and he set his right foot fire da stanop scraight like two post. 2 E
upon the sea, and his left got one leetle scroll ob paper dey een e
foot on the earth,
3 And cried with a han, an de paper been open op fa read.
loud voice, as when a lion Den e pit e right foot pon de sea an e lef
roareth: and when he had
cried, seven thunders ut-
foot pon de dry groun. 3 E holla loud wid
tered their voices. boice wa soun jes like a lion. Wen e done

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 10 865

4 And when the seven


taak, de seben tunda dem crack an taak. thunders had uttered
4 Atta de tunda dem taak, A been ready fa their voices, I was about
staat fa write. Bot A yeh a boice fom to write: and I heard a
voice from heaven saying
heaben da taak. E tell me say, “Mus dohn unto me, Seal up those
leh nobody know wa de seben tunda dem things which the seven
thunders uttered, and
say. Mus dohn write um down.” write them not.
5 Den de angel wa A been see da stanop, 5 And the angel which
I saw stand upon the sea
wid one foot pon de sea an one foot pon de and upon the earth lifted
dry groun, dey hice e right han op ta up his hand to heaven,
6 And sware by him
heaben. 6 E mek a wow fo God wa lib now that liveth for ever and
an wa gwine lib faeba an eba. E de God wa ever, who created
heaven, and the things
mek heaben an all wa dey eenside um. E that therein are, and the
earth, and the things that
mek de wol an all wa dey een um an de therein are, and the sea,
sea, all dey een um too. De angel say, and the things which are
therein, that there should
“Time ain gwine waste no mo! 7 Bot wen be time no longer:
de angel wa mek seben ready fa blow e 7 But in the days of the
voice of the seventh an-
trumpet, all wa God been cide fa do, God gel, when he shall begin
gwine do um, jes like e been tell de to sound, the mystery of
God should be finished,
prophet dem wa wok fa um.” as he hath declared to his
8 Den de boice wa A been yeh da taak servants the prophets.
8 And the voice which
fom heaben, taak ta me gin say, “Go tek de I heard from heaven
scroll wid de paper wa done open. Dat spake unto me again, and
scroll dey een de han ob de angel wa da said, Go and take the lit-
tle book which is open in
stanop, wid one foot pon de sea an one the hand of the angel
foot pon de dry groun.” which standeth upon the
sea and upon the earth.
9 So den A gone ta de angel an aks um fa 9 And I went unto the
gii me de leetle scroll. E tell me say, “Tek angel, and said unto him,
Give me the little book.
um an nyam um. E gwine ton sour een ya And he said unto me,
belly, bot e gwine taste sweet jes like Take it, and eat it up; and
it shall make thy belly
honey een ya mout.” bitter, but it shall be in
thy mouth sweet as
10 A tek de leetle scroll fom de angel honey.
han, an A nyam um. E taste sweet jes like 10 And I took the little
book out of the angel's
honey een me mout. Bot wen A done hand, and ate it up; and it
was in my mouth sweet
swalla um, e ton sour een me belly. 11 Den as honey: and as soon as I
A yeh poson da tell me say, “Ya mus tell had eaten it, my belly
was bitter.
God message gin. Ya mus tell gin bout 11 And he said unto
plenty nation, bout plenty diffunt people me, Thou must prophesy
again before many peo-
dem wa da taak plenty diffunt language, ples, and nations, and
an bout plenty king dem.” tongues, and kings.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
866 Revelation 11
11
,10

Chapter 11 De Two People wa da Tell God Message

11
1 And there was given
me a reed like unto a rod: Atta dat, dey gii me one stick
1
and the angel stood, say- like wa dey nyuse fa tek fa medja.
ing, Rise, and measure
the temple of God, and
Den dey tell me say, “Mus go medja God
the altar, and them that House an de alta dey. An mus count de
worship therein. people dem wa da woshup God dey
2 But the court which
is without the temple eenside e House. 2 Bot mus dohn medja de
leave out, and measure it open place wa dey roun God House, cause
not; for it is given unto
the Gentiles: and the holy dat place dey fa dem wa ain God own
city shall they tread un- people. An dem people gwine mash God
der foot forty and two
months. city onda dey foot fa foty-two mont. 3 A
3 And I will give power gwine sen two people wa gwine tell de
unto my two witnesses,
and they shall prophesy a
people bout me. A gwine gim powa. Dey
thousand two hundred gwine weah buryin cloes. An dey gwine
and threescore days, tell people God message fa one tousan,
clothed in sackcloth.
4 These are the two ol- two hundud sixty day.”
ive trees, and the two 4 De two people dem wa gwine tell God
candlesticks standing be-
fore the God of the earth. message, dey de two olib tree an de two
5 And if any man will lamp stan dem wa da stanop fo de Lawd
hurt them, fire proceed-
eth out of their mouth, wa da rule oba all de wol. 5 Ef poson try fa
and devoureth their ene- do dem two people yah bad, fire gwine
mies: and if any man will
hurt them, he must in this
come outta dey mout an bun de poson an
manner be killed. stroy um. So den, dat how de poson wa try
6 These have power to
fa do dem two bad gwine dead. 6 Dem two
shut heaven, that it rain
not in the days of their people got powa fa hole back de rain een
prophecy: and have de sky, so dat de rain ain faddown jurin de
power over waters to
turn them to blood, and time wen dey da tell God message. An dey
to smite the earth with all got powa fa mek de wata wa come outta
plagues, as often as they
will. de groun ton eenta blood. An dey got
7 And when they shall powa fa sen wasoneba kind ob bad ting
have finished their testi-
mony, the beast that
eenta de wol, wasoneba time dey wahn fa
ascendeth out of the bot- do um.
tomless pit shall make 7 Now den, wen dey done tell de people
war against them, and
shall overcome them, dey message, de wile beast wa come op
and kill them. outta de deep hole wa ain got no bottom, e
8 And their dead bod-
ies shall lie in the street of gwine come an fight dem. E gwine win out
the great city, which spir- oba um an kill um. 8 Dey dead body gwine
itually is called Sodom
and Egypt, where also leddown een de screet een de big city weh
our Lord was crucified. de people been nail dey Lawd ta de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 11 867

cross.Dey call dat city Sodom or Egypt, wa 9 And they of the peo-
ple and kindreds and
mean fa say dat city jes like dem. 9 All tongues and nations shall
kind ob people wa come out fom all de see their dead bodies
three days and an half,
tribe an all de nation een de wol, people and shall not suffer their
wa taak all de diffunt language, dey gwine dead bodies to be put in
graves.
tek shree an a haf day, da pass by an look
10 And they that dwell
pon de dead body ob de two people wa upon the earth shall re-
done tell God message. An jurin dat time joice over them, and
make merry, and shall
dey ain gwine leh nobody tek dem dead send gifts one to another;
body an bury um. 10 De people een de wol because these two proph-
gwine rejaice wen dem two prophet yah ets tormented them that
dwelt on the earth.
dead. Dey gwine mek merry an gii one 11 And after three days
noda gif, cause dem two prophet yah done and an half the Spirit of
beena mek um suffa tommuch. 11 Bot atta life from God entered
into them, and they stood
shree an a haf day done pass, God blow life upon their feet; and great
eenta de two prophet dem, an dey stanop. fear fell upon them which
saw them.
All de people wa see dem two, dey scaid fa
true. 12 Den de two prophet dem yeh loud 12 And they heard a
great voice from heaven
boice wa come outta heaben da tell um saying unto them, Come
say, “Oona come op yah!” An wiles de up hither. And they as-
cended up to heaven in a
people wa been ginst um stanop da look at cloud; and their enemies
um, de two prophet dem gone op eenta beheld them.
heaben eenside one cloud. 13 Jes den, de 13 And the same hour
was there a great earth-
groun tremble too bad. One ob ebry ten quake, and the tenth part
buildin een de city been stroy, an seben of the city fell, and in
tousan people done dead. De oda people the earthquake were
slain of men seven thou-
wa ain dead, dey scaid down, an dey sand: and the remnant
praise God, wa da rule een heaben. were affrighted, and gave
glory to the God of
14 De secon haad time wen people suffa heaven.
plenty, done pass oba. Bot look yah! De 14 The second woe is
haad time wa mek shree da come soon. past; and, behold, the
third woe cometh
quickly.
De Angel wa Mek Seben Blow E Trumpet
15 And the seventh an-
15 Den de angel wa mek seben blow e gel sounded; and there
trumpet. An A yeh plenty boice een were great voices in
heaven, saying, The king-
heaben da taak loud say, doms of this world are
“We Lawd an e Messiah Christ, become the kingdoms of
our Lord, and of his
dey got de powa an dey da rule now Christ; and he shall reign
oba de wol. for ever and ever.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
868 Revelation 11

16 And the four and


An e gwine rule faeba an eba!”
twenty elders, which sat
before God on their seats, 16 Den de twenty-fo elda, dem big leada
fell upon their faces, and wa da seddown pon dey shrone een front
worshipped God,
ob God, dey git down wid dey face ta de
groun fo God an dey woshup um. 17 Dey
say:
“Lawd God wa got powa mo den all,
wa been dey faeba,
17 Saying, We give
thee thanks, O Lord God an wa still dey now!
Almighty, which art, and We tell ya tankya,
wast, and art to come; be-
cause thou hast taken to
cause ya done nyuse ya powa
thee thy great power, and wa mo den all,
hast reigned. an staat fa rule oba de wol!
18 De people wa ain ya own,
dey been mad op fa true,
bot de time done come
fa ya fa show dat ya
too bex wid dem.
18 And the nations
were angry, and thy De time done come
wrath is come, and the wen ya gwine jedge dem
time of the dead, that
they should be judged, wa done dead.
and that thou shouldest Dis de time fa gii all dem people
give reward unto thy ser-
vants the prophets, and
wa da saab ya dey payback,
to the saints, and them de prophet dem,
that fear thy name, small an all dem wa blongst ta ya,
and great; and shouldest
destroy them which de- an dem wa gii ya hona,
stroy the earth. dem wa got powa,
an dem wa ain got no powa.
An de time done come
fa stroy dem wa stroy
people een de wol!”
19 Den God House een heaben open op,

19 And the temple of


an dey een e House, A see de box weh dey
God was opened in pit de ting weh dey write de cobnant. Dat
heaven, and there was de greement wa God mek wid all people.
seen in his temple the ark
of his testament: and Den lightnin staat fa flash, an a big nise
there were lightnings, staat op, an tunda staat fa soun. De groun
and voices, and thun-
derings, and an earth- staat fa tremble an a heapa hail staat fa
quake, and great hail. faddown.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 12 869

One Ooman an One Big Dragon Chapter 12

12 Den op een de sky A see one


1 1 And there appeared a
great sign wa stonish all de great wonder in heaven;
a woman clothed with
people. One ooman been dey, an de sun the sun, and the moon
kiba um jes like a dress. An de moon been under her feet, and upon
her head a crown of
dey onda e foot. E been weah crown wa twelve stars:
got tweb staa een um, pon e head. 2 E been 2 And she being with
child cried, travailing in
speckin chile, an e been lef jes leeleetle bit birth, and pained to be
fo de chile fa bon. So de ooman pain been delivered.
3 And there appeared
mek e da holla. another wonder in
3 Den A see noda sign op een de sky. heaven; and behold a
One big red dragon been op dey. An e been great red dragon, having
seven heads and ten
hab seben head, an ten hone. An ebry one horns, and seven crowns
ob e seben head got one crown pon um. upon his heads.
4 And his tail drew the
4 Dat dragon tek e tail an draw one outta third part of the stars of
ebry shree staa outta de sky. An e chunk heaven, and did cast
them to the earth: and
um down pon de wol. Dat dragon go the dragon stood before
stanop fo de ooman. De ooman chile been the woman which was
ready to be delivered, for
fa bon, an de dragon stanop so dat e kin to devour her child as
nyam op de chile, jes wen e bon. 5 De soon as it was born.
5 And she brought
ooman hab one boy chile, wa gwine rule
forth a man child, who
oba all de people ob all de nation ob de was to rule all nations
wol. E gwine rule wid tority oba all dem with a rod of iron: and
her child was caught up
wid iron staff. An de dragon ain neba unto God, and to his
nyam de chile op. God mek angel go grab throne.
6 And the woman fled
hole ta de chile, tek um ta God wa da into the wilderness,
seddown pon e shrone fa rule. 6 De ooman where she hath a place
prepared of God, that
ron way eenta de desat, ta place wa God they should feed her
done been mek fa um. Dey gwine tek cyah there a thousand two
ob um dey fa one tousan, two hundud an hundred and threescore
days.
sixty day. 7 And there was war in
7 Now den, dey been waa een heaben. heaven: Michael and his
angels fought against the
Michael an e angel dem beena fight de dragon; and the dragon
dragon, an de dragon fight back wid e own fought and his angels,
8 And prevailed not;
angel dem. 8 Bot Michael an e angel dem neither was their place
win out oba de dragon. So de dragon an e found any more in
heaven.
angel dem ain got no place een heaben no
9 And the great dragon
mo. Dey haffa lef dey. 9 Michael an e angel was cast out, that old ser-
dem shrow dat big dragon outta heaben. E pent, called the Devil,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
870 Revelation 12

and Satan, which de- dat ole saapent wa dey call de Debil or
ceiveth the whole world:
he was cast out into the Satan. E beena mek all de people een de
earth, and his angels wol sin. Michael an e angel dem chunk um
were cast out with him.
down eenta de wol, wid all e angel dem.
10 Den A yeh loud boice da taak een
heaben say,
“De time wen God gwine
10 And I heard a loud sabe e people done come!
voice saying in heaven,
Now is come salvation, God gwine show e powa an rule now
and strength, and the an be King oba all de wol!
kingdom of our God, and
the power of his Christ: An Christ de Messiah wa God sen
for the accuser of our gwine rule wid tority!
brethren is cast down,
which accused them be-
Cause de one wa beena stanop fo
fore our God day and God day taak day an night,
night. da say we Christian broda dem
do bad,
dey done chunk dat one down
outta heaben.
11 And they overcame
11 We Christian broda dem win out
him by the blood of the
Lamb, and by the word of oba um.
their testimony; and they Dey win wid de blood ob de Lamb
loved not their lives unto
the death. an de true wod wa dey beena tell
people bout God.
An pontop dat, dey been ready fa
dead fa God ef dey haffa.
12 Therefore rejoice,
ye heavens, and ye that
12 So den, oona mus rejaice dey een
dwell in them. Woe to the heaben!
inhabiters of the earth
and of the sea! for the Oona mus be too heppy,
devil is come down unto all oona wa lib dey!
you, having great wrath,
because he knoweth that
Bot e gwine be haad time fa dem wa
he hath but a short time. lib een de wol an pon de sea!
Cause de Debil come down ta
oona!
E bex too bad, cause e know e got
jes leeleetle bit ob time lef.”
13 And when the
dragon saw that he was
13 Wen de dragon see dat dey done
cast unto the earth, he chunk um down eenta de wol, e staat fa
persecuted the woman
which brought forth the ron atta de ooman wa been bon de boy
man child. chile. 14 Bot somebody gii de ooman two

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 12, 13 871

wing fom a big eagle so dat de ooman been 14 And to the woman
were given two wings of
able fa fly ta e place een de desat. An dey a great eagle, that she
might fly into the wilder-
gwine tek cyah ob de ooman dey fa shree ness, into her place,
an a haf yeah. An de dragon ain gwine be where she is nourished
for a time, and times, and
able fa do um bad. 15 So de dragon shrow half a time, from the face
plenty wata outta e mout. Jes like a riba, of the serpent.
15 And the serpent
de wata staat fa ron atta dat ooman fa cyaa cast out of his mouth wa-
ter as a flood after the
um way. 16 Bot de groun hep de ooman. E woman, that he might
open op e mout an swalla de riba ob wata cause her to be carried
away of the flood.
wa beena come outta de dragon mout. 16 And the earth help-
17 Cause ob dat, de dragon been bex bad ed the woman, and the
earth opened her mouth,
wid de ooman. So e gone fa fight e oda and swallowed up the
flood which the dragon
chullun an chullun chullun dem. Dey all cast out of his mouth.
17 And the dragon was
dem wa da do wa God tell um fa do an wa wroth with the woman,
bleebe de true ting wa Jedus show um an and went to make war
with the remnant of her
folla um. Den de dragon gone stanop close ta seed, which keep the
de sea. commandments of God,
and have the testimony
of Jesus Christ.
De Two Beast

13
Chapter 13
1Den A see one beast da come op
1 And I stood upon the
outta de wata. E hab ten hone. E sand of the sea, and saw a
hab seben head. Ebry one ob dem hone beast rise up out of the
sea, having seven heads
hab crown pon um. An pon ebry one ob and ten horns, and upon
his horns ten crowns, and
dem hone, dey been sompin write down fa upon his heads the name
hole God cheap. 2 De beast wa A see look of blasphemy.
2 And the beast which
like leopard, bot e foot dem look like beah I saw was like unto a
leopard, and his feet
foot an e mout like lion mout. De dragon were as the feet of a bear,
gii dis beast yah de powa an de tority wa e and his mouth as the
mouth of a lion: and the
been hab oba all dem ting wa e beena rule. dragon gave him his
3 One ob de head dem look like e been power, and his seat, and
great authority.
wound so dat e been fa dead. Bot de cut 3 And I saw one of his
heads as it were wounded
pon e head wa been fa mek um dead, e to death; and his deadly
heal now. All de people een de wol been wound was healed: and
all the world wondered
stonish an folla de beast. 4 Dey all woshup after the beast.
4 And they wor-
de dragon cause e been gii de beast e shipped the dragon
powa. An dey woshup de beast too an say which gave power unto
the beast: and they wor-
“Ain nobody like de beast, ainty? Ain shipped the beast, saying,
nobody able fa fight ginst um!” Who is like unto the
beast? who is able to
5 De beast taak all kinda bad ting ginst make war with him?

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
872 Revelation 13

5 And there was given


unto him a mouth speak-
God an taak dem ting wa show e proud fa
ing great things and blas- true. An God leh um hab tority fa rule fa
phemies; and power was foty two mont. 6 Dat beast cuss God an
given unto him to con-
tinue forty and two hole e name cheap, an de place weh God
months. lib, an all dem wa dey een heaben. E hole
6 And he opened his
mouth in blasphemy um all cheap. 7 De beast been able fa fight
against God, to blas- God own people dem an win out oba um,
pheme his name, and his
tabernacle, and them cause God leh um do dat. An God gii dat
that dwell in heaven. beast tority oba people fom all de tribe
7 And it was given
unto him to make war
dem an fom all de diffunt nation dem een
with the saints, and to de wol, people wa taak all de diffunt
overcome them: and language dem. 8 All de people een de wol
power was given him
over all kindreds, and gwine woshup dat beast, cep fa dem wa
tongues, and nations. got dey name write down een de book wa
8 And all that dwell
upon the earth shall wor- blongst ta de Lamb, wa people been kill.
ship him, whose names Fo God mek de wol, e done write down
are not written in the
book of life of the Lamb dem name ob dem people wa gwine lib fa
slain from the foundation eba an eba. E write um down een de book
of the world.
9 If any man have an
ob de Lamb.
ear, let him hear. 9 “Now den, listen op, ef ya got yea fa
10 He that leadeth into yeh!
captivity shall go into 10 De people wa spose fa git ketch,
captivity: he that killeth
with the sword must be dey gwine git ketch.
killed with the sword. Dem wa spose fa git jook
Here is the patience and
the faith of the saints. wid de sode,
11 And I beheld an- dey gwine git jook wid de sode.
other beast coming up Dis mean dat God people dem mus beah
out of the earth; and he
had two horns like a op onda suffrin an mus dohn neba stop fa
lamb, and he spake as a bleebe pon God.”
dragon.
11 Den A see noda beast da come op
12 And he exerciseth
all the power of the first outta de groun. E been hab two hone jes
beast before him, and like lamb hone, an e beena taak like de
causeth the earth and
them which dwell dragon. 12 Dis secon beast tek all de powa
therein to worship the ob de fus beast an nyuse dat powa front ob
first beast, whose deadly
wound was healed. um. E mek de people een da wol woshup
13 And he doeth great de fus beast, wa been all cut op bot been
wonders, so that he heal. 13 Dis secon beast yah, e do miracle
maketh fire come down
from heaven on the earth wa mek people watch. E eben mek fire
in the sight of men, come down outta heaben ta de wol ta de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 13, 14 873

14 And deceiveth them


people. 14 Cause ob dem miracle wa de that dwell on the earth by
secon beast got powa fa do front ob de fus the means of those mira-
beast, e ceebe de people ob de wol. Dat cles which he had power
to do in the sight of the
secon beast orda um say mus mek statue fa beast; saying to them that
show hona ta de fus beast wa been wound dwell on the earth, that
they should make an im-
wid sode, stillyet e da lib. 15 An God leh de age to the beast, which
secon beast blow life eenta de statue ob de had the wound by a
sword, and did live.
fus beast, so dat de statue able fa taak an 15 And he had power
gii orda ta people fa kill all dem wa ain to give life unto the im-
age of the beast, that the
woshup um. 16 De secon beast orda fa dem image of the beast should
fa pit maak pon all people, pon dey right both speak, and cause
han or pon dey forehead. Dey mus pit that as many as would
not worship the image of
maak pon ebrybody, big an small, dem wa the beast should be
got plenty ting an dem wa ain got nottin, killed.
16 And he causeth all,
dem wa free bon an dem wa slabe. 17 Ain both small and great, rich
nobody been able fa buy or sell nottin, and poor, free and bond,
to receive a mark in their
lessin e got dat maak dey. An dat maak e right hand, or in their
de name ob de fus beast or de numba wa foreheads:
17 And that no man
stan fa de name. 18 So den, oona mus git might buy or sell, save he
sense fa true fa ondastan dis. Leh de poson that had the mark, or
wa got sense, figga out wa de beast numba the name of the beast, or
the number of his name.
mean, cause de numba stan fa man 18 Here is wisdom. Let
numba. Dat numba six hundud an him that hath under-
standing count the num-
sixty-six. ber of the beast: for it is
the number of a man; and
De Lamb an E People his number is Six hun-
dred threescore and six.

14 Den A see de Lamb da stanop


1 14
,13

Chapter 14
pontop de high hill dey call Mount
1 And I looked, and, lo,
Zion. One hundud an foty-fo tousan a Lamb stood on the
people beena stanop dey wid um. An de mount Sion, and with
him an hundred forty and
name ob de Lamb an ob e Fada been write four thousand, having his
pon dem people forehead. 2 A yeh boice Father's name written in
come outta heaben. Dat boice loud like de their foreheads.
2 And I heard a voice
big nise ob de sea an like wen de tunda da from heaven, as the voice
crack loud. Dat boice sweet like de soun ob of many waters, and as
the voice of a great thun-
de music wen people da play dey haap. der: and I heard the voice
3 De one hundud an foty-fo tousan people of harpers harping with
their harps:
dem beena stanop een front ob God shrone 3 And they sung as it
an de fo ting dem wa got life an de elda were a new song before

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
874 Revelation 14

the throne, and before dem. Dem people beena sing one nyew
the four beasts, and the
elders: and no man could song wa jes dem been able fa laan an sing.
learn that song but the Dey de people wa Christ done been pay fa
hundred and forty and
four thousand, which een de wol wid e blood. 4 Dey de man dem
were redeemed from the wa ain been mix op een ooman bidness.
earth.
4 These are they which
Dey ain sleep wid um. Dey beena folla de
were not defiled with Lamb wehsoneba e go. De Lamb been pick
women; for they are vir- dem fa come out fom mongst oda people
gins. These are they
which follow the Lamb wen e buy um wid e blood. Dey de fus one
whithersoever he goeth. dem wa e pit ta one side fa esef an fa God.
These were redeemed
from among men, being
5 Nobody ain neba yeh dem tell lie. Dey
the firstfruits unto God ain neba do no ebil ting.
and to the Lamb.
5 And in their mouth
was found no guile: for De Shree Angel Dem
they are without fault be-
fore the throne of God. Den A see one oda angel da fly high
6
6 And I saw another op, an e beena tell de people wa lib een de
angel fly in the midst of
heaven, having the ever-
wol de Good Nyews wa gwine las faeba an
lasting gospel to preach eba. E beena tell de people ob all de diffunt
unto them that dwell on nation dem, all de tribe dem, de people wa
the earth, and to every
nation, and kindred, and taak all de diffunt language dem. 7 Dat
tongue, and people, angel taak loud say, “Oona mus hole God
7 Saying with a loud
high an gim glory. Cause de time done
voice, Fear God, and give
glory to him; for the hour come fa God fa jedge de people. Oona mus
of his judgment is come: woshup um. E mek heaben an de dry
and worship him that
made heaven, and earth, groun. E mek de sea an dem spring ob
and the sea, and the foun- wata wa da buss outta de groun!”
tains of waters. 8 One oda angel beena folla de fus one.
8 And there followed
another angel, saying, E da taak say, “Babylon, dat city wa got
Babylon is fallen, is big powa, done come ta nottin. E beena
fallen, that great city, be-
cause she made all na- mek all de nation dem ob de wol drink e
tions drink of the wine of wine. Dat wine dey e de loose life ob sin
the wrath of her forni-
cation.
wa kin mek people do wasoneba bad ting
9 And the third angel dey haat tell um fa do.”
followed them, saying 9 Den one oda angel wa mek shree,
with a loud voice, If any
man worship the beast come. E beena holla loud say, “All dem
and his image, and re- people wa da woshup de beast an e statue
ceive his mark in his fore-
head, or in his hand,
an wa leh dem pit e maak pon dey
10 The same shall forehead or pon dey han, 10 dey deysef
drink of the wine of the gwine drink God wine. Dat wine de lickin

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 14 875

wa God gwine gim cause e too bex wid um, wrath of God, which is
poured out without mix-
an e gwine lick um fa true. Dat lickin like ture into the cup of his in-
bitta wine wa ain mix wid wata, an dey dignation; and he shall be
tormented with fire and
haffa drink um. All dem people wa da do brimstone in the pres-
dem ting yah gwine git lick an suffa een de ence of the holy angels,
fire weh sulfa da bun. Dey gwine git lick and in the presence of the
Lamb:
een front ob God angel dem an de Lamb.
11 De fire wa mek um suffa ain neba gwine
11 And the smoke of
stop da bun. E smoke gwine go op faeba an their torment ascendeth
eba. So dem people wa da woshup de beast up for ever and ever: and
an e statue an wa leh dem pit de maak ob e they have no rest day nor
night, who worship the
name pon um, dey ain neba gwine stop da beast and his image, and
suffa. Day an night, dey gwine suffa whosoever receiveth the
mark of his name.
faeba.”
12 Dis mean dat God people mus beah
op onda suffrin. Dey de people wa da do 12 Here is the patience
of the saints: here are
wa God tell um fa do an ain neba stop fa they that keep the com-
bleebe pon Jedus. mandments of God, and
13 Den A yeh a boice fom heaben say, the faith of Jesus.

“Write down wa A da tell ya now: Fom


now on, dem people wa dead da folla de 13 And I heard a voice
from heaven saying unto
Lawd, dey bless fa true!” me, Write, Blessed are the
De Sperit ansa say, “Dat true. Dey done dead which die in the
done dey big wok an now dey gwine res. Lord from henceforth:
Yea, saith the Spirit, that
Cause dey done see wa de wok wa dey they may rest from their
beena do, done bring.” labours; and their works
do follow them.

De Las Jedgiment
14 Den A see noda wision. A see a white 14 And I looked, and
behold a white cloud,
cloud an A see somebody wa look jes like a and upon the cloud one
man wa come fom God seddown pon de sat like unto the Son of
man, having on his head
cloud. E beena weah a gole crown pon e a golden crown, and in
head, an een e han e beena hole a shaap his hand a sharp sickle.
sickle wa dey nyuse fa cut dey plant wen
dey done ready fa haabis. 15 Den noda 15 And another angel
angel come outta God House. E holla loud came out of the temple,
fa tell de poson wa seddown pon de cloud, crying with a loud voice
to him that sat on the
say, “Tek ya sickle an cut dem ting wa cloud, Thrust in thy
done ready fa haabis. Cause de right time sickle, and reap: for the

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
876 Revelation 14, 15

time is come for thee to done come. De ting dem wa dey beena
reap; for the harvest of
the earth is ripe. plant een de wol dey done ready fa
16 And he that sat on haabis.” 16 So de poson wa beena
the cloud thrust in his
sickle on the earth; and
seddown pon de cloud, e swing e sickle
the earth was reaped. pon de wol, an de sickle cut all de ting dem
17 And another angel
wa done been ready fa haabis.
came out of the temple
which is in heaven, he 17 Den A see noda angel come outta
also having a sharp God House een heaben. An e beena hole a
sickle.
18 And another angel shaap sickle too.
came out from the altar, 18 Den noda angel wa hab chaage ob de
which had power over
fire; and cried with a fire, come out fom close ta de alta. E holla
loud cry to him that had loud fa tell de angel wa hole de shaap
the sharp sickle, saying,
Thrust in thy sharp
sickle, say, “Tek ya shaap sickle an cut
sickle, and gather the dem grape clusta. Geda um fom de wine
clusters of the vine of the ob de eart, cause dem grape done ripe.”
earth; for her grapes are
fully ripe. 19 So de angel swing e sickle pon de eart. E
19 And the angel geda dem grape clusta ob de eart, an
thrust in his sickle into
the earth, and gathered chunk um eenta de big place weh dey
the vine of the earth, and mash out de grape fa git de juice fa mek
cast it into the great
winepress of the wrath of wine. Dat place show how God too bex, an
God. how e gwine punish dem wa been bex um.
20 And the winepress
20 Dem grape been mash out dey een dat
was trodden without the
city, and blood came out place out fom de city. An plenty blood
of the winepress, even come outta dat place an ron til e reach
unto the horse bridles,
by the space of a thou- bout two hundud mile. An dat blood been
sand and six hundred bout fibe foot deep.
furlongs.

Seben Angel Bring Seben Bad Cuss

15 Den op een heaben A see noda


Chapter 15 1
1 And I saw another sign wa stonish me an mek me
sign in heaven, great and wonda. Seben angel been dey an dey come
marvellous, seven angels
having the seven last da bring seben bad ting fa tek ta de people
plagues; for in them is ob de wol. Dem ting gwine mek people
filled up the wrath of
God. suffa too bad. Dey de las ting dem dat God
gwine tek fa show people dat e bex too bad
2 And I saw as it were a
sea of glass mingled with wid um.
fire: and them that had 2 Den A see sompin wa look like a sea
gotten the victory over
the beast, and over his wa dey tek glass fa mek an mix op wid fire
image, and over his wa da bun eenside um. An da stan close ta

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 15 877

de sea, A see dem people wa done been mark, and over the num-
ber of his name, stand on
win out oba de beast an oba e statue an the sea of glass, having
oba de numba ob e name. An dem people the harps of God.
been hole haap wa God done gim. 3 Dey 3 And they sing the
beena sing de song wa Moses, wa da wok song of Moses the servant
of God, and the song of
fa God, been sing an de song wa de Lamb the Lamb, saying, Great
been sing. De song say, and marvellous are thy
“Lawd God wa got powa works, Lord God Al-
mighty; just and true are
mo den all oda, thy ways, thou King of
ya wok dem big, saints.
an dey da stonish we. 4 Who shall not fear
Ya de King wa da rule faeba an eba. thee, O Lord, and glorify
Ya do wa right. thy name? for thou only
art holy: for all nations
Ya taak true all de time. shall come and worship
4 Lawd, ain nobody wa ain gwine before thee; for thy judg-
ments are made manifest.
gii ya hona,
Ain nobody wa ain gwine 5 And after that I
praise ya name. looked, and, behold, the
temple of the tabernacle
Ya de one true God. Dey ain no oda. of the testimony in
All people ob all nation heaven was opened:
gwine come an woshup ya,
6 And the seven angels
Cause all people done see came out of the temple,
dat ya do right fa true.” having the seven plagues,
5 Wen dem people done sing, A look an clothed in pure and white
linen, and having their
A see God House een heaben wid de place breasts girded with
weh dey keep de cobnant wa God mek wid golden girdles.

e people open op. 6 Den outta dey come


dem seben angel wa da bring de seben bad 7 And one of the four
beasts gave unto the
ting wa gwine mek people suffa. Dey been seven angels seven
weah clean linen cloes wa beena shine. An golden vials full of the
wrath of God, who liveth
gole sash been tie roun dey chest. 7 Den for ever and ever.
one ob de fo ting dem wa got life gii de
seben angel seben gole bowl. All de seben 8 And the temple was
bowl dem been full op wid de wine wa da filled with smoke from
show dat God, wa da lib faeba an eba, the glory of God, and
from his power; and no
been too bex wid um. 8 God House been man was able to enter
full op wid smoke wa show God powa an into the temple, till the
seven plagues of the
glory. An nobody ain been able fa go seven angels were fulfil-
eenside dat place til de seben bad ting wa led.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
878 Revelation 15, 16
16
,15

Chapter 16 de angel dem been bring, done been done.


1 And I heard a great
voice out of the temple God Punish dem People wa E Bex Wid

16
saying to the seven an-
gels, Go your ways, and
Atta dat, A yeh boice eenside
1
pour out the vials of the God House da taak loud ta de
wrath of God upon the seben angel say, “Oona mus go tek dem
earth.
seben bowl wa full op wid de wine wa
2 And the first went, show dat God too bex, an empty dem bowl
and poured out his vial
upon the earth; and there out pon de wol!”
fell a noisome and griev- 2 De fus angel empty out e bowl pon de
ous sore upon the men
which had the mark of groun. Plenty bad sore buss out pon de
the beast, and upon them people dem wa got de maak ob de beast an
which worshipped his
image.
wa woshup e statue.
3 De secon angel empty out e bowl pon
3 And the second angel
de sea. An de sea ton ta blood jes like
poured out his vial upon
the sea; and it became as blood wa dey eenside dead body. E kill
the blood of a dead man: ebryting een de sea.
and every living soul died
in the sea.
4 Den de angel wa mek shree empty out
e bowl pon dem riba an dem wata wa buss
4 And the third angel outta de groun, an dey ton ta blood. 5 A
poured out his vial upon yeh de angel een chaage ob dem wata tell
the rivers and fountains
of waters; and they be-
God say,
came blood. “Ya de one true God,
ya wa dey now an wa been
5 And I heard the angel dey fo dis wol been mek.
of the waters say, Thou Ya do right fa true een de way
art righteous, O Lord,
which art, and wast, and ya jedge dem ting yah!
shalt be, because thou 6 Dem people yah done been kill
hast judged thus.
ya people an de prophet dem
wa beena tell ya wod.
6 For they have shed
the blood of saints and
Dey been mek dey blood ron
prophets, and thou hast so now ya done gim blood
given them blood to fa drink.
drink; for they are
worthy. Dey done git jes wa dey oughta
git!”
7 And I heard another 7 Den A yeh de alta da taak say,
out of the altar say, Even “Fa true, Lawd God wa got powa mo
so, Lord God Almighty,
true and righteous are den all!
thy judgments. Ya da jedge right, an ya da taak

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 16 879

8 And the fourth angel


true all de time!” poured out his vial upon
8 Den de angel wa mek fo, e empty out e the sun; and power was
bowl pon de sun, an e leh um hab powa fa given unto him to scorch
men with fire.
bun people wid fire. 9 De people wa de sun 9 And men were
beena bun, dey cuss de name ob God, wa scorched with great heat,
got tority fa stop dem bad ting yah wa mek and blasphemed the
name of God, which hath
people suffa so. Bot de people ain wahn fa power over these
change dey wickity way an dey ain wahn plagues: and they re-
pented not to give him
fa praise God. glory.
10 Den de angel wa mek fibe empty out 10 And the fifth angel
e bowl pon de shrone ob de beast. All oba poured out his vial upon
the seat of the beast; and
de place weh de beast beena rule, de daak his kingdom was full of
kiba ebryting. People da suffa bad pain, darkness; and they
gnawed their tongues for
wa mek um bite dey tongue. 11 Dey cuss pain,
God een heaben fa de pain wa dey beena 11 And blasphemed
suffa an dem sore wa buss out pon um. Bot the God of heaven be-
cause of their pains and
stillyet, dey ain wahn fa change de ebil their sores, and repented
way. not of their deeds.
12 Den de angel wa mek six empty out e 12 And the sixth angel
poured out his vial upon
bowl pon de big riba dey call Euphrates. the great river Euphrates;
Dat riba dry op, dat mek a way fa de king and the water thereof
was dried up, that the
dem wa come outta dey country wa dey way of the kings of the
een de east. 13 Den A see shree ebil sperit east might be prepared.
wa look like frog. Dey come out fom de 13 And I saw three un-
dragon mout, de beast mout an de mout ob clean spirits like frogs
come out of the mouth of
dat man wa say e God prophet da taak God the dragon, and out of
wod, bot e ain. 14 Dem sperit yah come the mouth of the beast,
and out of the mouth of
fom Satan. Dey da do miracle, an dey go the false prophet.
out ebryweh fa meet wid de king dem wa
14 For they are the
da rule oba all de wol. Dey go fa call um all spirits of devils, working
togeda fa fight de waa ginst God wa gwine miracles, which go forth
unto the kings of the
happen pon dat big day wen God, wa hab earth and of the whole
all powa, gwine show e powa. world, to gather them to
15 De Lawd say, “Listen ta me! A gwine the battle of that great
day of God Almighty.
come all ob a sudden, jes like wen de tief
15 Behold, I come as a
da come! E bless fa true wa ain sleep an wa thief. Blessed is he that
keep e cloes wid um, ready fa weah, so dat watcheth, and keepeth
his garments, lest he
e ain gwine haffa waak roun nekid an be walk naked, and they see
too shame een front ob people.” his shame.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
880 Revelation 16, 17

16 And he gathered
16 Den de shree ebil sperit dem geda de
them together into a
place called in the He- king dem togeda een de place dey call
brew tongue Armaged- “Armageddon” een Hebrew.
don.
17 And the seventh an- 17 Den de angel wa mek seben empty
gel poured out his vial out e bowl eenta de air. A loud boice taak
into the air; and there
came a great voice out of loud fom de shrone een God House een
the temple of heaven, heaben say “All ting done done!”
from the throne, saying, 18 Lightnin cut an loud nise staat op,
It is done.
18 And there were tunda crack an de groun tremble too bad.
voices, and thunders, and
lightnings; and there was
Since de time wen God fus mek people, de
a great earthquake, such groun ain neba tremble so bad. 19 Wen de
as was not since men groun tremble so, de big city broke op
were upon the earth, so
mighty an earthquake, eenta shree paat, an dem city ob all de
and so great.
19 And the great city
nation been stroy. God ain fagit de big city
was divided into three wa dey call Babylon. E mek de people ob
parts, and the cities of the
nations fell: and great dat city drink de bitta wine wa e mek fa
Babylon came in remem- um. Dat wine, e de lickin fa dem e bex wid
brance before God, to
give unto her the cup of cause ob all de bad ting dem dey do. 20 All
the wine of the fierceness dem islant gone way an all dem high hill
of his wrath.
20 And every island ain no mo. 21 Big hailstone rain down fom
fled away, and the moun- heaben pon de people. Ebry one ob dem
tains were not found.
21 And there fell upon been weigh bout one hundud pound. An
men a great hail out of
heaven, every stone about de people cuss God, cause dem hailstone
the weight of a talent: rain down pon um an mek um suffa too
and men blasphemed
God because of the bad.
plague of the hail; for the
plague thereof was ex-
ceeding great. De Ooman An de Beast

17 Den one ob de seben angel dem


1
Chapter 17
wa done been hole de seben bowl,
1 And there came one
of the seven angels which come taak ta me, say, “Come wid me. A
had the seven vials, and gwine show ya how dey gwine punish de
talked with me, saying
unto me, Come hither; I ooman wa lib loose life, wa all people
will shew unto thee the
judgment of the great know bout. Dat ooman, e de city wa dey
whore that sitteth upon been build close ta plenty riba. 2 De king
many waters:
2 With whom the kings dem ob de wol been lib loose life wid dat
of the earth have com- ooman yah, an de people ob de wol been
mitted fornication, and
the inhabitants of the dronk wid de wine wa e gim fa drink. Dat
earth have been made de loose life wa dey been lib wid um.”
drunk with the wine of
her fornication. 3 Den de Sperit come pon me, an de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 17 881

3 So he carried me
angel cyaa me ta a desat. A see one ooman away in the spirit into the
dey da seddown pon a bright red beast wa wilderness: and I saw a
got seben head an ten hone. An all oba e woman sit upon a scarlet
coloured beast, full of
body heapa bad name dem wa hole God names of blasphemy,
cheap, been write down. 4 De ooman been having seven heads and
ten horns.
weah purple an bright red cloes, an e been 4 And the woman was
dress op fine wid a heapa gole, an stone wa arrayed in purple and
scarlet colour, and
da shine, an pearl bead. E been hole a gole decked with gold and
cup een e han, wa full op wid dorty ting wa precious stones and
pearls, having a golden
e loose life bring. 5 A name wa got secret cup in her hand full of
meanin been write pon e forehead, wa abominations and filthi-
say, ness of her fornication:
5 And upon her fore-
“Babylon wa got big powa, head was a name writ-
modda wa bon de people dem ten, MYSTERY, BABYLON
THE GREAT, THE MOTHER
wa lib loose lifean wa da do dem dorty OF HARLOTS AND ABOMI-
ting een da wol NATIONS OF THE EARTH.

wa people ain oughta do 6 And I saw the


woman drunken with the
wid one noda.” blood of the saints, and
6 A see dat de ooman been dronk wid de with the blood of the
martyrs of Jesus: and
blood ob God people, de blood ob dem when I saw her, I won-
people wa been kill cause dey tell people dered with great admira-
tion.
say Jedus dey Lawd.
7 And the angel said
Wen A shim, A stonish fa true. 7 De unto me, Wherefore didst
angel aks me say, “Hoccome ya stonish? A thou marvel? I will tell
thee the mystery of the
gwine tell ya de secret meanin ob de woman, and of the beast
ooman an ob de beast wa tote um, wa got that carrieth her, which
seben head an ten hone. 8 De beast wa ya hath the seven heads and
ten horns.
jes see beena lib, bot now e ain got no life 8 The beast that thou
no mo, e gwine come op outta de deep sawest was, and is not;
hole wa ain got no bottom. Den e gwine go and shall ascend out of
the bottomless pit, and
ta de place weh dey gwine kill um. De go into perdition: and
people een de wol, wa got name dem wa they that dwell on the
earth shall wonder,
ain been write down fo God mek de wol, whose names were not
een de book ob life, dem people gwine be written in the book of life
from the foundation of
stonish wen dey see de beast, cause e the world, when they be-
beena lib, an now e ain got no life no mo, hold the beast that was,
and is not, and yet is.
bot e gwine come back gin.
9 And here is the mind
9 “So den, ya mus git sense fa true fa
which hath wisdom. The
ondastan wa dem ting yah mean. De seben seven heads are seven

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
882 Revelation 17

mountains, on which the haf dey de seben hill wa de ooman da


woman sitteth.
10 And there are seven seddown pon. 10 An gin, dey mean seben
kings: five are fallen, and king. Fibe ob dem king yah ain no mo. One
one is, and the other is
not yet come; and when da rule now. De oda one ain come yet, bot
he cometh, he must con- wen e come, e haffa stay fa jes a leetle time
tinue a short space.
11 And the beast that
fa rule. 11 De beast wa beena lib, bot ain
was, and is not, even he is da lib no mo, e de king wa mek eight. E
the eighth, and is of the blongst ta de seben king dem, an e da
seven, and goeth into
perdition. gwine off ta de place weh dey gwine stroy
12 And the ten horns um.
which thou sawest are 12 “De ten hone dem wa ya been see,
ten kings, which have re-
ceived no kingdom as dey ten king wa ain staat fa rule yet. Bot
yet; but receive power as
kings one hour with the
dey gwine git tority fa rule like king wid
beast. de beast fa one hour. 13 All dem ten king
13 These have one yah wahn fa do de same ting an dey all da
mind, and shall give their
power and strength unto
gii da beast dey powa an tority. 14 Dey
the beast. gwine fight ginst de Lamb, bot de Lamb
14 These shall make gwine win out oba um. Cause e da Lawd
war with the Lamb, and
the Lamb shall overcome
wa oba all lawd, an e de King wa da rule
them: for he is Lord of oba all king. An wid de Lamb gwine be
lords, and King of kings: dem wa folla um, dem wa e call an pick fa
and they that are with
him are called, and cho- do e wok, dem wa ain neba stop fa bleebe
sen, and faithful. pon um.”
15 And he saith unto 15 Den de angel tell me say, “Dem wata
me, The waters which
thou sawest, where the weh ya been see, de ooman wa lib loose
whore sitteth, are peo- life seddown pon um, dey all be diffunt
ples, and multitudes, and
nations, and tongues. nation dem, an all de diffunt people dem
16 And the ten horns wa da taak all dem diffunt language. 16 De
which thou sawest upon beast an de ten hone dem wa ya been see,
the beast, these shall hate
the whore, and shall dey ain gwine be like de ooman wa lib
make her desolate and loose life. Dey gwine tek way all wa e got
naked, and shall eat her
flesh, and burn her with an lef um nekid. Dey gwine nyam op de
fire. flesh ob e body an bun um op wid fire.
17 For God hath put in 17 Cause God mek dem ten king wahn fa
their hearts to fulfil his
will, and to agree, and do wa e been wahn um fa do, so dat dey all
give their kingdom unto gree togeda. An dey gwine gii de beast dey
the beast, until the words
of God shall be fulfilled.
powa fa rule til all ting happen fa true jes
18 And the woman like God wod done been tell we.
which thou sawest is that 18 “De ooman dat ya see, e dat city wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 17, 18 883

got powa oba dem wa da rule een de wol.” great city, which reign-
eth over the kings of the
earth.
God Stroy Babylon

18 Atta dat A see noda angel da


1 Chapter 18
come down outta heaben. E been
1 And after these
got tority fa true. De light wa beena shine
things I saw another an-
pon um, light op all de wol. 2 E holla loud gel come down from
say, heaven, having great
power; and the earth was
“E done been stroy! Babylon, lightened with his glory.
dat city wa beena hab big powa,
e done been stroy!
Ebil sperit dem all kind ob bad sperit
wa come fom Satan,
dey lib dey now. 2 And he cried might-
All kind ob dorty bad bod wa ily with a strong voice,
saying, Babylon the great
people ain like, is fallen, is fallen, and is
dey da geda dey. become the habitation of
devils, and the hold of
3 Cause de people een all dem every foul spirit, and a
nation cage of every unclean
and hateful bird.
been drink e bitta wine.
Dat wine de loose life wa dey
beena lib wid um.
De king dem ob de wol been lib dat
3 For all nations have
same loose life wid um.
drunk of the wine of the
An cause e wahn fa git mo an mo wrath of her fornication,
ob ebryting dem wa da trade and the kings of the earth
have committed fornica-
ting een dis wol, tion with her, and the
dey got heapa ting cause ob um.” merchants of the earth
are waxed rich through
4 Den A yeh noda boice da taak een
the abundance of her
heaben say, delicacies.
“Oona me people,
oona mus come outta
dat city Babylon
so dat oona ain gwine staat
fa do de bad ting dem 4 And I heard another
voice from heaven, say-
wa e da do, ing, Come out of her, my
an so dat oona ain gwine suffa people, that ye be not
partakers of her sins, and
like e gwine suffa wen God that ye receive not of her
punish um. plagues.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
884 Revelation 18

5 For her sins have 5


reached unto heaven,
God ain fagit de bad ting dem
and God hath remem- wa e beena do,
bered her iniquities. wa been pile op high til dey been
reach way op ta heaben.
6 Leh de bad wa e been do
ton pon um.
Mek um suffa two time mo den
de suffrin wa e mek
oda people suffa.
Dat cup wa e beena tek wen e gii
6 Reward her even as people e wine fa drink,
she rewarded you, and leh um full dat cup wid wine
double unto her double
according to her works: wa two time mo bitta
in the cup which she hath den e own wine,
filled fill to her double.
an gii ta um, mek um drink.
7 Leh um git lick
an suffa good fashion,
an mek e haat hebby,
jes like e been mek esef
big wid powa
an e been able fa hab
all kind ob ting.
7 How much she hath Cause e da taak ta esef say,
glorified herself, and
lived deliciously, so ‘A de queen,
much torment and sor- da seddown pon me shrone!
row give her: for she
saith in her heart, I sit a A ain no wida ooman.
queen, and am no widow, A ain neba gwine weep an wail
and shall see no sorrow.
fa nobody!’
8 Cause ob dat, all dem bad ting wa
gwine mek um suffa plenty,
dey gwine faddown pon um
all de same day.
Een dat time e gwine git sick down.
E haat gwine be hebby tommuch,
da weep an da wail.
8 Therefore shall her E gwine git hongry fa true,
plagues come in one day, cause e ain got nottin
death, and mourning,
and famine; and she shall fa nyam.
be utterly burned with An fire gwine bun um all op.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 18 885

Cause de Lawd God got powa fa fire: for strong is the Lord
God who judgeth her.
true an e da jedge um.”
9 Dem king ob dis wol wa done been lib 9 And the kings of the
earth, who have commit-
loose life an got a heapa ting wid um, dey ted fornication and lived
gwine see de smoke wa come fom de fire deliciously with her,
wa bun op dat city. An den dey gwine shall bewail her, and la-
ment for her, when they
weep an wail cause ob um. 10 Dem king shall see the smoke of her
gwine be scaid good fashion, wen dey see burning,
how de people ob dat city da suffa. Dey 10 Standing afar off for
gwine stan faaway fom um, da cry out say, the fear of her torment,
saying, Alas, alas, that
“Woe! Woe! E a haad time fa true fo great city Babylon, that
dat city, Babylon. mighty city! for in one
hour is thy judgment
E done been git big powa come.
bot now e done been stroy!
11 And the merchants
Een jes one hour God done punish
of the earth shall weep
dat city!” and mourn over her; for
11 Dem wa da trade een de wol gwine no man buyeth their mer-
chandise any more:
weep an cry an dey haat gwine be hebby
cause de city been stroy, an ain nobody 12 The merchandise of
gold, and silver, and pre-
dey fa buy dem ting wa dey wahn fa sell. cious stones, and of
12 Ain nobody fa buy all dem ting wa dey pearls, and fine linen,
and purple, and silk, and
got fa sell, like gole an silba, dem fine scarlet, and all thyine
stone wa da shine, an pearl bead, dem fine wood, and all manner
closs, purple an bright red, linen an silk, vessels of ivory, and all
manner vessels of most
an dem citron wood wa got fine scent, all precious wood, and of
kind ob ting wa dey mek outta ivory, an brass, and iron, and
marble,
spensiz wood an dem ting wa dey mek
outta brass an iron an marble. 13 Ain 13 And cinnamon, and
odours, and ointments,
nobody fa buy all dem ting wa da smell and frankincense, and
sweet like cinnamon an spice, incense, wine, and oil, and fine
flour, and wheat, and
myrrh an frankincense, dem wine an olib beasts, and sheep, and
oll, an dem fine flour an wheat, dem cow horses, and chariots, and
an sheep, dem hoss an carriage, an dem slaves, and souls of men.

people wa da done mek slabe. 14 Dem wa 14 And the fruits that


da trade gwine tell Babylon say, “All dem thy soul lusted after are
departed from thee, and
ting wa ya been set ya haat pon, dey done all things which were
gone. All de fine life wa ya been lib, e dainty and goodly are de-
parted from thee, and
gone. Dem fine ting wa mek ya purty, dey thou shalt find them no
all gone. Ya ain neba gwine shim gin!” more at all.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
886 Revelation 18

15 The merchants of 15 Dem wa been trade dem ting an got a


these things, which were
made rich by her, shall heapa ting fa deysef, dey gwine fraid good
stand afar off for the fear fashion wen dey see how de people ob dat
of her torment, weeping
and wailing, city suffa. An dey gwine stan faaway fom
um. Dey gwine weep an wail. 16 Dey
gwine cry out say,
16 And saying, Alas, “Woe! E a haad time fa true
alas, that great city, that fa dat city dey wa done been
was clothed in fine linen,
and purple, and scarlet, git big powa.
and decked with gold, E nyuse fa be like ooman wa dress
and precious stones, and
pearls! wid fine linen,
an purple an bright red cloes.
E been dress op fine wid gole,
17 For in one hour so an stone wa da shine,
great riches is come to an pearl bead.
nought. And every 17 Bot now een jes one hour all e
shipmaster, and all the
company in ships, and fine fine ting, dey all gone!”
sailors, and as many as All dem captain an all dem wa trabel
trade by sea, stood afar
off, een dem big boat, wid all dem seaman, an
all dem wa go ta sea fa trade, dey all gwine
stan faaway fom dat city. 18 Wen dey see
18 And cried when de smoke wa come fom de fire da bun dat
they saw the smoke of
her burning, saying, city all op, dey gwine cry out say, “Ain
What city is like unto this neba been no oda city like dis one dey!”
great city! 19 Den dey gwine shrow dort pontop dey
head cause dey haat hebby. Dey da weep
an wail an cry out say,
19 And they cast dust “Woe! E a haad time fa true fa dat
on their heads, and cried,
weeping and wailing,
city dey wa done been git big
saying, Alas, alas, that powa.
great city, wherein were E de city weh all dem wa been git
made rich all that had
ships in the sea by reason boat an go ta sea fa trade,
of her costliness! for in dey got heapa fine ting
one hour is she made
desolate. cause ob um.
Bot now een jes one hour,
ebryting done gone!”
20 So den, leh dem be too heppy,
20 Rejoice over her,
thou heaven, and ye holy dem wa dey een heaben.
apostles and prophets; Leh God people, e postle dem,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 18 887

an e prophet dem wa tell e wod, for God hath avenged


you on her.
be too heppy!
God done jedge Babylon fa de bad
ting dem wa e beena do.
21 Atta dat, one angel wa got heapa
powa pick op a big stone, big like a
millstone. An de angel chunk de stone
eenta de sea. An e say, 21 And a mighty angel
took up a stone like a
“Same way so great millstone, and cast
dey gwine chunk down dat great it into the sea, saying,
Thus with violence shall
city Babylon that great city Babylon be
fa broke um all op. thrown down, and shall
be found no more at all.
Ain nobody gwine
see dat city gin.
22 Ain nobody neba gwine yeh no
music ob dem wa play haap
een ya screet gin.
Ain nobody neba gwine
yeh um play flute or 22 And the voice of
harpers, and musicians,
blow trumpet dey gin. and of pipers, and trum-
Ain nobody neba gwine yeh peters, shall be heard no
more at all in thee; and
people sing dey gin. no craftsman, of whatso-
An all dem people wa da mek all ever craft he be, shall be
kind ob ting wid dey han, found any more in thee;
and the sound of a mill-
dey ain neba gwine do no mo stone shall be heard no
wok eenside ya gin. more at all in thee;
An ain nobody neba gwine yeh
people beat wheat wid
millstone een ya screet gin.
23 Ain no lamp light
neba gwine shine dey gin.
Ain no man an ooman neba gwine 23 And the light of a
git marry dey gin. candle shall shine no
more at all in thee; and
Dem wa beena trade een ya screet, the voice of the bride-
dey been big man dem wa groom and of the bride
shall be heard no more at
been hab powa wid people all all in thee: for thy mer-
oba de wol. An wid ya sorcery chants were the great
men of the earth; for by
ya beena mek fool ob de thy sorceries were all na-
people ob all de nation dem.” tions deceived.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
888 Revelation 18, 19

24 And in her was 24 Een Babylon, de blood ob God


found the blood of proph-
ets, and of saints, and of prophet dem an ob
all that were slain upon God people done beena
the earth.
ron een e screet.
De blood ob all dem people
een de wol wa dey done
kill beena ron dey.
19
,18

Hallelujah!

19
Chapter 19 1 Wen dat angel wa got heapa
powa been done, A yeh sompin
1 And after these
things I heard a great like loud shout ob a heapa dem wa een
voice of much people in heaben say,
heaven, saying, Alleluia;
Salvation, and glory, and
“Hallelujah!
honour, and power, unto Leh we praise God wa done sabe we!
the Lord our God: E got glory an powa mo den all!
2 E da taak true all de time,
an e da jedge scraight!
2 For true and righ-
E done jedge dat loose ooman,
teous are his judgments:
for he hath judged the dat wid e loose life e done been
great whore, which did mek de people ob de wol sin
corrupt the earth with
her fornication, and hath too bad an God done lick um,
avenged the blood of his cause e been kill dem wa do e
servants at her hand.
wok.”
3 Den A yeh dem een heaben shout gin
say,
3 And again they said,
Alleluia. And her smoke “Hallelujah! Leh we praise God!
rose up for ever and ever. De smoke wa da come outta de fire
wa da bun Babylon gwine go
op faeba an eba.”
4 And the four and 4 Den de twenty-fo elda an dem fo ting
twenty elders and the
four beasts fell down and
wa got life, dey git down fo God, wa
worshipped God that sat seddown pon de shrone, an dey woshup
on the throne, saying, um say,
Amen; Alleluia.
“Amen, Hallelujah!”

De Marry Feas ob de Lamb


5 And a voice came out
of the throne, saying,
5 Den A yeh a boice come fom de shrone
Praise our God, all ye his say,

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 19 889

“Oona all wa da wok fa God an oona servants, and ye that fear


him, both small and
all wa gim hona, great.
de small an de big, 6 And I heard as it
were the voice of a great
leh we all praise we God!” multitude, and as the
6 Den A yeh sompin like loud shoutin ob voice of many waters,
a big crowd, like wen heapa big wata da and as the voice of
mighty thunderings, say-
ron fast an like wen tunda da crack loud. ing, Alleluia: for the Lord
Dem boice yah beena say, God omnipotent reign-
eth.
“Hallelujah! 7 Let us be glad and re-
De Lawd we God wa got powa joice, and give honour to
mo den all, e da rule! him: for the marriage of
the Lamb is come, and his
7 Leh we be too heppy. wife hath made herself
Leh we praise um an gim glory! ready.
Cause de time fa de Lamb weddin 8 And to her was
granted that she should
done come, be arrayed in fine linen,
an e bride done git ready fa um. clean and white: for the
8 Dey gii e bride fine linen an bright fine linen is the righ-
teousness of saints.
shinin cloes fa weah.”
9 And he saith unto
(De fine linen da show dat God people da me, Write, Blessed are
waak scraight.) they which are called
9 Den de angel tell me say, “Write dis unto the marriage supper
of the Lamb. And he saith
ting yah! Dey bless fa true, dem wa been unto me, These are the
call fa go nyam ta de marry suppa ob de true sayings of God.
Lamb.” Den de angel tell me say, “Dem 10 And I fell at his feet
wod yah dey de true wod wa God tell.” to worship him. And he
10 Den A git down een front ob dat said unto me, See thou do
it not: I am thy fellow-
angel foot fa woshup um. Bot e tell me say, servant, and of thy breth-
ren that have the testi-
“Mus dohn do dat! A God saabant jes like mony of Jesus: worship
ya an ya broda dem, all dem wa bleebe de God: for the testimony of
true wod wa Jedus tell we! Ya mus woshup Jesus is the spirit of
prophecy.
God!”
11 And I saw heaven
John See Poson wa da Ride a White Hoss opened, and behold a
white horse; and he that
11 A see a door een heaben wa been sat upon him was called
Faithful and True, and in
open op, an a white hoss da stanop dey. De righteousness he doth
poson wa da ride um been name “De One judge and make war.
wa we Kin Trus an De One wa da Taak
12 His eyes were as a
True.” E da jedge scraight. 12 E eye been flame of fire, and on his
red like a fire wa da bon bright, an heapa head were many crowns;

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
890 Revelation 19

and he had a name writ- crown been dey pon e head. One name
ten, that no man knew,
but he himself. been write pon um, bot e de onliest one wa
13 And he was clothed know wa dat name da. 13 Dey done beena
with a vesture dipped in
blood: and his name is
pit de cloes wa e weah eenta blood. E
called The Word of God. name “De wod ob God.” 14 Heaben aamy
14 And the armies
which were in heaven fol-
dem beena folla um. Dey beena ride white
lowed him upon white hoss an dey beena weah clean clean fine
horses, clothed in fine linen, clean an white. 15 E beena hole one
linen, white and clean.
15 And out of his sode een e mout, wa e gwine tek fa fight
mouth goeth a sharp dem nation wid, an e gwine win out oba
sword, that with it he
should smite the nations: um. E gwine tek a iron staff fa rule dem
and he shall rule them wid. An e gwine mash out de wine een de
with a rod of iron: and he
treadeth the winepress of
winepress, wa gwine show dat God, wa
the fierceness and wrath got all powa, e bex fa true. 16 One name
of Almighty God. been write pon e cloes an pon e leg, dat
16 And he hath on his
vesture and on his thigh a say, King wa da rule oba all dem king, an
name written, KING OF Lawd oba all dem lawd.
KINGS, AND LORD OF
LORDS. 17 Den A see one angel stanop weh de
17 And I saw an angel sun dey, da holla loud ta all dem bod wa
standing in the sun; and
he cried with a loud da fly op high, an e tell um say, “Oona
voice, saying to all the come geda togeda fa nyam de big suppa
fowls that fly in the midst
of heaven, Come and
wa God done mek! 18 Oona come so dat
gather yourselves to- oona kin nyam dem king, dem captain, an
gether unto the supper of dem big man, dem body. oona come nyam
the great God;
18 That ye may eat the dem hoss dem body, an dem wa da ride
flesh of kings, and the dem too. Come nyam all people dem body.
flesh of captains, and the
flesh of mighty men, and Nyam dem slabe an dem freeman, all dem
the flesh of horses, and of wa de mos small ta dem wa big mo den all,
them that sit on them,
and the flesh of all men, dem body.”
both free and bond, both 19 Den A see de beast an dem king ob de
small and great.
19 And I saw the beast, wol wid dem aamy. Dey beena geda
and the kings of the togeda fa mek waa ginst de one wa beena
earth, and their armies, ride de hoss an ginst e aamy. 20 Bot dey
gathered together to
make war against him ketch de beast an dat man wa say e God
that sat on the horse, and prophet, bot e ain. E de one wa done beena
against his army.
20 And the beast was do dem miracle een front ob de beast. Wid
taken, and with him the dem miracle dat man beena ceebe dem
false prophet that
wrought miracles before
people wa been git de maak ob de beast an
him, with which he de- wa beena woshup e statue. De beast an dat

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 19, 20 891

ceived them that had re-


man wa say e a prophet, bot e ain, bof ob ceived the mark of the
dem been chunk way wiles dey still da lib. beast, and them that wor-
Dey been chunk eenta de lake wa full op shipped his image. These
both were cast alive into
wid fire wa da bun wid sulfa. 21 Den de a lake of fire burning
oda res ob de aamy been kill by de sode wa with brimstone.
21 And the remnant
de poson wa beena ride de hoss been hole were slain with the sword
een e mount. All de bod come nyam dey of him that sat upon the
horse, which sword pro-
body. Dey name um op til dey been full op ceeded out of his mouth:
fa true. and all the fowls were
filled with their flesh.
De Tousan Yeah
Chapter 20

20 Atta dat, A see one angel da


1
1 And I saw an angel
come down outta heaben. E been come down from heaven,
hole een e han de key fa open de deep hole having the key of the bot-
tomless pit and a great
wa ain got no bottom an e been hole one chain in his hand.
big hebby chain too. 2 De angel ketch de 2 And he laid hold on
dragon. E dat ole saapent wa been dey fom the dragon, that old ser-
pent, which is the Devil,
way back. Dey call um de Debil or Satan. and Satan, and bound
Dis angel tie de Debil op fa one tousan him a thousand years,
yeah. 3 Den e shrow um way eenta dat 3 And cast him into the
bottomless pit, and shut
deep hole wa ain got no bottom. E lock op him up, and set a seal
de hole an seal um op tight, so dat det upon him, that he should
deceive the nations no
Debil ain gwine git out, an e ain gwine more, till the thousand
ceebe dem nation no mo til de one tousan years should be fulfilled:
and after that he must be
yeah done pass. Atta dat, de angel mus loosed a little season.
loose um fa a leetle bit. 4 And I saw thrones,
4 Den A see dem shrone an dem wa been and they sat upon them,
and judgment was given
seddown pon um. Dey been got tority fa unto them: and I saw the
jedge people. An A see de soul dem ob dem souls of them that were
people wa done been kill. People done cut beheaded for the witness
of Jesus, and for the word
dey head off cause dey beena tell um de of God, and which had
trute bout Jedus an God wod. Dem people not worshipped the
beast, neither his image,
yah wa done beena kill, dey ain neba neither had received his
woshup de beast or e statue, an dey ain mark upon their fore-
heads, or in their hands;
neba git e maak pon dey head or dey han. and they lived and
Now A see dem git life back an dey rule reigned with Christ a
thousand years.
wid Christ fa one tousan yeah. 5 (De oda
5 But the rest of the
people wa done been dead ain been git life dead lived not again until
back til de one tousan yeah done pass.) Dis the thousand years were

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
892 Revelation 20

finished. This is the first de fus time dat God mek people wa done
resurrection.
6 Blessed and holy is
been dead git life back. 6 Dey bless fa true,
he that hath part in the all dem people wa fus git life back. Fa true
first resurrection: on such dey blongst ta God. De secon det ain gwine
the second death hath no
power, but they shall be do nottin ta um. Dey gwine be priest dem
priests of God and of ob God an ob Messiah Christ. An dey
Christ, and shall reign
with him a thousand
gwine rule wid Christ fa one tousan yeah.
years.
7 And when the thou- Satan Git Lick
sand years are expired,
Satan shall be loosed out Wen de one tousan yeah done pass,
7
of his prison, dey gwine set Satan free fom weh e done
8 And shall go out to been tie op. 8 Den Satan gwine go out fa
deceive the nations ceebe de nation dem een de fo cona ob de
which are in the four
quarters of the earth, Gog wol. Dem nation dey been name Gog an
and Magog, to gather Magog. Satan gwine geda um togeda fa
them together to battle:
the number of whom is as mek waa. Dey gwine be a whole heap ob
the sand of the sea. um, like de numba ob dem grain ob sand
9 And they went up on pon de seasho. 9 Dem aamy wa come fa
the breadth of the earth, fight, dey come fa maach all oba de wol,
and compassed the camp
of the saints about, and an stanop all roun de place weh God
the beloved city: and fire people beena meet togeda. Dat de city wa
came down from God out
of heaven, and devoured God lob. Bot fire come down outta heaben
them. an bun dem aamy all op. 10 Den de Debil
10 And the devil that wa beena ceebe people, been chunk eenta
deceived them was cast de lake wa full op wid fire da bun wid
into the lake of fire and sulfa. Dat de same place weh dey been
brimstone, where the
beast and the false chunk de beast an de man wa say e God
prophet are, and shall be prophet bot e ain taak true. Dey een dat
tormented day and night
for ever and ever. fire dey gwine suffa day an night, faeba an
eba.
11 And I saw a great
white throne, and him
that sat on it, from whose
De Las Jedgiment
face the earth and the 11 Den A see one big white shrone an de
heaven fled away; and
there was found no place one wa seddown pon um. De sky an de wol
for them. jes gone way fom fo dat one pon de
12 And I saw the dead, shrone, an ain nobody shim no mo. 12 An
small and great, stand be- A see de people dem wa done been dead,
fore God; and the books
were opened: and an- dem big man an dem leetle man, dey all da
other book was opened, stanop fo de shrone. Somebody open some

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 20, 21 893

book op. Den e open one oda book, weh de which is the book of life:
and the dead were judged
people dem wa got life faeba an eba stanop out of those things which
wid God, dem name been write down. All were written in the
books, according to their
wa de people dem wa been dead been do works.
fo dey dead, dat been write down een dem 13 And the sea gave up
the dead which were in
fus book. An God been jedge dem coddin it; and death and hell de-
ta dem book. 13 All de people dem wa livered up the dead
done been dead een de sea come op. Det which were in them: and
they were judged every
an de grabe gii op all de people dey been man according to their
hab. An ebrybody been jedge coddin ta wa works.
14 And death and hell
e been do fo e dead. 14 Den det an de grabe were cast into the lake of
been chunk eenta de lake ob fire. (Dis lake fire. This is the second
death.
ob fire, dat de secon det.) 15 De poson wa 15 And whosoever was
ain got e name write down een de book not found written in the
book of life was cast into
weh dey write de people dem wa got life the lake of fire.
faeba an eba, dey chunk dat poson eenta
de lake ob fire. Chapter 21
1 And I saw a new
De Nyew Heaben an de Nyew Wol heaven and a new earth:

21
for the first heaven and
1 Atta dat, A see one nyew heaben the first earth were
an one nyew wol. De heaben an de passed away; and there
was no more sea.
wol wa been dey fus done been gone way. 2 And I John saw the
An de sea ain been dey no mo. 2 Den A see holy city, new Jerusalem,
coming down from God
God City, de nyew Jerusalem, da come out of heaven, prepared
down outta heaben fom God. De city been as a bride adorned for her
all ready, like a bride git all ready an dress husband.
3 And I heard a great
op fine fa go ta e husban. 3 A yeh a loud voice out of heaven say-
boice wa come fom de shrone say, “Look ing, Behold, the taberna-
cle of God is with men,
yah! Fom now on, God da mek e home wid and he will dwell with
e people! E gwine lib wid um an dey gwine them, and they shall be
his people, and God him-
be e people. God esef gwine be dey wid um self shall be with them,
all de time, an e gwine be dey God. 4 E and be their God.
4 And God shall wipe
gwine wipe ebry teah outta dey eye. Dey away all tears from
ain neba gwine cry no mo. Dey ain neba their eyes; and there shall
gwine dead no mo, an ain nobody neba be no more death, nei-
ther sorrow, nor crying,
gwine git hebby haat. Dey ain neba gwine neither shall there be any
suffa no pain. Cause dem ole ting wa been more pain: for the former
things are passed away.
dey fus done pass way.” 5 And he that sat upon
5 Den de one wa seddown pon de the throne said, Behold, I

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
894 Revelation 21

make all things new. And shrone say, “Look yah! Now A mek all ting
he said unto me, Write:
for these words are true nyew!” Den e say, “Write dem wod yah
and faithful. down, cause de true an people kin trus
6 And he said unto me, um.” 6 E taak gin say, “All ting done done.
It is done. I am Alpha and
Omega, the beginning A de Alpha an de Omega. A de one wa
and the end. I will give staat all ting, an A de one wa gwine end all
unto him that is athirst of
the fountain of the water
ting. A gwine gii wata ta all dem wa tosty.
of life freely. A gwine gim free wata fa drink fom de
7 He that overcometh place weh de wata wa da gii life da ron.
shall inherit all things; 7 Dem wa still stan scrong atta Satan done
and I will be his God, and
he shall be my son. try um dey gwine git dem ting yah. An
8 But the fearful, and pontop dat, A gwine be dey Fada an dey
unbelieving, and the
abominable, and murder-
gwine be me chullun. 8 Bot fa dem people
ers, and whoremongers, wa all time scaid fa stan fa God, dem wa
and sorcerers, and idola- ain bleebe pon Christ no mo, dem wa do
ters, and all liars, shall
have their part in the lake dem dorty sin, dem wa da kill, dem wa lib
which burneth with fire loose life, dem wa da do black magic, dem
and brimstone: which is
the second death. wa da woshup dem ting wa dey mek fa
9 And there came unto deysef, an all dem wa da tell lie. All dem
me one of the seven an- people wa da do dem ting yah, dey place
gels which had the seven
vials full of the seven last gwine be een de lake wa full op wid fire fa
plagues, and talked with bun wid sulfa. Dat de secon det.”
me, saying, Come hither,
I will shew thee the
bride, the Lamb's wife. God Nyew Jerusalem
10 And he carried me 9 One ob de seben angel dem wa been
away in the spirit to a
great and high mountain, bring de seben bowl full op wid dem seben
and shewed me that great bad ting wa mek people suffa, e tell me
city, the holy Jerusalem,
descending out of heaven
say, “Come, an A gwine show ya de Bride,
from God, de Lamb Wife.” 10 Den de Holy Sperit
11 Having the glory of come pon me an de angel cyaa me op a big
God: and her light was high mountain. Wen we git dey, e show
like unto a stone most
precious, even like a jas- me God City, Jerusalem, da come down
per stone, clear as crystal; outta heaben fom God. 11 De city beena
12 And had a wall shine like a fine stone, like a jaspa stone,
great and high, and had an e beena shine cleah jes like crystal
twelve gates, and at the
gates twelve angels, and glass. 12 One high wall been dey roun dat
names written thereon, city, an de wall hab tweb gyate. Tweb
which are the names of
the twelve tribes of the angel beena gyaad de tweb gyate. An de
children of Israel: name ob de tweb tribe dem ob Israel been

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 21 895

write pon de gyate dem. 13 Ebry one ob de 13 On the east three


gates; on the north three
fo side ob de city got shree gyate: shree gates; on the south three
een de east side, shree een de nort, shree gates; and on the west
three gates.
een de sout, an shree een de west. 14 De 14 And the wall of the
wall ob de city been build pontop ob tweb city had twelve founda-
tions, and in them the
foundation. An pontop dem tweb names of the twelve
foundation, dey been write de name ob de apostles of the Lamb.
15 And he that talked
tweb postle ob de Lamb.
with me had a golden
15 De angel wa beena taak wid me reed to measure the city,
beena hole one gole stick wa dey da tek fa and the gates thereof,
and the wall thereof.
medja. E tek de stick fa medja de city, de 16 And the city lieth
gyate dem an de wall. De angel tek de stick foursquare, and the
length is as large as the
an medja de city. 16 Ain none ob de side breadth: and he mea-
ob de city been long mo den de oda side sured the city with the
reed, twelve thousand
dem. De city been bout one tousan fibe furlongs. The length and
hundud mile long. Same way so de city the breadth and the
been one tousan fibe hundud mile wide an height of it are equal.
17 And he measured
one tousan fibe hundud mile high. 17 De the wall thereof, an hun-
angel medja de wall too, jes like people dred and forty and four
cubits, according to the
medja. An de wall been two hundud an measure of a man, that is,
sixteen foot high. 18 Dey been mek de wall of the angel.
18 And the building of
outta jaspa stone, an dey mek de city outta the wall of it was of jas-
pure gole wa beena shine cleah jes like per: and the city was pure
gold, like unto clear
glass. 19 Dey been pit diffunt kind ob fine glass.
19 And the founda-
stone pon de tweb foundation ob de wall tions of the wall of the
fa mek um look purty. De fus stone been city were garnished with
jaspa, de secon stone been sapphire, de all manner of precious
stones. The first founda-
stone wa mek shree been agate, de stone tion was jasper; the sec-
wa mek fo been emerald. 20 De stone wa ond, sapphire; the third,
a chalcedony; the fourth,
mek fibe been sordonyx, de stone wa mek an emerald;
six been carnelian, de stone wa mek seben 20 The fifth, sardonyx;
been chrysalite, de stone wa mek eight the sixth, sardius; the
seventh, chrysolite; the
been beryl, de stone wa mek nine been eighth, beryl; the ninth, a
topaz. De stone wa mek ten been topaz; the tenth, a chry-
chrysoprase, de stone wa mek leben been soprasus; the eleventh, a
jacinth; the twelfth, an
jacinth, an de stone wa mek tweb been amethyst.
amethyst. 21 De tweb gyate dem been 21 And the twelve
gates were twelve pearls;
tweb pearl. Ebry one ob de gyate dem every several gate was of
been jes one big pearl. An de city screet one pearl: and the street

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
896 Revelation 21, 22

of the city was pure gold, dem been ob pure gole, wa da shine cleah,
as it were transparent
glass. jes like glass.
22 A ain been see no House ob God fa
22 And I saw no tem-
ple therein: for the Lord woshup een dey een de city. Cause de
God Almighty and the Lawd God, wa got powa mo den all, an de
Lamb are the temple of it.
Lamb, dey been dey all oba de city an all
23 And the city had no de people beena woshup um all oba dey.
need of the sun, neither 23 De city ain need no sun fa shine dey. An
of the moon, to shine in
it: for the glory of God e ain need no moon. Cause de glory light
did lighten it, and the wa come out fom God an fom de Lamb da
Lamb is the light thereof.
light de city. 24 De people ob de nation
24 And the nations of dem ob de wol gwine lib een dat light wa
them which are saved
shall walk in the light of da shine fom de city. An de king dem ob de
it: and the kings of the wol gwine cyaa de heapa ting dey got
earth do bring their glory
and honour into it.
eenta de city. 25 De gyate dem ob de city,
de gwine stay open all day long. Dey ain
25 And the gates of it
shall not be shut at all by
neba gwine be shet none tall, cause dey
day: for there shall be no ain neba gwine be no night dey. 26 Dey
night there. gwine cyaa all dey purty ting, all de fine
26 And they shall bring tredja dem ob de people ob de nation dem,
the glory and honour of fa bring um eenta de city dey. 27 Bot ain
the nations into it.
nottin bad neba gwine go eenta de city. An
27 And there shall in nobody wa da do dem dorty ting wa mek
no wise enter into it any
thing that defileth, nei-
people too shame ain neba gwine go dey.
ther whatsoever worketh Same way so, dem people wa ain tell de
abomination, or maketh a trute, dey ain neba gwine een um. Dem
lie: but they which are
written in the Lamb's people wa gwine go eenside de city, dey de
book of life. people wa name done been write down
een de Lamb book ob life.
22
,21

De Riba Weh de Wata Wa da Gii Life


Beena Ron
Chapter 22

22 Den de angel show me de riba


1
1 And he shewed me a
pure river of water of life, weh de wata wa da gii life beena
clear as crystal, proceed- ron. E beena shine bright an cleah jes like
ing out of the throne of
God and of the Lamb. glass. An e da leh outta de shrone ob God
2 In the midst of the an ob de Lamb. 2 De riba beena ron down
street of it, and on either
side of the river, was there
de middle ob de main screet ob de city. De
the tree of life, which tree wa da gii life beena grow close ta de

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 22 897

riba, one pon each side ob um. Tweb time bare twelve manner of
fruits, and yielded her
a yeah dat tree dey da beah, one time ebry fruit every month: and
mont. An de leaf dem da heal de people ob the leaves of the tree were
for the healing of the
de nation dem ob de wol. 3 An nottin or nations.
nobody wa God say ain right gwine be dey 3 And there shall be no
een dat city. more curse: but the
throne of God and of the
De shrone ob God an ob de Lamb gwine Lamb shall be in it; and
be dey, an e saabant dem gwine woshup his servants shall serve
him:
um dey. 4 Dey gwine see God face, an e 4 And they shall see
name gwine be dey pon dey forehead. his face; and his name
5 Dey ain gwine neba be no night dey gin. shall be in their fore-
heads.
People ain gwine need no lamp dey. Dey 5 And there shall be no
ain gwine need no light fom de sun atta night there; and they
dat, cause de Lawd God gwine be dey need no candle, neither
light of the sun; for the
light. An de people gwine rule like king Lord God giveth them
faeba an eba. light: and they shall reign
for ever and ever.

Jedus Gwine Come Back Soon 6 And he said unto me,


These sayings are faithful
6 Den de angel tell me say, “Dem wod and true: and the Lord
yah, dey true an people fa bleebe um. De God of the holy prophets
sent his angel to shew
Lawd God wa gii de prophet dem powa fa unto his servants the
tell e message, e sen e angel fa come show things which must
shortly be done.
e saabant dem de ting dem wa got fa
7 Behold, I come
happen soon.” quickly: blessed is he that
7 Jedus say, “Listen op! A da come soon! keepeth the sayings of
Dey bless fa true, dey wa do dem ting yah the prophecy of this
book.
wa been write een dis book bout wa gwine
8 And I John saw these
happen.” things, and heard them.
8 A John, an A done yeh dem ting yah. A And when I had heard
and seen, I fell down to
done shim wid me own eye. An wen A yeh worship before the feet of
um an shim, A git down een front ob de the angel which shewed
angel wa been show me dem ting yah, fa me these things.

woshup um. 9 Bot de angel tell me say, 9 Then saith he unto


me, See thou do it not: for
“Mus dohn do dat! A da saab God jes like I am thy fellowservant,
oona, an oona broda dem wa prophet, an and of thy brethren the
prophets, and of them
like all dem wa da do wa been write down which keep the sayings of
een dis book. Mus woshup God!” 10 Den this book: worship God.
de angel tell me say, “Mus dohn keep dem 10 And he saith unto
wod yah wa been write down een dis book me, Seal not the sayings

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
898 Revelation 22

of the prophecy of this wa God tell ya, ta yasef! Mus leh people
book: for the time is at
hand. know um, cause de time wen dem ting yah
gwine happen ain faaway. 11 Leh de poson
11 He that is unjust, let wa da do bad keep on da do bad. Leh de
him be unjust still: and
he which is filthy, let him poson wa da do dem dorty ting keep on da
be filthy still: and he that do um. An leh de poson wa da do right
is righteous, let him be
righteous still: and he
keep on da do right, an leh de poson wa da
that is holy, let him be waak all de time wid God keep on da waak
holy still. wid God.”
12 Jedus say, “Listen op! A da come
12 And, behold, I come
quickly; and my reward is soon! A da come fa gii ebry poson de
with me, to give every payback wa e wok fa. 13 A de Alpha an de
man according as his
work shall be.
Omega, de fus an de las. A de one wa staat
all ting, an A de one wa gwine end all
13 I am Alpha and
ting.”
Omega, the beginning 14 Dey bless fa true, dem people wa da
and the end, the first and wash dey cloes een de blood ob de Lamb fa
the last.
mek um clean. Cause dey gwine git de
right fa go shru de gyate dem eenta dat
14 Blessed are they
that do his command- city dey. Dey gwine git de right fa nyam
ments, that they may fom de tree wa da gii life. 15 Bot de dog
have right to the tree of
life, and may enter in
dem outside de city. Dem people wa da do
through the gates into black magic, dem wa da lib loose life, dem
the city. wa da kill, dem wa da woshup dem ting
wa dey mek fa deysef, an all dem wa da
15 For without are
lob fa tell lie an keep on fa lie, all dem
dogs, and sorcerers, and
whoremongers, and mur- people yah ain gwine set foot eenside dat
derers, and idolaters, and city dey.
whosoever loveth and
maketh a lie.
16 “A Jedus an A done sen me angel fa
go an tell oona dem ting yah so dat oona
16 I Jesus have sent gwine tell um ta de Christian dem een dem
mine angel to testify unto choch. An de one wa ob King David
you these things in the chullun chullun dem. A de maanin staa wa
churches. I am the root
and the offspring of Da- da shine bright.”
vid, and the bright and 17 De Holy Sperit, an de Bride say,
morning star.
“Come!”
Leh all dem wa yeh dem wod ya say,
17 And the Spirit and
the bride say, Come. And
“Come!”
let him that heareth say, Leh all dem wa tosty come. All dem wa

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society
Revelation 22 899

wahn fa drink dat wata wa da gii life, leh Come. And let him that is
athirst come. And whoso-
um come an drink free. ever will, let him take the
water of life freely.
De Las Wod Dem een Dis Book 18 For I testify unto ev-
ery man that heareth the
18 Fa true, A da waan all oona wa yeh words of the prophecy of
this book, If any man
dem wod yah wa God hab people write shall add unto these
een dis book. De poson wa add sompin mo things, God shall add
ta dem wod yah, God gwine mek dem bad unto him the plagues that
are written in this book:
ting wa dey write bout een dis book 19 And if any man
happen ta dat poson fa punish um. 19 An shall take away from the
words of the book of this
de poson wa tek sompin way fom dem wod prophecy, God shall take
yah wa God hab people write een dis book, away his part out of the
book of life, and out of
God ain gwine leh dat poson git e paat ob the holy city, and from
wa de tree wa da gii life beah, an God ain the things which are
gwine leh dat poson come eenside God written in this book.
20 He which testifieth
City, wa dey write bout een dis book. these things saith, Surely
20 De one wa da show dat dem ting yah I come quickly. Amen.
Even so, come, Lord
true, e da say, “Fa true, A da come soon.” Jesus.
Amen. Come Lawd Jedus! 21 The grace of our
21 Leh de Lawd Jedus bless God people. Lord Jesus Christ be with
you all.
Amen. Amen.

New Testament in Gullah, Sea Island Creole, 1st ed. ©2005, American Bible Society

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen